<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<FEDREG xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="FRMergedXML.xsd">
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>22</NO>
    <DATE>Thursday, February 1, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Contents</UNITNAME>
    <CNTNTS>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>
                Agency Health
                <PRTPAGE P="iii"/>
            </EAR>
            <HD>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Inpatient Severe Maternal Morbidity Measure Technical Specifications, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6525-6526</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02021</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Agricultural Marketing</EAR>
            <HD>Agricultural Marketing Service</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Marketing Order:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Milk in the Appalachian, Florida, and Southeast Marketing Areas, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6401-6411</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01829</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Increased Assessment Rate:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Oranges, Grapefruit, Tangerines, and Pummelos Grown in Florida, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6440-6443</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02024</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Agriculture</EAR>
            <HD>Agriculture Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Agricultural Marketing Service</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Alcohol Tobacco Tax</EAR>
            <HD>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6563-6566</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01988</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Centers Disease</EAR>
            <HD>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Reorganization of the National Center for Environmental Health, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6526-6527</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02018</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Centers Medicare</EAR>
            <HD>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments Fees:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Histocompatibility, Personnel, and Alternative Sanctions for Certificate of Waiver Laboratories; Correction, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6431-6432</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01942</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Coast Guard</EAR>
            <HD>Coast Guard</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Shipping Safety Fairways Environmental Impact Public Scoping, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6533</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02020</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Commerce</EAR>
            <HD>Commerce Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>International Trade Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>National Institute of Standards and Technology</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Commodity Futures</EAR>
            <HD>Commodity Futures Trading Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6509-6510</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01973</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Comptroller</EAR>
            <HD>Comptroller of the Currency</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Community Reinvestment Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6574-7222</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2023-25797</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Record and Disclosure Requirements—Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Regulations B, E, M, Z, and DD and Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System Regulation CC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6566-6568</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02014</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Corporation</EAR>
            <HD>Corporation for National and Community Service</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>AmeriCorps Statement of Organization, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6432-6435</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01555</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Defense Department</EAR>
            <HD>Defense Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Small Business Size Rerepresentation, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6523-6524</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02009</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Education Department</EAR>
            <HD>Education Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Priorities, Requirements, Definitions, and Selection Criteria:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Augustus F. Hawkins Centers of Excellence Program, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6470-6475</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01972</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Energy Department</EAR>
            <HD>Energy Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Environmental Protection</EAR>
            <HD>Environmental Protection Agency</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Air Quality State Implementation Plans; Approvals and Promulgations:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Florida; Revisions to the State Implementation Plan Conformity Rule, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6475-6477</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01670</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Chemical-Specific Rules Under the Toxic Substances Control Act; Certain Nanoscale Materials, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6520-6521</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01945</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Paraquat Interim Registration Review Decision, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6521-6522</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01950</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Aviation</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Aviation Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Airspace Designations and Reporting Points:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Harrison, OH, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6428-6429</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01986</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Litchfield, MN, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6429-6430</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01987</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Airworthiness Directives:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Airbus SAS Airplanes, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6411-6413, 6420-6422</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01965</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01966</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>The Boeing Company Airplanes, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6413-6419, 6422-6428</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01967</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01968</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01969</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01970</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Airworthiness Directives:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Britten-Norman Aircraft, Ltd. Airplanes, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6452-6455</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01985</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Rolls-Royce Deutschland Ltd &amp; Co KG Engines, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6450-6452</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01976</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Special Conditions:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation Model GVIII-G700 and GVIII-G800 Series Airplanes; Dynamic Test Requirements for Single- and Multiple-Occupant Side-Facing Seats With or Without Airbag Systems, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6443-6450</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02043</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Communications</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Communications Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Establishing Rules for Full Power Television and Class A Television Stations, </DOC>
                    <PGS>7224-7265</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2023-24626</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Allocation of Spectrum for Non-Federal Space Launch Operations, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6488-6498</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01995</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <SJ>Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Prevention and Elimination of Digital Discrimination, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6477-6487</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01996</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <PRTPAGE P="iv"/>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6522-6523</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01983</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Deposit</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Community Reinvestment Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6574-7222</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2023-25797</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Election</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Election Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6523</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02038</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Emergency</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Emergency Management Agency</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Flood Hazard Determinations, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6534-6535</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01943</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Energy</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Application:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Columbia Gulf Transmission, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6513-6515</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02034</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Combined Filings, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6511-6513</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02031</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02035</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <SJ>Environmental Assessments; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Dominion Energy South Carolina, Inc., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6512-6513</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02029</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Energy Stream, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6510-6511</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02027</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>York Haven Power Co., LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6517</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02028</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Request Under Blanket Authorization:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>ANR Pipeline Co., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6515-6517</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02030</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>ANR Storage Co., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6519-6520</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02032</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>MountainWest Pipeline, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6517-6519</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02033</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Motor</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Exemption Application:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Qualification of Drivers; Epilepsy and Seizure Disorders, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6560-6562</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01975</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Railroad</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Railroad Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Request for Amendment:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority; Positive Train Control System, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6562-6563</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01938</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Northern Indiana Commuter Transportation District; Positive Train Control System, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6562</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01939</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Reserve</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Reserve System</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Community Reinvestment Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6574-7222</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2023-25797</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Fish</EAR>
            <HD>Fish and Wildlife Service</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Endangered and Threatened Species:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Proposed Amendment to Programmatic Safe Harbor Agreement and Candidate Conservation Agreement With Assurances for Kansas Aquatic Species, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6536-6538</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01946</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Permits; Applications, Issuances, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Endangered and Threatened Species; Proposed Safe Harbor Agreement and Proposed Categorical Exclusion; Los Robles Ranch, Santa Barbara County, CA, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6538-6539</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01941</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Foreign Trade</EAR>
            <HD>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Approval of Subzone Status:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Helena Industries, LLC, Cordele, GA, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6499</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02000</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>General Services</EAR>
            <HD>General Services Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Acquisition Regulation; Prohibition on Certain Supply Chain Services or Equipment Under Lease Acquisitions and Commercial Solution Openings, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6524-6525</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02040</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Small Business Size Rerepresentation, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6523-6524</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02009</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Health and Human</EAR>
            <HD>Health and Human Services Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>National Institutes of Health</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Homeland</EAR>
            <HD>Homeland Security Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Coast Guard</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency</P>
            </SEE>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Charter Amendments, Establishments, Renewals and Terminations:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Faith-Based Security Advisory Council, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6535</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01959</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Housing</EAR>
            <HD>Housing and Urban Development Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Manufactured Housing Consensus Committee, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6535-6536</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01951</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Institute of Museum and Library Services</EAR>
            <HD>Institute of Museum and Library Services</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Museum and Library Services Board, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6556</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02012</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Interior</EAR>
            <HD>Interior Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Fish and Wildlife Service</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>National Park Service</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>International Trade Adm</EAR>
            <HD>International Trade Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Antidumping or Countervailing Duty Investigations, Orders, or Reviews:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Advance Notification of Sunset Review, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6500-6501</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01993</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Certain Corrosion-Resistant Steel Products From the Republic of Korea, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6501-6503</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02019</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Certain Steel Nails From Taiwan, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6503-6506</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02003</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Initiation of Five-Year Sunset Reviews, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6499-6500</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02001</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>International Trade Com</EAR>
            <HD>International Trade Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Investigations; Determinations, Modifications, and Rulings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Certain Power Converter Modules and Computing Systems Containing the Same, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6546-6547</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01982</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells and Modules from China, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6550-6552</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01908</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Large Diameter Welded Pipe From Canada, China, Greece, India, South Korea, and Turkey, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6543-6546</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01933</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Plastic Decorative Ribbon From China, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6540-6543</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01907</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Sodium Hexametaphosphate From China, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6547-6549</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01912</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6549-6550</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02079</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Justice Department</EAR>
            <HD>Justice Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Prisons Bureau</P>
            </SEE>
            <CAT>
                <PRTPAGE P="v"/>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Hate Crime Incident Report, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6552-6553</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01979</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Labor Department</EAR>
            <HD>Labor Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Mine Safety and Health Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Occupational Safety and Health Administration</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Mine</EAR>
            <HD>Mine Safety and Health Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Petition:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Modification of Application of Existing Mandatory Safety Standards, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6553-6554</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01980</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>NASA</EAR>
            <HD>National Aeronautics and Space Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Small Business Size Rerepresentation, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6523-6524</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02009</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Credit</EAR>
            <HD>National Credit Union Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Privacy Act; Systems of Records, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6556</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01977</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Foundation</EAR>
            <HD>National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Institute of Museum and Library Services</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Institute</EAR>
            <HD>National Institute of Standards and Technology</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>CHIPS Manufacturing USA Institute, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6506-6508</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02025</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>CHIPS National Advanced Packaging Manufacturing Program Materials and Substrates Research and Development, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6508-6509</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02026</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <SJ>Environmental Assessments; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Modernization and Internal Expansion of Existing Semiconductor Fabrication Facilities Under the CHIPS Incentives Program, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6506</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02042</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Institute</EAR>
            <HD>National Institutes of Health</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Collection of Grants and Contracts Data the Historically Black Colleges and Universities and Small Businesses May be Interested in Pursuing; Correction, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6531</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02010</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings etc.</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Center for Scientific Review, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6530-6532</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01958</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01963</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6528-6529</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01957</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01961</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6527, 6529-6531</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01954</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01956</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01960</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01962</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Institute of Mental Health, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6530</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01955</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Center for Scientific Review, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6528-6529</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01997</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6530</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01998</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Park</EAR>
            <HD>National Park Service</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>National Register of Historic Places:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Pending Nominations and Related Actions, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6539-6540</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02005</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Science</EAR>
            <HD>National Science Foundation</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6556-6557</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02022</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Occupational Safety Health Adm</EAR>
            <HD>Occupational Safety and Health Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratories:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>TUV SUD America, Inc.; Grant of Expansion of Recognition, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6554-6556</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01978</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Pension Benefit</EAR>
            <HD>Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Notice of Failure To Make Required Contributions, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6557-6558</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01964</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Personnel</EAR>
            <HD>Personnel Management Office</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Federal Employees Health Benefits Program:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Effective Date of Coverage for Employees With an Initial Opportunity To Enroll, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6436-6440</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01940</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Prisons</EAR>
            <HD>Prisons Bureau</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Inmate Discipline Program:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Disciplinary Segregation and Prohibited Act Code Changes, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6455-6470</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01088</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Securities</EAR>
            <HD>Securities and Exchange Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Supplier Diversity Business Management System, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6558</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01990</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6558-6559</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02041</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <SJ>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Proposed Rule Changes:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6559</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01949</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Small Business</EAR>
            <HD>Small Business Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Disaster Declaration:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>California, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6560</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02013</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Pennsylvania, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6559-6560</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01992</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Substance</EAR>
            <HD>Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>List of Certified Laboratories and Instrumented Initial Testing Facilities That Meet Minimum Standards To Engage in Urine Drug Testing, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6532-6533</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01981</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Transportation Department</EAR>
            <HD>Transportation Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Federal Aviation Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Federal Railroad Administration</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Treasury</EAR>
            <HD>Treasury Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Comptroller of the Currency</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Veteran Affairs</EAR>
            <HD>Veterans Affairs Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Rehabilitation Research and Development Service Scientific Merit Review Board, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6572</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02002</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Scientific Merit Review Board, Health Services Research and Development Service, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>6571-6572</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-02006</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Privacy Act; Systems of Records, </DOC>
                    <PGS>6568-6571</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-01984</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <PTS>
            <PRTPAGE P="vi"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Separate Parts In This Issue</HD>
            <HD>Part II</HD>
            <DOCENT>
                <DOC>Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, </DOC>
                <PGS>6574-7222</PGS>
                <FRDOCBP>2023-25797</FRDOCBP>
            </DOCENT>
            <DOCENT>
                <DOC>Federal Reserve System, </DOC>
                <PGS>6574-7222</PGS>
                <FRDOCBP>2023-25797</FRDOCBP>
            </DOCENT>
            <DOCENT>
                <DOC>Treasury Department, Comptroller of the Currency, </DOC>
                <PGS>6574-7222</PGS>
                <FRDOCBP>2023-25797</FRDOCBP>
            </DOCENT>
            <HD>Part III</HD>
            <DOCENT>
                <DOC>Federal Communications Commission, </DOC>
                <PGS>7224-7265</PGS>
                <FRDOCBP>2023-24626</FRDOCBP>
            </DOCENT>
        </PTS>
        <AIDS>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Reader Aids</HD>
            <P>Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.</P>
            <P>To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.</P>
        </AIDS>
    </CNTNTS>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>22</NO>
    <DATE>Thursday, February 1, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
    <RULES>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="6401"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Agricultural Marketing Service</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>7 CFR Parts 1005, 1006, and 1007</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Doc. No. AMS-DA-23-0003; 23-J-0019]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Milk in the Appalachian, Florida, and Southeast Marketing Areas; Amendments to Marketing Agreements and to Orders</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This final rule amends the transportation credit balancing fund provisions for the Appalachian and Southeast Federal milk marketing orders and establishes distributing plant delivery credits in the Appalachian, Florida, and Southeast Federal milk marketing orders. More than the required number of producers in the three impacted marketing areas have approved the issuance of the final order.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This rule is effective March 1, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        To review the hearing record and relevant materials, please see 
                        <E T="03">https://www.ams.usda.gov/rules-regulations/milk-appalachian-southeast-and-florida-areas-hearing-proposed-amendments.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Erin Taylor, USDA/AMS/Dairy Programs, Order Formulation and Enforcement Branch, STOP 0231—Room 2530, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20250-0231, Telephone: (202) 720-7183, Email: 
                        <E T="03">Erin.Taylor@usda.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    This rule, in accordance with 7 CFR 900.14(c), is the Secretary's final rule in this proceeding and adopts the amendments detailed in the proposed rule published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on December 1, 2023 (88 FR 84038).
                </P>
                <P>This final rule amends the transportation credit balancing fund (TCBF) provisions in the Appalachian and Southeast Federal milk marketing orders (FMMOs or orders) by (1) updating the components of the mileage rate calculation; (2) revising the months of mandatory and discretionary payment; (3) revising the non-reimbursed mileage factor; and (4) increasing the maximum assessment rate on Class I milk. This final rule also establishes distributing plant delivery credit (DPDC) provisions in the Appalachian, Florida, and Southeast FMMOs that will make marketwide service payments to qualifying handlers and cooperatives for milk shipments to pool distributing plants from farms that are year-round, consistent suppliers. As required by regulation, AMS conducted a vote where more than two-thirds of the participating producers approved the amended orders. Thus, AMS is issuing this final rule implementing new and amended provisions.</P>
                <P>This administrative action is governed by sections 556 and 557 of Title 5 of the United States Code and, therefore, is excluded from the requirements of Executive Orders 12866, 13175, 13563, and 14094. This action falls within a category of regulatory actions that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) exempted from Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094 review.</P>
                <P>The amendments adopted in this final rule have been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. They are not intended to have a retroactive effect and will not preempt any state or local laws, regulations, or policies, unless they present an irreconcilable conflict with this rule.</P>
                <P>The Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, as amended (7 U.S.C. 601-674) (AMAA), provides that administrative proceedings must be exhausted before parties may file suit in court. Under section 608c(15)(A) of the AMAA, any handler subject to an order may request modification or exemption from such order by filing a petition with the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) stating that the order, any provision of the order, or any obligation imposed in connection with the order is not in accordance with the law. A handler is afforded the opportunity for a hearing on the petition. After a hearing, USDA would rule on the petition. The AMAA provides that the district court of the United States in any district in which the handler is an inhabitant, or has its principal place of business, has jurisdiction in equity to review USDA's ruling on the petition, provided a bill in equity is filed not later than 20 days after the date of the entry of the ruling.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Flexibility Act and Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), the Agricultural Marketing Service has considered the economic impact of this action on small entities and has certified this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The purpose of the RFA is to fit regulatory actions to the scale of businesses subject to such actions so that small businesses will not be unduly or disproportionately burdened. Marketing orders and amendments thereto are unique in that they are normally brought about through group action of essentially small entities for their own benefit. A small dairy farm as defined by the Small Business Administration (SBA) (13 CFR 121.201) is one that has an annual gross revenue of $3.75 million or less, and a small dairy products manufacturer is one that has no more than the number of employees listed in the chart below:
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,r200,14">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">NAICS code</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">NAICS U.S. industry title</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Size standards
                            <LI>in number of</LI>
                            <LI>employees</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">311511</ENT>
                        <ENT>Fluid Milk Manufacturing</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,150</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">311512</ENT>
                        <ENT>Creamery Butter Manufacturing</ENT>
                        <ENT>750</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">311513</ENT>
                        <ENT>Cheese Manufacturing</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,250</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">311514</ENT>
                        <ENT>Dry, Condensed, and Evaporated Dairy Product Manufacturing</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="6402"/>
                <P>To determine which dairy farms are “small businesses,” the $3.75 million per year income limit was used to establish a milk marketing threshold of 1,220,703 pounds per month. Although this threshold does not factor in additional monies that may be received by dairy producers, it should be an accurate standard for most “small” dairy farmers. To determine a handler's size, if the plant is part of a larger company operating multiple plants that collectively exceed the 750-employee limit for creamery butter; the 1,000-employee limit for dry, condensed, and evaporated dairy product manufacturing; the 1,150-employee limit for fluid milk manufacturing; or the 1,250-employee limit for cheese manufacturing; the plant was considered a large business even if the local plant does not exceed the 750-; 1,000-; 1,150-; or 1,250-employee limits, respectively.</P>
                <P>During March 2023, the milk of 2,191 dairy farms was pooled on the Appalachian (1,359), Florida (83), and Southeast (749) FMMOs. Of the totals, 1,233 farms on the Appalachian FMMO (91 percent), 37 on the Florida FMMO (45 percent), and 658 on the Southeast FMMO (88 percent) were considered small businesses.</P>
                <P>During March 2023, there were a total of 17 plants associated with the Appalachian FMMO (16 pool distributing plants and 1 pool supply plant), 7 plants associated with the Florida FMMO (all pool distributing plants), and 16 plants associated with the Southeast FMMO (15 pool distributing plants and 1 pool supply plant). The number of plants meeting the small business criteria under the Appalachian, Florida, and Southeast FMMOs were estimated to be 2 (13 percent), 2 (29 percent), and 2 (13 percent), respectively.</P>
                <P>Currently, the Appalachian and Southeast orders provide transportation credit balancing fund (TCBF) payments on supplemental shipments of milk for Class I use provided the milk was from producers located outside of the marketing areas who are not regular suppliers to the market. Producer milk received at a pool distributing plant eligible for a transportation credit under the orders is defined as bulk milk received directly from a dairy farmer (1) from whom not more than 50 percent of the dairy farmer's milk production, in aggregate, is received as producer milk during the immediately preceding months of March through May of each order; and (2) who produced milk on a farm not located within the specified marketing areas of either order. Milk deliveries from producers located outside the marketing area who are consistent suppliers to the market, or from producers located inside the marketing areas, is not eligible for transportation credits.</P>
                <P>This final rule amends the Appalachian and Southeast TCBF provisions. Specifically, the amendments amend the non-reimbursed mileage level from 85 miles to 15 percent of total miles and update components of the mileage rate factor to reflect more current market transportation costs.</P>
                <P>The amendments also will increase the maximum TCBF assessment rates for the Appalachian and Southeast orders. Specifically, the maximum transportation credit assessment rate for the Appalachian and Southeast orders will increase to $0.30 and $0.60 per hundredweight (cwt), respectively. The increases are intended to minimize the proration and depletion of each order's TCBF to provide more adequate TCBF payments.</P>
                <P>This final rule also adopts DPDCs in the Appalachian, Florida, and Southeast FMMOs to provide transportation assistance to handlers and cooperatives procuring year-round, consistent milk supplies for the region. Currently, there are no provisions in any of the three southeastern FMMOs to provide transportation assistance to handlers and cooperatives for these types of milk deliveries.</P>
                <P>The DPDCs adopted in this final rule will operate similar to the TCBF program: (1) DPDCs will be funded through an assessment on Class I producer milk; (2) DPDCs will be payable to handlers and cooperatives for procuring year-round milk supplies as determined by location and delivery criteria; (3) DPDC payment provisions will be identical to those for TCBF payments; and (4) DPDC provisions are designed to safeguard against excess assessment collections and prevent persistent and pervasive uneconomic milk movements for the purpose of receiving a DPDC payment.</P>
                <P>The TCBF and DPDC provisions are applied identically to large and small handlers and cooperatives regulated by the Appalachian, Florida, and Southeast FMMOs. Since the amendments will apply to all regulated cooperatives and handlers regardless of their size, the amendments should not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
                <P>A review of reporting requirements was completed under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 35). It was determined that these amendments will have no impact on reporting, recordkeeping, or other compliance requirements because those requirements will remain unchanged. No new forms are proposed, and no additional reporting requirements will be necessary.</P>
                <P>This final rule does not require additional information collection that requires clearance by the OMB beyond currently approved information collection. The primary sources of data used to complete the forms are routinely used in most business transactions. Forms require only a minimal amount of information which can be supplied without data processing equipment or a trained statistical staff. Thus, since the information is already provided, no new information collection requirements are needed, and the current information collection and reporting burden is relatively small. Requiring the same reports for all handlers does not significantly disadvantage any handler that is smaller than the industry average.</P>
                <P>The Agricultural Marketing Service is committed to complying with the E-Government Act, to promote the use of the internet and other information technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services, and for other purposes.</P>
                <P>No other burdens are expected to fall on the dairy industry as a result of overlapping Federal rules. This rulemaking proceeding does not duplicate, overlap, or conflict with any existing Federal rules.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Prior Documents in This Proceeding</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Notice of Hearing:</E>
                     Published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on January 30, 2023 (88 FR 5800).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Recommended Decision:</E>
                     Published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on July 18, 2023 (88 FR 46016).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Final Decision:</E>
                     Published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on December 1, 2023 (88 FR 84038).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Findings and Determinations</HD>
                <P>The findings and determinations hereinafter set forth supplement those that were made when the orders were first issued and when they were amended. The previous findings and determinations are hereby ratified and confirmed, except where they may conflict with those set forth herein.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">(a) Findings Upon the Basis of the Hearing Record</HD>
                <P>
                    The amendments to the order are based on the record of a public hearing held in Franklin, Tennessee, February 28-March 2, 2023, pursuant to a notice of hearing published January 30, 2023 (88 FR 5800). The hearing was held 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6403"/>
                    pursuant to the provisions of the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, as amended (7 U.S.C. 601-674), and the applicable rules of practice and procedure (7 CFR part 900).
                </P>
                <P>Upon the basis of the evidence introduced at such hearing and the record thereof, it is determined that:</P>
                <P>(1) The said orders as hereby amended, and all of the terms and conditions thereof, will tend to effectuate the declared policy of the AMAA;</P>
                <P>(2) The parity prices of milk, as determined pursuant to section 2 of the AMAA, are not reasonable in view of the price of feeds, available supplies of feeds, and other economic conditions which affect market supply and demand for milk in the aforesaid marketing area. The minimum prices specified in the orders as hereby amended are such prices as will reflect the aforesaid factors, ensure a sufficient quantity of pure and wholesome milk, and be in the public interest; and</P>
                <P>(3) The said orders as hereby amended regulate the handling of milk in the same manner as, and are applicable only to persons in the respective classes of industrial or commercial activity specified in, marketing agreements upon which a hearing has been held.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">(b) Additional Findings</HD>
                <P>
                    The amendments to these orders are known to handlers. The final decision containing the amendments to these orders was issued and published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     (88 FR 84038) on December 1, 2023.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">(c) Determinations</HD>
                <P>It is hereby determined that:</P>
                <P>(1) The refusal or failure of handlers (excluding cooperative associations specified in section 8c(9) of the AMAA) of more than 50 percent of the milk marketed within the specified marketing areas to sign a proposed marketing agreement, tends to prevent the effectuation of the declared policy of the AMAA;</P>
                <P>(2) The issuance of this order amending the Appalachian, Florida, and Southeast orders is the only practical means pursuant to the declared policy of the AMAA of advancing the interests of producers as defined in the order as hereby amended; and</P>
                <P>(3) The issuance of this order amending the Appalachian, Florida, and Southeast FMMOs is favored by at least two-thirds of the producers who were engaged in the production of milk for sale in the respective marketing areas.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 7 CFR Parts 1005, 1006, and 1007</HD>
                    <P>Milk marketing orders.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Order Amending the Order Regulating the Handling of Milk in the Appalachian, Florida, and Southeast Marketing Areas</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">It is therefore ordered,</E>
                     that on and after the effective date hereof, the handling of milk in the Appalachian, Florida, and Southeast marketing areas shall be in conformity to and in compliance with the terms and conditions of the orders, as amended, and as hereby amended, as follows:
                </P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1005—MILK IN THE APPALACHIAN MARKETING AREA</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1005">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 1005 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 7 U.S.C. 601-674, and 7253.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1005">
                    <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 1005.30 by:</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>a. Redesignating paragraphs (a)(5) through (9) as paragraphs (a)(7) through (11), respectively;</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>b. Adding new paragraphs (a)(5) and (6);</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>c. Redesignating paragraph (c)(3) as (c)(4) and revising it; and</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>d. Adding new paragraph (c)(3).</AMDPAR>
                    <P>The additions and revision read as follows:</P>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1005.30</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Reports of receipts and utilization.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>(a) * * *</P>
                        <P>(5) Receipts of producer milk described in § 1005.84(e), including the identity of the individual producers whose milk is eligible for the distributing plant delivery credit pursuant to that paragraph and the date that such milk was received;</P>
                        <P>(6) For handlers submitting distributing plant delivery credit requests, transfers of bulk unconcentrated milk to nonpool plants, including the dates that such milk was transferred;</P>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>(c) * * *</P>
                        <P>(3) With respect to milk for which a cooperative association is requesting a distributing plant delivery credit pursuant to § 1005.84, all of the information required in paragraphs (a)(5) and (6) of this section.</P>
                        <P>(4) With respect to milk for which a cooperative association is requesting a transportation credit pursuant to § 1005.82, all of the information required in paragraphs (a)(7) through (9) of this section.</P>
                        <STARS/>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1005">
                    <AMDPAR>3. Amend § 1005.32 by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1005.32</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Other reports.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>(a) On or before the 20th day after the end of each month, each handler described in § 1000.9(a) and (c) of this chapter shall report to the market administrator any adjustments to distributing plant delivery credit requests as reported pursuant to § 1005.30(a)(5) and (6), and any adjustments to transportation credit requests as reported pursuant to § 1005.30(a)(7) through (9).</P>
                        <STARS/>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1005">
                    <AMDPAR>4. Amend § 1005.81 by revising the first sentence of paragraph (a) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1005.81</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Payments to the transportation credit balancing fund.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>(a) On or before the 12th day after the end of the month (except as provided in § 1000.90 of this chapter), each handler operating a pool plant and each handler specified in § 1000.9(c) of this chapter shall pay to the market administrator a transportation credit balancing fund assessment determined by multiplying the pounds of Class I producer milk assigned pursuant to § 1005.44 by $0.30 per hundredweight or such lesser amount as the market administrator deems necessary to maintain a balance in the fund equal to the total transportation credits disbursed during the prior June—February period. * * *</P>
                        <STARS/>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1005">
                    <AMDPAR>5. Amend § 1005.82 by:</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>a. Revising the first sentence of paragraph (a)(1), the first sentence of paragraph (b), and paragraph (d)(3)(iii); and</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>b. Adding paragraph (d)(3)(viii).</AMDPAR>
                    <P>The revisions and addition read as follows:</P>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1005.82</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Payments from the transportation credit balancing fund.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>(a) * * *</P>
                        <P>
                            (1) On or before the 13th day (except as provided in § 1000.90 of this chapter) after the end of each of the months of January and July through December and any other month in which transportation credits are in effect pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the market administrator shall pay to each handler that received, and reported pursuant to § 1005.30(a)(7), bulk milk transferred from a plant fully regulated under another Federal order as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section or that received, and reported pursuant to § 1005.30(a)(8), milk directly from producers' farms as specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a preliminary amount determined pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section to the extent that funds are 
                            <PRTPAGE P="6404"/>
                            available in the transportation credit balancing fund. * * *
                        </P>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>
                            (b) The market administrator may extend the period during which transportation credits are in effect (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             the transportation credit period) to the month of February or June if a written request to do so is received fifteen (15) days prior to the beginning of the month for which the request is made and, after conducting an independent investigation, finds that such extension is necessary to assure the market of an adequate supply of milk for fluid use. * * *
                        </P>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>(d) * * *</P>
                        <P>(3) * * *</P>
                        <P>(iii) Subtract 15 percent (15%) of the miles from the mileage so determined;</P>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>(viii) The market administrator may revise the factor described in paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section (the mileage adjustment factor) if a written request to do so is received fifteen (15) days prior to the beginning of the month for which the request is made and, after conducting an independent investigation, finds that such revision is necessary to assure orderly marketing, efficient handling of milk in the marketing area, and an adequate supply of milk for fluid use. The market administrator may increase the mileage adjustment factor by as much as ten percentage points, up to twenty-five percent (25%) or decrease it by as much as ten percentage points, to a minimum of five percent (5%). Before making such a finding, the market administrator shall notify all handlers in the market that a revision is being considered and invite written data, comments, and arguments. Any decision to revise the mileage rate factor must be issued in writing prior to the first day of the month for which the revision is to be effective.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1005">
                    <AMDPAR>6. Amend § 1005.83 by revising paragraphs (a)(2) through (5) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1005.83</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Mileage rate for the transportation credit balancing fund.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>(a) * * *</P>
                        <P>(2) From the result in paragraph (a)(1) of this section subtract $2.26 per gallon;</P>
                        <P>(3) Divide the result in paragraph (a)(2) of this section by 6.2, and round down to three decimal places to compute the fuel cost adjustment factor;</P>
                        <P>(4) Add the result in paragraph (a)(3) of this section to $3.67;</P>
                        <P>(5) Divide the result in paragraph (a)(4) of this section by 497;</P>
                        <STARS/>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1005">
                    <AMDPAR>7. Add § 1005.84 before the undesignated center heading “Administrative Assessment and Marketing Service Deduction” to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1005.84</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Distributing plant delivery credits.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>
                            (a) 
                            <E T="03">Distributing plant delivery credit fund.</E>
                             The market administrator shall maintain a separate fund known as the Distributing Plant Delivery Credit Fund into which shall be deposited the payments made by handlers pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section and out of which shall be made the payments due handlers pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section. Payments due a handler shall be offset against payments due from the handler.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (b) 
                            <E T="03">Payments to the distributing plant delivery credit fund.</E>
                             On or before the 12th day after the end of the month (except as provided in § 1000.90 of this chapter), each handler operating a pool plant and each handler specified in § 1000.9(c) of this chapter shall pay to the market administrator a distributing plant delivery credit fund assessment determined by multiplying the pounds of Class I producer milk assigned pursuant to § 1005.44 by a per hundredweight assessment rate of $0.60 or such lesser amount as the market administrator deems necessary to maintain a balance in the fund equal to the total distributing plant delivery credit disbursed during the prior calendar year. If the distributing plant delivery credit fund is in an overfunded position, the market administrator may completely waive the distributing plant delivery credit assessment for one or more months. In determining the distributing plant delivery credit assessment rate, in the event that during any month of that previous calendar year the fund balance was insufficient to cover the amount of credits that were due, the assessment should be based upon the amount of credits that would have been disbursed had the fund balance been sufficient.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (c) 
                            <E T="03">Assessment rate announcement.</E>
                             The market administrator shall announce publicly on or before the 23rd day of the month (except as provided in § 1000.90 of this chapter), the assessment rate per hundredweight pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section for the following month.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (d) 
                            <E T="03">Payments from the distributing plant delivery credit fund.</E>
                             Payments from the distributing plant delivery credit fund to handlers and cooperative associations requesting distributing plant delivery credits shall be made as follows:
                        </P>
                        <P>(1) On or before the 13th day (except as provided in § 1000.90 of this chapter) after the end of each month, the market administrator shall pay to each handler that received, and reported pursuant to § 1005.30(a)(5), bulk unconcentrated milk directly from producers' farms, or receipts of bulk unconcentrated milk by transfer from a pool supply plant as defined in § 1005.7(c) or (d), a preliminary amount determined pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section to the extent that funds are available in the distributing plant delivery credit fund. If an insufficient balance exists to pay all of the credits computed pursuant to this section, the market administrator shall distribute the balance available in the distributing plant delivery credit fund by reducing payments pro rata using the percentage derived by dividing the balance in the fund by the total credits that are due for the month. The credits resulting from this initial proration shall be subject to audit adjustment pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this section.</P>
                        <P>(2) The market administrator shall accept adjusted requests for distributing plant delivery credits on or before the 20th day of the month following the month for which such credits were requested pursuant to § 1005.32(a). After such date, a preliminary audit will be conducted by the market administrator, who will recalculate any necessary proration of distributing plant delivery credit payments for the preceding month pursuant to the process provided in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. Handlers will be promptly notified of an overpayment of credits based upon this final computation and remedial payments to or from the distributing plant delivery credit fund will be made on or before the next payment date for the following month.</P>
                        <P>(3) Distributing plant delivery credits paid pursuant to paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section shall be subject to final verification by the market administrator pursuant to § 1000.77 of this chapter. Adjusted payments to or from the distributing plant delivery credit fund will remain subject to the final proration established pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section.</P>
                        <P>
                            (4) In the event that a qualified cooperative association is the responsible party for whose account such milk is received and written documentation of this fact is provided to the market administrator pursuant to § 1005.30(c)(3) prior to the date payment is due, the distributing plant delivery credits for such milk computed pursuant to this section shall be made to such cooperative association rather 
                            <PRTPAGE P="6405"/>
                            than to the operator of the pool plant at which the milk was received.
                        </P>
                        <P>(5) The market administrator shall provide monthly, to producers who are not members of a qualified cooperative association, a statement of the amount per hundredweight of distributing plant delivery credit which the distributing plant handler receiving their milk is entitled to claim.</P>
                        <P>
                            (e) 
                            <E T="03">Eligible milk.</E>
                             Distributing plant delivery credits shall apply to the following milk:
                        </P>
                        <P>(1) Bulk unconcentrated fluid milk received directly from dairy farms at a pool distributing plant as producer milk subject to the following conditions:</P>
                        <P>(i) The farm on which the milk was produced is located within the specified marketing areas of the order in this part or the marketing area of Federal Order 1007 (7 CFR part 1007).</P>
                        <P>(ii) The farm on which the milk was produced is located in the following counties:</P>
                        <P>(A) Illinois: Alexander, Bond, Champaign, Christian, Clark, Clay, Clinton, Coles, Crawford, Cumberland, Douglas, Edgar, Edwards, Effingham, Fayette, Franklin, Gallatin, Hamilton, Hardin, Jackson, Jasper, Jefferson, Johnson, Lawrence, Macon, Marion, Massac, Monroe, Montgomery, Moultrie, Perry, Piatt, Pope, Pulaski, Randolph, Richland, St Clair, Saline, Shelby, Union, Vermilion, Wabash, Washington, Wayne, White, and Williamson.</P>
                        <P>(B) Indiana: Bartholomew, Boone, Brown, Clay, Clinton, Dearborn, Decatur, Delaware, Fayette, Fountain, Franklin, Hamilton, Hancock, Hendricks, Henry, Jackson, Jefferson, Jennings, Johnson, Lawrence, Madison, Marion, Monroe, Montgomery, Morgan, Ohio, Owen, Parke, Putnam, Randolph, Ripley, Rush, Shelby, Switzerland, Tippecanoe, Tipton, Union, Vermillion, Vigo, Warren, and Wayne.</P>
                        <P>(C) Kentucky: Boone, Boyd, Bracken, Campbell, Floyd, Grant, Greenup, Harrison, Johnson, Kenton, Lawrence, Lewis, Magoffin, Martin, Mason, Pendleton, Pike, and Robertson.</P>
                        <P>(D) Maryland: Allegany, Frederick, Garrett, Montgomery, and Washington.</P>
                        <P>(E) Ohio: Adams, Athens, Brown, Butler, Clark, Clermont, Clinton, Darke, Fairfield, Fayette, Franklin, Gallia, Greene, Hamilton, Highland, Hocking, Jackson, Lawrence, Madison, Meigs, Miami, Montgomery, Morgan, Perry, Pickaway, Pike, Preble, Ross, Scioto, Vinton, Warren, Washington.</P>
                        <P>(F) Pennsylvania: Bedford, Fayette, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, and Somerset.</P>
                        <P>(G) Virginia counties: Albemarle, Amelia, Appomattox, Arlington, Brunswick, Buckingham, Caroline, Charles City, Charlotte, Chesterfield, Clarke, Culpeper, Cumberland, Dinwiddie, Essex, Fairfax, Fauquier, Fluvanna, Frederick, Gloucester, Goochland, Greene, Greensville, Halifax, Hanover, Henrico, Isle Of Wight, James City, King And Queen, King George, King William, Lancaster, Loudoun, Louisa, Lunenburg, Madison, Mathews, Mecklenburg, Middlesex, Nelson, New Kent, Northumberland, Nottoway, Orange, Page, Powhatan, Prince Edward, Prince George, Prince William, Rappahannock, Richmond, Shenandoah, Southampton, Spotsylvania, Stafford, Surry, Sussex, Warren, Westmoreland, York.</P>
                        <P>(H) Virginia cities: Alexandria City, Charlottesville City, Chesapeake City, Colonial Heights City, Emporia City, Fairfax City, Falls Church City, Franklin City, Fredericksburg City, Hampton City, Hopewell City, Manassas City, Manassas Park City, Newport News City, Norfolk City, Petersburg City, Poquoson City, Portsmouth City, Richmond City, Suffolk City, Virginia Beach City, Williamsburg City, and Winchester City.</P>
                        <P>(I) West Virginia: Barbour, Berkeley, Boone, Braxton, Cabell, Calhoun, Clay, Doddridge, Fayette, Gilmer, Grant, Greenbrier, Hampshire, Hardy, Harrison, Jackson, Jefferson, Kanawha, Lewis, Lincoln, Logan, Marion, Mason, Mineral, Mingo, Monongalia, Monroe, Morgan, Nicholas, Pendleton, Pleasants, Pocahontas, Preston, Putnam, Raleigh, Randolph, Ritchie, Roane, Summers, Taylor, Tucker, Tyler, Upshur, Wayne, Webster, Wetzel, Wirt, Wood, and Wyoming.</P>
                        <P>(iii) The market administrator may include additional counties from the states listed in paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section upon the request of a pool handler and provision of satisfactory proof that the county is a source of regular supply of milk to order distributing plants.</P>
                        <P>(iv) Producer milk eligible for a payment under this section cannot be eligible for payment from the transportation credit balancing fund as specified in § 1005.82(c)(2).</P>
                        <P>(v) The quantity of milk described herein shall be reduced by the quantity of any bulk unconcentrated fluid milk products transferred from a pool distributing plant to a nonpool plant or transferred to a pool supply plant on the same calendar day as producer milk was received at such plant for which a distributing plant delivery credit is requested.</P>
                        <P>(2) Bulk unconcentrated fluid milk transferred from a pool plant regulated pursuant to § 1005.7(c) or (d) to a pool distributing plant regulated pursuant to § 1005.7(a) or (b). The quantity of milk described herein shall be reduced by the quantity of any bulk unconcentrated fluid milk products transferred from a pool distributing plant to a nonpool plant or transferred to a pool supply plant on the same calendar day as milk was received by transfer from a pool supply plant at such pool distributing plant for which a distributing plant delivery credit is requested.</P>
                        <P>
                            (f) 
                            <E T="03">Credit computation.</E>
                             Distributing plant delivery credits shall be computed as follows:
                        </P>
                        <P>(1) With respect to milk delivered directly from the farm to a distributing plant:</P>
                        <P>(i) Determine the shortest hard-surface highway distance between the shipping farm's county seat and the receiving plant and multiply the miles by an adjustment rate of not greater than ninety-five percent (95%) and not less than seventy-five percent (75%);</P>
                        <P>(ii) Subtract the Class I price specified in § 1000.50(a) of this chapter for the county in which the shipping farm is located from the Class I price applicable for the county in which the receiving pool distributing plant is located;</P>
                        <P>(iii) Multiply the adjusted miles so computed in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section by the monthly mileage rate factor for the month computed pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section;</P>
                        <P>(iv) Subtract any positive difference in Class I prices computed in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section from the rate determined in paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section;</P>
                        <P>(v) Multiply the remainder computed in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section by the hundredweight of milk described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.</P>
                        <P>(2) With respect to milk delivered from a pool supply plant to a distributing plant:</P>
                        <P>(i) Determine the shortest hard-surface highway distance between the transferring pool plant and the receiving plant, and multiply the miles by an adjustment rate not greater than ninety-five percent (95%) and not less than seventy-five percent (75%);</P>
                        <P>(ii) Subtract the Class I price specified in § 1000.50(a) of this chapter for the transferring pool plant from the Class I price applicable for the county in which the receiving pool distributing plant is located;</P>
                        <P>(iii) Multiply the adjusted miles so computed in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section by the mileage rate factor for the month computed pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section;</P>
                        <P>
                            (iv) Subtract any positive difference in Class I prices computed in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section from the rate determined in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section;
                            <PRTPAGE P="6406"/>
                        </P>
                        <P>(v) Multiply the remainder computed in paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section by the hundredweight of milk described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.</P>
                        <P>
                            (g) 
                            <E T="03">Mileage percentage rate adjustment.</E>
                             The monthly percentage rate adjustment within the range of permissible percentage adjustments provided in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (f)(2)(i) of this section shall be determined by the market administrator, and publicly announced prior to the month for which effective. In determining the percentage adjustment to the actual mileages of milk delivered from farms and milk transferred from pool plants the market administrator shall evaluate the general supply and demand for milk in the marketing area, any previous occurrences of sustained uneconomic movements of milk, and the balances in the distributing plant delivery credit fund. The adjustment percentage pursuant to paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (f)(2)(i) of this section to the actual miles used for computing distributing plant delivery credits and announced by the market administrator shall always be the same percentage.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (h) 
                            <E T="03">Mileage rate for the distributing plant delivery credit fund.</E>
                             The mileage rate for the distributing plant delivery credit fund shall be the mileage rate computed by the market administrator pursuant to § 1005.83.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (i) 
                            <E T="03">Oversight of milk movements.</E>
                             The market administrator shall regularly monitor and evaluate the requests for distributing plant delivery credits to determine that such credits are not encouraging uneconomic movements of milk, and that the credits continue to assure orderly marketing and efficient handling of milk in the marketing area. In making such determinations, the market administrator will include in the evaluation the general supply and demand for milk. If the market administrator finds that uneconomic movements are occurring, and such movements are persistent and pervasive, or are not being made in a way that assures orderly marketing and efficient handling of milk in the marketing area, after good cause shown, the market administrator may disallow the payments of distributing plant delivery credit on such milk. Before making such a finding, the market administrator shall give the handler of such milk sufficient notice that an investigation is being considered and shall provide notice that the handler has the opportunity to explain why such movements were necessary, or the opportunity to correct such movements prior to the disallowance of any distributing plant delivery credits. Any disallowance of distributing plant delivery credit pursuant to this provision shall remain confidential between the market administrator and the handler.
                        </P>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1006—MILK IN THE FLORIDA MARKETING AREA</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1006">
                    <AMDPAR>8. The authority citation for part 1006 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 7 U.S.C. 601-674, and 7253.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1006">
                    <AMDPAR>9. Amend § 1006.30 by:</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>a. Redesignating paragraphs (a)(5) and (6) as paragraphs (a)(7) and (8), respectively;</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>b. Adding new paragraphs (a)(5) and (6); and</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>c. Adding paragraph (c)(3).</AMDPAR>
                    <P>The additions read as follows:</P>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1006.30</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Reports of receipts and utilization.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>(a) * * *</P>
                        <P>(5) Receipts of producer milk described in § 1006.84(e), including the identity of the individual producers whose milk is eligible for the distributing plant delivery credit pursuant to that paragraph and the date that such milk was received;</P>
                        <P>(6) For handlers submitting distributing plant delivery credit requests, transfers of bulk unconcentrated milk to nonpool plants, including the dates that such milk was transferred.</P>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>(c) * * *</P>
                        <P>(3) With respect to milk for which a cooperative association is requesting a distributing plant delivery credit pursuant to § 1006.84, all of the information required in paragraphs (a)(5) and (6) of this section.</P>
                        <STARS/>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1006">
                    <AMDPAR>10. Revise § 1006.32 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1006.32</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Other reports.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>(a) On or before the 20th day after the end of each month, each handler described in § 1000.9(a) and (c) of this chapter shall report to the market administrator any adjustments to distributing plant delivery credit requests as reported pursuant to § 1006.30(a)(5) and (6).</P>
                        <P>(b) In addition to the reports required pursuant to §§ 1006.30 and 1006.31 and paragraph (a) of this section, each handler shall report any information the market administrator deems necessary to verify or establish each handler's obligation under the order.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1006">
                    <AMDPAR>
                        11. Add an undesignated center heading preceding the undesignated center heading “Administrative Assessment and Marketing Service Deduction” to read as follows: 
                        <E T="03">Marketwide Service Payments.</E>
                    </AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1006">
                    <AMDPAR>12. Add § 1006.84 preceding the undesignated center heading “Administrative Assessment and Marketing Service Deduction” to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1006.84</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Distributing plant delivery credits.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>
                            (a) 
                            <E T="03">Distributing plant delivery credit fund.</E>
                             The market administrator shall maintain a separate fund known as the Distributing Plant Delivery Credit Fund into which shall be deposited the payments made by handlers pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section and out of which shall be made the payments due handlers pursuant to § 1005.84(b) of this chapter. Payments due a handler shall be offset against payments due from the handler.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (b) 
                            <E T="03">Payments to the distributing plant delivery credit fund.</E>
                             On or before the 12th day after the end of the month (except as provided in § 1000.90 of this chapter), each handler operating a pool plant and each handler specified in § 1000.9(c) of this chapter shall pay to the market administrator a distributing plant delivery credit fund assessment determined by multiplying the pounds of Class I producer milk assigned pursuant to § 1006.44 by a per hundredweight assessment rate of $0.85 or such lesser amount as the market administrator deems necessary to maintain a balance in the fund equal to the total distributing plant delivery credit disbursed during the prior calendar year. If the distributing plant delivery credit fund is in an overfunded position, the market administrator may completely waive the distributing plant delivery credit assessment for one or more months. In determining the distributing plant delivery credit assessment rate, in the event that during any month of that previous calendar year the fund balance was insufficient to cover the amount of credits that were due, the assessment should be based upon the amount of credits that would have been disbursed had the fund balance been sufficient.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (c) 
                            <E T="03">Assessment rate announcement.</E>
                             The market administrator shall announce publicly on or before the 23rd day of the month (except as provided in § 1000.90 of this chapter) the assessment rate per hundredweight pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section for the following month.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (d) 
                            <E T="03">Payments from the distributing plant delivery credit fund.</E>
                             Payments from the distributing plant delivery credit fund to handlers and cooperative associations requesting distributing plant delivery credits shall be made as follows:
                            <PRTPAGE P="6407"/>
                        </P>
                        <P>(1) On or before the 13th day (except as provided in § 1000.90 of this chapter) after the end of each month, the market administrator shall pay to each handler that received, and reported pursuant to § 1006.30(a)(5), bulk unconcentrated milk directly from producers' farms, or receipts of bulk unconcentrated milk by transfer from a pool supply plant as defined in § 1006.7(c) or (d), a preliminary amount determined pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section to the extent that funds are available in the distributing plant delivery credit fund. If an insufficient balance exists to pay all of the credits computed pursuant to this section, the market administrator shall distribute the balance available in the distributing plant delivery credit fund by reducing payments pro rata using the percentage derived by dividing the balance in the fund by the total credits that are due for the month. The credits resulting from this initial proration shall be subject to audit adjustment pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this section.</P>
                        <P>(2) The market administrator shall accept adjusted requests for distributing plant delivery credits on or before the 20th day of the month following the month for which such credits were requested pursuant to § 1006.32(a). After such date, a preliminary audit will be conducted by the market administrator, who will recalculate any necessary proration of distributing plant delivery credit payments for the preceding month pursuant to the process provided in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. Handlers will be promptly notified of an overpayment of credits based upon this final computation and remedial payments to or from the distributing plant delivery credit fund will be made on or before the next payment date for the following month.</P>
                        <P>(3) Distributing plant delivery credits paid pursuant to paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section shall be subject to final verification by the market administrator pursuant to § 1000.77 of this chapter. Adjusted payments to or from the distributing plant delivery credit fund will remain subject to the final proration established pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section.</P>
                        <P>(4) In the event that a qualified cooperative association is the responsible party for whose account such milk is received and written documentation of this fact is provided to the market administrator pursuant to § 1006.30(c)(3) prior to the date payment is due, the distributing plant delivery credits for such milk computed pursuant to this section shall be made to such cooperative association rather than to the operator of the pool plant at which the milk was received.</P>
                        <P>(5) The market administrator shall provide monthly, to producers who are not members of a qualified cooperative association, a statement of the amount per hundredweight of distributing plant delivery credit which the distributing plant handler receiving their milk is entitled to claim.</P>
                        <P>
                            (e) 
                            <E T="03">Eligible milk.</E>
                             Distributing plant delivery credits shall apply to the following milk:
                        </P>
                        <P>(1) Bulk unconcentrated fluid milk received at a pool distributing plant as producer milk directly from dairy farms located within the marketing area; or located within the Georgia counties of Appling, Atkinson, Bacon, Baker, Ben Hill, Berrien, Brooks, Calhoun, Charlton, Chattahoochee, Clay, Clinch, Coffee, Cook, Colquitt, Crisp, Decatur, Dodge, Dooley, Dougherty, Early, Echols, Grady, Irwin, Lanier, Lee, Lowndes, Jeff Davis, Macon, Marion, Miller, Mitchell, Pierce, Pulaski, Quitman, Randolph, Schley, Seminole, Stewart, Sumter, Telfair, Terrel, Thomas, Tift, Turner, Ware, Webster, Wilcox, and Worth, and received at pool distributing plants. The quantity of milk described herein shall be reduced by the quantity of any bulk unconcentrated fluid milk products transferred from a pool distributing plant to a nonpool plant or transferred to a pool supply plant on the same calendar day as producer milk was received at such plant for which a distributing plant delivery credit is requested.</P>
                        <P>(2) Bulk unconcentrated fluid milk transferred from a pool plant regulated pursuant to § 1006.7(c) or (d) to a pool distributing plant regulated pursuant to § 1006.7(a) or (b). The quantity of milk described herein shall be reduced by the quantity of any bulk unconcentrated fluid milk products transferred from a pool distributing plant to a nonpool plant or transferred to a pool supply plant on the same calendar day as milk was received by transfer from a pool supply plant at such pool distributing plant for which a distributing plant delivery credit is requested.</P>
                        <P>
                            (f) 
                            <E T="03">Credit computation.</E>
                             Distributing plant delivery credits shall be computed as follows:
                        </P>
                        <P>(1) With respect to milk delivered directly from the farm to a distributing plant:</P>
                        <P>(i) Determine the shortest hard-surface highway distance between the shipping farm's county seat and the receiving plant and multiply the miles by an adjustment rate of not greater than ninety-five percent (95%) and not less than seventy-five percent (75%);</P>
                        <P>(ii) Subtract the Class I price specified in § 1000.50(a) of this chapter for the county in which the shipping farm is located from the Class I price applicable for the county in which the receiving pool distributing plant is located;</P>
                        <P>(iii) Multiply the adjusted miles so computed in (f)(1)(i) of this section by the monthly mileage rate factor for the month computed pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section;</P>
                        <P>(iv) Subtract any positive difference in Class I prices computed in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section from the rate determined in paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section;</P>
                        <P>(v) Multiply the remainder computed in paragraph (f)(1(iv) of this section by the hundredweight of milk described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section;</P>
                        <P>(2) With respect to milk delivered from a pool supply plant to a distributing plant:</P>
                        <P>(i) Determine the shortest hard-surface highway distance between the transferring pool plant and the receiving plant, and multiply the miles by an adjustment rate of not greater than ninety-five percent (95%) and not less than seventy-five percent (75%);</P>
                        <P>(ii) Subtract the Class I price specified in § 1000.50(a) of this chapter for the transferring pool plant from the Class I price applicable for the county in which the receiving pool distributing plant is located;</P>
                        <P>(iii) Multiply the adjusted miles so computed in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section by the mileage rate factor for the month computed pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section;</P>
                        <P>(iv) Subtract any positive difference in Class I prices computed in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) from the rate determined in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section;</P>
                        <P>(v) Multiply the remainder computed in paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section by the hundredweight of milk described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.</P>
                        <P>
                            (g) 
                            <E T="03">Mileage percentage rate adjustment.</E>
                             The monthly percentage rate adjustment within the range of permissible percentage adjustments provided in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (f)(2)(i) of this section shall be determined by the market administrator, and publicly announced prior to the month for which effective. In determining the percentage adjustment to the actual mileages of milk delivered from farms and milk transferred from pool plants the market administrator shall evaluate the general supply and demand for milk in the marketing area, any previous occurrences of sustained uneconomic movements of milk, and the balances in the distributing plant delivery credit fund. The adjustment percentage pursuant to paragraphs 
                            <PRTPAGE P="6408"/>
                            (f)(1)(i) and (f)(2)(i) to of this section the actual miles used for computing distributing plant credits and announced by the market administrator shall always be the same percentage.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (h) 
                            <E T="03">Mileage rate for the distributing plant delivery credit fund.</E>
                             The market administrator shall compute a mileage rate factor each month as follows:
                        </P>
                        <P>(1) Compute the simple average rounded down to three decimal places for the most recent four (4) weeks of the Diesel Price per Gallon as reported by the Energy Information Administration of the United States Department of Energy for the Lower Atlantic and Gulf Coast Districts combined;</P>
                        <P>(2) From the result in paragraph (h)(1) of this section subtract $2.26 per gallon;</P>
                        <P>(3) Divide the result in paragraph (h)(2) of this section by 6.2, and round down to three decimal places to compute the fuel cost adjustment factor;</P>
                        <P>(4) Add the result in paragraph (h)(3) of this section to $3.67;</P>
                        <P>(5) Divide the result in paragraph (h)(4) of this section by 497;</P>
                        <P>(6) Round the result in paragraph (h)(5) of this section down to five decimal places to compute the mileage rate.</P>
                        <P>
                            (i) 
                            <E T="03">Oversight of milk movements.</E>
                             The market administrator shall regularly monitor and evaluate the requests for distributing plant delivery credits to determine that such credits are not encouraging uneconomic movements of milk, and the credits continue to assure orderly marketing and efficient handling of milk in the marketing area. In making such determinations the market administrator will include in the evaluation the general supply and demands for milk. If the market administrator finds that uneconomic movements are occurring, and such movements are persistent and pervasive, or are not being made in a way that assures orderly marketing and efficient handling of milk in the marketing area, after good cause shown, the market administrator may disallow the payments of distributing plant delivery credit on such milk. Before making such a finding, the market administrator shall give the handler on such milk sufficient notice that an investigation is being considered and shall provide notice that the handler has the opportunity to explain why such movements were necessary, or the opportunity to correct such movements prior to the disallowance of any distributing plant delivery credits. Any disallowance of distributing plant delivery credit pursuant to this provision shall remain confidential between the market administrator and the handler.
                        </P>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1007—MILK IN THE SOUTHEAST MARKETING AREA</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1007">
                    <AMDPAR>13. The authority citation for part 1007 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 7 U.S.C. 601-674, and 7253.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1007">
                    <AMDPAR>14. Amend § 1007.30 by:</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>a. Redesignating paragraphs (a)(5) through (9) as paragraphs (a)(7) through (11), respectively;</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>b. Adding new paragraphs (a)(5) and (6);</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>c. Redesignating paragraph (c)(3) as paragraph (c)(4) and revising it; and</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>d. Adding new paragraph (c)(3).</AMDPAR>
                    <P>The revisions and additions read as follows.</P>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1007.30</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Reports of receipts and utilization.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>(a) * * *</P>
                        <P>(5) Receipts of producer milk described in § 1007.84(e), including the identity of the individual producers whose milk is eligible for the distributing plant delivery credit pursuant to that paragraph and the date that such milk was received;</P>
                        <P>(6) For handlers submitting distributing plant delivery credit requests, transfers of bulk unconcentrated milk to nonpool plants, including the dates that such milk was transferred;</P>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>(c) * * *</P>
                        <P>(3) With respect to milk for which a cooperative association is requesting a distributing plant delivery credit pursuant to § 1007.84, all of the information required in paragraphs (a)(5) and (6) of this section.</P>
                        <P>(4) With respect to milk for which a cooperative association is requesting a transportation credit pursuant to § 1007.82, all of the information required in paragraphs (a)(7) through (9) of this section.</P>
                        <STARS/>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1007">
                    <AMDPAR>15. Amend § 1007.32 by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1007.32</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Other reports.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>(a) On or before the 20th day after the end of each month, each handler described in § 1000.9(a) and (c) of this chapter shall report to the market administrator any adjustments to distributing plant delivery credit requests as reported pursuant to § 1007.30(a)(5) and (6) and any adjustments to transportation credit requests as reported pursuant to § 1007.30(a)(7) through (9) of this part.</P>
                        <STARS/>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1007">
                    <AMDPAR>16. Amend § 1007.81 by revising the first sentence of paragraph (a) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1007.81</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Payments to the transportation credit balancing fund.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>(a) On or before the 12th day after the end of the month (except as provided in § 1000.90 of this chapter), each handler operating a pool plant and each handler specified in § 1000.9(c) of this chapter shall pay to the market administrator a transportation credit balancing fund assessment determined by multiplying the pounds of Class I producer milk assigned pursuant to § 1007.44 by $0.60 per hundredweight or such lesser amount as the market administrator deems necessary to maintain a balance in the fund equal to the total transportation credits disbursed during the prior June through February period to reflect any changes in the current mileage rate versus the mileage rate(s) in effect during the prior June through February period. * * *</P>
                        <STARS/>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1007">
                    <AMDPAR>17. Amend § 1007.82 by:</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>a. Revising the first sentence of paragraph (a)(1), the first sentence of paragraph (b), and paragraph (d)(3)(iii); and</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>b. Adding paragraph (d)(3)(viii).</AMDPAR>
                    <P>The revisions and addition read as follows:</P>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1007.82</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Payments from the transportation credit balancing fund.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>(a) * * *</P>
                        <P>(1) On or before the 13th day (except as provided in § 1000.90) after the end of each of the months of January, and July through December and any other month in which transportation credits are in effect pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the market administrator shall pay to each handler that received, and reported pursuant to § 1007.30(a)(7), bulk milk transferred from a plant fully regulated under another Federal order as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section or that received, and reported pursuant to § 1007.30(a)(8), milk directly from producers' farms as specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a preliminary amount determined pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section to the extent that funds are available in the transportation credit balancing fund. * * *</P>
                        <P>
                            (b) The market administrator may extend the period during which transportation credits are in effect (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             the transportation credit period) to the month of February or June if a written request to do so is received fifteen (15) days prior to the beginning of the month for which the request is made and, after conducting an independent investigation, finds that such extension is necessary to assure the market of an 
                            <PRTPAGE P="6409"/>
                            adequate supply of milk for fluid use. * * *
                        </P>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>(d) * * *</P>
                        <P>(3) * * *</P>
                        <P>(iii) Subtract 15 percent (15%) of the miles from the mileage so determined;</P>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>(viii) The market administrator may revise the factor described in (3)(iii) of this section (the mileage adjustment factor) if a written request to do so is received fifteen (15) days prior to the beginning of the month for which the request is made and, (15) days prior to the beginning of the month for which the request is made and, after conducting an independent investigation, finds that such revision is necessary to assure orderly marketing, efficient handling of milk in the marketing area, and an adequate supply of milk for fluid use. The market administrator may increase the mileage adjustment factor by as much as ten percentage points (10%) up to twenty-five percent (25%) or decrease it by as much as ten percentage points (10%), to a minimum of five percent (5%). Before making such a finding, the market administrator shall notify all handlers in the market that a revision is being considered and invite written data, comments, and arguments. Any decision to revise the mileage rate factor must be issued in writing prior to the first day of the month for which the revision is to be effective.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1007">
                    <AMDPAR>18. Amend § 1007.83 by revising paragraphs (a)(2) through (5) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1007.83</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Mileage rate for the transportation credit balancing fund.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>(a) * * *</P>
                        <P>(2) From the result in paragraph (a)(1) of this section subtract $2.26 per gallon;</P>
                        <P>(3) Divide the result in paragraph (a)(2) of this section by 6.2, and round down to three decimal places to compute the fuel cost adjustment factor;</P>
                        <P>(4) Add the result in paragraph (a)(3) of this section to $3.67;</P>
                        <P>(5) Divide the result in paragraph (a)(4) of this section by 497;</P>
                        <STARS/>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="7" PART="1007">
                    <AMDPAR>19. Add § 1007.84 before the undesignated center heading “Administrative Assessment and Marketing Service Deduction” to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1007.84</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Distributing plant delivery credits.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>
                            (a) 
                            <E T="03">Distributing plant delivery credit fund.</E>
                             The market administrator shall maintain a separate fund known as the Distributing Plant Delivery Credit Fund into which shall be deposited the payments made by handlers pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section and out of which shall be made the payments due handlers pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section. Payments due a handler shall be offset against payments due from the handler.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (b) 
                            <E T="03">Payments to the distributing plant delivery credit fund.</E>
                             On or before the 12th day after the end of the month (except as provided in § 1000.90 of this chapter), each handler operating a pool plant and each handler specified in § 1000.9(c) of this chapter shall pay to the market administrator a distributing plant delivery credit fund assessment determined by multiplying the pounds of Class I producer milk assigned pursuant to § 1007.44 by a per hundredweight assessment rate of $0.50 or such lesser amount as the market administrator deems necessary to maintain a balance in the fund equal to the total distributing plant delivery credit disbursed during the prior calendar year. If the distributing plant delivery credit fund is in an overfunded position, the market administrator may completely waive the distributing plant delivery credit assessment for one or more months. In determining the distributing plant delivery credit assessment rate, in the event that during any month of that previous calendar year the fund balance was insufficient to cover the amount of credits that were due, the assessment should be based upon the amount of credits that would have been disbursed had the fund balance been sufficient.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (c) 
                            <E T="03">Assessment rate announcement.</E>
                             The market administrator shall announce publicly on or before the 23rd day of the month (except as provided in § 1000.90 of this chapter), the assessment rate per hundredweight pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section for the following month.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (d) 
                            <E T="03">Payments from the distributing plant delivery credit fund.</E>
                             Payments from the distributing plant delivery credit fund to handlers and cooperative associations requesting distributing plant delivery credits shall be made as follows:
                        </P>
                        <P>(1) On or before the 13th day (except as provided in § 1000.90 of this chapter) after the end of each month, the market administrator shall pay to each handler that received, and reported pursuant to § 1007.30(a)(5), bulk unconcentrated milk directly from producers' farms, or receipts of bulk unconcentrated milk by transfer from a pool supply plant as defined in § 1007.7(c) or (d), a preliminary amount determined pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section to the extent that funds are available in the distributing plant delivery credit fund. If an insufficient balance exists to pay all of the credits computed pursuant to this section, the market administrator shall distribute the balance available in the distributing plant delivery credit fund by reducing payments pro rata using the percentage derived by dividing the balance in the fund by the total credits that are due for the month. The credits resulting from this initial proration shall be subject to audit adjustment pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this section.</P>
                        <P>(2) The market administrator shall accept adjusted requests for distributing plant delivery credits on or before the 20th day of the month following the month for which such credits were requested pursuant to § 1007.32(a). After such date, a preliminary audit will be conducted by the market administrator, who will recalculate any necessary proration of distributing plant delivery credit payments for the preceding month pursuant to the process provided in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. Handlers will be promptly notified of an overpayment of credits based upon this final computation and remedial payments to or from the distributing plant delivery credit fund will be made on or before the next payment date for the following month.</P>
                        <P>(3) Distributing plant delivery credits paid pursuant to paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section shall be subject to final verification by the market administrator pursuant to § 1000.77 of this chapter. Adjusted payments to or from the distributing plant delivery credit fund will remain subject to the final proration established pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section.</P>
                        <P>(4) In the event that a qualified cooperative association is the responsible party for whose account such milk is received and written documentation of this fact is provided to the market administrator pursuant to § 1007.30(c)(3) prior to the date payment is due, the distributing plant delivery credits for such milk computed pursuant to this section shall be made to such cooperative association rather than to the operator of the pool plant at which the milk was received.</P>
                        <P>(5) The market administrator shall provide monthly to producers who are not members of a qualified cooperative association a statement of the amount per hundredweight of distributing plant delivery credit which the distributing plant handler receiving their milk is entitled to claim.</P>
                        <P>
                            (e) 
                            <E T="03">Eligible milk.</E>
                             Distributing plant delivery credits shall apply to the following milk:
                            <PRTPAGE P="6410"/>
                        </P>
                        <P>(1) Bulk unconcentrated fluid milk received directly from dairy farms at a pool distributing plant as producer milk subject to the following conditions:</P>
                        <P>(i) The farm on which the milk was produced is located within the specified marketing areas of the order in this part or the marketing area of Federal Order 1005 (7 CFR part 1005).</P>
                        <P>(ii) The farm on which the milk was produced is located in the following counties in the State of:</P>
                        <P>(A) Illinois: Alexander, Bond, Clay, Clinton, Crawford, Edwards, Effingham, Fayette, Franklin, Gallatin, Hamilton, Hardin, Jackson, Jasper, Jefferson, Johnson, Lawrence, Marion, Massac, Monroe, Montgomery, Perry, Pope, Pulaski, Randolph, Richland, St Clair, Saline, Union, Washington, Wayne, White, Williamson, Calhoun, Greene, Jersey, Macoupin, Madison, and Wabash.</P>
                        <P>(B) Kansas: Allen, Anderson, Bourbon, Chautauqua, Cherokee, Coffey, Crawford, Douglas, Elk, Franklin, Greenwood, Jefferson, Johnson, Labette, Leavenworth, Linn, Lyon, Miami, Montgomery, Neosho, Osage, Shawnee, Wabaunsee, Wilson, Woodson, and Wyandotte</P>
                        <P>(C) Missouri: Audrain, Bates, Benton, Boone, Callaway, Camden, Cass, Clay, Cole, Cooper, Franklin, Gasconade, Henry, Hickory, Howard, Jackson, Jefferson, Johnson, Lafayette, Lincoln, Maries, Miller, Moniteau, Montgomery, Morgan, Osage, Pettis, Phelps, Pike, Platte, Pulaski, Ray, St Charles, St Clair, Ste Genevieve, St Louis, St. Louis City, Saline, and Warren</P>
                        <P>(D) Oklahoma: Adair, Atoka, Bryan, Cherokee, Choctaw, Coal, Craig, Creek, Delaware, Haskell, Hughes, Latimer, Le Flore, McCurtain, Mcintosh, Mayes, Muskogee, Nowata, Okfuskee, Okmulgee, Osage, Ottawa, Pawnee, Pittsburg, Pushmataha, Rogers, Sequoyah, Tulsa, Wagoner, and Washington</P>
                        <P>(E) Texas: Anderson, Angelina, Bowie, Camp, Cass, Chambers, Cherokee, Delta, Fannin, Franklin, Galveston, Gregg, Hardin, Harris, Harrison, Henderson, Hopkins, Houston, Hunt, Jasper, Jefferson, Kaufman, Lamar, Liberty, Marion, Montgomery, Morris, Nacogdoches, Newton, Orange, Panola, Polk, Rains, Red River, Rusk, Sabine, San Augustine, San Jacinto, Shelby, Smith, Titus, Trinity, Tyler, Upshur, Van Zandt, Walker, and Wood.</P>
                        <P>(iii) The Market Administrator may include additional counties from the states listed in paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section upon the request of a pool handler and provision of satisfactory proof that the county is a source of regular supply of milk to order distributing plants.</P>
                        <P>(iv) Producer milk eligible for a payment under this section cannot be eligible for payment from the transportation credit balancing fund as specified in § 1007.82(c)(2).</P>
                        <P>(v) The quantity of milk described herein shall be reduced by the quantity of any bulk unconcentrated fluid milk products transferred from a pool distributing plant to a nonpool plant or transferred to a pool supply plant on the same calendar day as producer milk was received at such plant for which a distributing plant delivery credit is requested.</P>
                        <P>(2) Bulk unconcentrated fluid milk transferred from a pool supply plant regulated pursuant to § 1007.7(c) or (d) to a pool distributing plant regulated pursuant to § 1007.7(a) or (b). The quantity of milk described herein shall be reduced by the quantity of any bulk unconcentrated fluid milk products transferred from a pool distributing plant to a nonpool plant or transferred to a pool supply plant on the same calendar day as milk was received by transfer from a pool supply plant at such pool distributing plant for which a distributing plant delivery credit is requested.</P>
                        <P>
                            (f) 
                            <E T="03">Credit computation.</E>
                             Distributing plant delivery credits shall be computed as follows:
                        </P>
                        <P>(1) With respect to milk delivered directly from the farm to a distributing plant:</P>
                        <P>(i) Determine the shortest hard-surface highway distance between the shipping farm's county seat and the receiving plant, and multiply the miles by an adjustment rate of not greater than ninety-five percent (95%) and not less than seventy-five percent (75%);</P>
                        <P>(ii) Subtract the Class I price specified in § 1000.50(a) of this chapter for the county in which the shipping farm is located from the Class I price applicable for the county in which the receiving pool distributing plant is located;</P>
                        <P>(iii) Multiply the adjusted miles so computed in (f)(1)(i) of this section by the monthly mileage rate factor for the month computed pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section;</P>
                        <P>(iv) Subtract any positive difference in Class I prices computed in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section from the rate determined in paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section;</P>
                        <P>(v) Multiply the remainder computed in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section by the hundredweight of milk described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section;</P>
                        <P>(2) With respect to milk delivered from a pool supply plant to a distributing plant:</P>
                        <P>(i) Determine the shortest hard-surface highway distance between the transferring pool plant and the receiving plant, and multiply the miles by an adjustment rate of not greater than ninety-five (95%) percent and not less than seventy-five (75%) percent;</P>
                        <P>(ii) Subtract the Class I price specified in § 1000.50(a) of this chapter for the transferring pool plant from the Class I price applicable for the county in which the receiving pool distributing plant is located;</P>
                        <P>(iii) Multiply the adjusted miles so computed in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section by the mileage rate factor for the month computed pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section;</P>
                        <P>(iv) Subtract any positive difference in Class I prices computed in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section from the rate determined in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section;</P>
                        <P>(v) Multiply the remainder computed in paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section by the hundredweight of milk described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section;</P>
                        <P>
                            (g) 
                            <E T="03">Mileage percentage rate adjustment.</E>
                             The monthly percentage rate adjustment within the range of permissible percentage adjustments provided in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (f)(2)(i) of this section shall be determined by the market administrator, and publicly announced prior to the month for which effective. In determining the percentage adjustment to the actual mileages of milk delivered from farms and milk transferred from pool plants the market administrator shall evaluate the general supply and demand for milk in the marketing area, any previous occurrences of sustained uneconomic movements of milk, and the balances in the distributing plant delivery credit fund. The adjustment percentage pursuant to paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section to the actual miles used for computing distributing plant delivery credits and announced by the market administrator shall always be the same percentage.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (h) 
                            <E T="03">Mileage rate for the distributing plant delivery credit fund.</E>
                             The mileage rate for the distributing plant delivery credit fund shall be the mileage rate computed by the market administrator pursuant to § 1007.83.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (i) 
                            <E T="03">Oversight of milk movements.</E>
                             The market administrator shall regularly monitor and evaluate the requests for distributing plant delivery credits to determine that such credits are not encouraging uneconomic movements of milk, and the credits continue to assure orderly marketing and efficient handling of milk in the marketing area. In making such determinations the market administrator will include in the 
                            <PRTPAGE P="6411"/>
                            evaluation the general supply and demand for milk. If the market administrator finds that uneconomic movements are occurring, and such movements are persistent and pervasive, or are not being made in a way that assures orderly marketing and efficient handling of milk in the marketing area, after good cause shown, the market administrator may disallow the payments of distributing plant delivery credit on such milk. Before making such a finding, the market administrator shall give the handler on such milk sufficient notice that an investigation is being considered and shall provide notice that the handler has the opportunity to explain why such movements were necessary, or the opportunity to correct such movements prior to the disallowance of any distributing plant delivery credits. Any disallowance of distributing plant delivery credit pursuant to this provision shall remain confidential between the market administrator and the handler.
                        </P>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Erin Morris,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Administrator, Agricultural Marketing Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01829 Filed 1-30-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-02-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2023-1895; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00652-T; Amendment 39-22649; AD 2023-26-06]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Airbus SAS Airplanes</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA is adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Airbus SAS A300 B4-600, B4-600R, and F4-600R series airplanes, and Model A300 C4-605R Variant F airplanes (collectively called Model A300-600 series airplanes). This AD was prompted by a determination that new or more restrictive airworthiness limitations are necessary. This AD requires revising the existing maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, to incorporate new or more restrictive airworthiness limitations, as specified in a European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD, which is incorporated by reference. The FAA is issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This AD is effective March 7, 2024.</P>
                    <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of March 7, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">AD Docket:</E>
                         You may examine the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2023-1895; or in person at Docket Operations between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this final rule, the mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI), any comments received, and other information. The address for Docket Operations is U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Material Incorporated by Reference:</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For material incorporated by reference in this AD, contact EASA, Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3, 50668 Cologne, Germany; telephone +49 221 8999 000; email 
                        <E T="03">ADs@easa.europa.eu;</E>
                         website 
                        <E T="03">easa.europa.eu.</E>
                         You may find this material on the EASA website at 
                        <E T="03">ad.easa.europa.eu.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • You may view this material at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195. It is also available in the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2023-1895.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Dan Rodina, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; telephone 206-231-3225; email 
                        <E T="03">dan.rodina@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to all Airbus SAS Model A300-600 series airplanes. The NPRM published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on October 2, 2023 (88 FR 67685). The NPRM was prompted by AD 2023-0091, dated May 5, 2023, issued by EASA, which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union (EASA AD 2023-0091) (also referred to as the MCAI). The MCAI states that new or more restrictive airworthiness limitations have been developed.
                </P>
                <P>EASA AD 2023-0091 specifies that it requires certain tasks (limitations) already in Airbus A300-600 Airworthiness Limitations Section (ALS), Part 2 DT-ALI, Revision 03, that is required by EASA AD 2019-0090, dated April 26, 2019 (which corresponds to FAA AD 2019-21-01, Amendment 39-19767 (84 FR 56935, October 24, 2019) (AD 2019-21-01)), and that incorporation of EASA AD 2023-0091 invalidates (terminates) prior instructions for those tasks. This AD would therefore terminate the limitations required by paragraph (g) of AD 2019-21-01, for the tasks identified in the service information referred to in EASA AD 2023-0091 only.</P>
                <P>In the NPRM, the FAA proposed to require revising the existing maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, to incorporate new or more restrictive airworthiness limitations, as specified in EASA AD 2023-0091. The FAA is issuing this AD to address fatigue cracking, damage, or corrosion in principal structural elements, which could result in reduced structural integrity of the airplane.</P>
                <P>
                    You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket at 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                     under Docket No. FAA-2023-1895.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of Final Airworthiness Directive</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
                <P>The FAA received comments from FedEx and DonZel Culver. Both commenters supported the NPRM without change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
                <P>This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to the FAA's bilateral agreement with this State of Design Authority, it has notified the FAA of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI referenced above. The FAA reviewed the relevant data, considered the comments received, and determined that air safety requires adopting this AD as proposed. Accordingly, the FAA is issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on this product. Except for minor editorial changes, this AD is adopted as proposed in the NPRM. None of the changes will increase the economic burden on any operator.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Service Information Under 1 CFR Part 51</HD>
                <P>
                    EASA AD 2023-0091 specifies new or more restrictive airworthiness limitations for airplane structures and safe life limits. This material is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6412"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
                <P>The FAA estimates that this AD affects 128 airplanes of U.S. registry. The FAA estimates the following costs to comply with this AD:</P>
                <P>The FAA has determined that revising the existing maintenance or inspection program takes an average of 90 work-hours per operator, although the agency recognizes that this number may vary from operator to operator. Since operators incorporate maintenance or inspection program changes for their affected fleet(s), the FAA has determined that a per-operator estimate is more accurate than a per-airplane estimate. Therefore, the agency estimates the average total cost per operator to be $7,650 (90 work-hours × $85 per work-hour).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements. Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
                <P>This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
                <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:</P>
                <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
                <P>(2) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
                <P>(3) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
                    <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Amendment</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="39">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="39">
                    <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive:</AMDPAR>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            <E T="04">2023-26-06 Airbus SAS:</E>
                             Amendment 39-22649; Docket No. FAA-2023-1895; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00652-T.
                        </FP>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Effective Date</HD>
                        <P>This airworthiness directive (AD) is effective March 7, 2024.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
                        <P>This AD affects AD 2019-21-01, Amendment 39-19767 (84 FR 56935, October 24, 2019) (AD 2019-21-01).</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
                        <P>This AD applies to all Airbus SAS airplanes identified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this AD, certificated in any category.</P>
                        <P>(1) Model A300 B4-601, B4-603, B4-620, and B4-622 airplanes.</P>
                        <P>(2) Model A300 B4-605R and B4-622R airplanes.</P>
                        <P>(3) Model A300 F4-605R and F4-622R airplanes.</P>
                        <P>(4) Model A300 C4-605R Variant F airplanes.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
                        <P>Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 05, Time Limits/Maintenance Checks.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
                        <P>This AD was prompted by a determination that new or more restrictive airworthiness limitations are necessary. The FAA is issuing this AD to address fatigue cracking, damage, or corrosion in principal structural elements, which could result in reduced structural integrity of the airplane.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
                        <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Requirements</HD>
                        <P>Except as specified in paragraph (h) of this AD: Comply with all required actions and compliance times specified in, and in accordance with, European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD 2023-0091, dated May 5, 2023 (EASA AD 2023-0091).</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Exceptions to EASA AD 2023-0091</HD>
                        <P>(1) This AD does not adopt the requirements specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of EASA AD 2023-0091.</P>
                        <P>(2) Where paragraph (3) of EASA AD 2023-0091 specifies “Within 12 months after the effective date of this AD, revise the AMP,” this AD requires replacing those words with “Within 90 days after the effective date of this AD, revise the existing maintenance or inspection program, as applicable.”</P>
                        <P>(3) The initial compliance time for doing the tasks specified in paragraph (3) of EASA 2023-0091 is at the applicable “associated thresholds” as incorporated by the requirements of paragraph (3) of EASA AD 2023-0091, or within 90 days after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs later.</P>
                        <P>(4) This AD does not adopt the provisions specified in paragraph (4) of EASA AD 2023-0091.</P>
                        <P>(5) This AD does not adopt the “Remarks” section of EASA AD 2023-0091.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Provisions for Alternative Actions and Intervals</HD>
                        <P>
                            After the existing maintenance or inspection program has been revised as required by paragraph (g) of this AD, no alternative actions (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             inspections) or intervals are allowed unless they are approved as specified in the provisions of the “Ref. Publications” section of EASA AD 2023-0091.
                        </P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Terminating Action for AD 2019-21-01</HD>
                        <P>Accomplishing the actions required by this AD terminates the corresponding requirements of AD 2019-21-01 for the tasks identified in the service information referenced in EASA AD 2023-0091 only.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Additional AD Provisions</HD>
                        <P>The following provisions also apply to this AD:</P>
                        <P>
                            (1) 
                            <E T="03">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs):</E>
                             The Manager, International Validation Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or responsible Flight Standards Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the International Validation Branch, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (l) of this AD. Information may be emailed to: 
                            <E T="03">9-AVS-AIR-730-AMOC@faa.gov.</E>
                             Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (2) 
                            <E T="03">Contacting the Manufacturer:</E>
                             For any requirement in this AD to obtain instructions from a manufacturer, the instructions must be accomplished using a method approved by the Manager, International Validation Branch, FAA; or EASA; or Airbus SAS's EASA Design Organization Approval (DOA). If approved by the DOA, the approval must include the DOA-authorized signature.
                        </P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) Additional Information</HD>
                        <P>
                            For more information about this AD, contact Dan Rodina, Aviation Safety 
                            <PRTPAGE P="6413"/>
                            Engineer, FAA, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; telephone 206-231-3225; email 
                            <E T="03">dan.rodina@faa.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(m) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
                        <P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>
                        <P>(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.</P>
                        <P>(i) European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD 2023-0091, dated May 5, 2023.</P>
                        <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                        <P>
                            (3) For EASA AD 2023-0091, contact EASA, Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3, 50668 Cologne, Germany; telephone +49 221 8999 000; email 
                            <E T="03">ADs@easa.europa.eu;</E>
                             website 
                            <E T="03">easa.europa.eu.</E>
                             You may find this EASA AD on the EASA website at 
                            <E T="03">ad.easa.europa.eu.</E>
                        </P>
                        <P>(4) You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195.</P>
                        <P>
                            (5) You may view this material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit 
                            <E T="03">www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</E>
                             or email 
                            <E T="03">fr.inspection@nara.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                    </EXTRACT>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued on January 2, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Caitlin Locke,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Compliance &amp; Airworthiness Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01965 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2023-1041; Project Identifier AD-2022-01223-T; Amendment 39-22657; AD 2024-01-06]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Airplanes</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA is adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain The Boeing Company Model 737-600, 737-700, and 737-800 series airplanes. This AD was prompted by an evaluation by the design approval holder (DAH) indicating the fuselage skin repairs at the double row of fasteners centered on certain stringers have inadequate inspection requirements for continuing airworthiness following repair accomplishment. This AD is intended to complete certain programs to support the airplane reaching its limit of validity (LOV). This AD requires repetitive inspections for cracks of skin repairs at Stringer S-17, and corrective actions if necessary. The FAA is issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This AD is effective March 7, 2024.</P>
                    <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of March 7, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">AD Docket:</E>
                         You may examine the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2023-1041; or in person at Docket Operations between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this final rule, any comments received, and other information. The address for Docket Operations is U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Material Incorporated by Reference:</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For service information identified in this final rule, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual &amp; Data Services (C&amp;DS), 2600 Westminster Blvd., MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; website 
                        <E T="03">myboeingfleet.com</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195. It is also available at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2023-1041.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Bill Ashforth, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA 98198; telephone 206-231-3520; email 
                        <E T="03">Bill.Ashforth@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to certain The Boeing Company (Boeing) Model 737-600, 737-700, and 737-800 series airplanes. The NPRM was published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on May 25, 2023 (88 FR 33849). The NPRM was prompted by an evaluation by the DAH indicating the fuselage skin repairs at the double row of fasteners centered on certain stringers have inadequate inspection requirements for continuing airworthiness following repair accomplishment, which could result in fatigue cracking of the repair going undetected.
                </P>
                <P>In the NPRM, the FAA proposed to require repetitive inspections for cracking of the skin repairs at S-17, and corrective actions if necessary. The FAA is issuing this AD to address this fatigue cracking, which, if not addressed, could grow to a critical length and result in rapid decompression and loss of the airplane's structural integrity.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of Final Airworthiness Directive</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
                <P>The FAA received comments from the Air Line Pilots Association, International (ALPA) who supported the NPRM without change.</P>
                <P>The FAA also received comments from Aviation Partners Boeing (APB), Boeing, Southwest Airlines (Southwest), and SunExpress Airline (SunExpress).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Compliance With AMOC Procedures</HD>
                <P>APB determined that the incorporation of supplemental type certificate (STC) ST00830SE for installation of split scimitar winglets affects compliance with the mandated actions in the proposed rule, but the extent of the impact to compliance is not fully known at this time. APB noted that paragraph (h) of the proposed AD would replace the provisions in Boeing Service Bulletin 737-53A1217 R1 that specify contacting Boeing for an alternative method of compliance (AMOC) for alternative inspections and corrective actions, and instead would require using a method approved in accordance with paragraph (i) of the proposed AD. APB stated that for affected airplanes with these winglets, approval of any alternative inspections and corrective actions for Zone 3 and Zone 4 repairs must be obtained from the Manager, AIR-520 Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, through the means described in paragraph (i)(1) of the proposed AD. APB asserted that Boeing does not have delegation to approve repairs in areas affected by the configuration of STC ST00830SE and cannot use ODA approval as specified in paragraph (i)(3) of the proposed AD.</P>
                <P>
                    The FAA acknowledges APB's comment. Paragraph (h)(1) of this AD states that AMOC approval be obtained using a method approved in accordance with the procedures specified in “paragraph (i)” of this AD, and does not limit approvals to the provisions of paragraph (i)(1) or (3) of this AD. Therefore, no change to this AD is necessary.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6414"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Correct Service Bulletin Reference</HD>
                <P>Boeing reported that the Background section of the NPRM incorrectly identified the original service information as Boeing Service Bulletin “737-53A1217,” but that document was not an alert service bulletin and should have been identified as Service Bulletin “737-53-1217.”</P>
                <P>The FAA agrees; no change to the final rule is necessary because that reference is not used.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Specify Service Bulletin Revision Level</HD>
                <P>The NPRM's Background section explained that certain existing post-repair inspections are inadequate to address the unsafe condition, and that the actions in paragraph (g) of the proposed AD would apply only to airplanes on which a repair has been done as specified in “Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217.” Boeing requested that the statement be clarified by adding the revision level and date of the service bulletin. Boeing further stated that Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217, Revision 1, dated September 8, 2022, was issued to add the post-repair inspections to airplanes on which a repair has been done.</P>
                <P>The FAA disagrees. In this context, the revision level and date of the service bulletin were intentionally omitted so the Background section of the NPRM would refer to any repair-including a repair done using a method other than the service bulletin (at any revision level). No change is necessary to this final rule.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Revise Unsafe Condition</HD>
                <P>Boeing requested changes to paragraph (e) of the proposed AD, which implied the unsafe condition is the potential for cracking. Boeing stated that the proposed AD would require only post-repair inspections, and asserted that the unsafe condition is actually the lack of post-repair inspections because it could result in undetected post-repair fatigue cracks.</P>
                <P>The FAA agrees and has incorporated the relevant changes.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Revise Compliance Time</HD>
                <P>Southwest and SunExpress stated that Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217 provides no grace period for airplanes that have exceeded the threshold, and requested that the proposed AD be revised to provide a grace period or optional threshold value.</P>
                <P>The FAA notes that paragraph (g) of this AD mandates only Tables 3 through 6 of paragraph 1.E., “Compliance,” of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217, Revision 1, dated September 8, 2022. For those actions, the service bulletin specifies a compliance time of 50,000 total flight cycles, with a grace period of 4,000 flight cycles after the repair. Therefore, no change is necessary to the AD.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Clarify Configuration Description</HD>
                <P>Southwest requested clarification of the affected airplanes and corresponding requirements for Tables 1 through 3 of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217, Revision 1, dated September 8, 2022. Southwest noted that paragraphs 1.A.1. and 1.D. define Groups 1 through 3, Configuration 3, as “airplanes that have installed a repair,” but tables 1 through 3 of paragraph 1.E list conditions for airplanes that both have and have not accomplished a repair.</P>
                <P>The FAA provides the following clarification. The tables apply to any airplanes that have performed a repair, whether the repair was done in accordance with “SB 737-53-1217 Original Issue” or in accordance with some other method. So the condition “Airplanes that have not accomplished a repair in accordance with `SB 737-53-1217 Original Issue' applies to airplanes that have been repaired using some method other than `SB 737-53-1217 Original Issue.' ” Groups 1 through 3, Configuration 3, include any airplane on which a repair has been accomplished in one of the zones specified in the service information. No changes to this AD are necessary as a result of this comment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Use BMS 3-35 or BMS 3-23 Compound</HD>
                <P>Southwest noted that Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217, Revision 1, dated September 8, 2022, specifies the use of BMS 3-23 corrosion-inhibiting compound (CIC) for repairs. Southwest requested that the proposed AD be revised to allow the use of BMS 3-35 CIC due to the faster drying time compared to BMS 3-23 CIC. Southwest stated that Boeing Corrosion Prevention Manual (CPM) 20-60-00 and Boeing Service Request (SR) SWA-SWA-10-1232-02B approve BMS 3-35 for use on all Boeing commercial airplanes including those no longer in production.</P>
                <P>The FAA agrees that either BMS 3-35 or BMS 3-23 CIC is acceptable because both provide an adequate level of safety. Paragraph (h)(2) of this AD has been added to allow use of either CIC.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
                <P>The FAA reviewed the relevant data, considered the received comments, and determined that air safety requires adopting this AD as proposed, with limited changes as previously stated. Accordingly, the FAA is issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products. Except for minor editorial changes, and any other changes described previously, this AD is adopted as proposed in the NPRM. None of the changes will increase the economic burden on any operator.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Service Information Under 1 CFR Part 51</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA reviewed Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217, Revision 1, dated September 8, 2022. This service information specifies procedures for, among other actions, repetitive internal and external detailed inspections, low frequency eddy current (LFEC) inspections, and medium frequency eddy current (MFEC) inspections for cracks of the skin repair of S-17, station (STA) 360 to STA 380, and STA 888 to STA 907, left and right sides of the airplane. Corrective actions include repair. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
                <P>The FAA estimates that this AD affects 106 airplanes of U.S. registry. The FAA estimates the following costs to comply with this AD:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r75,8,xs72,xs72">
                    <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Cost per product</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost on U.S.
                            <LI>operators</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">External Post Repair Inspection</ENT>
                        <ENT>56 work-hours × $85 per hour = $4,760 per inspection cycle</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0</ENT>
                        <ENT>$4,760 per inspection cycle</ENT>
                        <ENT>$504,560 per inspection cycle.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="6415"/>
                        <ENT I="01">Internal Post Repair Inspections</ENT>
                        <ENT>52 work-hours × $85 per hour = $4,420 per inspection cycle</ENT>
                        <ENT>0</ENT>
                        <ENT>$4,420 per inspection cycle</ENT>
                        <ENT>$468,520 per inspection cycle.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The FAA has received no definitive data on which to base the cost estimates for the repairs specified in this AD.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, section 44701: General requirements. Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
                <P>This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
                <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:</P>
                <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
                <P>(2) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
                <P>(3) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
                    <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Amendment</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="39">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="39">
                    <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive:</AMDPAR>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            <E T="04">2024-01-06 The Boeing Company:</E>
                             Amendment 39-22657; Docket No. FAA-2023-1041; Project Identifier AD-2022-01223-T.
                        </FP>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Effective Date</HD>
                        <P>This airworthiness directive (AD) is effective March 7, 2024.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
                        <P>None.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
                        <P>This AD applies to The Boeing Company Model 737-600, 737-700, and 737-800 series airplanes, certificated in any category, as identified in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217, Revision 1, dated September 8, 2022.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
                        <P>Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 53, Fuselage.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
                        <P>This AD was prompted by an evaluation by the design approval holder (DAH) indicating the fuselage skin repairs at the double row of fasteners centered on certain stringers have inadequate inspection requirements for continuing airworthiness following repair accomplishment, which could result in fatigue cracking of the repair going undetected. The FAA is issuing this AD to address the inadequacy of post-repair inspection requirements at certain repair fastener locations centered on stringer S-17L and S-17R, at station (STA) 360 to STA 380 and at STA 888 to STA 907. Such inspection inadequacy could result in post-repair fatigue cracks going undetected. Fatigue cracking, if not addressed, could grow to a critical length, which could result in rapid decompression and loss of structural integrity of the airplane.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
                        <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Required Actions</HD>
                        <P>Except as specified in paragraph (h) of this AD: For Group 1 through 3, Configuration 3 airplanes as identified in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217, Revision 1, dated September 8, 2022, at the applicable times specified in Tables 3 through 6 of paragraph 1.E., “Compliance,” of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217, Revision 1, dated September 8, 2022, do all applicable actions identified as “RC” (required for compliance) in, and in accordance with, the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217, Revision 1, dated September 8, 2022.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Exceptions to Service Information Specifications</HD>
                        <P>(1) Where Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217, Revision 1, dated September 8, 2022, specifies contacting Boeing for repair instructions or for alternative inspections: This AD requires doing the repair, or doing the alternative inspections and applicable on-condition actions, using a method approved in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (i) of this AD.</P>
                        <P>(2) Where Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217, Revision 1, dated September 8, 2022, specifies using corrosion inhibiting compound (CIC) compound BMS 3-23, this AD also allows use of CIC compound BMS 3-35.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
                        <P>
                            (1) The Manager, AIR-520 Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or responsible Flight Standards Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the Manager, AIR-520 Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (j) of this AD. Information may be emailed to: 
                            <E T="03">9-ANM-Seattle-ACO-AMOC-Requests@faa.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the responsible Flight Standards Office.</P>
                        <P>(3) An AMOC that provides an acceptable level of safety may be used for any repair, modification, or alteration required by this AD if it is approved by The Boeing Company Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) that has been authorized by the Manager, AIR-520 Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, to make those findings. To be approved, the repair method, modification deviation, or alteration deviation must meet the certification basis of the airplane, and the approval must specifically refer to this AD.</P>
                        <P>
                            (4) Except as specified by paragraph (h) of this AD: For service information that 
                            <PRTPAGE P="6416"/>
                            contains steps that are labeled as Required for Compliance (RC), the provisions of paragraphs (i)(4)(i) and (ii) of this AD apply.
                        </P>
                        <P>(i) The steps labeled as RC, including substeps under an RC step and any figures identified in an RC step, must be done to comply with the AD. If a step or substep is labeled “RC Exempt,” then the RC requirement is removed from that step or substep. An AMOC is required for any deviations to RC steps, including substeps and identified figures.</P>
                        <P>(ii) Steps not labeled as RC may be deviated from using accepted methods in accordance with the operator's maintenance or inspection program without obtaining approval of an AMOC, provided the RC steps, including substeps and identified figures, can still be done as specified, and the airplane can be put back in an airworthy condition.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Related Information</HD>
                        <P>
                            For more information about this AD, contact Bill Ashforth, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA 98198; telephone 206-231-3520; email 
                            <E T="03">Bill.Ashforth@faa.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
                        <P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>
                        <P>(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.</P>
                        <P>(i) Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1217, Revision 1, dated September 8, 2022.</P>
                        <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                        <P>
                            (3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual &amp; Data Services (C&amp;DS), 2600 Westminster Blvd., MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; website 
                            <E T="03">myboeingfleet.com.</E>
                        </P>
                        <P>(4) You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195.</P>
                        <P>
                            (5) You may view this material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit 
                            <E T="03">www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</E>
                             or email 
                            <E T="03">fr.inspection@nara.gov</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </EXTRACT>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued on January 6, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Caitlin Locke,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Compliance &amp; Airworthiness Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01968 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2023-0429; Project Identifier AD-2022-00775-T; Amendment 39-22658; AD 2024-01-07]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Airplanes</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA is adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all The Boeing Company Model 777 airplanes. This AD was prompted by an evaluation by the design approval holder (DAH) that found the force limiter assemblies for the lateral control mechanism are not breaking out within the maximum design force requirements. This AD requires replacing affected force limiter assemblies and prohibits the installation of affected parts. The FAA is issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This AD is effective March 7, 2024.</P>
                    <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of March 7, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">AD Docket:</E>
                         You may examine the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2023-0429; or in person at Docket Operations between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this final rule, any comments received, and other information. The address for Docket Operations is U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Material Incorporated by Reference:</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For service information identified in this final rule, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual &amp; Data Services (C&amp;DS), 2600 Westminster Blvd., MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; website 
                        <E T="03">myboeingfleet.com</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195. It is also available at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2023-0429.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Anthony Caldejon, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA 98198; telephone 206-231-3534; email 
                        <E T="03">Anthony.V.Caldejon@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to all The Boeing Company Model 777 airplanes. The NPRM published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on March 27, 2023 (88 FR 18099). The NPRM was prompted by an evaluation by the DAH that found the force limiter assemblies for the lateral control mechanism are not breaking out within the maximum design force requirements. In the NPRM, the FAA proposed to require identifying and replacing affected force limiter assemblies, and to prohibit the installation of affected parts.
                </P>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this AD to address the force limiter assemblies not breaking out within the maximum design force requirements. The unsafe condition, combined with a lateral control system jam or restriction, could result in the loss of lateral control from the wheel and potentially affect continued safe flight and landing.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of Final Airworthiness Directive</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
                <P>The FAA received comments from the Air Line Pilots Association, International, who supported the NPRM without change.</P>
                <P>The FAA received additional comments from Aerologic, All Nippon Airways, American Airlines, Boeing, China Airlines, FedEx, Omni Air International (Omni Air), Swiss International Air Lines (Swiss Air), Turkish Airlines, and United Airlines. The following presents those comments and the FAA's response to each comment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Revise Requirements for Certain Line Numbers</HD>
                <P>
                    Aerologic, All Nippon Airways, American Airlines, Boeing, Omni Air, United Airlines, and Swiss Air requested changes to the proposed AD to provide relief for airplane line numbers prior to 1531. Aerologic, Boeing, and American Airlines also requested changes to provide relief for airplane lines number after 1707. Boeing stated that the suspect affected force limiter assemblies were delivered only 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6417"/>
                    on airplane line numbers 1531 through 1707, and the risk of rotability on other line numbers is low.
                </P>
                <P>Boeing requested that a records inspection be added for airplane line numbers prior to 1531 to determine prior replacement of a force limiter assembly, and to require installation of a force limiter assembly P/N 253W1263-3 only if any force limiter assembly P/N 253W1263-1 had been replaced. Boeing stated that if no prior replacement of a force limiter assembly has been recorded on an airplane before line number 1531, the risk of having an affected part installed is low. Boeing reported that no force limiter assembly P/N 253W1263-1 has been purchased since 2012 and contended that the use of force limiter assembly P/N 253W1263-1 for rotable parts is extremely low. Boeing also noted that force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-3 are already installed on airplane line numbers 1708 and subsequent and cannot be replaced by force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-1 in accordance with the drawing interchangeability.</P>
                <P>Omni Air proposed alternative requirements for airplane line numbers prior to 1531: repetitive operational checks of the wheel jam breakout mechanism in accordance with MPD task 27-190-00, and replacement with a force limiter assembly P/N 253W1263-3 for a failed operational check or as terminating action. Omni Air also proposed a one-time operational check of the wheel jam breakout mechanism in accordance with the MPD task if there are no concerns about the force limiter assembly being replaced since the last check. Omni stated that Boeing found that force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-1 delivered on airplane line numbers prior to 1531 were functioning properly.</P>
                <P>Aerologic interpreted the effectivity of the Requirements Bulletin to be based on production testing of the force limiter assembly break-out forces changing the amount of applied corrosion inhibiting compound (CIC) causing the unsafe condition. Therefore, Aerologic stated that Boeing should be able to identify affected force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-1 either by serial number or batch number and differentiate acceptable and unsafe parts. Therefore, Aerologic requested that the FAA issue a separate AD action to test the break-out forces of force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-1 on airplanes not identified in the Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021. Aerologic proposed requiring a check of the serial number of the force limiter assembly on all Model 777 airplanes to determine which affected units should be replaced. Also, Aerologic proposed on-wing testing of the breakout force as an alternative to the proposed replacement of all force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-1 on all Model 777 airplanes because the actions would not be possible within the proposed compliance time of the NPRM.</P>
                <P>All Nippon Airways questioned whether the intent of the proposed AD is to eliminate all force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-1, since Boeing has determined that replacement is not necessary if that part passed the functional test on delivery. All Nippon Airways suggested that operators will be significantly affected under the unrealistic proposed compliance time of 12 months and requested that the AD requirements be revised so that only the target units identified in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021, are required to be replaced.</P>
                <P>American Airlines proposed creating two groups of airplanes: Group 1, for Model 777 airplanes with line numbers 1531 through 1707 (the effectivity of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021), and Group 2, for Model 777 airplanes not identified in the Requirements Bulletin. American Airlines stated that it has had zero replacements of P/N 253W1263-1 in 24 years of service of its fleet, which are all prior to line number 1531. American Airlines also stated that the illustrated parts catalog (IPC) shows that P/N 253W1263-1 is interchangeable one-way forward only with P/N 253W1263-3. American Airlines further recommended creating subgroups for Group 2. For subgroup 2a, airplanes for which it can conclusively be shown that the force limiter assembly P/N 253W1263-1 has never been replaced, no further action would be required. And for subgroup 2b, airplanes for which it cannot be conclusively shown that the force limiter assembly P/N 253W1263-1 was never replaced, the AD would require replacement with force limiter assembly P/N 253W1263-3.</P>
                <P>Swiss Air requested that the proposed AD allow a records review on airplanes prior to line number 1531 to determine whether an assembly with force limiter assembly P/N 253W1263-1 was installed. Swiss Air further requested that the proposed AD allow testing of force limiter assemblies with P/N 253W1263-1 with unknown history to measure the break-out force and allow return to service if the force is within the drawing requirements. United Airlines also requested that testing verifying serviceability on airplanes with line numbers prior to 1531 be considered acceptable.</P>
                <P>The FAA partially agrees with the requests. The FAA agrees to exclude airplane line numbers prior to 1531 and after 1707 from the replacement requirement if any installed force limiter assembly P/N 253W1263-1 had not been previously replaced. Limiting the replacement requirement in this way was the original intent of the AD. The FAA disagrees, however, with Aerologic's request to revise paragraph (c) of this AD to limit the AD requirements to airplanes having line numbers in the effectivity of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021. The NPRM, under “Differences Between This Proposed AD and the Service Information,” stated that the applicability of the AD differed from the effectivity of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021, because the affected parts are rotable parts, and the FAA has determined that these parts could later be installed on airplanes that were initially delivered with acceptable parts, thereby subjecting those airplanes to the unsafe condition. Although the IPC states that force limiter assembly P/N 253W1263-3 cannot be replaced with P/N 253W1263-1, it is possible for an operator to do so. Therefore, paragraph (i) of this AD, “Parts Installation Prohibition,” applies to all Model 777 airplanes.</P>
                <P>The FAA disagrees to include testing as a method of verifying a functional force limiter assembly because the FAA has revised paragraph (g) of this AD so that it applies only to (1) airplanes identified in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021, and (2) airplanes not identified in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021, on which the force limiter assembly was replaced with P/N 253W1263-1. This should alleviate the demand for replacement force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-3. The FAA further disagrees to create a separate AD for airplane line numbers prior to 1531 because of the urgency of the unsafe condition and the delay that would be caused by additional rulemaking. The FAA has also determined that, in light of the changes to this AD, a separate AD is not necessary.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Extend Compliance Time</HD>
                <P>
                    Aerologic, All Nippon Airways, China Airlines, FedEx, Swiss Air, Turkish Airlines, and United Airlines expressed concern that long lead times (300 days, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6418"/>
                    per Boeing, as specified by FedEx, Turkish Airlines, and China Airlines) for the new force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-3 would make it difficult to replace force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-1 within 12 months.
                </P>
                <P>The FAA acknowledges that it could be difficult to replace all force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-1 within the 12-month compliance period because of the long lead time of procurement and the large quantity of spares having P/N 253W1263-3 necessary to be available to satisfy the global fleet. The FAA disagrees, however, to revise the compliance time because the replacement requirement is limited to force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-1 only on airplane line numbers 1531 through 1707 and on airplanes on which the original force limiter assembly had been replaced. However, an operator unable to meet the compliance time required by this AD may request approval of an alternative method of compliance (AMOC) under the provisions of paragraph (j) of this AD, if sufficient data are submitted to substantiate that such an extension would provide an acceptable level of safety. The FAA has not changed this AD further.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Clarify Effect of Unsafe Condition</HD>
                <P>Boeing requested that the proposed AD be revised to clarify the unsafe condition and its potential safety impact, which, Boeing asserted, could be inferred as a loss of lateral control during normal flight conditions. Boeing stated that the unsafe condition occurs only with an affected force limiter assembly and a jam/restriction of the lateral controls, when the pilot needs to override a lateral control restriction. Boeing therefore requested that the Background section of the NPRM be revised to state that if a jam/restriction occurs on one side of the lateral controls on an airplane with an affected force limiter assembly, the pilot may not be able to override the jam preventing lateral control from the wheel. Boeing further requested that the proposed AD be revised to clarify that the unsafe condition could result in the loss of lateral control from the wheel and potentially affect continued safe flight and landing only when combined with a lateral control system restriction.</P>
                <P>The FAA concurs with the request and has revised relevant sections of this AD accordingly.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Define “Installation” of Parts</HD>
                <P>American Airlines requested that the proposed AD be clarified to state that removal of a force limiter assembly P/N 253W1263-1 for other maintenance and reinstallation of that same part on the same airplane will not be considered as an installation as defined in paragraph (i) of the proposed AD, “Parts Installation Prohibition.”</P>
                <P>The FAA infers that this additional clarification is requested to prevent the unnecessary removal and replacement of force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-1 that have been previously verified as being outside the suspect affected range and considered functional. The FAA acknowledges the commenter's concern, and provides the following clarification of the requirement. Once the FAA has determined that an unsafe condition exists, the FAA generally ensures that that condition not be allowed to be introduced into the fleet. Although the word “install” is generally considered to be broader than the word “replace,” operators can interpret “install” in this AD as meaning “replace” while remaining within the intent of paragraph (i) of this AD. By simply reinstalling a part removed during maintenance, the operator is not “installing” a different part. Therefore, this AD allows operators to remove a part and then re-install that same part for other maintenance activities not associated with this AD. The FAA has not changed this AD as a result of this comment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
                <P>The FAA reviewed the relevant data, considered any comments received, and determined that air safety requires adopting this AD as proposed. Accordingly, the FAA is issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products. Except for minor editorial changes, and any other changes described previously, this AD is adopted as proposed in the NPRM. None of the changes will increase the economic burden on any operator.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Service Information Under 1 CFR Part 51</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA reviewed Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021. This service information specifies procedures for replacing the lower and upper force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-1 with force limiter assemblies P/N 253W1263-3. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
                <P>The FAA estimates that this AD affects 353 airplanes of U.S. registry. The FAA estimates the following costs to comply with this AD:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r50,12C,12C,xs70">
                    <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost per
                            <LI>product</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost on U.S.
                            <LI>operators</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Replacement</ENT>
                        <ENT>7 work-hours × $85 per hour = $595</ENT>
                        <ENT>$8,960</ENT>
                        <ENT>$9,555</ENT>
                        <ENT>Up to $3,372,915.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The FAA has included all known costs in its cost estimate. According to the manufacturer, however, some or all of the costs of this AD may be covered under warranty, thereby reducing the cost impact on affected operators.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements. Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
                <P>
                    This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6419"/>
                    substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
                </P>
                <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:</P>
                <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
                <P>(2) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
                <P>(3) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
                    <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Amendment</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="39">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="39">
                    <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive:</AMDPAR>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            <E T="04">2024-01-07 The Boeing Company:</E>
                             Amendment 39-22658; Docket No. FAA-2023-0429; Project Identifier AD-2022-00775-T.
                        </FP>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Effective Date</HD>
                        <P>This airworthiness directive (AD) is effective March 7, 2024.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
                        <P>None.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
                        <P>This AD applies to all The Boeing Company Model 777-200, -200LR, -300, -300ER, and 777F series airplanes, certificated in any category.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
                        <P>Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 27, Flight controls.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
                        <P>This AD was prompted by an evaluation by the design approval holder that the force limiter assemblies for the lateral control mechanism are not breaking out within the maximum design force requirements. The FAA is issuing this AD to address the force limiter assemblies not breaking out within the maximum design force requirements. The unsafe condition, combined with a lateral control system jam or restriction, could result in the loss of lateral control from the wheel and potentially affect continued safe flight and landing.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
                        <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Required Actions</HD>
                        <P>For airplanes identified in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this AD: Except as specified by paragraph (h) of this AD, at the applicable times specified in the “Compliance” paragraph of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021, do all applicable actions identified in, and in accordance with, the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021.</P>
                        <P>(1) Airplanes identified in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021.</P>
                        <P>(2) Airplanes not identified in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021, that have an original airworthiness certificate or original export certificate of airworthiness issued on or before the effective date of this AD, and on which a force limiter assembly P/N 253W1263-1 or P/N 253W1263-3 installed in production has been replaced with P/N 253W1263-1.</P>
                        <P>
                            <E T="04">Note 1 to paragraph (g):</E>
                             Guidance for accomplishing the actions required by this AD can be found in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021, which is referred to in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 77-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021.
                        </P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Exceptions to Service Information Specifications</HD>
                        <P>Where the Compliance Time columns of the tables in the “Compliance” paragraph of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021, use the phrase “the original issue date of Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB,” this AD requires using “the effective date of this AD.”</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Parts Installation Prohibition</HD>
                        <P>As of the effective date of this AD, no person may install a force limiter assembly, P/N 253W1263-1, on any airplane.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
                        <P>
                            (1) The Manager, AIR-520, Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or responsible Flight Standards Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the certification office, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (k) of this AD. Information may be emailed to: 
                            <E T="03">9-ANMSeattle-ACO-AMOC-Requests@faa.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the responsible Flight Standards Office.</P>
                        <P>(3) An AMOC that provides an acceptable level of safety may be used for any repair, modification, or alteration required by this AD if it is approved by The Boeing Company Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) that has been authorized by the Manager, AIR-520, Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, to make those findings. To be approved, the repair method, modification deviation, or alteration deviation must meet the certification basis of the airplane, and the approval must specifically refer to this AD.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Related Information</HD>
                        <P>
                            For more information about this AD, contact Anthony Caldejon, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA 98198; telephone 206-231-3534; email 
                            <E T="03">Anthony.V.Caldejon@faa.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
                        <P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>
                        <P>(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.</P>
                        <P>(i) Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 777-27A0124 RB, dated October 27, 2021.</P>
                        <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                        <P>
                            (3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual &amp; Data Services (C&amp;DS), 2600 Westminster Blvd., MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; website 
                            <E T="03">myboeingfleet.com</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                        <P>(4) You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195.</P>
                        <P>
                            (5) You may view this material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit 
                            <E T="03">www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locationsoremailfr.inspection@nara.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                    </EXTRACT>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued on January 6, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Caitlin Locke,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Compliance &amp; Airworthiness Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01970 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="6420"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2023-2004; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00977-T; Amendment 39-22656; AD 2024-01-05]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Airbus SAS Airplanes</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA is superseding Airworthiness Directive (AD) 2022-01-07, which applied to certain Airbus SAS Model A350-941 and -1041 airplanes. AD 2022-01-07 required revising the existing maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, to incorporate new or more restrictive airworthiness limitations. This AD retains the actions required by AD 2022-01-07 and also requires revising the existing maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, to incorporate new or more restrictive airworthiness limitations, as specified in a European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD, which is incorporated by reference. The FAA is issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This AD is effective March 7, 2024.</P>
                    <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of March 7, 2024.</P>
                    <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain other publication listed in this AD as of March 8, 2022 (87 FR 5391, February 1, 2022).</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">AD Docket:</E>
                         You may examine the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2023-2004; or in person at Docket Operations between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this final rule, the mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI), any comments received, and other information. The address for Docket Operations is U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Material Incorporated by Reference:</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For EASA material identified in this final rule, contact EASA, Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3, 50668 Cologne, Germany; telephone: +49 221 8999 000; email: 
                        <E T="03">ADs@easa.europa.eu;</E>
                         website: 
                        <E T="03">easa.europa.eu.</E>
                         You may find this material on the EASA website 
                        <E T="03">ad.easa.europa.eu.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • You may view this material at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th Street, Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195. It is also available in the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2023-2004.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Dat Le, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; telephone 562-627-5357; email 
                        <E T="03">dat.v.le@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>The FAA issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to supersede AD 2022-01-07, Amendment 39-21895 (87 FR 5391, February 1, 2022) (AD 2022-01-07). AD 2022-01-07 applied to certain Airbus SAS Model A350-941 and -1041 airplanes. AD 2022-01-07 required revising the existing maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, to incorporate new or more restrictive airworthiness limitations. The FAA issued AD 2022-01-07 to address the potential of ignition sources inside fuel tanks, which, in combination with flammable fuel vapors, could result in a fuel tank explosion and consequent loss of the airplane.</P>
                <P>
                    The NPRM published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on October 26, 2023 (88 FR 73545). The NPRM was prompted by AD 2023-0162, dated August 17, 2023, issued by EASA, which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union (EASA AD 2023-0162) (also referred to as the MCAI). The MCAI states that new or more restrictive airworthiness limitations have been developed.
                </P>
                <P>In the NPRM, the FAA proposed to retain the actions required by AD 2022-01-07 and also require revising the existing maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, to incorporate new or more restrictive airworthiness limitations, as specified in EASA AD 2023-0162. The FAA is issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.</P>
                <P>
                    You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket at 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                     under Docket No. FAA-2023-2004.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of Final Airworthiness Directive</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
                <P>The FAA received comments from Air Line Pilots Association, International (ALPA) who supported the NPRM without change. The FAA also received a comment from an anonymous commenter who expressed appreciation for FAA's dedication to aviation safety. No changes to the AD were requested; therefore, the FAA infers that the commenter supported the NPRM.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
                <P>This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to the FAA's bilateral agreement with this State of Design Authority, it has notified the FAA of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI referenced above. The FAA reviewed the relevant data, considered the comments received, and determined that air safety requires adopting this AD as proposed. Accordingly, the FAA is issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on this product. Except for minor editorial changes, this AD is adopted as proposed in the NPRM. None of the changes will increase the economic burden on any operator.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Service Information Under 1 CFR Part 51</HD>
                <P>The FAA reviewed EASA AD 2023-0162. This service information specifies new or more restrictive airworthiness limitations related to fuel tank ignition prevention and fuel tank flammability reduction.</P>
                <P>This AD also requires EASA AD 2021-0209, dated September 15, 2021, which the Director of the Federal Register approved for incorporation by reference as of March 8, 2022 (87 FR 5391, February 1, 2022).</P>
                <P>
                    This material is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
                <P>The FAA estimates that this AD affects 31 airplanes of U.S. registry. The FAA estimates the following costs to comply with this AD:</P>
                <P>
                    The FAA has determined that revising the existing maintenance or inspection program takes an average of 90 work-hours per operator, although the agency recognizes that this number may vary from operator to operator. Since operators incorporate maintenance or inspection program changes for their affected fleet(s), the FAA has 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6421"/>
                    determined that a per-operator estimate is more accurate than a per-airplane estimate.
                </P>
                <P>The FAA estimates the total cost per operator for the new actions to be $7,650 (90 work-hours × $85 per work-hour).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements. Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
                <P>This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
                <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:</P>
                <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
                <P>(2) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
                <P>(3) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
                    <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Amendment</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="39">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="39">
                    <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by:</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>a. Removing Airworthiness Directive 2022-01-07, Amendment 39-21895 (87 FR 5391, February 1, 2022); and</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>b. Adding the following new Airworthiness Directive:</AMDPAR>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            <E T="04">2024-01-05 Airbus SAS:</E>
                             Amendment 39-22656; Docket No. FAA-2023-2004; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00977-T.
                        </FP>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Effective Date</HD>
                        <P>This airworthiness directive (AD) is effective March 7, 2024.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
                        <P>This AD replaces AD 2022-01-07, Amendment 39-21895 (87 FR 5391, February 1, 2022) (AD 2022-01-07).</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
                        <P>This AD applies all Airbus SAS Model A350-941 and -1041 airplanes, certificated in any category, with an original airworthiness certificate or original export certificate of airworthiness issued on or before June 1, 2023.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
                        <P>Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 05, Time Limits/Maintenance Checks.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
                        <P>This AD was prompted by a determination that new or more restrictive airworthiness limitations are necessary. The FAA is issuing this AD to address the potential of ignition sources inside fuel tanks, which, in combination with flammable fuel vapors, could result in a fuel tank explosion and consequent loss of the airplane.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
                        <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Retained Revision of the Existing Maintenance or Inspection Program, With AD 2022-01-07, With No Changes</HD>
                        <P>This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (g) of AD 2022-01-07, with no changes. For airplanes with an original airworthiness certificate or original export certificate of airworthiness issued on or before June 30, 2021: Except as specified in paragraph (h) of this AD: Comply with all required actions and compliance times specified in, and in accordance with, European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD 2021-0209, dated September 15, 2021 (EASA AD 2021-0209). Accomplishing the revision of the existing maintenance or inspection program required by paragraph (j) of this AD terminates the requirements of this paragraph.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Retained Exceptions to EASA AD 2021-0209, With No Changes</HD>
                        <P>This paragraph restates the exceptions specified in paragraph (h) of AD 2022-01-07, with no changes.</P>
                        <P>(1) The requirements specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of EASA AD 2021-0209 do not apply to this AD.</P>
                        <P>(2) Paragraph (3) of EASA AD 2021-0209 specifies revising “the AMP [aircraft maintenance program]” within 12 months after its effective date, but this AD requires revising the existing maintenance or inspection program, as applicable, to incorporate the “limitations, tasks and associated thresholds and intervals” specified in paragraph (3) of EASA AD 2021-0209 within 90 days after March 8, 2022 (the effective date of AD 2022-01-07).</P>
                        <P>(3) The initial compliance time for doing the tasks specified in paragraph (3) of EASA AD 2021-0209 is at the applicable “associated thresholds” specified in paragraph (3) of EASA AD 2021-0209, or within 90 days after March 8, 2022 (the effective date of AD 2022-01-07), whichever occurs later.</P>
                        <P>(4) The provisions specified in paragraphs (4) and (5) of EASA AD 2021-0209 do not apply to this AD.</P>
                        <P>(5) The “Remarks” section of EASA AD 2021-0209 does not apply to this AD.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Retained Restrictions on Alternative Actions, Intervals, and Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCLs), With No Changes</HD>
                        <P>
                            This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (i) of AD 2022-01-07, with no changes. Except as required by paragraph (j) of this AD, after the maintenance or inspection program has been revised as required by paragraph (g) of this AD, no alternative actions (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             inspections), intervals, and CDCCLs are allowed unless they are approved as specified in the provisions of the “Ref. Publications” section of EASA AD 2021-0209.
                        </P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) New Revision of the Existing Maintenance or Inspection Program</HD>
                        <P>Except as specified in paragraph (k) of this AD: Comply with all required actions and compliance times specified in, and in accordance with, EASA AD 2023-0162, dated August 17, 2023 (EASA AD 2023-0162). Accomplishing the revision of the existing maintenance or inspection program required by this paragraph terminates the requirements of paragraph (g) of this AD.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Exceptions to EASA AD 2023-0162</HD>
                        <P>(1) This AD does not adopt the requirements specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of EASA AD 2023-0162.</P>
                        <P>(2) Where paragraph (3) of EASA AD 2023-0162 specifies “Within 12 months after the effective date of this AD, revise the AMP,” this AD requires replacing those words with “Within 90 days after the effective date of this AD, revise the existing maintenance or inspection program, as applicable.”</P>
                        <P>
                            (3) The initial compliance time for doing the tasks specified in paragraph (3) of EASA AD 2023-0162 is at the applicable “limitations” and “associated thresholds” as 
                            <PRTPAGE P="6422"/>
                            incorporated by the requirements of paragraph (3) of EASA AD 2023-0162, or within 90 days after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs later.
                        </P>
                        <P>(4) This AD does not adopt the provisions specified in paragraphs (4) and (5) of EASA AD 2023-0162.</P>
                        <P>(5) This AD does not adopt the “Remarks” section of EASA AD 2023-0162.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) New Provisions for Alternative Actions, Intervals, and CDCCLs</HD>
                        <P>
                            After the existing maintenance or inspection program has been revised as required by paragraph (j) of this AD, no alternative actions (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             inspections), intervals, and CDCCLs are allowed unless they are approved as specified in the provisions of the “Ref. Publications” section of EASA AD 2023-0162.
                        </P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(m) Additional AD Provisions</HD>
                        <P>The following provisions also apply to this AD:</P>
                        <P>
                            (1) 
                            <E T="03">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs):</E>
                             The Manager, International Validation Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or responsible Flight Standards Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the International Validation Branch, mail it to the address identified in paragraph (n) of this AD or email to: 
                            <E T="03">9-AVS-AIR-730-AMOC@faa.gov.</E>
                             If mailing information, also submit information by email. Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the responsible Flight Standards Office.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (2) 
                            <E T="03">Contacting the Manufacturer:</E>
                             For any requirement in this AD to obtain instructions from a manufacturer, the instructions must be accomplished using a method approved by the Manager, International Validation Branch, FAA; or EASA; or Airbus SAS's EASA Design Organization Approval (DOA). If approved by the DOA, the approval must include the DOA-authorized signature.
                        </P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(n) Additional Information</HD>
                        <P>
                            For more information about this AD, contact Dat Le, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; telephone 562-627-5357; email 
                            <E T="03">dat.v.le@faa.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(o) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
                        <P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>
                        <P>(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.</P>
                        <P>(3) The following service information was approved for IBR on March 7, 2024.</P>
                        <P>(i) European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD 2023-0162, dated August 17, 2023.</P>
                        <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                        <P>(4) The following service information was approved for IBR on March 8, 2022 (87 FR 5391, February 1, 2022).</P>
                        <P>(i) European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD 2021-0209, dated September 15, 2021.</P>
                        <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                        <P>
                            (5) For EASA AD 2023-0162 and EASA AD 2021-0209, contact EASA, Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3, 50668 Cologne, Germany; telephone: +49 221 8999 000; email: 
                            <E T="03">ADs@easa.europa.eu;</E>
                             website: 
                            <E T="03">easa.europa.eu.</E>
                             You may find these EASA ADs on the EASA website: 
                            <E T="03">ad.easa.europa.eu.</E>
                        </P>
                        <P>(6) You may view this material at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th Street, Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195.</P>
                        <P>
                            (7) You may view this material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit 
                            <E T="03">www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</E>
                             or email 
                            <E T="03">fr.inspection@nara.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                    </EXTRACT>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued on January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Michael Linegang,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Director, Compliance &amp; Airworthiness Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01966 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2023-0657; Project Identifier AD-2022-01351-T; Amendment 39-22652; AD 2024-01-01]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Airplanes</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA is adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain The Boeing Company (Boeing) Model 787-8, 787-9, and 787-10 airplanes. This AD was prompted by reports of undetected water leaks from the faucet control module (FCM) migrating below the passenger floor in multiple lavatory locations during flight, and into the electronic equipment bay(s). This AD requires repetitive general visual inspections of the area under all lavatory washbasins for evidence of intermittent and active leaks at the FCM and applicable on-condition actions. The FAA is issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This AD is effective March 7, 2024.</P>
                    <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of March 7, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">AD Docket:</E>
                         You may examine the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2023-0657; or in person at Docket Operations between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this final rule, any comments received, and other information. The address for Docket Operations is U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Material Incorporated by Reference:</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For service information identified in this final rule, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual &amp; Data Services (C&amp;DS), 2600 Westminster Blvd., MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; website 
                        <E T="03">myboeingfleet.com</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195. It is also available at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2023-0657.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Courtney Tuck, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA 98198; telephone 206-231-3986; email 
                        <E T="03">Courtney.K.Tuck@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to all Boeing Model 787-8, 787-9, and 787-10 airplanes. The NPRM published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on April 10, 2023 (88 FR 21120). The NPRM was prompted by reports of undetected water leaks from the FCM migrating below the passenger floor in multiple lavatory locations during flight, and into the electronic equipment bay(s). In the NPRM, the FAA advised that the FCMs are located under the sinks in each lavatory and have an O-ring seal at the top of the FCM mixing chamber; a small amount of water leaking past the O-ring has been identified as the source of the leak.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In the NPRM, the FAA proposed to require repetitive general visual inspections of the area under all lavatory washbasins for evidence of intermittent and active leaks at the FCM and applicable on-condition actions, including replacing the affected FCM. 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6423"/>
                    The FAA is issuing this AD to address undetected water leaks, which could damage flight critical equipment. The unsafe condition, if not addressed, could result in loss of multiple line replaceable units (LRUs) and subsequent loss of continued safe flight and landing.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of Final Airworthiness Directive</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
                <P>The FAA received comments from Boeing and the Air Line Pilots Association, International, who supported the NPRM without change.</P>
                <P>The FAA received additional comments from United Airlines (UAL), American Airlines (American), and All Nippon Airways (ANA). The following presents the comments received on the NPRM and the FAA's response to each comment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Allow Alternative Cleaning Material</HD>
                <P>UAL noted that the proposed AD would require complying with the actions in table 1 of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB250290-00 RB, Issue 001, dated November 1, 2022, which then references the procedures in Service Bulletin B787-81205-SB250290-00 Issue 001 or later approved issues for each action. UAL stated that the service bulletin contains a cleaning action that refers to a Jamco component maintenance manual (CMM) as an accepted procedure. UAL further stated that the instructions in the Jamco CMM for removing scale specify using a corrosive solution that can produce harmful fumes. As a result, UAL asked to use a milder product as an alternative.</P>
                <P>Both the requirements bulletin and the service bulletin state that where the instructions refer to another document, operators may use accepted alternative procedures. Where the instructions state a procedure must done in accordance with a Boeing document, then operators will need an alternative method of compliance (AMOC) to use a different procedure. Because the cleaning procedure mentioned by the commenter refers to the Jamco CMM, operators may use accepted alternative procedures, including a different accepted cleaning product, without obtaining an AMOC. No change to the AD is necessary as a result of this comment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Limit Inspection Area</HD>
                <P>In the NPRM, the FAA proposed to require visual inspections at all lavatory locations. American and ANA requested that the FAA limit the inspection to the area under the lavatory washbasins located in the door 1 and door 3 area near the electronic equipment bays. American added that leaks in other locations do not have the potential to cause damage to the LRUs and thus do not affect safe operation of the airplane.</P>
                <P>The FAA disagrees with the commenters' request. The unsafe condition exists when two FCMs leak simultaneously, involving the loss of flight-critical equipment at different locations. This could occur at door 1, 2, 3, or 4. Further, it is possible to have multiple persistent and simultaneous latent leaks from different lavatories on the same airplane. Therefore, it is necessary to inspect the lavatories at all locations, not just those near the electronic equipment bays.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Reference Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL) Item 38-10-01A</HD>
                <P>American requested that the FAA state that MMEL item 38-10-01A (which allows individual components of the potable water system to be inoperative provided associated components are deactivated or isolated and associated system components are verified to not have leaks) remains valid and applicable as a method to deactivate the water supply to a discrepant FCM.</P>
                <P>The FAA agrees that this AD does not conflict with an operator's ability to dispatch an airplane with an inoperable potable water system under MMEL item 38-10-01A. The FAA has not changed this AD in this regard.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request To Limit Actions for Intermittent Leaks</HD>
                <P>ANA requested that the FAA revise the proposed AD to not require corrective action if intermittent leaks are found from the FCM. ANA stated that if evidence of intermittent leaks are found at the FCM, the source of the leak isn't necessarily the FCM, and therefore it should not be necessary to replace the FCM or deactivate the water supply to the FCM.</P>
                <P>The FAA disagrees. Intermittent leaks may have a long latency period and be difficult to detect, but they can still cause the unsafe condition identified in this AD and therefore must be addressed. Operators with a method other than replacement of the FCM, which provides an acceptable level of safety, may request approval to use an AMOC. The FAA did not change this AD as a result of this request.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Additional Changes to This Final Rule</HD>
                <P>After the NPRM was published, Boeing notified the FAA that certain airplanes were modified in production and delivered with a redesigned FCM that is not subject to the unsafe condition. The FAA has determined the actions required by this AD are not necessary on those airplanes and has therefore revised the applicability of this AD to only include airplanes that were delivered with the affected FCM.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
                <P>The FAA reviewed the relevant data, considered any comments received, and determined that air safety requires adopting this AD as proposed. Accordingly, the FAA is issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products. Except for the changes described previously, this AD is adopted as proposed in the NPRM. None of the changes will increase the economic burden on any operator.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Service Information Under 1 CFR Part 51</HD>
                <P>The FAA reviewed Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB250290-00 RB, Issue 001, dated November 1, 2022. This service information specifies procedures for a repetitive general visual inspection of the area under all lavatory washbasins for evidence of intermittent and active leaks at the FCM and applicable on-condition actions. On-condition actions include replacing the affected FCM with new or serviceable FCM at affected lavatory washbasin(s), and doing a leak test. If a leak is found, the service information specifies doing applicable corrective action, repeating the leak test, and making sure no leak is found.</P>
                <P>
                    This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Differences Between This AD and the Service Information</HD>
                <P>The effectivity of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB250290-00 RB, Issue 001, dated November 1, 2022, is Model 787-8, -9, and -10 airplanes, line numbers 6 through 9996. As the FAA stated in the NPRM, the agency would consider revising the applicability of the final rule to exclude airplanes with a redesigned FCM that eliminates the need for the actions required by this AD. Therefore, the applicability of this AD does not include those line-numbered airplanes with a redesigned FCM installed in production.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Interim Action</HD>
                <P>
                    This AD is an interim action. The FAA is considering additional rulemaking regarding the redesigned 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6424"/>
                    FCM that addresses the unsafe condition identified in this AD.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
                <P>The FAA estimates that this AD affects 140 airplanes of U.S. registry. The FAA estimates the following costs to comply with this AD:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s30,r100,12C,r50,12C">
                    <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Cost per product</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost on U.S.
                            <LI>operators</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Inspection</ENT>
                        <ENT>1 work-hour × $85 per hour = $85 per inspection cycle</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0</ENT>
                        <ENT>$85 per inspection cycle</ENT>
                        <ENT>$11,900</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The FAA estimates the following costs to do any necessary replacements that would be required based on the results of the inspection. The agency has no way of determining the number of aircraft that might need these replacements:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r100,12C,12C">
                    <TTITLE>On-Condition Costs</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost per
                            <LI>product</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Replacement</ENT>
                        <ENT>1 work-hour × $85 per hour = $85</ENT>
                        <ENT>$6,021</ENT>
                        <ENT>$6,106</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements. Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
                <P>This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
                <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:</P>
                <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
                <P>(2) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
                <P>(3) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
                    <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Amendment</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="39">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="39">
                    <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive:</AMDPAR>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            <E T="04">2024-01-01 The Boeing Company:</E>
                             Amendment 39-22652; Docket No. FAA-2023-0657; Project Identifier AD-2022-01351-T.
                        </FP>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Effective Date</HD>
                        <P>This airworthiness directive (AD) is effective March 7, 2024.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
                        <P>None.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
                        <P>This AD applies to The Boeing Company Model 787-8, 787-9, and 787-10 airplanes, certificated in any category, having line numbers 6 through 687 inclusive, 689 through 954 inclusive, 956 through 970 inclusive, 972 through 982 inclusive, 984 through 989 inclusive, 991 through 996 inclusive, 999, 1001 through 1008 inclusive, 1012, 1013, 1016 through 1019 inclusive, 1021, 1022, 1024 through 1026 inclusive, 1029 through 1032 inclusive, 1038, 1040, 1041, 1044, 1045, 1047, 1048, 1054 through 1062 inclusive, 1071, 1072, 1074, 1075, 1082, 1085, 1087, 1091, 1094, 1095, 1098, 1099, 1103, 1109, 1112 through 1114 inclusive, 1117, 1118, 1121, 1122, 1125, 1126, 1128 through 1134 inclusive, 1136 through 1145 inclusive, 1147, 1148, 1151, 1161, and 1167.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
                        <P>Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 38, Water/waste.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
                        <P>This AD was prompted by reports of undetected water leaks from the faucet control module migrating below the passenger floor in multiple lavatory locations during flight, and into the electronic equipment bay(s). The FAA is issuing this AD to address undetected water leaks, which could damage flight critical equipment. The unsafe condition, if not addressed, could result in loss of multiple line replaceable units and subsequent loss of continued safe flight and landing.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
                        <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Required Actions</HD>
                        <P>Except as specified by paragraph (h) of this AD: At the applicable times specified in the “Compliance” paragraph of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB250290-00 RB, Issue 001, dated November 1, 2022, do all applicable actions identified in, and in accordance with, the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB250290-00 RB, Issue 001, dated November 1, 2022.</P>
                        <P>
                            <E T="04">Note 1 to paragraph (g):</E>
                             Guidance for accomplishing the actions required by this AD can be found in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin B787-81205-SB250290-00, Issue 001, dated November 1, 2022, which is referred to in Boeing Alert Requirements 
                            <PRTPAGE P="6425"/>
                            Bulletin B787-81205-SB250290-00, Issue 001, dated November 1, 2022.
                        </P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Exceptions to Service Information Specifications</HD>
                        <P>Where the Compliance Time column of the table in the “Compliance” paragraph of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB250290-00 RB, Issue 001, dated November 1, 2022, uses the phrase “the Issue 001 date of the Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB250290-00 RB,” this AD requires using “the effective date of this AD.”</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
                        <P>
                            (1) The Manager, AIR-520 Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or responsible Flight Standards Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the certification office, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (j) of this AD. Information may be emailed to: 
                            <E T="03">9-ANM-Seattle-ACO-AMOC-Requests@faa.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the responsible Flight Standards Office.</P>
                        <P>(3) An AMOC that provides an acceptable level of safety may be used for any repair, modification, or alteration required by this AD if it is approved by The Boeing Company Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) that has been authorized by the Manager, AIR-520 Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, to make those findings. To be approved, the repair method, modification deviation, or alteration deviation must meet the certification basis of the airplane, and the approval must specifically refer to this AD.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Related Information</HD>
                        <P>
                            For more information about this AD, contact Courtney Tuck, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA 98198; telephone 206-231-3986; email 
                            <E T="03">Courtney.K.Tuck@faa.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
                        <P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>
                        <P>(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.</P>
                        <P>(i) Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB250290-00 RB, Issue 001, dated November 1, 2022.</P>
                        <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                        <P>
                            (3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual &amp; Data Services (C&amp;DS), 2600 Westminster Blvd., MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; website 
                            <E T="03">myboeingfleet.com</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                        <P>(4) You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195.</P>
                        <P>
                            (5) You may view this material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit 
                            <E T="03">www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</E>
                             or email 
                            <E T="03">fr.inspection@nara.gov</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </EXTRACT>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued on January 3, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Victor Wicklund,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Director, Compliance &amp; Airworthiness Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01967 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2023-1037; Project Identifier AD-2023-00511-T; Amendment 39-22655; AD 2024-01-04]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Airplanes</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA is superseding Airworthiness Directive (AD) 2020-26-08, which applied to The Boeing Company Model 787-8, 787-9, and 787-10 airplanes powered by Rolls-Royce Trent 1000 engines. AD 2020-26-08 required repetitive inspections of the inner fixed structure (IFS) forward upper fire seal and thermal insulation blankets in the forward upper area of the thrust reverser (TR) for damage and applicable on-condition actions. Since the FAA issued AD 2020-26-08, the FAA determined that a new upper splitter fairing assembly is needed to prevent damage to the fire seal and thermal insulation blanket. This AD continues to require the actions specified in AD 2020-26-08 and requires determining if an affected part number of the upper splitter fairing assembly is installed on the engine, replacing an affected upper splitter fairing assembly part number with a new upper splitter fairing assembly part number, inspecting the IFS forward upper fire seal and thermal insulation blanket for any damage, and applicable on-condition actions. This AD also prohibits the installation of affected parts. The FAA is issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This AD is effective March 7, 2024.</P>
                    <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this AD as of March 7, 2024.</P>
                    <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain other publication listed in this AD as of January 27, 2021 (85 FR 83755, December 23, 2020).</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">AD Docket:</E>
                         You may examine the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2023-1037; or in person at Docket Operations between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this final rule, any comments received, and other information. The address for Docket Operations is U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Material Incorporated by Reference:</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For service information identified in this final rule, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual &amp; Data Services (C&amp;DS), 2600 Westminster Boulevard, MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; website 
                        <E T="03">myboeingfleet.com.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th Street, Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195. It is also available at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2023-1037.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Tak Kobayashi, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th Street, Des Moines, WA 98198; telephone 206-231-3553; email 
                        <E T="03">takahisa.kobayashi@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>The FAA issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to supersede AD 2020-26-08, Amendment 39-21363 (85 FR 83755, December 23, 2020) (AD 2020-26-08). AD 2020-26-08 applied to The Boeing Company Model 787-8, 787-9, and 787-10 airplanes powered by Rolls-Royce Trent 1000 engines. AD 2020-26-08 required repetitive inspections of the IFS forward upper fire seal and thermal insulation blankets in the forward upper area of the TR for damage and applicable on-condition actions.</P>
                <P>
                    The NPRM published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on May 25, 2023 (88 FR 33851). The NPRM was prompted by a 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6426"/>
                    determination that a new upper splitter fairing assembly part number (P/N) KH99185 should be required to prevent damage to the fire seal and thermal insulation blanket. In the NPRM, the FAA proposed to continue to require the actions specified in AD 2020-26-08 and require determining if upper splitter fairing assembly P/N KH60375 is installed on the engine, replacing upper splitter fairing assembly P/N KH60375 with a new upper splitter fairing assembly part number, inspecting the IFS forward upper fire seal and thermal insulation blanket for any damage, and applicable on-condition actions.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The FAA issued a supplemental NPRM (SNPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to supersede AD 2020-26-08. The SNPRM published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on October 31, 2023 (88 FR 74372). The SNPRM was prompted by the FAA identifying an additional affected upper splitter fairing assembly, P/N KH11560, that must be replaced to address the unsafe condition. In the SNPRM, the FAA revised the NPRM by proposing replacement of the additional upper splitter fairing assembly. The FAA is issuing this AD to address the damage to the IFS forward upper fire seal and the thermal insulation blankets of the TR due to airflow through structural gapping that could occur at the interface between the leading edge of the IFS and the engine splitter structure during flight. Failure of the IFS forward upper fire seal could cause the loss of seal pressurization and degrade the ability to detect and extinguish an engine fire, resulting in an uncontrolled fire. Damage to the TR insulation blanket could result in thermal damage to the TR inner wall, the subsequent release of engine exhaust components, and consequent damage to critical areas of the airplane. Furthermore, damage to the TR inner wall and IFS forward upper fire seal could compromise the integrity of the firewall and its ability to contain an engine fire, resulting in an uncontrolled fire.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of Final Airworthiness Directive</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
                <P>The FAA received comments from The Air Line Pilots Association, International and The Boeing Company, who both supported the SNPRM without change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
                <P>The FAA reviewed the relevant data, considered the comments received, and determined that air safety requires adopting this AD as proposed. Accordingly, the FAA is issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products. This AD is adopted as proposed in the SNPRM.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Service Information Under 1 CFR Part 51</HD>
                <P>The FAA reviewed Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB720007-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 12, 2022. This service information specifies replacing the upper splitter fairing assembly with a new upper splitter fairing assembly with ramp fairing incorporated and doing a general visual inspection of the IFS forward upper fire seal and thermal insulation blanket of the left and right TR halves for any damage. This service information also specifies applicable on-condition actions, including replacing the IFS forward upper fire seal and thermal insulation blanket of each TR half if damage is found. The procedures in the service information apply to each affected engine.</P>
                <P>The FAA also reviewed Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00 RB, Issue 002, dated December 21, 2021. This service information contains procedures for repetitive inspections of the IFS forward upper fire seal and thermal insulation blanket of the left and right TR halves for any damage. This service information also specifies applicable on-condition actions, including replacing the IFS forward upper fire seal and thermal insulation blanket of each TR half if damage is found. The procedures in the service information apply to each affected engine.</P>
                <P>This AD also requires Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00 RB, Issue 001, dated March 31, 2020, which the Director of the Federal Register approved for incorporation by reference as of January 27, 2021 (85 FR 83755, December 23, 2020).</P>
                <P>
                    This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
                <P>The FAA estimates that this AD affects 13 airplanes of U.S. registry. The FAA estimates the following costs to comply with this AD:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,8,xs72,xs72">
                    <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost per
                            <LI>product</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost on U.S.
                            <LI>operators</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Inspection (retained actions from AD 2020-26-08)</ENT>
                        <ENT>2 work-hours × $85 per hour = $170 per inspection cycle</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0</ENT>
                        <ENT>$170 per inspection cycle</ENT>
                        <ENT>$2,210 per inspection cycle.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Inspection or records review (new action)</ENT>
                        <ENT>1 work-hour × $85 per hour = $85</ENT>
                        <ENT>0</ENT>
                        <ENT>$85</ENT>
                        <ENT>$1,105.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Replacement of each upper splitter fairing assembly (new action)</ENT>
                        <ENT>71 work-hours × $85 per hour = $6,035</ENT>
                        <ENT>230,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>$236,035</ENT>
                        <ENT>$3,068,455.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Inspection (new action)</ENT>
                        <ENT>2 work-hours × $85 per hour = $170</ENT>
                        <ENT>0</ENT>
                        <ENT>$170</ENT>
                        <ENT>$2,210.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The FAA estimates the following costs to do any necessary replacements that would be required based on the results of the inspection. The agency has no way of determining the number of aircraft that might need these replacements:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r75,xs72,xs100">
                    <TTITLE>On-Condition Costs</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Cost per product</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Fire seal replacement</ENT>
                        <ENT>2 work-hours × $85 per hour = $170 per TR half</ENT>
                        <ENT>$1,383 per TR half.</ENT>
                        <ENT>$1,553 per TR half (4 TR halves per airplane).</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Thermal insulation blanket replacement</ENT>
                        <ENT>1 work-hour × $85 per hour = $85 per TR half</ENT>
                        <ENT>$18,214 per TR half</ENT>
                        <ENT>$18,299 per TR half.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="6427"/>
                <P>According to the manufacturer, some of the costs of this AD may be covered under warranty by Goodrich, thereby reducing the cost impact on affected operators. The FAA does not control warranty coverage for affected operators. As a result, the FAA has included all known costs in the cost estimate.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements. Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
                <P>This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
                <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:</P>
                <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
                <P>(2) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
                <P>(3) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
                    <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Amendment</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="39">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended] </SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="39">
                    <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by:</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>a. Removing Airworthiness Directive 2020-26-08, Amendment 39-21363 (85 FR 83755, December 23, 2020); and</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>b. Adding the following new Airworthiness Directive:</AMDPAR>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            <E T="04">2024-01-04 The Boeing Company:</E>
                             Amendment 39-22655; Docket No. FAA-2023-1037; Project Identifier AD-2023-00511-T.
                        </FP>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Effective Date</HD>
                        <P>This airworthiness directive (AD) is effective March 7, 2024.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
                        <P>This AD replaces AD 2020-26-08, Amendment 39-21363 (85 FR 83755, December 23, 2020) (AD 2020-26-08).</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
                        <P>This AD applies to The Boeing Company Model 787-8, 787-9, and 787-10 airplanes, certificated in any category, with Rolls-Royce Trent 1000 engines installed.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
                        <P>Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 72, Turbine/turboprop engine.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
                        <P>This AD was prompted by reports of Rolls-Royce Trent 1000 powered airplanes having damage to the thrust reverser inner fixed structure (IFS) forward upper fire seal and damage to thermal insulation blankets in the forward upper area of the thrust reverser (TR). The FAA is issuing this AD to address the damage to the IFS forward upper fire seal and the thermal insulation blankets of the TR due to airflow through structural gapping that could occur at the interface between the leading edge of the IFS and the engine splitter structure during flight. Failure of the IFS forward upper fire seal could cause the loss of seal pressurization and degrade the ability to detect and extinguish an engine fire, resulting in an uncontrolled fire. Damage to the TR insulation blanket could result in thermal damage to the TR inner wall, the subsequent release of engine exhaust components, and consequent damage to critical areas of the airplane. Furthermore, damage to the TR inner wall and IFS forward upper fire seal could compromise the integrity of the firewall and its ability to contain an engine fire, resulting in an uncontrolled fire.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
                        <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Retained Actions, With Additional Service Information, Revised Affected Airplanes, and New Terminating Action</HD>
                        <P>This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (g) of AD 2020-26-08, with additional service information, revised affected airplanes, and new terminating action. For airplanes with an original airworthiness certificate or original export certificate of airworthiness issued on or before the effective date of this AD and for airplanes listed in the “Effectivity” section of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB720007-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 12, 2022: Except as specified by paragraph (h) of this AD, at the applicable times specified in the “Compliance” paragraph of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00 RB, Issue 001, dated March 31, 2020, or Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00 RB, Issue 002, dated December 21, 2021, do all applicable actions identified in, and in accordance with, the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00 RB, Issue 001, dated March 31, 2020, or Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00 RB, Issue 002, dated December 21, 2021. Accomplishing the actions required by paragraph (i)(2) of this AD terminates the actions required by this paragraph.</P>
                        <NOTE>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1 to paragraph (g):</HD>
                            <P>Guidance for accomplishing the actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD can be found in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00, Issue 001, dated March 31, 2020, which is referred to in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00 RB, Issue 001, dated March 31, 2020; or in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00, Issue 002, dated December 21, 2021, which is referred to in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00 RB, Issue 002, dated December 21, 2021.</P>
                        </NOTE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Retained Exceptions to Service Information Specifications for Paragraph (g) of This AD, With Additional Service Information</HD>
                        <P>This paragraph restates the exceptions specified in paragraph (h) of AD 2020-26-08, with additional service information. Where Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00 RB, Issue 001, dated March 31, 2020, or Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00 RB, Issue 002, dated December 21, 2021, uses the phrase “the Issue 001 date of Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00 RB,” this AD requires using January 27, 2021, (the effective date of AD 2020-26-08).</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) New Required Actions</HD>
                        <P>
                            (1) For airplanes with original airworthiness certificate or original export certificate of airworthiness issued on or before the effective date of this AD and for airplanes listed in the “Effectivity” section of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB720007-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 12, 2022: Within 7 years after the effective date of this AD, or within 7 years 
                            <PRTPAGE P="6428"/>
                            after the date of issuance of the original airworthiness certificate or original export certificate of airworthiness, whichever occurs later, inspect the airplane to determine the part number of the upper splitter fairing assembly installed on each engine. A review of airplane maintenance records is acceptable in lieu of this inspection if the part number of the upper splitter fairing assembly can be conclusively determined from that review. For engines on which no upper splitter fairing assembly part number (P/N) KH60375 or P/N KH11560 is installed, the actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD are no longer required for that engine.
                        </P>
                        <P>(2) If, during any inspection or records review required by paragraph (i)(1) of this AD, an upper splitter fairing assembly P/N KH60375 or P/N KH11560 is found on any engine of an airplane: Except as specified by paragraph (j) of this AD, at the applicable times specified in the “Compliance” paragraph of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB720007-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 12, 2022, do all applicable actions identified in, and in accordance with, the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB720007-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 12, 2022, for each affected engine. Accomplishing the actions required by this paragraph on all affected engines of an airplane terminates the actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD for that airplane.</P>
                        <NOTE>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2 to paragraph (i)(2):</HD>
                            <P> Guidance for accomplishing the actions required by paragraph (i)(2) of this AD can be found in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin B787-81205-SB720007-00, Issue 001, dated December 12, 2022, which is referred to in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB720007-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 12, 2022.</P>
                        </NOTE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Exceptions to Service Information Specifications for Paragraph (i)(2) of This AD</HD>
                        <P>(1) Where the Compliance Time column of table 5 in the “Compliance” paragraph of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB720007-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 12, 2022, uses the phrase “the Issue 001 date of Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB720007-00 RB,” this AD requires using “the effective date of this AD.”</P>
                        <P>(2) Where the service information referenced in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB720007-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 12, 2022, specifies to remove the existing upper splitter fairing assembly P/N KH60375, this AD requires removing the existing upper splitter fairing assembly P/N KH60375 or P/N KH11560.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Parts Installation Prohibition</HD>
                        <P>(1) For airplanes with an original airworthiness certificate or original export certificate of airworthiness issued after the effective date of this AD, except for airplanes listed in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB720007-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 12, 2022: As of the effective date of this AD, no person may install an engine with an upper splitter fairing assembly P/N KH60375 or P/N KH11560 on any airplane.</P>
                        <P>(2) For airplanes with original airworthiness certificate or original export certificate of airworthiness issued on or before the effective date of this AD and for airplanes listed in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB720007-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 12, 2022, on which, during the actions required by paragraph (i)(1) of this AD, no upper splitter fairing assembly P/N KH60375 or P/N KH11560 was installed on both engines: After accomplishing the inspection or records review required by paragraph (i)(1) of this AD, no person may install an engine with an upper splitter fairing assembly P/N KH60375 or P/N KH11560 for replacement of an engine on those airplanes.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
                        <P>
                            (1) The Manager, AIR-520, Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or responsible Flight Standards Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of AIR-520, Continued Operational Safety Branch, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (m) of this AD. Information may be emailed to 
                            <E T="03">9-ANM-Seattle-ACO-AMOC-Requests@faa.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the responsible Flight Standards Office.</P>
                        <P>(3) An AMOC that provides an acceptable level of safety may be used for any repair, modification, or alteration required by this AD if it is approved by The Boeing Company Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) that has been authorized by the Manager, AIR-520, Continued Operational Safety Branch, to make those findings. To be approved, the repair method, modification deviation, or alteration deviation must meet the certification basis of the airplane, and the approval must specifically refer to this AD.</P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(m) Related Information</HD>
                        <P>
                            For more information about this AD, contact Tak Kobayashi, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th Street, Des Moines, WA 98198; telephone 206-231-3553; email 
                            <E T="03">takahisa.kobayashi@faa.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">(n) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
                        <P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>
                        <P>(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.</P>
                        <P>(3) The following service information was approved for IBR on March 7, 2024.</P>
                        <P>(i) Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB720007-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 12, 2022.</P>
                        <P>(ii) Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00 RB, Issue 002, dated December 21, 2021.</P>
                        <P>(4) The following service information was approved for IBR on January 27, 2021 (85 FR 83755, December 23, 2020).</P>
                        <P>(i) Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB780041-00 RB, Issue 001, dated March 31, 2020.</P>
                        <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                        <P>
                            (5) For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual &amp; Data Services (C&amp;DS), 2600 Westminster Boulevard, MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; website 
                            <E T="03">myboeingfleet.com</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                        <P>(6) You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th Street, Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195.</P>
                        <P>
                            (7) You may view this material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit 
                            <E T="03">www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</E>
                             or email 
                            <E T="03">fr.inspection@nara.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                    </EXTRACT>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued on January 6, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Caitlin Locke,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Compliance &amp; Airworthiness Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01969 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 71</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2023-2118; Airspace Docket No. 23-AGL-31]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA66</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Amendment of Class E Airspace; Harrison, OH</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This action amends the Class E airspace at Harrison, OH. This action is the result of an airspace review conducted due to the decommissioning of the Cincinnati very high frequency omnidirectional range (VOR) as part of the VOR Minimum Operating Network (MON) Program. The geographic coordinates of the airport are also being updated to coincide with the FAA's aeronautical database. This action brings the airspace into compliance with FAA orders to support instrument flight rule (IFR) operations.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Effective 0901 UTC, May 16, 2024. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference action under 1 CFR part 51, subject to the annual revision of FAA Order JO 7400.11 and publication of conforming amendments.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6429"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        A copy of the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), all comments received, this final rule, and all background material may be viewed online at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         using the FAA Docket number. Electronic retrieval help and guidelines are available on the website. It is available 24 hours each day, 365 days each year.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        FAA Order JO 7400.11H, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, and subsequent amendments can be viewed online at 
                        <E T="03">www.faa.gov/air_traffic/publications/.</E>
                         You may also contact the Rules and Regulations Group, Office of Policy, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20591; telephone: (202) 267-8783.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Jeffrey Claypool, Federal Aviation Administration, Operations Support Group, Central Service Center, 10101 Hillwood Parkway, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5711.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it amends the Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface at Cincinnati West Airport, Harrison, OH, to support IFR operations at this airport.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">History</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA published an NPRM for Docket No. FAA-2023-2118 in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     (88 FR 76152; November 6, 2023) proposing to amend the Class E airspace at Harrison, OH. Interested parties were invited to participate in this rulemaking effort by submitting written comments on the proposal to the FAA. No comments were received.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Incorporation by Reference</HD>
                <P>
                    Class E airspace designations are published in paragraph 6005 of FAA Order JO 7400.11, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 on an annual basis. This document amends the current version of that order, FAA Order JO 7400.11H, dated August 11, 2023, and effective September 15, 2023. FAA Order JO 7400.11H is publicly available as listed in the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section of this document. These amendments will be published in the next update to FAA Order JO 7400.11.
                </P>
                <P>FAA Order JO 7400.11H lists Class A, B, C, D, and E airspace areas, air traffic service routes, and reporting points.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Rule</HD>
                <P>This amendment to 14 CFR part 71 modifies the Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface to within a 7.1-mile (increased from a 6.4-mile) radius of Cincinnati West Airport, Harrison, OH; removes the exclusionary language as it is not required; removes the city associated with the airport in the legal description header to comply with changes to FAA Order JO 7400.2P, Procedures for Handling Airspace Matters; and updates the geographic coordinates of the airport to coincide with the FAA's aeronautical database.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Notices and Analyses</HD>
                <P>The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore: (1) is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that only affects air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this rule, when promulgated, does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Environmental Review</HD>
                <P>The FAA has determined that this action qualifies for categorical exclusion under the National Environmental Policy Act in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures,” paragraph 5-6.5.a. This airspace action is not expected to cause any potentially significant environmental impacts, and no extraordinary circumstances exist that warrant preparation of an environmental assessment.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Lists of Subjects in 14 CFR 71</HD>
                    <P>Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Amendment</HD>
                <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends 14 CFR part 71 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 71—DESIGNATION OF CLASS A, B, C, D, AND E AIRSPACE AREAS; AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE ROUTES; AND REPORTING POINTS</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="71">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 14 CFR part 71 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 71.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="71">
                    <AMDPAR>2. The incorporation by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 of FAA Order JO 7400.11H, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 11, 2023, and effective September 15, 2023, is amended as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paragraph 6005 Class E Airspace Areas Extending Upward From 700 Feet or More Above the Surface of the Earth.</HD>
                        <STARS/>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">AGL OH E5 Harrison, OH [Amended]</HD>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Cincinnati West Airport, OH</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 39°15′33″ N, long 84°46′28″ W)</FP>
                        <P>That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within a 7.1-mile radius of Cincinnati West Airport.</P>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <STARS/>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued in Fort Worth, Texas, on January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Martin A. Skinner,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Manager, Operations Support Group, ATO Central Service Center.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01986 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 71</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2023-2117; Airspace Docket No. 23-AGL-30]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA66</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Amendment of Class E Airspace; Litchfield, MN</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        This action amends the Class E airspace at Litchfield, MN. This action is the result of an airspace review conducted due to the decommissioning 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6430"/>
                        of the Darwin very high frequency omnidirectional range (VOR) as part of the VOR Minimum Operating Network (MON) Program. This action brings the airspace into compliance with FAA orders to support instrument flight rule (IFR) operations.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Effective 0901 UTC, May 16, 2024. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference action under 1 CFR part 51, subject to the annual revision of FAA Order JO 7400.11 and publication of conforming amendments.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        A copy of the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), all comments received, this final rule, and all background material may be viewed online at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         using the FAA Docket number. Electronic retrieval help and guidelines are available on the website. It is available 24 hours each day, 365 days each year.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        FAA Order JO 7400.11H, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, and subsequent amendments can be viewed online at 
                        <E T="03">www.faa.gov/air_traffic/publications/.</E>
                         You may also contact the Rules and Regulations Group, Office of Policy, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20591; telephone: (202) 267-8783.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Jeffrey Claypool, Federal Aviation Administration, Operations Support Group, Central Service Center, 10101 Hillwood Parkway, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5711.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it amends the Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface at Litchfield Municipal Airport, Litchfield, MN, to support IFR operations at this airport.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">History</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA published an NPRM for Docket No. FAA-2023-2117 in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     (88 FR 76156; November 6, 2023) proposing to amend the Class E airspace at Litchfield, MN. Interested parties were invited to participate in this rulemaking effort by submitting written comments on the proposal to the FAA. No comments were received.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Incorporation by Reference</HD>
                <P>
                    Class E airspace designations are published in paragraph 6005 of FAA Order JO 7400.11, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 on an annual basis. This document amends the current version of that order, FAA Order JO 7400.11H, dated August 11, 2023, and effective September 15, 2023. FAA Order JO 7400.11H is publicly available as listed in the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section of this document. These amendments will be published in the next update to FAA Order JO 7400.11.
                </P>
                <P>FAA Order JO 7400.11H lists Class A, B, C, D, and E airspace areas, air traffic service routes, and reporting points.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Rule</HD>
                <P>This amendment to 14 CFR part 71 modifies the Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface to within a 6.4-mile (increased from a 6.3-mile) radius of Litchfield Municipal Airport, Litchfield, MN; and removes the Darwin VORTAC and associated extension from the airspace legal description.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Notices and Analyses</HD>
                <P>The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore: (1) is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that only affects air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this rule, when promulgated, does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Environmental Review</HD>
                <P>The FAA has determined that this action qualifies for categorical exclusion under the National Environmental Policy Act in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures,” paragraph 5-6.5.a. This airspace action is not expected to cause any potentially significant environmental impacts, and no extraordinary circumstances exist that warrant preparation of an environmental assessment.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Lists of Subjects in 14 CFR 71</HD>
                    <P>Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Amendment</HD>
                <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends 14 CFR part 71 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 71—DESIGNATION OF CLASS A, B, C, D, AND E AIRSPACE AREAS; AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE ROUTES; AND REPORTING POINTS</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="71">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 14 CFR part 71 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P>49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 71.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="71">
                    <AMDPAR>2. The incorporation by reference in 14 CFR 71.1 of FAA Order JO 7400.11H, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 11, 2023, and effective September 15, 2023, is amended as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paragraph 6005 Class E Airspace Areas Extending Upward From 700 Feet or More Above the Surface of the Earth.</HD>
                        <STARS/>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">AGL MN E5 Litchfield, MN [Amended]</HD>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Litchfield Municipal Airport, MN</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 45°05′50″ N, long 94°30′26″ W)</FP>
                        <P>That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within a 6.4-mile radius of Litchfield Municipal Airport.</P>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <STARS/>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued in Fort Worth, Texas, on January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Martin A. Skinner,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Manager, Operations Support Group, ATO Central Service Center.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01987 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="6431"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>42 CFR Part 493</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[CMS-3326-CN]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 0938-AT47</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 (CLIA) Fees; Histocompatibility, Personnel, and Alternative Sanctions for Certificate of Waiver Laboratories; Correction</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services (CMS) and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule; correction.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        This document corrects technical and typographical errors in the final rule that appeared in the December 28, 2023, 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         entitled, “Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 (CLIA) Fees; Histocompatibility, Personnel, and Alternative Sanctions for Certificate of Waiver Laboratories” (referred to hereafter as the “December 2023 final rule”).
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This correction is effective January 27, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Penny Keller, CMS, (410) 786-2035; or Heather Stang, CDC, (404) 498-2769.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
                <P>In FR Doc. 2023-28170 of December 28, 2023, the December 2023 final rule (88 FR 89976), there were technical and typographical errors that are identified and corrected in this correcting document. These corrections are effective as if they had been included in the December 2023 final rule.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Summary of Errors in the Regulation Text</HD>
                <P>On page 90040, in the revision for § 493.1423(b)(7)(i), we inadvertently omitted two redesignated paragraph references for individuals who meet the regulatory qualifications to perform blood gas analysis. We are correcting the revision for § 493.1423(b)(7)(i) to include references to § 493.1423(b)(5) and (6).</P>
                <P>On page 90043, in amendatory instruction 30, we inadvertently omitted the specific paragraph references for the changes to paragraph (e), which were set out in the amendment text. We are correcting the instruction to specify paragraphs (e)(1) through (4).</P>
                <P>On page 90044, in the revisions for § 493.1483(b)(3), we inadvertently omitted the December 28, 2024 effective date.</P>
                <P>On page 90044, in amendatory instruction 37, we inadvertently included an incorrect effective date. The December 2023 final rule contained two separate effective dates, January 27, 2024, and December 28, 2024 and we erroneously included the December 28, 2024, effective date rather than the January 27, 2024, effective date.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Waiver of Proposed Rulemaking and Delay in Effective Date</HD>
                <P>
                    Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), the agency is required to publish a notice of the proposed rulemaking in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     before the provisions of a rule take effect. Section 553(d) of the APA ordinarily requires a 30-day delay in effective date of final rules after the date of their publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>Section 553(b)(B) of the APA authorizes an agency to dispense with normal rulemaking requirements for good cause if the agency makes a finding that the notice and comment process is impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest. In addition, section 553(d)(3) of the APA allows the agency to avoid the 30-day delay in effective date where such delay is contrary to the public interest and an agency includes a statement of support.</P>
                <P>We believe this correcting document does not constitute a rule that would be subject to the notice and comment or delayed effective date requirements. This document merely corrects technical and typographical errors in the December 2023 final rule but does not make substantive changes to the policies that were adopted in the December 2023 final rule. Instead, this correcting document is intended to ensure that the information in the December 2023 final rule accurately reflects the policies adopted in that document.</P>
                <P>In addition, even if this were a rule to which the notice and comment procedures and delayed effective date requirements applied, we find that there is good cause to waive such requirements. Undertaking further notice and comment procedures to incorporate the corrections in this document into the December 2023 final rule or delaying the effective date would be contrary to the public interest because it is in the public's interest to ensure that the December 2023 final rule accurately reflects the policies finalized in that final rule. Furthermore, such procedures would be unnecessary, as we are not altering our policies, but rather, we are simply correctly implementing the policies we finalized. This final rule correction is intended to ensure that the December 2023 final rule accurately reflects those policies. Therefore, we believe we have good cause to waive the notice and comment and delayed effective date requirements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Correction of Errors in the Regulation Text</HD>
                <P>In FR Doc. 2023-28170 of Thursday, December 28, 2023 (88 FR 89976), we are making the following corrections:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 493.1423</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Corrected]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="42" PART="493">
                    <AMDPAR>1. On page 90040, in the third column, in § 493.1423(b)(7)(i), “(i) Be qualified under paragraph (b)(1), (2), (3), or (4) of this section; or” is corrected to read “(i) Be qualified under paragraph (b)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), or (6) of this section; or”.</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 493.1461</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Corrected]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="42" PART="493">
                    <AMDPAR>2. On page 90043, in the third column, amendment 30, the instruction “Effective December 28, 2024, amend § 493.1461 by revising paragraphs (c), (d)(3)(i), and (e) to read as follows:” is corrected to read “Effective December 28, 2024, amend § 493.1461 by revising paragraphs (c), (d)(3)(i), and (e)(1) through (4) to read as follows:”.</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 493.1483</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Corrected]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="42" PART="493">
                    <AMDPAR>3. On page 90044, in the second column, in § 493.1483(b)(3), “(3) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, an individual is considered qualified as a cytotechnologist under this section if they were qualified and serving as a cytotechnologist in a CLIA-certified laboratory as of [effective date of the final rule], and have done so continuously since December 28, 2024” is corrected to read “(3) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, an individual is considered qualified as a cytotechnologist under this section if they were qualified and serving as a cytotechnologist in a CLIA-certified laboratory as of December 28, 2024, and have done so continuously since December 28, 2024”.</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 493.1804</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Corrected]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="42" PART="493">
                    <AMDPAR>
                        4. On page 90044, in the third column, amendment 37, the instruction “Effective December 28, 2024, amend § 493.1804 by revising paragraph (c)(1) to read as follows:” is corrected to read “Effective January 27, 2024, amend 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6432"/>
                        § 493.1804 by revising paragraph (c)(1) to read as follows:”.
                    </AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Elizabeth J. Gramling,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Executive Secretary to the Department, Department of Health and Human Services.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01942 Filed 1-26-24; 5:15 pm]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4120-01-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">CORPORATION FOR NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE</AGENCY>
                <CFR>45 CFR Part 2500</CFR>
                <RIN>RIN 3045-AA83</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>AmeriCorps Statement of Organization</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Corporation for National and Community Service.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Corporation for National and Community Service (CNCS), which operates as AmeriCorps, is finalizing a rule to provide general information to the public about its structure and purpose, as required by the Administrative Procedure Act. While AmeriCorps already provides information about its organizational structure on its public-facing website (
                        <E T="03">americorps.gov</E>
                        ), this rule would comply with the statutory requirement that agencies publish in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         their descriptions of organization. This rule will also increase transparency regarding AmeriCorps' operations by mapping out its existing program regulations, thereby providing an overview of the Agency's programs.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This rule is effective March 4, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Elizabeth Appel, Office of General Counsel, at (202) 967-5070, or 
                        <E T="03">eappel@americorps.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
                <P>
                    AmeriCorps, the operating name for the Corporation for National and Community Service, is a Federal agency that engages millions of Americans in service. AmeriCorps members and AmeriCorps Seniors volunteers serve directly with nonprofit, tribal, faith-based, or community organizations to tackle some of our nation's most pressing challenges. Although AmeriCorps already provides information about its organizational structure on its website, 
                    <E T="03">americorps.gov</E>
                    , this rule complies with the statutory requirement that agencies “publish in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    ” their descriptions of organization. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     5 U.S.C. 552(a)(1)(A). This rule will also increase transparency regarding AmeriCorps' operations by mapping out its existing program regulations, thereby providing an overview of the Agency's programs.
                </P>
                <P>This rule adds AmeriCorps' organizational information to Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) part 2500. Part 2500 already includes information about AmeriCorps being CNCS's operating name and information about AmeriCorps' logos. This rule redesignates, without substantive change, the operating name and logo sections to new sections later in the CFR part and adds subpart designations. The following is a breakdown of the new and redesignated sections:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s100,r100,r100">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Current 45 CFR section</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">New 45 CFR section</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Description of change</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Subpart A—Introduction</ENT>
                        <ENT>New subpart designation.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2500.1 Creation and authority</ENT>
                        <ENT>New section.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">2500.1 Agency Operating Name</ENT>
                        <ENT>2500.2 Agency operating name</ENT>
                        <ENT>Redesignated without substantive change.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2500.3 Purpose and mission</ENT>
                        <ENT>New section.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Subpart B—Organization</ENT>
                        <ENT>New subpart designation.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2500.10 General</ENT>
                        <ENT>New section.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2500.11 AmeriCorps headquarters</ENT>
                        <ENT>New section.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2500.12 Region offices</ENT>
                        <ENT>New section.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Subpart C—Programs</ENT>
                        <ENT>New subpart designation.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2500.20 Program descriptions</ENT>
                        <ENT>New section.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>2500.21 Focus areas</ENT>
                        <ENT>New section.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Subpart D—Logos</ENT>
                        <ENT>New subpart designation.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">2500.2 Description of Logos</ENT>
                        <ENT>2500.30 Description of logos</ENT>
                        <ENT>Redesignated without substantive change.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">2500.3 Retirement of Logos</ENT>
                        <ENT>2500.31 Retirement of logos</ENT>
                        <ENT>Redesignated without substantive change.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">2500.4 Authority to affix logos</ENT>
                        <ENT>2500.32 Authority to affix logos</ENT>
                        <ENT>Redesignated without substantive change.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The new sections describe AmeriCorps':</P>
                <P>• Statutory basis and origination;</P>
                <P>• Purpose, to administer the programs established under the national service laws; and mission, to improve lives, strengthen communities, and foster civic engagement through service and volunteering;</P>
                <P>• Organization, including the roles of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors;</P>
                <P>• Headquarters, including leadership positions; and region offices, referring to AmeriCorps' website for details on contact information;</P>
                <P>• Four main national service programs: AmeriCorps NCCC, AmeriCorps Seniors, AmeriCorps State and National, and AmeriCorps VISTA; and</P>
                <P>• Focus areas, which include, but are not limited to, disaster services, economic opportunity, education, environmental stewardship, healthy futures, and veterans and military families.</P>
                <P>Edits to the sections addressing AmeriCorps' logos specify the logos' fonts and the direction of the flag in the logos and make minor grammatical changes.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Responses to Comments on Proposed Rule and Changes to Proposed Rule</HD>
                <P>
                    AmeriCorps published the proposed rule on May 2, 2023. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     88 FR 27423. AmeriCorps received three written comment submissions prior to the July 3, 2023, deadline for public comments. All three comments expressed opposition to AmeriCorps' regional structure under the Office of Regional Operations and the logos and branding that resulted from the “Transformation and Sustainability Plan” that AmeriCorps adopted several years ago. Commenters recounted multiple challenges with the regional structure that replaced the State Office structure. AmeriCorps currently operates through the regional structure and strives to address grantees' concerns or the difficulties they face within that structure. However, because the rule merely describes the regional structure under which AmeriCorps currently operates, AmeriCorps is not reconsidering its structure at this time, and is proceeding with finalization of the description contained in the rule. However, AmeriCorps appreciates the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6433"/>
                    commenters' input on the structure and welcomes ongoing communications to continually improve operations within the regional structure.
                </P>
                <P>All three comments also expressed some opposition to the logos and branding, stating—among other reasons—that the logo and branding cause confusion. AmeriCorps appreciates the comments around the potential brand confusion; however, because no substantive change was proposed for the sections related to logos and branding (only a redesignation of section numbers), AmeriCorps is maintaining the current rule with finalization of the proposed section redesignations.</P>
                <P>
                    The only changes to the proposed rule that the final rule makes are minor wording changes for clarity and additional explanation of AmeriCorps NCCC. In § 2500.10, regarding the general organization of the Agency, the final rule clarifies that the Chief Executive Officer is responsible for exercising powers and discharging duties set out in the National and Community Service Act of 1990, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 12501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                     (NCSA), and that the Board is responsible for discharging duties set out in the NCSA. In §§ 2500.10(c) and 2500.12, the final rule clarifies that there are two separate sets of regions under AmeriCorps' structure: one for AmeriCorps NCCC and one for AmeriCorps' Office of Regional Operations. In § 2500.20, the final rule adds references to a newly operational sub-program, NCCC Forest Corps, and the Agency's Disaster Services Unit.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Regulatory Analyses</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563</HD>
                <P>Executive Orders (E.O.) 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). E.O. 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs in the Office of Management and Budget has determined that this is not a significant regulatory action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Congressional Review Act (Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, Title II, Subtitle E)</HD>
                <P>
                    As required by the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801-808), before an interim or final rule takes effect, AmeriCorps will submit an interim or final rule report to the U.S. House of Representatives, U.S. Senate, and to the Comptroller General of the U.S. A major rule cannot take effect until 60 days after it is published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs in the Office of Management and Budget determined this is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804 because this rule will not result in (1) an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more; (2) a major increase in costs or prices for consumers, individual industries, Federal, State, or local Government agencies, or geographic regions; or (3) significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or on the ability of U.S.-based enterprises to compete with foreign-based enterprises in domestic and export markets.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
                <P>
                    As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (5 U.S.C. 601 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), AmeriCorps certifies that this rule, if adopted, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Therefore, AmeriCorps has not performed the initial regulatory flexibility analysis that is required under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) for rules that are expected to have such results.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
                <P>For purposes of Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, as well as Executive Order 12875, this regulatory action does not contain any Federal mandate that may result in increased expenditures in either Federal, State, local, or Tribal Governments in the aggregate, or impose an annual burden exceeding $100 million on the private sector.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
                <P>Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), an agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collections of information display valid control numbers. This rule does not include any information collections requiring approval by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Executive Order 13132, Federalism</HD>
                <P>Executive Order 13132, Federalism, prohibits an agency from publishing any rule that has federalism implications if the rule imposes substantial direct compliance costs on State and local governments and is not required by statute, or the rule preempts State law, unless the agency meets the consultation and funding requirements of section 6 of the Executive order. This rulemaking does not have any federalism implications, as described above.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Takings (E.O. 12630)</HD>
                <P>This rule does not affect a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630 because this rule does not affect individual property rights protected by the Fifth Amendment or involve a compensable “taking.” A takings implication assessment is not required.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Civil Justice Reform (E.O. 12988)</HD>
                <P>This rule complies with the requirements of Executive Order 12988. Specifically, this rulemaking: (a) meets the criteria of section 3(a) requiring that all regulations be reviewed to eliminate errors and ambiguity and be written to minimize litigation; and (b) meets the criteria of section 3(b)(2) requiring that all regulations be written in clear language and contain clear legal standards.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Consultation With Indian Tribes (E.O. 13175)</HD>
                <P>AmeriCorps recognizes the inherent sovereignty of Indian Tribes and their right to self-governance. We have evaluated this rulemaking under our consultation policy and the criteria in E.O. 13175 and determined that this rule does not impose substantial direct effects on federally recognized Tribes.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 45 CFR Part 2500</HD>
                    <P>Organization and functions (Government agencies).</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="45" PART="2500">
                    <AMDPAR>For the reasons discussed in the preamble, under the authority of 42 U.S.C. 12651c(c), the Corporation for National and Community Service revises 45 CFR part 2500 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <PART>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 2500—AMERICORPS STATEMENT OF ORGANIZATION, AGENCY OPERATING NAME, AND LOGOS</HD>
                        <CONTENTS>
                            <SUBPART>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Introduction</HD>
                                <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
                                <SECTNO>2500.1</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Creation and authority.</SUBJECT>
                                <SECTNO>2500.2</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>
                                    Agency operating name.
                                    <PRTPAGE P="6434"/>
                                </SUBJECT>
                                <SECTNO>2500.3</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Purpose and mission.</SUBJECT>
                            </SUBPART>
                            <SUBPART>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Organization</HD>
                                <SECTNO>2500.10</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
                                <SECTNO>2500.11</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>AmeriCorps leadership.</SUBJECT>
                                <SECTNO>2500.12</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Region offices.</SUBJECT>
                            </SUBPART>
                            <SUBPART>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Programs</HD>
                                <SECTNO>2500.20</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Program descriptions.</SUBJECT>
                                <SECTNO>2500.21</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Focus areas.</SUBJECT>
                            </SUBPART>
                            <SUBPART>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Logos</HD>
                                <SECTNO>2500.30</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Description of logos.</SUBJECT>
                                <SECTNO>2500.31</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Retirement of logos.</SUBJECT>
                                <SECTNO>2500.32</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Authority to affix logos.</SUBJECT>
                            </SUBPART>
                        </CONTENTS>
                        <AUTH>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                            <P>
                                5 U.S.C. 552(a)(1); 42 U.S.C. 4950, 
                                <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                                 as amended; 42 U.S.C. 12501 
                                <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                                 as amended; section 203(c), Pub. L. 103-82, 107 Stat. 892; Proc. 6662, 59 FR 16507, 3 CFR, 1994 Comp., p. 22).
                            </P>
                        </AUTH>
                        <SUBPART>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Introduction</HD>
                            <SECTION>
                                <SECTNO>§ 2500.1</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Creation and authority.</SUBJECT>
                                <P>The National and Community Service Trust Act of 1993 established the Corporation for National and Community Service (CNCS) as a Federal agency, organized in the form of a Government corporation within the Executive Branch, to administer the national service programs authorized by the National and Community Service Act of 1990. CNCS also administers the national service programs authorized by the Domestic Volunteer Service Act of 1973, as amended, and previously administered by the former Federal ACTION Agency.</P>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                                <SECTNO>§ 2500.2</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Agency operating name.</SUBJECT>
                                <P>(a) The Corporation for National and Community Service has adopted AmeriCorps as its official agency operating name.</P>
                                <P>(b) Use of AmeriCorps as the agency operating name incorporates the Corporation for National and Community Service by reference.</P>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                                <SECTNO>§ 2500.3</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Purpose and mission.</SUBJECT>
                                <P>AmeriCorps' purpose is to administer the programs established under the national service laws. AmeriCorps' mission is to improve lives, strengthen communities, and foster civic engagement through service and volunteering.</P>
                            </SECTION>
                        </SUBPART>
                        <SUBPART>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Organization</HD>
                            <SECTION>
                                <SECTNO>§ 2500.10</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
                                <P>(a) The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is the head of AmeriCorps. The CEO has authority and control over AmeriCorps personnel, except those in the Agency's Office of Inspector General, and is responsible for exercising the powers and discharging the duties authorized by the National and Community Service Act of 1990, as amended, that are not otherwise reserved to the Board of Directors.</P>
                                <P>(b) The Board of Directors is responsible for discharging the duties authorized to it by the National and Community Service Act of 1990, as amended.</P>
                                <P>(c) AmeriCorps consists of headquarters and two sets of regions: Office of Regional Operations regions and AmeriCorps NCCC regions.</P>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                                <SECTNO>§ 2500.11</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>AmeriCorps leadership.</SUBJECT>
                                <P>(a) AmeriCorps' leadership conducts overall planning, coordination of programs, and all supporting internal operations. AmeriCorps leadership includes, but is not limited to, the following AmeriCorps officials:</P>
                                <P>(1) CEO.</P>
                                <P>(2) Chief of Staff.</P>
                                <P>(3) General Counsel.</P>
                                <P>(4) Chief Operating Officer.</P>
                                <P>(5) Chief Financial Officer.</P>
                                <P>(6) Chief Program Officer.</P>
                                <P>(7) Chief Diversity and Inclusion Officer.</P>
                                <P>(8) Directors of AmeriCorps programs and offices.</P>
                                <P>
                                    (b) AmeriCorps' public website contains current information on Agency leadership at 
                                    <E T="03">www.americorps.gov/about/our-team/our-leadership.</E>
                                </P>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                                <SECTNO>§ 2500.12</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Region offices.</SUBJECT>
                                <P>AmeriCorps' Office of Regional Operations and AmeriCorps NCCC each have a regional structure.</P>
                                <P>
                                    (a) AmeriCorps' Region Offices, within the Office of Regional Operations, serve assigned States and Territories across eight regions. The AmeriCorps website contains contact information for each of these Region Offices at 
                                    <E T="03">www.americorps.gov/contact/region-offices.</E>
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    (b) AmeriCorps National Civilian Community Corps (NCCC) has a campus facility in each of its regions, which serve the States and Territories. The AmeriCorps website contains contact information for each of the NCCC regions at 
                                    <E T="03">www.americorps.gov/contact/americorps-nccc-regions.</E>
                                </P>
                            </SECTION>
                        </SUBPART>
                        <SUBPART>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Programs</HD>
                            <SECTION>
                                <SECTNO>§ 2500.20</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Program descriptions.</SUBJECT>
                                <P>
                                    (a) AmeriCorps operates four main national service programs: AmeriCorps NCCC, AmeriCorps Seniors, AmeriCorps State and National, and AmeriCorps VISTA. Additional information on each of these programs and additional AmeriCorps programs is available at 
                                    <E T="03">www.americorps.gov.</E>
                                </P>
                                <P>(1) AmeriCorps NCCC is a full-time residential service program for individuals aged 18 to 24 (unless otherwise authorized), as defined by statute. Individuals serving in the NCCC program complete team-based service projects that respond to priority national and community needs. AmeriCorps NCCC program staff recruit, train, and manage volunteers (called “members”) and partner with organizations that serve as project sponsors. FEMA Corps is a sub-program that AmeriCorps NCCC manages in partnership with the Federal Emergency Management Agency. It places members in service positions to perform disaster public assistance, planning, preparedness, and recovery activities. The NCCC Forest Corps is a sub-program that AmeriCorps NCCC manages in partnership with the U.S. Forest Service. It places members in service positions to perform wildfire mitigation, reforestation, and climate resiliency activities. Finally, NCCC houses the agency's Disaster Services Unit (DSU), the entity which coordinates with FEMA to secure funding to mobilize AmeriCorps NCCC and AmeriCorps State and National members under a federally declared disaster.</P>
                                <P>(2) AmeriCorps Seniors focuses on providing service opportunities for individuals aged 55 years or older. It operates four national service programs: the Foster Grandparent Program, Senior Companion Program, RSVP, and the Senior Demonstration Program. Under each of these programs, AmeriCorps Seniors provides grants to sponsoring organizations to meet priority national and community needs. The sponsoring organizations then recruit and enlist local volunteers, and address performance measures as required by grant terms and conditions.</P>
                                <P>(3) AmeriCorps State and National provides grants to States, Territories, Indian Tribes, public and private nonprofit organizations, local governments, and institutions of higher education to carry out national service programs, offering a wide range of service opportunities. In addition to grant funds to support direct programming, AmeriCorps State and National also provides general operating funding for State service commissions.</P>
                                <P>
                                    (4) AmeriCorps VISTA is a program for individuals aged 18 and older to participate in full-time service to strengthen and supplement efforts to eliminate and alleviate poverty and poverty-related problems in the United States. AmeriCorps VISTA partners with local organizations to recruit, select, train, and assign volunteers (“members”) to work on projects at a sponsoring organization or one of its project sites.
                                    <PRTPAGE P="6435"/>
                                </P>
                                <P>(b) In addition to its four main national service programs, AmeriCorps also operates several additional programs and activities. These include the Martin Luther King, Jr., Day of Service; the September 11th Day of Service and Remembrance; the Volunteer Generation Fund; and other national service programs that AmeriCorps establishes through agreements with other Federal agencies.</P>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                                <SECTNO>§ 2500.21</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Focus areas.</SUBJECT>
                                <P>Through its programs, AmeriCorps provides funding and volunteer opportunities to address pressing unmet human, educational, environmental, and public safety needs of the United States, without displacing existing workers, and to meet the additional purposes set out in the national service laws. AmeriCorps' focus areas include, but are not limited to, disaster services, economic opportunity, education, environmental stewardship, healthy futures, and veterans and military families.</P>
                            </SECTION>
                        </SUBPART>
                        <SUBPART>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Logos</HD>
                            <SECTION>
                                <SECTNO>§ 2500.30</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Description of logos.</SUBJECT>
                                <P>(a) The AmeriCorps logo (Logo) is the key element in agency identification. It provides a visual representation of the Agency's role to unite America by bringing people together to serve communities. It is symbolic of the way AmeriCorps members and volunteers lift and improve communities through service and volunteering. This Logo links the graphic communications of all Agency programs.</P>
                                <P>(b) The Logo is an image of a solid circle containing an A where the right-hand pillar is a solid block line and the left-hand pillar is represented by a flagpole with the flag in motion, appearing to fly from the left to the right and forming the A as the flag intersects with the other pillar. AmeriCorps appears in bold to the right of the mark.</P>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="130">
                                    <GID>ER01FE24.107</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <P>(c) The AmeriCorps Seniors logo (Seniors Logo) identifies the highlighted AmeriCorps Seniors programs and represents the Agency's commitment to programs and volunteer opportunities for older Americans.</P>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="130">
                                    <GID>ER01FE24.108</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <P>(d) The Seniors Logo contains the word Seniors beneath AmeriCorps, to the right of the circle containing the A.</P>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                                <SECTNO>§ 2500.31</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Retirement of logos.</SUBJECT>
                                <P>The agency officially retired the day-to-day use of all pre-existing logos, emblems, and other insignia, except the Days of Service logos, but does not relinquish the legal rights to any retired logos.</P>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                                <SECTNO>§ 2500.32</SECTNO>
                                <SUBJECT>Authority to affix logos.</SUBJECT>
                                <P>Restrictions on the use of AmeriCorps logos are found in 45 CFR 2540.500 through 2540.560.</P>
                            </SECTION>
                        </SUBPART>
                    </PART>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Fernando Laguarda,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>General Counsel.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01555 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6050-28-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
    </RULES>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>22</NO>
    <DATE>Thursday, February 1, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Proposed Rules</UNITNAME>
    <PRORULES>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="6436"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="F">OFFICE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT</AGENCY>
                <CFR>5 CFR Part 890</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket ID: OPM-2023-0037]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 3206-AO47</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Federal Employees Health Benefits Program: Modification of Effective Date of Coverage for Employees With an Initial Opportunity To Enroll</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of Personnel Management.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Office of Personnel Management (OPM) proposes to modify the Federal Employees Health Benefits (FEHB) regulations to allow for coverage to take effect as soon as an employee becomes eligible for coverage under the FEHB Program. This rulemaking is also applicable to the Postal Service Health Benefits (PSHB) Program within the FEHB Program. The proposed changes would allow FEHB and PSHB coverage to become effective at the beginning of the pay period that the employee in pay status has an initial opportunity to enroll. This change would occur when the employee becomes eligible for FEHB or PSHB coverage, provided an appropriate request to enroll is received by the employing office within the initial pay period that the employee becomes eligible.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received on or before April 1, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number and/or Regulation Identifier Number (RIN) and title, by the following method:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Portal: https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number or RIN for this document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         as they are received, without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Meredith Gitangu, Senior Policy Analyst, 
                        <E T="03">meredith.gitangu@opm.gov,</E>
                         (202) 606-2678.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">FEHB Program Background</HD>
                <P>The FEHB Program was established in 1960 and is the largest employer-sponsored health insurance program in the United States. There are approximately 8.2 million covered individuals in the FEHB Program. Covered individuals, as defined in 5 CFR 890.101, include employees of the Federal Government, annuitants, members of their families, former spouses, and statutorily eligible groups enumerated in 5 U.S.C. 8901; and tribal employees of tribal employers, pursuant to 25 U.S.C. 1647b. Currently, Postal Service employees, Postal Service annuitants, and their family members are also eligible for health benefits under the FEHB Program pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 1005. Section 101 of the Postal Service Reform Act (PSRA) added new section 8903c to chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code, and directed OPM to establish the PSHB Program within the FEHB Program for Postal Service employees, Postal Service annuitants, and their eligible family members. Under 5 U.S.C. 8903c(c)(3), except as otherwise set forth in 5 U.S.C. 8903c, the provisions of chapter 89 “applicable to health benefits plans offered by carriers under section 8903 or 8903a shall apply to plans offered under the” PSHB Program.</P>
                <P>Health benefits plans under the FEHB Program cover a wide range of health services including routine physical exams, primary and specialist doctors' visits, inpatient hospital care, surgery, laboratory and diagnostic tests, prescription drugs, and mental health services. Required benefits are listed in broad categories in the FEHB statute at 5 U.S.C. 8904 and include hospital benefits, surgical benefits, medical care and treatment, and obstetrical benefits, among others. The benefits, coverage, and premium details of each plan in the FEHB Program are negotiated with OPM each year.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>OPM administers the FEHB Program in accordance with Title 5 Chapter 89, United States Code and implementing regulations (5 CFR parts 890 and 892 and 48 CFR chapter 16). The authority to modify the effective coverage date for employees with an initial opportunity to enroll is under OPM's authority at 5 U.S.C. 8913 to prescribe regulations necessary to carry out administration of the FEHB Program. Based on agency feedback and OPM's own analysis, which are discussed in more detail in the next section, we are proposing changes to regulations that would allow for coverage to be effective sooner for eligible employees and act as a recruitment and retention tool that positions the Federal Government as a model employer.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of the Proposed Changes</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Modification of Effective Date of Coverage for Employees With an Initial Opportunity To Enroll</HD>
                <P>
                    OPM proposes to modify its FEHB enrollment regulations regarding the effective date of coverage for employees with an initial opportunity to enroll. An initial opportunity to enroll is the time period in which employees are allowed to elect enrollment in FEHB and may occur in the following circumstances: as a new employee, when an employee changes from an excluded position to a position eligible for FEHB coverage, or a temporary employee who completes one year of service and is eligible to enroll under 5 U.S.C. 8906a. Currently, under 5 CFR 890.301(a), an employee “may elect to enroll or not enroll [in FEHB] within 60 days after becoming eligible” for FEHB coverage. Coverage is effective on the first day of the first pay period that begins after the date the employing office receives an appropriate request to enroll, and that follows a pay period that the employee is in pay status as described in 5 CFR 890.301(b). OPM is proposing to allow newly eligible employees the opportunity to have their FEHB coverage effective at the beginning of the pay period the employee becomes eligible, provided they are in pay status; have an initial opportunity to enroll in FEHB coverage; and have submitted, with their employing office having received, an appropriate request to enroll in FEHB coverage during that first 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6437"/>
                    pay period of eligibility. An appropriate request is defined in 5 CFR 890.101(a) as a properly completed health benefits election form, such as Standard Form 2809, or an alternative method acceptable to both the employing office and OPM.
                </P>
                <P>In 5 CFR 890.101, a pay period is defined as “the biweekly pay period established pursuant to section 5504 of title 5, United States Code, for the employees to whom that section applies and the regular pay period for employees not covered by that section.” Across most Federal agencies, the general standard is for two-week pay periods to begin on Sunday and run until Saturday of the following week. Recognizing there may be some variance in agency approaches and seeking to ensure an equitable application of the rule to employees, OPM seeks comments on current business processes to effectuate and document an employee's entry on duty. For example, what is the process if a new employee arrives for orientation on Monday, August 28, 2023, and the start of the pay period is Sunday, August 27, 2023?</P>
                <P>
                    Changes proposed in this rulemaking, if finalized, would be required to be applied by the employing office to all employees with an initial opportunity to enroll, not solely to new employees or only on an individual, case-by-case basis. For example, if an employing office receives appropriate requests to enroll from two employees with an initial opportunity to enroll within the pay period these employees become eligible, the employing office may not allow one of the eligible employees' coverage retroactive to the start of the pay period when they become eligible and force the other eligible employee to wait until the first day of the next pay period. All employing offices are required to implement the proposed changes to achieve an equitable result for all eligible employees. OPM seeks comment on this approach to avoid circumstances where employees of one agency could be offered the earliest possible effective date of coverage based on the agency's capabilities but an employee at another agency is not offered the same effective date of coverage because that agency's systems and processes are not updated accordingly. OPM also invites comments on any administrative or operational differences in applying the proposed changes to new employees and other employees with an initial opportunity to enroll (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     employee who experiences a qualifying life event).
                </P>
                <P>
                    OPM estimates approximately 230,000 employees with an initial opportunity to enroll submit appropriate requests and are newly enrolled in FEHB each year. The most common example of an employee with an initial opportunity to enroll is in the case of new employees. Another example of an employee with an initial opportunity to enroll would be in the case of an employee excluded from coverage, as described in 5 CFR 890.102(c), who moves from a position that was excluded from coverage to a position that conveys coverage. Using the example of a new employee, under the current regulatory structure, the new employee who submits an FEHB enrollment request on their start date, or sometime during the first pay period the new employee is in pay status, must wait until the first day of the following pay period for FEHB coverage to become effective. A gap in coverage may result if the new employee has not extended previous group coverage under any applicable rules permitting such extension or does not have individual coverage. Gaps in coverage may further result in costly medical expenditures that must be borne by the individual. OPM takes its agency responsibilities under recent Executive Order 14070 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     earnestly and, in furtherance of the E.O. goals, has identified modification of the effective date of FEHB as an action that expands access to quality coverage. The changes proposed in this rulemaking can work to ensure more timely access to health insurance which may in turn assist in reducing financial burdens for care received while uninsured and removing barriers to consistent care for services such as mental health services, vaccines, and contraceptives. OPM believes that permitting health insurance coverage to become effective at the start of employment could reduce the risk of new employees enduring coverage gaps and potentially costly medical bills associated with such gaps and also act as an attractive recruitment tool in building a well-qualified, robust workforce.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         E.O. 14070 (available at: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2022/04/08/2022-07716/continuing-to-strengthen-americans-access-to-affordable-quality-health-coverage</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>This proposed rule would align the FEHB Program with the practices of some nonfederal employers that provide first-day coverage and the current practices of the Federal Employees' Group Life Insurance (FEGLI) Program. Under FEGLI regulations at 5 CFR 870.501, FEGLI Basic coverage begins on the day the new employee enters on duty in pay status. Health insurance is an influential factor on employee recruitment, retention, and satisfaction, and is a benefit offering critical coverage, in sometimes life or death circumstances; therefore, OPM prioritizes the FEHB Program for proposed effective date changes. This proposed rule would not impact the effective date of coverage for Federal Employees Dental and Vision Insurance Program (FEDVIP) under 5 CFR 894.504 or Federal Long Term Care Insurance Program (FLTCIP) under 5 CFR 875.404. OPM invites comment on whether similar modifications to the effective date of the FEDVIP would be beneficial.</P>
                <P>Under this proposed rule, FEHB coverage could become effective at the beginning of the initial pay period in which the employee with an initial opportunity to enroll meets the criteria of becoming eligible for FEHB coverage, being in pay status, and providing an appropriate request to enroll that is received by the employing office within the initial pay period the employee becomes eligible. If the appropriate request to enroll is not received by the employing office within the initial pay period the employee becomes eligible, then the newly eligible employee still has the remainder of the 60 days to enroll in FEHB. However, the effective date then becomes the first day of the first pay period that begins after the date the employing office receives an appropriate request to enroll or change the enrollment and that follows a pay period during any part of which the employee is in pay status. The following examples illustrate the scenarios described in this paragraph for a new employee entering on duty and for an excluded employee that becomes newly eligible for coverage:</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Example 1.</E>
                     The pay period begins on Sunday, August 27, 2023, and runs until Saturday, September 9, 2023. A new employee enters on duty and commences pay status at an agency on Monday, August 28, 2023. The new employee submits an appropriate request to enroll, including family member eligibility documentation, and it is received by the employing office on Tuesday, September 5, 2023, which is within the initial pay period of the employee's initial opportunity to enroll. FEHB coverage for the new employee and their eligible family member(s) would be effective retroactively to Sunday, August 27, 2023.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Example 2.</E>
                     The pay period begins on Sunday, August 27, 2023, and runs until Saturday, September 9, 2023. A new employee enters on duty and commences pay status at an agency on Monday, August 28, 2023. The new employee submits an appropriate request to enroll, including family member eligibility documentation, and it is received by the employing office on 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6438"/>
                    Tuesday, September 12, 2023, which is not within the initial pay period of the employee's initial opportunity to enroll. FEHB coverage for the new employee and their eligible family member(s) is effective Sunday, September 24, 2023, which is the first day of the first pay period that begins after the date the employing office receives an appropriate request to enroll.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Example 3:</E>
                     The pay period begins on Sunday, August 27, 2023, and runs until Saturday, September 9, 2023. An employee formerly in a position that was excluded from coverage moves to a position that conveys coverage and is a newly eligible employee in pay status on Monday, August 28, 2023. The newly eligible employee submits an appropriate request to enroll, including family member eligibility documentation, and it is received by the employing office on Tuesday, September 5, 2023, which is within the initial pay period of the newly eligible employee's initial opportunity to enroll. FEHB coverage for the newly eligible employee and their eligible family member(s) would be effective retroactively to Sunday, August 27, 2023.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Example 4:</E>
                     The pay period begins on Sunday, August 27, 2023, and runs until Saturday, September 9, 2023. An employee formerly in a position that was excluded from coverage moves to a position that conveys coverage and is a newly eligible employee in pay status on Monday, August 28, 2023. The newly eligible employee submits an appropriate request to enroll, including family member eligibility documentation, and it is received by the employing office on Tuesday, September 12, 2023, which is not within the initial pay period of the newly eligible employee's initial opportunity to enroll. FEHB coverage for the newly eligible employee and their eligible family member(s) is effective Sunday, September 24, 2023, which is the first day of the first pay period that begins after the date the employing office receives an appropriate request to enroll.
                </P>
                <P>OPM seeks comment on effectuating the proposed changes, including whether it is preferable to begin coverage effective retroactively to the start of the pay period in which the employee becomes eligible or to begin coverage effective retroactively to the date of entry on duty in pay status or other initial opportunity to enroll.</P>
                <P>Employing offices would be required to implement the new requirements when this rulemaking is finalized and have their enrollment and payroll systems accommodate coverage effective retroactive to the start of the initial pay period in which the employee becomes eligible and is in pay status, and the appropriate request to enroll is received by the employing office. While some employing offices have the current system capability to implement this change immediately upon finalization of this rulemaking, others may not. As a result, OPM is allowing additional time for compliance by proposing that all employing offices implement the changes outlined in this rulemaking no later than 18 months after the publication date of the final rule. Those employing offices that can implement sooner are encouraged to do so.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Proposed Changes by Section</HD>
                <P>OPM proposes to amend the FEHB regulations at 5 CFR 890.301 to permit FEHB coverage to become effective at the beginning of the initial pay period that the employee with an initial opportunity to enroll becomes eligible for FEHB coverage and is in pay status, provided an appropriate request to enroll is received by the employing office within the initial pay period the employee becomes eligible. This proposed rule would redesignate 5 CFR 890.301(b) as paragraph (b)(1) to allow the addition of a new paragraph (b)(2) that outlines the changes discussed in the previous section. Specifically, paragraph (b)(2) pertains to employees with an initial opportunity to enroll, allowing for FEHB coverage to be effective the same pay period the employee becomes eligible.</P>
                <P>
                    Under existing regulations at 5 CFR 890.301(a), an employee with an initial opportunity to enroll may elect to enroll or not to enroll within 60 days after becoming eligible. This rulemaking does not change the eligibility period, and instead proposes that FEHB coverage for employees with an initial opportunity to enroll will be effective retroactively to the start of the initial pay period the employee first becomes eligible and is in pay status if the employee submits, and the employing office receives, the appropriate request to enroll within the initial pay period the employee becomes eligible. If the employee does not submit and the employing office does not receive an appropriate request to enroll within the initial pay period the employee first becomes eligible, then coverage will be effective on the first day of the first pay period that begins after the date the employing office receives an appropriate request to enroll or change the enrollment and that follows a pay period that the employee is in pay status. OPM guidance 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     directs employing offices to request proof of family member eligibility during the initial opportunity to enroll.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         U.S. Office of Personnel Management, Benefits Administration Letter (BAL) 21-202, 
                        <E T="03">Family Member Eligibility Verification for Federal Employees Health Benefits (FEHB) Program Coverage</E>
                         (available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.opm.gov/retirement-center/publications-forms/benefits-administration-letters/2021/21-202.pdf</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In addition to other aspects of this proposed rule, OPM is requesting information on leading practices from other employers on when health insurance coverage begins. OPM recognizes that employees, during their initial opportunity to enroll, may experience an immediate need for coverage. Additionally, as employees, during their initial opportunity to enroll, weigh and evaluate different plans and coverage options, employees may not be able to make a decision during their first pay period, and may utilize the full enrollment period. OPM specifically invites comments on the effective date of coverage and if that effective date should be tied to when, during the enrollment period, the election form is submitted and received (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     retroactive to the start of the pay period or prospective to the start of the next pay period). If based on responses, OPM determines that it would be advisable to adopt a different approach than that proposed here, OPM anticipates that it would likely issue a revised proposal for comment on specific aspects of implementing the alternate approach.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Expected Impact of Proposed Changes</HD>
                <P>
                    OPM held stakeholder meetings with agencies and non-governmental entities including Tribal Benefits Officers and FEHB Carriers to solicit feedback on the implications and operational aspects of proposed changes in this rulemaking. While some stakeholders welcomed the proposed changes, others raised operational concerns and the potential cost burdens due to implementation. One potential impact of this rulemaking is the cost employing offices may incur to update enrollment and payroll systems to accommodate the changes. The estimated level of effort for OPM to implement the regulation changes would be about 40 hours of focused work for two GS 15 director level and two GS 14 supervisor level Federal employees to perform system tests and update business processes at an estimated cost of approximately $22,085 in employee resources.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     OPM 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6439"/>
                    considered several deadlines as an alternative to the 18-month compliance timeline but settled on the current timeline based on stakeholder feedback received during the rule drafting process. That feedback revealed that agencies use a variety of systems and processes that cannot easily be updated on the same timeline. Therefore, OPM is proposing to ease this burden by delaying the effective date of compliance to 18 months after the final rule is effective. To supplement our analysis and inform our final decision on the compliance date, OPM is seeking comments on the feasibility of implementing changes to the effective date of FEHB coverage, including human resource and payroll system capability to process FEHB coverage with an effective date as of when the employee becomes eligible (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the day of entry on duty or a change in employment status that results in an employee being newly eligible for FEHB coverage) and the level of effort, estimated cost, and anticipated timeline needed to implement the changes in this rulemaking. OPM also invites comments on the ability of systems to prorate premiums for coverage with an effective date other than the start of a pay period.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The cost of employee resources is calculated using the 2023 GS scale for the Locality Pay Area of Washington-Baltimore-Arlington, DC-MD-VA-WV-PA for GS 15, step 1 ($74.60 per hour) and GS 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        14, step 1 ($63.43 per hour), adjusting each upward by 100% to account for overhead and benefits: $74.60 × 2 × 40 × 2 = $11,936 and 63.43 × 2 × 40 × 2 = $10,149, for a total of $22,085 in employee costs.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>While we acknowledge the concerns raised, OPM believes the value of offering FEHB coverage as soon as employees are eligible exceeds the burden of implementing the proposed changes. An expected benefit of this proposed rule is that affected employees will gain access to health insurance plans in a more expedient manner and, therefore, potentially lowering the possibility of uninsured employees personally incurring high-cost medical bills for care received during a gap in health insurance coverage. Federal employees, especially those in positions to be first responders, medical professionals, and representatives on foreign soil, serve a critical need when serving in their position and may be at an increased risk of injury and illness. Having health insurance as soon as they are eligible offers comfort and security. OPM has received stakeholder feedback that the proposed changes have been requested by some new hires and may also have a positive effect in recruiting persons with disabilities to the Federal workforce OPM seeks comments on the implications, positive or negative, on employee recruitment and retention as well as any effects on administrative processing.</P>
                <P>Because it is specific to the FEHB Program and a subset of Federal employees and their eligible family members, OPM does not believe this rulemaking will have a large impact on the broader health insurance markets. For many carriers, FEHB generally constitutes a small percentage of business of the overall health insurance carrier's book of business. For the 2024 plan year, the FEHB Program has 67 participating carriers offering a total of 156 plan choices. OPM illustrates the potential impact of the rule under the assumption of 100% participation of the newly eligible employee population and a uniform plan selection for the additional two weeks of coverage that would become available to newly eligible employees as a result of the proposed rule. Total premiums for 2024 are estimated to be $64.5 billion which, across all enrollment types (Self, Self Plus One, Self and Family), equates to $15,851 per subscriber. Assuming bi-weekly pay periods, the added premium cost would be $610 per employee with an initial opportunity to enroll for an estimated total cost of $140.2 million per year for the approximately 230,000 newly eligible employees affected by this rulemaking. However, participation may be substantially lower than 100%, for example because individuals may have existing health insurance coverage covering the relevant time period, or newly eligible individuals may choose plans with different average premiums. OPM lacks data to precisely estimate impacts along these lines. However, OPM believes this will be highly utilized, and assumes that the rule will result in effects equivalent to 80% of these potential effects. This implies effects along these lines of approximately $112.2 million per year. OPM seeks public comment on methods or data to inform these estimates.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Review</HD>
                <P>Executive Orders 13563, 12866, and 14094 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). A regulatory impact analysis must be prepared for major rules with effects of $200 million or more in any one year. This rulemaking does not reach that threshold but has otherwise been designated as a “significant regulatory action” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, as supplemented by Executive Orders 13563 and 14094.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
                <P>The Director of OPM certifies that this regulation will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Federalism</HD>
                <P>OPM examined this rulemaking in accordance with Executive Order 13132, Federalism, and determined that it will not have any negative impact on the rights, roles and responsibilities of State, local, or tribal governments.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Civil Justice Reform</HD>
                <P>This regulation meets the applicable standard set forth in Executive Order 12988.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
                <P>This rulemaking will not result in the expenditure by state, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any year and it will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions were deemed necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
                <P>
                    Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with a collection of information subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) (PRA), unless that collection of information displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Control Number.
                </P>
                <P>
                    This proposed rule involves, but does not make any changes to, an OMB approved collection of information subject to the PRA for the FEHB Program, OMB No. 3206-0160, Health Benefits Election Form. The public reporting burden for this collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, including time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. The total burden hour estimate for this form is 9,000 hours. The system of records notice for this collection is: OPM/Central-23, “FEHB Program Enrollment Records,” available at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.federalregister.gov/d/2021-01259.</E>
                     Additional information regarding this collection—including all current background materials—can be found at 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6440"/>
                    <E T="03">https://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain</E>
                     by using the search function to enter either the title of the collection or the OMB Control Number.
                </P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 5 CFR Part 890</HD>
                    <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Government employees, Health facilities, Health insurance, Health professions, Hostages, Iraq, Kuwait, Lebanon, Military personnel, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Retirement.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <SIG>
                    <FP>Office of Personnel Management.</FP>
                    <NAME>Kayyonne Marston,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Federal Register Liaison.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <P>Accordingly, OPM proposes to amend 5 CFR part 890 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 890—FEDERAL EMPLOYEES HEALTH BENEFITS PROGRAM</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 890 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P> 5 U.S.C. 8913; Sec. 890.102 also issued under sections 11202(f), 11232(e), and 11246 (b) of Pub. L. 105-33, 111 Stat. 251; Sec. 890.111 also issued under 36 U.S.C. 5522; Sec. 890.112 also issued under 2 U.S.C. 2051; Sec. 890.113 also issued under section 1110 of Pub. L. 116-92, 133 Stat. 1198 (5 U.S.C. 8702 note); Sec. 890.301 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 9801; Sec. 890.302(b) also issued under 42 U.S.C. 300gg-14; Sec. 890.803 also issued under 50 U.S.C. 3516 (formerly 50 U.S.C. 403p) and 22 U.S.C. 4069c and 4069c-1; subpart L also issued under section 599C of Pub. L. 101-513, 104 Stat. 2064 (5 U.S.C. 5561 note); subpart M also issued under 10 U.S.C. 1108 and 25 U.S.C. 1647b; and subpart P issued under 5 U.S.C. 8903c.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <SUBPART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Enrollment</HD>
                </SUBPART>
                <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 890.301 by:</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>
                    a. Removing the paragraph heading “
                    <E T="03">Effective date—generally</E>
                    ” in paragraph (b) and adding in its place “
                    <E T="03">Effective dates</E>
                    ”;
                </AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>b. Redesignating paragraph (b) introductory text as paragraph (b)(1); and</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>c. Adding paragraph (b)(2).</AMDPAR>
                <P>The addition reads as follows:</P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 890.301</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Opportunities for employees to enroll or change enrollment; effective dates.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>(b) * * *</P>
                    <P>(1) * * *</P>
                    <P>(2) Enrollment for an employee will take effect at the beginning of the initial pay period in which the following criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>(i) The employee is newly eligible and has an initial opportunity to enroll;</P>
                    <P>(ii) The employee is in pay status; and</P>
                    <P>(iii) The employee submitted to the employing office, and the employing office received, the appropriate request, as defined in § 890.101, to enroll within the initial pay period of the initial opportunity to enroll.</P>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01940 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6325-63-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Agricultural Marketing Service</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>7 CFR Part 905</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Doc. No. AMS-SC-23-0041]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Oranges, Grapefruit, Tangerines, and Pummelos Grown in Florida; Increased Assessment Rate</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Proposed rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This proposed rule would implement a recommendation from the Citrus Administrative Committee (Committee) to increase the assessment rate established for the 2023-2024 fiscal year and subsequent fiscal periods from $0.015 to $0.02 per 4/5-bushel carton or equivalent for Florida citrus handled under the marketing order. The proposed assessment rate would remain in effect indefinitely unless modified, suspended, or terminated.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received by March 4, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Interested persons are invited to submit written comments concerning this proposed rule. Comments can be sent to the Docket Clerk, Market Development Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, STOP 0237, Washington, DC 20250-0237. Comments can also be sent to the Docket Clerk electronically by Email: 
                        <E T="03">MarketingOrderComment@usda.gov</E>
                         or via the internet: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Comments should reference the document number, the date and page number of this issue of the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        . Comments submitted in response to this proposed rule will be included in the record and will be made available to the public and can be viewed at: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Please be advised that the identity of the individuals or entities submitting the comments will be made public on the internet at the address provided above.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Jennie M. Varela, Marketing Specialist, or Christian D. Nissen, Branch Chief, Southeast Region Branch, Market Development Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA; Telephone: (863) 324-3375, Fax: (863) 291-8614, or Email: 
                        <E T="03">Jennie.Varela@usda.gov</E>
                         or 
                        <E T="03">Christian.Nissen@usda.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Small businesses may request information on complying with this regulation by contacting Richard Lower, Market Development Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, STOP 0237, Washington, DC 20250-0237; Telephone: (202) 720-2491, Fax: (202) 720-8938, or Email: 
                        <E T="03">Richard.Lower@usda.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>This action, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553, proposes to amend regulations issued to carry out a marketing order as defined in 7 CFR 900.2(j). This proposed rule is issued under Marketing Order No. 905 as amended (7 CFR part 905), regulating the handling of oranges, grapefruit, tangerines, and pummelos grown in Florida. Part 905 (referred to as “the Order”) is effective under the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, as amended (7 U.S.C. 601-674), hereinafter referred to as the “Act.” The Committee locally administers the Order and is comprised of growers and handlers of fresh citrus operating within the area of production, and one public member.</P>
                <P>The Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS) is issuing this proposed rule in conformance with Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, reducing costs, harmonizing rules, and promoting flexibility. Executive Order 14094 reaffirms and supplements Executive Order 12866 and 13563 and directs agencies to conduct proactive outreach to engage interested and affected parties through a variety of means, such as through field offices, and alternative platforms and media. This action falls within a category of regulatory actions that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) exempted from Executive Order 12866, 13563, and 14094 review.</P>
                <P>
                    This proposed rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, which requires agencies to consider whether their rulemaking actions would have Tribal implications. AMS has 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6441"/>
                    determined that this proposed rule is unlikely to have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian Tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian Tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian Tribes.
                </P>
                <P>This proposed rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. Under the Order now in effect, Florida citrus handlers are subject to assessments. Funds to administer the Order are derived from such assessments. It is intended that the assessment rate would be applicable to all assessable fruit for the 2023-2024 fiscal period, and continue until amended, suspended, or terminated.</P>
                <P>The Act provides that administrative proceedings must be exhausted before parties may file suit in court. Under section 608c(15)(A) of the Act, any handler subject to an order may file with the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) a petition stating that the order, any provision of the order, or any obligation imposed in connection with the order is not in accordance with law and requesting a modification of the order or to be exempted therefrom. Such handler is afforded the opportunity for a hearing on the petition. After the hearing, USDA would rule on the petition. The Act provides that the district court of the United States in any district in which the handler is an inhabitant, or has his or her principal place of business, has jurisdiction to review USDA's ruling on the petition, provided an action is filed no later than 20 days after the date of the entry of the ruling.</P>
                <P>This proposed rule would increase the assessment rate for Florida citrus handled under the Order from $0.015 per 4/5-bushel carton or equivalent, the rate that was initially established for the 2018-2019 fiscal year and subsequent fiscal years, to $0.02 per 4/5-bushel carton or equivalent.</P>
                <P>Section 905.41 authorizes the Committee, with the approval of AMS, to formulate an annual budget of expenses and collect assessments from handlers to administer the program. The members are familiar with the Committee's needs and with the costs of goods and services in their local area and are, thus, in a position to formulate an appropriate budget and assessment rate. The assessment rate is formulated and discussed in a public meeting. Thus, all directly affected persons have an opportunity to participate and provide input.</P>
                <P>For the 2018-2019 fiscal year and subsequent fiscal periods, the Committee recommended, and AMS approved, an assessment rate of $0.015 per 4/5-bushel carton of citrus or equivalent. That rate continues in effect from fiscal period to fiscal period until modified, suspended, or terminated by AMS upon recommendation and information submitted by the Committee or other information available to AMS. This proposed rule would increase the assessment rate from $0.015 to $0.02 per 4/5-bushel carton of citrus or equivalent for the 2023-2024 fiscal year and subsequent fiscal periods.</P>
                <P>The Committee met on August 8, 2023, and recommended 2023-2024 fiscal period expenditures of $124,624 and an assessment rate of $0.02 per 4/5-bushel carton of citrus or equivalent handled for the 2023-2024 fiscal year and subsequent fiscal periods. In comparison, last year's budgeted expenditures were $122,680. The proposed assessment rate of $0.02 is $0.005 higher than the rate currently in effect. The Committee recommended increasing the assessment rate to better align assessment revenue with budgeted expenses. The Committee projects handler receipts of approximately 6,700,000 4/5-bushel cartons of citrus or equivalent for the 2023-2024 fiscal year, which is about 4,764,544 cartons more than was handled for the 2022-2023 fiscal year.</P>
                <P>The total expenditures recommended by the Committee for the 2023-2024 fiscal period are approximately $124,624. The major budgeted expenditures include $99,624 for management; $10,000 for auditing; and $5,000 for data from the Division of Fruits and Vegetables. By comparison, budgeted expenditures for these activities in the 2022-2023 fiscal period were $97,680; $10,000; and $5,000, respectively. At the current assessment rate of $0.015, the expected 6,700,000 4/5-bushel cartons or equivalent of assessable Florida citrus would generate $100,500 in assessment revenue (6,700,000 cartons multiplied by $0.015 assessment rate), short of the Committee's anticipated expenditures of $124,624 for the 2023-2024 fiscal period. By increasing the assessment rate by $0.005 to $0.02, assessment income would generate $134,000 (6,700,000 cartons multiplied by $0.02 assessment rate) for the 2023-2024 fiscal year. This amount would be appropriate to ensure that the Committee has sufficient revenue to fully fund its recommended 2023-2024 fiscal period budgeted expenditures.</P>
                <P>The Committee derived the recommended assessment rate by considering anticipated expenses, an estimated 6,700,000 4/5-bushel cartons or equivalent of assessable Florida citrus, and the amount of funds available in reserve. Income derived from handler assessments ($134,000) would be adequate to cover budgeted expenses ($124,624). Funds available in the reserve (currently about $165,000) are expected to be kept within the maximum permitted by the Order (approximately two fiscal periods' expenses as authorized in § 905.42).</P>
                <P>The proposed assessment rate would continue in effect indefinitely unless modified, suspended, or terminated by AMS upon recommendation and information submitted by the Committee or other available information.</P>
                <P>Although this assessment rate would be in effect for an indefinite period, the Committee would continue to meet prior to or during each fiscal period to recommend a budget of expenses and consider recommendations for modification of the assessment rate. The dates and times of Committee meetings are available from the Committee or AMS. Committee meetings are open to the public and interested persons may express their views at these meetings. AMS will evaluate Committee recommendations and other available information to determine whether modification of the assessment rate is needed, and further rulemaking would be undertaken as necessary. The Committee's 2023-2024 budget, and those for subsequent fiscal periods, will be reviewed and, as appropriate, approved by AMS.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis</HD>
                <P>Pursuant to requirements set forth in the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601-612), AMS has considered the economic impact of this proposed rule on small entities. Accordingly, AMS has prepared this initial regulatory flexibility analysis.</P>
                <P>The purpose of the RFA is to fit regulatory actions to the scale of businesses subject to such actions in order that small businesses will not be unduly or disproportionately burdened. Marketing orders issued pursuant to the Act, and the rules issued thereunder, are unique in that they are brought about through group action of essentially small entities acting on their own behalf.</P>
                <P>
                    There are 14 handlers of Florida citrus who are subject to regulation under the Order and approximately 500 citrus producers in the regulated area. At the time this analysis was prepared, the Small Business Administration (SBA) defined small agricultural growers as those having annual receipts of no more than $4,000,000 for orange producers or 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6442"/>
                    $4,250,000 for other citrus producers, and small agricultural service firms, including handlers, are defined as those whose annual receipts are less than $34,000,000 (13 CFR 121.201).
                </P>
                <P>According to data from the National Agricultural Statistics Service (NASS), the weighted average packing house door equivalent price for fresh Florida oranges for the 2022-2023 season was approximately $10.54 per carton with total shipments of around 3,224,000 cartons. Based on this information, the majority of orange handlers have average annual receipts of significantly less than $34,000,000 ($10.54 multiplied by 3,224,000 cartons equals $33,980,960, divided by 14 handlers equals $2,427,211 per handler). The weighted average packing house door price for other Florida citrus for the 2022-2023 season was $19.12 per carton with total shipments of 2,804,000 cartons. Based on this information, the majority of other citrus handlers have average annual receipts of significantly less than $34,000,000 ($19.12 multiplied by 2,804,000 cartons equals $53,612,480, divided by 14 handlers equals $3,829,463 per handler).</P>
                <P>In addition, based on the NASS data, the weighted average orange grower price for the 2022-2023 season was estimated at $9.45 per carton of fresh oranges. Based on grower price, shipment data, and the total number of Florida orange growers, the average annual grower revenue is well below $4,000,000 ($9.45 multiplied by 3,224,000 cartons equals $30,466,800, divided by 500 growers equals $60,934 per grower). The weighted average other citrus grower price for the 2022-2023 season was estimated at $16.28 per carton of fresh citrus. Based on grower price, shipment data, and the total number of Florida citrus growers, the average annual grower revenue is well below $4,250,000 ($16.28 multiplied by 2,804,000 cartons equals $45,649,120, divided by 500 growers equals $91,298 per grower). Thus, the majority of Florida citrus handlers and growers may be classified as small entities.</P>
                <P>This proposed rule would increase the assessment rate for the 2023-2024 fiscal year and subsequent fiscal years from $0.015 to $0.02 per 4/5-bushel carton of citrus or equivalent. The Committee recommended 2023-2024 expenditures of $124,624 and an assessment rate of $0.02 per 4/5-bushel carton. The proposed assessment rate of $0.02 is $0.005 more than the previous rate. The quantity of assessable Florida citrus for the 2023-2024 season is estimated at 6,700,000 4/5-bushel cartons or equivalent. Thus, the $0.02 rate should provide $134,000 in assessment income (6,700,000 cartons multiplied by $0.02 assessment rate). Income derived from handler assessments would be adequate to cover budgeted expenses.</P>
                <P>The major expenditures recommended by the Committee for the 2023-2024 fiscal year include $99,624 for management; $10,000 for auditing; and $5,000 for data from the Division of Fruits and Vegetables. Budgeted expenses for these same items in the 2022-2023 fiscal period were $97,680; $10,000; and $5,000, respectively.</P>
                <P>The Committee recommended increasing the assessment rate to cover anticipated expenses for the 2023-2024 fiscal period. Shipments for the 2023-2024 season are projected to be 6,700,000 4/5-bushel cartons or equivalent, about 2 million more than estimated for the previous year. At the current assessment rate of $0.015, assessment income would equal $100,500 (6,700,000 cartons multiplied by $0.015 assessment rate), an amount below the Committee's anticipated expenditures of $124,624 for the 2023-2024 fiscal period. By increasing the assessment rate by $0.005, assessment income would be approximately $134,000 (6,700,000 cartons multiplied by $0.02 assessment rate). This amount should provide sufficient funds to meet anticipated expenses for the 2023-2024 fiscal period.</P>
                <P>Prior to arriving at this budget and assessment rate, the Committee considered maintaining the current assessment rate of $0.015. However, the Committee would need to further draw down reserves to meet its expenses. The Committee had to use some of its reserves in the 2022-2023 fiscal period after a hurricane damaged the crop, and Committee members did not want to utilize additional funds from reserves to meet 2023-2024 expenses. Consequently, the alternative of maintaining the current assessment rate was rejected.</P>
                <P>A review of historical information and preliminary information pertaining to the upcoming fiscal period indicates the average grower price for the 2023-2024 season should be approximately $11.00 per 4/5-bushel carton of citrus or equivalent. Therefore, the estimated assessment revenue for the 2023-2024 crop year as a percentage of total grower revenue would be about 0.18 percent ($0.02 divided by $11.00 multiplied by 100).</P>
                <P>This proposed rule would increase the assessment obligation imposed on handlers. Assessments are applied uniformly on all handlers, and some of the costs may be passed on to producers. However, these costs are expected to be offset by the benefits derived by the operations of the Order.</P>
                <P>The Committee's meetings are widely publicized throughout the Florida citrus industry and all interested persons are invited to attend the meeting and participate in Committee deliberations on all issues. Like all Committee meetings, the August 8, 2023, meeting was a public meeting and all entities, both large and small, were able to express views on this issue. Finally, interested persons are invited to submit comments on this proposed rule, including the regulatory impacts of this action on small businesses.</P>
                <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35), the Order's information collection requirements have been previously approved by OMB and assigned OMB No. 0581-0189 Fruit Crops. No changes in those requirements would be necessary as a result of this proposed rule. Should any changes become necessary, they would be submitted to OMB for approval.</P>
                <P>This proposed rule would not impose any additional reporting or recordkeeping requirements on either small or large Florida citrus handlers. As with all Federal marketing order programs, reports and forms are periodically reviewed to reduce information requirements and duplication by industry and public sector agencies.</P>
                <P>AMS is committed to complying with the E-Government Act to promote the use of the internet and other information technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services, and for other purposes.</P>
                <P>AMS has not identified any relevant Federal rules that duplicate, overlap, or conflict with this proposed rule.</P>
                <P>
                    A small business guide on complying with fruit, vegetable, and specialty crop marketing agreements and orders may be viewed at: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.ams.usda.gov/rules-regulations/moa/small-businesses.</E>
                     Any questions about the compliance guide should be sent to Richard Lower at the previously mentioned address in the 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     section.
                </P>
                <P>After consideration of all relevant material presented, including the information and recommendations submitted by the Board and other available information, AMS has determined that this proposed rule is consistent with and would effectuate the purposes of the Act.</P>
                <P>
                    A 30-day comment period is provided to allow interested persons to comment on this proposed rule. All written comments timely received will be 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6443"/>
                    considered before a final determination is made on this rulemaking.
                </P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 7 CFR Part 905</HD>
                    <P>Grapefruit, Marketing agreements, Oranges, Pummelos, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Tangelos, Tangerines.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Agricultural Marketing Service proposes to amend 7 CFR part 905 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 905—ORANGES, GRAPEFRUIT, TANGERINES, AND PUMMELOS GROWN IN FLORIDA</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 7 CFR part 905 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P> 7 U.S.C. 601-674.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <AMDPAR>2. Section 905.235 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 905.235</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Assessment rate.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>On and after August 1, 2023, an assessment rate of $0.02 per 4/5-bushel carton or equivalent is established for Florida citrus covered under the Order.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Erin Morris,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Administrator, Agricultural Marketing Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02024 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 25</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2023-2435; Notice No. 25-23-07-SC]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Special Conditions: Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation Model GVIII-G700 and GVIII-G800 Series Airplanes; Dynamic Test Requirements for Single- and Multiple-Occupant Side-Facing Seats With or Without Airbag Systems</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed special conditions.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This action proposes special conditions for the Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation (Gulfstream) Model GVIII-G700 and GVIII-G800 series airplanes. These airplanes will have a novel or unusual design feature when compared to the state of technology envisioned in the airworthiness standards for transport category airplanes. This design feature is side-facing seats oriented in the aircraft with the occupant facing 90 degrees to the direction of aircraft travel. The applicable airworthiness regulations do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature. These proposed special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Send comments on or before February 21, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>Send comments identified by Docket No. FAA-2023-2435 using any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Federal eRegulations Portal:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov/</E>
                         and follow the online instructions for sending your comments electronically.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Send comments to Docket Operations, M-30, U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W12-140, West Building Ground Floor, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery or Courier:</E>
                         Take comments to Docket Operations in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         Fax comments to Docket Operations at 202-493-2251.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Docket:</E>
                         Background documents or comments received may be read at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov/</E>
                         at any time. Follow the online instructions for accessing the docket or go to Docket Operations in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Myra Kuck, Cabin Safety, AIR-624, Technical Policy Branch, Policy and Standards Division, Aircraft Certification Service, Federal Aviation Administration, Aircraft Certification Policy and Standards, 3960 Paramount Blvd., Suite 100, Lakewood, CA 90712; telephone and fax 405-666-1059; email 
                        <E T="03">Myra.J.Kuck@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>
                <P>The FAA invites interested people to take part in this rulemaking by sending written comments, data, or views. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposed special conditions, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data.</P>
                <P>On December 31, 2019, Gulfstream applied for an amendment to Type Certificate No. T00015AT to include the new Model GVIII-G700 and GVIII-G800 series airplanes. While the comment period provided by the FAA for proposed special conditions has typically been thirty days, the FAA is providing twenty days in this instance, due to the relative similarity of these conditions with the terms of previously issued special conditions, and due to the pendency of the anticipated delivery date for the affected airplane models, per the criteria in 14 CFR 11.38.</P>
                <P>The FAA will consider all comments received by the closing date for comments, and will consider comments filed late if it is possible to do so without incurring delay. The FAA may change these special conditions based on the comments received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Privacy</HD>
                <P>
                    Except for Confidential Business Information (CBI) as described in the following paragraph, and other information as described in title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) 11.35, the FAA will post all comments received without change to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov/,</E>
                     including any personal information you provide. The FAA will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact received about these special conditions.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Confidential Business Information</HD>
                <P>
                    Confidential Business Information (CBI) is commercial or financial information that is both customarily and actually treated as private by its owner. Under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552), CBI is exempt from public disclosure. If your comments responsive to these proposed special conditions contain commercial or financial information that is customarily treated as private, that you actually treat as private, and that is relevant or responsive to these special conditions, it is important that you clearly designate the submitted comments as CBI. Please mark each page of your submission containing CBI as “PROPIN.” The FAA will treat such marked submissions as confidential under the FOIA, and the indicated comments will not be placed in the public docket of these special conditions. Send submissions containing CBI to the individual listed in the 
                    <E T="02">For Further Information Contact</E>
                     section above. Comments the FAA receives, which are not specifically designated as CBI, will be placed in the public docket for these special conditions.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    As noted above, on December 31, 2019, Gulfstream applied for an amendment to Type Certificate No. 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6444"/>
                    T00015AT to include the new Model GVIII-G700 and GVIII-G800 series airplanes. These airplanes, which will be derivatives of the Model GVI currently approved under Type Certificate No. T00015AT, are twin-engine, transport-category airplanes, with seating for 19 passengers, and a maximum take-off weight of 107,600 pounds (GVIII-G700) and 105,600 pounds (GVIII-G800).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Type Certification Basis</HD>
                <P>Under the provisions of title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) 21.101, Gulfstream must show that the Model GVIII-G700 and GVIII-G800 series airplanes meet the applicable provisions of the regulations listed in Type Certificate No. T00015AT, or the applicable regulations in effect on the date of application for the change, except for earlier amendments as agreed upon by the FAA.</P>
                <P>
                    If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     14 CFR part 25) do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for the Gulfstream Model GVIII-G700 and GVIII-G800 series airplanes because of a novel or unusual design feature, special conditions are prescribed under the provisions of § 21.16.
                </P>
                <P>Special conditions are initially applicable to the model for which they are issued. Should the type certificate for that model be amended later to include any other model that incorporates the same novel or unusual design feature, or should any other model already included on the same type certificate be modified to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would also apply to the other model under § 21.101.</P>
                <P>In addition to the applicable airworthiness regulations and special conditions, the Gulfstream Model GVIII-G700 and GVIII-G800 series airplanes must comply with the exhaust-emission requirements of 14 CFR part 34, and the noise-certification requirements of 14 CFR part 36.</P>
                <P>The FAA issues special conditions, as defined in 14 CFR 11.19, in accordance with 14 CFR 11.38, and they become part of the type certification basis under § 21.101.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Novel or Unusual Design Features</HD>
                <P>The Gulfstream Model GVIII-G700 and GVIII-G800 airplanes will incorporate the following novel or unusual design feature:</P>
                <P>Side-facing seats, oriented in the aircraft with the occupant facing 90 degrees to the direction of aircraft travel, with or without incorporation of an airbag systems or inflatables.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
                <P>On June 16, 1988, Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 25 was amended to revise the emergency landing conditions that must be considered in the design of transport category airplanes. This amendment (25-64) revised the static load conditions in § 25.561 and added a new § 25.562 that required dynamic testing for all seats approved for occupancy during takeoff and landing. The intent of Amendment 25-64 was to provide an improved level of safety for occupants on transport category airplanes; however, because most seating on transport category airplanes is forward-facing the pass/fail criteria developed in Amendment 25-64 focused primarily on these seats.</P>
                <P>
                    Prior to 2012, the FAA granted exemptions 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     for the multiple-place side-facing-seat installations because the existing test methods and acceptance criteria did not produce a level of safety equivalent to the level of safety provided for forward-and aft-facing seats. These exemptions were subject to many conditions that reflected the injury-evaluation criteria and mitigation strategies available at the time of the exemption issuance. The FAA also issued special conditions to address single-place side-facing seats because it determined, at the time, that those conditions provided the same level of safety as for forward- and aft-facing seats.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See, generally,</E>
                         Exemption Nos. 7120C, 7878A, 9900.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Due to the novelty of side-facing seats in transport category airplanes, acceptable safety measures for § 25.562 were unknown. The FAA conducted research to develop an acceptable method of compliance with §§ 25.562 and 25.785(b) for side-facing seat installations. That research has identified injury considerations and evaluation criteria in addition to those previously used to approve side-facing seats (see published report DOT/FAA/AR-09/41, July 2011 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                    ). One particular concern that was identified during the FAA's research program but not addressed in special conditions prior to 2012 was the significant leg injuries that can occur to occupants of both single- and multiple-place side-facing seats. Because this type of injury does not occur on forward- and aft-facing seats, the FAA determined that to achieve the level of safety envisioned in Amendment 25-64, additional requirements would be needed as compared to previously issued special conditions. Nonetheless, the research has now allowed the development of a single set of special conditions that is applicable to all fully side-facing seats.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         Document available 
                        <E T="03">https://www.tc.faa.gov/its/worldpac/techrpt/ar09-41.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>On November 5, 2012, the FAA released PS-ANM-25-03-R1, “Technical Criteria for Approving Side-Facing Seats,” to update existing FAA certification policy on §§ 25.562 and 25.785(a) and (b) at Amendment 25-64 for single- and multiple-place side-facing seats. This policy addresses both the technical criteria for approving side-facing seats and the implementation of those criteria. The FAA methodology detailed in PS-ANM-25-03-R1 has been used to develop these proposed special conditions. Some of the conditions issued for previous exemptions are still relevant and are included in these proposed special conditions; however, others have been replaced by different criteria that reflect current research findings described above, as well as design features from the Gulfstream GVII model side-facing seat design.</P>
                <P>The proposed special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicability</HD>
                <P>As discussed above, these proposed special conditions are applicable to the Gulfstream Model GVIII-G700 and GVIII-G800 series airplanes. Should Gulfstream apply at a later date for a change to the type certificate to include another model that incorporates the same novel or unusual design feature, or should any other model already included on the same type certificate be modified to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would apply to the other model as well.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
                <P>This action affects only a certain novel or unusual design feature on Gulfstream Model GVIII-G700 and GVIII-G800 series of airplanes. It is not a rule of general applicability.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 25</HD>
                    <P>Aircraft, Aviation safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority Citation</HD>
                <P>The authority citation for these special conditions is as follows:</P>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P>
                         49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 40113, 44701, 44702, and 44704.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6445"/>
                    </P>
                </AUTH>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Special Conditions</HD>
                <P> Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the following special conditions are issued as part of the type certification basis for Gulfstream Model GVIII-G700 and GVIII-G800 series airplanes.</P>
                <P>In addition to the airworthiness standards in §§ 25.562 and 25.785, the FAA proposes the following special conditions as part of the type certification basis for the Gulfstream Model GVIII-G700 and GVIII-G800 series aircraft. Items 1 through 3 are applicable to all side-facing seat installations on these airplanes, whereas item 4 would impose requirements applicable to side-facing seats equipped with an airbag system in the shoulder belt, and item 5 would impose requirements applicable to side-facing seats equipped with leg-flail airbag systems.</P>
                <P>1. Additional requirements applicable to tests or rational analysis conducted to show compliance with §§ 25.562 and 25.785 for side-facing seats:</P>
                <P>
                    a. The longitudinal test(s) conducted in accordance with § 25.562(b)(2) to show compliance with the seat-strength requirements of § 25.562(c)(7) and (8), and these special conditions must have an ES-2re anthropomorphic test dummy (ATD) (49 CFR part 572 subpart U) or equivalent, or a Hybrid-II ATD (49 CFR part 572, subpart B as specified in § 25.562) or equivalent, occupying each seat position and including all items contactable by the occupant (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     armrest, interior wall, or furnishing) if those items are necessary to restrain the occupant. If included, the floor representation and contactable items must be located such that their relative position, with respect to the center of the nearest seat place, is the same at the start of the test as before floor misalignment is applied. For example, if floor misalignment rotates the centerline of the seat place nearest the contactable item 8 degrees clockwise about the aircraft x-axis, then the item and floor representations must be rotated by 8 degrees clockwise also to maintain the same relative position to the seat place, as shown in Figure 1. Each ATD's relative position to the seat after application of floor misalignment must be the same as before misalignment is applied. The ATD pelvis must remain supported by the seat pan, and the restraint system must remain on the pelvis and shoulder of the ATD until rebound begins. No injury-criteria evaluation is necessary for tests conducted only to assess seat-strength requirements.
                </P>
                <P>b. The longitudinal test(s) conducted in accordance with § 25.562(b)(2), to show compliance with the injury assessments required by § 25.562(c) and these special conditions, may be conducted separately from the test(s) to show structural integrity. Structural-assessment tests must be conducted as specified in paragraph 1a, above, and the injury-assessment test must be conducted without yaw or floor misalignment. Injury assessments may be accomplished by testing with ES-2re ATD (49 CFR part 572 subpart U) or equivalent at all places. Alternatively, these assessments may be accomplished by multiple tests that use an ES-2re at the seat place being evaluated, and a Hybrid-II ATD (49 CFR part 572, subpart B, as specified in § 25.562) or equivalent used in all seat places forward of the one being assessed, to evaluate occupant interaction. Seat places aft of the one being assessed may be unoccupied. If a seat installation includes adjacent items that are contactable by the occupant, the injury potential of that contact must be assessed. To make this assessment, tests may be conducted that include the actual item, located, and attached in a representative fashion. Alternatively, the injury potential may be assessed by a combination of tests with items having the same geometry as the actual item, but having stiffness characteristics that would create the worst case for injury (injuries due to both contact with the item and lack of support from the item).</P>
                <P>
                    c. If a seat is installed aft of structure (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     an interior wall or furnishing) that does not have a homogeneous surface contactable by the occupant, additional analysis and/or test(s) may be required to demonstrate that the injury criteria are met for the area which an occupant could contact. For example, different yaw angles could result in different injury considerations and may require additional analysis or separate test(s) to evaluate.
                </P>
                <P>d. To accommodate a range of occupant heights (5th percentile female to 95th percentile male), the surface of items contactable by the occupant must be homogenous 7.3 inches (185 mm) above and 7.9 inches (200 mm) below the point (center of area) that is contacted by the 50th percentile male size ATD's head during the longitudinal test(s) conducted in accordance with paragraphs a, b, and c, above. Otherwise, additional head-injury criteria (HIC) assessment tests may be necessary. Any surface (inflatable or otherwise) that provides support for the occupant of any seat place must provide that support in a consistent manner regardless of occupant stature. For example, if an inflatable shoulder belt is used to mitigate injury risk, then it must be demonstrated by inspection to bear against the range of occupants in a similar manner before and after inflation. Likewise, the means of limiting lower-leg flail must be demonstrated by inspection to provide protection for the range of occupants in a similar manner.</P>
                <P>e. For longitudinal test(s) conducted in accordance with § 25.562(b)(2) and these special conditions, the ATDs must be positioned, clothed, and have lateral instrumentation configured as follows:</P>
                <P>(1) ATD positioning:</P>
                <P>Lower the ATD vertically into the seat while simultaneously (see Figure 2 for illustration):</P>
                <P>(a) Aligning the midsagittal plane (a vertical plane through the midline of the body; dividing the body into right and left halves) with approximately the middle of the seat place.</P>
                <P>(b) Applying a horizontal x-axis direction (in the ATD coordinate system) force of about 20 pounds (lbs) (89 Newtons [N]) to the bottom of the feet of the ATD with the legs straight, to compress the seat back cushion.</P>
                <P>(c) Keeping the legs nearly horizontal by supporting them just behind the ankles</P>
                <P>(d) Once all lifting devices have been removed from the ATD:</P>
                <P>(i) Rock it slightly to settle it in the seat.</P>
                <P>(ii) Gently lower the ankles of the ATD bending the legs at the knee joints. Do not allow the pelvis of the ATD to be moved when the lower legs are lowered. The seat back cushion must remain compressed. Separate the knees by about 4 inches (100 mm).</P>
                <P>(iii) Set the ES-2re's head at approximately the midpoint of the available range of z-axis rotation (to align the head and torso midsagittal planes).</P>
                <P>(iv) Position the ES-2re's arms at the joint's mechanical detent that puts them at approximately a 40-degree angle with respect to the torso. Position the Hybrid-II ATD hands on top of its upper legs.</P>
                <P>(v) Position the feet such that the centerlines of the lower legs are approximately parallel to a lateral vertical plane (in the aircraft coordinate system).</P>
                <P>(2) ATD clothing: Clothe each ATD in form-fitting, mid-calf-length (minimum) pants and shoes (size 11E) weighing about 2.5 lb (1.1 Kg) total. The color of the clothing should be in contrast to the color of the restraint system. The ES-2re jacket is sufficient for torso clothing, although a form-fitting shirt may be used in addition if desired.</P>
                <P>
                    (3) ES-2re ATD lateral instrumentation: The rib-module linear 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6446"/>
                    slides are directional, 
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     deflection occurs in either a positive or negative ATD y-axis direction. The modules must be installed such that the moving end of the rib module is toward the front of the aircraft. The three abdominal-force sensors must be installed such that they are on the side of the ATD toward the front of the aircraft.
                </P>
                <P>f. The combined horizontal/vertical test, required by § 25.562(b)(1) and these special conditions, must be conducted with a Hybrid II ATD (49 CFR part 572 subpart B as specified in § 25.562), or equivalent, occupying each seat position.</P>
                <P>g. Restraint systems:</P>
                <P>(1) If inflatable restraint systems are used, they must be active during all dynamic tests conducted to show compliance with § 25.562.</P>
                <P>(2) The design and installation of seat-belt buckles must prevent unbuckling due to applied inertial forces or impact of the hands/arms of the occupant during an emergency landing.</P>
                <P>2. Additional performance measures applicable to tests and rational analysis conducted to show compliance with §§ 25.562 and 25.785 for side-facing seats:</P>
                <P>a. Body-to-body contact: Contact between the head, pelvis, torso, or shoulder area of one ATD with the adjacent-seated ATD's head, pelvis, torso, or shoulder area is not allowed. Contact during rebound is allowed.</P>
                <P>b. Thoracic: The deflection of any of the ES-2re ATD upper, middle, and lower ribs must not exceed 1.73 inches (44 mm). Data must be processed as defined in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) 571.214.</P>
                <P>c. Abdominal: The sum of the measured ES-2re ATD front, middle, and rear abdominal forces must not exceed 562 lbs (2,500 N). Data must be processed as defined in FMVSS 571.214.</P>
                <P>d. Pelvic: The pubic symphysis force measured by the ES-2re ATD must not exceed 1,350 lbs (6,000 N). Data must be processed as defined in FMVSS 571.214.</P>
                <P>e. Leg: Axial rotation of the upper-leg (femur) must be limited to 35 degrees in either direction from the nominal seated position.</P>
                <P>f. Neck: As measured by the ES-2re ATD and filtered at CFC 600 as defined in SAE J211:</P>
                <P>(1) The upper-neck tension force at the occipital condyle (O.C.) location must be less than 405 lb (1,800 N).</P>
                <P>(2) The upper-neck compression force at the O.C. location must be less than 405 lb (1,800 N).</P>
                <P>(3) The upper-neck bending torque about the ATD x-axis at the O.C. location must be less than 1,018 in-lb (115 Nm).</P>
                <P>(4) The upper-neck resultant shear force at the O.C. location must be less than 186 lb (825 N).</P>
                <P>g. Occupant (ES-2re ATD) retention: The upper-torso restraint straps (if present) must remain on the ATD's shoulder during the impact. The pelvic restraint must remain on the ES-2re ATD's pelvis during the impact. The pelvic restraint must remain on the ES-2re ATD's pelvis during rebound unless the following criteria are met. A 250 lb. lap belt tension limit based upon the findings in Civil Aerospace Medical Institute (CAMI) report DOT/FAA/AM-17/02. The data should be filtered at CFC 60 as defined in SAE J211. In order to complete the evaluation using this tension criteria, three things are needed.</P>
                <P>1. A clear indication of when the belt moves above the pelvis. Loose clothing can make it difficult to determine where the top of the pelvis is, and in turn make it hard to discern exactly when the belt moved above it. This can be improved by marking the top of the pelvis clearly and by positioning the cameras so that the position of the belt, relative to the top of the pelvis can be observed throughout the test (see Figure 3).</P>
                <P>2. A measurement of the belt tension during the time when the belt moves above the pelvis. The webbing transducer should be placed to measure the total tension in the forward lap belt segment. If a split (combined body-centered and conventional) leading belt is used, the tension should be measured in the common section so that it reflects the contribution of each segment. Since this placement typically produces contact between the ATD and the transducer, it is important to use a webbing transducer that is not sensitive to contact.</P>
                <P>3. Useful video and belt load data must be recorded until significant ATD rebound motion stops. Extra recording time is necessary because submarining usually occurs later in the test than other injury criteria maximums. To completely capture ATD rebound, the necessary time could exceed 500 ms.</P>
                <P>h. Occupant (ES-2re ATD) support:</P>
                <P>(1) Pelvis excursion: The load-bearing portion of the bottom of the ATD pelvis must not translate beyond the edges of its seat's bottom seat-cushion supporting structure.</P>
                <P>(2) Upper-torso support: The lateral flexion of the ATD torso must not exceed 40 degrees from the normal upright position during the impact.</P>
                <P>3. For all airbag systems in the shoulder harness and for leg flail, the following apply:</P>
                <P>a. Show that the airbag system will deploy and provide protection under crash conditions where it is necessary to prevent serious injury.</P>
                <P>b. The means of protection must take into consideration a range of stature from a 2-year-old child to a 95th percentile male.</P>
                <P>c. The airbag system must provide adequate protection for each occupant regardless of the number of occupants of the seat assembly, considering that unoccupied seats may have an active airbag system.</P>
                <P>d. It must be shown that the airbag system is not susceptible to inadvertent deployment as a result of wear and tear, or inertial loads resulting from in-flight or ground maneuvers (including gusts and hard landings), and other operating and environmental conditions (vibrations, moisture, etc.) likely to occur in service.</P>
                <P>e. Deployment of the airbag system must not introduce injury mechanisms to the seated occupant, or result in injuries that could impede rapid egress. This assessment should include an occupant whose seat belt is loosely fastened.</P>
                <P>f. It must be shown that inadvertent deployment of the airbag system, during the most critical part of the flight, will either meet the requirement of § 25.1309(b) or not cause a hazard to the airplane or its occupants.</P>
                <P>g. It must be shown that the airbag system will not impede rapid egress of occupants 10 seconds after airbag deployment.</P>
                <P>h. The airbag system must be protected from lightning and high-intensity radiated fields (HIRF). The threats to the airplane specified in existing regulations regarding lighting, § 25.1316, and HIRF, § 25.1317, are adopted by reference for the purpose of measuring lightning and HIRF protection.</P>
                <P>i. The airbag system must function properly after loss of normal aircraft electrical power, and after a transverse separation of the fuselage at the most critical location. A separation at the location of the airbag system does not have to be considered.</P>
                <P>j. It must be shown that the airbag system will not release hazardous quantities of gas or particulate matter into the cabin.</P>
                <P>k. The airbag system installation must be protected from the effects of fire such that no hazard to occupants will result.</P>
                <P>
                    l. A means must be available for a crewmember to verify the integrity of the airbag system prior to each flight, or 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6447"/>
                    it must be demonstrated to reliably operate between inspection intervals. The FAA considers that the loss of the airbag-system deployment function alone (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     independent of the conditional event that requires the airbag-system deployment) is a major-failure condition.
                </P>
                <P>m. The inflatable material may not have an average burn rate of greater than 2.5 inches/minute when tested using the horizontal flammability test defined in part 25, appendix F, part I, paragraph (b)(5).</P>
                <P>
                    n. The airbag system, once deployed, must not adversely affect the emergency-lighting system (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     block floor proximity lights to the extent that the lights no longer meet their intended function).
                </P>
                <P>
                    o. The airbag system must perform its intended function after impact from other proximate assemblies (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     life raft) that may become detached under the loads specified in §§ 25.561 and 25.562.
                </P>
                <P>4. For seats with an airbag system in the shoulder belts, the following apply:</P>
                <P>a. The airbag system in the shoulder belt must provide a consistent approach to energy absorption throughout that range of occupants. The airbag system must be included in each of the certification tests as it would be installed in the airplane. In addition, the following situations must be considered:</P>
                <P>(1) The seat occupant is holding an infant.</P>
                <P>(2) The seat occupant is a pregnant woman.</P>
                <P>b. The design must prevent the airbag system in the shoulder belt from being either incorrectly buckled or incorrectly installed, such that the airbag system in the shoulder belt would not properly deploy. Alternatively, it must be shown that such deployment is not hazardous to the occupant, and will provide the required injury protection.</P>
                <P>5. For seats using an airbag system to meet the leg-flail conditions of 2.e. the following apply:</P>
                <P>a. At some buttock popliteal length and effective seat bottom depth the lower legs will not be able to make a 90-degree angle with the upper leg; at this point the lower leg flail would not occur. The leg flail airbag system must provide a consistent approach to prevention of leg flail throughout that range of occupants whose lower legs can make a 90-degree angle with the upper legs when seated upright in the seat. Items that need to be considered include, but are not limited to the range of occupants' popliteal height, the range of occupants' buttock popliteal length, the design of the seat effective height above the floor, and the effective depth of the seat bottom cushion.</P>
                <P>b. For all g-levels, if the design of the leg flail limited device does absorb some of the impact energy and returns only a portion to the legs (a qualitative assessment), then a rebound leg flail of greater than 35 degrees is acceptable.</P>
                <P>c. Threshold test severity must be shown to be non-injurious (less than the post-mortem human subject (PMHS) low-g research testing) for g-levels up to the point where the leg flail airbag is designed to deploy. </P>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="546">
                    <PRTPAGE P="6448"/>
                    <GID>EP01FE24.114</GID>
                </GPH>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="349">
                    <PRTPAGE P="6449"/>
                    <GID>EP01FE24.115</GID>
                </GPH>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="253">
                    <GID>EP01FE24.116</GID>
                </GPH>
                <SIG>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6450"/>
                    <DATED>Issued in Kansas City, Missouri, on January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Patrick R. Mullen,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Manager, Technical Innovation Policy Branch, Policy and Innovation Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02043 Filed 1-29-24; 5:00 pm]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-C</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2024-0043; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00985-E]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Rolls-Royce Deutschland Ltd &amp; Co KG Engines</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA proposes to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Rolls-Royce Deutschland Ltd &amp; Co KG (RRD) Model Trent 1000-A, Trent 1000-AE, Trent 1000-C, Trent 1000-CE, Trent 1000-D, Trent 1000-E, Trent 1000-G, and Trent 1000-H engines. This proposed AD was prompted by reports of cracking and separation of certain low-pressure turbine (LPT) stage 1 blade assemblies. This proposed AD would require initial and repetitive inspections of affected LPT stage 1 blade assemblies for cracking or separation and, depending on the results of the inspections, reduction of the inspection interval or replacement of the LPT stage 1 blade set and disk. This proposed AD would also prohibit the installation of an LPT disk or blade set assembly unless it is considered a serviceable part, as specified in a European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD, which is proposed for incorporation by reference. The FAA is proposing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA must receive comments on this NPRM by March 18, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         (202) 493-2251.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>
                         Deliver to Mail address above between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">AD Docket:</E>
                         You may examine the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2024-0043; or in person at Docket Operations between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this NPRM, the mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI), any comments received, and other information. The street address for Docket Operations is listed above.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Material Incorporated by Reference:</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For service information identified in this NPRM, contact EASA, Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3, 50668 Cologne, Germany; phone: +49 221 8999 000; email: 
                        <E T="03">ADs@easa.europa.eu;</E>
                         website: 
                        <E T="03">easa.europa.eu.</E>
                         You may find this material on the EASA website at 
                        <E T="03">ad.easa.europa.eu.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>• You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (817) 222-5110.</P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Sungmo Cho, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th Street, Des Moines, WA 98198; phone: (781) 238-7241; email: 
                        <E T="03">sungmo.d.cho@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA invites you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    . Include “Docket No. FAA-2024-0043; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00985-E” at the beginning of your comments. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. The FAA will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposal because of those comments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Except for Confidential Business Information (CBI) as described in the following paragraph, and other information as described in 14 CFR 11.35, the FAA will post all comments received, without change, to 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov,</E>
                     including any personal information you provide. The agency will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact received about this NPRM.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Confidential Business Information</HD>
                <P>CBI is commercial or financial information that is both customarily and actually treated as private by its owner. Under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552), CBI is exempt from public disclosure. If your comments responsive to this NPRM contain commercial or financial information that is customarily treated as private, that you actually treat as private, and that is relevant or responsive to this NPRM, it is important that you clearly designate the submitted comments as CBI. Please mark each page of your submission containing CBI as “PROPIN.” The FAA will treat such marked submissions as confidential under the FOIA, and they will not be placed in the public docket of this NPRM. Submissions containing CBI should be sent to Sungmo Cho, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th Street, Des Moines, WA 98198. Any commentary that the FAA receives which is not specifically designated as CBI will be placed in the public docket for this rulemaking.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>EASA, which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA AD 2023-0165, dated August 22, 2023 (EASA AD 2023-0165) (also referred to as the MCAI), to address an unsafe condition for all RRD Model Trent 1000-A, Trent 1000-AE, Trent 1000-C, Trent 1000-CE, Trent 1000-D, Trent 1000-E, Trent 1000-G, and Trent 1000-H engines. The MCAI states that manufacturer inspections detected cracking and separation of blade pairs in the weld region of certain LPT stage 1 blade assemblies. A blade assembly consists of a pair of blades welded together at the outer shroud. There are 85 LPT stage 1 blade assemblies in one set. Such cracking and separation could cause failure of affected parts and damage to the LPT module.</P>
                <P>
                    You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket at 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                     under Docket No. FAA-2024-0043.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Service Information Under 1 CFR Part 51</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA reviewed EASA AD 2023-0165, which specifies procedures for inspection of affected LPT stage 1 blade assembly outer shrouds and replacement of the LPT stage 1 blade set and disk. EASA AD 2023-0165 also specifies a reduction of the repetitive inspection intervals if cracking or separation is detected and meets certain criteria. This material is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    .
                    <PRTPAGE P="6451"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination</HD>
                <P>These products have been approved by the aviation authority of another country and are approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to the FAA's bilateral agreement with this State of Design Authority, it has notified the FAA of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI referenced above. The FAA is issuing this NPRM after determining that the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop in other products of the same type design.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed AD Requirements in This NPRM</HD>
                <P>This proposed AD would require accomplishing the actions specified in EASA AD 2023-0165 described previously, except for any differences identified as exceptions in the regulatory text of this proposed AD.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Explanation of Required Compliance Information</HD>
                <P>
                    In the FAA's ongoing efforts to improve the efficiency of the AD process, the FAA developed a process to use some civil aviation authority (CAA) ADs as the primary source of information for compliance with requirements for corresponding FAA ADs. The FAA has since coordinated with other manufacturers and CAAs to use this process. As a result, the FAA proposes to incorporate EASA AD 2023-0165 by reference in the FAA final rule. This proposed AD would, therefore, require compliance with EASA AD 2023-0165 in its entirety through that incorporation, except for any differences identified as exceptions in the regulatory text of this proposed AD. Using common terms that are the same as the heading of a particular section in the EASA AD does not mean that operators need comply only with that section. For example, where the AD requirement refers to “all required actions within the compliance times,” compliance with this AD requirement is not limited to the section titled “Required Action(s) and Compliance Time(s)” in EASA AD 2023-0165. Service information required by the EASA AD for compliance will be available at 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                     under Docket No. FAA-2024-0043 after the FAA final rule is published.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
                <P>The FAA estimates that this AD, if adopted as proposed, would affect 28 engines installed on airplanes of U.S. registry.</P>
                <P>The FAA estimates the following costs to comply with this proposed AD:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,12C,12C,12C">
                    <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost per
                            <LI>product</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost on U.S.
                            <LI>operators</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Inspect LPT stage 1 blade outer shroud</ENT>
                        <ENT>4 work-hours × $85 per hour = $340</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0</ENT>
                        <ENT>$340</ENT>
                        <ENT>$9,520</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The FAA estimates the following costs to do any necessary replacements that would be required based on the results of the proposed inspection. The agency has no way of determining the number of engines that might need these replacements.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>On-Condition Costs</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost per
                            <LI>product</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Replace LPT stage 1 blade set</ENT>
                        <ENT>10 work-hours × $85 per hour = $850</ENT>
                        <ENT>$466,480</ENT>
                        <ENT>$467,330</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Replace LPT stage 1 disk</ENT>
                        <ENT>10 work-hours × $85 per hour = $850</ENT>
                        <ENT>256,908</ENT>
                        <ENT>257,758</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements. Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
                <P>The FAA determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
                <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</P>
                <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
                <P>(2) Would not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
                <P>(3) Would not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
                    <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive:</AMDPAR>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6452"/>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="04">Rolls-Royce Deutschland Ltd &amp; Co KG:</E>
                         Docket No. FAA-2024-0043; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00985-E.
                    </FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Comments Due Date</HD>
                    <P>The FAA must receive comments on this airworthiness directive (AD) by March 18, 2024.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
                    <P>None.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
                    <P>This AD applies to Rolls-Royce Deutschland Ltd &amp; Co KG Model Trent 1000; Rolls-Royce Deutschland Ltd &amp; Co KG Trent 1000-A, Trent 1000-AE, Trent 1000-C, Trent 1000-CE, Trent 1000-D, Trent 1000-E, Trent 1000-G, and Trent 1000-H engines.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
                    <P>Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC) Code 7250, Turbine Section.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
                    <P>This AD was prompted by reports of cracking and separation of certain low-pressure turbine (LPT) stage 1 blade assemblies. The FAA is issuing this AD to prevent failure of the LPT stage 1 blades. The unsafe condition, if not addressed, could result in high energy debris release, damage to the airplane, and reduced control of the airplane.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
                    <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Required Actions</HD>
                    <P>Except as specified in paragraphs (h) and (i) of this AD: Perform all required actions within the compliance times specified in, and in accordance with, European Union Aviation Safety Agency AD 2023-0165, dated August 22, 2023 (EASA AD 2023-0165).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Exceptions to EASA AD 2023-0165</HD>
                    <P>(1) Where EASA AD 2023-0165 refers to its effective date, this AD requires using the effective date of this AD.</P>
                    <P>(2) This AD does not adopt the Remarks paragraph of EASA AD 2023-0165.</P>
                    <P>(3) Where the service information referenced in EASA AD 2023-0165 specifies discarding the removed LP turbine stage 1 blade set, this AD requires removing the affected part from service.</P>
                    <P>(4) Where the service information referenced in EASA AD 2023-0165 specifies to quarantine the removed LP turbine stage 1 rotor disk, this AD requires removing the affected part from service.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) No Reporting Requirement</HD>
                    <P>Although the service information referenced in EASA AD 2023-0165 specifies to submit certain information to the manufacturer, this AD does not include that requirement.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
                    <P>
                        (1) The Manager, AIR-520 Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the AIR-520 Continued Operational Safety Branch, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (k) of this AD and email to: 
                        <E T="03">ANE-AD-AMOC@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local Flight Standards District Office/certificate holding district office.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Additional Information</HD>
                    <P>
                        For more information about this AD, contact Sungmo Cho, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th Street, Des Moines, WA 98198; phone: (781) 238-7241; email: 
                        <E T="03">sungmo.d.cho@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
                    <P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>
                    <P>(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.</P>
                    <P>(i) European Union Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD 2023-0165, dated August 22, 2023.</P>
                    <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                    <P>
                        (3) For EASA AD 2023-0165, contact EASA, Konrad-Adenauer-Ufer 3, 50668 Cologne, Germany; phone: +49 221 8999 000; email: 
                        <E T="03">ADs@easa.europa.eu;</E>
                         website: 
                        <E T="03">easa.europa.eu.</E>
                         You may find this EASA AD on the EASA website at 
                        <E T="03">ad.easa.europa.eu.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(4) You may view this material at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (817) 222-5110.</P>
                    <P>
                        (5) You may view this material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit 
                        <E T="03">www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</E>
                         or email 
                        <E T="03">fr.inspection@nara.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued on January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Michael Linegang,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Director, Compliance &amp; Airworthiness Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01976 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2024-0044; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00629-A]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Britten-Norman Aircraft, Ltd. Airplanes</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA proposes to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Britten-Norman Aircraft, Ltd. Model BN-2, BN-2A, BN-2A-2, BN-2A-3, BN-2A-6, BN-2A-8, BN-2A-9, BN-2A-20, BN-2A-21, BN-2A-26, BN-2A-27, BN-2B-20, BN-2B-21, BN-2B-26, BN-2B27, BN-2T, BN2T-4R, and BN2T-4S airplanes; and Model BN2A MK. III, BN2A MK. III-2, and BN2A MK. III-3 airplanes. This proposed AD was prompted by reports of electrical cable (Koiled Kord) and flight control cables interference with the control column. This proposed AD would require inspecting for interference between the control column, rudder pedal adjuster cable, and any wiring (including the Koiled Kord) concurrently with performing a flight control full and free movement inspection, and taking corrective actions if necessary. The FAA is proposing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA must receive comments on this NPRM by March 18, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         (202) 493-2251.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>
                         Deliver to Mail address above between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">AD Docket:</E>
                         You may examine the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2024-0044; or in person at Docket Operations between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this NPRM, the mandatory 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6453"/>
                        continuing airworthiness information (MCAI), any comments received, and other information. The street address for Docket Operations is listed above.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Material Incorporated by Reference:</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For service information identified in this NPRM, contact Britten-Norman Aircraft Ltd., Bembridge Airport, Bembridge, Isle of Wight, PO35 5PR United Kingdom; phone: +44 20 3371 4000; email: 
                        <E T="03">customer.support@britten-norman.com;</E>
                         website: 
                        <E T="03">britten-norman.com/approvals-technical-publications.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>• You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 901 Locust, Kansas City, MO 64106. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (817) 222-5110.</P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Penelope Trease, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; phone: (303) 342-1094; email: 
                        <E T="03">penelope.trease@faa.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA invites you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    . Include “Docket No. FAA-2024-0044; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00629-A” at the beginning of your comments. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. The FAA will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposal because of those comments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Except for Confidential Business Information (CBI) as described in the following paragraph, and other information as described in 14 CFR 11.35, the FAA will post all comments received, without change, to 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov,</E>
                     including any personal information you provide. The agency will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact received about this NPRM.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Confidential Business Information</HD>
                <P>CBI is commercial or financial information that is both customarily and actually treated as private by its owner. Under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552), CBI is exempt from public disclosure. If your comments responsive to this NPRM contain commercial or financial information that is customarily treated as private, that you actually treat as private, and that is relevant or responsive to this NPRM, it is important that you clearly designate the submitted comments as CBI. Please mark each page of your submission containing CBI as “PROPIN.” The FAA will treat such marked submissions as confidential under the FOIA, and they will not be placed in the public docket of this NPRM. Submissions containing CBI should be sent to Penelope Trease, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590. Any commentary that the FAA receives which is not specifically designated as CBI will be placed in the public docket for this rulemaking.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>The Civil Aviation Authority (CAA), which is the airworthiness authority for the United Kingdom (UK), has issued CAA UK AD G-2022-0017, dated September 20, 2022 (also referred to as the MCAI), to correct an unsafe condition on all Britten-Norman Aircraft Ltd. Model BN2 series Islander airplanes; and Model BN2A Mark III Trislander airplanes. The MCAI states that there have been occurrences of flight control restriction in pitch during the pilot's full and free flight control checks prior to take-off. Investigations into these occurrences revealed interference between the routing of the Koiled Kord, flight control cables, and control column, which could restrict the full and free movement of the flight controls. An incorrectly routed Koiled Kord could snag the rudder pedal adjustment cable, draw it towards the control column tube where it could snag the aileron control stop, and restrict movement of the control column tube. This increased load on the rudder pedal adjustment cable could unlock the adjustment mechanism, permitting the rudder pedals to freely move forward and aft. One of the investigations also revealed that a correctly routed Koiled Kord was entangled with an incorrectly routed rudder pedal adjustment cable, which resulted in snagging the aileron control stop. In order to address this condition, the MCAI requires an inspection using Britten-Norman Service Bulletin SB 398, Issue 2, dated May 30, 2022 (Britten-Norman SB 398, Issue 2), to ensure the Koiled Kord is correctly routed behind the instrument panel and that the rudder pedal adjustment cable and Koiled Kord are not interfering with each other.</P>
                <P>The FAA is proposing this AD to address this unsafe condition. Interference between the Koiled Kord, flight control cables, and the control column, if not addressed, could result in loss of control of the airplane during flight.</P>
                <P>
                    You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket at 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                     under Docket No. FAA-2024-0044.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Service Information Under 1 CFR Part 51</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA reviewed Britten-Norman SB 398, Issue 2, which specifies procedures for inspecting the cable routing behind the instrument panel to determine if the cables and wiring to the instrument panel, wiring in the surrounding area, the rudder pedal adjuster cable, and the Koiled Kord are routed securely and there is clearance to allow full and free movement of the flight controls, and if interference is found, securely tying the cables so they are clear of the control column for its full range of motion. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination</HD>
                <P>These products have been approved by the aviation authority of another country and are approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to the FAA's bilateral agreement with this State of Design Authority, it has notified the FAA of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. The FAA is issuing this NPRM after determining that the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed AD Requirements in This NPRM</HD>
                <P>This proposed AD would require accomplishing the actions specified in the MCAI except as discussed under “Differences Between this Proposed AD and the MCAI.”</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Differences Between This Proposed AD the MCAI</HD>
                <P>
                    The MCAI specifies that if any interference is found during the inspection for interference between the control column, rudder pedal adjuster cable, and any wiring (including the Koiled Kord) while performing a flight control full and free movement check, complete the operator feedback form in Appendix A of Britten-Norman SB 398, Issue 2, and return it to Britten-Norman Aircraft, Ltd. That action would not be required by this proposed AD.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6454"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
                <P>The FAA estimates that this AD, if adopted as proposed, would affect 72 airplanes of U.S. registry.</P>
                <P>The FAA estimates the following costs to comply with this proposed AD:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,12C,12C,12C">
                    <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost per
                            <LI>product</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost on U.S.
                            <LI>operators</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Inspect for interference and full and free movement</ENT>
                        <ENT>1 work-hour × $85 per hour = $85</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0</ENT>
                        <ENT>$85</ENT>
                        <ENT>$6,120</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The FAA estimates the following costs to do any necessary actions that would be required based on the results of the proposed inspection. The agency has no way of determining the number of airplanes that might need these actions:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,12C,xs50">
                    <TTITLE>On-Condition Costs</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost per
                            <LI>product</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Correct Koiled Kord cable routing</ENT>
                        <ENT>Up to 3 work-hours × $85 per hour = $255</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0</ENT>
                        <ENT>Up to $255.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements. Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
                <P>The FAA determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
                <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</P>
                <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
                <P>(2) Would not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
                <P>(3) Would not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
                    <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive:</AMDPAR>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="04">Britten-Norman Aircraft, Ltd.:</E>
                         Docket No. FAA-2024-0044; Project Identifier MCAI-2023-00629-A.
                    </FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Comments Due Date</HD>
                    <P>The FAA must receive comments on this airworthiness directive (AD) by March 18, 2024.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
                    <P>None.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
                    <P>This AD applies to Britten-Norman Aircraft Ltd airplanes, all serial numbers, certificated in any category, identified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this AD.</P>
                    <P>(1) Model BN-2, BN-2A, BN-2A-2, BN-2A-3, BN-2A-6, BN-2A-8, BN-2A-9, BN-2A-20, BN-2A-21, BN-2A-26, BN-2A-27, BN-2B-20, BN-2B-21, BN-2B-26, BN-2B-27, BN-2T, BN2T-4R, and BN2T-4S airplanes.</P>
                    <P>(2) Model BN2A MK. III, BN2A MK. III-2, and BN2A MK. III-3 airplanes.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
                    <P>Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC) Code 2797, Flight Control System Wiring.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
                    <P>This AD was prompted by reports of electrical cable (Koiled Kord) and flight control cables interference with the control column. The FAA is issuing this AD to address interference between the Koiled Kord, flight control cables, and the control column, which could restrict the full and free movement of the flight controls. This unsafe condition, if not addressed, could result in loss of control of the airplane during flight.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
                    <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Definition</HD>
                    <P>For the purposes of this AD, a Koiled Kord is the coiled electrical cable that carries the wires from switches on the control yoke, through the control column tube, to the rear of the instrument panel. It exits the control column tube behind the instrument panel and continues to a terminal block.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Required Actions</HD>
                    <P>
                        (1) Within 100 hours time-in-service (TIS) after the effective date of this AD, inspect for interference between the control column, rudder pedal adjuster cable, and any other wiring, including the Koiled Kord, in accordance with Sections 6 and 7(1) of Britten-Norman Service Bulletin SB 398, Issue 2, dated May 30, 2022 (Britten-Norman SB 398, Issue 2), while concurrently 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6455"/>
                        performing a control column full and free movement inspection, in accordance with Section 8 of Britten-Norman SB 398, Issue 2, to inspect for free play, friction, binding, non-linear forces, and any remaining interference.
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) If interference between the control column, the rudder pedal adjuster cable, and any other wiring, including the Koiled Kord, or any free play, friction, binding, non-linear forces, or any remaining interference was found during the inspections required by paragraph (h)(1) of this AD, before further flight, securely tie any interfering electrical cables clear of the control column for its full range of motion and perform a final full and free movement inspection in accordance with Section 8 of Britten-Norman SB 398, Issue 2, to inspect for free play, friction, binding, non-linear forces, and any remaining interference. If there is any free play, friction, binding, non-linear forces, or any remaining interference, before further flight resolve these issues in accordance with a method approved by the Manager, International Validation Branch, FAA; or the Civil Aviation Authority United Kingdom (CAA UK); or Britten-Norman Aircraft Ltd.'s CAA UK Design Organization Approval (DOA). If approved by the DOA, the approval must include the DOA-authorized signature.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Manager, International Validation Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the International Validation Branch, mail it to the address identified in paragraph (j)(2) of this AD or email to: 
                        <E T="03">9-AVS-AIR-730-AMOC@faa.gov.</E>
                         If mailing information, also submit information by email. Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local Flight Standards District Office/certificate holding district office.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Additional Information</HD>
                    <P>
                        (1) Refer to CAA UK AD G-2022-0017, dated September 20, 2022, for related information. This CAA UK AD may be found in the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2024-0044.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) For more information about this AD, contact Penelope Trease, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; phone: (303) 342-1094; email: 
                        <E T="03">penelope.trease@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
                    <P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>
                    <P>(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.</P>
                    <P>(i) Britten-Norman Service Bulletin SB 398, Issue 2, dated May 30, 2022.</P>
                    <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                    <P>
                        (3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Britten-Norman Aircraft Ltd., Bembridge Airport, Bembridge, Isle of Wight, PO35 5PR United Kingdom; phone: +44 20 3371 4000; email: 
                        <E T="03">customer.support@britten-norman.com;</E>
                         website: 
                        <E T="03">britten-norman.com/approvals-technical-publications.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(4) You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 901 Locust, Kansas City, MO 64106. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (817) 222-5110.</P>
                    <P>
                        (5) You may view this material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit 
                        <E T="03">www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</E>
                         or email 
                        <E T="03">fr.inspection@nara.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued on January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Michael Linegang,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Director, Compliance &amp; Airworthiness Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01985 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Bureau of Prisons</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>28 CFR Part 541</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. BOP-1171-P]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 1120-AB71</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Inmate Discipline Program: Disciplinary Segregation and Prohibited Act Code Changes</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Bureau of Prisons, Justice.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Proposed rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In this document, the Bureau of Prisons (Bureau) proposes to amend, clarify, and streamline inmate discipline regulations to conform with current practice; to adopt recommendations of the January 2016 U.S. Department of Justice Report and Recommendations Concerning the Use of Restrictive Housing to reduce the potential length of the disciplinary segregation sanction; and to amend and clarify the list of prohibited act codes.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Electronic comments must be submitted, and written comments must be postmarked, no later than 11:59 p.m. on April 1, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Please submit electronic comments through the 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         website, or mail written comments to the Legislative &amp; Correctional Issues Branch, Office of General Counsel, Bureau of Prisons, 320 First Street NW, Washington, DC 20534.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Daniel J. Crooks III, Assistant General Counsel/Rules Administrator, Federal Bureau of Prisons, at the address above or at (202) 353-4885.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Please note that all comments received are considered part of the public record and made available for public inspection online at 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     If you want to submit personal identifying information (such as your name, address, etc.) as part of your comment, but do not want it to be posted online, you must include the phrase “PERSONAL IDENTIFYING INFORMATION” in the first paragraph of your comment. You must also locate all the personal identifying information you do not want posted online in the first paragraph of your comment and identify what information you want redacted.
                </P>
                <P>
                    If you want to submit confidential business information as part of your comment but do not want it to be posted online, you must include the phrase “CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS INFORMATION” in the first paragraph of your comment. You must also prominently identify confidential business information to be redacted within the comment. If a comment contains so much confidential business information that it cannot be effectively redacted, all or part of that comment may not be posted to 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Personal identifying information identified and located as set forth above will be placed in the agency's public docket file, but not posted online. Confidential business information identified and located as set forth above will not be placed in the public docket file. If you wish to inspect the agency's public docket file in person by appointment, please see the 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     paragraph.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
                <P>
                    In this document, the Bureau of Prisons (Bureau) proposes to amend, clarify, and streamline inmate discipline regulations in 28 CFR part 541 to conform with current practice; to adopt recommendations of the U.S. Department of Justice Report and Recommendations Concerning the Use of Restrictive Housing (January 2016) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     (hereinafter “Report”) to reduce the potential length of the disciplinary 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6456"/>
                    segregation sanction; and to amend and clarify the list of prohibited act codes.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         U.S. Department of Justice Report &amp; Recommendation Concerning the Use of Restrictive Housing, U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs (January 2016), 
                        <E T="03">available at https://www.ojp.gov/ncjrs/virtual-library/abstracts/us-department-justice-report-and-recommendations-concerning-use.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Clarifying Changes</HD>
                <P>Section 541.1 currently indicates that the purpose of the subpart is to describe the inmate discipline program. We first propose to add introductory language clarifying that the subpart does not create a private right of action or otherwise permit civil claims for alleged violations. We next propose to make non-substantive alterations in this section to clarify that inmate discipline helps ensure the safety, security, and orderly operation of correctional facilities as well as the protection of the public by sanctioning inmates who commit prohibited acts. We also retain language indicating that the subpart describes the inmate discipline program and ensures that sanctions will not be imposed in a capricious or retaliatory manner. Finally, we reiterate that, consistent with the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, for all discipline cases, the Unit Discipline Committee or Disciplinary Hearing Officer shall consider the individual inmate's mental health and disabilities when determining the appropriateness of sanctions.</P>
                <P>Section 541.2 states that the Bureau's inmate discipline program applies to sentenced and unsentenced inmates in Bureau custody and those designated to any prison, institution, or facility in which persons are held in custody by direction of, or under an agreement with, the Bureau of Prisons. Although this language implicitly includes inmates designated to Bureau contract facilities, the Bureau proposes to make this inclusion explicit.</P>
                <P>We propose to alter this section to indicate that, for the purposes of these regulations, “staff” indicates staff authorized by the Bureau to implement the inmate discipline program as described in this subpart, and that the inmate discipline program applies to sentenced and unsentenced inmates in Bureau custody or in any facility, including community confinement facilities, in which persons are held in custody by the direction of, or under an agreement with, the Bureau.</P>
                <P>Section 541.3 describes prohibited acts and available sanctions. The current regulation divides prohibited acts into four separate categories based on severity: Greatest; High; Moderate; and Low. We now propose to eliminate the “Low” category to eliminate prohibited act codes that were underutilized. The revised list of prohibited acts is explained in more detail below.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Prohibited Act Codes</HD>
                <P>The Bureau proposes to make several changes to 28 CFR 541.3 Table 1 to § 541.3—Prohibited Acts and Available Sanctions, as follows:</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Clarification of code 101, regarding assaulting any person, or an armed assault on the institution's secure perimeter (to be used only when serious physical injury has been attempted or accomplished).</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to clarify the language of this code to indicate that the prohibited conduct is the attempted or accomplished assault and/or battery of any person involving serious physical injury, or an armed assault on the institution's secure perimeter. No changes will be made to the substance or application of this code.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Expansion of code 102, regarding escape.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to expand this code, which currently includes “escape from escort; escape from any secure or non-secure institution, including community confinement; escape from unescorted community program or activity;” and “escape from outside a secure institution,” to clarify that this code prohibits any unauthorized departure from custody, including, but not limited to, unauthorized departure from the buildings, lands, property or perimeter (inside or outside) of any secure or non-secure facility; unauthorized departure from community confinement, work detail, program or activity (whether escorted or unescorted); and unauthorized departure from any authorized location regardless of electronic monitoring devices.</P>
                <P>Escape from a work detail is currently included in prohibited act code 200, which we now propose to delete, as the language in that code will be encompassed by revised code 102. In the July 26, 2005, proposed rule on the subject, the Bureau explained that code 200 was created to allow for a less severe sanction than that imposed for any other type of escape if an inmate voluntarily chooses to minimize his prohibited act by returning (70 FR 43093). However, in the intervening years, the Bureau has found that allowing for a less severe sanction for escapes with voluntary return has resulted in greater incidences of inmate escapes and attempts to escape in order to procure contraband to introduce into Bureau facilities.</P>
                <P>Therefore, to deter any unauthorized departure from Bureau custody, regardless of whether the inmate chooses to voluntarily return, and to emphasize the severity of the prohibited act, we propose to delete code 200 and include escapes from work details within code 102 in the Greatest Severity Level.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Clarification of code 103, regarding setting a fire.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to clarify the language of this code to prohibit causing ignition or combustion (including, but not limited to, fire or explosion) that either threatens serious bodily harm or is done in furtherance of another Greatest Severity Level prohibited act. No changes will be made to the substance or application of this code.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Clarification of code 104, regarding possession, manufacture, or introduction of a gun, firearm, weapon, sharpened instrument, knife, dangerous chemical, explosive, ammunition, or any instrument that has been modified in order to be used as a weapon.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to clarify the language of this code to prohibit possession, manufacture, or introduction of any item that has been weaponized. Such an item can include firearms, sharpened instruments, unauthorized blades, explosives, ammunition, unauthorized chemicals, or any other object that has been modified in order to be used as a weapon.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Combining codes 105 and 106, regarding rioting and encouraging others to riot.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to combine code 105, rioting, and 106, encouraging others to riot, into one code 105 that clarifies the prohibited act as rioting; promoting rioting; or encouraging others to participate in a riot. In this code, we also define the term “riot” as a disturbance with two or more people that involves violence or threats of violence or damage to government property, for the purpose of preventing or coercing official action.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Expansion of code 108, regarding hazardous tools.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to expand this code, which currently includes “possession, manufacture, introduction or loss” of hazardous tools, to also include “use” of a hazardous tool. We also propose to include in the list of hazardous tool examples those “items necessary in the use of these devices.” Making these changes would allow for discipline if telltale evidence of such items as a cellphone, electronic device, or escape paraphernalia were not found, but items which could only be used with prohibited items are found to have been used.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Separation of codes 110, 111, 112, 113, regarding drugs, narcotics, and marijuana, from those regarding alcohol and intoxicants.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    We propose to make a technical amendment involving prohibited act 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6457"/>
                    codes 110, 111, 112, and 113, all of which currently cover the prohibited acts of refusing to be tested for, introducing, or making, using, or possessing drugs or alcohol/intoxicants not prescribed by medical staff. Having one set of prohibited acts that relates to both drugs and alcohol/intoxicants together has made it difficult for the Bureau to effectively track the number of incident reports related solely to drugs or solely to alcohol/intoxicants.
                </P>
                <P>We therefore propose to separate the one set of prohibited activities into two: one group of codes relating to drugs, and the other to alcohol/intoxicants. To accomplish this, we created four new prohibited act codes: 116, 117, 118, and 119. Codes 110 through 113 will now relate solely to drugs, and codes 116 through 119 will repeat the activities described in 110 through 113, but with regard to alcohol/intoxicants. The wording of the codes has not otherwise changed.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Combination of codes 114, 205, 206, 229, and 300, regarding non-consensual, sexually explicit conduct up to and including assault.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to combine codes 114, 205, 206, 229, and 300 to clarify that the behavior we seek to prohibit encompasses additional non-consensual, sexually explicit conduct, including “sexual assault.” Instead, we propose to clarify that code 114 prohibits sexually explicit conduct involving force, threat of force, or threat of harm; or sexually explicit conduct without consent or through coercion; or attempts thereof. Revised code 114 would encompass sexually explicit conduct that staff have observed and instructed an inmate to cease.</P>
                <P>In this code, we further define the term “sexually explicit conduct” as it is described in 18 U.S.C. 2256(2)(A): verbal or written sexual proposals or threats; actual or simulated sexual intercourse, including but not limited to genital-genital, oral-genital, anal-genital, or oral-anal, whether between persons of the same or opposite sex; bestiality; masturbation; sadistic or masochistic abuse; or lascivious exhibition of the anus, genitals, or pubic area of any person.</P>
                <P>There has been a general increase over several years in the occurrence of these prohibited acts, particularly as aimed at staff. This behavior, especially towards staff, rises to the greatest level of severity because it results in the existence of a sexually hostile work environment for staff. Accordingly, we seek to increase the severity level for these behaviors to underscore the level of seriousness of this conduct, to deter this type of activity, and to promote a healthy work environment for Bureau staff.</P>
                <P>As conforming amendments, the Bureau proposes to delete codes 205 (engaging in sexual acts), 206 (making sexual proposals or threats to another), 229 (sexual assault of any person, involving non-consensual touching without force or threat of force), and 300 (indecent exposure) because the conduct those codes prohibit would be encompassed under revised code 114.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Addition of code 194, regarding unauthorized use of social media and fund transfer services.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to add a Greatest Severity Level prohibited act code (194) for accessing, using, or maintaining social media accounts (including, but not limited to the following: Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Snapchat, TikTok, etc. or any successor), or directing others to establish or maintain social media accounts on the inmate's behalf for the purpose of committing or aiding in the commission of a criminal act; of committing or aiding in the commission of any Greatest category prohibited act; or of circumventing authorized communications monitoring for the purpose of committing or aiding in the commission of a criminal act or of any Greatest category prohibited act. This code also prohibits inmates' use of fund transfer services such as CashApp, as explained in more detail below.</P>
                <P>
                    In determining whether the Bureau can restrict inmate access to social media accounts, the appropriate standard to consider is whether such a restriction is reasonably related to legitimate penological interests. 
                    <E T="03">See, e.g., Aguiar</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Recktenwald,</E>
                     No. 3:13-2616, 2015 WL 5829727, at *8 (M.D. Pa. Sept. 30, 2015) (citing 
                    <E T="03">Solan</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Zickefoose,</E>
                     530 F. App'x 109, 110 (3d Cir. 2013), 
                    <E T="03">cert. dismissed,</E>
                     134 S. Ct. 1499 (2014), reconsideration denied, 134 S. Ct. 1927 (2014) (quoting 
                    <E T="03">Turner</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Safley,</E>
                     482 U.S. 78, 89 (1987)). In 
                    <E T="03">Aguiar,</E>
                     the court articulated the 
                    <E T="03">Turner</E>
                     factors demonstrated by the Bureau's policy of restricting social media use by inmates, as follows:
                </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        The first 
                        <E T="03">Turner</E>
                         factor requires a valid, rational connection between the prison regulation and the legitimate governmental interest articulated to justify it. Here, the record supports a rational connection between controlling indirect communications with outsiders through effectuating the deactivation of inmates' Facebook accounts, and the articulated goal of promoting the security of the prison institution and the protection of the community . . . . The policy . . . of restricting inmates from accessing social media platforms as a means to communicate with unauthorized contacts, “is content neutral and does not work to exclude any particular message or expression.” 
                        <E T="03">McIntyre</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">Bayer,</E>
                         243 F.3d 548 (9th Cir. 2000) . . . .
                    </P>
                    <P>If the prison facility acquiesced upon discovering that an inmate's Facebook account was being operated to convey content from the inmate himself, it would open the door to inmates communicating with a virtually unlimited number of individuals. Those Facebook contacts could include other confined inmates, gang members with whom the inmate may be affiliated with and prohibited from contacting, or perhaps more disturbingly victims of the inmate's crimes or other individuals who may be subject to deliberate intimidation by the inmate (or by the inmate's contact who controls the account, harassing the victim in effective anonymity). The uncontroverted evidence indicates that administrators have determined, in their sound discretion, that permitting inmates to maintain Facebook accounts through third parties would jeopardize the security and order of the facility and would circumvent established policies regulating communication that enhance prison security. . . .</P>
                    <P>
                        With regard to the second factor, Aguiar's First Amendment right to communication or association has not been impermissibly denied, as the challenged policy leaves ample alternatives to communicate with friends and family. Specifically, Aguiar retains the use of other methods of communication with outsiders through prison visitation, postal mail, telephone, and TRULINCS messaging. . . . Specifically, the First Amendment does not require “that the government provide telephones, videoconferencing, email, or any of the other marvelous forms of technology that allow instantaneous communication across geographical distances; the First Amendment is a limit on the exercise of governmental power, not a source of positive obligation.” 
                        <E T="03">Holloway</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">Magness,</E>
                         No. 5:07-00088, 2011 WL 204891, at *7 (E.D. Ark. Jan. 21, 2011).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The third 
                        <E T="03">Turner</E>
                         factor considers the impact that the accommodation of the asserted constitutional right will have on Defendants. Here, the Court has considered the consequence of accommodating the asserted constitutional right on the allocation of prison resources generally, the other inmates, and the prison administration. “When accommodation of an asserted right will have a significant `ripple effect' on fellow inmates or prison staff, courts should be particularly deferential to the informed discretion of corrections officials.” Turner, 482 U.S. at 89. Permitting inmates to effectively curate the content posted on their Facebook pages through an authorized agent would impose insurmountable burdens on prison staff tasked with monitoring inmates' communications, would require incredible prison resources to effectively regulate, and would undermine the infrastructure of communication policies designed to safeguard prison operations. In toto, these considerations demonstrate a substantial burden on prison officials and resources as an impact of accommodating Aguiar's access to Facebook.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The fourth 
                        <E T="03">Turner</E>
                         factor, the availability of other alternatives to effectuate the BOP's 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6458"/>
                        objective, weights in favor of the BOP, as Aguiar has not offered any meaningful alternatives to Defendants' current arrangement of disclosing to Facebook inmates whose Facebook accounts are updated by third parties in violation of Facebook's user agreement, and more generally of discouraging inmates from gaining access to social media platforms in order to communicate with unauthorized contacts.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In sum, the 
                        <E T="03">Turner</E>
                         factors weigh in favor of the BOP's informal policy of restricting inmates from maintaining social media platforms such as Facebook, as the decision to notify Facebook upon discovering an inmate with an active Facebook account does not impermissibly curtail an inmate's right to communicate with persons outside the prison. As Aguiar has not alleged the deprivation of a constitutional right, Defendants are entitled to qualified immunity with respect to these First Amendment claims.
                    </P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Aguiar</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Recktenwald,</E>
                     2015 WL 5829727, at *9. In addition, several states currently have provisions in law or policies prohibiting prisoners from accessing social media. 
                    <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                     Ala. Code 14-11-70 (2013); Texas Department of Criminal Justice Offender Orientation Handbook, Ch. 1, III. N., p. 24 (Apr. 2016); New Mexico Corrections Department Policy CD-044005, internet Use, page 5, M.1. (May 20, 2015); North Carolina Department of Public Safety, Prisons, Policy &amp; Procedures, General, B.0300 Inmate Conduct Rules (y)(2) (July 10, 2013).
                </P>
                <P>We further propose to include language necessary to enable the Bureau to target and eliminate inmates' use of fund transfer services like CashApp. When inmates use these services to send and receive money, Bureau staff are unable to monitor those transfers. CashApp and similar applications employ encryption technology that enables inmates to avoid detection, allowing them to use these platforms for unlawful purposes such as money laundering. Without the ability to closely monitor fund transfers using CashApp and similar applications, Bureau staff are unable to advise and assist other federal, state, and local law enforcement entities with identifying criminal or potentially criminal activity in which a particular inmate is engaged. Thus, inclusion of this language will provide us with a tool to disincentive an inmate's use of these fund transfer services and to hold inmates accountable for violating the prohibition against such use.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Addition of code 195, regarding use of video visits to commit or aid in the commission of a criminal act or any other Greatest category prohibited act.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to add a Greatest Severity Level prohibited act code (195) for use of video visits to commit or aid in the commission of a criminal act or any other Greatest category prohibited act. The Bureau adds this code to account for advances in technology that have allowed for the use of video visiting by inmates as an alternative to telephonic communication and visiting room visitation. This code is necessary to discipline for infractions similarly to current code 196, “use of the mail for an illegal purpose or to commit or further a Greatest category prohibited act;” and 197, “use of the telephone for an illegal purpose or to commit or further a Greatest category prohibited act.”</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Expansion of code 196, regarding use of the mail for an illegal purpose.</E>
                </P>
                <P>Current code 196 allows for discipline for use of the mail for an illegal purpose or to commit or further a Greatest category prohibited act. We propose to expand this code to include misuse of any form of electronic mail and messaging, including messaging through the TRULINCS system. The Bureau makes this addition to account for advances in technology that have allowed for the use of electronic mail by inmates as an alternative to written correspondence and telephone communication. This change is necessary to discipline for infractions similarly to current code 196, “use of the mail for an illegal purpose or to commit or further a Greatest category prohibited act;” and 197, “use of the telephone for an illegal purpose or to commit or further a Greatest category prohibited act.”</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Clarification of code 201, regarding fighting.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to modify this code to clarify that the term “fighting” is defined as a hostile physical or verbal encounter between two or more persons. This is more descriptive than the previous code description, which was simply “fighting with another person.” No other changes are made in the substance or application of this code.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Addition of code 202, regarding possession of forms used in fraudulent filing.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to create a new code 202 prohibiting possession of any forms that may be used in the fraudulent filing of Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) liens and prohibiting any attempt to publicly disclose the private information of others for unlawful purposes.</P>
                <P>For several years, inmates have been filing fraudulent liens against Bureau staff, typically alleging that a particular Bureau staff member is financially indebted to the inmate because of something the Bureau staff did or did not do. Inmates frequently file these liens under the purported authority of the UCC, which has been adopted by most states.</P>
                <P>Under the UCC, a creditor files a financing statement with the required state office. This financing statement creates a lien. To remove the lien, the creditor must file a formal amendment. When Bureau legal staff learn that a lien has been filed against a staff member, they file a demand letter requesting to have the lien removed. If the inmate refuses to remove the lien, the Bureau staff may file a document contesting the lien. Specifically, the UCC provides a debtor the opportunity to file a correction on a record that is believed to be inaccurately or wrongfully filed. The filing of a correction statement does not invalidate the original financing statement but does serve to alert anyone searching the records for the debtor's name that this financing statement is contested.</P>
                <P>Filing fraudulent liens or attempting to disclose the private information of others is prohibited by the Court Security Improvement Act of 2007 (Pub. L. 110-177, Jan. 7, 2008). That Act added two new provisions to the Federal Criminal Code: 18 U.S.C. 1521, which established a criminal offense for filing, attempting to file, or conspiring to file, a false lien or encumbrance against the real or personal property of a Federal Judge or Federal law enforcement officer; and 18 U.S.C. 119, which established a criminal offense for making publicly available “restricted personal information” about a covered person” with the intent to threaten, intimidate, or incite a crime of violence against such person. Such information, as defined in that section, includes an individual's Social Security number, home address, home phone number, mobile phone number, personal email, or home fax number. The definition of “covered persons” in 18 U.S.C. 119(b)(2) includes court officers, jurors, witnesses, informants, and Federal law enforcement officers, which includes Bureau of Prisons staff.</P>
                <P>The Bureau's current regulations explain, in 28 CFR 500.1(h), that contraband is material prohibited by law, regulation, or policy that can reasonably be expected to cause physical injury or adversely affect the safety, security or good order of the facility or protection of the public. The filing of fraudulent liens and the possession of documents that contain another's restricted personal information impacts the security and good order of Bureau facilities.</P>
                <P>
                    Federal courts have upheld prohibition of UCC forms and documents related to UCC filings, as 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6459"/>
                    contraband. For instance, in 
                    <E T="03">Edmonds</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Sobina,</E>
                     296 F. App'x 214 (3d Cir. 2008), the court held that discipline imposed upon a federal inmate in unauthorized possession of UCC filing forms did not implicate any constitutionally protected liberty interest. 296 F. App'x 217-18. The court upheld the Bureau's policy of restricting possession of such items as contraband, indicating that this restriction did not violate the inmate's First Amendment right to possess legal materials. 
                    <E T="03">Id.; see also Monroe</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Beard,</E>
                     536 F.3d 198 at 207-09 (3d Cir. 2008) (upholding Pennsylvania DOC prohibition of UCC forms, indicating that possession of such forms “demonstrates the considerable `ripple effect' that accommodating the plaintiff's right to possess these items may have on DOC resources and on guards and DOC employees if other inmates were to successfully file false liens.”); 
                    <E T="03">Dantzler</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Beard,</E>
                     No. 09-275, 2010 WL 1008294, *10 (W.D. Pa. Mar. 15, 2010) (Pennsylvania Department of Corrections confiscation of an inmate's UCC materials “did not violate his procedural due process rights because, as a matter of law, Plaintiff has no property rights in UCC materials.”); 
                    <E T="03">Lawson</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Stephens,</E>
                     No. 7:15-173, 2018 WL 10731584, at *1 (N.D. Tex. June 22, 2018) (Texas Department of Correction policy restricting inmate possession of UCC materials “does not violate plaintiff's First Amendment right to possess legal materials . . . .”); 
                    <E T="03">Torres</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Fla. Dep't of Corr.,</E>
                     742 F. App'x 403 (11th Cir. 2018) (Florida Department of Corrections “rule permitting confiscation of inmate's UCC forms was reasonably related to legitimate penological interest in preventing prisoners from filing fraudulent UCC liens, and thus the rule did not violate inmate's First Amendment rights.”).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Additionally, in 
                    <E T="03">United States</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Martin,</E>
                     356 F. Supp. 2d 621 (W.D. Va. 2005), the court held that imposition of a permanent injunction barring federal inmates from filing financing statement or liens without prior court approval was warranted, where inmates had filed meritless financing statements against federal judges and Bureau officials for purpose of intimidation and harassment, and where inmates continued to try to file liens against other federal officials involved in their cases after the government filed suit. 
                    <E T="03">Id.</E>
                     at 628-29.
                </P>
                <P>For these reasons, the Bureau now proposes to prohibit inmate possession of any forms that may be used in the fraudulent filing of UCC liens and any attempt to publicly disclose the private information of others for unlawful purposes.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Clarification of code 203, regarding threatening.</E>
                </P>
                <P>Current code 203 prohibits threatening another with bodily harm or any other offense. The Bureau now proposes to modify this code to clarify the prohibited conduct as communicating an intent to jeopardize the safety, security, and orderly operation of a Bureau facility, protection of the public, or the person or property of another. No substantive or application changes are made to this code.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Clarification of code 204, regarding extortion and blackmail.</E>
                </P>
                <P>Current code 204 prohibits extortion; blackmail; protection; demanding or receiving money or anything of value in return for protection against others, to avoid bodily harm, or under threat of informing. The Bureau now proposes to modify this code to clarify the prohibited conduct as extortion, blackmail, or otherwise demanding or receiving anything of value using actual or threatened force, violence, fear, or intimidation. No change is made to the substance or application of this rule.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Reservation of code 205, regarding sexual acts.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to delete this code as explained above.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Reservation of code 206, regarding making sexual proposals or threats to another.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to delete this code as explained above.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Addition of code 210, regarding possession of sexually explicit material.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to create a new code 210 prohibiting possession of sexually explicit material. Possession of sexually explicit and sexually provocative images, writings, or other materials can pose a danger to the security of the institution. Also, the presence of these materials in Bureau facilities creates a sexualized work environment, which is potentially disturbing to staff conducting routine searches of inmate property. This is particularly a concern when inmates openly display sexually provocative images in their cells. Furthermore, this is also a concern for inmates under specific correctional management plans relating to sexual offenses or under treatment for disorders related to sexual dysfunction, as ongoing possession of sexually explicit images or documents is a risk factor for recidivism and counterproductive to rehabilitation.</P>
                <P>
                    Current Bureau regulations in 28 CFR part 540 prohibit inmates from receiving sexually explicit material. 
                    <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                     28 CFR 540.14(d)(7) (correspondence may be rejected if it is “[s]exually explicit material (for example, personal photographs) which by its nature or content poses a threat to an individual's personal safety or security, or to institution good order . . .”); 28 CFR 540.71(b)(7) (an incoming publication may be rejected if it “is sexually explicit material which by its nature or content poses a threat to the security, good order, or discipline of the institution, or facilitates criminal activity.”).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Additionally, 28 CFR 540.72 explains the statutory restriction requiring return of commercially published information or material that is sexually explicit or features nudity. This derives from repeated Congressional mandates against making such information or material available to inmates. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     18 U.S.C. 4042 note (“Sexually Explicit Commercially Published Material”).
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In section 540.72(b)(4), “sexually explicit” is defined as “a pictorial depiction of actual or simulated sexual acts including sexual intercourse, oral sex, or masturbation.”
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Public Law 107-77, Title VI, sec. 614,</E>
                         Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 801, provided that:
                    </P>
                    <P>Hereafter, none of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available to the Federal Bureau of Prisons may be used to distribute or make available any commercially published information or material to a prisoner when it is made known to the Federal official having authority to obligate or expend such funds that such information or material is sexually explicit or features nudity.</P>
                    <P>Similar provisions were contained in the following prior Appropriations Acts:</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Public Law 106-553,</E>
                         § 1(a)(2) [§ 614], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2762A-106.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Public Law 106-113,</E>
                         Div. B, § 1000(a)(1) [Title VI, § 615], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1501A-54.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Public Law 105-277,</E>
                         Div. A, § 101(b) [Title VI, § 614], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681-113.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Public Law 105-119, Title VI, § 614,</E>
                         Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2518.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Public Law 104-208,</E>
                         Div. A, § 101(a) [Title VI, § 614], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-66.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>As indicated above in relation to revised code 114, the Bureau recognizes the definition of “sexually explicit conduct” in 18 U.S.C. 2256(2)(A), which is as follows:</P>
                <FP>. . . “sexually explicit conduct” means actual or simulated—</FP>
                <P>(i) sexual intercourse, including genital-genital, oral-genital, anal-genital, or oral-anal, whether between persons of the same or opposite sex;</P>
                <P>(ii) bestiality;</P>
                <P>(iii) masturbation;</P>
                <P>(iv) sadistic or masochistic abuse; or</P>
                <P>(v) lascivious exhibition of the anus, genitals, or pubic area of any person;</P>
                <P>
                    As indicated, the Bureau defines “materials” as any pictorial depiction, to include photos, drawings, digitally or computer-manipulated image, or other visual depictions (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     collages, posters). Therefore, this code seeks to prohibit inmate possession of visual depictions of actual or simulated sexual 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6460"/>
                    intercourse, bestiality, masturbation, sadistic or masochistic abuse, or lascivious exhibition of the anus, genitals, or pubic area of any person.
                </P>
                <P>By adding this code, we seek to reduce currently prohibited behaviors to clarify that the possession of sexually explicit material poses a potential harm to staff by creating and maintaining a sexually hostile work environment, and to the community when sexual offenders persist in conduct contrary to rehabilitation goals.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Combination of current code 212, regarding group demonstrations; current High Severity Level code 213, encouraging others to refuse to work or to participate in a work stoppage; and current Moderate Severity Level code 336, circulating a petition.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to combine current code 212, regarding group demonstrations, current High Severity Level code 213, encouraging others to refuse to work or to participate in a work stoppage, and current Moderate Severity Level code 336, circulating a petition. Each of these codes describes prohibited conduct which may be described as participating in or promoting others to participate in unauthorized conduct as a group. Therefore, we propose to create a new code 212, which would prohibit participating or promoting others to participate with two or more persons in unauthorized behavior, whether planned or unplanned (including, but not limited to, unauthorized work stoppage or refusal to work or eat, group demonstrations, sit-ins, creating or circulating a petition, etc.).</P>
                <P>
                    Prohibiting participation by two or more inmates in authorized behavior, such as circulating petitions, for instance, to maintain control over group activity by prisoners is a reasonable response to a legitimate penological concern. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     Duamutef v. O'Keefe, 98 F.3d 22, 24 (2d Cir. 1996) (explaining that as long as individual grievance procedures are available, prisons may bar circulation of petitions); 
                    <E T="03">Wolfel</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Morris,</E>
                     972 F.2d 712, 716 (6th Cir. 1992) (“[I]t seems clear that a prison does not violate a prisoner's rights by refusing to allow circulation of petitions.”). If the group behavior is coupled with a demonstrated and evidenced threat to the safety, security, or good order of the facility or protection of the public, the penological concern is heightened and the necessity of disciplining such activity is even greater.
                </P>
                <P>The appropriate, legally authorized method for inmates to formally grieve prison conditions is through the Administrative Remedy Program, described in 28 CFR part 542. Under this Program, every inmate can raise individual complaints and receive three levels of review (at the institution, Region, and Central Office levels).</P>
                <P>Inmate petitions, group demonstrations, sit-ins, and other such group behavior are prohibited because these behaviors involve multiple inmates with goals of contravening prison operations and management, and as such, these activities pose a special risk of disruption that does not exist through the sanctioned, individual administrative remedy complaint system. Such unauthorized group conduct threatens the safety, security, and good order of the facility and the protection of the public. This behavior not only poses serious security risks, but also undermines the effectiveness and legitimacy of the Administrative Remedy Program</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Clarification of code 216, regarding giving or offering an official or staff member a bribe, or anything of value.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to make a minor modification to this code to clarify that the prohibited conduct is giving or offering a staff member something of value to persuade or induce favor or action, not simply giving anything of value without such an expectation. This is a more accurate statement of the problematic conduct. We do not propose to make substantive or application changes to this code.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Clarification of code 218, regarding destroying property.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Currently, code 218 prohibits destroying, altering, or damaging government property, or the property of another person, having a value in excess of $100.00, or destroying, altering, damaging life-safety devices (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     fire alarm) regardless of financial value. We propose to make minor edits to the language of this code to clarify that the prohibited conduct is destroying, altering, or damaging any of the following: property valued over $100.00 belonging to the government or another person; or property necessary for the protection of life and/or safety (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     fire alarms), regardless of financial value. This proposal does not make substantive changes or changes in application of the code.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Modification of code 219, regarding stealing and theft (including data obtained through the unauthorized use or access to any media or equipment on which electronic data is stored).</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    We propose to modify High Severity Level prohibited act code 219 regarding stealing and theft to include theft of data obtained through unauthorized use or access to any media or equipment on which electronic data is stored. Inmates have previously been able to compromise certain electronic storage systems to obtain unauthorized information to “check the paperwork” of other inmates—
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     to find out confidential information about another inmate for the purpose of targeting that inmate based on that confidential information. Targeting of other inmates based on this confidential information, in turn, presents safety and security concerns for inmates and staff due to the possibility of violence or other unlawful acts being committed upon the inmate whose confidential information was stolen.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Modification of code 221, regarding being in an unauthorized area with a person of the opposite sex without staff permission.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to modify the High Severity Level prohibited act code 221, being in an unauthorized area with a person of the opposite sex without staff permission, to clarify that inmates will be disciplined for being in an unauthorized area without staff permission with any other person, regardless of sex. This is a more accurate statement of the prohibited conduct and will not change the application of this code.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Modification of code 224, regarding assault that does not involve serious physical injury.</E>
                </P>
                <P>Currently, this code prohibits assaulting any person, but also contains a parenthetical explanation that the code should only be used when “less serious physical injury or contact has been attempted or accomplished.” Rather than leave it to the discretion of staff to determine whether injuries are “less serious,” we propose to modify this code to prohibit an assault of any person that does not involve serious physical injury, including non-consensual touching.</P>
                <P>We also propose this modification to more clearly distinguish the behavior prohibited by this code, which is in the High Severity Level category, from the proposed revision to Greatest Severity Level code 101, which prohibits assault and/or battery of any person involving serious physical injury, or an armed assault on the institution's secure perimeter.</P>
                <P>The revised code 224 also prohibits non-consensual touching, which is currently encompassed by code 229, sexual assault of any person, involving non-consensual touching without force or threat of force. Code 229 will be reserved, as this prohibited conduct is proposed to be encompassed by revised code 224 and possibly revised code 114.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Modification of code 228, regarding tattooing or self-mutilation.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    We propose to modify the High Severity Level prohibited act code 228, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6461"/>
                    tattooing or self-mutilation, to clarify that inmates will be disciplined for body modification, including but not limited to tattooing and piercing, and possession of any paraphernalia and/or tools for the use of any form of body modification. The code description will also include the caveat that this code shall not be applied to acts of self-directed violence (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     cutting).
                </P>
                <P>This addition reflects the seriousness of the conduct, the disruptive nature of possession of such items, and the potential health concerns resulting from improper use. However, we also add the caveat that this code is not to be used in any instance involving self-directed violence or harm. This clarification reflects the Bureau's recognition that an inmate's mental health symptoms, including acute symptoms of withdrawal from drugs or other addictive substances, should not result in disciplinary sanctions.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Reservation of code 229, regarding sexual assault of any person, involving non-consensual touching without force or threat of force.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to delete this code as explained above.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Addition of code 230, regarding possession and/or use of tobacco or related paraphernalia.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Currently, code 331 allows for discipline for possession, manufacture, introduction, or loss of a non-hazardous tool,” including “
                    <E T="03">smoking apparatus and tobacco in any form where prohibited . . .</E>
                    ” [Emphasis added]. We propose to remove the phrase “smoking apparatus and tobacco in any form where prohibited” and transfer it into new code 230. We also propose to clarify that smoking apparatus and tobacco in any form may include, but is not limited to, such items as vape devices and other non-conventional forms of delivery.
                </P>
                <P>Increasing the severity level of possession and/or use of tobacco or related paraphernalia underscores the seriousness of the offense. This is necessary because since the last revision of the prohibited act codes, 28 CFR 551.163 codified the prohibition of possession of smoking apparatus and tobacco in any form, unless as part of an authorized religious activity. Furthermore, since the last revision of this code, the use of alternate forms of delivery, such as vape pens, has become more prevalent among inmates in Bureau facilities, leading to further introduction of this type of prohibited contraband and increased security issues.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Modification of code 231, regarding requesting, demanding, pressuring, or otherwise intentionally creating a situation, which causes an inmate to produce or display his/her own court documents for any unauthorized purpose to another inmate.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    We propose to make two modifications to code 231. We first propose to amend the language of the offense code to more accurately focus on the coercive behavior involved when an inmate seeks to obtain another inmate's personal court documents and information for unauthorized purposes. We also propose to include language clarifying that some documents beyond “court documents” should be included as part of this code. Sensitive information about a particular inmate (including Walsh Act information) may appear on court documents or on non-court documents, including, but not limited to, PATTERN scoresheets. We therefore propose to revise the code to clarify that the prohibited conduct is requesting, demanding, pressuring, or otherwise creating a situation that causes an inmate to produce or display their own court documents or other documents (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     PATTERN scoresheets) that contain information about the inmate's current or prior offense(s) for any unauthorized purpose to another inmate.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Addition of code 232, regarding introduction of any unauthorized non-hazardous item or contraband.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    We propose to add a new High Severity Level prohibited act code 232, to underscore the seriousness of introducing unauthorized items (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     contraband) into a correctional setting. Introduction of unauthorized items cannot be monitored for their potential in creating a hazardous environment for both staff and inmates; even seemingly harmless, non Bureau-purchased items like cosmetic products or cleaning supplies may contain harmful chemicals or other dangerous substances that pose health, safety, and security risks to all individuals within the correctional setting.
                </P>
                <P>Another institutional security consideration involves the unintended consequences of introduction of certain contraband into a correctional facility, including the creation or perpetuation of an unauthorized series of financial transactions. One example includes an inmate obtaining cosmetic items and dietary supplements and then marking up the price substantially to sell to other inmates who are unable to purchase such items through the official commissary. Then, the inmate who purchases the contraband from another inmate may owe a debt, which, if left unpaid, can create the precise type of volatile situation that may cause violence to erupt and risk the safety of both inmates and staff.</P>
                <P>This new code is designed to thwart contraband introduction and minimize the risks to the health and safety of Bureau inmates, staff, and members of the public.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Addition of code 235, regarding communicating gang affiliation, participating in gang-related activities, and possession of paraphernalia indicating gang affiliation.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to increase the severity level of current code 335, communicating gang affiliation, participating in gang-related activities, or possession of paraphernalia indicating gang affiliation, from the Moderate Severity Level category to the High Severity Level category. This change is proposed to underscore the seriousness of the offense, as the existence of gangs jeopardizes the safety, security, and good order of Bureau facilities.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Addition of code 294, regarding unauthorized use of social media.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    We propose to create a new High Severity Level prohibited act code (294) for accessing, using, or maintaining social media, or directing others to establish or maintain social media accounts on the inmate's behalf (including, but not limited to the following: Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Snapchat, TikTok, etc. or any successor). In contrast to proposed code 194, code 294 acts will 
                    <E T="03">not</E>
                     involve commission or aid in the commission of any criminal act or any Greatest category prohibited act.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Addition of code 295, regarding use of video visits for abuses other than criminal activity.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to create a new High Severity Level prohibited act code which prohibits use of video visits for abuses other than criminal activity, including, but not limited to, conduct that circumvents established video visit session monitoring procedures; conduct that permits communication with individuals other than the authorized visitors; conduct that would be unauthorized if it were to occur in an in-person visiting room; or use of the video session to commit or further another High category prohibited act.</P>
                <P>
                    We propose the addition of this code to deter abuses of any video visiting system in place at a Bureau facility, such as sharing passwords, not logging off the system, nudity; and/or use of visual and/or verbal communicated actions by the inmate or approved contact such as hand/body gestures outside of general sign language. General sign language is not limited to American Sign language and includes 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6462"/>
                    “home signs”—
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     communicative gestures invented or created by a Deaf person within their own family—as well as other visual or tactual communication forms that might be used by certified Deaf interpreters or other individuals who are Deaf or Hard of Hearing. General sign language does not include gang signs/signals, sexual acts/gestures/innuendos, prohibited substance/drug use, etc.
                </P>
                <P>The Bureau adds this code to account for advances in technology that have allowed for the use of video visiting by inmates as an alternative to telephonic communication and visiting room visitation. This code is necessary for infractions similar to those addressed by codes 296 and 297, which address similar conduct for use of the mail and telephone for such abuses “other than criminal activity which circumvent” monitoring or to “commit or further a High category prohibited act.”</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Expansion of code 296, regarding use of the mail for abuses other than criminal activity.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Current code 296 allows for discipline for use of the mail for abuses other than criminal activity that circumvent mail monitoring procedures (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     use of the mail to commit or further a High category prohibited act, special mail abuse; writing letters in code; directing others to send, sending, or receiving a letter or mail through unauthorized means; sending mail for other inmates without authorization; sending correspondence to a specific address with directions or intent to have the correspondence sent to an unauthorized person; and using a fictitious return address in an attempt to send or receive unauthorized correspondence).
                </P>
                <P>We propose to expand this code to include misuse of any form of electronic mail and messaging, including, but not limited to, messaging through the TRULINCS system. The Bureau makes this addition to account for advances in technology that have allowed for the use of electronic mail by inmates as an alternative to written correspondence and telephone communication. This change is necessary to discipline for infractions similarly to current code 296, and 297, “Use of the telephone for abuses other than illegal activity which circumvent the ability of staff to monitor frequency of telephone use, content of the call, or the number called; or to commit or further a High category prohibited act.”</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Reservation of code 300, regarding indecent exposure.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to delete this code as explained above.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Clarification of code 313, regarding lying or providing a false statement to a staff member.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to modify this code to clarify that the prohibited conduct is providing a false statement to a staff member and includes feigning illness. This is a more accurate description of the prohibited behavior. Adding feigning illness to this code will serve to deter false inmate reports of illness, which not only subvert the inmate's rehabilitative programming requirements, but also have the potential to unnecessarily burden both staff and medical professionals and cause unnecessary expenditures.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Combination of code 324, regarding gambling, with code 325, preparing and conducting a gambling pool, and code 326, possession of gambling paraphernalia.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to combine these three codes into one code 324, describing the prohibited conduct as gambling, possession of gambling paraphernalia, or preparing or conducting a gambling pool. The previous separation of these three types of conduct was unnecessary, as the conduct described is interconnected.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Clarification of code 331 to remove reference to smoking “where prohibited.”</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Currently, code 331 prohibits possession, manufacture, introduction, or loss of a non-hazardous tool, equipment, supplies, or other non-hazardous contraband (tools not likely to be used in an escape or escape attempt, or to serve as a weapon capable of doing serious bodily harm to others, or not hazardous to institutional security or personal safety) (other non-hazardous contraband includes such items as food, cosmetics, cleaning supplies, 
                    <E T="03">smoking apparatus and tobacco in any form where prohibited,</E>
                     and unauthorized nutritional/dietary supplements)” [Emphasis added].
                </P>
                <P>
                    We propose to remove the phrase “smoking apparatus and tobacco in any form where prohibited” and increase the severity level of this prohibited conduct to create High Severity code 230. We also eliminate/delete code 332—Smoking where prohibited, because smoking apparatus is prohibited and smoking is functionally disallowed for inmates unless part of an authorized religious activity. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     28 CFR 551.162-.163.
                </P>
                <P>
                    We also propose to streamline the conduct description in this code to prohibit possession, manufacture or loss of a non-hazardous 
                    <E T="03">item</E>
                     or contraband, further explaining in the parenthetical that the term “non-hazardous item or contraband” includes, but is not limited to, items not likely to be used in an escape; items not likely to serve as a weapon capable of doing serious bodily harm to others; items not hazardous to institutional security or personal safety; unauthorized food, cosmetics, cleaning supplies, and unauthorized nutritional/dietary supplements.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Reservation of code 332, regarding smoking where prohibited.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to delete this code as explained above.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Reservation of code 335, regarding communicating gang affiliation; participating in gang related activities; possession of paraphernalia indicating gang affiliation.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to delete this code as explained above.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Addition of code 337, increasing severity level for code 404, regarding using abusive or obscene language.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    We propose to increase the severity level of Low Severity Level code 404, using abusive or obscene language, to Moderate Severity Level prohibited act code 338. This code will be moved to the 300 level because, as will be explained below, we propose to eliminate the Low Severity Level prohibited act code (400) series entirely. We note that this code does not apply to use of abusive or obscene language uttered or written by an inmate with a relevant disability (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     Tourette Syndrome).”
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Addition of code 338, increasing severity level for codes 407 &amp; 409, regarding conduct with a visitor in violation of Bureau regulations and unauthorized physical contact (e.g., kissing, embracing).</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    We propose to increase the severity level of Low Severity Level code 407 and 409 for inappropriate conduct in the visiting room. These codes would combine to become Moderate Severity Level prohibited act code 338, “unauthorized conduct in the visiting room (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     kissing, embracing, etc.).” Also, as explained below, we propose to eliminate the Low Severity Level prohibited act code (400) series entirely. These changes will be further explained below.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Addition of electronic mail to code 396, regarding use of the mail for abuses other than criminal activity.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Current code 396 allows for discipline for use of the mail for abuses other than criminal activity that do not circumvent mail monitoring; or use of the mail to commit or further a Moderate category prohibited act. We propose to add “electronic mail” to this code to account for advances in technology that have allowed for the use of electronic mail by inmates as an alternative to written correspondence and telephone 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6463"/>
                    communication. The term “electronic mail” shall include any form of electronic mail and messaging, including, but not limited to, messaging through the TRULINCS system. This change is necessary for infractions similar to those addressed by code 396, for misuse of the mail.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Reservation of code 397, regarding use of the telephone for abuses other than illegal activity which do not circumvent the ability of staff to monitor frequency of telephone use, content of the call, or the number called; or to commit or further a Moderate category prohibited act.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to delete this prohibited act code because it has been misused to prohibit conduct that actually has already circumvented the ability of staff to monitor telephone use, rather than activity that has the potential to circumvent monitoring.</P>
                <P>This code had been misunderstood as a less-severe version of code 297, which allows for discipline of conduct that circumvents monitoring for an illegal purpose. Inmates have been identified as having committed prohibited acts that would result in circumvention of telephone monitoring but did not actually result in circumvention of monitoring. These inmates were then downgraded or shown leniency by being charged with a 397-level code instead of the appropriate 297-level code. For this reason, we eliminate the 397 code to avoid confusion and to clarify that inmates should be disciplined for any conduct that may circumvent the ability of staff to monitor communications, regardless of whether monitoring is actually circumvented.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Reservation of the Low Severity Level prohibited act codes (400 series).</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to delete the Low Severity Level prohibited act code (400) series entirely. Currently, there are six active codes listed, which we propose to remove for the following reasons:</P>
                <P>“402 Malingering, feigning illness.” We propose to remove this prohibited act code because malingering does not typically require disciplinary action. However, because feigning an illness equates to lying or providing a false statement to a staff member, we have incorporated that portion of this code into code 313 above.</P>
                <P>“404 Using abusive or obscene language.” As described earlier, we propose to increase the severity level of Low Severity Level code 404, using abusive or obscene language, to Moderate Severity Level prohibited act code 337. Further, because we have significantly reduced the level of disciplinary segregation sanction that may be imposed for the Moderate Severity Level prohibited act codes, it must be noted that moving this conduct from the “Low” to the “Moderate” category does not change the severity of potential sanctions that may be imposed. Further, staff will be instructed that the inmate's level of misconduct must be greater than that previously triggering an incident report for a “Low” prohibited act code.</P>
                <P>
                    “407 Conduct with a visitor in violation of Bureau regulations” and “409 Unauthorized physical contact (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     kissing, embracing).” As described earlier, we propose to increase the severity level of Low Severity Level code 407 and 409 for inappropriate conduct in the visiting room. These codes would combine to become Moderate Severity Level prohibited act code 338, “unauthorized conduct in the visiting room (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     kissing, embracing, etc.).”
                </P>
                <P>Because we have significantly reduced the level of disciplinary segregation sanction that may be imposed for the Moderate Severity Level prohibited act codes, it must be noted that moving this conduct from the “Low” to the “Moderate” category does not change the severity of potential sanctions that may be imposed. Because we increase the seriousness of the offense, staff will be instructed that the inmate's level of misconduct must be greater than that previously triggering an incident report for either of the two previous 400-level “Low” prohibited act codes.</P>
                <P>“498 Interfering with a staff member in the performance of duties most like another Low Severity prohibited act” and “499 Conduct which disrupts or interferes with the security or orderly running of the institution or the Bureau of Prisons most like another Low Severity prohibited act.” Both of these codes indicate that they are “to be used only when another charge of Low Severity is not accurate. The offending conduct must be charged as `most like' one of the listed Low Severity prohibited acts.” We propose to eliminate these codes because they are vague and because the conduct described is more accurately specified by other codes listed in the Greatest, High, and Moderate Severity prohibited act codes.</P>
                <P>Because we propose to delete the Low Severity Level, we likewise propose to delete language relating to the Low Severity Level in Table 2 to § 541.3—Additional Available Sanctions for repeated Prohibited Acts Within the Same Severity Level.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Modifications to the disciplinary segregation sanction.</E>
                </P>
                <P>In the mid-2000s, the Bureau experienced a spike in prison violence, including the murder of a correctional officer. In response, the Bureau implemented several additional measures, including harsher penalties for inmates who violated disciplinary rules. In particular, this approach resulted in regulation changes that increased the length of maximum possible time for the penalties of disciplinary segregation time (75 FR 76263, December 8, 2010; effective on March 1, 2011).</P>
                <P>Maximum terms of segregation under current Bureau regulations are as follows:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s100,r100,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Severity level</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">First offense</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Subsequent
                            <LI>offense(s)</LI>
                            <LI>(days)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Greatest (100)</ENT>
                        <ENT>12 months (365 days)</ENT>
                        <ENT>545</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">High (200)</ENT>
                        <ENT>6 months (180 days)</ENT>
                        <ENT>365</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Moderate (300)</ENT>
                        <ENT>3 months (90 days)</ENT>
                        <ENT>180</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Low (400)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Not permitted</ENT>
                        <ENT>30</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    After 2011, the Bureau experienced a decline in its restrictive housing population, which coincided with a reduction in inmate-on-staff assaults at Bureau facilities. The chart below compares the number of inmates in segregation to the total prison population between January 2012 and August 2021, illustrating the decline in restrictive housing population.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6464"/>
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>Overview of Bureau's Restrictive Housing</TTITLE>
                    <TDESC>[Adapted from Bureau's SENTRY Recordkeeping System]</TDESC>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Type of housing</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">01/28/12</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">08/05/21</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Change</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">Total reduction</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">% Decline</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">All Bureau inmates</ENT>
                        <ENT>175,244</ENT>
                        <ENT>138,235</ENT>
                        <ENT>37,009</ENT>
                        <ENT>21.12</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Total in Restrictive Housing</ENT>
                        <ENT>13,196</ENT>
                        <ENT>10,236</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,960</ENT>
                        <ENT>22.43</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Special Housing Units (SHU)</ENT>
                        <ENT>11,106</ENT>
                        <ENT>9,361</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,745</ENT>
                        <ENT>15.71</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Special Management Unit (SMU)</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,647</ENT>
                        <ENT>533</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,114</ENT>
                        <ENT>67.64</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Administrative Maximum (ADX)</ENT>
                        <ENT>443</ENT>
                        <ENT>342</ENT>
                        <ENT>101</ENT>
                        <ENT>22.80</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As a result of the decline in imposition of the disciplinary segregation sanction, the Report recommended that the Bureau reduce the maximum time an inmate can be placed in segregation as a sanction for a disciplinary infraction. The Report recommended elimination of the disciplinary segregation sanction for all 400-level prohibited acts, and for an inmate's first adjudicated violation of all 300-level prohibited acts, and that the Bureau reclassify some 300-level prohibited acts as 200-level acts due to the more serious nature of these offenses. The following chart illustrates the recommendations of the Report:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12p,12,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Offense type</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Current maximum penalties</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">
                            First offense
                            <LI>(days)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">
                            Subsequent
                            <LI>(days)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Proposed maximum penalties</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">
                            First offense
                            <LI>(days)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">
                            Subsequent
                            <LI>(days)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">100-Level</ENT>
                        <ENT>365</ENT>
                        <ENT>545</ENT>
                        <ENT>60</ENT>
                        <ENT>90</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">200-Level (High)</ENT>
                        <ENT>180</ENT>
                        <ENT>365</ENT>
                        <ENT>30</ENT>
                        <ENT>60</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">300-Level</ENT>
                        <ENT>0</ENT>
                        <ENT>180</ENT>
                        <ENT>0</ENT>
                        <ENT>15</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">400-Level (Low)</ENT>
                        <ENT>0</ENT>
                        <ENT>30</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Therefore, the Bureau now proposes that maximum penalties for disciplinary segregation sanctions for Greatest, High, and Moderate prohibited act codes be decreased as suggested in the Report (see chart above). This would effectively undo the change to disciplinary segregation sanction maximums made by the final rule of 2011.</P>
                <P>This change would result in changes to 28 CFR 541.3, Table 1 to § 541.3—Prohibited Acts and Available Sanctions, in the “Available Sanctions” listed for each severity level prohibited acts category. The disciplinary segregation sanction is listed in each “Available Sanctions” sub-table as item C. and would be modified according to the chart shown above. Likewise, 28 CFR 541.3 Table 2 to § 541.3—Additional Available Sanctions for Repeated Prohibited Acts Within the Same Severity Level, would be similarly modified to reflect the chart shown above.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Changes to Loss of Privilege Sanctions.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    In 28 CFR 541.3 Table 1 to § 541.3—Prohibited Acts and Available Sanctions, each severity level of prohibited act codes is followed by a table listing available sanctions that may be imposed on inmates if they are found to have committed those acts by DHOs. One such sanction found in each table is the “loss of privileges” sanction. In each “available sanctions” list, the “loss of privileges” sanction is followed by a descriptive parenthetical, as follows: “Loss of privileges (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     visiting, telephone, commissary, movies, recreation).”
                </P>
                <P>We now propose to add to that descriptive parenthetical the following additional examples of privileges that may be removed as a potential sanction: video visits, electronic device(s), and the use of electronic mail and messaging of any kind, including, but not limited to, through the TRULINCS system. We add these terms to accommodate advances in technology and to clarify that the Bureau views these items as privileges for inmates. However, the Bureau emphasizes that none of these sanctions should affect an inmate's right to counsel and the ability of an inmate to meet or otherwise communicate with counsel. Accordingly, the Bureau clarifies that no employee may impose as a sanction any measure whatsoever that restricts an inmate's right of access to counsel.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Amendments to Table 2 to § 541.3—Additional Available Sanctions for Repeated Prohibited Acts Within the Same Severity Level.</E>
                </P>
                <P>In addition to eliminating references to Low Severity Level (400-series) prohibited acts as described above, we propose the following changes to Table 2: First, we propose to change second column heading from “Time period for prior offense (same code)” to “Time period for Prior Offense (same severity level).” We make this change because it has been misinterpreted as applying only to commission of the same specific code conduct. Instead, the application is intended to apply to commission of any prior offense within the same severity level as the first or second offense. In other words, if an inmate was found to have violated code 396, some staff mistakenly assumed that if the same inmate then violated code 334, the available sanctions in the table would not apply. This proposed change is meant to clarify that if an inmate is found to have committed a prohibited act in any severity level, and then commits any other prohibited act within the same severity level, whether it is the same actual code number or not, the inmate may be subject to additional sanctions for this additional prohibited conduct.</P>
                <P>Second, we modify the time periods for additional available sanctions in each severity level to decrease the amount of disciplinary segregation time, as described above.</P>
                <P>
                    Third, to correct an oversight in changes made to conform to the requirements of the First Step Act of 2018, we amend Table 2 to indicate that if an inmate commits the same Moderate Severity Level (300-series) offense, thereby violating the same prohibited act code within six months, up to seven days of FSA Earned Time Credits may be forfeited; and if an inmate commits a third violation of the same Moderate Severity Level prohibited act code 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6465"/>
                    within six months, the inmate may forfeit up to fourteen days of FSA Earned Time Credits. This amendment is consistent with the Bureau's regulations regarding FSA Earned Time Credit, as published at 87 FR 2705 (Jan. 19, 2022). No substantive changes are made to the sanctions as published in that regulation; rather, language relating to subsequent offenses of the same prohibited act code has been moved from Table 1 to Table 2, which is the correct location.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Amendments to 28 CFR 541.5, regarding the discipline process.</E>
                </P>
                <P>Currently, 28 CFR 541.5(a), describing the incident report, explains that the disciplinary process begins when staff reasonably believe the inmate has committed a prohibited act. We make a minor stylistic edit to the language regarding the composition of the incident report but make no substantive changes to this section. Likewise, we make similar stylistic edits to language in subparagraph (b) describing the investigation process, but do not change the substance of this regulation, or its application.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Amendments to 28 CFR 541.7, regarding unit discipline committee review.</E>
                </P>
                <P>We propose to clarify when the Unit Discipline Committee (UDC) will review the incident report. Currently, 28 CFR 541.7(c) indicates that the UDC ordinarily reviews the incident report “within five work days after it is issued, not counting the day it was issued, weekends, and holidays.” Inmates and staff found that description confusing and problematic, due to disparity between the time staff become aware of incidents and when incident reports are actually issued. At times, incident reports cannot be issued immediately for various reasons, including time and attention needed to resolve the situation that led to the incident in question.</P>
                <P>Therefore, we propose to clarify that the UDC will ordinarily review the incident report within five work days “after the day staff become aware of the inmate's involvement in the incident, not counting the day staff became aware of the inmate's involvement, weekends, or holidays.” This will result in more immediate action and less confusion regarding discipline.</P>
                <P>We also propose to make a minor change to 28 CFR 541.7(f), to clarify that the UDC may not impose monetary restitution as a sanction for inmate disciplinary infractions. Subparagraph (f) of 28 CFR 541.7 currently indicates that the UDC may impose “any of the available sanctions listed in Tables 1 and 2, except loss of good conduct sentence credit, disciplinary segregation, or monetary fines.” We propose to add “monetary restitution” to this list in order to clarify for staff that this is a sanction that may only be imposed at the DHO level. This is not a change to current practice or the substance of regulation, but rather a technical correction.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Clarification of 28 CFR 541.8, regarding hearings by Discipline Hearing Officers.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    We make a minor change to the language of 28 CFR 541.8(a)(3) to clarify that the incident report may be referred back to the UDC for further investigation, review, disposition, 
                    <E T="03">or other action as recommended or necessary.</E>
                     This more accurately states the purpose of this section, but makes no substantive changes or changes in application.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Regulatory Analyses</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094 (Regulatory Review)</HD>
                <P>The Department has determined that this rulemaking is a “significant regulatory action” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, but it is not a section 3(f)(1) significant action. Accordingly, this proposed rule has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) for review. This proposed rule has been drafted and reviewed in accordance with Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” section 1(b), Principles of Regulation; in accordance with Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” section 1(b), General Principles of Regulation, and in accordance with Executive Order 14094, “Modernizing Regulatory Review”.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 12988 (Plain Language)</HD>
                <P>This proposed rule meets the applicable standards set forth in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988, “Civil Justice Reform.”</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)</HD>
                <P>This regulation will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, under Executive Order 13132, we determine that this regulation does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
                <P>The Director of the Bureau of Prisons, under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 605(b)), reviewed this regulation and certifies that it will not have a significant economic impact upon a substantial number of small entities for the following reasons: This regulation pertains to the correctional management of inmates committed to the custody of the Attorney General or the Director of the Bureau of Prisons. Its economic impact is limited to the Bureau's appropriated funds.</P>
                <P>Since January 2012, the Bureau has reduced the total number of inmates in restrictive housing by nearly 25 percent. The Department estimates that the changes made by this proposed rule will result in additional substantial reductions in the Bureau's restrictive housing population. Although it is impossible to quantify the exact size of the future reductions, the Department notes that other state and local correctional systems implementing reforms, including those jurisdictions discussed earlier in this Report, have reported reductions in their restrictive housing populations in recent years by nearly 50 percent or more.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
                <P>This regulation will not result in the expenditure by State, local and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100,000,000 or more in any one year, and it will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions were deemed necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Congressional Review Act</HD>
                <P>This rule is not a major rule as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804 of the Congressional Review Act. This regulation will not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100,000,000 or more; a major increase in costs or prices; or significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or on the ability of United States-based companies to compete with foreign-based companies in domestic and export markets.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 28 CFR Part 541</HD>
                    <P>Prisoners.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Colette S. Peters,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Federal Bureau of Prisons.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <P>Under rulemaking authority vested in the Attorney General in 5 U.S.C. 301; 28 U.S.C. 509, 510 and delegated to the Director, Bureau of Prisons, we propose to amend 28 CFR part 541 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6466"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 541—INMATE DISCIPLINE AND SPECIAL HOUSING UNITS</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 541 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                    <P>5 U.S.C. 301; 18 U.S.C. 3621, 3622, 3624, 4001, 4042, 4081, 4082 (Repealed in part as to offenses committed on or after November 1, 1987), 4161-4166 (Repealed as to offenses committed on or after November 1, 1987), 5006-5024 (Repealed October 12, 1984 as to offenses committed after that date), 5039; 28 U.S.C. 509, 510.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <SUBPART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Inmate Discipline Program</HD>
                </SUBPART>
                <AMDPAR>2. Revise § 541.1 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 541.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to create a private right of action or otherwise permit civil claims for alleged violations.</P>
                    <P>(b) The purpose of the inmate discipline program is to help ensure the safety, security, and orderly operation of correctional facilities, and the protection of the public, by sanctioning inmates who commit prohibited acts.</P>
                    <P>(c) The purpose of this subpart is to describe the inmate discipline program of the Federal Bureau of Prisons (Bureau), authorized by 18 U.S.C. 4042(a)(3), and to ensure that disciplinary sanctions will not be imposed in a capricious or retaliatory manner.</P>
                    <P>(d) Consistent with the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, for all discipline cases, the Unit Discipline Committee or Disciplinary Hearing Officer shall consider the individual inmate's mental health and disabilities when determining the appropriateness of sanctions.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>3. Revise § 541.2 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 541.2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Application.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) Staff authorized to implement the Inmate Discipline Program. For the purposes of this subpart, “staff” means staff authorized by the Bureau to implement the inmate discipline program as described in this subpart. Residential Reentry Center employees are staff authorized to implement the Inmate Discipline Program.</P>
                    <P>(b) Application of the Inmate Discipline Program. This program applies to sentenced and unsentenced inmates in:</P>
                    <P>(1) Bureau custody; and</P>
                    <P>(2) Any prison, institution, or facility, including community confinement facilities, in which persons are held in custody by direction of, or under an agreement with, the Bureau of Prisons.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>4. Revise § 541.3 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 541.3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Prohibited acts and available sanctions.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Prohibited acts.</E>
                         The list of prohibited acts is divided into three separate categories based on severity: Greatest; High; and Moderate.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Available sanctions.</E>
                         The list of available sanctions for committing prohibited acts is listed in Table 1 to this section—Prohibited Acts and Available Sanctions. If you commit repetitive prohibited acts, we can impose increased sanctions, as listed in Table 2 to this section—Additional Available Sanctions for Repeated Prohibited Acts Within the Same Severity Level. No Bureau employee may impose as a sanction any measure whatsoever that restricts an inmate's right of access to counsel.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 1 to § 541.3—Prohibited Acts and Available Sanctions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Greatest Severity Level Prohibited Acts</HD>
                    <P>101 An attempted or accomplished assault and/or battery of any person involving serious physical injury, or an armed assault on the institution's secure perimeter.</P>
                    <P>102 Escape (unauthorized departure from custody), including, but not limited to, any of the following: unauthorized departure from the buildings, lands, property or perimeter (inside or outside) of any secure or non-secure facility; unauthorized departure from community confinement, work detail, program or activity (whether escorted or unescorted); and unauthorized departure from any authorized location regardless of electronic monitoring devices.</P>
                    <P>103 Causing ignition or combustion (including, but not limited to, fire or explosion) which threatens serious bodily harm; or is done in furtherance of another Greatest Severity Level prohibited act.</P>
                    <P>104 Possession, manufacture, or introduction of any item that has been weaponized (including, but not limited to, firearms, sharpened instruments, unauthorized blades, explosives, ammunition, unauthorized chemicals, or any other item that has been modified in order to be used as a weapon).</P>
                    <P>105 Rioting; promoting rioting; or encouraging others to participate in a riot (“riot” is defined as a disturbance with two or more people which involves violence or threats of violence or damage to government property, for the purpose of preventing or coercing official action).</P>
                    <P>106 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>107 Taking hostage(s).</P>
                    <P>
                        108 Use, possession, manufacture, introduction, or loss of a hazardous item, including, but not limited to, items which may facilitate escape; cause serious bodily harm to others; or are otherwise hazardous to institutional security or personal safety (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         hacksaw blade, body armor, maps which could facilitate escape, handmade rope, or other escape paraphernalia, portable telephone, pager, other electronic device or items necessary in the use of these devices).
                    </P>
                    <P>109 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>110 Refusing to provide a urine sample or take part in any narcotics or drug testing.</P>
                    <P>111 Introduction or manufacture of any narcotics, marijuana, drugs, or related paraphernalia, not prescribed for the individual by authorized medical staff.</P>
                    <P>112 Use of any narcotics, marijuana, drugs, or related paraphernalia, not prescribed for the individual by authorized medical staff.</P>
                    <P>113 Possession of any narcotics, marijuana, drugs, or related paraphernalia, not currently prescribed for the individual by authorized medical staff.</P>
                    <P>114 Sexually explicit conduct involving force, threat of force, or threat of harm; or sexually explicit conduct without consent or through coercion; or attempts thereof. This definition encompasses, but is not limited to, conduct that rises to the level of assault and sexually explicit conduct that staff have observed and instructed an inmate to cease. The term “sexually explicit conduct” means actual or simulated—</P>
                    <P>(i) sexual intercourse, including genital-genital, oral-genital, anal-genital, or oral-anal, whether between persons of the same or opposite sex;</P>
                    <P>(ii) bestiality;</P>
                    <P>(iii) masturbation;</P>
                    <P>(iv) sadistic or masochistic abuse; or</P>
                    <P>(v) lascivious exhibition of the anus, genitals, or pubic area of any person.</P>
                    <P>115 Destroying and/or disposing of any item during a search or attempt to search.</P>
                    <P>116 Refusing to breathe into a breathalyzer or take part in any alcohol or intoxicant testing.</P>
                    <P>117 Introduction or manufacture of any alcohol, intoxicants, or related paraphernalia not prescribed for the individual by authorized medical staff.</P>
                    <P>118 Use of any alcohol, intoxicants, or related paraphernalia not currently prescribed for the individual by authorized medical staff.</P>
                    <P>119 Possession of any alcohol, intoxicants, or related paraphernalia not currently prescribed for the individual by authorized medical staff.</P>
                    <P>
                        194 Accessing, using, or maintaining social media accounts (including, but 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6467"/>
                        not limited to the following: Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Snapchat, TikTok, etc.), or directing others to establish or maintain social media accounts on the inmate's behalf for the purpose of committing or aiding in the commission of a criminal act; of committing or aiding in the commission of any Greatest category prohibited act; or of circumventing authorized communications monitoring for the purpose of committing or aiding in the commission of a criminal act or of any Greatest category prohibited act. This code also prohibits inmates' use of fund transfer services such as CashApp, as explained in more detail below.
                    </P>
                    <P>195 Use of video visits to commit or aid in the commission of a criminal act or any Greatest category prohibited act.</P>
                    <P>196 Use of the mail or any form of electronic mail and messaging (including messaging through the TRULINCS system), for an illegal purpose or to commit or further a Greatest Severity Level prohibited act.</P>
                    <P>197 Use of the telephone for an illegal purpose or to commit or further a Greatest category prohibited act.</P>
                    <P>198 Interfering with a staff member in the performance of duties most like another Greatest severity prohibited act. This charge is to be used only when another charge of Greatest severity is not accurate. The offending conduct must be charged as “most like” one of the listed Greatest severity prohibited acts.</P>
                    <P>199 Conduct which disrupts or interferes with the security or orderly running of the institution or the Bureau of Prisons most like another Greatest severity prohibited act. This charge is to be used only when another charge of Greatest severity is not accurate. The offending conduct must be charged as “most like” one of the listed Greatest severity prohibited acts.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Available Sanctions for Greatest Severity Level Prohibited Acts</HD>
                    <P>A. Recommend parole date rescission or retardation.</P>
                    <P>B. Forfeit and/or withhold earned statutory good time or non-vested good conduct time (up to 100%) and/or terminate or disallow extra good time (an extra good time or good conduct time sanction may not be suspended).</P>
                    <P>B.1. Disallow ordinarily between 50% and 75% (27-41 days) of good conduct time credit available for year (a good conduct time sanction may not be suspended).</P>
                    <P>
                        B.2 Forfeit up to 41 days of earned First Step Act (FSA) Time Credits (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         28 CFR part 523, subpart E) for each prohibited act committed.
                    </P>
                    <P>C. Disciplinary segregation (up to 60 days).</P>
                    <P>D. Make monetary restitution.</P>
                    <P>E. Monetary fine.</P>
                    <P>
                        F. Loss of privileges (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         visiting, video visits, telephone, commissary, movies, recreation, electronic device(s), electronic mail, electronic messaging through the TRULINCS system).
                    </P>
                    <P>G. Change housing (quarters).</P>
                    <P>H. Remove from program and/or group activity.</P>
                    <P>I. Loss of job.</P>
                    <P>J. Impound inmate's personal property.</P>
                    <P>K. Confiscate contraband.</P>
                    <P>L. Restrict to quarters.</P>
                    <P>M. Extra duty.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">High Severity Level Prohibited Acts</HD>
                    <P>200 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>201 Fighting, defined as a hostile physical or verbal encounter between two or more persons.</P>
                    <P>202 Possession of any forms that may be used in the fraudulent filing of Uniform Commercial Code liens, or attempting to publicly disclose the private information of others for unlawful purposes.</P>
                    <P>203 Communicating intent to jeopardize the safety, security, and orderly operation of a Bureau facility, the public, or the person or property of another.</P>
                    <P>204 Extortion, blackmail, or otherwise demanding or receiving anything of value through use of actual or threatened force, violence, fear, or intimidation.</P>
                    <P>205 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>206 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>207 Wearing a disguise or a mask.</P>
                    <P>208 Possession of any unauthorized locking device, or lock pick, or tampering with or blocking any lock device (includes keys), or destroying, altering, interfering with, improperly using, or damaging any security device, mechanism, or procedure.</P>
                    <P>209 Adulteration of any food or drink.</P>
                    <P>210 Possession of sexually explicit material.</P>
                    <P>211 Possessing any officer's or staff clothing.</P>
                    <P>212 Participating or promoting others to participate with two or more persons in unauthorized behavior, whether planned or unplanned (including, but not limited to, group demonstrations, sit-ins, refusing to eat, creating or circulating a petition, refusal to work, work stoppage, etc.).</P>
                    <P>213 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>214 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>215 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>216 Giving or offering a staff member something of value to persuade or induce favor or action.</P>
                    <P>217 Giving money to, or receiving money from, any person for the purpose of introducing contraband or any other illegal or prohibited purpose.</P>
                    <P>
                        218 Destroying, altering, or damaging any of the following: property valued over $100.00 belonging to the government or another person; property necessary for the protection of life and/or safety (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         fire alarms), regardless of financial value.
                    </P>
                    <P>219 Stealing; theft (including data obtained through the unauthorized use or access to any media or equipment on which electronic data is stored).</P>
                    <P>220 Demonstrating, practicing, or using martial arts, boxing (except for use of a punching bag), wrestling, or other forms of physical encounter, or military exercises or drill (except for drill authorized by staff).</P>
                    <P>221 Being in an unauthorized area with another person without staff permission.</P>
                    <P>222 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>223 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>224 An assault of any person not involving serious physical injury, including non-consensual touching.</P>
                    <P>225 Stalking another person through repeated behavior which harasses, alarms, or annoys the person, after having been previously warned to stop such conduct.</P>
                    <P>226 Possession of stolen property.</P>
                    <P>
                        227 Refusing to participate in a required physical test or examination unrelated to testing for drug abuse (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         DNA, HIV, tuberculosis).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        228 Body modification (including, but not limited to tattooing and piercing); and possession of any paraphernalia and/or tools for the use of any form of body modification.) This code shall not be applied to acts of self-directed violence (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         cutting), nor shall it apply to any instance in which an inmate self-directs violence or harm.
                    </P>
                    <P>229 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>230 Possession or use of smoking apparatus and tobacco in any form (including, but not limited to, vape devices and other non-conventional forms of delivery), or related paraphernalia.</P>
                    <P>
                        231 Requesting, demanding, or pressuring an inmate to produce or display his/her own court documents or other documents (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         PATTERN scoresheets) that contain information about the inmate's current or prior offense(s) for any unauthorized purpose to another inmate.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        232 Introduction of any unauthorized non-hazardous item or contraband. (“Non-hazardous items or contraband” include, but are not limited to, items not likely to facilitate escape; cause serious bodily harm to others; or otherwise be hazardous to institutional security or personal safety, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         food, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6468"/>
                        cosmetics, cleaning supplies, unauthorized nutritional/dietary supplements.)
                    </P>
                    <P>235 Communicating gang affiliation; participating in gang related activities; possession of paraphernalia indicating gang affiliation.</P>
                    <P>294 Accessing, using, or maintaining social media, or directing others to establish or maintain social media accounts on the inmate's behalf (including, but not limited to the following: Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Snapchat, TikTok, etc. or any successor).</P>
                    <P>295 Use of video visits for abuses other than criminal activity, including, but not limited to, conduct which circumvents established video visit session monitoring procedures; conduct which permits communication with individuals other than the authorized visitors; conduct which would be unauthorized if it were to occur in an in-person visiting room; or use of the video session to commit or further a High category prohibited act.</P>
                    <P>
                        296 Use of the mail, including electronic mail and messaging (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         messaging through the TRULINCS system) for abuses other than criminal activity which circumvent mail monitoring procedures (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         use of the mail or email to commit or further a High category prohibited act, special mail abuse; writing letters or messages in code; directing others to send, sending, or receiving a letter, mail or email through unauthorized means; sending mail or email for other inmates without authorization; sending correspondence to a specific address or forwarding service with directions to have the correspondence forwarded; and using a fictitious return address in an attempt to send or receive unauthorized correspondence).
                    </P>
                    <P>297 Use of the telephone for abuses other than illegal activity which circumvent the ability of staff to monitor frequency of telephone use, content of the call, or the number called; or to commit or further a High category prohibited act.</P>
                    <P>298 Interfering with a staff member in the performance of duties most like another High severity prohibited act. This charge is to be used only when another charge of High severity is not accurate. The offending conduct must be charged as “most like” one of the listed High severity prohibited acts.</P>
                    <P>299 Conduct which disrupts or interferes with the security or orderly running of the institution or the Bureau of Prisons most like another High severity prohibited act. This charge is to be used only when another charge of High severity is not accurate. The offending conduct must be charged as “most like” one of the listed High severity prohibited acts.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Available Sanctions for High Severity Level Prohibited Acts</HD>
                    <P>A. Recommend parole date rescission or retardation.</P>
                    <P>B. Forfeit and/or withhold earned statutory good time or non-vested good conduct time up to 50% or up to 60 days, whichever is less, and/or terminate or disallow extra good time (an extra good time or good conduct time sanction may not be suspended).</P>
                    <P>B.1 Disallow ordinarily between 25% and 50% (14-27 days) of good conduct time credit available for year (a good conduct time sanction may not be suspended).</P>
                    <P>B.2 Forfeit up to 27 days of earned FSA Time Credits for each prohibited act committed.</P>
                    <P>C. Disciplinary segregation (up to 30 days).</P>
                    <P>D. Make monetary restitution.</P>
                    <P>E. Monetary fine.</P>
                    <P>
                        F. Loss of privileges (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         visiting, video visits, telephone, commissary, movies, recreation, electronic device(s), electronic mail, electronic mail and messaging through the TRULINCS system).
                    </P>
                    <P>G. Change housing (quarters).</P>
                    <P>H. Remove from program and/or group activity.</P>
                    <P>I. Loss of job.</P>
                    <P>J. Impound inmate's personal property.</P>
                    <P>K. Confiscate contraband.</P>
                    <P>L. Restrict to quarters.</P>
                    <P>M. Extra duty.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Moderate Severity Level Prohibited Acts</HD>
                    <P>300 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>301 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>302 Misuse of authorized medication.</P>
                    <P>303 Possession of money or currency, unless specifically authorized, or in excess of the amount authorized.</P>
                    <P>304 Loaning of property or anything of value for profit or increased return.</P>
                    <P>305 Possession of anything not authorized for retention or receipt by the inmate, and not issued to him through regular channels.</P>
                    <P>306 Refusing to work or to accept a program assignment.</P>
                    <P>
                        307 Refusing to obey an order of any staff member (may be categorized and charged in terms of greater severity, according to the nature of the order being disobeyed, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         failure to obey an order which furthers a riot would be charged as 105, Rioting; refusing to obey an order which furthers a fight would be charged as 201, Fighting; refusing to provide a urine sample when ordered as part of a drug-abuse test would be charged as 110).
                    </P>
                    <P>308 Violating a condition of a furlough.</P>
                    <P>309 Violating a condition of a community program.</P>
                    <P>310 Unexcused absence from work or any program assignment.</P>
                    <P>311 Failing to perform work as instructed by the supervisor.</P>
                    <P>312 Insolence towards a staff member.</P>
                    <P>313 Providing a false statement to a staff member, to include feigning illness.</P>
                    <P>
                        314 Counterfeiting, forging, or unauthorized reproduction of any document, article of identification, money, security, or official paper (may be categorized in terms of greater severity according to the nature of the item being reproduced, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         counterfeiting release papers to effect escape, Code 102).
                    </P>
                    <P>315 Participating in an unauthorized meeting or gathering.</P>
                    <P>316 Being in an unauthorized area without staff authorization.</P>
                    <P>317 Failure to follow safety or sanitation regulations (including safety regulations, chemical instructions, tools, MSDS sheets, OSHA standards).</P>
                    <P>318 Using any equipment or machinery without staff authorization.</P>
                    <P>319 Using any equipment or machinery contrary to instructions or posted safety standards.</P>
                    <P>320 Failing to stand count.</P>
                    <P>321 Interfering with the taking of count.</P>
                    <P>322 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>323 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>324 Gambling; possession of gambling paraphernalia; or preparing or conducting a gambling pool.</P>
                    <P>325 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>326 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>327 Unauthorized contacts with the public.</P>
                    <P>328 Giving money or anything of value to, or accepting money or anything of value from, another inmate or any other person without staff authorization.</P>
                    <P>329 Destroying, altering, or damaging government property, or the property of another person, having a value of $100.00 or less.</P>
                    <P>330 Being unsanitary or untidy; failing to keep one's person or quarters in accordance with posted standards.</P>
                    <P>
                        331 Possession, manufacture, or loss of a non-hazardous item or contraband (“non-hazardous item or contraband” includes, but is not limited to, items not likely to be used in an escape; items not likely to serve as a weapon capable of doing serious bodily harm to others; 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6469"/>
                        items not hazardous to institutional security or personal safety; unauthorized food, cosmetics, cleaning supplies, and unauthorized nutritional/dietary supplements).
                    </P>
                    <P>332 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>
                        333 Fraudulent or deceptive completion of a skills test (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         cheating on a GED, or other educational or vocational skills test).
                    </P>
                    <P>334 Conducting a business; conducting or directing an investment transaction without staff authorization.</P>
                    <P>335 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>336 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>337 Using obscene or abusive language directed at another person or people.</P>
                    <P>
                        338 Unauthorized conduct in the visiting room (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         kissing, embracing, etc.).
                    </P>
                    <P>396 Use of the mail, including electronic mail and messaging, for abuses other than criminal activity which do not circumvent mail or email monitoring; or use of the mail or email to commit or further a Moderate category prohibited act.</P>
                    <P>397 (Not to be used).</P>
                    <P>398 Interfering with a staff member in the performance of duties most like another Moderate severity prohibited act. This charge is to be used only when another charge of Moderate severity is not accurate. The offending conduct must be charged as “most like” one of the listed Moderate severity prohibited acts.</P>
                    <P>399 Conduct which disrupts or interferes with the security or orderly running of the institution or the Bureau of Prisons most like another Moderate severity prohibited act. This charge is to be used only when another charge of Moderate severity is not accurate. The offending conduct must be charged as “most like” one of the listed Moderate severity prohibited acts.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Available Sanctions for Moderate Severity Level Prohibited Acts</HD>
                    <P>A. Recommend parole date rescission or retardation.</P>
                    <P>B. Forfeit and/or withhold earned statutory good time or non-vested good conduct time up to 25% or up to 30 days, whichever is less, and/or terminate or disallow extra good time (an extra good time or good conduct time sanction may not be suspended).</P>
                    <P>B.1 Disallow ordinarily up to 25% (1-14 days) of good conduct time credit available for year (a good conduct time sanction may not be suspended).</P>
                    <P>B.2 Forfeit up to 27 days of earned FSA Time Credits for each prohibited act committed.</P>
                    <P>C. Disciplinary segregation (up to 15 days).</P>
                    <P>D. Make monetary restitution.</P>
                    <P>E. Monetary fine.</P>
                    <P>
                        F. Loss of privileges (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         visiting, video visits, telephone, commissary, movies, recreation, electronic device(s), electronic mail, electronic mail and messaging through the TRULINCS system).
                    </P>
                    <P>G. Change housing (quarters).</P>
                    <P>H. Remove from program and/or group activity.</P>
                    <P>I. Loss of job.</P>
                    <P>J. Impound inmate's personal property.</P>
                    <P>K. Confiscate contraband.</P>
                    <P>L. Restrict to quarters.</P>
                    <P>M. Extra duty.</P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,p1,8/9,i1" CDEF="s50,r200">
                        <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                            <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
                            <ENT I="21">
                                <E T="02">Low Severity Level Prohibited Acts</E>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>(None).</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
                            <ENT I="21">
                                <E T="02">Available Sanctions for Low Severity Level Prohibited Acts</E>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>(None).</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,16,r50,r200">
                        <TTITLE>Table 2 to § 541.3—Additional Available Sanctions for Repeated Prohibited Acts Within the Same Severity Level</TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                Prohibited act
                                <LI>severity level</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                Time period for prior offense 
                                <LI>(same severity level) </LI>
                                <LI>(months)</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                Frequency of
                                <LI>repeated offense</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Additional available sanctions</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Moderate Severity (300 level)</ENT>
                            <ENT>6 </ENT>
                            <ENT>2nd offense</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                1. Disciplinary segregation (up to 15 days).
                                <LI>2. Forfeit earned SGT or non-vested GCT up to 371/2% or up to 45 days, whichever is less, and/or terminate or disallow EGT (an EGT sanction may not be suspended).</LI>
                                <LI>3. Forfeit up to 7 days of earned FSA Time Credits (only where the inmate is found to have committed a second violation of the same prohibited act within 6 months.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>3rd or more offense within 6 months</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                1. Any available High Severity Level sanction (200 series).
                                <LI>2. Forfeit up to 14 days of FSA Time Credits (only where the inmate is found to have committed a third violation of the same prohibited act within 6 months).</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">High Severity (200 level)</ENT>
                            <ENT>10</ENT>
                            <ENT>2nd offense</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                1. Disciplinary segregation (up to 60 days).
                                <LI>2. Forfeit earned SGT or non-vested GCT up to 75% or up to 90 days, whichever is less, and/or terminate or disallow EGT (an EGT sanction may not be suspended).</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>3rd or more offense</ENT>
                            <ENT>Any available Greatest severity level sanction (100 series).</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Greatest Severity (100 level)</ENT>
                            <ENT>24 </ENT>
                            <ENT>2nd or more offense</ENT>
                            <ENT>Disciplinary segregation (up to 90 days).</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 541.4</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>5. Amend § 541.4 by removing paragraph (b)(4).</AMDPAR>
                <AMDPAR>6. Amend § 541.5 by revising paragraphs (a), (b) introductory text, (b)(2) and (3) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 541.5</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Discipline process.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) 
                        <E T="03">Incident report.</E>
                         The discipline process starts when staff witness or 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6470"/>
                        reasonably believe that you committed a prohibited act. An incident report describing the incident and the prohibited act(s) you are charged with committing will be issued to you, which you will ordinarily receive within 24 hours of staff becoming aware of your involvement in the incident.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (b) 
                        <E T="03">Investigation.</E>
                         After you receive an incident report, it will be investigated.
                    </P>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Statement.</E>
                         When asked for your statement, you may give an explanation of the incident, request any witnesses be interviewed, or request that other evidence be obtained and reviewed. However, the investigation of the incident report may be suspended before requesting your statement if it is being investigated for possible criminal prosecution.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (3) 
                        <E T="03">Informally resolving the incident report.</E>
                         The incident report may be informally resolved at any stage of the disciplinary process, for Moderate Severity Level prohibited acts, or as otherwise required by law or these regulations. The incident report will not be removed from your discipline records, unless it is informally resolved or expunged.
                    </P>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>7. Amend § 541.7 by revising the section introductory text, paragraphs (c) and (f) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 541.7</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Unit Discipline Committee (UDC) review of the incident report.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>A Unit Discipline Committee (UDC) will review the incident report once the investigation is complete. The UDC's review involves the following:</P>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>
                        (c) 
                        <E T="03">Timing.</E>
                         The UDC will ordinarily review the incident report within five work days after the day staff became aware of the inmate's involvement in the incident, not counting the day staff become aware of the inmate's involvement, weekends, or holidays. UDC review of the incident report may also be suspended if it is being investigated for possible criminal prosecution.
                    </P>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>
                        (f) 
                        <E T="03">Sanctions.</E>
                         If you committed a prohibited act(s), the UDC can impose any of the available sanctions listed in Tables 1 and 2, except loss of good conduct sentence credit, FSA Time Credits, disciplinary segregation, monetary restitution, or monetary fines.
                    </P>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>8. Amend § 541.8 by revising paragraph (a)(3) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 541.8</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Discipline Hearing Officer (DHO) hearing.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>(a) * * *</P>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>(3) The incident report will be referred back for further investigation, review, disposition, or other action as recommended or necessary.</P>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01088 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4410-05-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION</AGENCY>
                <CFR>34 CFR Chapter VI</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[ED-2024-OPE-0002]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Proposed Priorities, Requirements, and Definition—Augustus F. Hawkins Centers of Excellence Program</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of Education.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Proposed priorities, requirements, and definition.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of Education (Department) proposes priorities, requirements, and definition for use in the Augustus F. Hawkins Centers of Excellence (Hawkins) Program, Assistance Listing Number 84.428A. The Department may use one or more of these priorities, requirements, and definition for competitions in fiscal year (FY) 2024 and later years. We intend for these priorities, requirements, and definition to help increase the number of, and retain, well-prepared teachers from diverse backgrounds, resulting in a more diverse teacher workforce prepared to teach in our Nation's underserved elementary and secondary schools and close student opportunity and achievement gaps.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>We must receive your comments on or before March 4, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Comments must be submitted via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         However, if you require an accommodation or cannot otherwise submit your comments via 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>
                         please contact one of the program contact persons listed under 
                        <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                        . The Department will not accept comments submitted by fax or by email, or comments submitted after the comment period closes. To ensure the Department does not receive duplicate copies, please submit your comments only once. In addition, please include the Docket ID at the top of your comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         to submit your comments electronically. Information on using 
                        <E T="03">Regulations.gov</E>
                        , including instructions for accessing agency documents, submitting comments, and viewing the docket, is available on the site under “FAQ.”
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Note:</E>
                         The Department's policy is generally to make comments received from members of the public available for public viewing in their entirety on the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Therefore, commenters should be careful to include in their comments only information that they wish to make publicly available.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Dr. Vicki Robinson, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW, 5th Floor, Washington, DC 20202. Telephone: (202) 453-7907. Email: 
                        <E T="03">Vicki.Robinson@ed.gov.</E>
                         You may also contact Ashley Hillary, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW, 5th floor, Washington, DC 20202. Telephone: (202) 453-7880. Email: 
                        <E T="03">Ashley.Hillary@ed.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>If you are deaf, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability and wish to access telecommunications relay services, please dial 7-1-1.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Invitation to Comment:</E>
                     We invite you to submit comments regarding the proposed priorities, requirements, and definition. To ensure that your comments have maximum effect in developing the final priorities, requirements, and definition, we urge you to identify clearly the specific section of the proposed priorities, requirements, and definition that each comment addresses.
                </P>
                <P>We invite you to assist us in complying with the specific requirements of Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094 and their overall requirement of reducing regulatory burden that might result from these proposed priorities, requirements, and definition. Please let us know of any further ways we could reduce potential costs or increase potential benefits while preserving the effective and efficient administration of the program.</P>
                <P>
                    During and after the comment period, you may inspect public comments about the proposed priorities, requirements, and definition by accessing 
                    <E T="03">Regulations.gov</E>
                    . To inspect comments in person, please contact one of the persons listed under 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Assistance to Individuals with Disabilities in Reviewing the Rulemaking Record:</E>
                     On request we will provide an appropriate accommodation or auxiliary aid to an individual with a disability who needs assistance to review the comments or other 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6471"/>
                    documents in the public rulemaking record for these proposed priorities, requirements, and definition. If you want to schedule an appointment for this type of accommodation or auxiliary aid, please contact the person listed under 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Purpose of Program:</E>
                     The Hawkins Program, authorized under part B of title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA), is designed to support comprehensive, high-quality State-accredited teacher preparation programs by creating centers of excellence at Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs); Tribal Colleges or Universities (TCUs); or Minority Serving Institutions (MSIs), such as Hispanic-Serving Institutions (HSIs). The Hawkins Program will help increase the number of, and retain, well-prepared teachers from diverse backgrounds, resulting in a more diverse teacher workforce prepared to teach in our Nation's highest-need elementary and secondary schools and close student opportunity and achievement gaps. This program focuses on the various aspects of the teacher preparation pipeline, including the recruitment, preparation, support, placement, and retention and retraining of teachers for and in high-need schools to support underserved students. Through this program, the Secretary seeks to fund applicants that propose to incorporate evidence-based practices into their teacher preparation program.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Program Authority:</E>
                     20 U.S.C. 1033-1033a.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Priorities</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Background:</E>
                     There is significant inequity in students' access to well-prepared, experienced, and effective teachers,
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     particularly for students from low-income backgrounds, students of color, children or students with disabilities, and English learners (ELs).
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Providing all students with consistent access to a well-prepared, effective, and diverse educator workforce who provide high-quality instruction and support to all children and youth is essential to closing opportunity and achievement gaps. Teachers who entered the profession through the least comprehensive teacher preparation pathway are two to three times more likely to leave their school or the profession compared to those who entered through a comprehensive pathway.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Research demonstrates that high rates of turnover harm student achievement,
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and that the quality of a school's leadership is among the most important predictors of teacher turnover, with more effective principals being more likely to retain their best teachers.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Isenberg, E., Max, J., Gleason, P., Johnson, M., Deutsch, J., and Hansen, M. (2016). Do Low-Income Students Have Equal Access to Effective Teachers? Evidence from 26 Districts (NCEE 2017-4007). Washington, DC: National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Institute of Education Sciences, U.S. Department of Education.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">www.ed.gov/raisethebar/Eliminating-Educator-Shortages-through-Increasing-Educator-Diversity.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         Ingersoll, R., &amp; May, H. (2011). Recruitment, retention and the minority teacher shortage. CPRE Research Report #RR-69. Philadelphia, PA: Consortium for Policy Research in Education, University of Pennsylvania.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         Carver-Thomas, D., and Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher Turnover: Why It Matters and What We Can Do About It, Learning Policy Institute, 
                        <E T="03">https://learningpolicyinstitute.org/product/teacher-turnover-report.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         Grissom, J. (2018). Strong principals retain effective teachers—and don't retain ineffective ones, The Brookings Institution, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.brookings.edu/articles/strong-principals-retain-effective-teachers-and-dont-retain-ineffective-ones/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Hawkins Program is critical in enabling the Department to meet its goal of supporting a diverse teacher workforce to improve student opportunities, achievement and outcomes, and address the educator shortage, by providing expanded access to comprehensive, high-quality, and affordable educator preparation programs. To increase and retain the number of well-prepared teachers from diverse backgrounds, and improve their preparation, recruitment, retention and placement, the Department proposes the following three priorities. We may use one or more of these priorities in any year in which this program is in effect.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Proposed Priority 1: Increase Evidence-Based, Comprehensive Pre-service Clinical Experiences Through Teacher Preparation Programs.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Background:</E>
                     The Department proposes this priority to assist centers of excellence at eligible institutions of higher education (IHEs) in expanding their pre-service clinical experiences through comprehensive teacher preparation programs. The priority would advance comprehensive, high-quality teacher preparation by creating partnerships with local high-need districts and schools, in order to form meaningful clinical practice partnerships and help address teacher shortages. These clinical practice partnerships can both provide a preparation opportunity and serve as a pathway to hiring well-prepared teacher candidates from backgrounds that are underrepresented in the profession, including teacher candidates of color. High-quality, evidence-based clinical experience can also lead to increased teacher retention as research demonstrates that teachers prepared in classrooms similar to those they teach in after graduation are more likely to remain in the classroom.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Furthermore, extensive, high-quality, evidence-based, clinical experience is one of three “aspects of preparation that have the highest potential for effects on outcomes for students.” 
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         Francies, C., Glover, S., and Jamieson, C. (2021). Enhancing Teacher Preparation Through Clinical Experience. Education Commission of the States. 
                        <E T="03">https://www.ecs.org/wp-content/uploads/Enhancing-Teacher-Preparation-Through-Clinical-Experience.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         National Research Council. (2010). Preparing teachers: Building evidence for sound policy. Report by the Committee on the study of teacher preparation programs in the United States. Washington, DC: National Academies Press.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    There are several ways educator preparation programs can partner with school districts and schools to provide these kinds of clinical experiences. For example, a number of school districts are partnering with teacher preparation programs to provide clinical experiences that are mutually beneficial for teacher candidates and teachers of record, and their students. Teacher candidates, in addition to completing the required elements of evidence-based clinical experience, may also serve in schools in roles that support students and teachers as their academic schedules allow and as they complete their other requirements for teacher certification. Teacher residencies and Grow Your Own programs, which may be supported through registered teacher apprenticeship programs, can support teacher candidates serving in these roles and cover the costs associated with extensive clinical experience. Other examples of educator preparation programs supporting high need schools in this way can be found here: 
                    <E T="03">www.ed.gov/coronavirus/factsheets/teacher-shortage.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Proposed Priority 1:</E>
                </P>
                <P>To meet this priority, an eligible applicant must propose projects that are evidence-based (as defined in 34 CFR 77.1) comprehensive teacher preparation programs that provide extensive clinical experience. Applicants with existing programs must describe their record in graduating highly skilled, well-prepared, and diverse teachers and describe how the proposed project will refine or enhance existing programs. Applicants proposing new programs must describe how their new program is evidence-based and designed to achieve the intended outcomes of the Hawkins Program. Applicants must also address how they will—</P>
                <P>
                    (a) Examine the sources of inequity and inadequacy in resources and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6472"/>
                    opportunity and implement pedagogical practices in teacher preparation programs that are inclusive with regard to race, ethnicity, culture, language, gender, and disability status and that prepare teachers to create inclusive, supportive, equitable, unbiased, and identity-safe learning environments for their students;
                </P>
                <P>(b) Prepare teacher candidates to integrate rigorous academic content, including through the effective use of technology, and instructional techniques and strategies consistent with universal design for learning principles;</P>
                <P>(c) Prepare teacher candidates to design and deliver instruction in ways that are engaging and provide their students with opportunities to think critically and solve complex problems, apply learning in authentic and real-world settings, communicate and collaborate effectively, and develop growth mindsets. Teacher candidate pedagogy should include how to incorporate project-based, work-based, or other experiential learning opportunities in curriculum development;</P>
                <P>(d) Prepare teacher candidates to build meaningful and trusting relationships with students and their families to support in-home, community-based, and in-school learning; and</P>
                <P>(e) Provide sustained and high-quality pre-service clinical experiences, including teaching assistant initiatives, that facilitate the pathway to the teaching credential for those with paraprofessional experience or high-quality school leader induction and support in the first three years of school leadership for principals and other school leaders. In providing such experiences, applicants must consider opportunities to provide pre-service clinical experience earlier in the teacher preparation program, as is practicable, and in ways that benefit students and teachers. These clinical experiences must be designed to—</P>
                <P>(1) Integrate pedagogy and classroom practice and promote effective teaching skills in academic content areas;</P>
                <P>(2) Be tightly aligned with course work with clear, relevant, and strong links between theory and practice;</P>
                <P>(3) Group teacher candidates in cohorts to facilitate reflection of practice and professional collaboration;</P>
                <P>(4) Closely supervise interaction between teacher candidates and faculty, experienced teachers, principals, and other administrators in high-need schools or hard-to-staff schools; and</P>
                <P>(5) Provide high-quality-teacher mentoring.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Proposed Priority 2: Projects that are Designed to Increase and Retain the Number of Well-Prepared Teachers from Diverse Backgrounds.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Background:</E>
                     The Department proposes this priority to increase teacher diversity by supporting teacher candidates from backgrounds that are underrepresented in the profession. While the majority of U.S public school students are children of color,
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     only 20 percent of teachers are people of color and 40 percent of the Nation's public schools do not have a single teacher of color on record.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Research shows that teachers of color benefit all students and can have a significant positive impact on students of color.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     When students of color are instructed by teachers of color, higher levels of student achievement,
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     student encouragement, students forming aspirations (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     through role modeling), teacher recommendations (for example, to gifted and talented programs), and rigorous course-taking 
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     have all been observed. Research also demonstrates that teachers of color can be positive role models for all students in breaking down negative stereotypes and preparing students to live and work in a multiracial society.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     A more diverse teacher workforce also increases the likelihood that students of color will have access to culturally and linguistically relevant teaching and learning and positive relationships.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Thus, supporting teachers of color can be a critical strategy for advancing educational equity for students of color and addressing one of the root causes of institutional barriers to equity in the academic environment.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">https://nces.ed.gov/programs/coe/indicator/cge/racial-ethnic-enrollment.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         Education Trust (2022). Educators of Color Make the Case for Teacher Diversity. 
                        <E T="03">https://edtrust.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/Educators-of-Color-Make-the-Case-for-Teacher-Diversity-November-2022.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         Dee, T. (2004). Teachers, race and student achievement in a randomized experiment. The Review of Economics and Statistics, 86(1), 195-210; and Gershenson, S., Hart, C.M.D., Lindsay, C.A., &amp; Papageorge, N.W. (2017). The long-run impacts of same race teachers. Bonn, Germany: IZA Institute of Labor Economics. Discussion Paper Series.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         Egalite, A., Kisida, B., &amp; Winters, M.A. Representation in the classroom: The effect of own-race teachers on student achievement, Economics of Education Review, 45 (April 2015), 44-52.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         Grissom, J., Kabourek, S., &amp; Kramer, J. Exposure to same-race or same-ethnicity teachers and advanced math course-taking in high school: Evidence from a diverse urban district, Teachers College Record, 122 (2020), 1-42.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">www2.ed.gov/rschstat/eval/highered/racial-diversity/state-racial-diversity-workforce.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         Blazar, D. (2021). Teachers of Color, Culturally Responsive Teaching, and Student Outcomes: Experimental Evidence from the Random Assignment of Teachers to Classes. (EdWorkingPaper: 21-501). Retrieved from Annenberg Institute at Brown University: 
                        <E T="03">https://doi.org/10.26300/jym0-wz02.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">www2.ed.gov/rschstat/eval/highered/racial-diversity/state-racial-diversity-workforce.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Proposed Priority 2:</E>
                </P>
                <P>To meet this priority, applicants must propose projects that are designed to increase the number of well-prepared teachers and the diversity of the teacher workforce with a focus on increasing and retaining a diverse teacher workforce, and improving the preparation, recruitment, retention, and placement of such teachers.</P>
                <P>Applicants addressing this priority must describe—</P>
                <P>(a) How their project will integrate multiple services or initiatives across academic and student affairs, such as academic advising, counseling, stipends, child-care, structured/guided pathways from teacher candidates' first year in the preparation program through successful employment placement, career services, or student financial aid, such as scholarships, with the goal of increasing program completion and credential attainment;</P>
                <P>(b) Their plan for identifying and supporting teacher candidates from backgrounds that are underrepresented in the profession, including teacher candidates of color. This plan must span the beginning of the preparation program through graduation, and include a plan to improve program entry rates, as applicable, graduation rates, passage rates for certification and licensure exams, and rates of successful employment placement between teacher candidate subgroups and an institution's overall teacher candidate population; and</P>
                <P>(c) Their proposed initiatives to promote the retention of teachers from backgrounds that are underrepresented in the profession, including teachers of color, prepared through the program, which may include induction programs, such as teacher or school leader induction programs, or mentorship programs that provide school and district leaders with the support they need to persist in their professions.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Proposed Priority 3—Increasing the Number of Bilingual and/or Multilingual Teachers with Full Certification.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Background:</E>
                     The Department proposes this priority to increase teacher diversity by expanding the number of bilingual and multilingual teachers with full teacher certification. In addition to the need for more teachers of color, a parallel challenge in the Nation's public schools lies in the shortage of multilingual teachers prepared to teach a growing population 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6473"/>
                    of English Learners (ELs). ELs are the fastest growing student demographic, with more than ten percent of students identified as ELs currently.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, about one-quarter of all students speak a language other than English at home, whereas only 1 in 8 teachers do.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Despite that, more than half of the States nationwide are experiencing bilingual and multilingual teacher shortages and a quarter of the States do not require certification or endorsements for teachers who teach ELs.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">https://nces.ed.gov/programs/digest/d20/tables/dt20_204.20.asp.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">https://datacenter.kidscount.org/data/tables/81-children-who-speak-a-language-other-than-english-at-home?loc=1&amp;loct=1#detailed/1/any/false/1729,37,871,870,573,869,36,868,867,133/any/396,397.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         Torre Gibney, D., Kelly, H., Rutherford-Quach, S., Ballen Riccards, J. &amp; Parker, C. (2021). Addressing the bilingual teacher shortage. CCNetwork.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The bilingual and multilingual teacher shortage has the potential to have a negative impact on all students, but especially ELs. These shortages may be among the reasons why ELs have some of the lowest achievement levels and graduation rates.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     During the pandemic, ELs were also likely to lose instructional time, thus experiencing setbacks in their language acquisition goals.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Research demonstrates that ELs who are taught in bilingual settings, such as dual-language immersion programs, by well-prepared bilingual teachers have stronger academic outcomes and better English-language acquisition trajectories than ELs who are taught in English only, which underscores the need to close the multilingual teacher shortage gap.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, ELs who learn in bilingual settings in which they can maintain their native languages while learning English have stronger social and emotional development, cross-cultural skills, and problem-solving skills.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">https://www2.ed.gov/datastory/el-outcomes/index.html#:~:text=Graduation%20Rates,-In%202015%E2%80%9316&amp;text=For%20ELs%20the%20rate%20was,%2DELs%20(85%20percent).</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                        <E T="03"> www.gao.gov/products/gao-21%E2%80%9343.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         Steele, J., Slater, R., Zamarro, G., Miller, T., Li, J., Burkhauser, S., Bacon, M. (2017). Effects of Dual-Language Immersion Programs on Student Achievement: Evidence From Lottery Data, American Educational Research Journal, 54, no. 1S,: 282S-306S, 
                        <E T="03">https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs/10.3102/0002831216634463.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         Williams, C., Soto-Boykin, X., Zabala, J., Meek, S. (2023). Why We Need To Cultivate America's Multilingual, Multicultural Assets. The Century Foundation. 
                        <E T="03">https://tcf.org/content/report/why-we-need-to-cultivate-americas-multilingual-multicultural-assets/#easy-footnote-bottom-9.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Bilingual and multilingual learning environments can also mitigate linguistic barriers that limit family engagement, as bilingual and multilingual teachers are more likely to communicate with linguistically diverse families and ensure they have equitable access to learn about their students' education.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Bilingual and multilingual teachers' assets are critical to creating inclusive school and family partnerships where linguistically diverse families can meaningfully participate in their child's education.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         Hopkins, M., &amp; Schutz, K.M. (2019). Bilingual teacher leadership: Supporting linguistically responsive practices and parent engagement in schools. NABE Journal of Research and Practice, 9(2), 96-109.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         Newcomer, S.N., &amp; Puzio, K. (2016). “Cultivando confianza”: A bilingual community of practice negotiates restrictive language policies. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 19(4), 347-369.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Proposed Priority 3:</E>
                </P>
                <P>To meet this priority, applicants must propose projects that are designed to prepare effective and experienced bilingual and/or multilingual teachers for high-need schools by increasing the number of teachers across elementary and secondary schools who are fully certified to provide academic language instruction in a language other than English, including for English Learners (ELs). These projects must prepare teacher candidates to lead students toward linguistic fluency and academic achievement in more than one language. Applicants must describe how—</P>
                <P>(a) Their project will integrate multiple services or initiatives across academic and student affairs, such as academic advising, counseling, stipends, child-care, structured/guided pathways from teacher candidates' first year in the preparation program through successful employment placement, career services, and student financial aid, such as scholarships, and provide the necessary knowledge and skills so that teacher candidates can serve students from many different language backgrounds; and</P>
                <P>(b) Their plan for recruiting, supporting, and retaining bilingual and/or multilingual teacher candidates, including those who may have a teaching credential but have not been teaching in bilingual and/or multilingual education settings; aspiring teachers; and teaching assistants who are interested in becoming bilingual and/or multilingual teachers.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Types of Priorities</HD>
                <P>
                    When inviting applications for a competition using one or more priorities, we designate the type of each priority as absolute, competitive preference, or invitational through a notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . The effect of each type of priority follows:
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Absolute priority:</E>
                     Under an absolute priority, we consider only applications that meet the priority (34 CFR 75.105(c)(3)).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Competitive preference priority:</E>
                     Under a competitive preference priority, we give competitive preference to an application by (1) awarding additional points, depending on the extent to which the application meets the priority (34 CFR 75.105(c)(2)(i)); or (2) selecting an application that meets the priority over an application of comparable merit that does not meet the priority (34 CFR 75.105(c)(2)(ii)).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Invitational priority:</E>
                     Under an invitational priority, we are particularly interested in applications that meet the priority. However, we do not give an application that meets the priority a preference over other applications (34 CFR 75.105(c)(1)).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Requirements</HD>
                <P>The Department proposes the following requirements for this program. We may apply one or more of these requirements in any year in which this program is in effect.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Proposed Requirement 1—Draft Written Agreement with Clinical Practice Partner(s).</E>
                </P>
                <P>An applicant must provide a Draft Written Agreement (DWA) that identifies the partnership between: (1) at least one eligible IHE with a state accredited teacher preparation program, and (2) a high-need local educational agency (LEA) or consortium of high-need LEAs, or with a high-need school or consortium of high-need schools. The agreement with partners is intended to ensure that the parties joining the project are committed to fulfilling the purpose of the clinical practice by either creating new partnerships or expanding existing partnerships, and that teacher candidates will not become the teacher of record prior to completing the certification program, including pre-service clinical experience, and, for any candidates who entered the program without a bachelor's degree, obtaining a bachelor's. Grantees will finalize the DWA into a Final Written Agreement (FWA) within 120 days of grant award notification.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Proposed Requirement 2—Supplement-Not-Supplant.</E>
                </P>
                <P>Grant funds must be used so that they supplement and, to the extent practical, increase the funds that would otherwise be available for the activities to be carried out under this grant.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Proposed Requirement 3—Indirect Cost Rate Information.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    A grantee's indirect cost reimbursement is limited to 8 percent of a modified total direct cost base. For 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6474"/>
                    more information regarding indirect costs, or to obtain a negotiated indirect cost rate, please see 
                    <E T="03">www.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ocfo/intro.html.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Definition</HD>
                <P>The Department proposes the following definition for this program. We may apply this definition in any year in which this program is in effect.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Pre-service</E>
                     means the period of training for a person who does not have a prior teaching certification or license and who is enrolled in a State-approved teacher education program at an institution of higher education, prior to becoming the teacher of record.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Priorities, Requirements, and Definition</HD>
                <P>
                    We will announce the final priorities, requirements, and definition in a document in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . We will determine the final priorities, requirements, and definition after considering public comments on the proposed priorities, requirements, and definition and other information available to the Department. This document does not preclude us from proposing additional priorities,requirements, definitions, or selection criteria, subject to meeting applicable rulemaking requirements.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Note:</E>
                     This document does 
                    <E T="03">not</E>
                     solicit applications. In any year in which we choose to use one or more of these priorities, requirements, and definition, we invite applications through a notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Impact Analysis</HD>
                <P>Under Executive Order 12866, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) determines whether this regulatory action is “significant” and, therefore, subject to the requirements of the Executive order and subject to review by OMB. Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, as amended by Executive Order 14094, defines a “significant regulatory action” as an action likely to result in a rule that may—</P>
                <P>(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $200 million or more (adjusted every three years by the Administrator of Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) for changes in gross domestic product); or adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, territorial, or Tribal governments or communities;</P>
                <P>(2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;</P>
                <P>(3) Materially alter the budgetary impacts of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or</P>
                <P>(4) Raise legal or policy issues for which centralized review would meaningfully further the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in this Executive order, as specifically authorized in a timely manner by the Administrator of OIRA in each case.</P>
                <P>This proposed regulatory action is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by OMB under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, as amended by Executive Order 14094.</P>
                <P>We have also reviewed this proposed regulatory action under Executive Order 13563, which supplements and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive Order 12866, as amended by Executive Order 14094. To the extent permitted by law, Executive Order 13563 requires that an agency—</P>
                <P>(1) Propose or adopt regulations only upon a reasoned determination that their benefits justify their costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify);</P>
                <P>(2) Tailor its regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives and taking into account—among other things and to the extent practicable—the costs of cumulative regulations;</P>
                <P>(3) In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, select those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity);</P>
                <P>(4) To the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than the behavior or manner of compliance a regulated entity must adopt; and</P>
                <P>(5) Identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including economic incentives—such as user fees or marketable permits—to encourage the desired behavior, or provide information that enables the public to make choices.</P>
                <P>Executive Order 13563 also requires an agency “to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible.” The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB has emphasized that these techniques may include “identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes.”</P>
                <P>We are issuing these proposed priorities, requirements, and definition only on a reasoned determination that their benefits would justify their costs. In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, we selected those approaches that would maximize net benefits. Based on the analysis that follows, the Department believes that this regulatory action is consistent with the principles in Executive Order 13563.</P>
                <P>The potential costs associated with these priorities, requirements, and definition would be minimal, while the potential benefits are significant. The Department believes that this proposed regulatory action would not impose significant costs on eligible entities. Participation in this program is voluntary, and the costs imposed on applicants by this regulatory action would be limited to paperwork burden related to preparing an application. The potential benefits of implementing the program would outweigh the costs incurred by applicants, and the costs of carrying out activities associated with the application would be paid for with program funds. For these reasons, we have determined that the costs of implementation would not be burdensome for eligible applicants, including small entities.</P>
                <P>We also have determined that this regulatory action would not unduly interfere with State, local, and Tribal governments in the exercise of their governmental functions.</P>
                <P>In accordance with these Executive orders, the Department has assessed the potential costs and benefits, both quantitative and qualitative, of this regulatory action. The potential costs are those resulting from statutory requirements and those we have determined as necessary for administering the Department's programs and activities.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Clarity of the Regulations</HD>
                <P>Executive Order 12866 and the Presidential memorandum “Plain Language in Government Writing” require each agency to write regulations that are easy to understand. The Secretary invites comments on how to make these proposed priorities, requirements, and definition easier to understand, including answers to questions such as the following:</P>
                <P>• Are the requirements in the proposed priorities, requirements, and definition clearly stated?</P>
                <P>
                    • Do the proposed priorities, requirements, and definition contain technical terms or other wording that interferes with their clarity?
                    <PRTPAGE P="6475"/>
                </P>
                <P>• Does the format of the proposed priorities, requirements, and definition (grouping and order of sections, use of headings, paragraphing, etc.) aid or reduce their clarity?</P>
                <P>• Would the proposed priorities, requirements, and definition be easier to understand if we divided them into more (but shorter) sections?</P>
                <P>
                    • Could the description of the proposed priorities, requirements, and definition in the 
                    <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                     section of this preamble be more helpful in making the proposed priorities, requirements, and definition easier to understand? If so, how?
                </P>
                <P>• What else could we do to make the proposed priorities, requirements, and definition easier to understand?</P>
                <P>
                    To send any comments that concern how the Department could make these proposed priorities, requirements, and definition easier to understand, see the instructions in the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Intergovernmental Review:</E>
                     This program is subject to Executive Order 12372 and the regulations in 34 CFR part 79. One of the objectives of the Executive order is to foster an intergovernmental partnership and a strengthened federalism. The Executive order relies on processes developed by State and local governments for coordination and review of proposed Federal financial assistance.
                </P>
                <P>This document provides early notification of our specific plans and actions for this program.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Flexibility Act Certification</HD>
                <P>The Secretary certifies that these proposed priorities, requirements, and definition would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
                <P>The small entities that this proposed regulatory action would affect are IHEs that meet the eligibility requirements described in section 241(1) of the HEA. The Secretary believes that the costs imposed on applicants by the proposed priorities, requirements, and definition would be limited to paperwork burden related to preparing an application and that the benefits would outweigh any costs incurred by applicants.</P>
                <P>Participation in this program is voluntary. For this reason, the proposed priorities, requirements, and definition would impose no burden on small entities unless they applied for funding under the program. We expect that in determining whether to apply for Hawkins Program funds, an eligible applicant would evaluate the requirements of preparing an application and any associated costs, and weigh them against the benefits likely to be achieved by receiving a Hawkins Program grant. Eligible applicants most likely would apply only if they determine that the likely benefits exceed the costs of preparing an application. The likely benefits include the potential receipt of a grant as well as other benefits that may accrue to an entity through its development of an application, such as the use of that application to seek funding from other sources to address the teacher shortage present in the Nation's high need-need public schools.</P>
                <P>This proposed regulatory action would not have a significant economic impact on a small entity once it receives a grant because it would be able to meet the costs of compliance using the funds provided under this program. We invite comments from eligible small entities as to whether they believe this proposed regulatory action would have a significant economic impact on them and, if so, request evidence to support that belief.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</HD>
                <P>These proposed priorities, requirements, and definition do not contain any information collection requirements.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accessible Format:</E>
                     On request to the program contact person listed under 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    , individuals with disabilities can obtain this document in an accessible format. The Department will provide the requestor with an accessible format that may include Rich Text Format (RTF) or text format (txt), a thumb drive, an MP3 file, braille, large print, audiotape, or compact disc, or other accessible format.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Electronic Access to This Document:</E>
                     The official version of this document is the document published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . You may access the official edition of the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     and the Code of Federal Regulations at 
                    <E T="03">www.govinfo.gov.</E>
                     At this site you can view this document, as well as all other documents of this Department published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , in text or Portable Document Format (PDF). To use PDF you must have Adobe Acrobat Reader, which is available free at the site.
                </P>
                <P>
                    You may also access documents of the Department published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     by using the article search feature at 
                    <E T="03">www.federalregister.gov.</E>
                     Specifically, through the advanced search feature at this site, you can limit your search to documents published by the Department.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Nasser Paydar,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary for Postsecondary Education.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01972 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4000-01-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
                <CFR>40 CFR Part 52</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[EPA-R04-OAR-2023-0096; FRL-11663-01-R4]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Air Plan Approval; Florida; Revisions to the State Implementation Plan Conformity Rule</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Proposed rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) through a letter dated August 12, 2022. The revision updates the general conformity portion of the conformity rule in Florida's SIP. EPA is proposing to approve these changes pursuant to the Clean Air Act (CAA or Act).</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received on or before March 4, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R04-OAR-2023-0096 at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the online instructions for submitting comments. Once submitted, comments cannot be edited or removed from 
                        <E T="03">Regulations.gov.</E>
                         EPA may publish any comment received to its public docket. Do not submit electronically any information you consider to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Multimedia submissions (audio, video, etc.) must be accompanied by a written comment. The written comment is considered the official comment and should include discussion of all points you wish to make. EPA will generally not consider comments or comment contents located outside of the primary submission (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         on the web, cloud, or other file sharing system). For additional submission methods, the full EPA public comment policy, information about CBI or multimedia submissions, and general guidance on making effective comments, please visit 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets/commenting-epa-dockets.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6476"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Josue Ortiz Borrero, Air Regulatory Management Section, Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air and Radiation Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW, Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. Mr. Ortiz can be reached via phone number (404) 562-8085 or via electronic mail at 
                        <E T="03">ortizborrero.josue@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
                <P>
                    General conformity is a requirement of CAA section 176(c). General conformity prohibits Federal actions within nonattainment and maintenance areas unless the emissions from the actions conform to the applicable SIP, Tribal Implementation Plan (TIP), or Federal Implementation Plan (FIP) for the area.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Conformity to an implementation plan means conformity to an implementation plan's purpose of eliminating or reducing the severity and number of violations of the national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS or standards) and achieving expeditious attainment of such standards. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     section 176(c)(1). Under general conformity, Federal actions cannot: (1) Cause or contribute to any new violation of any standard in any area; (2) increase the frequency or severity of any existing violation of any air quality standard in any area; or (3) or delay timely attainment of any standard, any required interim emission reductions, or any other milestones, in any area. 
                    <E T="03">Id.</E>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         “Federal action” is defined at 40 CFR 93.152 as “any activity engaged in by a department, agency, or instrumentality of the Federal government, or any activity that a department, agency or instrumentality of the Federal government supports in any way, provides financial assistance for, licenses, permits, or approves, other than activities related to transportation plans, programs, and projects developed, funded, or approved under title 23 U.S.C. or the Federal Transit Act (49 U.S.C. 1601 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ). Where the Federal action is a permit, license, or other approval for some aspect of a non-Federal undertaking, the relevant activity is the part, portion, or phase of the non-Federal undertaking that requires the Federal permit, license, or approval.”
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    EPA promulgated two sets of conformity regulations in November 1993 to implement section 176(c) of the CAA. First, EPA promulgated transportation conformity regulations, which apply to highways and mass transit, on November 24, 1993. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     58 FR 62188. These regulations establish the criteria and procedures for determining whether transportation plans, programs, and projects funded under 23 U.S.C. or the Federal Transit Act (40 U.S.C. chapter 53) conform with implementation plans. EPA subsequently revised the transportation conformity regulations several times. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     69 FR 40004 (July 1, 2004); 70 FR 24280 (May 6, 2005); 71 FR 12468 (March 10, 2006); and 73 FR 4420 (January 24, 2008). Second, on November 30, 1993, EPA promulgated the general conformity regulations at 40 CFR part 51, subpart W and 40 CFR part 93, subpart B, which applied to all other Federal actions to ensure they conformed with implementation plans. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     58 FR 63214. EPA has revised its general conformity regulations twice. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     71 FR 40420 (July 17, 2006) and 75 FR 17254 (April 5, 2010). As part of the 2010 revisions, EPA revised its general conformity regulations to remove rules from 40 CFR part 51, subpart W that were duplicative of those in 40 CFR part 93, subpart B. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     75 FR 17254 (April 5, 2010).
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         For more information on general conformity, see 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/general-conformity.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Florida Rule 62-204.500, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.), 
                    <E T="03">Conformity,</E>
                     addresses general conformity in paragraph (1). EPA incorporated Rule 62-204.500 into the Florida SIP in a direct final rule on August 11, 2003. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     68 FR 47468. Since then, Florida has amended Rule 62-204.500, and those changes are the subject of this notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The August 12, 2022, submittal transmits several changes to other Florida SIP-approved rules. These changes are not addressed in this proposed rulemaking and will be considered by EPA in separate rulemakings. In addition, EPA will not act on subsections 62-204.500(1)(a)-(1)(d), F.A.C., because they were withdrawn from EPA consideration in a letter dated January 5, 2024, which is in the docket for this proposed rulemaking.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. EPA's Analysis of Florida's Submittal</HD>
                <P>
                    Florida's August 12, 2022, SIP revision updates Rule 62-204.500, 
                    <E T="03">Conformity.</E>
                     Specifically, the SIP revision changes the “General Conformity” section at paragraph (1) by updating cross-references.
                </P>
                <P>Florida's SIP revision updates two cross-references in paragraph (1) of Rule 62-204.500. Specifically, the revision replaces two cross-references that refer to 40 CFR part 51, subpart W, with references to 40 CFR part 93, subpart B. The SIP-approved version of paragraph (1), states that it applies to state review of all Federal general conformity determinations submitted to the state pursuant to 40 CFR part 51, subpart W. It also states that pursuant to 40 CFR part 51, subpart W, Federal agencies are required to make conformity determinations to ensure that certain Federal actions are consistent with the SIP. As mentioned in Section I of this notice, EPA removed rules from 40 CFR part 51, subpart W that were duplicative of those in 40 CFR part 93, subpart B. Because the SIP-approved version of Rule 62-204.500 relies on the duplicative rules that EPA removed from 40 CFR part 51, the SIP-approved rule is outdated. EPA is proposing to approve the changes to paragraph (1) because they update the cross-references to the correct location of the implementing requirements for general conformity.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Incorporation by Reference</HD>
                <P>
                    In this document, the EPA is proposing to include in a final EPA rule regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, and as discussed in Section II of this preamble, the EPA is proposing to incorporate by reference Florida Rule 62-204.500, F.A.C
                    <E T="03">., Conformity,</E>
                     state effective on October 23, 2016, except for 62-204.500(1)(a), 62-204.500(1)(b), 62-204.500(1)(c), and 62-204.500(1)(d). The EPA has made, and will continue to make, the SIP generally available through 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and at the EPA Region 4 Office (please contact the person identified in the 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     section of this preamble for more information).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Proposed Action</HD>
                <P>
                    For the reasons discussed above, EPA is proposing to approve the August 12, 2022, Florida SIP revision updating Rule 62-204.500, 
                    <E T="03">Conformity,</E>
                     in the Florida SIP.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>
                <P>Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this proposed action merely proposes to approve state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this proposed action:</P>
                <P>• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 14094 (88 FR 21879, April 11, 2023);</P>
                <P>
                    • Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    );
                    <PRTPAGE P="6477"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    );
                </P>
                <P>• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);</P>
                <P>• Does not have federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);</P>
                <P>• Is not subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997) because it approves a state program;</P>
                <P>• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001); and</P>
                <P>• Is not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA.</P>
                <P>In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the proposed rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).</P>
                <P>Executive Order 12898 (Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, 59 FR 7629, Feb. 16, 1994) directs Federal agencies to identify and address “disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects” of their actions on minority populations and low-income populations to the greatest extent practicable and permitted by law. EPA defines environmental justice (EJ) as “the fair treatment and meaningful involvement of all people regardless of race, color, national origin, or income with respect to the development, implementation, and enforcement of environmental laws, regulations, and policies.” EPA further defines the term fair treatment to mean that “no group of people should bear a disproportionate burden of environmental harms and risks, including those resulting from the negative environmental consequences of industrial, governmental, and commercial operations or programs and policies.”</P>
                <P>The FDEP did not evaluate EJ considerations as part of its SIP submittal; the CAA and applicable implementing regulations neither prohibit nor require such an evaluation. EPA did not perform an EJ analysis and did not consider EJ in this proposed action. Due to the nature of the action being proposed here, this proposed action is expected to have a neutral to positive impact on the air quality of the affected area. Consideration of EJ is not required as part of this proposed action, and there is no information in the record inconsistent with the stated goal of E.O. 12898 of achieving EJ for people of color, low-income populations, and Indigenous peoples.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 52</HD>
                    <P>Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P>
                        42 U.S.C. 7401 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    </P>
                </AUTH>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 17, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Jeaneanne Gettle,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Regional Administrator, Region 4.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01670 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <CFR>47 CFR Parts 0, 1, and 16</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[GN Docket No. 22-69; FCC 23-100; FR ID 197453]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Implement the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act: Prevention and Elimination of Digital Discrimination</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Communications Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Proposed rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In this document, the Federal Communications Commission (Commission) proposes rules regarding affirmative obligations for broadband providers, through: annual reports that facilitate greater transparency regarding substantial broadband projects recently completed by providers, and internal compliance programs requiring periodic evaluation of the demographics of communities served—and not served—by such recently completed projects, as well as pending and planned substantial projects. The Commission also seeks comment on establishing am Office of Civil Rights.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments are due on or before March 4, 2024, and reply comments are due on or before April 1, 2024. Written comments on the Paperwork Reduction Act proposed information collection requirements must be submitted by the public and other interested parties on or before April 1, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments, identified by GN Docket No. 22-69, by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal Communications Commission's Website: http://apps.fcc.gov/ecfs/.</E>
                         Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">People With Disabilities:</E>
                         Contact the FCC to request reasonable accommodations (accessible format documents, sign language interpreters, CART, etc.) by email: 
                        <E T="03">FCC504@fcc.gov</E>
                         or phone: 202-418-0530 or TTY: 202-418-0432.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For detailed instructions for submitting comments and additional information on the rulemaking process, see the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section of this document. Send a copy of your comment on the proposed information collection to Nicole Ongele, FCC, via email to 
                        <E T="03">PRA@fcc.gov</E>
                         or 
                        <E T="03">Nicole.Ongele@fcc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Wireline Competition Bureau, Competition Policy Division, Aurélie Mathieu, at (202) 418-2194, 
                        <E T="03">Aurelie.Mathieu@fcc.gov.</E>
                         For additional information concerning the Paperwork Reduction Act information collection requirements contained in this document, send an email to 
                        <E T="03">PRA@fcc.gov</E>
                         or contact Nicole Ongele, 
                        <E T="03">Nicole.Ongele@fcc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    This is a summary of the Commission's Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                    ) in GN Docket No. 22-69, FCC 23-100, adopted on November 15, 2023, and released on November 20, 2023. The full text of this document is available for download at 
                    <E T="03">https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/FCC-23-100A1.pdf.</E>
                     To request materials in accessible formats for people with disabilities (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     braille, large print, electronic files, audio format, etc.), send an email to 
                    <E T="03">FCC504@fcc.gov</E>
                     or call the Consumer &amp; Governmental Affairs Bureau at (202) 418-0530 (voice) or (202) 418-0432 (TTY).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Providing Accountability Through Transparency Act:</E>
                     The Providing Accountability Through Transparency Act, Public Law 118-9, requires each agency, in providing notice of a rulemaking, to post online a brief plain-language summary of the proposed rule. The required summary of this Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking is available at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.fcc.gov/proposed-rulemakings.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Initial Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 Analysis:</E>
                     This document contains proposed information collection requirements. The Commission, as part 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6478"/>
                    of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, invites the general public to comment on the information collection requirements contained in this document, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Public and agency comments are due April 1, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to §§ 1.415 and 1.419 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.415, 1.419, interested parties may file comments and reply comments on or before the dates indicated on the first page of this document. Comments may be filed using the Commission's Electronic Comment Filing System (ECFS). 
                    <E T="03">See Electronic Filing of Documents in Rulemaking Proceedings,</E>
                     63 FR 24121 (1998).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Electronic Filers:</E>
                     Comments may be filed electronically using the internet by accessing the ECFS: 
                    <E T="03">http://apps.fcc.gov/ecfs/.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Paper Filers:</E>
                     Parties who choose to file by paper must file an original and one copy of each filing.
                </P>
                <P>• Filings can be sent by commercial overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S. Postal Service mail. All filings must be addressed to the Commission's Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.</P>
                <P>• Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9050 Junction Drive, Annapolis Junction, MD 20701. U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express, and Priority mail must be addressed to 45 L Street NE, Washington, DC 20554.</P>
                <P>
                    • Effective March 19, 2020, and until further notice, the Commission no longer accepts any hand or messenger delivered filings. This is a temporary measure taken to help protect the health and safety of individuals, and to mitigate the transmission of COVID-19. 
                    <E T="03">See FCC Announces Closure of FCC Headquarters Open Window and Change in Hand-Delivery Policy,</E>
                     Public Notice, DA 20-304 (March 19, 2020), 
                    <E T="03">https://www.fcc.gov/document/fcc-closes-headquarters-open-window-and-changes-hand-delivery-policy.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">People With Disabilities:</E>
                     To request materials in accessible formats for people with disabilities (braille, large print, electronic files, audio format), send an email to 
                    <E T="03">fcc504@fcc.gov</E>
                     or call the Consumer &amp; Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202-418-0530 (voice), 202-418-0432 (TTY).
                </P>
                <P>
                    The proceeding this document initiates shall be treated as a “permit-but-disclose” proceeding in accordance with the Commission's 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     rules. Persons making 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     presentations must file a copy of any written presentation or a memorandum summarizing any oral presentation within two business days after the presentation (unless a different deadline applicable to the Sunshine period applies). Persons making oral 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     presentations are reminded that memoranda summarizing the presentation must (1) list all persons attending or otherwise participating in the meeting at which the 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     presentation was made, and (2) summarize all data presented and arguments made during the presentation. If the presentation consisted in whole or in part of the presentation of data or arguments already reflected in the presenter's written comments, memoranda or other filings in the proceeding, the presenter may provide citations to such data or arguments in his or her prior comments, memoranda, or other filings (specifying the relevant page and/or paragraph numbers where such data or arguments can be found) in lieu of summarizing them in the memorandum. Documents shown or given to Commission staff during 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     meetings are deemed to be written 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     presentations and must be filed consistent with rule 1.1206(b). In proceedings governed by rule 1.49(f) or for which the Commission has made available a method of electronic filing, written 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     presentations and memoranda summarizing oral 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     presentations, and all attachments thereto, must be filed through the electronic comment filing system available for that proceeding, and must be filed in their native format (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     .doc, .xml, .ppt, searchable .pdf). Participants in this proceeding should familiarize themselves with the Commission's 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     rules.
                </P>
                <P>This document may contain potential new or revised information collection requirements. The Commission, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, invites the general public and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to comment on the information collection requirements contained in this document, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Public and agency comments are due April 1, 2024.</P>
                <P>
                    Comments should address: (a) whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimates; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and (e) way to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees. In addition, pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(4), the Commission seeks specific comment on how it might further reduce the information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Synopsis</HD>
                <P>
                    1. In this 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                     we take additional steps to fulfill our statutory mandate to facilitate equal access to broadband internet access service by preventing digital discrimination of access. We seek further, focused comments on affirmative obligations that might be undertaken by broadband service access providers (providers) to expand broadband access and address possible digital discrimination of access. Our digital discrimination of access rules apply to “covered entities” which is broader than broadband providers, but at this time our proposed annual report and compliance program are limited to broadband providers as defined in 47 CFR 54.1600(b). The proposals in this 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                     complement rules we adopt today by focusing on providers' day-to-day business practices that might, in some instances, differentially impact consumers' access to broadband on prohibited bases. Our proposals are intended to make fully transparent to the public what communities are served, and what communities are not served, by large-scale broadband deployment, upgrade, and maintenance projects completed or substantially completed by each provider over the preceding calendar year. We propose to require the reporting of this information on a state-by-state or territory-by-territory basis in a yearly supplement to the Broadband Data Collection (BDC) so the public can see not only where broadband service is available, but where and how providers are currently investing in their broadband networks and what communities are benefiting from those investments. Our proposals would also require providers to establish formal compliance programs related to digital discrimination of access and to conduct regular, internal assessments of what communities are served (and not served) by recently completed, pending, and planned large-scale broadband projects and whether their relevant policies and practices 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6479"/>
                    might differentially impact consumers' access to broadband service. Such regular assessments, we believe, will help “smoke out” policies and practices that might impede equal access to broadband service without sufficient technical or economic justification as providers pressure test the asserted justifications for policies and practices producing such effects. Affirmative obligations such as these are not foreign to the Commission. Most recently, for example, the Commission has adopted affirmative obligations for voice service providers to better police their own networks against illegal robocalls and protect consumers from widespread fraud, and we believe that targeted affirmative and effective measures can similarly combat discriminatory practices in the context of our duty under section 60506 to prevent and identify steps to eliminate digital discrimination of access.
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. In this 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice,</E>
                     we propose two sets of affirmative obligations for broadband providers in furtherance of our mandate to facilitate equal access to broadband internet access service, including by preventing digital discrimination of access. Under our proposal, each broadband provider would be required to: (1) submit an annual, publicly-available supplement to the BDC describing, on a state-by-state or territory-by-territory basis, any large-scale broadband deployment, upgrade, and maintenance projects that were completed or substantially completed during the preceding calendar year and the communities served by such projects; and (2) establish a mandatory internal compliance program requiring regular internal assessment of (a) what communities are served by recent, pending, and planned large-scale projects and (b) whether the provider's broadband-related policies and practices might differentially impact consumers' access to broadband based on a listed characteristic and without adequate technical or economic justification.
                </P>
                <P>
                    3. 
                    <E T="03">Legal Authority.</E>
                     We seek general comment on our authority to require providers to implement affirmative obligations. Section 60506 directs the Commission to adopt rules to prevent digital discrimination of access and identify necessary steps to eliminate such discrimination. Does section 60506 authorize the Commission to impose affirmative obligations on providers? Does the Communications Act provide the Commission such authority, irrespective of whether section 60506 is part of the Communications Act? Does section 4(i) of the Communications Act provide the Commission either direct or ancillary authority to do so? Besides these legal authorities, are there other sources for our authority to implement affirmative obligations of the types set forth below?
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Annual Report</HD>
                <P>4. We propose requiring that providers submit an annual, publicly-available supplement to the BDC describing their recent broadband investments in each state and territory. This supplemental report would identify and describe, on a state-by-state or territory-by-territory basis, all fixed or mobile broadband deployment, upgrade, and maintenance projects completed or substantially completed in the preceding calendar year, that are expected to affect the availability or quality of broadband service at 500 or more housing units. A “housing unit” is defined as a single family house, townhome, mobile home or trailer, apartment, group of rooms, or single room that is occupied as a separate living quarters, or, if vacant, is intended for occupancy as a separate living quarters. The report would categorize each such project as a deployment, upgrade, or maintenance project (or some combination thereof) and would identify the number of housing units affected by the project through numerical bands (such as 500-999, 1000-4999, 5000-9999, etc.). The report would identify through the census tract affected by the project, and would provide a brief narrative description of the project and the geographic area served by the project to provide greater precision and clarity regarding what the project is designed to accomplish and what communities are served by the project. The primary goal of requiring this report would be to increase transparency regarding what substantial investments providers are currently making in their networks, what communities are being served—or not served—by those investments, and how they are being served. The information provided in the annual supplement to the BDC would allow the Commission, state and local broadband regulators, public interest organizations, and other stakeholders to review on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis what major deployment, upgrade, and maintenance projects covered entities have completed or substantially completed within the states and territories of their footprint and what communities are and are not served by those projects. We believe this information would assist in the development of broadband policy, in the strengthening of advocacy for broadband expansion, and in the targeting of our efforts to enforce our digital discrimination of access rules.</P>
                <P>
                    5. In the 
                    <E T="03">Notice of Proposed Rulemaking,</E>
                     88 FR 3681, we sought comment on what self-assessment or reporting obligations we should require of providers. In response, the Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights suggested that we look to other sources of civil rights law to develop affirmative obligations, Microsoft recommended that providers use Commission data to formulate plans to address digital discrimination of access, and several commenters recommended self-reporting requirements. Based on the comments received in the record, we believe our steps in this 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                     are consistent with recommendations for self-reporting and will result in useful data to stakeholders. We seek comment on this approach.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Components of the Report</HD>
                <P>
                    6. We propose that each annual report must address the following components to provide a comprehensive picture of each major deployment, maintenance, and upgrade project completed or substantially completed for each state and territory within its service area or footprint: (1) the nature of each project completed or substantially completed in the calendar year immediately preceding the submission of the report (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     deployment, upgrade, maintenance, or a combination thereof); (2) the number of housing units affected by the project (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the number of housing units whose broadband availability or quality is positively impacted by the project) by census tract (utilizing the system presently used in the BDC); and (3) a narrative description of the project and of the areas served by the project, to allow for greater precision and clarity regarding what the project is designed to accomplish and what communities are served by the project.
                </P>
                <P>
                    7. We seek general comment on the pros and cons of an annual report in the context of this proceeding. What are the short-term and long-term benefits of this proposal? Is there a more appropriate way to collect this information other than an annual report? Is there a way we can utilize existing data in connection with or in place of the proposed annual report to promote transparency regarding broadband investments? How could regulators leverage these reports to address potential disparities in broadband access? Are there other stakeholders that would benefit from such a report? Are there other uses for such a report that would foster the equal access policy of section 60506? Are there other potential benefits or 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6480"/>
                    challenges in implementing an annual reporting requirement?
                </P>
                <P>8. We also invite comment on the proposed components of the annual report, discussed in turn below. Are they sufficient? Are there other components that are necessary to meet our transparency goal. Are any of the proposed components in conflict or tension with the equal access goal of section 60506? What other reasons or justifications might exist for excluding one or more of the proposed components of the report? Would there be challenges in implementing this proposal and if so, how can the challenges be addressed? We seek comment on how to strike the right balance between gathering sufficient information and avoiding undue burdens on reporting entities when implementing this annual report requirement.</P>
                <P>
                    9. 
                    <E T="03">Nature of the projects.</E>
                     In identifying the nature of the projects completed or substantially completed in the report, our proposal would require that providers identify any broadband deployment, upgrade, or maintenance projects undertaken within the specified period and affecting 500 or more housing units. We believe that deployment, maintenance, and upgrade projects are the type of investments that most broadly and directly affect consumer access to broadband service and, thus, should be reported in order to facilitate greater transparency regarding where such investments are being made. We seek comment on this proposal. We propose to deem a project 
                    <E T="03">completed</E>
                     when all the tasks and objectives have been successfully completed, all deliverables have been produced, all milestones have been met, and there is no outstanding work or tasks to be done. We also seek comment on what should be considered a substantially completed project. For example, should we define substantially completed as being a project for which, at the providers' discretion, either 85% of the impacted locations are covered, or for which 85% of the most recent budget with commercial approval has been spent? Should the difference between the definitions of substantially completed and completed be based on providers expected timeline for a project?
                </P>
                <P>
                    10. 
                    <E T="03">Housing units affected.</E>
                     We propose that the reporting requirement apply to projects affecting 500 or more housing units. We propose to use the definition of a “housing unit” in Commission rule 802.223, which defines the term as “a single family house, townhome, mobile home or trailer, apartment, group of rooms, or single room that is occupied as a separate living quarters, or, if vacant, is intended for occupancy as a separate living quarters.” An “economic unit” consists of all adult individuals contributing to and sharing in the income and expenses of a household. We seek comment on this definition. Based on this proposed definition, we seek comment on what number of housing units should trigger the requirement to report on a particular project. Is the number 500 reasonable in light of our transparency goal? Should the same threshold number of housing units apply to deployment, upgrade, and maintenance projects? Should different thresholds be applied to each category? Once the 500 housing unit threshold is met, is categorizing housing units in metric bands (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     500-999, 1000-4999, 5000-9999) an effective method to report the scope of the deployment, maintenance, or upgrade projects? We specifically seek comment on the potential impacts on rural and Tribal areas. Should there be special considerations for rural and Tribal areas? If so, how can we ensure that these areas are being considered?
                </P>
                <P>
                    11. 
                    <E T="03">Geographic area of the project.</E>
                     We seek comment on requiring providers to report the geographic area of each major deployment, upgrade, and maintenance project by census tract. Would reporting projects at the level of the census tract be appropriate? What benefits and burdens would be associated with reporting data at the census tract level? Would census block be too granular? Should providers be required or permitted to report impacted locations in the same manner as they report deployed locations in the BDC? Since the BDC allows providers to report availability data in the form of polygon shapefiles, or as broadband serviceable location fabric (fabric), would adopting either one of these metrics reduce the burden on filers? In what format do covered entities routinely store data on deployments, upgrades, and maintenance projects? To the extent covered entities do not routinely collect and store such information, we seek comment on how to specify a single methodology for doing so.
                </P>
                <P>12. We also seek comment on whether there are more precise metrics to identify the location of projects in rural and Tribal areas than the proposed census tract metric. Are there any additional issues specific to rural and Tribal areas that we should consider in completion of these annual reports? Would a census block requirement be workable? Would it encompass rural and Tribal areas more efficiently? Should providers be required to identify whether the impacted area is rural or Tribal and, if so, how should they do that? Should covered entities be required to specifically describe their projects in Tribal areas, irrespective of the number of housing units served by the project?</P>
                <P>
                    13. 
                    <E T="03">Narrative description of project.</E>
                     We propose that providers use the narrative description to provide information regarding each project sufficient to determine what the project was designed to accomplish, why it was undertaken, and what communities within the designed census tracts it was intended to serve. In particular, the designation of a project as a deployment, upgrade, or maintenance project may not sufficiently explain what the project was intended to accomplish (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     upgrade service from DSL to fiber) or the specific communities within the designated census tracts that will be served by the project (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     naming the neighborhoods served or providing the geographic boundaries of the project). By requiring the narrative description of the project, we intend to allow greater precision and clarity about the nature of the project and the communities served, without being overly prescriptive. We seek comment on this proposal. Should we be more prescriptive about the narrative descriptions required? Should we require, for example, that providers describe the demographics of the communities served by these projects and/or the dates the projects were completed or substantially completed? Is there other narrative information we should require in order for the reporting requirement to serve its intended purpose of providing greater transparency regarding recent broadband investments? More generally, is a report of the type we propose necessary or helpful in light of the data already being collected through the BDC?
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Annual Report Filing Timeline</HD>
                <P>
                    14. We propose to require providers to file their annual report as a supplement to the BDC report due in March of each year and that it cover projects completed or substantially completed in the calendar year immediately preceding the submission of the report. We seek comment on this proposal. We seek comment on this filing timetable and whether it provides sufficient time for providers to gather and review the information required in the report. We also seek comment on whether submitting the annual report as a supplement to the year-end BDC filing is the most reasonable and efficient approach. Should these deadlines be 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6481"/>
                    staggered? If so, how much time should be allotted between the filing of the year-end BDC report and the annual, major projects report?
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Availability of Annual Reports</HD>
                <P>15. We propose to make the results of these annual reports available to the public. As discussed above, we tentatively conclude that significant benefits would flow from making these reports public, such as increasing transparency regarding substantial investments by providers, informing broadband policy at the Federal, state and local level, strengthening advocacy for expanded broadband access, and targeting the Commission's efforts to enforce the rules we adopt today. We seek comment on our proposal to make these reports public. What is the best method for releasing these reports to the public? Should these reports be easily accessible on the provider's website or should they be made available by another means? We also seek comment on the benefits or burdens of making the reports available to the public. Are there confidentiality concerns we need to consider with respect to the information in question? If so, what measures would be necessary to protect the legitimate confidentiality interests of providers?</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Supplements to Existing Commission-Issues Reports</HD>
                <P>16. We also seek comment on whether the Commission should publish certain data from the proposed annual reports in the Commission's existing reports, such as the Communications Marketplace Report or the broadband progress report required by section 706 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (Section 706 Report). We note that the Commission has already initiated the inquiry for the next Section 706 Report. Although we propose that the annual reports be publicly available, as supplements to the annual BDC filings, would including certain data in either of these existing Commission reports provide greater transparency to consumers and communities? If so, what data should be included? Should we include the entirety of the proposed annual reports, or limit the data to a more narrow set of data points? Should we expand the information published in the Communications Marketplace Report or the Section 706 Report beyond the proposed annual reports to include summaries of filed digital discrimination of access informal complaints, any findings of digital discrimination of access, or steps the Commission has taken to address equal access? Would including this additional information in either these Commission-issued reports enhance transparency and make the proposed annual reports fully available and accessible to more stakeholders?</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Intersection With Other Broadband Data</HD>
                <P>17. We seek comment on how providers can leverage existing data sources, such as the existing BDC, in compiling these reports. To the extent we can model the requirements for this report off the BDC, how would that be helpful to providers? We assume that providers would prefer to use the same criteria and data fields that are used in the BDC to the extent possible. We seek comment on whether this is true.</P>
                <P>18. Are the relevant criteria and data fields used in the BDC too broad or narrow for our present purposes? Is there a need for additional data to be collected or for different metrics to be used? Given that providers are aware of their deployment and report the impact of deployments as part of the BDC, what would be the additional burden of providing annual reports? Are there policies or procedures we can adopt to reduce the burden on providers?</P>
                <P>19. We tentatively conclude that the annual reports proposed above should be certified by the provider as true and correct, just as occurs with respect to BDC submissions. We propose that the same experts who certify the BDC submissions also be required to certify the proposed annual report: (1) a corporate officer, and (2) an engineer. We seek comment on this proposal. Should we consider a different certification process? Is it necessary that both a corporate officer and an engineer certify reports containing the elements we have outlined above? Might other officers or employees of the provider be better informed to certify the contents of this annual report? We seek detailed comment on these matters.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Exceptions</HD>
                <P>20. We seek comment on whether any providers should be exempted from the requirement to submit an annual report based on their size, footprint, or service area. Should we exempt providers that primarily serve consumers at the rural and Tribal level and, if so, why? What other providers should be exempted from submitting an annual report and why?</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Record Retention</HD>
                <P>21. It is important that records sufficient to determine the veracity of the proposed annual reports be retained for some period of time following submission of the reports. We seek comment on what records should be retained and for how long they should be retained in order to accomplish this verification purpose. We also seek comment on whether records related to the proposed annual reports should be retained for any purpose other than verification of the information contained in such reports.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Compliance Program</HD>
                <P>
                    22. In addition to the annual report, we propose to require each provider to adopt and maintain a formal internal compliance program designed to ensure regular assessment of whether and how the provider's policies and practices advance and impede equal access to broadband internet access service in its service area. In proposing to require such compliance programs, our goals are to ensure close internal scrutiny of policies and practices that might impede equal access to broadband and to promote accountability with regard to such policies and practices. In order to facilitate candid internal evaluation and assessment of a provider's policies and practices affecting broadband access, we do 
                    <E T="03">not</E>
                     propose to require providers to make publicly available any reports or other documentation of such internal evaluations and assessments. However, in order to ensure compliance with the requirement to conduct such evaluations and assessments, and/or in connection with a Commission investigation into alleged digital discrimination of access, the Commission reserves the right to require production of such reports and documentation subject to the Commission's existing confidentiality rules. We seek comment on this proposal.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Components of Compliance Program</HD>
                <P>
                    23. 
                    <E T="03">Effective Compliance Program.</E>
                     We propose to model our mandatory internal compliance program on previously established effective compliance programs, while not being overly prescriptive regarding how the compliance program is designed. Such models teach us that effective compliance programs should include, at a minimum: (1) development and implementation of written policies and procedures; (2) designation of a compliance officer and/or compliance committee; (3) conducting effective training and education regarding the purposes and operation of the compliance program; (4) developing effective lines of reporting and communication; (5) conducting internal monitoring and auditing; (6) enforcing standards through well-publicized disciplinary guidelines; and (7) responding promptly to detected 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6482"/>
                    problems through corrective action. We seek comment on whether these should be mandatory components of the compliance programs we propose to require. Which of these elements of an effective compliance programs should we require? Which elements should we not require, if any? Are there additional elements we should consider adding in order to ensure that the compliance programs effectively advance their intended purpose of facilitating equal access to broadband? Although we seek comment on each of these elements, we note that our goal is to grant each broadband provider the flexibility to develop and maintain a plan that contains the required elements and serves our intended purposes without prescribing a particular formula as to how each required element should be implemented. We seek comment on whether such flexibility will be beneficial or detrimental to the implementation of effective internal compliance programs by providers.
                </P>
                <P>
                    24. 
                    <E T="03">Implementing Written Policies and Procedures.</E>
                     We seek comment on requiring providers to implement internal written policies and procedures with the goal of preventing digital discrimination of access and promoting equal access to broadband internet access service. In the compliance program, are written policies and procedures necessary? What should those internal written policies and procedures include? Who should be knowledgeable about the rules and practices within the organization? How often should these written rules and procedures be reviewed, revised, and updated? Are there any available models that providers can look to when devising their internal policies and procedures to prevent digital discrimination of access and promote equal access?
                </P>
                <P>
                    25. 
                    <E T="03">Designating a Compliance Officer and/or Compliance Committee.</E>
                     We seek comment on requiring service providers to appoint a designated compliance officer or establish a compliance committee to ensure compliance with the program's requirements and timely cooperation with the Commission upon request. Is it necessary to designate a compliance officer or establish a compliance committee for the successful implementation of the compliance program? What should the qualifications of the selected compliance officer and compliance committee members be? What should the structure of a compliance committee be, how often should it meet, and what should be its functions? Should the designated compliance officer be required to provide that certification?
                </P>
                <P>
                    26. 
                    <E T="03">Conducting Effective Training on Commission Rules.</E>
                     We seek comment on requiring service providers to conduct periodic training for relevant employees on the Commission's digital discrimination of access rules. Who should conduct the training, who should be required to take the training, and how often should they be required to do so? How should the substantive content of the training be developed and what should it cover? Should the content of the training be certified or approved by the Commission in some manner? If so, how often should such certification or approval take place? Providers likely already have compliance programs and employee trainings to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements at many levels. What would be the additional burden for providers to incorporate compliance with digital discrimination of access rules into their existing compliance programs?
                </P>
                <P>
                    27. 
                    <E T="03">Developing Effective Lines of Reporting and Communication.</E>
                     We propose requiring broadband providers to put in place mechanisms and processes that: (1) encourage the internal reporting of matters that may constitute, or lead to, digital discrimination of access or otherwise impede equal access to broadband service; (2) channel those concerns to the compliance officer and/or compliance committee for evaluation and response, if warranted; and (3) ensure effective “up the chain” reporting by compliance officers and committees so senior officers are made aware of these matters and can take appropriate action to prevent their recurrence. We seek comment on this proposal. What system(s) can providers implement to encourage employees to raise concerns about potentially problematic conduct? What should be the reporting chain above the compliance officer and compliance committee to ensure that equal access concerns are given the highest possible priority by the provider? Are there other mechanisms and processes that we should require to achieve effective lines of reporting and communication regarding equal-access-related matters?
                </P>
                <P>
                    28. 
                    <E T="03">Conducting Internal Monitoring and Auditing.</E>
                     We seek comment on requiring broadband providers to perform periodic reviews of the compliance program and respond quickly to correct problems when they are detected. Who should conduct such periodic reviews and how often should they be conducted? What systems can providers put in place to evaluate the overall effectiveness of the program and its compliance with the requirements we ultimately adopt for such programs?
                </P>
                <P>
                    29. 
                    <E T="03">Responding Promptly to Detected Problems and Undertaking Corrective Action.</E>
                     We seek comment on what requirements we should adopt regarding the handling of problems reported by the compliance officer or committee to senior management, especially when no corrective action has been taken. What obligations would a compliance officer or committee have under those circumstances? What recourse would a compliance officer or committee have if a provider routinely fails to address reported violations of our rules? Should we require, in such instances, that the compliance officer report the matter to the Commission? Could a compliance officer truthfully certify that a compliance program consistent with our rules has been maintained throughout the certification period if reported violations of our rules are routinely ignored by the provider? We seek comment on these matters.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Evaluations of Recently Completed, Pending, and Planned Projects</HD>
                <P>
                    30. We seek comment on requiring providers to conduct annually an internal evaluation of recently completed, pending, and planned deployment, upgrade, and maintenance projects affecting 500 or more housing units. With respect to each such project, the internal evaluation should consist of a comparison of the demographics of the communities served by that project with the demographics of the Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA) encompassing those served communities. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention define MSA as “a geographic entity based on a county or a group of counties with at least one urbanized area with a population of at least 50,000 and adjacent counties with economic ties to the central area.” While the purpose of our proposal to require submission of annual reports to the Commission is to promote greater transparency regarding what communities are served by recently completed projects, the goal of our proposal to require periodic internal evaluation of large-scale projects is to facilitate close internal scrutiny of the provider's policies and practices affecting broadband access, determine whether those policies and practices advance or impede equal access to broadband service, and promote accountability regarding policies and practices that impede (or threaten to impede) equal access without adequate justification. Moreover, while our proposal regarding annual reporting would apply only to recently completed (or substantially completed) projects of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6483"/>
                    a certain size, our proposal with respect to periodic internal evaluations would also apply to pending and planned projects. We seek comment on this proposal, and we specifically seek comment on: (1) how we should define “pending” projects and “planned” projects under this proposal; and (2) whether MSAs are the appropriate geographic comparator for the internal evaluation of covered projects.
                </P>
                <P>31. We do not propose to prescribe the manner in which providers compare the demographics of served communities with the demographics of the MSAs encompassing those communities. We would require only that such comparisons be conducted with analytical rigor and in good faith using official data and reports of the U.S. Census Bureau, and that they be reasonably designed to uncover meaningful disparities between the reported demographics of served communities and the reported demographics of the MSAs encompassing those served communities. According to the Census Bureau, an MSA consists of one or more counties that contain a city of 50,000 or more inhabitants, or contain a Census Bureau-defined urbanized area (UA) and have a total population of at least 100,000 (75,000 in New England). While we would never expect precise numerical alignment with respect to any single project, we believe that routinely conducting these comparisons will give providers a better sense of what communities are being served (and not served) by their projects over time, and will help to “smoke out” policies and practices that discriminate without adequate justification. We seek comment on this proposal.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Evaluations of Policies and Practices</HD>
                <P>
                    32. 
                    <E T="03">Evaluation and Assessment of Policies and Practices.</E>
                     We seek comment on requiring providers to: (1) periodically evaluate their policies and practices affecting broadband access to determine whether they differentially impact consumers' access to broadband internet access service based on income level, race, ethnicity, color, religion, or national origin, or otherwise impede equal access to broadband internet access service; and (2) report to senior management annually, and in writing, regarding the results of such evaluation. As noted above, the proposed requirement that providers periodically determine the demographics of communities served by designated broadband projects is intended to permit an assessment, over time, of whether the provider's broadband-related policies are effectively impeding equal access to broadband service. Those assessments should lead to critical examination of whether any policies and practices impeding such equal access are necessary and justified by legitimate business considerations and whether alternative policies and practices might reasonably be adopted and implemented in their place. We propose that compliance officers and/or committees be required to conduct such annual assessments and report annually to senior management, in writing, the results of such evaluations and assessments. This process will require providers to closely scrutinize policies and practices producing disparate impacts on prohibited bases or otherwise impeding equal access to broadband service. We believe these requirements are necessary to ensure that equal access to broadband service remains a top priority for providers, in fulfillment of Congress's instruction that the Commission “take steps to ensure that 
                    <E T="03">all people of the United States</E>
                     benefit from equal access to broadband internet access service.” We seek comment on this proposal.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Certification</HD>
                <P>
                    33. 
                    <E T="03">Certification of Completion.</E>
                     We propose requiring providers to submit, in conjunction with the annual report proposed above, a certification that a compliance program satisfying all requirements finally adopted by the Commission was in place during the calendar year covered by the annual report. We propose that the certification be attested to by an officer and engineer as occurs with respect to the BDC, and that the provider's designated compliance officer (or the chair of the compliance committee) certify the same to the certifying officer and engineer. We seek comment on this proposal, including whether the designated compliance officer (or chair of the compliance committee) should be required to provide a certification directly to the Commission.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Exemptions</HD>
                <P>34. We also seek comment on whether any providers should be exempted from the proposed requirement to implement and maintain an internal compliance program meeting specified standards based on their size, footprint, or niche service area. Should we exempt providers that primarily serve consumers at the rural and Tribal level and, if so, why? What other providers should be exempted from these requirements, under what circumstances, and why? We seek comment on requiring providers who are entitled to an exemption under our rules to file a certification of exemption in lieu of a certification of compliance in conjunction with the annual report.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Recording and Retention Requirements</HD>
                <P>35. We seek comment on what records providers should be required to retain, and for how long, relating to the internal assessments of the projects described in the preceding paragraphs. Once a summary report of the internal assessment for a specific project is completed, should the provider be required to retain the underlying documents for some period of time? Should there be different retention periods for the summary reports than for the underlying documents?</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Office of Civil Rights</HD>
                <P>
                    36. We seek further, focused comment on establishing an Office of Civil Rights, as both advocates and broadband service providers have urged. In particular, we seek comment on the potential benefits establishing such an office. For example, would such an office be helpful in developing and maintaining the expertise to evaluate the effects of Commission policy initiatives on historically marginalized communities? Could it assist in determining when prohibited discrimination has occurred and aid in developing remedies for such discrimination? Might it help in evaluating claims and possible patterns of digital discrimination of access? And could it aid in monitoring informal complaints alleging digital discrimination of access and other forms of prohibited discrimination, as well as in the mediation process we have outlined in the Order? Why or why not? What other benefits might be associated with establishing an Office of Civil Rights? For example, could it work with broadband service providers to proactively mitigate potential instances of prohibited discrimination? Could such an office collaborate with broadband service providers and Federal and state governments to develop broadband adoption and digital literacy skills training that could be used on a nationwide basis? Could such an office be employed to address other substantive Commission policy issues and processes beyond matters arising under section 60506? If so, what other issues might an Office of Civil Rights oversee or how could it support other bureaus and offices in the Commission? Finally, what are the potential challenges associated with establishing an Office of Civil Rights? How should the Commission address these challenges? What are the costs associated with establishing an Office of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6484"/>
                    Civil Rights? How should the Commission structure and staff such an office? What other structural and organizational changes would be required to establish such an office?
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Other Efforts To Promote Digital Equity and Inclusion</HD>
                <P>
                    37. 
                    <E T="03">Digital Equity.</E>
                     The Commission, as part of its continuing effort to advance digital equity for all, including people of color, persons with disabilities, persons who live in rural or Tribal areas, and others who have been historically underserved, marginalized, and adversely affected by persistent poverty and inequality, invites comments on any equity-related considerations and benefits (if any) that may be associated with the proposals and issues discussed herein. We define the term “equity” consistent with Executive Order 13985 as the consistent and systematic fair, just, and impartial treatment of all individuals, including individuals who belong to underserved communities that have been denied such treatment, such as Black, Latino, and Indigenous and Native American persons, Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders and other persons of color; members of religious minorities; lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ+) persons; persons with disabilities; persons who live in rural areas; and persons otherwise adversely affected by persistent poverty or inequality. Specifically, we seek comment on how our proposals may promote or inhibit advances in diversity, equity, inclusion, and accessibility, as well as the scope of the Commission's relevant legal authority.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Procedural Matters</HD>
                <P>
                    38. We have also prepared an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) concerning the potential impact of the rule and policy changes contained in the 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice.</E>
                     Comments must be filed by the deadlines for comments on the 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                     indicated on the first page of this document and must have a separate and distinct heading designating them as responses to the IRFA.
                </P>
                <P>
                    39. 
                    <E T="03">Paperwork Reduction Act.</E>
                     The 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                     also may contain proposed new and revised information collection requirements. The Commission, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, invites the general public and OMB to comment on the information collection requirements contained in this document, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. In addition, pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(4), we seek specific comment on how we might further reduce the information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Ordering Clauses</HD>
                <P>
                    40. 
                    <E T="03">It is further ordered</E>
                     that the Commission's Office of the Secretary 
                    <E T="03">shall send</E>
                     a copy of this 
                    <E T="03">Report and Order</E>
                     and 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking,</E>
                     including the Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis and Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis</HD>
                <P>
                    41. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended (RFA), the Commission has prepared this Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) of the possible significant economic impact on small entities by the policies and rules proposed in this 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking</E>
                     (
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                    ). The Commission requests written public comments on this IRFA. Comments must be identified as responses to the IRFA and must be filed by the deadlines for comments provided on the first page of the Further Notice. The Commission will send a copy of the Further Notice, including this IRFA, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration (SBA). In addition, the Further Notice and IRFA (or summaries thereof) will be published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Need for, and Objectives of, the Proposed Rules</HD>
                <P>
                    42. In the 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice,</E>
                     the Commission takes additional steps to advance its efforts to fulfill the congressional direction in section 60506 of the Infrastructure Act to facilitate equal access to broadband internet access service by preventing digital discrimination of access, proposing rules that will address disparities in broadband availability and service offerings. Specifically, the 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                     seeks comment on affirmative obligations that might be undertaken by broadband providers by complementing proposed rules adopted in the 
                    <E T="03">Report and Order,</E>
                     with a focus on broadband providers' day-to-day business practices that might, in some instances, differentially impact consumers' access to broadband on prohibited bases. The 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                     also proposes to require the reporting of this information on a state-by-state or territory-by-territory basis in a yearly supplement to the BDC so the public can see not only where broadband coverage is provided, but where and how providers are currently investing in their broadband networks and what communities are benefiting from those investments. Additionally, the 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                     proposes to require providers to establish formal compliance programs related to digital discrimination of access and to conduct regular, internal assessments of what communities are served (and not served) by recently completed, pending, and planned large-scale broadband projects and whether their relevant policies and practices might differentially impact consumers' access to broadband service.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Legal Basis</HD>
                <P>43. The proposed action is authorized pursuant to sections 1, 2, 4(i)-(j), 303(r) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i)-(j), 303(r), and section 60506 of the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, Public Law 117-58, 135 Stat. 429, 1245-46 (2021), codified at 47 U.S.C. 1754.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which the Proposed Rules Will Apply</HD>
                <P>
                    44. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of and, where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be affected by the proposed rules and by the rule revisions on which the 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                     seeks comment, if adopted. The RFA generally defines the term “small entity” as having the same meaning as the terms “small business,” “small organization,” and “small governmental jurisdiction.” In addition, the term “small business” has the same meaning as the term “small-business concern” under the Small Business Act. A “small-business concern” is one which: (1) is independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in its field of operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria established by the SBA.
                </P>
                <P>
                    45. 
                    <E T="03">Small Businesses, Small Organizations, Small Governmental Jurisdictions.</E>
                     Our actions, over time, may affect small entities that are not easily categorized at present. We therefore describe, at the outset, three broad groups of small entities that could be directly affected herein. First, while there are industry specific size standards for small businesses that are used in the regulatory flexibility analysis, according to data from the Small Business Administration's (SBA) Office of Advocacy, in general a small business is an independent business having fewer than 500 employees. These types of small businesses represent 99.9% of all businesses in the United 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6485"/>
                    States, which translates to 32.5 million businesses.
                </P>
                <P>46. Next, the type of small entity described as a “small organization” is generally “any not-for-profit enterprise which is independently owned and operated and is not dominant in its field.” The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) uses a revenue benchmark of $50,000 or less to delineate its annual electronic filing requirements for small exempt organizations. Nationwide, for tax year 2020, there were approximately 447,689 small exempt organizations in the U.S. reporting revenues of $50,000 or less according to the registration and tax data for exempt organizations available from the IRS.</P>
                <P>47. Finally, the small entity described as a “small governmental jurisdiction” is defined generally as “governments of cities, counties, towns, townships, villages, school districts, or special districts, with a population of less than fifty thousand.” U.S. Census Bureau data from the 2017 Census of Governments indicate there were 90,075 local governmental jurisdictions consisting of general purpose governments and special purpose governments in the United States. Of this number, there were 36,931 general purpose governments (county, municipal, and town or township) with populations of less than 50,000 and 12,040 special purpose governments—independent school districts with enrollment populations of less than 50,000. Accordingly, based on the 2017 U.S. Census of Governments data, we estimate that at least 48,971 entities fall into the category of “small governmental jurisdictions.”</P>
                <P>
                    48. 
                    <E T="03">Wired Telecommunications Carriers.</E>
                     The U.S. Census Bureau defines this industry as establishments primarily engaged in operating and/or providing access to transmission facilities and infrastructure that they own and/or lease for the transmission of voice, data, text, sound, and video using wired communications networks. Transmission facilities may be based on a single technology or a combination of technologies. Establishments in this industry use the wired telecommunications network facilities that they operate to provide a variety of services, such as wired telephony services, including VoIP services, wired (cable) audio and video programming distribution, and wired broadband internet services. By exception, establishments providing satellite television distribution services using facilities and infrastructure that they operate are included in this industry. Wired Telecommunications Carriers are also referred to as wireline carriers or fixed local service providers.
                </P>
                <P>49. The SBA small business size standard for Wired Telecommunications Carriers classifies firms having 1,500 or fewer employees as small. U.S. Census Bureau data for 2017 show that there were 3,054 firms that operated in this industry for the entire year. Of this number, 2,964 firms operated with fewer than 250 employees. Additionally, based on Commission data in the 2021 Universal Service Monitoring Report, as of December 31, 2020, there were 5,183 providers that reported they were engaged in the provision of fixed local services. Of these providers, the Commission estimates that 4,737 providers have 1,500 or fewer employees. Consequently, using the SBA's small business size standard, most of these providers can be considered small entities.</P>
                <P>
                    50. 
                    <E T="03">Local Exchange Carriers (LECs).</E>
                     Neither the Commission nor the SBA has developed a size standard for small businesses specifically applicable to local exchange services. Providers of these services include both incumbent and competitive local exchange service providers. Wired Telecommunications Carriers is the closest industry with an SBA small business size standard. Wired Telecommunications Carriers are also referred to as wireline carriers or fixed local service providers. The SBA small business size standard for Wired Telecommunications Carriers classifies firms having 1,500 or fewer employees as small. U.S. Census Bureau data for 2017 show that there were 3,054 firms that operated in this industry for the entire year. Of this number, 2,964 firms operated with fewer than 250 employees. Additionally, based on Commission data in the 2021 Universal Service Monitoring Report, as of December 31, 2020, there were 5,183 providers that reported they were fixed local exchange service providers. Of these providers, the Commission estimates that 4,737 providers have 1,500 or fewer employees. Consequently, using the SBA's small business size standard, most of these providers can be considered small entities.
                </P>
                <P>
                    51. 
                    <E T="03">Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers (Incumbent LECs).</E>
                     Neither the Commission nor the SBA have developed a small business size standard specifically for incumbent local exchange carriers. Wired Telecommunications Carriers is the closest industry with an SBA small business size standard. The SBA small business size standard for Wired Telecommunications Carriers classifies firms having 1,500 or fewer employees as small. U.S. Census Bureau data for 2017 show that there were 3,054 firms in this industry that operated for the entire year. Of this number, 2,964 firms operated with fewer than 250 employees. Additionally, based on Commission data in the 2021 Universal Service Monitoring Report, as of December 31, 2020, there were 1,227 providers that reported they were incumbent local exchange service providers. Of these providers, the Commission estimates that 929 providers have 1,500 or fewer employees. Consequently, using the SBA's small business size standard, the Commission estimates that the majority of incumbent local exchange carriers can be considered small entities.
                </P>
                <P>
                    52. 
                    <E T="03">Competitive Local Exchange Carriers (LECs).</E>
                     Neither the Commission nor the SBA has developed a size standard for small businesses specifically applicable to local exchange services. Providers of these services include several types of competitive local exchange service providers. Wired Telecommunications Carriers is the closest industry with a SBA small business size standard. The SBA small business size standard for Wired Telecommunications Carriers classifies firms having 1,500 or fewer employees as small. U.S. Census Bureau data for 2017 show that there were 3,054 firms that operated in this industry for the entire year. Of this number, 2,964 firms operated with fewer than 250 employees. Additionally, based on Commission data in the 2021 Universal Service Monitoring Report, as of December 31, 2020, there were 3,956 providers that reported they were competitive local exchange service providers. Of these providers, the Commission estimates that 3,808 providers have 1,500 or fewer employees. Consequently, using the SBA's small business size standard, most of these providers can be considered small entities.
                </P>
                <P>
                    53. We have included small incumbent LECs in this present RFA analysis. As noted above, a “small business” under the RFA is one that, 
                    <E T="03">inter alia,</E>
                     meets the pertinent small-business size standard (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     a telephone communications business having 1,500 or fewer employees) and “is not dominant in its field of operation.” The SBA's Office of Advocacy contends that, for RFA purposes, small incumbent LECs are not dominant in their field of operation because any such dominance is not “national” in scope. We have therefore included small incumbent LECs in this RFA analysis, although we emphasize that this RFA action has no 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6486"/>
                    effect on Commission analyses and determinations in other, non-RFA contexts.
                </P>
                <P>
                    54. 
                    <E T="03">Interexchange Carriers (IXCs).</E>
                     Neither the Commission nor the SBA have developed a small business size standard specifically for Interexchange Carriers. Wired Telecommunications Carriers is the closest industry with a SBA small business size standard. The SBA small business size standard for Wired Telecommunications Carriers classifies firms having 1,500 or fewer employees as small. U.S. Census Bureau data for 2017 show that there were 3,054 firms that operated in this industry for the entire year. Of this number, 2,964 firms operated with fewer than 250 employees. Additionally, based on Commission data in the 2021 Universal Service Monitoring Report, as of December 31, 2020, there were 151 providers that reported they were engaged in the provision of interexchange services. Of these providers, the Commission estimates that 131 providers have 1,500 or fewer employees. Consequently, using the SBA's small business size standard, the Commission estimates that the majority of providers in this industry can be considered small entities.
                </P>
                <P>
                    55. 
                    <E T="03">Cable System Operators (Telecom Act Standard).</E>
                     The Communications Act of 1934, as amended, contains a size standard for a “small cable operator,” which is “a cable operator that, directly or through an affiliate, serves in the aggregate fewer than one percent of all subscribers in the United States and is not affiliated with any entity or entities whose gross annual revenues in the aggregate exceed $250,000,000.” For purposes of the Telecom Act Standard, the Commission determined that a cable system operator that serves fewer than 677,000 subscribers, either directly or through affiliates, will meet the definition of a small cable operator based on the cable subscriber count established in a 2001 Public Notice. Based on industry data, only six cable system operators have more than 677,000 subscribers. Accordingly, the Commission estimates that the majority of cable system operators are small under this size standard. We note however, that the Commission neither requests nor collects information on whether cable system operators are affiliated with entities whose gross annual revenues exceed $250 million. Therefore, we are unable at this time to estimate with greater precision the number of cable system operators that would qualify as small cable operators under the definition in the Communications Act.
                </P>
                <P>
                    56. 
                    <E T="03">Other Toll Carriers.</E>
                     Neither the Commission nor the SBA has developed a definition for small businesses specifically applicable to Other Toll Carriers. This category includes toll carriers that do not fall within the categories of interexchange carriers, operator service providers, prepaid calling card providers, satellite service carriers, or toll resellers. Wired Telecommunications Carriers is the closest industry with a SBA small business size standard. The SBA small business size standard for Wired Telecommunications Carriers classifies firms having 1,500 or fewer employees as small. U.S. Census Bureau data for 2017 show that there were 3,054 firms in this industry that operated for the entire year. Of this number, 2,964 firms operated with fewer than 250 employees. Additionally, based on Commission data in the 2021 Universal Service Monitoring Report, as of December 31, 2020, there were 115 providers that reported they were engaged in the provision of other toll services. Of these providers, the Commission estimates that 113 providers have 1,500 or fewer employees. Consequently, using the SBA's small business size standard, most of these providers can be considered small entities.
                </P>
                <P>
                    57. 
                    <E T="03">Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite).</E>
                     This industry comprises establishments engaged in operating and maintaining switching and transmission facilities to provide communications via the airwaves. Establishments in this industry have spectrum licenses and provide services using that spectrum, such as cellular services, paging services, wireless internet access, and wireless video services. The SBA size standard for this industry classifies a business as small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. U.S. Census Bureau data for 2017 show that there were 2,893 firms in this industry that operated for the entire year. Of that number, 2,837 firms employed fewer than 250 employees. Additionally, based on Commission data in the 2021 Universal Service Monitoring Report, as of December 31, 2020, there were 797 providers that reported they were engaged in the provision of wireless services. Of these providers, the Commission estimates that 715 providers have 1,500 or fewer employees. Consequently, using the SBA's small business size standard, most of these providers can be considered small entities.
                </P>
                <P>
                    58. 
                    <E T="03">Satellite Telecommunications.</E>
                     This industry comprises firms “primarily engaged in providing telecommunications services to other establishments in the telecommunications and broadcasting industries by forwarding and receiving communications signals via a system of satellites or reselling satellite telecommunications.” Satellite telecommunications service providers include satellite and earth station operators. The SBA small business size standard for this industry classifies a business with $38.5 million or less in annual receipts as small. U.S. Census Bureau data for 2017 show that 275 firms in this industry operated for the entire year. Of this number, 242 firms had revenue of less than $25 million.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, based on Commission data in the 2021 Universal Service Monitoring Report, as of December 31, 2020, there were 71 providers that reported they were engaged in the provision of satellite telecommunications services. Of these providers, the Commission estimates that approximately 48 providers have 1,500 or fewer employees. Consequently, using the SBA's small business size standard, a little more than of these providers can be considered small entities.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         The available U.S. Census Bureau data does not provide a more precise estimate of the number of firms that meet the SBA size standard. We also note that according to the U.S. Census Bureau glossary, the terms receipts and revenues are used interchangeably, 
                        <E T="03">see https://www.census.gov/glossary/#term_ReceiptsRevenueServices.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    59. 
                    <E T="03">Local Resellers.</E>
                     Neither the Commission nor the SBA have developed a small business size standard specifically for Local Resellers. Telecommunications Resellers is the closest industry with a SBA small business size standard. The Telecommunications Resellers industry comprises establishments engaged in purchasing access and network capacity from owners and operators of telecommunications networks and reselling wired and wireless telecommunications services (except satellite) to businesses and households. Establishments in this industry resell telecommunications; they do not operate transmission facilities and infrastructure. Mobile virtual network operators (MVNOs) are included in this industry. The SBA small business size standard for Telecommunications Resellers classifies a business as small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. U.S. Census Bureau data for 2017 show that 1,386 firms in this industry provided resale services for the entire year. Of that number, 1,375 firms operated with fewer than 250 employees. Additionally, based on Commission data in the 2021 Universal Service Monitoring Report, as of December 31, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6487"/>
                    2020, there were 293 providers that reported they were engaged in the provision of local resale services. Of these providers, the Commission estimates that 289 providers have 1,500 or fewer employees. Consequently, using the SBA's small business size standard, most of these providers can be considered small entities.
                </P>
                <P>
                    60. 
                    <E T="03">Toll Resellers.</E>
                     Neither the Commission nor the SBA have developed a small business size standard specifically for Toll Resellers. Telecommunications Resellers is the closest industry with an SBA small business size standard. The Telecommunications Resellers industry comprises establishments engaged in purchasing access and network capacity from owners and operators of telecommunications networks and reselling wired and wireless telecommunications services (except satellite) to businesses and households. Establishments in this industry resell telecommunications; they do not operate transmission facilities and infrastructure. Mobile virtual network operators (MVNOs) are included in this industry. The SBA small business size standard for Telecommunications Resellers classifies a business as small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. U.S. Census Bureau data for 2017 show that 1,386 firms in this industry provided resale services for the entire year. Of that number, 1,375 firms operated with fewer than 250 employees. Additionally, based on Commission data in the 2022 Universal Service Monitoring Report, as of December 31, 2021, there were 457 providers that reported they were engaged in the provision of toll services. Of these providers, the Commission estimates that 438 providers have 1,500 or fewer employees. Consequently, using the SBA's small business size standard, most of these providers can be considered small entities.
                </P>
                <P>
                    61. 
                    <E T="03">All Other Telecommunications.</E>
                     This industry is comprised of establishments primarily engaged in providing specialized telecommunications services, such as satellite tracking, communications telemetry, and radar station operation. This industry also includes establishments primarily engaged in providing satellite terminal stations and associated facilities connected with one or more terrestrial systems and capable of transmitting telecommunications to, and receiving telecommunications from, satellite systems. Providers of internet services (
                    <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                     dial-up ISPs) or voice over internet protocol (VoIP) services, via client-supplied telecommunications connections are also included in this industry. The SBA small business size standard for this industry classifies firms with annual receipts of $35 million or less as small. U.S. Census Bureau data for 2017 show that there were 1,079 firms in this industry that operated for the entire year. Of those firms, 1,039 had revenue of less than $25 million. Based on this data, the Commission estimates that the majority of “All Other Telecommunications” firms can be considered small.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance Requirements for Small Entities</HD>
                <P>
                    62. The 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                     proposes two sets of affirmative obligations for broadband providers in furtherance of our mandate to facilitate equal access to broadband internet access service, including by preventing digital discrimination of access by requiring broadband providers to: (1) submit an annual, publicly available supplement to the Broadband Data Collection (BDC) describing, on a state-by-state or territory-by-territory basis, any large-scale broadband deployment, upgrade, and maintenance projects that were completed or substantially completed during the preceding calendar year and the communities served by such projects; and (2) establish a mandatory internal compliance program requiring regular internal assessment of (a) what communities are served by recent, pending and planned large-scale projects and (b) whether the provider's broadband-related policies and practices might differentially impact consumers' access to broadband without adequate technical or economic justification.
                </P>
                <P>
                    63. The 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                     proposes to require the annual report as a supplement to the year-end BDC, and we assume that broadband providers would use the same criteria and data fields that are used in the BDC. The Commission seeks comment on whether the experts who certify the BDC submissions should also be required to certify the proposed annual report. The Commission also proposes that each provider adopt and maintain a formal internal compliance program that includes, at a minimum, elements from previously effective compliance programs: (1) developing and implementing written policies and procedures; (2) designating a compliance officer and/or compliance committee; (3) conducting effective training and education regarding the purposes and operation of the compliance program; (4) developing effective lines of reporting and communication; and (5) conducting internal monitoring and auditing. We propose to grant each broadband provider the flexibility to develop and maintain a plan that contains the required elements and serves our intended purposes without prescribing a particular formula as to how each required element should be implemented.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Steps Taken To Minimize the Significant Economic Impact on Small Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered</HD>
                <P>64. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant, specifically small business, alternatives that it has considered in reaching its proposed approach, which may include the following four alternatives (among others): “(1) the establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into account the resources available to small entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance and reporting requirements under the rules for such small entities; (3) the use of performance rather than design standards; and (4) an exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for such small entities.”</P>
                <P>
                    65. The 
                    <E T="03">Further Notice</E>
                     seeks comment on whether any of the proposed filing, recordkeeping and reporting requirements can be minimized for small entities. For example, we request comment on whether existing data may be used with or in place of the proposed annual report to promote transparency in broadband investments. We also seeks comment on whether any broadband providers should be exempted from the requirement to submit an annual report or to implement and maintain an internal compliance program based on their size, footprint, or service area, including rural and Tribal areas. Finally, the Commission seeks comment on whether any of the costs associated with our digital discrimination of access compliance requirements can be alleviated for small entities.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Federal Rules That May Duplicate, Overlap, or Conflict With the Proposed Rules</HD>
                <P>None.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <FP>Federal Communications Commission.</FP>
                    <NAME>Marlene Dortch,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01996 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6712-01-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="6488"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <CFR>47 CFR Part 2</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[ET Docket No. 13-115 and RM-11341; FCC 23-76; FR ID 198084]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Allocation of Spectrum for Non-Federal Space Launch Operations</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Communications Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Proposed rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In this document the Commission proposes to adopt three footnotes to the Table of Frequency Allocations to address the use of spectrum by manned and unmanned spacecraft during space missions. The Commission also seeks further comment on whether to include new spectrum allocations in specific bands for communications with cargo and crew capsules and payload communications with the International Space Station (ISS) and other crewed space stations. In addition, the Commission seeks further comment on expanding the use of the 2360-2395 MHz band, both in the context of additional uses to the band as well as expanding use in the band beyond the three frequencies currently designated for telemetry and telecommand operations of launch vehicles.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments are due on or before March 4, 2024 and reply comments are due on or before April 1, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to §§ 1.415 and 1.419 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.415, 1.419, interested parties may file comments and reply comments on or before the dates indicated on the first page of this document. Comments may be filed using the Commission's Electronic Comment Filing System (ECFS). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Electronic Filing of Documents in Rulemaking Proceedings, 63 FR 24121 (1998). You may submit comments, identified by ET Docket No. 13-115 and RM-11341, by any of the following methods:
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Electronic Filers:</E>
                         Comments may be filed electronically using the internet by accessing the ECFS: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Paper Filers:</E>
                         Parties who choose to file by paper must file an original and one copy of each filing.
                    </P>
                    <P>Filings can be sent by commercial overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S. Postal Service mail. All filings must be addressed to the Commission's Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.</P>
                    <P>• Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9050 Junction Drive, Annapolis Junction, MD 20701.</P>
                    <P>• U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express, and Priority mail must be addressed to 45 L Street NE, Washington, DC 20554.</P>
                    <P>
                        • Effective March 19, 2020, and until further notice, the Commission no longer accepts any hand or messenger delivered filings. This is a temporary measure taken to help protect the health and safety of individuals, and to mitigate the transmission of COVID-19. 
                        <E T="03">See FCC Announces Closure of FCC Headquarters Open Window and Change in Hand-Delivery Policy, Public Notice,</E>
                         35 FCC Rcd 2788, 2788-89 (OS 2020), 
                        <E T="03">https://www.fcc.gov/document/fcc-closes-headquarters-open-window-and-changes-hand-delivery-policy.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">People with Disabilities:</E>
                         To request materials in accessible formats for people with disabilities (braille, large print, computer diskettes, audio recordings), send an email to 
                        <E T="03">fcc504@fcc.gov</E>
                         or call the Consumer &amp; Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202-418-0530 (voice), 202-418-0432 (TTY).
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Nicholas Oros of the Office of Engineering and Technology, at 
                        <E T="03">Nicholas.Oros@fcc.gov</E>
                         or 202-418-0636; Linda Chang of the Wireless Telecommunications Bureau at 
                        <E T="03">Linda.Chang@fcc.gov</E>
                         or 202-418-1339; or Julia Malette of the Space Bureau at 
                        <E T="03">Julia.Malette@fcc.gov</E>
                         or 202-418-2453.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    This is a summary of the Commission's Second Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (
                    <E T="03">FNPRM</E>
                    ), ET Docket No. 13-115 and RM-11341; FCC 23-76, adopted on September 21, 2023 and released on September 22, 2023. The full text of this document is available for public inspection and can be downloaded at: 
                    <E T="03">https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/FCC-23-76A1.pdf.</E>
                     Alternative formats are available for people with disabilities (Braille, large print, electronic files, audio format) by sending an email to 
                    <E T="03">fcc504@fcc.gov</E>
                     or calling the Commission's Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau at (202) 418-0530 (voice), (202) 418-0432 (TTY).
                </P>
                <P>
                    The proceeding this Notice initiates shall be treated as a “permit-but-disclose” proceeding in accordance with the Commission's 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     rules.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Persons making 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     presentations must file a copy of any written presentation or a memorandum summarizing any oral presentation within two business days after the presentation (unless a different deadline applicable to the Sunshine period applies). Persons making oral 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     presentations are reminded that memoranda summarizing the presentation must (1) list all persons attending or otherwise participating in the meeting at which the 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     presentation was made, and (2) summarize all data presented and arguments made during the presentation. If the presentation consisted in whole or in part of the presentation of data or arguments already reflected in the presenter's written comments, memoranda or other filings in the proceeding, the presenter may provide citations to such data or arguments in his or her prior comments, memoranda, or other filings (specifying the relevant page and/or paragraph numbers where such data or arguments can be found) in lieu of summarizing them in the memorandum. Documents shown or given to Commission staff during 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     meetings are deemed to be written 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     presentations and must be filed consistent with rule 1.1206(b). In proceedings governed by rule 1.49(f) or for which the Commission has made available a method of electronic filing, written 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     presentations and memoranda summarizing oral 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     presentations, and all attachments thereto, must be filed through the electronic comment filing system available for that proceeding, and must be filed in their native format (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     .doc, .xml, .ppt, searchable .pdf). Participants in this proceeding should familiarize themselves with the Commission's 
                    <E T="03">ex parte</E>
                     rules.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         47 CFR 1.1200 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Procedural Matters</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Paperwork Reduction Act.</E>
                     This document may contain proposed modified information collection requirements. The Commission, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, invites the general public and the Office of Management and Budget to comment on the information collection requirements contained in this document, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. In addition, pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(4)), we seek specific comment on how we might further reduce the information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis.</E>
                     As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act, the Commission has prepared an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) of the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6489"/>
                    possible significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities of the proposals addressed in this 
                    <E T="03">Second Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking.</E>
                     The IRFA is set forth in Appendix E of the FCC document found at 
                    <E T="03">https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/FCC-23-76A1.pdf.</E>
                     Written public comments are requested on the IRFA. These comments must be filed in accordance with the same filing deadlines for comments on the 
                    <E T="03">Second Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking,</E>
                     and should have a separate and distinct heading designating them as responses to the IRFA.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Accessing Materials</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Providing Accountability Through Transparency Act:</E>
                     The Providing Accountability Through Transparency Act requires each agency, in providing notice of a rulemaking, to post online a brief plain-language summary of the proposed rule. Accordingly, the Commission will publish the required summary of the Second Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.fcc.gov/proposed-rulemakings.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Synopsis</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">NASA Footnotes</HD>
                <P>NTIA has requested that the Commission add three footnotes to the Allocation Table to address the use of spectrum by manned and unmanned spacecraft during space missions. The text of these requested footnotes is as follows:</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>USxxx Use of the bands 2290-2293 MHz and 2297-2300 MHz by Federal and non-Federal space stations may be authorized on a primary basis for the specific purpose of emergency transmissions from manned spacecraft used in the exploration and use of outer space, including the Moon and other celestial bodies. This allocation is restricted to emergency transmissions from manned spacecraft when experiencing emergency situations. Additionally, the bands 2025-2110 MHz and 2110-2120 MHz may also be authorized on a primary basis for transmissions of related commands to the spacecraft. Such operations should be conducted in accordance with Recommendation ITU-R SA.1863.</P>
                    <P>
                        USyyy In the band 2213.5-2218.5 MHz, non-Federal space stations operating in the space operation service providing transportation service of crew to and from the International Space Station, may be authorized on a primary basis to transmit in the space-to-Earth direction, to authorized receiving stations, subject to such conditions as may be applied on a case-by-case basis. Such transmissions shall not cause harmful interference to authorized Federal stations. The power flux-density at the Earth's surface from such emissions from these non-Federal stations shall not exceed −144 to −154 dBW/m
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        /4 kHz, depending on the angle of arrival, in accordance with ITU Radio Regulation No. 21.16.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        USzzz In the band 2200.2-2206.2 MHz, non-Federal space stations operating in the space operation service may be authorized on a primary basis to transmit to the International Space Station (ISS) while within 30 km of the ISS, subject to such conditions as may be applied on a case-by-case basis. Such transmissions shall not cause harmful interference to authorized Federal stations. The power-flux-density of such emissions at the Earth's surface from these non-Federal stations shall not exceed −144 to −154 dBW/m
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        /4 kHz, depending on the angle of arrival, in accordance with ITU Radio Regulation No. 21.16. ITU Radio Regulation No. 5.392 also applies.
                    </P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>Draft footnote USxxx applies to emergency transmissions to and from manned spacecraft in two portions of the 2200-2290 MHz band as well as the 2025-2110 MHz and 2110-2120 MHz bands. The Commission proposes to add this footnote to the allocations table recognizing the importance of emergency communications to safeguard human life during manned space missions. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal. Because emergency communications from manned spacecraft are likely to occur infrequently the Commission tentatively concludes that making this spectrum available for this purpose will not present a significant interference risk to other users of these bands. As the 2200-2290 MHz band has a space operation allocation in the space-to-earth direction, permitting transmissions from spacecraft is appropriate. The 2025-2110 MHz band has a primary Federal space operations allocation in the Earth-to-space direction which is consistent with making transmissions to manned spacecraft. The 2110-2120 MHz band has a primary space research service (deep space) (Earth-to-space) allocation at Goldstone California. Given that use of the 2110-2120 MHz for space transmissions is currently limited to this one location, should USXXX have a similar limitation on use of this band? Should any other restrictions be placed on the use of these bands for emergency communications for manned spacecraft to avoid harmful interference from occurring to other users of these bands?</P>
                <P>Draft footnote USyyy applies to transmissions to ground stations by non-Federal spacecraft transporting crew to and from the International Space Station (ISS). NASA currently has contracts with SpaceX and Boeing to shuttle crew members to the ISS. There is currently a federal Space Operation space-to-Earth allocation for the 2200-2290 MHz band, but the non-federal Space Operation allocation for this band is limited to use for pre-launch testing and space launch operations and therefore does not permit transmissions by crew transport spacecraft after the launch phase of the mission. Given the importance of reliable communications in safeguarding human life during manned space missions, the Commission proposes to add this footnote to the Allocation Table. The Commission tentatively concludes that the power flux limits on these transmissions will prevent interference from occurring to receivers on the earth's surface from these transmissions. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal.</P>
                <P>Draft footnote USzzz applies to spacecraft that are transmitting in portions of the 2200-2290 MHz band within 30 kilometers of the ISS. NASA has contracts with commercial companies to transport both supplies and crew to the ISS. These spacecraft need to communicate with the ISS when they are docking. As the Space Operation allocation for the 2200-2290 MHz band is limited to use for pre-launch testing and space launch operations, there is no allocation that permits these non-Federal spacecraft to communicate with the ISS in this band. The Commission proposes to add this footnote to the Allocation Table in recognition of the importance of these space missions as well as the limited number of such missions which should present a minimal risk of interference occurring to other users of the band. As with USyyy, the Commission tentatively concludes that the power flux limits on these transmissions will prevent interference from occurring to receivers on the earth's surface from these transmissions. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal.</P>
                <P>
                    NASA has adopted a transition plan that envisions deorbiting the ISS in early 2031. Prior to deorbiting the ISS, NASA intends to purchase crew time from at least two Commercial LEO Destinations (CLDs)—
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     private space stations. As the projected lifetime of the ISS is now less than eight years, the Commission seeks comment on whether the new proposed footnotes USyyy and USzzz should be limited to spacecraft traveling to the ISS. Should these footnotes also apply to future manned space stations that are operated by commercial entities? Should they be limited to manned space stations only in low earth orbit or apply more generally to manned space stations anywhere beyond the Earth's atmosphere?
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Space Operation</HD>
                <P>
                    In this 
                    <E T="03">FNPRM</E>
                     the Commission continues its efforts to support the expanding activities of the commercial 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6490"/>
                    space sector that benefit the public interest. Specifically, the Commission focuses on the question of spectrum allocation and licensing processes for certain post-space launch activities, particularly with respect to certain space operations communications currently addressed through experimental licensing, such as crew or cargo capsules destined for the International Space Station (ISS), or similar operations planned for the future, such as spectrum requirements for commercial crewed space stations. Commenters also raised a number of issues that overlap the topics currently being considered in the 
                    <E T="03">Space Innovation; Facilitating Capabilities for In-space Servicing, Assembly, and Manufacturing</E>
                     proceeding (FCC 22-66, IB Dockets 22-271, 22-272). This broader range of topics will be addressed separately and concurrently with that proceeding, as noted in the accompanying 
                    <E T="03">Second Report and Order.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Spectrum Allocation for Certain Post-Space Launch Payload Operations.</E>
                     The Commission seeks further comment on whether to include new spectrum allocations in specific bands for communications with cargo and crew capsules and payload communications with the ISS and other crewed space stations. In the 
                    <E T="03">FNPRM</E>
                     the Commission sought comment on whether there are improvements to the licensing process that could facilitate more routine licensing for certain payload activities currently addressed through experimental licensing. Specifically, the Commission noted the current use by SpaceX of S-band frequencies for cargo and crew capsules and links with the ISS as well as use by Orbital Sciences Corporation, a Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation Affiliate, of 2287.5 MHz (space-to-Earth) as well as 2287.5 MHz for links between the Cygnus spacecraft and TDRSS, and 2203.2 MHz for links between the Cygnus and the ISS. The Commission sought comment on whether any changes to the Table of Frequency Allocations being adopted or proposed for the 2025-2110 MHz and 2200-2290 MHz frequency bands were needed to provide for these cargo and crew capsule communications, what are the spectrum requirements for such operations, and if there are other frequency bands that the Commission should also consider for such uses.
                </P>
                <P>In response, SpaceX noted that it has, through the STA process, used the 2025-2110 MHz band for its Dragon capsule to communicate with the ISS and TDRSS, and supports an expanded approach for 2200-2290 MHz band, which would alleviate the need for seeking an STA to cover communication between SpaceX's Dragon and the ISS and TDRSS. Northrop Grumman also noted its use of the 2200-2290 MHz band for ISS-related communications and supports the inclusion of payload operations in the allocation for this band, which is used by its Cygnus mission. Northrop Grumman also suggested that the Commission adopt a fleet licensing process for payload activities, in specific for ISS-related activities, such as its Cygnus mission.</P>
                <P>
                    Other commenters supported allocations in the S-band as well as the L-band and X-band for OOS and RPO operations generally. Industry Participants assert that slightly expanding the 2200-2290 MHz and 2025-2110 MHz allocations to include RPO alongside space launch and reentry “would provide a safer space environment for time-critical RPO communications, where failure can result in loss of spacecraft, termination of a mission, and potentially loss of human lives.” They also note that commercial operators have already invested in technology that supports OOS operations in the S-band. Black Sky suggests opening the band for all on-orbit missions to put the U.S. industry on an equal footing with international operators. Spaceflight recommended that the Commission consider 8025-8400 MHz (X-band) and 1610-1626.5 MHz (L-band) for secondary allocation for payload operations specifically. In response to Spaceflight's suggestion for allocation in the L-band, Globalstar asserts that allocation for inter satellite links and space-to-space communication between a launch vehicle and satellites in the L-band is unnecessary and should continue to be authorized only on an experimental basis. In particular Globalstar focuses on the Big LEO band where Globalstar operates and has concerns of harmful interference. Federal agencies were generally opposed to changing the status of the S-band for payload operations as discussed in the accompanying 
                    <E T="03">Second Report and Order,</E>
                     however NTIA, NASA, DOD, and DOC note that the 2360-2395 MHz band could be used as an alternative to expanding allocation in 2200-2290 MHz band. The Commission considers this alternative in further discussion below.
                </P>
                <P>
                    As discussed in the accompanying 
                    <E T="03">Second Report and Order,</E>
                     the Commission concludes that deliberations for providing S-band, or other possible bands (such as L-band and X-band suggestions by Spaceflight), allocation for OOS/RPO more generally be continued via the ongoing ISAM proceeding. However, the Commission seeks further comment on possible necessary changes to the Table of Frequency Allocations to account for space-to-space communications between a crew or cargo capsule and crewed space stations, including in bands outside the S-band. Do the three footnotes requested by NTIA meet this need? Should the Commission adopt an allocation for ISS-related space-to-space communications in this proceeding? Should the Commission expand such an allocation to account for future crewed space stations and operations not connected to the ISS? Should the rules addressing these operations be included in part 25 of the FCC's rules?
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Suborbital Spaceflight Operations.</E>
                     Additionally, the Commission seeks further comment on spectrum allocation and licensing needs related to suborbital spaceflight. Are there aspects of suborbital commercial spaceflight that fall outside of the definition the Commission has adopted for space launch operations that requires further licensing and spectrum allocation considerations? In response to the 
                    <E T="03">FNPRM,</E>
                     Virgin Galactic noted its use, through experimental licensing, of the VHF band, L-band, and S-band for its suborbital flights and suggested that the Commission develop and adopt rules allowing allocation for commercial spaceflight operations in these bands. Specifically, Virgin Galactic has operated in the 123.225 MHz, 123.275 MHz, 123.375 MHz, 123.450 MHz, and 123.525 MHz (VHF) frequencies, the 1445.5 MHz, 1451.5 MHz, 1462.5 MHz, 1470.5 MHz 1480.5 MHz (L-band) frequencies, and the 2360-2390 MHz (S-band) frequencies. Communications in these bands have included telemetry as well as video and voice communications. The 
                    <E T="03">Second Report and Order</E>
                     the Commission adopted has limited use of the S-band to telemetry and tracking communications for launch under part 26. Should the Commission establish allocations beyond experimental or STA licensing for voice or video communications for these types of crewed suborbital spaceflight operations?
                </P>
                <P>
                    In further considering communication related to crewed suborbital operations the Commission notes the importance of safety of life communications. Currently, operators who obtain experimental licensing approvals or STAs for these activities are communicating on a non-protected, non-interference basis and must cease operations in the event interference with a primary or secondary allocated operator occurs. The Commission seeks comment on how it should ensure a 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6491"/>
                    more permanent level of protection for suborbital spaceflight operation communications, while recognizing the need to avoid harmful interference with other important operations in already encumbered bands. Should any of the portions of the VHF, L-band, or S-band that have been authorized experimentally for communications beyond telemetry be allocated for suborbital spaceflight operations on a primary or secondary basis? Are there other bands beyond those the Commission is considering today that might be suitable for these operations?
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Use of 2360-2395 MHz Band or Other Bands for Commercial Space Launch</HD>
                <P>
                    Three frequencies in the 2360-2395 MHz band are available for both Federal and non-Federal telemetry and telecommand operations of launch vehicles. Beyond these three frequencies, the band is assigned primarily for aeronautical telemetry and telecommand operations for flight testing of aircraft and missiles. In the 
                    <E T="03">FNPRM,</E>
                     the Commission requested comment on changes that it could take in administering the 2360-2395 MHz space launch rules. For example, the Commission sought comment on whether it should administer the 2360-2395 MHz space launch use, which is currently regulated under subpart J of the Commission's part 87 rules, under the same rule part as the commercial space launch rules applicable to the 2200-2290 MHz band adopted in the 
                    <E T="03">Second R&amp;O</E>
                     or retain the current part 87 designation.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In response to the 
                    <E T="03">FNPRM,</E>
                     certain commenters filed in support of expanding space launch use in the 2360-2395 MHz band. For example, SpaceX argues that uses of the band should extend to the full range of space operations, while Virgin Galactic encourages the Commission to ensure that any primary allocation of the band, as well as associated service and technical rules, facilitate telemetry and video downlink, which it states is consistent with Virgin Galactic's use of the spectrum to monitor the health and safety of its spaceflight participants and crew. NTIA, NASA, and DOD advocate the use of the 2360-2395 MHz band as an alternative to the 2200-2290 MHz and 2025-2110 MHz bands, arguing that the three existing frequencies in the 2360-2395 MHz band provide additional spectrum.
                </P>
                <P>AFTRCC, however, argues that there should not be an expansion of the band and urges the Commission to limit the allocation in that band to just the three channels already allocated for space launches, and avoid proposing allocations for space operations that include bands needed for flight testing and space launches. In support, AFTRCC asserts that space launches create large interference cones to flight test operations, and that even a few seconds of interference could disrupt the most critical portions of a flight test and would add a significant risk factor to aircraft flight tests in this band. Similarly, Boeing advises that the Commission should exercise caution with respect to the use of additional portions of the 2360-2395 MHz band for launch operations or in-orbit activities. Boeing asserts that the greater 2360-2395 MHz band is heavily used to support non-federal flight test operations in locations throughout the United States, and that use of the band by commercial aircraft manufacturers is intensive and increasing.</P>
                <P>The Commission seeks further comment on expanding the use of the 2360-2395 MHz band, both in the context of additional uses to the band as well as expanding use in the band beyond the three frequencies currently designated. While the Commission is aware that this band is heavily used for flight test purposes and agrees that it should proceed cautiously with respect to measures that have the potential to introduce additional interference to operations in the band, the Commission also recognizes that the 2200-2290 MHz and 2025-2110 MHz bands may not accommodate the increasing numbers of operations in the future. While the Commission finds that providing space launch operators with increased certainty regarding access to the 2200-2290 MHz and 2025-2110 MHz band is in the public interest and that careful coordination will be effective in enabling use of these bands, the record supports further review of additional spectrum options. Accordingly, the Commission seeks to better understand the current use of the 2360-2395 MHz band. The Commission seeks information on how both flight testing and launch operations in the band are coordinated and conducted, and whether there are measures that could help increase use by space launch operations without increasing the risk of interference to flight test operations. For example, space launch operations in the band are subject to pre-grant frequency coordination, but do not have a coordination requirement once an authorization is granted. Would revising the 2360-2395 MHz band rules to apply provisions that are now applicable to the 2200-2290 MHz and 2025-2110 MHz band, including the per launch coordination requirement, help to facilitate increased use of space launch operations in the 2360-2395 MHz band?</P>
                <P>
                    Further, the Commission received limited comment on how to administer rules relating to the 2360-2395 MHz band, in particular comment regarding whether and how to harmonize existing 2360-2395 MHz licensing and technical rules with rules now applicable to the 2200-2290 MHz and 2025-2110 MHz band. Accordingly, the Commission seeks further comment on certain 2360-2395 MHz issues that were first raised in the 
                    <E T="03">FNPRM.</E>
                     The Commission requests additional comment on how best to administer the space launch rules for this band. Should the Commission incorporate the 2360-2395 MHz space launch use into new part 26 or should it retain the part 87 designation? If the Commission administers the 2360-2395 MHz space launch use under the new rule part, should the Commission revises its rules to apply the same non-exclusive licensing scheme the Commission adopts today or retain the existing licensing framework provided under the current part 87 flight testing rules? In that event, should the Commission continues to apply the technical rules currently applicable to these services? The Commission also notes that space launch telemetry and telecommand operations in the 2360-2395 MHz band occur under a Mobile allocation. The Commission seeks further comment on whether it should add a primary Space Operation allocation to the band, subject to the same restrictions as apply to such operations under the Mobile allocation as specified in footnote US276 of the U.S. Table. Further, Industry Participants state that, while they appreciate the suggestion of increased 2360-2395 MHz band use in light of congestion in the S-band, the International Table of Frequency Allocations reserves this band for Fixed Service, Mobile Service, Amateur, and Radiolocation services, and consequently it would be necessary to modify that allocation to permit use of that band at the international level. Industry Participants state that a failure to obtain such a modification would be a hardship for on-orbit operators seeking mission support from non-U.S. ground stations. The Commission requests comment regarding this issue.
                </P>
                <P>
                    With respect to additional spectrum options for space launch operations, Virgin Galactic suggests that the Commission expand the use of the 1435-1525 MHz band for telemetry and safety of flight during spaceflight operations. As in the case of the 2360-2395 MHz band, the 1435-1525 MHz band is assigned primarily for 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6492"/>
                    aeronautical telemetry and telecommand functions associated with flight testing. Space launch and reentry operations are permissible uses of the band. AFTRCC, however, argues that this band is the “workhorse spectrum” for aeronautical flight testing, and that interference with sensitive flight test equipment risks pilot safety and the success of test maneuvers. Accordingly, says AFTRCC, this band should be reserved for aeronautical mobile telemetry uses. The Commission seeks comment on whether the 1435-1525 MHz band can effectively accommodate space launch operations, or whether such use should be discouraged despite being permissible under our rules. As in the case with the 2360-2395 MHz band above, the Commission seeks information regarding the current usage of this band, how operations are conducted and coordinated, and whether there are measures that may be taken to successfully integrate space launch use along with flight test operations. Would per launch coordination including an enhanced scheduling mechanism be helpful? To the extent that commenters agree that space launch activities can occur along with flight test operations, the Commission request that commenters also speak to any changes—similar to those discussed above for the 2360-2395 MHz band—the Commission should make to harmonize any space launch use in this band with rules applicable to the 2200-2290 MHz and 2025-2110 MHz bands. However, in the event that commenters believe that increased use of either of these bands for space launch uses should not be accommodated, the Commission requests comment on other spectrum bands that may be appropriate candidates.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Ordering Clauses</HD>
                <P>
                    Accordingly, 
                    <E T="03">it is ordered</E>
                     that pursuant to Sections 1, 2, 4(i), 5(c), 301, 303(c), 303(f), and 303(r) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i), 155(c), 301, 303(c), 303(f), and 303(r), and section 1.411 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.411, this 
                    <E T="03">Second Report and Order and Second Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking is hereby adopted</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">It is further ordered</E>
                     that the Office of the Secretary, Reference Information Center, 
                    <E T="03">shall send</E>
                     a copy of the 
                    <E T="03">Second Report and Order and Second Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking</E>
                     including the Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis and the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <FP>Federal Communications Commission.</FP>
                    <NAME>Marlene Dortch,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Rules</HD>
                <P>For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR part 2 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 2—FREQUENCY ALLOCATIONS AND RADIO TREATY MATTERS; GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 2 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                    <P>47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, and 336, unless otherwise noted.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 2.106 paragraph (a) by revising the Table of Frequency Allocations, pages 36 and 37 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 2.106</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Table of Frequency Allocations.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) * * *</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6712-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6493"/>
                        <GID>EP01FE24.109</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6494"/>
                        <GID>EP01FE24.110</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6495"/>
                        <GID>EP01FE24.111</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6496"/>
                        <GID>EP01FE24.112</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6497"/>
                        <GID>EP01FE24.113</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6498"/>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>3. Amend § 2.106 by adding (c)(96)(i) through (iii) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <P>(c) * * *</P>
                <P>(96) * * *</P>
                <P>(i) USxxx Use of the bands 2290-2293 MHz and 2297-2300 MHz by Federal and non-Federal space stations may be authorized on a primary basis for the specific purpose of emergency transmissions from manned spacecraft used in the exploration and use of outer space, including the Moon and other celestial bodies. This allocation is restricted to emergency transmissions from manned spacecraft when experiencing emergency situations. Additionally, the bands 2025-2110 MHz and 2110-2120 MHz may also be authorized on a primary basis for transmissions of related commands to the spacecraft. Such operations should be conducted in accordance with Recommendation ITU-R SA.1863.</P>
                <P>
                    (ii) USyyy In the band 2213.5-2218.5 MHz, non-Federal space stations operating in the space operation service providing transportation service of crew to and from the International Space Station, may be authorized on a primary basis to transmit in the space-to-Earth direction, to authorized receiving stations, subject to such conditions as may be applied on a case-by-case basis. Such transmissions shall not cause harmful interference to authorized Federal stations. The power flux-density at the Earth's surface from such emissions from these non-Federal stations shall not exceed −144 to −154 dBW/m
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    /4 kHz, depending on the angle of arrival, in accordance with ITU Radio Regulation No. 21.16.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (iii) USzzz In the band 2200.2-2206.2 MHz, non-Federal space stations operating in the space operation service may be authorized on a primary basis to transmit to the International Space Station (ISS) while within 30 km of the ISS, subject to such conditions as may be applied on a case-by-case basis. Such transmissions shall not cause harmful interference to authorized Federal stations. The power-flux-density of such emissions at the Earth's surface from these non-Federal stations shall not exceed −144 to −154 dBW/m
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    /4 kHz, depending on the angle of arrival, in accordance with ITU Radio Regulation No. 21.16. ITU Radio Regulation No. 5.392 also applies.
                </P>
                <STARS/>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01995 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6712-01-C</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
    </PRORULES>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>22</NO>
    <DATE>Thursday, February 1, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Notices</UNITNAME>
    <NOTICES>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="6499"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[S-214-2023]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Approval of Subzone Status; Helena Industries, LLC; Cordele, Georgia</SUBJECT>
                <P>On November 8, 2023, the Executive Secretary of the Foreign-Trade Zones (FTZ) Board docketed an application submitted by Georgia Foreign-Trade Zone, Inc., grantee of FTZ 26, requesting subzone status subject to the existing activation limit of FTZ 26, on behalf of Helena Industries, LLC, in Cordele, Georgia.</P>
                <P>
                    The application was processed in accordance with the FTZ Act and Regulations, including notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     inviting public comment (88 FR 77952, November 14, 2023; correction 88 FR 80272, November 17, 2023). The FTZ staff examiner reviewed the application and determined that it meets the criteria for approval. Pursuant to the authority delegated to the FTZ Board Executive Secretary (15 CFR 400.36(f)), the application to establish Subzone 26X was approved on January 29, 2024, subject to the FTZ Act and the Board's regulations, including section 400.13, and further subject to FTZ 26's 2,000-acre activation limit.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Elizabeth Whiteman,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Executive Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02000 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Initiation of Five-Year (Sunset) Reviews</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        In accordance with the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), the U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) is automatically initiating the five-year reviews (Sunset Reviews) of the antidumping duty and countervailing duty (AD/CVD) order(s) and suspended investigation(s) listed below. The U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) is publishing concurrently with this notice its notice of 
                        <E T="03">Institution of Five-Year Reviews</E>
                         which covers the same order(s) and suspended investigation(s).
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Applicable February 1, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Commerce official identified in the 
                        <E T="03">Initiation of Review</E>
                         section below at AD/CVD Operations, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230. For information from the ITC, contact Mary Messer, Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission at (202) 205-3193.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    Commerce's procedures for the conduct of Sunset Reviews are set forth in its 
                    <E T="03">Procedures for Conducting Five-Year (Sunset) Reviews of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Orders,</E>
                     63 FR 13516 (March 20, 1998) and 70 FR 62061 (October 28, 2005). Guidance on methodological or analytical issues relevant to Commerce's conduct of Sunset Reviews is set forth in 
                    <E T="03">Antidumping Proceedings: Calculation of the Weighted-Average Dumping Margin and Assessment Rate in Certain Antidumping Duty Proceedings; Final Modification,</E>
                     77 FR 8101 (February 14, 2012).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Initiation of Review</HD>
                <P>In accordance with section 751(c) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.218(c), we are initiating the Sunset Reviews of the following antidumping and countervailing duty order(s) and suspended investigation(s):</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="xs50,12,xs50,r50,r35">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">DOC case No.</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">ITC case No.</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Country</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Product</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Commerce contact</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">A-570-979</ENT>
                        <ENT>731-TA-1190</ENT>
                        <ENT>China</ENT>
                        <ENT>Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells and Modules (2nd Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Thomas Martin, (202) 482-3936.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">A-122-863</ENT>
                        <ENT>731-TA-1401</ENT>
                        <ENT>Canada</ENT>
                        <ENT>Large Diameter Welded Pipe (1st Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Thomas Martin, (202) 482-3936.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">A-570-077</ENT>
                        <ENT>731-TA-1402</ENT>
                        <ENT>China</ENT>
                        <ENT>Large Diameter Welded Pipe (1st Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Thomas Martin, (202) 482-3936.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">A-484-803</ENT>
                        <ENT>731-TA-1403</ENT>
                        <ENT>Greece</ENT>
                        <ENT>Large Diameter Welded Pipe (1st Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Thomas Martin, (202) 482-3936.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">A-533-881</ENT>
                        <ENT>731-TA-1404</ENT>
                        <ENT>India</ENT>
                        <ENT>Large Diameter Welded Pipe (1st Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Thomas Martin, (202) 482-3936.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">A-580-897</ENT>
                        <ENT>731-TA-1405</ENT>
                        <ENT>Korea</ENT>
                        <ENT>Large Diameter Welded Pipe (1st Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Thomas Martin, (202) 482-3936.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">A-489-833</ENT>
                        <ENT>731-TA-1406</ENT>
                        <ENT>Turkey</ENT>
                        <ENT>Large Diameter Welded Pipe (1st Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Thomas Martin, (202) 482-3936.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">A-570-075</ENT>
                        <ENT>731-TA-1400</ENT>
                        <ENT>China</ENT>
                        <ENT>Plastic Decorative Ribbons (1st Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Jacqueline Arrowsmith, (202) 482-5255.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">A-570-908</ENT>
                        <ENT>731-TA-1110</ENT>
                        <ENT>China</ENT>
                        <ENT>Sodium Hexametaphosphate (3rd Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Thomas Martin, (202) 482-3936.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">C-570-980</ENT>
                        <ENT>701-TA-481</ENT>
                        <ENT>China</ENT>
                        <ENT>Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells and Modules (2nd Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Jacqueline Arrowsmith, (202) 482-5255.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">C-570-078</ENT>
                        <ENT>701-TA-593</ENT>
                        <ENT>China</ENT>
                        <ENT>Large Diameter Welded Pipe (1st Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Thomas Martin, (202) 482-3936.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">C-533-882</ENT>
                        <ENT>701-TA-594</ENT>
                        <ENT>India</ENT>
                        <ENT>Large Diameter Welded Pipe (1st Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Mary Kolberg, (202) 482-1785.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">C-580-898</ENT>
                        <ENT>701-TA-596</ENT>
                        <ENT>Korea</ENT>
                        <ENT>Large Diameter Welded Pipe (1st Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Mary Kolberg, (202) 482-1785.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">C-489-834</ENT>
                        <ENT>701-TA-595</ENT>
                        <ENT>Turkey</ENT>
                        <ENT>Large Diameter Welded Pipe (1st Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Thomas Martin, (202) 482-3936.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">C-570-076</ENT>
                        <ENT>701-TA-592</ENT>
                        <ENT>China</ENT>
                        <ENT>Plastic Decorative Ribbons (1st Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Jacqueline Arrowsmith, (202) 482-5255.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="6500"/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Filing Information</HD>
                <P>
                    As a courtesy, we are making information related to sunset proceedings, including copies of the pertinent statute and Commerce's regulations, Commerce's schedule for Sunset Reviews, a listing of past revocations and continuations, and current service lists, available to the public on Commerce's website at the following address: 
                    <E T="03">https://enforcement.trade.gov/sunset/.</E>
                     All submissions in these Sunset Reviews must be filed in accordance with Commerce's regulations regarding format, translation, and service of documents. These rules, including electronic filing requirements via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS), can be found at 19 CFR 351.303.
                </P>
                <P>In accordance with section 782(b) of the Act, any party submitting factual information in an AD/CVD proceeding must certify the accuracy and completeness of that information. Parties must use the certification formats provided in 19 CFR 351.303(g). Commerce intends to reject factual submissions if the submitting party does not comply with applicable revised certification requirements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Letters of Appearance and Administrative Protective Orders</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.103(d), Commerce will maintain and make available a public service list for these proceedings. Parties wishing to participate in any of these five-year reviews must file letters of appearance as discussed at 19 CFR 351.103(d). To facilitate the timely preparation of the public service list, it is requested that those seeking recognition as interested parties to a proceeding submit an entry of appearance within 10 days of the publication of the Notice of Initiation. Because deadlines in Sunset Reviews can be very short, we urge interested parties who want access to proprietary information under administrative protective order (APO) to file an APO application immediately following publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     of this notice of initiation. Commerce's regulations on submission of proprietary information and eligibility to receive access to business proprietary information under APO can be found at 19 CFR 351.304-306. Note that Commerce has amended certain of its requirements pertaining to the service of documents in 19 CFR 351.303(f).
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Administrative Protective Order, Service, and Other Procedures in Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings; Final Rule,</E>
                         88 FR 67069 (September 29, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Information Required From Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>
                    Domestic interested parties, as defined in section 771(9)(C), (D), (E), (F), and (G) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.102(b), wishing to participate in a Sunset Review must respond not later than 15 days after the date of publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     of this notice of initiation by filing a notice of intent to participate. The required contents of the notice of intent to participate are set forth at 19 CFR 351.218(d)(1)(ii). In accordance with Commerce's regulations, if we do not receive a notice of intent to participate from at least one domestic interested party by the 15-day deadline, Commerce will automatically revoke the order without further review.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.218(d)(1)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    If we receive an order-specific notice of intent to participate from a domestic interested party, Commerce's regulations provide that 
                    <E T="03">all parties</E>
                     wishing to participate in a Sunset Review must file complete substantive responses not later than 30 days after the date of publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     of this notice of initiation. The required contents of a substantive response, on an order-specific basis, are set forth at 19 CFR 351.218(d)(3). Note that certain information requirements differ for respondent and domestic parties. Also, note that Commerce's information requirements are distinct from the ITC's information requirements. Consult Commerce's regulations for information regarding Commerce's conduct of Sunset Reviews. Consult Commerce's regulations at 19 CFR part 351 for definitions of terms and for other general information concerning antidumping and countervailing duty proceedings at Commerce.
                </P>
                <P>This notice of initiation is being published in accordance with section 751(c) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.218(c).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 18, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>James Maeder,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Operations.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02001 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Antidumping or Countervailing Duty Order, Finding, or Suspended Investigation; Advance Notification of Sunset Review</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>Every five years, pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), the U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) and the U.S. International Trade Commission automatically initiate and conduct reviews to determine whether revocation of a countervailing or antidumping duty order or termination of an investigation suspended under section 704 or 734 of the Act would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping or a countervailable subsidy (as the case may be) and of material injury.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Upcoming Sunset Reviews for March 2024</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 751(c) of the Act, the following Sunset Reviews are scheduled for initiation in March 2024 and will appear in that month's 
                    <E T="03">Notice of Initiation of Five-Year Sunset Reviews</E>
                     (Sunset Review).
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s150,r50">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Department contact</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="21">
                            <E T="02">Antidumping Duty Proceedings</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                        <ENT I="01">Pasta from Italy, A-475-818 (5th Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Jacqueline Arrowsmith, (202) 482-5255.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="01">Pasta from Turkey, A-489-805 (5th Review)</ENT>
                        <ENT>Jacqueline Arrowsmith, (202) 482-5255.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6501"/>
                        <ENT I="21">
                            <E T="02">Countervailing Duty Proceedings</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                        <ENT I="01">Pasta from Italy, C-475-819 (5th Review) </ENT>
                        <ENT>Mary Kolberg, C-489-806 (5th Review).</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pasta From Turkey, (202) 482-1785</ENT>
                        <ENT>Mary Kolberg, (202) 482-1785.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Suspended Investigations</HD>
                <P>No Sunset Review of suspended investigations is scheduled for initiation in March 2024.</P>
                <P>
                    Commerce's procedures for the conduct of Sunset Review are set forth in 19 CFR 351.218. The 
                    <E T="03">Notice of Initiation of Five-Year</E>
                     (
                    <E T="03">Sunset) Review</E>
                     provides further information regarding what is required of all parties to participate in Sunset Review.
                </P>
                <P>Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.103(c), Commerce will maintain and make available a service list for these proceedings. To facilitate the timely preparation of the service list(s), it is requested that those seeking recognition as interested parties to a proceeding contact Commerce in writing within 10 days of the publication of the Notice of Initiation.</P>
                <P>Please note that if Commerce receives a Notice of Intent to Participate from a member of the domestic industry within 15 days of the date of initiation, the review will continue.</P>
                <P>
                    Thereafter, any interested party wishing to participate in the Sunset Review must provide substantive comments in response to the notice of initiation no later than 30 days after the date of initiation. Note that Commerce has amended certain of its requirements pertaining to the service of documents in 19 CFR 351.303(f).
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Administrative Protective Order, Service, and Other Procedures in Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings; Final Rule,</E>
                         88 FR 67069 (September 29, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>This notice is not required by statute but is published as a service to the international trading community.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 18, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>James Maeder,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Operations.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01993 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[C-580-879]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Certain Corrosion-Resistant Steel Products From the Republic of Korea: Final Results and Partial Rescission of Countervailing Duty Administrative Review; 2021</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) determines that countervailable subsidies are being provided to producers and exporters of certain corrosion-resistant steel products from the Republic of Korea. The period of review (POR) is January 1, 2021, through December 31, 2021.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Applicable February 1, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Robert Palmer, AD/CVD Operations, Office VIII, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-9068.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    Commerce published the preliminary results of this administrative review on July 31, 2023.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For a description of the events that occurred since the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Results, see</E>
                     the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Certain Corrosion-Resistant Steel Products from the Republic of Korea: Preliminary Results and Partial Rescission of Countervailing Duty Administrative Review; 2021,</E>
                         88 FR 49440 (July 31, 2023) (
                        <E T="03">Preliminary Results</E>
                        ), and accompanying Preliminary Decision Memorandum.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Issues and Decision Memorandum for the Final Results and Partial Rescission of the 2021 Administrative Review of the Countervailing Duty Order on Certain Corrosion-Resistant Steel Products from the Republic of Korea,” dated concurrently with, and hereby adopted by, this notice (Issues and Decision Memorandum).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">
                    Scope of the Order 
                    <E T="01">
                        <SU>3</SU>
                    </E>
                    <FTREF/>
                </HD>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Certain Corrosion-Resistant Steel Products from India, Italy, the People's Republic of China, the Republic of Korea and Taiwan: Amended Final Affirmative Antidumping Determination for India and Taiwan, and Antidumping Duty Orders,</E>
                         81 FR 48390 (July 25, 2016) (
                        <E T="03">Order</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The products covered by this 
                    <E T="03">Order</E>
                     are certain corrosion-resistant steel products. For a complete description of the scope of this 
                    <E T="03">Order, see</E>
                     the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Analysis of Comments Received</HD>
                <P>
                    All issues raised in interested parties' case briefs are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum accompanying this notice. A list of the issues raised by parties, and to which Commerce responded in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, is provided in the appendix to this notice. The Issues and Decision Memorandum is a public document and is on file electronically via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS). ACCESS is available to registered users at 
                    <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov.</E>
                     In addition, a complete version of the Issues and Decision Memorandum can be accessed directly at 
                    <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/public/FRNoticesListLayout.aspx.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Changes Since the Preliminary Results</HD>
                <P>
                    Based on a review of the record and comments received from interested parties regarding our 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Results,</E>
                     and for the reasons explained in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, we made certain revisions to the subsidy calculations for KG Dongbu Steel Co., Ltd. (KG Dongbu). As a result of the changes to KG Dongbu's final subsidy rate, the final subsidy rate for the three non-selected companies under review also changed.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         For details on the changes made since the 
                        <E T="03">Preliminary Results, see</E>
                         the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Methodology</HD>
                <P>
                    Commerce conducted this review in accordance with section 751(a)(1)(A) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). For each of the subsidy programs found countervailable, we find that there is a subsidy, 
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     a government-provided financial contribution that gives rise to a benefit to the recipient, and that the subsidy is specific.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For a description of the methodology underlying all of Commerce's 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6502"/>
                    conclusions, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         sections 771(5)(B) and (D) of the Act regarding financial contribution; section 771(5)(E) of the Act regarding benefit; and section 771(5A) of the Act regarding specificity.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Partial Rescission of Review</HD>
                <P>
                    Commerce's practice is to rescind an administrative review of a countervailing duty order, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.213(d)(3), when there are no reviewable entries of subject merchandise during the POR for which liquidation is suspended.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Normally, upon completion of an administrative review, the suspended entries are liquidated at the countervailing duty assessment rate calculated for the review period.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, for an administrative review of a company to be conducted, there must be a reviewable, suspended entry that Commerce can instruct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to liquidate at the countervailing duty assessment rate calculated for the review period.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See, e.g., Lightweight Thermal Paper from the People's Republic of China: Notice of Rescission of Countervailing Duty Administrative Review; 2015,</E>
                         82 FR 14349 (March 20, 2017); and 
                        <E T="03">Circular Welded Carbon Quality Steel Pipe from the People's Republic of China: Rescission of Countervailing Duty Administrative Review; 2017,</E>
                         84 FR 14650 (April 11, 2019).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.212(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Results,</E>
                     we found the following four companies subject to this review did not have reviewable entries during the POR for which liquidation is suspended: (1) SeAH Steel Corporation; (2) POSCO International; (3) POSCO Steeleon; and (4) Hyundai Steel Co., Ltd. Accordingly, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.213(d)(3), we stated our intention to rescind the review with respect to these companies in the final results.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Because there is no evidence on the record that these four companies had entries, exports, or sales of subject merchandise during the POR, and no party filed comments with respect to our preliminary determination regarding these companies, we are rescinding this review with respect to these four companies consistent with 19 CFR 351.213(d)(3).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Preliminary Results,</E>
                         88 FR at 49440.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Companies Not Selected for Individual Review</HD>
                <P>
                    There are three companies for which a review was requested, but which were not selected as mandatory respondents or found to be cross-owned with a mandatory respondent. These companies are: (1) POSCO; (2) POSCO Coated &amp; Color Steel Co., Ltd.; and (3) SeAH Coated Metal. For these three companies, because the rates calculated for mandatory respondents KG Dongbu and Hyundai Steel Company were above 
                    <E T="03">de minimis</E>
                     and not based entirely on facts available, we applied a final subsidy rate based on a weighted average of the rates calculated for the two mandatory respondents using the publicly ranged sales data they submitted on the record. This methodology for establishing the subsidy rate for the non-selected companies is consistent with our practice and with section 705(c)(5)(A) of the Act.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Results of Review</HD>
                <P>We determine that, for the period January 1, 2021, through December 31, 2021, the following total net countervailable subsidy rates exist:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s150,20">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Producer/exporter</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Subsidy rate
                            <LI>(percent</LI>
                            <LI>
                                <E T="03">ad valorem</E>
                                )
                            </LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">KG Dongbu Steel Co., Ltd</ENT>
                        <ENT>6.48</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="01">Hyundai Steel Company</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.82</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="21">
                            <E T="02">Review-Specific Rate Applicable to Non-Selected Companies:</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                        <ENT I="01">POSCO</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.60</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">POSCO Coated &amp; Color Steel Co., Ltd</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.60</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">SeAH Coated Metal</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.60</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Disclosure</HD>
                <P>
                    Commerce intends to disclose the calculations performed for these final results of review within five days of the date of publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Assessment Rate</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.212(b)(2), Commerce has determined, and CBP shall assess, countervailing duties on all appropriate entries of subject merchandise in accordance with the final results of this review, for the above-listed companies at the applicable 
                    <E T="03">ad valorem</E>
                     assessment rates listed. Commerce intends to issue assessment instructions to CBP no earlier than 35 days after the date of publication of the final results of this review in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . If a timely summons is filed at the U.S. Court of International Trade, the assessment instructions will direct CBP not to liquidate relevant entries until the time for parties to file a request for a statutory injunction has expired (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     within 90 days of publication).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Cash Deposit Rates</HD>
                <P>In accordance with section 751(a)(1) of the Act, Commerce intends to instruct CBP to collect cash deposits of estimated countervailing duties in the amounts shown for each of the respective companies listed above on shipments of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication of the final results of this administrative review. For all non-reviewed firms, we will instruct CBP to continue to collect cash deposits of estimated countervailing duties at the most recent company-specific or all-others rate applicable to the company, as appropriate. These cash deposits, effective upon the publication of the final results of this review, shall remain in effect until further notice.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Administrative Protective Order</HD>
                <P>This notice also serves as a final reminder to parties subject to an administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return/destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>These final results are issued and published in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.221(b)(5).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6503"/>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 25, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Abdelali Elouaradia,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <APPENDIX>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">List of Topics Discussed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Summary</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Background</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        III. Scope of the 
                        <E T="03">Order</E>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Subsidies Valuation Information</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Analysis of Programs</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Discussion of the Issues</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 1: Whether Electricity Is Subsidized by the Government of Korea (GOK)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 2: Whether the Korea Emissions Trading System (K-ETS) Is Countervailable</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 3: Whether Hyundai Steel Company (Hyundai Steel) and Hyundai Green Power (HGP) Are Cross-Owned</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 4: Whether KG Dongbu Steel Co., Ltd. (KG Dongbu) Is Equityworthy and the 2015-2018 Debt-to-Equity Swaps Should Be Countervailed</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 5: Whether Subsidies Prior to Dongbu Steel Co., Ltd.'s (Dongbu Steel) Change in Ownership (CIO) Pass Through to KG Dongbu</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 6: Whether Commerce Incorrectly Calculated the Uncreditworthy Benchmark Rate and Unequityworthy Discount Rate</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 7: Whether Commerce Used the Correct Uncreditworthy Rate in the Benefit Calculation for the Long-Term Loan and Bond Restructured in 2019</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 8: Whether Commerce Incorrectly Included Long-Term Bonds Received From a Private Bank in its Calculation of Benefit for Restructured Loans</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VIII. Recommendation</FP>
                </APPENDIX>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02019 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[A-583-854]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Certain Steel Nails From Taiwan: Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review, Final Determination of No Shipments, and Final Determination of No Reviewable Sales; 2021-2022</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) determines that certain steel nails from Taiwan were sold in the United States at less than normal value during the period of review (POR), July 1, 2021, through June 30, 2022. Commerce also determines that certain companies under review made no shipments of certain steel nails from Taiwan or had no reviewable sales during the POR.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Applicable February 1, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Faris Montgomery, AD/CVD Operations, Office VIII, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-1537.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    On August 3, 2023, Commerce published the preliminary results in the 2021-2022 administrative review of the antidumping duty order on certain steel nails from Taiwan and invited interested parties to comment.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The review covers 140 companies, including three mandatory respondents, four companies claiming no shipments of subject merchandise during the POR, three companies claiming no reviewable sales during the POR, and 130 companies not selected for individual examination.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     A summary of the events that occurred since publication of the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Results,</E>
                     as well as a full discussion of the issues raised by parties for these final results, are included in the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce conducted this administrative review in accordance with section 751(a)(1)(B) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Certain Steel Nails from Taiwan: Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review, Preliminary Determination of No Shipments, Preliminary Determination of No Reviewable Sales, and Partial Rescission of Review; 2021-2022,</E>
                         88 FR 51291 (August 3, 2023) (
                        <E T="03">Preliminary Results</E>
                        ), and accompanying Preliminary Decision Memorandum.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         The mandatory respondents in this review are: Your Standing International, Inc. (YSI); Shang Jeng Nail Co., Ltd. (Shang Jeng); and World Kun Company Limited (World Kun). We note that Concord International Engineering &amp; Trading Co., Ltd. was selected as a mandatory respondent, but claimed to have no reviewable sales in its questionnaire responses.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Issues and Decision Memorandum for the Final Results of the Antidumping Duty Administrative Review of Certain Steel Nails from Taiwan; 2021-2022,” dated concurrently with, and hereby adopted by, this notice (Issues and Decision Memorandum).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                    Scope of the Order 
                    <E T="51">4</E>
                    <FTREF/>
                </HD>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Certain Steel Nails from the Republic of Korea, Malaysia, the Sultanate of Oman, Taiwan, and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Antidumping Duty Orders,</E>
                         80 FR 39994 (July 13, 2015) (
                        <E T="03">Order</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The merchandise covered by this 
                    <E T="03">Order</E>
                     are certain steel nails from Taiwan. The certain steel nails subject to the 
                    <E T="03">Order</E>
                     are currently classifiable under Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) subheadings 7317.00.55.02, 7317.00.55.03, 7317.00.55.05, 7317.00.55.07, 7317.00.55.08, 7317.00.55.11, 7317.00.55.18, 7317.00.55.19, 7317.00.55.20, 7317.00.55.30, 7317.00.55.40, 7317.00.55.50, 7317.00.55.60, 7317.00.55.70, 7317.00.55.80, 7317.00.55.90, 7317.00.65.30, 7317.00.65.60 and 7317.00.75.00. Certain steel nails subject to this 
                    <E T="03">Order</E>
                     also may be classified under HTSUS subheadings 7907.00.60.00, 8206.00.00.00 or other HTSUS subheadings. While the HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the scope of this 
                    <E T="03">Order</E>
                     is dispositive. For a complete description of the scope of the 
                    <E T="03">Order, see</E>
                     the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Analysis of Comments Received</HD>
                <P>
                    All issues raised in parties' case and rebuttal briefs are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum and are listed in appendix I to this notice. The Issues and Decision Memorandum is a public document and is on file electronically via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS). ACCESS is available to registered users at 
                    <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov.</E>
                     In addition, a complete version of the Issues and Decision Memorandum can be accessed directly at 
                    <E T="03">https://access.trade/gov/public/FRNoticesListLayout.aspx.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Changes Since the Preliminary Results</HD>
                <P>Based on our findings at verification, Commerce made certain changes to the margin calculations for YSI. The Issues and Decision Memorandum contains descriptions of these changes.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Determination of No Shipments</HD>
                <P>
                    In the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Results,</E>
                     Commerce determined that the following companies had no shipments of subject merchandise during the POR: Astrotech Steels Private Limited (Astrotech); Region Systems Sdn. Bhd (Region Systems); Region Industries Co., Ltd. (Region Industries); and Region International Co., Ltd (Region International).
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As we have not received any information to contradict this determination, consistent with our practice, we will instruct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to liquidate any existing entries of subject merchandise produced by these four companies, but exported by other parties, at the all-others rate if there is 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6504"/>
                    no rate for the intermediate company(ies) involved in the transaction.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Preliminary Results,</E>
                         88 FR at 51292.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Determination of No Reviewable Sales</HD>
                <P>
                    In the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Results,</E>
                     Commerce determined that resellers Create Trading Co., Ltd. (Create Trading), Wiresmith Industrial Co., Ltd. (Wiresmith), and Concord International Engineering &amp; Trading Co., Ltd. (Concord International) had no reviewable sales of subject merchandise during the POR.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As we find that there is no evidence on the record of this review which warrants a different determination, we continue to find that these three companies had no reviewable sales during the POR. As discussed further in the “Assessment Rates” section below, we will instruct CBP to liquidate any existing entries of subject merchandise produced by Create Trading, Wiresmith, and Concord International's respective unaffiliated suppliers and attributed to Create Trading, Wiresmith, and Concord International at the rate applicable to the unaffiliated producers, or the all-others rate if there is no rate for the unaffiliated producers.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Assessment of Antidumping Duties,</E>
                         68 FR 23954, 23954 (May 6, 2003) (
                        <E T="03">Assessment of Antidumping Duties</E>
                        ); 
                        <E T="03">see also Certain Pasta from Turkey: Notice of Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review,</E>
                         76 FR 23974, 23977 (April 29, 2011), unchanged in 
                        <E T="03">Pasta from Turkey: Notice of Final Results of the 14th Antidumping Duty Administrative Review,</E>
                         76 FR 68399 (November 4, 2011).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Facts Available</HD>
                <P>Pursuant to section 776(a)(1) and 776(a)(2)(A)-(C) of the Act, we are relying upon facts otherwise available to assign estimated dumping margins to mandatory respondents Shang Jeng and World Kun because both companies were unresponsive to our requests for information, and thereby withheld necessary information that was requested by Commerce, failed to provide the information requested by the specified deadlines in the form and manner requested, and significantly impeded the conduct of the review. Further, Commerce finds that Shang Jeng and World Kun failed to cooperate by not acting to the best of their ability to comply with requests for information and, thus, Commerce is applying an adverse inference in selecting among the facts available, in accordance with section 776(b) of the Act. As adverse facts available, we are assigning these companies a rate of 78.17 percent, which is the highest rate applied in any segment of this proceeding.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Rate for Non-Selected Companies</HD>
                <P>
                    As we stated in the 
                    <E T="03">Preliminary Results,</E>
                     the weighted-average dumping margin for YSI is not zero, 
                    <E T="03">de minimis,</E>
                     or based entirely on facts otherwise available, whereas other selected mandatory respondents' weighted-average dumping margins are based entirely on facts available. Commerce, therefore, assigned a weighted-average dumping margin to the non-examined companies that is equal to the weighted-average dumping margin for YSI in accordance with its practice. This determination is unchanged for the final results.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Results of Review</HD>
                <P>We have determined the following dumping margins for the firms listed below for the period July 1, 2021, through June 30, 2022:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s150,16">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Exporter/producer</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Weighted-average dumping margin
                            <LI>(percent)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Your Standing International, Inc</ENT>
                        <ENT>26.28</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Shang Jeng Nail Co., Ltd</ENT>
                        <ENT>78.17</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">World Kun Company Limited</ENT>
                        <ENT>78.17</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">
                            Companies under Review Not Selected for Individual Examination 
                            <SU>8</SU>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>26.28</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                    Disclosure
                    <FTREF/>
                </HD>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         appendix II for a list of these companies.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>We intend to disclose the calculations performed for YSI within five days of the date of publication of this notice to parties in this proceeding, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Assessment Rates</HD>
                <P>
                    Commerce has determined, and CBP shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries in this review, in accordance with section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.212(b). Commerce intends to issue assessment instructions to CBP no earlier than 35 days after the date of publication of these final results in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . If a timely summons is filed at the U.S. Court of International Trade, the assessment instructions will direct CBP not to liquidate relevant entries until the time for parties to file a request for a statutory injunction has expired (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     within 90 days of publication).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.212(b)(1), because YSI's weighted-average dumping margin is not zero or 
                    <E T="03">de minimis</E>
                     within the meaning of 19 CFR 351.106(c)(1), we calculated importer-specific antidumping duty assessment rates on the basis of the ratio of the total amount of dumping calculated for each importer's examined sales to the total entered value of those sales.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Where we do not have entered values for all U.S. sales to a particular importer, we calculated an importer-specific, per-unit assessment rate on the basis of the ratio of the total amount of dumping calculated for the importer's examined sales to the total quantity of those sales. To determine whether an importer-specific, per-unit assessment rate is 
                    <E T="03">de minimis,</E>
                     in accordance with 19 CFR 351.106(c)(2), we also will calculate an importer-specific 
                    <E T="03">ad valorem</E>
                     ratio based on estimated entered values. Where an importer-specific assessment rate is zero or 
                    <E T="03">de minimis,</E>
                     we intend to instruct CBP to liquidate appropriate entries without regard to antidumping duties.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.212(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.106(c)(2); 
                        <E T="03">see also Antidumping Proceeding: Calculation of the Weighted-Average Dumping Margin and Assessment Rate in Certain Antidumping Proceedings; Final Modification,</E>
                         77 FR 8101, 8103 (February 14, 2012).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    For entries of subject merchandise during the POR produced by an individually examined respondent for which it did not know its merchandise was destined for the United States, we intend to instruct CBP to liquidate such entries at the all-others rate if there is no rate for the intermediate company(ies) involved in the transaction.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Assessment of Antidumping Duties,</E>
                         68 FR at 23954.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In addition, because we found no shipments of subject merchandise for Astrotech, Region Systems, Region Industries, and Region International in the final results, any suspended entries made under that exporter's case number (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     at that exporter's rate) will be liquidated at the all-others rate if there 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6505"/>
                    is no rate for the intermediate company(ies) involved in the transaction.
                </P>
                <P>Because we continue to find Concord International, Create Trading, and Wiresmith had no reviewable entries during the POR in the final results, any suspended entries of subject merchandise associated with these companies will be liquidated at the rate applicable to the unaffiliated producers, or the all-others rate if there is no rate for the unaffiliated producers.</P>
                <P>
                    For the companies which were not selected for individual examination listed in appendix II, we assigned an antidumping duty assessment rate equal to the weighted-average dumping margin determined for these companies in the final results of review (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the margin for the sole cooperating mandatory respondent YSI).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Cash Deposit Requirements</HD>
                <P>
                    The following cash deposit requirements will be in effect for all shipments of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date of the final results of this administrative review, as provided by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) the cash deposit rate for YSI, Shang Jeng, World Kun, and the companies listed in appendix II will be equal to the appropriate dumping margin established in the final results of this administrative review; (2) for previously reviewed or investigated companies not covered in this review, the cash deposit rate will continue to be the company-specific rate published for the most recently-completed segment of this proceeding in which the company was reviewed; (3) if the exporter is not a firm covered in this review, a prior completed review, or the less-than-fair value (LTFV) investigation, but the producer is, then the cash deposit rate will be the company-specific rate established for the most recently-completed segment of this proceeding for the producer of subject merchandise; and (4) the cash deposit rate for all other producers and exporters will continue to be 2.16 percent, the all-others rate established in the LTFV investigation, as amended.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     These cash deposit requirements, when imposed, shall remain in effect until further notice.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Certain Steel Nails from Taiwan: Notice of Court Decision Not in Harmony With Final Determination in Less Than Fair Value Investigation and Notice of Amended Final Determination,</E>
                         82 FR 55090 (November 20, 2017).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Importers</HD>
                <P>This notice serves as a final reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during the POR. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in Commerce's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Administrative Protective Order</HD>
                <P>This notice also serves as a final reminder to parties subject to an administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3), which continues to govern business proprietary information in this segment of the proceeding. Timely written notification of the return/destruction of APO materials, or conversion to judicial protective order, is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and the terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>We are issuing and publishing these final results of administrative review in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.221(b)(5).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Abdelali Elouaradia,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <APPENDIX>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">List of Topics Discussed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Summary</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Background</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        III. Scope of the 
                        <E T="03">Order</E>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        IV. Changes Since the 
                        <E T="03">Preliminary Results</E>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Discussion of the Issues</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 1: Whether To Include San Shing Fastech Corporation's (San Shing) Financial Data in the Calculation of Profit and Indirect Selling Expenses (ISE) for Constructed Value (CV)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 2: Whether Commerce Should Find YSI and Its Toller Affiliated and Refer Potential Duty Evasion to U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Comment 3: Whether Commerce Should Continue To Apply Adverse Facts Available (AFA) to Shang Jeng Nail Co., Ltd. (Shang Jeng) and World Kun Company Limited (World Kun)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Recommendation</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix II</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">List of Companies Under Review Not Selected for Individual Examination</HD>
                </APPENDIX>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1. A-Jax Enterprises Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2. A-Jax International Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3. A-Stainless International Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">4. Advanced Global Sourcing Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">5. Aimreach Enterprises Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">6. Alisios International Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">7. Allwin Architectural Hardware Inc.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">8. A.N. Cooke Manufacturing Co., Pty., Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">9. Asia Engineered Components</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">10. Asia Link Industrial Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">11. Asia Smarten Way Corp. (Taiwan)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">12. Autolink International Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">13. BCR Inc.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">14. Bestwell International Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">15. Boss Precision Works Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">16. Budstech CI Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">17. Bulls Technology Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">18. Canatex Industrial Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">19. Cata Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">20. Cenluxmetals Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">21. Chang Bin Industrial Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">22. Channg Chin Industry Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">23. Charng Yu Industrial Company</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">24. Chen Nan Iron Wire Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">25. Chen Yu-Lan</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">26. Chia Da Fastener Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">27. Chiang Shin Fasteners Industries Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">28. Chin Tai Sing Precision Manufactory Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">29. Chun Yu Works &amp; Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">30. Cross International Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">31. Da Wing Industry Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">32. Dar Yu Enterprise Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">33. Eagre International Trade Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">34. Ever-Top Hardware Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">35. Excel Components Manufacturing Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">36. Fastguard Fastening Systems Inc.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">37. Fastnet Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">38. Fujian Xinhong Mech. &amp; Elec. Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">39. Funtec International Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">40. Fuzhou Royal Floor Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">41. FWU Kuang Enterprise Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">42. GoFast Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">43. H-H Fasteners Company</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">44. H-Locker Components Inc.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">45. Hau Kawang Enterprise Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">46. Hecny Group</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">47. Hi-Sharp Industrial Corp., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">48. Hom Wei Enterprise Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">49. HWA Hsing Screw Industry Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">50. Hwaguo Industrial Fasteners Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">51. Hy-Mart Fastener Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">52. Hyup Sung Indonesia</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">53. In Precision Link Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">54. Intai Technology Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">55. JCH Hardware Company Inc.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">56. Jet Crown International Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">57. Ji Li Deng Fasteners Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">58. Jinhai Hardware Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">59. Jinn Her Enterprise Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">60. Jockey Ben Metal Enterprise Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">61. Kan Good Enterprise Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">62. Katsuhana Fasteners Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">63. Kay Guay Enterprises Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">64. Key Use Industrial Works Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">65. KOT Components Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">66. K. Ticho Industries Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">67. K Win Fasteners Inc.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">68. Kuan Hsin Screw Industry Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">69. Liang Ying Fasteners Industry Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">70. Long Chan Enterprise Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">71. Lu Chu Shin Yee Works Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">72. Mechanical Hardwares Co.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">73. Midas Union Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">74. Min Hwei Enterprise Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">75. Ming Cheng Precision Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        76. Ming Zhan Industrial Co., Ltd.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6506"/>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">77. ML Global Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">78. Newfast Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">79. Noah Enterprise Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">80. Nytaps Taiwan Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">81. Pao Shen Enterprises Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">82. Par Excellence Industrial Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">83. Pengteh Industrial Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">84. Pneumax Corp.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">85. Printech T Electronics Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">86. Pro-an International Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">87. Pronto Great China Corp.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">88. Professional Fasteners Development Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">89. P.S.M. Fasteners (Asia) Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">90. Qi Ding Enterprise Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">91. Right Source Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">92. Rodex Fasteners Corp.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">93. Rong Chang Metal Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">94. San Shing Fastech Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">95. SBSCQ Taiwan Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">96. Shanxi Pioneer Hardware Industrial Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">97. Somax Enterprise Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">98. Spec Products Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">99. Star World Product and Trading Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">100. Sumeeko Industries Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">101. Sunshine Spring Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">102. Suntec Industries Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">103. Supreme Fasteners Corp.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">104. Szu I Industries Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">105. Tag Fasteners Sdn. Bhd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">106. Taifas Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">107. Taiwan Geer-Tai Works Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">108. Taiwan Quality Fastener Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">109. Team Builder Enterprise Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">110. Techno Associates Taiwan Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">111. Techup Development Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">112. TG Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">113. Tianjin Jinchi Metal Products Co. Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">114. Topps Wang International Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">115. Ume-Pride International Inc.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">116. Unistrong Industrial Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">117. United Nail Products Co. Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">118. Vanguard International Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">119. Wa Tai Industrial Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">120. Win Fastener Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">121. WTA International Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">122. Wumax Industry Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">123. Wyser International Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">124. Yeun Chang Hardware Tool Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">125. Yng Tran Enterprise Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">126. Yoh Chang Enterprise Company Limited</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">127. Yow Chern Company</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">128. Yumark Enterprises Corporation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">129. Yu Tai World Co., Ltd.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">130. Zenith Good Enterprise Corporation</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02003 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institute of Standards and Technology</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Availability of Draft Programmatic Environmental Assessment for Modernization and Internal Expansion of Existing Semiconductor Fabrication Facilities Under the CHIPS Incentives Program</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Institute of Standards and Technology, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice; availability of a Draft Programmatic Environmental Assessment; extension of comment period.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) is extending the period for submitting comments on the Draft Programmatic Environmental Assessment (PEA) for the modernization and internal expansion of existing semiconductor fabrication facilities under the CHIPS Incentives Program. The original deadline for public comments was January 25, 2024. NIST is extending the deadline until February 9, 2024.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The comment period for the notice published December 27, 2023, at 88 FR 89372, is extended. Comments must be received on or before February 9, 2024. Comments received after January 25, 2024, and before publication of this notice are deemed to be timely. Those who have already submitted comments need not resubmit.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The PEA is available for download and review at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.nist.gov/chips/national-environmental-policy-act-nepa,</E>
                         under the heading “NEPA Public Involvement.”
                    </P>
                    <P>You may submit comments on the PEA by the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Electronic Submission:</E>
                         Submit all electronic public comments via email to 
                        <E T="03">ChipsNEPA@chips.gov</E>
                         citing “Modernization PEA” in the subject line. NIST will accept comments in attached Word or PDF formats or within the body of the email.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">By mail:</E>
                         Comments can also be mailed to the CHIPS Incentives Program at: Department of Commerce; HCHB Room 7419; ATTN: CPO Environmental Division; 1401 Constitution Ave NW, Washington, DC 20230.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         Comments sent by any other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the end of the comment period, may not be considered by NIST. All comments received are a part of the public record; commenters should not include personal identifying information (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         name, address, etc.), confidential business information, or otherwise sensitive information. NIST will accept anonymous comments. The most helpful comments include a specific recommendation, explain the reason for any recommended change, and provide supporting information. NIST will consider all relevant comments received on or before the closing date.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        David Frenkel, NIST, telephone number 240-204-1960, email 
                        <E T="03">David.Frenkel@chips.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    In a 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice dated December 27, 2023 (88 FR 89372), NIST announced the availability of the Draft PEA for the modernization and internal expansion of existing semiconductor fabrication facilities under the CHIPS Incentives Program. NIST has prepared the draft PEA in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA, 42 U.S.C. 4321 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) and the Council on Environmental Quality's (CEQ) NEPA implementing regulations (40 CFR parts 1500 through 1508). The PEA addresses financial assistance for the modernization or internal expansion of existing current-generation and mature-node commercial facilities within their existing footprint throughout the U.S.
                </P>
                <P>The original deadline for public comments was January 25, 2024. NIST has received a request for an extension of the comment period due to the length and technical content of the document. NIST is therefore extending the deadline until February 9, 2024.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     This notice is provided pursuant to NEPA and CEQ's NEPA implementing regulations (40 CFR 1506.6).
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Tamiko Ford,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>NIST Executive Secretariat.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02042 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-13-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institute of Standards and Technology</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>CHIPS Manufacturing USA Institute</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Institute of Standards and Technology, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of Intent (NOI).</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The CHIPS Research and Development Office (CHIPS R&amp;D) intends to announce an open competition for a new Manufacturing 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6507"/>
                        USA Institute. The expected competition will seek to establish one (1) Manufacturing USA Institute focused on the topic of digital twins for semiconductor manufacturing, packaging, and assembly and the validation of such digital twins in a physical prototyping facility. This NOI is provided to allow potential applicants sufficient time to develop meaningful collaborations among industry, academic, Federal laboratory, and state/local government partners.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        All inquiries may be directed to Mahesh Mani (301-975-2000) via email to 
                        <E T="03">research@chips.gov,</E>
                         with a subject line stating: `MFG USA CHIPS Institute Competition.' All answers, which will be provided at the sole discretion of CHIPS R&amp;D, will be posted on the NIST competition website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.nist.gov/chips/chips-RD-funding-opportunities.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Purpose.</E>
                     The CHIPS Research and Development Office (CHIPS R&amp;D) intends to announce an open competition for a new Manufacturing USA Institute, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 4656(f). The expected competition will seek to establish one (1) Manufacturing USA Institute focused on the topic of digital twins for semiconductor manufacturing, packaging, and assembly and the validation of such digital twins in a physical prototyping facility. This CHIPS Manufacturing USA Institute will be established and operate in accordance with 15 U.S.C. 278s, as amended. For general planning purposes, the minimum expected NIST commitment will be approximately $200 million over a 5-year period. CHIPS R&amp;D expects to leverage private sector and other non-Federal investments on a substantially greater than 1:1 basis.
                </P>
                <P>
                    This NOI is provided to allow potential applicants sufficient time to develop meaningful collaborations among industry, academic, Federal laboratory, and state/local government partners. Details in this NOI should also inform discussions at a planned February 2024 CHIPS Manufacturing USA Institute Industry Day where the government will solicit feedback on the NIST plans and timelines for the Institute. CHIPS R&amp;D expects to announce the competition via a Notice of Funding Opportunity (NOFO) on 
                    <E T="03">Grants.gov</E>
                     at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.grants.gov</E>
                     in the second quarter of calendar year 2024. CHIPS R&amp;D reserves the right to refine program structure, cost, co-investment requirements, and other program details in the eventual NOFO. In the event of inconsistencies between the NOI and the NOFO, the NOFO shall take precedence.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Program Background:</E>
                     The CHIPS and Science Act appropriated approximately $50 billion to the Department of Commerce—$39 billion in incentives to onshore semiconductor manufacturing and $11 billion to advance U.S. leadership in semiconductor R&amp;D. Congress authorized NIST to establish not more than three Manufacturing USA Institutes focused on semiconductor manufacturing. Manufacturing USA Institutes are public-private partnerships that bring together industry of all sizes, universities and community colleges, federal agencies, and state organizations to accelerate innovation by investing in industrially relevant technologies that advance specific technology sectors. Institutes may address the full spectrum of advanced manufacturing challenges, such as innovation for manufacturing processes, novel materials, cross cutting enabling technology, supply chain integration methodology and education and workforce development.
                </P>
                <P>After receiving extensive public input, CHIPS R&amp;D determined that a single institute with both regionally-focused programs and meaningful cross-region participation will best meet the CHIPS R&amp;D program goals of strengthening U.S. technology leadership, accelerating ideas to market, and realizing a robust semiconductor workforce. Despite substantial existing investment in proprietary digital twin technology, the United States lacks a comprehensive environment for collaborative development and validation of semiconductor industry digital twins. In establishing a single institute with national reach, CHIPS R&amp;D seeks to enable the seamless integration of digital twin models into U.S. semiconductor manufacturing, advanced packaging, and assembly, enabling rapid adoption of innovations and enhancing domestic competitiveness for decades. The CHIPS Manufacturing USA Institute will foster a collaborative environment to significantly expand innovation, bring tangible benefits to manufacturers of all sizes, strengthen diverse research institutions, and ensure a national reach in workforce development.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">CHIPS Manufacturing USA Institute Objectives:</E>
                     CHIPS R&amp;D expects that the NOFO soliciting proposals will seek to achieve the following objectives:
                </P>
                <P>1. Significantly reduce U.S. chip development and manufacturing costs, such as by improving capacity planning, optimizing production, and enabling real-time process adjustments.</P>
                <P>2. Improve development cycle time and accelerate adoption of innovative semiconductor manufacturing technologies, including breakthrough tools, manufacturing equipment, materials, and manufacturing processes validated at the shared facility.</P>
                <P>3. Advance digital twin-enabled curricula and best practices for training the semiconductor workforce nationwide.</P>
                <P>4. Create a digital twin marketplace for industry, including entrepreneurs, to access digital models and manufacturing process flows and to de-risk digital twin development and implementation.</P>
                <P>CHIPS R&amp;D expects to solicit proposals demonstrating strong industry leadership capable of catalyzing collaboration in software development relevant to digital twins (including but not limited to electronic design automation tools), semiconductor manufacturing, advanced packaging, and assembly. Expected activities include establishing a shared physical facility where companies can experiment while protecting proprietary information; enabling industry-relevant research projects; leveraging a shared marketplace that enables data aggregation across companies, while protecting proprietary data, to make powerful digital twins available at low cost; and operating an education and workforce development program, which may include partnerships with educational institutions.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Competition Information:</E>
                     Once the open competition has been announced, further information may be found at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.nist.gov/chips/chips-RD-funding-opportunities.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">System for Award Management:</E>
                     In anticipation of the NOFO, CHIPS R&amp;D encourages potential applicants to complete the following steps, which are required to submit applications for Federal assistance:
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Register with the System for Award Management (SAM) at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.sam.gov.</E>
                     CHIPS R&amp;D strongly encourages applicants to register for SAM.gov as early as possible. While this process ordinarily takes between three days and two weeks, in some circumstances it can take six or more months to complete due to information verification requirements. Recipients will be required to maintain an active registration in SAM and re-validate registration annually.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Register for a 
                    <E T="03">Grants.gov</E>
                     (
                    <E T="03">https://www.grants.gov/</E>
                    ) account. It is advisable also to go to “manage subscriptions” on 
                    <E T="03">Grants.gov</E>
                     and sign 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6508"/>
                    up to receive automatic updates when amendments to a funding opportunity are posted.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Disclaimer.</E>
                     This NOI does not constitute a solicitation. No applications may be submitted in response to this NOI. Any inconsistency between information within this NOI and the eventual NOFO announcing the CHIPS Manufacturing USA Institute award competition shall be resolved in favor of the NOFO.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     DOC CHIPS activities were authorized by Title XCIX—Creating Helpful Incentives to Produce Semiconductors for America of the William M. (Mac) Thornberry National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2021 (Pub. L. 116-283, often referred to as the CHIPS Act).
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Tamiko Ford,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>NIST Executive Secretariat.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02025 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-13-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institute of Standards and Technology</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>CHIPS National Advanced Packaging Manufacturing Program (NAPMP) Materials and Substrates Research and Development</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Institute of Standards and Technology, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of Intent (NOI).</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The CHIPS Research and Development Office (CHIPS R&amp;D) intends to announce, via a Notice of Funding Opportunity (NOFO), an open competition for new research and development (R&amp;D) activities to establish and accelerate domestic capacity for advanced packaging substrates and substrate materials, a key technology for manufacturing semiconductors. CHIPS R&amp;D anticipates making available up to approximately $300,000,000 for multiple awards in amounts up to approximately $100,000,000 per award, not including voluntary co-investment, over up to 5 years and made through cooperative agreements or other transactions. The purpose of this NOI is to offer preliminary information to potential applicants, facilitating the development of meaningful partnerships and strong, responsive proposals.</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        All inquiries may be directed to Chris Greer (301-975-2000) via email to 
                        <E T="03">research@chips.gov,</E>
                         with a subject line stating: `2024-NIST-CHIPS-NAPMP-01 Questions.' All answers, which will be provided at the sole discretion of CHIPS R&amp;D, will be posted on the NIST competition website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.nist.gov/chips/chips-RD-funding-opportunities.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Purpose.</E>
                     The CHIPS Research and Development Office (CHIPS R&amp;D) intends to announce, via a Notice of Funding Opportunity (NOFO), an open competition for new research and development (R&amp;D) activities to establish and accelerate domestic capacity for advanced packaging substrates and substrate materials, a key technology for manufacturing semiconductors. CHIPS R&amp;D anticipates making available up to approximately $300,000,000 for multiple awards in amounts up to approximately $100,000,000 per award, not including voluntary co-investment, over up to 5 years and made through cooperative agreements or other transactions. Co-investment (cost share) is not required in this program. CHIPS R&amp;D will, however, give preference to applications that demonstrate committed co-investment in their application.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The purpose of this NOI is to offer preliminary information to potential applicants, facilitating the development of meaningful partnerships and strong, responsive proposals. CHIPS R&amp;D intends to announce the competition no later than March 2024 by posting the NOFO on 
                    <E T="03">Grants.gov</E>
                     at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.grants.gov.</E>
                     More information about the expected CHIPS R&amp;D NAPMP Materials and Substrates competition will then be available at the CHIPS for America website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.nist.gov/chips/chips-RD-funding-opportunities.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Background.</E>
                     Emerging technologies like artificial intelligence, advanced telecommunications, biomedical devices, and autonomous vehicles require leap-ahead advances in microelectronics capabilities. Improving all aspects of system performance to support the breadth of new semiconductor applications will require advanced packaging and related capabilities, such as heterogeneous integration, to address the need to integrate multi-component-assemblies with large numbers of interconnects to achieve a degree of integration that blurs the line between chip and package.
                </P>
                <P>In particular, the ability to “scale-down and scale-out” will be critical, where “scale-down” refers to shrinking the size of the features on the package and “scale-out” refers to increasing the number of chips assembled on the substrate.</P>
                <P>Materials and substrates are foundational to achieving the necessary advancements. Moreover, materials and substrates R&amp;D, particularly applied R&amp;D, is critical to expanding the U.S. packaging ecosystem.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">CHIPS R&amp;D Mission and Goals:</E>
                     The CHIPS and Science Act appropriated approximately $50 billion to the Department of Commerce—$39 billion in incentives to onshore semiconductor manufacturing and $11 billion to advance U.S. leadership in semiconductor R&amp;D. Within CHIPS for America, the mission of CHIPS R&amp;D is to accelerate the development and commercial deployment of foundational semiconductor technologies by establishing, connecting, and providing access to domestic research efforts, tools, resources, workers, and facilities. NAPMP, one of multiple CHIPS R&amp;D initiatives, seeks to drive U.S. leadership in advanced packaging and provide the technology and skilled workforce needed for packaging manufacturing in the United States.
                </P>
                <P>Within a decade, NAPMP-funded activities, coupled with CHIPS manufacturing incentives, will establish a vibrant, self-sustaining, profitable, onshore packaging industry where advanced node chips manufactured in the United States and abroad can be packaged in appropriate volumes within the United States and innovative designs and architectures are enabled through leading-edge packaging capabilities. In combination with other CHIPS for America education and workforce efforts, NAPMP-funded activities produce the diverse and capable workforce needed for the success of the domestic packaging sector.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Materials and Substrates NOFO Objectives:</E>
                     Three major R&amp;D areas have the potential to make a significant impact on domestic advanced packaging capabilities: organic materials and substrates (including fan-out); glass materials and substrates; and semiconductor-based substrates. Within these areas, CHIPS R&amp;D intends to fund R&amp;D activities that establish and promote relevant domestic capability and capacity, with the following objectives:
                </P>
                <P>1. Accelerate domestic R&amp;D and innovation in advanced packaging materials and substrates;</P>
                <P>
                    2. Transition domestic materials and substrate innovation into U.S. manufacturing, such that these technologies are available to U.S. manufacturers and customers, including to significantly benefit U.S. economic and national security;
                    <PRTPAGE P="6509"/>
                </P>
                <P>3. Support the establishment of a robust, sustainable, domestic capacity for advanced packaging materials and substrate R&amp;D, prototyping, commercialization, and manufacturing; and</P>
                <P>4. Promote a skilled and diverse pipeline of workers for a sustainable domestic advanced packaging industry.</P>
                <P>Funded activities are expected to include, but not necessarily be limited to, basic and applied research, substrate and demonstration device development and production, commercial viability and domestic manufacturing preparation, integrated workforce education and training, and pilot-level substrate production.</P>
                <P>
                    To ensure that funded R&amp;D meets the above objectives, CHIPS R&amp;D expects to define aggressive technical targets (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     substrate wiring, via pitches, and number of levels on both sides of the substrate) for applicants to achieve. CHIPS R&amp;D will also encourage proposals for advanced substrates that incorporate one or more passive or active components embedded in the substrate for enhanced functionality. Whereas traditional boards, silicon or glass interposers and small area substrates are not expected to be in scope for this NOFO, composite substrates using fan-out wafer-level packaging, including flexible and biocompatible substrates, are expected to be entertained. CHIPS R&amp;D will further expect that substrates be compatible with direct attach at fine pitch of advanced node CMOS, legacy nodes, and non-silicon dielets. Substrate proposals will be strongly encouraged to incorporate embedded substrate features and active and passive devices and through substrate vias. CHIPS R&amp;D will further expect applicants to define non-technical targets related to advanced packaging education and workforce development and to demonstrating both the commercial viability and the potential for the domestic production of innovations funded under the NOFO.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Eligibility:</E>
                     CHIPS R&amp;D expects eligible applicants and subrecipients will include for-profit organizations; non-profit organizations; accredited institutions of higher education including community and technical colleges; state, local, territorial, and Indian tribal governments.
                </P>
                <P>Applicants must be incorporated in the United States (including U.S. territories). Eligible applicants may only submit one concept paper and one full application under this NOFO. Full applications will only be accepted from applicants invited after the concept paper stage. Entities may not be included as subrecipients on more than two applications.</P>
                <P>Entities that operate Federally Funded Research and Development Centers (FFRDCs) may be eligible to receive this funding as sub-subrecipients to an eligible applicant to the extent allowed by law, based on the unique and specific needs of the project.</P>
                <P>Foreign organizations may participate as members of a project team, as sub-subrecipients or contractors, subject to CHIPS R&amp;D approval based on a written justification that the foreign partner's involvement is essential to advancing program objectives, among other considerations.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">R&amp;D Collaboration:</E>
                     CHIPS R&amp;D expects that applicants assembling teams comprising one or more subrecipients may be best suited to collectively provide the full range of expertise and capabilities needed to achieve the program objectives and to successfully strengthen U.S. materials and substrates innovation. Equally important, these types of partnerships can promote inventiveness, clarify future demand, improve transparency and security, solidify business and domestic manufacturing plans (including plans for technology adoption by defense and commercial partners), help educate the future workforce, mitigate the risk of future chip shortages or oversupply, and support a more productive, efficient, and self-sustaining semiconductor ecosystem.
                </P>
                <P>CHIPS R&amp;D therefore encourages applications that demonstrate collaboration across the innovation, manufacturing, supply chain, and customer landscape.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Application Process and Award Information:</E>
                     The envisioned application process consists of a mandatory concept paper and a required full application. CHIPS R&amp;D anticipates a due date for concept papers of approximately 35 days after the date of NOFO publication. Full applications will only be accepted from applicants invited to apply after the concept paper stage. Submissions from entities other than those specifically invited to submit a full application will not be reviewed or considered in any way.
                </P>
                <P>
                    To provide the public with an opportunity to learn more about the NOFO before the concept paper deadline, CHIPS R&amp;D expects to host a Proposers Day after NOFO release to familiarize potential applicants with the NOFO objectives and program structure. CHIPS R&amp;D will announce details regarding the date and location of the Proposers Day via the CHIPS R&amp;D website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.nist.gov/chips/chips-RD-funding-opportunities.</E>
                     This event will be for informational purposes only. Attendance is not a prerequisite for submitting a concept paper or application.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Competition Information:</E>
                     Once the open competition has been announced, further information may be found at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.nist.gov/chips/chips-RD-funding-opportunities.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">System for Award Management:</E>
                     In anticipation of the NOFO, CHIPS R&amp;D encourages potential applicants to complete the following steps, which are required to submit applications for Federal assistance:
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Register with the System for Award Management (SAM) at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.sam.gov.</E>
                     CHIPS R&amp;D strongly encourages applicants to register for 
                    <E T="03">SAM.gov</E>
                     as early as possible. While this process ordinarily takes between three days and two weeks, in some circumstances it can take six or more months to complete due to information verification requirements. Recipients will be required to maintain an active registration in SAM and re-validate registration annually.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Register for a 
                    <E T="03">Grants.gov</E>
                     (
                    <E T="03">https://www.grants.gov/</E>
                    ) account. It is advisable also to go to “manage subscriptions” on 
                    <E T="03">Grants.gov</E>
                     and sign up to receive automatic updates when amendments to a funding opportunity are posted.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Disclaimer.</E>
                     This NOI does not constitute a solicitation. No applications may be submitted in response to this NOI. Any inconsistency between information within this NOI and the eventual NOFO announcing the CHIPS NAPMP Materials and Substrates award competition shall be resolved in favor of the NOFO.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority.</E>
                     DOC CHIPS activities were authorized by Title XCIX—Creating Helpful Incentives to Produce Semiconductors for America of the William M. (Mac) Thornberry National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2021 (Pub. L. 116-283, often referred to as the CHIPS Act).
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Tamiko Ford,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>NIST Executive Secretariat.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02026 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-13-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities Under OMB Review</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Commodity Futures Trading Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6510"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”), this notice announces that the Information Collection Request (“ICR”) abstracted below has been forwarded to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (“OIRA”), of the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”), for review and comment. The ICR describes the nature of the information collection and its expected costs and burden.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be submitted on or before March 4, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be submitted within 30 days of this notice's publication to OIRA, at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                         Please find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the website's search function. Comments can be entered electronically by clicking on the “comment” button next to the information collection on the “OIRA Information Collections Under Review” page, or the “View ICR—Agency Submission” page. A copy of the supporting statement for the collection of information discussed herein may be obtained by visiting 
                        <E T="03">https://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In addition to the submission of comments to 
                        <E T="03">https://Reginfo.gov</E>
                         as indicated above, a copy of all comments submitted to OIRA may also be submitted to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “Commission” or “CFTC”) by clicking on the “Submit Comment” box next to the descriptive entry for OMB Control No. 3038-0082, at 
                        <E T="03">https://comments.cftc.gov/FederalRegister/PublicInfo.aspx.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Or by either of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Secretary of the Commission, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street NW, Washington, DC 20581.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>
                         Same as Mail above.
                    </P>
                    <P>Please submit your comments using only one method.</P>
                    <P>
                        All comments must be submitted in English, or if not, accompanied by an English translation. Comments submitted to the Commission should include only information that you wish to make available publicly. If you wish the Commission to consider information that you believe is exempt from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act, a petition for confidential treatment of the exempt information may be submitted according to the procedures established in § 145.9 of the Commission's regulations.
                        <SU>1</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Commission reserves the right, but shall have no obligation, to review, pre-screen, filter, redact, refuse or remove any or all of your submission from 
                        <E T="03">https://www.cftc.gov</E>
                         that it may deem to be inappropriate for publication, such as obscene language. All submissions that have been redacted or removed that contain comments on the merits of the ICR will be retained in the public comment file and will be considered as required under the Administrative Procedure Act and other applicable laws, and may be accessible under the Freedom of Information Act.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             17 CFR 145.9.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Christina McGlosson, Acting Director, Whistleblower Office, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, (202) 418-5051; email: 
                        <E T="03">cmcglosson@cftc.gov,</E>
                         and refer to OMB Control No. 3038-0082.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     The Whistleblower Provision of section 23 of the Commodity Exchange Act (OMB Control No. 3038-0082). This is a request for extension of a currently approved information collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     17 CFR 165.3(a) requires the submission of information to the Commission on a Form TCR. The Form TCR, “Tip, Complaint, or Referral,” and the instructions thereto, are designed to capture basic identifying information about a complainant and elicit sufficient information to determine whether the conduct alleged suggests a violation of the Commodity Exchange Act. 17 CFR 165.7(b)(1) requires the submission of information to the Commission on a Form WB-APP. The Form WB-APP, “Application for Award for Original Information Provided Pursuant to Section 23 of the Commodity Exchange Act,” and the instructions thereto, are designed to elicit sufficient information to determine whether and to what extent a claimant qualifies for a whistleblower award.
                </P>
                <P>
                    An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On November 21, 2023, the Commission published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice of the proposed extension of this information collection and provided 60 days for public comment on the proposed extension, 88 FR 81064 (“60-Day Notice”). The Commission received one comment requesting individual staff feedback on each submission received, in addition to the automated reply currently sent by the CFTC as notice of receipt. We appreciate the comment but would like to clarify that determinations on the submitted applications (including their supplements) are provided in due course according to the procedures outlined in 17 CFR part 165. Given the non-public nature of investigations, it would not be feasible for the CFTC to provide individual feedback on each submission received.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         44 U.S.C. 3512, 5 CFR 1320.5(b)(2)(i) and 1320.8(b)(3)(vi). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         46 FR 63035 (Dec. 30, 1981).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Burden Statement:</E>
                     The respondent burden for this collection is estimated to be as follows:
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     1800 per year.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Average Burden Hours per Respondent:</E>
                     0.5 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     900 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency of Collection:</E>
                     Once.
                </P>
                <P>There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>
                        (Authority: 44 U.S.C. 3501 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        )
                    </FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Robert Sidman,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Secretary of the Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01973 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6351-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Project No. 5679-041]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Energy Stream, LLC; Notice of Intent To Prepare an Environmental Assessment</SUBJECT>
                <P>On July 15, 2022, Energy Stream, LLC filed an application for a subsequent license for the 512-kilowatt M.S.C. Hydroelectric Project (M.S.C. Project or project; FERC No. 5679). The M.S.C. Project is located on the Quinebaug River, in Windham County, Connecticut.</P>
                <P>In accordance with the Commission's regulations, on November 14, 2023, Commission staff issued a notice that the project was ready for environmental analysis (REA notice). Based on the information in the record, including comments filed on the REA notice, staff does not anticipate that licensing the project would constitute a major federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. Therefore, staff intends to prepare an Environmental Assessment (EA) on the application to license the M.S.C. Project.</P>
                <P>
                    The EA will be issued and circulated for review by all interested parties. All 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6511"/>
                    comments filed on the EA will be analyzed by staff and considered in the Commission's final licensing decision.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members, and others to access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>The application will be processed according to the following schedule. Revisions to the schedule may be made as appropriate.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,xs60">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Milestone </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Target date</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Commission issues EA </ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            July 2024.
                            <SU>1</SU>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Comments on EA </ENT>
                        <ENT>August 2024.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    Questions
                    <FTREF/>
                     regarding this notice may be directed to John Baummer at (202) 502-6837 or 
                    <E T="03">john.baummer@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         The Council on Environmental Quality's (CEQ) regulations under 40 CFR 1501.10(b)(1)(2022) require that EAs be completed within 1 year of the federal action agency's decision to prepare an EA. This notice establishes the Commission's intent to prepare an EA for the M.S.C. Project. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         National Environmental Policy Act, 42 U.S.C. 4321 
                        <E T="03">et seq., as amended by</E>
                         section 107(g)(1)(B)(iii) of the Fiscal Responsibility Act of 2023, Public Law 118-5, section 4336a, 137 Stat. 42.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02027 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Combined Notice of Filings #1</SUBJECT>
                <P>Take notice that the Commission received the following exempt wholesale generator filings:</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     EG24-94-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Texas Waves, LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Texas Waves, LLC submits Notice of Self-Certification of Exempt Wholesale Generator Status.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5048.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>Take notice that the Commission received the following Complaints and Compliance filings in EL Dockets:</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     EL24-64-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants: Lackawanna Energy Center LLC</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">PJM Interconnection, L.L.C.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Complaint of 
                    <E T="03">Lackawanna Energy Center LLC</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">PJM Interconnection, L.L.C.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/25/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240125-5166.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER23-2449-003.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Lyons Solar, LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Compliance filing: Informational Filing Pursuant to Schedule 2 of the PJM OATT &amp; Request for Waiver to be effective N/A.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5055.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER23-2960-001.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Public Service Company of Colorado.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Compliance filing: 2024-01-26 Compliance Filing-Weis Schedule 1 to be effective 1/1/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5035.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-254-001.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Southwest Power Pool, Inc.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Tariff Amendment: Deficiency Response—Central Power's Formula Rate Revisions to be effective 1/1/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5044.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-508-001.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     NextEra Energy Seabrook, LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Tariff Amendment: Amend. to the 2nd Amend. to A&amp;R EP Agreement with NECEC (ER24-508-) to be effective 11/13/2023.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5081.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-531-001.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     PJM Interconnection, L.L.C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Tariff Amendment: Amendment of Original WMPA, SA No. 7137; AE2-204 in Docket ER24-531-000 to be effective 2/5/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5152.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-541-001.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Kiowa County Solar Project, LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Tariff Amendment: Supplement to Petition Requesting Market-Based Rate Authorization to be effective 2/3/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5124.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-551-001.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Elkhart County Solar Project, LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Tariff Amendment: Supplement to Petition Requesting Market-Based Rate Authorization to be effective 2/4/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5121.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-552-001.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Martin County II Solar Project, LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Tariff Amendment: Supplement to Petition Requesting Market-Based Rate Authorization to be effective 2/4/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5128.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-553-001.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Martin County Solar Project, LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Tariff Amendment: Supplement to Petition Requesting Market-Based Rate Authorization to be effective 2/4/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5134.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1008-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Inc.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: 88 Immediate Solutions 1-25-2024 to be effective 1/26/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1009-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Midcontinent Independent System Operator, Inc.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: 2024-01-26_Retirement of Generator Weather Curves Functionality to be effective 3/27/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5023.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1010-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     J. Aron &amp; Company LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Compliance filing: Notice of Change in Status and Revised Market-Based Rate Tariff to be effective 1/27/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5025.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1011-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Aron Energy Prepay 29 LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Compliance filing: Notice of Change in Status and Revised Market-Based Rate Tariff to be effective 1/27/2024.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6512"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5027.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1012-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Aron Energy Prepay 21 LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: Revised Market-Based Rate Tariff to be effective 1/27/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5029.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1013-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Aron Energy Prepay 22 LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: Revised Market-Based Rate Tariff to be effective 1/27/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5030.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1014-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Aron Energy Prepay 23 LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: Revised Market-Based Rate Tariff to be effective 1/27/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5032.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1015-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Aron Energy Prepay 30 LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: Revised Market-Based Rate Tariff to be effective 1/27/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5034.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1016-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     FirstEnergy Pennsylvania Electric Company, PJM Interconnection, L.L.C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: FirstEnergy Pennsylvania Electric Company submits tariff filing per 35.13(a)(2)(iii: FE PA submits amended IA, SA No. 4160 re: FirstEnergy Reorganization to be effective 1/1/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5046.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1017-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Southwest Power Pool, Inc.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: 3211R6 North Iowa Municipal Electric Cooperative Association NITSA and NOA to be effective 1/1/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5050.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1018-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Southwest Power Pool, Inc.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: 3751R1 NorthWestern Energy NITSA and NOA to be effective 1/1/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5063.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1019-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Southwest Power Pool, Inc.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: 2881R17 City of Chanute, KS NITSA NOA to be effective 1/1/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5068.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1020-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Keystone Appalachian Transmission Company, PJM Interconnection, L.L.C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Tariff Amendment: Keystone Appalachian Transmission Company submits tariff filing per 35.15: KATCo submits Notice of Cancellation of Interconnection Agreement, SA No. 4899 to be effective 7/10/2019.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5069.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1021-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Keystone Appalachian Transmission Company, PJM Interconnection, L.L.C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: Keystone Appalachian Transmission Company submits tariff filing per 35.13(a)(2)(iii: KATCo submits amended IAs, SA Nos. 2149 and 3316 re: FirstEnergy Reorganization to be effective 1/1/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5078.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1022-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Southern California Edison Company.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: Amended and Restated IFA, Anza (WDT180/SA No. 179) to be effective 3/27/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5080.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1023-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Tucson Electric Power Company.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: Service Agreement No. 542 to be effective 1/19/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5102.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1024-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     PJM Interconnection, L.L.C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     Tariff Amendment: Cancellation of WMPA, SA No. 6734; AG2-397 to be effective 3/27/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5114.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     ER24-1025-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Idaho Power Company.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 205(d) Rate Filing: Service Agreements Nos. 432 and 433—IPC/PWX Conditional Firm PTP 2024-2026 to be effective 4/1/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5123.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/16/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system (
                    <E T="03">https://elibrary.ferc.gov/idmws/search/fercgensearch.asp</E>
                    ) by querying the docket number.
                </P>
                <P>Any person desiring to intervene, to protest, or to answer a complaint in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211, 214, or 206 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214, or 385.206) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.</P>
                <P>
                    eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at: 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling/filing-req.pdf.</E>
                     For other information, call (866) 208-3676 (toll free). For TTY, call (202) 502-8659.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02035 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Project No. 516-513]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Dominion Energy South Carolina, Inc.; Notice of Availability of Final Environmental Assessment</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    In accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 and the Federal Energy Regulatory 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6513"/>
                    Commission's (Commission or FERC) regulations, 18 CFR part 380, Commission staff reviewed Dominion Energy South Carolina's (licensee) application for a Non-project Use of Project Lands and Waters of the Saluda Hydroelectric Project No. 516 and have prepared an Environmental Assessment (EA) for a proposed water withdraw. The licensee proposes to allow the City of West Columbia, South Carolina (City), the use of Saluda Hydroelectric project lands and waters to expand the use of the City's existing raw water withdrawal facility. The City would replace two pumps within their exiting raw water intake facility, excavate and install a larger conveyance pipe, and increase its maximum withdrawal from Lake Murry from an approved 48 million gallons per day (mgd) to 72 mgd, an increase of 24 mgd. The Saluda project is located on the Saluda River in Richland, Lexington, Saluda, and Newberry counties, South Carolina. The proposed action is located at the existing raw water pump facility in Lexington County. The project does not occupy federal lands.
                </P>
                <P>The final EA contains Commission staff's analysis of the potential environmental effects of the proposed water withdraw, alternatives to the proposed action, and concludes that the proposed water withdraw, with appropriate environmental protective measures, would not constitute a major federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment.</P>
                <P>
                    The final EA may be viewed on the Commission's website at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>
                     using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number (P-516-513) in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support at 
                    <E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>
                     or toll-free at 1-866-208-3676, or for TTY, (202) 502-8659.
                </P>
                <P>
                    You may also register online at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/esubscription.asp</E>
                     to be notified via email of new filings and issuances related to this or other pending projects. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    For further information, contact Robert Ballantine at 202-502-6289 or 
                    <E T="03">robert.ballantine@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02029 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission </SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Combined Notice of Filings </SUBJECT>
                <P>Take notice that the Commission has received the following Natural Gas Pipeline Rate and Refund Report filings: </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Filings Instituting Proceedings</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     RP24-339-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Columbia Gas Transmission, LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     4(d) Rate Filing: Capacity Release—NR Agmt NRG 290896 to be effective 1/1/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/25/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240125-5146.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/6/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     RP24-341-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     MountainWest Overthrust Pipeline, LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 4(d) Rate Filing: Statement of Negotiated Rates Version 18 to be effective 1/27/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5031.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/7/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>
                     RP24-342-000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Applicants:</E>
                     Rockies Express Pipeline LLC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     § 4(d) Rate Filing: REX 2024-01-26 Negotiated Rate Agreement Amendment to be effective 1/26/2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>
                     1/26/24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>
                     20240126-5083.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>
                     5 p.m. ET 2/7/24.
                </P>
                <P>Any person desiring to intervene, to protest, or to answer a complaint in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211, 214, or 206 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214, or 385.206) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.</P>
                <P>
                    The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system (
                    <E T="03">https://elibrary.ferc.gov/idmws/search/fercgensearch.asp</E>
                    ) by querying the docket number. 
                </P>
                <P>
                    eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at: 
                    <E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling/filing-req.pdf.</E>
                     For other information, call (866) 208-3676 (toll free). For TTY, call (202) 502-8659. 
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02031 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[CP24-37-000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Columbia Gulf Transmission, LLC; Notice of Application and Establishing Intervention Deadline</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    Take notice that on January 16, 2024, Columbia Gulf Transmission, LLC (Columbia Gulf), 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 1300, Houston, Texas, 77002-2700, filed an application under section 7(b) of the Natural Gas Act (NGA), and part 157 of the Commission's regulations requesting authorization for its Amoco South Pecan Lake Abandonment Project (Project). The Project consists of the abandonment of approximately 21 miles of obsolete pipeline and related appurtenances, located in Cameron Parish, Louisiana. Columbia Gulf states that the Project will eliminate the need for future operating and maintenance expenditures on outdated facilities that are no longer needed to satisfy current firm service obligations. Columbia Gulf states that abandonment of these facilities will not change the certificated capacity of Columbia Gulf's system and will not result in the termination or reduction of service to existing customers of Columbia Gulf. Columbia Gulf estimates the total cost of the Project to be $16,600,000, all as more fully set forth in the application which 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6514"/>
                    is on file with the Commission and open for public inspection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In addition to publishing the full text of this document in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , the Commission provides all interested persons an opportunity to view and/or print the contents of this document via the internet through the Commission's Home Page (
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                    ) using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. Public access to records formerly available in the Commission's physical Public Reference Room, which was located at the Commission's headquarters, 888 First Street NE, Washington, DC 20426, are now available via the Commission's website. For assistance, contact the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission at 
                    <E T="03">FercOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>
                     or call toll-free, (886) 208-3676 or TTY (202)  502-8659.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Any questions regarding the proposed project should be directed to David A. Alonzo, Manager, Project Authorizations, Columbia Gulf Transmission, LLC, 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 1300, Houston, Texas 77002-2700, by phone at (832) 320-5477, or by email at 
                    <E T="03">david_alonzo@tcenergy.com.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 157.9 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure,
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     within 90 days of this Notice the Commission staff will either: complete its environmental review and place it into the Commission's public record (eLibrary) for this proceeding; or issue a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review. If a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review is issued, it will indicate, among other milestones, the anticipated date for the Commission staff's issuance of the final environmental impact statement (FEIS) or environmental assessment (EA) for this proposal. The filing of an EA in the Commission's public record for this proceeding or the issuance of a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review will serve to notify federal and state agencies of the timing for the completion of all necessary reviews, and the subsequent need to complete all federal authorizations within 90 days of the date of issuance of the Commission staff's FEIS or EA.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         18 CFR (Code of Federal Regulations) 157.9.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation</HD>
                <P>There are three ways to become involved in the Commission's review of this project: you can file comments on the project, you can protest the filing, and you can file a motion to intervene in the proceeding. There is no fee or cost for filing comments or intervening. The deadline for filing a motion to intervene is 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on February 16, 2024. How to file protests, motions to intervene, and comments is explained below.</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Comments</HD>
                <P>Any person wishing to comment on the project may do so. Comments may include statements of support or objections, to the project as a whole or specific aspects of the project. The more specific your comments, the more useful they will be.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Protests</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to sections 157.10(a)(4) 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and 385.211 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Commission's regulations under the NGA, any person 
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     may file a protest to the application. Protests must comply with the requirements specified in section 385.2001 
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Commission's regulations. A protest may also serve as a motion to intervene so long as the protestor states it also seeks to be an intervenor.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.10(a)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         18 CFR 385.211.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         Persons include individuals, organizations, businesses, municipalities, and other entities. 18 CFR 385.102(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         18 CFR 385.2001.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>To ensure that your comments or protests are timely and properly recorded, please submit your comments on or before February 16, 2024.</P>
                <P>There are three methods you can use to submit your comments or protests to the Commission. In all instances, please reference the Project docket number CP24-37-000 in your submission.</P>
                <P>
                    (1) You may file your comments electronically by using the eComment feature, which is located on the Commission's website at 
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                     under the link to Documents and Filings. Using eComment is an easy method for interested persons to submit brief, text-only comments on a project;
                </P>
                <P>
                    (2) You may file your comments or protests electronically by using the eFiling feature, which is located on the Commission's website (
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                    ) under the link to Documents and Filings. With eFiling, you can provide comments in a variety of formats by attaching them as a file with your submission. New eFiling users must first create an account by clicking on “eRegister.” You will be asked to select the type of filing you are making; first select “General” and then select “Comment on a Filing”; or
                </P>
                <P>(3) You can file a paper copy of your comments or protests by mailing them to the following address below. Your written comments must reference the Project docket number (CP24-37-000).</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via USPS:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne Reese, Acting Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Washington, DC 20426.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via any other courier:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne Reese, Acting Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission encourages electronic filing of comments (options 1 and 2 above) and has eFiling staff available to assist you at (202) 502-8258 or 
                    <E T="03">FercOnlineSupport@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>Persons who comment on the environmental review of this project will be placed on the Commission's environmental mailing list, and will receive notification when the environmental documents (EA or EIS) are issued for this project and will be notified of meetings associated with the Commission's environmental review process.</P>
                <P>The Commission considers all comments received about the project in determining the appropriate action to be taken. However, the filing of a comment alone will not serve to make the filer a party to the proceeding. To become a party, you must intervene in the proceeding. For instructions on how to intervene, see below.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Interventions</HD>
                <P>
                    Any person, which includes individuals, organizations, businesses, municipalities, and other entities,
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     has the option to file a motion to intervene in this proceeding. Only intervenors have the right to request rehearing of Commission orders issued in this proceeding and to subsequently challenge the Commission's orders in the U.S. Circuit Courts of Appeal.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         18 CFR 385.102(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    To intervene, you must submit a motion to intervene to the Commission in accordance with Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6515"/>
                    Procedure 
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the regulations under the NGA 
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     by the intervention deadline for the project, which is February 16, 2024. As described further in Rule 214, your motion to intervene must state, to the extent known, your position regarding the proceeding, as well as your interest in the proceeding. For an individual, this could include your status as a landowner, ratepayer, resident of an impacted community, or recreationist. You do not need to have property directly impacted by the project in order to intervene. For more information about motions to intervene, refer to the FERC website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.ferc.gov/resources/guides/how-to/intervene.asp.</E>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         18 CFR 385.214.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>There are two ways to submit your motion to intervene. In both instances, please reference the Project docket number CP24-37-000 in your submission.</P>
                <P>
                    (1) You may file your motion to intervene by using the Commission's eFiling feature, which is located on the Commission's website (
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                    ) under the link to Documents and Filings. New eFiling users must first create an account by clicking on “eRegister.” You will be asked to select the type of filing you are making; first select “General” and then select “Intervention.” The eFiling feature includes a document-less intervention option; for more information, visit 
                    <E T="03">https://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling/document-less-intervention.pdf;</E>
                     or
                </P>
                <P>(2) You can file a paper copy of your motion to intervene, along with three copies, by mailing the documents to the address below. Your motion to intervene must reference the Project docket number CP24-37-000.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via USPS:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne Reese, Acting Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Washington, DC 20426.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via any other courier:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne Reese, Acting Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission encourages electronic filing of motions to intervene (option 1 above) and has eFiling staff available to assist you at (202) 502-8258 or 
                    <E T="03">FercOnlineSupport@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Protests and motions to intervene must be served on the applicant either by mail or email at: to David A. Alonzo, Manager, Project Authorizations, Columbia Gulf Transmission, LLC, 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 1300, Houston, Texas 77002-2700, or at 
                    <E T="03">david_alonzo@tcenergy.com.</E>
                     Any subsequent submissions by an intervenor must be served on the applicant and all other parties to the proceeding. Contact information for parties can be downloaded from the service list at the eService link on FERC Online. Service can be via email with a link to the document.
                </P>
                <P>
                    All timely, unopposed 
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     motions to intervene are automatically granted by operation of Rule 214(c)(1).
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Motions to intervene that are filed after the intervention deadline are untimely, and may be denied. Any late-filed motion to intervene must show good cause for being late and must explain why the time limitation should be waived and provide justification by reference to factors set forth in Rule 214(d) of the Commission's Rules and Regulations.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     A person obtaining party status will be placed on the service list maintained by the Secretary of the Commission and will receive copies (paper or electronic) of all documents filed by the applicant and by all other parties.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         The applicant has 15 days from the submittal of a motion to intervene to file a written objection to the intervention.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         18 CFR 385.214(c)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         18 CFR 385.214(b)(3) and (d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Tracking the Proceeding</HD>
                <P>
                    Throughout the proceeding, additional information about the project will be available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs, at (866) 208-FERC, or on the FERC website at 
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                     using the “eLibrary” link as described above. The eLibrary link also provides access to the texts of all formal documents issued by the Commission, such as orders, notices, and rulemakings.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In addition, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription which allows you to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets. This can reduce the amount of time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. For more information and to register, go to 
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/esubscription.asp.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Intervention Deadline:</E>
                     5 p.m. Eastern Time on February 16, 2024.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02034 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. CP24-46-000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>ANR Pipeline Company; Notice of Request Under Blanket Authorization and Establishing Intervention and Protest Deadline</SUBJECT>
                <P>Take notice that on January 19, 2024, ANR Pipeline Company (ANR), 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 1300, Houston, Texas 77002-2700, filed in the above referenced docket, a prior notice request pursuant to sections 157.205 and 157.216 of the Commission's regulations under the Natural Gas Act (NGA), and ANR's blanket certificate issued in Docket No. CP82-480-000, for authorization to abandon one natural gas storage injection/withdrawal and the associated pipeline and appurtenances at its Lincoln-Freeman Storage Field. All of the above facilities are located in Clare County, Michigan (2024 Lincoln Well Abandonment Project). The project will allow ANR to abandon well Lincoln 61 that it has determined does not provide significant value through its poor flow performance, and to maintain current integrity standards. The estimated cost for the project is $383,000.00, all as more fully set forth in the request which is on file with the Commission and open to public inspection.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition to publishing the full text of this document in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , the Commission provides all interested persons an opportunity to view and/or print the contents of this document via the internet through the Commission's Home Page (
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                    ) using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. Public access to records formerly available in the Commission's physical Public Reference Room, which was located at the Commission's headquarters, 888 First Street NE, Washington, DC 20426, are now available via the Commission's website. For assistance, contact the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission at 
                    <E T="03">FercOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>
                     or call toll-free, (866) 208-3676 or TTY (202) 502-8659.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Any questions concerning this request should be directed to David A. Alonzo, Manager of Project Authorizations, ANR Pipeline Company, 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 1300, Houston, Texas 77002-2700, at (832) 320-5477, or 
                    <E T="03">david_alonzo@tcenergy.com.</E>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6516"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation</HD>
                <P>There are three ways to become involved in the Commission's review of this project: you can file a protest to the project, you can file a motion to intervene in the proceeding, and you can file comments on the project. There is no fee or cost for filing protests, motions to intervene, or comments. The deadline for filing protests, motions to intervene, and comments is 5 p.m. Eastern Time on March 26, 2024. How to file protests, motions to intervene, and comments is explained below.</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Protests</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 157.205 of the Commission's regulations under the NGA,
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     any person 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or the Commission's staff may file a protest to the request. If no protest is filed within the time allowed or if a protest is filed and then withdrawn within 30 days after the allowed time for filing a protest, the proposed activity shall be deemed to be authorized effective the day after the time allowed for protest. If a protest is filed and not withdrawn within 30 days after the time allowed for filing a protest, the instant request for authorization will be considered by the Commission.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.205.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         Persons include individuals, organizations, businesses, municipalities, and other entities. 18 CFR 385.102(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Protests must comply with the requirements specified in section 157.205(e) of the Commission's regulations,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and must be submitted by the protest deadline, which is March 26, 2024. A protest may also serve as a motion to intervene so long as the protestor states it also seeks to be an intervenor.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.205(e).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Interventions</HD>
                <P>Any person has the option to file a motion to intervene in this proceeding. Only intervenors have the right to request rehearing of Commission orders issued in this proceeding and to subsequently challenge the Commission's orders in the U.S. Circuit Courts of Appeal.</P>
                <P>
                    To intervene, you must submit a motion to intervene to the Commission in accordance with Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure 
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the regulations under the NGA 
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     by the intervention deadline for the project, which is March 26, 2024. As described further in Rule 214, your motion to intervene must state, to the extent known, your position regarding the proceeding, as well as your interest in the proceeding. For an individual, this could include your status as a landowner, ratepayer, resident of an impacted community, or recreationist. You do not need to have property directly impacted by the project in order to intervene. For more information about motions to intervene, refer to the FERC website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.ferc.gov/resources/guides/how-to/intervene.asp.</E>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         18 CFR 385.214.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>All timely, unopposed motions to intervene are automatically granted by operation of Rule 214(c)(1). Motions to intervene that are filed after the intervention deadline are untimely and may be denied. Any late-filed motion to intervene must show good cause for being late and must explain why the time limitation should be waived and provide justification by reference to factors set forth in Rule 214(d) of the Commission's Rules and Regulations. A person obtaining party status will be placed on the service list maintained by the Secretary of the Commission and will receive copies (paper or electronic) of all documents filed by the applicant and by all other parties.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Comments</HD>
                <P>Any person wishing to comment on the project may do so. The Commission considers all comments received about the project in determining the appropriate action to be taken. To ensure that your comments are timely and properly recorded, please submit your comments on or before March 26, 2024. The filing of a comment alone will not serve to make the filer a party to the proceeding. To become a party, you must intervene in the proceeding.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">How To File Protests, Interventions, and Comments</HD>
                <P>There are two ways to submit protests, motions to intervene, and comments. In both instances, please reference the Project docket number CP24-46-000 in your submission.</P>
                <P>
                    (1) You may file your protest, motion to intervene, and comments by using the Commission's eFiling feature, which is located on the Commission's website (
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                    ) under the link to Documents and Filings. New eFiling users must first create an account by clicking on “eRegister.” You will be asked to select the type of filing you are making; first select “General” and then select “Protest”, “Intervention”, or “Comment on a Filing”; or 
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         Additionally, you may file your comments electronically by using the eComment feature, which is located on the Commission's website at 
                        <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                         under the link to Documents and Filings. Using eComment is an easy method for interested persons to submit brief, text-only comments on a project.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>(2) You can file a paper copy of your submission by mailing it to the address below. Your submission must reference the Project docket number CP24-46-000.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via USPS:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne Reese, Acting Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Washington, DC 20426.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via any other method:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne Reese, Acting Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission encourages electronic filing of submissions (option 1 above) and has eFiling staff available to assist you at (202) 502-8258 or 
                    <E T="03">FercOnlineSupport@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Protests and motions to intervene must be served on the applicant either by mail or email (with a link to the document) at: David A. Alonzo, Manager of Project Authorizations, ANR Pipeline Company, 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 1300, Houston, Texas 77002-2700, or 
                    <E T="03">david_alonzo@tcenergy.com.</E>
                     Any subsequent submissions by an intervenor must be served on the applicant and all other parties to the proceeding. Contact information for parties can be downloaded from the service list at the eService link on FERC Online.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Tracking the Proceeding</HD>
                <P>
                    Throughout the proceeding, additional information about the project will be available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs, at (866) 208-FERC, or on the FERC website at 
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                     using the “eLibrary” link as described above. The eLibrary link also provides access to the texts of all formal documents issued by the Commission, such as orders, notices, and rulemakings.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In addition, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription which allows you to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets. This can reduce the amount of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6517"/>
                    time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. For more information and to register, go to 
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/esubscription.asp.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02030 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Project No. 1888-043]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>York Haven Power Company, LLC; Notice of Intent To Prepare an Environmental Assessment</SUBJECT>
                <P>On January 26, 2023, as supplemented on October 5 and 20, 2023, York Haven Power Company, LLC filed an application for a non-capacity amendment for the York Haven Hydroelectric Project No. 1888. The project is located on the Susquehanna River in Lancaster and York counties, Pennsylvania. The project does not occupy Federal lands.</P>
                <P>The licensee proposes to amend its license to allow for the construction and operation of an inland nature-like fishway versus the in-river nature-like fishway currently required by the license. Amending the license would allow the licensee to incorporate the amended terms of the project's Settlement Agreement, which now requires an inland nature-like fishway. In addition, the licensee is proposing to amend Article 404 of its license to expand the window for tree clearing activities associated with construction of the fishway (August 16 to May 14, as opposed to November 15 to March 31 as currently stated in Article 404). A Notice of Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions to Intervene, and Protests was issued on April 13, 2023. No comments were received; however, one motion to intervene was filed by Constellation Energy Generation, LLC.</P>
                <P>
                    This notice identifies Commission staff's intention to prepare an environmental assessment (EA) for the proposed action. The planned schedule for the completion of the EA is May 2024.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Revisions to the schedule may be made as appropriate. The EA will be issued and made available for review by all interested parties. All comments filed on the EA will be reviewed by staff and considered in the Commission's final decision on the proceeding.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         42 U.S.C. 4336a(g)(1)(B) requires lead Federal agencies to complete EAs within 1 year of the agency's decision to prepare an EA.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    With this notice, the Commission is inviting Federal, State, local, and Tribal agencies with jurisdiction and/or special expertise with respect to environmental issues affected by the proposal to cooperate in the preparation of the EA planned to be issued May 2024. Agencies wishing to cooperate, or further discuss the benefits, responsibilities, and obligations of the cooperating agency role, should contact staff listed at the bottom of this notice by February 16, 2024. Cooperating agencies should note the Commission's policy that agencies that cooperate in the preparation of any environmental document cannot also intervene. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     94 FERC ¶ 61,076 (2001).
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members, and others to access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Any questions regarding this notice may be directed to Joy Kurtz at 202-502-6760 or 
                    <E T="03">joy.kurtz@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02028 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. CP24-38-000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>MountainWest Pipeline, LLC; Notice of Request Under Blanket Authorization and Establishing Intervention and Protest Deadline</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    Take notice that on January 16, 2024, MountainWest Pipeline, LLC (MWP), 333 South State Street, Salt Lake City, Utah 84111, filed in the above referenced docket, a prior notice request pursuant to sections 157.205, 157.208(b), and 157.211 of the Commission's regulations under the Natural Gas Act (NGA), and MWP's blanket certificate issued in Docket No. CP82-491-000,
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     for authorization for its Unita Basin Expansion Project in Duchesne and Uintah Counites, Utah. Specifically, MWP proposes to: (1) upgrade the Altamont and Bluebell Meter Stations (MS); (2) modify the Myton MS; (3) modify the Brundage Mountain MS; (4) modify the 40-47 Junction; (5) modify the Fidlar Compressor Station; and (6) pay Western Midstream to install one electric compressor unit within its Chipeta Processing Plant. The Project is fully subscribed and will provide an additional 113,300 dekatherms per day of year-round firm transportation capacity from existing receipt meter allocation points in the Uinta Basin. The estimated cost to construct the project is $11,100,000, all as more fully set forth in the request which is on file with the Commission and open to public inspection.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Mountain Fuel Resources, Inc.,</E>
                         20 FERC ¶ 62,580 (1982).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In addition to publishing the full text of this document in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , the Commission provides all interested persons an opportunity to view and/or print the contents of this document via the internet through the Commission's Home Page (
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                    ) using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. Public access to records formerly available in the Commission's physical Public Reference Room, which was located at the Commission's headquarters, 888 First Street NE, Washington, DC 20426, are now available via the Commission's website. For assistance, contact the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission at 
                    <E T="03">FercOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>
                     or call toll-free, (886) 208-3676 or TTY (202) 502-8659.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Any questions concerning this request should be directed to Greg Williams, Regulatory Analyst Lead, MountainWest Pipeline, LLC, 333 South State Street, Salt Lake City, Utah 84111, or call (801) 209-6764, or via email to 
                    <E T="03">greg.williams@williams.com.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation</HD>
                <P>
                    There are three ways to become involved in the Commission's review of this project: you can file a protest to the project, you can file a motion to intervene in the proceeding, and you can file comments on the project. There is no fee or cost for filing protests, motions to intervene, or comments. The deadline for filing protests, motions to intervene, and comments is 5 p.m. 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6518"/>
                    Eastern Time on March 26, 2024. How to file protests, motions to intervene, and comments is explained below.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Protests</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 157.205 of the Commission's regulations under the NGA,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     any person 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or the Commission's staff may file a protest to the request. If no protest is filed within the time allowed or if a protest is filed and then withdrawn within 30 days after the allowed time for filing a protest, the proposed activity shall be deemed to be authorized effective the day after the time allowed for protest. If a protest is filed and not withdrawn within 30 days after the time allowed for filing a protest, the instant request for authorization will be considered by the Commission.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.205.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         Persons include individuals, organizations, businesses, municipalities, and other entities. 18 CFR 385.102(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Protests must comply with the requirements specified in section 157.205(e) of the Commission's regulations,
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and must be submitted by the protest deadline, which is March 26, 2024. A protest may also serve as a motion to intervene so long as the protestor states it also seeks to be an intervenor.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.205(e).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Interventions</HD>
                <P>Any person has the option to file a motion to intervene in this proceeding. Only intervenors have the right to request rehearing of Commission orders issued in this proceeding and to subsequently challenge the Commission's orders in the U.S. Circuit Courts of Appeal.</P>
                <P>
                    To intervene, you must submit a motion to intervene to the Commission in accordance with Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure 
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the regulations under the NGA 
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     by the intervention deadline for the project, which is March 26, 2024. As described further in Rule 214, your motion to intervene must state, to the extent known, your position regarding the proceeding, as well as your interest in the proceeding. For an individual, this could include your status as a landowner, ratepayer, resident of an impacted community, or recreationist. You do not need to have property directly impacted by the project in order to intervene. For more information about motions to intervene, refer to the FERC website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.ferc.gov/resources/guides/how-to/intervene.asp.</E>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         18 CFR 385.214.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>All timely, unopposed motions to intervene are automatically granted by operation of Rule 214(c)(1). Motions to intervene that are filed after the intervention deadline are untimely and may be denied. Any late-filed motion to intervene must show good cause for being late and must explain why the time limitation should be waived and provide justification by reference to factors set forth in Rule 214(d) of the Commission's Rules and Regulations. A person obtaining party status will be placed on the service list maintained by the Secretary of the Commission and will receive copies (paper or electronic) of all documents filed by the applicant and by all other parties.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Comments</HD>
                <P>Any person wishing to comment on the project may do so. The Commission considers all comments received about the project in determining the appropriate action to be taken. To ensure that your comments are timely and properly recorded, please submit your comments on or before March 26, 2024. The filing of a comment alone will not serve to make the filer a party to the proceeding. To become a party, you must intervene in the proceeding.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">How To File Protests, Interventions, and Comments</HD>
                <P>There are two ways to submit protests, motions to intervene, and comments. In both instances, please reference the Project docket number CP24-38-000 in your submission.</P>
                <P>
                    (1) You may file your protest, motion to intervene, and comments by using the Commission's eFiling feature, which is located on the Commission's website (
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov)</E>
                     under the link to Documents and Filings. New eFiling users must first create an account by clicking on “eRegister.” You will be asked to select the type of filing you are making; first select “General” and then select “Protest”, “Intervention”, or “Comment on a Filing”; or 
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         Additionally, you may file your comments electronically by using the eComment feature, which is located on the Commission's website at 
                        <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                         under the link to Documents and Filings. Using eComment is an easy method for interested persons to submit brief, text-only comments on a project.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>(2) You can file a paper copy of your submission by mailing it to the address below. Your submission must reference the Project docket number CP24-38-000.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via USPS:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne Reese, Acting Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Washington,  DC 20426.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via any other method:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne Reese, Acting Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission encourages electronic filing of submissions (option 1 above) and has eFiling staff available to assist you at (202) 502-8258 or 
                    <E T="03">FercOnlineSupport@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Protests and motions to intervene must be served on the applicant either by mail or email (with a link to the document) at: Greg Williams, Regulatory Analyst Lead, MountainWest Pipeline, LLC, 333 South State Street, Salt Lake City, Utah 84111or via email to 
                    <E T="03">greg.williams@williams.com.</E>
                     Any subsequent submissions by an intervenor must be served on the applicant and all other parties to the proceeding. Contact information for parties can be downloaded from the service list at the eService link on FERC Online.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Tracking the Proceeding</HD>
                <P>
                    Throughout the proceeding, additional information about the project will be available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs, at (866) 208-FERC, or on the FERC website at 
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                     using the “eLibrary” link as described above. The eLibrary link also provides access to the texts of all formal documents issued by the Commission, such as orders, notices, and rulemakings.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In addition, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription which allows you to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets. This can reduce the amount of time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. For more information and to register, go to 
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/esubscription.asp.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6519"/>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02033 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. CP24-44-000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>ANR Storage Company; Notice of Request Under Blanket Authorization and Establishing Intervention and Protest Deadline</SUBJECT>
                <P>Take notice that on January 18, 2024, ANR Storage Company (ANR Storage), 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 1300, Houston, Texas 77002-2700, filed in the above referenced docket, a prior notice request pursuant to sections 157.205, and 157.216(b) of the Commission's regulations under the Natural Gas Act (NGA), and ANR Storage's blanket certificate issued in Docket No. CP82-523-000, for authorization to abandon one injection/withdrawal well, and the connecting pipeline and appurtenances at its Excelsior 6 Storage Field. All of the above facilities are located in Kalkaska County, Michigan (2024 Excelsior Well Abandonment Project). ANR Storage states the project will: (1) reduce public risk of unintended gas release from deteriorating wellhead and pipeline; (2) reduce the risk of customer gas being lost from reservoirs due to deteriorating subsurface conditions; and (3) eliminate the need for future expenditures associated with these assets, all without affecting ANR Storage's existing storage services. The estimated cost for the project is $416,000, all as more fully set forth in the request which is on file with the Commission and open to public inspection.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition to publishing the full text of this document in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , the Commission provides all interested persons an opportunity to view and/or print the contents of this document via the internet through the Commission's Home Page (
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                    ) using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. Public access to records formerly available in the Commission's physical Public Reference Room, which was located at the Commission's headquarters, 888 First Street NE, Washington, DC 20426, are now available via the Commission's website. For assistance, contact the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission at 
                    <E T="03">FercOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>
                     or call toll-free, (886) 208-3676 or TTY (202) 502-8659.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Any questions concerning this request should be directed to John Ryan, Legal Counsel, ANR Storage Company, 700 Louisiana Street Suite 1300 Houston, Texas 77002-2700, or phone at (832) 320-5879, or by email at 
                    <E T="03">john_ryan@tcenergy.com.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation</HD>
                <P>There are three ways to become involved in the Commission's review of this project: you can file a protest to the project, you can file a motion to intervene in the proceeding, and you can file comments on the project. There is no fee or cost for filing protests, motions to intervene, or comments. The deadline for filing protests, motions to intervene, and comments is 5 p.m. Eastern Time on March 26, 2024. How to file protests, motions to intervene, and comments is explained below.</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission's Office of Public Participation (OPP) supports meaningful public engagement and participation in Commission proceedings. OPP can help members of the public, including landowners, environmental justice communities, Tribal members and others, access publicly available information and navigate Commission processes. For public inquiries and assistance with making filings such as interventions, comments, or requests for rehearing, the public is encouraged to contact OPP at (202) 502-6595 or 
                    <E T="03">OPP@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Protests</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 157.205 of the Commission's regulations under the NGA,
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     any person 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or the Commission's staff may file a protest to the request. If no protest is filed within the time allowed or if a protest is filed and then withdrawn within 30 days after the allowed time for filing a protest, the proposed activity shall be deemed to be authorized effective the day after the time allowed for protest. If a protest is filed and not withdrawn within 30 days after the time allowed for filing a protest, the instant request for authorization will be considered by the Commission.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.205.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         Persons include individuals, organizations, businesses, municipalities, and other entities. 18 CFR 385.102(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Protests must comply with the requirements specified in section 157.205(e) of the Commission's regulations,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and must be submitted by the protest deadline, which is March 26, 2024. A protest may also serve as a motion to intervene so long as the protestor states it also seeks to be an intervenor.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.205(e).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Interventions</HD>
                <P>Any person has the option to file a motion to intervene in this proceeding. Only intervenors have the right to request rehearing of Commission orders issued in this proceeding and to subsequently challenge the Commission's orders in the U.S. Circuit Courts of Appeal.</P>
                <P>
                    To intervene, you must submit a motion to intervene to the Commission in accordance with Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure 
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the regulations under the NGA 
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     by the intervention deadline for the project, which is March 26, 2024. As described further in Rule 214, your motion to intervene must state, to the extent known, your position regarding the proceeding, as well as your interest in the proceeding. For an individual, this could include your status as a landowner, ratepayer, resident of an impacted community, or recreationist. You do not need to have property directly impacted by the project in order to intervene. For more information about motions to intervene, refer to the FERC website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.ferc.gov/resources/guides/how-to/intervene.asp.</E>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         18 CFR 385.214.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         18 CFR 157.10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>All timely, unopposed motions to intervene are automatically granted by operation of Rule 214(c)(1). Motions to intervene that are filed after the intervention deadline are untimely and may be denied. Any late-filed motion to intervene must show good cause for being late and must explain why the time limitation should be waived and provide justification by reference to factors set forth in Rule 214(d) of the Commission's Rules and Regulations. A person obtaining party status will be placed on the service list maintained by the Secretary of the Commission and will receive copies (paper or electronic) of all documents filed by the applicant and by all other parties.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    Any person wishing to comment on the project may do so. The Commission considers all comments received about the project in determining the appropriate action to be taken. To ensure that your comments are timely and properly recorded, please submit your comments on or before March 26, 2024. The filing of a comment alone will not serve to make the filer a party to the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6520"/>
                    proceeding. To become a party, you must intervene in the proceeding.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">How To File Protests, Interventions, and Comments</HD>
                <P>There are two ways to submit protests, motions to intervene, and comments. In both instances, please reference the Project docket number CP24-44-000 in your submission.</P>
                <P>
                    (1) You may file your protest, motion to intervene, and comments by using the Commission's eFiling feature, which is located on the Commission's website (
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov)</E>
                     under the link to Documents and Filings. New eFiling users must first create an account by clicking on “eRegister.” You will be asked to select the type of filing you are making; first select “General” and then select “Protest”, “Intervention”, or “Comment on a Filing”; or 
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         Additionally, you may file your comments electronically by using the eComment feature, which is located on the Commission's website at 
                        <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                         under the link to Documents and Filings. Using eComment is an easy method for interested persons to submit brief, text-only comments on a project.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>(2) You can file a paper copy of your submission by mailing it to the address below. Your submission must reference the Project docket number CP24-44-000.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via USPS:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne Reese, Acting Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Washington, DC 20426.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">To file via any other method:</E>
                     Debbie-Anne Reese, Acting Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 12225 Wilkins Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20852.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Commission encourages electronic filing of submissions (option 1 above) and has eFiling staff available to assist you at (202) 502-8258 or 
                    <E T="03">FercOnlineSupport@ferc.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Protests and motions to intervene must be served on the applicant either by mail or email (with a link to the document) at: John Ryan, Legal Counsel, ANR Storage Company, 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 1300, Houston, Texas 77002-2700, or by 
                    <E T="03">john_ryan@tcenergy.com.</E>
                </P>
                <P>Any subsequent submissions by an intervenor must be served on the applicant and all other parties to the proceeding. Contact information for parties can be downloaded from the service list at the eService link on FERC Online.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Tracking the Proceeding</HD>
                <P>
                    Throughout the proceeding, additional information about the project will be available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs, at (866) 208-FERC, or on the FERC website at 
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov</E>
                     using the “eLibrary” link as described above. The eLibrary link also provides access to the texts of all formal documents issued by the Commission, such as orders, notices, and rulemakings.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In addition, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription which allows you to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets. This can reduce the amount of time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. For more information and to register, go to 
                    <E T="03">www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/esubscription.asp.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Debbie-Anne A. Reese,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02032 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OPPT-2010-0572; FRL-9099-01-OCSPP]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Renewal of an Existing ICR Collection and Request for Comment; Chemical-Specific Rules Under the Toxic Substances Control Act; Certain Nanoscale Materials</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), this document announces the availability of and solicits public comment on the following Information Collection Request (ICR) that EPA is planning to submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB): “Chemical-Specific Rules under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) Section 8(a); Certain Nanoscale Materials,” identified by EPA ICR No. 2517.04 and OMB Control No. 2070-0194. This ICR represents the renewal of an existing ICR that is currently approved through September 30, 2024. Before submitting the ICR to OMB for review and approval under the PRA, EPA is soliciting comments on specific aspects of the information collection that is summarized in this document. The ICR and accompanying material are available in the docket for public review and comment.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received on or before April 1, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2010-0572, through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the online instructions for submitting comments. Do not submit electronically any information you consider to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Katherine Sleasman, Mission Support Division (7602M), Office of Program Support, Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Prevention, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (202) 566-1204; email address: 
                        <E T="03">sleasman.katherine@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. What information is EPA particularly interested in?</HD>
                <P>Pursuant to PRA section 3506(c)(2)(A) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), EPA specifically solicits comments and information to enable it to:</P>
                <P>1. Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical utility.</P>
                <P>2. Evaluate the accuracy of the Agency's estimates of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used.</P>
                <P>3. Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.</P>
                <P>
                    4. Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     permitting electronic submission of responses. In particular, EPA is requesting comments from very small businesses (those that employ less than 25) on examples of specific additional efforts that EPA could make to reduce the paperwork burden for very small businesses affected by this collection.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. What information collection activity or ICR does this action apply to?</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Chemical-Specific Rules under the Toxic Substances Control Act Section 8(a); Certain Nanoscale Materials.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6521"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">EPA ICR No.:</E>
                     2517.04.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control No.:</E>
                     2070-0194.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">ICR status:</E>
                     This ICR is currently approved through September 30, 2024. Under the PRA, an agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information, unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for EPA's regulations in title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), after appearing in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     when approved, are displayed either by publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     or by other appropriate means, such as on the related collection instrument or form, if applicable. The display of OMB control numbers for certain EPA regulations is consolidated in 40 CFR part 9.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     This information collection request (ICR) covers reporting and recordkeeping requirements for persons who manufacture or process chemical substances as nanoscale materials under the authority of section 8(a) of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) and implementing regulations in 40 CFR part 704.20.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Burden statement:</E>
                     The annual public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 107.5 hours per response. Burden is defined in 5 CFR 1320.3(b).
                </P>
                <P>The ICR, which is available in the docket along with other related materials, provides a detailed explanation of the collection activities and the burden estimate that is only briefly summarized here:</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents/affected entities:</E>
                     Entities potentially affected are those that manufacture or process chemical substances as nanoscale materials and is related to a final rule issued under the authority of section 8(a) of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). The following North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes have been provided to assist in determining whether this action might apply to certain entities:
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• 325 Chemical Manufacturers and Processors;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• 325130 Synthetic Dye and Pigment Manufacturing;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• 324110 Petroleum Refineries;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• 325180 Other Basic Inorganic Chemical Manufacturing;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• 331221 Rolled Steel Shape Manufacturing;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• 334413 Semiconductor and Related Device Manufacturing;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• 335991 Carbon and Graphite Product Manufacturing;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• 423220 Home Furnishing Merchant Wholesalers;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• 423330 Roofing, Sliding, and Insulation Material Merchant Wholesalers; and</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• 423510 Metal Service Centers and Other Metal Merchant Wholesalers.</FP>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondent's obligation to respond:</E>
                     Mandatory. TSCA section 8(a) and 40 CFR 704.20.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Forms:</E>
                     EPA Form 9600-07.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency of response:</E>
                     Occasional.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total estimated number of potential respondents:</E>
                     9.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total estimated average number of responses for each respondent:</E>
                     1.7.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total estimated annual burden hours:</E>
                     961 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total estimated annual costs:</E>
                     $69,197, which includes an estimated cost of $0 for capital investment or maintenance and operational costs.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Are there changes in the estimates from the last approval?</HD>
                <P>There is a decrease of 39,128 hours in the total estimated respondent burden compared with that identified in the ICR currently approved by OMB. This decrease reflects EPA's adjustments in the estimation methodology of the costs and burden. The adjustments made to the estimation methodology include:</P>
                <P>• Burden estimates based on expected submissions, not on actual submissions received by the Agency, while the reporting covered in this period is based on actual submissions received by the Agency. This significant change accounts for the almost all the decrease in burden and cost estimates.</P>
                <P>• Burden estimates estimated separately for manufactures and processors, while the reporting covered in this period calculates a weighted burden for any given respondent without separating the manufacturers from the processors. This approach was deemed reasonable given that the Agency received only 27 submissions related to TSCA 8(a) nanomaterials in the three-year ICR period.</P>
                <P>In addition, OMB has requested that EPA adopt the 18-question format for ICR Supporting Statements that is used by other federal agencies and departments which is based on the submission instructions established by OMB, replacing the alternate format that has been used by EPA. Although this Supporting Statement has been modified to reflect the 18-question format, the change in format has not changed the information collection activities or related estimated burden and costs.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. What is the next step in the process for this ICR?</HD>
                <P>
                    EPA will consider the comments received and amend the ICR as appropriate. The final ICR package will then be submitted to OMB for review and approval pursuant to 5 CFR 1320.12. EPA will issue another 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     document pursuant to 5 CFR 1320.5(a)(1)(iv) to announce the submission of the ICR to OMB and the opportunity to submit additional comments to OMB. If you have any questions about this ICR or the approval process, please contact the person listed under 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Michal Freedhoff,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Administrator, Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Prevention.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01945 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OPP-2011-0855; FRL-11667-01-OCSPP]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>EPA Document in Support of the Paraquat Interim Registration Review Decision; Notice of Availability</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        In July 2021, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA or the Agency) completed the Paraquat Dichloride Interim Registration Review Decision (Paraquat ID). The Paraquat ID finalized certain portions of EPA's analysis of paraquat's risks and benefits and determined that certain mitigation measures were necessary for paraquat to meet the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) standard for registration. In September 2021, the California Rural Legal Assistance Foundation, 
                        <E T="03">et al.</E>
                         (Petitioners) filed a Petition for Review of the Paraquat ID in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. As part of that litigation, EPA has further considered several substantive issues raised by the Petitioners in relation to the Paraquat ID, including concerns related to human health and EPA's balancing of risks and benefits. This document announces the availability of and solicits public comment on a document that presents EPA's preliminary reconsideration of the issues raised by Petitioners in relation to the Paraquat ID.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received on or before April 1, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2011-0855, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6522"/>
                        online through 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the online instructions for submitting comments. Do not submit electronically any information you consider to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Additional instructions on commenting and visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Alex Hazlehurst, Pesticide Re-Evaluation Division (7508M), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (202) 566-2249; email address: 
                        <E T="03">hazlehurst.alexander@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. General Information</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Does this action apply to me?</HD>
                <P>This action is directed to the public in general and may be of interest to a wide range of stakeholders including environmental, human health, and agricultural advocates; the chemical industry; pesticide users; and members of the public interested in the sale, distribution, or use of pesticides. Since others also may be interested, the Agency has not attempted to describe all the specific entities that may be affected by this action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What should I consider as I prepare my comments for EPA?</HD>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">Submitting CBI.</E>
                     Do not submit CBI to EPA through email or 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     If you wish to include CBI in your comment, please follow the applicable instructions at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets/commenting-epa-dockets#rules</E>
                     and clearly mark the information that you claim to be CBI. Information so marked will not be disclosed except in accordance with procedures set forth in 40 CFR part 2.
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. 
                    <E T="03">Tips for preparing your comments.</E>
                     When preparing and submitting comments, see the commenting tips at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets/comments.html.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. What action is the Agency taking?</HD>
                <P>
                    This notice announces the availability of a document outlining the Agency's preliminary reconsideration of the several issues identified by Petitioners in relation to the Paraquat ID. 
                    <E T="03">See California Rural Legal Assistance Foundation, et al.</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">USEPA,</E>
                     Case No. 21-71287 (9th Cir.) Those issues include concerns raised about the Agency's assessment of whether paraquat poses a risk of Parkinson's Disease; its analysis of respiratory and dermal exposures, as well as exposures to direct and indirect paraquat drift; the analysis of benefits; the consideration of health-related costs; and the required balancing of paraquat's risks and benefits. This document, titled “EPA'S Preliminary Supplemental Consideration of Certain Issues in Support of its Interim Registration Review Decision for Paraquat,” is available in the docket at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                     under docket number EPA-HQ-OPP-2011-0855.
                </P>
                <P>The Agency will review and consider all significant comments on this document that are submitted during the public comment period. Following EPA's consideration of those comments, EPA intends to issue a final document (or documents) by January 17, 2025, consistent with its obligations in the pending litigation.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     7 U.S.C. 136 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 25, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Edward Messina,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Office of Pesticide Programs.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01950 Filed 1-30-24; 11:15 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[OMB 3060-0120; FR ID 199012]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Information Collection Being Submitted for Review and Approval to Office of Management and Budget</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Communications Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or the Commission) invites the general public and other Federal Agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collection. Pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, the FCC seeks specific comment on how it might “further reduce the information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.”</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be submitted on or before March 4, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Comments should be sent to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                         Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function. Your comment must be submitted into 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov</E>
                         per the above instructions for it to be considered. In addition to submitting in 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov</E>
                         also send a copy of your comment on the proposed information collection to Cathy Williams, FCC, via email to 
                        <E T="03">PRA@fcc.gov</E>
                         and to 
                        <E T="03">Cathy.Williams@fcc.gov.</E>
                         Include in the comments the OMB control number as shown in the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         below.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        For additional information or copies of the information collection, contact Cathy Williams at (202) 418-2918. To view a copy of this information collection request (ICR) submitted to OMB: (1) go to the web page 
                        <E T="03">http://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain,</E>
                         (2) look for the section of the web page called “Currently Under Review,” (3) click on the downward-pointing arrow in the “Select Agency” box below the “Currently Under Review” heading, (4) select “Federal Communications Commission” from the list of agencies presented in the “Select Agency” box, (5) click the “Submit” button to the right of the “Select Agency” box, (6) when the list of FCC ICRs currently under review appears, look for the Title of this ICR and then click on the ICR Reference Number. A copy of the FCC submission to OMB will be displayed.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The Commission may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid OMB control number.</P>
                <P>
                    As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), the FCC invited the general public and other Federal Agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collection. Comments are requested concerning: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimates; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6523"/>
                    information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198, see 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(4), the FCC seeks specific comment on how it might “further reduce the information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.”
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     3060-0120.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Broadcast EEO Model Program Report, FCC Form 396-A.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Form Number:</E>
                     FCC-396-A.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     Business or other for-profit entities, not-for-profit institutions.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents and Responses:</E>
                     5,000 respondents, 5,000 responses.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Time per Response:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>
                     On occasion reporting requirement.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Obligation to Respond:</E>
                     Required to obtain benefits. The statutory authority for this collection of information is contained in section 154(i) and 303 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Annual Burden:</E>
                     5,000 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Annual Cost:</E>
                     No cost.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>
                     The Broadcast Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Model Program Report, FCC Form 396-A, is filed in conjunction with applicants seeking authority to: construct a new broadcast station; to obtain assignment of construction permit or license; and/or seeking authority to acquire control of an entity holding a construction permit or license. This program report is designed to assist the applicant in establishing an effective EEO program for its stations.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <FP>Federal Communications Commission.</FP>
                    <NAME>Marlene Dortch,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary, Office of the Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01983 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6712-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL ELECTION COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
                    <P>Tuesday, February 6, 2024 at 10:00 a.m. and its continuation at the conclusion of the open meeting on February 8, 2024.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
                    <P>1050 First Street NE, Washington, DC and virtual (this meeting will be a hybrid meeting).</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
                    <P>This meeting will be closed to the public.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>
                    <P>Compliance matters pursuant to 52 U.S.C. 30109.</P>
                    <P>Matters relating to internal personnel decisions, or internal rules and practices.</P>
                    <P>Information the premature disclosure of which would be likely to have a considerable adverse effect on the implementation of a proposed Commission action.</P>
                    <P>Matters concerning participation in civil actions or proceedings or arbitration.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
                    <P>Judith Ingram, Press Officer, Telephone: (202) 694-1220.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <STARS/>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Authority: Government in the Sunshine Act, 5 U.S.C. 552b)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Vicktoria J. Allen,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Secretary of the Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02038 Filed 1-29-24; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6715-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <AGENCY TYPE="O">GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <AGENCY TYPE="O">NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[OMB Control No. 9000-0163; Docket No. 2024-0053; Sequence No. 3]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Information Collection; Small Business Size Rerepresentation</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Department of Defense (DOD), General Services Administration (GSA), and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) regulations, DoD, GSA, and NASA invite the public to comment on an extension concerning small business size rerepresentation. DoD, GSA, and NASA invite comments on: whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of Federal Government acquisitions, including whether the information will have practical utility; the accuracy of the estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and ways to minimize the burden of the information collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. OMB has approved this information collection for use through June 30, 2024. DoD, GSA, and NASA propose that OMB extend its approval for use for three additional years beyond the current expiration date.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>DoD, GSA, and NASA will consider all comments received by April 1, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        DoD, GSA, and NASA invite interested persons to submit comments on this collection through 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         and follow the instructions on the site. This website provides the ability to type short comments directly into the comment field or attach a file for lengthier comments. If there are difficulties submitting comments, contact the GSA Regulatory Secretariat Division at 202-501-4755 or 
                        <E T="03">GSARegSec@gsa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         All items submitted must cite OMB Control No. 9000-0163, Small Business Size Rerepresentation. Comments received generally will be posted without change to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                         including any personal and/or business confidential information provided. To confirm receipt of your comment(s), please check 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>
                         approximately two-to-three days after submission to verify posting.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Zenaida Delgado, Procurement Analyst, at telephone 202-969-7207, or 
                        <E T="03">zenaida.delgado@gsa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. OMB Control Number, Title, and Any Associated Form(s)</HD>
                <P>OMB Control No. 9000-0163, Small Business Size Rerepresentation.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Need and Uses</HD>
                <P>This clearance covers the information that contractors must submit to comply with the following Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) requirements:</P>
                <P>• FAR 52.219-28, Post-Award Small Business Program</P>
                <P>Rerepresentation. This clause requires contractors that originally represented themselves as a small business for a contract award to rerepresent their size and socioeconomic status at the prime contract level by updating their representations in the Representations and Certifications section of the System for Award Management (SAM). Contractors are also required to notify the contracting officer by email, or otherwise in writing, that the rerepresentations have been made, and provide the date on which they were made.</P>
                <P>Small business contractors are required to rerepresent their size and socioeconomic status upon occurrence of any of the following:</P>
                <P>
                    (a) For the NAICS code(s) in the contract—
                    <PRTPAGE P="6524"/>
                </P>
                <P>(1) Within 30 days after execution of a novation agreement or within 30 days after modification of the contract to include FAR clause 52.219-28 if the novation agreement was executed prior to inclusion of this clause in the contract.</P>
                <P>(2) Within 30 days after a merger or acquisition of the contractor that does not require novation or within 30 days after modification of the contract to include the clause at 52.219-28 if the merger or acquisition occurred prior to inclusion of this clause in the contract;</P>
                <P>(3) For long-term contracts—</P>
                <P>(i) Within 60 to 120 days prior to the end of the fifth year of the contract; and</P>
                <P>(ii) Within 60 to 120 days prior to the date specified in the contract for exercising any option thereafter.</P>
                <P>(b) When contracting officers explicitly require it for an order issued under a multiple-award contract.</P>
                <P>The collected information is used by the Small Business Administration, Congress, Federal agencies and the general public for various reasons such as determining if agencies are meeting statutory goals, set-aside determinations, and market research.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">C. Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     3,482.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Annual Responses:</E>
                     5,098.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Burden Hours:</E>
                     2,549.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Obtaining Copies:</E>
                     Requesters may obtain a copy of the information collection documents from the GSA Regulatory Secretariat Division by calling 202-501-4755 or emailing 
                    <E T="03">GSARegSec@gsa.gov.</E>
                     Please cite OMB Control No. 9000-0163, Small Business Size Rerepresentation.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Janet Fry,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Federal Acquisition Policy Division, Office of Governmentwide Acquisition Policy, Office of Acquisition Policy, Office of Governmentwide Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02009 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6820-EP-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[OMB Control No. 3090-0322; Docket No. 2023-0001; Sequence No. 10]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; General Services Administration Acquisition Regulation; Prohibition on Certain Supply Chain Services or Equipment Under Lease Acquisitions and Commercial Solution Openings</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of the Chief Acquisition Officer, General Services Administration (GSA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>Under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, the Regulatory Secretariat Division will be submitting to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) a request to review and approve a revision of a previously approved information collection requirement for Prohibition to Certain Telecommunications and Video Surveillance Services or Equipment under Lease Acquisitions and Commercial Solution Openings. The revision now includes new information to be collected related to supply chain risk information sharing and exclusion or removal orders consistent with the Federal Acquisition Supply Chain Security Act of 2018.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Submit comments on or before March 4, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments and recommendations for this information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                         Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under Review—Open for Public Comments”; or by using the search function.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Mr. Stephen Carroll, Procurement Analyst, General Services Acquisition Policy Division, 817-253-7858 or via email at 
                        <E T="03">gsarpolicy@gsa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. Purpose</HD>
                <P>There are two purposes. The first (“889”) supports implementation of section 889 of the John S. McCain National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2019 (Pub. L. 115-232) under lease acquisitions and commercial solution openings. This section prohibits agencies from procuring, obtaining, extending or renewing a contract with contractors that will provide or use covered telecommunication equipment or services as a substantial or essential component of any system, or as a critical technology as part of any system on or after August 13, 2020 unless an exception applies.</P>
                <P>
                    The second (“FASCSA Orders”) supports implementation of supply chain risk information sharing and exclusion or removal orders consistent with the Federal Acquisition Supply Chain Security Act of 2018 and a final rule issued by the Federal Acquisition Security Council. The implementation of supply chain risk information sharing and exclusion or removal orders FAR interim rule requires complying with exclusion or removal orders (“FASCSA Orders”) and sharing certain supply chain risk information with the Federal Acquisition Security Council (FASC) when applicable FASCSA orders are issued from one or a combination of the following FASCSA orders-issuing agencies: Department of Homeland Security (DHS), the Department of Defense (DoD), and/or the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (DNI). Only DHS may issue orders applicable to GSA (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     civilian agencies).
                </P>
                <P>For 889, the requirement is implemented in the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) through the provision at FAR 52.204-24, Representation Regarding Certain Telecommunications and Video Surveillance Services or Equipment and the clause at FAR 52.204-25, Prohibition on Contracting for Certain Telecommunications and Video Surveillance Services or Equipment.</P>
                <P>For FASCSA Orders, the requirement is implemented in the FAR through the provision at FAR 52.204-29, Federal Acquisition Supply Chain Security Act Orders-Representation and Disclosures and the clause at FAR 52.204-30, Federal Acquisition Supply Chain Security Act Orders-Prohibition.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Annual Reporting Burden</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">1. FAR 52.204-24 for GSA Lease Acquisitions</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     3,100.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Responses Per Respondent:</E>
                     1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Responses:</E>
                     3,000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Hours per Response:</E>
                     1.5.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Burden Hours:</E>
                     4,650.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">2. FAR 52.204-25 for GSA Lease Acquisitions</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     62.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Responses:</E>
                     62.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Hours per Response:</E>
                     1.5.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Burden Hours:</E>
                     93.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">3. FAR 52.204-29 for GSA Lease Acquisitions</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     186.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Responses:</E>
                     186.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Hours per Response:</E>
                     2.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Burden Hours:</E>
                     372.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">4. FAR 52.204-30 for GSA Lease Acquisitions</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     124.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Responses:</E>
                     124.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Hours per Response:</E>
                     2.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Burden Hours:</E>
                     248.
                </P>
                <NOTE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                    <P> GSA solicits and awards so few CSO procurements (on average less than 5 per year), the burden is negligible and therefore not included in this estimate.</P>
                </NOTE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">C. Public Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    A 60-day notice was published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     at 88 FR 82894 on 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6525"/>
                    November 27, 2023. No comments were received.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Obtaining Copies of Proposals:</E>
                     Requesters may obtain a copy of the information collection documents from the GSA Regulatory Secretariat Division, by calling 202-501-4755 or emailing 
                    <E T="03">GSARegSec@gsa.gov.</E>
                     Please cite “Information Collection 3090-0322”, in all correspondence.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Jeffrey Koses,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Senior Procurement Executive, Office of Acquisition Policy, Office of Government-wide Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02040 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Inpatient Severe Maternal Morbidity Measure Technical Specifications</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of Request for Information.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) Center for Quality Improvement and Patient Safety (CQuIPS) Division of Quality Measurement and Improvement (QMI) invites public comment in response to this Request for Information (RFI). The AHRQ Quality Indicators (QI) program maintains inpatient quality indicators (
                        <E T="03">https://qualityindicators.ahrq.gov/measures/IQI_TechSpecTechSpec</E>
                        ) and patient safety indicators (
                        <E T="03">https://qualityindicators.ahrq.gov/measures/PSI_TechSpec</E>
                        ), several of which are relevant to maternal health care. Specifically, the QI program maintains measures of obstetric trauma, birth trauma, and cesarean delivery calculated at the hospital level using administrative data. However, severe maternal morbidity during an inpatient stay may result from a host of complications, such as sepsis, cardiac failure, stroke, respiratory distress, and renal failure. While state-level rates of severe maternal morbidity are available from AHRQ (
                        <E T="03">https://datatools.ahrq.gov/hcup-fast-stats/?tab=special-emphasis&amp;dash=92</E>
                        ), experts have noted some shortcomings of this measure. This RFI seeks comments on the usability, feasibility, and likely uptake of a measure of severe maternal morbidity to be validated, refined, and maintained by the QI program, with the goal of providing data for maternal health service improvements. While a measure of severe maternal morbidity is currently available from AHRQ and the Health Resources and Service Administration (HRSA), several experts have suggested that this algorithm could benefit from refinements.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments on this notice must be received at the address provided below within 30 days of publication of this notice, no later than March 4, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Interested parties may submit comments electronically to 
                        <E T="03">askahrq@ahrq.hhs.gov.</E>
                         When submitting comments or requesting information, please include the document identifier number and project title “Inpatient Severe Maternal Morbidity Measure Technical Specifications” for reference.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Questions may be addressed to Judy George, Program Lead for the AHRQ Quality Indicators, 
                        <E T="03">Judy.george@ahrq.hhs.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Maternal health, including maternal behavioral health, is a national priority in the United States. Strengthening data collection and evaluation is part of the first goal of the White House Blueprint for Addressing the Maternal Health Crisis (
                    <E T="03">https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/Maternal-Health-Blueprint.pdf</E>
                    ), which is to increase access to and coverage of comprehensive high-quality maternal health services, including behavioral health services. Unexpected complications and outcomes around labor and delivery may lead to short- or long-term consequences to women's health (
                    <E T="03">https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27560600/</E>
                    ), which have been defined as severe maternal morbidity (
                    <E T="03">https://www.cdc.gov/reproductivehealth/maternalinfanthealth/severematernalmorbidity.htmlhtml</E>
                    ). National and state rates of severe maternal morbidity are currently available on AHRQ's Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project (HCUP) Fast Stats dashboard (
                    <E T="03">https://datatools.ahrq.gov/hcup-fast-stats/?tab=special-emphasis&amp;dash=92</E>
                    ). However, there are measurement concerns for some of indicators included in this measure (eclampsia, disseminated intravascular coagulation, and blood transfusions) and additional validation and refinement may be warranted.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In collaboration with federal partners from the Department of Health and Human Services, AHRQ is exploring potential refinements to this measure of severe maternal morbidity for use at an area level (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     county, state) using administrative data. AHRQ aims to assess the validity and reliability of potential refinements to this severe maternal morbidity measure. In addition, AHRQ is considering incorporating a measure of severe maternal morbidity into its measure portfolio, including the production of technical specifications and the dissemination of software to calculate this measure through the AHRQ QI program.
                </P>
                <P>Many users of quality measures, such as state and local governments, largely rely on administrative data that lack the robust clinical information found in electronic health records (EHRs). For example, Centers for Medicaid and Medicare Services (CMS) has developed Electronic Clinical Quality Measures (ECQMs) for severe obstetric complications which relies upon EHR data. AHRQ aims to provide measurement resources that are broadly accessible across organizations, including for those lacking access to extensive clinical data.</P>
                <P>
                    To support measurement resources that are broadly accessible across organizations, AHRQ requests public comment on the usability, feasibility, and likely uptake of an inpatient severe maternal morbidity measure, produced through the QI program using administrative data, with the intent of promoting maternal health service improvements at an area level (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     county, state). AHRQ invites stakeholders representing consumers, state/regional/local health departments, accountable care organizations, community health centers, birthing centers, providers/health systems, critical access/rural hospitals, professional associations, payers, rural and community health groups, community health workers, doulas, maternal health advocacy groups, researchers, and other members of the public to comment.
                </P>
                <P>Specific questions of interest include, but are not limited to:</P>
                <P>1. If you are currently measuring severe maternal morbidity in your organization, what measure(s) are you or your organization using? How do you use these measures? What data sources are you using? Please specify organization type in your answer.</P>
                <P>2. If you or your organization are not currently measuring severe maternal morbidity, what quantitative data would you need to make maternal health service improvements? Please specify organization type in your answer.</P>
                <P>
                    3. At what level—state, county, or some other level—would information be 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6526"/>
                    most helpful for improving maternal health services? In what ways?
                </P>
                <P>
                    4. The measure currently used by AHRQ for severe maternal morbidity uses 21 indicators (
                    <E T="03">https://www.cdc.gov/reproductivehealth/maternalinfanthealth/smm/severe-morbidity-ICD.htm</E>
                    ) identified with ICD-10CM10CM/PCS codes in administrative data. Considering these indicators,
                </P>
                <P>a. What codes might be missing? Are there changes you would you recommend?</P>
                <P>b. In what ways would the changes that you propose make a severe maternal morbidity measure more useful to your organization?</P>
                <P>c. Would a measure with the refinements you propose be useful for surveillance? Population health management? Clinical quality improvement? Program evaluation? Research? Public reporting or accountability programs? In what ways?</P>
                <P>5. What other measures of maternal health and/or morbidity would your organization find useful/effective for improving maternal health services, including any potential measures for use in either the prenatal or postpartum time periods?</P>
                <P>AHRQ is interested in all of the questions listed above, but respondents are welcome to address as many or as few as they choose and to address additional areas of interest not listed. It is helpful to identify the question to which a particular answer corresponds.</P>
                <P>This RFI is for planning purposes only and should not be construed as a policy, solicitation for applications, or as an obligation on the part of the Government to provide support for any ideas in response to it. AHRQ will use the information submitted in response toto this RFI at its discretion and will not provide comments to any respondent's submission. However, responses to this RFI may be reflected in future solicitation(s) or policies. The information provided will be analyzed and may appear in reports.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Marquita Cullom,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Director.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02021 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Reorganization of the National Center for Environmental Health</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>CDC has modified its structure. This notice announces the reorganization of the National Center for Environmental Health (NCEH). NCEH retitled three branches and established the Environmental Public Health Tracking Branch.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This reorganization was approved by the Director of CDC on January 26, 2024 and became effective January 26, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        D'Artonya Graham, Office of Strategic Business Initiatives, Office of the Chief Operating Officer, Office of the Director, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road NE, MS TW-2, Atlanta, GA 30329; Telephone 770-488-4401; Email: 
                        <E T="03">reorgs@cdc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>Part C (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) of the Statement of Organization, Functions, and Delegations of Authority of the Department of Health and Human Services (45 FR 67772-76, dated October 14, 1980, and corrected at 45 FR 69296, October 20, 1980, as amended most recently at 88 FR 69188-69190, dated October 5, 2023) is amended to reflect the reorganization of the National Center for Environmental Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Specifically, the changes are as follows:</P>
                <P>I. Under Part C, Section C-B, Organization and Functions, make the following changes:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Update the functional statements and retitle all references to the Asthma and Community Health Branch (CNCC) to the Asthma and Air Quality Branch (CNCC)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Update the functional statements and retitle all references to the Lead Poisoning Prevention and Environmental Health Tracking Branch (CNCD) to the Lead Poisoning Prevention and Surveillance Branch (CNCD)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Update the functional statements and retitle the Emergency Management, Radiation, and Chemical Branch (CNCE) to the Emerging Environmental Hazards and Health Effects Branch (CNCE)</FP>
                <P>II. Under Part C, Section C-B, Organization and Functions, after the Emerging Environmental Hazards and Health Effects Branch insert the following organizational unit:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Environmental Public Health Tracking Branch (CNCG)</FP>
                <P>III. Under Part C, Section C-B, Organization and Functions, insert the following:</P>
                <P>
                    Asthma and Air Quality Branch (CNCC) (1) develops, implements, and evaluates asthma programs and strategies that are part of the National Asthma Control Program to reduce asthma morbidity and mortality; (2) conducts epidemiologic research and investigations of asthma morbidity and mortality; (3) develops program, conducts epidemiologic analysis and supports other activities to address social determinants of health related to asthma disparities; (4) supports surveillance activities for asthma, and other respiratory diseases, as appropriate, to quantify burden and guide programs; (5) identifies the evidence for, promotes, and tracks interventions that reduce the burden of asthma, focusing on populations with a disproportionate burden of the disease; (6) develops and disseminates training, tools, communication products, and other resources to strengthen and sustain asthma control activities and technical capacity among national, state, tribal, local, territorial and other program partners; (7) provides technical consultation to state, local, private, international, and other federal agencies on asthma control, surveillance, epidemiology, and evaluation (including economic evaluation; (8) disseminates and promotes information from surveillance and health studies related to asthma control;  (9) conducts epidemiologic research and investigations of the potential health effects of ambient air pollutants, including wildfire smoke; (10) designs and evaluates behavioral, communication, policy, technological, and community design interventions to reduce exposures to air pollution and improve health; (11) supports activities to reduce indoor air pollution; (12) develops and coordinates training and decision support tools to strengthen and sustain air pollution activities and technical capacity among national, state, tribal, local, and territorial program partners;  (13) provides technical consultation to federal, state, tribal, local, territorial, private, and international agencies on environmental issues related to air pollutants; (14) 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6527"/>
                    disseminates, communicates, and promotes information to protect communities from adverse health impacts from air pollution; and (15) coordinates asthma- and air quality-related activities throughout CDC.
                </P>
                <P>Lead Poisoning Prevention and Surveillance Branch (CNCD) (1) establishes, monitors, and evaluates goals and objectives for a national childhood lead poisoning prevention program and blood lead surveillance system for CDC; (2) develops and implements an integrated national program to eliminate childhood lead poisoning through partnerships with U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, other federal agencies, and national organizations; (3) coordinates efforts of federal, state, local, tribal and territorial agencies that have programs related to childhood lead exposure and prevention to achieve national objectives and performance standards related to eliminating childhood lead poisoning; (4) supports state, local, tribal and territorial health agencies, and other stakeholders, in planning, developing, and implementing childhood lead poisoning prevention programs and blood lead surveillance systems; (5) collects, analyzes, and disseminates data on blood lead levels in U.S. children; (6) develops, conducts, and evaluates epidemiologic research on childhood lead poisoning including risk factors, geographic distribution, and trends; (7) works collaboratively across, NCEH, CDC and with external partners to build capacity for science, innovation, and translation research to accelerate progress towards national lead poisoning prevention goals; (8) develops and implements, in concert with other federal agencies, national organizations, and other appropriate groups, a training agenda for public health professionals related to childhood lead poisoning prevention and surveillance activities; (9) administers the CDC/NCEH Federal Advisory Committee relevant to lead poisoning prevention; and  (10) coordinates lead poisoning prevention and surveillance activities through the Division, Center, and with other components of CDC and external stakeholders, as appropriate.</P>
                <P>Emerging Environmental Hazards and Health Effects Branch (CCNCE) (1) promotes public health protection from environmental hazards and exposures, as well as environmental health disasters—both natural and technological—through education, training, and information dissemination to the general public as well as the public health and clinician communities;  (2) serves as the CDC lead to prepare for and respond to natural, nuclear/radiological, and chemical emergencies; (3) provides CDC leadership to protect public health and safety through independent oversight of the Army destruction mission including stockpiled weapons and recovered chemical weapons; (4) addresses environmental health emerging hazards by conducting surveillance, public health response, and environmental epidemiologic investigations and studies; (5) responds to outbreak or cluster investigations of non-infectious etiology; and  (6) builds the environmental epidemiology capacity of domestic and international public health partners.</P>
                <P>Environmental Public Health Tracking Branch (CNCG) (1) develops and maintains the National Environmental Public Health Tracking Network, the cornerstone of the Environmental Public Health Tracking Program, which connects environmental and health data at the national, state, and local levels to drive innovative, cutting-edge programs and solutions that protect and improve the health of communities across the country; (2) collects, integrates, analyzes, and disseminates non-infectious disease, environmental, and sociodemographic data from a collective of partners at the national, state, and local levels; (3) delivers health, exposure, and hazards data, information summaries, and tools to enable analysis, visualization, and reporting of insights drawn from data; (4) provides timely, local, accessible information that drives actions to improve community health; and (5) empowers environmental and public health practitioners, healthcare providers, community members, policy makers, and others to make information-driven decisions that affect their health.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Delegations of Authority</HD>
                <P>All delegations and redelegations of authority made to officials and employees of affected organizational components will continue in them or their successors pending further redelegation, provided they are consistent with this reorganization. </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Authority: 44 U.S.C. 3101)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Robin Bailey, Jr., </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief Operating Officer, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02018 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4163-18-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The contract proposals and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the contract proposals, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; HHS-NIH-CDC-SBIR PHS 2024-1 Phase I and Phase II: Reagents for Immunologic Analysis of Non-mammalian and Underrepresented Mammalian Models (Topic 129).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 26-29, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate contract proposals.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, 5601 Fishers Lane, Room 3G56, Rockville, MD 20892 (Video Assisted Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Poonam Tewary, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Program, Division of Extramural Activities, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, 5601 Fishers Lane, Room 3G56, Rockville, MD 20852, (301) 761-7219, 
                        <E T="03">tewaryp@mail.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.855, Allergy, Immunology, and Transplantation Research; 93.856, Microbiology and Infectious Diseases Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lauren A. Fleck,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01954 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="6528"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences Special Emphasis Panel; CTSA RC2 High Impact Specialized Program Review.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         May 1, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20892.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Jing Chen, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Office of Scientific Review, National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Democracy Boulevard, Room 1080, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 827-3268, 
                        <E T="03">chenjing@mail.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.859, Pharmacology, Physiology, and Biological Chemistry Research; 93.350, B—Cooperative Agreements; 93.859, Biomedical Research and Research Training, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Melanie J. Pantoja, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01957 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meetings.</P>
                <P>The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Center for Scientific Review Special Emphasis Panel; PAR Panel: International and Cooperative Projects for Global Emerging Leaders Award.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 26-27, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Lauren Penney, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 496-1968, 
                        <E T="03">penneyls@csr.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Brain Disorders and Clinical Neuroscience Integrated Review Group; Developmental Brain Disorders Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 26-27, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         Hyatt Georgetown, 2121 M St. NW, Washington, DC 20037.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Pat Manos, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 5200, MSC 7846, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 408-9866, 
                        <E T="03">manospa@csr.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Oncology 2—Translational Clinical Integrated Review Group; Clinical Oncology Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 26-27, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Laura Asnaghi, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institute of Health, 6701 Rockville Drive, Room 6200, MSC 7804, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 443-1196, 
                        <E T="03">laura.asnaghi@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Population Sciences and Epidemiology Integrated Review Group; Lifestyle and Health Behaviors Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 27-28, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Hybrid Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Lisa-Marie T. Rowell, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 1007G, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 594-5622, 
                        <E T="03">wigfalllt@mail.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Cell Biology Integrated Review Group; Maximizing Investigators' Research Award—D Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 27-28, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Anne Marie Strohecker, Ph.D., Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (202) 924-4186, 
                        <E T="03">stroheckeram@csr.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Biological Chemistry and Macromolecular Biophysics Integrated Review Group; Macromolecular Structure and Function A Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 27-28, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Hybrid Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Ian Frederick Thorpe, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 903K, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 480-8662, 
                        <E T="03">ian.thorpe@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Applied Immunology and Disease Control Integrated Review Group; Interspecies Microbial Interactions and Infectious Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 27, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Subhamoy Pal, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 594-0926, 
                        <E T="03">subhamoy.pal@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Endocrinology, Metabolism, Nutrition and Reproductive Sciences Integrated Review Group; Pathophysiology of Obesity and Metabolic Disease Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 27-28, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Heather Marie Brockway, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 813H, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 594-5228, 
                        <E T="03">brockwayhm@csr.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Healthcare Delivery and Methodologies Integrated Review Group; 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6529"/>
                        Community Influences on Health Behavior Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 27-28, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Annie Laurie McRee, DRPH, Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 100, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 827-7396, 
                        <E T="03">mcreeal@csr.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Musculoskeletal, Oral and Skin Sciences Integrated Review Group; Skeletal Muscle and Exercise Physiology Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 27-28, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Carmen Bertoni, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 805B, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 867-5309, 
                        <E T="03">bertonic2@csr.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.306, Comparative Medicine; 93.333, Clinical Research, 93.306, 93.333, 93.337, 93.393-93.396, 93.837-93.844, 93.846-93.878, 93.892, 93.893, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Melanie J. Pantoja, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01997 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences Special Emphasis Panel; R13 Conference Grant Review.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         March 5, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         12:45 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences, National Institutes of Health, One Democracy Plaza, 6701 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Video Assisted Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Marilyn Moore-Hoon, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Branch, National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Democracy Boulevard, MSC 4874, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 827-95549, 
                        <E T="03">mooremar@mail.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.859, Pharmacology, Physiology, and Biological Chemistry Research; 93.350, B—Cooperative Agreements; 93.859, Biomedical Research and Research Training, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Melanie J. Pantoja,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01961 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The contract proposals and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the contract proposals, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; HHS-NIH-CDC-SBIR PHS 2024-1 Phase I: Point-of-Care HIV Viral Load and Drug Adherence Assays (Topic 001).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 26, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate contract proposals.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, 5601 Fishers Lane, Room 3G21A, Rockville, MD 20892 (Video Assisted Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Shiv A. Prasad, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Program, Division of Extramural Activities, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, 5601 Fishers Lane, Room 3G21A, Rockville, MD 20852, 
                        <E T="03">shiv.prasad@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.855, Allergy, Immunology, and Transplantation Research; 93.856, Microbiology and Infectious Diseases Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lauren A. Fleck, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01962 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The contract proposals and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the contract proposals, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; HHS-NIH-CDC-SBIR PHS 2024-1 Phase I: Software or Web Services to Re-Represent Existing Scientific Data and Knowledge into a Knowledge Graph Format (Topic 136).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 27-28, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate contract proposals.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, 5601 Fishers Lane, Room 3F36, Rockville, MD 20892 (Video Assisted Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Noton K. Dutta, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Program, Division of Extramural Activities, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, 5601 Fishers Lane, Room 3F36, Rockville, MD 20852, 240-669-2857, 
                        <E T="03">noton.dutta@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6530"/>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.855, Allergy, Immunology, and Transplantation Research; 93.856, Microbiology and Infectious Diseases Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lauren A. Fleck,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01956 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Special Emphasis Panel; PAR-22-102 and PAR-22-103: Investigational New Drug (IND)-enabling and Early-Stage Development of Medications to Treat Alcohol Use Disorder and Alcohol-Associated Organ Damage.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         March 21, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institute of Health, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, 6700B Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Luis Espinoza, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Extramural Project Review Branch, Office of Extramural Activities, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, 6700B Rockledge Drive, Room 2109, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 443-8599, 
                        <E T="03">espinozala@mail.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.273, Alcohol Research Programs, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Melanie J. Pantoja,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01998 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Mental Health; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of Mental Health Initial Review Group; Mental Health Services Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 29-March 1, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         11:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Neuroscience Center, 6001 Executive Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20852.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Aileen Schulte, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Division of Extramural Activities, National Institute of Mental Health, National Institutes of Health, Neuroscience Center, 6001 Executive Blvd., Bethesda, MD 20852, (301) 443-1225, 
                        <E T="03">aschulte@mail.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program No. 93.242, Mental Health Research Grants, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Melanie J. Pantoja,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01955 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meetings.</P>
                <P>The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Brain Disorders and Clinical Neuroscience Integrated Review Group; Neural Basis of Psychopathology, Addictions and Sleep Disorders Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 22-23, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Todd Everett White, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 594-3962, 
                        <E T="03">todd.white@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Genes, Genomes, and Genetics Integrated Review Group; Therapeutic Approaches to Genetic Diseases Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 27-28, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         8:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         EVEN Hotel Rockville, Previously Holiday Inn, 1775 Rockville Pike, Rockville, MD 20852.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Karobi Moitra, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 480-6893, 
                        <E T="03">karobi.moitra@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Bioengineering Sciences &amp; Technologies Integrated Review Group; Biomaterials and Biointerfaces Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 27-28, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Jennifer Fiori O'Connell, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, The Center for Scientific Review, The National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (410) 454-8478, 
                        <E T="03">jennifer.oconnell@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Oncology 1—Basic Translational Integrated Review Group; Tumor Evolution, Heterogeneity and Metastasis Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 28-29, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Rolf Jakobi, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 6190, MSC 7806, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-435-1718, 
                        <E T="03">jakobir@mail.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6531"/>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.306, Comparative Medicine; 93.333, Clinical Research, 93.306, 93.333, 93.337, 93.393-93.396, 93.837-93.844, 93.846-93.878, 93.892, 93.893, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Melanie J. Pantoja, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01963 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; 30-Day Comment Request Collection of Grants and Contracts Data the Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) and Small Businesses May Be Interested in Pursuing (Office of the Director); Correction</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Institutes of Health, HHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice; correction.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health published a Notice in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on January 29, 2024. That Notice requires a correction in the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        To request more information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the data collection plans and instruments, contact: Keondra Watts, Program Analyst, NIH, Office of the Director, Office of Acquisitions and Logistics Management, Small Business Program Office, 6701 Rockledge Dr., Bethesda, MD 20892-7786, or call non-toll-free number (301) 443-8722 or Email your request, including your address to: 
                        <E T="03">Keondra.Watts@nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction</HD>
                <P>
                    In the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     of January 29, 2024 in FR Doc. 2024-01698, on page 89 FR 5551, as found within the 
                    <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                     section. Currently reads “six HBCU participants” and is corrected to read: “nineteen HBCU participants”.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Kelly L. Daughtridge,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Federal Register Liaison, National Institutes of Health.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02010 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; NIAID Clinical Trial Implementation Cooperative Agreement (U01 Clinical Trial Required).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 27, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, 5601 Fishers Lane, Room 3G56, Rockville, MD 20892 (Video Assisted Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Poonam Tewary, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Program, Division of Extramural Activities, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, 5601 Fishers Lane, Room 3G56, Rockville, MD 20852, (301) 761-7219, 
                        <E T="03">tewaryp@mail.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.855, Allergy, Immunology, and Transplantation Research; 93.856, Microbiology and Infectious Diseases Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lauren A. Fleck,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01960 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meetings.</P>
                <P>The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Surgical Sciences, Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering Integrated Review Group; Emerging Imaging Technologies and Applications Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 22-23, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Zheng Li, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 594-3385, 
                        <E T="03">zheng.li3@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Healthcare Delivery and Methodologies Integrated Review Group; Clinical Data Management and Analysis Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 22-23, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Shivakumar V. Chittari, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 408-9098, 
                        <E T="03">chittari.shivakumar@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Brain Disorders and Clinical Neuroscience Integrated Review Group; Clinical Neuroplasticity and Neurotransmitters Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 22-23, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Suzan Nadi, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 5217B, MSC 7846, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-435-1259, 
                        <E T="03">nadis@csr.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Cell Biology Integrated Review Group; Cellular Mechanisms in Aging and Development Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 22-23, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6532"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Tami Jo Kingsbury, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 710Q, Bethesda, MD 20892, (410) 274-1352, 
                        <E T="03">tami.kingsbury@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Center for Scientific Review Special Emphasis Panel; Special Topics: Noninvasive Neuromodulation and Neuroimaging Technologies.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 23, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         Washington Marriott Georgetown, 1221 22nd Street NW, Washington, DC 20037.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Pablo M. Blazquez Gamez, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 435-1042, 
                        <E T="03">pablo.blazquezgamez@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Center for Scientific Review Special Emphasis Panel; Collaborative Applications: Clinical Studies of Mental Illness (Collaborative R01).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 23, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         4:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Shivakumar V. Chittari, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, National Institutes of Health, Center for Scientific Review, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-408-9098, 
                        <E T="03">chittari.shivakumar@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Molecular, Cellular and Developmental Neuroscience Integrated Review Group; Neurodifferentiation, Plasticity, Regeneration and Rhythmicity Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         February 26-27, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Jacek Topczewski, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 1002A1, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 594-7574, 
                        <E T="03">topczewskij2@csr.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.306, Comparative Medicine; 93.333, Clinical Research, 93.306, 93.333, 93.337, 93.393-93.396, 93.837-93.844, 93.846-93.878, 93.892, 93.893, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Melanie J. Pantoja, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01958 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Current List of HHS-Certified Laboratories and Instrumented Initial Testing Facilities Which Meet Minimum Standards To Engage in Urine and Oral Fluid Drug Testing for Federal Agencies</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, HHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) notifies Federal agencies of the laboratories and Instrumented Initial Testing Facilities (IITFs) currently certified to meet the standards of the Mandatory Guidelines for Federal Workplace Drug Testing Programs using Urine or Oral Fluid (Mandatory Guidelines).</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Anastasia Flanagan, Division of Workplace Programs, SAMHSA/CSAP, 5600 Fishers Lane, Room 16N06B, Rockville, Maryland 20857; 240-276-2600 (voice); 
                        <E T="03">Anastasia.Flanagan@samhsa.hhs.gov</E>
                         (email).
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with section 9.19 of the Mandatory Guidelines, a notice listing all currently HHS-certified laboratories and IITFs is published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     during the first week of each month. If any laboratory or IITF certification is suspended or revoked, the laboratory or IITF will be omitted from subsequent lists until such time as it is restored to full certification under the Mandatory Guidelines.
                </P>
                <P>If any laboratory or IITF has withdrawn from the HHS National Laboratory Certification Program (NLCP) during the past month, it will be listed at the end and will be omitted from the monthly listing thereafter.</P>
                <P>
                    This notice is also available on the internet at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.samhsa.gov/workplace/resources/drug-testing/certified-lab-list.</E>
                </P>
                <P>The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) notifies Federal agencies of the laboratories and Instrumented Initial Testing Facilities (IITFs) currently certified to meet the standards of the Mandatory Guidelines for Federal Workplace Drug Testing Programs (Mandatory Guidelines) using Urine and of the laboratories currently certified to meet the standards of the Mandatory Guidelines using Oral Fluid.</P>
                <P>
                    The Mandatory Guidelines using Urine were first published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on April 11, 1988 (53 FR 11970), and subsequently revised in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on June 9, 1994 (59 FR 29908); September 30, 1997 (62 FR 51118); April 13, 2004 (69 FR 19644); November 25, 2008 (73 FR 71858); December 10, 2008 (73 FR 75122); April 30, 2010 (75 FR 22809); and on January 23, 2017 (82 FR 7920).
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Mandatory Guidelines using Oral Fluid were first published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on October 25, 2019 (84 FR 57554) with an effective date of January 1, 2020.
                </P>
                <P>The Mandatory Guidelines were initially developed in accordance with Executive Order 12564 and section 503 of Public Law 100-71 and allowed urine drug testing only. The Mandatory Guidelines using Urine have since been revised, and new Mandatory Guidelines allowing for oral fluid drug testing have been published. The Mandatory Guidelines require strict standards that laboratories and IITFs must meet in order to conduct drug and specimen validity tests on specimens for Federal agencies. HHS does not allow IITFs to conduct oral fluid testing.</P>
                <P>To become certified, an applicant laboratory or IITF must undergo three rounds of performance testing plus an on-site inspection. To maintain that certification, a laboratory or IITF must participate in a quarterly performance testing program plus undergo periodic, on-site inspections.</P>
                <P>Laboratories and IITFs in the applicant stage of certification are not to be considered as meeting the minimum requirements described in the HHS Mandatory Guidelines using Urine and/or Oral Fluid. An HHS-certified laboratory or IITF must have its letter of certification from HHS/SAMHSA (formerly: HHS/NIDA), which attests that the test facility has met minimum standards. HHS does not allow IITFs to conduct oral fluid testing.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">HHS-Certified Laboratories Approved To Conduct Oral Fluid Drug Testing</HD>
                <P>In accordance with the Mandatory Guidelines using Oral Fluid dated October 25, 2019 (84 FR 57554), the following HHS-certified laboratories meet the minimum standards to conduct drug and specimen validity tests on oral fluid specimens:</P>
                <FP>At this time, there are no laboratories certified to conduct drug and specimen validity tests on oral fluid specimens.</FP>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">HHS-Certified Instrumented Initial Testing Facilities Approved To Conduct Urine Drug Testing</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with the Mandatory Guidelines using Urine dated January 23, 2017 (82 FR 7920), the following HHS-certified IITFs meet the minimum 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6533"/>
                    standards to conduct drug and specimen validity tests on urine specimens:
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Dynacare,* 6628 50th Street NW, Edmonton, AB Canada T6B 2N7, 780-784-1190 (Formerly: Gamma-Dynacare Medical Laboratories).</FP>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">HHS-Certified Laboratories Approved To Conduct Urine Drug Testing</HD>
                <P>In accordance with the Mandatory Guidelines using Urine dated January 23, 2017 (82 FR 7920), the following HHS-certified laboratories meet the minimum standards to conduct drug and specimen validity tests on urine specimens:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Alere Toxicology Services, 1111 Newton St., Gretna, LA 70053, 504-361-8989/800-433-3823 (Formerly: Kroll Laboratory Specialists, Inc., Laboratory Specialists, Inc.).</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Alere Toxicology Services, 450 Southlake Blvd., Richmond, VA 23236, 804-378-9130 (Formerly: Kroll Laboratory Specialists, Inc., Scientific Testing Laboratories, Inc.; Kroll Scientific Testing Laboratories, Inc.).</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Clinical Reference Laboratory, Inc., 8433 Quivira Road, Lenexa, KS 66215-2802, 800-445-6917.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Desert Tox, LLC, 5425 E Bell Rd., Suite 125, Scottsdale, AZ 85254, 602-457-5411/623-748-5045.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">DrugScan, Inc., 200 Precision Road, Suite 200, Horsham, PA 19044, 800-235-4890.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Dynacare,* 245 Pall Mall Street, London, ONT, Canada N6A 1P4, 519-679-1630 (Formerly: Gamma-Dynacare Medical Laboratories).</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">ElSohly Laboratories, Inc., 5 Industrial Park Drive, Oxford, MS 38655, 662-236-2609.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">LabOne, Inc. d/b/a Quest Diagnostics, 10101 Renner Blvd., Lenexa, KS 66219, 913-888-3927/800-873-8845 (Formerly: Quest Diagnostics Incorporated; LabOne, Inc.; Center for Laboratory Services, a Division of LabOne, Inc.).</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Laboratory Corporation of America, 1225 NE 2nd Ave., Portland, OR 97232, 503-413-5295/800-950-5295 (Formerly: Legacy Laboratory Services Toxicology MetroLab).</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings, 7207 N Gessner Road, Houston, TX 77040, 713-856-8288/800-800-2387.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings, 69 First Ave., Raritan, NJ 08869, 908-526-2400/800-437-4986 (Formerly: Roche Biomedical Laboratories, Inc.).</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings, 1904 TW Alexander Drive, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, 919-572-6900/800-833-3984 (Formerly: LabCorp Occupational Testing Services, Inc., CompuChem Laboratories, Inc.; CompuChem Laboratories, Inc., A Subsidiary of Roche Biomedical Laboratory; Roche CompuChem Laboratories, Inc., A Member of the Roche Group).</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings, 1120 Main Street, Southaven, MS 38671, 866-827-8042/800-233-6339 (Formerly: LabCorp Occupational Testing Services, Inc.; MedExpress/National Laboratory Center).</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">MedTox Laboratories, Inc., 402 W County Road D, St. Paul, MN 55112, 651-636-7466/800-832-3244.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Minneapolis Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Forensic Toxicology Laboratory, 1 Veterans Drive, Minneapolis, MN 55417, 612-725-2088. Testing for Veterans Affairs (VA) Employees Only.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Omega Laboratories, Inc.,* 2150 Dunwin Drive, Unit 1 &amp; 2, Mississauga, ON, Canada L5L 5M8, 289-919-3188.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Pacific Toxicology Laboratories, 9348 DeSoto Ave., Chatsworth, CA 91311, 800-328-6942 (Formerly: Centinela Hospital Airport Toxicology Laboratory).</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Phamatech, Inc., 15175 Innovation Drive, San Diego, CA 92128, 888-635-5840.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Quest Diagnostics Incorporated, 400 Egypt Road, Norristown, PA 19403, 610-631-4600/877-642-2216 (Formerly: SmithKline Beecham Clinical Laboratories; SmithKline Bio-Science Laboratories).</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">U.S. Army Forensic Toxicology Drug Testing Laboratory, 2490 Wilson St., Fort George G. Meade, MD 20755-5235, 301-677-7085, Testing for Department of Defense (DoD) Employees Only.</FP>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>* The Standards Council of Canada (SCC) voted to end its Laboratory Accreditation Program for Substance Abuse (LAPSA) effective May 12, 1998. Laboratories certified through that program were accredited to conduct forensic urine drug testing as required by U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations. As of that date, the certification of those accredited Canadian laboratories will continue under DOT authority. The responsibility for conducting quarterly performance testing plus periodic on-site inspections of those LAPSA-accredited laboratories was transferred to the U.S. HHS, with the HHS' NLCP contractor continuing to have an active role in the performance testing and laboratory inspection processes. Other Canadian laboratories wishing to be considered for the NLCP may apply directly to the NLCP contractor just as U.S. laboratories do.</P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>
                    Upon finding a Canadian laboratory to be qualified, HHS will recommend that DOT certify the laboratory (61 FR 37015) as meeting the minimum standards of the Mandatory Guidelines published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on January 23, 2017 (82 FR 7920). After receiving DOT certification, the laboratory will be included in the monthly list of HHS-certified laboratories and participate in the NLCP certification maintenance program.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Anastasia D. Flanagan,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Public Health Advisor, Division of Workplace Programs.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01981 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-20-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Coast Guard</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. USCG-2023-0928]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Shipping Safety Fairways Environmental Impact Public Scoping Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Coast Guard, DHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Coast Guard announced a series of public meetings to solicit feedback on the potential environmental impact of shipping safety fairways along the Atlantic coast. The time of two of the meetings has been changed. This notice announces the new times for the Norfolk and virtual public meetings. The email address for the Coast Guard's point of contact with regard to the Atlantic coast fairways has also been updated.</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        For information about this document call or email Maureen Kallgren, Coast Guard; telephone 202-372-1561, email 
                        <E T="03">Maureen.R.Kallgren2@uscg.mil.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The notice published on January 23, 2024, announced a series of public meetings. 89 FR 4320. The February 12 meeting at the Jordan Newby Branch at Broad Creek of Norfolk Public Library has been moved to 6 p.m.-8 p.m. EST. The virtual meeting will take place on February 15 from 4 p.m.-6 p.m. EST at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.zoomgov.com/j/1616731053.</E>
                </P>
                <P>This notice is issued under authority found in 42 U.S.C. 4332.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Steven E. Ramassini,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief, Office of Navigation Systems.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02020 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-04-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="6534"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Emergency Management Agency</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket ID FEMA-2024-0002; Internal Agency Docket No. FEMA-B-2275]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Proposed Flood Hazard Determinations</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency; Department of Homeland Security.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice; correction.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        On August 7, 2023, FEMA published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         a proposed flood hazard determination notice that contained an erroneous table. This notice provides corrections to that table to be used in lieu of the erroneous information. The table provided here represents the proposed flood hazard determinations and communities affected for Hays County, Texas and Incorporated Areas.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments are to be submitted on or before May 1, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Preliminary Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), and where applicable, the Flood Insurance Study (FIS) report for each community are available for inspection at both the online location and the respective Community Map Repository address listed in the table below. Additionally, the current effective FIRM and FIS report for each community are accessible online through the FEMA Map Service Center at 
                        <E T="03">https://msc.fema.gov</E>
                         for comparison.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. FEMA-B-2275, to Rick Sacbibit, Chief, Engineering Services Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, FEMA, 400 C Street SW, Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-7659, or (email) 
                        <E T="03">patrick.sacbibit@fema.dhs.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Rick Sacbibit, Chief, Engineering Services Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, FEMA, 400 C Street SW, Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-7659, or (email) 
                        <E T="03">patrick.sacbibit@fema.dhs.gov;</E>
                         or visit the FEMA Mapping and Insurance eXchange (FMIX) online at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.floodmaps.fema.gov/fhm/fmx_main.html.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>FEMA proposes to make flood hazard determinations for each community listed in the table below, in accordance with Section 110 of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, 42 U.S.C. 4104, and 44 CFR 67.4(a).</P>
                <P>These proposed flood hazard determinations, together with the floodplain management criteria required by 44 CFR 60.3, are the minimum that are required. They should not be construed to mean that the community must change any existing ordinances that are more stringent in their floodplain management requirements. The community may at any time enact stricter requirements of its own, or pursuant to policies established by other Federal, State, or regional entities. These flood hazard determinations are used to meet the floodplain management requirements of the NFIP.</P>
                <P>
                    Use of a Scientific Resolution Panel (SRP) is available to communities in support of the appeal resolution process. SRPs are independent panels of experts in hydrology, hydraulics, and other pertinent sciences established to review conflicting scientific and technical data and provide recommendations for resolution. Use of the SRP may only be exercised after FEMA and local communities have been engaged in a collaborative consultation process for at least 60 days without a mutually acceptable resolution of an appeal. Additional information regarding the SRP process can be found online at 
                    <E T="03">https://floodsrp.org/pdfs/srp_fact_sheet.pdf.</E>
                </P>
                <P>The communities affected by the flood hazard determinations are provided in the table below. Any request for reconsideration of the revised flood hazard determinations shown on the Preliminary FIRM and FIS report that satisfies the data requirements outlined in 44 CFR 67.6(b) is considered an appeal. Comments unrelated to the flood hazard determinations will also be considered before the FIRM and FIS report are made final.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction</HD>
                <P>
                    In the proposed flood hazard determination notice published at 88 FR 29923 in the October 12, 2022, issue of the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , FEMA published a table titled “Hays County, Texas and Incorporated Areas”. This table contained inaccurate information as to the communities affected by the proposed flood hazard determinations, featured in the table. In this document, FEMA is publishing a table containing the accurate information. The information provided below should be used in lieu of that previously published.
                </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance No. 97.022, “Flood Insurance.”)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Nicholas A. Shufro,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Administrator for Risk Management, Federal Emergency Management Agency, Department of Homeland Security.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s100,r100">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Community</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Community map repository address</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="01">
                        <ENT I="21">
                            <E T="02">Hays County, Texas and Incorporated Areas</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="21">
                            <E T="02">Project: 16-06-1113S Preliminary Date: December 14, 2022</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                        <ENT I="01">City of Buda</ENT>
                        <ENT>Engineering Department, 405 East Loop Street, Building 100, Buda, TX 78610.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">City of Dripping Springs</ENT>
                        <ENT>Public Works Department, 511 Mercer Street, Dripping Springs, TX 78620.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">City of Kyle</ENT>
                        <ENT>Building Department, 100 West Center Street, Kyle, TX 78640.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">City of San Marcos</ENT>
                        <ENT>Engineering Department, City Hall, 630 East Hopkins Street, San Marcos, TX 78666.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">City of Wimberley</ENT>
                        <ENT>Planning and Development Department, 221 Stillwater Road, Wimberley, TX 78676.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">City of Woodcreek</ENT>
                        <ENT>City Hall, 41 Champions Circle, Woodcreek, TX 78676.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Unincorporated Areas of Hays County</ENT>
                        <ENT>Hays County Development Services Department, 2171 Yarrington Road, Suite 100, Kyle, TX 78640.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Village of Bear Creek</ENT>
                        <ENT>Village of Bear Creek Mayor's Office, 6705 Highway 290 West, Austin, TX 78753.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="6535"/>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01943 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-12-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. DHS-2024-0003]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Faith-Based Security Advisory Council</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>The Office of Partnership and Engagement (OPE), The Department of Homeland Security (DHS).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of new taskings for the Faith-Based Security Advisory Council (FBSAC).</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>On January 5, 2024, the Secretary of DHS, Alejandro N. Mayorkas, issued a memorandum tasking the Faith-Based Security Advisory Council (FBSAC) to establish two subcommittees further outlined below. This notice is not a solicitation for membership.</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Sameer Hossain, Designated Federal Officer, Faith-Based Security Advisory Council of Department of Homeland Security, at 
                        <E T="03">FBSAC@hq.dhs.gov</E>
                         or 202-891-2876.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The FBSAC provides organizationally independent, strategic, timely, specific, and actionable advice to the Secretary through the OPE Assistant Secretary, who serves as the DHS Faith-Based Organizations Security Coordinator on security and preparedness matters related to places of worship, faith communities, and faith-based organizations. The Council consists of members who are: faith-based organization security officials; faith-based organization leaders; faith leaders; state and local public safety, law enforcement, and emergency management leaders; and a representative from the Department of Justice or Federal Bureau of Investigation.</P>
                <P>The Secretary has requested that the FBSAC form new subcommittees to study and provide recommendations in the following critical areas for the Department:</P>
                <P>1. Countering Transnational Repression (TNR), providing recommendations on how DHS can partner with faith-based organizations to develop a strategy to protect faith-based community stakeholders from incidents of TNR; provide process recommendations that faith-based leaders and security professionals can implement to inform faith-based communities about ongoing TNR threats and resources; an effective way to encourage faith-based communities to report TNR threats; and assessments for faith-based leaders and security professional on how well safety and security resources are working in terms of community utilization and effective mitigation of TNR incidents.</P>
                <P>2. Countering and responding to Targeted Violence and Terrorism, providing recommendations on how DHS can partner with faith-based organizations to survey existing multi-faith initiatives nationwide to establish a “best practices toolkit” on how faith-based organizations and institutions can build resiliency against threats of targeted violence and terrorism; examples of faith-based entities that have prevented targeted violence and terrorism utilizing safety and security resources; best practices from those examples that other faith communities can adopt; examples of how faith communities utilized federal government resources in the immediate aftermath and long-term; and avenues for DHS to assist with community building to increase resilience across faith groups in the event of an act of targeted violence.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Schedule:</E>
                     The subcommittees findings and recommendations will be submitted to the FBSAC for its deliberation and vote during a public meeting within 150 days of January 5, 2024.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 18, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Sameer Hossain,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Designated Federal Officer, Faith-Based Security Advisory Council, U.S. Department of Homeland Security.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01959 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9112-FN-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FR-6447-N-01]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Federal Advisory Committee Meetings; Manufactured Housing Consensus Committee</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing—Federal Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This notice sets forth the schedule and proposed agenda for two Manufactured Housing Consensus Committees (MHCC) teleconference meetings. The meetings are open to the public. The agenda for each meeting provides opportunity for citizens to comment on the business before the MHCC.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>The first meeting will be held on Thursday, February 15, 2024, 11 a.m. to 4 p.m. Eastern Standard Time (EST).</P>
                    <P>The second meeting will be held on Friday, February 16, 2024, 11 a.m. to 2 p.m. Eastern Standard Time (EST).</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P> The February meetings will be held via teleconference.</P>
                    <P>The teleconference number for the meeting(s) is:</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Phone:</E>
                         1 301 715 8592 or 1 646 931 3860.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Meeting ID:</E>
                         873 3743 1136.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        To access the webinar, use the following link: 
                        <E T="03">https://us06web.zoom.us/j/87337431136</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Teresa B. Payne, Administrator, Office of Manufactured Housing Programs, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Room 9166, Washington, DC 20410, telephone (202) 708-6423 (this is not a toll-free number), email 
                        <E T="03">mhcc@hud.gov.</E>
                         Individuals can dial 7-1-1 to access the Telecommunications Relay Service (TRS), which permits users to make text-based calls, including Text Telephone (TTY) and Speech to Speech (STS) calls. Individuals who require an alternative aid or service to communicate effectively with HUD should email the point of contact listed above and provide a brief description of their preferred method of communication.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>Notice of these meetings is provided in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. 1009(a)(2) through implementing regulations at 41 CFR 102-3.150. The MHCC was established by the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974, 42 U.S.C. 5403(a)(3), as amended by the Manufactured Housing Improvement Act of 2000 (Pub. L. 106-569). According to 42 U.S.C. 5403, as amended, the purposes of the MHCC are to:</P>
                <P>• Provide periodic recommendations to the Secretary to adopt, revise, and interpret the Federal manufactured housing construction and safety standards in accordance with this subsection;</P>
                <P>• Provide periodic recommendations to the Secretary to adopt, revise, and interpret the procedural and enforcement regulations, including regulations specifying the permissible scope and conduct of monitoring in accordance with subsection (b);</P>
                <P>
                    • Be organized and carry out its business in a manner that guarantees a 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6536"/>
                    fair opportunity for the expression and consideration of various positions and for public participation.
                </P>
                <P>The MHCC is deemed an advisory committee not composed of Federal employees.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Comment</HD>
                <P>
                    Citizens wishing to make comments on the business of the MHCC are encouraged to register by or before Monday, February 5, 2024, by contacting the Administering Organization (AO), Home Innovation Research Labs; Attention: Kevin Kauffman, 400 Prince Georges Blvd., Upper Marlboro, MD 20774, or email to 
                    <E T="03">mhcc@homeinnovation.com</E>
                     or call 1-888-602-4663. Written comments are encouraged. All written comments must be provided to 
                    <E T="03">mhcc@homeinnovation.com</E>
                     no later than Monday, February 12, 2024. Advance registration for both meetings is strongly encouraged.
                </P>
                <P>Please note, written comments submitted will not be read during the meeting but will be provided to the MHCC members prior to the meeting. The MHCC will also provide an opportunity for oral public comments on specific matters before the MHCC at each meeting. The total amount of time for oral comments will be 30 minutes, in two 15-minute periods, with each commenter limited to two minutes to ensure pertinent Committee business is completed and all public comments can be expressed. The Committee will not respond to individual written or oral statements; however, it will take all public comments into account in its deliberations. The MHCC strives to accommodate citizen comments to the extent possible within the time constraints of the meeting agenda.</P>
                <P>Noting the complexity of the Department of Energy's (DOE's) Energy Conservation Rule as it works to align energy conservation standards with its Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards, HUD is scheduling two meetings of the MHCC to allow robust discussion, analysis, and consideration of the notice of proposed rulemaking, Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservations Standards for Manufactured Housing; Enforcement published by DOE on December 23, 2024 at 88 FR 88844 (the “DOE NPR”). These meetings are scheduled for two days to provide sufficient time for thorough consideration. HUD, therefore, strongly encourages active participation by committee members, stakeholders, and other interested parties.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Tentative Agenda for the February 2024 Meetings</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Day 1, Thursday, February 15, 2024</HD>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    11:00-11:05 a.m. Call to Order—Chair, Vice Chair, and 
                    <E T="03">Teresa Payne,</E>
                     Designated Federal Officer (DFO)
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">11:05-11:15 a.m. Welcome and Opening Remarks</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                    A. Roll Call—
                    <E T="03">Kevin Kauffman,</E>
                     Administering Organization (AO)
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Introductions</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Manufactured Housing Consensus Committee (MHCC) Members</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) Staff</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                    B. Administrative Announcements—
                    <E T="03">Teresa Payne,</E>
                     DFO, and 
                    <E T="03">Kevin Kauffman,</E>
                     AO
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">11:15-11:20 a.m. Approve Draft Minutes from October 18-20, 2022, and November 15-17, 2022, Manufactured Housing Consensus Committee (MHCC) Meetings</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">11:20-11:50 a.m. Public Comment Period (Public Encouraged to Sign Up with AO)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">11:50 p.m.-1:30 p.m. Review and consider the DOE NPR and prepare recommendations to HUD.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    1:30-1:45 p.m. 
                    <E T="03">Break</E>
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1:45-2:15 p.m. Public Comment Period (Public Encouraged to Sign Up with AO)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2:15-3:50 p.m. Continued review and consideration the DOE NPR and prepare recommendations to HUD.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3:50-4:00 p.m. Daily Wrap Up-DFO and AO</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    4:00 p.m. 
                    <E T="03">Adjourn for the Day</E>
                </FP>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Day 2, Friday, February 16, 2024</HD>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    11:00-11:05 a.m. Call to Order—Chairperson, Vice Chairperson, and 
                    <E T="03">Teresa Payne,</E>
                     Designated Federal Officer (DFO)
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">11:05-11:15 a.m. Welcome and Opening Remarks</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                    A. Roll Call—
                    <E T="03">Kevin Kauffman,</E>
                     Administering Organization (AO)
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Introductions</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Manufactured Housing Consensus Committee (MHCC) Members</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) Staff</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                    B. Administrative Announcements—
                    <E T="03">Teresa Payne,</E>
                     DFO, and 
                    <E T="03">Kevin Kauffman,</E>
                     AO
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">11:15-11:30 a.m. Public Comment Period (Public Encouraged to Sign Up with AO)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">11:30 a.m.-12:45 p.m. Continued review and consideration of the DOE NPR and prepare recommendations to HUD.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    12:45-1:00 p.m. 
                    <E T="03">Break</E>
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1:00-1:15 p.m. Public Comment Period (Public Encouraged to Sign Up with AO)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1:15-1:50 p.m. Continued review and consideration of the DOE NPR and prepare recommendations to HUD.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1:50-2:00 p.m. Daily Wrap Up-DFO and AO</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    2:00 p.m. 
                    <E T="03">Adjournment</E>
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Julia R. Gordon,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary for Housing, Federal Housing Commissioner.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01951 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4210-67-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Fish and Wildlife Service</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2021-0056; FF06E21000 245 FXES11140600000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Proposed Amendment to Programmatic Safe Harbor Agreement and Candidate Conservation Agreement With Assurances for Kansas Aquatic Species</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of availability; request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), are announcing the availability of documents associated with an application to amend an enhancement of survival permit (permit) under the Endangered Species Act. The Kansas Department of Wildlife and Parks has applied to amend the existing 
                        <E T="03">Programmatic Safe Harbor Agreement and Candidate Conservation Agreement with Assurances for 15 Aquatic Species in Kansas</E>
                         (SHA/CCAA) by adding 6 additional covered species: Lake sturgeon (
                        <E T="03">Acipenser fulvescens</E>
                        ), sicklefin chub (
                        <E T="03">Macrhybopsis meeki</E>
                        ), sturgeon chub (
                        <E T="03">Macrhybopsis gelida</E>
                        ), snuffbox mussel (
                        <E T="03">Epioblasma triquetra</E>
                        ), spectaclecase (
                        <E T="03">Cumberlandia monodonta</E>
                        ), and Ouachita kidneyshell (
                        <E T="03">Ptychobranchus occidentalis</E>
                        ). The documents available for review and comment are the applicant's proposed amended programmatic SHA/CCAA, which is part of the permit amendment application, and our draft environmental action statement and low-effect screening form, which support a categorical exclusion for the amendment under the National Environmental Policy Act. We invite comments from the public and Federal, Tribal, State, and local governments.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        We will accept comments received or postmarked on or before March 4, 2024. Comments submitted online at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                          
                        <PRTPAGE P="6537"/>
                        (see 
                        <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                        ) must be received by 11:59 p.m. eastern time on March 4, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Obtaining Documents:</E>
                         The documents this notice announces, as well as any comments and other materials that we receive, will be available for public inspection online in Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2021-0056 at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Submitting Comments:</E>
                         To submit written comments, please use one of the following methods, and note that your information request or comments are in reference to the Kansas Aquatic SHA/CCAA amendment.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Online: https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the instructions for submitting comments on Docket Number FWS-R6-ES-2021-0056.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">U.S. Mail:</E>
                         Public Comments Processing, Attn: Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2021-0056; U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Headquarters, MS: PRB/3W; 5275 Leesburg Pike; Falls Church, VA 22041-3803.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Gibran Suleiman, by phone at 785-539-3474, extension 114, or by email at 
                        <E T="03">gibran_suleiman@fws.gov.</E>
                         Individuals in the United States who are deaf, deafblind, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability may dial 711 (TTY, TDD, or TeleBraille) to access telecommunications relay services. Individuals outside the United States should use the relay services offered within their country to make international calls to the point-of-contact in the United States.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), have received an application from the Kansas Department of Wildlife and Parks (KDWP, applicant) to amend their existing 50-year enhancement of survival permit (permit) under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA; 16 U.S.C. 1531 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ). The amendment requests the addition of 6 species to the 15 species already covered by the applicant's approved programmatic safe harbor agreement (SHA) and candidate conservation agreement with assurances (CCAA) on non-Federal lands in the State of Kansas. The documents available for review and comment are the applicant's proposed amended programmatic SHA/CCAA, which is part of the permit amendment application, and our draft environmental action statement and low-effect screening form for the amendment request, which support a categorical exclusion under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ). We invite comments on documents from the public and Federal, Tribal, State, and local governments.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    Via a 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice published on September 15, 2021 (86 FR 51366), we announced the availability of KDWP's original application for an enhancement of survival permit with a 50-year term, which included a proposed programmatic SHA/CCAA for 14 aquatic species in Kansas, and our draft environmental action statement and low-effect screening form, which supported a categorical exclusion under NEPA. The comment period was open until October 15, 2021. After considering the application, associated materials, and the 15 public comments received, we issued the requested permit. On October 12, 2022, we announced via a 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice (87 FR 62114) the availability of KDWP's subsequent application to amend their enhancement of survival permit to include one additional covered species, the western fanshell (
                    <E T="03">Cyprogenia aberti</E>
                    ). The comment period for the amendment was open until November 14, 2022, and we issued the requested amended permit after considering the application, associated materials, and the three public comments received. To provide background information, we have made the original 2021 proposed programmatic SHA and CCAA, and the 2022 amendment, along with related documents and comments, available for review in 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     under Docket No. FWS-R6-ES-2021-0056. However, we will not be taking further comments on those documents.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Safe Harbor Agreements and Candidate Conservation Agreements With Assurances</HD>
                <P>An SHA is an agreement between the Service, partners, and landowners for voluntary management of non-Federal lands to contribute towards recovery of ESA-listed species in a manner that is consistent with the Service's policy on SHAs (64 FR 32717, June 17, 1999) and applicable regulations. A CCAA is an agreement between the Service, partners, and landowners for voluntary management of non-Federal lands to remove or reduce key threats to species that may become listed under the ESA, in a manner that is consistent with the Service's policy on CCAAs (81 FR 95164, December 27, 2016) and applicable regulations. In return for implementing conservation measures in a SHA/CCAA, the Service gives participants assurances that the Service will not impose land, water, or resource use restrictions or conservation requirements on ESA-listed species, or those that may become listed, beyond those agreed to in the SHA/CCAA.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicant's Proposed Amendment to Programmatic Safe Harbor Agreement/Candidate Conservation Agreement With Assurances</HD>
                <P>KDWP's purpose in amending its programmatic SHA/CCAA is to add the lake sturgeon, sicklefin chub, sturgeon chub, snuffbox mussel, spectaclecase, and Ouachita kidneyshell, to facilitate the reintroduction and implementation of conservation measures for the species on non-Federal lands in Kansas. The documents available for review and comment are the proposed amended programmatic SHA/CCAA, which is part of the permit application, and our draft environmental action statement and low-effect screening form, which support a categorical exclusion under NEPA.</P>
                <P>To enroll in the programmatic SHA/CCAA, a non-Federal landowner would enter into a landowner agreement with KDWP to enroll all or a portion of their property under the SHA and/or CCAA. Upon signature by both parties, KDWP would issue a certificate of inclusion to the non-Federal landowner, extending assurances and take authorization to the participating landowner for the appropriate covered species. The requested permit duration is for 50 years, starting on December 15, 2021 (the date of original permit issuance). Proposed conservation measures include the introduction, reintroduction, augmentation (release of individuals to supplement an existing population), or translocation of the covered species, and protection or enhancement of aquatic, wetland, riparian, or adjacent upland habitats for the covered species. Conservation measures would be site specific, and would be developed by the participating landowner and KDWP. Incidental take of covered species may occur as a result of the implementation of conservation measures or ongoing land management activities on the enrolled lands.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Covered Species</HD>
                <P>
                    The addition of the 6 species to the 15 species in the existing agreement would bring the total number of species covered under the CCAA/SHA to 21. All 21 species are in the table below.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6538"/>
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,r50,r50">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Species name</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Scientific name</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Federal listing status</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            <E T="02">Federal Register</E>
                             listing citation
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="21">
                            <E T="02">Safe Harbor Agreement Covered Species</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                        <ENT I="22">
                            <E T="03">Fishes:</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Arkansas River shiner</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Notropis girardi</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Threatened</ENT>
                        <ENT>63 FR 64772; November 13, 1998.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Neosho madtom</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Noturus placidus</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Threatened</ENT>
                        <ENT>55 FR 21148; May 22, 1990.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Neosho mucket</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Lampsilis rafinesqueana</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Endangered</ENT>
                        <ENT>78 FR 57076; September 17, 2013.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Peppered chub</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Macrhybopsis tetranema</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Endangered</ENT>
                        <ENT>87 FR 11188; February 28, 2022.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Topeka shiner</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Notropis topeka</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Endangered</ENT>
                        <ENT>63 FR 69008; December 15, 1998.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22">
                            <E T="03">Mussels:</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Rabbitsfoot</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Quadrula cylindrica cylindrica</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Threatened</ENT>
                        <ENT>78 FR 57076; September 17, 2013.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Western fanshell</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Cyprogenia aberti</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Threatened</ENT>
                        <ENT>88 FR 41724; June 27, 2023.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Snuffbox mussel</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Epioblasma triquetra</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Endangered</ENT>
                        <ENT>77 FR 8631; February 14, 2012.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="03">Spectaclecase</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Cumberlandia monodonta</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Endangered</ENT>
                        <ENT>77 FR 14914; March 13, 2012.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
                        <ENT I="21">
                            <E T="02">Candidate Conservation Agreement With Assurances Covered Species</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                        <ENT I="22">
                            <E T="03">Reptiles:</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Alligator snapping turtle</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Macrochelys temminckii</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Proposed Threatened</ENT>
                        <ENT>86 FR 62434; November 9, 2021.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22">
                            <E T="03">Fishes:</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Hornyhead chub</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Nocomis biguttatus</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Unlisted</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Plains minnow</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Hybognathus placitus</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Unlisted</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Silver chub</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Macrhybopsis storeriana</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Unlisted</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Lake sturgeon</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Acipenser fulvescens</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Unlisted</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Sicklefin chub</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Macrhybopsis meeki</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Unlisted</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Sturgeon chub</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Macrhybopsis gelida</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Unlisted</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22">
                            <E T="03">Mussels:</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Butterfly mussel</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Ellipsaria lineolata</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Unlisted</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Cylindrical papershell</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Anodontoides ferussacianus</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Unlisted</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Flat floater</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Anodonta suborbiculata</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Unlisted</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Fluted shell</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Lasmigona costata</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Unlisted</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Ouachita kidneyshell</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <E T="03">Ptychobranchus occidentalis</E>
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>Unlisted</ENT>
                        <ENT>N/A.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Availability of Comments</HD>
                <P>Written comments we receive become part of the administrative record associated with this action. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can request in your comment that we withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. All submissions from organizations or businesses, and from individuals identifying themselves as representatives or officials of organizations or businesses, will be made available for public disclosure in their entirety.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority</HD>
                <P>
                    We provide this notice under section 10(c) of the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1531 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) and its implementing regulations (50 CFR 17.22 and 17.32) and NEPA (42 U.S.C. 4321 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) and its implementing regulations (40 CFR 1500-1508 and 43 CFR 46).
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Marjorie Nelson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Assistant Regional Director, Ecological Services, Mountain-Prairie Region.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01946 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4333-15-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Fish and Wildlife Service</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[FWS-R8-ES-2024-0002; FXES11140800000-245-FF08EVEN00]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Proposed Safe Harbor Agreement and Proposed Categorical Exclusion; Los Robles Ranch, Santa Barbara County, CA</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of availability; receipt of permit application.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), announce the availability of an application for an enhancement of survival permit pursuant to the Endangered Species Act. As part of the application, the applicant submitted a proposed safe harbor agreement. The Service prepared a draft screening form in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act to evaluate the potential effects of the specific project to the natural and human environment. We invite the public and local, State, Tribal, and Federal agencies to comment on these documents. Before issuing the requested permit, we will take into consideration any information that we receive during the public comment period.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Written comments should be received on or before March 4, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Obtaining Documents:</E>
                         You may obtain copies of the documents, and any comments and other materials that we receive, in Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-2024-0002 at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Submitting Comments:</E>
                         You may submit comments on the documents, and any comments and other materials that we receive, by one of the following methods:
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Online: https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Search for and submit comments on Docket No. FWS-R8-ES-2024-0002.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">U.S. mail:</E>
                         Public Comments Processing, Attn: Docket No. FWS-R8-
                        <PRTPAGE P="6539"/>
                        ES-2024-0002; U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Headquarters, MS: PRB/3W; 5275 Leesburg Pike; Falls Church, VA 22041-3803.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Eric Morrissette, Fish and Wildlife Biologist, via email at 
                        <E T="03">eric_morrissette@fws.gov,</E>
                         by telephone at 805-644-1766, or by mail to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 2493 Portola Road, Suite B, Ventura, CA 93003. Individuals in the United States who are deaf, deafblind, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability may dial 711 (TTY, TDD, or TeleBraille) to access telecommunications relay services. Individuals outside the United States should use the relay services offered within their country to make international calls to the point-of-contact in the United States.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), announce the availability of an application for an enhancement of survival permit pursuant to section 10(a)(1)(A) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA; 16 U.S.C. 1531 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ). As part of the application, the applicant developed and submitted the proposed 
                    <E T="03">Safe Harbor Agreement for the California Tiger Salamander and Western Spadefoot at Los Robles Ranch in Santa Barbara County, California</E>
                     (SHA), which describes activities associated with the maintenance, enhancement, and restoration of habitat; ongoing legal land use such as ranching or farming; and other covered activities, including the potential future return of any enrolled lands to the baseline condition. The Service prepared a draft low-effect screening form and environmental action statement in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) to evaluate the potential effects to the natural and human environment.
                </P>
                <P>
                    If the requested enhancement of survival permit is approved, it would authorize the applicant to incidentally take the federally endangered Santa Barbara County distinct population segment (DPS) of the California tiger salamander (
                    <E T="03">Ambystoma californiense</E>
                    ) and the federally “at-risk” western spadefoot (
                    <E T="03">Spea hammondii</E>
                    ) during implementation of activities associated with the maintenance, enhancement, and restoration of habitat; ongoing legal land use such as ranching or farming; and other covered activities, including the potential future return of any enrolled lands to the baseline (pre-agreement) condition. We invite public comment on these documents.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>The Service listed the Santa Barbara County DPS of the California tiger salamander as endangered on September 21, 2000 (65 FR 57242). The western spadefoot has no current official status under the ESA, but is under review for listing and is referred to as an at-risk species. Section 9 of the ESA prohibits “take” of fish and wildlife species listed as threatened or endangered (16 U.S.C. 1538), where take is defined to include the following activities: “to harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect, or to attempt to engage in any such conduct” (16 U.S.C. 1532). Under section 10(a) of the ESA, we may issue permits to authorize take of listed fish and wildlife species. Regulations governing incidental take permits for endangered and threatened species are in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) at 50 CFR 17.22 and 17.32, respectively.</P>
                <P>Under a SHA, participating landowners voluntarily undertake conservation and management activities on their properties to benefit species listed under the ESA. Enhancement of survival permits are issued to applicants in association with approved SHAs to authorize take of the covered species from covered activities on the enrolled lands that are identified in the SHA. Covered activities are those beneficial or otherwise lawful actions that could cause take of a covered species and for which take is authorized by a permit under 50 CFR 17.22a(c). Under a SHA, the Service may authorize incidental taking of a covered species at a level that enables the participating landowner ultimately to return the enrolled property back to agreed-upon baseline conditions. Through the SHA and the associated enhancement of survival permit, the Service also provides assurances to enrolled property owners that additional land, water, and/or natural resource use restrictions will not be imposed as a result of their voluntary conservation actions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicant's Proposed Activities</HD>
                <P>The proposed action involves the issuance of an enhancement of survival permit to the applicant in association with the implementation of the SHA. The enhancement of survival permit would authorize incidental take that may result from the implementation of the proposed conservation and management activities on the enrolled property during a 30-year permit term, with an option to return the property to the baseline condition at the conclusion of the permit.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Availability of Comments</HD>
                <P>Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public view, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority</HD>
                <P>
                    We provide this notice under section 10(c) of the Endangered Species Act (16 U.S.C. 1531 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) and its implementing regulations (50 CFR 17.22 and 17.32) and the National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) and its implementing regulations (40 CFR 1506.6).
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Stephen P. Henry,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Field Supervisor, Ventura Fish and Wildlife Office, Ventura, California.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01941 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4333-15-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Park Service</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[NPS-WASO-NRNHL-DTS#-37306; PPWOCRADI0, PCU00RP14.R50000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related Actions</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Park Service, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The National Park Service is soliciting electronic comments on the significance of properties nominated before January 20, 2024, for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments should be submitted electronically by February 16, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Comments are encouraged to be submitted electronically to 
                        <E T="03">National_Register_Submissions@nps.gov</E>
                         with the subject line “Public Comment on &lt;property or proposed district name, (County) State&gt;.” If you have no access to email, you may send them via U.S. Postal Service and all other carriers to the National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1849 C Street NW, MS 7228, Washington, DC 20240.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Sherry A. Frear, Chief, National Register of Historic Places/National Historic Landmarks Program, 1849 C Street NW, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6540"/>
                        MS 7228, Washington, DC 20240, 
                        <E T="03">sherry_frear@nps.gov,</E>
                         202-913-3763.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The properties listed in this notice are being considered for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places. Nominations for their consideration were received by the National Park Service before January 20, 2024. Pursuant to section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60, comments are being accepted concerning the significance of the nominated properties under the National Register criteria for evaluation.</P>
                <P>Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.</P>
                <P>Nominations submitted by State or Tribal Historic Preservation Officers.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Key:</E>
                     State, County, Property Name, Multiple Name (if applicable), Address/Boundary, City, Vicinity, Reference Number.
                </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">GEORGIA</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Cobb County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Lemon Street School, 350 Lemon Street, Marietta, SG100009980</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Coweta County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Brown's Mill Battlefield, 155 Millard Farmer Road, Newnan vicinity, SG100010004</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Dooly County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Dooly County Campground, 21 Parsonage Road, Vienna vicinity, SG100009997</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">MARYLAND</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Baltimore INDEPENDENT CITY</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Barclay-East Baltimore-Midway Historic District, Bound by Barclay St., E North Ave., Harford Ave. E 25th St., Baltimore, SG100009978</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Chinatown Historic District (Asian American Communities in Maryland MPS), Bounded by Wilson Alley, Park Avenue, Montague Street, and Tyson Street, Baltimore, MP100009990</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Queen Anne's County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Starr Church, 1504 Starr Road, Centreville, SG100009979</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">MASSACHUSETTS</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Dukes County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">U.S. Marine Hospital at Vineyard Haven, 151 Lagoon Pond Road, Tisbury, SG100009983</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Suffolk County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Lenox Street Apartments Historic District, Lenox St, Shawmut Ave., Kendall St., Ditmus Ct., Lattimore Ct., Trotter Ct., Boston, SG100009977</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">MISSISSIPPI</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Lee County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">The Raymond House, 5015 Raymond Avenue, Verona, SG100009996</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">OHIO</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Hamilton County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Mater Dei Chapel, Mount St. Joseph University, 395 Neeb Road, Cincinnati, SG100010003</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">OREGON</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Clackamas County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Camp Namanu, 10300 SE Camp Namanu, Sandy, SG100009998</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Multnomah County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Cannady, Beatrice Morrow and E.D., House (African American Resources in Portland, Oregon, from 1851 to 1973 MPS), 2516 NE 26th Avenue, Portland, MP100009989</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Rex Arms Apartments (Portland Eastside MPS), 1230 SE Morrison Street, Portland, MP100009991</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Wallowa County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Maxville, Address Restricted, Wallowa, SG100009999</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Yamhill County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Hughes Flying Boat (H-4 Hercules) 500 E Captain Michael King Smith, McMinnville, SG100009992</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">VIRGINIA</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appomattox County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Carver-Price School (Rosenwald Schools in Virginia MPS), 102 Carver Lane, Appomattox, MP100010001</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Bedford County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Sammynick, 1108 Ashland Avenue, Bedford, SG100010002</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Lee County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Pennington Gap Commercial Historic District, W Morgan Avenue, E Morgan Street, Magnolia Street, Main Street, N Kentucky Street, Pennington Ga, SG100010000</FP>
                    <P>Additional documentation has been received for the following resource(s):</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">NEW JERSEY</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Burlington County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Inskeep, John, Homestead (Additional Documentation), (Evesham Township MPS), 10 Madison Court, Marlton, AD93000866</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">TENNESSEE</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Marion County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Christ Episcopal Church and Parish House (Additional Documentation), 302 3rd Street, South Pittsburg, AD77001278</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Meigs County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Rymer, Bradford, Barn (Additional Documentation), (Meigs County, Tennessee MRA), 8143 TN-60, Georgetown, AD82004012</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Montgomery County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Poston Block (Additional Documentation), 126-130 Public Square, Clarksville, AD72001247</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Obion County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Confederate Monument (Additional Documentation), 911 Summer Street, Union City, AD77001286</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Williamson County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Montpier, 1837 Old Natchez Trace, Franklin vicinity, AD82004073</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Owen, Dr. Urban, House (Additional Documentation), (Williamson County MRA), 8730 Horton Highway, College Grove, AD88000326</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     Section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sherry A. Frear,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief, National Register of Historic Places/National Historic Landmarks Program.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02005 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4312-52-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Investigation Nos. 701-TA-592 and 731-TA-1400 (Review)]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Plastic Decorative Ribbon From China; Institution of Five-Year Reviews</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>United States International Trade Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Commission hereby gives notice that it has instituted reviews pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1930 (“the Act”), as amended, to determine whether revocation of the antidumping and countervailing duty orders on plastic decorative ribbon from China would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury. Pursuant to the Act, interested parties are requested to respond to this notice by submitting the information specified below to the Commission.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Instituted February 1, 2024. To be assured of consideration, the deadline for responses is March 4, 2024. Comments on the adequacy of responses may be filed with the Commission by April 10, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Alexis Yim (202-708-1446), Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6541"/>
                        of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (
                        <E T="03">https://www.usitc.gov</E>
                        ). The public record for this proceeding may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at 
                        <E T="03">https://edis.usitc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Background.</E>
                    —On March 22, 2019, the Department of Commerce (“Commerce”) issued antidumping and countervailing duty orders on imports of plastic decorative ribbon from China (84 FR 10786). The Commission is conducting reviews pursuant to section 751(c) of the Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1675(c)), to determine whether revocation of the orders would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury to the domestic industry within a reasonably foreseeable time. Provisions concerning the conduct of this proceeding may be found in the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure at 19 CFR part 201, subparts A and B, and 19 CFR part 207, subparts A and F. The Commission will assess the adequacy of interested party responses to this notice of institution to determine whether to conduct full or expedited reviews. The Commission's determinations in any expedited reviews will be based on the facts available, which may include information provided in response to this notice.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Definitions.</E>
                    —The following definitions apply to these reviews:
                </P>
                <P>
                    (1) 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     is the class or kind of merchandise that is within the scope of the five-year reviews, as defined by Commerce.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (2) The 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     in these reviews is China.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (3) The 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     is the domestically produced product or products which are like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise.</E>
                     In its original determinations, the Commission defined a single 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     including all plastic decorative ribbon corresponding to Commerce's scope.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (4) The 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                     is the U.S. producers as a whole of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product,</E>
                     or those producers whose collective output of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     constitutes a major proportion of the total domestic production of the product. In its original determinations, the Commission defined the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                     to include all domestic producers of plastic decorative ribbon.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (5) The 
                    <E T="03">Order Date</E>
                     is the date that the antidumping and countervailing duty orders under review became effective. In these reviews, the 
                    <E T="03">Order Date</E>
                     is March 22, 2019.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (6) An 
                    <E T="03">Importer</E>
                     is any person or firm engaged, either directly or through a parent company or subsidiary, in importing the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     into the United States from a foreign manufacturer or through its selling agent.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Participation in the proceeding and public service list.</E>
                    —Persons, including industrial users of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     and, if the merchandise is sold at the retail level, representative consumer organizations, wishing to participate in the proceeding as parties must file an entry of appearance with the Secretary to the Commission, as provided in § 201.11(b)(4) of the Commission's rules, no later than 21 days after publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . The Secretary will maintain a public service list containing the names and addresses of all persons, or their representatives, who are parties to the proceeding.
                </P>
                <P>Former Commission employees who are seeking to appear in Commission five-year reviews are advised that they may appear in a review even if they participated personally and substantially in the corresponding underlying original investigation or an earlier review of the same underlying investigation. The Commission's designated agency ethics official has advised that a five-year review is not the same particular matter as the underlying original investigation, and a five-year review is not the same particular matter as an earlier review of the same underlying investigation for purposes of 18 U.S.C. 207, the post-employment statute for Federal employees, and Commission rule 201.15(b) (19 CFR 201.15(b)), 79 FR 3246 (Jan. 17, 2014), 73 FR 24609 (May 5, 2008). Consequently, former employees are not required to seek Commission approval to appear in a review under Commission rule 19 CFR 201.15, even if the corresponding underlying original investigation or an earlier review of the same underlying investigation was pending when they were Commission employees. For further ethics advice on this matter, contact Charles Smith, Office of the General Counsel, at 202-205-3408.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Limited disclosure of business proprietary information (BPI) under an administrative protective order (APO) and APO service list.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.7(a) of the Commission's rules, the Secretary will make BPI submitted in this proceeding available to authorized applicants under the APO issued in the proceeding, provided that the application is made no later than 21 days after publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . Authorized applicants must represent interested parties, as defined in 19 U.S.C. 1677(9), who are parties to the proceeding. A separate service list will be maintained by the Secretary for those parties authorized to receive BPI under the APO.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Certification.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.3 of the Commission's rules, any person submitting information to the Commission in connection with this proceeding must certify that the information is accurate and complete to the best of the submitter's knowledge. In making the certification, the submitter will acknowledge that information submitted in response to this request for information and throughout this proceeding or other proceeding may be disclosed to and used: (i) by the Commission, its employees and Offices, and contract personnel (a) for developing or maintaining the records of this or a related proceeding, or (b) in internal investigations, audits, reviews, and evaluations relating to the programs, personnel, and operations of the Commission including under 5 U.S.C. appendix 3; or (ii) by U.S. Government employees and contract personnel, solely for cybersecurity purposes. All contract personnel will sign appropriate nondisclosure agreements.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Written submissions.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.61 of the Commission's rules, each interested party response to this notice must provide the information specified below. The deadline for filing such responses is on or before 5:15 p.m. on March 4, 2024. Pursuant to § 207.62(b) of the Commission's rules, eligible parties (as specified in Commission rule 207.62(b)(1)) may also file comments concerning the adequacy of responses to the notice of institution and whether the Commission should conduct expedited or full reviews. The deadline for filing such comments is on or before 5:15 p.m. on April 10, 2024. All written submissions must conform with the provisions of § 201.8 of the Commission's rules; any submissions that contain BPI must also conform with the requirements of §§ 201.6, 207.3, and 207.7 of the Commission's rules. The Commission's 
                    <E T="03">Handbook on Filing Procedures,</E>
                     available on the Commission's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.usitc.gov/documents/handbook_on_filing_procedures.pdf,</E>
                     elaborates upon the Commission's procedures with respect to filings. Also, in accordance with §§ 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the Commission's rules, each document filed by a party to the proceeding must be served on all other parties to the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6542"/>
                    proceeding (as identified by either the public or APO service list as appropriate), and a certificate of service must accompany the document (if you are not a party to the proceeding you do not need to serve your response).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Please note the Secretary's Office will accept only electronic filings at this time. Filings must be made through the Commission's Electronic Document Information System (EDIS, 
                    <E T="03">https://edis.usitc.gov</E>
                    ). No in-person paper-based filings or paper copies of any electronic filings will be accepted until further notice.
                </P>
                <P>No response to this request for information is required if a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) number is not displayed; the OMB number is 3117 0016/USITC No. 24-5-590, expiration date June 30, 2026. Public reporting burden for the request is estimated to average 15 hours per response. Please send comments regarding the accuracy of this burden estimate to the Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Inability to provide requested information.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.61(c) of the Commission's rules, any interested party that cannot furnish the information requested by this notice in the requested form and manner shall notify the Commission at the earliest possible time, provide a full explanation of why it cannot provide the requested information, and indicate alternative forms in which it can provide equivalent information. If an interested party does not provide this notification (or the Commission finds the explanation provided in the notification inadequate) and fails to provide a complete response to this notice, the Commission may take an adverse inference against the party pursuant to § 776(b) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1677e(b)) in making its determinations in the reviews.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Information to be Provided in Response to This Notice of Institution:</E>
                     As used below, the term “firm” includes any related firms.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Those responding to this notice of institution are encouraged, but not required, to visit the USITC's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://usitc.gov/reports/response_noi_worksheet,</E>
                     where one can download and complete the “NOI worksheet” Excel form for the subject proceeding, to be included as attachment/exhibit 1 of your overall response.
                </P>
                <P>(1) The name and address of your firm or entity (including World Wide Web address) and name, telephone number, fax number, and Email address of the certifying official.</P>
                <P>
                    (2) A statement indicating whether your firm/entity is an interested party under 19 U.S.C. 1677(9) and if so, how, including whether your firm/entity is a U.S. producer of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product,</E>
                     a U.S. union or worker group, a U.S. importer of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandi</E>
                    se, a foreign producer or exporter of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise,</E>
                     a U.S. or foreign trade or business association (a majority of whose members are interested parties under the statute), or another interested party (including an explanation). If you are a union/worker group or trade/business association, identify the firms in which your workers are employed or which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>(3) A statement indicating whether your firm/entity is willing to participate in this proceeding by providing information requested by the Commission.</P>
                <P>
                    (4) A statement of the likely effects of the revocation of the antidumping and countervailing duty orders on the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                     in general and/or your firm/entity specifically. In your response, please discuss the various factors specified in § 752(a) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1675a(a)) including the likely volume of subject imports, likely price effects of subject imports, and likely impact of imports of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     on the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (5) A list of all known and currently operating U.S. producers of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product.</E>
                     Identify any known related parties and the nature of the relationship as defined in § 771(4)(B) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1677(4)(B)).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (6) A list of all known and currently operating U.S. importers of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     and producers of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     that currently export or have exported 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     to the United States or other countries since the 
                    <E T="03">Order Date.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (7) A list of 3-5 leading purchasers in the U.S. market for the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     and the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     (including street address, World Wide Web address, and the name, telephone number, fax number, and Email address of a responsible official at each firm).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (8) A list of known sources of information on national or regional prices for the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     or the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the U.S. or other markets.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (9) If you are a U.S. producer of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product,</E>
                     provide the following information on your firm's operations on that product during calendar year 2023, except as noted (report quantity data in pounds and value data in U.S. dollars, f.o.b. plant). If you are a union/worker group or trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms in which your workers are employed/which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (a) Production (quantity) and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total U.S. production of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') production;
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) Capacity (quantity) of your firm to produce the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     (that is, the level of production that your establishment(s) could reasonably have expected to attain during the year, assuming normal operating conditions (using equipment and machinery in place and ready to operate), normal operating levels (hours per week/weeks per year), time for downtime, maintenance, repair, and cleanup, and a typical or representative product mix);
                </P>
                <P>
                    (c) the quantity and value of U.S. commercial shipments of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     produced in your U.S. plant(s);
                </P>
                <P>
                    (d) the quantity and value of U.S. internal consumption/company transfers of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     produced in your U.S. plant(s); and
                </P>
                <P>
                    (e) the value of (i) net sales, (ii) cost of goods sold (COGS), (iii) gross profit, (iv) selling, general and administrative (SG&amp;A) expenses, and (v) operating income of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     produced in your U.S. plant(s) (include both U.S. and export commercial sales, internal consumption, and company transfers) for your most recently completed fiscal year (identify the date on which your fiscal year ends).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (10) If you are a U.S. importer or a trade/business association of U.S. importers of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country,</E>
                     provide the following information on your firm's(s') operations on that product during calendar year 2023 (report quantity data in pounds and value data in U.S. dollars). If you are a trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (a) The quantity and value (landed, duty-paid but not including antidumping or countervailing duties) of U.S. imports and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total U.S. imports of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') imports;
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) the quantity and value (f.o.b. U.S. port, including antidumping and/or countervailing duties) of U.S. commercial shipments of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     imported from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                    ; and
                    <PRTPAGE P="6543"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (c) the quantity and value (f.o.b. U.S. port, including antidumping and/or countervailing duties) of U.S. internal consumption/company transfers of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     imported from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (11) If you are a producer, an exporter, or a trade/business association of producers or exporters of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country,</E>
                     provide the following information on your firm's(s') operations on that product during calendar year 2023 (report quantity data in pounds and value data in U.S. dollars, landed and duty-paid at the U.S. port but not including antidumping or countervailing duties). If you are a trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (a) Production (quantity) and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total production of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') production;
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) Capacity (quantity) of your firm(s) to produce the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     (that is, the level of production that your establishment(s) could reasonably have expected to attain during the year, assuming normal operating conditions (using equipment and machinery in place and ready to operate), normal operating levels (hours per week/weeks per year), time for downtime, maintenance, repair, and cleanup, and a typical or representative product mix); and
                </P>
                <P>
                    (c) the quantity and value of your firm's(s') exports to the United States of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total exports to the United States of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') exports.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (12) Identify significant changes, if any, in the supply and demand conditions or business cycle for the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     that have occurred in the United States or in the market for the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     since the 
                    <E T="03">Order Date,</E>
                     and significant changes, if any, that are likely to occur within a reasonably foreseeable time. Supply conditions to consider include technology; production methods; development efforts; ability to increase production (including the shift of production facilities used for other products and the use, cost, or availability of major inputs into production); and factors related to the ability to shift supply among different national markets (including barriers to importation in foreign markets or changes in market demand abroad). Demand conditions to consider include end uses and applications; the existence and availability of substitute products; and the level of competition among the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     produced in the United States, 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     produced in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country,</E>
                     and such merchandise from other countries.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (13) (OPTIONAL) A statement of whether you agree with the above definitions of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     and 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                    ; if you disagree with either or both of these definitions, please explain why and provide alternative definitions.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     This proceeding is being conducted under authority of title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930; this notice is published pursuant to § 207.61 of the Commission's rules.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
                    <DATED>Issued: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lisa R. Barton,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01907 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Investigation Nos. 701-TA-593-596 and 731-TA-1401-1406 (Review)]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Large Diameter Welded Pipe From Canada, China, Greece, India, South Korea, and Turkey; Institution of Five-Year Reviews</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>United States International Trade Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Commission hereby gives notice that it has instituted reviews pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1930 (“the Act”), as amended, to determine whether revocation of the countervailing duty orders on large diameter welded pipe from China, India, South Korea, and Turkey and the antidumping duty orders on large diameter welded pipe from Canada, China, Greece, India, South Korea, and Turkey would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury. Pursuant to the Act, interested parties are requested to respond to this notice by submitting the information specified below to the Commission.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Instituted February 1, 2024. To be assured of consideration, the deadline for responses is March 4, 2024. Comments on the adequacy of responses may be filed with the Commission by April 10, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Nitin Joshi (202-708-1669), Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (
                        <E T="03">https://www.usitc.gov</E>
                        ). The public record for this proceeding may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at 
                        <E T="03">https://edis.usitc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Background.</E>
                    —On March 6, 2019, the Department of Commerce (“Commerce”) issued antidumping and countervailing duty orders on imports of large diameter welded pipe from China and India (84 FR 8075-8077, 8079-8081, and 8083-8086). On May 2, 2019, the Department of Commerce (“Commerce”) issued countervailing duty orders on imports of large diameter welded pipe from South Korea and Turkey (84 FR 18771-18775) and antidumping duty orders on imports of large diameter welded pipe from Canada, Greece, South Korea, and Turkey (84 FR 18767-18771, 18775-18777, and 18799-18801). The Commission is conducting reviews pursuant to section 751(c) of the Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1675(c)), to determine whether revocation of the orders would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury to the domestic industry within a reasonably foreseeable time. Provisions concerning the conduct of this proceeding may be found in the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure at 19 CFR part 201, subparts A and B, and 19 CFR part 207, subparts A and F. The Commission will assess the adequacy of interested party responses to this notice of institution to determine whether to conduct full or expedited reviews. The Commission's determinations in any expedited reviews will be based on the facts available, which may include information provided in response to this notice.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Definitions.</E>
                    —The following definitions apply to these reviews:
                </P>
                <P>
                    (1) 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     is the class or kind of merchandise that is within the scope of the five-year reviews, as defined by Commerce.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (2) The 
                    <E T="03">Subject Countries</E>
                     in these reviews are Canada, China, Greece, India, South Korea, and Turkey.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (3) The 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     is the domestically produced product or 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6544"/>
                    products which are like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise.</E>
                     In its original affirmative determinations, the Commission defined two 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products:</E>
                     large diameter welded carbon and alloy steel line pipe and large diameter welded carbon and alloy steel structural pipe. One Commissioner defined the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     differently.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (4) The 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                     is the U.S. producers as a whole of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product,</E>
                     or those producers whose collective output of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     constitutes a major proportion of the total domestic production of the product. In its original affirmative determinations, the Commission defined the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                     to include all domestic producers other than Evraz Oregon of each type of 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     in the definitions of the two 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industries</E>
                     producing large diameter welded carbon and alloy steel line pipe and large diameter welded carbon and alloy steel structural pipe. The Commission excluded Evraz Oregon as a related party from the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industries</E>
                     producing large diameter welded carbon and alloy steel line pipe and large diameter welded carbon and alloy steel structural pipe in its original determinations. One Commissioner defined the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                     differently.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (5) The 
                    <E T="03">Order Dates</E>
                     are the dates that the orders under review became effective. In the reviews concerning China and India, the 
                    <E T="03">Order Date</E>
                     is March 6, 2019. In the reviews concerning Canada, Greece, South Korea, and Turkey, the 
                    <E T="03">Order Date</E>
                     is May 2, 2019.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (6) An 
                    <E T="03">Importer</E>
                     is any person or firm engaged, either directly or through a parent company or subsidiary, in importing the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     into the United States from a foreign manufacturer or through its selling agent.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Participation in the proceeding and public service list.</E>
                    —Persons, including industrial users of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     and, if the merchandise is sold at the retail level, representative consumer organizations, wishing to participate in the proceeding as parties must file an entry of appearance with the Secretary to the Commission, as provided in § 201.11(b)(4) of the Commission's rules, no later than 21 days after publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . The Secretary will maintain a public service list containing the names and addresses of all persons, or their representatives, who are parties to the proceeding.
                </P>
                <P>Former Commission employees who are seeking to appear in Commission five-year reviews are advised that they may appear in a review even if they participated personally and substantially in the corresponding underlying original investigation or an earlier review of the same underlying investigation. The Commission's designated agency ethics official has advised that a five-year review is not the same particular matter as the underlying original investigation, and a five-year review is not the same particular matter as an earlier review of the same underlying investigation for purposes of 18 U.S.C. 207, the post-employment statute for Federal employees, and Commission rule 201.15(b) (19 CFR 201.15(b)), 79 FR 3246 (Jan. 17, 2014), 73 FR 24609 (May 5, 2008). Consequently, former employees are not required to seek Commission approval to appear in a review under Commission rule 19 CFR 201.15, even if the corresponding underlying original investigation or an earlier review of the same underlying investigation was pending when they were Commission employees. For further ethics advice on this matter, contact Charles Smith, Office of the General Counsel, at 202-205-3408.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Limited disclosure of business proprietary information (BPI) under an administrative protective order (APO) and APO service list.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.7(a) of the Commission's rules, the Secretary will make BPI submitted in this proceeding available to authorized applicants under the APO issued in the proceeding, provided that the application is made no later than 21 days after publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . Authorized applicants must represent interested parties, as defined in 19 U.S.C. 1677(9), who are parties to the proceeding. A separate service list will be maintained by the Secretary for those parties authorized to receive BPI under the APO.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Certification.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.3 of the Commission's rules, any person submitting information to the Commission in connection with this proceeding must certify that the information is accurate and complete to the best of the submitter's knowledge. In making the certification, the submitter will acknowledge that information submitted in response to this request for information and throughout this proceeding or other proceeding may be disclosed to and used: (i) by the Commission, its employees and Offices, and contract personnel (a) for developing or maintaining the records of this or a related proceeding, or (b) in internal investigations, audits, reviews, and evaluations relating to the programs, personnel, and operations of the Commission including under 5 U.S.C. Appendix 3; or (ii) by U.S. government employees and contract personnel, solely for cybersecurity purposes. All contract personnel will sign appropriate nondisclosure agreements.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Written submissions.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.61 of the Commission's rules, each interested party response to this notice must provide the information specified below. The deadline for filing such responses is on or before 5:15 p.m. on March 4, 2024. Pursuant to § 207.62(b) of the Commission's rules, eligible parties (as specified in Commission rule 207.62(b)(1)) may also file comments concerning the adequacy of responses to the notice of institution and whether the Commission should conduct expedited or full reviews. The deadline for filing such comments is on or before 5:15 p.m. on April 10, 2024. All written submissions must conform with the provisions of § 201.8 of the Commission's rules; any submissions that contain BPI must also conform with the requirements of §§ 201.6, 207.3, and 207.7 of the Commission's rules. The Commission's 
                    <E T="03">Handbook on Filing Procedures,</E>
                     available on the Commission's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.usitc.gov/documents/handbook_on_filing_procedures.pdf,</E>
                     elaborates upon the Commission's procedures with respect to filings. Also, in accordance with §§ 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the Commission's rules, each document filed by a party to the proceeding must be served on all other parties to the proceeding (as identified by either the public or APO service list as appropriate), and a certificate of service must accompany the document (if you are not a party to the proceeding you do not need to serve your response).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Please note the Secretary's Office will accept only electronic filings at this time. Filings must be made through the Commission's Electronic Document Information System (EDIS, 
                    <E T="03">https://edis.usitc.gov</E>
                    ). No in-person paper-based filings or paper copies of any electronic filings will be accepted until further notice.
                </P>
                <P>
                    No response to this request for information is required if a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) number is not displayed; the OMB number is 3117 0016/USITC No. 24-5-589, expiration date June 30, 2026. Public reporting burden for the request is estimated to average 15 hours per response. Please send comments 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6545"/>
                    regarding the accuracy of this burden estimate to the Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Inability to provide requested information.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.61(c) of the Commission's rules, any interested party that cannot furnish the information requested by this notice in the requested form and manner shall notify the Commission at the earliest possible time, provide a full explanation of why it cannot provide the requested information, and indicate alternative forms in which it can provide equivalent information. If an interested party does not provide this notification (or the Commission finds the explanation provided in the notification inadequate) and fails to provide a complete response to this notice, the Commission may take an adverse inference against the party pursuant to § 776(b) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1677e(b)) in making its determinations in the reviews.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Information to be Provided in Response to This Notice of Institution:</E>
                     Please provide the requested information separately for each 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product,</E>
                     as defined by the Commission in its original determinations, and for each of the products identified by Commerce as 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise.</E>
                     If you are a domestic producer, union/worker group, or trade/business association; import/export 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     from more than one 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country;</E>
                     or produce 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in more than one 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country,</E>
                     you may file a single response. If you do so, please ensure that your response to each question includes the information requested for each pertinent 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country.</E>
                     As used below, the term “firm” includes any related firms.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Those responding to this notice of institution are encouraged, but not required, to visit the USITC's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://usitc.gov/reports/response_noi_worksheet,</E>
                     where one can download and complete the “NOI worksheet” Excel form for the subject proceeding, to be included as attachment/exhibit 1 of your overall response.
                </P>
                <P>(1) The name and address of your firm or entity (including World Wide Web address) and name, telephone number, fax number, and Email address of the certifying official.</P>
                <P>
                    (2) A statement indicating whether your firm/entity is an interested party under 19 U.S.C. 1677(9) and if so, how, including whether your firm/entity is a U.S. producer of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products,</E>
                     a U.S. union or worker group, a U.S. importer of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandi</E>
                    se, a foreign producer or exporter of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise,</E>
                     a U.S. or foreign trade or business association (a majority of whose members are interested parties under the statute), or another interested party (including an explanation). If you are a union/worker group or trade/business association, identify the firms in which your workers are employed or which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>(3) A statement indicating whether your firm/entity is willing to participate in this proceeding by providing information requested by the Commission.</P>
                <P>
                    (4) A statement of the likely effects of the revocation of the antidumping and countervailing duty orders on the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industries</E>
                     in general and/or your firm/entity specifically. In your response, please discuss the various factors specified in § 752(a) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1675a(a)) including the likely volume of subject imports, likely price effects of subject imports, and likely impact of imports of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     on the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industries.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (5) A list of all known and currently operating U.S. producers of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products.</E>
                     Identify any known related parties and the nature of the relationship as defined in § 771(4)(B) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1677(4)(B)).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (6) A list of all known and currently operating U.S. importers of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     and producers of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in each 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     that currently export or have exported 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     to the United States or other countries since the 
                    <E T="03">Order Dates.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (7) A list of 3-5 leading purchasers in the U.S. market for the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products</E>
                     and the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     (including street address, World Wide Web address, and the name, telephone number, fax number, and Email address of a responsible official at each firm).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (8) A list of known sources of information on national or regional prices for the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products</E>
                     or the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the U.S. or other markets.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (9) If you are a U.S. producer of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products,</E>
                     provide the following information on your firm's operations on that product during calendar year 2023, except as noted (report quantity data in short tons and value data in U.S. dollars, f.o.b. plant). If you are a union/worker group or trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms in which your workers are employed/which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (a) Production (quantity) and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total U.S. production of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') production;
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) Capacity (quantity) of your firm to produce the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products</E>
                     (that is, the level of production that your establishment(s) could reasonably have expected to attain during the year, assuming normal operating conditions (using equipment and machinery in place and ready to operate), normal operating levels (hours per week/weeks per year), time for downtime, maintenance, repair, and cleanup, and a typical or representative product mix);
                </P>
                <P>
                    (c) the quantity and value of U.S. commercial shipments of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products</E>
                     produced in your U.S. plant(s);
                </P>
                <P>
                    (d) the quantity and value of U.S. internal consumption/company transfers of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products</E>
                     produced in your U.S. plant(s); and
                </P>
                <P>
                    (e) the value of (i) net sales, (ii) cost of goods sold (COGS), (iii) gross profit, (iv) selling, general and administrative (SG&amp;A) expenses, and (v) operating income of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products</E>
                     produced in your U.S. plant(s) (include both U.S. and export commercial sales, internal consumption, and company transfers) for your most recently completed fiscal year (identify the date on which your fiscal year ends).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (10) If you are a U.S. importer or a trade/business association of U.S. importers of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     from any 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country,</E>
                     provide the following information on your firm's(s') operations on that product during calendar year 2023 (report quantity data in short tons and value data in U.S. dollars). If you are a trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (a) The quantity and value (landed, duty-paid but not including antidumping or countervailing duties) of U.S. imports and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total U.S. imports of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     from each 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') imports;
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) the quantity and value (f.o.b. U.S. port, including antidumping and/or countervailing duties) of U.S. commercial shipments of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     imported from each 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                    ; and
                </P>
                <P>
                    (c) the quantity and value (f.o.b. U.S. port, including antidumping and/or countervailing duties) of U.S. internal consumption/company transfers of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     imported from each 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country.</E>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6546"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (11) If you are a producer, an exporter, or a trade/business association of producers or exporters of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in any 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country,</E>
                     provide the following information on your firm's(s') operations on that product during calendar year 2023 (report quantity data in short tons and value data in U.S. dollars, landed and duty-paid at the U.S. port but not including antidumping or countervailing duties). If you are a trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (a) Production (quantity) and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total production of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in each 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') production;
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) Capacity (quantity) of your firm(s) to produce the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in each 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     (that is, the level of production that your establishment(s) could reasonably have expected to attain during the year, assuming normal operating conditions (using equipment and machinery in place and ready to operate), normal operating levels (hours per week/weeks per year), time for downtime, maintenance, repair, and cleanup, and a typical or representative product mix); and
                </P>
                <P>
                    (c) the quantity and value of your firm's(s') exports to the United States of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total exports to the United States of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     from each 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') exports.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (12) Identify significant changes, if any, in the supply and demand conditions or business cycle for the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products</E>
                     that have occurred in the United States or in the market for the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in each 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     since the 
                    <E T="03">Order Dates,</E>
                     and significant changes, if any, that are likely to occur within a reasonably foreseeable time. Supply conditions to consider include technology; production methods; development efforts; ability to increase production (including the shift of production facilities used for other products and the use, cost, or availability of major inputs into production); and factors related to the ability to shift supply among different national markets (including barriers to importation in foreign markets or changes in market demand abroad). Demand conditions to consider include end uses and applications; the existence and availability of substitute products; and the level of competition among the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products</E>
                     produced in the United States, 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     produced in each 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country,</E>
                     and such merchandise from other countries.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (13) (Optional) A statement of whether you agree with the above definitions of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Products</E>
                     and 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industries;</E>
                     if you disagree with either or both of these definitions, please explain why and provide alternative definitions.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     This proceeding is being conducted under authority of Title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930; this notice is published pursuant to § 207.61 of the Commission's rules.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
                    <DATED>Issued: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lisa Barton,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01933 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Investigation No. 337-TA-1370]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Certain Power Converter Modules and Computing Systems Containing the Same; Notice of Commission Decision Not To Review an Initial Determination Granting an Unopposed Motion To Amend the Complaint and Notice of Investigation</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>U.S. International Trade Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has determined not to review an initial determination (“ID”) (Order No. 18) of the presiding Administrative Law Judge (“ALJ”) granting an unopposed motion to amend the complaint and notice of investigation to add DET Logistics (USA) Corporation (“DET”) of Fremont, California, as a respondent.</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Houda Morad, Office of the General Counsel, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 708-4716. Copies of non-confidential documents filed in connection with this investigation may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at 
                        <E T="03">https://edis.usitc.gov.</E>
                         For help accessing EDIS, please email 
                        <E T="03">EDIS3Help@usitc.gov.</E>
                         General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.usitc.gov.</E>
                         Hearing-impaired persons are advised that information on this matter can be obtained by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on (202) 205-1810.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    On August 17, 2023, the Commission instituted this investigation under section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, 19 U.S.C. 1337 (“section 337”), based on a complaint filed by Vicor Corporation of Andover, Massachusetts. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     88 FR 56050-51 (Aug. 17, 2023). The complaint, as supplemented, alleges a violation of section 337 based upon the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, and the sale within the United States after importation of certain power converter modules and computing systems containing the same by reason of the infringement of certain claims of U.S. Patent Nos. 9,166,481; 9,516,761; and 10,199,950. 
                    <E T="03">See id.</E>
                     The notice of investigation names the following respondents: Delta Electronics, Inc. of Taipei, Taiwan; Delta Electronics (Americas) Ltd. of Fremont, California; Delta Electronics (USA) Inc. of Plano, Texas; Cyntec Co., Ltd. of Hsinchu, Taiwan; Quanta Computer Inc. and Quanta Cloud Technology Inc., both of Taoyuan City, Taiwan; Quanta Cloud Technology USA LLC of San Jose, California; Quanta Computer USA Inc. of Fremont, California; Hon Hai Precision Industry Co. Ltd. (d/b/a, Foxconn Technology Group) of Taipei City, Taiwan; Foxconn Industrial internet Co. Ltd. of Shenzhen, China; FII USA Inc. (a/k/a Foxconn Industrial, internet USA Inc.) of Milwaukee, Wisconsin; Ingrasys Technology Inc. of Taoyuan City, Taiwan; and Ingrasys Technology USA Inc. of Fremont, California. 
                    <E T="03">See id.</E>
                     The Office of Unfair Import Investigations is also a party to the investigation. 
                    <E T="03">See id.</E>
                </P>
                <P>On December 21, 2023, Complainant filed an unopposed motion to amend the complaint and notice of investigation to add DET as a respondent. No response to the motion was received.</P>
                <P>
                    On January 2, 2024, the ALJ issued the subject ID (Order No. 18) granting the motion. The ID finds that, under Commission Rule 210.14(b), 19 CFR 210.14(b), “good cause exists to allow the proposed amendment” because “Vicor was able to identify DET's role in the supply chain . . . only after having received confidential information from the Delta Respondents during discovery.” 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     ID at 2. In addition, the ID finds that “[t]he proposed amendment . . . will not prejudice the public interest or the rights of the parties to this investigation.” 
                    <E T="03">See id.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    No petition for review of the subject ID was filed.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6547"/>
                </P>
                <P>The Commission has determined not to review the subject ID. The complaint and notice of investigation are amended to add DET as a respondent.</P>
                <P>The Commission vote for this determination took place on January 26, 2024.</P>
                <P>The authority for the Commission's determination is contained in section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and in part 210 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR part 210).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
                    <DATED>Issued: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lisa Barton,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01982 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Investigation No. 731-TA-1110 (Third Review)]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Sodium Hexametaphosphate From China; Institution of a Five-Year Review</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>United States International Trade Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Commission hereby gives notice that it has instituted a review pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1930 (“the Act”), as amended, to determine whether revocation of the antidumping duty order on sodium hexametaphosphate from China would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury. Pursuant to the Act, interested parties are requested to respond to this notice by submitting the information specified below to the Commission.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Instituted February 1, 2024. To be assured of consideration, the deadline for responses is March 4, 2024. Comments on the adequacy of responses may be filed with the Commission by April 10, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Kenneth Gatten (202-708-1447), Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (
                        <E T="03">https://www.usitc.gov</E>
                        ). The public record for this proceeding may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at 
                        <E T="03">https://edis.usitc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Background.</E>
                    —On March 19, 2008, the Department of Commerce (“Commerce”) issued an antidumping duty order on imports of sodium hexametaphosphate from China (73 FR 14772). Commerce issued a continuation of the antidumping duty order on imports of sodium hexametaphosphate from China following Commerce's and the Commission's first five-year reviews, effective July 17, 2013 (78 FR 42754) and second five-year reviews, effective March 1, 2019 (84 FR 7021). The Commission is now conducting a third five-year review pursuant to section 751(c) of the Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1675(c)), to determine whether revocation of the order would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury to the domestic industry within a reasonably foreseeable time. Provisions concerning the conduct of this proceeding may be found in the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure at 19 CFR part 201, subparts A and B, and 19 CFR part 207, subparts A and F. The Commission will assess the adequacy of interested party responses to this notice of institution to determine whether to conduct a full or expedited review. The Commission's determination in any expedited review will be based on the facts available, which may include information provided in response to this notice.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Definitions.</E>
                    —The following definitions apply to this review:
                </P>
                <P>
                    (1) 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     is the class or kind of merchandise that is within the scope of the five-year review, as defined by Commerce.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (2) The 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     in this review is China.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (3) The 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     is the domestically produced product or products which are like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise.</E>
                     In its original determination and its expedited first and second five-year review determinations, the Commission defined the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     consisting of sodium hexametaphosphate, coextensive with Commerce's scope.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (4) The 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                     is the U.S. producers as a whole of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product,</E>
                     or those producers whose collective output of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     constitutes a major proportion of the total domestic production of the product. In its original determination and its expedited first and second five-year review determinations, the Commission defined the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                     consisting of all domestic producers of sodium hexametaphosphate.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (5) An 
                    <E T="03">Importer</E>
                     is any person or firm engaged, either directly or through a parent company or subsidiary, in importing the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     into the United States from a foreign manufacturer or through its selling agent.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Participation in the proceeding and public service list.</E>
                    —Persons, including industrial users of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     and, if the merchandise is sold at the retail level, representative consumer organizations, wishing to participate in the proceeding as parties must file an entry of appearance with the Secretary to the Commission, as provided in § 201.11(b)(4) of the Commission's rules, no later than 21 days after publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . The Secretary will maintain a public service list containing the names and addresses of all persons, or their representatives, who are parties to the proceeding.
                </P>
                <P>Former Commission employees who are seeking to appear in Commission five-year reviews are advised that they may appear in a review even if they participated personally and substantially in the corresponding underlying original investigation or an earlier review of the same underlying investigation. The Commission's designated agency ethics official has advised that a five-year review is not the same particular matter as the underlying original investigation, and a five-year review is not the same particular matter as an earlier review of the same underlying investigation for purposes of 18 U.S.C. 207, the post-employment statute for Federal employees, and Commission rule 201.15(b) (19 CFR 201.15(b)), 79 FR 3246 (Jan. 17, 2014), 73 FR 24609 (May 5, 2008). Consequently, former employees are not required to seek Commission approval to appear in a review under Commission rule 19 CFR 201.15, even if the corresponding underlying original investigation or an earlier review of the same underlying investigation was pending when they were Commission employees. For further ethics advice on this matter, contact Charles Smith, Office of the General Counsel, at 202-205-3408.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Limited disclosure of business proprietary information (BPI) under an administrative protective order (APO) and APO service list.</E>
                    —Pursuant to 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6548"/>
                    § 207.7(a) of the Commission's rules, the Secretary will make BPI submitted in this proceeding available to authorized applicants under the APO issued in the proceeding, provided that the application is made no later than 21 days after publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . Authorized applicants must represent interested parties, as defined in 19 U.S.C. 1677(9), who are parties to the proceeding. A separate service list will be maintained by the Secretary for those parties authorized to receive BPI under the APO.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Certification.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.3 of the Commission's rules, any person submitting information to the Commission in connection with this proceeding must certify that the information is accurate and complete to the best of the submitter's knowledge. In making the certification, the submitter will acknowledge that information submitted in response to this request for information and throughout this proceeding or other proceeding may be disclosed to and used: (i) by the Commission, its employees and Offices, and contract personnel (a) for developing or maintaining the records of this or a related proceeding, or (b) in internal investigations, audits, reviews, and evaluations relating to the programs, personnel, and operations of the Commission including under 5 U.S.C. Appendix 3; or (ii) by U.S. government employees and contract personnel, solely for cybersecurity purposes. All contract personnel will sign appropriate nondisclosure agreements.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Written submissions.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.61 of the Commission's rules, each interested party response to this notice must provide the information specified below. The deadline for filing such responses is 5:15 p.m. on March 4, 2024. Pursuant to § 207.62(b) of the Commission's rules, eligible parties (as specified in Commission rule 207.62(b)(1)) may also file comments concerning the adequacy of responses to the notice of institution and whether the Commission should conduct an expedited or full review. The deadline for filing such comments is 5:15 p.m. on April 10, 2024. All written submissions must conform with the provisions of § 201.8 of the Commission's rules; any submissions that contain BPI must also conform with the requirements of §§ 201.6, 207.3, and 207.7 of the Commission's rules. The Commission's 
                    <E T="03">Handbook on Filing Procedures,</E>
                     available on the Commission's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.usitc.gov/documents/handbook_on_filing_procedures.pdf,</E>
                     elaborates upon the Commission's procedures with respect to filings. Also, in accordance with §§ 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the Commission's rules, each document filed by a party to the proceeding must be served on all other parties to the proceeding (as identified by either the public or APO service list as appropriate), and a certificate of service must accompany the document (if you are not a party to the proceeding you do not need to serve your response).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Please note the Secretary's Office will accept only electronic filings at this time. Filings must be made through the Commission's Electronic Document Information System (EDIS, 
                    <E T="03">https://edis.usitc.gov</E>
                    ). No in-person paper-based filings or paper copies of any electronic filings will be accepted until further notice.
                </P>
                <P>No response to this request for information is required if a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) number is not displayed; the OMB number is 3117 0016/USITC No. 24-5-591, expiration date June 30, 2026. Public reporting burden for the request is estimated to average 15 hours per response. Please send comments regarding the accuracy of this burden estimate to the Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Inability to provide requested information.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.61(c) of the Commission's rules, any interested party that cannot furnish the information requested by this notice in the requested form and manner shall notify the Commission at the earliest possible time, provide a full explanation of why it cannot provide the requested information, and indicate alternative forms in which it can provide equivalent information. If an interested party does not provide this notification (or the Commission finds the explanation provided in the notification inadequate) and fails to provide a complete response to this notice, the Commission may take an adverse inference against the party pursuant to § 776(b) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1677e(b)) in making its determination in the review.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Information To Be Provided in Response to This Notice of Institution:</E>
                     As used below, the term “firm” includes any related firms.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Those responding to this notice of institution are encouraged, but not required, to visit the USITC's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://usitc.gov/reports/response_noi_worksheet,</E>
                     where one can download and complete the “NOI worksheet” Excel form for the subject proceeding, to be included as attachment/exhibit 1 of your overall response.
                </P>
                <P>(1) The name and address of your firm or entity (including World Wide Web address) and name, telephone number, fax number, and Email address of the certifying official.</P>
                <P>
                    (2) A statement indicating whether your firm/entity is an interested party under 19 U.S.C. 1677(9) and if so, how, including whether your firm/entity is a U.S. producer of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product,</E>
                     a U.S. union or worker group, a U.S. importer of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandi</E>
                    se, a foreign producer or exporter of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise,</E>
                     a U.S. or foreign trade or business association (a majority of whose members are interested parties under the statute), or another interested party (including an explanation). If you are a union/worker group or trade/business association, identify the firms in which your workers are employed or which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>(3) A statement indicating whether your firm/entity is willing to participate in this proceeding by providing information requested by the Commission.</P>
                <P>
                    (4) A statement of the likely effects of the revocation of the antidumping duty order on the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                     in general and/or your firm/entity specifically. In your response, please discuss the various factors specified in section 752(a) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1675a(a)) including the likely volume of subject imports, likely price effects of subject imports, and likely impact of imports of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     on the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (5) A list of all known and currently operating U.S. producers of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product.</E>
                     Identify any known related parties and the nature of the relationship as defined in section 771(4)(B) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1677(4)(B)).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (6) A list of all known and currently operating U.S. importers of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     and producers of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     that currently export or have exported 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     to the United States or other countries after 2017.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (7) A list of 3-5 leading purchasers in the U.S. market for the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     and the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     (including street address, World Wide Web address, and the name, telephone number, fax number, and Email address of a responsible official at each firm).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (8) A list of known sources of information on national or regional prices for the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     or the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the U.S. or other markets.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (9) If you are a U.S. producer of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product,</E>
                     provide the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6549"/>
                    following information on your firm's operations on that product during calendar year 2023, except as noted (report quantity data in metric tons and value data in U.S. dollars, f.o.b. plant). If you are a union/worker group or trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms in which your workers are employed/which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (a) Production (quantity) and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total U.S. production of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') production;
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) Capacity (quantity) of your firm to produce the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     (that is, the level of production that your establishment(s) could reasonably have expected to attain during the year, assuming normal operating conditions (using equipment and machinery in place and ready to operate), normal operating levels (hours per week/weeks per year), time for downtime, maintenance, repair, and cleanup, and a typical or representative product mix);
                </P>
                <P>
                    (c) the quantity and value of U.S. commercial shipments of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     produced in your U.S. plant(s);
                </P>
                <P>
                    (d) the quantity and value of U.S. internal consumption/company transfers of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     produced in your U.S. plant(s); and
                </P>
                <P>
                    (e) the value of (i) net sales, (ii) cost of goods sold (COGS), (iii) gross profit, (iv) selling, general and administrative (SG&amp;A) expenses, and (v) operating income of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     produced in your U.S. plant(s) (include both U.S. and export commercial sales, internal consumption, and company transfers) for your most recently completed fiscal year (identify the date on which your fiscal year ends).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (10) If you are a U.S. importer or a trade/business association of U.S. importers of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country,</E>
                     provide the following information on your firm's(s') operations on that product during calendar year 2023 (report quantity data in metric tons and value data in U.S. dollars). If you are a trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (a) The quantity and value (landed, duty-paid but not including antidumping duties) of U.S. imports and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total U.S. imports of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') imports;
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) the quantity and value (f.o.b. U.S. port, including antidumping duties) of U.S. commercial shipments of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     imported from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country;</E>
                     and
                </P>
                <P>
                    (c) the quantity and value (f.o.b. U.S. port, including antidumping duties) of U.S. internal consumption/company transfers of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     imported from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (11) If you are a producer, an exporter, or a trade/business association of producers or exporters of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country,</E>
                     provide the following information on your firm's(s') operations on that product during calendar year 2023 (report quantity data in metric tons and value data in U.S. dollars, landed and duty-paid at the U.S. port but not including antidumping duties). If you are a trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (a) Production (quantity) and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total production of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') production;
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) Capacity (quantity) of your firm(s) to produce the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     (that is, the level of production that your establishment(s) could reasonably have expected to attain during the year, assuming normal operating conditions (using equipment and machinery in place and ready to operate), normal operating levels (hours per week/weeks per year), time for downtime, maintenance, repair, and cleanup, and a typical or representative product mix); and
                </P>
                <P>
                    (c) the quantity and value of your firm's(s') exports to the United States of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total exports to the United States of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') exports.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (12) Identify significant changes, if any, in the supply and demand conditions or business cycle for the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     that have occurred in the United States or in the market for the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     after 2017, and significant changes, if any, that are likely to occur within a reasonably foreseeable time. Supply conditions to consider include technology; production methods; development efforts; ability to increase production (including the shift of production facilities used for other products and the use, cost, or availability of major inputs into production); and factors related to the ability to shift supply among different national markets (including barriers to importation in foreign markets or changes in market demand abroad). Demand conditions to consider include end uses and applications; the existence and availability of substitute products; and the level of competition among the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     produced in the United States, 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     produced in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country,</E>
                     and such merchandise from other countries.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (13) (OPTIONAL) A statement of whether you agree with the above definitions of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     and 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry;</E>
                     if you disagree with either or both of these definitions, please explain why and provide alternative definitions.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     This proceeding is being conducted under authority of title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930; this notice is published pursuant to § 207.61 of the Commission's rules.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
                    <DATED>Issued: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lisa Barton,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01912 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[USITC SE-24-006]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Agency Holding the Meeting:</HD>
                    <P> United States International Trade Commission.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE: </HD>
                    <P>February 9, 2024 at 11:00 a.m.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
                    <P> Room 101, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436, Telephone: (202) 205-2000.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
                    <P> Open to the public.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        1. 
                        <E T="03">Agendas for future meetings:</E>
                         none.
                    </P>
                    <P>2. Minutes.</P>
                    <P>3. Ratification List.</P>
                    <P>4. Commission vote on Inv. Nos. 701-TA-703 and 731-TA-1661-1663 (Preliminary)(Glass Wine Bottles from Chile, China, and Mexico). The Commission currently is scheduled to complete and file its determinations on February 12, 2024; views of the Commission currently are scheduled to be completed and filed on February 20, 2023.</P>
                    <P>
                        5. 
                        <E T="03">Outstanding action jackets:</E>
                         none.
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION: </HD>
                    <P>Sharon Bellamy, Supervisory Hearings and Information Officer, 202-205-2000.</P>
                    <P>
                        The Commission is holding the meeting under the Government in the Sunshine Act, 5 U.S.C. 552(b). In accordance with Commission policy, subject matter listed above, not disposed of at the scheduled meeting, may be 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6550"/>
                        carried over to the agenda of the following meeting.
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <SIG>
                    <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
                    <DATED>Issued: January 30, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Sharon Bellamy,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Supervisory Hearings and Information Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02079 Filed 1-30-24; 11:15 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Investigation Nos. 701-TA-481 and 731-TA-1190 (Second Review)]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells and Modules From China; Institution of Five-Year Reviews</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>United States International Trade Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Commission hereby gives notice that it has instituted reviews pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1930 (“the Act”), as amended, to determine whether revocation of the antidumping and countervailing duty orders on crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells and modules from China would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury. Pursuant to the Act, interested parties are requested to respond to this notice by submitting the information specified below to the Commission.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Instituted February 1, 2024. To be assured of consideration, the deadline for responses is March 4, 2024. Comments on the adequacy of responses may be filed with the Commission by April 10, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Andres Andrade (202-205-2078), Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (
                        <E T="03">https://www.usitc.gov</E>
                        ). The public record for this proceeding may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at 
                        <E T="03">https://edis.usitc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Background.</E>
                    —On December 7, 2012, the Department of Commerce (“Commerce”) issued antidumping and countervailing duty orders on imports of crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells and modules from China (77 FR 73017-73021). Following the first five-year reviews by Commerce and the Commission, effective March 20, 2019, Commerce issued a continuation of the antidumping and countervailing duty orders on imports of crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells and modules from China (84 FR 10299-10301). The Commission is now conducting second reviews pursuant to section 751(c) of the Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1675(c)), to determine whether revocation of the orders would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury to the domestic industry within a reasonably foreseeable time. Provisions concerning the conduct of this proceeding may be found in the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure at 19 CFR part 201, subparts A and B, and 19 CFR part 207, subparts A and F. The Commission will assess the adequacy of interested party responses to this notice of institution to determine whether to conduct full or expedited reviews. The Commission's determinations in any expedited reviews will be based on the facts available, which may include information provided in response to this notice.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Definitions.</E>
                    —The following definitions apply to these reviews:
                </P>
                <P>
                    (1) 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     is the class or kind of merchandise that is within the scope of the five-year reviews, as defined by Commerce.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (2) The 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     in these reviews is China.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (3) The 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     is the domestically produced product or products which are like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise.</E>
                     In its original determinations and first five-year review determinations, the Commission defined a single 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product,</E>
                     crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells and modules, corresponding to Commerce's scope.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (4) The 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                     is the U.S. producers as a whole of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product,</E>
                     or those producers whose collective output of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     constitutes a major proportion of the total domestic production of the product. In its original determinations and its first five-year review determinations, the Commission defined a single 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                     as all producers of crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells and modules. One firm was excluded from the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                     under the related parties provision in the original determinations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (5) An 
                    <E T="03">Importer</E>
                     is any person or firm engaged, either directly or through a parent company or subsidiary, in importing the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     into the United States from a foreign manufacturer or through its selling agent.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Participation in the proceeding and public service list.</E>
                    —Persons, including industrial users of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     and, if the merchandise is sold at the retail level, representative consumer organizations, wishing to participate in the proceeding as parties must file an entry of appearance with the Secretary to the Commission, as provided in § 201.11(b)(4) of the Commission's rules, no later than 21 days after publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . The Secretary will maintain a public service list containing the names and addresses of all persons, or their representatives, who are parties to the proceeding.
                </P>
                <P>Former Commission employees who are seeking to appear in Commission five-year reviews are advised that they may appear in a review even if they participated personally and substantially in the corresponding underlying original investigation or an earlier review of the same underlying investigation. The Commission's designated agency ethics official has advised that a five-year review is not the same particular matter as the underlying original investigation, and a five-year review is not the same particular matter as an earlier review of the same underlying investigation for purposes of 18 U.S.C. 207, the post-employment statute for Federal employees, and Commission rule 201.15(b) (19 CFR 201.15(b)), 79 FR 3246 (Jan. 17, 2014), 73 FR 24609 (May 5, 2008). Consequently, former employees are not required to seek Commission approval to appear in a review under Commission rule 19 CFR 201.15, even if the corresponding underlying original investigation or an earlier review of the same underlying investigation was pending when they were Commission employees. For further ethics advice on this matter, contact Charles Smith, Office of the General Counsel, at 202-205-3408.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Limited disclosure of business proprietary information (BPI) under an administrative protective order (APO) and APO service list.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.7(a) of the Commission's rules, the Secretary will make BPI submitted in this proceeding available to authorized applicants under the APO issued in the proceeding, provided that the application is made no later than 21 days after publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . Authorized 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6551"/>
                    applicants must represent interested parties, as defined in 19 U.S.C. 1677(9), who are parties to the proceeding. A separate service list will be maintained by the Secretary for those parties authorized to receive BPI under the APO.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Certification.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.3 of the Commission's rules, any person submitting information to the Commission in connection with this proceeding must certify that the information is accurate and complete to the best of the submitter's knowledge. In making the certification, the submitter will acknowledge that information submitted in response to this request for information and throughout this proceeding or other proceeding may be disclosed to and used: (i) by the Commission, its employees and Offices, and contract personnel (a) for developing or maintaining the records of this or a related proceeding, or (b) in internal investigations, audits, reviews, and evaluations relating to the programs, personnel, and operations of the Commission including under 5 U.S.C. appendix 3; or (ii) by U.S. Government employees and contract personnel, solely for cybersecurity purposes. All contract personnel will sign appropriate nondisclosure agreements.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Written submissions.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.61 of the Commission's rules, each interested party response to this notice must provide the information specified below. The deadline for filing such responses is 5:15 p.m. on March 4, 2024. Pursuant to § 207.62(b) of the Commission's rules, eligible parties (as specified in Commission rule 207.62(b)(1)) may also file comments concerning the adequacy of responses to the notice of institution and whether the Commission should conduct expedited or full reviews. The deadline for filing such comments is 5:15 p.m. on April 10, 2024. All written submissions must conform with the provisions of § 201.8 of the Commission's rules; any submissions that contain BPI must also conform with the requirements of §§ 201.6, 207.3, and 207.7 of the Commission's rules. The Commission's 
                    <E T="03">Handbook on Filing Procedures,</E>
                     available on the Commission's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.usitc.gov/documents/handbook_on_filing_procedures.pdf,</E>
                     elaborates upon the Commission's procedures with respect to filings. Also, in accordance with §§ 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the Commission's rules, each document filed by a party to the proceeding must be served on all other parties to the proceeding (as identified by either the public or APO service list as appropriate), and a certificate of service must accompany the document (if you are not a party to the proceeding you do not need to serve your response).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Please note the Secretary's Office will accept only electronic filings at this time. Filings must be made through the Commission's Electronic Document Information System (EDIS, 
                    <E T="03">https://edis.usitc.gov</E>
                    ). No in-person paper-based filings or paper copies of any electronic filings will be accepted until further notice.
                </P>
                <P>No response to this request for information is required if a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) number is not displayed; the OMB number is 3117 0016/USITC No. 24-5-588, expiration date June 30, 2026. Public reporting burden for the request is estimated to average 15 hours per response. Please send comments regarding the accuracy of this burden estimate to the Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Inability to provide requested information.</E>
                    —Pursuant to § 207.61(c) of the Commission's rules, any interested party that cannot furnish the information requested by this notice in the requested form and manner shall notify the Commission at the earliest possible time, provide a full explanation of why it cannot provide the requested information, and indicate alternative forms in which it can provide equivalent information. If an interested party does not provide this notification (or the Commission finds the explanation provided in the notification inadequate) and fails to provide a complete response to this notice, the Commission may take an adverse inference against the party pursuant to § 776(b) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1677e(b)) in making its determinations in the reviews.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Information To Be Provided in Response to This Notice of Institution:</E>
                     As used below, the term “firm” includes any related firms.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Those responding to this notice of institution are encouraged, but not required, to visit the USITC's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://usitc.gov/reports/response_noi_worksheet,</E>
                     where one can download and complete the “NOI worksheet” Excel form for the subject proceeding, to be included as attachment/exhibit 1 of your overall response.
                </P>
                <P>(1) The name and address of your firm or entity (including World Wide Web address) and name, telephone number, fax number, and Email address of the certifying official.</P>
                <P>
                    (2) A statement indicating whether your firm/entity is an interested party under 19 U.S.C. 1677(9) and if so, how, including whether your firm/entity is a U.S. producer of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product,</E>
                     a U.S. union or worker group, a U.S. importer of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandi</E>
                    se, a foreign producer or exporter of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise,</E>
                     a U.S. or foreign trade or business association (a majority of whose members are interested parties under the statute), or another interested party (including an explanation). If you are a union/worker group or trade/business association, identify the firms in which your workers are employed or which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>(3) A statement indicating whether your firm/entity is willing to participate in this proceeding by providing information requested by the Commission.</P>
                <P>
                    (4) A statement of the likely effects of the revocation of the antidumping and countervailing duty orders on the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                     in general and/or your firm/entity specifically. In your response, please discuss the various factors specified in section 752(a) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1675a(a)) including the likely volume of subject imports, likely price effects of subject imports, and likely impact of imports of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     on the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (5) A list of all known and currently operating U.S. producers of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product.</E>
                     Identify any known related parties and the nature of the relationship as defined in section 771(4)(B) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1677(4)(B)).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (6) A list of all known and currently operating U.S. importers of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     and producers of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     that currently export or have exported 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     to the United States or other countries after 2017.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (7) A list of 3-5 leading purchasers in the U.S. market for the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     and the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     (including street address, World Wide Web address, and the name, telephone number, fax number, and Email address of a responsible official at each firm).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (8) A list of known sources of information on national or regional prices for the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     or the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the U.S. or other markets.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (9) If you are a U.S. producer of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product,</E>
                     provide the following information on your firm's operations on that product during calendar year 2023, except as noted (report quantity data in kilowatts and value data in U.S. dollars, f.o.b. plant). If you are a union/worker group or trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6552"/>
                    the firms in which your workers are employed/which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (a) Production (quantity) and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total U.S. production of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') production;
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) Capacity (quantity) of your firm to produce the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     (that is, the level of production that your establishment(s) could reasonably have expected to attain during the year, assuming normal operating conditions (using equipment and machinery in place and ready to operate), normal operating levels (hours per week/weeks per year), time for downtime, maintenance, repair, and cleanup, and a typical or representative product mix);
                </P>
                <P>
                    (c) the quantity and value of U.S. commercial shipments of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     produced in your U.S. plant(s);
                </P>
                <P>
                    (d) the quantity and value of U.S. internal consumption/company transfers of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     produced in your U.S. plant(s); and
                </P>
                <P>
                    (e) the value of (i) net sales, (ii) cost of goods sold (COGS), (iii) gross profit, (iv) selling, general and administrative (SG&amp;A) expenses, and (v) operating income of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     produced in your U.S. plant(s) (include both U.S. and export commercial sales, internal consumption, and company transfers) for your most recently completed fiscal year (identify the date on which your fiscal year ends).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (10) If you are a U.S. importer or a trade/business association of U.S. importers of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country,</E>
                     provide the following information on your firm's(s') operations on that product during calendar year 2023 (report quantity data in kilowatts and value data in U.S. dollars). If you are a trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (a) The quantity and value (landed, duty-paid but not including antidumping or countervailing duties) of U.S. imports and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total U.S. imports of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') imports;
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) the quantity and value (f.o.b. U.S. port, including antidumping and/or countervailing duties) of U.S. commercial shipments of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     imported from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country;</E>
                     and
                </P>
                <P>
                    (c) the quantity and value (f.o.b. U.S. port, including antidumping and/or countervailing duties) of U.S. internal consumption/company transfers of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     imported from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    (11) If you are a producer, an exporter, or a trade/business association of producers or exporters of the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country,</E>
                     provide the following information on your firm's(s') operations on that product during calendar year 2023 (report quantity data in kilowatts and value data in U.S. dollars, landed and duty-paid at the U.S. port but not including antidumping or countervailing duties). If you are a trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms which are members of your association.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (a) Production (quantity) and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total production of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') production;
                </P>
                <P>
                    (b) Capacity (quantity) of your firm(s) to produce the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     (that is, the level of production that your establishment(s) could reasonably have expected to attain during the year, assuming normal operating conditions (using equipment and machinery in place and ready to operate), normal operating levels (hours per week/weeks per year), time for downtime, maintenance, repair, and cleanup, and a typical or representative product mix); and
                </P>
                <P>
                    (c) the quantity and value of your firm's(s') exports to the United States of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total exports to the United States of 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     from the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     accounted for by your firm's(s') exports.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (12) Identify significant changes, if any, in the supply and demand conditions or business cycle for the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     that have occurred in the United States or in the market for the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country</E>
                     after 2017, and significant changes, if any, that are likely to occur within a reasonably foreseeable time. Supply conditions to consider include technology; production methods; development efforts; ability to increase production (including the shift of production facilities used for other products and the use, cost, or availability of major inputs into production); and factors related to the ability to shift supply among different national markets (including barriers to importation in foreign markets or changes in market demand abroad). Demand conditions to consider include end uses and applications; the existence and availability of substitute products; and the level of competition among the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     produced in the United States, 
                    <E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>
                     produced in the 
                    <E T="03">Subject Country,</E>
                     and such merchandise from other countries.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (13) (OPTIONAL) A statement of whether you agree with the above definitions of the 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>
                     and 
                    <E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>
                    ; if you disagree with either or both of these definitions, please explain why and provide alternative definitions.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     This proceeding is being conducted under authority of title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930; this notice is published pursuant to § 207.61 of the Commission's rules.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
                    <DATED>Issued: January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lisa R. Barton,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01908 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[OMB Number 1110-0015]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Extension of a Previously Approved Collection; Hate Crime Incident Report</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Bureau of Investigation, Department of Justice.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>60-Day notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Federal Bureau of Investigation, Department of Justice (DOJ), will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until April 1, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        If you have additional comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Edward L. Abraham, Crime and Law Enforcement Statistics Unit Chief, FBI, CJIS Division, Module D-1, 1000 Custer Hollow Road, Clarksburg, West Virginia 26306, 
                        <E T="03">elabraham@fbi.gov,</E>
                         304-625-4830.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6553"/>
                    address one or more of the following four points:
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Bureau of Justice Statistics, including whether the information will have practical utility;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Evaluate whether and if so how the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected can be enhanced; and</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    —Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     permitting electronic submission of responses.
                </FP>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Under title 28 U.S.C. 534, subsections (a) and (c); the Hate Crime Statistics Act, 34 U.S.C. 41305, modified by the Matthew Shepard and James Byrd, Jr., Hate Crimes Prevention Act (2009), Public Law, section 4708; and the Uniform Federal Crime Reporting Act of 1988, 34 U.S.C. 41303, this information collection requests hate crime data from LEAs in order for the FBI's Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Program to serve as the national clearinghouse for the collection and dissemination of hate crime data and to publish these statistics annually in various data releases. The hate crime data provide information about the bias motivation, offenses, victims, offenders, and locations of hate crime incidents.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview of This Information Collection</HD>
                <P>
                    (1) 
                    <E T="03">Type of Information Collection:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (2) 
                    <E T="03">The Title of the Form/Collection:</E>
                     Hate Crime Incident Report.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (3) 
                    <E T="03">The agency form number, if any, and the applicable component of the Department sponsoring the collection:</E>
                     The form number is 1-700. The applicable component within the DOJ is the CJIS Division, FBI.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (4) 
                    <E T="03">Affected public who will be asked or required to respond, as well as the obligation to respond:</E>
                     Affected Public Primary: Federal, state, local, tribal, university/college, and territorial law enforcement agencies (LEAs). The obligation to respond is voluntary.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (5) 
                    <E T="03">An estimate of the total number of respondents and the amount of time estimated for an average respondent to respond:</E>
                     The estimated number of LEAs submitting monthly data to the FBI's UCR Program is 15,588. Annually, those LEAs submit a total of 187,056 responses (15,588 LEAs × 12 months = 187,056 annual responses). The estimated time it takes for an average response is seven minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (6) 
                    <E T="03">An estimate of the total annual burden (in hours) associated with the collection:</E>
                     The estimated annual public burden associated with the Hate Crime Data Collection is 21,823 hours [(187,056 annual responses × 7 minutes per response)/60 minutes per hour = 21,823.2 total annual hours].
                </P>
                <P>
                    (7) 
                    <E T="03">An estimate of the total annual cost burden associated with the collection, if applicable:</E>
                     $0.
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,xs54,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>Total Burden Hours</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Activity</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>respondents</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Frequency</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Total annual responses</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Time per
                            <LI>response</LI>
                            <LI>(min.)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total annual
                            <LI>burden</LI>
                            <LI>(hours)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Report</ENT>
                        <ENT>15,588</ENT>
                        <ENT>1/month</ENT>
                        <ENT>187,056</ENT>
                        <ENT>7</ENT>
                        <ENT>21,823.2</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Unduplicated Totals</ENT>
                        <ENT>15,588</ENT>
                        <ENT>1/month</ENT>
                        <ENT>187,056</ENT>
                        <ENT>7</ENT>
                        <ENT>21,823</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>If additional information is required contact: Darwin Arceo, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE, 4W-218, Washington, DC.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Darwin Arceo,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Department Clearance Officer for PRA, U.S. Department of Justice.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01979 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4410-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Mine Safety and Health Administration</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Affirmative Decisions on Petitions for Modification Granted in Whole or in Part</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA), Labor.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 and title 30 of the Code of Federal Regulations govern the application, processing, and disposition of petitions for modification of mandatory safety standards. Any mine operator or representative of miners may petition for an alternative method of complying with an existing safety standard. MSHA reviews the content of each submitted petition, assesses the mine in question, and ultimately issues a decision on the petition. This notice includes a list of petitions for modification that were granted after MSHA's review and investigation, between July 1, 2023, and December 31, 2023.</P>
                </SUM>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Copies of the final decisions are posted on MSHA's website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.msha.gov/regulations/rulemaking/petitions-modification.</E>
                         The public may inspect the petitions and final decisions in person at MSHA, Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances, 201 12th Street South, Arlington, Virginia, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, except federal holidays. Before visiting MSHA in person, call 202-693-9455 to make an appointment, in keeping with the Department of Labor's COVID-19 policy. Special health precautions may be required.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        S. Aromie Noe, Director, Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances at 202-693-9440 (voice), 
                        <E T="03">Petitionsformodification@dol.gov</E>
                         (email), or 202-693-9441 (fax). (These are not toll-free numbers.)
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Introduction</HD>
                <P>
                    Under section 101(c) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, any mine operator or representative of miners may petition to use an alternative approach to comply with a mandatory safety standard. In response, the Secretary of Labor (Secretary) or his or her designee may modify the application of a mandatory safety standard to that mine if the Secretary determines that: (1) An alternative method exists that will guarantee no 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6554"/>
                    less protection for the miners affected than that provided by the standard; or (2) the application of the standard will result in a diminution of safety to the affected miners.
                </P>
                <P>MSHA bases the final decision on the petitioner's statements, any comments and information submitted by interested persons, and a field investigation of the conditions at the mine. In some instances, MSHA may approve a petition for modification on the condition that the mine operator complies with other requirements noted in the decision. In other instances, MSHA may deny, dismiss, or revoke a petition for modification. In accordance with 30 CFR 44.5, MSHA publishes every final action granting a petition for modification.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Granted Petitions for Modification</HD>
                <P>
                    On the basis of the findings of MSHA's investigation, and as designee of the Secretary, MSHA granted or partially granted the petitions for modification below. Since the previous 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice (88 FR 56052) included petitions granted through June 30, 2023, the following are petitions granted between July 1, 2023, and December 31, 2023. The granted petitions are shown in the order that MSHA received them.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Docket Number:</E>
                     M-2022-032-C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">FR Notice:</E>
                     88 FR 887 (01/05/2023).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Petitioner:</E>
                     Century Mining, LLC, 7004 Buckhannon Road, Volga, West Virginia 26238.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Mine:</E>
                     Longview Mine, MSHA ID No. 46-09447, located in Barbour County, West Virginia.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Regulation Affected:</E>
                     30 CFR 75.500(d) (Permissible electric equipment).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Docket Number:</E>
                     M-2022-033-C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">FR Notice:</E>
                     88 FR 886 (01/05/2023).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Petitioner:</E>
                     Century Mining, LLC, 7004 Buckhannon Road, Volga, West Virginia 26238.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Mine:</E>
                     Longview Mine, MSHA ID No. 46-09447, located in Barbour County, West Virginia.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Regulation Affected:</E>
                     30 CFR 75.507-1(a) (Electric equipment other than power-connection points; outby the last open crosscut; return air; permissibility requirements).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Docket Number:</E>
                     M-2022-034-C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">FR Notice:</E>
                     88 FR 885 (01/05/2023).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Petitioner:</E>
                     Century Mining LLC, 7004 Buckhannon Road, Volga, West Virginia 26238.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Mine:</E>
                     Longview Mine, MSHA ID No. 46-09447, located in Barbour County, West Virginia.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Regulation Affected:</E>
                     30 CFR 75.1002(a) (Installation of electric equipment and conductors; permissibility).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Docket Number:</E>
                     M-2022-038-C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">FR Notice:</E>
                     88 FR 7464 (02/03/2023).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Petitioner:</E>
                     Greenbrier Minerals LLC, 119 Rich Creek Rd., Lyburn, West Virginia 25632.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Mines:</E>
                     Eagle No. 1 Mine, MSHA ID No. 46-09563, located in Logan County, West Virginia; Lower War Eagle, MSHA ID No. 46-09319, located in Wyoming County, West Virginia; Muddy Bridge, MSHA ID No. 46-09514, located in Logan County, West Virginia; North Fork Winifrede Deep, MSHA ID No. 46-09583, located in Logan County, West Virginia; and Powellton #1 Mine, MSHA ID No. 46-09217, located in Logan County, West Virginia.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Regulation Affected:</E>
                     30 CFR 75.500(d) (Permissible electric equipment).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Docket Number:</E>
                     M-2022-039-C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">FR Notice:</E>
                     88 FR 7466 (02/03/2023).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Petitioner:</E>
                     Greenbrier Minerals LLC, 119 Rich Creek Rd., Lyburn, West Virginia 25632.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Mines:</E>
                     Eagle No. 1 Mine, MSHA ID No. 46-09563, located in Logan County, West Virginia; Lower War Eagle, MSHA ID No. 46-09319, located in Wyoming County, West Virginia; Muddy Bridge, MSHA ID No. 46-09514, located in Logan County, West Virginia; North Fork Winifrede Deep, MSHA ID No. 46-09583, located in Logan County, West Virginia; and Powellton #1 Mine, MSHA ID No. 46-09217, located in Logan County, West Virginia.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Regulation Affected:</E>
                     30 CFR 75.507-1(a) (Electric equipment other than power-connection points; outby the last open crosscut; return air; permissibility requirements).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Docket Number:</E>
                     M-2022-040-C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">FR Notice:</E>
                     88 FR 7465 (02/03/2023).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Petitioner:</E>
                     Greenbrier Minerals LLC, 119 Rich Creek Rd., Lyburn, West Virginia 25632.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Mines:</E>
                     Eagle No. 1 Mine, MSHA ID No. 46-09563, located in Logan County, West Virginia; Lower War Eagle, MSHA ID No. 46-09319, located in Wyoming County, West Virginia; Muddy Bridge, MSHA ID No. 46-09514, located in Logan County, West Virginia; North Fork Winifrede Deep, MSHA ID No. 46-09583, located in Logan County, West Virginia; and Powellton #1 Mine, MSHA ID No. 46-09217, located in Logan County, West Virginia.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Regulation Affected:</E>
                     30 CFR 75.1002(a) (Installation of electric equipment and conductors; permissibility).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Docket Number:</E>
                     M-2023-008-C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">FR Notice:</E>
                     88 FR 17630 (03/23/2023).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Petitioner:</E>
                     American Consolidated Natural Resources, Inc., 46226 National Road, St. Clairsville, Ohio 43950.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Mines:</E>
                     Harrison County Mine, MSHAID No. 46-01318, located in Harrison County, West Virginia; Marion County Mine, MSHAID No. 46-01433, located in Marion County, West Virginia; Ohio County Mine, MSHAID No. 46-01436, located in Marshall County, West Virginia; and Marshall County Mine, MINE ID No. 46-01437, located in Marshall County, West Virginia.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Regulation Affected:</E>
                     30 CFR 75.500(d) (Permissible electric equipment).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Docket Number:</E>
                     M-2023-013-C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">FR Notice:</E>
                     88 FR 33649 (05/24/2023).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Petitioner:</E>
                     Mach Mining, LLC, P.O. Box 300, Johnston City, Illinois 62951.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Mine:</E>
                     Mach #1 Mine, MSHA ID No. 11-03141, located in Williamson County, Illinois.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Regulation Affected:</E>
                     30 CFR 75.1909(b) (Nonpermissible diesel-powered equipment; design and performance requirements).
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Song-ae Aromie Noe,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01980 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4520-43-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Occupational Safety and Health Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. OSHA-2007-0043]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>TUV SUD America, Inc.: Grant of Expansion of Recognition</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Labor.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In this notice, OSHA announces the final decision to expand the scope of recognition for TUV SUD America, Inc. (TUVAM) as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The expansion of the scope of recognition becomes effective on February 1, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Information regarding this notice is available from the following sources:</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Press inquiries:</E>
                         Contact Mr. Frank Meilinger, Director, OSHA Office of Communications, U.S. Department of Labor; telephone: (202) 693-1999; email: 
                        <E T="03">meilinger.francis2@dol.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">General and technical information:</E>
                         Contact Mr. Kevin Robinson, Director, Office of Technical Programs and Coordination Activities, Directorate of Technical Support and Emergency Management, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor; telephone: (202) 693-1911; email: 
                        <E T="03">robinson.kevin@dol.gov.</E>
                         OSHA's web page includes information about 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6555"/>
                        the NRTL Program (see 
                        <E T="03">http://www.osha.gov/dts/otpca/nrtl/index.html</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Notice of Final Decision</HD>
                <P>OSHA hereby gives notice of the expansion of the scope of recognition for TUV SUD America Inc. (TUVAM). TUVAM's expansion covers the addition of three test standards to the NRTL scope of recognition.</P>
                <P>OSHA recognition of a NRTL signifies that the organization meets the requirements specified in 29 CFR 1910.7. Recognition is an acknowledgment that the organization can perform independent safety testing and certification of the specific products covered within its scope of recognition. Each NRTL's scope of recognition includes (1) the type of products the NRTL may test, with each type specified by its applicable test standard; and (2) the recognized site(s) that has/have the technical capability to perform the product-testing and product-certification activities for test standards within the NRTL's scope. Recognition is not a delegation or grant of government authority; however, recognition enables employers to use products approved by the NRTL to meet OSHA standards that require product testing and certification.</P>
                <P>
                    The agency processes an application by a NRTL for initial recognition and for an expansion or renewal of this recognition, following requirements in Appendix A, 29 CFR 1910.7. This appendix requires that the agency publish two notices in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     in processing an application. In the first notice, OSHA announces the application and provides its preliminary finding. In the second notice, the agency provides the final decision on the application. These notices set forth the NRTL's scope of recognition or modifications of that scope. OSHA maintains an informational web page for each NRTL, including TUVAM, which details the NRTL's scope of recognition. These pages are available from the OSHA website at: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/nationally-recognized-testing-laboratory-program.</E>
                </P>
                <P>TUVAM submitted an application, dated November 22, 2021 (OSHA-2007-0043-0049), to expand their recognition to include three additional test standards to the NRTL scope of recognition. OSHA staff performed a detailed analysis of the application packet and reviewed other pertinent information. OSHA did not perform any on-site reviews in relation to this application.</P>
                <P>
                    OSHA published the preliminary notice announcing TUVAM's expansion application in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on November 7, 2023 (88 FR 76860). The agency requested comments by November 22, 2023, and it received one comment in response to this notice. The comment, OSHA-2007-0043-0053 questioned whether TUVAM has the capability of meeting the testing requirement in clause 13.1 of UL 2054. In response to this comment, OSHA reviewed the documentation submitted with the application and determined that TUVAM meets the OSHA requirements for the full testing capability for UL 2054. OSHA now is proceeding with this final notice to grant expansion of TUVAM's NRTL scope of recognition.
                </P>
                <P>
                    To review copies of all public documents pertaining to TUVAM's application, go to 
                    <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     or contact the Docket Office, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor at (202) 693-2350. Docket No. OSHA-2007-0043 contains all materials in the record concerning TUVAM's recognition. All submissions, including copyrighted material, are available for inspection through the OSHA Docket Office. Contact the OSHA Docket Office at (202) 693-2350 for assistance in locating docket submissions.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Final Decision and Order</HD>
                <P>OSHA staff examined TUVAM's expansion application and examined other pertinent information. Based on its review of this evidence, OSHA finds that TUVAM meets the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.7 for expansion of its recognition, subject to the limitations and conditions listed in this notice. OSHA, therefore, is proceeding with this final notice to grant TUVAM's expanded scope of recognition. OSHA limits the expansion of TUVAM's recognition to include the testing and certification of products for demonstration of conformance to the test standards shown below in Table 1.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r200">
                    <TTITLE>Table 1—List of Appropriate Test Standards for Inclusion in TUVAM's NRTL Scope of Recognition</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Test standard</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Test standard title</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">UL 1973</ENT>
                        <ENT>Batteries for Use in Stationary, Vehicle Auxiliary Power and Light Electric Rail (LER) Applications.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">UL 2054</ENT>
                        <ENT>Household and Commercial Batteries.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">UL 2271</ENT>
                        <ENT>Batteries for Use in Light Electric Vehicle (LEV) Applications.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>OSHA's recognition of any NRTL for a particular test standard is limited to equipment or materials for which OSHA standards require third-party testing and certification before using them in the workplace. Consequently, if a test standard also covers any products for which OSHA does not require such testing and certification, a NRTL's scope of recognition does not include these products.</P>
                <P>The American National Standards Institute (ANSI) may approve the test standards listed above as American National Standards. However, for convenience, OSHA may use the designation of the standards-developing organization for the standard as opposed to the ANSI designation. Under the NRTL Program's policy (see OSHA Instruction CPL 01-00-004, Chapter 2, Section VIII), any NRTL recognized for a particular test standard may use either the proprietary version of the test standard or the ANSI version of that standard. Contact ANSI to determine whether a test standard is currently ANSI-approved.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Conditions</HD>
                <P>Recognition is contingent on continued compliance with 29 CFR 1910.7, including but not limited to, abiding by the following conditions of recognition:</P>
                <P>1. TUVAM must inform OSHA as soon as possible, in writing, of any change of ownership, facilities, or key personnel, and of any major change in its operations as a NRTL, and provide details of the change(s);</P>
                <P>2. TUVAM must meet all the terms of its recognition and comply with all OSHA policies pertaining to this recognition; and</P>
                <P>3. TUVAM must continue to meet the requirements for recognition, including all previously published conditions on TUVAM's scope of recognition, in all areas for which it has recognition.</P>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to the authority in 29 CFR 1910.7, OSHA hereby expands the scope of recognition of TUVAM as a NRTL, subject to the limitations and conditions specified above.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6556"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Authority and Signature</HD>
                <P>James S. Frederick, Deputy Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, 200 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20210, authorized the preparation of this notice. Accordingly, the agency is issuing this notice pursuant to 29 U.S.C. 657(g)(2), Secretary of Labor's Order No. 8-2020 (85 FR 58393; Sept. 18, 2020), and 29 CFR 1910.7.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC, on January 26, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>James S. Frederick,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01978 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">NATIONAL CREDIT UNION ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Credit Union Administration.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Rescindment of systems of records notices.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) is issuing a public notice of its intent to rescind two Privacy Act systems of records notices. These systems have been superseded by Government-wide systems of records notices. This notice formally rescinds the two systems of records notices identified below.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>These changes take effect on February 1, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments by any of the following methods, but please send comments by one method only:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Address to Melane Conyers-Ausbrooks, Secretary of the Board, National Credit Union Administration, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314-3428.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>
                         Same as mail address.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Jennifer Harrison, Attorney-Advisor, Office of General Counsel, (703) 518-6540.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>Pursuant to the provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974, the NCUA is rescinding the following two systems of records notices from its system of records inventory. As part of a routine review, the NCUA determined that these systems of records notices have been superseded by government-wide system of records notices. A government-wide system of records is a system of records in which one agency has regulatory authority over the records in the custody of multiple agencies and that agency has the responsibility for publishing a system of records notice that applies to all records regardless of their custodial location. The original publication of these system of records notices is covered below in the History section.</P>
                <P>1. NCUA-7, Employee Injury File. This system of records notice has been superseded by a Government-wide system of records notice, DOL/GOVT-1, Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Federal Employees' Compensation Act File (published at 81 FR 25776 on April 29, 2016).</P>
                <P>2. NCUA-14, PaymentNet J.P. Morgan Chase Bank PaymentNet. This system of records notice has been superseded by two Government-wide system of records notices, GSA/GOVT-3, Travel Charge Card Program (published at 78 FR 20108 on April 3, 2013), and GSA/GOVT-6, GSA SmartPay Purchase Charge Card Program (published at 73 FR 22376 on April 25, 2008).</P>
                <PRIACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM NAME AND NUMBER:</HD>
                    <P>1. NCUA-7, Employee Injury File.</P>
                    <P>2. NCUA-14, PaymentNet J.P. Morgan Chase Bank PaymentNet.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">HISTORY:</HD>
                    <P>1. NCUA-7, Employee Injury File, originally published at 65 FR 3486 (Jan. 21, 2000), modifications published at 71 FR 77807 (Dec. 27, 2006) and 75 FR 41539 (July 16, 2010).</P>
                    <P>2. NCUA-14, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank PaymentNet, originally published at 71 FR 77807 (Dec. 27, 2006); modification published at 75 FR 41539 (July 16, 2010).</P>
                </PRIACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>By the National Credit Union Administration Board on January 23, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Melane Conyers-Ausbrooks,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary of the Board.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01977 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">NATIONAL FOUNDATION OF THE ARTS AND THE HUMANITIES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Institute of Museum and Library Services</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Special Meeting of the National Museum and Library Services Board</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Institute of Museum and Library Services (IMLS), National Foundation of the Arts and the Humanities (NFAH).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of meeting.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The National Museum and Library Services Board, which advises the Director of the Institute of Museum and Library Services in awarding national awards and medals, will meet by teleconference on February 29, 2024, to review nominations for the 2024 National Medal for Museum and Library Service.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The meeting will be held on Thursday, February 29, from 3 p.m. eastern time until adjourned.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>The meeting will convene virtually.</P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Katherine Maas, Chief of Staff and Alternate Designated Federal Officer, Institute of Museum and Library Services, Suite 4000, 955 L'Enfant Plaza North SW, Washington, DC 20024; (202) 653-4798; 
                        <E T="03">kmaas@imls.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The National Museum and Library Services Board is meeting pursuant to the National Museum and Library Service Act, 20 U.S.C. 9105a, and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) as amended, 5 U.S.C. app. to review nominations for the 2024 National Medal for Museum and Library Service.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public pursuant to subsections (c)(4), (c)(6) and (c)(9) of section 552b of title 5, United States Code, as amended. The closed meeting will consider information that may disclose: Trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential; and information the premature disclosure of which would be likely to significantly frustrate implementation of a proposed agency action.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Brianna Ingram,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Paralegal Specialist.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02012 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <P>The National Science Board's (NSB) Committee on Science and Engineering Policy (SEP) hereby gives notice of the scheduling of a videoconference for the transaction of National Science Board business pursuant to the National Science Foundation Act and the Government in the Sunshine Act.</P>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
                    <P>Monday, February 5, 2024, from 1:00 p.m.-2:00 p.m. Eastern.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The meeting will be held by videoconference through the National Science Foundation. Members of the public can observe this meeting through a YouTube livestream. The YouTube 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6557"/>
                        link will be available from the NSB meetings web page—
                        <E T="03">https://www.nsf.gov/nsb/meetings/index.jsp.</E>
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
                    <P>Open.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Chair's opening remarks; Discussion of draft proposal for 
                        <E T="03">S&amp;E Indicators 2026</E>
                         suite of products; Discussion of potential NSB STEM talent policy messages.
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Point of contact for this meeting is Chris Blair, 
                        <E T="03">cblair@nsf.gov</E>
                        , 703/292-7000.
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Christopher Blair,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Executive Assistant to the National Science Board Office.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02022 Filed 1-29-24; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7555-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">PENSION BENEFIT GUARANTY CORPORATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Proposed Submission of Information of Collections for OMB Review; Comment Request; Reportable Events; Notice of Failure To Make Required Contributions</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of intention to request extension of OMB approval of an information collection.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) intends to request that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) extend approval, under the Paperwork Reduction Act, of collections of information under PBGC's regulation on Reportable Events and Certain Other Notification Requirements (OMB control numbers 1212-0013 and 1212-0041, expiring July 31, 2024) without modifications. This notice informs the public of PBGC's intent and solicits public comment on the collections of information.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be submitted on or before April 1, 2024 to be assured of consideration.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Email: paperwork.comments@pbgc.gov.</E>
                         Refer to Disclosure of Termination Information in the subject line.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail or Hand Delivery:</E>
                         Regulatory Affairs Division, Office of the General Counsel, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, 445 12th Street SW, Washington, DC 20024-2101.
                    </P>
                    <P>Commenters are strongly encouraged to submit comments electronically. Commenters who submit comments on paper by mail should allow sufficient time for mailed comments to be received before the close of the comment period.</P>
                    <P>
                        All submissions received must include the agency's name (Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or PBGC) and refer to Disclosure of Termination Information. All comments received will be posted without change to PBGC's website, 
                        <E T="03">http://www.pbgc.gov,</E>
                         including any personal information provided. Do not submit comments that include any personally identifiable information or confidential business information.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Copies of the collection of information may be obtained without charge by writing to the Disclosure Division, (
                        <E T="03">disclosure@pbgc.gov</E>
                        ), Office of the General Counsel, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, 445 12th Street SW, Washington, DC 20024-2101; or, calling 202-229-4040 during normal business hours. If you are deaf or hard of hearing or have a speech disability, please dial 7-1-1 to access telecommunications relay services.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Monica O'Donnell (
                        <E T="03">odonnell.monica@pbgc.gov</E>
                        ), Attorney, Regulatory Affairs Division, Office of the General Counsel, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, 445 12th Street SW, Washington, DC 20024-2101; 202-229-8706. If you are deaf, hard of hearing or have a speech disability, please dial 7-1-1 to access telecommunications relay services.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>Section 4043 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) requires plan administrators and plan sponsors to report certain plan and employer events to PBGC. The reporting requirements give PBGC notice of events that indicate plan or employer financial problems. PBGC uses the information provided to determine what, if any, action it needs to take. For example, PBGC might need to institute proceedings to terminate a plan (placing it in a trusteeship) under section 4042 of ERISA to ensure the continued payment of benefits to plan participants and their beneficiaries or to prevent unreasonable increases in PBGC's losses.</P>
                <P>The provisions of section 4043 of ERISA have been implemented in PBGC's regulation on Reportable Events and Certain Other Notification Requirements (29 CFR part 4043).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Form 10</HD>
                <P>Subparts B and C of the regulation deal with reportable events. PBGC has issued Forms 10 and 10-Advance and related instructions under subparts B and C (approved under OMB control number 1212-0013). The existing collection of information was approved through July 31, 2024, under OMB control number 1212-0013. PBGC intends to request that OMB extend its approval of this collection for 3 years. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
                <P>PBGC estimates that it will receive 438 reportable event notices per year under subparts B and C of the reportable events regulation using Forms 10 and 10-Advance and that the average annual burden of this collection of information is 1,377 hours and $326,310.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Form 200</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 303(k) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) and section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (Code) impose a lien in favor of an underfunded single-employer plan that is covered by PBGC's termination insurance program is (1) any person fails to make a required payment when due, and (2) the unpaid balance of that payment (including interest), when added to the aggregated unpaid balance of all proceedings for which payment was not made when due (including interest), exceeds $1 million. (For this purpose, a plan is underfunded if its funding target attainment percentage is less than 100 percent.) The lien is upon all property and rights to property belonging to the person or persons that are liable for required contributions (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     a contributing sponsor and each member of the controlled group of which that contributing sponsor is a member).
                </P>
                <P>Only PBGC (or, at its direction, the plan's contributing sponsor or a member of the same controlled group) may perfect and enforce this lien. ERISA and the Code require persons that fail to make payments to notify PBGC within 10 days of the due date whenever there is a failure to make a required payment and the total of the unpaid balances (including interest) exceeds $1 million.</P>
                <P>
                    PBGC Form 200, Notice of Failure to Make Required Contributions, and related instructions implement the statutory notification requirement. Submission of Form 200 is required by 29 CFR 4043.81 (Subpart D of PBGC's regulation on Reportable Events and Other Notification Requirements, 29 CFR part 4043). OMB has approved this collection of information under OMB control number 1212-0041, which expires July 31, 2024. PBGC intends to 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6558"/>
                    request that OMB extend its approval of this collection for 3 years. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
                </P>
                <P>PBGC estimates that it will receive 60 Form 200 filings per year and that the average annual burden of this collection of information is 60 hours and $43,500.</P>
                <P>PBGC is soliciting public comments to—</P>
                <P>• Evaluate whether the proposed collections of information are necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;</P>
                <P>• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collections of information, including the validity of the methodologies and assumptions used;</P>
                <P>• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and</P>
                <P>
                    • Minimize the burden of the collections of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     permitting electronic submission of responses.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>Issued in Washington, DC.</P>
                    <NAME>Hilary Duke,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant General Counsel for Regulatory Affairs, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01964 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7709-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[SEC File No. 270-663, OMB Control No. 3235-0724]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Extension: Supplier Diversity Business Management System</SUBJECT>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    <E T="03">Upon Written Request, Copies Available From:</E>
                     Securities and Exchange Commission, Office of FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-2736
                </FP>
                <P>
                    Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) is soliciting comments on the existing collection of information summarized below. The Commission plans to submit this existing collection of information to the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) for approval.
                </P>
                <P>The Commission is required under Section 342 of the Dodd Frank Wall Street and Reform Act to develop standards and processes for ensuring the fair inclusion of minority-owned and women-owned businesses in all of the Commission's business activities. To help implement this requirement, the Office of Minority and Women Inclusion (OMWI) developed and maintains an electronic Supplier Diversity Business Management System (SDBMS) to collect up-to-date business information and capabilities statements from diverse suppliers interested in doing business with the Commission. This information allows the Commission to update and more effectively manage its current internal repository. It also allows the Commission to measure the effectiveness of its technical assistance and outreach efforts, and target areas where additional program efforts are necessary.</P>
                <P>The Commission invites comment on SDBMS. Information is collected in SDBMS via web-based, e-filed, dynamic form-based technology. The company point of contact completes a profile consisting of basic contact data and information on the capabilities of the business. The profile includes a series of questions, some of which are based on the data that the individual enters. Drop-down lists are included where appropriate to increase ease of use.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title of Collection:</E>
                     Supplier Diversity Business Management System.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Request for Extension.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents Annually:</E>
                     300.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Burden Hours per Respondent:</E>
                     30 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     150 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Request for Comments:</E>
                     The comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for OMB approval. All comments will become a matter of public record. Written comments are invited on: (a) whether this collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden imposed by the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted by April 1, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information under the PRA unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
                <P>
                    Please direct your written comments to David Bottom, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o John Pezzullo, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549 or send an email to: 
                    <E T="03">PRA_Mailbox@sec.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01990 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE: </HD>
                    <P>Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the Government in the Sunshine Act, Public Law 94-409, that the Securities and Exchange Commission Small Business Capital Formation Advisory Committee will hold a public meeting on Tuesday, February 27, 2024, at the Commission's headquarters and via videoconference.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE: </HD>
                    <P>
                        The meeting will be hybrid, with some Committee members attending by remote means (videoconference) and others in-person at the Commission's headquarters, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, in the Multi-Purpose Room LL-006. Members of the public may watch the webcast of the meeting on the Commission's website at 
                        <E T="03">www.sec.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS: </HD>
                    <P>
                        The meeting will begin at 10:00 a.m. (ET) and will be open to the public via webcast on the Commission's website at 
                        <E T="03">www.sec.gov.</E>
                         This Sunshine Act notice is being issued because a majority of the Commission may attend the meeting.
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED: </HD>
                    <P>The agenda for the meeting includes matters relating to rules and regulations affecting small and emerging businesses and their investors under the federal securities laws.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION: </HD>
                    <P>For further information; please contact Vanessa A. Countryman from the Office of the Secretary at (202) 551-5400.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                         5 U.S.C. 552b.
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <SIG>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6559"/>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Vanessa A. Countryman, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02041 Filed 1-29-24; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-99433; File No. SR-NASDAQ-2023-022]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; Notice of Designation of a Longer Period for Commission Action on Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 2, To Create a New, Non-Trading Limited Underwriter Membership Class and Impose Related Requirements for Principal Underwriting Activity</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>January 26, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    On July 12, 2023, The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     a proposed rule change to create a new, non-trading limited underwriter membership class and impose related requirements for principal underwriting activity in connection with a company applying for initial listing on the exchange with a transaction involving an underwriter. The proposed rule change was published for comment in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on July 31, 2023.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 97985 (July 25, 2023), 88 FR 49508.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    On September 12, 2023, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Commission designated a longer period within which to approve the proposed rule change, disapprove the proposed rule change, or institute proceedings to determine whether to disapprove the proposed rule change.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On September 29, 2023, the Commission instituted proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B) of Act 
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to determine whether to approve or disapprove the proposed rule change.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On September 29, 2023, the Exchange filed Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule change, which amended and replaced the proposed rule change in its entirety.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On January 22, 2024, the Exchange filed Amendment No. 2 to the proposed rule change which amended and replaced the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1, in its entirety.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Commission has received no comment letters on the proposed rule change.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98366, 88 FR 63999 (Sept. 18, 2023). The Commission designated October 29, 2023, as the date by which the Commission shall approve or disapprove, or institute proceedings to determine whether to approve or disapprove, the proposed rule change.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98659, 88 FR 68726 (Oct. 4, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         Amendment No. 1 is available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nasdaq-2023-022/srnasdaq2023022-267740-644342.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         Amendment No. 2 is available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nasdaq-2023-022/srnasdaq2023022-414859-982462.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Section 19(b)(2) of the Act 
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     provides that, after initiating proceedings, the Commission shall issue an order approving or disapproving the proposed rule change not later than 180 days after the date of publication of notice of filing of the proposed rule change. The Commission may extend the period for issuing an order approving or disapproving the proposed rule change, however, by not more than 60 days if the Commission determines that a longer period is appropriate and publishes the reasons for such determination. The proposed rule change was published for comment in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on July 31, 2023.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The 180th day after publication of the proposed rule change is January 27, 2024. The Commission is extending the time period for approving or disapproving the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 2, for an additional 60 days.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 3.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Commission finds it appropriate to designate a longer period within which to issue an order approving or disapproving the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 2, so that it has sufficient time to consider the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 2. Accordingly, the Commission, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     designates March 27, 2024, as the date by which the Commission shall either approve or disapprove the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 2 (File No. SR-NASDAQ-2023-022).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>13</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>13</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(57).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01949 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Disaster Declaration #20166 and #20167; Pennsylvania Disaster Number PA-20002]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Administrative Declaration of a Disaster for the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>U.S. Small Business Administration.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This is a notice of an Administrative declaration of a disaster for the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania dated 01/25/2024.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Incident:</E>
                         Severe Storms and Flooding.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Incident Period:</E>
                         09/09/2023.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Issued on 01/25/2024.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Physical Loan Application Deadline Date:</E>
                         03/25/2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Economic Injury (EIDL) Loan Application Deadline Date:</E>
                         10/25/2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Visit the MySBA Loan Portal at https://lending.sba.gov</E>
                         to apply for a disaster assistance loan.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Vanessa Morgan, Office of Disaster Recovery &amp; Resilience, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW, Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Notice is hereby given that as a result of the Administrator's disaster declaration, applications for disaster loans may be submitted online using the MySBA Loan Portal 
                    <E T="03">https://lending.sba.gov</E>
                     or other locally announced locations. Please contact the SBA disaster assistance customer service center by email at 
                    <E T="03">disastercustomerservice@sba.gov</E>
                     or by phone at 1-800-659-2955 for further assistance.
                </P>
                <P>The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    <E T="03">Primary Counties:</E>
                     Lackawanna
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    <E T="03">Contiguous Counties:</E>
                     Pennsylvania
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Luzerne, Monroe, Susquehanna, Wayne, Wyoming</FP>
                <P>The Interest Rates are:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,9">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Percent</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22">
                            <E T="03">For Physical Damage:</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="02">Homeowners with Credit Available Elsewhere</ENT>
                        <ENT>5.000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="02">Homeowners without Credit Available Elsewhere</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.500</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="02">Businesses with Credit Available Elsewhere</ENT>
                        <ENT>8.000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="02">Businesses without Credit Available Elsewhere</ENT>
                        <ENT>4.000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="02">Non-Profit Organizations with Credit Available Elsewhere</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.375</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="02">Non-Profit Organizations without Credit Available Elsewhere</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.375</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="6560"/>
                        <ENT I="22">
                            <E T="03">For Economic Injury:</E>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="02">Business and Small Agricultural Cooperatives without Credit Available Elsewhere</ENT>
                        <ENT>4.000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="02">Non-Profit Organizations without Credit Available Elsewhere</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.375</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 201666 and for economic injury is 201670.</P>
                <P>The State which received an EIDL Declaration is Pennsylvania.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Number 59008)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Isabella Guzman,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Administrator.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01992 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8026-09-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Disaster Declaration #20168; CALIFORNIA Disaster Number CA-20006 Declaration of Economic Injury]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Administrative Declaration of an Economic Injury Disaster for the State of California</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>U.S. Small Business Administration.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This is a notice of an Economic Injury Disaster Loan (EIDL) declaration for the State of California dated 01/26/2024.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Incident:</E>
                         Interstate 10 Fire and Road Closures.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Incident Period:</E>
                         11/11/2023 through 11/19/2023.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Issued on 01/26/2024.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Economic Injury (EIDL) Loan Application Deadline Date:</E>
                         10/28/2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Visit the MySBA Loan Portal at https://lending.sba.gov</E>
                         to apply for a disaster assistance loan.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Alan Escobar, Office of Disaster Recovery &amp; Resilience, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW, Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Notice is hereby given that as a result of the Administrator's EIDL declaration, applications for disaster loans may be submitted online using the MySBA Loan Portal 
                    <E T="03">https://lending.sba.gov</E>
                     or other locally announced locations. Please contact the SBA disaster assistance customer service center by email at 
                    <E T="03">disastercustomerservice@sba.gov</E>
                     or by phone at 1-800-659-2955 for further assistance.
                </P>
                <P>The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    <E T="03">Primary Counties:</E>
                     Los Angeles
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    <E T="03">Contiguous Counties:</E>
                     California
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Kern, Orange, San Bernardino, Ventura.</FP>
                <P>The Interest Rates are:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,9">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Percent</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Business and Small Agricultural Cooperatives without Credit Available Elsewhere</ENT>
                        <ENT>4.000</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Non-Profit Organizations without Credit Available Elsewhere</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.250</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The number assigned to this disaster for economic injury is 201680.</P>
                <P>The State which received an EIDL Declaration is California.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Number 59008)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Isabella Guzman,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Administrator.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02013 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8026-09-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FMCSA-2015-0117; FMCSA-2017-0181; FMCSA-2019-0036; FMCSA-2019-0206]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Qualification of Drivers; Exemption Applications; Epilepsy and Seizure Disorders</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), Department of Transportation (DOT).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of renewal of exemptions; request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>FMCSA announces its decision to renew exemptions for four individuals from the requirement in the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) that interstate commercial motor vehicle (CMV) drivers have “no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of epilepsy or any other condition which is likely to cause loss of consciousness or any loss of ability to control a CMV.” The exemptions enable these individuals who have had one or more seizures and are taking anti-seizure medication to continue to operate CMVs in interstate commerce.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The exemptions are applicable on February 19, 2024. The exemptions expire on February 19, 2026. Comments must be received on or before March 4, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments identified by the Federal Docket Management System Docket No. FMCSA-2015-0117, Docket No. FMCSA-2017-0181, Docket No. FMCSA-2019-0036, or Docket No. FMCSA-2019-0206 using any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/,</E>
                         insert the docket number (FMCSA-2015-0117, FMCSA-2017-0181, FMCSA-2019-0036, or FMCSA-2019-0206) in the keyword box and click “Search.” Next, sort the results by “Posted (Newer-Older),” choose the first notice listed, and click on the “Comment” button. Follow the online instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Dockets Operations; U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, West Building Ground Floor, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>
                         West Building Ground Floor, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001 between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET Monday through Friday, except Federal Holidays.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         (202) 493-2251.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        To avoid duplication, please use only one of these four methods. See the “Public Participation” portion of the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section for instructions on submitting comments.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Ms. Christine A. Hydock, Chief, Medical Programs Division, FMCSA, DOT, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001, (202) 366-4001, 
                        <E T="03">fmcsamedical@dot.gov.</E>
                         Office hours are from 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. ET Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. If you have questions regarding viewing or submitting material to the docket, contact Dockets Operations, (202) 366-9826.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Public Participation</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Submitting Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this notice (Docket No. FMCSA-2015-0117, Docket No. FMCSA-2017-0181, Docket No. FMCSA-2019-0036, or Docket No. FMCSA-2019-0206), indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation. You may submit your comments and material online or by fax, mail, or hand delivery, but please use only one of these means. FMCSA recommends that you include your name and a mailing address, an email address, or a phone number in the body 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6561"/>
                    of your document so that FMCSA can contact you if there are questions regarding your submission.
                </P>
                <P>
                    To submit your comment online, go to 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/,</E>
                     insert the docket number (FMCSA-2015-0117, FMCSA-2017-0181, FMCSA-2019-0036, or FMCSA-2019-0206) in the keyword box and click “Search.” Next, sort the results by “Posted (Newer-Older),” choose the first notice listed, click the “Comment” button, and type your comment into the text box on the following screen. Choose whether you are submitting your comment as an individual or on behalf of a third party and then submit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    If you submit your comments by mail or hand delivery, submit them in an unbound format, no larger than 8
                    <FR>1/2</FR>
                     by 11 inches, suitable for copying and electronic filing. FMCSA will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Viewing Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    To view comments go to 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     Insert the docket number (FMCSA-2015-0117, FMCSA-2017-0181, FMCSA-2019-0036, or FMCSA-2019-0206) in the keyword box and click “Search.” Next, sort the results by “Posted (Newer-Older),” choose the first notice listed, and click “Browse Comments.” If you do not have access to the internet, you may view the docket online by visiting Dockets Operations on the ground floor of the DOT West Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. To be sure someone is there to help you, please call (202) 366-9317 or (202) 366-9826 before visiting Dockets Operations.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Privacy Act</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31315(b)(6), DOT solicits comments from the public on the exemption request. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     As described in the system of records notice DOT/ALL 14 (Federal Docket Management System), which can be reviewed at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.transportation.gov/individuals/privacy/privacy-act-system-records-notices,</E>
                     the comments are searchable by the name of the submitter.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
                <P>Under 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315(b), FMCSA may grant an exemption from the FMCSRs for no longer than a 5-year period if it finds such exemption would likely achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to, or greater than, the level that would be achieved absent such exemption. The statutes also allow the Agency to renew exemptions at the end of the 5-year period. However, FMCSA grants medical exemptions from the FMCSRs for a 2-year period to align with the maximum duration of a driver's medical certification.</P>
                <P>The physical qualification standard for drivers regarding epilepsy found in 49 CFR 391.41(b)(8) states that a person is physically qualified to drive a CMV if that person has no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of epilepsy or any other condition which is likely to cause the loss of consciousness or any loss of ability to control a CMV.</P>
                <P>
                    In addition to the regulations, FMCSA has published advisory criteria 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to assist Medical Examiners in determining whether drivers with certain medical conditions are qualified to operate a CMV in interstate commerce.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         These criteria may be found in Appendix A to Part 391—Medical Advisory Criteria, section H. 
                        <E T="03">Epilepsy:</E>
                         § 391.41(b)(8), paragraphs 3, 4, and 5, which is available on the internet at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2015-title49-vol5/pdf/CFR-2015-title49-vol5-part391-appA.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The four individuals listed in this notice have requested renewal of their exemptions from the epilepsy and seizure disorders prohibition in § 391.41(b)(8), in accordance with FMCSA procedures. Accordingly, FMCSA has evaluated these applications for renewal on their merits and decided to extend each exemption for a renewable 2-year period.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Request for Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested parties or organizations possessing information that would otherwise show that any, or all, of these drivers are not currently achieving the statutory level of safety should immediately notify FMCSA. The Agency will evaluate any adverse evidence submitted and, if safety is being compromised or if continuation of the exemption would not be consistent with the goals and objectives of 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315(b), FMCSA will take immediate steps to revoke the exemption of a driver.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Basis for Renewing Exemptions</HD>
                <P>In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315(b), each of the four applicants has satisfied the renewal conditions for obtaining an exemption from the epilepsy and seizure disorders prohibition. The four drivers in this notice remain in good standing with the Agency, have maintained their medical monitoring and have not exhibited any medical issues that would compromise their ability to safely operate a CMV during the previous 2-year exemption period. In addition, for commercial driver's license (CDL) holders, the Commercial Driver's License Information System and the Motor Carrier Management Information System are searched for crash and violation data. For non-CDL holders, the Agency reviews the driving records from the State Driver's Licensing Agency. These factors provide an adequate basis for predicting each driver's ability to continue to safely operate a CMV in interstate commerce. Therefore, FMCSA concludes that extending the exemption for each renewal applicant for a period of 2 years is likely to achieve a level of safety equal to that existing without the exemption.</P>
                <P>As of February 19, 2024, and in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315(b), the following four individuals have satisfied the renewal conditions for obtaining an exemption from the epilepsy and seizure disorders prohibition in the FMCSRs for interstate CMV drivers:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Daniel Bretz (PA)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Gary Gress (PA)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Cory Wagner (IL)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Randy Wentz (PA)</FP>
                <P>The drivers were included in docket number FMCSA-2015-0117, FMCSA-2017-0181, FMCSA-2019-0036, or FMCSA-2019-0206. Their exemptions are applicable as of February 19, 2024 and will expire on February 19, 2026.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Conditions and Requirements</HD>
                <P>
                    The exemptions are extended subject to the following conditions: (1) each driver must remain seizure-free and maintain a stable treatment during the 2-year exemption period; (2) each driver must submit annual reports from their treating physicians attesting to the stability of treatment and that the driver has remained seizure-free; (3) each driver must undergo an annual medical examination by a certified ME, as defined by § 390.5; and (4) each driver must provide a copy of the annual medical certification to the employer for retention in the driver's qualification file, or keep a copy of his/her driver's qualification file if he/she is self-employed. The driver must also have a copy of the exemption when driving, for presentation to a duly authorized Federal, State, or local enforcement official. The exemption will be rescinded if: (1) the person fails to comply with the terms and conditions of the exemption; (2) the exemption has resulted in a lower level of safety than 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6562"/>
                    was maintained before it was granted; or (3) continuation of the exemption would not be consistent with the goals and objectives of 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315(b).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Preemption</HD>
                <P>During the period the exemption is in effect, no State shall enforce any law or regulation that conflicts with this exemption with respect to a person operating under the exemption.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Conclusion</HD>
                <P>Based on its evaluation of the four exemption applications, FMCSA renews the exemptions of the aforementioned drivers from the epilepsy and seizure disorders prohibition in § 391.41(b)(8). In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315(b), each exemption will be valid for 2 years unless revoked earlier by FMCSA.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Larry W. Minor,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Administrator for Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01975 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-EX-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Railroad Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket Number FRA-2010-0043]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Northern Indiana Commuter Transportation District's Request To Amend Its Positive Train Control System</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), Department of Transportation (DOT).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of availability and request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This document provides the public with notice that, on January 24, 2024, the Northern Indiana Commuter Transportation District (NICD) submitted a request for amendment (RFA) to its FRA-certified positive train control (PTC) system. FRA is publishing this notice and inviting public comment on the railroad's RFA to its PTC system.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>FRA will consider comments received by February 21, 2024. FRA may consider comments received after that date to the extent practicable and without delaying implementation of valuable or necessary modifications to a PTC system.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments:</E>
                         Comments may be submitted by going to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         and following the online instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         All submissions must include the agency name and the applicable docket number. The relevant PTC docket number for this host railroad is Docket No. FRA-2010-0043. For convenience, all active PTC dockets are hyperlinked on FRA's website at 
                        <E T="03">https://railroads.dot.gov/research-development/program-areas/train-control/ptc/railroads-ptc-dockets.</E>
                         All comments received will be posted without change to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov;</E>
                         this includes any personal information.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Gabe Neal, Staff Director, Signal, Train Control, and Crossings Division, telephone: 816-516-7168, email: 
                        <E T="03">Gabe.Neal@dot.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>In general, title 49 United States Code (U.S.C.) section 20157(h) requires FRA to certify that a host railroad's PTC system complies with title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) part 236, subpart I, before the technology may be operated in revenue service. Before making certain changes to an FRA-certified PTC system or the associated FRA-approved PTC Safety Plan (PTCSP), a host railroad must submit, and obtain FRA's approval of, an RFA to its PTC system or PTCSP under 49 CFR 236.1021.</P>
                <P>
                    Under 49 CFR 236.1021(e), FRA's regulations provide that FRA will publish a notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     and invite public comment in accordance with 49 CFR part 211, if an RFA includes a request for approval of a material modification of a signal or train control system. Accordingly, this notice informs the public that, on January 24, 2024, NICD submitted an RFA to its Interoperable Electronic Train Management System (I-ETMS), which seeks FRA's approval for NICD to temporarily disable its PTC system's current Back Office System (BOS) during the implementation of the Railcomm BOS. That RFA is available in Docket No. FRA-2010-0043.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Interested parties are invited to comment on NICD's RFA by submitting written comments or data. During FRA's review of this railroad's RFA, FRA will consider any comments or data submitted within the timeline specified in this notice and to the extent practicable, without delaying implementation of valuable or necessary modifications to a PTC system. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     49 CFR 236.1021; 
                    <E T="03">see also</E>
                     49 CFR 236.1011(e). Under 49 CFR 236.1021, FRA maintains the authority to approve, approve with conditions, or deny a railroad's RFA at FRA's sole discretion.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Privacy Act Notice</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with 49 CFR 211.3, FRA solicits comments from the public to better inform its decisions. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                     as described in the system of records notice (DOT/ALL-14 FDMS), which can be reviewed at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.transportation.gov/privacy.</E>
                     See 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov/privacy-notice</E>
                     for the privacy notice of 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov.</E>
                     To facilitate comment tracking, we encourage commenters to provide their name, or the name of their organization; however, submission of names is completely optional. If you wish to provide comments containing proprietary or confidential information, please contact FRA for alternate submission instructions.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>Issued in Washington, DC.</P>
                    <NAME>Carolyn R. Hayward-Williams,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Office of Railroad Systems and Technology.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01939 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-06-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Railroad Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket Number FRA-2010-0030]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority's Request To Amend Its Positive Train Control System</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), Department of Transportation (DOT).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of availability and request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This document provides the public with notice that, on January 24, 2024, the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority (MBTA) submitted a request for amendment (RFA) to its FRA-certified positive train control (PTC) system. FRA is publishing this notice and inviting public comment on the railroad's RFA to its PTC system.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>FRA will consider comments received by February 21, 2024. FRA may consider comments received after that date to the extent practicable and without delaying implementation of valuable or necessary modifications to a PTC system.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments:</E>
                         Comments may be submitted by going to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         and following the online instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         All submissions must include the agency name and the applicable docket number. The relevant PTC docket number for this host 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6563"/>
                        railroad is Docket No. FRA-2010-0030. For convenience, all active PTC dockets are hyperlinked on FRA's website at 
                        <E T="03">https://railroads.dot.gov/research-development/program-areas/train-control/ptc/railroads-ptc-dockets.</E>
                         All comments received will be posted without change to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov;</E>
                         this includes any personal information.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Gabe Neal, Staff Director, Signal, Train Control, and Crossings Division, telephone: 816-516-7168, email: 
                        <E T="03">Gabe.Neal@dot.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>In general, title 49 United States Code (U.S.C.) section 20157(h) requires FRA to certify that a host railroad's PTC system complies with title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) part 236, subpart I, before the technology may be operated in revenue service. Before making certain changes to an FRA-certified PTC system or the associated FRA-approved PTC Safety Plan (PTCSP), a host railroad must submit, and obtain FRA's approval of, an RFA to its PTC system or PTCSP under 49 CFR 236.1021.</P>
                <P>
                    Under 49 CFR 236.1021(e), FRA's regulations provide that FRA will publish a notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     and invite public comment in accordance with 49 CFR part 211, if an RFA includes a request for approval of a material modification of a signal or train control system. Accordingly, this notice informs the public that, on January 24, 2024, MBTA submitted an RFA to its Advanced Civil Speed Enforcement System II (ACSES II), which seeks FRA's approval for MBTA to temporarily disable its ACSES II while it conducts certain planned work to implement an automatic train control system on MBTA's North Side Lines. That RFA is available in Docket No. FRA-2010-0030.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Interested parties are invited to comment on MBTA's RFA by submitting written comments or data. During FRA's review of this railroad's RFA, FRA will consider any comments or data submitted within the timeline specified in this notice and to the extent practicable, without delaying implementation of valuable or necessary modifications to a PTC system. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     49 CFR 236.1021; 
                    <E T="03">see also</E>
                     49 CFR 236.1011(e). Under 49 CFR 236.1021, FRA maintains the authority to approve, approve with conditions, or deny a railroad's RFA at FRA's sole discretion.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Privacy Act Notice</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with 49 CFR 211.3, FRA solicits comments from the public to better inform its decisions. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                     as described in the system of records notice (DOT/ALL-14 FDMS), which can be reviewed at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.transportation.gov/privacy.</E>
                     See 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov/privacy-notice</E>
                     for the privacy notice of 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov.</E>
                     To facilitate comment tracking, we encourage commenters to provide their name, or the name of their organization; however, submission of names is completely optional. If you wish to provide comments containing proprietary or confidential information, please contact FRA for alternate submission instructions.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>Issued in Washington, DC.</P>
                    <NAME>Carolyn R. Hayward-Williams,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Office of Railroad Systems and Technology.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01938 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-06-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. TTB-2024-0003]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Proposed Information Collections; Comment Request (No. 92)</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB); Treasury.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>As part of our continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, we invite comments on the continuing or proposed information collections listed below in this document.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>We must receive your written comments on or before April 1, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may send comments on the information collections described in this document using one of these two methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Internet</E>
                        —To submit comments electronically, use the comment form for this document posted on the “
                        <E T="03">Regulations.gov</E>
                        ” e-rulemaking website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         within Docket No. TTB-2024-0003.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail</E>
                        —Send comments to the Paperwork Reduction Act Officer, Regulations and Rulings Division, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, 1310 G Street NW, Box 12, Washington, DC 20005.
                    </P>
                    <P>Please submit separate comments for each specific information collection described in this document. You must reference the information collection's title, form or recordkeeping requirement number (if any), and OMB control number in your comment.</P>
                    <P>
                        You may view copies of this document, the relevant TTB forms, and any comments received at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         within Docket No. TTB-2023-0005. TTB has posted a link to that docket on its website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.ttb.gov/rrd/information-collection-notices.</E>
                         You also may obtain paper copies of this document, the listed forms, and any comments received by contacting TTB's Paperwork Reduction Act Officer at the addresses or telephone number shown below.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Michael Hoover, Regulations and Rulings Division, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, 1310 G Street NW, Box 12, Washington, DC 20005; 202-453-1039, ext. 135; or complete the Regulations and Rulings Division contact form at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.ttb.gov/contact-rrd.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request for Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    The Department of the Treasury and its Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB), as part of a continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invite the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on the proposed or continuing information collections described below, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>Comments submitted in response to this document will be included or summarized in our request for Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval of the relevant information collection. All comments are part of the public record and subject to disclosure. Please do not include any confidential or inappropriate material in your comments.</P>
                <P>
                    We invite comments on: (a) Whether an information collection is necessary for the proper performance of the agency's functions, including whether the information has practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the information collection's burden; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; (d) ways to minimize the information collection's burden on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and (e) estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide the requested information.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6564"/>
                </P>
                <P>An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information has a valid OMB control number.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Information Collections Open for Comment</HD>
                <P>Currently, we are seeking comments on the following forms, letterhead applications or notices, recordkeeping requirements, questionnaires, or surveys:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0019</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Application for Amended Permit under the Federal Alcohol Administration Act.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5100.18.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The Federal Alcohol Administration Act (FAA Act), at 27 U.S.C. 203, requires that persons apply for and receive a permit to: (1) Import distilled spirits, wine, or malt beverages into the United States; (2) distill spirits or produce wine, rectify or blend distilled spirits or wine, or bottle and/or warehouse distilled spirits; or (3) purchase distilled spirits, wine, or malt beverages for resale at wholesale. The FAA Act, at 27 U.S.C. 204, also imposes certain requirements for such permits and authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury (the Secretary) to prescribe regulations for all permit applications. The TTB regulations in 27 CFR part 1 provide for the amendment of an existing permit using form TTB F 5100.18 when changes occur to the name, trade name, address, ownership, or control of the permitted business. The collected information allows TTB to determine if amended permit applicants meet the FAA Act's statutory eligibility criteria for a permit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to changes in agency estimates, TTB is increasing the estimated number of annual respondents, responses, and burden hours associated with this information collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses and other for-profits.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     9,000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 per year.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     9,000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average per-Response Burden:</E>
                     22 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     3,300 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0028</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Application for an Industrial Alcohol Under Permit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5150.22.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The Internal Revenue Code (IRC) at 26 U.S.C. 5271 requires persons to obtain a permit before they: (1) Procure or use tax-free distilled spirits; (2) procure, deal in, or use specially denatured distilled spirits; or (3) recover specially denatured or completely denatured distilled spirits. That section also prescribes the reasons a permit may be denied or suspended. It also authorizes the Secretary to issue regulations regarding new and amended permit applications. Under that IRC authority, TTB has issued regulations regarding industrial alcohol user permits, which are contained in 27 CFR part 20, Distribution and Use of Denatured Alcohol and Rum, and 27 CFR part 22, Distribution and Use of Tax-Free Alcohol. Specifically, the TTB regulations require persons who desire to use tax-free alcohol withdraw or to deal in, use, or recover specially denatured alcohol (alcohol or rum) to apply for and receive an industrial alcohol user permit using TTB F 5150.22 before beginning such activities or when amending an existing permit. TTB uses the collected information to protect the revenue by determining the eligibility of the applicant to engage in operations involving industrial alcohol, the location of the proposed operations, and whether those operations will be conducted in compliance with Federal laws and regulations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits; State, local, and Tribal governments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     2,710.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 per year.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     2,710.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average per-Response Burden:</E>
                     0.8 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     2,168 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0033</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Report—Manufacturer of Tobacco Products or Cigarette Papers and Tubes; Report—Manufacturer of Processed Tobacco.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Numbers:</E>
                     TTB F 5210.5; TTB F 5250.1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5722 requires manufacturers of tobacco products, cigarette papers and tubes, and processed tobacco to make reports containing such information, in such form, at such times, and for such periods as the Secretary prescribes by regulation. The TTB regulations prescribe the use of TTB F 5210.5 to report information about tobacco products and cigarette papers and tubes manufactured, received, and removed each month, and the use of TTB F 5250.1 to report information about processed tobacco manufactured, received, and removed each month. TTB uses the collected information to determine whether the manufacturers of such articles are properly paying Federal excise taxes due and are in compliance with the applicable Federal law and regulations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses and other for-profits.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     235.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     12 per year.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     2,820.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     2,820 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0034</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Schedule of Tobacco Products, Cigarette Papers, or Tubes Withdrawn from the Market.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Form Number:</E>
                     TTB F 5200.7.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5705 provides that a manufacturer, importer, or export warehouse proprietor may receive credit for, or refund of, the Federal excise taxes paid on tobacco products, cigarette papers, or cigarette tubes withdrawn from the market upon providing satisfactory proof of the withdrawal. Under that IRC authority, the TTB regulations provide for the use of TTB F 5200.7 to identify tobacco products, cigarette papers, or cigarette tubes to be withdrawn from the market and the location of those articles. The form also documents the taxpayer's planned disposition of the articles (destroyed, reduced to materials, or returned to bond), and TTB's decision to witness or not witness that disposition. Taxpayers then file the completed form to support their subsequent claim for credit or refund of the excise taxes paid on the withdrawn articles. The collected information is necessary to protect the revenue as it allows TTB to determine if such claims are valid.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6565"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     50.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     5 per year.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     250.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average per-Response Burden:</E>
                     0.75 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     187.5 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0069</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Tobacco Products Manufacturers—Supporting Records for Removals for the Use of the United States.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     While tobacco products and cigarette papers and tubes made in the United States are generally subject to Federal excise under the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5701, the IRC also provides at 26 U.S.C. 5704(b) that manufacturers may remove tobacco products and cigarette papers and tubes without payment of that tax “for use of the United States” under regulations issued by the Secretary. As such, the TTB regulations at 27 CFR 45.51 require manufacturers removing such articles for use of the United States to keep records documenting certain information, including the kind and quantity of articles removed or returned and the name and address of the receiving or returning Federal agency. The required records, which may consist of usual and customary commercial records such as invoices, are necessary to ensure that tobacco products and cigarette papers and tubes removed without payment of tax are delivered to a Federal agency for an authorized tax-exempt use.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses and other for-profits.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     205.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 per year.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     205.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     205 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0073</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Manufacturers of Nonbeverage Products—Records to Support Claims for Drawback.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Recordkeeping Number:</E>
                     TTB REC 5530/2.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     While the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5001 imposes Federal excise tax on distilled spirits produced or imported into the United States, sections 5111-5114 allow manufacturers of certain “nonbeverage” products—medicines, medicinal preparations, food products, flavors, flavoring extracts, or perfume—to claim drawback (refund) of all but $1.00 per proof gallon of the excise tax paid on the distilled spirits contained in or used in the production of such products. Under those IRC authorities, TTB has issued regulations in 27 CFR part 17 governing nonbeverage product drawback claims, which includes requirements to keep source records supporting such claims. The required records, which may consist of usual and customary business records, document the distilled spirits received, taxes paid, date and quantity used, amount of alcohol recovered, other ingredients received and used (to validate formula compliance), quantity of intermediate products transferred to other plants, and the disposition or purchaser of the products. The collected information is necessary to protect the revenue as it helps prevent payment of incorrect or fraudulent claims and the diversion to beverage use of distilled spirits subject to nonbeverage drawback.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to changes in agency estimates, TTB is increasing the estimated number of annual respondents, responses, and burden hours associated with this information collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     670.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 (one).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     670.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     670 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0075</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Proprietors or Claimants Exporting Liquors.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Recordkeeping Number:</E>
                     TTB REC 5900/1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Under the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5053, 5214, and 5362, distilled spirits, wine, and beer may be exported without payment of Federal excise tax. In addition, under the IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5055 and 5062, taxpaid distilled spirits, wine, and beer may be exported and the exporter may claim drawback (refund) on the excise taxes paid. Exporters must complete various TTB and Customs information collections to show that the products were in fact exported. Specific to this information collection, the TTB alcohol export regulations in 27 CFR part 28 require proprietors and drawback claimants to maintain for 3 years record copies of all pertinent forms and commercial records that document the exportation of non-taxpaid alcohol beverages and taxpaid alcohol beverages for which drawback will be claimed. The collected information is necessary to protect the revenue as it allows TTB to verify the exportation of untaxpaid alcohol beverages and taxpaid alcohol beverages on which drawback will be claimed.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     750.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 per year.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     750.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     750 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0099</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Administrative Remedies—Requests for Closing Agreements.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 7121 authorizes the Secretary to enter into a written agreement with any person, or their agent, relating to the liability of that person for any internal revenue tax for any taxable period. Under that authority, TTB has issued regulations pertaining to such “closing agreements,” which require a taxpayer or their agent to submit a written request to TTB to enter into such an agreement to resolve excise tax matters. TTB uses the information collected in the request and any attached supporting documentation to determine whether the Bureau should pursue a closing agreement with the taxpayer. Closing agreements allow TTB and a taxpayer to resolve tax liability matters prior to any adversarial legal or administrative proceedings.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes or adjustments associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses and other for-profits.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     10.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 (one).
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     10.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6566"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     10 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0101</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Marks and Notices on Packages of Tobacco Products.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">TTB Recordkeeping Number:</E>
                     TTB REC 5210/13.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The IRC at 26 U.S.C. 5723(b) requires packages of tobacco products (cigars, cigarettes, smokeless tobacco (snuff and chewing tobacco), pipe tobacco, and roll-your-own tobacco) and cigarette paper or tubes to bear the marks and notices required by regulation. Under that authority, the TTB regulations in 27 CFR parts 40, 41, 44, and 45 require packages or, in certain cases, containers, of domestic and imported tobacco products and cigarette papers and tubes to bear certain marks identifying the product, its producer, place of production, excise tax class, and its quantity or weight, depending on the basis of the tax. The TTB regulations also require certain tax-exemption notices to appear on packages or shipping containers of tobacco products and cigarette papers or tubes intended for export or for use of the United States as such articles may be removed without tax payment or with benefit of tax drawback. The required marks and notices are necessary to protect the revenue as they identify tobacco-related articles, the applicable Federal excise tax classification, and the responsible taxpayers, and help prevent the diversion of untaxed articles into the domestic market.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to changes in agency estimates, TTB is decreasing the estimated number of annual respondents, responses, and burden hours associated with this information collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses and other for-profits.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     680.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 per year.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     680.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average per-Response Burden:</E>
                     1 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     680 hours.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">OMB Control No. 1513-0121</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Labeling of Major Food Allergens and Petitions for Exemption.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The FAA Act at 27 U.S.C. 205(e) authorizes the Secretary to issue regulations regarding the labeling of distilled spirits, certain wines, and certain beers in order to, among other things, prohibit consumer deception and ensure that labels provide consumers with adequate information as to the identity and quality of such products. Under that authority, the TTB regulations provide for the voluntary labeling of major food allergens used in the production of alcohol beverages.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Under the TTB regulations, if an alcohol beverage bottler declares on the label that any one of these allergens are contained in a product or used in its production, the bottler must declare all such allergens, including those used as fining or processing agents. However, the regulations allow a bottler to petition TTB for a labeling exemption for an allergen if evidence shows that, while used in the product's production, it is not present in the finished product at levels that would pose a risk to human health. This information collection provides a consistent means through which bottlers can alert consumers sensitive to these major food allergens to their presence in finished alcohol beverages.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         The major food allergens referenced here are those defined in the Food Allergen Labeling and Consumer Protection Act of 2004 (118 Stat. 905): milk, eggs, fish, crustacean shellfish, tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and soybeans.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>
                     There are no program changes associated with this information collection, and TTB is submitting it for extension purposes only. As for adjustments, due to changes in agency estimates, TTB is increasing the estimated number of annual respondents, responses, and burden hours associated with this information collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses and other for-profits.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     750.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1 per year.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>
                     750.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Average per-Response Burden:</E>
                     0.8 hour.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Total Burden:</E>
                     600 hours.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Amy R. Greenberg,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Administrator, Headquarters Operations.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01988 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-31-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Revision of an Approved Collection; Comment Request; Record and Disclosure Requirements—Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Regulations B, E, M, Z, and DD and Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System Regulation CC </SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P> Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), Treasury.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P> Notice and request for comment.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P> The OCC, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites comment on a continuing information collection, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA). In accordance with the requirements of the PRA, the OCC may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. The OCC is soliciting comment concerning a revision to its information collection titled, “Record and Disclosure Requirements—Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Regulations B, E, M, Z, and DD and Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System Regulation CC.” </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P> Comments must be received by April 1, 2024. </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P> Commenters are encouraged to submit comments by email, if possible. You may submit comments by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Email: prainfo@occ.treas.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Chief Counsel's Office, Attention: Comment Processing, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Attention: 1557-0176, 400 7th Street SW, Suite 3E-218, Washington, DC 20219.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>
                         400 7th Street SW, Suite 3E-218, Washington, DC 20219.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         (571) 293-4835.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         You must include “OCC” as the agency name and “1557-0176” in your comment. In general, the OCC will publish comments on 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov</E>
                         without change, including any business or personal information provided, such as name and address information, email addresses, or phone numbers. Comments received, including attachments and other supporting materials, are part of the public record and subject to public 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6567"/>
                        disclosure. Do not include any information in your comment or supporting materials that you consider confidential or inappropriate for public disclosure.
                    </P>
                    <P>Following the close of this notice's 60-day comment period, the OCC will publish a second notice with a 30-day comment period. You may review comments and other related materials that pertain to this information collection beginning on the date of publication of the second notice for this collection by the method set forth in the next bullet.</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Viewing Comments Electronically:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov.</E>
                         Hover over the “Information Collection Review” tab and click on “Information Collection Review” from the drop-down menu. From the “Currently under Review” drop-down menu, select “Department of Treasury” and then click “submit.” This information collection can be located by searching OMB control number “1557-0176” or “Record and Disclosure Requirements—Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Regulations B, E, M, Z, and DD and Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System Regulation CC.” Upon finding the appropriate information collection, click on the related “ICR Reference Number.” On the next screen, select “View Supporting Statement and Other Documents” and then click on the link to any comment listed at the bottom of the screen.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For assistance in navigating 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov,</E>
                         please contact the Regulatory Information Service Center at (202) 482-7340.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Shaquita Merritt, Clearance Officer, (202) 649-5490, Chief Counsel's Office, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 400 7th Street SW, Washington, DC 20219. If you are deaf, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability, please dial 7-1-1 to access telecommunications relay services.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the OMB for each collection of information that they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) to include agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of title 44 generally requires Federal agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information, before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, the OCC is publishing notice of the revision to the collection of information set forth in this document. The OCC asks OMB to approve this revised collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Record and Disclosure Requirements—Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Regulations B, E, M, Z, and DD and Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System Regulation CC. 
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control No.:</E>
                     1557-0176.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Regular.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>
                     On occasion. 
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     This information collection covers Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) Regulations B, E, M, Z, and DD and Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) Regulation CC. The CFPB and FRB regulations include the following provisions:
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulation B—12 CFR 1002—Equal Credit Opportunity Act</HD>
                <P>
                    This regulation prohibits lenders from discriminating against credit applicants on certain prohibited bases. The regulation also requires creditors to—(i) notify applicants of action taken on their credit application, (ii) report credit history in the names of both spouses on an account, (iii) retain records of credit applications, (iv) collect information about the applicant's race and other personal characteristics in applications for certain dwelling-related loans, and (v) provide applicants with copies of appraisal reports used in connection with credit transactions. The regulation was amended to implement changes to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA) made by section 1071 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (88 FR 35150). Section 1071 requires covered financial institutions to collect and report data on applications for credit for small businesses. The regulation's revision includes additional information collection requirements that require the compilation and maintenance of reportable data, including notice requirements and reporting and recordkeeping requirements for small business lending data.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         However, the OCC is not reporting an estimate for burden associated with the small business lending rule, given that, as the CFPB has noted, the rule is stayed: “As a result of ongoing litigation, all deadlines for compliance with the small business lending rule currently are stayed for all covered financial institutions.” CFPB, Small Business Lending under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (Regulation B), available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.consumerfinance.gov/rules-policy/final-rules/small-business-lending-under-the-equal-credit-opportunity-act-regulation-b/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulation E—12 CFR 1005—Electronic Fund Transfers (Except Prepaid Card Provisions 1557-0346)</HD>
                <P>
                    This regulation carries out the purposes of the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (15 U.S.C. 1693 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), which establishes the basic rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of consumers who use electronic fund transfers and remittance transfer services and of financial institutions or other persons that offer these services.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulation M—12 CFR 1013—Consumer Leasing</HD>
                <P>This regulation implements the consumer leasing provisions of the Truth in Lending Act, including, among other things, by requiring meaningful disclosure of leasing terms.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulation Z—12 CFR 1026—Truth in Lending</HD>
                <P>This regulation is intended to promote the informed use of consumer credit by requiring disclosures about its terms and cost to ensure that consumers are provided with greater and more timely information on the nature and costs of the residential real estate settlement process and to effect certain changes in the settlement process for residential real estate that will result in more effective advance disclosure to home buyers and sellers of settlement costs. The regulation gives consumers the right to cancel certain credit transactions that involve a lien on a consumer's principal dwelling, regulates certain credit card practices, and provides a means for fair and timely resolution of credit billing disputes. Other provisions of the regulation include rules specific to credit card accounts, certain dwelling-secured transactions, home-equity plans, and private education loans.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulation DD—12 CFR 1030—Truth in Savings</HD>
                <P>This regulation requires depository institutions to provide disclosures to enable consumers to make meaningful comparisons among accounts at depository institutions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulation CC—12 CFR 229—Availability of Funds and Collection of Checks</HD>
                <P>
                    This regulation includes timeframes to govern the availability of funds deposited into certain transaction accounts, rules to govern the collection and return of checks and electronic checks, and general provisions to govern the use of substitute checks.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6568"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Burden Estimates:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     1,005. 
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden:</E>
                     2,661,240 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comments:</E>
                     Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for OMB approval. All comments will become a matter of public record. Comments are invited on: 
                </P>
                <P>(a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the OCC, including whether the information has practical utility; </P>
                <P>(b) The accuracy of the OCCs estimate of the burden of the collection of information; </P>
                <P>(c) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; </P>
                <P>(d) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and </P>
                <P>(e) Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Patrick T. Tierney,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Director, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02014 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Veterans Health Administration (VHA), Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of a modified system of records.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>Pursuant to the Privacy Act of 1974, notice is hereby given that the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) is modifying the system of records entitled, “Caregiver Support Program—Caregiver Record Management Application (CARMA)-VA” (197VA10). This system is used to administer, monitor and track services delivered through VA's Caregiver Support Program including documentation of calls to the Caregiver Support Line.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Comments on this modified system of records must be received no later than 30 days after date of publication in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        . If no public comment is received during the period allowed for comment or unless otherwise published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         by VA, the modified system of records will become effective a minimum of 30 days after date of publication in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        . If VA receives public comments, VA shall review the comments to determine whether any changes to the notice are necessary.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Comments may be submitted through 
                        <E T="03">www.Regulations.gov</E>
                         or mailed to VA Privacy Service, 810 Vermont Avenue NW, (005X6F), Washington, DC 20420. Comments should indicate that they are submitted in response to “Caregiver Support Program-Caregiver Record Management Application (CARMA)-VA” (197VA10). Comments received will be available at 
                        <E T="03">www.Regulations.gov</E>
                         for public viewing, inspection or copies.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Stephania Griffin, Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Chief Privacy Officer, Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW, (105HIG) Washington, DC 20420, 
                        <E T="03">stephania.griffin@va.gov,</E>
                         telephone (704) 245-2492 (Note: This is not a toll-free number).
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>VA is modifying this system of records to identify changes that will more accurately describe the records maintained in the system. Modifications have been made to the following titled sections: System Manager; Purposes of the System; Categories of Records in the System; Record Source Categories; Routine Uses of Records Maintained in the System; Policies and Practices for Retrievability of Records; Policies and Practices for Retention and Disposal of Records; Physical, Procedural, and Administrative Safeguards; Record Access Procedure; Contesting Record Procedure; and Notification Procedure. VA is republishing the system notice in its entirety.</P>
                <P>The System Manager is being updated to replace Deputy Chief Officer, Patient Care Services Office (10P4C), with Colleen M. Richardson, Psy.D, Executive Director, Caregiver Support Program (12CSP).</P>
                <P>The Purpose of the System is being modified to include the explanation that this system may also be used for improving health care operations, such as producing various management and patient follow-up reports; program monitoring for epidemiological research and other health care related or program impact studies; statistical analysis, resource allocation, and planning and process improvement; providing clinical and administrative support to patient medical care and services; determining entitlement and eligibility benefits; processing and adjudicating benefit claims; and general program oversight activities.</P>
                <P>The Categories of Records in the System section has additional language regarding VA Form 10-305, “Your Rights to Seek Further Review of Program of Comprehensive Assistance for Family Caregivers (PCAFC) Decisions.”</P>
                <P>The Record Source Categories section has been expanded to include the Board of Veterans' Appeals and other VA staff offices.</P>
                <P>The section for Routine Uses of Records Maintained in the System for this VA system of records notice has been amended.</P>
                <P>Standardized Routine Uses #16 through #18 have been added to this system of records notice.</P>
                <P>The following standard routine use is added and will be Routine Use #16, Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC): To the EEOC in connection with investigations of alleged or possible discriminatory practices, examination of Federal affirmative employment programs, or other functions of the Commission as authorized by law.</P>
                <P>The following standard routine use is added and will be Routine Use #17, Federal Labor Relations Authority (FLRA): To the FLRA in connection with the investigation and resolution of allegations of unfair labor practices, the resolution of exceptions to arbitration awards when a question of material fact is raised, matters before the Federal Service Impasses Panel, and the investigation of representation petitions and the conduct or supervision of representation elections.</P>
                <P>The following standard routine use is added and will be Routine Use #18, Merit Systems Protection Board (MSPB): To the MSPB in connection with appeals, special studies of the civil service and other merit systems, review of rules and regulations, investigation of alleged or possible prohibited personnel practices, and such other functions promulgated in 5 U.S.C. 1205 and 1206, or as authorized by law.</P>
                <P>
                    Routine Use #19 is added to promulgate the use of information for VA research which states, Researchers, for Research: To epidemiological and other research facilities approved by the Under Secretary for Health for research purposes determined to be necessary and proper, provided that the names and addresses of Veterans, their dependents and caregivers will not be disclosed unless those names and addresses are first provided to VA by the facilities making the request.
                    <PRTPAGE P="6569"/>
                </P>
                <P>The Policies and Practices for Retrievability of Records section is being modified to exclude the Social Security number as an identifier to retrieve records on an individual.</P>
                <P>The Policies and Practices for Retention and Disposal of Records is being modified to state that CARMA records are disposed of in accordance with the schedule approved by the Archivist of the United States, VHA Records Control Schedule (RCS) 10-1, Item Number 7900, Temporary; Destroy 75 years after enrollment.</P>
                <P>Physical, Procedural, and Administrative Safeguards has been amended to include Amazon Web Services as a procedural safeguard for sensitive information.</P>
                <P>The Record Access Procedure, Contesting Record Procedure and Notification Procedure have been modified to reflect standard language across VA systems of records.</P>
                <P>The Report of Intent to Modify a System of Records Notice and an advance copy of the system notice have been sent to the appropriate Congressional committees and to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(r) (Privacy Act) and guidelines issued by OMB (65 FR 77677), December 12, 2000.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Signing Authority</HD>
                <P>The Senior Agency Official for Privacy, or designee, approved this document and authorized the undersigned to sign and submit the document to the Office of the Federal Register for publication electronically as an official document of the Department of Veterans Affairs. Kurt D. DelBene, Assistant Secretary for Information and Technology and Chief Information Officer, approved this document on December 18, 2023 for publication.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Amy L. Rose,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Government Information Specialist, VA Privacy Service, Office of Compliance, Risk and Remediation, Office of Information and Technology, Department of Veterans Affairs.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <PRIACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM NAME AND NUMBER:</HD>
                    <P>“Caregiver Support Program—Caregiver Record Management Application (CARMA)-VA” (197VA10)</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">SECURITY CLASSIFICATION:</HD>
                    <P>Unclassified.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM LOCATION:</HD>
                    <P>The Caregiver Record Management Application (CARMA) system is hosted in the Salesforce Gov Cloud. The Salesforce's corporate address is 1 Market Street #300, San Francisco, CA 94105.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM MANAGER(S):</HD>
                    <P>
                        Official responsible for policies and procedures: Colleen M. Richardson, Psy.D, Executive Director, Caregiver Support Program (12CSP), 810 Vermont Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20420, 
                        <E T="03">colleen.richardson2@va.gov,</E>
                         telephone number (202) 461-1635 (Note: This is not a toll-free number).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">AUTHORITY FOR MAINTENANCE OF THE SYSTEM:</HD>
                    <P>Caregivers and Veterans Omnibus Health Services Act of 2010, Public Law 111-163; 38 CFR 71.40; and 31 U.S.C. 3321.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">PURPOSE(S) OF THE SYSTEM:</HD>
                    <P>Records in this system of records are used to administer, monitor and track the services and benefits, sought and delivered through VA's Caregiver Support Program, including the documentation of telephone calls to the Caregiver Support Line. The system and data contained therein is used to fully support the Program of Comprehensive Assistance for Family Caregivers (PCAFC) and allows for data assessment and comprehensive monitoring. The CARMA workflow management system is being used for Social Security number matching and other data field requirements. In addition, information in this system of records is used to respond to Congressional and/or internal and external stakeholders on the performance of the VA Caregiver Support Program. This system may also be used for the purpose of improving health care operations such as producing various management and patient follow-up reports; program monitoring for epidemiological research and other health care related or program impact studies; statistical analysis, resource allocation, and planning and process improvement; providing clinical and administrative support to patient medical care and services; determining entitlement and eligibility benefits; processing and adjudicating benefit claims; and general program oversight activities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">CATEGORIES OF INDIVIDUALS COVERED BY THE SYSTEM:</HD>
                    <P>The records include Veterans and caregivers inquiring about, applying for, participating in and those who have previously applied for or participated in the PCAFC or the Program of General Caregiver Support Services (PGCSS) established by the Caregivers and Veterans Omnibus Health Services Act of 2010, Public Law 111-163, as well as individuals who contact or are contacted by VA's Caregiver Support Line, Veterans, their spouses and dependents as provided for in other provisions of title 38 U.S.C.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">CATEGORIES OF RECORDS IN THE SYSTEM:</HD>
                    <P>Records in this system include: the Veteran and caregiver(s) name, Social Security number, gender, age, date of birth, address, phone number, and email address; VA eligibility related information, such as service connection, DD 214, “Certification of Release or Discharge from Active Duty”, Line of Duty documentation; PCAFC stipend payment information; written correspondence; VA Form 10-10CG, “Application for Comprehensive Assistance for Family Caregiver Program”; requests for information about PCAFC Decisions (VA Form 10-305, “Your Rights to Seek Further Review of Program of Comprehensive Assistance for Family Caregivers (PCAFC) Decisions”) and responses to such requests; Decision Notice Letters pertaining to eligibility for and participation in PCAFC and PGCSS; requests for further review and appeal of PCAFC decisions and related records in support of these claims and decisions, and correspondence with Caregiver Support Line, including referral information and VA staff remarks.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">RECORD SOURCE CATEGORIES:</HD>
                    <P>Records in this system of records may be provided by the applicant, applicant's spouse or other family members or accredited representatives or friends; Veterans, caregivers, and other interested parties seeking or receiving information, benefits or services about VA's Caregiver Support Program, including the Caregiver Support Line; VA employees; and VA systems including but not limited to Veterans Health Information System and Technology Architecture (VistA), VA Master Person Index, VHA Corporate Data Warehouse, and Enrollment System; Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA); the Board of Veterans' Appeals (BVA); other VA staff offices; and State and Federal agencies.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">ROUTINE USES OF RECORDS MAINTAINED IN THE SYSTEM, INCLUDING CATEGORIES OF USERS AND THE PURPOSES OF SUCH USES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        To the extent that records contained in the system include information protected by 45 CFR parts 160 and 164, 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         individually identifiable health information of VHA or any of its business associates, and 38 U.S.C. 7332, 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         medical treatment information related to drug abuse, alcoholism or alcohol abuse, sickle cell anemia, or infection with the human immunodeficiency virus, that information cannot be disclosed under a 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6570"/>
                        routine use unless there is also specific disclosure authority in both 38 U.S.C. 7332 and 45 CFR parts 160, 161, and 164.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">1. Claims Representatives:</E>
                         To accredited service organizations, VA-approved claim agents, and attorneys acting under a declaration of representation, so that these individuals can aid claimants in the preparation, presentation, and prosecution of claims under the laws administered by VA upon the request of the claimant and provided that the disclosure is limited to information relevant to a claim, such as the name, address, the basis and nature of a claim, amount of benefit payment information, medical information, and military service and active duty separation information.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">2. Law Enforcement:</E>
                         To a Federal, State, local, Territorial, Tribal, or foreign law enforcement authority or other appropriate entity charged with the responsibility of investigating or prosecuting such violation or charged with enforcing or implementing such law, provided that the disclosure is limited to information that, either alone or in conjunction with other information, indicates a violation or potential violation of law, whether civil, criminal, or regulatory in nature. The disclosure of the names and addresses of Veterans and their dependents from VA records under this routine use must also comply with the provisions of 38 U.S.C. 5701.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">3. Guardians, Courts, for Incompetent Veterans:</E>
                         To a court, magistrate, or administrative tribunal in matters of guardianship, inquests, and commitments; to private attorneys representing Veterans rated incompetent in conjunction with the issuance of Certificates of Incompetency; or to probation and parole officers in connection with court-required duties.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">4. Guardians Ad Litem, for Representation:</E>
                         To a fiduciary or guardian ad litem in relation to his or her representation of a claimant in any legal proceeding as relevant and necessary to fulfill the duties of the fiduciary or guardian ad litem.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">5. Attorneys, Insurers, Employers:</E>
                         To attorneys, insurance companies, employers, third parties liable or potentially liable under health plan contracts, and courts, boards, or commissions as relevant and necessary to aid VA in the preparation, presentation, and prosecution of claims authorized by law.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">6. DoJ, Litigation, Administrative Proceeding:</E>
                         To the Department of Justice (DoJ), or in a proceeding before a court, adjudicative body, or other administrative body before which VA is authorized to appear, when:
                    </P>
                    <P>(a) VA or any component thereof;</P>
                    <P>(b) Any VA employee in his or her official capacity;</P>
                    <P>(c) Any VA employee in his or her individual capacity where DoJ has agreed to represent the employee; or</P>
                    <P>(d) The United States, where VA determines that litigation is likely to affect the agency or any of its components is a party to such proceedings or has an interest in such proceedings, and VA determines that use of such records is relevant and necessary to the proceedings.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">7. National Archives and Records Administration (NARA):</E>
                         To National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) in records management inspections conducted under 44 U.S.C. 2904 and 2906, or other functions authorized by laws and policies governing NARA operations and VA records management responsibilities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">8. Treasury, for Withholding:</E>
                         To the Department of the Treasury for the collection of title 38 benefit overpayments, overdue indebtedness, or costs of services provided to an individual not entitled to such services, by the withholding of all or a portion of the person's Federal income tax refund, provided that the disclosure is limited to information concerning an individual's indebtedness by virtue of a person's participation in a benefits program administered by VA.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">9. Consumer Reporting Agencies:</E>
                         To a consumer reporting agency for the purpose of locating the individual, obtaining a consumer report to determine the ability of the individual to repay an indebtedness to the United States, or assisting in the collection of such indebtedness, provided that the provisions of 38 U.S.C. 5701(g)(2) and (4) have been met, provided that the disclosure is limited to information that is reasonably necessary to identify such individual or concerning that individual's indebtedness to the United States by virtue of the person's participation in a benefits program administered by the Department.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">10. Contractors:</E>
                         To contractors, grantees, experts, consultants, students, and others performing or working on a contract, service, grant, cooperative agreement, or other assignment for VA, when reasonably necessary to accomplish an agency function related to the records.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">11. Congress:</E>
                         To a Member of Congress or staff acting upon the Member's behalf when the Member or staff requests the information on behalf of, and at the request of, the individual who is the subject of the record.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">12. Identity Theft Remediation, for Another Federal Agency:</E>
                         To other Federal agencies may be made to assist such agencies in preventing and detecting possible fraud or abuse by individuals in their operations and programs. This routine use permits disclosures by the Department to report a suspected incident of identity theft and provide information and/or documentation related to or in support of the reported incident.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">13. Data Breach Response and Remediation, for VA:</E>
                         To appropriate agencies, entities, and persons when (1) VA suspects or has confirmed that there has been a breach of the system of records; (2) VA has determined that as a result of the suspected or confirmed breach there is a risk of harm to individuals, VA (including its information systems, programs, and operations), the Federal Government or national security; and (3) the disclosure made to such agencies, entities, and persons is reasonably necessary to assist in connection with VA's efforts to respond to the suspected or confirmed breach or to prevent, minimize, or remedy such harm.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">14. Federal Agencies, for Computer Matches</E>
                        : To other Federal agencies for the purpose of conducting computer matches to obtain information to determine or verify eligibility of Veterans receiving VA benefits or medical care under title 38.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">15. Data Breach Response and Remediation, for Another Federal Agency:</E>
                         To another Federal agency or Federal entity, when VA determines that information from this system of records is reasonably necessary to assist the recipient agency or entity in (1) responding to a suspected or confirmed breach or (2) preventing, minimizing, or remedying the risk of harm to individuals, the recipient agency or entity (including its information systems, programs and operations), the Federal Government, or national security, resulting from a suspected or confirmed breach.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">16. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC):</E>
                         To the EEOC in connection with investigations of alleged or possible discriminatory practices, examination of Federal affirmative employment programs, or other functions of the Commission as authorized by law.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">17. Federal Labor Relations Authority (FLRA):</E>
                         To the FLRA in connection with the investigation and resolution of allegations of unfair labor practices, the resolution of exceptions to arbitration awards when a question of material fact is raised, matters before the Federal Service Impasses Panel, and the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6571"/>
                        investigation of representation petitions and the conduct or supervision of representation elections.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">18. Merit Systems Protection Board (MSPB):</E>
                         To the MSPB in connection with appeals, special studies of the civil service and other merit systems, review of rules and regulations, investigation of alleged or possible prohibited personnel practices, and such other functions promulgated in 5 U.S.C. 1205 and 1206, or as authorized by law.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">19. Researchers, for Research:</E>
                         To epidemiological and other research facilities approved by the Under Secretary for Health for research purposes determined to be necessary and proper, provided that the names and addresses of Veterans, their dependents and caregivers will not be disclosed unless those names and addresses are first provided to VA by the facilities making the request.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">POLICIES AND PRACTICES FOR STORAGE OF RECORDS:</HD>
                    <P>The CARMA system of records is hosted in the Salesforce Gov Cloud (GovCloud). The production environment (including application data) is backed up weekly to VA's Amazon Web Services (AWS) Cloud.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">POLICIES AND PRACTICES FOR RETRIEVAL OF RECORDS:</HD>
                    <P>Records in this system are retrieved by name, integration control number (ICN), correspondence tracking number, internal record number, facility number, or other assigned identifiers of the individuals on whom they are maintained.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">POLICIES AND PRACTICES FOR RETENTION AND DISPOSAL OF RECORDS:</HD>
                    <P>Records in this system are retained and disposed of in accordance with the schedule approved by the Archivist of the United States, VHA RCS 10-1, Item Number 7900, Temporary; Destroy 75 years after enrollment.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">ADMINISTRATIVE, TECHNICAL, AND PHYSICAL, SAFEGUARDS:</HD>
                    <P>1. On an annual basis, employees are required to sign a computer access agreement acknowledging their understanding of confidentiality requirements. In addition, all employees receive annual privacy awareness and information security training.</P>
                    <P>2. Access to electronic records is deactivated when no longer required for official duties. Recurring monitors are in place to ensure compliance with nationally and locally established security measures.</P>
                    <P>3. Strict control measures are enforced to ensure that access to and disclosure from all records are limited to VA and the contractor's employees whose official duties warrant access to those files.</P>
                    <P>4. Access to the records in CARMA is restricted and requires approval prior to access. Restricted access will be provided to enable workflow management to administer, monitor and track services delivered through VA's Caregiver Support Program including, but not limited to, documentation of calls to the Caregiver Support Line.</P>
                    <P>5. The records in CARMA are safeguarded by the AWS GovCloud infrastructure that has been authorized at the high-impact level under the Federal Risk and Authorization Management Program. The secure site-to-site encrypted network connection is limited to access via the VA trusted internet connection.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">RECORD ACCESS PROCEDURE:</HD>
                    <P>Individuals seeking information on the existence and content of records in this system pertaining to them should contact the system manager in writing as indicated above or inquire in person at the nearest VA facility. A request for access to records must contain the requester's name, address, telephone number, signed by the requester, and describes the records sought in sufficient detail to enable VA personnel to locate them with a reasonable amount of effort.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">CONTESTING RECORD PROCEDURES:</HD>
                    <P>Individuals seeking to contest or amend records in this system pertaining to them should contact the system manager in writing as indicated above or inquire in person at the nearest VA facility. A request to contest or amend records must state clearly and concisely what record is being contested, the reasons for contesting it, and the proposed amendment to the record.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES:</HD>
                    <P>Generalized notice is provided by the publication of this notice. For specific notice, see Record Access Procedure, above.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">EXEMPTIONS PROMULGATED FOR THE SYSTEM:</HD>
                    <P>None.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">HISTORY:</HD>
                    <P>86 FR 18588 (April 9, 2021).</P>
                </PRIACT>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-01984 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Scientific Merit Review Board, Health Services Research and Development Service; Federal Register Notice of Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) gives notice under the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. 10, that a meeting of the Health Services Research and Development Service Scientific (HSRD) Merit Review Board (hereinafter, “the Board”) will be held on Monday, March 18, 2024, via WebEx from 12-1:30 p.m. EST. The meeting will be partially closed to the public, with an open portion from 12-12:15 p.m. EST. The closed portion, from 12:15-1:30 p.m. EST, will be used for discussion, examination of and reference to the research applications and scientific review. Discussions will involve reference to staff and consultant critiques of research proposals. Discussions will also cover the scientific merit of each proposal and the qualifications of the personnel conducting the studies, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy. Additionally, premature disclosure of research information could significantly obstruct implementation of proposed agency action regarding the research proposals. As provided by Public Law 92-463 subsection 10(d), and amended by Public Law 94-409, closing the committee meeting is in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(6) and (9)(B).</P>
                <P>The objective of the Board is to provide for the fair and equitable selection of the most meritorious research projects for support by VA research funds and to offer advice for research program officials on program priorities and policies. The ultimate objective of the Board is to ensure that the VA HSRD program promotes functional independence and improves the quality of life for impaired and disabled Veterans.</P>
                <P>Board members advise the Director of HSRD and the Chief Research and Development Officer on the scientific and technical merit, mission relevance and protection of human subjects of HSRD proposals. The Board does not consider grants, contracts or other forms of extramural research.</P>
                <P>
                    Members of the public may attend the open portion of the meeting via WebEx in listen-only mode, as the time-limited open agenda does not allow for public comment presentations. To attend the open portion of the meeting (12-12:15 p.m. EST), the public may join by 
                    <PRTPAGE P="6572"/>
                    dialing the phone number (1-833-558-0712) and entering the meeting number/access code (2761 198 6545).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Written comments from members of the public must be sent to Tiffin Ross-Shepard, Designated Federal Officer, HSRD, Department of Veterans Affairs (14RDH), 810 Vermont Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20420, or to 
                    <E T="03">Tiffin.Ross-Shepard@va.gov</E>
                     at least five days before the meeting. The public comments will be shared with the Board members. The public may not attend the closed portion of the meeting, as disclosure of research information could significantly obstruct implementation of proposed agency action regarding the research proposals. As provided by Public Law 92-463 subsection 10(d), and amended by Public Law 94-409, closing the committee meeting is in accordance with title 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(6) and (9)(B).
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>LaTonya L. Small,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Federal Advisory Committee Management Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02006 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Rehabilitation Research and Development Service Scientific Merit Review Board; Federal Register Notice of Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) gives notice under the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. ch. 10, that a meeting of the Rehabilitation Research and Development Service (RR&amp;D) Scientific Merit Review Board (hereinafter, “the Board”) will be held on Wednesday, March 6, 2024, via Webex from 1-1:30 p.m. EST. The meeting will be partially closed to the public, with an open portion from 1-1:10. The closed portion, from 1:10-1:30 p.m., will be used for discussion, examination of and reference to the research applications and scientific review. Discussions will involve reference to staff and consultant critiques of research proposals. Discussions will also cover the scientific merit of each proposal and the qualifications of personnel conducting the studies, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy. Additionally, premature disclosure of research information could significantly obstruct implementation of proposed agency action regarding the research proposals. As provided by Public Law 92-463 subsection 10(d), and amended by Public Law 94-409, closing the committee meeting is in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(6) and (9)(B).</P>
                <P>The objective of the Board is to provide for the fair and equitable selection of the most meritorious research projects for support by VA research funds and to offer advice for research program officials on program priorities and policies. The ultimate objective of the Board is to ensure that the VA RR&amp;D program promotes functional independence and improves the quality of life for impaired and disabled Veterans.</P>
                <P>Board members will advise the Director of RR&amp;D and the Chief Research and Development Officer on the scientific and technical merit, mission relevance and protection of human and animal subjects of the proposals submitted to RR&amp;D. The Board does not consider grants, contracts or other forms of extramural research.</P>
                <P>Members of the public may attend the open portion of the meeting via WebEx, from 1-1:10 p.m., in listen-only mode, as the time-limited open agenda does not allow for public comment presentations. To attend the open portion of the meeting, the public may dial the Webex phone number (1-833-558-0712), then enter the meeting access code (2764 419 8398).</P>
                <P>
                    Written comments from members of the public should be mailed to Kristy Benton-Grover, Designated Federal Officer, RR&amp;D, Department of Veterans Affairs (14RDR), 810 Vermont Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20420, or to 
                    <E T="03">Kristy.Benton-Grover@va.gov</E>
                     at least five days before the meeting. The public comments will be shared with the Board members. The public may not attend the closed portion of the meeting as disclosure of research information could significantly obstruct implementation of proposed agency action regarding the research proposals. As provided by Public Law 92-463 subsection 10(d), and amended by Public Law 94-409, closing the committee meeting is in accordance with title 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(6) and (9)(B).
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: January 29, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>LaTonya L. Small,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Federal Advisory Committee Management Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-02002 Filed 1-31-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8320-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
    </NOTICES>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>22</NO>
    <DATE>Thursday, February 1, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
    <NEWPART>
        <PTITLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="6573"/>
            <PARTNO>Part II</PARTNO>
            <AGENCY TYPE="P">Department of the Treasury</AGENCY>
            <SUBAGY>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency</SUBAGY>
            <HRULE/>
            <AGENCY TYPE="P">Federal Reserve System</AGENCY>
            <AGENCY TYPE="P">Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation</AGENCY>
            <CFR>12 CFR Parts 25, 228, and 345</CFR>
            <TITLE>Community Reinvestment Act; Final Rule</TITLE>
        </PTITLE>
        <RULES>
            <RULE>
                <PREAMB>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6574"/>
                    <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                    <SUBAGY>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency</SUBAGY>
                    <CFR>12 CFR Part 25</CFR>
                    <DEPDOC>[Docket ID OCC-2022-0002]</DEPDOC>
                    <RIN>RIN 1557-AF15</RIN>
                    <AGENCY TYPE="O">FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM</AGENCY>
                    <CFR>12 CFR Part 228</CFR>
                    <DEPDOC>[Regulation BB; Docket No. R-1769]</DEPDOC>
                    <RIN>RIN 7100-AG29</RIN>
                    <AGENCY TYPE="O">FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION</AGENCY>
                    <CFR>12 CFR Part 345</CFR>
                    <RIN>RIN 3064-AF81</RIN>
                    <SUBJECT>Community Reinvestment Act</SUBJECT>
                    <AGY>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                        <P>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Treasury; Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.</P>
                    </AGY>
                    <ACT>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                        <P>Final rule.</P>
                    </ACT>
                    <SUM>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                        <P>The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board), and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) are adopting final amendments to their regulations implementing the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (CRA) to update how CRA activities qualify for consideration, where CRA activities are considered, and how CRA activities are evaluated.</P>
                    </SUM>
                    <EFFDATE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                        <P/>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">Effective date:</E>
                             This rule is effective on April 1, 2024, except for amendment nos. 29, 52, and 75, which are effective April 1, 2024, through January 1, 2031, and amendment nos. 7, 11, 18, 20, 25, 35, 39, 43, 45, 49, 58, 62, 66, 68, and 72, which are delayed indefinitely. The agencies will publish a document in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             announcing an effective date for the delayed amendments.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">Applicability date:</E>
                             Sections __.12 through __.15, __.17 through __.30, and __.42(a); the data collection and maintenance requirements in § __.42(c) through (f); and appendices A through F of the common rule text as adopted by the OCC, Board, and FDIC are applicable on January 1, 2026. Section __.42(b) and (g) through (i) and the reporting requirements in § __.42(c) through (f) of the common rule text as adopted by the OCC, Board, and FDIC are applicable on January 1, 2027.
                        </P>
                    </EFFDATE>
                    <FURINF>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                        <P/>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">OCC:</E>
                             Heidi M. Thomas, Senior Counsel, or Emily Boyes, Counsel, Chief Counsel's Office, (202) 649-5490; or Vonda Eanes, Director for CRA and Fair Lending Policy, or Cassandra Remmenga, CRA Modernization Program Manager, Bank Supervision Policy, (202) 649-5470, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 400 7th Street SW, Washington, DC 20219. If you are deaf, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability, please dial 7-1-1 to access telecommunications relay services.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">Board:</E>
                             Taz George, Senior Supervisory Policy Analyst; Dorian Hawkins, Counsel; S. Caroline (Carrie) Johnson, Manager; Matthew Lambert, Senior Supervisory Analyst; Eric Lum, Senior Supervisory Analyst; Cayla Matsumoto, Supervisory Policy Analyst; or Lisa Robinson, Lead Supervisory Policy Analyst; Lorna Neill, Senior Counsel; Amal Patel, Senior Counsel; or Jaydee DiGiovanni, Counsel; Division of Consumer and Community Affairs or David Alexander, Special Counsel; Cody Gaffney, Senior Attorney; or Gavin Smith, Senior Counsel; Legal Division, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System at (202) 452-2412 or. For users of TDD-TYY, (202) 263-4869 or dial 711 from any telephone anywhere in the United States.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">FDIC:</E>
                             Pamela A. Freeman, Senior Examination Specialist, Compliance and CRA Examinations Branch, Division of Depositor and Consumer Protection, (202) 898-3656; Patience R. Singleton, Senior Policy Analyst, Supervisory Policy Branch, Division of Depositor and Consumer Protection, (202) 898-6859; Sherry Ann Betancourt, Counsel, Legal Division, (202) 898- 6560; Alys V. Brown, Senior Attorney, Legal Division, (202) 898-3565, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 550 17th Street NW, Washington, DC 20429.
                        </P>
                    </FURINF>
                </PREAMB>
                <SUPLINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Summary of the Final Rule</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Background</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. General Comments Received</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Section-by-Section Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.11 Authority, Purposes, and Scope</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.12 Definitions</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.13 Consideration of Community Development Loans, Community Development Investments, and Community Development Services</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.14 Community Development Illustrative List; Confirmation of Eligibility</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.15 Impact and Responsiveness Review of Community Development Loans, Community Development Investments, and Community Development Services</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.16 Facility-Based Assessment Areas</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.17 Retail Lending Assessment Areas</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.18 Outside Retail Lending Areas</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.19 Areas for Eligible Community Development Loans, Community Development Investments, and Community Development Services</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.21 Evaluation of CRA Performance in General</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.22 Retail Lending Test</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.23 Retail Services and Products Test</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.24 Community Development Financing Test</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.25 Community Development Services Test</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.26 Limited Purpose Banks</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.27 Strategic Plan</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.28 Assigned Conclusions and Ratings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.29 Small Bank Performance Evaluation</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.30 Intermediate Bank Performance Evaluation</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.31 Effect of CRA Performance on Applications</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.42 Data Collection, Reporting, and Disclosure</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.43 Content and Availability of Public File</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.44 Public Notice by Banks</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.45 Publication of Planned Examination Schedule</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.46 Public Engagement</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Section __.51 Applicability Dates and Transition Provisions</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Regulatory Analysis</FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Summary of the Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The CRA 
                        <SU>1</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         is a seminal piece of legislation that requires the OCC, the Board, and the FDIC (together referred to as the agencies, and each, individually, the agency) to assess a bank's 
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the bank's safe and sound operation. Upon completing this examination, the statute requires the agencies to “prepare a written evaluation of the institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods.” 
                        <SU>3</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The statute further provides that each agency must consider a bank's CRA performance “in its evaluation of an application for a deposit facility by such institution.” 
                        <SU>4</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies implement 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6575"/>
                        the CRA and establish the framework and criteria by which the agencies assess a bank's performance through their individual CRA regulations, which are supplemented by supervisory guidance.
                        <SU>5</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under the CRA regulations, the agencies apply different evaluation standards for banks of different asset sizes and types.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901 
                            <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             For purposes of this 
                            <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                            , the term “bank” includes insured national and State banks, Federal and State savings associations, Federal branches as defined in 12 CFR part 28, insured State branches as defined in 12 CFR 345.11(c), and State member banks as defined in 12 CFR part 208, except as provided in 12 CFR __.11(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>3</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>4</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>5</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR parts 25 (OCC), 228 (Regulation BB) (Board), and 345 (FDIC). For clarity and to streamline references, citations to the agencies' 
                            <E T="03">existing</E>
                             common CRA regulations are provided in the following format: current 12 CFR __.xx. For example, references to 12 CFR 25.12 (OCC), 228.12 (Board), and 345.12 (FDIC) would be streamlined as follows: “current 12 CFR __.12.” Likewise, references to the agencies' 
                            <E T="03">proposed</E>
                             and 
                            <E T="03">final</E>
                             common CRA regulations are provided in the following formats, respectively: “proposed § __.xx” and “final § __.xx.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on June 3, 2022 (NPR, proposal, or the proposed rule),
                        <SU>6</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         seeking comment on updates to their respective CRA regulations to achieve the following objectives:
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>6</SU>
                             87 FR 33884 (June 3, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>• Strengthen the achievement of the core purpose of the statute;</P>
                    <P>• Adapt to changes in the banking industry, including the expanded role of mobile and online banking;</P>
                    <P>• Provide greater clarity and consistency in the application of the regulations;</P>
                    <P>• Tailor performance standards to account for differences in bank size and business models and local conditions;</P>
                    <P>• Tailor data collection and reporting requirements and use existing data whenever possible;</P>
                    <P>• Promote transparency and public engagement;</P>
                    <P>• Confirm that CRA and fair lending responsibilities are mutually reinforcing; and</P>
                    <P>
                        • Promote a consistent regulatory approach that applies to banks regulated by all three agencies.
                        <SU>7</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>7</SU>
                             The agencies have revised this objective for the final rule, to recognize that the agencies currently have common regulations.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that each objective is met through the promulgation of this final rule. Additional discussion of, and commenter feedback received regarding, the agencies' objectives can be found in section III.B of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        This section provides a summary of the final rule and highlights certain key elements and changes as compared to the proposal. For a more detailed discussion, including the agencies' considerations of the comments received, see sections III and IV of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Bank Asset Size Categories and Limited Purpose Banks</HD>
                    <P>The final rule implements a revised regulatory framework for the CRA that, like the current framework, is based on bank asset size and business model. This tailoring of the framework recognizes the capacity and resource differences among banks. Under the final rule, banks are classified as either a large bank, an intermediate bank, a small bank, or a limited purpose bank. Pursuant to the final rule: large banks are those with assets of at least $2 billion as of December 31 in both of the prior two calendar years; intermediate banks are those with assets of at least $600 million as of December 31 in both of the prior two calendar years and less than $2 billion as of December 31 in either of the prior two calendar years; and small banks are those with assets of less than $600 million as of December 31 in either of the prior two calendar years. These asset-size thresholds will be adjusted annually for inflation.</P>
                    <P>The final rule revises the definition of limited purpose bank to include both those banks currently considered “limited purpose banks” and those currently considered “wholesale banks,” as those terms are defined under the current regulation and were defined under the proposal. Specifically, the final rule defines a limited purpose bank as a bank that is not in the business of extending certain loans, except on an incidental and accommodation basis, and for which a designation as a limited purpose bank is in effect. The final rule therefore does not reference “wholesale banks” because a separate definition is no longer necessary. The agencies have also clarified that limited purpose banks are not evaluated as small, intermediate, or large banks.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Evaluation Framework</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Overview.</E>
                         The final rule's performance evaluation framework utilizes performance tests to evaluate a bank's performance in meeting the credit needs of its entire community. In finalizing this evaluation framework, the agencies seek to meet the objectives described above, including: strengthening the achievement of the core purpose of the statute; tailoring to account for differences in bank size, business model, and local conditions; and adapting to changes in the banking industry, including the rise of mobile and online banking. Depending on a bank's asset size or limited purpose bank designation, the agencies will evaluate banks under one or a combination of the following seven performance tests: the Retail Lending Test; the Retail Services and Products Test; the Community Development Financing Test; the Community Development Services Test; the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test; the Small Bank Lending Test; and the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks. The agencies have also retained the strategic plan option, with revisions, as an alternative method for evaluation under the CRA.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies will evaluate large banks under four performance tests: the Retail Lending Test, the Retail Services and Products Test, the Community Development Financing Test, and the Community Development Services Test. The agencies will evaluate intermediate banks under the Retail Lending Test and either the current community development test, referred to in the final rule as the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test, or, at the bank's option, the Community Development Financing Test. The agencies will evaluate small banks under either the current small bank test, referred to in the final rule as the Small Bank Lending Test or, at the bank's option, the Retail Lending Test. Finally, the agencies will evaluate limited purpose banks, under the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks.</P>
                    <P>The final rule also provides that relevant activities of a bank's operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries are included in a bank's performance evaluation. Relevant activities of other affiliates would be considered at a bank's option.</P>
                    <P>For each applicable performance test, the agencies will assign conclusions reflecting the bank's performance in its facility-based assessment areas, and in the case of the Retail Lending Test, certain other geographic areas. In most instances, including for small banks that opt to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, the agencies will assign one of five conclusions to the bank: “Outstanding”; “High Satisfactory”; “Low Satisfactory”; “Needs to Improve”; or “Substantial Noncompliance.” For small banks evaluated under the Small Bank Lending Test, the agencies will assign one of four conclusions: “Outstanding”; “Satisfactory”; “Needs to Improve”; or “Substantial Noncompliance.”</P>
                    <P>
                        The conclusions assigned in connection with each of the applicable performance tests are combined to develop a bank's CRA ratings. The agencies may assign a bank one of the four ratings, as indicated in the statute: “Outstanding”; “Satisfactory”; “Needs 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6576"/>
                        to Improve”; or “Substantial Noncompliance.”
                    </P>
                    <P>For banks that are evaluated under more than one performance test, specific weights are applied to each performance test conclusion, with weighting varying by bank asset size. For large banks: the Retail Lending Test is weighted at 40 percent; the Retail Services and Products Test is weighted at 10 percent; the Community Development Financing Test is weighted at 40 percent; and the Community Development Services Test is weighted at 10 percent. Relative to the proposal, this large bank weighting reflects a decrease in the percentages assigned to the Retail Lending Test and the Retail Services and Products Test and a resulting increase in the percentage assigned to the Community Development Financing Test. For intermediate banks, each applicable performance test is weighted at 50 percent.</P>
                    <P>As noted above, banks of all sizes will maintain the option to elect to be evaluated under an approved strategic plan. Among other revisions, the final rule updates the standards for obtaining approval for such plans. The final rule clarifies the proposal to explain the circumstances in which banks must include the performance tests that would apply in the absence of a strategic plan, the modifications and additions that banks may make to those tests, and the justifications that banks must provide for their draft plans.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail Lending Test.</E>
                         The Retail Lending Test evaluates a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community through the bank's origination and purchase of home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, and small farm loans, as well as through automobile lending if the bank is a majority automobile lender. Specifically, the Retail Lending Test includes an evaluation of how banks are serving low- and moderate-income individuals, small businesses, small farms, and low- and moderate-income census tracts in the bank's facility-based assessment areas and, as applicable, retail lending assessment areas and outside retail lending areas. As noted above, under the final rule, intermediate and large banks are required to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, and small banks may opt to be evaluated under this performance test.
                    </P>
                    <P>The Retail Lending Test includes two sets of metrics, as well as additional factors that are used to complement the use of metrics. First, the Retail Lending Volume Screen measures the volume of a bank's retail lending relative to its deposit base in a facility-based assessment area and compares that ratio to a Retail Lending Volume Threshold based on the aggregate ratio for all reporting banks with at least one branch in the same facility-based assessment area.</P>
                    <P>Second, the agencies evaluate the geographic distribution and borrower distribution of a bank's major product lines in its Retail Lending Test Areas (facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area) using a series of metrics and benchmarks. For example, for a bank's closed-end home mortgage lending in a Retail Lending Test Area, the geographic distribution analysis evaluates the bank's percentage of lending (1) in low-income census tracts and (2) in moderate-income census tracts, while the borrower distribution analysis evaluates the bank's percentage of lending (3) to low-income borrowers and (4) to moderate-income borrowers. Under the final rule, the agencies evaluate the distribution of a large bank's major product lines in its facility-based assessment areas, any retail lending assessment areas the bank is required to delineate, and its outside retail lending area. For intermediate banks, and small banks that opt to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, the agencies evaluate the distribution of the bank's major product lines in its facility-based assessment areas and any outside retail lending area, if applicable. Regardless of the geographic area in which a bank is evaluated, for most major product lines, a bank's performance relative to the retail lending distribution benchmarks is translated into a recommended conclusion using performance ranges that establish the level of performance needed to achieve a particular conclusion, such as “High Satisfactory.”</P>
                    <P>In addition, in the final rule the agencies consider a list of additional factors that are intended to account for circumstances in which the retail lending distribution metrics and benchmarks may not accurately or fully reflect a bank's retail lending performance, or in which the benchmarks may not appropriately represent the credit needs and opportunities in an area.</P>
                    <P>In response to commenter feedback, the agencies sought ways to ensure that the final rule's Retail Lending Test appropriately balances the agencies' objectives. For example, the agencies adjusted some of the multipliers utilized as part of the Retail Lending Test to make “Outstanding” and “High Satisfactory” Retail Lending Test supporting conclusions more attainable relative to the proposal, while maintaining an appropriate degree of rigor. Moreover, as compared to the proposal, the final rule reduces the number of product lines potentially evaluated under the Retail Lending Test from six to three (closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans) for most banks. In addition, the agencies will only evaluate a bank's automobile loans if automobile loans represent a majority of the bank's retail lending, or if the bank opts to have its automobile loans evaluated under the Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail Services and Products Test.</E>
                         The Retail Services and Products Test utilizes a tailored approach to evaluate the availability of a bank's retail banking services and retail banking products and the responsiveness of those services and products to the credit needs of the bank's entire community, including low- and moderate-income individuals, low- and moderate-income census tracts, small businesses, and small farms. Under the final rule, this performance test maintains the overall approach set out in the NPR, with certain modifications, and incorporates benchmarks to evaluate the availability of a bank's branch and remote service facilities. In addition, the agencies will evaluate the digital and other delivery systems of some banks.
                    </P>
                    <P>Evaluation of the retail banking services of a large bank with assets greater than $10 billion includes a review of the bank's branch availability and services, remote service facilities (including automated teller machines (ATMs)), and digital delivery systems and other delivery systems. The agencies will also consider the digital delivery systems and other delivery systems of large banks with assets less than or equal to $10 billion if the bank does not operate any branches or, for banks that operate at least one branch, at the bank's option.</P>
                    <P>
                        Evaluation of a bank's retail banking products includes a review of the responsiveness of the bank's credit products and programs, and availability and usage of responsive deposit products. Both deposit products and credit products and programs are evaluated at the institution level and, in a change from the proposal, are given only positive consideration and may not negatively impact a bank's Retail Services and Products Test conclusion. This aspect of the performance test is designed to evaluate a bank's efforts to provide products that are responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income communities. The agencies will not evaluate the availability and usage of responsive deposit products in connection with large banks with assets 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6577"/>
                        less than or equal to $10 billion, unless the bank opts in.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Community Development Financing Test.</E>
                         The Community Development Financing Test evaluates how well large banks and intermediate banks that opt into the performance test meet the community development financing needs in each facility-based assessment area, each State or multistate metropolitan statistical area (MSA), as applicable, and for the institution. The test is not assessed in retail lending assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>The Community Development Financing Test includes the following elements: (1) a community development financing metric used to evaluate the dollar volume of a bank's community development loans and investments relative to the bank's deposit base; (2) standardized benchmarks to aid in evaluating performance; and (3) an impact and responsiveness review to ensure consideration of community development loans and investments that are particularly impactful or responsive. The final rule also includes a metric for banks with assets greater than $10 billion to measure the bank's community development investments relative to deposits. This metric is intended to ensure a focus on certain bank community development investments (including Federal Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) and New Market Tax Credit (NMTC) investments). This metric is applied at the institution level and may only contribute positively to a bank's Community Development Financing Test conclusion.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Community Development Services Test.</E>
                         The Community Development Services Test considers the importance of community development services in fostering partnerships among different stakeholders, building capacity, and creating conditions for effective community development, including in rural areas. The agencies will evaluate large banks under this performance test in facility-based assessment areas, in States, multistate MSAs, and nationwide.
                    </P>
                    <P>Under the final rule, the evaluation includes a qualitative review of relevant community development services data, and an impact and responsiveness review to assess services that are particularly responsive to community needs. After considering commenter feedback, the performance test does not require a metric of community development service hours per full-time employee for banks with assets greater than $10 billion. Moreover, the final rule maintains the existing requirement that volunteer services considered under this performance test must be related to the provision of financial services or the expertise of bank staff and must have a community development purpose. The performance test will provide consideration for activities that promote financial literacy for low- or moderate-income individuals, households, and families, even if the activities benefit individuals, households, and families of other income levels as well.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Geographic Areas in Which a Bank's Activities Are Considered</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Facility-based assessment areas.</E>
                         As under the current CRA regulations, the final rule maintains facility-based assessment areas as the cornerstone of the CRA evaluation framework. The final rule adopts the delineation requirements for facility-based assessment areas mostly as set out in the proposal with clarifying changes. Specifically, banks will continue to delineate facility-based assessment areas in the MSAs or nonmetropolitan areas of States in which the following facilities are located: main offices, branches, and deposit-taking remote service facilities. As under the proposal, large banks are required to delineate facility-based assessment areas composed of whole counties, while intermediate and small banks will continue to be permitted to delineate facility-based assessment areas consisting of partial counties. The final rule continues to provide that facility-based assessment areas may not reflect illegal discrimination and may not arbitrarily exclude low- or moderate-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail lending assessment areas.</E>
                         The final rule requires a large bank to delineate a new type of assessment area, referred to as retail lending assessment areas, in an MSA or the nonmetropolitan area of a State in which the large bank has a concentration of closed-end home mortgage or small business lending outside of its facility-based assessment area(s). Large banks are evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, but not the other performance tests, in retail lending assessment areas. Relative to the proposal, the final rule tailors the retail lending assessment area requirement by exempting large banks that conduct more than 80 percent of their retail lending within facility-based assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>Upon consideration of commenter feedback regarding the retail lending assessment area proposal, the final rule increases, relative to the proposal, the loan count thresholds that trigger the retail lending assessment area delineation requirement to at least 150 closed-end home mortgage loans or at least 400 small business loans in each year of the prior two calendar years. The final rule also simplifies the evaluation of a large bank's retail lending performance by reducing the number of product lines potentially evaluated in a retail lending assessment area from six to two product lines, and only evaluating a product line if the bank exceeds the relevant loan count threshold.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Outside retail lending areas.</E>
                         Under the final rule, the agencies will evaluate the retail lending performance of all large banks, certain intermediate banks, and certain small banks that opt to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test in the outside retail lending area, which consists of the nationwide area outside of the bank's facility-based assessment areas and applicable retail lending assessment areas, excluding certain nonmetropolitan counties. Evaluation in these areas is designed to facilitate a comprehensive evaluation of a bank's retail lending to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities under the Retail Lending Test, and to adapt to changes in the banking industry, such as mobile and online banking. For an intermediate bank or a small bank that opts to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, the agencies evaluate the bank's retail lending performance in the outside retail lending area on a mandatory basis if the bank conducts a majority of its retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas. If the intermediate or small bank does not conduct a majority of its retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas, the bank may opt to have its retail lending in its outside retail lending area evaluated.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Areas for eligible community development activities.</E>
                         Like the proposal, the final rule provides that all banks will receive consideration for any qualified community development loans, investments, or services, regardless of location. In assessing a large bank's Community Development Financing Test performance, the final rule includes a focus on performance within facility-based assessment areas. Specifically, when developing conclusions for a State, multistate MSA, or for the institution overall, the final rule combines two components through a weighted average calculation: (1) performance within the bank's facility-based assessment areas in the State, multistate MSA, or for the institution overall; and (2) performance across the entire State, multistate MSA, and for the institution. The weights of the two 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6578"/>
                        components are based on the percentage of a bank's retail lending and deposits inside its facility-based assessment areas. For example, for a bank with a relatively low percentage of retail lending and deposits inside its facility-based assessment areas, the bank's performance within its facility-based assessment areas receives less weight than its performance across the entire State, multistate MSA, or nationwide area. In this way, the Community Development Financing Test recognizes differences in bank business models.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Categories of Community Development</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Updated community development definition.</E>
                         Under the current CRA regulations, in evaluating a bank's CRA performance, banks may receive community development consideration for community development loans, investments, and services under various tests. The final rule updates the definition of community development to provide banks with additional clarity regarding the loans, investments, and services that the agencies have determined support community development. The agencies believe these activities are responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals and communities, designated distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan areas, Native Land Areas,
                        <SU>8</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         small businesses, and small farms. Specifically, the agencies have defined the following eleven community development categories in the final rule:
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>8</SU>
                             The final rule defines “Native Land Areas” in final § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>• Affordable housing, which has five components: (1) rental housing in conjunction with a government affordable housing plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy; (2) multifamily rental housing with affordable rents; (3) one-to-four family rental housing with affordable rents in a nonmetropolitan area; (4) affordable owner-occupied housing for low- or moderate-income individuals; and (5) mortgage-backed securities.</P>
                    <P>• Economic development, which includes loans, investments, and services undertaken in conjunction or in syndication with government programs; loans, investments, and services provided to intermediaries; and other forms of assistance to small businesses and small farms. Unlike the proposal, this category includes direct loans to small businesses and small farms in conjunction or in syndication with government programs that meet a size and purpose test.</P>
                    <P>• Community supportive services, which includes activities that assist, benefit, or contribute to the health, stability, or well-being of low- or moderate-income individuals, and replaces the current rule's “community services targeted to low- or moderate-income individuals” category.</P>
                    <P>• Six categories of place-based activities, which replace the revitalization and stabilization activities component of the current rule. Each of the final place-based categories adopts a focus on targeted geographic areas and includes common place-based eligibility criteria that must be met. The six place-based categories are:</P>
                    <P>○ Revitalization or stabilization activities;</P>
                    <P>○ Essential community facilities;</P>
                    <P>○ Essential community infrastructure;</P>
                    <P>○ Recovery activities that promote the recovery of a designated disaster area;</P>
                    <P>○ Disaster preparedness and weather resiliency activities; and</P>
                    <P>○ Qualifying activities in Native Land Areas.</P>
                    <P>• Activities with minority depository institutions (MDIs), women's depository institutions (WDIs), low-income credit unions (LICUs), and community development financial institutions (CDFIs).</P>
                    <P>• Financial literacy, which retains the proposed approach of qualifying activities assisting individuals, families, and households of all income levels, including low- or moderate-income individuals, families, and households.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Illustrative list and confirmation process.</E>
                         To promote clarity and consistency, the final rule also provides that the agencies will issue, maintain, and periodically update a publicly available illustrative list of non-exhaustive examples of loans, investments, and services that qualify for community development consideration. In addition, the final rule includes a process through which banks can confirm with the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency whether a particular loan, investment, or service is eligible for community development consideration.
                        <SU>9</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>9</SU>
                             The CRA defines “appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency” as (1) the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to national banks and Federal savings associations (the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation); (2) the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System with respect to State chartered banks which are members of the Federal Reserve System, bank holding companies, and savings and loan holding companies; (3) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation with respect to State chartered banks and savings banks which are not members of the Federal Reserve System and the deposits of which are insured by the Corporation, and State savings associations (the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation). 12 U.S.C. 2902(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Impact and responsiveness review.</E>
                         To promote clarity and consistency in the final rule, the agencies will evaluate the extent to which a bank's community development loans, investments, and services are impactful and responsive in meeting community development needs, through the application of a non-exhaustive list of review factors. Such factors were referred to as impact review factors in the agencies' proposal but are referred to as impact and responsiveness factors in the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Data Collection, Maintenance, and Reporting</HD>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposal, the agencies are not imposing any new data collection and reporting requirements for small and intermediate banks. For large banks, the final rule leverages existing data where possible and introduces updated data collection, maintenance, and reporting requirements to fill gaps in the current regulation and facilitate implementation of the final rule. For example, the final rule requires certain large banks to collect, maintain, and report data that would enable the agencies both to implement the metrics and benchmarks included in the Retail Lending Test and Community Development Financing Test, and to evaluate activities under the Retail Services and Products Test. These data requirements are intended to support greater clarity and consistency in the application of the CRA regulations and are tailored by bank size, such as by introducing certain data requirements only for those large banks with assets over $10 billion dollars.</P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule requires the agencies to publish on their respective websites certain information related to the distribution by borrower income level, race, and ethnicity of a large bank's home mortgage loan originations and applications in each of the bank's assessment areas. This disclosure would leverage existing data available under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA).
                        <SU>10</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>10</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2801 
                            <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Transition</HD>
                    <P>
                        Although the effective date of the final rule is April 1, 2024, the applicability date for the majority of the provisions is January 1, 2026. Specifically, the following provisions of the final rule will become applicable on January 1, 2026: final §§ __.12 through __.15; final §§ __.17 through __.30; final § __.42(a); the data collection and maintenance requirements in final § __.42(c) through (f); and appendices A through 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6579"/>
                        F. Banks will have until January 1, 2027, to comply with the reporting requirements of § __.42(b) through (f), with data reporting requirements every April 1 beginning in 2027. In final § __.51, the agencies have also included transition provisions relating to: applicability of the current CRA regulations; HMDA data disclosures; CRA consideration of eligible loans, investments, services, or products; strategic plans; and a particular ratings standard relating to minimum performance requirements applicable to large banks. Until the applicability dates for these provisions, banks will follow the current CRA regulations, included as appendix G to the revised CRA regulations.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Transition to Section 1071 Data</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of §§ __.12, __.22, and __.42, the agencies have included amendments to transition to the use of Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's (CFPB) final rule under section 1071 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) 
                        <SU>11</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (Section 1071 Final Rule) 
                        <SU>12</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         small business and small farm lending data (section 1071 data) once the data are available. The section 1071 data would replace CRA small business and small farm lending data required to be collected, maintained, and reported pursuant to final § __.42(a)(1) and (b)(1).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>11</SU>
                             Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>12</SU>
                             88 FR 35150 (May 31, 2023); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             12 CFR part 1002.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>With respect to the agencies' transition to using section 1071 data, as indicated in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12, the agencies have removed proposed references to section 1071 data in the final rule's regulatory text. Instead, each agency is adopting separate agency-specific amendatory text that provides for a transition to section 1071 data. These transition amendments implement the intent of the agencies articulated in the proposal to leverage section 1071 data while accounting for the current uncertainty surrounding the availability of that data. Specifically, when effective, these transition amendments will add appropriate references to the section 1071 rulemaking, remove references to Call Report-based small business and small farm data, and make other corresponding changes to the final rule regulatory text.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are not including an effective date for these section 1071-related transition amendments in the final rule. Instead, once the availability of section 1071 data is clarified, the agencies will take steps to provide appropriate notice in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         of the effective date of the transition amendments. The agencies expect that the effective date will be on January 1 of the relevant year to align with the final rule's data collection and reporting, benchmark calculations, and performance analysis, which all are based on whole calendar years.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Implementation</HD>
                    <P>The agencies expect to issue supervisory guidance, including examination procedures, to promote clarity and transparency regarding implementation of the final rule. In addition, the agencies will conduct outreach and training to facilitate implementation of the final rule. For instance, the agencies expect to develop data reporting guides and technical assistance materials to assist banks in understanding supervisory expectations with respect to the final rule's data reporting requirements. In addition, the agencies expect to develop templates, such as for the submission of digital and other delivery systems data as well as for responsive deposit products data, to increase consistency, and will continue to explore other tools to improve efficiency and reduce burden. The agencies are also planning to develop data tools for banks and the public that will increase familiarity with the operation of the performance tests and allow for monitoring of performance relative to benchmarks based on historical data.</P>
                    <P>
                        Each of the topics highlighted through this 
                        <E T="03">Summary of the Final Rule</E>
                         are discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis in section IV of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        . The agencies are setting forth in this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         the final rule using common regulation text for ease of review. The agencies have also included agency-specific amendatory text 
                        <SU>13</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         where necessary to account for differing agency authority and terminology.
                        <SU>14</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>13</SU>
                             The OCC notes that current 12 CFR part 25 includes subpart E, Prohibition Against Use of Interstate Branches Primarily for Deposit Production. This subpart implements section 109 of the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, 12 U.S.C. 1835a, which only applies to certain national banks and Federal branches of a foreign bank. As proposed, this final rule redesignates this subpart as subpart F but does not amend it.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>14</SU>
                             In addition to the changes described in this 
                            <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                            , the agencies have made conforming and technical changes throughout the final rule. The agencies will evaluate at a later date other rules that cross-reference to the CRA regulations to identify conforming changes that may be appropriate.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. General Statutory Background</HD>
                    <P>
                        The CRA was passed by Congress as part of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1977 
                        <SU>15</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and is designed to encourage regulated banks to help meet the credit needs of the communities in which they are chartered. Specifically, Congress found that (1) regulated financial institutions are required by law to demonstrate that their deposit facilities serve the convenience and needs of the communities in which they are chartered to do business; (2) the convenience and needs of communities include the need for credit services as well as deposit services; and (3) regulated financial institutions have a continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet the credit needs of the local communities in which they are chartered.
                        <SU>16</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>15</SU>
                             Public Law 95-128, 91 Stat. 1111 (Oct. 12, 1977).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>16</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The CRA requires the agencies to “assess the institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of such institution.” 
                        <SU>17</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Upon completing this assessment, the statute requires the agencies to “prepare a written evaluation of the institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods.” 
                        <SU>18</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The statute further provides that each agency must consider a bank's CRA performance “in its evaluation of an application for a deposit facility by such institution.” 
                        <SU>19</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>17</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>18</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>19</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Since its enactment, Congress has amended the CRA several times, including through: the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 
                        <SU>20</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (which required public disclosure of a bank's CRA written evaluation and rating); the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 
                        <SU>21</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (which required the inclusion of a bank's CRA examination data in the determination of its CRA rating); the Resolution Trust Corporation Refinancing, Restructuring, and Improvement Act of 1991 (which permits the agencies to provide favorable consideration where the bank has donated, sold on favorable terms, or 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6580"/>
                        made available rent-free any branch of the bank “located in any predominantly minority neighborhood to any minority depository institution or women's depository institution”); 
                        <SU>22</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Housing and Community Development Act of 1992 
                        <SU>23</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (which included assessment of the record of nonminority-owned and nonwomen-owned banks in cooperating with minority-owned and women-owned banks and LICUs); the Riegle-Neal Interstate-Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 
                        <SU>24</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (which (1) required an agency to consider an out-of-State national bank's or State bank's CRA rating when determining whether to allow interstate branches, and (2) prescribed certain requirements for the contents of the written CRA evaluation for banks with interstate branches); and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 
                        <SU>25</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (which, among other things, provided regulatory relief for smaller banks by reducing the frequency of their CRA examinations).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>20</SU>
                             Public Law 101-73, 103 Stat. 183 (Aug. 9, 1989).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>21</SU>
                             Public Law 102-242, 105 Stat. 2236 (Dec. 19, 1991).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>22</SU>
                             Public Law 102-233, 105 Stat. 1761 (Dec. 12, 1991).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>23</SU>
                             Public Law 102-550, 106 Stat. 3874 (Oct. 28, 1992).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>24</SU>
                             Public Law 103-328, 108 Stat. 2338 (Sept. 29, 1994).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>25</SU>
                             Public Law 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338 (Nov. 12, 1999).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, Congress directed the agencies to publish regulations to carry out the CRA's purposes.
                        <SU>26</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In 1978, the agencies promulgated the first CRA regulations, which included evidence of prohibited discriminatory or other illegal credit practices as a performance factor as discussed further in the next section.
                        <SU>27</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Since then, the agencies have together significantly revised and sought to clarify their CRA regulations twice—in 1995 
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and 2005 
                        <SU>29</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        —with the most substantive interagency update occurring in 1995. In addition, the agencies have periodically jointly published the Interagency Questions and Answers Regarding Community Reinvestment (Interagency Questions and Answers) 
                        <SU>30</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to provide guidance on the CRA regulations.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>26</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2905.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>27</SU>
                             43 FR 47144 (Oct. 12, 1978). Congress also charged, in addition to the agencies, the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) and its predecessor agency, the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, with implementing the CRA. The OTS had CRA rulemaking and supervisory authority for all savings associations. Pursuant to Title III of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376, 1522 (2010) (Dodd-Frank Act), the OTS's CRA rulemaking authority for all savings associations transferred to the OCC and the OTS's CRA supervisory authority for State savings associations transferred to the FDIC. As a result, the OCC's CRA regulation applies to both State and Federal savings associations, in addition to national banks, and the FDIC enforces the OCC's CRA regulations with respect to State savings associations.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             60 FR 22190 (May 4, 1995).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>29</SU>
                             70 FR 44268 (Aug. 2, 2005).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>30</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             81 FR 48506 (July 25, 2016). “Interagency Questions and Answers” refers to the “Interagency Questions and Answers Regarding Community Reinvestment” guidance in its entirety. “Q&amp;A” refers to an individual question and answer within the Interagency Questions and Answers.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. CRA, Illegal Discrimination, and Fair Lending</HD>
                    <P>
                        The CRA was one of several laws enacted in the 1960s and 1970s to address fairness and financial inclusion in access to housing and credit.
                        <SU>31</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         During this period Congress passed the Fair Housing Act 
                        <SU>32</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to prohibit discrimination in the sale or rental of housing,
                        <SU>33</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA) in 1974 
                        <SU>34</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (amended in 1976), to prohibit creditors from discriminating against an applicant in any aspect of a credit transaction on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, and age, because all or part of the applicant's income derives from any public assistance program, or because the applicant has in good faith exercised any right under the Consumer Credit Protection Act.
                        <SU>35</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These fair lending, fair housing, and other similar laws provide the legal basis under Federal law for prohibiting discriminatory lending practices by creditors based on race, ethnicity, and other protected characteristics.
                        <SU>36</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>31</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Board, Gov. Lael Brainard, “Strengthening the Community Reinvestment Act by Staying True to Its Core Purpose” (Jan. 8, 2020), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/speech/brainard20200108a.htm</E>
                             (“The CRA was one of several landmark pieces of legislation enacted in the wake of the civil rights movement intended to address inequities in the credit markets.”). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             123 Cong. Rec. 17630 (1977) (statement of Sen. Proxmire) (discussing enactment of CRA and addressing banks taking deposits from a community without reinvesting them in that community).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>32</SU>
                             42 U.S.C. 3601 
                            <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>33</SU>
                             42 U.S.C. 3604 through 3606.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>34</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 1691 
                            <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>35</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 1691(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>36</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC), “Interagency Fair Lending Examination Procedures” (Aug. 2009), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.ffiec.gov/pdf/fairlend.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have long recognized that CRA and fair lending are mutually reinforcing. For example, starting with the original CRA regulations issued in 1978, the agencies have taken evidence of discrimination or other illegal credit practices into account when evaluating a bank's CRA performance.
                        <SU>37</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Other provisions in the original 1978 regulations similarly expressed the agencies' view that the exclusion of certain segments of a bank's community is “contrary to” and “in conflict with” the CRA's purpose of requiring banks to meet the credit needs of their entire communities.
                        <SU>38</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the agencies provided for “assessment of an institution's lending patterns to see if the institution discriminates between geographic areas or excludes qualified borrowers from low- and moderate-income neighborhoods.” 
                        <SU>39</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Factors identified as warranting unfavorable treatment were “practices intended to discourage applications,” evidence of “violations of the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act,” and “failure to provide usual services—such as not accepting mortgage applications—at certain branches.
                        <SU>40</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>37</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             43 FR 47144, 47146 (Oct. 12, 1978); current appendix A, paragraph (a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>38</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             43 FR 47144, 47146 (Oct. 12, 1978).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>39</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>40</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Overview of Current CRA Regulations and Guidance for Performance Evaluations</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">CRA Performance Evaluations</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current CRA regulations provide different methods to evaluate a bank's CRA performance depending on the asset size and business strategy of the bank.
                        <SU>41</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under the current framework:
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>41</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21 through __.27. The agencies annually adjust the CRA asset-size thresholds based on the annual percentage change in a measure of the Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers. The current bank asset-size thresholds set forth in this 
                            <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                             are accurate through December 31, 2023.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>○ Small banks—currently, those with assets of less than $376 million as of December 31 of either of the prior two calendar years—are evaluated under a lending test and may receive an “Outstanding” rating based only on their retail lending performance. Qualified investments, services, and delivery systems that enhance credit availability in a bank's assessment areas may be considered for an “Outstanding” rating, but only if the bank meets or exceeds the lending test criteria in the small bank performance standards.</P>
                    <P>○ Intermediate small banks—currently, those with assets of at least $376 million as of December 31 of both of the prior two calendar years and less than $1.503 billion as of December 31 of either of the prior two calendar years—are evaluated under the lending test for small banks and a community development test. The intermediate small bank community development test evaluates all community development activities together.</P>
                    <P>
                        ○ Large banks—currently, those with assets of at least $1.503 billion as of December 31 of both of the prior two calendar years—are evaluated under separate lending, investment, and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6581"/>
                        service tests. The lending and service tests consider both retail and community development activities, and the investment test focuses on qualified community development investments. To facilitate the agencies' CRA analysis, large banks are required to report annually certain data on community development loans, small business loans, and small farm loans (small banks and intermediate small banks are not required to report these data unless they opt into being evaluated under the large bank lending test).
                    </P>
                    <P>○ Designated wholesale banks (those engaged in only incidental retail lending) and limited purposes banks (those offering a narrow product line to a regional or broader market) are evaluated under a standalone community development test.</P>
                    <P>○ Banks of any size may elect to be evaluated under a strategic plan that sets out measurable, annual goals for lending, investment, and service activities in order to achieve a “Satisfactory” or an “Outstanding” rating. A strategic plan must be developed with community input and approved by the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also consider applicable performance context information to develop their analysis and conclusions when conducting CRA examinations. Performance context comprises a broad range of economic, demographic, and bank- and community-specific information that examiners review to calibrate a bank's CRA evaluation to its communities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Assessment Areas</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current CRA regulations require a bank to delineate one or more assessment areas in which the bank's record of meeting its CRA obligations is evaluated.
                        <SU>42</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The regulations require a bank to delineate assessment areas generally consisting of one or more MSAs or metropolitan divisions, or one or more contiguous political subdivisions 
                        <SU>43</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in which the bank has its main office, branches, and deposit-taking ATMs, as well as the surrounding geographies (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         census tracts) 
                        <SU>44</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in which the bank has originated or purchased a substantial portion of its loans (including home mortgage loans, small business and small farm loans, and any other loans the bank chooses, such as consumer loans on which the bank elects to have its performance assessed).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>42</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>43</SU>
                             Political subdivisions include cities, counties, towns, townships, and Indian reservations. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.41(c)(1)—1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>44</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(k).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The statute instructs the agencies to assess a bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its “entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of such institution, and . . . [to] take such record into account in its evaluation of an application for a deposit facility by such institution.” 
                        <SU>45</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The statute does not prescribe the delineation of assessment areas, but they are an important aspect of the regulation because the agencies use assessment areas to determine what constitutes a bank's “community” for purposes of the evaluation of a bank's CRA performance.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>45</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Qualifying Activities</HD>
                    <P>
                        The CRA regulations and the Interagency Questions and Answers provide detailed information, including applicable definitions and descriptions, respectively, regarding activities that are eligible for CRA consideration in the evaluation of a bank's CRA performance. Banks that are evaluated under a performance test that includes a review of their retail activities are assessed in connection with retail lending activity (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and consumer loans) 
                        <SU>46</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and, where applicable, retail banking service activities (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         the current distribution of a bank's branches in geographies of different income levels, and the availability and effectiveness of the bank's alternative systems for delivering banking services to low- and moderate-income geographies and individuals).
                        <SU>47</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>46</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(j), (l), (v), and (w).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>47</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21 through __.27; 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Banks evaluated under a performance test that includes a review of their community development activities are assessed with respect to community development lending, qualified investments, and community development services, which must have a primary purpose of community development.
                        <SU>48</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>48</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(g) through (i) and (t); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21 through __.27.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Guidance for Performance Evaluations</HD>
                    <P>
                        In addition to information included in their CRA regulations, the agencies also provide information to the public regarding how CRA performance tests are applied, where CRA activities are considered, and what activities are eligible through publicly available CRA performance evaluations,
                        <SU>49</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Interagency Questions and Answers, interagency CRA examination procedures,
                        <SU>50</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and interagency instructions for writing performance evaluations.
                        <SU>51</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>49</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Board “Search: Evaluations &amp; Ratings (Federal Reserve Supervised Banks),” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/apps/CRAPubWeb/CRA/BankRating</E>
                            ; FDIC, “Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) Performance Ratings,” 
                            <E T="03">https://crapes.fdic.gov/</E>
                            ; OCC, “CRA Performance Evaluations,” 
                            <E T="03">https://occ.gov/publications-and-resources/tools/index-cra-search.html</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>50</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             FFIEC, “Community Reinvestment Act: CRA Examinations,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.ffiec.gov/cra/examinations.htm</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>51</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Stakeholder Feedback and Recent Agency Rulemaking Efforts</HD>
                    <P>The financial services industry has undergone transformative changes since the CRA was enacted, including the removal of national bank interstate branching restrictions and the expanded role of mobile and online banking. Prior to publishing the NPR, and to better understand how these developments impact both consumer access to banking products and services and a bank's CRA performance, the agencies sought, received, and reviewed feedback from the banking industry, community groups, academics, and other stakeholders on several occasions.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 (EGRPRA)</HD>
                    <P>
                        From 2013 to 2016, the agencies solicited feedback on the CRA as part of the EGRPRA review process.
                        <SU>52</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Stakeholders raised issues related to: assessment area definitions; incentives for banks to serve low- and moderate-income, unbanked, underbanked, and rural communities; regulatory burdens associated with recordkeeping and reporting requirements, and asset thresholds for the various CRA examination methods; the need for clarity regarding performance measures and better examiner training to ensure consistency and rigor in examinations; and refinement of CRA ratings methodology.
                        <SU>53</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>52</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             80 FR 7980 (Feb. 13, 2015).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>53</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             82 FR 15900 (Mar. 30, 2017).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">OCC CRA Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking and OCC and Federal Reserve Outreach Sessions</HD>
                    <P>
                        On September 5, 2018, the OCC published an advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPR) to solicit ideas for a new CRA regulatory framework.
                        <SU>54</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         More than 1,500 comment letters were submitted in response. The 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6582"/>
                        OCC held more than 40 meetings and outreach events after its ANPR. To augment that input, the Board and the Federal Reserve Banks held about 30 outreach meetings with representatives of banks, community organizations, and the FDIC and OCC.
                        <SU>55</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>54</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             83 FR 45053 (Sept. 5, 2018).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>55</SU>
                             For a summary of the Federal Reserve outreach session feedback, see “Perspectives from Main Street: Stakeholder Feedback on Modernizing the Community Reinvestment Act” (June 2019), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/publications/files/stakeholder-feedback-on-modernizing-the-community-reinvestment-act-201906.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">OCC-FDIC CRA Notice of Proposed Rulemaking and OCC CRA Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        On December 12, 2019, the FDIC and the OCC issued a joint notice of proposed rulemaking to revise and update their CRA regulations.
                        <SU>56</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In response, the FDIC and the OCC received over 7,500 comment letters.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>56</SU>
                             85 FR 1204 (Jan. 9, 2020).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        On May 2020, the OCC issued a CRA final rule (OCC 2020 CRA Final Rule), retaining the most fundamental elements of the joint proposal but also making adjustments to reflect stakeholder input.
                        <SU>57</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The OCC deferred establishing the metrics-framework for evaluating banks' CRA performance until it was able to assess additional data,
                        <SU>58</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         with the final rule having an October 1, 2020, effective date and January 1, 2023, and January 1, 2024, compliance dates for certain provisions.
                        <SU>59</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>57</SU>
                             85 FR 34734 (June 5, 2020).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>58</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             OCC, News Release 2020-63, “OCC Finalizes Rule to strengthen and Modernize Community Reinvestment Act Regulations” (May 20, 2020), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.occ.gov/news-issuances/news-releases/2020/nr-occ-2020-63.html</E>
                            ; 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             85 FR 34736.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>59</SU>
                             85 FR 34784.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Board CRA Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking</HD>
                    <P>
                        On September 21, 2020, the Board issued a CRA ANPR (Board CRA ANPR) requesting public comment on an approach to modernize the CRA regulations by strengthening, clarifying, and tailoring the regulations to reflect the current banking landscape and better meet the core purpose of the CRA.
                        <SU>60</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Board CRA ANPR sought feedback on ways to evaluate how banks meet the needs of low- and moderate-income communities and address inequities in credit access. The Board received over 600 comment letters in response.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>60</SU>
                             85 FR 66410 (Oct. 19, 2020).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Interagency Statement and Other Developments</HD>
                    <P>
                        On July 20, 2021, the agencies issued an interagency statement indicating their commitment to work collectively to, in a consistent manner, strengthen and modernize their CRA regulations.
                        <SU>61</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         On December 15, 2021, the OCC issued a final rule, effective January 1, 2022, to rescind the OCC 2020 CRA Final Rule and replace it with CRA regulations based on those that the agencies jointly issued in 1995, as amended. The OCC's final rule also integrated the OCC's CRA regulation for savings associations into its national bank CRA regulation at 12 CFR part 25.
                        <SU>62</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>61</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             “Interagency Statement on Community Reinvestment Act, Joint Agency Action” (July 20, 2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.occ.gov/news-issuances/news-releases/2021/nr-ia-2021-77.html</E>
                             (OCC); 
                            <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/pressreleases/bcreg20210720a.htm</E>
                             (Board); 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fdic.gov/news/press-releases/2021/pr21067.html</E>
                             (FDIC).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>62</SU>
                             86 FR 71328 (Dec. 15, 2021).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Community development definitions.</E>
                         The NPR included a proposal to revise the community development definitions to clarify eligibility criteria for a broad range of community development activities and incorporate certain guidance currently provided through the Interagency Questions and Answers. The agencies also proposed using a 
                        <E T="03">primary purpose</E>
                         standard for determining eligibility of community development activities, with 
                        <E T="03">pro rata</E>
                         consideration for certain affordable housing activities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Qualifying activities confirmation and illustrative list of community development activities.</E>
                         The agencies proposed to maintain a publicly available illustrative, non-exhaustive list of community development activities eligible for CRA consideration, which the agencies would periodically update. In addition, the agencies proposed a process, open to banks, for confirming eligibility of community development activities in advance.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Impact review of community development activities.</E>
                         To promote clearer and more consistent evaluation procedures, the agencies proposed to include impact and responsiveness factors (referred to in the NPR as impact review factors) in the regulation. The impact review factors would inform the agencies' evaluation of the impact and responsiveness of a bank's activities under the proposed community development tests.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Assessment areas and areas for eligible community development activity.</E>
                         The agencies offered a series of proposals on delineating facility-based assessment areas for main offices, branches, and deposit-taking remote service facilities (to include ATMs). The NPR sought to maintain facility-based assessment areas as the cornerstone of the CRA evaluation framework. Under the proposal, large banks would delineate assessment areas comprised of full counties, metropolitan divisions, or MSAs. Intermediate and small banks could continue to delineate partial county facility-based assessment areas, consistent with current practice.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also proposed that large banks would delineate retail lending assessment areas where the bank has concentrations of home mortgage and/or small business lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas. Under that aspect of the proposal, a large bank would delineate retail lending assessment areas where it had an annual lending volume of at least 100 home mortgage loan originations or at least 250 small business loan originations in an MSA or nonmetropolitan area of a State for two consecutive years.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also proposed to allow banks to receive CRA credit for any qualified community development activity, regardless of location, although performance within facility-based assessment areas would be emphasized.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Performance tests, standards, and ratings in general.</E>
                         The agencies proposed an evaluation framework that would include a Retail Lending Test, a Retail Services and Products Test, a Community Development Financing Test, and a Community Development Services Test. Under the proposal, large banks would be evaluated under all four tests. Intermediate banks would be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test and the status quo community development test, unless they opted into the Community Development Financing Test. Small banks would be evaluated under the status quo small bank lending test, unless they opted into the Retail Lending Test. Wholesale and limited purpose banks would be evaluated under a tailored version of the Community Development Financing Test.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Under this proposed framework, large banks would be banks that had average quarterly assets, computed annually, of at least $2 billion in both of the prior two calendar years; intermediate banks would be banks that had average quarterly assets, computed annually, of at least $600 million in both of the prior two calendar years and less than $2 billion in either of the prior two calendar years; and small banks would be banks that had average quarterly assets, computed annually, of less than $600 million in either of the prior two calendar years.
                        <SU>63</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6583"/>
                        proposed adding a new definition of “operations subsidiary” to the Board's CRA regulation and “operating subsidiary” to the FDIC's and OCC's CRA regulations to identify those bank affiliates whose activities would be required to be attributed to a bank's CRA performance (together, bank subsidiaries). The agencies proposed to maintain the current flexibilities that would allow a bank to choose to include or exclude the activities of other bank affiliates that are not considered bank subsidiaries. The NPR also discussed performance context, and the requirement for activity in accordance with safe and sound operations.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>63</SU>
                             Of particular relevance to the agencies' CRA regulations, the SBA revised the size standards applicable to small commercial banks and savings 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            institutions, respectively, from $600 million to $750 million, based upon the average assets reported on such a financial institution's four quarterly financial statements for the preceding year. The final rule had a May 2, 2022, effective date. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 18627, 18830 (Mar. 31, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail Lending Test product categories and major product lines.</E>
                         The agencies proposed categories and standards for determining when a bank's retail lending product lines are evaluated under the proposed Retail Lending Test. The agencies proposed the following retail lending product line categories: closed-end home mortgage, open-end home mortgage, multifamily, small business, and small farm lending. The agencies also proposed including automobile lending as an eligible retail lending product line. In addition, the agencies proposed a 15 percent major product line standard to determine when a retail lending product line would be evaluated.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail Services and Products Test.</E>
                         The agencies proposed to evaluate large banks under the Retail Services and Products Test, which would use a predominantly qualitative approach, incorporating quantitative measures as guidelines, as applicable. The agencies proposed that the evaluation of digital and other delivery systems would be required for large banks with assets of over $10 billion, and not required for large banks with assets of $10 billion or less.
                    </P>
                    <P>Furthermore, the credit products and deposit products part of the proposed Retail Services and Products Test aimed to evaluate a bank's efforts to offer products that are responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income communities. The agencies proposed that the evaluation of deposit products responsive to the needs of low- or moderate-income individuals would be required for large banks with assets of over $10 billion, and not required for large banks with assets of $10 billion or less.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Community Development Financing Test.</E>
                         The agencies proposed to evaluate large banks as well as intermediate banks that opt into the test under the proposed Community Development Financing Test. As proposed, the Community Development Financing Test would consist of a Community Development Financing Metric, benchmarks, and an impact review. These components would be assessed at the facility-based assessment area, State, multistate MSA, and institution levels, and would inform conclusions at each of those levels.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Community Development Services Test.</E>
                         The agencies proposed to assess a large bank's community development services, underscoring the importance of these activities for fostering partnerships among different stakeholders, building capacity, and creating the conditions for effective community development. The agencies proposed that in nonmetropolitan areas, banks may receive community development services consideration for volunteer activities that meet an identified community development need, even if unrelated to the provision of financial services. The proposed test would consist of a primarily qualitative assessment of the bank's community development service activities. For large banks with assets of over $10 billion, the agencies proposed also using a metric to measure the hours of community development services activity per full time employee of a bank.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Wholesale and limited purpose banks.</E>
                         The agencies proposed a Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale and Limited Purpose Banks, which would include a qualitative review of a bank's community development lending and investments in each facility-based assessment area and an institution level-metric measuring a bank's volume of activities relative to its capacity. The agencies also proposed giving wholesale and limited purpose banks the option to have examiners consider community development service activities that would qualify under the Community Development Services Test.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Strategic plans.</E>
                         The agencies proposed to maintain a strategic plan option as an alternative method for evaluation. Banks that elect to be evaluated under a strategic plan would continue to request approval for the plan from their appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency. The agencies proposed more specific criteria to ensure that all banks meet their CRA obligation to serve low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. As proposed, banks approved to be evaluated under a strategic plan option would have the same assessment area requirements as other banks and would submit plans that include the same performance tests and standards that would otherwise apply unless the bank is substantially engaged in activities outside the scope of these performance tests. In seeking approval for a plan that does not adhere to requirements and standards that are applied to other banks, the plan would be required to include an explanation of why different standards would be more appropriate in meeting the credit needs of the bank's communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Assigned conclusions and ratings.</E>
                         The agencies proposed to provide greater transparency and consistency on assigning ratings for a bank's overall performance. The proposed approach would produce performance scores for each applicable test, at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels based on a weighted average of assessment area conclusions, as well as consideration of additional test-specific factors at the State, multistate MSA, or institution level. These performance scores would be mapped to conclusion categories to assign test-specific conclusions at each level. The agencies further proposed to combine these performance scores across tests to assign ratings at each level.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to determine a bank's overall rating by taking a weighted average of the applicable performance test scores. For large banks, the agencies proposed the following weights: 45 percent for Retail Lending Test performance score; 15 percent for Retail Services and Products Test performance score; 30 percent for Community Development Financing Test performance score; and 10 percent for Community Development Services Test performance score. For intermediate banks, the agencies proposed to weight the Retail Lending test at 50 percent and the community development test, or if the bank opted into the Community Development Financing Test, at 50 percent.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also proposed updating the criteria to determine how discriminatory and other illegal practices would adversely affect a rating, as well as what rating level (State, multistate MSA, and institution) would be affected.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Performance standards for small and intermediate banks.</E>
                         The agencies proposed to continue evaluating small banks under the small bank performance standards in the current CRA framework. However, under the proposal, small banks could opt into the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6584"/>
                        Retail Lending Test and could continue to request additional consideration for other qualifying CRA activities. The agencies would evaluate intermediate banks under the proposed Retail Lending Test, and would evaluate an intermediate bank's community development activity pursuant to the criteria under the current intermediate small bank community development test. Intermediate banks could also opt to be evaluated under the proposed Community Development Financing Test.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Effect of CRA performance on applications.</E>
                         The agencies proposed no substantive changes to the regulatory provisions concerning the effect of CRA performance on bank applications, such as those for mergers, acquisitions, or consolidation of assets, deposit insurance requests, and the establishment of domestic branches.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Data collection, reporting, and disclosure.</E>
                         The agencies proposed to revise data collection and reporting requirements to increase the clarity, consistency, and transparency of the evaluation process through the use of standard metrics and benchmarks. The proposal recognized the importance of using existing data sources where possible, and tailoring data requirements, where appropriate.
                    </P>
                    <P>In addition to leveraging existing data, however, the proposal would have required large banks to collect, maintain, and report additional data. The data requirements under the proposal for intermediate banks and small banks would remain the same as the current requirements. All large banks under the proposal would have new requirements for certain categories of data, (including community development financing data, branch location data, and remote service facility location data); however, some new data requirements would only apply to large banks with assets of over $10 billion. The agencies also proposed updated standards for all large banks to report the delineation of their assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Content and availability of public file, public notice by banks, publication of planned examination schedule, and public engagement.</E>
                         The agencies proposed to provide more transparent information to the public on CRA examinations and encourage communication between members of the public and banks. The agencies proposed to make a bank's CRA public file more accessible to the public by allowing any bank with a public website to include its CRA public file on its website. The agencies also proposed publishing a list of banks scheduled for CRA examinations for the next two quarters at least 60 days in advance in order to provide additional notice to the public. Finally, the agencies proposed to establish a way for the public to provide feedback on community needs and opportunities in specific geographies.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Transition.</E>
                         The agencies proposed a phased-in timeline that would facilitate the transition from the current regulatory and supervisory framework to the updated CRA regulatory and supervisory framework.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. General Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received approximately 950 unique comment letters regarding the proposal from a wide range of commenters, including: financial institutions; non-financial institution and financial institution trade associations; CDFIs; financial and non-financial businesses; community development organizations; consumer advocacy groups; civil rights groups; other nonprofit organizations; Federal, State, local, and tribal government commenters; tribal organizations; academics; individuals; and other interested parties. The agencies have carefully considered all the commenter feedback in developing the final rule.</P>
                    <P>Comments received by the agencies cover a wide-ranging set of topics across the entire proposal. General public comments on the NPR are summarized below. Comments relating to specific regulatory provisions of the agencies' proposal and the final rule are discussed in detail in the section-by-section analyses of the specific provisions on which commenters shared their views.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. General Comments Regarding the NPR</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Modernizing the CRA performance evaluation framework.</E>
                         Many commenters expressed appreciation for the agencies' unified efforts to modernize the CRA framework. Some commenters noted support for the objective of providing transparency and consistency for banks covered by CRA and the communities they serve. In addition, several commenters, expressed support for various aspects of the NPR, including the proposal's metrics-driven approach and attention to climate resiliency.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters stated that while the agencies' proposal is a step in the right direction, more could be done to improve the CRA regulations, such as requiring the agencies to consult with a diverse set of community representatives when evaluating an institution's CRA performance. A few commenters also suggested that the final rule should encourage both meaningful action to help low- and moderate-income communities and collaboration between banks and financial technology (fintech) companies. Another commenter recommended that the agencies view the military community as a community deserving of CRA support. The commenter further stated that bank activities that serve the military community should generally receive CRA credit.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters opposed or expressed concerns about the proposal for various reasons, asserting that aspects of the NPR could result in, for example: decreased bank competition; undue burden and costs; less credit availability; gentrification of urban Black neighborhoods; and fewer services in low- and moderate-income communities.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Complexity of the proposed rule.</E>
                         Numerous commenters expressed concern that the agencies' proposal was too complex and difficult to understand—primarily related to the proposed performance test measures and ratings methodology requiring significant resources and costs to implement—and recommended that the agencies develop a simpler final rule to avoid unintended negative consequences. Some commenters recommended the agencies develop tools, guidance, and training for examiners and allow banks to consult with the agencies as needed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Coordination of the CRA regulations with State and Federal agencies.</E>
                         A few commenters expressed concerns regarding the lack of coordination between the agencies, the CFPB, and the States and suggested the agencies work together with these other entities to improve consistency and further the mission of CRA. Other commenters noted that given shifts in the banking industry, the agencies should extend CRA regulations to nonbank lenders and, some commenters recommended, work with the CFPB to do so.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Length of the comment period and other rulemakings.</E>
                         Several commenters objected to the length of the comment period stating that it was too short and did not provide sufficient time for analysis and comment, with some commenters recommending that the agencies withdraw the proposal, issue a revised set of proposed rules, or open a new comment period. A few commenters suggested that the agencies should delay issuance of a final rule given uncertainty in the industry and the status of other rulemakings such as the CFPB's Section 1071 Final Rule and the agencies' separate rulemaking on capital requirements for certain banks.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6585"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Application of the proposed regulations to different business models.</E>
                         Some commenters expressed concern that the agencies' proposal did not address the needs of different business models and could create a one-size-fits-all approach that favors particular business models, which would not reflect the ever-changing banking landscape. These commenters indicated that the final rule should do more to recognize the inherently diffuse nature of digital banking and that more flexibility is necessary to account for different business models.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Promoting activities in local communities, including rural and underserved areas.</E>
                         Some commenters asserted that the NPR would be more effective in boosting reinvestment activity in underserved areas if the evaluations and ratings were more rigorous. Other commenters expressed concerns regarding the proposed use of metrics and certain data, suggesting that they could lead to disinvestment in hard to serve areas and overinvestment in urban areas due to the use of census data.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also received comments outlining different methods of promoting activities and investments at the local level, including specific recommendations: on how to promote investments in underserved rural and native communities; that the agencies should incentivize affordable small dollar loans and other products; and that the agencies should seek to end “rent-a-bank” partnerships.</P>
                    <P>A few other commenters suggested that the final rule should address the issue of appraisal bias to ensure lenders are fulfilling the needs of the communities they serve, and recommended that bank lenders should complete additional due diligence on the appraisers they work with.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also received several comments regarding the importance of performance context, suggesting that performance context and examiner discretion is necessary to understand the metrics embedded in the CRA exam.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Legal issues.</E>
                         Some commenters provided general comments raising legal concerns with the proposal. For example, some commenters stated that if the proposal is finalized as proposed, the final rule could be challenged as arbitrary and capricious because it was not supported by a reasoned analysis. Several commenters expressed the view that the agencies lack the authority to adopt the proposal. Finally, a commenter questioned the FDIC Board's authority to issue the NPR and to adopt a final rule based on certain aspects of the FDIC's organic statute and the FDIC Board's composition at the time the NPR was issued.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Other comments.</E>
                         The agencies also received suggestions about how the agencies could evaluate the impact of the final rule, including five-year lookback reviews and an impact study. Commenter feedback also included noting that performance evaluations should be published as soon as reasonably possible. Some commenters urged the agencies to expand the coverage of CRA to credit unions to ensure low- and moderate-income communities are adequately served.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have carefully considered the general commenter feedback regarding ways in which the NPR could be improved and believe the final rule strikes the proper balance between the stated objectives, including to update the CRA regulations to strengthen the achievement of the core purpose of the statute and adapt to changes in the banking industry. For additional discussion regarding the agencies' objectives, see section III.B of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        . The agencies also carefully considered commenters' concerns regarding the complexity of the proposed rule and have made modifications to various aspects of the final rule to reduce complexity as explained in more detail in section IV of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        . In addition, with respect to the Retail Lending Test, the agencies believe that the final rule ensures that CRA evaluations of retail lending are appropriately robust and comprehensive, provides greater consistency and transparency, and reduces overall complexity relative to the approach set out in the NPR. The agencies note that any evaluation approach leveraging metrics and benchmarks that captures the different ways that banks may serve the credit needs of an area will necessarily entail a degree of complexity.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies appreciate commenter feedback that the military community should be considered a community deserving of CRA support. The agencies believe that the final rule encourages banks to meet the credit needs of military communities. For example, the final rule codifies “military bank” as a defined term in final § __.12, and clarifies the assessment area and evaluation approach to military banks in final §§ __.16(d) and __.21(a)(5), respectively.
                        <SU>64</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies are specifying in final § __.28(d) that violations of the Military Lending Act and Servicemembers Civil Relief Act may constitute discriminatory or other illegal credit practices that may adversely affect a bank's CRA performance. More generally, the agencies believe that many bank activities that serve the military community may receive community development consideration under the final rule. For further discussion of these provisions, see the section-by-section analyses of §§ __.12, __.16(d), __.21(a)(5), and __.28(d).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>64</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2902(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies appreciate comments encouraging the agencies to coordinate with States, the CFPB, and other Federal regulators to improve consistency and efficiency of CRA examinations, and the agencies note that they currently, and will continue to, coordinate with other regulators when appropriate on CRA examinations. Further, the agencies are not able to extend the CRA regulations to cover nonbank lenders and credit unions. Such an expansion is outside the scope of this rulemaking and the agencies' current authority.</P>
                    <P>In response to comments regarding the length of the comment period, the agencies note that the NPR's comment period was 90 days, which is consistent with the requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act and provided sufficient time for public consideration and comment, as demonstrated by the number of detailed and thoughtful comments the agencies received on the proposal.</P>
                    <P>
                        One of the objectives of the CRA proposal was to tailor performance standards to account for differences in bank size, business models, and local conditions. The agencies have carefully considered commenter feedback, and while the agencies believe the proposal provided flexibility to accommodate institutions with different business models, the agencies have made various changes in response to commenter feedback to provide additional flexibility in the final rule as outlined in the section-by-section analyses in section IV of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        . The agencies also note the final rule retains the strategic plan option for banks to adjust the performance tests or weighting based on their business model.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        After carefully considering commenter suggestions on how to encourage reinvestment activity through rigorous evaluations and standards, the agencies are declining to adopt these specific commenter recommendations. The agencies believe the final rule's evaluation framework is appropriately rigorous and encourages reinvestment activity, while maintaining flexibility and allowing room for consideration of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6586"/>
                        performance context. The agencies have considered the views from some commenters raising concerns on the potential negative impacts of the use of metrics and data in the proposal. As discussed further in section IV of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        , the agencies believe the use of metrics and data in the final rule is appropriately tailored to encourage, rather than deter, reinvestment in hard to serve areas. While the agencies appreciate commenters' suggestions on additional methods to encourage activities and investments at the local level, the agencies are declining to adopt these recommendations and believe the final rule adequately evaluates activities and investments in underserved and native communities. The agencies appreciate the comments highlighting the importance of performance context in CRA examinations, and the agencies are retaining the use of performance context in the final rule, as explained in the section-by-section analysis of § __.21(d).
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies appreciate commenters' suggestions to address appraisal bias, and the agencies note that if such bias were found to evidence discrimination by an institution evaluated under CRA, the agencies may consider this as the basis for a downgrade as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.28.</P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that the NPR adequately explained the agencies' rationale for the proposed changes. The NPR contains detailed analysis of the current CRA regulations, the need for modernization, and an in-depth review of the proposed rule and alternatives the agencies considered, which are all supported by extensive data.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies acknowledge that commenters provided general comments raising legal concerns with the proposal. The agencies note that the CRA authorizes the agencies to adopt regulations to carry out the purposes of the statute,
                        <SU>65</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and requires the agencies to assess the institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank.
                        <SU>66</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The final rule furthers the purposes of the CRA and is consistent with the agencies' rulemaking authority. The agencies also considered the points raised by the commenter questioning the FDIC Board's authority but find no such impediment to adoption of the final rule. Legal issues concerning particular aspects of the proposal are discussed in the section-by-section analysis in section IV of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>65</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2905.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>66</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In response to comments regarding lookback reviews, the agencies often do reviews of their examinations after implementation of revised or new rules. While the agencies will keep these recommendations in mind, the agencies are not committing to adopt such recommendations in a specific timeframe or through a specified method. Regarding the development of tools, including for small banks, as noted in section I of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        , the agencies expect to develop various materials for banks including data reporting guides, data reporting templates, and technical assistance to assist banks in understanding supervisory expectations with respect to the final rule's performance evaluation standards and data reporting requirements. The agencies will continue to explore other tools to provide transparent information to the public, improve efficiency, and reduce burden.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. General Comments Regarding the Agencies' CRA Modernization Objectives</HD>
                    <P>
                        As noted in section I of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        , the agencies' updates to their CRA regulations in this final rule are guided by eight objectives. These objectives were set out in the NPR, and some general comments received on the objectives are summarized below. Throughout this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        , the agencies provide additional information and discussion regarding the ways in which this final rule accomplishes the objectives, including in the section-by-section analysis in section IV.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal, Comments Received, and the Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Strengthen the achievement of the core purpose of the statute.</E>
                         As provided for in the statute, the CRA states that “[i]t is the purpose of this chapter to require each appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency to use its authority when examining financial institutions, to encourage such institutions to help meet the credit needs of the local communities in which they are chartered consistent with the safe and sound operation of such institutions.” 
                        <SU>67</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The CRA requires the agencies to “assess the institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of such institution.” 
                        <SU>68</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>67</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>68</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Commenter feedback on this objective included: support for updating the CRA regulations to achieve this purpose; that CRA modernization should result in a net increase in the quantity and quality of financial products and services available in low- and moderate-income areas; and, that the burden is on the agencies to demonstrate that modernization efforts would meet these baseline goals for reform. Additional commenter feedback included: that the sole criterion for extending CRA consideration to a business activity should be its direct, significant, and exclusive benefit to low- and moderate-income individuals; that by ignoring race during CRA exams, the agencies' proposal falls far short of this objective; and that to achieve the goal of serving communities with the greatest needs, the agencies must maintain a balance between the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the tests and, specifically, to align the twin tracks of CRA compliance and CDFI certification.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that the final rule updates the CRA regulations to strengthen the achievement of the core purpose of the statute. The agencies believe the final rule accomplishes this in various ways, for example, by: establishing a tailored and rigorous approach for the performance tests used to assess a bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community; evaluating the responsiveness of certain bank's credit products and deposit products, including an impact and responsiveness review for community development activities; and including community development definitions that reflect an emphasis on activities that are responsive to community needs, especially the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. With respect to a commenter's assertion that the agencies should not ignore race during CRA examinations, the agencies note that the final rule retains the conditions that facility-based assessment areas are prohibited from reflecting illegal discrimination and must not arbitrarily exclude low- or moderate-income census tracts. Additionally, banks' performance under the CRA can be adversely affected by evidence of discriminatory or other illegal credit practices, including violations of ECOA and the Fair Housing Act. The agencies also believe the final rule appropriately balances the qualitative and quantitative aspects of the performance tests by 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6587"/>
                        incorporating standardized metrics and benchmarks in several of the performance tests, and retaining the ability for the agencies to consider performance context.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Adapt to changes in the banking industry, including the expanded role of mobile and online banking.</E>
                         Many commenters expressed general support for this objective with several of these commenters noting that now is the time to update the CRA regulations, given advances in banking technology. A few of these commenters also stated that the CRA has not kept up with the way consumers expect to use technology to access financial products and services and that the current CRA regulations and guidance do not recognize the wide diversity in business practices of banks or the changes in the financial services industry that have occurred since the CRA was enacted in 1977.
                    </P>
                    <P>While some commenters believed the agencies met this objective, particularly in response to the expanded role of mobile and online banking, other commenters did not believe the proposal sufficiently met the objective, noting: efforts to modernize the CRA regulations should account for current and future ranges of banking and financial service business models; the NPR emphasizes physical bank branches, which the commenter asserted will require the agencies to update the CRA rule once digital banking becomes more common; the proposal may adversely impact how banks are able to respond to innovations in the marketplace, explaining that banks should have the ability to comply with the letter and spirit of the CRA within their chosen business models; the agencies should request additional authority from Congress to maintain the integrity and vibrancy of the CRA; and, CRA modernization must recognize and address the critical importance of digital equity for creating opportunities and upward mobility for low- and moderate-income, minority, and rural communities. Also, a commenter stated that adapting to advances in banking technology should be the one and only objective of CRA reform, and that the other seven objectives can be accomplished within the current regulatory framework and through more effective examinations.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that the final rule takes into account changes in the banking industry. For example, evaluating retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas accounts for current and future ranges of banking business models. The agencies also believe that the final rule strikes the appropriate balance by maintaining the importance of physical branches, while including consideration of digital and other delivery systems for large banks in recognition of the trend toward greater use of online and mobile banking. The section-by-section analysis provides additional discussion regarding the agencies' decision to maintain the importance of physical branches in this final rule. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section IV of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Provide greater clarity and consistency in the application of the CRA regulations.</E>
                         Some commenters expressed general support for this objective, with a commenter stating, for example, that the CRA regulations and supervision have become overly complex and unpredictable. Another commenter asserted that the proposal promotes this objective by establishing a framework that would lead to many positive changes but asserted that certain revisions to the proposal are required to effectively meet the objective.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that the final rule meets this objective in several ways, including, for example, by clarifying eligibility requirements for community development activities, providing that the agencies will maintain a publicly available illustrative list of non-exhaustive examples of qualifying activities, and updating certain performance tests to incorporate standardized metrics, benchmarks, and thresholds and performance ranges, as applicable.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Better tailor performance standards to account for differences in bank size, business models, and local conditions, and better tailor data collection and reporting requirements and use existing data whenever possible.</E>
                         Commenter sentiments on this objective included support for tailoring the performance standards and data requirements of the final rule, as well as concerns that the agencies' proposal failed to meet these objectives. The agencies believe the final rule tailors the performance standards based on bank size, business models, and local conditions in multiple ways. For example, small banks may continue to be evaluated under the Small Bank Lending Test, unless they opt into the Retail Lending Test; and intermediate and large banks, which have more resources than small banks, will be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test. The final rule also tailors data collection and reporting requirements because, as further explained in the section-by-section analysis of § __.42, the new data collection and maintenance requirements in the final rule do not apply to small and intermediate banks, and certain new requirements apply only to large banks with more than $10 billion in assets.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Promote transparency and public engagement.</E>
                         Commenter feedback on this objective included statements that the CRA regulations must enhance community participation so that CRA activity is tied to community needs, and concerns that the proposal may not expand community participation. The agencies believe the final rule advances this objective. For example, as explained in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.46, the final rule specifically provides a process whereby the public can provide input on community credit needs and opportunities in connection with a bank's next scheduled CRA examination. Further, the strategic plan provision provides an opportunity for the public to provide input on a bank's strategic plan. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         the section-by-section analysis of § __.27.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Confirm that the CRA and fair lending responsibilities of banks are mutually reinforcing.</E>
                         The agencies received an array of comments on this objective. Some commenters, for example, asserted that robustly enforcing current and future CRA requirements relating to race and ethnicity, in addition to other relevant Federal, State, and local laws and regulations, is essential to addressing racial and ethnic inequality. Many commenters asserted that greater coordination between CRA examinations and fair lending examinations is needed, including, for example, through development of a CRA examination racial discrimination assessment that would identify disparate trends, such as in marketing, originations, pricing and terms, default rates, and collections. In turn, these commenters indicated that any adverse findings from this assessment should trigger and support fair lending examinations. A few commenters indicated that such CRA discrimination assessments should include an affordability analysis and an analysis of the quality of lending for all major product lines that includes, for example, a review of delinquency and default rates. Other commenters asserted that, in CRA examinations, the agencies should assess whether banks employ discriminatory algorithm-driven models or other assessment criteria that disproportionately screen out low- and moderate-income and minority consumers. Additional commenters indicated that, likewise, when a fair lending examination is pending, appropriate CRA follow-up activity and corrective action must ensue once it has concluded.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6588"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>Several commenters suggested incorporating additional information related to discrimination into banks' CRA examinations. In this regard, a few commenters noted that public information about fair lending examinations included in CRA performance evaluations has typically been cursory. Several commenters specified that the agencies should use race-based HMDA data and, once available, race-based section 1071 data as a screen in CRA examinations for fair lending reviews. Some commenters suggested that the agencies should consider evidence of discrimination obtained by State and local agencies.</P>
                    <P>On fair lending examinations specifically, commenter feedback included: that the agencies should bolster fair lending reviews accompanying CRA exams for banks that perform poorly in the HMDA data analysis of lending by race; that fair lending examinations should solicit and rely on feedback from all relevant Federal and State agencies, as well as community group stakeholders; that both section 1071 data and HMDA data by race should be utilized in bank fair lending examinations; that fair lending examinations should include a quantitative analysis of lending to minority individuals and communities and incorporate an analysis of access to services; and that disparate impact related to climate change should be incorporated into the existing fair lending supervisory framework.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies reiterate their view that CRA and fair lending requirements are mutually reinforcing. Both regimes recognize the importance of ensuring that the credit markets are inclusive. Accordingly, and as noted above and discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.16, the final rule retains the provisions that delineations of a bank's facility-based assessment areas are prohibited from reflecting illegal discrimination and must not arbitrarily exclude low- and moderate-income census tracts. As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.23, the agencies are specifying in the final rule that all special purpose credit programs under ECOA can be a type of responsive credit program. As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.28, the agencies are also retaining the provision that allows downgrading a bank for discriminatory or other illegal credit practices. For more information and discussion regarding the agencies' consideration of comments recommending adoption of additional race- and ethnicity-related provisions in the final rule, see section III.C of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        . Moreover, although the agencies appreciate suggestions to enhance the rigor of fair lending examinations, such examinations are outside the scope of this rulemaking. The agencies are nevertheless committed to upholding their regulatory responsibilities for both fair lending and CRA examinations, and the agencies will seek to coordinate those examinations where practicable.
                    </P>
                    <P>Additionally, and in furtherance of the agencies' objective to promote transparency, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.42(j), the final rule requires the agencies to provide additional information to the public for large banks related to the distribution by borrower income, race, and ethnicity of the bank's home mortgage loan originations and applications in each of the bank's assessment areas. This disclosure would leverage existing data available under HMDA. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.42(j), providing data about borrower and applicant race and ethnicity in this disclosure would have no independent impact on the conclusions or ratings of the bank and would not on its own reflect any fair lending finding or violation. Instead, this provision of the final rule is intended to enhance the transparency of information available to the public.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Promote a consistent regulatory approach that applies to banks regulated by all three agencies.</E>
                         Commenter feedback on this objective included support for a coordinated interagency approach to CRA modernization and a unified CRA rule, with a commenter stating that the CRA's purpose is more fully realized when the agencies work in concert. Some commenters expressed support for coordination between Federal and State CRA regulatory requirements and between Federal and State agencies for CRA exams.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies appreciate these comments, believe the final rule meets this objective, and will continue to coordinate their implementation of the final rule as appropriate.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. General Comments Regarding the Consideration of Race and Ethnicity in the CRA Regulatory Framework</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies received many comments regarding consideration of race and ethnicity in the CRA regulatory and supervisory framework from a wide range of commenters. General comments on this topic are summarized below, in this section of the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        . Furthermore, the agencies received comments regarding the consideration of race and ethnicity with respect to the agencies' proposed approach to an array of specific topics, such as: bank size categories; 
                        <SU>69</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         assessment areas; 
                        <SU>70</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Retail Lending Test; 
                        <SU>71</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Retail Services and Products Test, including the consideration of special purpose credit programs; 
                        <SU>72</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         affordable housing; 
                        <SU>73</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         economic development; 
                        <SU>74</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         activities with MDIs and CDFIs; 
                        <SU>75</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         disaster preparedness and climate resiliency; 
                        <SU>76</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         impact factors; 
                        <SU>77</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         data on race and ethnicity in the CRA regulatory framework; 
                        <SU>78</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         discriminatory or other illegal practices; 
                        <SU>79</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         bank applications; 
                        <SU>80</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         public files; 
                        <SU>81</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and public engagement.
                        <SU>82</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies have carefully considered this commenter feedback in developing the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>69</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12 (asset size).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>70</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.16 (facility-based assessment areas).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>71</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22 (Retail Lending Test), including the section-by-section analyses of final § __.22(d)(1)(ii)(A)(
                            <E T="03">1</E>
                            ), (d)(4), and (e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>72</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.23 (Retail Services and Products Test).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>73</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(b) (affordable housing).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>74</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(c) (economic development)
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>75</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(j) (activities with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, or CDFIs).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>76</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(i) (disaster preparedness/weather resiliency).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>77</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.15 (impact and responsiveness review).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>78</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.42(j) (HMDA disclosure).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>79</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.28(d) (conclusions and ratings).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>80</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.31 (effect of CRA performance on applications).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>81</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.43 (public file).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>82</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.46 (public engagement).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Comments relating to specific regulatory provisions of the agencies' proposal and the final rule, referenced above, are discussed in detail in the section-by-section analyses of the specific provisions on which commenters shared their views. Those discussions cross-reference this section of the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         where appropriate.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">General comments.</E>
                         Many commenters providing input on the consideration of race and ethnicity under the CRA asserted that the agencies' proposal represented a missed opportunity to make racial equity a central focus of the CRA and to maximize what some commenters viewed as the statute's potential impact on advancing minority 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6589"/>
                        access to lending, investment, and services through the mainstream financial system. Most of these commenters stated that the CRA was enacted as a response to the history of redlining, other systemic discrimination, and structural racism, and that the agencies' current and proposed CRA regulations do not adequately address the need to advance racial equality, reduce racial wealth and homeownership gaps, and address intergenerational poverty in minority communities. In this regard, commenter feedback included that there has been little progress in closing the racial wealth gap since the enactment of the CRA, and that the racial wealth gap has actually worsened since that time. Commenter feedback also included that approximately 98 percent of banks pass their CRA examinations and that expanded consideration of race and ethnicity would be appropriate to increase the rigor of CRA examinations. Additional views included that the agencies should use the CRA to broaden access to credit for racial and ethnic minorities in much the same way that the statute has broadened access to credit for low- and moderate-income individuals and communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some of these commenters also urged greater consideration of race in a modernized CRA evaluation framework due to racial inequality related to land use policies, and unjust and inequitable lending practices, all of which, these commenters indicated, have contributed to persistent disparities in home ownership rates, wealth accumulation, and educational and health outcomes for racial and ethnic minorities. In this regard, some commenters drew attention particularly to the lack of affordable housing opportunities for racial and ethnic minorities in metropolitan and rural communities alike. For instance, one commenter asserted that racial and ethnic minorities who are more likely to live in low-cost neighborhoods as part of the legacy of historical residential segregation and decades of discriminatory real estate practices are not adequately served due to unmet demand for low-cost housing, including but not limited to small-dollar home mortgage loans. In addition to the housing concerns, another commenter asserted that low-income minority communities disproportionately do not have access to the banking services and products that they need to build wealth, and further stated that not requiring banks to better address these needs leads to increased potential for predatory lending and reduced wealth in these communities. Some commenters also asserted that robustly enforcing current and future CRA requirements relating to race and ethnicity, in addition to other relevant Federal, State, and local laws and regulations, is essential to addressing racial and ethnic inequality.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters asserted that explicit consideration of race and ethnicity in the CRA evaluation framework would provide a buffer against displacement of minority consumers, which these commenters indicated leads to the loss of important local resources, such as healthcare and social services. In this regard, commenter feedback included: advocating for a greater focus on loans to minority consumers and not simply loans in minority communities, where the loans might be made largely to white consumers; an assertion that banks' lending practices in connection with minority consumers and minority communities were impacted by the lack of diversity among bank employees, particularly at senior and executive levels; an assertion that all banks should be positioned to work with non-English speaking consumers; and a recommendation that banks be given consideration for offering linguistically and culturally appropriate services and resources to consumers with limited English proficiency so that such consumers may access safe and affordable credit.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters suggested that the agencies adopt forms of quantitative analyses to consider race and ethnicity as part of CRA evaluations. For example, a commenter recommended that the agencies conduct periodic statistical analyses to identify areas where discrimination or ethnic and racial disparities in credit access exist. This commenter further recommended that in areas where significant disparities exist, the agencies should incorporate performance measures based on race and ethnicity into bank performance evaluations, with separate race- and ethnicity-based performance measures contributing to bank ratings on individual performance tests and overall.</P>
                    <P>
                        On the subject of terminology, a commenter urged the agencies not to use the term “minority” in the CRA regulations but rather to use the term BIPOC (Black, Indigenous, and People of Color), which the commenter asserted better acknowledges different types of prejudice and discrimination.
                        <SU>83</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>83</SU>
                             The agencies acknowledge the commenter suggestion to use the term “BIPOC” throughout the final rule but are electing to use the term “minority,” which is used expressly in the CRA statute, and to clarify, where practicable, when the agencies intend to refer specifically to racial and ethnic minorities. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2907(b)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments on legal basis for express consideration of race and ethnicity in the CRA regulatory framework.</E>
                         Several commenters provided input supporting the permissibility of express consideration of race and ethnicity under the statute. Some of these commenters asserted that the CRA is a civil rights law and that, accordingly, the agencies have authority to expressly consider race and ethnicity in their CRA regulations to address redlining and other racial discrimination in banking. Moreover, several commenters stated that addressing racial inequities is a core “remedial” purpose of the CRA as part of a “suite” of laws enacted to address racial inequities in housing and credit. A few commenters pointed to the CRA's focus on encouraging banks to serve their “entire community” 
                        <SU>84</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         suggesting that the agencies should therefore focus specifically on the minority constituencies who are part of the entire community in evaluating each bank's CRA performance. Another commenter provided legal analysis arguing that the agencies could incorporate express consideration of race and ethnicity in CRA regulations in various ways that the commenter stated were consistent with requirements applicable to race-based government action under the Equal Protection Clause of the U.S. Constitution. Relatedly, the commenter indicated that, to satisfy constitutional requirements and appropriately target the effects of discrimination, the agencies should conduct and periodically update a study to determine with specificity where, and regarding which financial products, discrimination continues to have an impact. Other commenters asserted that express references to race in the statute, such as the provision allowing investments with MDIs to count for CRA,
                        <SU>85</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         indicate that an explicit focus on race is within the purview of the CRA.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>84</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903 and 2906.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>85</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Conversely, a few commenters cautioned against expanding consideration of race and ethnicity in the CRA regulatory framework due to legal concerns. Some of these commenters expressed their perspective that the law is limited in its capacity to address racial equity, even though they view the CRA as a civil rights law and acknowledge that racial equity is central to equal opportunity, social cohesion, and prosperity. Another commenter 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6590"/>
                        suggested that the CRA is a race-neutral law designed to combat race-based discriminatory policies and practices. Additionally, commenter feedback included that, although structural racism is a reality, incorporating racial equity into the CRA evaluation process could lead to both legal and practical issues and undermine the valuable contribution that CRA can make to low- and moderate-income consumers and communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Low-and moderate-income status and race.</E>
                         Many commenters advocating for greater consideration of race and ethnicity under the CRA indicated that, in addition to focusing on low- and moderate-income consumers and communities, the agencies should explicitly focus on minority consumers and communities. For example, a commenter asserted that racial discrimination will persist if income categorizations continue to be used to rate bank performance without considering race. Some commenters also noted that low- and moderate-income communities and minority communities are not the same, so closing racial wealth gaps requires express consideration of race. To illustrate this point, a commenter stated that about two-thirds of low-income communities are predominantly minority, but only about one-third of moderate-income neighborhoods are predominantly minority. Another commenter similarly indicated that nearly two-thirds of low- and moderate-income households are White, while nearly 40 percent of Black households and more than half of Hispanic households are not low- or moderate-income.
                    </P>
                    <P>Consequently, many commenters urged that racial equity should be incorporated comprehensively into the agencies' CRA regulations, including through both incentives and affirmative obligations for banks to serve racial and ethnic minority consumers, businesses, and communities. Many of these commenters asserted that doing so would have a direct, positive impact on such minorities' economic inclusion, quality of life, and health outcomes. Closing the racial wealth gap, a commenter stated, would also make the U.S. economy substantially stronger. To facilitate the incorporation of racial equity into the CRA regulations, a commenter asserted that the agencies could employ the “other targeted population” framework already provided for in the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act's definition of “targeted populations,” which the commenter explained can include either individuals who are low-income or others who “lack adequate access to Financial Products or Financial Services in the entity's Target Market,” to include certain minority groups.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered and appreciate the many comments asserting that the agencies should incorporate additional regulatory provisions regarding race and ethnicity into the CRA regulatory and supervisory framework. These comments raise important and significant considerations about financial inclusion, discrimination, and broader economic issues. The agencies have carefully considered these comments, including those summarized in this section and in the section-by-section analysis of the final rule (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         section IV of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        ), as well as the statutory purposes and text of the CRA. The agencies have also assessed other relevant legal and supervisory considerations, including, in particular, the constitutional considerations and implementation challenges associated with adopting regulatory provisions that expressly address race and ethnicity when implementing statutory text that does not expressly address race or ethnicity. Based upon these considerations, the agencies have determined not to include additional race- and ethnicity-related provisions other than what is adopted in this final rule and discussed in more detail throughout this Introduction and section IV of the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that the final rule strengthens the CRA's emphasis on encouraging banks to engage in activities that better achieve the core purpose of the CRA, and thereby meet the credit needs of their entire communities, including low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. Relatedly, the agencies continue to recognize that the CRA and fair lending requirements are mutually reinforcing, including by specifying in the final rule that special purpose credit programs under ECOA can be a type of responsive credit program, and by reaffirming that violations of the Fair Housing Act and ECOA can be the basis of a CRA rating downgrade. As noted, for example, in section III.B of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        , the final rule also retains the current rule's prohibition against banks delineating facility-based assessment areas in a manner that reflects illegal discrimination or arbitrarily excludes low- and moderate-income census tracts, and provides that the CRA performance of banks that engage in discriminatory or other illegal credit practices can be adversely affected by such practices. For more information and discussion regarding how the final rule strengthens the achievement of the core purpose of the statute, and confirms that CRA and fair lending responsibilities are mutually reinforcing (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         sections III.B and IV of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Section-by-Section Analysis</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.11 Authority, Purposes, and Scope</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach and the Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Current § __.11 sets forth the authority, purposes, and scope of the CRA regulations. Paragraphs (a) and (c) of the section are agency-specific regulatory text, with paragraph (a) outlining the legal authority for each agency to implement the CRA and paragraph (c) providing the scope of each agency's CRA regulations. Common rule text in § __.11(b) provides that this part implements the CRA by establishing the framework and criteria by which the agencies assess a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank; and providing that the agencies take that record into account in considering certain applications.</P>
                    <P>Consistent with the current rule, proposed § __.11 sets forth the authority, purposes, and scope of the CRA regulations, with the authority and scope paragraphs (proposed § __.11(a) and (c)) including agency-specific regulatory text. Proposed § __.11(b) included technical, non-substantive edits to the current regulatory text, such as adding CRA's legal citation.</P>
                    <P>The OCC proposed to amend its authority section, § 25.11(a) by referencing part 25 in its entirety instead of each subpart, and by removing paragraph (a)(2), Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number, as such information is unnecessary for regulatory text. The OCC also proposed technical edits to its scope section, § 25.11(c), to reflect the organization of the proposed common rule text.</P>
                    <P>
                        The Board did not propose any amendments to its authority section, § 228.11(a), and proposed to amend its scope section, proposed § 228.11(c), to replace references to “special purpose banks” with “exempt banks” to avoid any potential confusion with the OCC's special purpose bank charter.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6591"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>The FDIC proposed to amend its authority section, § 345.11(a), by removing paragraph (a)(2), OMB control number, as such information is unnecessary for regulatory text. The FDIC did not propose any amendments to its scope section in § 345.11(c).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received and Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive comments specific to the language in proposed § __.11(b) or the agency-specific language in proposed § __.11(a) and (c). Therefore, the agencies are adopting § __.11(b) as proposed, and the Board is adopting its agency-only provisions, paragraphs (a) and (c), as proposed.</P>
                    <P>
                        The OCC adopts paragraph (a) as proposed, and paragraph (c) as proposed with technical edits. Specifically, the OCC has moved the definition of “appropriate Federal banking agency” in proposed § 25.11(c)(1)(iii) to final § 25.12 (Definitions), where it more appropriately belongs. As in the current rule and as proposed, “appropriate Federal banking agency” in the final rule means, with respect to subparts A (except in the definition of minority depository institution in § 25.12) through E and appendices A through G, the OCC with respect to a national bank or Federal savings association and the FDIC with respect to a State savings association.
                        <SU>86</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the OCC has added Federal branches of foreign banks to paragraph (c)(1)(i), which lists the types of entities for which the OCC has authority to prescribe CRA regulations, to more accurately describe this authority. The OCC has also made minor technical edits to the listing of part 25 subparts in final paragraph (c).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>86</SU>
                             Final subpart F of part 25, Prohibition Against Use of Interstate Branches Primarily for Deposit Production, applies only to certain national banks and Federal branches of a foreign bank and includes “OCC” instead of “appropriate Federal banking agency.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The FDIC is adopting paragraph (a) as proposed and paragraph (c) with technical edits. In the proposed rule, the FDIC's paragraph (c)(2) maintained references to current § 345.41. The FDIC is adopting paragraph (c)(2) to reflect the final rule's new assessment area provisions. Thus, final paragraph (c)(2) provides that, for insured State branches of a foreign bank established and operating under the laws of any State, their facility-based assessment area and, as applicable, retail lending assessment areas and outside retail lending assessment area, are the community or communities located within the United States, served by the branch as described in § 345.16 and, applicable, §§ 345.17 and 345.18.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.12 Definitions</HD>
                    <P>In proposed § __.12 (Definitions), the agencies proposed many terms defined in the current CRA regulations, some with substantive or technical revisions. The agencies also proposed new definitions that the agencies considered necessary to clarify and implement proposed revisions to the CRA evaluation framework, some of which reflect understandings of terms long used in the CRA evaluation framework or that are consistent with the Interagency Questions and Answers.</P>
                    <P>The agencies received numerous comments on some of these definitions. These comments and the definitions as included in the final rule are discussed below.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Affiliate</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA regulations, the term “affiliate” means any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company. The term “control” has the same meaning given to that term in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(2), and a company is under common control with another company if both companies are directly or indirectly controlled by the same company.
                        <SU>87</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed to retain their current definitions of “affiliate,” with the Board including one technical change to the definition in its regulation to add a reference to its bank holding company regulations, Regulation Y, 12 CFR part 225. Specifically, the Board proposed to define 
                        <E T="03">affiliate</E>
                         as any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company. The term “control” has the meaning given to that term in 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(2), as implemented by the Board in 12 CFR part 225, and a company is under common control with another company if both companies are directly or indirectly controlled by the same company. The FDIC and the OCC did not propose any revisions to the definition of “affiliate” in the agencies' respective CRA regulations.
                        <SU>88</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>87</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>88</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR 25.12(a) (OCC) and 345.12(a) (FDIC).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies did not receive any comments on the proposed definitions of “affiliate” and adopt the definitions as proposed in the final rule. Accordingly, the Board is adopting the proposed definition of “affiliate” in the final rule, which will be contained solely in its CRA regulations. The FDIC and the OCC are retaining the current definition of “affiliate” in their respective CRA regulations, which define 
                        <E T="03">affiliate</E>
                         as any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company. The term “control” has the same meaning given to that term in 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(2), and a company is under common control with another company if both companies are directly or indirectly controlled by the same company.
                        <SU>89</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>89</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Affordable Housing</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add a definition of “affordable housing” to mean activities described in proposed § __.13(b). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(b) for a detailed discussion of affordable housing. The agencies did not receive any comments on the proposed “affordable housing” definition and adopt it as proposed in the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Area Median Income</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to retain the current definition of “area median income,” 
                        <SU>90</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         with one conforming change to replace the term “geography” with “census tract,” but keep the same meaning (see the discussion of “census tract” in § __.12 of this section-by-section analysis).
                        <SU>91</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under the proposal, “area median income” would mean: (1) the median family income for the metropolitan statistical area (MSA), if a person or census tract is located in an MSA, or for the metropolitan division, if a person or census tract is located in an MSA that has been subdivided into metropolitan divisions; or (2) the statewide nonmetropolitan median family income, if a person or census tract is located outside an MSA.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>90</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>91</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(k) (defining “geography” to mean “a census tract delineated by the United States Bureau of the Census in the most recent decennial census”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies did not receive any comments on the proposed “area median income” definition. However, the agencies are adopting the definition in the final rule as proposed with conforming and clarifying edits. First, in paragraph (1), the agencies have made a minor conforming change by replacing “metropolitan statistical area (MSA)” with “MSA.” Second, in paragraphs (1) and (2), the agencies have replaced the phrase “if a person” with “if an individual, family, household.” Third, in paragraph (1), the agencies have added the phrase “that has not been subdivided into metropolitan divisions” after “located in an MSA” to differentiate the first and second prongs of this paragraph. Fourth, in paragraph (2), as a conforming change, the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6592"/>
                        agencies have replaced the phrase “outside an MSA” with “in a nonmetropolitan area.” Final § __.12 defines “nonmetropolitan area” to mean any area that is not located in an MSA.
                    </P>
                    <P>Accordingly, the final rule defines “area median income” to mean: (1) the median family income for the MSA, if an individual, family, household, or census tract is located in an MSA that has not been subdivided into metropolitan divisions, or for the metropolitan division, if an individual, family, household, or census tract is located in an MSA that has been subdivided into metropolitan divisions; or (2) the statewide nonmetropolitan median family income, if an individual, family, household, or census tract is located in a nonmetropolitan area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Assets</HD>
                    <P>The final rule includes a new definition for “assets,” not included in the proposal. This term means total assets as reported in Schedule RC of the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income as filed under 12 U.S.C. 161, 324, 1464, or 1817, as applicable (Call Report), or as reported in Schedule RAL of the Report of Assets and Liabilities of U.S. Branches and Agencies of Foreign Banks (Report of Assets and Liabilities), as filed under 12 U.S.C. 1817(a), 3102(b), or 3105(c)(2), as applicable. Although the agencies did not propose this definition, they have added it to the final rule to clarify the intended meaning of this term in the CRA regulations.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Assessment Area</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current CRA regulations define “assessment area” to mean a geographic area delineated in accordance with 12 CFR __.41.
                        <SU>92</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Current § __.41 sets out the criteria for banks to delineate assessment areas. The agencies proposed to replace “assessment area” with three new terms in proposed § __.12: “facility-based assessment area,” “retail lending assessment area,” and “outside retail lending area,” as these new terms are used in the proposal. These new definitions are discussed below. The agencies did not receive any comments concerning the removal of the “assessment area” definition and have removed this term in the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>92</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Bank</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA regulations, the Board and FDIC have separate definitions for the term “bank.” Each agency defines “bank” to refer to the entities regulated by the agency for which the agency evaluates CRA performance. The FDIC and Board did not propose changes to the current definitions of “bank” in their respective CRA regulations and received no comments on their proposed definitions of “bank.” Accordingly, the final rule retains the current definitions of “bank” in the FDIC's and the Board's regulations.
                        <SU>93</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>93</SU>
                             The agencies' definitions of “bank” are included in the agency-specific amendatory text, outside of the common rule text.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As such, for the FDIC, the term “bank” means a State nonmember bank, as that term is defined in section 3(e)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA) (12 U.S.C. 1813(e)(2)), with federally insured deposits, except as defined in final § 345.11(c). The term “bank” also includes an insured State branch as defined in final § 345.11(c).</P>
                    <P>
                        For the Board, the term “bank” means a State member bank as that term is defined in section 3(d)(2) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1813(d)(2)), except as provided in final § 228.11(c)(3) and includes an uninsured State branch (other than a limited branch) of a foreign bank described in final § 228.11(c)(2). Accordingly, consistent with the Board's current CRA regulations, the term “bank” in final § 228.12 includes an uninsured State branch (other than a limited branch) of a foreign bank that results from an acquisition described in section 5(a)(8) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3103(a)(8)). Also, generally consistent with the current CRA regulations, “bank” in final § 228.12 does not include banks that do not perform commercial or retail banking services by granting credit to the public in the ordinary course of business, other than as incident to their specialized operations and done on an accommodation basis.
                        <SU>94</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This exception for banks that do not perform commercial or retail banking services aligns with the current CRA regulations, including that performing commercial and retail banking services solely “on an accommodation basis” will not qualify an entity as a “bank.”
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>94</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § 228.12 (defining “bank” to exclude institutions described in final § 228.11(c)(3)). These institutions include bankers' banks, as defined in 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh), and banks that engage only in one or more of the following activities: providing cash management-controlled disbursement services or serving as correspondent banks, trust companies, or clearing agents.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The OCC's current CRA regulation provides that “bank or savings association” means, except as provided in § 25.11(c), a national bank (including a Federal branch as defined in part 28) with federally insured deposits or a savings association. Further, the OCC regulation provides that “bank and savings association” means, except as provided in § 25.11(c), a national bank (including a Federal branch as defined in part 28) with federally insured deposits and a savings association.
                        <SU>95</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>95</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR 25.12(e). Pursuant to title III of the Dodd-Frank Act, and as described in footnote 2 of this 
                            <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                            , the OCC's CRA regulation applies to both State and Federal savings associations, in addition to national banks. The FDIC enforces the OCC's CRA regulations with respect to State savings associations.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For clarity and conciseness, the OCC proposed separate definitions of “bank” and “savings association,” without changing the substance of the current definitions. The OCC received no comments on this technical change and adopts the definitions as proposed in the final rule. As a result, in the final rule, “bank” means a national bank (including a Federal branch as defined in part 28) with federally insured deposits, except as provided in § 25.11(c); and “savings association” means a Federal savings association or a State savings association.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Bank Asset-Size Definitions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA regulations, the agencies define “small bank” to mean “a bank that, as of December 31 of either of the prior two calendar years, had assets of less than $1.503 billion.” 
                        <SU>96</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies defined “intermediate small bank” to mean “a small bank with assets of at least $376 million as of December 31 of both of the prior two calendar years and less than $1.503 billion as of December 31 of either of the prior two calendar years.” 
                        <SU>97</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies adjust these terms annually for inflation based on the year-to-year change in the average of the Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (CPI-W), not seasonally adjusted, for each 12-month period ending in November, with rounding to the nearest million.
                        <SU>98</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The current CRA regulations do not define the term “large bank,” but any bank with assets exceeding those defining an “intermediate small bank” is understood to be a large bank (otherwise referred to as a “large institution”).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>96</SU>
                             The current asset-size threshold for a “small bank” reflects the annual dollar adjustment to the figures contained in current 12 CFR __.12(u)(1). 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(u)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>97</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(u)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>98</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(u)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed raising the asset-size threshold for the “small bank” definition to provide more clarity, consistency, and transparency in the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6593"/>
                        evaluation process, and in recognition of the potential challenges associated with regulatory changes and data collection requirements for banks with more limited capacity. Under the proposal, a small bank would be a bank that had average assets of less than $600 million in either of the prior two calendar years, based on the assets reported on its four quarterly Call Reports for each of those calendar years. The agencies also proposed to add a new definition for “intermediate bank” that would replace the current “intermediate small bank” definition. Under the proposal, intermediate bank would mean a bank that had average assets of at least $600 million in both of the prior two calendar years and less than $2 billion in either of the prior two calendar years, based on the assets reported on its four quarterly Call Reports for each of those calendar years. The agencies intended the proposed “intermediate bank” definition to comprise a category of banks that have meaningful capacity to engage in CRA-related activities under the proposed Retail Lending Test and conduct community development activities, but that might have more limited capacity regarding data collection and reporting requirements than large banks.
                    </P>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies proposed to add a new “large bank” definition that would mean a bank that had average assets of at least $2 billion in both of the prior two calendar years, based on the assets reported on its four quarterly Call Reports for each of those calendar years. This proposed definition reflects the agencies' view that banks of this size generally have the capacity to conduct the range of activities that would be evaluated under each of the four performance tests proposed to apply to large banks.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to make annual adjustments to the asset-size thresholds for all three categories of banks based on the same CPI-W inflation measure used in the current CRA regulations for small and intermediate banks.
                        <SU>99</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>99</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(u)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As under the current CRA regulations, asset-size classification is relevant because it determines a bank's CRA evaluation framework. Consistent with the proposal, under the final rule, large banks are evaluated under the Retail Lending Test in final § __.22, the Retail Services and Products Test in final § __.23, the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24, and the Community Development Services Test in final § __.25. Intermediate banks are evaluated under the Retail Lending Test in § __.22, and either the current Intermediate Bank Community Development Test, in final § __.30(a)(2),
                        <SU>100</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         or, at the bank's option, the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24.
                        <SU>101</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Small banks are evaluated under the small bank lending test, in final § __.29(a)(2),
                        <SU>102</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         or, at the bank's option, the Retail Lending Test in final § __.22.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>100</SU>
                             In the proposal, the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test, referred to as the “intermediate bank community development evaluation,” is in proposed § __.29(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>101</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.30(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>102</SU>
                             In the proposal, the Small Bank Lending Test, referred to as the “status quo small bank lending test,” is in proposed § __.29(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received numerous comments on the proposed “small bank,” “intermediate bank,” and “large bank” definitions. Given that the current and proposed definitions are interconnected, the agencies believe it is appropriate to discuss the comments collectively.</P>
                    <P>Many commenters expressed general support for the proposal to increase the asset-size thresholds for small, intermediate, and large banks. Many of these commenters indicated that the proposed thresholds are reasonable and would represent appropriate burden relief for banks that would qualify as small or intermediate banks under the proposed definitions. Several commenters stated that the proposed asset-size thresholds are appropriate to ensure that smaller banks with more limited staff and other resources are not subjected to the same performance expectations or data collection and reporting requirements as larger banks. Several other commenters supported the proposed asset-size thresholds based not only on other regulatory burden they anticipate under the proposal but also on the principle that community banks already experience significant regulatory burden unrelated to the CRA. Another commenter approved of the increased asset-size thresholds on the basis that they would permit smaller banks to expand to meet the needs of their communities without necessarily subjecting themselves to new CRA requirements that the commenter stated were likely to have onerous costs.</P>
                    <P>Many commenters specifically expressed support for increasing the asset-size threshold for a small bank to $600 million. These commenters noted that the asset-size threshold would apply to approximately the same percentage of banks as were classified as small banks when the agencies' amended their CRA regulations in 2005. Several other commenters explained that the asset-size threshold increases would be a timely and welcome adjustment because of changes in the banking industry and the unprecedented growth of bank balance sheets and excess liquidity that has resulted from Federal Government stimulus in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Another commenter indicated that raising the asset-size threshold as proposed was a timely action on the part of the agencies due to recent trends in inflation that are beyond banks' control. One commenter stated that the current asset-size thresholds are too low and reflected prior conditions.</P>
                    <P>Many other commenters expressed opposition to the proposed asset-size threshold increases and advocated for the agencies to maintain the current thresholds. Some of these commenters stated that the proposed changes were inappropriate because reclassified banks would be subject to less rigorous performance standards and diminished agency oversight, which would minimize transparency and accountability and reduce those banks' CRA obligations and reinvestment. Other commenters noted that raising the asset-size thresholds would result in missed opportunities for reclassified banks to expand and improve their CRA activity under more rigorous performance standards. These commenters also asserted that the proposed changes to the asset-size thresholds are not justified because banks already perform successfully under the current, lower thresholds for small, intermediate small, and large banks.</P>
                    <P>
                        Many commenters focused on the number of banks that would be reclassified into a smaller asset-size category and the adverse effect this reclassification could have on community development financing, with a few commenters stating that increasing the small bank asset-size threshold would reduce the amount of community development activity, especially in smaller and more rural communities. Some commenters highlighted the agencies' statement in the proposal that approximately 778 current intermediate small banks would be reclassified as small banks and 216 current large banks would be reclassified as intermediate banks.
                        <SU>103</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These commenters expressed their belief that the reclassified banks would no longer be held accountable (or would 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6594"/>
                        be held accountable to a lesser degree) for community development financing activity. Many of these commenters suggested that this loss of accountability would cause significant reductions in community development financing, with some commenters citing estimated annual losses of $1 billion to $1.2 billion. These commenters argued that, if these forecasted losses in community development financing are remotely accurate, the change in asset-size thresholds would amount to a significant failure on the part of the agencies. Many commenters indicated that although the impact of reduced community development financing would be experienced in low- and moderate-income communities nationwide, the losses are likely to be most acute in less populated communities, such as rural, micropolitan, and small-town areas, where a substantial number of the reclassified banks are located. A few commenters specified that any loss of community development financing could adversely affect the availability of affordable housing and bank responsiveness to other important community needs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>103</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33884, 33924 (June 3, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Several commenters explained that reductions in community development financing as a result of asset-size threshold changes could adversely affect CDFIs by diminishing bank-CDFI relationships, and the flow of capital from banks to CDFIs—especially CDFIs located in smaller or rural communities. Noting that the agencies stated in the proposal that raising the asset-size thresholds would impact only two percent of bank assets in the banking system, some commenters indicated that a reclassified bank may be the only lender or one of a small number of banks with any presence in a geographic area.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters stated that reclassifying some current large banks as intermediate banks could negatively impact the availability of banking services in low- and moderate-income and rural communities because the proposed Retail Services and Products Test and Community Development Services Test would only apply to large banks. Several other commenters stated that reclassifying a large bank as an intermediate bank would effectively eliminate agency evaluation of applicable service considerations such as the operation of bank branches in their communities.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters expressed concerns about the impact of the agencies' proposal to revise asset-size thresholds on racial or ethnic minority communities. A commenter stated that a number of Black communities would be significantly adversely impacted by the reclassification of certain large banks as intermediate banks and certain intermediate small banks as small banks. The commenter asserted that these changes would reduce these banks' incentives to engage with Black communities, given the specific performance tests that would be applicable to small banks and intermediate banks under the agencies' proposal. Another commenter raised concerns that small banks and intermediate banks would not be subject to a retail services test. In the commenter's view, an evaluation of retail services is critical to ensure that bank branches are located in both low- and moderate-income communities and minority communities.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters stated that raising the large bank asset-size threshold could result in diminished bank investment in New Markets Tax Credits (NMTC) and other community tax credit investments given that, under the proposal, intermediate and small banks would not have corresponding community development requirements. These commenters also indicated that relieving banks of these requirements could negatively impact overall demand for community tax credit investments, for which the majority of investors are CRA-motivated banks.</P>
                    <P>Many of the commenters opposing the proposed asset-size threshold increases asserted that regulatory relief for banks was not a sufficient justification for changes that would adversely impact local communities. Several commenters argued that the potential burden on banks from being classified as a larger institution would not outweigh the need for accountability and equity. Another commenter indicated that the agencies did not produce estimates or data indicating that the proposed regulatory approach would be so prohibitively burdensome that significant increases in asset-size thresholds were necessary.</P>
                    <P>Several other commenters stated that the agencies' proposal should, at a minimum, provide for the same range of community development financing activity for all current intermediate small banks and large banks as under the current CRA regulations. A commenter asserted that the proposal goes backwards with no justification for how the reduction in compliance burden for banks reclassified as smaller banks would offset the loss of reinvestment activity from a public benefits perspective. Some commenters added that the impacted banks are engaging in community development under the current asset-size thresholds without any apparent deleterious impacts. Other commenters asserted that maintaining the current asset-size thresholds would be more consistent with the agencies' goal of strengthening the CRA framework.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters suggested that the current asset-size thresholds could remain in place and continue to be adjusted for inflation. A commenter indicated that, based on the application of inflation adjustments to the current asset-size thresholds, the proposed small bank asset-size threshold was too large in comparison. The commenter explained that if the agencies' proposed asset-size thresholds for small, intermediate, and large banks were adjusted for inflation, the asset-size thresholds would be approximately $375 million for small banks and approximately $1.5 billion for large banks.</P>
                    <P>A commenter opposed the proposed asset-size threshold changes on the grounds that the thresholds for intermediate and large banks are arbitrary and not based on any relevant data or analysis. The commenter also asserted that the proposed intermediate bank threshold is similarly unsupported and would subject reclassified intermediate banks to considerably increased compliance costs without commensurate benefit. Another commenter stated that the agencies did not provide documentation supporting the increase in the proposed asset-size thresholds.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternate asset-size thresholds.</E>
                         Many commenters recommended that the agencies adopt asset-size thresholds for small, intermediate, and large banks that are higher than those proposed. These commenters suggested asset-size thresholds of $750 million to $5 billion for intermediate banks and from $2.5 billion to $20 billion for large banks. Commenters asserted that higher asset-size thresholds are necessary to provide regulatory relief and limit the significant compliance burdens that the agencies' proposal would otherwise impose on smaller banks. A commenter stated that increasing the small bank asset-size threshold to $750 million would avoid placing unnecessary regulatory burden on smaller mission-driven institutions. Another commenter stated that regulatory burden considerations justified a variety of small bank asset-size thresholds of up to $3 billion. Another commenter stated that it lacked the financial and human resources to monitor performance under the proposed Retail Lending Test and requested a significantly higher asset-size threshold for large banks. Other commenters suggested asset-size 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6595"/>
                        thresholds for large banks ranging from $3.3 billion to $20 billion, based on compliance burden as well as inflation adjustments.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters specifically drew attention to smaller banks' resource capacities in advocating for higher asset-size thresholds. A commenter suggested an asset-size threshold of $750 million for small banks and an asset-size threshold of $3 billion for large banks based on resource capacity. Another commenter expressed support for a large bank asset-size threshold of $3 billion. Several other commenters recommended an asset-size threshold of $1 billion for small banks and an asset-size threshold of $5 billion for large banks to better reflect resource capacity and the ability to comply with the proposed performance test requirements. A commenter suggested that a $1 billion asset-size threshold for small banks would prove beneficial to many community banks located in rural areas with few low- and moderate-income census tracts. A few commenters suggested that asset-size thresholds of $1 billion and $10 billion for small and large banks, respectively, would better reflect bank capacity and compliance resource availability. Another commenter stated that an asset-size threshold cap on intermediate banks of $3 billion would be a better representation of the median large bank in its State and region. One commenter argued that setting the asset-size thresholds for small banks and intermediate banks at $1 billion and $3 billion, respectively, would provide significant regulatory relief for smaller banks and free up resources for the agencies to focus on the largest banks and banks with poor CRA performance. Similarly, another commenter stated that any bank with assets between $1 billion and $15 billion should be classified as an intermediate bank to reduce regulatory burden.</P>
                    <P>A commenter cited rapid growth in bank balance sheets due to bank consolidation and monetary and fiscal policy as reasons to further raise the small and intermediate bank asset-size thresholds, to a small bank threshold of $750 million and a large bank threshold of $2.5 billion. Another commenter cited similar reasons in support of a $1 billion asset-size threshold for small banks. Another commenter suggested a small bank asset-size threshold ranging anywhere between $2 billion and $5 billion and a large bank asset-size threshold of $10 billion due to the growth in bank balance sheets.</P>
                    <P>Further, some commenters stated that the asset-size thresholds should better reflect the distribution of small, intermediate, and large banks when these categories were originally established. Many commenters stated that, to maintain a similar percentage distribution of banks in the intermediate bank category to the distribution of intermediate small banks when that category was established in 2005, an intermediate bank should be any bank with assets between $600 million and $3.3 billion. Another commenter agreed that the agencies should attempt to maintain a similar percentage distribution of intermediate-sized institutions as in 2005. The commenter also indicated that a large bank threshold of $5 billion would likewise achieve this outcome. A different commenter suggested that any bank with assets between $1 billion and $5 billion should be categorized as an intermediate bank to adjust for inflation since the asset-size thresholds were originally set.</P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters noted that setting the intermediate bank asset-size threshold at $10 billion would serve to eliminate the proposal's distinction between two tiers of large banks.
                        <SU>104</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For example, a commenter stated that a $10 billion asset-size threshold for large banks would eliminate the confusion associated with the agencies' proposal to designate two tiers of large banks in which only the largest large banks would have comprehensive data collection and reporting requirements. Another commenter suggested that the agencies create an additional “large community bank” evaluation tier for banks with $2 billion to $10 billion in assets; alternatively, the commenter suggested that the agencies expand the intermediate bank tier to banks with assets of $10 billion or less.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>104</SU>
                             The proposed and final rule apply certain aspects of the final rule to large banks with assets greater than $10 billion. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis discussion of §§ __.22 and __.42.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Similarly, several commenters stated that the agencies should consider raising the asset-size threshold for large banks because the proposal is based on an incorrect perception that a bank with assets slightly over $2 billion is the peer of a significantly larger regional bank with $50 billion in assets—or an even larger institution with a nationwide presence. A few commenters also noted that financial regulators often consider a bank with less than $10 billion in assets a “community bank” for supervisory purposes. A few other commenters concurred that banks with assets between $2 billion and $10 billion are typically considered to be community banks. Another commenter, recommending a large bank asset-size threshold of $5 billion, asserted that raising the asset-size threshold for large banks would minimize unfair comparison of larger intermediate-size institutions with significantly larger banks. One other commenter suggested raising the intermediate bank asset-size threshold so that more banks would have the option of being evaluated under the status quo community development test, as the agencies proposed for intermediate banks (referred to in the proposal as the intermediate bank community development evaluation).</P>
                    <P>
                        A few commenters suggested that the agencies conform increased asset-size thresholds with other existing thresholds. A commenter stated that the agencies should set the asset-size threshold for small banks at $750 million to conform with the U.S. Small Business Administration's (SBA) size standard for small banks.
                        <SU>105</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter also stated that the asset-size threshold for intermediate banks should be increased to $2.5 billion, an amount that would more closely approximate the Board's threshold of $3 billion to distinguish between small and large bank holding companies. Several commenters stated that the small bank asset-size threshold should be $1 billion, to be consistent with the proposed definition of “community bank” in the 2012 FDIC Community Banking Study.
                        <SU>106</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A few other commenters suggested that large banks should have assets of $10 billion or more to maintain consistency with regulatory definitions in the Dodd-Frank Act. Another commenter suggested that the agencies follow the National Credit Union Administration's (NCUA) position that institutions that it supervises are “large” when they have greater than $15 billion in assets.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>105</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See infra</E>
                             note 113.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>106</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             FDIC, “Community Banking Study” (Dec. 2012), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fdic.gov/resources/community-banking/report/2012/2012-cbi-study-full.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered commenters' concerns and recommendations related to the proposed asset-size thresholds. As a part of that process, the agencies observed that commenters did not coalesce around a particular asset-size framework that would address their respective concerns related to the proposed asset-size framework. In fact, the opposite was true, as commenters' recommendations as to how to structure the asset-size framework were varied and frequently unique. The agencies conclude that the myriad comments and recommendations reflect an absence of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6596"/>
                        consensus around an asset-size framework that would address all, or a majority of, the commenters' concerns. The agencies continue to believe that the proposed framework strikes the appropriate balance between recognizing the capacity differences between banks of varying size and maintaining a strong CRA evaluation framework that benefits communities served by banks of all sizes and capacities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered commenter input that the proposed asset-size thresholds are arbitrary and not based on relevant data analysis. The agencies believe increasing the asset-size threshold for small banks to $600 million is appropriate based on an analysis of industry asset data, current CRA asset-size thresholds, supervisory experience with those thresholds, and bank asset-size standards employed by other agencies. First, as discussed in the proposal, the agencies analyzed Call Report and the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data to estimate how the proposed asset-size thresholds would redistribute banks throughout the proposed categories. The agencies estimated that the proposed change to the small bank asset threshold would result in approximately 778 banks, representing two percent of all deposits, transitioning from the current intermediate-small bank category to the proposed small bank category. The agencies further estimated that the proposed increase in the large bank asset-size threshold would result in approximately 216 banks representing approximately two percent of all deposits transitioning from the current large bank category to the proposed intermediate bank category.
                        <SU>107</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies communicated the findings of this analysis as a part of the proposal to ensure that the public was apprised of the potential redistribution of banks across the proposed framework.
                        <SU>108</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Second, the agencies, over the multi-decade period since the CRA was enacted, have developed supervisory experience related to the asset-size thresholds and an understanding of the capacity of banks in each class of bank to engage in CRA activity, and incorporated that understanding into the consideration of the proposed asset-size thresholds. Based on this supervisory experience, the agencies calibrated the level of CRA requirements to bank size, consistent with the statutory purpose and the agencies' objective of encouraging banks to meet the credit needs of their communities. Third, the agencies considered adopting the SBA's “small bank” definition, but ultimately elected to adopt the $600 million asset-size threshold because it is better aligned with the CRA's policy goals, and the agencies believe that banks with assets between $600 and $850 million have the capacity to engage in community development activity.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>107</SU>
                             The agencies based these estimates on average assets from 2020 and 2021 Call Report data and the FDIC's 2021 Summary of Deposits data. These statistics included some banks with no CRA obligations, such as banker's banks.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>108</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33884, 33924 n. 162 (June 3, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that the asset-size framework in the final rule strengthens the agencies' implementation of the CRA statute and furthers the CRA statute's emphasis on assessing the records of banks of all asset sizes in meeting the credit needs of their entire communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The final rule also implements the CRA statutory provisions that focus specifically on MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs.
                        <SU>109</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As discussed above, CRA and fair lending laws such as ECOA and the Fair Housing Act are mutually reinforcing. Specifically, under the CRA, the agencies assess banks' records of helping meet the credit needs of the entire community,
                        <SU>110</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         while fair lending laws serve to identify and address lending discrimination for protected classes, such as race and ethnicity.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>109</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(b) and 2907(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>110</SU>
                             For more information and discussion regarding the agencies' consideration of comments recommending adoption of additional race- and ethnicity-related provisions in this final rule, see section III.C of this 
                            <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Under the final rule, intermediate banks and small banks may receive additional consideration at the institution level for activities with MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs, which, as noted, reflects CRA statutory provisions. For example, under the final rule a small or intermediate bank can receive consideration for a capital investment, loan participation or other venture with an MDI. An intermediate bank or small bank that opts into the Retail Services and Products Test may receive CRA consideration for bank credit products and programs that are conducted in cooperation with MDIs and Special Purpose Credit Programs as examples of credit products and programs that are responsive to the needs of the communities in which the bank operates, including the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, and households; small businesses; and small farms. The final rule also retains the current prohibition against banks, including intermediate banks and small banks, delineating facility-based assessment areas in a manner that reflects illegal discrimination or that arbitrarily excludes low- and moderate-income census tracts; and retains the current provision regarding discriminatory or other illegal credit practices that can adversely affect a bank's CRA performance.</P>
                    <P>
                        Further, both intermediate banks and small banks continue to have retail lending requirements. Under the final rule, intermediate banks are evaluated under the Retail Lending Test in final § __.22, and either the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test in final § __.30(a)(2) or, at the bank's option, the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24.
                        <SU>111</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Likewise, under the final rule, small banks are evaluated under the Small Bank Lending Test, in final § __.29(a)(2) or, at the bank's option, the Retail Lending Test in final § __.22.
                        <SU>112</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>111</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.30.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>112</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.29.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional bank asset-size categories.</E>
                         A few commenters suggested that the agencies create a new category for banks with assets much higher than the proposed $2 billion large bank asset-size threshold and apply the most demanding performance tests or data reporting and collection requirements solely to those banks. According to commenters, including a category for the largest banks would help the agencies to better tailor CRA requirements for smaller large banks. A commenter explained that the agencies could impose the most demanding requirements on “super large” banks with greater than $50 billion in assets. Similarly, another commenter suggested the creation of a “mega bank” category for banks with assets greater than $100 billion on which the agencies could impose unique performance test structures and standards. Another commenter questioned why the agencies did not apply the large bank requirements exclusively to banks with greater than $100 billion in assets, a decision that according to the commenter, would capture 75 percent of total industry assets. One other commenter recommended that the agencies combine the proposed intermediate bank and large bank categories, so that there would only be categories for small and large banks in the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered the commenters' concerns but are not adopting additional asset-size categories 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6597"/>
                        for banks with assets significantly greater than the proposed asset-size threshold for large banks—
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         “super large” or “mega bank” categories for institutions with assets over $50 billion and $100 billion, respectively. Applying certain aspects of the large bank performance test only to very large banks in the manner suggested by commenters would reduce the number of banks subject to certain aspects of the performance tests and could thereby discourage CRA activity by some banks. Similarly, the agencies did not adopt commenters' suggestion to eliminate the intermediate bank category in the final rule. The agencies believe that the three size categories of banks in the final rule effectively balance bank capacity with the obligation of a bank to meet the needs of its community. Removing an asset-size category would reduce tailoring of the CRA performance tests based on bank capacity. Depending on which asset-size category were removed, for example, more banks might be classified as small banks, potentially countering the agencies' goal of encouraging banks with a meaningful capacity to engage in community development activities, or more performance tests would apply to banks that potentially lack the capacity to meet those tests' parameters, increasing regulatory burden.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">SBA size standards for small banks.</E>
                         The agencies specifically requested feedback on whether they should adopt an asset-size threshold for small banks that differs from the SBA's then small bank asset-size standard of $750 million.
                        <SU>113</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Several commenters supported the agencies conforming to the SBA's small bank asset-size standard, with some specifically stating that consistency across Federal agencies should be maintained wherever possible. In contrast, some commenters found the SBA's small bank asset-size standard of $750 million too high, for the same reasons provided by commenters who found the proposed size standards of $600 million too high, as discussed above.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>113</SU>
                             The SBA's applicable asset-size standards are set forth in 13 CFR 121.201, Sector 52—Finance and Insurance, Subsector 522—Credit Intermediation and Related Activities (specifically, North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) codes 522110 and 522180). At the time of the proposed rule's publication date, the SBA's small bank asset-size threshold was $750 million. The SBA revised this asset-size standard, as of December 19, 2022, from $750 million to $850 million in assets, determined by averaging the assets reported on the depository institution's four quarterly financial statements for the preceding year. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 69118, 69128 (Nov. 17, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies recognize that consistency across Federal agencies is generally desirable, but the agencies believe that deviating from the SBA's small bank asset-size standard is appropriate to meet the CRA's statutory purpose. In particular, applying the SBA's $850 million small bank asset-size standard in the CRA framework would significantly increase the number of banks that would be classified as small banks. This might, in turn, result in less community development activity relative to the current CRA regulations or proposal because fewer banks would be evaluated under the status quo community development test.
                        <SU>114</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Such a development would be counter to the CRA statute's purposes and the agencies' CRA modernization objectives.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>114</SU>
                             Based on an analysis of current bank size characteristics, the agencies estimate that the $600 million small bank asset-size threshold would result in approximately 609 banks that are required to comply with the CRA rule—representing approximately 13 percent of all banks—transitioning to the small bank category. However, if the agencies were to incorporate an $850 million asset-size standard in the CRA regulations, the agencies estimate that this would lead to approximately 957 current intermediate small banks that are required to comply with the CRA rule, representing approximately 21 percent of all banks, transitioning from the current intermediate small bank category to the small bank category. Estimates are based on year-end assets from 2021 and 2022 Call Report data.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Inflation adjustments to asset-size thresholds.</E>
                         Several commenters expressed support for the agencies' proposal to adjust the asset-size thresholds for small, intermediate, and large banks annually for inflation. However, a few commenters expressed concerns. A commenter stated that, although the proposed inflation adjustments may seem reasonable, they could have the unintended consequence of decreasing investments in low- and moderate-income communities when banks are reclassified to a smaller asset-size category. A few other commenters stated that inflation adjustments tied to the CPI-W do not take into account major changes, including consolidation, that have occurred in the banking industry over the past decade.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered the commenters' feedback and elected to maintain the proposed annual inflation adjustment methodology in the final rule. The agencies believe the proposed methodology, whereby asset-size thresholds would be adjusted annually for inflation based on the annual percentage change in the CPI-W, is preferable due to its alignment with the current CRA regulations' annual inflation adjustments to the asset-size thresholds. With respect to commenters' concerns about unintended consequences associated with banks moving into lower asset-size categories, the agencies recognize that this is a potential outcome associated with employing an annual inflation adjustment to the asset-size thresholds. However, the agencies believe the benefits of employing an annual inflation adjustment mechanism outweigh this concern, because it mitigates the risk of needing to employ large or unpredictable increases to realign the asset-size thresholds with conditions in the banking industry. Further, utilizing 
                        <E T="03">ad hoc</E>
                         adjustments to the asset-size thresholds, which would be less predictable and less stable, could mean more movement of banks from one size category to another from year-to-year, which inherently creates uncertainty for banks and stakeholders. Moreover, if the agencies declined to include an annual inflation adjustment mechanism, a scenario could develop where institutions would graduate into higher size categories due to inflation regardless of whether their financial condition or capabilities to engage in CRA activity have changed. Finally, the agencies note that the annual asset-size threshold adjustment methodology is not designed to account for industry changes such as consolidation. Rather, the methodology is designed to ensure that the asset-size thresholds evolve with economic conditions.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Asset-size threshold alternatives.</E>
                         A few commenters cautioned against the agencies placing too much reliance on asset-size thresholds to determine which performance tests apply to a particular bank. These commenters stated that the agencies should consider various factors such as a bank's business model, risk profile, areas of specialization, communities served, assessment area sizes, presence in an assessment area, staffing levels, and technology limitations. A few other commenters suggested that, under an “alternate prong” in the large bank definition, the agencies should designate a bank as a large bank if it makes a certain amount of loans in an evaluation period, even if its asset size would otherwise qualify it as a small or intermediate bank. These commenters asserted that this alternate prong would account for situations where a bank claims to be the “true lender” for loans that it makes with support from a third party.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered commenter feedback that the final rule should include alternative formulations to determine which performance tests apply to a bank. The agencies believe that alternative formulations for the baseline determination of which performance tests apply to a bank, including adding factors such as risk 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6598"/>
                        profile, areas of specialization, technology limitations, and others, would increase the complexity of the final rule and its administration without meaningfully furthering the agencies' CRA objectives. Therefore, the agencies are maintaining asset size as the sole factor for purposes of categorizing most institutions in the final rule. However, as discussed throughout this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        , the agencies have incorporated performance context information into performance test metrics and benchmarks, as well as express consideration of qualitative factors in evaluating a bank's performance, which include, among others, business model.
                        <SU>115</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies have retained a distinct evaluation approach for limited purpose banks,
                        <SU>116</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as well as the option for banks to be evaluated under a strategic plan.
                        <SU>117</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>115</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             final §§ __.21(d) and __.22(g) and the accompanying section-by-section analyses.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>116</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final §§ __.12 (definition of “limited purpose bank”) and __.26 and the accompanying section-by-section analyses.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>117</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.27 and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Asset-size threshold calculations.</E>
                         A commenter requested clarification regarding how the agencies propose to determine a bank's asset size. The commenter noted that the proposal defines a small bank as a bank that had average assets of less than $600 million in either of the prior two calendar years, based on the assets reported on its four quarterly Call Reports for each of those calendar years. The commenter requested that the agencies clarify whether a bank must have average assets of less than $600 million at each quarter-end versus the current method that considers year-end values.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        After considering this comment, the agencies have decided to retain the asset-size calculation methodology in the current CRA regulations, which provides that asset size is calculated as of the end of a calendar year without reference to quarterly Call Report figures.
                        <SU>118</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This methodology is simpler than the proposed formula, it is widely understood,
                        <SU>119</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and retaining it will minimize complexity in the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>118</SU>
                             As a result of retaining the current year-end asset-size calculation, the agencies estimate that the number of small banks will decrease from 3252 (NPR asset-size calculation methodology) to 3219 banks, the number of intermediate banks will increase from 883 (NPR asset-size calculation methodology) to 889, and the number of large banks will increase from 492 (NPR asset-size calculation methodology) to 519. Numbers are for banks that are required to comply with the CRA regulation; estimates are based on year-end assets from 2021 and 2022 Call Report data.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>119</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(u)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed above, the agencies are adopting the proposed definitions of “small bank,” “intermediate bank,” and “large bank” in the final rule, with two substantive changes. First, the agencies are adding the clause, “excluding a bank designated as a limited purpose bank 
                        <SU>120</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         pursuant to § __.26,” to each of the three definitions to clarify that a bank designated as a limited purpose bank that also falls into one of the asset-size categories is evaluated as a limited purpose bank and not a small, intermediate, or large bank, with the attendant requirements of the performance tests that would otherwise be applicable to such a bank.
                        <SU>121</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Second, the agencies have changed the asset-size calculation methodology to reflect assets held at year-end, instead of at each quarter-end, as proposed. The agencies have also made minor technical wording changes.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>120</SU>
                             As discussed below, in the definition of “limited purpose bank,” the agencies have combined limited purpose banks and wholesale banks into one category, “limited purpose banks.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>121</SU>
                             For limited purpose bank evaluations, see final §§ __.21(a)(4) and __.26 and the accompanying section-by-section analyses.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Accordingly, in the final rule, “small bank” means a bank, excluding a bank designated as a limited purpose bank pursuant to § __.26, that had assets of less than $600 million as of December 31 in either of the prior two calendar years. “Intermediate bank” means a bank, excluding a bank designated as a limited purpose bank pursuant to § __.26, that had assets of at least $600 million as of December 31 in both of the prior two calendar years and less than $2 billion as of December 31 in either of the prior two calendar years. “Large bank” means a bank, excluding a bank designated as a limited purpose bank pursuant to § __.26, that had assets of at least $2 billion as of December 31 in both of the prior two calendar years. For all three definitions, the agencies adjust and publish the asset-size thresholds annually, based on the year-to-year change in the average of the CPI-W, not seasonally adjusted, for each 12-month period ending in November, with rounding to the nearest million.</P>
                    <P>As indicated above, and in the proposal, the agencies believe that these asset-size thresholds appropriately balance the agencies' objectives of meeting the CRA's purpose of encouraging banks to meet the credit needs of their communities and recognizing differences in bank capacity based on asset size.</P>
                    <P>
                        In accordance with the Small Business Act 
                        <SU>122</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and its implementing regulations,
                        <SU>123</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies sought and received approval from the SBA to deviate from the SBA's asset-size standard applicable to small depository institutions—
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         small banks.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>122</SU>
                             15 U.S.C. 632(a)(2)(C).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>123</SU>
                             13 CFR 121.903.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Branch</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach and the Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to update the current definition of “branch” without materially changing the substantive meaning of this term. The current CRA regulations define “branch” to mean a staffed banking facility authorized as a branch, whether shared or unshared, including, for example, a mini-branch in a grocery store or a branch operated in conjunction with any other local business or nonprofit organization.
                        <SU>124</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under the proposal, “branch” would mean a staffed banking facility, whether shared or unshared, that is approved or authorized as a branch by the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency and that is open to, and accepts deposits from, the general public.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>124</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(f).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As noted in the proposal, the agencies did not intend for the removal of the list of examples from the definition to change or narrow the meaning of the term “branch” and believed that these examples did not fully reflect the breadth of shared space locations that might exist, particularly as new bank business models emerge in the future. In addition, the agencies proposed to add the language “open to, and accepts deposits from, the general public” to the definition of “branch” to underscore that this definition would capture new bank business models, with different types of staffed physical locations, when those locations are open to the public and collect deposits from customers. Similarly, the agencies added that a branch must be approved or authorized as a branch by the agency to clarify that the agencies have varying processes for branch designation and that the name that a bank assigns to a facility is not determinative of whether an agency considers it a “branch” for CRA purposes. The agencies did not view these revisions as a change from the current standards.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons stated below, the agencies are adopting the proposed definition of “branch” in the final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies received several comments concerning the proposed definition of “branch.” A commenter recommended that the agencies adopt a 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6599"/>
                        flexible definition of “branch” that can adjust with changes in the industry. Other commenters offered views on what the agencies should and should not consider a branch for purposes of delineating a facility-based assessment area. A commenter requested that the agencies clarify whether the proposed definition of “branch” (and “remote service facility,” discussed below) would include a financial institution taking deposits at a school or community organization facility. Another commenter recommended stating explicitly, either in the regulation or in guidance, that a staffed physical location in a shared space in which a financial institution has partnered with a nonprofit organization is a branch. This commenter also suggested that the agencies specify that any examples of shared physical locations in the regulation are illustrative and not exhaustive. Another commenter requested that a trust office be specifically excluded from the definition of “branch” if the office is not open to or does not accept deposits from the general public.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>After reviewing the comments received on this definition, the agencies are adopting the definition of “branch” as proposed. Accordingly, “branch” means a staffed banking facility, whether shared or unshared, that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency approved or authorized as a branch and that is open to, and accepts deposits from, the general public. The agencies believe the proposed definition of “branch” provides adequate flexibility to adapt to the continuous evolution of the banking industry by relying on the agencies' authority to approve and authorize branches. As the banking industry evolves, the agencies have the authority to adjust their rules, regulations, and guidance to accommodate industry developments.</P>
                    <P>The agencies decline to opine on whether the scenarios presented by the commenters would qualify as a branch under the definition, because branching decisions are analyzed on a case-by-case basis and subject to the agencies' respective statutory authority, regulations, and guidance, which may be modified in the future and render some or all of the examples contained in the list inaccurate.</P>
                    <P>The agencies do not believe that trust offices that are not open to the public or do not accept deposits from the general public need to be explicitly excluded from the definition of “branch,” because a trust office exhibiting those characteristics would likely not satisfy the elements of the definition of “branch” in the final rule. However, as discussed above, branching decisions are fact-specific inquiries, so the agencies are not opining on whether trust offices are generally excluded under the definition of “branch” in the final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Census Tract</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current rule defines “geography” to mean a census tract delineated by the U.S. Bureau of the Census in the most recent decennial census.
                        <SU>125</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To simplify and clarify the CRA regulations, the agencies proposed to use the term “census tract” in place of the term “geography,” without changing the substantive meaning. As proposed, “census tract” would mean a census tract delineated by the U.S. Census Bureau in the most recent decennial census. In addition, the agencies proposed to substitute the word “census tract” for the word “geography” wherever “geography” appears in the regulatory text.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>125</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(k) (“
                            <E T="03">Geography</E>
                             means a census tract delineated by the United States Bureau of the Census in the most recent decennial census.”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments concerning the proposed “census tract” definition and are adopting the definition as proposed with one change. The agencies are removing the phrase “in the most recent decennial census” from the definition in the final rule to conform this definition to current agency practice. The U.S. Census Bureau periodically updates census tract boundaries and numbering during the years between decennial censuses, and the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) compiles these changes to provide one update between decennial censuses, after five years. Under current practice, the agencies have been using the census tract boundaries and numbering posted on the FFIEC website. This practice balances between the benefit of using updated census tract definitions between decennial censuses and the benefit of having a substantial period of stability (five years) between adjustments to census tract delineations and numbering. The agencies believe that the revised definition would allow for the current practice of using inter-decennial changes to census tract delineations, which would not be possible under the proposed language because the definition would be confined to the census tract delineations included in the decennial census.</P>
                    <P>Accordingly, the final rule defines “census tract” to mean a census tract delineated by the U.S. Census Bureau.</P>
                    <P>
                        The U.S. Census Bureau publishes census tract data and information at 
                        <E T="03">census.gov</E>
                        .
                        <SU>126</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>126</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. Census Bureau, “TIGER/Line Shapefiles,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/geo/shapefiles/index.php</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Closed-End Home Mortgage Loan</HD>
                    <P>
                        For a discussion of the definition of “closed-end home mortgage loan,” see the discussion below for 
                        <E T="03">Mortgage-Related Definitions.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Combination of Loan Dollars and Loan Count</HD>
                    <P>To provide clarity and consistency, and to simplify the text of the CRA regulations, the agencies are adopting a new definition for “combination of loan dollars and loan count,” not included in the proposal, that means, when applied to a particular ratio, the average of: (1) the ratio calculated using loans measured in dollar volume; and (2) the ratio calculated using loans measured in number of loans. This term is employed in calculations for the Retail Lending Test in final § __.22, as provided in final appendix A; the calculations for the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24, as provided in final sections II and IV of appendix B, and the Community Development Services Test in final § __.25, as provided in final section IV of appendix B; and the Retail Services and Products Test in final § __.23, as provided in final appendix C. These calculations are discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of §§ __.22 through __.25.</P>
                    <P>
                        For the Retail Lending Test in particular, the combined loan dollars and loan count approach for various calculations better tailors the Retail Lending Test to accommodate individual bank business models. The agencies determined that use of this combination helps to account for differences across product lines, bank strategies, and geographic areas, relative to an approach that uses only loan dollars or only loan count. Loan size can vary among different product lines (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         home mortgage loans versus automobile loans), and this approach seeks to balance the value of dollars invested in a community with the number of borrowers served. In particular, the agencies believe that both loan dollars and loan count reflect different aspects of how a bank has served the credit needs of a community. For example, in the agencies' supervisory experience, employing a combination of loan dollars 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6600"/>
                        and loan count recognizes the continued importance of home mortgage lending to low-income and moderate-income communities, which has been a focus of the CRA, while also accounting for the importance of typically smaller dollar small business, small farm, and automobile lending to low- and moderate-income communities. The loan dollars represent the total amount of credit provided, while the loan count represents the number of borrowers served. The agencies believe this is a balanced approach that ensures consideration of lending that would be significant to the bank by either dollar or number.
                    </P>
                    <P>Specifically, the agencies believe that use of this term will improve understanding and readability of the following calculations in the Retail Lending Test: (1) the retail lending assessment area 80 percent exemption threshold, as provided in final paragraph II.a.1 of appendix A; (2) the outside retail lending area 50 percent exemption threshold for intermediate banks, as provided in final paragraph II.a.2 of appendix A; (3) the 15 percent major product line threshold for facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas, as provided in final paragraph II.b.1 of appendix A; (4) the standard for determining whether a bank is a majority automobile lender, as provided in final paragraph II.b.3 of appendix A; (5) weighted performance conclusions for major product lines in facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending areas to develop corresponding area performance conclusions, as provided in final paragraph VII.b of appendix A; and (6) weighted average performance scores for different areas in which banks are evaluated to develop performance test conclusions for States, multistate MSAs, and the institution, as provided in final paragraph VIII.b.2 of appendix A.</P>
                    <P>Similarly, the agencies believe that, for purposes of consistency throughout the final rule and to provide clarity, it is appropriate to incorporate the term into the calculations related to the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24 and the Community Development Services Test in final § __.25, as provided in final appendix B, as well as the Retail Services and Products Test in final § __.23, as provided in final appendix C. As with the Retail Lending Test in final § __.22, this definition helps to improve understanding and readability in the calculations for the: (1) weighting of benchmarks in final paragraph II.o of appendix B; (2) combined score for facility-based assessment area conclusions and the metrics and benchmarks analyses and the impact and responsiveness reviews in final paragraph II.p of appendix B; (3) the weighting of conclusions in final section IV of appendix B; and (4) the weighting of conclusions in final paragraph c of appendix C.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Community Development</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current CRA regulations include a detailed definition of “community development.” 
                        <SU>127</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed to move this definition, with substantive additions and clarifications, to a separate new section, proposed § __.13, Community Development Definitions, and to define this term in § __.12 by cross-referencing to proposed § __.13. The agencies did not receive any comments on the proposed definition of “community development” and adopt it as proposed in the final rule. Final § __.13, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13, describes activities that constitute community development, as proposed, but is retitled “Consideration of community development loans, community development investments, and community development services.”
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>127</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(g).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Community Development Financial Institution</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add the definition of “Community Development Financial Institution (CDFI)” to the CRA regulations. This term would have the same meaning given to that term in section 103(5)(A) of the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 (RCDRIA) (12 U.S.C. 4701 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ).
                        <SU>128</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed this definition to promote clarity in the CRA regulations and consistency across Federal programs addressing CDFIs, particularly the CDFI Fund established by RCDRIA.
                        <SU>129</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>128</SU>
                             Section 103(5)(A) of RCDRIA defines “CDFI” to mean a person (other than an individual) that: (1) has a primary mission of promoting community development; (2) serves an investment area or targeted population; (3) provides development services in conjunction with equity investments or loans, directly or through a subsidiary or affiliate; (4) maintains, through representation on its governing board or otherwise, accountability to residents of its investment area or targeted population; and (5) is not an agency or instrumentality of the United States, or of any State or political subdivision of a State. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 4702(5)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>129</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. Dept. of the Treasury, “Community Development Financial Institutions Fund,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.cdfifund.gov/about</E>
                            ; 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 4703.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies did not receive any comments concerning the proposed definition of “Community Development Financial Institution” and are adopting the definition as proposed in the final rule with several technical and clarifying edits. First, the agencies are replacing the phrase “has the same meaning given to that term” with “means an entity that satisfies the definition.” Second, the agencies are changing the cross-reference to the RCDRIA to the more specific “Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994,” which is title I, subtitle A of RCDRIA. Third, in conjunction with the revised cross-reference to the Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994, the agencies have revised the citation from “12 U.S.C. 4701 
                        <E T="03">et seq.”</E>
                         to “12 U.S.C. 4702(5).” Finally, in order to clarify that references to CDFIs in the final rule pertain to those entities that are determined to be CDFIs by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's CDFI Fund, the definition has been amended by adding the clause “and is certified by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Community Development Financial Institutions Fund as meeting the requirements set forth in 12 CFR 1805.201(b).” This definitional change affirms the agencies' intent to ensure that, beyond MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs, the entities with which a bank may engage for automatic consideration of loans, investments, and services have undergone the U.S. Department of the Treasury's CDFI certification process and meet requirements for maintaining that certification. The agencies consider this a critical guardrail to ensuring that community development on an inclusive community basis is the focus of bank loans, investments, and services in cooperation with these CDFIs. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         discussion of CDFIs in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13.
                    </P>
                    <P>Accordingly, the final rule defines “Community Development Financial Institution (CDFI)” to mean an entity that satisfies the definition in section 103(5)(A) of the Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994 (12 U.S.C. 4702(5)) and is certified by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Community Development Financial Institutions Fund as meeting the requirements set forth in 12 CFR 1805.201(b).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Community Development Investment</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to replace the term “qualified investment” in the current CRA regulations 
                        <SU>130</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         with the term “community development 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6601"/>
                        investment.” 
                        <SU>131</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The current CRA regulations define “qualified investment” to mean “a lawful investment, deposit, membership share, or grant that has as its primary purpose community development.” 
                        <SU>132</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe the term “community development investment” is better aligned with the other types of community development activities discussed in the proposal—
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         community development loans and community development services. (The definitions for these terms are discussed below). The agencies based the proposed “community development investment” definition on the current “qualified investment” definition and incorporated several additions. First, the proposed “community development investment” definition clarified that a lawful investment includes a legally binding commitment to invest that is reported on Schedule RC-L of the Call Report if its primary purpose is community development. Second, the proposed definition expressly included a “monetary or in-kind donation” if its primary purpose is community development in order to increase certainty and clarity as to what activities would qualify under the definition. Finally, the agencies added a cross-reference to proposed § __.13(a), Community Development Definitions.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>130</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(t).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>131</SU>
                             As discussed, the change in the final rule from “qualified investment” to “community development investment” is a change in nomenclature only; for purposes of simplifying the discussion, this 
                            <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                             hereafter refers to “qualified investments” under the current rule as “community development investments.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>132</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments concerning the proposed definition of “community development investment” and are adopting the definition as proposed, with technical edits to conform to the changes made to § __.13 in the final rule and adjust punctuation. Specifically, the agencies are changing “has a primary purpose of community development” to “supports community development” and revising the cross-reference to “§ __.13(a)” to “§ __.13.” A payment to a third party that is not an affiliate to perform community development service hours qualifies as a “monetary or in-kind donation” under the definition of “community development investment” in § __.12.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Community Development Loan</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current CRA regulations define “community development loan” to mean a loan that: (1) has as its primary purpose community development; and (2) except in the case of a wholesale or limited purpose bank, has not been reported or collected by the bank or an affiliate for consideration in the bank's assessment as a home mortgage, small business, small farm, or consumer loan, unless the loan is for a multifamily dwelling (as defined in § 1003.2(n) of this title); and benefits the bank's assessment area(s) or a broader statewide or regional area(s) that includes the bank's assessment area(s).
                        <SU>133</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>133</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(h).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies proposed several revisions to this definition to add greater specificity and to reflect consideration of community development loans and retail loans under the proposed CRA evaluation framework. First, the proposed definition included the clause, “a legally binding commitment to extend credit, such as a standby letter of credit,” to clarify that these types of commitments could be considered “community development loans” if their primary purpose is community development pursuant to proposed § __.13(a). Second, the agencies removed the reference to assessment areas because this part of the current definition caused uncertainty as to whether an otherwise eligible activity would qualify. Finally, the proposed definition reflected the proposed CRA framework's consideration of certain loans solely under the proposed Retail Lending Test, with an option for certain intermediate banks to have a home mortgage loan, a small business loan, or a small farm loan considered as either a retail loan or a community development loan.</P>
                    <P>
                        Specifically, the agencies proposed to define “community development loan” to mean a loan, including a legally binding commitment to extend credit, such as a standby letter of credit, that: (1) has a primary purpose of community development, as described in § __.13(a); and (2) has not been considered by the bank, an operations subsidiary or operating subsidiary of the bank or an affiliate of the bank under the Retail Lending Test as an automobile loan, closed-end home mortgage loan, open-end home mortgage loan, small business loan, or small farm loan unless (1) the loan is for a multifamily dwelling (as defined in 12 CFR 1003.2(n)); or (2) in the case of an intermediate bank that is not required to report a home mortgage loan, a small business loan, or a small farm loan, the bank may opt to have the loan considered under the Retail Lending Test in § __.22, or under the intermediate bank community development performance standards in § __.29(b)(2), or, if the bank opts in, the Community Development Financing Test in § __.24.
                        <SU>134</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>134</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments concerning the proposed “community development loan” definition and are adopting the definition in the final rule with changes to reflect revisions to the final rule regarding consideration of certain home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans as community development loans. First, the agencies are changing “has a primary purpose of community development” to “supports community development” and revising the cross-reference from “§ __.13(a)” to “§ __.13” to conform to the changes made to § __.13 in the final rule. Next, the agencies removed proposed paragraph (2) and added text intended to clarify that a one-to-four family home mortgage loan for rental housing with affordable rents in nonmetropolitan areas under § __.13(b)(3) (as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(b)(3)) may be considered in a bank's CRA evaluation under both the Retail Lending Test in § __.22, if applicable, and under the applicable community development tests in the final rule. Under the final definition of “community development loan,” a small business loan or a small farm loan that has a community development purpose, as described in § __.13, may also be considered in a bank's CRA evaluation under both the Retail Lending Test in § __.22, if applicable, and under the applicable community development test in the final rule. For example, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(c)(3), certain loans to small businesses and small farms may fall within the economic development category of community development.</P>
                    <P>The changes regarding consideration of certain home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans as community developments loans are discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of § __.13(b) and (c).</P>
                    <P>
                        Accordingly, the final rule defines “community development loan” as a loan, including a legally binding commitment to extend credit, such as a standby letter of credit, that supports community development, as described in § __.13. A community development loan does not include any home mortgage loan considered under the Retail Lending Test in § __.22, with the exception of one-to-four family 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6602"/>
                        home mortgage loans for rental housing with affordable rents in nonmetropolitan areas under § __.13(b)(3).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Community Development Services</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach and the Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to replace the current term “community development service,” with the term, “community development services,” and revise the definition. The current CRA regulations define “community development service” to mean a service that: (1) has as its primary purpose community development; (2) is related to the provision of financial services; and (3) has not been considered in the evaluation of the bank's retail banking services under § __.24(d).
                        <SU>135</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under current guidance, activities related to the provision of financial services include services of the type generally provided by the financial services industry, which often involves informing community members about obtaining or using credit.
                        <SU>136</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, community development service includes, but is not limited to, serving on the board of directors for a community development organization, serving on a loan committee, developing or teaching financial literacy curricula for low- and moderate-income individuals, providing technical assistance on financial matters to a small business, and providing services reflecting a bank employee's professional expertise at the bank (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         human resources, information technology, legal).
                        <SU>137</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Personal charitable activities provided by an employee or director outside the ordinary course of their employment do not qualify for community development consideration.
                        <SU>138</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Instead, services must be performed in the capacity of a representative of the bank.
                        <SU>139</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>135</SU>
                             Under current 12 CFR __.24(d), the agencies evaluate “the availability and effectiveness of a bank's systems for delivering retail banking services. . . .” 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(d)—1 and —2; Q&amp;A § __.24(d)(3)—1 and —2; and Q&amp;A § __.24(d)(4)—1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>136</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(i)—1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>137</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(i)—3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>138</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(i)—2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>139</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to replace the current term “community development service,” with the term, “community development services” and revise the definition. Specifically, the agencies proposed to define “community development services” to mean “activities described in § __.25(d).” The agencies, generally, proposed in § __.25(d) to incorporate the existing definition of community development services while codifying existing guidance on the meaning of “related to the provision of financial services.” Proposed § __.25(d) defined community development services as: (1) activities that have a primary purpose of community development, as defined in proposed § __.13(a)(1); (2) volunteer activities performed by bank board members or employees; and (3) activities related to the provision of financial services as described in proposed § __.25(d)(3), unless otherwise indicated in proposed § __.25(d)(4).
                        <SU>140</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed § __.25(d)(2) excluded volunteer services performed by bank board members or employees of the bank who are not acting in their capacity as representatives of the bank. Proposed § __.25(d)(3) provided that activities related to the provision of financial services are generally activities that relate to credit, deposit, and other personal and business financial services, and included a non-exhaustive list of examples. Proposed § __.25(d)(4) provided that banks may receive community development services consideration for volunteer activities undertaken in nonmetropolitan areas that otherwise meet the criteria for one or more of the community development definitions, as described in § __.13, even if unrelated to financial services. The agencies reasoned that banks operating in nonmetropolitan areas may have fewer opportunities to provide community development services related to the provision of financial services. Proposed § __.25(d)(4) provided that examples of qualifying activities not related to financial services include, but are not limited, to assisting an affordable housing organization to construct homes; volunteering at an organization that provides community support such as a soup kitchen, a homeless shelter, or a shelter for victims of domestic violence; and organizing or otherwise assisting with a clothing drive or a food drive for a community service organization.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>140</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.25(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received numerous comments concerning the proposed definition of “community development services” that are discussed below.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Community development purpose for community development services.</E>
                         A few commenters stressed that the final rule should require community development services to have or be related to a community development purpose.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Related to the provision of financial services.</E>
                         As described above, proposed § __.25(d)(3) provided that “[a]ctivities related to the provision of financial services” are those that relate to credit, deposit, and other personal and business financial services and included the following non-exhaustive list of examples: serving on the board of directors of an organization that has a primary purpose of community development; providing technical assistance on financial matters to nonprofit, government, or tribal organizations or agencies supporting community development activities; providing support for fundraising to organizations that have a primary purpose of community development; providing financial literacy education as described in proposed § __.13(k); or providing services reflecting other areas of expertise at the bank, such as human resources, information technology, and legal services.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters supported the inclusion of volunteer activities reflecting expertise of the employee, such as human resources, legal services, and information technology. A few other commenters specifically noted that activities related to the provision of financial services should include financial literacy or financial education. One of these commenters also suggested the provision of financial services should include volunteering at Volunteer Income Tax Assistance sites managed by nonprofit organizations.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Performed on behalf of the bank.</E>
                         Regarding the proposed exclusion of volunteer activities by bank board members or employees of the bank who are not acting in their capacity as representatives of the bank, a commenter requested clarification that the proposed exclusion would not require the volunteer to act as an agent of the bank when serving on a community organization's board of directors. This commenter believed that if the volunteer must act as an agent, it could create a conflict of interest. Another commenter stated that banks should only receive CRA credit for volunteer activities performed during bank business hours.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Volunteer activities in nonmetropolitan areas.</E>
                         The agencies received many comments on the proposed expansion to allow CRA consideration for volunteer service hours in nonmetropolitan areas that are unrelated to the provision of financial services. Only a few commenters supported the provision as proposed. A majority of commenters on this topic opposed the inclusion of volunteer activities unrelated to the provision of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6603"/>
                        financial services in any location. A few commenters disputed the premise stated in the proposal that there are insufficient volunteer opportunities in nonmetropolitan areas, and one commenter urged the agencies to collect data to verify the premise before expanding to include services unrelated to the provision of financial services in nonmetropolitan areas. Several other commenters stated that although nonfinancial volunteer activities benefit communities, the inclusion of such services loses sight of the CRA's intent to provide financial services to underserved communities. These commenters believed that the CRA should increase services related to the provision of financial services and should not include all types of volunteer activities.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters supported the provision to include volunteer activities unrelated to the provision of financial services in all areas, not just nonmetropolitan areas. These commenters highlighted the benefit general volunteerism provides to low- and moderate-income communities and stressed that there is need in both metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas. A few commenters said that limiting the provision of services unrelated to financial services to only nonmetropolitan areas would restrict community organizations from directing the service hours where needed. Another commenter believed the restriction would be inappropriate at this time because community organizations continue to experience challenges in recruiting volunteers as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Other commenters said the expansion to consider volunteer activities unrelated to the provision of financial services in all communities could help reduce the number of CRA “hot spots.” A commenter conveyed that some bank employees are not well positioned for or comfortable providing services related to the provision of financial services. Another commenter questioned the delineation of nonmetropolitan versus metropolitan areas because the delineation would exclude certain rural areas that are on the outskirts of metropolitan areas.</P>
                    <P>A commenter stated bank employees volunteering services unrelated to financial services be given CRA consideration in all communities, at least in instances when it involves helping an affordable housing organization build homes for homeownership. In support of this position, the commenter highlighted the connection between the creation of affordable housing built for homeownership and expanding credit and homeownership opportunities for low- and moderate-income communities.</P>
                    <P>If the agencies allow CRA consideration for volunteer service hours in nonmetropolitan areas that are unrelated to the provision of financial services, a few commenters offered other requirements or limitations to the evaluation of these service hours, such as weighting the provision of financial services more heavily than those unrelated to financial services; granting pro rata consideration for services unrelated to the provision of financial services based on the percent of low- and moderate-income recipients; establishing a limit for receiving CRA consideration for services unrelated to financial services; establishing a separate metric; limiting the expansion to those community development services that satisfy basic needs like shelter, safety, and food; or requiring the bank to show it made a demonstrated effort to provide the provision of financial services before it may receive credit for services unrelated to financial services.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>In response to commenter feedback and for the reasons described below, the agencies are adopting a definition of “community development services” in § __.12 that includes substantive changes as well as technical and conforming edits. Specifically, the final rule defines “community development services” to mean the performance of volunteer services by a bank's or affiliate's board members or employees, performed on behalf of the bank, where those services: (1) support community development, as described in § __.13; and (2) are related to the provision of financial services, which include credit, deposit, and other personal and business financial services, or services that reflect a board member's or employee's expertise at the bank or affiliate, such as human resources, information technology, and legal services. The agencies agree with commenters that a community development purpose is fundamental to eligibility as a community development service. Thus, with non-substantive conforming edits, the agencies are adopting the proposed requirement that a community development service must support community development as described in § __.13.</P>
                    <P>The agencies removed the examples of what qualifies as “related to the provision of financial services” from the final definition. Instead, the agencies believe the examples are more appropriate for future agency guidance. In addition, the agencies will consider these examples as they develop the illustrative list described in final § __.14. The agencies note that the removal of examples of community development services from the “community development services” definition in the final rule should not be interpreted as a statement on what qualifies or does not qualify as relating to the provision of financial services. The examples provided in the proposal and restated in the preceding discussion would still be considered “related to the provision of financial services.”</P>
                    <P>Further, the agencies determined that references to specific programs, like the suggestion to identify Volunteer Income Tax Assistance sites as related to the provision of financial services, in the text of the regulation could be overly limiting and possibly inconsistent with the durability of the rule over time. Free tax preparation is likely to qualify as “related to the provision of financial services” and may receive community development service consideration if it otherwise meets the definition of community development services.</P>
                    <P>In response to commenter feedback that the proposed exclusion—excluding volunteer services performed by bank board members or employees of the bank who are not acting in their capacity as representatives of the bank—could be misinterpreted to require or establish an agency relationship, the agencies removed the exclusion. Instead, the agencies require that the services must be “performed on behalf of the bank.” The agencies do not intend to require that an employee or director must be acting as a bank's agent in the legal sense of the term, nor do the agencies intend to suggest that volunteering on behalf of the bank necessarily creates an agency relationship.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered the comment that banks should only receive CRA credit for volunteer activities performed during bank business hours. The agencies believe that the nature of community development services may vary depending on community needs and seek to give banks flexibility to address those needs regardless of the timing of projects and other community development-related activities. Thus, consistent with the proposal, the final rule provides that a service may still qualify as “volunteer” where the service is performed during an employee's off-duty hours if that service otherwise meets the “community development services” definition. Conversely, volunteer activities conducted by an employee or board member in their 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6604"/>
                        personal capacity are generally not considered performed on behalf of the bank if the activity is not sponsored or organized by the bank.
                    </P>
                    <P>A service can also be considered “volunteer” for purposes of the “community development services” definition even if an employee is paid in the normal course of employment. For example, volunteer hours could include those hours associated with a bank employee performing an economic development service activity, such as completing tax returns for small businesses, during the employee's work hours. Even though the bank pays the employee in the regular course of employment, the bank essentially donates those hours because the bank employee is performing economic development for the small business, rather than performing that employee's regular bank duties.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have not adopted the proposal to include volunteer activities unrelated to the provision of financial services in nonmetropolitan areas. The agencies believe that volunteer service hours, even if unrelated to financial services, can provide a meaningful benefit in nonmetropolitan areas, but have determined that, by focusing on activities related to the provision of financial services, this provision is more consistent with the CRA's statutory focus and also emphasizes activities that examiners have competency and expertise to evaluate. The removal of this proposed expansion in nonmetropolitan areas also is intended more generally to address commenter requests that the agencies reduce the final rule's complexity.</P>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies made conforming edits to clarify that service hours performed by the employees or board members of a bank's affiliate may qualify as community development services, as provided for in final § __.21(b).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Consumer Loan</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current CRA regulations define “consumer loan” to mean a loan to one or more individuals for household, family, or other personal expenditures, but does not include a home mortgage, small business, or small farm loan. Further, “consumer loan” includes the following categories of loans: (1) a motor vehicle loan, which is a consumer loan extended for the purchase of and secured by a motor vehicle; (2) a credit card loan, which is a line of credit for household, family, or other personal expenditures that is accessed by a borrower's use of a credit card, as this term is defined in 12 CFR 1026.2; (3) an other secured consumer loan, which is a secured consumer loan that is not included in one of the other categories of consumer loans; and (4) an other unsecured consumer loan, which is an unsecured consumer loan that is not included in one of the other categories of consumer loans.
                        <SU>141</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>141</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(j).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to modify the “consumer loan” definition to refine its scope, simplify and clarify it, and align it with revisions to related Call Report definitions as well as proposed revisions to the CRA regulations. Specifically, the proposed definition replaced the term “home mortgage” with “home mortgage loan” (both a closed-end home mortgage loan, and an open-end home mortgage loan) and a “multifamily loan” to use terms included in the proposal, discussed below. The proposal also modified the reference to “motor vehicle loan” to “automobile loan,” and specified that an automobile loan includes new or used passenger cars or other vehicles, providing examples, such as a minivan, a pickup truck, a sport-utility vehicle, a van, or a similar light truck for personal use, as defined in Schedule RC-C of the Call Report. The agencies proposed this change to conform with the proposal to add a definition for “automobile loan” to the CRA regulations, discussed above, and to align the term with the definition of “automobile loan” in Schedule RC-C of the Call Report. The proposed “consumer loan” definition also added “other revolving credit plan,” to mean a revolving credit plan that is not accessed by credit card. This change conforms to Call Report revisions, which now distinguishes between revolving and non-revolving credit rather than secured and unsecured credit. The proposal also combined the “other secured consumer loan” and “other unsecured consumer loan” categories into the “other consumer loan” category to simplify the definition.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received several comments related to the proposed “consumer loan” definition. A commenter supported the agencies' inclusion of an automobile loan as a consumer loan. The commenter believed that including automobile loans as a type of consumer loan is important for areas where employment and economic opportunities are significant distances from where individuals reside, and public transportation may not be available or reliable. Another commenter supported the proposed definition of “automobile loan,” likewise in the definition of “consumer loan,” because it eliminates uncertainty around direct versus indirect loan inclusion.</P>
                    <P>A commenter suggested that the agencies define “unsecured personal loans,” as they do with credit cards, separately from the general category of “other secured and unsecured loans,” because unsecured personal loans are a fairly uniform credit class.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting the proposed definition of “consumer loan” in the final rule with several edits designed to simplify the definition and avoid the possibility of future misalignment of the definition with the Call Report. Specifically, “consumer loan” in the final rule means a loan to one or more individuals for household, family, or other personal expenditures and that is one of the following types of loans: (1) automobile loan as reported in Schedule RC-C of the Call Report; (2) credit card loan, as reported as “credit card” in Schedule RC-C of the Call Report; (3) other revolving credit plan, as reported in Schedule RC-C of the Call Report; and (4) other consumer loan, as reported in Schedule RC-C of the Call Report.</P>
                    <P>
                        For clarity, the agencies have elected to refer only to these loans as reported in Schedule RC-C of the Call Report for each category of loan covered in the definition. Referring only to loans reported in schedule RC-C of the Call Report better aligns the categories of loans with how banks report those classes of loans on the Call Report. As a result, “automobile loan,” “credit card loan,” “other revolving credit plan,” and “other consumer loan” are now described as those loans reported in Schedule RC-C of the Call Report and do not include specific examples.
                        <SU>142</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies appreciate commenter concerns about any generality associated with the term “other secured and unsecured loans,” labeled “other consumer loans” in the proposal. The final definition of “consumer loan” is designed to address those concerns not only with the addition of the new category of “other revolving credit plan,” but also with references to the loans reported in Schedule RC-C. To provide additional clarity about the scope of the term “consumer loan,” the agencies also revised the definition to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6605"/>
                        make the list of categories of loans considered consumer loans exhaustive. With this change, the agencies made a technical edit to no longer exclude home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, and small farm loans because these loans would not otherwise fall within the final definition of “consumer loan.”
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>142</SU>
                             The agencies note that the Call Report uses the term “credit card” and not “credit card loan.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">County</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed adding a definition for “county” and defining it to mean any county or statistically equivalent entity as defined by the U.S. Census Bureau. The agencies proposed this definition to increase clarity and consistency in the CRA regulations by aligning the term with the scope of the applicable U.S. Census Bureau definition.
                        <SU>143</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>143</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. Census Bureau, “Glossary,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.census.gov/glossary/?term=County%20and%20equivalent%20entity</E>
                             (defining “county and equivalent entity”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies did not receive any comments concerning this proposed definition and are adopting the definition with one conforming change and one technical change. The agencies are revising the definition to include the phrase, “county equivalent,” to provide additional clarity and further align the definition of “county” in the CRA regulations with the applicable terms used by the U.S. Census Bureau. The U.S. Census Bureau utilizes the term “county equivalents” to refer to those geographic areas comparable to counties—
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         parishes in Louisiana, boroughs, independent cities in certain States, Census Areas, cities in Alaska; municipios in Puerto Rico, districts and islands in American Samoa, municipalities in the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, islands in the U.S. Virgin Islands, the District of Columbia, and Election Districts in Guam.
                        <SU>144</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe the addition of “county equivalent” clarifies that the definition of “county” captures those areas that are geographically comparable to counties, but are not identified as such, and that these areas will receive the same treatment under the CRA regulations.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>144</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. Census Bureau, “Geographic Levels,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.census.gov/programs-surveys/economic-census/guidance-geographies/levels.html</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies are also referring to these terms as used by the U.S. Census Bureau, instead of as defined, and including a cross-reference to the authority of the U.S. Census Bureau to more accurately provide a source for these terms.</P>
                    <P>Accordingly, the definition of “county” in the final rule means any county, county equivalent, or statistically equivalent entity as used by the U.S. Census Bureau pursuant to title 13 of the U.S. Code. The agencies have made conforming changes throughout the final rule to remove references to “county equivalent” that are now unnecessary.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Deposit Location</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to add a definition of “deposit location” to the CRA regulations as a clarifying corollary to the proposed definition of “deposits.” Specifically, the agencies proposed to define “deposit location” to mean: (1) for banks that collect and maintain deposits data as provided in proposed § __.42, the census tract or county, as applicable, in which the consumer resides, or the census tract or county, as applicable, in which the business is located if it has a local account; (2) for banks that collect and maintain, but that do not report, deposits data as provided in proposed § __.42, the census tract or county, as applicable, in which the consumer resides, or the census tract or county, as applicable, in which the business is located if it has a local account except that, for purposes of the Market Volume Benchmark and for all community development financing benchmarks, the county of the bank branch to which the deposits are assigned in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data; and (3) for banks that do not collect and maintain deposits data as provided in proposed § __.42, the county of the bank branch to which the deposits are assigned in the Summary of Deposits.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters stated that the definition of “deposit location” for banks that collect and maintain deposits data under the proposal is vague. A commenter noted that the proposed definition would leave significant questions unresolved, including what it means for a business to be “located” in a place and whether a business can be “located” in multiple places.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting the definition of “deposit location” with revisions consistent with the revisions to the definition of “deposits,” discussed below, as well as revisions to address commenter concerns. Specifically, the definition in the final rule removes the category of banks that collect and maintain, but do not report, deposits data. As explained in the discussion of the “deposits” definition, this category is no longer necessary. The agencies also agree with commenters' suggestions that the proposed definition could be clarified, and does not clearly indicate where deposits are located. Therefore, the agencies are removing the references to census tracts and counties from the part of the definition that applies to banks that collect, maintain, and report deposits data as provided in § __.42, and replacing them with “the address on file with the bank for purposes of the Customer Identification Program required by 31 CFR 1020.220 or another documented address at which the depositor resides or is located.” The agencies also made a clarifying change to replace the terms “consumer” and “business” used in the proposal with “depositor” and a technical change to replace “branch” with “facility” to refer to the term used in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits.</P>
                    <P>Accordingly, the final rule provides that “deposit location” means: (1) for banks that collect, maintain, and report deposits data as provided in § __.42, the address on file with the bank for purposes of the Customer Identification Program required by 31 CFR 1020.220 or another documented address at which the depositor resides or is located; and (2) for banks that do not collect, maintain, and report deposits data as provided in § __.42, the county of the bank facility to which the deposits are assigned in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Depository Institution</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule includes a new definition for “depository institution,” not included in the proposal, to mean any institution subject to CRA, as described in 12 CFR 25.11, 228.11, and 345.11. The agencies are adopting this definition as a technical clarification to effectuate their intent that “bank” or “banks” in certain provisions of the proposal was meant to include institutions evaluated by any of the agencies under part 25, 228, or 345.
                        <SU>145</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For example, in the Community Development Financing Test, the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6606"/>
                        benchmarks would include the lending, investments, and deposits of all banks in the applicable geographic area regardless of regulator. The final rule replaces those references to the term “bank” with the term “depository institution” or “large depository institution,” discussed below. The agencies also made other conforming edits to integrate these terms into the final rule.
                        <SU>146</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>145</SU>
                             The agencies integrated the term “depository institution” or “large depository institution” into the final rule in final §§ __.21(b)(1) (consideration of affiliate activities); __.22(g)(1) (Retail Lending Test additional factors); __.23(b)(2)(i)(B) (Retail Services and Products Test benchmark); __.24(b)(2)(i) and (ii), (c)(2)(ii); (d)(2)(ii); and (e)(2)(ii) and (iv) (benchmarks related to the Community Development Financing Test); __.26(f)(2)(ii) and (iv) (benchmarks related to the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks); __.27(c)(4) (consideration of affiliate activities for strategic plans); __.42(h) (aggregate disclosure statements); __.44 (public notice by banks); the Market Volume Benchmark in appendix A, paragraph I.b; appendix B, paragraph I.a (numerator and denominator for final § __.24 and final § __.26 calculations); and the benchmarks in appendix B, as applicable. Throughout the remainder of this 
                            <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                             the agencies use the terms “banks” and “large banks” to simplify the discussion. When discussing the above provisions, certain references to “banks” or “large banks” are references to all “depository institutions” or “large depository institutions,” as applicable.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>146</SU>
                             For example, the agencies replaced references to the common rule text sections with specific pin cites to all three agencies final regulations as appropriate.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Deposits</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add a definition of “deposits” to the CRA regulations to support and clarify the proposal to use deposits data for several evaluation metrics, benchmarks, and weights under the proposed performance tests. This definition would be based on whether a bank had to collect, maintain, or report deposits data. As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.42, the agencies proposed to require large banks with assets greater than $10 billion to collect, maintain, and report county-level deposits data based on the county in which the depositor's address is located to allow for more precise measurement of a bank's local deposits by county.
                        <SU>147</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For these banks, the agencies proposed a definition of “deposits” based on deposits in domestic offices of individuals, partnerships, and corporations, and of commercial banks and other depository institutions in the United States as defined in Schedule RC-E of the Call Report, which constitute the majority of deposit dollars captured overall in the Call Report categories of Deposits in Domestic Offices. The proposed definition excluded U.S. Government deposits, State and local government deposits, domestically held deposits of foreign governments or official institutions, or domestically held deposits of foreign banks or other foreign financial institutions.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>147</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.42(a)(7) and (b)(5); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             final § __.42(a)(7) and (b)(3) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For banks that collect and maintain, but that do not report, deposits data as provided in proposed § __.42, the proposal provided that “deposits” would have the same meaning as for banks that must report deposits data except that, for purposes of the Retail Lending Test's Market Volume Benchmark and for all community development financing benchmarks, “deposits” would have the same meaning as in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits Reporting Instructions.</P>
                    <P>For banks that do not collect and maintain deposits data as provided in proposed § __.42, the proposal provided that “deposits” would have the same meaning as in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits Reporting Instructions.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Several commenters stated that the agencies should exclude corporate deposits from the definition of “deposits” and recommended defining “deposits” as the sum of total deposits intended primarily for personal, household, or family use, as reported on Schedule RC-E of the Call Report, items 6.a, 6.b, 7.a(1), and 7.b(1). One of the commenters made the same comment with specific reference to large banks. Another commenter explained that including corporate deposits in the proposed definition of “deposits” could reduce incentives for banks to address the community development needs of underserved communities, particularly rural communities, where few corporate deposits are attributed. This commenter also expressed concern that including corporate deposits could lead to distorted or inconsistent results due to fluctuations in corporate deposits that could in turn lead to CRA focus and resource challenges for banks. Another commenter explained that using the suggested items in the Call Report would more accurately reflect a bank's capacity to engage in qualifying activities for individuals, small businesses, and small farms, because the items collect information on deposits maintained primarily for personal, household, or family use. The commenter further explained that use of these suggested items would also eliminate the potential for large corporate deposits to skew the allocation of deposits across different geographies, thereby better capturing the amount of deposits collected from specific assessment areas. Another commenter supported this position, referencing the proposal's potential to exacerbate CRA hot spots in urban centers where deposits are concentrated, fluctuations in the working capital needs of corporate depositors, and the potential challenges of assigning a location for corporate deposits in locations spanning multiple geographies. If not removed, the commenter warned that corporate deposits could distort the calculation of the retail lending volume screen, the calculation of the Community Development Financing Metric, and the weighting of banks' performance conclusions across assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters stated that the agencies should broaden the definition of “deposits” to include deposits from limited liability companies (LLCs) and trusts, and not just individuals, partnerships, and corporations. One of these commenters noted that LLC deposits are domestic deposits in substance and another commenter suggested that the definition be broadened to include deposits from all entities. The commenters stated that the agencies should specifically include these deposits in the final rule for clarification.</P>
                    <P>One of these commenters also requested the agencies clarify that the “deposits” definition does not include deposits from foreign persons or entities that are made in U.S. branches. The commenter explained that these deposits do not come from a bank's assessment area and are not related to the CRA's purpose of returning money to the community. The commenter also expressed concern that including these types of deposits in the definition may incentivize some banks to keep the funds outside of the United States entirely.</P>
                    <P>Another commenter indicated that the agencies should include State and local government deposits in the definition because banks can lend against these deposits and some State and local jurisdictions have developed public policies designed to promote reinvestment goals by tying their deposits to bank community performance. The organization stated that CRA rules should not undermine these local efforts by lowering the reinvestment bar for banks with which State and local governments do business.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting the proposed definition of “deposits” in the final rule with substantive revisions and technical changes. Specifically, the agencies are collapsing the three categories of institutions under the proposed definition—(1) banks that collect, maintain, and report deposits data; (2) banks that collect and maintain, but do not report, deposits data; and (3) banks that do not collect and maintain deposits data—into two categories. Thus, under the final rule, the definition would address: (1) banks that collect, maintain, and report deposits data; and (2) banks that do not collect, maintain, and report that data. The agencies elected to simplify the definition of “deposits” in response to comments about both the overall 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6607"/>
                        complexity of the proposal and the complexity of the provisions related to deposits data collection and reporting. Further, because the final rule provides that institutions that collect and maintain deposits data, whether required or opting to do so, must also report deposits data, the category for banks that collect and maintain but do not report is unnecessary. By removing this category, the agencies believe the final rule provides a less complex and more workable definition. The agencies are also making a technical change to refer to deposits as reported in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits as required under 12 CFR 304.3(c), instead of referring to the instructions, to more accurately provide a source for this term. The agencies have also replaced “U.S.” with “United States.”
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have declined to remove corporate deposits from the “deposits” definition because the agencies believe that utilizing both personal and corporate deposits results in a more comprehensive representation of the community that an institution serves. The agencies understand concerns that including corporate deposits in the proposed “deposits” definition could reduce incentives for banks to address the community development needs of underserved communities, because, for example, reporting banks could have higher proportions of their deposits in other areas and, under the Community Development Financing Test, commensurately higher expectations for activity in those areas. However, the agencies believe that other aspects of the rule will encourage banks to focus more on these areas. Specifically, under § __.15, the agencies consider whether an institution serves geographic areas with low levels of community development financing. Further, “targeted census tracts” are used in the final rule to consider whether certain place-based community development activities qualify, and the definition of this term, discussed below, includes underserved communities. Lastly, the agencies are addressing the concern related to CRA hot spots where deposits are concentrated by evaluating bank community development financing and retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas.
                        <SU>148</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>148</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final §§ __.17 through __.19 and the accompanying section-by section analyses.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also declined to modify the “deposits” definition to include deposits from LLCs and trusts. The agencies note that because LLCs are a form of corporation, they are captured under corporate deposits on the Call Report.
                        <SU>149</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, institutions holding trust account deposits have a fiduciary obligation to invest those deposits in accordance with the trust's instructions. As a result, those deposits are generally not available to be reinvested into the community and should not be included in “deposits.”
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>149</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Call Report, Schedule RC-E.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also decided not to exclude deposits from foreign persons or entities that are made in U.S. branches. The exclusions in the deposit definition are limited to whole categories in the Call Report definition of deposit. Excluding foreign individuals or companies would exclude only a partial category in the Call Report. This partial exclusion would increase burden because these categories are known and understood by the industry and, the agencies believe, would not offer significant benefit. Second, as explained in the proposal, the agencies elected to exclude State and local government deposits, along with foreign government deposits, because these deposits are sometimes subject to restrictions and may be periodically rotated among different banks causing fluctuations in the level of deposits over time.
                        <SU>150</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These government entities make up one whole category under the Call Report definition. This determination is based on the agencies' supervisory experience, which also considered that restricted funds may also misrepresent a bank's ability to reinvest funds in the local community.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>150</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33884, 33995 (June 3, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have elected to maintain deposits data collection from banks with assets greater than $10 billion and decline to expand this collection requirement to other banks. The agencies believe the collection of deposits data is important, but that data collection should be limited to large banks with assets greater than $10 billion due to the burden associated with this requirement.
                        <SU>151</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, the agencies have declined to expand the use of the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data to all banks because of the limitations of Summary of Deposits data. In particular, Summary of Deposits data is tied to a bank's branches. As banks' business models continue to evolve, there is the possibility that branches will be less representative of the communities that banks serve. As a result, Summary of Deposits data may also be less representative of the communities a bank serves. The agencies note, however, that banks that opt into deposits data collection and maintenance must report these data.
                        <SU>152</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>151</SU>
                             For additional discussion of this issue, see the discussion on deposits in the section-by-section analysis of § __.42.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>152</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final rule § __.42(b)(3)(i) and the section-by-section analysis of § __.42.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Accordingly, the definition of “deposits” in the final rule provides that: (1) for banks that collect, maintain, and report deposits data as provided in § __.42, “deposits” means deposits in domestic offices of individuals, partnerships, and corporations, and of commercial banks and other depository institutions in the United States as defined in Schedule RC-E of the Call Report; deposits does not include U.S. Government deposits, State and local government deposits, domestically held deposits of foreign governments or official institutions, or domestically held deposits of foreign banks or other foreign financial institutions; and (2) for banks that do not collect, maintain, and report deposits data as provided in § __.42, “deposits” means a bank's deposits as reported in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits as required under 12 CFR 304.3(c).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Digital Delivery System</HD>
                    <P>The final rule includes a new definition for “digital delivery systems,” not included in the proposal, to mean a channel through which banks offer retail banking services electronically, such as online banking or mobile banking. The agencies are adopting this definition to clarify the agencies' intended meaning of this term, which is to reflect the common understanding of this term. This term is used in § __.23, Retail Services and Products Test. For additional discussion of digital delivery systems, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.23.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Dispersion of Retail Lending</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add a definition of “dispersion of retail lending” to § __.12 in support of the proposal to assess a bank's retail lending performance in a facility-based assessment area based not only on a bank's Retail Lending Volume Screen (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         proposed § __.22(c)) and geographic and borrower distribution metrics (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         proposed § __.22(d)), but also in consideration of several other factors, including the dispersion of retail lending in the facility-based assessment area to determine whether there are gaps in lending in the facility-based assessment area that are not explained by performance context. Specifically, the agencies proposed to define “dispersion of retail lending” to mean how geographically diffuse or widely spread such lending is across 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6608"/>
                        census tracts of different income levels within a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments on this definition. However, after further review, the agencies have elected not to adopt a definition of “dispersion of retail lending” in § __.12 because this term is used only once, in § __.22. Instead, the agencies have incorporated this concept into § __.22(g) of the final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Distressed or Underserved Nonmetropolitan Middle-Income Census Tract</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the current CRA regulations, the definition of “community development” includes activities that revitalize or stabilize “distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income geographies” as designated by the agencies based on: (1) rates of poverty, unemployment, and population loss; or (2) population size, density, and dispersion. Further, this provision states that activities revitalize and stabilize geographies designated based on population size, density, and dispersion if they help to meet essential community needs, including the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>153</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>153</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(g)(4)(iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to include a definition of “distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tract” in § __.12, based on the language in the current definition of “community development,” with certain edits. Specifically, the agencies proposed to add clarity and consistency by incorporating additional detail from the Interagency Questions and Answers into the proposed definition.
                        <SU>154</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also proposed technical and conforming changes, such as replacing the term “geography” with the term “census tract,” reflecting the change to this term discussed above, and restructuring the definition. As proposed, “distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tract” would mean a census tract publicly designated as such by the agencies and compiled in a list published annually by the FFIEC. The agencies would designate a nonmetropolitan middle-income census tract as distressed if it is in a county that has: (1) an unemployment rate of at least 1.5 times the national average; (2) a poverty rate of 20 percent or more; or (3) a population loss of 10 percent or more between the previous and most recent decennial census or a net migration loss of five percent or more over the five-year period preceding the most recent census. The agencies would designate a nonmetropolitan middle-income census tract as underserved if it meets the criteria for population size, density, and dispersion that indicate the area's population is sufficiently small, thin, and distant from a population center that the census tract is likely to have difficulty financing the fixed costs of meeting essential community needs, based on the Urban Influence Codes established by the U.S. Department of Agriculture's (USDA) Economic Research Service numbered “7,” “10,” “11,” or “12.” 
                        <SU>155</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>154</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)—1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>155</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, “Urban Influence Codes,”
                            <E T="03">https://www.ers.usda.gov/data-products/urban-influence-codes/</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments on the proposed definition of “distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tract,” and are adopting the definition as proposed with two technical changes, referencing the official name of the Board, and replacing the word “migration” with “population.”</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Distribution of Retail Lending</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add a definition of “distribution of retail lending” to § __.12 to increase clarity and consistency regarding the evaluation of a bank's retail lending under the proposed Retail Lending Test. As proposed, “distribution of retail lending” would refer to how retail lending is apportioned among borrowers of different income levels, businesses or farms of different sizes, or census tracts of different income levels. The agencies did not receive any comments on this definition. However, after further review, the agencies have elected not to adopt this definition in the final rule because the distribution analysis is explained extensively in the Retail Lending Test in the final rule.
                        <SU>156</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>156</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22 and appendix A and accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Evaluation Period</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to add a definition of “evaluation period” to increase clarity and consistency in the CRA regulations. Specifically, proposed § __.12 defined “evaluation period” to mean the period of time between CRA examinations, generally in calendar years, in accordance with the agency's guidelines and procedures. The agencies received no comments concerning the proposed definition of “evaluation period.” Accordingly, the agencies are adopting this term in the final rule with several technical changes designed to enhance the clarity and accuracy of the definition. Specifically, the agencies revised the phrase “period of time” to “the period” and moved the clause “generally in calendar years” so that it now follows “the period,” and replaced the phrase “time between CRA examinations” with “during which a bank conducted the activities that the [Agency] evaluates in a CRA examination.” Accordingly, “evaluation period,” in the final rule means the period, generally in calendar years, during which a bank conducted the activities that the agency evaluates in a CRA examination, in accordance with the agency's guidelines and procedures.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Facility-Based Assessment Area</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed above, the agencies proposed to replace the term “assessment area” in § __.12 with the terms “facility-based assessment area,” “retail lending assessment area,” and “outside retail lending area.” The agencies proposed to define “facility-based assessment area” to mean a geographic area delineated in accordance with § __.16.
                        <SU>157</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section __.16 describes the bases for delineating this type of assessment area. For information regarding facility-based assessment area delineation requirements in the final rule, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.16.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>157</SU>
                             Similarly, as discussed above, the current CRA regulations define “assessment area” to mean “a geographic area delineated in accordance with § __.41”—the section of the current CRA regulations that describes the bases for delineating an assessment area. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>A commenter suggested clarifying that an ATM not owned and operated exclusively by a bank would not trigger a new facility-based assessment area, consistent with the current regulation. The agencies agree that a non-proprietary remote service facility, such as a network ATM, does not constitute a bank facility because such ATMs are owned and operated by a third party and are not operated exclusively for the bank. Further, a bank participating in such an ATM network may have limited control over where an ATM is located. Therefore, such ATMs would not by themselves trigger a new facility-based assessment area.</P>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons stated above, the agencies are adopting the “facility-based assessment area” definition as proposed in the final rule with a minor wording change. Specifically, the agencies replaced the phrase “in accordance with” with “pursuant to” in the final rule.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6609"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">High Opportunity Area</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to add a definition of “High Opportunity Area” to mean: (1) an area designated by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) as a “Difficult Development Area” (DDA); or (2) an area designated by a State or local Qualified Allocation Plan as a High Opportunity Area, and where the poverty rate falls below 10 percent (for metropolitan areas) or 15 percent (for nonmetropolitan areas).</P>
                    <P>
                        As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.15, the agencies proposed to define “High Opportunity Area” in relation to the proposal to conduct an impact review of community development activities.
                        <SU>158</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One of the proposed factors that the agencies would consider in assessing the impact and responsiveness of a community development activity would be whether the activity “[d]irectly facilitate[s] the acquisition, construction, development, preservation, or improvement of affordable housing in High Opportunity Areas.” 
                        <SU>159</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposed definition would align with the Federal Housing Finance Agency's (FHFA) definition of “High Opportunity Areas,” 
                        <SU>160</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was intended to demarcate areas where efforts to increase affordable housing could be especially beneficial for low- and moderate-income individuals.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>158</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.15.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>159</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.15(b)(6).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>160</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             FHFA, “Overview of the 2020 High Opportunity Areas File” (2020), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fhfa.gov/DataTools/Downloads/Documents/Enterprise-PUDB/DTS_Residential-Economic-Diversity-Areas/DTS_High%20Opportunity_Areas_2020_README.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies solicited comment on whether the proposed approach to use the FHFA's definition of “High Opportunity Areas” is appropriate, and whether there are other options for defining High Opportunity Areas.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Most commenters that provided input on this definition supported the proposal to align the “High Opportunity Areas” definition with the FHFA's definition, for example, because the high cost of housing in otherwise low poverty areas can absorb significant resources from large portions of the population. A commenter observed that low poverty rates are an important component of identifying high opportunity areas. This commenter supported limiting the variability of definitions promulgated in State Qualified Allocation Plans but suggested there may also be other relevant opportunity or social vulnerability indices. Another commenter suggested the agencies clarify the definition to allow for variation in terminology used from State to State.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters offered various suggestions for expanding the “High Opportunity Areas” definition, such as to include Qualified Census Tracts to allow communities concerned about displacement of low- and moderate-income residents the ability to access CRA-motivated financing. Another commenter recommended expanding the definition to include Empowerment Zone and Enterprise Communities, transit-oriented areas, and census tracts where 40 percent or more of the homes meet the definition of affordable housing, and a different commenter suggested the definition should be expanded to include certain climate resilience factors. Another commenter stated that, in addition to aligning with the FHFA definition, the agencies should permit flexibility in how financial institutions identify affordable housing needs, gaps, and opportunities, utilizing data analytics tools.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters opposed the proposed “High Opportunity Areas” definition. Some of these commenters opposed using the FHFA's definition because it would include DDAs, which these commenters asserted were created to permit higher levels of housing tax credit subsidies in areas with high construction, land, and utility costs and are not directly related to higher income areas with low rates of poverty. Another commenter expressed some concern about including DDAs and suggested that the agencies consider eliminating DDAs or adding criteria to ensure that in-scope DDAs include features supporting economic mobility, such as strong transit connectivity of the housing to schools and childcare facilities, health facilities, employment centers, and green space. Similarly, another commenter stated that the proposed FHFA definition is limited to quantifiable poverty measures and State Qualification Allocation Plan definitions but may not address a more holistic view of “opportunity,” and suggested that incorporating service‐enriched housing could be a good counterbalance. A commenter also stated that the FHFA definition may be too restrictive for some communities and recommended that the agencies be open to other options where high cost of living relative to local wages and income demonstrates a need.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting the definition of “High Opportunity Areas” in the final rule with substantive revisions. As discussed above, the agencies intended the proposed definition of “High Opportunity Area” to align with the FHFA's definition of “High Opportunity Area.” However, the FHFA maintains a “High Opportunity Areas File” that designates the specific census tracts that qualify as high opportunity areas for purposes of residential economic diversity activities.
                        <SU>161</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In consideration of the fact that the FHFA maintains a “High Opportunity Areas File,” the agencies believe it is prudent to defer to the FHFA's interpretation of its regulation and guidance in the identification of “High Opportunity Areas.” 
                        <SU>162</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, the agencies believe reliance on the FHFA's identification of “High Opportunity Areas” will eliminate any potential ambiguity in the definition.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>161</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             FHFA, “Overview of the 2023 High Opportunity Areas File,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fhfa.gov/DataTools/Downloads/Documents/Enterprise-PUDB/DTS_Residential-Economic-Diversity-Areas/DTS_High_Opportunity_Areas_2023.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>162</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1282.1, 1282.36(c)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For these reasons, the agencies have modified the proposed definition of “High Opportunity Area” to mean an area identified by the FHFA for purposes of the Duty to Serve Underserved Markets regulation in 12 CFR part 1282, subpart C. This definition generally includes geographic areas where the cost of residential development is high 
                        <SU>163</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and affordable housing opportunities can be limited.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>163</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             HUD, Office of Policy Development and Research, “Qualified Census Tracts and Difficult Development Areas” (2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.huduser.gov/portal/datasets/qct.html</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        While the agencies considered commenters' concerns about the definition and suggestions for alternatives, the agencies continue to believe the “High Opportunity Area” definition included in the final rule provides the best option for the purposes of the impact and responsiveness factor in § __.15(b)(7) because, as defined by FHFA, these areas are intended to capture areas that provide strong opportunities for low- and moderate-income individuals, families, and households. The definition captures both DDAs and also areas designated as High Opportunity Areas where the poverty rate is low. The agencies agree that increasing affordable housing opportunities in these areas helps to provide low- or moderate-income individuals, families, and households with more choices to live in neighborhoods with economic 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6610"/>
                        opportunities. The agencies considered various alternative options, including commenter suggestions to expand the definition to other types of geographic areas or exclude DDAs from the definition but continue to believe the definition provides a clear set of standards related to where additional affordable housing may be both needed and hard to develop and is in alignment with an already in-use Federal agency definition with readily available geographic classifications.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Home Mortgage Loan</HD>
                    <P>
                        For a discussion of the definition of “home mortgage loan,” 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         the discussion for 
                        <E T="03">Mortgage-Related Definitions</E>
                         in this section-by-section analysis of § __.12.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Income Level</HD>
                    <P>
                        To increase clarity, the agencies proposed non-substantive and minor structural revisions to the current definition of “income level” 
                        <SU>164</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and, as in other definitions, to replace the term “geography” with the more precise term “census tract.” Specifically, the agencies proposed that “income level” include the following definitions:
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>164</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(m).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Low-income</E>
                         would mean: (1) for individuals within a census tract, an individual income that is less than 50 percent of the area median income; or (2) for a census tract, a median family income that is less than 50 percent of the area median income.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Moderate-income</E>
                         would mean: (1) for individuals within a census tract, an individual income that is at least 50 percent and less than 80 percent of the area median income; or (2) for a census tract, a median family income that is at least 50 percent and less than 80 percent of the area median income.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Middle-income</E>
                         would mean: (1) for individuals within a census tract, an individual income that is at least 80 percent and less than 120 percent of the area median income; or (2) for a census tract, a median family income that is at least 80 percent and less than 120 percent of the area median income.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Upper-income</E>
                         would mean: (1) for individuals within a census tract, an individual income that is 120 percent or more of the area median income; or (2) for a census tract, a median family income that is 120 percent or more of the area median income.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received several comments on the proposed definition of “income level.” A commenter requested that the agencies include persons with vision loss—and persons with disabilities in general—in the CRA regulation's “low-income” population, explaining that persons with vision loss or other disabilities often experience high unemployment, average income that is lower than the general population, less access to technology and the internet, and are more likely to be persons of color. Another commenter suggested the agencies include persons with disabilities in the low- and moderate-income designation even if their incomes exceed that designation because of the financial vulnerabilities and high costs associated with living with a disability, such as the expenses of accessible van conversions, assistive technology, and home renovations.</P>
                    <P>Another commenter suggested that the agencies revise the income levels in an upward direction so that “low-income” is less than 60 percent of area median income, “moderate-income” is between 60 percent and 100 percent of area median income, “middle-income” is between 100 percent and 125 percent of area median income, and “upper-income” is more than 125 percent of area median income. The commenter stated that this upward revision of the income levels could provide additional support for middle-class home ownership and assist more middle-income households that have lost ground after the COVID-19 pandemic and due to high inflation and would be consistent with the change in the agencies' special designation of distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts (a designation referencing between 80 percent and 120 percent of area median income) and in the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, which defines low-income as 80 percent of area median income and moderate-income as income “not in excess of area median income.”</P>
                    <P>Another commenter stated that it welcomes the agencies providing more examples on how to identify low- and moderate-income individuals and families, and requested that the agencies consider a broader, more flexible framework that uses enrollment status in the USDA National School Lunch Program and Medicaid as part of the definition of low- and moderate-income.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting the proposed definition of “income levels” in the final rule with several revisions to the first prong of each income level. Specifically, the agencies removed the reference to “census tracts” because inclusion of the term is unnecessary. The agencies also expanded the definition so that it applies to individuals, families, and households, instead of only individuals, as proposed. The agencies added families and households in recognition of the fact that the measurement of income would be incomplete if each income levels excluded families or households.</P>
                    <P>Accordingly, the agencies are adopting the following definition of “income levels”:</P>
                    <P>• “Low-income,” which means: (1) for individuals, families, or households, income that is less than 50 percent of the area median income; or (2) for a census tract, a median family income that is less than 50 percent of the area median income.</P>
                    <P>• “Moderate-income,” which means: (1) for individuals, families, or households, an income that is at least 50 percent and less than 80 percent of the area median income; or (2) for a census tract, a median family income that is at least 50 percent and less than 80 percent of the area median income.</P>
                    <P>• “Middle-income,” which means: (1) for individuals, families, or households, an income that is at least 80 percent and less than 120 percent of the area median income; or (2) for a census tract, a median family income that is at least 80 percent and less than 120 percent of the area median income.</P>
                    <P>• “Upper-income,” which means: (1) for individuals, families, or households, an income that is 120 percent or more of the area median income; or (2) for a census tract, a median family income that is 120 percent or more of the area median income.</P>
                    <P>The agencies considered the commenters' recommendations and suggestions to consider a broader and more flexible framework and to revise the income levels upwards but have elected to maintain the income levels as proposed in the final rule. The income levels in the proposed definition mirror the income levels in the current definition, so the income levels standards are well known and understood within the banking industry. Further, the agencies believe a framework that relies on quantitative income factors provides for the most workable definition and minimizes complexity.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Intermediate Bank</HD>
                    <P>
                        For a discussion of the definition of “intermediate bank,” 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         the discussion above for 
                        <E T="03">Bank Asset-Size Definitions.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Large Bank</HD>
                    <P>
                        For a discussion of the definition of “large bank,” 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         the discussion above for 
                        <E T="03">Bank Asset-Size Definitions.</E>
                        <PRTPAGE P="6611"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Large Depository Institution</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule includes a new definition for “large depository institution,” not included in the proposal, to mean any depository institution, excluding depository institutions designated as limited purpose banks or savings associations 
                        <SU>165</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         pursuant to 12 CFR 25.26(a), or designated as limited purpose banks pursuant to 12 CFR 228.26(a) or 345.26(a), that meets the asset size threshold of a large bank. The agencies are adopting this definition as a technical clarification to effectuate their intent that “large bank” in certain proposed benchmarks in the Community Development Financing Test includes all large banks and savings associations evaluated under 12 CFR parts 25, 228, and 345. The agencies also made other conforming edits to integrate these terms into the final rule.
                        <SU>166</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>165</SU>
                             As provided in the OCC's agency-specific amendments, below, final 12 CFR part 25 generally replaces the term “bank” in the common rule text with the term “bank or savings association.” As such, in the definition of “large depository institution” the phrase “limited purpose” modifies both “banks” and “savings associations” and should be read as “limited purpose banks” and “limited purpose savings associations.” More generally, any modifiers that precede the terms “bank(s) or savings association(s)” or “bank(s) and savings association(s)” modify both “bank(s)” and “savings association(s).”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>166</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 145.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Limited Purpose Bank</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current CRA regulations define “limited purpose bank” to mean a bank that offers only a narrow product line (such as credit card or motor vehicle loans) to a regional or broader market and for which a designation as a limited purpose bank is in effect, in accordance with § __.25(b).
                        <SU>167</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed to revise the illustrative list of loan types from “credit card or motor vehicle loans” to “credit cards, other revolving consumer credit plans, other consumer loans, or other non-reported commercial and farm loans” and to change the cross-reference. The agencies proposed this change to more specifically identify the types of product lines that might be offered by a bank eligible for a “limited purpose bank” designation. Additionally, the agencies proposed to remove the reference to “motor vehicle loans” (replaced in the proposal by the proposed term “automobile loans,” as discussed above) as an illustrative type of a narrow retail product line, because the agencies proposed to evaluate automobile lending under the proposed Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>167</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(n).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In addition, the current CRA regulations define “wholesale bank” to mean a bank that is not in the business of extending home mortgage, small business, small farm, or consumer loans to retail customers, and for which a designation as a wholesale bank is in effect, in accordance with § __.25(b).
                        <SU>168</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To determine whether a bank meets this definition, the agencies consider whether a bank holds itself out to the retail public as providing such loans; and may consider the bank's revenues from extending such loans compared to its total revenue, including off-balance sheet activities.
                        <SU>169</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposal included the same definition as the current rule, with a technical change to the cross-reference.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>168</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(x).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>169</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(x)—1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received a number of comments concerning the proposed definitions of “limited purpose bank” and “wholesale bank.” A few commenters stated that these definitions should be reevaluated so that a bank without a material amount of its balance sheet loan originations or loan volume subject to the proposed major product line standard could qualify for the designation. A group of commenters supported maintaining existing guidance for wholesale and limited purpose banks from the Interagency Questions and Answers, with a commenter specifically identifying guidance addressing the amount of unrelated lending in which a bank may engage while retaining its designation. Other commenters expressed concern with designating banks that engage in extensive credit card lending as wholesale or limited purpose banks. These commenters asserted that the proposal to apply the Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale or Limited Purpose Banks to wholesale or limited purpose banks (discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.26) would eliminate the possibility of these banks' credit card lending being evaluated; this raised concerns for these commenters, who noted that credit card lending is an important source of credit to individuals and small businesses. Instead, most of these commenters urged the agencies to exclude credit card banks from the option to seek a wholesale or limited purpose bank designation or otherwise ensure the distribution of credit card loans is evaluated pursuant to the proposed Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting a revised “limited purpose bank” definition and eliminating the “wholesale bank” definition in the final rule. Specifically, the agencies have revised the “limited purpose bank” definition to be similar in structure to the current “wholesale bank” definition. To that end, the agencies are changing the definition of “limited purpose bank” from indicating that these banks offer only a narrow product line to indicating that these banks do not extend to retail customers the loan types evaluated under the final Retail Lending Test. Further, the agencies no longer believe it is necessary to impose the limitation that limited purpose banks may only operate in a “regional or broader market.” The removal of this language equips the definition with the ability to accommodate new or future market participants, such as fintech banks. Finally, the agencies are also adding language to indicate that these banks may extend to retail customers—
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the retail public, including, but not limited to, individuals and businesses 
                        <SU>170</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        —those loan types evaluated under the final Retail Lending Test on an incidental and an accommodation basis without losing the limited purpose bank designation, as requested by some commenters.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>170</SU>
                             The meaning of retail customers is consistent with current guidance for wholesale banks. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(x)—1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Therefore, the final rule defines a “limited purpose bank” as a bank that is not in the business of extending closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, or automobile loans evaluated under § __.22 to retail customers, except on an incidental and accommodation basis, and for which a designation as a limited purpose bank is in effect, in accordance with § __.26. Because this definition, generally, includes banks considered either “limited purpose banks” or “wholesale banks” under the current or proposed regulations, a separate definition of “wholesale bank” is not necessary. Overall, the changes to “limited purpose bank” in the final rule and the removal of the term “wholesale bank” in the CRA regulations, are intended to improve clarity, minimize complexity, and provide for new and future market participants.</P>
                    <P>
                        Because the current and proposed CRA regulations apply the same performance test to each bank type, the change in nomenclature does not 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6612"/>
                        substantively affect the application of performance tests. In other words, a wholesale bank under the proposal would have been subject to proposed § __.26; a limited purpose bank (which includes wholesale banks under the proposed definition) under the final rule remains subject to the performance test in § __.26. The agencies believe that most banks that meet the current definition of a “wholesale bank” or “limited purpose bank” will continue to meet the “limited purpose bank” definition in the final rule. However, the agencies acknowledge that a bank that primarily offers automobile loans (and therefore meets the majority-automobile-lender standard discussed below) may have qualified as a limited purpose bank under the current rule or the proposal but will not qualify as a limited purpose bank under the final rule because they are in the business of extending loans evaluated under § __.22 to retail customers.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies declined to revise the definition of “limited purpose bank” to exclude consumer credit card banks or evaluate credit card banks under the Retail Lending Test, as requested by some commenters. First, based on the agencies' supervisory experience, credit card banks often have unique business models and do not have extensive branch systems. Second, evaluating credit card banks under the Retail Lending Test would require significant additional data collection from these banks. Credit card underwriting may not rely on a customer's income, and banks do not have an obligation to collect and routinely update credit card customers' income data. As a result, credit card customer data collected from these banks would not be complete and could vary widely among banks, posing significant challenges to performing the borrower distributions that are central to the Retail Lending Test. The agencies recognize, however, the importance of credit card lending to low- and moderate-income individuals, small businesses, and small farms. For further discussion of the evaluation of credit card and other non-automobile consumer loans under the final rule, see the section-by-section analyses of §§ __.22(d) (Retail Lending Test; major product lines) and __.23 (Retail Services and Products Test). In this regard, for example, the agencies note that small business credit card lending is included in the small business loan product line evaluated under the final Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>In response to some commenters' recommendations, the agencies note that guidance included in the Interagency Questions and Answers on wholesale and limited purpose banks will no longer be relevant guidance for the final rule, unless the agencies specifically include this guidance in subsequent issuances.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Loan Location</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA regulation, the definition of “loan location” provides that a consumer loan is located in the geography where the borrower resides; a home mortgage loan is located in the geography where the property to which the loan relates is located; and a small business or small farm loan is located in the geography where the main business facility or farm is located or where the loan proceeds otherwise will be applied, as indicated by the borrower.
                        <SU>171</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed technical revisions to this definition to add greater precision and clarity. As discussed above, the agencies proposed a conforming change across many definitions to replace the term “geography” with the more precise term “census tract.” Additionally, to clarify the point in time when a consumer loan's location is assigned, the agencies proposed that the location of a consumer loan is based on where the borrower resides at the time the consumer submits the loan application. Further, the agencies proposed to clarify that a home mortgage loan's location is based on where the property securing the loan is located, instead of where the property related to the loan is located.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>171</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(o).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments concerning the proposed “loan location” definition and are adopting the definition as proposed with the following changes. First, the agencies have replaced the term “consumer” with the term “borrower” in the first prong, to conform with the reference to “borrower” earlier in the sentence. Second, the agencies have included multifamily loan in the second prong to clarify the location of multifamily loans, which the agencies recognize was not specified in the proposal. Third, the agencies made a non-substantive change to the sentence structure of the third prong to remove the passive tense in one clause.</P>
                    <P>As adopted, the definition of “loan location” in the final rule provides that: (1) a consumer loan is located in the census tract where the borrower resides at the time that the borrower submits the loan application; (2) a home mortgage loan or a multifamily loan is located in the census tract where the property securing the loan is located; and (3) a small business loan or small farm loan is located in the census tract where the main business facility or farm is located or where the borrower will otherwise apply the loan proceeds, as indicated by the borrower.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Loan Production Office</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current CRA regulations define “loan production office” to mean a staffed facility, other than a branch, that is open to the public and that provides lending-related services, such as loan information and applications.
                        <SU>172</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed to remove this definition given the limited focus on, and consideration of, loan production offices in the agencies' proposal. The agencies did not receive any comments concerning the removal of this definition, and the agencies are removing this definition in the final rule as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>172</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(p).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Low Branch Access Census Tract; Very Low Branch Access Census Tract</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to define “low branch access census tract” to mean a census tract with one bank, thrift, or credit union branch, and a “very low branch access census tract” to mean a census tract with no bank, thrift, or credit union branches, within: (1) 10 miles of the census tract center of population or within the census tract in nonmetropolitan areas; (2) five miles of the census tract center of population or within the census tract in a census tract located in an MSA but primarily outside of the principal city components of the MSA; or (3) two miles of the census tract center of population or within the census tract in a census tract located in an MSA and primarily within the principal city components of the MSA.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to evaluate a bank's branch distribution in, among other geographic areas, “low branch access census tracts or very loan branch access census tracts.” 
                        <SU>173</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Upon further consideration of comments received on this topic, the agencies have elected to not consider the availability of branches in low branch access census tracts or very low branch access census tracts in the Retail Services and Products Test. For additional discussion, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.23, Retail Services and Products Test. As a result, the CRA regulations no longer require definitions of “low branch access census tracts” or “very low branch access census tracts” and the agencies are adopting the final rule without them.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>173</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(1)(i)(C)(
                            <E T="03">1</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Low-Cost Education Loan</HD>
                    <P>
                        Current § __.21(e), 
                        <E T="03">Low-cost education loans provided to low-income</E>
                          
                        <PRTPAGE P="6613"/>
                        <E T="03">borrowers,</E>
                         provides that, for purposes of that paragraph, “low-cost education loans” means any education loan, as defined in section 140(a)(7) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1650(a)(7)) (including a loan under a State or local education loan program), originated by the bank for a student at an “institution of higher education,” as that term is generally defined in sections 101 and 102 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 and 1002) and the implementing regulations published by the U.S. Department of Education, with interest rates and fees no greater than those of comparable education loans offered directly by the U.S. Department of Education. It further provides that such rates and fees are specified in section 455 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add this definition of “low-cost education loan” to § __.12, with changes to update a citation, applying the definition only to private loans, as provided in section 140(a)(7) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1650(a)(8)), and other minor wording changes. This definition was needed for the proposal to consider the responsiveness of credit products and programs to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, including through low-cost education loans, in the proposed Retail and Products Service Test.
                        <SU>174</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As with the current rule, this proposed definition leveraged the statutory definitions of related terms.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>174</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(1). This aspect of the proposal was intended to incorporate into the CRA regulations the statutory requirement that the agencies consider low-cost education loans provided to low-income borrowers as a factor in evaluating a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(d). For further discussion, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.23.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Specifically, the agencies proposed to define “low-cost education loan” to mean any private education loan, as defined in section 140(a)(7) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1650(a)(8)) (including a loan under a State or local education loan program), originated by the bank for a student at an “institution of higher education,” as generally defined in sections 101 and 102 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 and 1002) and the implementing regulations published by the U.S. Department of Education, with interest rates and fees no greater than those of comparable education loans offered directly by the U.S. Department of Education. Such rates and fees are specified in section 455 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e). The agencies did not receive any comments concerning the proposed definition of “low-cost education loan” and adopt it as proposed in the final rule with one technical change to replace the reference to U.S. Department of Education regulations with the regulatory citation, 34 CFR part 600.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Low-Income Credit Union</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add a definition for “low-income credit union (LICU)” in support of various proposed provisions related to community development. As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13, Consideration of community development loans, investments, and services, the agencies proposed to create a category of “community development” that would comprise activities with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, or CDFIs.
                        <SU>175</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies proposed to consider, as a factor in evaluating the impact and responsiveness of any community development activity, whether the activity supports an MDI, WDI, LICU, or Treasury Department-certified CDFI.
                        <SU>176</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>175</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(j).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>176</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.15(b)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to define LICU as having the same meaning given to that term in NCUA's regulations, 12 CFR 701.34. The NCUA's regulations provide, in part, that based on data obtained through examinations, the NCUA will notify a Federal credit union that it qualifies for designation as a LICU if a majority of its membership qualify as low-income members.
                        <SU>177</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>177</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 701.34(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments concerning the proposed definition of “LICU” and adopt it as proposed in the final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Low-Income Housing Tax Credit</HD>
                    <P>The final rule includes a new definition for “Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC),” not included in the proposal, to clarify that “Low-Income Housing Tax Credit” in the CRA regulations is a reference to a Federal program. This term is utilized in §§ __.13, __.15, and __.42. Accordingly, the agencies are adopting a definition of “Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC)” in the final rule to mean a Federal tax credit for housing persons of low income pursuant to section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 42).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Major Product Line</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule includes a new definition for “major product line,” not included in § __.12 of the proposal. In the proposal, the agencies described the concept of major product line in § __.22. In the final rule, instead of including the concept solely in § __.22, the agencies are also adding a definition for “major product line” in § __.12 because the term is used outside of § __.22 and the agencies recognized it was more appropriate as a defined term. However, in the final rule the agencies are modifying what constitutes a “major product line.” The new definition explains that “major product line” means a product line that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency evaluates in a particular Retail Lending Test Area, pursuant to § __.22(d)(2) and paragraphs II.b.1 and II.b.2 to appendix A of the final rule. This definition is intended to identify the product lines with the greatest importance to the bank and its community and that, accordingly, are subject to evaluation under the Retail Lending Test. As described in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22, Retail Lending Test, closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans are major product lines in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area if the bank's loans in the respective product line represent at least 15 percent of the bank's reported loans and other loans considered across all product lines in the same geographic area during the evaluation period. This 15 percent standard is calculated based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count (see above for a discussion of the definition of “combination of loan dollars and loan count”). The same 15 percent standard is used to determine whether automobile loans are a major product line in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area, if the bank is a majority automobile lender for the institution as a whole or opts into having its automobile lending evaluated. In addition, closed-end home mortgage loans and small business loans are a major product line in a particular calendar year for a retail lending assessment area if the product line meets or exceeds the threshold requiring delineation of a retail lending assessment area pursuant to § __.17 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         150 reported closed-end home mortgage loans, or 400 reported small business loans, in each of the prior two calendar years). As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22, the agencies determined that it was not appropriate to include open-end home mortgage loans or multifamily loans in the major product line definition in the final rule, as the agencies proposed.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6614"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Majority Automobile Lender</HD>
                    <P>The final rule includes a new definition for “majority automobile lender,” not included in the proposal, defined to mean a bank for which more than 50 percent of its home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans were automobile loans, as determined pursuant to paragraph II.b.3 of appendix A. Paragraph II.b.3 of appendix A includes the provisions of the final rule that identify the banks for which evaluation of automobile lending is mandatory in each facility-based assessment area or in an outside retail lending area in which automobile lending represents a major product line.</P>
                    <P>
                        As described in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22, a bank is considered a majority automobile lender if its automobile loans originated and purchased over the combined two-calendar-year period preceding the first year of the evaluation period exceeded 50 percent, based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count, of the bank's lending across specified categories. Specifically, the final rule calculates the 50 percent standard based on the following loan categories: home mortgage loans; 
                        <SU>178</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         multifamily loans; small business loans; small farm loans; and automobile loans originated and purchased overall.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>178</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the definition of “home mortgage loan” in final § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies intend this new definition to be a clarifying change and have added it to make the regulatory text in § __.22 and appendix A less complex and readable.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Metropolitan Area</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add a definition of “metropolitan area” because the term is used throughout the rule to describe areas where the agencies will evaluate a bank. Specifically, the agencies proposed to define “metropolitan area” to mean any MSA, combined MSA, or metropolitan division as that term is defined by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget (Director of the OMB).
                        <SU>179</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>179</SU>
                             The CRA statute defines the term “metropolitan area” to mean “any primary metropolitan statistical area, metropolitan statistical area, or consolidated metropolitan statistical area, as defined by the Director of the OMB, with a population of 250,000 or more, and any other area designated as such by the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency.” 12 U.S.C. 2906(e)(2). The agencies did not propose to include “primary metropolitan statistical area” or “consolidated metropolitan area” because the Director of the OMB no longer uses these terms. The agencies exercised their discretion to define this term in the final rule to include all MSAs, without regard to whether it has a population of 250,000 or more.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments related to the proposed “metropolitan area” definition. However, the agencies are adopting this definition with several revisions. First, the agencies are removing reference to “combined MSA” from the definition because “combined MSA” is not a term defined by the Director of the OMB. Second, the agencies are removing reference to “metropolitan division” from the definition. Metropolitan divisions are parts of certain populous MSAs, so the agencies determined that the term is not necessary and that it added complexity to separately list both terms in the “metropolitan area” definition. For example, any county in a metropolitan division would also be in an MSA. Finally, the agencies are removing the phrase “as defined by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget” from the definition. As discussed below, the term “MSA” is defined in the final rule to mean a metropolitan statistical area defined by the Director of the OMB. Accordingly, “metropolitan area” in the final rule means any MSA.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Metropolitan Division</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current CRA regulations define “metropolitan division” to mean a metropolitan division as defined by the Director of the OMB.
                        <SU>180</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed this same definition, with a minor technical change. Specifically, the agencies replaced the phrase “means a metropolitan division as defined” with the phrase “has the same meaning given to that term.” The agencies did not receive any comments related to the proposed definition of “metropolitan division,” and are adopting the definition as proposed in the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>180</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(q).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Military Bank</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add a new definition of “military bank” in support of proposed § __.16, which would provide an exception to certain facility-based assessment area delineation requirements for military banks.
                        <SU>181</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the agencies proposed to define “military bank” to mean a bank whose business predominately consists of serving the needs of military personnel who serve or have served in the Armed Forces (including the U.S. Air Force, U.S. Army, U.S. Coast Guard, U.S. Marine Corps, and U.S. Navy) or dependents of military personnel, basing this definition on language in the CRA statute.
                        <SU>182</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed this definition to increase clarity and consistency in the CRA regulations.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>181</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.16(d). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.16 for further discussion of this provision.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>182</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2902(4) (“A financial institution whose business predominately consists of serving the needs of military personnel who are not located in a defined geographic area may define its `entire community' to include its entire deposit customer base without regard to geographic proximity.”). The agencies note that the statute uses the term “predominately,” however, the more common spelling is “predominantly,” and accordingly, the agencies have used that term instead.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>A commenter provided input on the proposed definition of “military bank.” Although expressing support for inclusion of a definition of “military bank,” the commenter expressed concern that the agencies' proposed definition is too narrow and recommended that the word “predominantly” be defined to include “a bank whose most important customer group is military personnel or their dependents,” as in the OCC 2020 CRA Final Rule. The commenter noted that this qualification should lead to the extension of the “military bank” definition to all financial institutions with a commitment, mission, or business model to serve the military community exclusive of all other communities. The commenter also suggested that the definition of “military bank” should include on-base branches of financial institutions that do not otherwise fit within the definition so that branches on military bases could benefit from the CRA's geographic assessment area exception without extending this treatment to the larger, non-military financial institution of which they are part. Further, this commenter expressed support for the proposed definition's inclusion of those who serve or have served in the Armed Forces or dependents of military personnel. Finally, the commenter noted that the definition of “military bank” should include the U.S. Space Force, established in 2019, in the definition's listing of military service branches.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have made substantive edits to the proposed definition of “military bank” in response to these comments. First, the agencies agree that “predominantly” should be defined to clarify that a “military bank” is a bank whose most important customer group is military personnel or their dependents. This added language is consistent with the interpretation of “predominantly” in the preamble to the 1979 CRA rulemaking 
                        <SU>183</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and codifies a decades-old interpretation that “predominantly” is not based on a numerical standard.
                        <SU>184</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Additionally, the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6615"/>
                        agencies believe this final rule regulatory text comports with the language in the CRA statute. Second, the agencies agree with the commenter that the new U.S. Space Force should be included in the definition as a branch of the U.S. Armed Forces.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>183</SU>
                             44 FR 18163, 18164 (Mar. 27, 1979).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>184</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies, however, declined to adopt the commenter's suggestion that the definition should include on-base branches of financial institutions that do not otherwise fit within the definition. The agencies believe such revision would be inconsistent with the CRA statute's provision regarding military banks, which refers to the business of the financial institution as predominantly consisting of serving the needs of military personnel, and not branches of a financial institution.
                        <SU>185</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>185</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2902(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For the reasons stated above, the agencies are adopting a definition of “military bank” to mean a bank whose business predominantly consists of serving the needs of military personnel who serve or have served in the U.S. Armed Forces (including the U.S. Air Force, U.S. Army, U.S. Coast Guard, U.S. Marine Corps, U.S. Navy, and U.S. Space Force) or their dependents. A bank whose business predominantly consists of serving the needs of military personnel or their dependents means a bank whose most important customer group is military personnel or their dependents.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Minority Depository Institution</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach and the Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add a definition of “minority depository institution (MDI)” to support the provisions in the proposal related to community development. As discussed above, and further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(k), the agencies proposed to create a category of “community development” that would comprise activities with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, or CDFIs.
                        <SU>186</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies proposed to consider, as a factor in evaluating the impact and responsiveness of any community development activity, whether the activity supports an MDI, WDI, LICU, or Treasury Department-certified CDFI.
                        <SU>187</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposed definitions also account for a provision in the CRA statute providing that the amount of any bank contribution or loss in connection with donating, selling on favorable terms, or making available on a rent-free basis any branch of the bank located in a predominantly minority neighborhood to an MDI or WDI may be a factor in determining whether the bank is meeting the credit needs of its community, which includes specific definitions of MDI and WDI.
                        <SU>188</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>186</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(j).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>187</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.15(b)(3) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis of § __.15.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>188</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2907.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies structured the proposed “MDI” definition to provide two avenues through which an institution may qualify as an MDI. The agencies pursued this dual track structure to both ensure consistency with the CRA statute and incorporate the agencies' current policies for determining what institutions qualify as “minority-owned financial institutions” under 12 U.S.C. 2903(b). First, the agencies determined that the proposed “MDI” definition should incorporate the statutory definition of “minority depository institution” to ensure consistency with the CRA statute, which applies to certain transactions involving branches. Specifically, under 12 U.S.C. 2907 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the statutory provision concerning donating, selling on favorable terms, or making certain branches available on a rent-free basis to a minority depository institution), “minority depository institution” is defined as a depository institution (as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(c)): (1) more than 50 percent of the ownership or control of which is held by 1 or more minority individuals; and (2) more than 50 percent of the net profit or loss of which accrues to 1 or more minority individuals. The agencies note that this definition is required for the narrow set of branching activities referenced in 12 U.S.C. 2907.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        More broadly, 12 U.S.C. 2903 states that, in assessing an institution's record of helping to meet the credit needs of the entire community, the agencies may consider, “as a factor capital investment, loan participation, and other ventures undertaken by the institution in cooperation with 
                        <E T="03">minority- and women-owned financial institutions</E>
                         and LICUs provided that these activities help meet the credit needs of local communities in which such institutions and credit unions are chartered.” 
                        <SU>189</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Unlike 12 U.S.C. 2907, 12 U.S.C. 2903 does not define the terms “minority-owned financial institution” or “women-owned financial institution.” Given the absence of statutory definitions, the agencies, through their respective supervisory authority, have applied criteria for determining which institutions are considered minority- or women-owned financial institutions when interpreting CRA.
                        <SU>190</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Therefore, the second aspect of the proposed “MDI” definition was designed to capture those institutions that the agencies recognize as “minority-owned financial institutions” pursuant to their current policies.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>189</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(b) (emphasis added).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>190</SU>
                             Generally, the agencies have considered institutions that qualify under their MDI policies to qualify under section 2903. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             OCC, News Release 2013-94, “Comptroller Curry Tells Minority Depository Institutions OCC Rules Make It Easier for Minority Institutions to Raise Capital,” “Policy Statement on Minority National Banks and Federal Savings Associations” (June 13, 2013), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.occ.gov/news-issuances/news-releases/2013/nr-occ-2013-94.html</E>
                             (permits a bank that no longer meet the minority ownership requirement to continue to be considered a minority depository institution if it primarily serves the credit and economic needs of the community in which it is chartered and serves a predominantly minority community); Board, SR 21-6/CA 21-4: “Highlighting the Federal Reserve System's Partnership for Progress Program for Minority Depository Institutions and Women's Depository Institutions” (Mar. 5, 2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/supervisionreg/srletters/SR2106.htm</E>
                             (permits designation as a minority depository institution if the majority of a bank's board of directors consists of minority individuals and the community that the bank serves is predominantly minority); and FDIC, Statement of Policy Regarding Minority Depository Institutions, 86 FR 32728, 32732 (June 23, 2021) (permits designation as a minority depository institution if a majority of the bank's board of directors consists of minority individuals and the community that the bank serves is predominantly minority).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Specifically, the agencies proposed to define an “MDI,” for purposes other than the specified branch-related transactions under 12 U.S.C. 2907, as a bank that: (1) meets the definition under 12 U.S.C. 2907(b)(1); 
                        <SU>191</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) is a minority depository institution as defined in section 308 of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA) (12 U.S.C. 1463 note); 
                        <SU>192</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         or (3) is considered to be a minority depository institution by the appropriate Federal banking agency. This proposed definition is derived in part from the definition of “minority depository institution” in the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6616"/>
                        Emergency Capital Investment Program 
                        <SU>193</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         enacted as part of the Consolidated Appropriations Bill of 2021,
                        <SU>194</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         revised to be appropriate for the CRA. The agencies stated that using this statutory-based definition for purposes of CRA promotes further consistency across government programs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>191</SU>
                             The agencies incorporated section 2907 into this second prong of the definition to ensure that banks are not limited to the engaging in the specified branch-related activities with institutions that meet the statutory definition but are not otherwise consistent with the agencies' MDI designation policies.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>192</SU>
                             The agencies' MDI designation policies are based on section 308 of the FIRREA, and the agencies determined it was appropriate to expressly reference that statute in the definition for further consistency. Under section 308, “minority financial institution” means any depository institution that—(A) if a privately owned institution, 51 percent is owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; (B) if publicly owned, 51 percent of the stock is owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and (C) in the case of a mutual institution where the majority of the Board of Directors, account holders, and the community which it services is predominantly minority. Further, under section 308, the term “minority” means any black American, Native American, Hispanic American, or Asian American.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>193</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 4703a.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>194</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Public Law 116-260, 134 Stat. 1182 (Dec. 27, 2020).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>A number of commenters addressed the proposed “MDI” definition. For example, a commenter supported a definition that would include both banks owned by minority individuals and minority-operated banks. According to the commenter, successful and growing banks need to raise outside capital, which could result in the bank no longer meeting the minority-owned definition and would therefore have the unintended consequence of keeping minority banks small.</P>
                    <P>In response to the agencies' question on whether to include minority insured credit unions recognized by the NCUA in the “MDI” definition, most commenters stated that such credit unions should be included. In addition, some commenters recommended that State-insured MDI credit unions and Puerto Rico's cooperativas also be included in this category. Commenters generally noted that such credit unions and related entities share the same purpose as MDIs, are insured and supervised, and accordingly should be treated the same as MDI banks. A commenter stated that this addition could expand the number of MDIs available to partner with banks on CRA activities. Although no commenters expressed opposition to including MDI credit unions in the definition, a commenter did suggest that smaller credit union MDIs could be included, but those with more than 50,000 members or more should be subject to additional scrutiny to ensure that 51 percent of its owners are people of color.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting the proposed “MDI” definition in the final rule with several technical edits. First, in paragraph (1), the agencies removed the parenthetical, “(
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         donating, selling on favorable terms (as determined by the [Agency]), or making available on a rent-free basis any branch of the bank, which is located in a predominately minority neighborhood).” This language paraphrased the cited statute, 12 U.S.C. 2907(b)(1), and is therefore not necessary. Second, the agencies made non-substantive wording changes to the definition to improve its structure and readability and to promote consistency with the statutes cited in the definition. Accordingly, the final rule defines “minority depository institution (MDI)” to mean: (1) for purposes of activities conducted pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 2907(a), “minority depository institution” as defined in 12 U.S.C. 2907(b)(1); and (2) for all other purposes: (i) a “minority depository institution” as defined in 12 U.S.C. 2907(b)(1); (ii) a “minority depository institution” as defined in section 308 of the FIRREA (12 U.S.C. 1463 note); or (iii) a depository institution considered to be a minority depository institution by the appropriate Federal banking agency. For purposes of this definition, “appropriate Federal banking agency” has the meaning given to it in 12 U.S.C. 1813(q).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As also discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(k), the agencies considered but are not including minority credit unions in the “MDI” definition. Unlike MDIs, which are independently reviewed by each agencies' staff, credit unions self-certify MDI status and the NCUA does not verify or certify the accuracy of this status.
                        <SU>195</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also note that there is a large overlap between minority credit unions and LICUs.
                        <SU>196</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, a large percentage of minority credit unions will be eligible under the rule for community development consideration based on their LICU status.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>195</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             80 FR 36356, 36357 (June 24, 2015).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>196</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             NCUA, “Minority Depository Institutions Annual Report to Congress,” 2 (2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://ncua.gov/files/publications/2021-mdi-congressional-report.pdf</E>
                             (approximately 81% of MDIs also held a designation as LICUs as Dec. 31, 2021 (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             412 out of 509 MDIs)).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In response to comments about including banks that are owned by minority individuals and minority-operated banks in the “MDI” definition, the agencies recognize that banks have varied ownership structures and need to raise capital and have considered these issues when designating MDIs. The proposed and final rule both include as a component of the definition of “MDI” banks that are considered to be minority depository institutions by the appropriate Federal banking agency. This component of the definition provides flexibility and incorporates each agency's applicable policies regarding the designation of MDIs.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Mission-Driven Nonprofit Organization</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adding a new definition for “mission driven nonprofit organization,” not included in the proposal, to support this term's use in §§ __.13 and __.42 in the final rule. Specifically, the final rule defines “mission-driven nonprofit organization” to mean an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)) and exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code that benefits or serves primarily low- or moderate-income individuals or communities, small businesses, or small farms.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting this definition primarily to support revisions made in the final rule, based on consideration of comments, to expand the government plan eligibility criteria in the place-based community development categories to include plans, programs, or initiatives of mission-driven nonprofit organizations.
                        <SU>197</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The final rule also provides services that are conducted with a mission-driven nonprofit organization as one example of a qualifying community supportive service in § __.13(d). These aspects of the final rule are discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13. The final rule also uses the term mission-driven nonprofit organization for consistency as an example of detail that could be provided about a community development loan or community development investment in final § __.42.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>197</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(e) through (j).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies included the first part of this definition to explicitly state that an organization must be a 501(c)(3) organization to qualify as a mission-driven nonprofit organization. Further, the definition specifies that these organizations benefit or serve primarily low- or moderate-income individuals, small businesses, or small farms. The agencies believe that, with these two core components, the definition of mission-driven nonprofit organization is appropriately tailored to capture entities that are dedicated to benefiting and serving low- and moderate-income individuals or communities, small businesses, or small farms while being sufficiently narrow not to permit a broad expansion of eligibility criteria under the place-based community development categories. The agencies also believe that this definition is consistent with the types of organizations that the agencies proposed would be partners with banks in conducting community development. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6617"/>
                        For example, the proposal included a discussion of nonprofit organizations in reference to the proposed affordable housing category of community development in proposed § __.13(b), as well as in relation to community supportive services in proposed § __.13(d).
                        <SU>198</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>198</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(b)(2)(ii) and (d)(1); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             87 FR 33884, 33896 (June 3, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">MSA</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA regulations, the agencies define “MSA” to mean a metropolitan statistical area as defined by the Director of the OMB.
                        <SU>199</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed maintaining this definition but changing the defined term from “MSA” to “metropolitan statistical area (MSA)” and with minor technical wording changes. The agencies did not receive any comments on this proposed definition. However, after further consideration, the agencies are reverting back to the current defined term “MSA” in the final rule because “MSA” is the term known and understood by the industry. The agencies are also reverting the wording of the definition back to its current form to be consistent with the wording of other definitions and making minor technical changes to reference OMB delineation and to add OMB authority citations. Accordingly, the agencies are defining “MSA” to mean a metropolitan statistical area delineated by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, pursuant to 44 U.S.C. 3504(e)(3) and (10), 31 U.S.C. 1104(d), and Executive Order 10253 (June 11, 1951).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>199</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(r).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Mortgage-Related Definitions</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA regulations, the agencies define “home mortgage loan” to mean a closed-end mortgage loan or an open-end line of credit as defined under 12 CFR 1003.2 (Regulation C), the CFPB's HMDA implementing regulations, that is not an excluded transaction under 12 CFR 1003.3(c)(1) through (10) and (13).
                        <SU>200</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed to amend the current “home mortgage loan” definition to refer to an “open-end home mortgage loan” rather than an “open-end line of credit,” with no intent to change the meaning. The agencies also proposed to remove the cross-reference to the CFPB's Regulation C and add new definitions for “closed-end home mortgage loan” and “open-end home mortgage loan,” which would have the same meanings given to “closed-end mortgage loan” and “open-end line of credit” in 12 CFR 1003.2(d) and (o), respectively, excluding multifamily loans as defined in proposed § __.12.
                        <SU>201</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         “Closed-end home mortgage loan” is defined in 12 CFR 1003.2(d) to mean an extension of credit that is secured by a lien on a dwelling and that is not an open-end line of credit under the HMDA regulations. “Open-end line of credit” is defined in 12 CFR 1003.2(o) to mean an extension of credit that is secured by a lien on a dwelling and is an open-end credit plan as defined in CFPB's Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.2(a)(20),
                        <SU>202</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         but without regard to whether the credit is consumer credit, as defined in 12 CFR 1026.2(a)(12),
                        <SU>203</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         is extended by a creditor, as defined in 12 CFR 1026.2(a)(17),
                        <SU>204</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         or is extended to a consumer, as defined in 12 CFR 1026.2(a)(11).
                        <SU>205</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>200</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(l). Excluded transactions under 12 CFR 1003.3(c)(1) through (10) and (13) are as follows: (1) a closed-end mortgage loan or open-end line of credit originated or purchased by a financial institution acting in a fiduciary capacity; (2) a closed-end mortgage loan or open-end line of credit secured by a lien on unimproved land; (3) temporary financing; (4) the purchase of an interest in a pool of closed-end mortgage loans or open-end lines of credit; (5) the purchase solely of the right to service closed-end mortgage loans or open-end lines of credit; (6) the purchase of closed-end mortgage loans or open-end lines of credit as part of a merger or acquisition, or as part of the acquisition of all of the assets and liabilities of a branch office as defined in § 1003.2(c); (7) a closed-end mortgage loan or open-end line of credit, or an application for a closed-end mortgage loan or open-end line of credit, for which the total dollar amount is less than $500; (8) the purchase of a partial interest in a closed-end mortgage loan or open-end line of credit; (9) a closed-end mortgage loan or open-end line of credit used primarily for agricultural purposes; (10) a closed-end mortgage loan or open-end line of credit that is or will be made primarily for a business or commercial purpose, unless the closed-end mortgage loan or open-end line of credit is a home improvement loan under § 1003.2(i), a home purchase loan under § 1003.2(j), or a refinancing under § 1003.2(p); and (11) a transaction that provided or, in the case of an application, proposed to provide new funds to the applicant or borrower in advance of being consolidated in a New York State consolidation, extension, and modification agreement classified as a supplemental mortgage under New York Tax Law section 255; the transaction is excluded only if final action on the consolidation was taken in the same calendar year as final action on the new funds transaction.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>201</SU>
                             As discussed further below, the agencies proposed to define “multifamily loan” as “a loan for a `multifamily dwelling' as defined in 12 CFR 1003.2(n).” Multifamily dwelling is defined in 12 CFR 1003.2(n) as “a dwelling, regardless of construction method, that contains five or more individual dwelling units.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>202</SU>
                             “Open-end credit” means consumer credit extended by a creditor under a plan in which: (1) The creditor reasonably contemplates repeated transactions; (2) The creditor may impose a finance charge from time to time on an outstanding unpaid balance; and (3) The amount of credit that may be extended to the consumer during the term of the plan (up to any limit set by the creditor) is generally made available to the extent that any outstanding balance is repaid. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1003.2(o) and 100.1026.2(a)(20).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>203</SU>
                             “Consumer credit” means credit offered or extended to a consumer primarily for personal, family, or household purposes. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1026.2(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>204</SU>
                             “Creditor” means a person who regularly extends consumer credit that is subject to a finance charge or is payable by written agreement in more than four installments (not including a down payment), and to whom the obligation is initially payable, either on the face of the note or contract, or by agreement when there is no note or contract. For purposes of §§ 1026.4(c)(8) (Discounts), 1026.9(d) (Finance charge imposed at time of transaction), and 1026.12(e) (Prompt notification of returns and crediting of refunds), a person that honors a credit card. For purposes of subpart B, any card issuer that extends either open-end creditor credit that is not subject to a finance charge and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. For purposes of subpart B (except for the credit and charge card disclosures contained in §§ 1026.60 and 1026.9(e) and (f), the finance charge disclosures contained in §§ 1026.6(a)(1) and (b)(3)(i) and 1026.7(a)(4) through (7) and (b)(4) through (6) and the right of rescission set forth in § 1026.15) and subpart C, any card issuer that extends closed-end credit that is subject to a finance charge or is payable by written agreement in more than four installments. A person regularly extends consumer credit only if it extended credit (other than credit subject to the requirements of § 1026.32) more than 25 times (or more than 5 times for transactions secured by a dwelling) in the preceding calendar year. If a person did not meet these numerical standards in the preceding calendar year, the numerical standards shall be applied to the current calendar year. A person regularly extends consumer credit if, in any 12-month period, the person originates more than one credit extension that is subject to the requirements of § 1026.32 or one or more such credit extensions through a mortgage broker. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1026.2(a)(17).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>205</SU>
                             “Consumer” means a cardholder or natural person to whom consumer credit is offered or extended. However, for purposes of rescission under §§ 1026.15 and 1026.23, the term also includes a natural person in whose principal dwelling a security interest is or will be retained or acquired, if that person's ownership interest in the dwelling is or will be subject to the security interest. For purposes of §§ 1026.20(c) through (e), 1026.36(c), 1026.39, and 1026.41, the term includes a confirmed successor in interest. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1026.2(a)(11).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add separate definitions for “closed-end home mortgage loan” and “open-end home mortgage loan,” because, as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22, given their distinct characteristics, these types of loans would be considered separately under the proposed Retail Lending Test. The agencies' proposed definitions of these terms are consistent with the current “home mortgage loan” definition, which cross-references 12 CFR 1003.2 to define closed-end home mortgage loans and open-end lines of credit. The agencies excluded multifamily loans from the definitions of “closed-end home mortgage loan” and “open-end home mortgage loan” because the proposal included a separate definition for “multifamily loan” that covers different transactions (as discussed below in the section-by-section analysis). This exclusion was 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6618"/>
                        necessary because, under the proposal, the agencies could consider multifamily loans, unlike other closed-end home mortgage loans, under the Community Development Financing Test in § __.24.
                        <SU>206</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also proposed this exclusion of multifamily loans because multifamily loans were a distinct category of retail loan which could qualify as a major product line under the Retail Lending Test in § __.22.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>206</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a)(5)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        A commenter requested that the excluded transaction language in the definition of “home mortgage loan” referencing 12 CFR 1003.3(c)(1) through (10) and (13) be narrowed to 12 CFR 1003.3(c)(1),
                        <SU>207</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (5),
                        <SU>208</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (7) through (10),
                        <SU>209</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (13).
                        <SU>210</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In particular, the commenter objected to the current definition's exclusion of loans secured by unimproved land (12 CFR 1003.3(c)(2)), expressing the view that this would penalize financial institutions for lending to builders or individuals seeking to build in low- and moderate-income communities. Similarly, the commenter objected to the exclusion of temporary financing (12 CFR 1003.3(c)(3)), such as bridge financing or a loan for home construction, asserting that this could undermine a financial institution's ability to finance the construction of homes in low- and moderate-income communities, even if the financing is only on a temporary basis. The commenter objected to excluding from the “home mortgage loan” definition purchased closed-end home mortgage loans and open-end lines of credit, whether as a pool of credits or through an acquisition or merger (12 CFR 1003.3(c)(4) and (6)), explaining that financial institutions are purchasing whole loans and servicing rights and not merely purchasing an investment vehicle, and that purchasing loan pools also permits financial institutions to meet the credit needs of their communities despite not having the resources to generate these loans one transaction at a time.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>207</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1003.3(c)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>208</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1003.3(c)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>209</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1003.3(c)(7) through (10).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>210</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1003.3(c)(13).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies decline to revise the excluded transactions language. As under the current CRA regulations, the agencies intend to leverage HMDA data in the final rule, 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         data reported pursuant to 12 CFR part 1003, which allows for sufficient data for analysis while not increasing the data collection or reporting burden on these banks, as part of the CRA evaluation framework. If the agencies narrowed the number of excluded transactions as requested by the commenter, HMDA reporters would be required to produce additional data that exceeds their current HMDA reporting obligations, which would both increase burden for banks and add complexity to CRA examinations.
                    </P>
                    <P>Further, the agencies note that the exclusion of purchased closed-end home mortgage loans and open-end lines of credit from the “home mortgage loan” definition does not mean that they are not considered under the CRA regulations. For a more detailed discussion of the CRA regulations' consideration of purchased loans, see the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22, Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>After consideration of commenters' concerns and recommendations and further review of the proposed definitions in light of other aspects of the final rule, the agencies are adopting the definitions of “home mortgage loan,” “closed-end home mortgage loan,” and “open-end home mortgage loan” with technical changes. First, the agencies have moved the HMDA exclusions from the definition of “home mortgage loan” to the definitions of “closed-end home mortgage loan” and “open-end home mortgage loan,” where the exclusions are more appropriately located. Second, the agencies have removed the specific paragraph designations in the cross-references to the HMDA definitions so that they now read “12 CFR 1003.2” instead of 12 CFR 1003.2(d) and (o) so that these cross-references remain accurate if the CFPB modifies this section in the future. Accordingly, under the final rule:</P>
                    <P>• “home mortgage loan” means a closed-end home mortgage loan or an open-end home mortgage loan as these terms are defined in final § __.12;</P>
                    <P>• “closed-end home mortgage loan” has the same meaning given to the term “closed-end mortgage loan” in 12 CFR 1003.2, excluding loan transactions set forth in 12 CFR 1003.3(c)(1) through (10) and (13) and multifamily loans as defined in final § __.12; and</P>
                    <P>• “open-end home mortgage loan” has the same meaning as given to the term “open-end line of credit” in 12 CFR 1003.2, excluding loan transactions set forth in 12 CFR 1003.3(c)(1) through (10) and (13) and multifamily loans as defined in final § __.12.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Multifamily Loan</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to add a new definition of “multifamily loan” and define it to mean a loan for a “multifamily dwelling” as defined in 12 CFR 1003.2(n) in the CFPB's Regulation C, which implements HMDA. Multifamily dwelling is defined in 12 CFR 1003.2(n) to mean a dwelling, regardless of construction method, that contains five or more individual dwelling units. The agencies intended the proposed definition to correspond to the proposal to treat multifamily loans separately from closed-end and open-end home mortgage loans, given their distinct characteristics. The proposal for considering “multifamily loans” is discussed in detail in the section-by-section analyses of §§ __.22 (Retail Lending Test) and __.13(b) (affordable housing category of community development).</P>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments on this definition and are adopting it as proposed, with two changes. First, the agencies are replacing “loan” with “an extension of credit that is secured by a lien” in the final rule to make this term consistent with HMDA. Second, the agencies have removed the specific paragraph designations in the cross-references to the CFPB's definition so that it now reads “12 CFR 1003.2” instead of “12 CFR 1003.2(n).” Accordingly, “multifamily loan” is defined in the final rule to mean an extension of credit that is secured by a lien on a “multifamily dwelling” as defined in 12 CFR 1003.2.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Multistate MSA</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add a new definition of “multistate metropolitan statistical area (multistate MSA)” and define it to have the same meaning given to that term by the Director of the OMB. As discussed in detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.28, under the proposal, the agencies would assign conclusions for a bank's performance under each applicable performance test and ratings for a bank's overall CRA performance across performance tests at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels.
                        <SU>211</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies did not receive any comments related to the proposed “multistate metropolitan statistical area” definition.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>211</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             proposed § __.28 and appendices C, D, and E.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting a definition of this term in the final rule with technical changes. First the agencies revised the definition to remove the cross-reference to the OMB definition and instead are defining the term to mean an MSA that crosses a State boundary, which is the agencies' intended meaning of this term. The agencies made this revision to reflect the fact that “multistate metropolitan statistical area” is not a term defined by the Director of the OMB. Instead, the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6619"/>
                        Director of OMB defines the term “MSA,” and the final rule defines “MSA” by cross-referencing to this OMB definition. Second, consistent with the change discussed above under the definition of “MSA,” the agencies are replacing “metropolitan statistical area” with “MSA.” Thus, the resulting defined term will be “multistate MSA” instead of “multistate metropolitan statistical area.” Accordingly, “multistate MSA” is defined in the final rule to mean an MSA that crosses a State boundary.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Nationwide Area</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to add a new definition for “nationwide area” to support the proposal to evaluate a bank's community development financing activities in a “nationwide area,” as discussed below in the section-by-section analyses of §§ __.24 through __.27; the proposal to evaluate large banks' and certain intermediate banks' retail lending performance in “outside retail lending areas,” as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.18, which would include the “nationwide area” outside of a bank's assessment areas; the proposal's impact and responsiveness review, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.15; and the proposal's data collection, maintenance, and reporting requirements, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.42. Specifically, the agencies proposed that “nationwide area” would mean “the entire United States and its territories.”</P>
                    <P>The agencies received one comment requesting clarity on what the agencies meant by the term “nationwide area,” recommending that the agencies define this term to include the broader regional areas beyond defined multistate MSAs. In this way, the commenter theorized that banks could receive credit for financing activities like affordable housing in a particular region of the United States that cover multiple States but where that region is not a defined multistate MSA. This commenter misunderstands the scope of the proposed “nationwide area” definition. “Nationwide area” includes the entirety of the United States and its territories, and is not limited to multistate areas. The allocation of community development financing activities, including how an activity that benefits more than one State but not the entire nation will be attributed, is discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24. Thus, the agencies are adopting the definition of “nationwide area” as proposed in the final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Native Land Area</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add a new definition of “Native Land Area” to provide clarity in support of the proposal's encouragement of activities that address the significant and unique community development challenges in these areas. The proposal sought to encourage these activities through the proposed establishment of a category of community development for qualifying activities in Native Land Areas,
                        <SU>212</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(j), and by considering the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development activities that benefit Native communities, such as community development activities in Native Land Areas under § __.13(j),
                        <SU>213</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.15(b)(8).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>212</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(l).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>213</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.15(b)(7).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Native American land ownership is complex, and lands can have a complicated and intermingled mix of land ownership status involving various statutes, regulations, titles, and restrictions.
                        <SU>214</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies intended the proposed “Native Land Area” definition to be responsive to stakeholder feedback provided during outreach prior to the issuance of the proposal indicating support for a geographic definition broader than the definition of Indian country under 18 U.S.C. 1151, and to include lands such as Hawaiian Home Lands, as well as other lands typically considered Native and tribal lands with unique political status under established Federal Indian law. The proposed “Native Land Area” definition leveraged other Federal and State designations of Native and tribal lands, as well as the OCC 2020 CRA Final Rule, and included areas typically considered by the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) and the U.S. Census Bureau as Native geographic areas. Accordingly, the proposed “Native Land Area” definition included all geographic areas delineated as U.S. Census Bureau American Indian/Alaska Native/Native Hawaiian (AIANNH) Areas and/or BIA Land Area Representations. For example, the proposed definition included State American Indian reservations established through a governor-appointed State liaison that provides the names and boundaries for State-recognized American Indian reservations to the Census Bureau.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>214</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Congressional Research Service, “Tribal Land and Ownership Statuses: Overview and Selected Issues for Congress” (July 2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://sgp.fas.org/crs/misc/R46647.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Specifically, under the proposal, “Native Land Area” would mean: (1) all land within the limits of any Indian reservation under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Government, as described in 18 U.S.C. 1151(a); (2) all dependent Indian communities within the borders of the United States whether within the original or subsequently acquired territory thereof, and whether within or without the limits of a State, as described in 18 U.S.C. 1151(b); (3) all Indian allotments, the Indian titles to which have not been extinguished, including rights-of-way running through the same, as defined in 18 U.S.C. 1151(c); (4) any land held in trust by the United States for Native Americans, as described in 38 U.S.C. 3765(1)(A); (5) reservations established by a State government for a tribe or tribes recognized by the State; (6) any Alaska Native Village as defined in 43 U.S.C 1602(c); (7) lands that have the status of Hawaiian Home Lands as defined in section 204 of the Hawaiian Homes Commission Act, 1920 (42 Stat. 108), as amended; (8) areas defined by the U.S. Census Bureau as Alaska Native Village Statistical Areas, Oklahoma Tribal Statistical Areas, Tribal-Designated Statistical Areas, or American Indian Joint-Use Areas; and (9) land areas of State-recognized Indian tribes and heritage groups that are defined and recognized by individual States and included in the U.S. Census Bureau's annual Boundary and Annexation Survey.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received many comments concerning the proposed “Native Land Area” definition, discussed below.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic areas included in the definition.</E>
                         Some commenters expressed support for the geographic areas included in the proposed definition. For example, a commenter supported such an inclusive list given the past and ongoing discrimination against Indigenous people and communities. Another commenter recognized the proposal's relatively comprehensive list of defined Native American lands, further indicating that accurately and comprehensively identifying Native lands is difficult because of the fragmented ownership of Native lands arising from historical Federal land allotment policies. This commenter also recommended that the agencies provide a single source file made available once the definition is agreed on. Another commenter expressed support for ensuring that all Native people in 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6620"/>
                        Alaska and Hawaii would be covered under the definition.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In contrast, some commenters recommended broadening the definition to include additional geographic areas. Several other commenters supported the ability for tribes to designate lands eligible for CRA qualification, with some supporting the inclusion of “unceded” lands, 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         lands without a formal agreement with the government and controlled by non-tribal interests but that tribes consider historically Native lands, as part of the definition in light of prior Federal dispossession policies. Another commenter suggested that the definition should be connected to census geographies.
                    </P>
                    <P>Several other comments recommended that the “Native Land Area” definition should include Native American Pacific Islands including Guam, American Samoa, and the Commonwealth of the Mariana Islands. A few commenters expressed support for adding tribal fee lands citing the loss of tribal lands due to earlier Federal policies aimed at dispossessing tribes, with one commenter stating that this would be consistent with the current Federal policy of encouraging tribal self-determination and with principles of tribal sovereignty. This commenter also noted that the process of gaining Federal trust status for tribal fee lands (which would then meet the definition of “Native Land Area” pursuant to proposed § __.12, addressing lands held in trust) is expensive and time consuming.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic areas outside of the proposed definition.</E>
                         Many commenters supported broadening the “Native Land Area” definition to include activities benefiting Native individuals and communities outside of proposed geographic areas. Several commenters asserted that activities benefiting Native Americans should qualify anywhere and cited that the majority of American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian people live outside the Native Land Areas covered by the proposed definition. A group of commenters further stated that the proposed definition would limit the ability of Native CDFIs, tribal governments, and other entities to secure CRA-qualified investments to support Native communities residing within their respective service areas but outside of the proposed “Native Land Area” definition. A commenter supported including service areas adjacent to reservations, where a large number of tribal members live or tribal programs are distributed, to help facilitate better community revitalization activities. However, alternatively, a commenter asserted that qualification for activities should not extend past designated geographic areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternative approaches for designating geographic areas.</E>
                         A commenter suggested that, rather than focusing on activities in Native Land Areas, the agencies consider a metric-based determination for where activities could qualify, in conjunction with Native-led organizations and CDFIs, that would consider capital access in Native American communities. This commenter suggested that the agencies additionally include a weighting factor for banks investing in rural and remote Native American communities that might not have any credit or capital access. In support of these ideas, the commenter indicated that some populations covered in the “Native Land Area” definition have access to credit and successful economic development opportunities, while some Native American communities not in Native Land Areas as defined under the proposal do not. Another commenter asserted that the definition of “Native Land Area” should use an alternative geographic criterion for qualifying activities, instead including qualification for activities in census tracts with a greater than 40 percent Native American population and earning less than 100 percent of the average median family income.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting the “Native Land Area” definition as proposed with a few technical changes. First, the agencies have revised paragraph (4) of the definition to include any land held in trust by the United States for tribes or Native Americans or tribally-held restricted fee land. This change more clearly effectuates the agencies' intent in the proposal to include in the definition both individually- and tribally-owned restricted fee lands as well as land held in trust by the United States for both tribes and individuals. This change also aligns the definition with available BIA data, which covers both individually-held and tribally-held restricted fee and trust lands.
                        <SU>215</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies are also removing the cross-reference to “38 U.S.C. 3765(1)(A)” in paragraph (4) as redundant.
                        <SU>216</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, the agencies are making a technical change to paragraph (6), which covers Alaska Native villages, to use the term defined in the cited statute; as a result, the final rule references “Any Native village, as defined in 43 U.S.C. 1602(c), in Alaska.”
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>215</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Bureau of Indian Affairs, Branch of Geospatial Support, “General Information for Geospatial Questions” (Sept. 5, 2023), 
                            <E T="03">https://biamaps.geoplatform.gov/faq.html</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>216</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             38 U.S.C. 3765(1)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The “Native Land Area” definition in the final rule is intended to align with existing and established Federal Indian law regarding lands and communities with unique political status. The final rule is also intended to be responsive to stakeholder feedback received at all stages of this rulemaking, indicating support for a comprehensive geographic definition of “Native Land Areas.” The final definition focuses on lands and communities that, as noted by commenters, have generally experienced little or no benefits from bank access or investments.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have carefully considered commenters' suggestions for expanding the geographic areas included in the definition, and are sensitive to the many complexities underlying the development of a “Native Land Area” definition, including the impacts of varying historical policies regarding land ownership and political status.
                        <SU>217</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, the agencies are concerned that substantively expanding the “Native Land Area” definition could inadvertently create new precedent by incorporating lands without a similar unique political status as those lands included under the definition, and further could be impracticable where data is not currently collected, reported, or readily available. The agencies believe it is important for stakeholders and examiners to have access to and utilize a consistent and comparable data set.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>217</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             U.S. Dept. of Interior, “Land Buy-Back Program for Tribal Nations,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.doi.gov/buybackprogram/fractionation</E>
                             (discussing fractionation resulting from Federal allotment policies); Congressional Research Service, “Tribal Land and Ownership Statuses: Overview and Selected Issues for Congress” (July 2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://sgp.fas.org/crs/misc/R46647.pdf</E>
                             (discussing historical land policies).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also decline to expand the “Native Land Area” definition to incorporate areas outside of the proposed geographic areas where Native individuals may also reside, or to use alternative metrics for defining Native Land Areas. The agencies are concerned about precedential impact, as well as the practicality of implementation, such a change would have, particularly with a highly dispersed population. Further, complex land ownership structures associated with the lands falling within the final definition can make economic development in those lands particularly difficult, which the agencies believe support a more specific focus on those lands. The agencies note that activities benefiting Native individuals and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6621"/>
                        communities outside a designated Native Land Area may qualify for CRA consideration under another community development purpose as provided in § __.13. (For a detailed discussion of these community development categories under the final rule, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.13.) For example, a loan to support the development of a multifamily housing project to benefit low- and moderate-income tribal individuals outside of a Native Land Area would qualify for consideration under § __.13(b) (affordable housing) if a portion of the project's housing units are affordable.
                        <SU>218</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also note that the final rule incorporates various impact and responsiveness review factors under § __.15 for examiners to consider in evaluating a bank's community development activities. This includes an impact and responsiveness factor for areas with low levels of community development financing and activities serving low-income individuals and families that may apply to activities benefiting Native Americans living adjacent to or otherwise outside a Native Land Area.
                        <SU>219</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>218</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(b)(1) and (2), discussed in the section-by-section analysis of these provisions below.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>219</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.15(b)(2) and (7), discussed in the section-by-section analysis of these provisions below.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Finally, as noted in the proposal, robust, publicly available data files (“shapefiles”), defining the boundaries of the geographic areas adopted in the final rule are actively maintained by the U.S. Census Bureau and BIA, respectively.
                        <SU>220</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies anticipate making this data readily available to stakeholders as part of the agencies' regulatory implementation efforts, which, among other benefits, the agencies anticipate will facilitate stakeholders' ability to engage with confidence in CRA-eligible activities and enhance the transparency of the agencies' consideration of those activities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>220</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. Census Bureau, “AIANNH shapefile,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www2.census.gov/geo/tiger/TIGER2021/AIANNH/;</E>
                             Bureau of Indian Affairs, “BIA Tract Viewer,” 
                            <E T="03">https://biamaps.geoplatform.gov/BIA-opendata/</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In adopting the “Native Land Area” definition, the agencies sought to maintain consistency with established categories of Native Land Areas. On balance, the agencies believe the final rule's definition is as comprehensive as feasible to ensure alignment with current Federal Indian law and to support the rule with durable, publicly available data sources. This, in turn, will make identifying Native Land Areas practicable for stakeholders and facilitate their ability to engage in and track CRA-eligible activities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">New Markets Tax Credit</HD>
                    <P>As a clarification, the final rule includes a definition for “New Markets Tax Credit (NMTC),” not included in the proposed rule, to mean a Federal tax credit pursuant to section 45D of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 45D). The final rule uses this term in § __.15(b)(10) as one of the impact and responsiveness factors and in § __.42(a)(5)(ii) as part of the data collection of community development loans and community development investments, including whether the community development loan or community development investment is an investment in a project financed by NMTCs. The proposal used this term in proposed § __.42 but did not define it.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Nonmetropolitan Area</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed no changes to the current “nonmetropolitan area” 
                        <SU>221</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         definition, which would continue to mean any area that is not located in an MSA. The agencies did not receive any comments concerning the “nonmetropolitan area” definition and are adopting it as proposed in the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>221</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(s).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Open-End Home Mortgage Loan</HD>
                    <P>
                        For a discussion of the definition of “open-end mortgage loan,” 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         the discussion above for 
                        <E T="03">Mortgage-Related Definitions.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Operations Subsidiary or Operating Subsidiary</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Board proposed to add a definition of “operations subsidiary” to its CRA regulations, and the OCC and FDIC proposed to add a definition of “operating subsidiary” to their respective CRA regulations. The agencies each proposed their own definitions because of differences in their supervisory authority. The agencies proposed these changes to identify those bank affiliates whose activities would be required to be attributed to a bank's CRA performance pursuant to proposed § __.21, Performance Tests, standards, and ratings, and § __.28, Assigned conclusions and ratings.
                        <SU>222</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>222</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Specifically, the Board proposed to define “operations subsidiary” to mean an organization designed to serve, in effect, as a separately incorporated department of the bank performing at locations at which the bank is authorized to engage in business, functions that the bank is empowered to perform directly.
                        <SU>223</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>223</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed 12 CFR 228.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The FDIC proposed to define “operating subsidiary” to mean an operating subsidiary as described in 12 CFR 5.34.
                        <SU>224</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The OCC proposed to define “operating subsidiary” to mean an operating subsidiary as described in 12 CFR 5.34 in the case of an operating subsidiary of a national bank or an operating subsidiary as described in 12 CFR 5.38 in the case of a savings association.
                        <SU>225</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>224</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed 12 CFR 345.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>225</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed 12 CFR 25.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Regarding comments concerning the definitions of “operations subsidiary” and “operating subsidiary,” a commenter stated that the proposed definition of an “operations subsidiary” and “operating subsidiary” appear reasonable. The commenter stated that, generally, there should be uniformity in these and other definitions across all Federal agencies that receive financial institution data or reports. Another commenter recommended that the agencies avoid defining operations subsidiary and operating subsidiary too broadly. The commenter stated that it is not correct that financial institutions universally exercise “a high level of ownership, control, and management” of all affiliates, which in some circumstances may be considered as “subsidiaries.” As an example, the commenter stated that numerous CDFI banks have nonprofit affiliates that provide substantial mission support, but these nonprofit organizations often have their own boards of directors, have been capitalized in a variety of ways, and control is exercised in different manners as well.</P>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons stated below, the Board is adopting the proposed definition of “operations subsidiary,” and the FDIC and OCC are adopting the proposed definitions of “operating subsidiary.” The agencies believe that the proposed definitions of “operations subsidiary” and “operating subsidiary” are sufficiently consistent based on the agencies' respective statutory authorities and mandates. In addition, the agencies do not believe these proposed definitions are too broad. If an entity meets the definition of affiliate, and not the definition of operation subsidiary or operating subsidiary, it will not be treated as an operations subsidiary or operating subsidiary under the CRA regulations. Further, the agencies elected not to change these definitions because the description of these terms in the agencies' CRA regulation should 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6622"/>
                        not differ from the description of these terms in other contexts.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Other Delivery System</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting a new definition of “other delivery system,” not included in the proposal, to mean a “channel, other than branches, remote services facilities, or digital delivery systems, through which banks offer retail banking services.” This may include telephone banking, bank-by-mail, or bank-at-work.</P>
                    <P>For a more detailed discussion of the meaning of other delivery system, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.23(b)(4).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Outside Retail Lending Area</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed above, the agencies proposed to replace the term “assessment area” in § __.12 with the terms “facility-based assessment area,” “retail lending assessment areas,” and “outside retail lending areas.” The agencies proposed to define the new term “outside retail lending area” to mean the nationwide area outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas and, as applicable, retail lending assessment areas. The agencies proposed this new term as part of the proposed Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>226</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In particular, under the proposed Retail Lending Test, the agencies would evaluate the retail lending performance of large banks and certain intermediate banks in areas outside of facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>226</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The final rule now includes a new section that describes the bases for delineating outside retail lending areas. Therefore, the more detailed proposed definition of outside retail lending areas is not necessary, and instead the final rule defines “outside retail lending area” to mean the area delineated pursuant to § __.18. Comments pertaining to the proposed outside retail lending area provisions, as well as detailed information regarding the final rule's outside retail lending area delineation requirements, are described in the section-by-section analysis of § __.18.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Persistent Poverty County</HD>
                    <P>The agencies included in proposed § __.15(b)(1) a definition of “persistent poverty county” to mean a county or county-equivalent that had poverty rates of 20 percent or more for the past 30 years, as measured by the most recent decennial censuses. This definition appeared in proposed § __.15(b) in connection with a list of factors (termed “impact review” factors in the proposal) relevant for evaluating the impact and responsiveness of community development activities.</P>
                    <P>In the final rule, the agencies are moving the “persistent poverty county” definition to § __.12 for ease of reference, as the term appears in both final § __.15(b)(1) (finalized as an impact and responsiveness review factor) and the corresponding data collection provision in final § __.42(a)(5) and (6). Further, consistent with the revision to the definition of “county,” discussed above, “county-equivalents” has been removed from the definition of “persistent poverty county” in the final rule. Lastly, the agencies are replacing the phrase “as measured by the most recent decennial censuses” with reference to a list of counties designated by the Board, FDIC, and OCC and published by the FFIEC. Among other things, this change will provide for statistical reliability while also allowing for regular data updates as conditions change. For a more detailed discussion of the definition of “persistent poverty county,” comments received on the definition, and the final impact and responsiveness review factor associated with this term, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.15(b).</P>
                    <P>Accordingly, the agencies are adopting a definition of “persistent poverty county” in the final rule that means as a county that has had poverty rates of 20 percent or more for 30 years, as publicly designated by the Board, FDIC, and OCC, compiled in a list, and published annually by the FFIEC.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Product Line</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting a new definition of “product line” in the final rule, not included in the proposal. The final rule defines “product line” to mean a bank's loans in one of the following, separate categories in a particular Retail Lending Test Area: (1) closed-end home mortgage loans; (2) small business loans; (3) small farm loans; and (4) automobile loans, if a bank is a majority automobile lender or opts to have its automobile loans evaluated pursuant to § __.22. As discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22, the definition of “product line” is intended to increase clarity regarding identifying those bank product lines that may potentially be subject to evaluation under the Retail Lending Test, as applicable.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Remote Service Facility</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Board's and OCC's current CRA regulations define the term “automated teller machine (ATM)” to mean an automated, unstaffed banking facility owned or operated by, or operated exclusively for, the bank at which deposits are received, cash dispersed, or money lent.
                        <SU>227</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The FDIC's CRA regulation instead contains a definition for “remote service facility,” which has the same definition as the Board's and OCC's definition of ATM but also includes a list of examples, specifically, automated teller machine, cash dispensing machine, point-of-sale terminal, or other remote electronic facility. The proposal would replace the Board's and OCC's “ATM” definitions with a definition of “remote service facility” that would include ATMs and update the FDIC's existing definition of “remote service facility.
                        <SU>228</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>227</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR 25.12(d) and 228.12(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>228</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR 245.12(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Specifically, the proposal defined “remote service facility” to mean an automated, virtually staffed, or unstaffed banking facility owned or operated by, or operated exclusively for, a bank, such as an ATM, interactive teller machine, cash dispensing machine, or other remote electronic facility at which deposits are received, cash dispersed, or money lent. The agencies believed the proposed definition better reflects changes in the way that banks deliver banking services.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies requested feedback as to whether the proposed “remote service facility” definition includes sufficient specificity for the types of facilities and circumstances under which banks would be required to delineate facility-based assessment areas, or whether other changes to the CRA regulations are necessary to better clarify when the delineation of facility-based assessment areas would be required. A commenter suggested that the “remote service facility” definition should include ATMs that are not owned or operated by, or operated exclusively for financial institutions, noting the importance of low- and moderate-income individuals' access to independent ATMs. Several commenters recommended that deposit-taking remote service facilities should include any bank partnerships with third parties involving remote or virtual banking services, with another commenter suggesting ATM networks operated by a third party. The agencies have declined to explicitly incorporate remote services facilities that are not owned or operated by, or operated exclusively for, a bank into the “remote service facility” definition because of the tenuous connections of these ATMs to a bank. The agencies do not believe that a non-proprietary remote service 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6623"/>
                        facility, such as a network ATM, constitutes a bank facility because such ATMs are owned and operated by a third party. Further, a bank participating in such an ATM network may have limited control over where an ATM is located. The agencies note that the current definition of “ATM” requires that the ATM be owned or operated by, or operated exclusively for, the bank.
                        <SU>229</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>229</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(d) (definition of “automated teller machine (ATM)”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Therefore, the agencies are adopting the proposed definition of “remote service facility” in the final rule with two clarifying changes. First, the definition now provides that a remote service facility must be open to the general public. The agencies believe this substantive change clarifies that this definition only captures those remote deposit facilities that benefit the credit needs of the bank's local community by having a public facing presence. Second, the definition in the final rule now provides that deposits are “accepted” instead of “received.” This change was made to describe the facility's interaction more accurately with the public.</P>
                    <P>Accordingly, the final rule provides that “remote service facility” means an automated, virtually staffed, or unstaffed banking facility owned or operated by, or operated exclusively for, a bank, such as an automated teller machine (ATM), interactive teller machine, cash dispensing machine, or other remote electronic facility, that is open to the general public and at which deposits are accepted, cash dispersed, or money lent.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Reported Loan</HD>
                    <P>To enhance clarity in the final rule, the agencies are adding a new definition of “reported loan,” not included in the proposal, defined to mean: (1) a home mortgage loan or a multifamily loan reported by a bank pursuant to HMDA, as implemented by 12 CFR part 1003; or (2) a small business loan or a small farm loan reported by a bank pursuant to § __.42. This term is primarily used in the Retail Lending Test (final § __.22 and appendix A) to specify where only reported loans are used in certain benchmarks. In addition, the term is used in defining when a retail lending assessment area must be delineated pursuant to final § __.17. For a detailed discussion of the Retail Lending Test, see the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22 (also addressing appendix A), and for a discussion of retail lending assessment areas, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.17.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have included an amendment to transition the definition of “reported loan” to reference small business loans and small farm loans reported by a bank pursuant to the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule after the section 1071 data is available.
                        <SU>230</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>230</SU>
                             Specifically, the transition amendments included in this final rule will amend the definitions of “reported loan” to mean a small business loan or small farm loan reported by a bank pursuant to subpart B of 12 CFR part 1002. The agencies will provide notice of the effective date of these transition amendments in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             after section 1071 data is available.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Retail Banking Products</HD>
                    <P>The final rule includes a new definition of “retail banking products,” not included in the proposed rule, to clarify the agencies' intended meaning of the term in final § __.23 (Retail Services and Products Test). Specifically, the final rule defines “retail banking products” to mean credit and deposit products or programs that facilitate a lending or depository relationship between the bank and consumers, small businesses, or small farms. For additional discussion of retail banking products, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.23.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Retail Banking Services</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add a new definition of “retail banking services” to increase clarity and consistency in the CRA regulations, particularly with respect to the proposed Retail Services and Products Test.
                        <SU>231</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed to define “retail banking services” to mean retail financial services provided by a bank to consumers, small businesses, and small farms, and to include a bank's systems for delivering retail financial services. The agencies did not receive any comments concerning the proposed “retail banking service” definition and are adopting the definition as proposed in the final rule with a non-substantive wording change.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>231</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Retail Lending Assessment Area</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed above, the agencies proposed to replace the term “assessment area” in § __.12 with the terms “facility-based assessment area,” “retail lending assessment areas,” and “outside retail lending areas.” The agencies proposed to define the term “retail lending assessment area” to mean a geographic area, separate and distinct from a facility-based assessment area, delineated in accordance with § __.17. The agencies proposed this new term as part of the proposed Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>232</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>232</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments specific to the proposed definition of “retail lending assessment area.” However, the agencies received numerous comments regarding the retail lending assessment area approach, which are discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.17. To be consistent with the “facility-based assessment area” and “outside retail lending area” definitions in the final rule, the agencies are revising the “retail lending assessment area” definition in the final rule. Specifically, the agencies are removing the phrase “separate and distinct from a facility-based assessment area” and replacing “in accordance with” with “pursuant to.” Accordingly, the final rule defines “retail lending assessment area” to mean “a geographic area delineated pursuant to § __.17.” Detailed information regarding the final rule's retail lending assessment area delineation requirements is included in the section-by-section analysis of § __.17.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Retail Lending Test Area</HD>
                    <P>In the final rule, the agencies are adding a new definition of “Retail Lending Test Area,” not included in the proposal, to mean a facility-based assessment area, a retail lending assessment area, or an outside retail lending area. The agencies believe this definition will increase the final rule's consistency and improve its readability with respect to referencing retail lending assessment areas, facility-based assessment areas, and outside retail lending areas, both individually and collectively, for purposes of the Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Retail Loan</HD>
                    <P>
                        In relation to the proposed Retail Lending Test,
                        <SU>233</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies proposed to add a new definition of “retail loan” to mean, for purposes of the Retail Lending Test in § __.22, an automobile loan, closed-end home mortgage loan, open-end home mortgage loan, multifamily loan, small business loan, or small farm loan. For all other purposes, retail loan would mean a consumer loan, home mortgage loan, small business loan, or small farm loan. The agencies did not receive any comments concerning this proposed definition. However, after further review, the agencies have elected not to adopt a definition of “retail loan” in § __.12 in the final rule. Instead, the agencies are adopting a definition of “product line” in the final rule, which 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6624"/>
                        references loan categories relevant to the Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>233</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Small Bank</HD>
                    <P>
                        For a discussion of the definition of “small bank,” 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         the discussion above for 
                        <E T="03">Bank Asset-Size Definitions.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Small Business and Small Farm</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach and the Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to add definitions of “small business” and “small farm,” as they are not defined in the current CRA regulations. Instead, the current CRA regulations define “community development” to be activities that promote economic development by financing businesses or farms that meet the size eligibility standards of the SBA's Development Company or Small Business Investment Company programs (13 CFR 121.301) or have gross annual revenues of $1 million or less. The current regulations also consider the borrower distribution of small business loans and small farm loans to businesses and farms with gross annual revenues of $1 million or less.</P>
                    <P>
                        The proposal would define “small business” to mean “a business that had gross annual revenues for its preceding fiscal year of $5 million or less” and “small farm” to mean “a farm that had gross annual revenues for its preceding fiscal year of $5 million or less.” The agencies proposed these definitions to support the evaluation of retail lending under the proposed Retail Lending Test 
                        <SU>234</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and community development loans and investments supporting small businesses and small farms that would be evaluated under the proposed Community Development Financing Test.
                        <SU>235</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These proposed definitions were consistent with the definitions for “small business” proposed by the CFPB in its section 1071 rulemaking.
                        <SU>236</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>234</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>235</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed §§ __.13(c)(2) and (3); __.24; and __.26.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>236</SU>
                             The CFPB section 1071 regulation does not separately define “small farm,” rather it includes them as types of small businesses identifiable by the of the NAICS codes 111-115. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             88 FR 35150, 35271, 35295 (May 31, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received numerous comments related to the proposed “small business” and “small farm” definitions. Some commenters expressed support for the proposed definitions, while other commenters recommended the agencies adopt the definitions with various changes or implement new definitions that incorporate different criteria.</P>
                    <P>
                        Specifically, many commenters supported the proposal to adopt size standards for small businesses and small farms that would be consistent with the proposed small business size standard in the CFPB's section 1071 rulemaking (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         gross annual revenues of $5 million or less for the preceding fiscal year). In general, these commenters asserted that consistent definitions across regulations and regulators would provide for reporting consistency and efficiency with less burden. Several other commenters stated that, although they believed that the gross annual revenues of $5 million or less proposed by the CFPB was too high, they supported aligning the definitions with the CFPB's section 1071 rulemaking even if the CFPB later adopted the larger size threshold in its Section 1071 Final Rule. Some commenters suggested that the small business size standard should be as consistent as possible with both the CFPB's section 1071 rulemaking and the SBA's small business size standards.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, other commenters opposed the proposal to align the size standards for small businesses and small farms with the proposed small business size standard in the CFPB's section 1071 rulemaking. Many of these commenters generally stated that the proposed small business and small farm size standards are unusually high because the vast majority of small businesses have gross annual revenues significantly below $5 million. Moreover, a few of these commenters stated that CRA's focus should be on the credit needs of the smallest businesses, with some commenters expressing concern that the proposed $5 million threshold would result in capital being redirected to larger businesses. Several commenters also emphasized that aligning the “small business” and “small farm” definitions with the CFPB's size standard would be inappropriate because section 1071 serves a different purpose than the CRA; namely, the threshold proposed by the CFPB establishes reporting requirements that would facilitate enforcement of fair lending laws. A few commenters also stated that it was not prudent for the agencies to propose a size standard based on a proposed rule.</P>
                    <P>Many commenters that opposed aligning the small business and small farm size standards with the CFPB's section 1071 proposed small business size standard recommended a range of alternative thresholds for consideration. A commenter recommended that the agencies adopt the SBA's small business size standards. Another commenter recommended that a small business definition should encompass manufacturing businesses with 500 or fewer employees and other businesses with gross annual revenues up to $8 million. One other commenter argued in favor of an $8 million gross annual revenues threshold, asserting that this figure is the most common size standard threshold for average annual business receipts and would capture a majority of small businesses. Another commenter recommended that the agencies define “small business” and “small farm” based on loan size rather than gross annual revenues but did not specify an amount. One other commenter supported a threshold of gross annual revenues of $1 million or less because many large banks only have system codes for gross annual revenues that indicate whether a business is above or below $1 million, but not the actual threshold.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters requested clarifications of the definitions of “small business” and “small farm” or offered additional comments regarding these definitions. A commenter requested clarity on the treatment of revenues for affiliated businesses and guarantors, and how to calculate the revenues of small businesses or small farms when a line of credit is renewed (and updated revenue information is not collected). A few other commenters noted that defining small business and small farm by reference to gross annual revenues could create difficulty at the beginning of a calendar year, when borrowers may not have reliable revenue figures for the preceding year. Both commenters suggested that banks should be able to use prior-year revenue figures under these circumstances. Another commenter stated there should be clear guidance on how gross annual revenues should be determined to better provide reporting and examination consistency.</P>
                    <P>
                        A commenter suggested that the agencies adopt a consistent definition of “small business” and “small farm” across the regulation, including for the borrower distribution metrics under the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>237</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A few commenters pointed out that even if the agencies align the “small business” and “small farm” definitions with the CFPB's size standard in its section 1071 rulemaking, there would still be opportunity to improve consistency across banking regulations because 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6625"/>
                        these definitions would not be reflected in Call Report requirements.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>237</SU>
                             Under proposed § __.22(d)(2)(iii)(D), the agencies would review bank lending to, among other borrowers, small businesses, and small farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less and small businesses and small farms with gross annual revenues of more than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        After considering the varied perspectives and recommendations on the proposed “small business” and “small farm” definitions, the agencies are adopting the definitions as proposed.
                        <SU>238</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The final rule defines “small business” to mean a business that had gross annual revenues for its preceding fiscal year of $5 million or less and “small farm” to mean a farm that had gross annual revenues for its preceding fiscal year of $5 million or less.
                        <SU>239</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>238</SU>
                             The agencies requested and received permission from the SBA to use size standards for small businesses and small farms that differ from the SBA's size standards, as required by 15 U.S.C. 632(a)(2)(C) and 13 CFR 121.903.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>239</SU>
                             The final rule's transition amendments will amend the definitions of “small business” and “small farm” to instead cross-reference to the definition of “small business” in the CFPB section 1071 regulation. This will allow the CRA Regulatory definitions to adjust if the CFPB increases the threshold in the CFPB section 1071 regulatory definition of “small business.” This is consistent with the agencies' intent articulated in the preamble to the proposal and elsewhere in this final rule to conform these definitions with the definition in the CFPB section 1071 regulation. The agencies will provide the effective date of these amendments in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             once section 1071 data is available.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies declined to use the SBA's small business size standards because they believe that these standards would not serve the CRA's purposes well. The SBA small business size standards are based on gross annual revenues or the average number of employees for a wide range of business entities, resulting in over 1,000 North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) codes. In addition, the agencies also considered the fact that the SBA has recently increased many of its size standards and no longer employs a $1 million average annual receipts size standard for any industry.
                        <SU>240</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In particular, many of the SBA's gross annual revenues standards are much larger than the gross annual revenues thresholds included in the proposed “small business” and “small farm” definitions. The SBA's size standards for agricultural industries now range from $2.25 million to $34 million, and the size standards for non-agricultural industries now range from $8 million to $47 million.
                        <SU>241</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Therefore, applying the SBA size standards under the CRA regulations would undermine the focus on smaller small businesses and farms.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>240</SU>
                             Through a series of rules that became effective on May 2, 2022, the SBA implemented revised size standards for 229 industries (all using average annual receipts standards) to increase eligibility for its Federal contracting and loan programs. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 18607 (Mar. 31, 2022); 87 FR 18627 (Mar. 31, 2022); 87 FR 18646 (Mar. 31, 2022); 87 FR 18665 (Mar. 31, 2022). The SBA did not reduce any size standards—it either maintained or increased the size standards for all 229 industries, in many cases with size standard increases of 50 percent or more. Effective July 14, 2022, the SBA also increased size standards for 22 wholesale trade industries and 35 retail trade industries. 87 FR 35869 (June 14, 2022). 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             SBA Small Business Size Standards by NAICS Industry, 13 CFR 121.201.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>241</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             SBA Small Business Size Standards by NAICS Industry, 13 CFR 121.201.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Further, the agencies believe it is not appropriate to set a lower threshold, particularly when considering how the final rule will use the terms. A lower size standard may unduly restrict the type of lending and investment that the agencies have historically considered under economic development (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the current rule considers as loans and investments that support businesses and farms that meet the size eligibility standards of the SBA's Development Company or Small Business Investment Company programs (13 CFR 121.301)).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, the agencies believe that size standards that draw on a single data point—
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         gross annual revenues of $5 million or less in the preceding year—are easy for institutions to understand and implement and minimize the data banks are required to collect and report. If the agencies adopted definitions that introduced additional criteria, as suggested by some commenters—
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         average number of employees, average revenue, or industry codes—institutions would be required to collect and report additional data points, which would increase banks' collection and reporting burden.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also believe that $5 million is the appropriate threshold for small businesses and small farms. As discussed above, commenters advocated for both lowering the threshold to focus the regulations on the smallest small business and raising the threshold to capture larger small businesses, but the agencies believe that the proposed “small business” and “small farm” definitions strike a proper balance. As such, the definitions in the final rule capture entities all along the small business spectrum, from the smallest small businesses and farms through larger small businesses and farms.</P>
                    <P>
                        Further, a $5 million threshold is consistent with the definition of “small business” in the CFPB's section 1071 rulemaking. As explained in more detail below in the discussion of the definitions of “small business loans” and “small farm loans,” leveraging the CFPB's “small business” definition for purposes of the Retail Lending Test will reduce the data collection and reporting burden under the CRA regulations because banks will not have to report small business loan data to two different agencies with two different thresholds once the agencies transition to using section 1071 data.
                        <SU>242</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, as also explained below, aligning the CRA's “small business” and “small farm” definitions with the CFPB's “small business” definition will enable the agencies to expand and improve the analysis of CRA small business and small farm lending for all banks subject to the Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>242</SU>
                             As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.42, the agencies will eliminate the current CRA small business and small farm data collection and reporting requirements once the agencies transition to using section 1071 data.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies understand that the CFPB's section 1071 rulemaking, although finalized, is not yet applicable, and, therefore, the agencies will not yet be able to leverage the CFPB's section 1071 rulemaking's “small business” definition for purposes of the Retail Lending Test at this time. However, the final rule's “small business” and “small farm” definitions are also necessary for determining which loans, investments, or services meet the community development criteria under final § __.13 for purposes of the Community Development Financing Test in § __.24, the Community Development Services Test in § __.25, and the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks in § __.25, and for evaluating a bank's retail banking services and retail banking products under the Retail Services and Products Test in final § __.23. As explained above, the current regulations do not explicitly define “small business” and “small farm,” and defining “small business” and “small farm” to mean those businesses and farms with $5 million or less in gross annual revenues is preferable to using the SBA's small business size standards, which can be significantly larger, and would undermine the CRA's focus on smaller small businesses and farms. Therefore, to be consistent throughout the CRA regulations, the agencies believe it is important to include this definition in the final rule.</P>
                    <P>With regard to commenters' concerns related to the treatment of revenues, the agencies anticipate updating the CRA data collection and reporting guidance to reflect the new collection and reporting obligations related to the reporting of gross annual revenues. In developing that guidance, the agencies will consider the commenters' suggestions and recommendations.</P>
                    <P>
                        With respect to the commenter's concern regarding the agencies proposing a size standard based on the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6626"/>
                        CFPB proposed rule under section 1071 of the Dodd-Frank Act (Section 1071 Proposed Rule),
                        <SU>243</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies note that the $5 million size standard for a small business or small farm was included in the proposal; the agencies did not cross-reference to the CFPB section 1071 rulemaking. Therefore, commenters were able to comment on the exact threshold proposed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>243</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             86 FR 56356 (Oct. 8, 2021).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies appreciate commenters' concern that inconsistencies with respect to size standards for small businesses and small farms would remain because the CRA definitions would not be reflected in the Call Report. However, revisions to Call Report requirements are outside the scope of this rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Small Business Loan and Small Farm Loan</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current CRA regulations define “small business loan” to mean “a loan included in `loans to small businesses,' as defined in the instructions for preparation of the Consolidated Report of Condition and Income.” 
                        <SU>244</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Likewise, “small farm loan” means “a loan included in `loans to small farms,' as defined in the instructions for preparation of the Consolidated Report of Condition and Income.” 
                        <SU>245</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The current approach captures loans of $1 million or less to businesses, and loans of $500,000 or less to farms, as reported in the Call Report.
                        <SU>246</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>244</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(v).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>245</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(w).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>246</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Call Report, Schedule RC-C, Part II.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to retain these definitions with two technical changes. First, the proposed “small business loan” and “small farm loan” definitions included a provision indicating that the proposed “small business loan” and “small farm loan” definitions should be read independently from the “small business” and “small farm” definitions. This distinction is relevant because, until the agencies transition to using small business lending data derived from the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule, the CRA regulations need to continue to use the current rule's “small business loan” and “small farm loan” definitions in evaluating bank performance under the proposed Retail Lending Test in § __.22. The agencies indicated in the proposal that once section 1071 data on small business loans become available, the agencies will transition to “small business loan” and “small farm loan” definitions that are consistent with the definition of “small business” in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        Second, the agencies proposed to substitute “Consolidated Report of Condition and Income” in each definition for the shorter term, “Call Report,” which would have the same meaning and be established as the term used throughout the regulation earlier in the regulatory text. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         the “assets” definition discussion above.)
                    </P>
                    <P>With these technical changes, the agencies proposed to define “small business loan” to mean, notwithstanding the definition of “small business” in § __.12, a loan included in “loans to small businesses” as defined in the instructions for preparation of the Call Report, and “small farm loan” to mean notwithstanding the definition of “small farm” in § __.12, a loan included in “loans to small farms” as defined in the instructions for preparation of the Call Report.”</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received numerous comments related to the proposed “small business loan” and “small farm loan” definitions. Some commenters expressed support for the proposed definitions and intended transition to the CFPB section 1071 rulemaking definition of “small business,” while other commenters recommended the agencies adopt definitions with various changes or implement entirely new definitions that incorporate different criteria.</P>
                    <P>Specifically, a few commenters stated that using the proposed small business size standard in the CFPB's section 1071 rulemaking will provide a more accurate picture of lending to small entities than the current threshold, which measures lending based on loan size as opposed to business revenue size.</P>
                    <P>However, other commenters opposed the proposed changes to the “small business loan” and “small farm loan” definitions and recommended continuing using the Call Report definitions, with a commenter stating that retaining these definitions is necessary to ensure that smaller dollar loans are targeted to businesses with capital gaps. Another commenter recommended continuing to use the current Call Report definitions of “loans to small businesses” and “loans to small farms,” and reevaluating after a full year of section 1071 data are available. Some commenters contended that the proposed threshold would impose considerable new data collection and reporting requirements for community banks that elect to be evaluated under the proposed Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        Another commenter proposed a hybrid approach that would define “small business loan” to include both: (1) a loan to a business with gross annual revenues of $1 million or less; and (2) a commercial loan in an amount of $1 million or less. Some commenters suggested using certain size standards adopted by the SBA and USDA to encourage lending to socially disadvantaged businesses and farms owned by persons of color. Another commenter questioned whether the “small business loan” and “small farm loan” definitions include loans made to individuals because of the use of the term “revenue” as opposed to “income.” This commenter claimed that the exclusion of small business and small farm loans to individuals would cause underreporting and could negatively affect a bank's Retail Lending Test results, metrics, benchmarks, and possibly other areas. Further, the commenter suggested the “small business loan” and “small farm loan” definitions should include renewals and credit limit increases, as set forth in the Interagency Questions and Answers.
                        <SU>247</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>247</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.42(a)-5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Another commenter suggested that the agencies should not give CRA consideration for all loans to businesses that meet the SBA standards for small businesses. This commenter reasoned that the SBA standards for employee size represent too high a threshold to meaningfully segment the small business lending market.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies appreciate the commenters' varied perspectives and recommendations related to the proposed “small business loan” and “small farm loan” definitions. However, after consideration of these comments, the agencies are adopting the “small business loan” and “small farm loan” definitions as proposed in the final rule, with technical changes, and have included amendments to transition to “small business loan” and “small farm loan” definitions leveraged off of the CFPB section 1071 regulation's “small business” definition once section 1071 data is available.
                        <SU>248</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the final rule provides that “small business loan” and “small farm loan” mean those loans included in “loans to small businesses” or “loans to small farms” as 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6627"/>
                        reported in Schedule RC-C of the Call Report. The agencies are referring to these terms as reported in the Call Report, instead of as defined in the instructions, to more accurately provide a source for these terms. As indicated above, maintaining the current rule's definitions of “small business loan” and “small farm loan” based on the Call Report is necessary until the agencies transition to using section 1071 data.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>248</SU>
                             The final rule's transition amendments will amend the definitions of “small business loan” and “small farm loan” to mean a loan to a small business or small farm, respectively, as defined in § __.12 of the CRA regulations. The agencies will provide notice of the effective date of this amendment in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             once section 1071 data is available.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Further, transitioning to section 1071 data will enable the agencies to use borrower and geographic distribution metrics and benchmarks that provide more insight into banks' performance relative to the demand for small business loans in a given geographic area. It also will allow for an analysis that uses an expanded data set measuring loans to small businesses of different revenue sizes, including—importantly—to the businesses and farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22, the Retail Lending Test. In sum, these definitions will enable the agencies to expand and improve the analysis of CRA small business and small farm lending for all banks, as applicable, since section 1071 data will also enable expanded analysis for intermediate and small banks that are subject to reporting pursuant to the CFPB's section 1071 rulemaking. Further, because a large business may obtain small dollar loans, and a small business may obtain large dollar loans, the agencies believe the size of a business obtaining the loan is a better factor than the size of the loan to a business for determining whether a loan is made to a small business that warrants CRA consideration.</P>
                    <P>
                        For the same reasons as noted in the “small business” and “small farm” definitions discussion, the agencies do not find it appropriate to adopt definitions of “small business loan” or “small farm loan” based on the SBA's small business size standards. As noted above, the SBA currently employs varying small business standards which are based on various factors, including industry, average annual receipts, and average number of employees. As a result, capturing all loans to businesses that qualify as small businesses under the SBA's standards would necessitate the collection and reporting of additional data, including NAICS codes to determine the industry in which a business operates, average employee headcount, and average receipts over a multi-year period. This would impose increased compliance and operational burden and costs in negotiating what, for many or most banks, would be a complicated overlay on their lending activity (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         use of NAICS codes) that could reduce efficiencies in their small business and small farm lending programs.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In response to comments about the inclusion of loans to individuals as small business loans or small farm loans based on income of the individual as opposed to business revenues and how renewals and other credit limit increases are considered, the agencies intend to continue historical practices with respect to these issues. Specifically, pursuant to Call Report instructions and certain limitations, loans to sole proprietorships for commercial or agricultural purposes are included in the “small business loan” and “small farm loan” definitions, respectively. Banks have historically reported the gross annual revenues relied on in making credit decisions. This reporting included affiliate revenues when relied on, but never combined individual income with business revenues even if the bank relied on the individual income of a sole proprietor in making the credit decision. The agencies continue to believe this is appropriate, because irrespective of whether the bank relied on individual income in making a credit decision, it keeps the focus on the size of the business for purposes of considering the loan under the performance tests. Therefore, under the final rule, banks will report only the gross annual revenues of the business benefiting from the loan proceeds.
                        <SU>249</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>249</SU>
                             The agencies intend to make one change from the current guidance regarding the treatment of affiliate revenues, pursuant to the final rule and any guidance issued, gross annual revenue reporting will be limited to the business revenues of the benefiting business regardless of whether affiliate revenues are considered in a credit decision to more accurately identify the size of a business under the performance tests.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>It is also notable that once the transition to section 1071 data is complete, the small business loan data used for the Retail Lending Test will capture business credit transactions that are secured by real estate. For example, section 1071 data will capture business loans secured by an applicant's primary residence or residential investment property as collateral for inventory financing or working capital. Such loans would not be captured under HMDA because they do not involve a home purchase, home improvement, or refinancing and would not be captured in the Call Report definition of “loans to small businesses” because they are secured by residential real estate.</P>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed above, the agencies are adopting in the final rule a definition of “small business loan” that means, notwithstanding the definition of “small business” in this section, a loan included in “loans to small businesses” as defined in the instructions for preparation of the Call Report. Similarly, the agencies are adopting in the final rule a definition of “small farm loan” that means, notwithstanding the definition of “small farm” in this section, a loan included in “loans to small farms” as defined in the instructions for preparation of the Call Report. Amendments included in the final rule will transition these definitions to reflect the final rule's definitions of “small business” and “small farm,” which leverages the definition of “small business” in the CFPB's section 1071 rulemaking, once small business data reported pursuant to that rulemaking becomes available and the agencies announce an effective date for this transition in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">State</HD>
                    <P>To increase clarity and consistency in the CRA regulations, the agencies proposed to add a definition of “State” to mean a U.S. State or territory, and the District of Columbia. The agencies did not receive any comments on this definition and are adopting the definition as proposed in the final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Targeted Census Tract</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to add a definition of “targeted census tract” for purposes of certain community development categories in proposed § __.13. As proposed, this term would mean: (1) a low-income census tract or a moderate-income census tract; or (2) a distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tract. This definition was intended to reflect the current CRA regulations regarding community development activities now categorized as revitalization and stabilization activities,
                        <SU>250</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as well as accompanying guidance in the Interagency Questions and Answers regarding relevant geographic areas for these activities.
                        <SU>251</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies did not receive any comments concerning the proposed definition of “targeted census tract” and adopt it as proposed in the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>250</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(g)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>251</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             81 FR 48506, 48526-48528 (July 25, 2016).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Tribal Government</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule includes a new definition for “tribal government,” not included in the proposal, to clarify the agencies' intended meaning of “tribal government” where referenced in the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6628"/>
                        final rule (
                        <E T="03">see, e.g.,</E>
                         community development categories in proposed and final § __.13 and the accompanying section-by-section analysis). As discussed above, the proposed and final community development place-based categories, including activities in Native Land Areas, include as eligibility criterion that activities be “conducted in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government plan, program, or initiative.” 
                        <SU>252</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, the proposal did not define “tribal government,” although the agencies sought feedback on various aspects of the government plan criterion. Some commenters addressed the types of entities that should be included in the government plan requirement, including tribal governments, associations, and other designees. A commenter expressed support for defining “tribal government” to mean the recognized governing body of any Indian, or Alaska Native tribe, band, nation, pueblo, village, community, component band, or component reservation, individually identified (including parenthetically) in the list most recently published pursuant to section 104 of the Federally Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994.
                        <SU>253</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>252</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(j)(2)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>253</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Public Law 103-454, 108 Stat. 4791 (Nov. 2, 1994).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Based on comments and on further consideration, the agencies believe that a definition of “tribal government” will provide needed clarity and certainty for banks and other stakeholders seeking to determine whether activities meet the required eligibility criterion. Accordingly, the final rule defines “tribal government” to mean the recognized governing body of any Indian, or Alaska Native tribe, band, nation, pueblo, village, community, component band, or component reservation, individually identified (including parenthetically) in the list most recently published pursuant to section 104 of the Federally Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994 (25 U.S.C. 5131). As with the definition of “Native Land Areas,” this definition is derived from and intended to align with existing Federal Indian law.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Wholesale Bank</HD>
                    <P>As detailed in the “limited purpose bank” definition discussion above, the agencies are adopting the single term, “limited purpose bank,” and eliminating the “wholesale bank” definition in the final rule. This change is intended to improve clarity, minimize complexity, and provide for new and future market participants.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Women's Depository Institution</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to define “women's depository institution (WDI)” as having the same meaning given to that term in 12 U.S.C. 2907(b)(2). The cross-referenced provision of the CRA statute defines “WDI” to mean a depository institution, as defined in the FDI Act, with: (1) more than 50 percent of the ownership or control of which is held by 1 or more women; (2) more than 50 percent of the net profit or loss of which accrues to 1 or more women; and (3) a significant percentage of senior management positions of which are held by women. The agencies did not include an alternate definition of WDI because their policies with respect to designating WDI's vary. The FDIC does not specifically designate or define WDIs under its MDI policy statement, however, it does recognize WDIs for purposes of the CRA. The Board defines WDI consistent with the CRA statute and institutions that meet the definition are eligible to access resources under the Federal Reserve System's Partnership for Progress program.
                        <SU>254</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The OCC, in contrast, considers WDIs to be MDIs under its MDI Policy Statement, and, therefore, women-owned institutions that do not meet the statutory definition of WDI in section 2907 would be considered MDIs if the institution otherwise meets the requirements of the OCC's MDI Policy Statement.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>254</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Board, SR 21-6/CA 21-4: “Highlighting the Federal Reserve System's Partnership for Progress Program for Minority Depository Institutions and Women's Depository Institutions” (Mar. 25, 2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/supervisionreg/srletters/SR2106.htm.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments on the proposed definition of WDI and are adopting the definition as proposed with non-substantive revisions for conformity with the structure of other definitions in final § __.12. Accordingly, under the final rule, “Women's depository institution (WDI)” means “women's depository institution” as defined in 12 U.S.C. 2907(b)(2).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13 Consideration of Community Development Loans, Community Development Investments, and Community Development Services</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach and the Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current CRA regulations define “community development” as comprising four broad categories: affordable housing, community services, economic development, and revitalization and stabilization.
                        <SU>255</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed to update the community development definition in current § __.12 by creating a new § __.13 that would define community development as including eleven different categories of activities and would establish standards for when community development activities would receive full and partial consideration. Proposed § __.13 incorporated aspects of the current Interagency Questions and Answers into the regulation and established specific eligibility standards for a broad range of community development activities. Proposed § __.13 was also designed to provide more clarity regarding the kinds of activities the agencies consider to be community development, as well as regarding eligibility for community development consideration.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>255</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(g).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters provided general feedback on the agencies' proposal to adopt a definition of community development with eleven categories of activities, as well as on the specific proposed categories (which are discussed in the section-by-section analysis of each individual category below). Many commenters were generally supportive of the proposal, with several noting that the proposed approach for defining community development would provide more clarity for all stakeholders on the types of activities that qualify and the eligibility requirements for different activity types. Several commenters were particularly supportive of adding new categories to the current community development definition, such as the proposed categories for disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities, activities with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs, and activities in Native Land Areas. Other commenters noted that proposed changes to the community development definition would increase the responsiveness of banks to community needs and expressed the view that the changes would help to more effectively target community development activities.</P>
                    <P>
                        In contrast, a few commenters opposed the proposed changes to the community development definition. Commenter feedback included: that the activities that could be considered under the new categories could be considered under the four existing categories of community development; concern that the new community development categories were too rigid and complex, including that it would be difficult to obtain the data needed to show activities meet the new requirements; and that the definition of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6629"/>
                        community development would lead to a narrowing of what could qualify, which might result in fewer or less impactful activities in low- and moderate-income communities. Additionally, several commenters provided suggestions for additional categories of activities that should be considered under community development, such as equitable media, activities focused on arts and culture, broadband and digital inclusion, activities benefiting military communities, and activities that are designed to support individuals with disabilities.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting proposed § __.13, with revisions from the proposal and retitled as “Consideration of community development loans, community development investments, and community development services.” The final rule updates the current definition of community development to provide banks with additional clarity regarding the loans, investments, and services that the agencies have determined support community development that is responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals and communities, certain distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan areas, and small businesses and small farms.</P>
                    <P>Consistent with the structure of the proposal, final § __.13 adopts standards for when community development loans, community development investments, and community development services will receive full and partial consideration (final § __.13(a)), and replaces the current definition of community development with the following eleven categories:</P>
                    <P>Section __.13(b) Affordable housing;</P>
                    <P>Section __.13(c) Economic development;</P>
                    <P>Section __.13(d) Community supportive services;</P>
                    <P>Section __.13(e) Revitalization or stabilization;</P>
                    <P>Section __.13(f) Essential community facilities;</P>
                    <P>Section __.13(g) Essential community infrastructure;</P>
                    <P>Section __.13(h) Recovery of designated disaster areas;</P>
                    <P>Section __.13(i) Disaster preparedness and weather resiliency;</P>
                    <P>Section __.13(j) Revitalization or stabilization, essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and weather resiliency in Native Land Areas;</P>
                    <P>Section __.13(k) Activities with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, or CDFIs; and</P>
                    <P>Section __.13(l) Financial literacy.</P>
                    <P>Final § __.13(a) has been revised to clarify the standards within each category for determining full or partial consideration. Final § __.13(b) through (l) have also been revised to address comments, improve clarity, and promote greater internal consistency. Revisions to these categories are discussed in greater detail in the corresponding section-by-section analyses below.</P>
                    <P>The final rule incorporates aspects of the guidance that is currently provided in the Interagency Questions and Answers and provides more specificity, relative to the current rule, on the kinds of activities that the agencies consider to be community development. By building on the current rule and expanding the categories of community development, the agencies believe that final § __.13 will emphasize activities that are responsive to community needs, and especially the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, and households and small businesses and small farms. Further, the agencies believe that the final rule will provide increased transparency and consistency by providing stakeholders with a better upfront understanding how loans, investments, and services supporting community development can receive consideration. Overall, the agencies believe that the final rule will reduce uncertainty and facilitate banks' ability to identify community development opportunities.</P>
                    <P>In adopting final § __.13, the agencies considered comments regarding each proposed category of community development, and on appropriate standards for providing full and partial consideration for community development activities. These comments and the final rule are discussed below in the section-by-section analyses of § __.13(a) through (l). In addition, the agencies are adopting a variety of clarifying and conforming technical edits across final § __.13. For example, across all community development categories, the agencies are revising the term “low- and moderate-income individuals” to “low- and moderate-income individuals, families, and households” for consistency across the various paragraphs in § __.13, to provide more clarity and to comprehensively include the beneficiaries of different community development activities. Similarly, where appropriate, the final rule replaces “activities” with “loans, investments, and services,” consistent with revisions made elsewhere in the regulation to more accurately capture the distinction between community development activities, and a bank's loans, investments, and services that support those activities (for which CRA consideration is granted).</P>
                    <P>The agencies considered commenter feedback that revising community development to include eleven categories could be too rigid or complex, and comments that activities under proposed § __.13(b) through (l) could be included under the four existing community development categories. The agencies believe, however, that additional community development categories, with specific eligibility requirements for each, will provide stakeholders with better clarity. Additionally, as previously noted and consistent with the proposal, the final rule incorporates existing guidance into the definition, which represents an evolution towards a more comprehensive and transparent regulation. The agencies note that, while banks subject to the rule are permitted to qualify loans, investments, and services under any applicable community development category, and that some activities may meet the criteria of multiple categories, activities may count only once for the purposes of calculating the Community Development Financing Metric.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also appreciate comments suggesting additional categories for inclusion under community development and note that these are generally discussed in the section-by-section analyses of final § __.13(b) through (l). The agencies have considered these comments but believe that the adopted categories most clearly and specifically align with the scope of community development under the CRA regulations. The agencies note that loans, investments, and services supporting additional activities suggested by commenters could still receive consideration if they otherwise meet the required criteria under any category included in final § __.13.</P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, the agencies believe that the establishment in final § __.14 of an illustrative list of qualifying community development activities and of a confirmation process, available if a bank wants to request review in advance, will help to provide additional clarity and transparency for banks regarding the consideration of community development loans, investments, and services. For more information, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.14.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6630"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13(a) Full and Partial Credit for Community Development Loans, Community Development Investments, and Community Development Services</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA rule, a bank may, depending on its size and business model, be evaluated for its community development lending, investments, and services under the lending, investment, or service tests, as applicable.
                        <SU>256</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To be eligible for CRA community development consideration, a loan, service, or investment must have community development as its primary purpose.
                        <SU>257</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>256</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22 through __.26.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>257</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(h)(1) (for community development loans), (i)(1) (for community development services), and (t) (for community development or “qualified” investments).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Interagency Questions and Answers explain that a loan, investment, or service is considered to have a primary purpose of community development “when it is designed for the express purpose of” the following:</P>
                    <P>• “Revitalizing or stabilizing low- or moderate-income areas, designated disaster areas, or underserved or distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income areas;”</P>
                    <P>• “Providing affordable housing for, or community services targeted to, low- or moderate-income persons;” or</P>
                    <P>
                        • “Promoting economic development by financing small businesses or small farms that meet the requirements set forth in 12 CFR __.12(g).” 
                        <SU>258</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>258</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-8. The referenced requirements for small businesses and small farms are that they “meet the size eligibility standards of the Small Business Administration's Development Company or Small Business Investment Company programs (12 CFR 121.301) or have gross annual revenues of $1 million or less.” 12 CFR __.12(g)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Interagency Questions and Answers explain that the agencies use one of two approaches to determine whether an activity is “designed for an express community development purpose.” An activity meets the primary purpose standard, and the entire activity may be eligible for CRA considerations if:</P>
                    <P>
                        • “[A] majority of the dollars or beneficiaries of the activity are identifiable to one or more of the enumerated community development purposes;” 
                        <SU>259</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         or
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>259</SU>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Less than a majority of the dollars or benefits is identifiable to one or more community development purposes, but: (1) “the express, bona fide intent of the activity . . . is primarily one or more of the enumerated community development purposes”; (2) “the activity is specifically structured . . . to achieve the expressed community development purpose”; and (3) the activity accomplishes, or is reasonably certain to accomplish, the community development purpose involved.” 
                        <SU>260</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>260</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-8 specifies that the “express, bona fide intent” of the activity may be “as stated, for example, in a prospectus, loan proposal, or community action plan.” 
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Even where those standards have not been met, loans, investments, or services involving the provision of mixed-income housing that incudes affordable housing may be deemed to have a primary purpose of community development as specified in the Interagency Questions and Answers.
                        <SU>261</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, at a bank's option, these activities may be considered to have a primary purpose of community development and be eligible for CRA credit on a pro rata basis; a bank may receive pro rata consideration for the portion of the activity that helps to provide affordable housing to low- or moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>262</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For example, a bank could receive CRA consideration for 20 percent of the dollar amount of a loan or investment for a mixed-income development, if 20 percent of the units are set aside for affordable housing for low- or moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>263</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>261</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>262</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>263</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to define the standards for determining whether a community development activity has a “primary purpose” of community development to clarify eligibility criteria for different community development loans, investments, or services (proposed § __.13(a)). To this end, proposed § __.13(a)(1) established specific standards based on the interagency guidance described above 
                        <SU>264</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         for eleven categories of community development. These categories were listed in proposed § __.13(a)(2) and described in detail in proposed § __.13(b) through (l). With the proposed categories, the agencies intended to reflect an emphasis on activities that are responsive to community needs, especially the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals and communities and small businesses and small farms.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>264</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Specifically, proposed § __.13(a) stated that “[a] bank may receive community development consideration for a loan, investment, or service that has a primary purpose of community development.” The agencies proposed several ways in which an activity could be determined to have a primary purpose of community development.
                        <SU>265</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         First, under proposed § __.13(a)(1)(i), if a majority of the dollars, applicable beneficiaries, or housing units of the activity were identifiable to one or more of the community development purposes listed in proposed § __.13(a)(2), then the activity would meet the requisite primary purpose standard and would receive full CRA credit.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>265</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Second, and alternatively, under proposed § __.13(a)(1)(i)(A), where an activity supported rental housing purchased, developed, financed, rehabilitated, improved, or preserved in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         proposed § __.13(b)(1)), and fewer than 50 percent of the housing units supported by that activity were affordable, the activity would be considered to have a primary purpose of community development only in proportion to the percentage of total housing units in the development that were affordable.
                    </P>
                    <P>Third, under proposed § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B), where an activity involved low-income housing tax credits to support affordable housing under proposed § __.13(b), the activity would be considered to have a primary purpose of community development for the full value of the investment, even if fewer than 50 percent of the housing units supported by that activity were affordable.</P>
                    <P>Finally, under proposed § __.13(a)(1)(ii), a loan, investment, or service would be considered to have a primary purpose of community development if the express bona fide intent of the activity was one or more of the proposed community development purposes and the activity was specifically structured to achieve, or was reasonably certain to accomplish, the community development purpose.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Pro rata consideration for other community development activities.</E>
                         Although the proposal did not specify any other application of partial credit, the agencies sought feedback on whether such consideration would be appropriate for other community development activities (for example, financing broadband infrastructure, health care facilities, or other essential infrastructure and community facilities). If so, the agencies also sought feedback on whether the activity should be eligible for partial consideration only if a minimum percentage of the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6631"/>
                        community development purpose it supported served low- or moderate-income individuals or census tracts or small businesses and small farms, such as 25 percent. Further, if partial consideration were provided for certain types of community development activities, the agencies sought feedback on whether to require a minimum percentage standard greater than 51 percent to receive full consideration—such as a threshold between 60 and 90 percent.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received several comments generally supporting the proposed standard for determining whether an activity has a “primary purpose” of community development. For example, one commenter offered the general comment that it found the proposed clarifications to the primary purpose standard to be helpful and clear. As discussed in this section, many comments focused on the specific components of the proposed primary purpose standard and provided responses to the questions on which the agencies requested feedback.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">A majority of dollars, applicable beneficiaries or housing units are identifiable to one or more of the community development categories (proposed § __.13(a)(1)(i)).</E>
                         Many commenters supported the agencies' proposal to determine that an activity has a primary purpose of community development if a majority of dollars, applicable beneficiaries or housing units of the activity are identifiable to one or more community development purposes set out in proposed § __.13(a)(2). A few commenters supported this aspect of the proposal without changes, while others asserted that CRA credit generally should not be granted unless the majority of beneficiaries are low- or moderate-income people and communities, or people and communities of color and indigenous people and communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">The express, bona fide intent of the activity is one or more of the community development categories and the activity is specifically structured to achieve, or is reasonably certain to accomplish, the community development purpose (proposed § __.13(a)(1)(ii)).</E>
                         A few commenters expressed concern with the agencies' proposal to determine that an activity has a primary purpose of community development if the express, bona fide intent of the activity is one or more of the community development categories or the activity is specifically structured to achieve, or is reasonably certain to accomplish, the community development purpose. One of these commenters suggested that this could lead to abuses where only a small percentage of dollars are dedicated to community development. To mitigate this potential problem, the commenter suggested eliminating this basis for determining whether an activity has a primary purpose of community development or, alternatively, pairing this consideration with a minimum threshold for the percentage of the activity that corresponds with community development, such as 40 percent, below which no consideration would be available.
                    </P>
                    <P>Another commenter asserted that the agencies should revise this prong to retain only the proposed language regarding whether “[t]he express, bona fide intent of the activity is one or more of the community development purposes.” This commenter stated that that language regarding the activity being “specifically structured to achieve” the community development purpose was redundant in light of the “intent” requirement. The commenter further expressed the view that determining whether an activity is “reasonably certain to accomplish” a community development purpose would result in bank and examiner speculation regarding the results of an activity. According to this commenter, the resulting uncertainty of both the “specifically structured to achieve” and “reasonably certain to accomplish” components of this proposed standard could be confusing and discourage innovative community development activities.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Affordable housing-related provisions (proposed § __.13(a)(1)(i)(A) and (B)).</E>
                         Many commenters addressed the two proposed clarifications to the primary purpose standard for affordable rental housing. As described above, these included: (1) a provision allowing for pro rata consideration of activities in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy, when fewer than 50 percent of housing units supported by the activity are affordable (proposed § __.13(a)(1)(i)(A)); and (2) a provision allowing for full consideration of any affordable housing activity involving low-income housing tax credits (proposed § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Subsidized affordable rental housing (proposed § __.13(a)(1)(i)(A)).</E>
                         Many commenters supported providing pro rata consideration for affordable rental housing activities based on the percentage of housing units that are affordable. Several commenters supporting pro rata consideration for affordable housing cited the benefits of mixed-income housing for sustaining needed services and amenities in low- and moderate-income communities and for low- and moderate-income residents, as well as for promoting economic stability for low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. A commenter also noted that in rural areas, mixed-income housing is needed to accommodate projects of a sufficient scale to achieve development and operating efficiencies.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters expressed the view that the pro rata consideration proposal was too narrow. In this regard, commenter suggestions included changes to the proposal to enhance incentives for investments and loans in affordable housing, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         that the agencies should afford full credit for subsidized affordable housing if 20 percent of the units were affordable, a level some commenters stated would align with the eligibility thresholds of certain other Federal affordable housing programs. A few commenters noted, however that, when less than 20 percent of the units are affordable, affordability may be incidental to the project and immaterial to financing. Commenter feedback also included the view that properties developed without government funding should receive pro rata consideration if the percentage of units affordable to low- or moderate-income households were 50 percent or lower, and full consideration if the percentage of units affordable to low- or moderate-income households were greater than 50 percent.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        A few commenters conveyed that the proposal for pro rata consideration was too broad. In this regard, for example, a commenter expressed concern that the proposal could lead to providing CRA consideration for projects that do not preserve long-term affordability for low- or moderate-income individuals. Instead, the commenter stated that pro rata consideration should be limited to affordable housing projects that are: (1) owned by mission-driven affordable housing nonprofit organizations or public entities; (2) restricted to remain affordable at the lesser of 80 percent of area median income or HUD's Small Area Fair Market Rent; 
                        <SU>266</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (3) subject to compliance monitoring by a public entity. One commenter urged caution with pro rata consideration for affordable housing, stating that displacement pressure associated with new market rate housing in a low- and moderate-income community could 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6632"/>
                        offset the benefit of providing the additional affordable units. Another commenter suggested that banks should not receive credit for affordable housing lending if the percentage of affordable units falls meets only the minimum required under a local inclusionary ordinance.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>266</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See,</E>
                             HUD, Office of Policy Development and Research, “Small Area Fair Market Rents,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.huduser.gov/portal/datasets/fmr/smallarea/index.html</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">LIHTCs (proposed § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)).</E>
                         Many of the commenters addressing the affordable housing component of the primary purpose standard strongly supported the proposal to provide full consideration for activities that involve LIHTCs to support affordable housing. A few commenters referenced the important role that LIHTC-financed projects have in addressing the need for affordable housing and noted that the LIHTC program drives most privately financed construction and rehabilitation of affordable housing. Other commenters asserted that the statutory and regulatory restrictions of the LIHTC program ensured that these activities were in the interest of public welfare.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters, however, suggested changes to this component. Some commenters stated that banks should receive full consideration for 
                        <E T="03">investments</E>
                         in mixed-income LIHTC projects, noting that the tax credits for investments under the LIHTC program is already prorated based on the percentage of units that are affordable. However, these commenters urged that 
                        <E T="03">lending</E>
                         to these projects should be prorated, asserting that lending to mixed-income LIHTC projects could include significant financing for market-rate housing, and expressed the view that banks should not get community development credit for this portion.
                    </P>
                    <P>Several commenters suggested that full consideration for affordable housing projects should apply more broadly to include other types of affordable housing, in addition to LIHTC projects. A few commenters recommended that full consideration be given for investments through nonprofit organizations with a mission or primary purpose of providing affordable housing, regardless of the purpose of the underlying collateral. One of these commenters asserted that bank investments supporting affordable housing projects through community-based development organizations (CBDOs) with a history of serving the needs of low- and moderate-income people and communities should also receive full consideration. This commenter maintained that full consideration for these projects would be warranted regardless of the income levels targeted by the project because CBDOs have the “mission and experience” to consider community mixed-income housing needs. Another commenter questioned why full consideration would not also be extended to all affordable housing developed with Federal housing subsidies, such as HUD's HOME Investment Partnerships Program (HOME) or project-based section 8 rental assistance.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Pro rata consideration for other community development categories.</E>
                         As noted previously, the agencies sought commenter perspectives on whether a partial consideration framework should be extended to some, or all, community development categories, in addition to affordable rental housing. Some commenters supported limiting partial consideration to only affordable housing. These commenters noted several common reasons for this, including the documented benefits of mixed-income housing for low- and moderate-income individuals and communities; the additional financing challenges for affordable housing compared to other types of projects; and the concern that expanding partial consideration beyond housing could divert limited resources away from projects that target low- and moderate-income individuals or communities. One commenter stated that approximately one-third of the national population is low- and moderate-income, so many activities could receive approximately that amount of credit if pro rata consideration were based on the population of low- and moderate-income individuals, without specifically targeting this population. This commenter asserted that any percentage of low- and moderate-income beneficiaries set for pro rata consideration would have therefore have to be substantially higher than the share of the low- and moderate-income population to demonstrate that the activity had the actual intent of serving that population, at which point the level would approach the existing 50 percent threshold. Thus, the commenter believed that there is little to be gained and much to be lost in offering partial consideration outside of affordable housing activities, where income mixing is often part of an intentional strategy or necessary condition for creating new affordable homes.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters supported allowing partial credit for certain types of larger-scale community development projects that might benefit low- or moderate-income individuals and communities. In general, these commenters noted that some projects might not be limited to a specific geographic area and would still benefit low- and moderate-income people and communities within the area affected. One commenter suggested that providing pro rata credit for a wider range of community development activities would acknowledge the complexities of delivering services to a large geographic area and could incentivize more financing in economically struggling or rural areas.</P>
                    <P>The community development activity most often cited by commenters urging more extensive partial consideration was expanding access to broadband, with commenters noting the critical need for these services that are lacking in many rural and low- and moderate-income communities. Examples of other community development activities referenced by commenters for partial credit included: (1) infrastructure and community facilities; (2) projects that increase access to transportation, health care or renewable energy; or (3) projects that help to revitalize vacant and abandoned land or buildings. One commenter expressed general opposition to partial consideration but conveyed support for exceptions for projects in rural areas, using access to broadband as an example.</P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters suggested that, if partial consideration is provided, certain guardrails should be in place to ensure that low- or moderate-income individuals and communities benefit. One commenter stated that partial consideration should be allowed only for activities that specifically target low- and moderate-income areas, and that merely benefiting these areas was not sufficient. A few commenters similarly expressed concerns about granting partial credit for activities that support community development but do not intentionally target benefits to low- and moderate-income people and communities; specifically they recommended that, for activities supporting community facilities and essential infrastructure to qualify for partial credit, the primary beneficiaries of the project should be low- and moderate-income persons or residents of low- and moderate-income communities. Another commenter supported partial credit for infrastructure projects that benefit “rural and other socially disadvantaged communities,” citing as an example the educational benefits to low- and moderate-income populations afforded by access to broadband. However, this commenter stated that no credit should be given to projects that would happen even without the incentive of CRA credit and that do not have a demonstrable benefit for low- or moderate-income communities. This 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6633"/>
                        commenter further recommended that partial CRA credit be given in proportion with the demonstrated impact on low- and moderate-income communities, suggesting that this might be based on the income levels of the census tracts a project spans. Finally, a commenter suggested that partial consideration could be warranted for community development activities other than support for affordable housing, as communities might have other community development needs but recommended, however, that the community development activities, among other criteria: (1) “significantly improve” factors impacting the health of residents in low- and moderate-income communities; (2) be undertaken with a U.S. Treasury-certified CDFI; (3) be widely supported by the community; and (4) “contribute directly” to a range of potential community benefits.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Numerous other commenters favored expansion of partial consideration for all community development categories. Several commenters asserted that partial consideration would encourage banks to expand the geographic reach of their community development activities and encourage more community development activity that benefits low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. One commenter expressed the view that extending partial consideration to all community development categories would not dilute community development resources for low- or moderate-income communities and asserted that partial credit could incentivize more large-scale projects addressing infrastructure needs beyond affordable housing. Another commenter added that a partial credit framework would appropriately account for the complexities that can be associated with bringing services to geographically dispersed populations. Similarly, several commenters stated that partial consideration of community development activities would be particularly beneficial in rural areas, where the population is more widely dispersed and there are fewer low- or moderate-income tracts and individuals. One commenter expressed support for partial consideration for all community development activities but indicated that the “majority” standard for primary purpose should also be retained,
                        <SU>267</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         since some banks might not have the capacity to document partial consideration levels with more specificity.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>267</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(a)(1)(i). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Threshold for partial consideration.</E>
                         Many commenters who supported partial consideration for activities in some or all community development categories also thought that a minimum threshold for the percentage of the activity that serves low- or moderate-income individuals and geographic areas or small businesses and small farms should apply for a bank to be eligible to receive partial consideration for the activity. Numerous commenters suggested a minimum threshold ranging from 10 percent to over 50 percent for partial consideration eligibility, with a minimum of 25 percent being the threshold most frequently suggested. For example, a commenter suggested that a threshold of 10 percent would be appropriate, allowing for projects with complex development and construction markets, including higher-income markets.
                    </P>
                    <P>A number of commenters asserted that no minimum threshold should be required for partial consideration eligibility, as long as some benefit of the activity to low- or moderate-income individuals or communities or small businesses or small farms could be documented. For example, a commenter stated that excluding loans or investments that do not meet a 50 percent threshold presents an incomplete picture of a bank's overall community development activities. This commenter further asserted that a pro rata framework for all community development activities would further the CRA goals of expanding lending and investment in low- and moderate-income communities because all of a bank's community development efforts would count.</P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, regarding when full consideration of an activity should be given, some commenters expressed the view that, for an activity to receive full credit, the percentage of benefits to low- or moderate-income individuals or communities or small businesses and small farms should be higher than 51 percent (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         discussion of comments on the “majority” standard above). The thresholds suggested by these commenters ranged from 60 percent to 80 percent for full consideration. For example, one commenter recommended a 75 percent threshold and cautioned against activities that do not in fact serve communities but sustain poverty over the long term, such as, among other examples, infrastructure projects that cause affordable housing losses. This commenter also urged the agencies to consider a standard based on whether the activity is supported or requested by the community itself. Another commenter suggested that a 60 percent threshold would strike an appropriate balance between incentivizing a focus on low- and moderate-income needs and allowing for a range of projects that could benefit a wider range of residents, such as in a mixed-income community.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are finalizing the proposal to clarify eligibility criteria for different community development activities, with several changes and restructuring. The agencies carefully considered comments received regarding standards for determining whether an activity has the primary purpose of a community development. Based on the agencies' review of the comments and supervisory experience, the agencies concluded that “primary purpose” does not accurately describe when a bank will receive full or partial credit and resulted in some confusion in this regard. Thus, under the final rule, the agencies are modifying the proposal that focused on a primary purpose standard by adopting specific standards for full and partial consideration of community development activities, to clarify when activities will receive such consideration. To streamline the regulation, the agencies are eliminating the list of community development categories in proposed § __.13(a)(2) and instead adding new language in final § __.13(a) that a bank may receive community development consideration for a loan, investment, or service that supports one of eleven categories of community development described in final § __.13(b) through (l), as outlined above. The agencies also reorganized proposed § __.13(a) into two distinct sections: final § __.13(a)(1), which details the circumstances in which a bank receives full credit; and final § __.13(a)(2), which details the circumstances in which a bank receives partial credit for a community development loan, investment, or service.</P>
                    <P>Also as noted above, the agencies are replacing “primary purpose” terminology and setting forth a framework consistent with the current and proposed primary purpose standard, but delineated for each category of community development to convey more clearly and transparently the parameters for community development loans, investments, and services to receive full or partial credit, as discussed in more detail below in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(a)(1) and (2).</P>
                    <P>
                        Overall, the agencies believe that the final rule provides meaningful clarification of the standards for consideration of community development loans, investments, and services, in response to comments and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6634"/>
                        on further deliberation by the agencies. The section-by-section analysis below provides additional detail.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(a)(1) Full credit</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting final § __.13(a)(1) to identify four circumstances under which a bank will receive credit for the entire community development loan, investment, or service. More specifically, banks will receive full credit for these types of activities if they:</P>
                    <P>• Meet the majority standard in § __.13(a)(1)(i);</P>
                    <P>• Meet the bona fide intent standard in § __.13(a)(1)(ii);</P>
                    <P>• Involve an MDI, WDI, LICU, or CDFI as provided in § __.13(a)(1)(iii); or</P>
                    <P>• Involve LIHTCs as provided in § __.13(a)(1)(iv).</P>
                    <P>The agencies intend with this reorganization to address comments seeking clarification about standards for community development consideration. By categorizing and clarifying the types of community development activities that receive full credit, the agencies are emphasizing activities that are responsive to community needs.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(a)(1)(i) Majority Standard</HD>
                    <P>
                        Similar to proposed § __.13(a)(1)(i), the agencies are finalizing a majority standard with additional criteria that more specifically address how the standard is applied with respect to each of the community development categories. Final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(A), states that any loan, investment, or service must support community development under one or more of the categories outlined in final § __.13(b) through (l). Further, final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B) provides that the loan, investment, or service must meet one or more of the other criteria established under the majority standard that correspond to each of the community development purposes. Specifically, under § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                        <E T="03">1</E>
                        ), for a community development loan, investment or service that supports any of the categories of affordable housing under final § __.13(b)(1) through (3) to meet the majority standard, the majority of the housing units supported by the bank's loan, investment or service must be affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals. The agencies believe that, for these categories of community development, the housing unit standard for measuring whether the majority standard is met (or the appropriate proportion of partial credit) is objective and consistent with the impact that the project will have on the community. Regarding other categories of community development, final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                        <E T="03">2</E>
                        ) through (
                        <E T="03">6</E>
                        ) provide that a loan, investment, or service meets the majority standard if the majority of beneficiaries are, or the majority of dollars benefit or serve, the following:
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Low- and moderate-income individuals, with respect to affordable housing and community supportive services pursuant to final § __.13(b)(4) and (5) and (d), respectively; 
                        <SU>268</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>268</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                            <E T="03">2</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Small businesses and small farms, with respect to economic development pursuant to final § __.13(c); 
                        <SU>269</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>269</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                            <E T="03">3</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Residents of targeted census tracts, with respect to revitalization or stabilization, essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and weather resiliency pursuant to final § __.13(e) through (g) and (i); 
                        <SU>270</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>270</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                            <E T="03">4</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Residents of designated disaster areas with respect to recovery of designated disaster areas pursuant to final § __.13(h); 
                        <SU>271</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>271</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                            <E T="03">5</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Residents of Native Land Areas, with respect to revitalization or stabilization, essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and weather resiliency in Native Land Areas pursuant to final § __.13(j).
                        <SU>272</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>272</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                            <E T="03">6</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Lastly, final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                        <E T="03">7</E>
                        ) provides that loans, investments, and services supporting community development under final § __.13(b)(l) meet the majority standard if they primarily support financial literacy.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered comments that suggested establishing a threshold greater than a majority (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         over 50 percent) (ranging from 60 to 80 percent) to receive full credit for a community development activity. However, the agencies believe that the majority standard, which has a longstanding history in the current rule, appropriately identifies those activities that primarily have a community development purpose, while acknowledging that many important community development initiatives and projects are not solely dedicated to the community development purposes in final § __.13(b) through (l).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        While a few commenters suggested that the majority standard should be applied to beneficiaries that are racial and ethnic minorities in addition to those elements that were identified in the proposal, the agencies did not add these beneficiaries to the majority standard, although the agencies expect that the clarified majority standard will better facilitate banks meeting the community development needs of their entire communities. For more information and discussion regarding the agencies' consideration of comments recommending adoption of additional race- and ethnicity-related provisions in this final rule, see section III.C of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(a)(1)(ii) Bona Fide Intent Standard</HD>
                    <P>Consistent with proposed § __.13(a)(l)(ii), the agencies are adopting final § __.13(a)(l)(ii), with restructuring and a technical change from the proposal. The final rule confirms loans, investments, and services that meet the bona fide intent standard receive full community development credit. A loan, investment, or service meets the bona fide intent standard if:</P>
                    <P>
                        • The housing units, beneficiaries, or proportion of dollars necessary to meet the majority standard are not reasonably quantifiable; 
                        <SU>273</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>273</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(ii)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • The loan, investment, or service has the express, bona fide intent of one or more of the community development purposes in final § __.13(b) through (l); 
                        <SU>274</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>274</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(ii)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • The loan, investment, or service is specifically structured to achieve one or more of the community development purposes in final § __.13(b) through (l).
                        <SU>275</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>275</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(ii)(C).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In addition to reorganizing final § __.13(a)(l)(ii) from the proposal for clarity and to confirm that a bank may receive full credit for meeting the bona fide intent standard, the agencies are clarifying that the bona fide intent standard applies when the “housing units, beneficiaries, or proportion of dollars necessary to meet the majority standard are not reasonably quantifiable.” For example, this standard could be appropriate when considering a loan to an organization that has a bona fide intent of serving low- or moderate-income individuals but does not track data on the income of every individual served, such that demonstrating an activity meets the majority standard would be highly challenging. Additionally, the agencies removed the language in the proposal that the activity must also be 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6635"/>
                        “reasonably certain to accomplish” a community development purpose. The agencies appreciated the commenter concern that the “reasonably certain to accomplish” criterion could produce uncertainty and inconsistency in application, based on conjectures regarding the outcomes of the activity. However, the agencies are retaining the criterion that an activity must be “specifically structured to achieve” a community development purpose, which the agencies believe helps to ensure that any activities that do not meet the majority standard appropriately receive consideration under the bona fide intent standard, as an activity focused on a community development purpose.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered the commenter suggestion that the bona fide intent standard should be removed from the final rule, but based on supervisory experience, believe that this would eliminate from consideration numerous beneficial initiatives that have a community development purpose, but do not meet the majority standard in final § __.13(a)(l)(i). Further, the agencies believe the three required criteria for the bona fide intent standard will help to eliminate any potential abuse in the application of this standard. With the revisions to the language regarding the bona fide intent standard, the agencies believe that the standard is a balanced approach to encouraging community development activities, while eliminating from consideration any activities that are not predominantly focused on a community development purpose.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(a)(1)(iii) Community Development Related to MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs</HD>
                    <P>
                        As the proposal did not specifically address how the primary purpose consideration would be applied with respect to a loan, investment, or service to an MDI, WDI, LICU, or CDFI that supports community development under proposed § __.13(a)(2)(ix) and (j), the agencies added and are finalizing § __.13(a)(l)(iii) to clarify that activities conducted in conjunction with these four types of entities are eligible for full credit. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(k), community development under final § __.13(k) (renumbered from proposed § __.13(j)) differs somewhat from the other types of community development under final § __.13(b) through (j) and (l) in that the credit a bank receives is based exclusively on the entity to which the bank is providing the loan, investment, or service, rather than looking at a measurable benefit using the corresponding dollars, beneficiaries, or housing units associated with the activity. The provision of full credit to these types of activities is also consistent with how the agencies currently consider loans, investments, and services that support MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs.
                        <SU>276</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>276</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current § __.21(f) and Q&amp;A § __.21(f)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(a)(1)(iv) Community Development Related to LIHTC-Financed Projects</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting proposed § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B), renumbered as final § __.13(a)(1)(iv), with certain revisions for clarity. This provision clarifies the agencies' intent, consistent with the current CRA framework, that a loan, investment or service involving a project financed by LIHTCs under final § __.13(b)(1) will receive full community development credit. Under proposed § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B), full consideration was limited to only investments in projects financed by LIHTCs. Many commenters supported providing full community development credit for all activities that involve LIHTCs to finance affordable housing. Therefore, in response to these commenters and considering past supervisory practice, the agencies adopted final § __.13(a)(1)(iv), to state that a loan, investment or service involving LIHTCs to finance the development of affordable housing under final § __.13(b)(1) will receive full community development credit.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered commenter concerns that lending to mixed income housing projects that include units financed by LIHTCs could also include financing for market-rate housing that does not benefit or serve low- and moderate-income individuals. However, the agencies determined that granting full credit for these loans under § __.13(a)(1)(iv) is appropriate for ensuring certainty regarding existing approaches to financing LIHTC projects, as full credit for these loans is consistent with current guidance.
                        <SU>277</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also considered that projects developed with LIHTCs have the expressed intent of providing affordable housing, regardless of the percentage of affordable units that are supported, and believe that providing credit for LIHTC-related lending aligns with the statutory purpose of encouraging banks to meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income populations.
                        <SU>278</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>277</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(t)-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>278</SU>
                             For further discussion of final rule provisions regarding LIHTCs, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.15(b)(10) (impact and responsiveness review factor for investments in LIHTC).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies also considered comments suggesting that full credit for loans, investments, or services should be extended to all affordable housing developed with Federal housing subsidies or to all affordable housing projects developed through CBDOs with a history of serving low- and moderate-income populations. The agencies recognize the importance of all Federal housing programs in financing affordable housing and the important role that CBDOs play in developing affordable housing. However, on further review of these suggestions, the agencies have determined that loans, investments, and services for projects financed by Federal housing subsidies or developed by CBDOs should not automatically receive full consideration because the scope and target of these subsidies and projects may vary greatly. While the agencies believe that most of the affordable housing projects developed in conjunction with Federal subsidies and CBDOs will likely warrant consideration as a community development activity, the agencies believe that they should be considered individually, and not universally provided full credit; rather, given the wide variety of subsidies and projects, the corresponding loans, investments, and services will be more appropriately considered under the full or partial credit criteria in final § __.13(a)(1) and (2), as applicable to these types of projects.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(a)(2) Partial Credit</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Partial consideration for affordable housing.</E>
                         A second category implemented as part of the restructuring reflected in final § __.13(a) includes loans, investments, and services that will receive partial credit. The agencies are adopting proposed § __.13(a)(l)(i)(A), renumbered as final § __.13(a)(2), and reworded for clarity. Final § __.13(a)(2) memorializes current interagency guidance related to the provision of mixed-income housing with an affordable housing set-aside required by a Federal, State, or local government.
                        <SU>279</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under this construct, a bank will receive partial credit for any loan, investment, or service that supports affordable housing under final § __.13(b)(1) and does not meet the majority standard under final § __.13(a)(1)(i). This partial credit will 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6636"/>
                        be calculated in proportion to the percentage of total housing units in any development that are affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals. For example, if a bank makes a $10 million loan to finance a mixed-income housing development in which 10 percent of the units will be set aside as affordable housing for low- and moderate-income individuals according to a local government set-aside requirement, the bank may elect to treat $1 million of such loan as a community development loan. This provision will provide flexibility for banks to engage in affordable housing even if rental housing purchased, developed, financed, rehabilitated, improved, or preserved in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government affordable housing plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy does not include a majority of housing units that are affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>279</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The final rule is intended to be responsive to the numerous commenters that supported the proposal to provide pro rata consideration for affordable rental housing based on the percentage of housing units that are affordable. While commenter suggestions included that banks receive full credit for subsidized affordable housing that represented at least 20 percent of the bank's financing, the agencies believe that such treatment could inappropriately dilute the consideration of community development loans and investments by providing significant amounts of credit for housing that is not affordable to low- and moderate-income people. The agencies have also decided not to provide partial credit to loans or investments in affordable housing projects that are developed without government support if less than 50 percent of the units are affordable. This type of affordable housing may not have protections to preserve the housing as affordable to low- and moderate-income individuals during the term of the loan or investment, which are typical of government-supported affordable housing.</P>
                    <P>As mentioned previously, the agencies considered comments suggesting that partial credit for affordable housing was too broad and should be limited to provide partial credit only for those projects that maintain at least 20 percent of the units as affordable. However, the agencies do not believe that such a limitation is necessary. The final rule restricts partial consideration to only rental housing in conjunction with a government affordable housing plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy pursuant to § __.13(b)(1), which will help ensure that there is an intent of providing affordable housing and will limit the consideration of housing units that may be incidental. The agencies believe it is appropriate to defer to the Federal, State, local, or tribal government to set minimum standards for participating in affordable housing programs, plans, initiatives, tax credits, or subsidies that are responsive to their respective communities.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also contemplated the suggestion that banks should not receive credit for lending for affordable housing if the housing is associated with a local inclusionary zoning ordinance and provides only the minimum amount of affordable housing required. While the agencies acknowledge the compulsory nature of these ordinances and concerns with providing community development credit for loans and investments that support this housing, the agencies believe that affordable housing associated with inclusionary zoning should be included. The agencies recognize that inclusionary zoning represents an important tool utilized by local jurisdictions to create and preserve affordable housing for low- and moderate-income individuals, especially in higher-income areas. In addition, under the final rule, if affordable housing provided through these programs does not meet the majority standard, the credit afforded to a bank is limited to only the percentage of units that are considered affordable.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Partial consideration for other community development categories.</E>
                         As discussed above, the agencies received a wide range of comments in response to the request for feedback on whether partial credit should be extended to some, or all, community development categories, in addition to affordable housing. After consideration of these comments, the agencies are adopting final § __.13(a)(2) without extending partial credit to other categories of community development. The agencies share commenter concerns that expanding partial consideration beyond mixed-income rental housing could divert limited community development resources away from the projects that target low- or moderate-income people and communities, as well as small businesses and small farms. To this end, the agencies are not adopting suggestions that the final rule provide partial credit for certain larger-scale community development projects that have the potential to impact low- or moderate-income individuals and communities but are not primarily targeted to these populations. Unless these projects are associated with LIHTCs or are conducted with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, or CDFIs, the agencies believe that these projects should receive credit only when they meet the majority or bona fide intent standards. The full and partial credit criteria in § __.13(a) serve as sufficient guardrails to ensure that low- or moderate-income individuals and communities, as well as other underserved segments of the community identified in community development categories in § __.13(b) through (l), benefit.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered feedback from some commenters that supported some degree of expansion of the partial credit standard with certain qualifications, limitations, and additional criteria. However, the agencies determined that the consistent and transparent application of an expansion with these qualifications would be untenable, such as limiting partial credit to projects that would only happen without CRA recognition or that are widely supported by the community. The agencies also considered suggestions to allow partial consideration with a minimum threshold for the percentage (ranging from 10 to 50 percent and most often cited as 25 percent) of the activity that served low- or moderate-income individuals and geographic areas, small businesses, and small farms. The agencies carefully considered the many varying views on extending a partial credit framework to other community development categories, and the suggested thresholds for doing so. On balance, the agencies believe that applying the majority and bona fide intent standards to other categories of community development affords the consistency and clarity that can foster a predictable and transparent framework for bank partnerships and engagement in community development within the communities they serve. For the reasons discussed above, the agencies believe that government-related mixed-income affordable housing is distinguishable from other types of community development in ways that make a partial credit framework appropriate for facilitating bank involvement in these projects, consistent with government assessments of the affordable housing needs of their communities. Further, the agencies note that banks will receive full credit for any loan, investment, or service that is not entirely dedicated to a community development purpose, as long as it meets the majority or bona fide intent standard pursuant to § __.13(a)(1).</P>
                    <P>
                        As mentioned previously, several commenters suggested the expansion of partial credit consideration for 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6637"/>
                        broadband, noting that the need for this infrastructure is particularly critical in many rural and low- and moderate-income communities. The agencies have considered these comments but determined that outside of affordable housing, it is difficult to single out unique treatment for specific activities. Therefore, the agencies have decided to retain the final rule as proposed, and all activities beyond affordable housing will have to meet the majority or bona fide intent standard pursuant to pursuant to § __.13(a)(1). The agencies recognize that a need for broadband exists in rural and low- or moderate-income communities and seek to address this need under § __.13(g), the community development category for essential community infrastructure, which allows consideration for infrastructure activities, including those expanding broadband access, that benefit or serve targeted census tracts (which includes low-income, moderate-income, or distressed or underserved middle-income nonmetropolitan tracts) and meets other specified criteria. For further discussion, including additional comments on broadband access and other types of essential community infrastructure, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(g). The agencies intend that consideration for activities under several community development categories, including revitalization or stabilization, essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and weather resiliency 
                        <SU>280</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         that benefit or serve residents of targeted census tracts, including distressed and underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts, will help to address commenters' concern that partial credit is necessary to ensure that the community development needs of rural areas, which are often more widely dispersed and have fewer low- or moderate-income tracts and individuals, are met.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>280</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(e) through (i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13(b) Affordable Housing</HD>
                    <P>
                        In proposed § __.13(b), the agencies proposed a definition for affordable housing that included four components: (1) affordable rental housing developed in conjunction with Federal, State, local, and tribal government programs; (2) multifamily rental housing with affordable rents; (3) activities supporting affordable low- or moderate-income homeownership; and (4) purchases of mortgage-backed securities that finance affordable housing. The agencies intended the proposed definition to clarify the eligibility of affordable housing as well as to recognize the importance of promoting affordable housing for low- or moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>281</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the agencies stated their belief that the proposal would, first, add greater clarity around the many types of subsidized activities that currently qualify for CRA consideration.
                        <SU>282</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Second, the agencies sought to provide clear and consistent criteria in order to qualify affordable low- or moderate-income multifamily rental housing that does not involve a government plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy (also referred to in the agencies' proposal as “naturally occurring affordable housing” or “affordable multifamily rental housing”).
                        <SU>283</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Third, the agencies stated their intention to ensure that activities that support affordable low- and moderate-income homeownership are sustainable and beneficial to low- or moderate-income individuals and communities.
                        <SU>284</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, the agencies, through the proposal, sought to appropriately consider qualifying mortgage-backed security investments, so as to emphasize community development financing activities that are most responsive to low- or moderate-income community needs.
                        <SU>285</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>281</SU>
                             87 FR 33884, 33892 (June 3, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>282</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 33894.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>283</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 33895.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>284</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 33897.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>285</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Comments on the overall structure of the agencies' affordable housing proposal varied, with some commenters commending the breadth of housing activities included in the proposal, while others viewed the proposal as too narrow or rigid, or questioned whether the proposal would add burden on banks that may constrain banks' capacities to meet affordable housing needs.</P>
                    <P>Commenters also provided feedback on specific aspects of the affordable housing community development category proposal, including feedback on which affordable housing activities should be required to meet an agency-determined affordability standard, which affordability standard or standards the agencies should adopt, and what, if any, geographical considerations should be factored in when determining whether affordable housing activities should be eligible for community development consideration.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed in this section, the agencies have adopted an approach to defining the affordable housing category of community development that aligns closely with the agencies' proposal, as well as key aspects of current practice and interpretations under the CRA. Importantly, in response to commenter feedback, the agencies are adopting modifications to the affordable housing community development category to ensure that the criteria are sufficiently flexible to account for a variety of housing models that address community needs. The final rule adds a component for consideration of activities that finance one-to-four family rental housing with affordable rents in nonmetropolitan areas. In addition, the final rule incorporates revisions designed to clarify the eligibility of rental housing in conjunction with a government affordable housing program, initiative, tax credit or subsidy. The final rule also revises and clarifies the affordability standard for naturally occurring affordable housing, clarifies the requirements for affordable owner-occupied housing activity, and revises and clarifies the requirements for purchases of mortgage-backed securities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current CRA regulations define “community development” to include “affordable housing (including multifamily rental housing) for low- or moderate-income individuals.” 
                        <SU>286</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies have stated in the Interagency Questions and Answers that, for housing to be considered community development, low- or moderate-income individuals must benefit or be likely to benefit from the housing.
                        <SU>287</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In this regard, the Interagency Questions and Answers provide that, for example, consideration for a “project that exclusively or predominately houses families that are not low- or moderate-income simply because the rents or housing prices are set according to a particular formula” would not be appropriate.
                        <SU>288</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>286</SU>
                             12 CFR __.12(g)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>287</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(1)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>288</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Under the current regulation, single-family (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         one-to-four family) home mortgage loans are generally considered as part of the large bank and small bank lending tests, but may be considered as community development loans under the community development test for intermediate small banks that do not report such loans under HMDA (at the bank's option and if for affordable housing).
                        <SU>289</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Multifamily affordable 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6638"/>
                        housing loans may qualify for both retail lending and community development consideration if those loans also meet the definition of a “community development loan.” 
                        <SU>290</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Housing that is financed or supported by a government affordable housing program or a government subsidy is considered subsidized affordable housing and is generally viewed as qualifying under affordable housing if the government program or subsidy has a stated purpose of providing affordable housing to low- or moderate-income individuals. Multifamily housing with affordable rents that is not financed or supported by a government affordable housing program or a government subsidy, is generally considered unsubsidized affordable housing (and is also referred to in this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         as naturally occurring affordable housing). Such housing can qualify as affordable housing under the current definition of “community development” if the rents are affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals, and if low- or moderate-income individuals benefit, or are likely to benefit, from this housing.
                        <SU>291</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Current interagency guidance mentions certain information that examiners may consider in making this determination.
                        <SU>292</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>289</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(b)(1) (lending test) and __.26 (small bank performance standards). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-2 (consideration of retail loans for small institutions) and Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            3 (home mortgage loan consideration for intermediate small banks).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>290</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.42(b)(2)-2; 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-2 and -3 (regarding multifamily loan consideration for intermediate small banks).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>291</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(1)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>292</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             (providing, for example, that for projects where the income of the occupants cannot be verified, “examiners will review factors such as demographic, economic, and market data to determine the likelihood that the housing will `primarily' accommodate low- or moderate-income individuals”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Regarding affordability, no specific standard exists under the current regulatory framework for determining when a property or unit is considered affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals, for either multifamily or single-family housing.
                        <SU>293</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One approach used by some examiners is to calculate an affordable rent based on what a moderate-income renter could pay if they allocated 30 percent of their income to rent. Alternatively, some examiners use HUD's Fair Market Rents as a standard for measuring affordability.
                        <SU>294</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>293</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(1)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>294</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             HUD, Office of Policy Development and Research, “Fair Market Rents,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.hud.gov/program_offices/public_indian_housing/programs/hcv/landlord/fmr</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Purchases of mortgage-backed securities qualify as affordable housing activity if they demonstrate a primary purpose of community development.
                        <SU>295</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the security must contain a majority of single-family mortgage loans to low- or moderate-income borrowers, or of loans financing multifamily affordable housing, to qualify as an investment with a primary purpose of affordable housing.
                        <SU>296</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>295</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(t)-2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>296</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Overall Affordable Housing Category Structure</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The NPR stated in proposed § __.13(a)(2)(i) that loans, investments, or services that “promote . . . [a]ffordable housing that benefits low- or moderate-income individuals” would have the requisite community development purpose for CRA consideration. This provision cross-referenced proposed § __.13(b) for greater detail about which activities qualify as “affordable housing that benefits low- or moderate-income individuals.” To this end, the agencies proposed four types of activities that would qualify under the affordable housing category of community development: (1) affordable rental housing developed in conjunction with Federal, State, local, and tribal government programs; (2) multifamily rental housing with affordable rents; (3) activities supporting affordable low- or moderate-income homeownership; and (4) purchases of mortgage-backed securities that finance affordable housing.</P>
                    <P>The agencies sought feedback on what changes, if any, should be made to ensure that the proposed affordable housing category is clearly defined and appropriately inclusive of activities that support affordable housing for low- or moderate-income individuals, including activities that involve complex or novel solutions such as community land trusts, shared equity models, and manufactured housing.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Structure of affordable housing category.</E>
                         Many commenters provided feedback on the overall structure of the proposed affordable housing category of community development. Several commenters suggested that the agencies should not distinguish between government-subsidized and naturally occurring affordable housing. These commenters supported combining the first and second components of the proposed affordable housing category into one, with a universally applied affordability standard. In this regard, some commenters suggested that creating separate affordable housing standards based on the presence or absence of government support would be mistaken and urged the agencies to establish a uniform standard that would apply to all affordable multifamily housing—other than housing financed with LIHTCs—regardless of whether it has government support. These commenters proposed focusing on rent affordability as a percent of area median income, or the HUD Fair Market Rents standard, and a combination of other criteria such as: location in low- or moderate-income census tracts or in census tracts where the median renter is low- or moderate-income; nonprofit or CDFI ownership or control; documented occupancy by low- or moderate-income individuals; or an owner commitment to maintain the affordability of housing units for low- or moderate-income individuals for at least five years. These commenters also asserted that the agencies should include a requirement to periodically confirm the continued affordability of housing activities that receive community development consideration.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Scope of affordable housing category.</E>
                         Many commenters urged the agencies to provide additional support for difficult-to-finance housing projects by narrowing the agencies' proposal. For example, one commenter expressed the view that, by incorporating a wide variety of housing models, the proposed affordable housing category could reward banks that gravitate to easier-to-finance projects, versus projects for which banks may need further incentives to provide financing. Other commenters, for example, suggested that the agencies should prioritize consideration of activities that finance owner-occupied homes over investor-owned housing, with one of these commenters conveying that the agencies should evaluate any investor-related lending to determine whether it helps to build wealth for minority consumers or, alternatively, displaces them. This commenter also asserted that the agencies needed to comprehensively analyze banks' multifamily lending to provide consideration for beneficial activities and to impose sanctions for adverse behavior, such as financing landlords who are harassing and displacing tenants. Along those same lines, several commenters emphasized that the agencies should scrutinize banks' multifamily lending programs, including those conducted in partnership with third-party non-bank institutions, for illegal practices. Another commenter asserted that insufficient regulation of low-income housing tax credit investments has contributed, nationally, to over-
                        <PRTPAGE P="6639"/>
                        concentration and racial and ethnic segregation of low-income housing tax credit projects in minority communities, and that the agencies should address this dynamic in the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>A variety of commenters addressed the agencies' request for feedback on what changes, if any, the agencies should consider to ensure that the proposed affordable housing category of community development is clearly and appropriately inclusive of activities that support affordable housing for low- or moderate-income individuals. Many commenters requested that the agencies add provisions specific to community land trusts, shared equity models, land banks, accessory dwelling units (ADUs), and manufactured housing to the proposed affordable housing category. In support of this view, a commenter asserted that adding these housing initiatives would help strengthen communities and reduce social barriers such as unemployment, lack of education, and limited transportation. Another commenter recommended that the agencies specifically include supportive housing that provides both affordable housing and wrap-around services for people with complex medical needs. Commenters further requested that the agencies allow a guidance line of credit, which is a form of credit pre-approval from a lender, to be eligible for CRA consideration, as this financing method is used by nonprofit organizations in the affordable housing space.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Other general comments on affordable housing category.</E>
                         Some comments touched on affordable housing in conjunction with other community development activities. Commenter feedback included requests that the agencies: promote co-development of disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities with affordable housing and other activities to mitigate the risk of displacement; provide more support specifically for government-subsidized housing; and provide more quantitative and qualitative consideration of the value of low-income housing tax credit and NMTC syndications and sponsorship activities.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting final § __.13(b), which establishes criteria for consideration of affordable housing activities, substantially as proposed but with targeted revisions discussed in the section-by-section analysis that follows. Overall, the agencies are adopting a final rule that maintains the multi-pronged approach to the affordable housing category. As part of this, the agencies have decided to retain in the final rule separate prongs for government-related programs, including subsidized affordable housing, and naturally occurring affordable housing. Under this approach, the agencies can better tailor the standards for each affordable housing prong. Moreover, for information and discussion regarding the agencies' consideration of comments recommending adoption of additional race- and ethnicity-related provisions in this final rule, see section III.C of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(b)(1) Rental Housing in Conjunction With a Government Affordable Housing Plan, Program, Initiative, Tax Credit, or Subsidy</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In proposed § __.13(b)(1), the agencies proposed that a rental housing unit be considered affordable housing if it is purchased, developed, financed, rehabilitated, improved, or preserved in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government affordable housing plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy with a stated purpose or the bona fide intent of providing affordable housing for low- or moderate-income individuals. The agencies intended this proposed provision to cover a broad range of government-related affordable multifamily and single-family rental housing activities for low- or moderate-income individuals, including low-income housing tax credits.</P>
                    <P>
                        To qualify under this component of the affordable housing category, a government-related affordable housing plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy would have needed “a stated purpose or bona fide intent of supporting affordable rental housing for low- or moderate-income individuals.” 
                        <SU>297</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies did not propose a separate affordability standard for this prong and would rely upon the affordability standards set in each respective government affordable housing plan or program.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>297</SU>
                             Proposed § __.13(b)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies sought feedback on whether additional requirements should be included to ensure that activities qualifying under this category of community development support housing that is both affordable to and occupied by low- or moderate-income individuals. In this regard, the agencies sought feedback on whether to include in this component a specific rent affordability standard based on 30 percent of 80 percent of area median income, or a requirement that programs must verify that occupants of affordable units are low- or moderate-income individuals or families. The agencies also sought feedback on whether activities involving government-sponsored programs that have a stated purpose or bona fide intent to provide affordable housing that serves middle-income individuals, in addition to low- or moderate-income individuals, should qualify under this prong in certain circumstances. For example, the agencies sought feedback on government-sponsored programs that support housing affordable to middle-income individuals if the housing is located in nonmetropolitan counties or in high opportunity areas.
                        <SU>298</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>298</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Many commenters offered general views on the proposed standards of the first component of the affordable housing category. Some commenters believed the proposed component was overly broad, expressing concerns: that government programs and tax credits do not always benefit low-income individuals and people of color and, therefore, the agencies should reconsider the presumption that any government plan benefits local communities; that the agencies should address the over-concentration and racial and ethnic segregation of low-income housing tax credit projects in minority communities by imposing additional requirements for low-income housing tax credit investments to be eligible for community development consideration; that it is not clear how a plan can require and enforce affordable housing; and that the component should be removed entirely, asserting that it is overly restrictive and could hinder bank investments.</P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters asked the agencies to broaden the proposed government-related rental housing standard by permitting activities that are “consistent with” or “in alignment with” government program guidelines, so that such guidelines could be considered but not required. Other commenter feedback included: support for an automatic presumption that activities with State or Federal low-income housing tax credits or other affordable housing tax credits or incentives qualify for community development consideration; and requests that the agencies recognize activities undertaken in conjunction with additional program sponsors such as community-focused entities with a stated mission and record of providing affordable housing and Tribally Designated Housing Entities (TDHEs).
                        <PRTPAGE P="6640"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Stated purpose or bona fide intent of providing affordable housing for low- or moderate-income individuals.</E>
                         Some commenters supported the agencies' proposal to require that government plans, programs, initiatives, tax credits, or subsidies must have a “stated purpose or bona fide intent” of providing affordable housing for low- or moderate-income individuals in order for associated bank activities to receive community development consideration. In this regard, a commenter noted that the proposal allows State and local governments to tailor their affordable housing programs to meet the specific needs of their constituents.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters expressed a variety of concerns about the “stated purpose or bona fide intent” standard, including: that the standard would not adequately target activities that benefit low- or moderate-income households; and that government programs should not need to have a stated purpose or bona fide intent of providing affordable housing to low- or moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Affordability standard.</E>
                         Some commenters supported the agencies' proposal to not include an affordability standard in proposed § __.13(b)(1) and recommended that the agencies refrain from establishing any affordability standards for this component.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, the majority of commenters that addressed this component of the proposal supported establishing an affordability standard that would be based on 30 percent of 80 percent of area median income for rents. This affordability standard would be separate from the affordability standard proposed for naturally occurring affordable housing (which is addressed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(b)(2)). Commenter feedback also included suggestions that the agencies: establish a lower affordability threshold in order to serve a lower income population; utilize hybrid approaches whereby the agencies adopt an area median income-based threshold for all units and require that a portion of the units serve lower income populations, such as very low-income individuals; and use the HUD Fair Market Rents standard to establish affordability standards.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Verification of low- or moderate-income status.</E>
                         Commenters expressed differing views about the use of verification measures to ensure the low- and moderate-income status of renter occupants of housing units. Some commenters supported the inclusion of verification measures in the government-related rental housing component of the final rule to ensure that low- and moderate-income individuals occupy a majority of the affordable units in government-related housing. For example, several commenters suggested that a majority standard was not enough, and that 100 percent of the units should be occupied by low- or moderate-income individuals in order to qualify under § __.13(b)(1). A different commenter supported verifying the income of occupants in circumstances where funding did not occur under government housing programs with income guidelines. However, several other commenters stated that additional verification of occupant income would be unnecessary, given that it is reasonable to assume government programs would collect and verify this information.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Expanding the proposal to cover certain affordable housing to middle-income individuals.</E>
                         Many commenters expressed views regarding whether the agencies should expand CRA consideration in the affordable housing category to include activities in conjunction with government-related rental housing in certain geographic areas that is affordable to middle-income individuals. Some commenters opposed such an expansion, indicating that CRA resources should be targeted to low- or moderate-income families, not middle-income families. For example, a few commenters opposed providing consideration for middle-income housing, noting that the low- or moderate-income housing needs in high opportunity areas are immense and raised a concern that giving consideration for middle-income housing in such areas would dilute the incentive to meet those needs.
                        <SU>299</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Some commenters expressed concern that consideration in the affordable housing category for lending that benefits middle- or high-income households would result in banks receiving CRA consideration for financing developments that could price low- and moderate-income families out of their current communities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>299</SU>
                             The term “high opportunity area” has not been uniformly defined within the housing industry. The agencies proposed to define a “high opportunity area” as (1) An area designated by HUD as a “Difficult Development Area”; or (2) An area designated by a State or local Qualified Allocation Plan as a High Opportunity Area, and where the poverty rate falls below 10 percent (for metropolitan areas) or 15 percent (for nonmetropolitan areas).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Among the commenters that supported expanding CRA consideration to government-related rental housing activities that provide affordable housing to middle-income individuals, most qualified their recommendation by stating that such activities should be limited to high opportunity areas, rural and nonmetropolitan counties, high-cost markets, or a combination thereof. Citing the need for rental housing affordable to middle-income individuals in high opportunity areas and nonmetropolitan areas, one commenter urged the agencies to further explore and consider providing CRA consideration for affordable housing that serves individuals and families with a range of incomes. Another commenter suggested that government programs serving middle-income—as well as low- and moderate-income—individuals in rural and nonmetropolitan areas should be included. A different commenter suggested that CRA consideration may be appropriate in nonmetropolitan and rural areas where median income measurements can distort market characteristics in a way that is unique to rural areas, and that partial credit could be considered for housing benefiting middle-income people if the housing is developed or maintained by a CBDO with a history of serving the needs of low- and moderate-income people and places.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters urged consideration for housing where the cost of rent is up to HUD's Fair Market Rents standard in the relatively few, particularly unaffordable markets where Fair Market Rents exceeds the affordability standard of 30 percent of 80 percent of area median income. One commenter suggested that housing for middle-income individuals should be considered where there is a documented need by the local government or housing agencies due to the high cost of housing in the area compared to local wages. Another commenter suggested that activities in middle-income census tracts and low- to moderate-income adjacent tracts should be considered. Other commenters recommended that the agencies use a high-cost areas standard rather than a high opportunity areas criterion.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting final § __.13(b)(1) with some substantive and technical revisions. Under final § __.13(b)(1), rental housing for low- or moderate-income individuals that is purchased, developed, financed, rehabilitated, improved, or preserved in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government affordable housing plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy will receive consideration under the affordable housing category. This component is intended to enable consideration of the full range of government-related affordable rental 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6641"/>
                        housing activities for low- and moderate-income individuals, including programs, plans, initiatives, tax credits, and subsidies pertaining to both multifamily and single-family properties. The examples in the following discussion demonstrate how this affordable housing component is designed to add greater clarity concerning the many types of government-related rental housing activities that qualify for consideration.
                    </P>
                    <P>The final rule retains the requirement set out in the NPR that an activity be conducted “in conjunction with” a government plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy to ensure that there is a direct link between activities that are given consideration under this affordable housing prong and government-sponsored programs or initiatives. While the agencies have not adjusted the “in conjunction with” language in the final rule to expand the proposed standard as requested by some commenters, the agencies believe that the range of covered activities is broad. For example, consistent with the agencies' proposal, qualification under this component of the final rule includes activities with rental properties receiving low-income housing tax credits or subsidized by government programs that provide affordable rental housing for low- or moderate-income individuals, such as project-based section 8 rental assistance and the HOME Investment Partnerships Program. In addition, this component includes Federal, State, local, and tribal government affordable housing plans, programs, initiatives, tax credits, or subsidies that support affordable housing for low- or moderate-income individuals. Examples include affordable multifamily housing programs offered by State housing finance agencies and affordable housing trust funds managed by a local government to support the development of affordable housing for low- or moderate-income individuals. Qualification under this component also includes affordable rental units for low- or moderate-income individuals created as a result of local government inclusionary zoning programs, which often provide requirements or incentives for developers to set aside a portion of housing units within a property for occupancy by low- or moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Stated purpose or bona fide intent of providing affordable housing for low- or moderate-income individuals.</E>
                         As also discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(a), the final rule removes the specific requirement within proposed § __.13(b)(1) that a government plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy must have a “stated purpose or bona fide intent of providing affordable housing for low- or moderate-income individuals.” The agencies are making this change in part to avoid potential confusion regarding how the activities eligible for consideration under this component differ from activities that qualify for consideration under the bona fide intent standard in final § __.13(a)(1)(ii). Additionally, the agencies have considered commenter feedback that there are government plans, programs, initiatives, tax credits, and subsidies that provide access to rental housing for low- and moderate-income individuals but that do not have a stated mission of providing affordable housing for low- and moderate-income individuals. Removal of this specific requirement is intended to affirm that activities conducted in conjunction with such government plans, programs, initiatives, tax credits, or subsidies nonetheless may be considered under this component of the affordable housing category. Regarding commenter suggestions that certain government programs, including a low-income housing tax credit program, may not benefit, or may negatively affect, low-income or minority communities, the agencies believe that it is appropriate to recognize and defer to the expertise and priorities of Federal, State, and local government entities responsible for the design and implementation of affordable housing programs, plans, initiatives, tax credits, and subsidies. For more information and discussion regarding the agencies' consideration of comments recommending adoption of race- and ethnicity-related provisions in this final rule, see section III.C of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Affordability standard.</E>
                         While the NPR sought feedback on whether to include an affordability standard for activities under § __.13(b)(1), the final rule implements the proposed approach without applying a uniform affordability standard. Instead, the final rule accommodates the various affordability standards across government affordable housing plans, programs, and initiatives. Consistent with concerns expressed by many commenters, the agencies are of the view that assessing affordability using the standards set in the applicable government program helps to ensure that the affordability determination reflects local needs and priorities that accommodate unique economic conditions, particularly in high-cost and rural areas. In addition, the agencies believe that adopting a uniform affordability standard in this context could create undue complexity by requiring additional evaluation to determine whether some loans, investments, or services supporting rental housing in connection with government programs could receive consideration under other components of the affordable housing category. Accordingly, under final § __.13(b)(1), any loan, investment, or service supporting rental housing in conjunction with a government program will be eligible for consideration. The agencies note that in determining the amount of credit the bank will receive under final § __.13(a), the agencies will defer to the government program's affordability standard. To illustrate, if a government program defines affordability as rent that does not exceed 40 percent of a low- or moderate-income renter's income, the agencies would consider the percentage of units with rents that do not exceed 40 percent of a low- or moderate-income renter's income to determine under final § __.13(a) whether the project meets the majority standard. For more information on the majority standard and partial credit under CRA, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(a).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Verification of low- or moderate-income status.</E>
                         As with the proposal, the final rule does not require, for activities under final § __.13(b)(1), verification that a majority of occupants of affordable units are low- or moderate-income individuals. The agencies considered feedback on this issue and note that community development consideration will be based on the pro rata share of affordable units pursuant to final § __.13(a) unless a majority of the units are affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(a). Ultimately, the agencies will be able to determine eligibility under final § __.13(b)(1) by leveraging information demonstrating that the housing is in conjunction with a government plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy, and the rent amounts being charged to renters.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Housing affordable to middle-income individuals.</E>
                         As previously stated, the agencies sought feedback on whether activities involving government programs that have a stated purpose or bona fide intent to provide affordable housing serving low-, moderate-, and middle-income individuals should qualify for affordable housing consideration in certain circumstances, such as when these activities are located in high opportunity areas or nonmetropolitan geographic areas. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6642"/>
                        While the agencies recognize that there are government programs that target affordable housing for middle-income individuals, the agencies have decided not to adopt a provision that would extend § __.13(b)(1) to include housing affordable solely to middle-income individuals in certain geographic areas. Consistent with the proposal, and as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(a)(2), bank support for projects and programs that include housing that is affordable to low-, moderate-, and middle-income individuals would be eligible for pro rata consideration based on the portion of the project affordable to low- and moderate-income individuals.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies acknowledge feedback from some commenters raising concerns about the limited supply of affordable housing in high opportunity areas and nonmetropolitan areas and expressing the view that consideration of support for housing affordable to middle-income individuals could provide additional flexibility for banks to identify opportunities to address community needs. However, the agencies are persuaded by commenter concerns that broadening this category could reduce the emphasis on activities that directly contribute to housing for low- and moderate-income individuals, for whom housing options in high opportunity areas and nonmetropolitan areas are equally important and may be more difficult to attain.</P>
                    <P>
                        Under current CRA interagency guidance, examiners have flexibility to consider a bank's lending and investments in high-cost areas, including those activities that address the housing needs of middle-income individuals in addition to low- or moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>300</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In developing the final rule, the agencies considered whether this flexibility should be incorporated into the evaluation of multifamily rental housing activities in conjunction with a government plan, but decided to retain the proposed rule's focus on housing units that are affordable to low- and moderate-income individuals. The agencies considered that additional regulatory provisions would be needed to designate high-cost markets and to ensure that low- and moderate-income individuals are also likely to benefit from the housing (generally consistent with standards for affordable housing in high-cost market under current guidance) 
                        <SU>301</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and found these requirements would add undue complexity to the final rule while also adding significant uncertainty in terms of how this would impact affordable housing opportunities for low- and moderate-income individuals. Relatedly, the agencies considered that the structure of the Community Development Financing Metric would not distinguish between housing affordable to low- and moderate-income individuals, as opposed to middle-income households in high-cost markets, and have considered concerns that including all of these activities in the metric could impact the degree to which activities focus on housing affordable to low- and moderate-income individuals who likely also face acute housing needs in such high-cost areas. The agencies further considered the role of the impact and responsiveness review and whether it could address such complexities; however, the agencies determined that such an approach would be uncertain and that the more appropriate approach, on balance, was to focus this component on housing affordable to low- and moderate-income households. The agencies note that government affordable housing programs may benefit low-, moderate-, 
                        <E T="03">and</E>
                         middle-income individuals, even in high-cost markets. Accordingly, for an activity to receive full consideration under the final rule, the majority of the housing units must be affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals. If the housing units that are affordable to low- and moderate-income individuals represent less than a majority of the housing units, then the activity will receive pro rata consideration under the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>300</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)-3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>301</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             (noting, for example, that with respect to loans or investments addressing a middle-income credit shortage due to housing costs, the agencies consider “whether an institution's loan to or investment in an organization that funds affordable housing for middle-income people or areas, as well as low- and moderate-income people or areas, has as its primary purpose community development”). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(1)-1 (“The concept of `affordable housing' for low- or moderate-income individuals does hinge on whether low- or moderate-income individuals benefit, or are likely to benefit, from the housing. It would be inappropriate to give consideration to a project that exclusively or predominately houses families that are not low- or moderate income simply because the rents or housing prices are set according to a particular formula.”)
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For nonmetropolitan areas, the agencies considered—as expressed by some commenters—that these geographies may have limited opportunities for affordable housing. However, the agencies have determined that, as in other geographies, the best approach in nonmetropolitan areas is to focus on units affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals under this component of affordable housing. As discussed above, under the alternative approach of allowing housing affordable to middle-income individuals in nonmetropolitan areas, bank activities for affordable housing could consist of activities solely or mostly focused on housing affordable to middle-income individuals, with an eliminated or reduced focus on housing affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals in these communities. Accordingly, under the final rule, activities in conjunction with government programs in nonmetropolitan areas that may include middle-income renters such as the USDA Section 515 Rural Rental Housing or Multifamily Guaranteed Rural Rental Housing programs could be eligible for consideration to the extent such activities create units affordable to low- and moderate-income individuals. In addition, the agencies note the addition of a component focused on affordable single-family rental housing in nonmetropolitan census areas, as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(b)(3).</P>
                    <P>While the agencies have declined to expand consideration of rental housing activities in conjunction with a government affordable housing plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy that targets middle-income individuals, the agencies believe that including an impact and responsiveness factor that supports affordable housing in High Opportunity Areas in final § __.15(b)(7) will support encouragement of affordable housing in geographic areas where the cost of residential development is high and affordable housing opportunities can be limited. Additional impact and responsiveness factors, such as the geographic impact and responsiveness factors discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.15(b)(1) through (3), may also help encourage more affordable housing in nonmetropolitan areas. These and other impact and responsiveness factors are discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.15.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(b)(2) Multifamily Rental Housing With Affordable Rents</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed § __.13(b)(2) provided criteria to define affordable low- or moderate-income multifamily rental housing that does not involve a government program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy (also referred to as naturally occurring affordable housing in this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        ). With the proposed criteria in § __.13(b)(2), the agencies sought to provide clear and consistent standards 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6643"/>
                        to identify naturally occurring affordable housing that may receive affordable housing consideration under the CRA. First, under this component, the agencies proposed that the rent for the majority of the units in a multifamily property could not exceed 30 percent of 60 percent of the area median income for the metropolitan area or nonmetropolitan county. Second, the agencies proposed that naturally occurring affordable housing would also be required to satisfy one or more of the following additional eligibility criteria in order to increase the likelihood that units benefit low- or moderate-income individuals: (1) the housing is located in a low- or moderate-income census tract; (2) the housing is purchased, developed, financed, rehabilitated, improved, or preserved by a nonprofit organization with a stated mission of, or that otherwise directly supports, providing affordable housing; (3) there is an explicit written pledge by the property owner to maintain rents affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals for at least five years or the length of the financing, whichever is shorter; or (4) the bank provides documentation that a majority of the residents of the housing units are low- or moderate-income individuals or families.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Overall, commenters supported the inclusion of naturally occurring affordable housing in the affordable housing category. Many commenters generally expressed the view that naturally occurring affordable housing is an important part of the affordable housing ecosystem and serves many low- or moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters supported the inclusion of naturally occurring affordable housing-related activity but expressed concerns that the proposal as written would be either too restrictive or too lenient to provide assurance that the activity would actually support affordable housing for low- or moderate-income individuals. One commenter that opposed the inclusion of naturally occurring affordable housing in the affordable housing category asserted that doing so would divert CRA-eligible capital from traditional income-restricted, subsidized affordable housing that provides permanently affordable apartments to low- or moderate-income families, while another expressed concern that the proposal would not provide sufficient protection to residents in gentrifying areas and suggested additional affordability restrictions. Commenters who were concerned with the requirements being too restrictive expressed, for example, that the proposed standards would not account for any of the naturally occurring affordable housing in their local markets.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting in final § __.13(b)(2) a component for naturally occurring affordable housing with some substantive revisions. Specifically, as described in detail in the section-by-section analyses that follow, the final rule recognizes that multifamily rental housing purchased, developed, financed, rehabilitated, improved, or preserved can be considered under final § __.13(b)(2) if for the majority of units, the monthly rent as underwritten by the bank, reflecting post-construction or post-renovation changes, does not exceed 30 percent of 80 percent of the area median income and if the housing also meets one or more of the criteria in final § __.13(b)(2)(ii). The agencies believe that naturally occurring affordable housing provides a meaningful contribution to the stock of available affordable housing and believe that the criteria discussed in more detail below will help to address commenter concerns that including consideration for such housing will divert resources from other types of affordable housing projects.</P>
                    <P>As noted previously, some commenters urged the agencies to implement a single category for all affordable rental housing, including housing that is developed in conjunction with a government affordable housing plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy and naturally occurring affordable housing. Upon consideration of commenter feedback, the agencies have determined to retain a separate component in the final rule for multifamily rental housing that has rents affordable to low- and moderate-income individuals. Naturally occurring affordable housing is not already subject to the requirements of a government plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy, and the agencies believe that by including adequate affordability criteria and the additional criteria in § __.13(b)(2)(ii), the final rule will help to ensure that activities qualifying under this prong will meaningfully benefit low- and moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(b)(2)(i) Affordability Standard for Multifamily Rental Housing With Affordable Rents</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed an affordability standard to determine if multifamily rental housing had affordable rents and therefore would be considered naturally occurring affordable housing. The agencies proposed that rents would be considered affordable if the rent for the majority of the units in a multifamily property did not exceed 30 percent of 60 percent of the area median income for the metropolitan area or nonmetropolitan county.
                        <SU>302</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This proposed standard would have established narrower affordability criteria than what is often used today to determine whether rents are affordable for low- or moderate-income individuals, which is 30 percent of 80 percent of the area median income.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>302</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Under the agencies' proposal, the rent amount used to determine whether the affordability standard is met would be the monthly rental amounts as underwritten by the bank, reflecting any post-construction or post-renovation rents considered as part of the bank's underwriting for financing.
                        <SU>303</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies' objective in including this provision was to target community development consideration to properties that are likely to remain affordable and to minimize the likelihood of providing consideration for activities that may result in displacement of low- or moderate-income individuals. The agencies intended to reinforce these objectives by requiring that a majority of the units meet the affordability standard. The agencies sought feedback on whether there were alternative ways to ensure that CRA consideration for support of naturally occurring affordable housing is targeted to properties where rents remain affordable for low- or moderate-income individuals.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>303</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Many commenters addressed the affordability threshold for naturally occurring affordable housing under proposed § __.13(b)(2). The majority of commenters on the issue opposed the proposed affordability threshold of 30 percent of 60 percent of area median income and supported raising the affordability threshold to 30 percent of 80 percent of area median income. Commenters cited several reasons for adopting a higher affordability standard, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6644"/>
                        including that doing so would align with other affordable housing programs and would better account for affordable housing needed to address housing shortages and provide workforce housing. Some commenters expressed concern that a 30 percent of 60 percent of area median income affordability standard could have a negative impact on the availability of debt financing for affordable rental housing. Other commenters supported the proposed 30 percent of 60 percent of area median income affordability threshold, citing that it would preserve resources for low- or moderate-income renters who are most in need of housing support. Other commenters suggested that the affordability standard should be closer to 30 percent of 30 to 50 percent of area median income in high-cost areas. In contrast, some commenters asserted that the affordability threshold should be higher and more flexible in high-cost markets. Lastly, a few commenters recommended that the agencies adopt the HUD Fair Market Rents standard to determine rental affordability for naturally occurring affordable housing.
                        <SU>304</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>304</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             HUD, Office of Policy Research and Development, “Fair Market Rents,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.hud.gov/program_offices/public_indian_housing/programs/hcv/landlord/fmr.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Several commenters expressed support for the proposal that monthly rents, for the purposes of determining affordability, be determined as underwritten by the bank, reflecting post-construction or post-renovation changes, as applicable. However, these same commenters noted that, to ensure continuing affordability, consideration for prior-year financings should be conditioned on periodic documentation that the units remain affordable. For example, one commenter suggested that examiners should evaluate rent rolls annually to confirm ongoing affordability of properties financed in prior years and examination cycles.</P>
                    <P>The agencies received comments supporting the requirement that a majority of units in a naturally occurring affordable housing property must meet the affordability standard. One commenter suggested that the agencies consider a higher standard for the percent of units that must meet the affordability criteria to ensure long term affordability of most units. Another commenter expressed concerns that the proposed requirement does not adequately incentivize mixed income and inclusionary housing. Rather, the commenter suggested the final rule should provide pro rata credit based on the percentage of affordable units among market rate units in a property.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        Final § __.13(b)(2)(i) is revised from the proposal and adopts an affordability standard stating that naturally occurring affordable housing purchased, developed, financed, rehabilitated, improved, or preserved will be considered affordable housing under final § __.13(b) if, for the majority of the units, the monthly rent as underwritten by the bank, reflecting post-construction or post-renovation changes as applicable does not exceed 30 percent of 80 percent of the area median income. The affordability standard adopted in the final rule does not include the proposed 30 percent of 60 percent of the area median income affordability standard, which the agencies proposed in recognition that, historically, a substantial percentage of occupied rental units with affordability between 61 and 80 percent of area median income were occupied by middle- or upper-income households.
                        <SU>305</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, the agencies have determined that the proposed affordability standard would have restricted eligibility for properties with affordability levels at 80 percent of area median income even in cases where many of the units are occupied by low- or moderate-income households. Additionally, the agencies are sensitive to the concerns expressed by some commenters that the proposed affordability standard could have had a negative impact on the availability of debt financing for this type of affordable housing. The overwhelming majority of commenters favored the adoption of a more flexible affordability standard than the proposal, with most commenters supporting the use of the 30 percent of 80 percent of area median income affordability standard adopted in final § __.13(b)(2)(i).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>305</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33884, 33895 (June 3, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The final rule retains the agencies' proposal to use the monthly rental amounts as underwritten by the bank to determine whether the rental housing meets the affordability standard. The prong further specifies that rent amounts should reflect any post-construction or post-renovation changes considered as part of the bank's underwriting for providing financing. The agencies' objective in including this provision is to target community development consideration to properties that are likely to remain affordable and to avoid providing consideration for activities that may result in displacement of low- or moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>Though some commenters suggested that the agencies require documentation (such as rent rolls or an annual review of rents) to confirm ongoing affordability, the agencies are not adopting an annual verification process as part of the final rule. In this context, the agencies view evaluation of the loan underwriting, which contains a forward-looking assessment of projected rent amounts and rental income, along with the requirement to meet one of the four additional criteria, described below, as sufficient to promote the agencies' objective of ensuring that a bank intends to finance properties where rent remains affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>Final § __.13(b)(2)(i) requires the majority of units in naturally occurring affordable housing to meet the affordability standard. The prong does not award pro rata consideration for activities related to properties in which fewer than 50 percent of housing units are affordable. The agencies believe that this requirement will help to ensure activities that qualify under this prong support housing that is both affordable and likely to be occupied by low- and moderate-income individuals. As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(a) above, this majority standard in § __.13(b)(2) is consistent with similar majority criteria for other categories of community development in § __.13(a), which are intended to emphasize activities that are responsive to community needs, especially the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals and communities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(b)(2)(ii) Additional Eligibility Standards for Multifamily Rental Housing With Affordable Rents</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that one of four additional criteria would have to be met for multifamily housing to qualify as naturally occurring affordable housing under proposed § __.13(b)(2).
                        <SU>306</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These criteria were intended to increase the likelihood that multifamily housing under this component of affordable housing would benefit low- or moderate-income individuals and that the rents would likely remain affordable for low- or moderate-income individuals. Specifically, in addition to the requirement that rents for a majority of the units meet the affordability standard, multifamily housing would have to meet at least one of the following criteria:
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>306</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(b)(2)(i) through (iv).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6645"/>
                    <P>(1) The housing is located in a low- or moderate-income census tract;</P>
                    <P>(2) The housing is purchased, developed, financed, rehabilitated, improved, or preserved by any nonprofit organization with a stated mission of, or that otherwise directly supports, affordable housing;</P>
                    <P>(3) The property owner has made an explicit written pledge to maintain affordable rents for low- or moderate-income individuals for at least five years or the length of the financing, whichever is shorter; or</P>
                    <P>
                        (4) The bank provides documentation that the majority of the housing units are occupied by low- or moderate-income individuals or families.
                        <SU>307</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>307</SU>
                             Proposed § __.13(b)(2)(i) through (iv).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received a number of comments on this aspect of the proposal, with some commenters objecting generally to the proposed additional criteria, suggesting that naturally occurring affordable housing should be simplified into a single requirement that the housing meet an affordability standard. Comments specific to each of the additional eligibility criteria are discussed in the respective section-by-section analyses for those sections.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting proposed § __.13(b)(2)(i) through (iv) in a revised and reorganized final § __.13(b)(2)(ii), which requires naturally occurring affordable housing to meet one or more eligibility criteria in addition to the affordability standard in § __.13(b)(2)(i). Specifically, the final rule requires that a project meet at least one of the following eligibility criteria: (1) the housing is located in a low- or moderate-income census tract; (2) the housing is located in a census tract in which the median income of renters is low- or moderate-income and the median rent does not exceed 30 percent of 80 percent of the area median income; (3) the housing is purchased, developed, financed, rehabilitated, improved, or preserved by any nonprofit organization with a stated mission of, or that otherwise directly supports, providing affordable housing; or (4) the bank provides documentation that a majority of the housing units are occupied by low- or moderate-income individuals or families.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have adopted several changes to the proposed eligibility criteria based on commenter feedback, as described below. The agencies believe that the eligibility criteria adopted in the final rule will ensure that naturally occurring affordable housing is likely to benefit low- or moderate-income individuals and increase the likelihood that rents will remain affordable for low- or moderate-income individuals. By offering multiple criteria to demonstrate that rental housing with affordable rents is likely to benefit low- and moderate-income individuals, the agencies sought to provide flexibility and balance the objectives of encouraging banks to support naturally occurring affordable housing with ensuring that this housing is likely to benefit low- and moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(b)(2)(ii)(A) and (B) Low- or Moderate-Income Census Tracts and Low- and Moderate-Renter Median Income Census Tracts</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The first proposed additional criterion was that the location of the multifamily housing be in a low- or moderate-income census tract.
                        <SU>308</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This criterion was based in part on the agencies' recognition that verifying tenant income might be infeasible for many property owners or developers, whereas median census tract income is readily available. This criterion is also consistent with current guidance providing that examiners may consider economic and related factors associated with a particular geographic area to determine whether the housing is likely to benefit low- or moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>309</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>308</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(b)(2)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>309</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(1)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies also sought feedback on whether to include a geographic criterion to encompass middle- and upper-income census tracts in which at least 50 percent of renters are low- or moderate-income. The agencies considered that affordable rental housing in a neighborhood in which the majority of renters are low- or moderate-income would also be likely to benefit low- or moderate-income individuals. Incorporating this standard into the CRA regulation could result in multifamily housing in certain middle- and upper-income census tracts qualifying as naturally occurring affordable housing under proposed § __.13(b)(2).</P>
                    <P>Further, the agencies sought feedback on not including a geographic criterion. Under this option, to qualify under this component of affordable housing, the multifamily housing would have had to meet one of the other criteria in addition to the proposed affordability standard of rents not exceeding 30 percent of 60 percent of the area median income.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received some comments that supported requiring all naturally occurring affordable housing to be located in a low- or moderate-income census tract. Alternatively, some commenters urged the agencies to eliminate this criterion, with viewpoints including: that multifamily loans should be evaluated on the affordability of the housing and not simply the location of the housing; that this criterion could present a risk of providing consideration for units that are not serving low- or moderate-income residents soon after the financing occurs; and that this criterion could incentivize concentrating affordable housing in low- or moderate-income areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters addressed the agencies' request for comment on whether to expand this proposed geographic criterion. Of these, several commenters indicated a preference to prioritize other criteria (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         affordability and low- or moderate-income occupancy) over the location of a property. However, other commenters supported qualifying naturally occurring affordable housing specifically in census tracts in which the majority of renters were low- or moderate-income. One commenter supported expansion of the geographic criteria into census tracts in which the majority of renters were low- or moderate-income if the agencies also increased the required percentage of units in naturally occurring affordable housing properties from the proposed 50 percent to 60 or 67 percent. Some commenters supported qualifying naturally occurring affordable housing in other geographic areas, including distressed and underserved census tracts, and others supported expansion of the geographic criteria to nonmetropolitan and rural census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        In final § __.13(b)(2)(ii)(A), the agencies are adopting the proposed geographic criterion (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         proposed § __.13(b)(2)(i)), that the housing be located in a low- or moderate-income census tract, as one of the ways of demonstrating that naturally occurring affordable housing is likely to benefit low- and moderate-income individuals. This approach is consistent with existing guidance, under which examiners may review factors such as demographic, economic, and market data in surrounding geographies to determine the likelihood that housing will “primarily” accommodate low- or moderate-income individuals. For example, examiners look at median 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6646"/>
                        rents of the assessment area and the project; the median home value of either the assessment area, and the project; the median home value of either the assessment area, low- or moderate-income geographies, or the project; the low- or moderate-income population in the area of the project; or the past performance record of the organization(s) undertaking the project.
                        <SU>310</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, retaining the geographic criterion provides a streamlined option for determining whether housing qualifies as naturally occurring affordable housing that is likely to benefit low- and moderate-income individuals or families, as census tract income data is readily available and verifiable information.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>310</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(1)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The final rule also adopts a new geographic criterion in final § __.13(b)(2)(ii)(B), indicating that naturally occurring affordable housing may qualify for consideration if it is located in a census tract in which the median income of renters is low or moderate, and the median rent does not exceed 30 percent of 80 percent of the area median income. In doing so, the agencies intend to help address the concern commenters noted, that restricting naturally occurring affordable housing to low- and moderate-income census tracts could promote geographic concentrations of poverty, and the agencies recognize the importance of locating affordable housing in communities of all income levels.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies acknowledge concern expressed by some commenters that naturally occurring affordable housing in middle- and upper-income tracts could be more likely to attract higher-income renters and could contribute to the involuntary displacement of lower-income renters. The agencies evaluated several alternatives to this geographic criterion to better ensure that low- and moderate-income renters were likely to benefit from this housing and determined that adding the requirement that the median rent in the census tracts must not exceed 30 percent of 80 percent of the area median income would increase the likelihood that low- and moderate-income individuals would benefit from the housing. Moreover, adding these census tracts increases the number of qualifying census tracts (compared to only low- and moderate-income tracts) by over 100 percent—adding about 23,000 middle- and upper-income census tracts—in addition to the approximately 22,500 low- and moderate-income census tracts that would be eligible currently.
                        <SU>311</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This criterion also aligns with current guidance in the Interagency Questions and Answers on the information that may be considered when determining the likelihood that the housing will primarily accommodate low- or moderate-income individuals or families.
                        <SU>312</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>311</SU>
                             Based on including census tracts where the median rent is below 30 percent of 80 percent of the area median income and where the median renter's income is below 80 percent of the area median income in the 2015-2019 American Community Survey.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>312</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(1)-1. Under existing guidance, examiners may look at median rents of an assessment area and other factors to determine the likelihood that housing will primarily accommodate low- and moderate-income individuals.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(b)(2)(ii)(C) Nonprofit Organizations With a Stated Mission of, or That Otherwise Directly Support, Providing Affordable Housing</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed a second criterion for determining whether multifamily housing qualifies as naturally occurring affordable housing under proposed § __.13(b)(2). Specifically, the agencies proposed that if housing is purchased, developed, financed, rehabilitated, improved, or preserved by any “nonprofit organization with a stated mission of, or that otherwise directly supports, providing affordable housing,” then the activity could be considered naturally occurring affordable housing.
                        <SU>313</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies intended this provision to encompass organizations that have a mission to serve individuals and communities especially vulnerable to housing instability or that otherwise target services to low- or moderate-income individuals and communities. Multifamily housing that met this criterion in addition to the affordability standard in proposed § __.13(b)(2)(i) would qualify as naturally occurring affordable housing under proposed § __.13(b)(2) in any census tract, including middle- and upper-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>313</SU>
                             Proposed § __.13(b)(2)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Most of the commenters who commented on the second proposed criterion for naturally occurring affordable housing supported its inclusion and stated that it was well tailored to providing CRA consideration for units that meet the purposes of the CRA. A few commenters suggested that this criterion should be a requirement for CRA consideration for naturally occurring affordable housing. In addition, some commenters recommended additional requirements—for example, that the nonprofits should be led by people of color, a majority of residents should be low- or moderate-income, or the property must be compliant with anti-displacement principles.</P>
                    <P>Several other commenters opposed the proposed criterion. For example, a commenter opposing this criterion stated that it would impede banks from garnering community development financing consideration because affordable housing often comes from partnerships with small developers, as well as nonprofit organizations.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under final § __.13(b)(2)(ii)(C), the agencies are adopting the proposed additional eligibility criterion for affordable multifamily housing activity in conjunction with a nonprofit organization with a stated mission of, or that otherwise directly supports, providing affordable housing substantially as proposed (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         proposed § __.13(b)(2)(ii)). The agencies observe that many of these nonprofit organizations serve individuals and communities that are especially vulnerable to housing instability or otherwise target services to low- or moderate-income individuals and communities. The agencies do not anticipate that this criterion will impede community development financing consideration for banks working with small property developers that are not nonprofit organizations, as this criterion is only one of four criteria for qualifying naturally occurring affordable housing activities. The agencies also considered commenter recommendations for additional requirements, and the agencies do not believe such additional requirements are necessary given the agencies' view that the proposed criterion is adequate to provide consideration for loans, investments, and services supporting housing units that are likely to be occupied by low- or moderate-income individuals.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Proposed § __.13(b)(2)(iii) Written Affordability Pledge</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed a third criterion for determining whether multifamily housing would qualify as naturally occurring affordable housing under proposed § __.13(b)(2). This criterion would have required the property owner's explicit written pledge to maintain rents that are affordable for at least five years or for the length of the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6647"/>
                        financing, whichever is shorter,
                        <SU>314</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was intended to address concerns about the likelihood of rents in an eligible property increasing in the future and potentially displacing low- or moderate-income households. Multifamily housing that met this criterion in addition to the baseline affordable rent standard discussed above would qualify as naturally occurring affordable housing under proposed § __.13(b)(2) in any census tract, including middle- and upper-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>314</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(b)(2)(iii). The agencies noted in the NPR their expectation that the length of financing would often go beyond the five-year written affordability pledge. The agencies further stated that they would scrutinize short-term financing (less than five years) to ensure such financing is not a way to avoid the affordability commitment. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33884, 33896 n. 72 (June 3, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Several commenters supported this proposed criterion. Of those commenters, a few supported the proposed five-year time period for the affordability pledge. Most commenters addressing this aspect of the proposal suggested extending the duration of the pledge—to 10, 15, or 20 years—or ensuring that the pledge is binding. Other commenter sentiment included: that the effectiveness of the criterion would depend on the legal enforceability of such a written pledge and the ability of an entity to monitor compliance; that this criterion should be required of all naturally occurring affordable housing lending and should not be optional; and that the pledge should be to keep the rents affordable for low- and moderate-income renters for the life of the investment or loan. Another commenter suggested that the agencies should publish best-practice examples of documents that outline the affordability restrictions, time period for those restrictions, and applicable tenant protections.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters, however, opposed the additional criterion for an owner's explicit written pledge altogether on the grounds that it would be unappealing to property owners and unrealistic in many markets.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the final rule, the agencies have determined to not adopt the proposed additional eligibility criterion that would allow consideration based on an explicit written pledge by the property owner to maintain affordable rents for low- or moderate-income individuals for at least five years or the length of the financing, whichever is shorter. In proposing this additional eligibility criterion, the agencies sought to increase the number of options for demonstrating the likelihood that housing will benefit low- and moderate-income persons, while recognizing that 
                        <E T="03">requiring</E>
                         such a pledge would necessitate additional documentation.
                    </P>
                    <P>In determining not to adopt this part of the proposal, the agencies considered the views of many commenters who supported the written affordability pledge proposal, a longer affordability period, or a mandatory pledge on the belief that such requirements would help to ensure that housing remains affordable and would limit the risk of renter displacement due to increasing rents. The agencies also considered feedback that the effectiveness of such a pledge would depend on its legal enforceability and that enforcing the pledge could be impracticable and potentially require an entity to monitor compliance.</P>
                    <P>The agencies evaluated the proposed additional criterion in light of feedback from commenters and determined that, because neither the agencies nor the banks would be in a position to effectively oversee the enforceability of these pledges, which may not be recorded in the public record, the impact of these pledges could be limited. In addition, the proposed criterion would have required the pledge to be in effect for either five years or the length of the financing, which could have had the unintended result of providing consideration for, and possibly unintentionally encouraging, one-year loans that would not contribute to ongoing affordability. Finally, by retaining the criterion that naturally occurring affordable housing be purchased, developed, financed, rehabilitated, improved, or preserved by any nonprofit organization with a stated mission of, or that otherwise directly supports, providing affordable housing, the agencies believe that including a pledge criterion would likely be superfluous for nonprofit owners, and not a clear means to capture activity that is outside other criteria that would apply to naturally occurring affordable housing.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(b)(2)(ii)(D) Tenant Income Documentation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        A fourth additional criterion proposed by the agencies for determining whether multifamily housing would qualify as naturally occurring affordable housing under proposed § __.13(b)(2) was that the bank provided documentation that the majority of the housing units were occupied by low- or moderate-income individuals or households.
                        <SU>315</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Multifamily housing that met this criterion in addition to the affordability standard in § __.13(b)(2)(i) would qualify as naturally occurring affordable housing under proposed § __.13(b)(2) in any census tract, including middle- and upper-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>315</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(b)(2)(iv).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Of those commenters who weighed in on the criterion that the bank provide documentation that the majority of the housing units were occupied by low- or moderate-income individuals or households, most supported retaining it as a criterion in the final rule and suggested ways that the criterion could be successfully implemented. However, one commenter asserted that banks do not have the authority to collect tenant income information, while another indicated that the documentation could be impossible to obtain if units remain vacant after the project is completed. Another commenter suggested that the acceptance of Housing Choice Vouchers should be included as a way of demonstrating that rents will be affordable for low- and moderate-income individuals. A few commenters raised objections, stating that the proposed criterion is unnecessary, overreaching, and impractical as proposed and could lead banks that seek CRA consideration to impose new burdensome administrative requirements on multifamily borrowers.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule adopts § __.13(b)(2)(iv) as proposed, renumbered as final § __.13(b)(2)(ii)(D), which allows a bank to demonstrate the eligibility of multifamily housing by, in addition to meeting the affordability standard, providing documentation that a majority of the housing units in an unsubsidized multifamily affordable housing project are occupied by low- or moderate-income individuals or families. For example, in the case of a multifamily rental property with a majority of rents set at 30 percent of 80 percent of area median income, the activity could receive consideration under this additional criterion where the bank can document that the majority of occupants receive Housing Choice Vouchers.
                        <FTREF/>
                        <SU>316</SU>
                          
                        <PRTPAGE P="6648"/>
                        The agencies observe that such documentation would demonstrate that the activity was benefiting low- or moderate-income individuals. The agencies acknowledge commenters' assertion that tenant income documentation might be unobtainable, unnecessary, or impractical. However, the agencies ultimately believe this criterion provides a useful alternative for banks that are able to obtain such documentation through the process of originating or renewing a loan. Banks retain the flexibility to demonstrate eligibility using the other criteria in final § __.13(b)(2)(ii)
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>316</SU>
                             The housing choice voucher program is the Federal Government's major program for assisting very low-income families, the elderly, and the disabled to afford decent, safe, and sanitary housing in the private market. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             24 CFR part 982 (program requirements for the tenant-based housing assistance program under section 8 of the United 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437f); the tenant-based program is the housing choice voucher program). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             HUD, “Choice Vouchers Fact Sheet,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.hud.gov/topics/housing_choice_voucher_program_section_8.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Other Comments on Naturally Occurring Affordable Housing</HD>
                    <P>Commenters offered a variety of suggestions for alternative ways to ensure that CRA consideration for naturally occurring affordable housing would be targeted to properties where rents remain affordable for low- or moderate-income individuals. Some commenters indicated that the rule should emphasize one or more of the proposed criteria in different combinations, while other commenters offered suggestions for criteria that were not expressly contemplated in the proposal. A few commenters asserted that the agencies should take steps to limit consideration for financing that may not provide long-term affordable housing, citing, for example, concern regarding the long-term intentions of certain institutional investors and private developers. Several commenters requested that the agencies require contracts or land use agreements that ensure a specific level and length of affordability, especially, at least one commenter noted, for properties where a renovation is occurring.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters suggested that the agencies create anti-displacement requirements, quality of housing requirements, or both, in order for activities supporting naturally occurring affordable housing properties to qualify for CRA consideration. Commenter feedback along these lines included: that the agencies should require banks to demonstrate that landlord borrowers are complying with tenant protection, habitability, local health code, civil rights, credit reporting act, unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts and practices, and other laws; that the agencies should give credit to banks for adopting and adhering to anti-displacement and responsible lending best practices in their CRA activities, and downgrade banks for incidents of harm and displacement of low- or moderate-income and racial and ethnic minority tenants; that incentivizing mixed‐income housing developments with a focus on racial and income integration would help address displacement concerns; and that loans to finance rental housing should only receive consideration if they are structured to tangibly improve the lives of tenants and do not permit landlords to pull money away from operations to pay for greater debt service.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>For the reasons stated in the preceding discussion of the affordability standard and additional eligibility requirements, the agencies are adopting the component for naturally occurring affordable housing under final § __.13(b)(2) with revisions. The agencies are not adopting commenter suggestions to restrict CRA consideration for financing provided to institutional investors and private developers, because the basis for doing so is not clear, especially if the affordability requirements of this section are met, and because such parties play an important role in adding to the overall supply of needed affordable housing. Instead, the agencies are relying on the criteria adopted to ensure that the multifamily housing with affordable rents is likely to benefit low- or moderate-income individuals. Similarly, the agencies considered, but are not requiring contracts or land use agreements that ensure a specific level and period of affordability, as these would be challenging for a bank to enforce efficiently. Additionally, the agencies are not including an additional criterion in this component regarding resident displacement and responsible lending best practices. The agencies believe that such a criterion is less needed in the naturally occurring affordable housing context given that such activities will create units or facilitate maintenance of existing units of affordable housing, and examiners will retain the discretion to consider whether an activity reduces the number of housing units affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals. The agencies believe the adopted criteria will appropriately encourage activities beneficial to low- and moderate-income individuals and families.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(b)(3) One-to-Four Family Rental Housing With Affordable Rents in Nonmetropolitan Census Tracts</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the NPR, the agencies sought feedback on whether single-family rental housing should be considered under the naturally occurring affordable housing category, provided that it meets the same combination of criteria proposed for multifamily rental housing.
                        <SU>317</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This alternative would have expanded the affordable housing category to include single-family rental housing that meets the affordability threshold and the additional eligibility criteria under proposed § __.13(b)(2)(i) and (ii), respectively. The agencies also sought feedback on whether such an alternative should be limited to rural geographies, or eligible in all geographies.
                        <SU>318</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In seeking feedback on the potential expansion to include unsubsidized single-family affordable rental housing, the agencies acknowledged that single-family rental housing can be an important source of affordable housing, especially in geographies, such as rural communities, where multifamily housing is less common.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>317</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33895.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>318</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Many commenters offered views on whether single-family rental housing should be considered under the naturally occurring affordable housing category, provided such housing meets the requirements of proposed § __.13(b)(2). Some commenters generally opposed expanding the naturally occurring affordable housing proposal to include single-family homes, noting: that this expansion could incentivize investors buying single-family homes to serve as investment properties rather than encouraging homeownership amongst low- or moderate-income individuals and families; that such an expansion could inadvertently reinforce racial segregation and concentrated poverty; and that permanent home mortgage loans for single-family rental housing were already covered as part of the proposed Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        Most of the commenters that remarked on this alternative supported broadening the eligibility of naturally occurring affordable housing to include single-family rental housing in some or all geographies. For example, one commenter noted that affordable single-family rentals are a critical part of the multipronged approach to address 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6649"/>
                        affordable housing in this country and should be included in the affordable housing category.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Imposing higher standards for single-family rental housing.</E>
                         Although several commenters suggested applying the exact same naturally occurring affordable housing criteria to both multifamily and single-family housing, some commenters suggested that activities relating to single-family rentals be held to a higher standard or subject to additional restrictions as compared to activities relating to multifamily naturally occurring affordable housing. Commenters supporting higher standards raised a number of considerations including: that single-family rental housing should be limited to homes that either are eligible for purchase (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         lease-to-own), are prioritized for low- or moderate-income families enrolled in first-time homeowner programs through HUD, or are part of a State program that will remain permanently affordable through a community land trust or other vehicle to sustain affordability; that single-family rental housing should be limited to housing owned or developed by a nonprofit organization; and that, if for-profit ownership and development is allowed, there should be mechanisms to ensure that the property is in decent physical condition and that bank financing is not supporting abusive property owners, landlords, management companies, or investors.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters expressed concerns about investor activity. For example, a commenter suggested that the agencies restrict CRA consideration to properties whose owners own fewer than 50 single-family rental units unless the owner is a nonprofit with a bona fide mission of providing affordable housing. Another commenter recommended that, to prevent speculative activity or corporate ownership, the agencies could exclude from consideration single-family rental housing in any low- or moderate-income or predominantly minority census tract in which more than one-third of the single-family housing stock became rental housing in last five years.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic considerations in recognizing affordable single-family rental activity.</E>
                         A few commenters addressed the agencies' request for comment on whether to limit any inclusion of single-family rental properties in the proposed naturally occurring affordable housing component to properties located in rural areas. The majority of these commenters opposed limiting single-family rentals to rural areas. In this regard, a commenter stated that affordable housing is needed everywhere and, therefore, the category should not be limited to rural communities. A few commenters supported limiting single-family rentals to rural areas, noting the large percentage of occupied rental units in rural areas that are single-family homes. Another commenter suggested eliminating all geographic criteria and allowing single-family rentals to receive CRA consideration anywhere.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The final rule adopts as final § __.13(b)(3) a component in the affordable housing category for single-family rental housing in nonmetropolitan areas. The component applies in instances where such housing is purchased, developed, financed, rehabilitated, improved, or preserved, and the housing meets the affordability criterion in final § __.13(b)(2)(i) and at least one of the additional eligibility criteria in final § __.13(b)(2)(ii). This component is intended to address single-family rental housing with affordable rents in nonmetropolitan areas. As previously noted, the agencies inquired whether the proposed approach to considering naturally occurring affordable housing should be broadened to include single-family rental housing that meets the requirements in proposed § __.13(b)(2), and if so, whether consideration of single-family rental housing should be limited to rural geographies, or eligible in all geographies. In making this determination, the agencies have considered the views from commenters on this request for feedback.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Standards for single-family rental housing.</E>
                         Currently, the lack of a consistent standard for affordability, combined with unclear methods for determining whether low- or moderate-income individuals are likely to benefit, leads to inconsistent consideration of unsubsidized affordable housing, including single-family rental housing. The agencies sought feedback on the potential application of the criteria in proposed § __.13(b)(2)(i) and (ii) to single-family rental housing because those criteria aim to provide a consistent methodology for determining benefit for low- or moderate-income individuals. After considering commenter feedback, the agencies believe that the revised criteria for naturally occurring affordable housing for multifamily rental housing under § __.13(b)(2), which include a defined affordability standard and a requirement that rents be determined based on the amounts used by the bank for purposes of underwriting, are suitable for adoption in the single-family nonmetropolitan area rental housing context. The agencies carefully considered commenter suggestions for a more stringent or more lenient affordability standard, and determined that adopting the criteria in final § __.13(b)(2) for both multifamily rental housing and single-family rental housing in nonmetropolitan areas will provide a clear and consistent option that is likely to benefit low- and moderate-income individuals and families.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic considerations in recognizing affordable single-family rental activity.</E>
                         Although the agencies considered the assertion by some commenters that affordable rental housing is needed in all geographic areas, as noted previously, this component supports consideration only for single-family rental housing in nonmetropolitan areas. The agencies also considered that the composition of the housing stock varies across geographies, and that in some areas, such as in certain nonmetropolitan areas, it may be difficult to develop affordable multifamily rental housing at scale, either in conjunction with a government program or as naturally occurring affordable housing. An agency analysis of data from the 2016-2020 American Community Survey showed that 22 percent of occupied rental units in nonmetropolitan areas are structures with more than 4 units, compared to 47 percent of occupied rental units in metropolitan areas.
                        <SU>319</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In reaching their determination, the agencies believe that the final rule approach appropriately balances adding a component specific to affordable single-family rental housing and tailoring it to the unique affordable housing needs in nonmetropolitan areas. The agencies also considered that not including this component could otherwise limit opportunities for affordable housing in nonmetropolitan areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>319</SU>
                             Multifamily housing is also less common in rural areas where a smaller 12 percent of occupied rental units are in structures with more than 4 units according to the same data source. Rural areas are conceptually distinct from nonmetropolitan areas, however, and this final rule relies upon the nonmetropolitan area designation. The Census Bureau uses a distinct methodology of designating urban and rural census blocks relative to the Office of Management and Budget's methodology for determining if a county is within a metropolitan statistical area.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        This component is designed to address the single-family affordable housing needs in nonmetropolitan areas, including the particular needs in rural areas. Accordingly, although the agencies recognize that single-family affordable housing is important to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6650"/>
                        addressing the affordable housing needs for low- and moderate-income individuals in metropolitan areas, the agencies have determined not to expand this component to apply to single-family rental housing in metropolitan areas. Such units may still be eligible for consideration under final § __.13(b)(1) to the extent that the unit(s) and associated loan, investment, or service meet the requirements under that component.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(b)(4) Affordable Owner-Occupied Housing for Low- or Moderate-Income Individuals</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed § __.13(b)(3) provided a component for the affordable housing category of community development for “activities that support affordable owner-occupied housing for low- or moderate-income individuals.” This component included activities that: (1) “directly assist low- or moderate-income individuals to obtain, maintain, rehabilitate, or improve affordable owner-occupied housing”; or (2) “support programs, projects, or initiatives that assist low- or moderate-income individuals to obtain, maintain, rehabilitate, or improve affordable owner-occupied housing.” 
                        <SU>320</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Owner-occupied housing referenced in the agencies' proposal included both single-family and multifamily owner-occupied housing.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>320</SU>
                             Proposed § __.13(b)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Activities under proposed § __.13(b)(3) would have expressly excluded single-family home mortgage loans considered under the Retail Lending Test in proposed § __.22.
                        <SU>321</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Instead, as discussed in the agencies' proposal, activities eligible for consideration under proposed § __.13(b)(3) included, for example, construction loan financing for a nonprofit housing developer building single-family owner-occupied homes affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals; financing or a grant provided to a nonprofit community land trust focused on providing affordable housing to low- or moderate-income individuals; a loan to a resident-owned manufactured housing community with homes that are affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals; a shared-equity program operated by a nonprofit organization to provide long-term affordable homeownership; and financing or grants for organizations that provide down payment assistance to low- or moderate-income homebuyers. Other activities eligible for consideration under this proposed component include: activities with a governmental or nonprofit organization with a stated purpose of, or that otherwise directly supports, providing affordable housing; and activities conducted by the bank itself, or with other for-profit partners, provided that the activity directly supports affordable homeownership for low- or moderate-income individuals.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>321</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies sought feedback on what conditions or terms, if any, should be added to this component to ensure that qualifying activities are affordable, sustainable, and beneficial for low- or moderate-income individuals and communities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Nearly all commenters that commented on the affordable homeownership component of the NPR expressed support for CRA consideration for such activities. Some of the commenters suggested a different definition for this component under which the financing, construction, or rehabilitation of owner-occupied homes would qualify if: (1) the homes are located in a low- or moderate-income census tract or a distressed or underserved middle-income nonmetropolitan census tract; and (2) the sales price does not exceed four times the area median income. One commenter noted that this definition should explicitly include government programs with a “stated purpose or bona fide intent” of providing affordable housing or housing assistance for low-, moderate-, or middle-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>Many commenters offered specific suggestions regarding the activities that should be eligible for consideration under this component. Commenter suggestions included: that the agencies should explicitly include financing for the rehabilitation or reconstruction of an already owner-occupied home if the owner is a low- or moderate-income individual; that investments and interests in early buyout loans should receive CRA consideration because they enable servicers to work with and buy delinquent loans with government insurance or guarantees without foreclosing on the properties, thereby allowing residents to remain in their homes; and that the agencies should provide CRA consideration for the costs of transporting housing materials to remote areas.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters encouraged the agencies to use this component to encourage affordable homeownership for specific populations. For example, a commenter suggested that the agencies increase and preserve affordable homeownership for low- or moderate-income individuals from racial and ethnic groups that were subjected to redlining and other discriminatory practices. Similarly, a commenter recommended that the agencies emphasize activities that expand homeownership for first-time buyers who are individuals with disabilities or represent other underserved populations.</P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters encouraged the agencies to include specific products or programs in this component of affordable housing. These suggestions include first-look homebuyer programs,
                        <SU>322</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         home repair programs that help homeowners bring homes into building code compliance, participation in specific pilot programs offered by the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) (collectively, the Government-sponsored enterprises or the GSEs),
                        <SU>323</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         real estate-owned note sales, education on and resolution of heirs' property titles, low balance loans for homeowners, use of alternative credit models, limited equity housing cooperatives, and property tax abatements to assist low- or moderate-income owners whose taxes have risen rapidly. Other commenters suggested that the agencies provide CRA consideration for activities related to lender fee-for-service payments, investment, grants, and developing fees for service programming by HUD-certified housing counseling agencies. Lastly, some commenters recommended that the agencies encourage banks to partner with nonprofit affordable housing groups to provide or support affordable homeownership options. These commenters explained that nonprofit affordable housing groups—including developers, owners, counselors, and others—provide products and services that are appropriately tailored to low- and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6651"/>
                        moderate-income borrowers and help guard against predatory or unsustainable homeownership activities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>322</SU>
                             For example, Freddie Mac's First Look Initiative offers homebuyers and select nonprofit organizations an exclusive opportunity to purchase certain homes prior to competition from investors. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Freddie Mac, “Freddie Mac First Look Initiative,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.homesteps.com/homesteps/offer/firstlook.html</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>323</SU>
                             GSE pilot programs are designed to target a wide range of housing access issues. GSE pilot programs may help renters establish and improve their credit scores, defray or decrease the cost of security deposits for renters, or take other actions to help renters and homeowners. For example, Fannie Mae's Multifamily Positive Rent Payment Reporting pilot program is aimed at helping renters build their credit history and improve their credit score. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Fannie Mae, “Fannie Mae Launches Rent Payment Reporting Program to Help Renters Build Credit” (Sept. 27, 2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fanniemae.com/newsroom/fannie-mae-news/rent-payment-reporting-program-launch</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting proposed § __.13(b)(3), renumbered as final § __.13(b)(4), with clarifying revisions to provide community development consideration for activities that support affordable owner-occupied housing for low- and moderate-income individuals. Specifically, in final § __.13(b)(4), affordable housing includes “assistance for low- or moderate-income individuals to obtain, maintain, rehabilitate, or improve affordable owner-occupied housing, excluding loans by a bank directly to one or more owner-occupants of such housing.” The agencies believe that adopting this component facilitates consideration of a variety of the affordable housing models suggested by commenters. The agencies also note that some of the activities suggested by commenters, such as use of alternative credit scores, special purpose credit programs, and use of other credit products that assist low- or moderate-income individuals with purchasing a home could be considered responsive credit products under the Retail Services and Products Test, described in the section-by-section analysis of § __.23. Owner-occupied one-to-four-family home mortgage loans, including but not limited to owner-occupied one-to-four-family home mortgage loans considered under the Retail Lending Test in § __.22, are excluded from consideration under this component.</P>
                    <P>Relative to the agencies' proposal, the final rule combines the two prongs (“direct” support and support for “plans, programs, and initiatives”) into a single component that covers all forms of assistance for affordable homeownership. By creating a single component, the agencies seek to streamline the requirement and clarify that a bank may receive community development consideration for activities that support any qualifying assistance under the component regardless of whether the support is provided directly to a low- or moderate-income individual or indirectly, through a third-party organization. As a result, under the final rule, a down payment grant provided by a bank to a low- or moderate-income individual is evaluated using the same standards as those standards that apply to a down payment grant to a nonprofit organization that provides affordable housing assistance to low- or moderate-income individuals. This parallel treatment is consistent with the agencies' objectives, including the objective seeking to provide greater clarity and consistency in the application of the regulations, and the criteria in the proposal.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Assistance for low- or moderate-income individuals to obtain, maintain, rehabilitate, or improve affordable owner-occupied housing.</E>
                         Under final § __.13(b)(4), activities that assist low- or moderate-income individuals to obtain, maintain, rehabilitate, or improve affordable owner-occupied housing are considered. The proposal would have recognized activity that “directly” assists with these functions. The agencies removed “directly” to better align this component with the majority standard outlined in final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                        <E T="03">1</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As noted in the proposal, activities under this component could be conducted in conjunction with a variety of financing types. For example, this component would include activities such as construction loan financing for a nonprofit housing developer constructing single-family owner-occupied homes affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals; a grant to a nonprofit organization that provides home rehabilitation and weatherization improvements for low- and moderate-income homeowners; financing or a grant to a nonprofit community land trust focused on providing affordable housing to low- or moderate-income individuals; a loan to a resident-owned manufactured housing community with homes that are affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals; a shared-equity program operated by a nonprofit organization to provide long-term affordable homeownership; and financing or grants for organizations that provide down payment assistance to low- or moderate-income homebuyers.
                        <SU>324</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>324</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(b)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Furthermore, under this component, eligible activities may include those involving assistance to a government agency or nonprofit organization that provides access to affordable homeownership, and assistance provided by the bank itself, or by other for-profit entities. Accordingly, each of the following may qualify for consideration under final § __.13(b): participation in first-look homebuyer programs or home repair programs that help homeowners bring homes into building code compliance; a down payment grant offered directly by a bank to help low- or moderate-income individuals purchase a home; an investment in a government bond that finances home mortgage loans for low- or moderate-income borrowers; 
                        <SU>325</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and activities supporting a program that conducts free home repairs or maintenance for low- or moderate-income homeowners.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>325</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(t)-2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Exclusion of loans by a bank directly to owner-occupants.</E>
                         The proposal specifically excluded any home mortgage loans considered under the Retail Lending Test in § __.22. The agencies were concerned that, as written, the requirement could suggest that a bank might receive consideration for such loans under either performance test, but not both. To minimize confusion and to clarify the agencies' intent, final § __.13(b)(4) replaces the reference to the Retail Lending Test with language that excludes any loan directly to an owner-occupant, regardless of whether the loan is considered under the Retail Lending Test. Consistent with the proposal, this clarification ensures that banks will not receive CRA consideration under both final § __.13(b)(4) and final § __.22 for a single loan.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(b)(5) Mortgage-Backed Securities</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under proposed § __.13(b)(4), the agencies proposed to define standards for investments in mortgage-backed securities related to affordable housing that qualify for community development consideration. Specifically, the agencies proposed that mortgage-backed securities would qualify as affordable housing when the security contained “a majority of either loans financing housing for low- or moderate-income individuals or loans financing housing that otherwise qualifies as affordable housing under [proposed § __.13(b)].” 
                        <SU>326</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This proposed component of affordable housing was intended to be generally consistent with current practice and to recognize that purchases of qualifying mortgage-backed securities that contain home mortgage loans to low- or moderate-income borrowers or that otherwise contain loans that qualify as affordable housing are investments in affordable housing.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>326</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(t)-2. 
                            <E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.23(b)-2 (indicating that CRA credit for MBS investments is conferred only if the MBS is “not backed primarily or exclusively by loans that the same institution originated or purchased.”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies sought feedback on alternative approaches that would create a more targeted definition of qualifying mortgage-backed securities. One alternative approach would be to consider investments in mortgage-
                        <PRTPAGE P="6652"/>
                        backed securities only in proportion to the percentage of loans in the security secured by affordable properties. For example, if 60 percent of a qualifying mortgage-backed security consists of single-family home mortgage loans to low- or moderate-income borrowers, and 40 percent of the security consists of loans to middle- or upper-income borrowers, the mortgage-backed security would receive consideration only for the dollar value of the loans to low- or moderate-income borrowers. Additionally, the agencies sought feedback on whether to limit consideration of mortgage-backed securities to the initial purchase of a mortgage-backed security from the issuer, and not to consider subsequent purchases of the security. This change would have been intended to reduce the possibility of multiple banks receiving CRA consideration for purchasing the same security.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The majority of commenters recognized the important role mortgage-backed security purchases play in creating liquidity for the mortgage market and enabling banks to originate more loans and favored retaining this component of affordable housing. However, many of these commenters supported restrictions on the types of eligible securities as well as the amount of CRA consideration received relative to other activities. Other commenters suggested eliminating consideration for purchases of mortgage-backed securities altogether because of the view that such investments are low impact or add little value to communities.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Scope.</E>
                         Some commenters requested that the agencies clarify or modify the scope of this component. For example, a commenter sought clarification regarding the treatment of purchases of securities collateralized by mortgage loans in low- and moderate-income census tracts. Separately, several commenters recommended that the proposed mortgage-backed securities component include purchases of other affordable housing investment vehicles issued by State housing finance authorities or municipalities, such as mortgage revenue bonds. In contrast, other commenters supported restricting consideration to certain types of purchases of mortgage-backed securities, such as loans or mortgage-backed securities purchased from a certified CDFI, or loans or mortgage-backed securities that meet certain requirements but that are not guaranteed by the Federal Government. Other commenters proposed limitations that would provide CRA consideration only for the first or second purchase of a mortgage-backed security.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Amount of consideration for mortgage-backed securities.</E>
                         The majority of commenters addressing the agencies' request for comment on whether to consider investment in mortgage-backed securities only in proportion to the percentage of loans in the security secured by affordable properties favored the proportional consideration alternative. In contrast, a couple of commenters addressing this alternative opposed using proportional consideration, asserting that it would increase complexity without material benefit to the volume and scope of affordable housing activities in low- or moderate-income communities. Other commenters suggested a hybrid approach whereby full CRA consideration would be granted for investments in mortgage-backed securities comprised of 50 percent or more affordable housing loans and pro rata credit would be granted for investments in mortgage-backed securities comprised of less than 50 percent affordable housing loans. Another commenter suggested that the full value of a mortgage-backed security only be considered when at least 50 percent of the underlying loans were used to finance supportive affordable housing developments.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters recommended that CRA consideration for purchases of mortgage-backed securities be discounted relative to other community development investments. These commenters suggested that mortgage-backed securities investments be discounted by 50 percent in comparison to more traditional lending or investment in qualified CRA activities because these securities remain liquid and provide comparably less public benefit than other qualifying CRA activities. Similarly, some commenters suggested that the agencies limit consideration for mortgage-backed securities investments to a percentage of a bank's nationwide community development activity, with some of these commenters suggesting either a 20 or 25 percent cap. Other commenters requested that consideration be limited to the percentage of loans to low- or moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Other restrictions or limitations.</E>
                         Finally, several commenters suggested that the agencies consider or set a minimum threshold for the time period that a bank must hold the mortgage-backed securities on its books, such as two or more years. Some commenters also opposed limiting mortgage-backed securities consideration to only the initial purchase from the issuer, citing that this limitation would add complexity and could negatively impact the market for mortgage-backed securities.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>In the final rule, the agencies are adopting the proposal related to mortgage-backed securities, renumbered as final § __.13(b)(5) and reorganized to include final § __.13(b)(5)(i) and (ii), with both substantive and clarifying edits. Specifically, the final rule includes as a component of affordable housing purchases of mortgage-backed securities that are collateralized by loans, a majority of which are not loans that the bank originated or purchased, and which are either home mortgage loans made to low- or moderate-income individuals or loans financing multifamily affordable housing that meets the requirements of final § __.13(b)(1). For clarity, the two subcategories (home mortgage loans to low- or moderate-income individuals and loans secured by multifamily affordable housing) form two separate prongs under the overall mortgage-backed security component.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are also revising final § __.13(b)(5) to confirm that the component only applies to mortgage-backed securities where a majority of the underlying loans are not loans that the bank originated or purchased. This limitation is consistent with current interagency guidance and ensures that banks are not likely to receive consideration under both final § __.13(b)(5) and the Retail Lending Test in final § __.22 for the same loan(s).
                        <SU>327</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>327</SU>
                             Q&amp;A § __.23(b)-2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(b)(5)(i)</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Section __.13(b)(5)(i).</E>
                         Final § __.13(b)(5)(i) specifies that affordable housing includes purchases of mortgage-backed securities where a majority of the underlying loans are not loans that the bank originated or purchased and “[a]re home mortgage loans made to low- or moderate-income individuals.” This provision adopts the proposal to consider purchases of mortgage-backed securities that contain a majority of “loans financing housing for low- or -moderate income individuals” (proposed § __.13(b)(4)). On further review, the agencies determined that “loans financing housing for low- or -moderate income individuals” could be read broadly to include single-family loans and multifamily loans. The agencies intended, however, to refer with this language solely to loans secured by 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6653"/>
                        single-family homes. Thus, final § __.13(b)(5)(i) refers more specifically to “home mortgage loans made to low- or moderate-income individuals.” As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of  § __.12, “home mortgage loan” is defined to mean a “closed-end home mortgage loan” or an “open-end home mortgage loan,” which are in turn defined to exclude multifamily loans.
                        <SU>328</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>328</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.12 (defining “home mortgage loan,” “closed-end home mortgage loan,” and “open-end home mortgage loan”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies also note that final § __.13(b)(5)(i) only allows consideration based on the income of the individuals to whom the loans are made and does not allow consideration for mortgage-backed securities solely because the underlying loans are secured by property in low- and moderate-income census tracts. This approach, which is consistent with the agencies' proposal, is intended to maintain the component's focus on low- or moderate-income individuals. The agencies do not believe that providing consideration for mortgage-backed securities where the underlying loans are made to middle- or upper-income individuals residing in low- or moderate-income census tracts is likely to further the agencies' goal of encouraging affordable housing lending to low- and moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(b)(5)(ii)</HD>
                    <P>Under final § __.13(b)(5)(ii), the agencies replaced phrasing that referred to loans that finance housing that “otherwise qualifies” as affordable housing with a direct reference to final § __.13(b)(1). This revision clarifies that, as it relates to multifamily housing, the agencies intend to provide community development consideration only for those mortgage-backed securities where a majority of the underlying loans are secured by multifamily rental housing purchased, developed, financed, rehabilitated, improved, or preserved in conjunction with government affordable housing plans, programs, initiatives, tax credits, and subsidies. The agencies believe that this clarification will facilitate consistency in evaluating mortgage-backed securities. The agencies note that purchases of tax-exempt bonds issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, which finance affordable housing projects, and tax-exempt bond issuances that finance affordable housing projects sponsored by State housing authorities or municipalities, may be eligible for community development consideration under the final rule, provided that the bond is a mortgage-backed security that meets the requirements in final § __.13(b)(5)(ii).</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Amount of consideration for mortgage-backed securities.</E>
                         Under final § __.13(a) mortgage-backed securities that meet the requirements in final § __.13(b)(5) (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         a majority of the underlying loans are not loans that the bank originated or purchased, and are either home mortgage loans made to low- or moderate-income individuals or loans financing multifamily affordable housing that meets the requirements of final § __.13(b)(1)) will be eligible to receive consideration for the full value of the security.
                        <SU>329</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies carefully considered commenter feedback regarding the amount of consideration that mortgage-backed securities should be eligible to receive under CRA, including ideas for partial consideration of bank investments in mortgage-backed securities. On further deliberation, the agencies are not adopting a partial consideration framework for bank investments in mortgage-backed securities. The agencies believe that the final rule's majority approach for mortgage-backed securities will facilitate compliance and supervision, as it is less complex than other alternatives suggested and considered, and consistent with the majority standard employed in most other categories of community development.
                        <SU>330</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         While generally aligned with current guidance on bank investments in mortgage-backed securities noted earlier, the final rule will provide greater clarity, transparency, and uniformity in how bank investments in mortgage-backed securities are considered under CRA.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>329</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(A)(
                            <E T="03">2</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>330</SU>
                             For discussion of the final rule on full and partial credit for community development loans, investments, and services, see the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies believe that the requirements in final § __.13(b)(5), including the majority requirement, the home mortgage loan limitation, and the express tie to final § __.13(b)(1) for multifamily affordable housing, appropriately balance considerations of current guidance; the benefits of greater consistency and clarity in the treatment of investments in mortgage-backed securities under CRA; and the recognition that purchases of mortgage-backed securities containing home mortgage loans to low- or moderate-income borrowers or loans that finance multifamily affordable housing can improve liquidity, in turn supporting more loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers and more affordable housing development. The agencies remain sensitive to commenter views that mortgage-backed securities are lower in impact and responsiveness to community credit needs than other qualifying affordable housing activities more directly supporting housing for low- or moderate-income individuals. Accordingly, the agencies will continue to monitor the impact of including mortgage-backed securities in the affordable housing category.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Other restrictions or limitations.</E>
                         After carefully considering commenter feedback, the agencies have decided not to limit consideration of mortgage-backed securities to the initial purchase of a mortgage-backed security from the issuer under this component. The agencies sought feedback on limiting consideration to the initial purchase in order to emphasize activities that may more directly serve low- or moderate-income individuals and communities and to reduce the possibility of multiple banks receiving CRA consideration for purchasing the same security. However, the agencies believe that this potential limitation is mitigated as examiners will be able to use information regarding the amount of time a mortgage-backed security was owned by the bank to determine the appropriate amount of consideration. For more information regarding the agencies' use of performance context, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.21(d).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Complex, Specialized, and Novel Topics in Affordable Housing</HD>
                    <P>
                        As previously noted, the agencies sought feedback on how to ensure that the proposed affordable housing category is clearly defined and appropriately inclusive of activities that support affordable housing for low- or moderate-income individuals, including activities that involve complex, specialized, or novel solutions, such as community land trusts, shared equity models, and manufactured housing. The agencies considered the wide array of commenter responses that identified particular activities that help to further access to affordable housing for low- and moderate-income individuals. However, the agencies have declined to revise the affordable housing category to explicitly list such activities, because the agencies believe that many of the activities identified in comments would be eligible for community development consideration under the various components of the affordable housing category. This outcome is consistent with the agencies' objective for the affordable housing category, which is to create standards and identify 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6654"/>
                        characteristics that may be used to evaluate a broad range of affordable housing activities and programs, both current and future, and identify those that meet the standards for consideration. The following is a discussion of the ways in which several activities cited by commenters are captured within the various affordable housing components or may otherwise receive consideration under the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Manufactured housing.</E>
                         In the NPR, the agencies stated that a loan to a resident-owned manufactured housing community with homes that are affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals could be eligible for community development consideration as an activity that supports affordable homeownership for low- and moderate-income individuals. As noted previously, the agencies also requested feedback about the inclusion of manufactured housing in the proposed affordable housing category.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies received several comments related to manufactured housing, and commenters provided feedback on a variety of approaches for affordable manufactured housing eligibility. For example, some commenters supported special consideration of financing for affordable manufactured housing that is on tribal land, while other commenters supported a broader approach to include all loans that finance affordable manufactured housing. Some commenters urged the agencies to provide consideration only for resident-owned manufactured housing communities or to nonprofit organizations that provide land for manufactured housing. In contrast, other commenters urged the agencies to include consideration for for-profit manufactured home communities, with one commenter suggesting that loans to manufactured housing communities with homes that are affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals should not be restricted to only resident-owned communities, because for-profit entities play an essential role in purchasing older communities and making significant infrastructure repairs, such as roads, sewer, and water. Another commenter suggested that community development consideration should be extended for loans to manufactured home dealers that commit to providing more favorable financing terms to low- or moderate-income buyers.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered these comments and recognize that manufactured housing can provide important affordable housing options for low- and moderate-income individuals and families. Nonetheless, the agencies intend and expect that some manufactured housing activity will meet the requirements under a component of affordable housing adopted in the final rule. For example, an acquisition loan made to a manufactured housing community with homes that are affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals could help fill a housing gap and may qualify under final § __.13(b)(4) as assistance supportive of affordable owner-occupied housing for low- or moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>331</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Alternatively, financing provided to a nonprofit, in conjunction with a government program, to develop manufactured housing and buy land for use as affordable rental housing for low- and moderate-income individuals and families could qualify under final § __.13(b)(1) (rental housing in conjunction with a government affordable housing plan, program, initiative, tax credit, or subsidy).
                        <SU>332</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d)(1), below, single-family home mortgage loans meeting the HUD code for manufactured housing are generally reportable under HMDA, and will therefore receive consideration under the Retail Lending Test in final § __.22.
                        <SU>333</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>331</SU>
                             Final § __.13(b)(4) is discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(b)(4), below.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>332</SU>
                             Final § __.13(b)(1) is discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(b)(1), below.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>333</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             HUD Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards, 24 CFR part 3280.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Shared equity housing programs and community land trusts.</E>
                         In the NPR, the agencies stated that a shared-equity program operated by a nonprofit organization to provide long-term affordable homeownership could be eligible for community development consideration as an activity that supports affordable homeownership for low- and moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>334</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies stated that an activity that provides financing for the acquisition of land for a shared equity housing project that brings permanent affordable housing to a community could meet the impact review factor for activities that result in a new community development financing product or service under the Community Development Financing Test or the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks, to the extent that it involves a new strategy to meet a community development need.
                        <SU>335</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>334</SU>
                             87 FR 33884, 33897 (June 3, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>335</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33915.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The NPR also specifically addressed community land trusts, which typically operate a specific type of shared-equity program. The agencies stated that providing financing to, or a grant for a nonprofit community land trust focused on providing affordable owner-occupied housing to low- or moderate-income individuals could be eligible for community development consideration as an activity that supports affordable homeownership for low- and moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>336</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Several commenters noted that activities, such as those conducted in coordination with community land trusts, can prevent displacement of vulnerable residents.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>336</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33897.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        It is the agencies' view that shared equity housing programs, including but not limited to community land trust activities, provide opportunities to support long-term affordable housing. Commenters generally supported qualification of these activities under the affordable housing category, with some commenters noting that such activities can make homeownership affordable for low- or moderate-income individuals who might be otherwise unable to afford to purchase a home. The agencies agree that shared equity housing and community land trusts are important tools to promote homeownership. Although the final rule does not create a separate component or prong for qualification of shared equity housing as affordable housing, the agencies highlight that loans, investments, and services involving shared equity programs and community land trusts may be eligible for consideration under final § __.13(b)(4), when they involve assistance for low- or moderate-income individuals to obtain affordable owner-occupied housing. As another example, to the extent that a community land trust operates rental housing meeting the requirements under final § __.13(b)(1) or (2), loans, investments, and services to support such housing would qualify for consideration under the applicable component. Moreover, mortgage loans that allow homeowners to purchase a home through these programs may be considered under the Retail Lending Test in final § __.22, or under the responsive credit product evaluation in the Retail Services and Products Test in final § __.23.
                        <SU>337</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>337</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Accessory dwelling units (ADUs).</E>
                         Several commenters requested consideration for banks supporting development of ADUs under the affordable housing category. For example, commenters requested 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6655"/>
                        consideration for loans extended to finance ADUs that are intended to help low- and moderate-income homeowners develop an income-producing property that could offset the cost of a mortgage or rising property taxes, or to encourage affordability by creating additional housing supply.
                        <SU>338</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One commenter suggested that the agencies provide community development consideration to ADUs and small multifamily buildings and asked the agencies to clarify that banks can receive consideration for loans to support improvements and repairs to existing dwellings, including for small dollar loans and to install accessibility features.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>338</SU>
                             Accessory dwelling units or ADUs are additional living quarters on single-family lots that are independent of the primary dwelling unit. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             HUD, Office of Policy Development and Research, “Accessory Dwelling Units: Case Study” (June 2008), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.huduser.gov/portal/publications/adu.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As adopted under final § __.13(b), certain activities related to ADUs could be considered affordable housing, such as those that contribute to the provision of housing affordable to low- and moderate-income individuals and families. For example, a loan to a nonprofit organization that supports the creation of an ADU on the property of a low- or moderate-income homeowner could qualify under final § __.13(b)(4). Alternatively, a loan or investment in a fund operated in conjunction with a government program to support the construction of ADUs could qualify under final § __.13(b)(1), if the resulting ADUs were rental housing for low- or moderate-income individuals (and not considered under the Retail Lending Test).</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Land banks.</E>
                         The NPR did not specifically address the consideration of land banks under the various prongs of the affordable housing category, and a number of commenters requested that the agencies explicitly address land banks and land bank-related activities in the final rule. Commenters stated that land bank-related activities often help to address the need for affordable housing for low- and moderate-income individuals and in low- and moderate-income communities. The agencies recognize that land banks, which are typically established by a government entity or a nonprofit organization, can help to facilitate the development of affordable housing by acquiring and holding land until some future time when it can be developed as affordable housing. The agencies acknowledge that many of these activities could be considered under the affordable housing category if they have the bona fide intent and are specifically structured to provide affordable housing for low- and moderate-income individuals, and the agencies believe that these activities could qualify under several components of the affordable housing category under the final rule. For example, a loan to a land bank created by a government entity to hold land for the development of affordable rental housing could qualify under final § __.13(b)(1). Alternatively, a loan to a land bank operated by a nonprofit organization for the purpose of acquiring land on which to develop and sell single-family housing to low- and moderate-income individuals could qualify under final § __.13(b)(4).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Special purpose credit programs.</E>
                         In the proposal, the agencies sought feedback on whether special purpose credit programs 
                        <SU>339</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         should be listed as an example of a responsive credit product or program that facilitates mortgage and consumer lending targeted to low- or moderate-income borrowers under the Retail Services and Products Test.
                        <SU>340</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Several commenters instead recommended qualification for these activities under the affordable housing category of community development. In response to these comments, the agencies note that under the final rule, special purpose credit programs can be considered in the evaluation of responsive credit products and services pursuant to final § __.23(c)(2)(v). In addition, although specific special purpose credit programs are not expressly listed as qualifying programs under the affordable housing category in final § __.13(b), the agencies recognize that it would be possible for the objectives of specific special purpose credit programs to align with one or more affordable housing category components, and in such cases, these activities may be eligible for consideration within the affordable housing category of community development. For example, a grant to a nonprofit who is implementing a special purpose credit program that provides down payment assistance to low- or moderate-income individuals may qualify for consideration under final § __.13(b)(4).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>339</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             HUD, “Office of General Counsel Guidance on the Fair Housing Act's Treatment of Certain Special Purpose Credit Programs That Are Designed and Implemented in Compliance with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B” (Dec. 6, 2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/GC/documents/Special_Purpose_Credit_Program_OGC_guidance_12-6-2021.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>340</SU>
                             87 FR 33966.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Down payment assistance.</E>
                         In the NPR, the agencies stated that financing or grants for organizations that provide down payment assistance to low- or moderate-income homebuyers could be eligible for community development consideration as an activity that supports affordable homeownership for low- and moderate-income individuals under proposed § __.13(b)(3).
                        <SU>341</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Several commenters suggested that the agencies provide consideration for activities that provide down payment assistance to low- and moderate-income individuals. Nonetheless, the agencies note that direct grants and other programs offered by banks that help low- and moderate-income homebuyers make a down payment are eligible for consideration as an activity that supports affordable homeownership for low- and moderate-income individuals under final § __.13(b)(4), as long as the down payment assistance is not provided as a loan by the bank directly to the owner-occupant of the home.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>341</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33897.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Other suggested housing programs.</E>
                         Commenters requested that the agencies explicitly address many additional activities, including but not limited to home repair for low- and moderate-income individuals and families, supportive housing models, and first-look homebuyer programs. The agencies have considered these recommendations and acknowledge that there are many types of investments, loans, and services provided by banks in connection with such activities that may qualify under the affordable housing category of community development. As previously noted, many activities recommended by commenters would qualify under one or more of the five affordable housing components adopted in final § __.13(b), when the activity meets the qualifying criteria and thereby supports affordable housing for low- and moderate-income individuals and families. In addition, to provide increased certainty on what community development activities will qualify for CRA consideration, pursuant to final § __.14, the agencies will maintain a publicly available, non-exhaustive illustrative list of examples of community development activities that qualify for CRA consideration, including examples of qualifying affordable housing activities. The list will be periodically updated. Final § __.14 also provides a formal confirmation process through which any bank could request a determination as to whether a proposed community development activity would be eligible for CRA consideration.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6656"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13(c) Economic Development</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current regulation, community development is defined to include “[a]ctivities that promote economic development by financing businesses or farms that meet the size eligibility standards of the U.S. Small Business Administration Development Company (SBDC) or Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) programs or have gross annual revenues of $1 million or less.” 
                        <SU>342</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under the current Interagency Questions and Answers, activities qualify as economic development if they meet both a “size” test and a “purpose” test.
                        <SU>343</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>342</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR__.12(g)(3). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             13 CFR 120.10 (SBDC program) and 13 CFR part 107 (SBIC program).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>343</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Size test.</E>
                         An institution's loan, investment, or service meets the “size” test if it finances, directly or through an intermediary, businesses or farms that either meet, as noted, the size eligibility standards of the SBDC or SBIC programs, or have gross annual revenues of $1 million or less.
                        <SU>344</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The term “financing” is considered broadly and includes technical assistance that readies a business that meets the size eligibility standards to obtain financing.
                        <SU>345</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>344</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>345</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Currently, small business loans and small farm loans that meet the definition of “loans to small businesses” or “loans to small farms,” based on the Call Report definitions—loans with original amounts of $1 million or less to businesses and loans with original amounts of $500,000 or less to farms 
                        <SU>346</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        —are generally evaluated as retail loans and not as community development loans. Loans that exceed these amounts, as applicable, can be considered as community development loans if the business or farm borrower either meets the size eligibility standards of the SBDC or SBIC programs or has gross annual revenues of $1 million or less.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>346</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(v) (defining a small business loan as a loan included in “loans to small businesses” as defined in the instructions for preparation of the Call Report). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             12 CFR __.12(w) (defining a small farm loan as a loan included in “loans to small farms” as defined in the instructions for preparation of the Call Report).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Purpose test.</E>
                         A bank's loans, investments, or services can meet the “purpose” test if they “promote economic development” by supporting either:
                    </P>
                    <P>(1) Permanent job creation, retention, and/or improvement:</P>
                    <P>• For low- or moderate-income persons, in low- or moderate-income census tracts, in areas targeted for redevelopment by Federal, State, local, or tribal governments;</P>
                    <P>• By financing intermediaries that lend to, invest in, or provide technical assistance to start-ups or recently formed small businesses or small farms; or</P>
                    <P>
                        • Through technical assistance or supportive services for small businesses or farms, such as shared space, technology, or administrative assistance; 
                        <SU>347</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         or
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>347</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        (2) Federal, State, local, or tribal economic development initiatives that include provisions for creating jobs or improving access by low- or moderate-income persons to jobs or to job training or workforce development programs.
                        <SU>348</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>348</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies will presume that loans, investments, or services in connection with the following specific government programs promote economic development, thereby satisfying the purpose test: SBDCs, SBICs, USDA Rural Business Investment Companies 
                        <SU>349</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (RBICs), New Markets Venture Capital Companies,
                        <SU>350</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         NMTC-eligible Community Development Entities 
                        <SU>351</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (CDEs), or CDFIs that finance small businesses or small farms.
                        <SU>352</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>349</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             7 CFR 4290.50.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>350</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             13 CFR part 108.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>351</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             26 U.S.C. 45D(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>352</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Currently, an intermediate small bank that is not required to report small business or small farm loans may opt to have its small business and small farm loans considered as community development loans, as long as they meet the definition of community development. An intermediate small bank that opts to have such small business and small farm loans considered as community development loans cannot also choose to have these loans evaluated under the current lending test.
                        <SU>353</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>353</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed several revisions to the economic development category of community development that were intended to provide clarity to stakeholders about the activities that qualify under this category and to encourage activities supportive of small businesses and small farms. Specifically, the agencies proposed that the economic development category of community development would comprise three types of activities:</P>
                    <P>• Activities undertaken consistent with Federal, State, local, or tribal government plans, programs, or initiatives that support small businesses, as defined in the plans, programs, or initiatives. This prong expressly included lending to, investing in, or providing services to an SBDC, SBIC, New Markets Venture Capital Company, qualified CDE, or RBIC (proposed § __.13(c)(1)).</P>
                    <P>• Support for financial intermediaries that lend to, invest in, or provide technical assistance to businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of $5 million or less (proposed § __.13(c)(2)); or</P>
                    <P>• Providing technical assistance to support businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of $5 million or less, or providing services such as shared space, technology, or administrative assistance to such businesses or farms or to organizations that have a primary purpose of supporting such businesses or farms (proposed § __.13(c)(3)).</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Gross annual revenue threshold for small businesses and small farms under economic development.</E>
                         The agencies proposed alternative size standards for defining small businesses and small farms, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12.
                        <SU>354</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the agencies proposed a gross annual revenue threshold for the businesses and farms supported under proposed § __.13(c)(2) and (3) of $5 million or less. For government-related support of small businesses and small farms, the size standards of the relevant government plan, program, or initiative would apply, with the proposed $5 million gross annual revenue threshold applying in the absence of a definition in the plan, program, or initiative. As discussed in the proposal, the $5 million size standard was intended in part to align the meaning of small business and small farm across the CRA regulation, including under the proposed Retail Lending Test, with the definition of small business under the CFPB's Section 1071 Proposed Rule, subsequently adopted in the Section 1071 Final Rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>354</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.12 (“small business” and “small farm” definitions); 
                            <E T="03">see also, e.g.,</E>
                             final § __.22(d) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Purpose of job creation, retention, and improvement for low- and moderate- income individuals under economic development.</E>
                         Under the proposal, the current purpose test described above would not be required for loans, investments, and services to qualify as supporting economic development, as long as the proposed criteria in 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6657"/>
                        proposed § __.13(c)(1), (2), or (3) were met. The agencies requested feedback on whether the proposed economic development category should retain a separate component of economic development to consider activities that support job creation, retention, and improvement for low- and moderate-income individuals. Moreover, the agencies sought feedback on whether activities conducted with businesses or farms of any size and that create or retain jobs for low- or moderate-income individuals should be considered. Additionally, the agencies requested feedback on criteria that could be included to demonstrate that the activities satisfied this component and that ensure activities are not qualified solely because they offer low wage jobs.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Evaluation of direct loans to small businesses and small farms.</E>
                         As discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22, the agencies proposed that a bank's reported loans to small businesses and small farms, regardless of the loan amount, generally would be evaluated under the proposed Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>355</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Relatedly, under proposed § __.13(c), the agencies proposed that reported loans directly to small businesses and small farms would not be included in the economic development category of community development and, therefore, would not be considered in the proposed Community Development Financing Test. Consistent with current guidance, the agencies proposed that intermediate banks would retain flexibility to have certain retail loans—small business, small farm, and home mortgage loans—be considered as community development loans. This option was proposed to be available to an intermediate bank if those loans have a primary purpose of community development and are not required to be reported by the bank (under HMDA or CRA).
                        <SU>356</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>355</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a); 
                            <E T="03">see also, e.g.,</E>
                             final § __.22(d) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>356</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a)(5)(iii); 
                            <E T="03">compare with</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)—3 (small business, small farm, home mortgage, and consumer loan consideration for intermediate small banks).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed this approach to reflect the agencies' belief that loans to small businesses and small farms are primarily retail lending products for banks, and therefore would be more appropriately considered under the proposed Retail Lending Test. Under the proposed Retail Lending Test, described in detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22 below, small business loans and small farm loans would be evaluated based on the distribution metrics and would not be subject to additional requirements such as the current community development criterion for economic development.
                        <SU>357</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Accordingly, the proposed revisions to the economic development category of community development were designed to emphasize other activities that would promote access to financing for small businesses and small farms, as discussed in greater detail below. However, as also discussed further below, the agencies also sought feedback on whether the proposed approach to evaluating direct small business and small farm lending solely under the Retail Lending Test would sufficiently recognize activities that support job creation, retention, and improvement for low- or moderate-income individuals and communities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>357</SU>
                             As further discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.42, under the current rule, for each census tract in which a bank (other than a small bank) originated or purchased a small business or small farm loan, the bank must report the aggregate number and amount of the loans with an amount at origination of: (1) $100,000 or less; (2) more than $100,000 but less than $250,000; and (3) more than $250,000. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.42(b)(1)(i) through (iii). These banks must also report small business and small farm loans to businesses and farms with gross annual revenues of $1 million or less (based on the revenue size used by the bank in making the credit decision). 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.42(b)(1)(iv). Subject to changes discussed in the proposal pertaining to the transition to using section 1071 data, the proposed Retail Lending Test distribution metrics would evaluate a bank's small business loans and small farm loans to businesses and farms with gross annual revenues of less than $1 million. The proposal also would evaluate loans to small businesses and small farms of more than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million, and of $250,000 or less. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(d); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             final § __.22(e) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis. 
                            <E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(g)(3) and Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Under the proposal, for retail loans evaluated under the proposed Retail Lending Test, the agencies proposed to transition from the current CRA definitions of small business loans and small farm loans to the definitions of loans to small businesses and small farms with gross annual revenues of $5 million or less—with the focus on the size of the small business or small farm, not the size of the loan. Hence, whereas currently, as noted, small business and small farm loans are generally evaluated under the lending test if they are loans with origination amounts of  $1 million or less to a business (of any size) and loans with origination amounts of $500,000 or less to a farm (of any size),
                        <SU>358</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         small business and small farm lending evaluated under the proposed Retail Lending Test would consider loans of any size, as long as they were to businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of $5 million or less.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>358</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR __.12(v) (defining a small business loan as a loan included in “loans to small businesses” as defined in the instructions for preparation of the Call Report). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             12 CFR__.12(w) (defining a small farm loan as a loan included in “loans to small farms” as defined in the instructions for preparation of the Call Report).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As proposed, the transition to this evaluation approach for small business and small farm lending would be based on the availability of data under the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule on small business loan data collection. In the interim, to evaluate small business and small farm loans under the Retail Lending Test, the agencies proposed to use the current definitions of small business loan and small farm loan.
                        <SU>359</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies sought feedback on this aspect of the proposal and on whether to continue considering bank loans to small businesses and small farms that currently qualify under the economic development criteria as community development loans during the period between when the final rule becomes applicable and when the agencies begin to use section 1071 data for bank CRA evaluations.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>359</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR __.12(v) (defining small business loan) and (w) (defining small farm loan).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Many commenters provided a variety of views on the proposal overall and offered feedback on the issues on which the agencies specifically requested comment, as discussed in further detail below. Several commenters expressed general support for the proposed changes to the economic development category and the proposed components. Many commenters expressed concerns, however, that the proposed changes to the economic development category would limit the activities that would have qualified under the current rule for this category and/or limit the range of small businesses that could be supported. Generally regarding a “size” and “purpose” test for the economic development category of community development, multiple commenters supported retaining the current size and purpose tests because, in these commenters' view, these tests highlight women- and minority-owned businesses. A commenter suggested that the “size” test and “purpose” test be retained but that a qualifying activity under the economic development category should be required to satisfy only one of these tests, not both.</P>
                    <P>
                        Comments discussed below address the following topics regarding the proposed economic development category of community development: (1) proposed size standards for small 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6658"/>
                        businesses and small farms; (2) the proposal to eliminate the existing “purpose” test for qualifying economic development activities; (3) criteria to demonstrate job creation, retention, and improvement; and (4) the proposed evaluation of direct loans to small businesses and small farms. As relevant, comments on these topics are also included in the section-by-section analysis of the individual components of the final rule (final § __.13(c)(1) through (3)).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Gross annual revenue threshold for small businesses and small farms under economic development.</E>
                         Numerous commenters addressed the proposal to include a gross annual revenue threshold for businesses and farms that could be considered under the economic development category. Some commenters generally supported the proposed size threshold of gross annual revenues of $5 million or less for businesses and farms, with some asserting the proposed size threshold would allow a greater number of small businesses to be supported under this category. A few commenters supported the $5 million gross annual revenue threshold but suggested that support for intermediaries that target the smallest businesses (with gross annual revenues of $1 million or less) should receive enhanced credit, while another commenter expressly supported using the $5 million gross annual revenue threshold for the intermediary prong (proposed § __.13(c)(2)).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        On the other hand, many commenters opposed or expressed concerns about the proposed size thresholds for small businesses and small farms. Commenters generally expressed concerns that the proposed approach would eliminate credit or stifle growth for many businesses, including minority-owned businesses and mid-sized companies, and would limit or omit many projects that impact low- and moderate-income areas or individuals. A commenter asserted that the proposed $5 million gross annual revenue threshold failed to account for the significant positive impact larger businesses have on job creation, retention, and improvement. Some commenters suggested maintaining the current “size” standards to qualify activities that support small businesses and small farms under the economic development category, with some expressing concerns that activities directly supporting small businesses that meet the size eligibility standards established by the SBA and affiliated programs (but that have gross annual revenues of greater than $5 million), as well as support for the financial intermediaries assisting these businesses, would no longer qualify under this proposed economic development category. A commenter asserted that setting a specific revenue threshold for small businesses fails to recognize differences among businesses across different industries and suggested that the agencies adopt a business size index and standard like the one used by the SBA.
                        <SU>360</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A few commenters asserted that the proposed threshold of $5 million in gross annual revenues would be too low. A few other commenters expressed concern that the proposal did not provide a clear rationale for the proposal to use a $5 million gross annual revenues threshold for small businesses and farms supported under the proposed economic development category. One commenter recommended that banks of any size should be allowed to receive consideration for loans to any small business or small farm loan, regardless of gross annual revenue, under any category of community development.
                        <SU>361</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>360</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             SBA, “Table of Size Standards” (effective March 17, 2023), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.sba.gov/document/support-table-size-standards</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>361</SU>
                             This commenter specifically suggested merging the proposed economic development category with the proposed revitalization category. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Some commenters asserted that the proposed threshold of $5 million in gross annual revenues for small businesses and small farms would be too high. A commenter suggested that the size standard should be $1 million gross annual revenues or less, consistent with current CRA small business loan reporting, without consideration for the size standards established by the SBA and affiliated programs and noted that most small, minority-owned, and women-owned businesses have gross annual revenues of $1 million or lower. Several commenters indicated that a $5 million gross annual revenue threshold would create a disincentive for banks to support very small businesses and minority-owned businesses. Another commenter suggested that a size standard of $750,000 in gross annual revenues would target an appropriate business size, particularly in rural areas, but also supported retaining the flexibility to use the size standards established by the SBA for economic development loans.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters suggested that, if the agencies adopt the small business and small farm gross annual revenue threshold as proposed, exceptions should also be adopted. A commenter suggested that activities that support minority-owned businesses, including those with more than $5 million in gross annual revenues, should also qualify without having to document job creation, retention, or improvement. Another commenter similarly suggested that any loan or investment in a certified minority business enterprise should qualify.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Purpose of job creation, retention, and improvement for low- and moderate- income individuals under economic development.</E>
                         The agencies received many comments related to the proposal to eliminate the “purpose” test from the economic development category of community development. Some commenters supported the expansion of possible eligible loan purposes; for example, a commenter favorable noted that the removal of the jobs-focused “purpose” test would enable banks to receive CRA consideration for making loans to small businesses or farms for new equipment or facilities that could support their growth. Another commenter asserted that the proposal would allow a greater number of small businesses to be supported, expressing the view that the “purpose” test required by current CRA regulations under the economic development definition limited support for some small businesses, particularly sole proprietors that generally do not create jobs for low- and moderate-income individuals, and therefore do not meet the current “purpose” test standard. A commenter stressed that an important reason to retain the existing “purpose” test is that it provides consideration for jobs to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities as well as areas targeted for revitalization.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Many commenters supported retaining job creation, retention, and improvement as a component of the economic development category. Some commenters raised concerns that the proposed approach to evaluate loans to small businesses and farms under the Retail Lending Test would not sufficiently recognize job creation, retention, and improvement benefits for low- and moderate-income individuals. Commenters expressed concern that eliminating the current purpose test focused on job creation, retention or improvement for low- and moderate-income individuals and would disincentivize banks from investing in certain funds, programs, and other activities that focus on these objectives. A commenter noted that retaining the purpose requirement would improve transparency and noted that they did not believe demonstrating that a loan's purpose is to create, retain, or improve jobs is difficult. Several commenters highlighted that the requirements for qualifying a Public Welfare Investment 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6659"/>
                        (PWI) include demonstrating that the investment is designed “primarily” to promote the public welfare, including the welfare of low- or moderate-income communities or families (such as by providing housing, services, or jobs) 
                        <SU>362</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and that the emphasis on job creation should be similarly retained in the economic development category of community development under CRA. A few commenters expressed concerns about the possibility of materially different standards for community development investments versus permissible PWIs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>362</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 24(Eleventh) (OCC), 12 U.S.C. 338a (Board), 12 CFR 345.12(g)(1) through (4), (h)(1), (i)(1), and (t)(1) (FDIC).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Many commenters also suggested that the economic development category include consideration for loans and investments to small businesses and small farms that demonstrate job creation, retention, and improvement not only for low- and moderate-income individuals, but also in low- and moderate-income areas and areas targeted for redevelopment by Federal, State, local, or tribal governments, consistent with current guidance.
                        <SU>363</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Several commenters suggested that loans to or investments in any size small business or small farm that could demonstrate job creation, retention, or improvement for low- and moderate-income individuals should be considered. One of these commenters also suggested that additional consideration should be given to activities that support businesses owned by persons of color, women or veterans, and small family-owned farms. Finally, a commenter suggested that if the jobs-focused requirement were not included in the economic development category, then it should be considered as part of the impact review for the Community Development Financing Test.
                        <SU>364</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>363</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>364</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed §§ __.15 and __.24, discussed in the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.15 and __.24.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In contrast, some commenters viewed a separate component for activities supporting job creation, retention, or improvement as unnecessary. For example, a commenter thought that the proposed approach for considering direct loans to small businesses and small farms under the Retail Lending Test was simpler and that other proposed components for the economic development category would support job creation and retention.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Criteria to demonstrate job creation, retention, and/or improvement for low- or moderate-income individuals.</E>
                         Commenters also provided input on criteria that could be included to demonstrate that the purpose of an activity is job creation, retention, or improvement for low- or moderate-income individuals. Many commenters highlighted the CRA Interagency Questions and Answers and noted that banks have successfully followed this guidance to provide examiners with information that demonstrates the purpose of the activity to be job creation, improvement, or retention and that this approach should be sufficient. A commenter suggested any documentation about the type of job, training offered or outreach to low- and moderate-income individuals or areas should be considered.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Commenters provided suggestions on resources that a bank can use to demonstrate that the purpose of an activity is for job creation, retention, or improvement for low- or moderate-income individuals. For example, suggestions included relying on the recipient's credit profile, public websites, such as glassdoor.com, and criteria established by the HUD Community Development Block Grant Program.
                        <SU>365</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A commenter suggested that if the anticipated or documented wages exceed 80 percent of area median income, the location of the job should be considered, particularly if the company has committed to hire from a low- or moderate-income or underserved area. This commenter did not support the development of a prescriptive standard or requirement for documentation, however, and suggested that a bank should be allowed to demonstrate, with or without documentation from the business, that the activity is likely to create or retain jobs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>365</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             24 CFR 570.208(a)(4). The comment cited HUD Office of Block Grant Assistance, “Basically CDBG,” 
                            <E T="03">https://files.hudexchange.info/resources/documents/Basically-CDBG-Chapter-3-Nat-Obj.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Many commenters on this topic offered specific views on criteria that could be considered to evaluate the quality of the job. Commenters offered suggestions examiners should consider, such as the type of job, compensation, access to job training and other support for career advancement as well as quality specific factors, such as whether the job provides at least three employee benefits including health insurance, dental insurance, 401(k) or other retirement plan, sick leave, vacation leave, and disability, as well as consideration of whether the job offers at least a living wage and cited the “living wage calculator” developed by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
                        <SU>366</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A commenter suggested using the same standards for assessing job quality as the Community Economic Development Program within the Office of Community Services at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services 
                        <SU>367</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to ensure that activities are not given credit if they offer only low wage jobs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>366</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Massachusetts Institute of Technology, “Living Wage Calculator,” 
                            <E T="03">https://livingwage.mit.edu/.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>367</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. Dept. of Health &amp; Human Svcs., Office of Community Svcs., “Community Economic Development (CED),” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.acf.hhs.gov/ocs/programs/ced.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Several commenters did not support considering wages provided by the job as a measure of job quality. These commenters asserted that all jobs are valuable and should be considered regardless of the wages offered and indicated that jobs that offer lower wages may still be important entry level jobs. Additionally, a commenter noted that jobs created by small businesses provide important opportunities in historically marginalized communities and stated that the importance of creating jobs of all salary levels should be recognized.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Evaluation of direct loans to small businesses and small farms.</E>
                         Commenters had differing views on whether loans made by banks directly to small businesses and small farms should be considered under the economic development category of community development or should only be considered under the Retail Lending Test, as proposed. Some commenters raised concerns that the proposed approach to evaluate loans to small businesses and farms under the Retail Lending Test would not sufficiently recognize job creation, retention, and improvement benefits for low- to moderate-income individuals. For example, a commenter supported continuing to include loans to small businesses and small farms that satisfy the size and purpose tests as community development loans, asserting that considering them under the Retail Lending Test would fail to incentivize small business lending. Another commenter expressed concerns that this approach would limit community development activities not associated with government programs, such as activities undertaken through nonprofit affiliates of CDFIs, that CDFIs can leverage to meet economic development goals without some of the challenges of participating in a government program.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        On the other hand, some commenters suggested that a bank should have the option of choosing whether to have a loan to a small business or small farm 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6660"/>
                        considered either under the proposed Community Development Financing Test or the proposed Retail Lending Test. A commenter recommended that the proposed flexibility for intermediate banks to have certain retail loans considered community development loans should be extended to large banks with under $10 billion in assets. A few commenters suggested that, in general, loans to small businesses or small farms should be considered under the proposed Community Development Financing Test if they have a purpose of community development.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters asserted that the proposed approach would sufficiently recognize loans to small businesses and small farms and that may also support job creation, retention, and improvement for low- or moderate-income individuals or communities. A commenter asserted that the proposed approach would be more inclusive of all small business lending compared to the current approach, noting that only loans to small businesses that are greater than $1 million and that also satisfy the size and purpose test qualify as community development loans. Another commenter expressed the view that removing the requirement that activities demonstrate job creation, retention, and improvement for low- and moderate-income individuals would incentivize banks to provide more support to micro-businesses.</P>
                    <P>Commenters provided several other suggestions for how direct lending to small businesses and small farms that demonstrates job creation, retention or improvement for low- and moderate-income individual could be considered if not included in the economic development category. A few commenters suggested that the agencies include a qualitative review of loans considered under the Retail Lending Test to determine whether they demonstrate job creation, retention, or improvement for low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. Another commenter suggested that only loans to small businesses and small farms that demonstrate job creation, retention, or improvement for low- and moderate-income individuals or areas should be considered under the proposed Retail Lending Test. This commenter further recommended that, of those loans, only loans that can demonstrate the creation of “good jobs,” supporting economic mobility, such as those that provide apprenticeships or shared equity, should qualify.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters suggested that the agencies eliminate the exclusion set forth in proposed § __.24(a)(2)(i) for considering retail loans with a community development purpose under the Community Development Financing Test with commenters suggesting that this could produce unintended results once the agencies replace the CRA definition of “small business loan” with a definition based on the CFPB's Section 1071 Final Rule. One of the commenters explained that many community development loans are made to special purpose, startup, or nonprofit entities that do not have gross annual revenues of more than $5 million. The commenter suggested that the proposed Retail Lending Test would incentivize banks to distribute their small business loans in a particular way but would not provide incentives for banks to make small business loans that satisfy the community development definition, which can be especially impactful loans. The commenter further explained that there would be no “double counting” of small business loans if the Community Development Financing Test allowed for certain small business loans to qualify as community development loans, since the Retail Lending Test and the Community Development Financing Test would evaluate different aspects of the same qualifying small business loan.</P>
                    <P>
                        A commenter suggested that, for direct loans to small businesses and small farms, job creation, retention, or improvement should be considered as part of a qualitative review under the proposed Retail Services and Products Test for large and intermediate banks 
                        <SU>368</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and suggested that for small banks, this criterion could be considered as part of the qualitative review under the Retail Lending Test. Another commenter also suggested that for large banks, job creation, retention, and improvement could be considered as part of a qualitative review under the proposed Retail Services and Products Test, but for intermediate and small banks it could be considered as part of a qualitative review under the Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>368</SU>
                             Under the proposal, small banks and intermediate banks would not be subject to the proposed Retail Services and Products Test. See proposed § __.21(b)(2) and (3). As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.21, the agencies proposed that small banks would be evaluated under the performance standards for small banks under proposed § __.29(a), but could opt to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(b)(3); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             final § __.21(a)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Overview</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting, with revisions, the proposed economic development category in § __.13(c). As finalized, the provisions for this category are intended to provide greater clarity, to promote activities that support small businesses and small farms, and to recognize the role of intermediaries that provide assistance to small businesses and small farms.</P>
                    <P>Final § __.13(c) establishes three components for the economic development category. For clarity and overall organization of this section, the final rule includes section headers for each of these three components. Under the final rule, the three components are:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Government-related support for small businesses and small farms</E>
                         (final § __.13(c)(1)), which includes activities undertaken in conjunction or in syndication with Federal, State, local, or tribal governments and comprises two subcomponents:
                    </P>
                    <P>○ Loans, investments, and services other than direct loans to small businesses and small farms (final § __.13(c)(1)(i)); and</P>
                    <P>○ Direct loans to small businesses and small farm (final § __.13(c)(1)(ii)).</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Intermediary support for small businesses and small farms</E>
                         (final § __.13(c)(2)), which provides for support to small businesses or small farms through intermediaries.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Other support for small businesses and small farms</E>
                         (final § __.13(c)(3)), which addresses for other assistance to small businesses or small farms, such as financial counseling, shared space, technology, or administrative assistance, to small businesses or small farms.
                    </P>
                    <P>Relative to the proposal, the final rule broadens the scope of eligible activities under the economic development category and expands the range of small businesses and small farms that could be supported, while providing greater clarity to stakeholders regarding the economic development category. Each component of the final rule is discussed in turn in the section-by-section analysis below.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(c)(1) Government-Related Support for Small Businesses and Small Farms</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under proposed § __.13(c)(1), activities “undertaken consistent with Federal, [S]tate, local, or tribal government plans, programs, or initiatives that support small businesses or small farms as those entities are defined in the plans, programs, or initiatives” would be considered community development loans as discussed in greater detail below.
                        <SU>369</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Consistent with current interagency 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6661"/>
                        guidance,
                        <SU>370</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         this proposed provision was intended to encourage support for highly responsive activities that are relevant to small businesses and small farms, as well as coordination among banks, government agencies, and other program participants. The proposed gross annual revenue threshold of $5 million or less for qualifying businesses or farms would not be required for activities that support business or farms through these government plans, programs, or initiatives, or through the specified entities. Instead, the size standards used by the respective government plans, programs, or initiatives to qualify business or farms as small would apply.
                        <SU>371</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>369</SU>
                             Proposed § __.13(c)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>370</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1 and Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(i)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>371</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also proposed to specify that lending to, investing in, or providing services to an SBDC, SBIC, New Markets Venture Capital Company, qualified CDE, or RBIC would qualify as economic development. With certain technical differences, this aspect of the proposal generally would memorialize existing guidance which presumes that activities with these entities promote economic development.
                        <SU>372</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         By including this list in the proposed regulation, the agencies intended to provide greater clarity and encourage the continued participation in, and support of, programs offered through these key providers of small business and small farm financing.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>372</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1 (stating that “the agencies will presume that any loan or service to or investment in a SBDC, SBIC, [RBIC], New Markets Venture Capital Company, New Markets Tax Credit-eligible [CDE], or [CDFI] that finances small businesses or small farms, promotes economic development”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters supported § __.13(c)(1) as proposed, with multiple commenters specifically supporting the agencies' inclusion of SBDCs in this component of the economic development category. A few commenters supported relying on the size standards used by the respective government programs to qualify activities, with a commenter noting that the proposal to allow consideration for activities that meet the size standards of the applicable government program would allow support for some larger businesses and would accommodate some level of intentional job creation. Commenter feedback also included a suggestion that the agencies include an express “presumption” of qualification for CRA credit for activities in connection with SBDCs, SBICs, RBICs, New Markets Venture Capital Companies, as well as Federal, State, local, or tribal government plans or programs.
                        <SU>373</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Commenters also suggested that loans and investments should be considered if they finance, either directly or through an intermediary, businesses or farms that either meet the size eligibility standards of the SBDC or SBIC programs or have $5 million in gross annual revenues or less.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>373</SU>
                             As noted earlier in this section-by-section analysis, the proposal specifies that “[e]conomic development activities are: (1) Activities undertaken consistent with Federal, State, local, or tribal government plans, programs, or initiatives that support small businesses or small farms as those entities are defined in the plans, programs, or initiatives, . . . including lending to, investing in, or providing services to an [SBCD] (13 CFR 120.10), [SBIC] (13 CFR 107), New Markets Venture Capital Company (13 CFR 108), qualified [CDE] (26 U.S.C. 45D(c)), or [RBIC] (7 CFR 4290.50).” 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>On the other hand, a commenter objected to the proposal to rely on the small business and small farm size standards of the applicable government plan, program, or initiative, asserting that government programs often do a poor job of targeting businesses owned by low- and moderate-income individuals. This commenter urged the agencies to adopt a $5 million maximum gross annual revenue threshold for small businesses and farms under this component, asserting that this would be important for consistency in small business and small farm size standards across the regulation.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters expressed concerns about the presumption of qualifications for SBICs. For example, one of these commenters raised doubts as to how well SBICs serve targeted groups and suggested that SBICs should not automatically garner CRA credit.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are finalizing proposed § __.13(c)(1) with revisions to the proposed activities undertaken with government plans, programs or initiatives for specificity and clarity. Final § __.13(c)(1) adopts “Government-related support for small businesses and small farms” as the paragraph header for this component; this provision encompasses loans, investments, or services that are undertaken in conjunction or in syndication with Federal, State, local, or tribal government plans, programs, or initiatives. Such loans, investments, or services can be made or provided directly or indirectly to or in small businesses or small farms, as described below.</P>
                    <P>The final rule under § __.13(c)(1) replaces the proposed rule text referencing activities undertaken “consistent with” Federal, State, local, or tribal government, plans, programs, or initiatives with the phrase “in conjunction or in syndication with” these plans, programs, or initiatives. In this way, the final rule emphasizes the intended link between loans, investments, or services that will qualify as economic development under this prong with Federal, State, local, or tribal government, plans, programs, or initiatives. The final rule adds “in syndication with” for clarity, to refer to those loans extended to a single borrower by a group of entities. The agencies believe that qualifying activities in conjunction with or in syndication with government plans, programs, or initiatives helps ensure that activities are responsive to the credit needs of small businesses and small farms, in alignment with the goals of CRA. In this regard, the agencies believe that government plans, programs, or initiatives are general indicators of community needs, and thus provide a mechanism for ensuring that activities are intentional and support the needs of small businesses and small farms. In addition, the nexus to government plans, programs, and initiatives provides transparency regarding program requirements and certainty for qualification, which the agencies believe is important for all stakeholders.</P>
                    <P>As noted above and as described below, final § __.13(c)(1) is organized into two subcomponents: loans, investments, and services other than direct loans to small businesses and small farms (final § __.13(c)(1)(i)); and direct loans to small businesses and small farms (final § __.13(c)(1)(ii)).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(c)(1)(i) Loans, Investments, and Services Other Than Direct Loans to Small Businesses and Small Farms</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule in § __.13(c)(1)(i) provides that loans, investments, and services, excluding direct loans to small businesses and small farms, that are undertaken in conjunction or in syndication with Federal, State, local, or tribal governments are eligible for consideration as economic development. Consistent with the proposal, under final § __.13(c)(1)(i), loans, investments, and services may support small businesses or small farms in accordance with how small businesses and small farms are defined in the applicable plan, program, or initiative. If the government plan, program, or initiative does not identify 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6662"/>
                        a standard for the size of the small businesses or small farms supported by the plan, program, or initiative, the small businesses or small farms supported must meet the definition of small business or small farm in final § __.12. Also consistent with the proposal, loans to, investments in, or services provided to the following are presumed to meet the criteria of final § __.13(c)(1)(i): SBICs; New Markets Venture Capital Companies; qualified CDEs; and RBICs.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Under final § __.13(c)(1)(i), for example, an investment in a microloan program operated by a local government could be considered provided that this activity met the required criteria. The agencies are finalizing the provision regarding certain Federal programs to memorialize current interagency guidance and, as noted in the proposal, provide greater clarity and encourage the continued participation in, and support of, plans, programs or initiatives offered through these key providers of small business and small farm financing.
                        <SU>374</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>374</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies understand that some commenters oppose the express presumption of qualification for activities in connection with SBICs because of concerns regarding how well SBICs serve certain groups of business owners, but the agencies believe that it is important to recognize them in the final rule because they offer an opportunity for banks to provide an important source of capital to grow small businesses.
                        <SU>375</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies note that specifying SBICs and other entities in the final rule provides greater clarity and certainty about the types of loans, investments and services that may receive consideration under this subcomponent.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>375</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See generally,</E>
                             SBA, “The Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) Program Overview” (Oct. 1, 2018), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.sba.gov/sites/sbagov/files/2019-02/2018%20SBIC%20Executive%20Summary.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The final rule also provides consistency for stakeholders with the current framework. As noted, this subcomponent of the economic development final rule generally memorializes current interagency guidance, which provides that any loan or service to or investment in an SBDC, SBIC, RBIC, New Markets Venture Capital Company, NMTC-eligible CDE, or CDFI that finances small businesses or small farms, is presumed to promote economic development. 
                        <SU>376</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As the proposal, final § __.13(c)(1)(i) does not mention CDFIs, as activities with CDFIs are considered under a separate category of community development in the final rule.
                        <SU>377</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>376</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>377</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(k) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Size eligibility standard under final § __.13(c)(1)(i).</E>
                         As noted, for this subcomponent of economic development, the agencies are adopting a size standard for businesses or farms that are supported by government plans, programs, or initiatives that aligns with relevant size standards for small businesses and small farms intended to be the beneficiaries of the applicable government plan, program, or initiative. The size standard could be lower or higher than the  $5 million gross annual revenue threshold that would otherwise apply under the category, or it could be expressed in terms of employee size or some other measure. However, if the government plan, program, or initiative does not define a size standard for small businesses or small farms that it supports then the gross annual revenue consistent with the small business and small farm definitions in § __.12 (gross annual revenue of $5 million or less), would apply.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies are not adopting a maximum gross annual revenue threshold of $5 million for all small businesses and small farms under § __.13(c)(1)(i) because the agencies believe that standards vary across different government plans, programs, and initiatives to address various community development and small business or farm needs; the standards in the final rule are designed to accommodate the ways in which these plans, programs, and initiatives may be tailored to respond to community needs. The agencies understand that government plans, programs, and initiatives will likely identify the standard for the size of business or farm supported and believe it is appropriate to maintain flexibility. However, for clarity, the final rule provides that, in the absence of a size standard established by the government program, plan, or initiative, the business or farm supported by the government program, plan, or initiative must meet the definition of “small business” or “small farm” as defined in § __.12.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered the feedback provided by commenters advocating for a higher or lower threshold for various reasons, including views that the proposed approach would eliminate credit or stifle growth for many businesses or would create a disincentive for banks to support very small businesses and minority-owned businesses. The agencies, however, believe the size standards established by the government program or as provided in the definition for small business and small farms in § __.12 will capture activities that support a broad range of small businesses and small farms, while providing clarity. The agencies also note that support for small businesses and small farms under final § __.13(c)(2) and (3) is more targeted, to small businesses and small farms with gross annual revenues of $5 million or less, which the agencies believe will appropriately focus those activities on smaller businesses. In addition, the impact and responsiveness review under final § __.15 includes as a review factor support for small businesses or small farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less.
                        <SU>378</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>378</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.15(b)(6) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(c)(1)(ii) Direct Loans to Small Businesses and Small Farms</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting a second subcomponent in final § _.13(c)(1)(ii) to provide consideration of certain direct loans to small businesses and small farms. Specifically, under final § __.13(c)(1)(ii), the economic development category of community development would include loans by a bank directly to businesses or farms, including, but not limited to, loans in conjunction or syndicated with an SBDC or SBIC, that meet the following size and purpose criteria:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Size eligibility standard.</E>
                         The loans must be to businesses and farms that meet the size eligibility standards of the SBDC or SBIC programs or that meet the definition of small business or small farm in § __.12 (final § __.13(c)(1)(ii)(A)).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Purpose test.</E>
                         The loans must have the purpose of promoting permanent job creation or retention for low- or moderate-income individuals or in low- or moderate-income census tracts (final § __.13(c)(1)(ii)(B)).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered broad commenter feedback that loans made to small businesses and small farms should be considered under economic development and that a “size” and “purpose” test should be retained for various reasons. The agencies understand commenter concerns that certain loans to small businesses do have a community development purpose and should be considered as community development loans. The agencies are also sensitive to expressed concerns about the potential reduction in qualifying loans if direct lending to small businesses is not included in the economic development category of the final rule. As stated in the proposal, the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6663"/>
                        agencies believe that loans to small business and small farm are generally more suitable for consideration under the Retail Lending Test. However, the agencies have carefully considered the many comments on this issue, and believe there are certain loans to small businesses and small farms that would align with the goals of community development.
                    </P>
                    <P>The first eligibility criterion—that the loans are made in conjunction or in syndication with a government plan, program, or initiative—is the same standard that applies to activities under final § __.13(c)(1)(i) that are not direct loans to small businesses and small farms. As stated previously, the agencies believe that this criterion helps to demonstrate that the loans are responsive to identified community needs and support articulated community development goals. In addition, this criterion will increase certainty and transparency by setting a clear standard for determining that an activity qualifies as community development. This provision further specifies that loans in conjunction or syndication with SBDCs and SBICs, and that meet the size and purpose criteria, are considered to qualify as economic development under final § __.13(c)(1)(ii). As similarly discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(c)(1)(i), the agencies believe that noting these programs in the rule text provides helpful clarity and transparency, as well as assurance that loans in conjunction or syndication with these programs, which serve an important role within the ecosystem of small business and small farm lending, will continue to qualify as economic development under the final rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Size eligibility standard.</E>
                         On consideration of the comments on a size eligibility standard for economic development and further deliberation, the agencies are adopting a size eligibility standard for direct loans to small businesses or small farms that aligns with the current CRA framework's size standard, discussed above—namely, the size standards of the SBDC or SBIC programs—in addition to including loans supporting businesses of gross annual revenues of $5 million or less. The agencies believe that adopting these size standards for direct lending to small businesses under the economic development category of community development will provide consistency with the current CRA framework, which will foster certainty and predictability for banks engaging in this lending.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Purpose test.</E>
                         The agencies are also adopting a purpose test to qualify certain direct loans to small businesses and small farms under final § __.13(c)(1)(ii)(B). As previously noted, loans that may be considered to be economic development under final § __.13(c)(1)(ii) must have the purpose of promoting permanent job creation or retention for low- or moderate-income individuals or in low- or moderate-income census tracts. The agencies carefully considered commenter feedback on a purpose test for qualifying economic development activities. As discussed above, many commenters supported retaining job creation, retention, and improvement as a component of the economic development category. The agencies acknowledge feedback indicating that the current purpose test is helpful for encouraging jobs-focused activities, and have deliberated further on commenter concerns that the proposed approach to evaluate loans to small businesses and farms under the Retail Lending Test might not sufficiently recognize job-related activities benefiting low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. At the same time, the agencies have considered feedback that elimination of the purpose test provides greater flexibility and opens up the possibility of more activities meeting a wider range of small business and small farm credit needs to qualify as economic development.
                    </P>
                    <P>On balance, the agencies determined it appropriate to retain consideration of direct loans to small businesses and small farms, in conjunction or syndication with a government plan, program, or initiative, and to apply a purpose test to this subcomponent of economic development, which is intended generally to align with the current purpose test and to be responsive to suggestions and concerns raised by commenters. Recognizing the benefits that commenters have noted of removing the purpose test from the economic development category of community development, however, the agencies are not applying the purpose test to final § __.13(c)(1)(i) or (c)(2) or (3).</P>
                    <P>
                        In adopting the purpose test for permanent job creation and retention for final § __.13(c)(1)(ii)(B), the agencies sought to recognize the contributions of small businesses and small farms in communities, particularly with respect to long-term job opportunities for low- or moderate-income individuals. In addition to considering prior stakeholder feedback and comments on the proposal, the agencies considered their own supervisory experience regarding the complexities involved under the current purpose test in determining whether small business and small farm loans support permanent job creation, retention, or improvement for low- or moderate-income individuals and low- or moderate-income census tracts. In addition, the agencies considered feedback that eliminating the purpose test from the final rule on economic development entirely could result in different standards for community development investments versus PWIs.
                        <SU>379</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>379</SU>
                             The agencies have noted comments on the proposal related to PWIs, and will continue to be aware of intersections between the CRA and PWI frameworks in supervising banks.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The purpose test adopted in final § __.13(c)(1)(ii)(A) requires that the loan proceeds are applied for the purpose of promoting permanent job creation or retention for low- or moderate-income individuals or in low- or moderate-income census tracts. As noted, loans that are made by a bank directly to small businesses or small farms in conjunction or in syndication with an SBDC or SBIC presumptively qualify under this prong but are not the exclusive loans that qualify; other loans that are made in conjunction or in syndication with other government programs, plans, or initiatives and that meet the size and purpose criteria could also qualify. For example, an SBA 7(a) loan 
                        <SU>380</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         extended for the purpose of purchasing new long-term machinery and that would allow a small business to hire additional employees could qualify, provided it also met other required criteria. A loan to support a facility improvement in conjunction with a State loan guarantee program associated with the State Small Business Credit Initiative could qualify provide it met all necessary criteria.
                        <SU>381</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A working capital loan in conjunction with a State program that is for the purpose of retaining employees could qualify provided other required criteria are met. However, loans that fund general business operations would be less likely to qualify without additional information on whether the loan proceeds would be applied for the purpose of job creation or retention. The agencies believe that the purpose test under the final rule aligns appropriately with the current purpose test, with clarifying modifications discussed below, to provide continued encouragement of banks in extending 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6664"/>
                        loans to small businesses and small farms as a community development activity.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>380</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             SBA, “7(a) Loans,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.sba.gov/funding-programs/loans/7a-loans</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>381</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. Dept. of Treasury, “State Small Business Credit Initiative,” 
                            <E T="03">https://home.treasury.gov/policy-issues/small-business-programs/state-small-business-credit-initiative-ssbci.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In keeping with current guidance, the purpose test in the final rule focuses on job-related benefits for low- or moderate-income individuals and low- or moderate-income census tracts.
                        <SU>382</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Other items mentioned in the guidance—areas targeted for redevelopment by Federal, State, local, or tribal governments; intermediaries supporting small businesses and small farms; and technical assistance to small business and small farms—are incorporated elsewhere in the final rule provisions regarding community development.
                        <SU>383</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>382</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>383</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id. See also, e.g.,</E>
                             final § __.13(e) and (j)(2) (revitalization or stabilization activities in targeted census tracts and in Native Land Areas, respectively), (c)(2) (intermediary support for small businesses and small farms), and (c)(3) (other assistance for small businesses and small farms).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As explained above, under the current purpose test, a loan for the purpose of job improvement could qualify under economic development as long the loan met other criteria. The agencies are not adopting “job improvement” as a factor under the purpose test in this final rule. Although the agencies did not receive comments specific only to “job improvement” in feedback concerning the purpose test or economic development in general, based on supervisory experience, the agencies believe that difficulties arise in demonstrating and determining whether a loan promotes job improvement, presenting challenges to establishing predictable and workable standards for both compliance and supervision. In addition, the amount of time, resources, and expertise needed to fairly evaluate the quality of jobs could be overly burdensome for both the bank and examiners. However, job improvement is closely tied to workforce development and training programs and the agencies believe in the importance of the contributions these programs make into communities. Therefore, the final rule provides that workforce development or training programs can be considered community development as a community supportive service pursuant to § __.13(d), discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(d).</P>
                    <P>Relatedly, the final rule does not incorporate particular standards regarding the quality of jobs for low- and moderate-income individuals, including wage levels and other wage-related considerations. The agencies considered views and suggestions offered by commenters on this topic, and have determined that it would be difficult to address job quality in the rule in a manner that would effectively and consistently account for the many diverse types of small businesses and small farms in different industry sectors.</P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that the final rule's purpose test, focused on job creation and retention, will provide greater clarity relative to the current purpose test, thereby facilitating bank lending under this subcomponent of the final rule on economic development, and improved consistency and transparency in the agencies' evaluations of this lending.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Consideration of Loans to Small Businesses and Small Farms Under the Retail Lending Test and Community Development Financing Test</HD>
                    <P>
                        Final § __.13(c)(1)(ii) recognizes certain direct loans to small businesses and small farms that benefit local communities and have specific community development goals, but that are not evaluated under the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>384</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the final rule provides that certain direct loans by banks to small businesses or small farms may be considered under both the Community Development Financing Test and the Retail Lending Test, if they qualify for consideration under both tests. This approach is a change from the current rule where, as discussed above, loans to businesses with an origination amount of $1 million or less and loans to farms with an origination amount of $500,000 or less generally are evaluated only under the lending test, while loans that exceed the applicable loan amount can be considered as a community development loan if they meet the current size and purpose test. However, unlike under the current rule, which provides that the same loan cannot be counted as both a retail loan and a community development loan, the final rule allows small business and small farm loans to qualify under both the Retail Lending Test and Community Development Financing Test. This is also different from the agencies' proposal, which would have considered reported loans made directly to small businesses and small farms under the Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>384</SU>
                             For discussion of the standards for evaluating loans under the Retail Lending Test, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that this approach is appropriate because the Retail Lending Test and Community Development Financing Test generally focus on a different aspect of a bank's direct lending to small businesses and small farms: in general, under the Retail Lending Test's distribution analysis, the share of loans (based on loan count) to small businesses and small farms at different revenue levels is considered,
                        <SU>385</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         while under the Community Development Financing Test, the dollar volume of loans is considered, as well as their impact and responsiveness.
                        <SU>386</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         With respect to direct loans to small businesses and small farms that qualify as economic development under final § __.13(c)(1)(ii), the agencies believe that this approach allows for a holistic evaluation of bank engagement in this lending.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>385</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22(e) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis. The agencies note that, consistent with the proposal, the dollar volume of small business and small farm lending would be considered in the Retail Lending Volume Screen of the final rule. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22(c) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>386</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24 and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(c)(2) Intermediary Support for Small Businesses and Small Farms</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Under proposed § __.13(c)(2), the second component of the proposed economic development category would comprise “[s]upport for financial intermediaries that lend to, invest in, or provide technical assistance to businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of $5 million or less.” This provision was intended to promote and facilitate access to capital for smaller businesses and farms. The agencies proposed to use the same gross annual revenue standard for small businesses and farms in this provision as in other parts of the proposal for simplicity and consistency.</P>
                    <P>The current regulation and interagency guidance on community development activities does not specifically address financial intermediaries that increase access to capital for small businesses and small farms; proposed § __.13(c)(2) was intended to respond to stakeholder feedback emphasizing, and the agencies' recognition of, the importance of these intermediaries. Examples of financial intermediaries that the agencies intended this provision to cover included a Community Development Corporation that provides technical assistance to recently formed small businesses, or a CDFI that provides lending to support sustainability of small farms.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Many commenters provided a range of views on proposed § __.13(c)(2), 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6665"/>
                        including a variety of suggestions for revisions. Some commenters expressly supported proposed § __.13(c)(2) without any further suggestions for additions or clarifications. Several commenters suggested that CDFIs be considered an eligible financial intermediary under this component. Several other commenters raised concerns that the removal of the current “size” test and “purpose” test would result in certain financial intermediaries being excluded from the economic development category and that this would limit access to capital for small businesses. Some of these commenters suggested including support for financial intermediaries or loan funds that are not licensed or certified by the SBA but that lend to or invest in small businesses that meet the size eligibility standards of the SBA's SBIC or SBDC programs (which might exceed $5 million in gross annual revenues). Another commenter similarly and more specifically requested that the agencies include in the definition of economic development financial intermediaries that lend to, invest in, or provide technical assistance to businesses that: (1) have more than $5 million in gross annual revenues but still meet the size eligibility standards of the SBDC or SBIC Programs; and (2) support permanent job creation, retention, and/or improvement for low- and moderate-income individuals, in low- and moderate-income areas, or in areas targeted for redevelopment.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters who supported retaining job creation, retention, or improvement suggested that the final rule should clearly include consideration of investments and loans to financial intermediaries that support small business and small farms for the demonstrable purposes of job creation, retention, or improvement for low- and moderate-income individuals. Another commenter suggested that this component should also consider loans and investments made to CDFIs to support small businesses with less than $5 million gross annual revenues, as these also help to create jobs. A commenter suggested that consideration for loans and investments to Community Action Agencies 
                        <SU>387</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         be presumed to advance economic development through workforce development, indicating that workforce development has been central to the creation and function of these entities.
                        <SU>388</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter suggested that the proposal for financial intermediary support should also recognize loans and investments made to support projects using NMTCs,
                        <SU>389</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as well as activities that support economic development initiatives of universities and local chambers of commerce.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>387</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Economic Opportunity Act of 1964, tit. II, Public Law 88-452, 78 Stat. 516-24 (1964).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>388</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1 (providing that activities are considered to promote economic development if they support “Federal, state, local, or tribal economic development initiatives that include provisions for creating or improving access by low- or moderate-income person to jobs or to job training or workforce development programs”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>389</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Internal Revenue Service (IRS), LMSB-04-0510-016, “New Markets Tax Credits” (May 2010), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-utl/atgnmtc.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Some commenters emphasized that many financial intermediaries that are not certified SBICs, are minority-led and women-led and that such entities play an important role in providing access to capital for minority- and women-owned businesses. One of these commenters noted that many of these companies that fund small businesses in underserved communities face challenges becoming SBICs and suggested that the agencies provide consideration for non-SBICs that are owned by minorities and women as long as these companies adhere to SBIC net worth and after-tax income size limits. Another commenter suggested that loans to minority-owned small businesses should be presumed to promote economic development and receive CRA credit.</P>
                    <P>
                        An additional commenter similarly suggested that the agencies should clarify that banks can receive credit for economic development activities that include investments and loans in a minority-owned small business or minority-owned financial intermediaries and that, at a minimum, these activities should count for credit if they achieve impact outcomes like job creation, retention, or improvement for low- to moderate-income persons or areas. Other feedback included concerns that, without more clarifications about the intended coverage of proposed § __.13(c)(2), banks would tend to favor activities with SBICs under proposed § __.13(c)(1), and that this would disadvantage minority-owned enterprises and first-time fund managers. At least one commenter supported coverage of activities with financial intermediaries that are not SBICs in the economic development category if these activities create, retain or improve jobs. A commenter suggested that this prong also include investments in Qualified Opportunity Funds that include low- and moderate-income census tracts in designated Opportunity Zones.
                        <SU>390</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>390</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             IRS, “Opportunity Zones,” FS-2020-13 (updated Apr. 2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.irs.gov/newsroom/opportunity-zones</E>
                             (discussing both Opportunity Zones and Qualified Opportunity Funds).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>On a technical note, a commenter requested that the term “support” in the proposed regulatory text be further clarified to mean loans, investments, and services to financial intermediaries. Another commenter stated that the proposal did not specifically address financial intermediaries that increase access to capital for small businesses, asserting that determining business size later in the process would be inappropriate. Both industry and community group stakeholders have stressed the importance of financial intermediaries, such as loan funds, in providing access to financing for small businesses that are not ready for traditional bank financing. In addition, some commenters recommended clarifying that the size of the small business or small farm be determined at the time of the investment by the financial intermediary, noting that because the purpose of these investments is to support the growth of the business.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are finalizing proposed § __.13(c)(2) to include in the economic development category intermediaries that support small businesses and small farms; however, the final rule expands the type of intermediaries considered under this component and adopts several revisions for clarity and consistency with other prongs in the economic development category. Additionally, the final rule provides examples of the types of support an intermediary can provide to a small business or small farm. Specifically, final § __.13(c)(2) provides that loans, investments, or services provided to intermediaries that lend to, invest in, or provide assistance, such as financial counseling, shared space, technology, or administrative assistance, to small businesses or small farms can be considered under economic development.</P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule broadens the types of intermediaries that may be considered under this category beyond financial intermediaries, by removing the word “financial” from the description of this category. Instead, under the final rule, non-financial intermediaries such as business incubators and small business assistance providers can be considered along with financial intermediaries such as nonprofit revolving loan funds. The agencies intend that the expansion of the types of intermediaries that can be included under this component will 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6666"/>
                        help address commenter concerns about some intermediaries that could be covered under the current rule potentially being excluded under the proposal, such as those that support primarily support businesses with gross annual revenue above $5 million, and better ensure recognition of the range of intermediaries providing support for small businesses and small farms. The agencies intend that many of the intermediaries that could be considered under the current rule would continue to qualify under this component if they support small businesses and farms through loans, services, and investments. The agencies recognize that there are many types of intermediaries, including those that support minority-owned small businesses, as mentioned by commenters, and that financial intermediaries play a critical role in providing access to capital for small businesses and small farms when traditional bank financing might not be possible. For more information and discussion regarding the agencies' consideration of comments recommending adoption of additional race- and ethnicity-related provisions in this final rule, see section III.C of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        To address commenter requests for clarification regarding the coverage of the proposed financial intermediary prong, the agencies note that, consistent with the proposal, the intermediaries under final § __.13(c)(2) are distinct from intermediaries that provide government-related support to small businesses and small farms under final § __.13(c)(1)(i); this allows for non-SBIC and other non-government-related intermediaries to be included in the economic development category. The agencies also recognize that intermediaries can provide support to businesses or farms of all sizes; however, consistent with the proposal, support for intermediaries under final § __.13(c)(2) is focused on intermediary lending to, investments in, and services to businesses and farms with gross annual revenues of $5 million or less.
                        <SU>391</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe that, for non-government-related aspects of economic development, a gross annual revenue threshold of $5 million for supported businesses and farms will foster clarity regarding the availability and consistency in application. The agencies also believe that this size standard will allow support for a wide range of financing, including the smallest businesses. For further discussion of the definition of the definition of small business and small farm in the final rule, see final § __.12 (“small business” and “small farm”) and accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>391</SU>
                             The standards for banks to receive full credit for these loans, investments, and services are discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(a). 
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                            <E T="03">3</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The final rule also clarifies that “support” for intermediaries means loans, investments, or services provided to intermediaries that lend to, invest in, or provide assistance to small businesses or small farms. As noted, in response to commenter concern that the term “support” in the proposal was not clear. Examples of activities that could be considered under this category are provided in the final rule and include financial counseling, shared space, technology, or administrative assistance.</P>
                    <P>The agencies did not adopt in the final rule a specific criterion for the point in time when the size of the small business or small farm should be determined, as suggested by some commenters. However, the agencies generally believe that this determination should be based on the size of the small business or small farm at the time of the activity undertaken by the intermediary.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also decline to specify that CDFIs are considered an eligible financial intermediary under this prong. The agencies recognize that CDFIs are important financial intermediaries, but rather than list them as qualified intermediaries for multiple community development categories, the agencies have adopted in the final rule that a bank will receive community development consideration if a loan, investment, or service involves a CDFI as specified under final § __.13(k). In addition, the final rule establishes, as an impact and responsiveness review factor, consideration of whether a loan, investment, or services supports a CDFI.
                        <SU>392</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>392</SU>
                             For further discussion of the final rule provisions on CDFIs, see the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(k) and final § __.15(b)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies decline to include in this prong investments in Qualified Opportunity Funds that support projects in designated Opportunity Zones.
                        <SU>393</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies do not believe that such activities are specifically designed or structured to support small businesses and small farms and therefore, loans or investments in Qualified Opportunity Funds would not likely meet criteria for economic development. However, the activity may qualify for community development credit under other categories of community development, such as revitalization and stabilization under § __.13(e), so long as the activity meets the criteria for the relevant community development category.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>393</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             IRS, “Opportunity Zones,” FS-2020-13 (Aug. 2020; updated Apr. 2022) (discussing both Opportunity Zones and Qualified Opportunity Funds), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.irs.gov/newsroom/opportunity-zones.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(c)(3) Other Support for Small Businesses and Small Farms</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed § __.13(c)(3) would have established a third prong of the economic development category: “[p]roviding technical assistance to support businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of $5 million or less, or providing services such as shared space, technology, or administrative assistance to such businesses or farms or to organizations that have a primary purpose of supporting such businesses or farms.” This provision would have included services such as “shared space, technology, or administrative assistance” and codified current guidance highlighting these services.
                        <SU>394</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed this provision in recognition that some small businesses and small farms might not be prepared to obtain traditional bank financing and might need technical assistance and other services, including technical assistance and services provided directly by a bank, to obtain credit in the future.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>394</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1 (providing that loans, investments, or services are considered to “promote economic development” if they “support permanent job creation, retention, and/or improvement . . . through technical assistance or supportive services for small businesses or farms, such as shared space, technology, or administrative assistance”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters on proposed § __.13(c)(3) broadly supported it. A commenter asserted that this component would fill a gap in needed services for small businesses and small farms and play a critical role in helping a small business and small farm grow and thrive. Another commenter suggested including consideration in this economic development category for financial literacy training, community-owned real estate financing, and financial products and programs for immigrant and immigrant-owned businesses.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed below, the final rule adopts, with clarifying edits, proposed § __.13(c)(3) to provide clarity regarding support for small 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6667"/>
                        businesses and small farms that is not provided through intermediaries. Specifically, final § __.13(c)(3) states that assistance, such as financial counseling, shared space, technology, or administrative assistance, provided to small businesses and small farms can be considered economic development. To distinguish these activities from government-related support and intermediary support, these activities are referred to as “other support for small businesses and small farms” under the final rule, and are intended to include such services that are provided directly by a bank.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies made several clarifying edits to the proposal for this component in the final rule. First, the agencies removed “technical” from the rule text out of recognition that providing access to space or technology goes beyond technical assistance and that this term might be applied and understood inconsistently. Second, the agencies removed the $5 million gross annual revenues when referring to small businesses and small farms because these terms are defined in final § __.12 (discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12). Finally, the agencies removed “primary purpose” to reference the level of support to businesses or farms to be consistent with the majority standard as described in final § __.13(a), discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(a).</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies acknowledge commenter feedback that some small businesses and small farms may not be in a position to obtain traditional bank financing and, as such, may need assistance to obtain credit in the future. The agencies believe that providing CRA consideration for assistance that supports small businesses and small farms will afford banks with recognition for the positive role they play in facilitating small business and small farm credit access. The agencies have noted through past experience that banks can play an important role in supporting, and directly providing the types of assistance that help small businesses and small farms obtain financing, which in turn strengthens small businesses and small farms,
                        <SU>395</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         fostering their growth and durability.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>395</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             OCC, “Community Development Loan Funds: Partnership Opportunities for Banks,” Community Development Insights (Oct. 2014), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.occ.gov/publications-and-resources/publications/community-affairs/community-developments-insights/pub-insights-oct-2014.pdf</E>
                            ; Financial Services Forum, “Supporting Historically Underserved Communities,” 
                            <E T="03">https://fsforum.com/our-impact/supporting-underserved-communities.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In response a commenter's suggestion that banks should receive consideration for providing financial literacy training, community-owned real estate financing, and financial products and programs for immigrant and immigrant-owned businesses, the agencies note that financial counseling is specified as an example of the type of assistance that could be considered under final § __.13(c)(3). Additionally, the final rule provides that banks may receive community development consideration for other types of financial literacy programs under final § __.13(l), discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(l). The other items suggested by the commenter could also be considered under the economic development category, or other community development categories, assuming that the activities meet the appropriate criteria.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Evaluation Approach Prior to Section 1071 Data Availability</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal and Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies sought feedback on whether loans made directly by banks to small businesses and small farms that are currently evaluated as community development loans should continue to be considered community development loans until these loans are assessed as reported loans under the Retail Lending Test. Most commenters who opined on this question asserted that loans to small businesses and small farms should be considered community development loans during this transition period. For example, a commenter suggested that current guidance should be used to qualify loans to small businesses and small farms under the Community Development Finance Test until loans are evaluated as reported loans under the proposed Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>396</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Similarly, a few commenters suggested that loans larger than $1 million to small businesses and small farms should be considered community development loans, as they are currently, until section 1071 data are available, and these loans are evaluated as reported loans under the proposed Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>397</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A few commenters suggested that during the transition period, banks should have the option of having loans evaluated under the proposed Community Development Financing Test or under the proposed Retail Lending Test. Another commenter suggested that banks should always have the option to report small business loans as community development loans if the economic development criteria are met.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>396</SU>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>397</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Other commenters expressed concern with allowing banks to receive community development credit for loans that will be considered under the Retail Lending Test once section 1071 data are available and used in CRA evaluations. A commenter suggested that a bank should not be allowed to have these loans considered as community development loans only if the majority of the bank's examination cycle took place before the final rule was implemented. Along the same lines, a commenter expressed concern that evaluating loans to small businesses and small farms as community development activities until they are assessed as reported loans under the Retail Lending Test could allow banks to receive credit for the same activity multiple times, and suggested that the loans should count only once, unless there is some change or expansion of the activity, such as an increased loan amount or new loan payment deferment option.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies appreciate feedback from commenters regarding whether to continue to evaluate loans to small businesses and small farms as community development loans, if such loans meet the current specified criteria, prior to the availability of section 1071 data. The agencies considered the comments, including those that suggested providing banks the option to select consideration for these loans under either the proposed Community Development Financing Test or proposed Retail Lending Test during this interim period, or continuing to evaluate the loans under current interagency guidance until the CFPB section 1071 data are available and the reported loans can be evaluated under the proposed Retail Lending Test. On further consideration of this issue, the agencies have determined that continuing with the current evaluation approach or developing an interim approach for evaluating loans to small businesses and small farms loans during the interim period between the applicability date for final § __.13(c) and availability and use in CRA evaluations of section 1071 data is not necessary. As discussed above regarding final § __.13(c)(1)(ii), the final rule provides consideration of certain direct loans to small businesses and small farms as community development loans. This approach would enable certain government-related direct loans to businesses and farms that meet the criteria in final § __.13(c)(1)(ii) 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6668"/>
                        considered under economic development as soon as this provision of the final rule becomes effective. The agencies believe that this approach will provide greater clarity and reduce potential confusion and complexity during the interim period rather than continuing to apply current standards for considering loans to small businesses and small farms to be community development loans.
                        <SU>398</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies note that, except for certain loans to small businesses and small farms as explained above, most lending to small businesses and small farms will be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, and that the definitions for small business and small farm loans are subject to the final rule's transition amendments.
                        <SU>399</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>398</SU>
                             For a discussion of the final rule's incorporation of loans to small businesses and small farms into the economic development category of community development, see the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(c)(1)(ii). For a discussion of the final rule's consideration of small business and small farm lending under the Retail Lending Test, see the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>399</SU>
                             The final rule's transition amendments will amend the definitions of “small business” and “small farm” to instead cross-reference to the definition of “small business” in the CFPB section 1071 regulation. This will allow the CRA regulatory definitions to adjust if the CFPB increases the threshold in the CFPB section 1071 regulatory definition of “small business.” This is consistent with the agencies' intent articulated in the preamble to the proposal and elsewhere in this final rule to conform these definitions with the definition in the CFPB section 1071 regulation. The agencies will provide the effective date of these amendments in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             once section 1071 data are available.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Regarding the concern expressed by a commenter that evaluating loans to small businesses and small farms as community development until such loans are assessed under the Retail Lending Test would allow banks to get credit for the same activity multiple times, the agencies acknowledge, as discussed above, that some loans to small businesses and small farms that meet the criteria under final § __.13(c)(1)(ii) will be considered under both the Retail Lending Test and Community Development Financing Test. However, the agencies do not believe that this would result in double counting because the final rule provides that different aspects of such loans would be considered under the applicable test.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Workforce Development and Job Training</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current regulations do not mention workforce development and training programs in the definition of community development 
                        <SU>400</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (including the economic development category of that definition 
                        <SU>401</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        ), but the Interagency Questions and Answers provide that loans, investments, and services supporting these activities for businesses and farms that meet the “size” test discussed above are considered to “promote economic development.” 
                        <SU>402</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed to consider workforce development and job training program activities under the community supportive services category of community development and this was generally supported by commenters who opined on this issue. Therefore, the agencies are adopting workforce development and job training as proposed as a community supportive services category under final § __.13(d). See the section-by-section analysis of community supportive services in final § __.13(d) below for additional discussion of the comments received and final rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>400</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR __.12(g).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>401</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR __.12(g)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>402</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Additional Issues</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received other comments related to the economic development category. A few commenters suggested adding certain types of activities to those that could be considered for CRA credit under the economic development category. For example, a commenter suggested that loan referrals made by banks to CDFIs for small business loans should qualify and also suggested that loan referrals made by banks to non-bank lenders or fintech companies that have a mission of economic development that is consistent with the goals of the CRA should also qualify as economic development; this commenter asserted that partnerships between traditional and non-traditional lenders could increase access to capital for low-income geographic areas.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters suggested that if loans to small business and small farms are considered under the proposed Retail Lending Test, loans to minority-owned small businesses should nonetheless be considered separately as a qualifying activity under the economic development category of community development. Lastly, a commenter stated that the agencies' proposal was innovative but suggested that training for nonprofit organizations could be needed, as activities that are currently considered as community development might be considered under different performance tests.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies decline to add a prong to the economic development category under final § __.13(c) to provide specific consideration for additional types of activities, such as loan referrals made by banks to CDFIs or those made by banks to nonbank lenders, as suggested by commenters. The agencies understand from commenters that partnerships between traditional and nontraditional lenders are important because of the potential to increase capital to small businesses and small farms. As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.23(c), such activities may qualify for consideration under the Retail Services and Products Test as such activities may help facilitate responsive credit products and programs.
                        <SU>403</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>403</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.23 and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Regarding commenter suggestions that loans to minority-owned small businesses should be considered separately as a qualifying activity under the economic development category of community development, the agencies note that the final rule adopts a provision that certain direct loans to small businesses and small farms, which includes direct loans made to minority-owned small businesses, will be considered under the economic development category. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(c)(1)(ii) above. Additionally, the agencies have adopted an impact factor described in final § __.15 for activities that benefit small businesses with gross annual revenue under $250,000, which will serve to highlight activities with smaller businesses, which would include minority-owned businesses with gross annual revenue under $250,000. For more information and discussion regarding the agencies' consideration of comments recommending adoption of additional race- and ethnicity-related provisions in this final rule, see section III.C of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies appreciate commenter feedback regarding the potential need for examiner training as the proposed approach to the evaluation of certain activities that would currently be considered only under community development may be considered under a different test or multiple tests. The agencies will take this feedback under advisement as the agencies develop implementation plans.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(d) Community Supportive Services</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        The CRA regulations currently define community development to include “community services targeted to low- or 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6669"/>
                        moderate-income individuals,” 
                        <SU>404</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         but the regulations do not further define community services. The Interagency Questions and Answers provide several examples of community services and characteristics of those services to assist institutions in determining whether the service is “targeted to low- or moderate-income individuals.” 
                        <SU>405</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Interagency guidance also clarifies that “investments, grants, deposits, or shares in or to . . . [f]acilities that . . . provid[e] community services for low- and moderate-income individuals, such as youth programs, homeless centers, soup kitchens, health care facilities, battered women's shelters, and alcohol and drug recovery centers” are considered community development investments eligible for CRA credit.
                        <SU>406</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>404</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR __.12(g)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>405</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(2)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>406</SU>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(t)-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In proposed § __.13(d), the agencies replaced the current community development category of “community services targeted to low- or moderate-income individuals” with “community supportive services.” 
                        <SU>407</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, incorporating and building on aspects of current guidance noted above, proposed § __.13(d) defined community supportive services as “general welfare services that serve or assist low- or moderate-income individuals, including, but not limited to, childcare, education, workforce development and job training programs, and health services and housing services programs.”
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>407</SU>
                             The proposed term “community supportive services” encompassed different activities than those proposed under the concept of “community development services,” which is described further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.25(d) (proposed Community Development Services Test), below, and generally refers to volunteer service hours that meet any one of the community development purposes in final § __.13.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to consider workforce development and job training program activities under the community supportive services category of community development, rather than under economic development (where workforce development and job training programs are generally considered today). Existing guidance regarding economic development generally limits what can be considered an economic development activity (including workforce development and job training) to support for small businesses meeting certain size standards.
                        <SU>408</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under the proposal to consider these activities under the reconfigured “community supportive services” category, activities that support workforce development and job training programs would receive consideration if the program's participants are low- or moderate-income individuals, without regard to the size of any business associated with the activity.
                        <SU>409</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>408</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(d); 
                            <E T="03">compare with</E>
                             12 CFR __.12(g)(3) and Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>409</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies also proposed to build on current guidance by both clarifying and expanding upon a non-exclusive list of examples of community services and characteristics of those services that banks can use to demonstrate that a program or organization primarily serves low- or-moderate income individuals. Seven of the eight examples in proposed § __.13(d) reflected current guidance with certain technical edits, as follows:</P>
                    <P>• Activities conducted with a nonprofit organization that has a defined mission or purpose of serving low- or moderate-income individuals or is limited to offering community supportive services exclusively to low- or moderate-income individuals (proposed § __.13(d)(1));</P>
                    <P>• Activities conducted with a nonprofit organization located in and serving low- or moderate-income census tracts (proposed § __.13(d)(2));</P>
                    <P>• Activities conducted in low- or moderate-income census tracts and targeted to the residents of the census tract (proposed § __.13(d)(3));</P>
                    <P>• Activities offered to individuals at a workplace where the majority of employees are low- or moderate-income, based on readily available U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics data for the average wage for workers in that particular occupation or industry (proposed § __.13(d)(4));</P>
                    <P>• Services provided to students or their families through a school at which the majority of students qualify for free or reduced-price meals under the USDA's National School Lunch Program (proposed § __.13(d)(5));</P>
                    <P>• Services that have a primary purpose of benefiting or serving individuals who receive or are eligible to receive Medicaid (proposed § __.13(d)(6)); and</P>
                    <P>
                        • Activities that benefit or serve recipients of government assistance plans, programs, or initiatives that have income qualifications equivalent to, or stricter than, the definitions of low- and moderate-income (as defined in the proposed rule). Examples include, but are not limited to, HUD's section 8, 202, 515, and 811 programs or the USDA's section 514, 516, and Supplemental Nutrition Assistance programs (proposed § __.13(d)(8)).
                        <SU>410</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>410</SU>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(2)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also proposed an additional example not reflected in current guidance: activities that benefit or serve individuals who receive or are eligible to receive Federal Supplemental Security Income, Social Security Disability Insurance, or support through other Federal disability assistance programs.
                        <SU>411</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This proposed example reflected a suggested additional example raised in the Board CRA ANPR that received wide stakeholder support.
                        <SU>412</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>411</SU>
                             Proposed § __.13(d)(7).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>412</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             85 FR 66410, 66446 (Oct. 19, 2020). The example was also adopted in the illustrative list published with the OCC 2020 CRA Final Rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received comments on the community supportive services proposal from many different commenter types, raising a wide range of issues. Most of these commenters generally supported the agencies' proposal. A few commenters, for example, expressed that the community development services proposal would elevate the importance of community services and provide more clarity about what types of activities are included. In contrast, a commenter that disagreed with the proposal stated that the proposal would create unnecessary confusion and complexity and limit flexibility. This commenter expressed the view that the current community services definition should be retained, asserting that it better allows banks to tailor the provision of services to the specific needs of each community.</P>
                    <P>Regarding the general definition of community supportive services in proposed § __.13(d), many commenters expressed their support for including “health” or “healthcare services.” Several commenters also expressed support for the proposal to include workforce development and job training as community supportive services. A few of these commenters noted that doing so could allow banks to receive credit for supporting activities in connection with a wider range of businesses than under the current CRA framework.</P>
                    <P>
                        Commenters also shared views on the list of examples in proposed § __.13(d)(1) through (8). For example, a commenter that expressed support for the proposal to include “[a]ctivities conducted with a nonprofit organization located in and serving low- or moderate-income census tracts,” 
                        <SU>413</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         noted that these types of organizations often serve the community in which they are 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6670"/>
                        located. With respect to proposed § __.13(d)(7), regarding activities that benefit or serve individuals who receive or are eligible to receive Federal disability assistance, many civil rights and consumer advocacy groups for individuals with disabilities requested that the agencies also explicitly include vocational rehabilitation services and Medicaid-waiver funded home and community-based services. One commenter stated that, as not all individuals with disabilities receive Federal benefits, the agencies should consider including other activities that support individuals with disabilities, such as a loan to upgrade equipment in a public library to accommodate low- and moderate-income disabled individual patrons.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>413</SU>
                             Proposed § __.13(d)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Commenters also encouraged the agencies to add a variety of examples to the list in § __.13(d)(1) through (8). For instance, a few commenters suggested adding activities that promote digital inclusion or digital literacy, indicating that those activities can improve access to important community services. Additional examples suggested included, among others: food access and sustainability projects; activities that house the homeless; higher education career courses or programming; activities that support service members, veterans, and their families; and activities that support consumers with limited English proficiency.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>As discussed in more detail below, the final rule revises the general definition of “community supportive services” in proposed § __.13(d) to provide greater clarity about the meaning of this community development category. The final rule also adopts the non-exhaustive list of examples in § __.13(d)(1) through (8) generally as proposed, with certain technical revisions.</P>
                    <P>Specifically, the final rule defines “community supportive services” as activities that assist, benefit, or contribute to the health, stability, or well-being of low- or moderate-income individuals, such as childcare, education, workforce development and job training programs, health services programs, and housing services programs. The definition in proposed § __.13(d) is thus revised by replacing the phrase “general welfare activities that serve or assist low- or moderate-income individuals” with “activities that assist, benefit, or contribute to the health, stability, or well-being of low- or moderate-income individuals.” As noted in the proposal, the agencies believe that adopting a community supportive services category that revises the existing “community services” category and associated guidance will provide clearer standards in the regulation for identifying the kind of activities that qualify as community development. Upon further consideration and in light of comments received, the agencies are concerned about potential confusion as to what constitutes “general welfare activities” in the proposed provision. The final rule's revised language focusing on the “health, stability, or well-being” of low- or moderate-income individuals is intended to better achieve the agencies' goal of providing clarity in outlining the kinds of activities that are eligible for consideration under this category, accounting for the types of benefits and services that many commenters highlighted.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting as proposed the community supportive services listed in the proposed general definition—childcare, education, workforce development and job training programs, health services programs, and housing services programs; these are intended to be illustrative of the kinds of services that can meet the criterion of assisting, benefiting, or contributing to the health, stability, or well-being of low- or moderate-income individuals and, as noted above, were generally supported by commenters. As also discussed above, considering workforce development and job training activities under the community supportive services category of community development clarifies that bank support for workforce development and job training, whose participants are low- or moderate-income individuals, is eligible for CRA consideration, regardless of the size of the businesses that may be associated with those activities.</P>
                    <P>The final rule also adopts the non-exclusive list of examples of community supportive services in § __.13(d)(1) through (8), generally as proposed, with certain revisions as follows:</P>
                    <P>• Proposed § __.13(d)(1) is revised to refer to activities that are “conducted with a mission-driven nonprofit organization.” This change in final § __.13(d)(1) reflects that the final rule adopts a new definition of “mission-driven nonprofit organization” in § __.12, in order to support the term's use across multiple provisions in § __.13. As noted in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12 above, the final definition is intended to be consistent with the types of organizations that the agencies proposed would be partners with banks in conducting community development.</P>
                    <P>• Proposed § __.13(d)(2) through (5) are adopted generally as proposed, with non-substantive technical edits to align the regulatory text structure.</P>
                    <P>
                        • Proposed § __.13(d)(6), referencing activities that “
                        <E T="03">have a primary purpose of benefiting or serving individuals</E>
                         who receive or are eligible to receive Medicaid” (emphasis added) is revised to reference activities that “
                        <E T="03">Primarily benefit or serve individuals</E>
                         who receive or are eligible to receive Medicaid” (emphasis added), with no substantive change intended. This revision is a conforming change consistent with proposed § __.13(a) that eliminates proposed references to the phrase “primary purpose of community development,” as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(a).
                    </P>
                    <P>• Proposed § __.13(d)(7) and (8) are revised to add the term “primarily,” so that, as adopted, they refer to activities that “Primarily benefit or serve individuals who receive or are eligible to receive” Federal disability assistance (final § __.13(d)(7)) and “Primarily benefit or serve recipients of government assistance plans, programs, or initiatives . . . .” (final § __.13(d)(8)). This addition is intended to provide consistency with the language in final § __.13(d)(6) described above, and to align with the agencies' intent to provide examples of activities that are specifically focused on benefiting or serving the individuals described in these examples.</P>
                    <P>
                        As discussed above, the examples in § __.13(d)(1) through (6) and (8) are adapted from existing guidance to promote clarity and consistency regarding the types of services that could be considered to be targeted to low- or moderate-income individuals. The agencies believe that the adopted examples will facilitate banks' ability to document and demonstrate that a program or organization assists, benefits, or contributes to the health, stability, or well-being of low- or moderate-income individuals as set forth in § __.13(d). For example, with respect to § __.13(d)(2), the agencies believe that qualified activities performed in conjunction with “a nonprofit organization located in and serving low- or moderate-income census tracts” are likely to assist, benefit, or contribute to the health, stability, or well-being of low- or moderate-income individuals due to the geographic location and service-orientation of the nonprofit organization on low- or moderate-income census tracts. Accordingly, the agencies believe that this example will facilitate banks' identification of qualified community 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6671"/>
                        supportive services and opportunities to serve needs in their communities.
                        <SU>414</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>414</SU>
                             Final § __.13(d)(2) is distinguishable from final § __.13(d)(1). Section __.13(d)(1) references the narrower defined term of mission-driven nonprofit organizations, but is not geographically focused; while § __.13(d)(2) references nonprofit organizations more broadly, but is focused on particular census tracts. Both examples are intended to facilitate banks' ability to identify and document that an activity is a qualified community supportive service.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In adopting the example in proposed § __.13(d)(7), related to activities for individuals receiving or eligible to receive Federal disability assistance, the agencies understand that many disability programs are means-tested, and that and research has found that households that include any working-age people with disabilities are more likely to have substantially lower incomes than those without any disabilities.
                        <SU>415</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Accordingly, the agencies believe that the example in § __.13(d)(7) will serve as another key proxy for activities that assist, benefit, or contribute to the health, stability, or well-being of low- or moderate-income individuals, and will facilitate banks' ability to identify clear and consistent examples of community supportive services.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>415</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             William Erickson, Camille Lee, and Sarah von Schrader, “2021 Disability Status Report: United States,” Cornell University Yang-Tan Institute on Employment and Disability, 40 (2023), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.disabilitystatistics.org/report/pdf/2021/2000000.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies also considered and appreciate additional examples of community supportive services offered by commenters, including additional suggestions noted above to supplement § __.13(d)(7) regarding other activities that benefit or serve individuals with disabilities. As discussed above, the list of examples in § __.13(d)(1) through (8) is non-exclusive. The agencies believe that the list of examples adopted in the final rule address a wide range of qualified community supportive services and do not believe that it would be possible or practicable to capture every kind of community supportive service in the regulation. The agencies note that, to the extent that any other activity meets the general definition set forth in § __.13(d), it would be considered a community supportive service. While the agencies are not adding mention of specific additional community supportive services activities to the final rule, the agencies will take commenters' recommended examples under advisement as the agencies develop the illustrative list anticipated by § __.14(a).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13(e) Through (j) Place-Based Community Development</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>The current regulation defines “community development” to include “activities that revitalize or stabilize” the following four types of geographic areas:</P>
                    <P>• Low- or moderate-income census tracts;</P>
                    <P>• Designated disaster areas;</P>
                    <P>• Distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts; and</P>
                    <P>
                        • Underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts.
                        <SU>416</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>416</SU>
                             12 CFR __.12(g)(4). The current regulation provides that distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts are “designated by [the Board, FDIC, and OCC] based on—(A) Rates of poverty, unemployment, and population loss; or (B) Population size, density, and dispersion.” 12 CFR __.12(g)(4)(iii). The regulation further provides that “[a]ctivities revitalize and stabilize [census tracts] designated based on population size, density, and dispersion if they help to meet essential community needs, including needs of low- and moderate-income individuals.” 
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Interagency Questions and Answers further elaborate on revitalization and stabilization activities in these geographic areas.
                        <SU>417</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         With respect to low- and moderate-income census tracts, designated disaster areas, and distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts, current guidance states that revitalization and stabilization activities are those that help to “attract new, or retain existing, businesses or residents” in that geographic area.
                        <SU>418</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Current guidance for the same three targeted geographic areas also states that an activity will be presumed to revitalize or stabilize a geographic area if the activity is consistent with a government plan for the revitalization or stabilization of the area.
                        <SU>419</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>417</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(i)-1 (regarding low- or moderate-income census tracts), Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)-2 (regarding designated disaster areas), Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)-3 (regarding distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts), and Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)-4 (regarding underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts). Activities considered to revitalize and stabilize a designated disaster area must also be “related to disaster recovery.” 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)-2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>418</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(i)-1 (regarding low- or moderate-income geographies), Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)-2 (regarding designated disaster areas), and Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)-3 (regarding distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts). The “attract new or retain existing businesses or residents” language is not in the guidance on revitalization and stabilization activities for underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>419</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(i)-1 (regarding low- or moderate-income census tracts), Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)-2 (regarding designated disaster areas), and Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)-3 (regarding distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Further, in designated disaster areas and distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts, current guidance specifies that examiners will consider all activities that revitalize or stabilize a census tract but give greater weight to those activities that are most responsive to community needs, including the needs of low- or moderate-income individuals or neighborhoods.
                        <SU>420</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In determining whether an activity revitalizes or stabilizes a low- or moderate-income census tract, in the absence of a Federal, State, local, or tribal government plan, guidance instructs examiners to evaluate activities based on the actual impact on the census tract, if that information is available.
                        <SU>421</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         If not, examiners will determine whether the activity is consistent with the community's formal or informal plans for the revitalization and stabilization of the low- or moderate-income census tract.
                        <SU>422</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>420</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)-2 (regarding designated disaster areas) and Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)-3 (regarding distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>421</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(i)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>422</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Regarding underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts, current guidance focuses on clarifying the regulatory provision stating that activities in census tracts designated by the agencies as underserved based on “population size, density, and dispersion” are considered to be revitalization and stabilization activities “if they help to meet essential community needs, including needs of low- and moderate-income individuals.” 
                        <SU>423</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To this end, the Interagency Questions and Answers state that activities such as “financing for the construction, expansion, improvement, maintenance, or operation of essential infrastructure or facilities for health services, education, public safety, public services, industrial parks, affordable housing, or communication services” in underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts will be evaluated to determine whether they meet essential community needs.
                        <SU>424</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The guidance also provides several examples of projects that may be considered to meet essential community needs, such as hospitals, industrial parks, rehabilitated sewer lines, mixed-income housing, and renovated schools—as long as the population served includes 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6672"/>
                        low- and moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>425</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>423</SU>
                             12 CFR __.12(g)(4)(iii)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>424</SU>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>425</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Overview of the Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The agencies' proposal replaced the current revitalization and stabilization activities component of the community development definition with six separate categories of activities:</P>
                    <P>
                        • Revitalization activities undertaken in conjunction with a government plan, program, or initiative; 
                        <SU>426</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>426</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Essential community facilities activities; 
                        <SU>427</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>427</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(f).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Essential community infrastructure activities; 
                        <SU>428</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>428</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(g).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Recovery activities in designated disaster areas; 
                        <SU>429</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>429</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(h).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities; 
                        <SU>430</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>430</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Qualifying activities in Native Land Areas.
                        <SU>431</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>431</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(k).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Each of the proposed categories included requirements to benefit residents of targeted geographic areas, as discussed in more detail below, and thus are referred to as “place-based categories” (and the activities defined within the categories as “place-based activities”) throughout this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        . Each of the proposed place-based categories also generally shared three other common required eligibility criteria (with adjustments specific to certain categories). Specifically, relevant activities must:
                    </P>
                    <P>• Benefit or serve residents of the targeted geographic area, including low- or moderate-income individuals;</P>
                    <P>• Not displace or exclude low- or moderate-income individuals; and</P>
                    <P>• Be conducted in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government plan, program, or initiative that includes an explicit focus on benefiting or serving the targeted geographic area.</P>
                    <P>
                        These criteria are generally referred to as “place-based criteria” throughout this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        . By refining and further clarifying the current regulation and guidance regarding the revitalization and stabilization category of community development, the agencies intended to provide greater certainty about what activities are considered to revitalize and stabilize communities, and thus be considered community development.
                    </P>
                    <P>This section-by-section analysis first discusses the three place-based criteria noted above, including general comments received and general revisions made in the final rule. An analysis of each of the six place-based community development categories follows, under which specific final place-based criteria provisions and revisions are discussed. As will be discussed below, the final rule generally retains the three common place-based criteria proposed for each of the six place-based categories, with some modifications. The analysis of the place-based criteria below generally follows the order of the proposal; as discussed under the analysis of each of the specific place-based categories, the final rule reorganizes the common place-based criteria to establish a consistent parallel structure across the categories.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Benefits or Serves Residents, Including Low- or Moderate-Income Individuals, of Targeted Geographic Areas</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Across all place-based categories, the agencies proposed that activities supported by a bank's loans, investments, or services would be considered community development only in relation to particular geographic areas. Specifically, revitalization activities in conjunction with a government plan, program or initiative, essential infrastructure activities, essential community facilities activities, and disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities would be community development under the proposal if they benefited or served residents, including low- or moderate-income residents, of one or more “targeted census tracts,” defined in proposed § __.12 to mean low- or moderate-income census tracts and distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts.
                        <SU>432</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Similarly, essential community facilities, essential infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities would also be required to be “conducted in” targeted census tracts.
                        <SU>433</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>432</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(e) (revitalization activities), (f) (essential community facilities activities), (g) (essential community infrastructure activities), and (i) (disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities). For further discussion of the definition of “targeted census tract,” see the section-by-section analysis of § __.12 (“targeted census tract”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>433</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(f) (essential community facilities activities), (g) (essential community infrastructure activities), and (i) (disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Under the proposal, recovery activities in designated disaster areas qualified in census tracts of all income levels, provided that the activities benefited or served residents, including low- or moderate-income residents, in an area subject to a Federal Major Disaster Declaration (excluding Major Disaster Categories A and B).
                        <SU>434</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Activities in Native Land Areas would qualify as community development if they were “specifically targeted to and conducted in Native Land Areas” and “benefited residents of Native Land Areas, including low- or moderate-income residents.” 
                        <SU>435</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>434</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(h)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>435</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(l). The definition of “Native Land Area” is discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also proposed requirements regarding the beneficiaries of place-based activities—specifically, that they benefit or serve residents of the relevant targeted geographic area, including low- or moderate-income residents. The express inclusion of “low- or moderate-income residents” incorporated an emphasis on benefits for low- and moderate-income individuals reflected in the current regulation and guidance on revitalization and stabilization activities, as well as the CRA statute.
                        <SU>436</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies sought feedback on how place-based activities can focus on benefiting residents in targeted census tracts and ensure that the activities benefit low- or moderate-income residents.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>436</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             12 CFR __.12(g)(4); Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(i)-1 (regarding low- or moderate-income geographies), Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)-2 (regarding designated disaster areas), Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)-3 (regarding distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts), and Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)-4 (regarding underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts); 12 U.S.C. 2903(a) and 2906(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Commenters offered various views on how to focus place-based activities on benefiting residents in targeted geographic areas, and how to ensure that the activities benefit low- or moderate-income residents. Comments specific to whether activities should be directly conducted in targeted geographic areas are generally discussed under the section-by-section analyses for the respective place-based categories, where applicable. Several commenters suggested that the agencies adopt quantitative measures for evaluating benefits, such as requiring a majority of the beneficiaries to be low- or moderate-income in the targeted geographic area, or requiring a majority of beneficiaries to be low- or moderate-income minorities. Some commenters recommended that data on benefits to low- and moderate-income residents 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6673"/>
                        should be part of community development data submissions, such as documentation regarding the number and percent of low- and moderate-income persons in the census tract(s) of the target area and a narrative explaining how the activity would benefit them, or other evidence of community benefit such as job creation, living wages, fair lease payments, or sound land-use planning practices. In contrast, a commenter suggested that the agencies also allow for consideration of activities where benefits to low- or moderate-income individuals are not readily quantifiable, but otherwise demonstrable. This commenter cautioned that “means testing” would complicate community development financing and might not be possible, potentially discouraging bank investment, but suggested that projects located in low- and moderate-income or distressed census tracts were likely to serve residents of those tracts and others in the area.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters suggested requiring community input to demonstrate that activities benefit residents, including low- or moderate-income residents, of targeted census tracts. For instance, commenters recommended that banks document (and the agencies consider) public feedback provided by community groups; public attestations; or community benefit agreements (CBAs). Several commenters recommended that examiners use their judgment to determine whether qualifying activities benefit low- and moderate-income residents, indicating, for example, that different types of activities will warrant different types of evidence to demonstrate benefit to low- and moderate-income residents. Other commenters suggested that a statement from a bank's public or nonprofit organization partners could provide evidence of a place-based activity's impact on low- and moderate-income communities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The final rule generally retains the three common place-based criteria proposed for each of the six place-based categories, with some modifications. Generally applicable language and revisions are addressed here, with category-specific language described under each category below in this section-by-section analysis.</P>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposal, each of the final place-based categories adopts a specific focus on targeted geographic areas, discussed in each of the section-by-section analyses of the place-based categories below. Under the final rule, the geographic area focus for each category is as follows:</P>
                    <P>• For revitalization or stabilization (§ __.13(e)), essential community facilities (§ __.13(f)), essential community infrastructure (§ __.13(g)), and disaster preparedness and weather resiliency (§ __.13(i)): “targeted census tracts.” Consistent with the proposal, targeted census tracts are defined in final § __.12 as low- and moderate-income census tracts, as well as distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts;</P>
                    <P>• For recovery of designated disaster areas (§ __.13(h)): “areas subject to a Federal Major Disaster Declaration, excluding Major Disaster Categories A and B”; and</P>
                    <P>
                        • For qualified activities in Native Land Areas (§ __.13(j)): “residents of Native Land Areas.” 
                        <SU>437</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>437</SU>
                             The term “Native Land Area” is separately defined in section § __.12 and discussed in detail in the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For each place-based category, the final rule also adopts substantially as proposed the place-based criterion that activities benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income individuals, in the targeted geographic areas, including the proposed criterion that revitalization activities in Native Land Areas must have “substantial benefits for low- and moderate-income residents.” 
                        <SU>438</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The final rule revises the proposed language of this criterion, with no substantive change intended, to reference “low- or moderate-income individuals” rather than “low- or moderate-income residents,” which aligns with usage of the word “individuals” in the definitions of low-income and moderate-income in final § __.12 and is generally consistent with usage of the term “low- or moderate-income individuals” throughout the rule. As discussed in the proposal, this criterion establishes a consistent expectation that residents in the relevant targeted geographic areas will benefit from the qualifying activity and that the residents benefiting from the activity will include low- and moderate-income individuals. To further the purposes of CRA, the agencies believe it important that loans, investments, and services considered in a bank's community development performance evaluation support place-based activities that provide direct benefit to the people living in targeted geographic areas rather than solely supporting redevelopment these geographic areas more generally. Together with the other common place-based criteria discussed in more detail below, the agencies believe that this criterion will ensure a strong connection between activities and community needs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>438</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(l)(1)(i)(A) (“revitalization activities in Native Land Areas”) and final § __.13(j)(2)(ii) (revised to refer to “revitalization or stabilization activities in Native Land Areas”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies have considered, but are not adopting, additional quantitative standards or criteria in final § __.13(e) through (j), including a requirement that a majority of the beneficiaries of a qualifying activity in the proposed (and final) targeted geographic areas be low- or moderate-income individuals, minorities, or other underserved individuals. The agencies understand and appreciate the concerns giving rise to commenter suggestions for more precisely defining qualifying community development activities to focus on these individuals and communities. For this reason, as noted in the proposal, the agencies also considered a criterion that place-based activities benefit or serve solely low- or moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>
                        On further consideration, however, the agencies believe that the final criterion (“benefits or serves residents, including low- or moderate-income residents” 
                        <SU>439</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        ) is appropriately adaptable, providing needed flexibility to address the wide range of community development needs that may exist in the areas targeted in the proposed and final rule's place-based community development categories. Rather than adding quantitative limitations or other parameters to this proposed criterion, the agencies intend, in adopting this criterion generally as proposed, to maintain flexibility for activities to meet multiple types of community needs in the areas targeted by place-based activities—while also requiring the inclusion of low- or moderate-income individuals as beneficiaries. This flexibility remains particularly important in distressed and underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts, which can have fewer low- or moderate-income residents. The agencies further believe that this criterion, as adopted, is consistent with the CRA statute, which is focused on meeting the credit needs of an entire community, including low- and moderate-income needs.
                        <SU>440</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6674"/>
                        the agencies note that, under the majority standard discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(a), loans, investments, or services supporting placed-based community development may receive community development consideration only if the majority of the beneficiaries are, or the majority of the dollars benefit or serve, residents of the targeted geographic areas.
                        <SU>441</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>439</SU>
                             The final rule adopts different language for revitalization or stabilization activities in Native Land Areas, which must benefit or serve residents of Native Land Areas, “
                            <E T="03">with substantial benefits for</E>
                             low- or moderate-income individuals” (emphasis added). 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(j)(2)(ii), discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(j).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>440</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a) and 2906(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>441</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                            <E T="03">4</E>
                            ) through (
                            <E T="03">6</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies are also not adopting additional criteria, recommended by some commenters, for demonstrating and evaluating the benefits of place-based activities, such as through suggested data points or requiring community input. On further deliberation, the agencies are concerned that requiring specific ways of demonstrating benefits to residents could add complexity and burden, potentially dissuading banks from supporting place-based activities. The agencies further believe that maintaining some flexibility in the regulation is necessary to accommodate varying community needs and relationships that banks have with communities. At the same time, the agencies recognize that data and community input could be helpful in demonstrating and evaluating benefits of activities to residents of targeted geographic areas, including low- and moderate-income individuals; the final rule does not preclude banks and examiners from using an array of useful information in this regard.</P>
                    <P>As was noted by commenters, examiner judgment will continue to have a role in agency determinations regarding whether activities benefit residents of targeted geographic areas, including low- or moderate-income individuals. However, by adopting the criterion requiring activities to benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income individuals, in combination with other place-based criteria, the agencies intend to clarify expectations and to promote consistency in application across place-based categories of community development.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Prohibits Displacement or Exclusion of Low- or Moderate-Income Individuals</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that eligible place-based activities could not lead to the displacement or exclusion of low- or moderate-income residents in relevant geographic areas.
                        <SU>442</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For example, the proposal noted that, if a project to build commercial development to revitalize an area involved demolishing housing occupied by low- or moderate-income individuals, then the project would not meet this criterion and loans, investments, or services supporting it would be ineligible for CRA credit. In proposing this criterion, the agencies sought to ensure that qualifying activities do not have a detrimental effect on low- or moderate-income individuals or communities or on other underserved communities. The agencies sought feedback on how considerations about whether an activity would displace or exclude low- or moderate-income residents should be reflected in the rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>442</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(e)(2) (revitalization), (f)(2) (essential community facilities), (g)(2) (essential community infrastructure), (h)(2) (recovery in designated disaster areas), proposed (i)(2) (disaster preparedness and climate resiliency), and (l)(1)(i)(B) and (l)(2)(i) (Native Land Areas).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Most commenters supported requiring that qualifying place-based activities not displace or exclude low- and moderate-income residents. Many of these commenters asserted that the anti-displacement and anti-exclusion criterion should be extended to other categories of community development, with a number of commenters advocating for an extension of the criterion to the proposed category for affordable housing under proposed § __.13(b), including the naturally occurring affordable housing prong in proposed § __.13(b)(2).
                        <SU>443</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>443</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(b), discussed above.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>A variety of commenters asserted that the criterion should be strengthened, and offered suggestions for demonstrating or measuring non-displacement and non-exclusion for activities supported by a bank's loans, investments, or services. Suggestions included, for example, that a bank:</P>
                    <P>• Demonstrate compliance with tenant protections, local health and habitability codes, civil rights and other relevant laws;</P>
                    <P>• Conduct due diligence to determine whether a project involves any concerns relating to eviction, harassment, complaints, rent increases, or habitability violations;</P>
                    <P>• Demonstrate that projects did not reduce affordable housing units or displace small businesses or farms;</P>
                    <P>• Evidence support for resident retention through lending in low- and moderate-income communities or minority communities to ensure non-displacement of those communities; or</P>
                    <P>• Provide attestations from public sector or nonprofit partners that displacement did not occur, or require other documentation of the community engagement process.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters focused on gentrification concerns more expressly. For example, commenters recommended that the agencies: (1) consider whether an activity would promote gentrification and displacement of existing low- and moderate-income residents through increased rents.; (2) recognize both physical displacement, such as in the proposal's example of affordable housing being demolished to create housing serving higher-income households, and more general displacement from inflationary pressures caused by rapid growth or gentrification; and (3) closely evaluate the demographics of financial institutions' financing practices in relation to gentrification. Other commenters indicated that impact on minorities within identified census tracts should be accounted for, or that the agencies should expand CRA discrimination downgrade criteria to include incidents of displacement of, or harm to, low- and moderate-income communities and/or minorities.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters supported the goal of preventing displacement but suggested that the proposed criterion was too broad and thus might inadvertently disqualify activities that would otherwise align with community development goals. Accordingly, some commenters recommended that the criterion be revised to, for instance: (1) allow for activities that result in displacement, if mitigation of displacement is incorporated into the project, such as voluntary agreements that provide for compensation, alternative housing in or near the relevant community, or other similar benefits to displaced residents; (2) provide other carve-outs from the criterion, such as for temporary relocations or limited displacement; or (3) include only involuntary or forced displacement, to permit, for example, voluntary relocation from climate-impacted areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters opposed the proposal to include an anti-displacement or anti-exclusion criterion as part of place-based community development activities, with some explicitly opposed to a criterion disallowing exclusion of low- and moderate-income individuals. Some of these commenters expressed concern about an undefined, overbroad, or subjective standard, with some suggesting that the proposed criterion would be difficult to demonstrate and for examiners to evaluate. A commenter suggested that meeting this criterion 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6675"/>
                        would be especially difficult in advance of, or shortly after the completion of, the activity, and indicated that banks might not be able to predict or control the long-term effects of projects. This commenter asserted that the proposal would add inconsistency and uncertainty to CRA evaluations and potentially chill beneficial community development projects in low- or moderate-income communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>Several commenters suggested that the agencies omit the displacement and exclusion prohibition and instead weigh the overall impact of activities on targeted census tracts (and other relevant geographic areas, as applicable). For example, commenters suggested that activities could have larger community benefits even if some displacement results, such as a commercial mixed-use project that results in some displacement of low- and moderate-income residents but includes housing for low- and moderate-income residents. A commenter also suggested that the proposed anti-displacement criterion was inconsistent with the criterion that a project be “in conjunction with” a government plan, indicating that government revitalization plans sometimes involve the removal of apartment buildings that have sub-standard units.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>In the final rule, the agencies are adopting a revised version of the proposal to include a place-based criterion that activities may not “directly result in the forced or involuntary relocation of low- or moderate-income individuals” in the targeted geographic areas. This criterion is designed to ensure that qualifying activities do not have a direct detrimental effect on low- or moderate-income individuals or communities in the relevant targeted geographic areas. The agencies believe that qualifying place-based community development activities that deny such populations the benefits of those activities through forced or involuntary relocation out of the targeted geographic area would be inconsistent with the purpose of the CRA to encourage banks to help serve the credit needs of their communities, including low- or moderate-income populations.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have considered and are persuaded by comments that refinements to the proposed criterion are appropriate so as not to disqualify responsive community development activities that align with the purpose of the CRA. In particular, the agencies have considered concerns raised by some commenters based on their view of the breadth of the proposed standard. The agencies recognize, for example, that otherwise qualifying disaster recovery or disaster preparedness activities with widespread benefits for a community could involve voluntary relocation residents due to environmental conditions such as an increased risk of significant flooding. Therefore, the agencies have revised the proposal to focus the final rule's criterion on prohibiting activities that would result in the forced or involuntary physical displacement of low- or moderate-income individuals as a direct result of the activity.</P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule's criterion on displacement does not include the proposal's specific prohibition on “exclud[ing]” low- and moderate-income residents. As noted above, the final rule includes a criterion that place-based activities must benefit or serve residents of a targeted geographic area, including low- or moderate-income individuals (with revitalization or stabilization activities in Native Land Areas requiring “substantial benefits for low- or moderate-income individuals” 
                        <SU>444</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        ). Given that the requirement to benefit or serve a targeted geographic area must include low- or moderate-income individuals (and therefore cannot exclude those individuals), on further consideration, the agencies believe that the exclusion language is redundant. However, the agencies do not intend a substantive change relative to the proposal. Thus, if low- or moderate-income individuals were not able to access or benefit from an activity, then the activity would not include low- or moderate-income individuals and therefore would not qualify as community development under the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>444</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(j)(2)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Under the final rule, “forced or involuntary relocation” could encompass both overt activities such as demolishing a building, as well as actions directly resulting in conditions for remaining in place being infeasible or undesirable, such as uninhabitable conditions. Accordingly, under the final rule, a project that involves demolishing a multifamily building in which low- or moderate-income individuals reside, thereby forcibly removing residents, would not qualify as community development under the place-based categories. In contrast, projects involving relocation of individuals could conceivably qualify as community development where residents agree to voluntary relocation. Regarding the concern that the proposed anti-displacement standard could conflict with government plans, the agencies believe that the revisions to the proposal—to focus on “forced or involuntary relocation”—will help mitigate this concern by adding greater specificity to the provision. For example, if a government plan involves demolishing a building that has suffered substantial hurricane damage, and all tenants are willing to relocate, the relocation of those tenants would not be disqualifying under this place-based criterion.</P>
                    <P>Additionally, the final rule states that activities may not “directly” result in forced or involuntary relocation. Accordingly, to be disqualified, an activity must directly relate to the involuntary relocation. For example, if a commercial development project to revitalize an area involved demolishing housing occupied by low- or moderate-income individuals, this project would directly result in the relocation of those occupants. Depending on the facts and circumstances, if the relocation were forced or involuntary, then the loans, investments, or services supporting the project would be ineligible for CRA consideration. In contrast, while the agencies note commenter feedback regarding future market pressures on rents and other costs resulting from neighborhood redevelopment and share these concerns, the agencies do not believe such pressures generally would directly result in forced or involuntary relocation, and thus generally would not be disqualifying under the final criterion. Further, the agencies believe that evaluating the impact of a particular project on the broader market in the future, such as the possibility of general rent increases across the market, could be challenging or speculative, resulting in inconsistencies in application and decreased certainty as to which projects may qualify as community development.</P>
                    <P>For similar reasons, the agencies are not incorporating specific displacement and relocation mitigation options as part of this criterion in the final rule. The agencies are concerned that doing so could create a need for a complex set of parameters regarding appropriate mitigation for otherwise qualifying activities. Further, determining when mitigation efforts are sufficient in all cases could be difficult or impracticable, as facts and circumstances can vary widely.</P>
                    <P>
                        Likewise, on further consideration, the agencies are not adopting additional commenter-recommended standards or criteria to measure or otherwise demonstrate or determine whether an activity displaces residents. As with the above place-based criterion to benefit or 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6676"/>
                        serve residents of a targeted geographic area, including low- and moderate-income individuals, the agencies are concerned that specific evidentiary requirements or required methods to demonstrate or determine whether an activity displaces residents could add complexity and burden, potentially dissuading banks from engaging in place-based activities. The agencies further recognize that the range of circumstances and contexts of potentially qualifying projects could have implications for whether specific measures pertaining to displacement determinations are appropriate, and might not be foreseeable.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have also considered commenter suggestions to incorporate this particular criterion into other community development categories, but believe that this criterion is most appropriate for place-based activities. The agencies believe that the criterion is appropriate specifically for place-based activities to ensure that activities designed to benefit a targeted geographic area do not have direct detrimental impacts on the residents the activities are intended to serve. Further, the relocation impacts of a particular activity can be more easily identified relative to a particular targeted geographic area, which are well-defined in, and the focus of, place-based community development activities in the final rule. Regarding comments encouraging expansion of the criterion to the affordable housing category, particularly naturally occurring affordable housing in § __.13(b)(2), the agencies note that, under the final rule, this type of affordable housing is designed to create units or facilitate maintenance of existing units of affordable housing, and examiners will retain discretion to consider whether an activity reduces the number of housing units affordable to low- or moderate-income individuals. This design thus indirectly includes anti-displacement guardrails.
                        <SU>445</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The criterion is also less appropriate for other community development categories, such as community supportive services and financial literacy, that are unlikely to result in the direct relocation of residents.
                        <SU>446</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>445</SU>
                             For further discussion, see final § __.13(b)(2) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>446</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(d) and (k), respectively, and the accompanying section-by-section analyses.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Regarding comments that the rule should permit downgrades for activities that result in displacement, the agencies note that under the final rule, as currently, evidence of illegal credit practices is the basis of a rating downgrade.
                        <SU>447</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies have given serious consideration to the types of practices that should result in a ratings downgrade, in light of significant comments on this topic. For further discussion of the types of practices that can lead to a ratings downgrade under the final rule, see the section-by-section analysis of final § __.28(d). The agencies also emphasize that, under the final rule, no place-based activity directly resulting in forced or involuntary relocation of low- or moderate-income individuals will qualify as community development, so no bank may receive community development consideration for loans, investments, or services supporting those activities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>447</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.28(c), proposed § __.28(d), and final § __.28(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies are not removing this criterion from the final rule or revising the rule to weigh overall impacts to a market, such as net benefits of an activity to a particular market, accounting for displacement. The agencies have considered comments suggesting removal or revision in this regard, but believe that granting consideration for loans, investments, or services that support projects directly resulting in forced or involuntary relocation of low- or moderate-income residents of targeted geographic areas, even in conjunction with a government plan, would be inconsistent with the express focus of the CRA on the needs of low- or moderate-income populations.</P>
                    <P>Overall, the agencies believe that the final criterion as adopted offers a more precise standard relative to the proposal that appropriately balances encouraging activities that provide community benefits to residents of a targeted geographic area, including low- and moderate-income residents of targeted geographic areas, while discouraging activities that have detrimental effects on the residents of those targeted geographic areas, including low- or moderate-income individuals. The agencies recognize commenter concerns that the proposed rule was overbroad or could be difficult to evaluate, and believe that the final rule regulatory text on this criterion more accurately expresses the intent of the proposal and will be more practicable to establish than the proposed language.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Conducted in Conjunction With a Government Plan, Program, or Initiative</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that activities eligible under the place-based community development categories would need to be undertaken “in conjunction with a [F]ederal, [S]tate, local, or tribal government plan, program, or initiative” that, for most proposed placed-based activities, would have to include “an explicit focus” on benefiting the relevant targeted geographic area.
                        <SU>448</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies sought feedback on whether any or all place-based definition activities should be required to be conducted in conjunction with a government plan, program, or initiative and include an explicit focus of benefiting the targeted geographic area. In addition, the agencies sought feedback on appropriate standards for government plans, programs, or initiatives and asked about alternative options for determining whether place-based activities meet identified community needs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>448</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(e) (revitalization), (f)(3) (essential community facilities), (g)(3) (essential community infrastructure), (h)(3) (recovery in designated disaster areas), (i)(3) (disaster preparedness and climate resiliency), and (l)(1)(i) (revitalization in Native Land Areas). Proposed § __.13(l)(2)(ii) (essential community facilities and essential community infrastructure in Native Land Areas) and (l)(3)(ii) (disaster preparedness and climate resiliency in Native Land Areas) did not include the “explicit focus” language.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters supported the proposed common criterion to require that place-based community development be conducted in conjunction with a government plan, program, or initiative. These comments included, for example, a commenter asserting that banks' lending should be aligned with government efforts to ensure investments reach underserved communities and have the highest impact, and expressing the view that the proposed language “in conjunction with” would ensure that alignment. Several commenters supportive of the proposed criterion suggested adding other criteria as well, such as showing that a plan, program, or initiative has broad community support, to ensure that the government plan, program or initiative is responsive to community needs, or involves consultation and partnership with community- and faith-based organizations in targeted communities to determine how best to tailor activities. Commenter recommendations also included that banks should have to demonstrate that the underlying government plan or program includes goals and standards appropriately aligned with a community development category under CRA; and that qualifying plans should be included in an official government document that is readily available to the public and has 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6677"/>
                        been subject to a formal community review process.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        However, a majority of commenters opposed or expressed concerns about requiring place-based activities to be conducted in conjunction with a government plan, program, or initiative as proposed, with some commenters suggesting eliminating the requirement altogether, or expanding the government plan, program, or initiative criteria to include other options for defining eligible activities. Some commenters viewed the criterion as too limiting, given that communities do not always have government plans, programs, or initiatives in place for community development. Commenters stated, for example, that: local governments in areas most in need of stabilization and revitalization, including small towns and rural areas, might not always have a plan, program, or initiative for the targeted census tract; consolidated plans developed at the State level often do not target rural areas at the census tract level; the requirement could prevent activities where banks are unable to find a government partner or to know in advance if one will be available for a prospective project; and, more generally, the requirement could lead to a contraction rather than an expansion of community development activities. A few commenters expressed concern that the proposed criterion would exclude impactful activities with nonprofit organizations or in the private sector that are not associated with a formal government plan but could effectuate the same community development purposes. A commenter expressed concern that banks could be penalized for supporting activities in areas without a plan and suggested that, at a minimum, the agencies should instead require only that an activity be conducted “consistent with” such a government plan, program, or initiative. Particularly regarding the proposed disaster preparedness and climate resiliency category of community development,
                        <SU>449</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         a commenter suggested that if the government plan requirement were retained, the final rule should clarify that plans developed by local utilities are included.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>449</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(i), discussed in detail in the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Other commenters asserted that government plans that do exist do not always match community goals or, similar to comments mentioned above, may unevenly address community needs. For instance, a commenter suggested that a local agency plan or initiative might not be responsive to needs of modest-income residents or minorities, or might be harmful to their interests. With respect to climate activities, a number of commenters argued that government plans may be inadequate or slow to respond to community needs. A few commenters noted that government programs regarding climate change often lack a racial justice focus.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters supported broadening this criterion to include place-based activities in partnership with not only governments, but also local community organizations with plans, programs, or initiatives, particularly organizations that have knowledge of, and a successful record of working within, the relevant community; or, similarly, community-led plans and plans conducted in conjunction with community development organizations and nonprofit organizations that benefit low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. For example, a commenter recommended that bank lending and investment in low- and moderate-income communities working with mission-driven lenders should receive community development consideration. Another commenter emphasized the importance of including in any criterion the activities of Black developers or community organizers that engage in place-based activities outside of government plans—as long as such activities still meet the explicit focus of benefiting the targeted census tract, including low- and moderate-income residents.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters suggested that place-based activities should instead simply qualify as community development if clearly supported by documentation that the activity meets a need in the community. For example, a commenter expressing concern regarding the level of required government engagement advocated for giving banks more flexibility to engage with non-government partners in projects that also met community needs, without the need to have a government plan in place. Several commenters suggested that the key qualification standard for place-based activities should be whether intended beneficiaries are low- and moderate-income census tract residents or other low- and moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters supported the agencies' goals to create clear standards for qualification of place-based activities, but recommended alternatives to a requirement that place-based activities be conducted in conjunction with a government plan, program, or initiative. For example, several commenters suggested that, rather than requiring a nexus to a government, plan, program, or initiative, the final rule should incorporate impact scoring to boost consideration of activities undertaken in conjunction with a government plan, or that government plans should serve as evidence that an activity is responsive to local needs.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters recommended a qualitative approach to assessing the value of place-based activities to the community, such as through examiner analysis of performance context or a CBA to determine community needs and whether activities respond to them. Additionally, a few commenters suggested that the agencies consider activities with a race-conscious objective or develop a ranking of activities that emphasize working in conjunction with government plans, programs, and initiatives that have a race conscious objective.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule adopts the proposed criterion that activities be conducted in conjunction with a government plan, program, or initiative, with revisions to: (1) broaden the criterion to include activities undertaken in conjunction with a mission-driven nonprofit organization; and (2) to generally delete the word “explicit” where applicable when referencing the focus of the government plan on the relevant community development activity in a particular geographic area.
                        <SU>450</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Accordingly, the final rule generally adopts as a criterion that activities be undertaken in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government or a mission-driven nonprofit organization, where the plan, program, or initiative includes a focus on, for example, “revitalizing or stabilizing targeted census tracts.” 
                        <SU>451</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>450</SU>
                             As noted, the “explicit focus” language for the government plan, program, or initiative appeared the provisions for all proposed placed-based categories of community development, other than essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities in Native Land Areas.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>451</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(e)(1)(i) (revitalization and stabilization), (f)(1) (essential community facilities), (g)(1) (essential community infrastructure), (h)(1)(i) (disaster recovery), and (i)(1) (disaster preparedness and weather resiliency). The “explicit focus” language is adopted regarding qualifying activities in Native Land Areas. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(j)(2)(i) and (j)(3)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">In general.</E>
                         As discussed in the proposal, the agencies intend this criterion to achieve several objectives. First, the criterion will help ensure that place-based activities are responsive to identified community needs. Government plans, programs, or initiatives provide a mechanism for ensuring that activities are intentional 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6678"/>
                        and support articulated community development goals, with a specific tie to the relevant geographic areas. The agencies believe that these plans, programs, and initiatives are general indicators of community needs. As discussed in more detail below, expanding the criterion to plans, programs, and initiatives of mission-driven nonprofit organizations will provide another mechanism to ensure a nexus between an activity and community needs in a particular geographic area, given these organizations' knowledge and record of working within, and with residents of, targeted geographic areas. Including mission-driven nonprofit organizations in the criterion also will help address commenter feedback that government plans, programs, and initiatives are not always available or are not always responsive to or inclusive of all of the needs in a particular geographic area.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Second, the final rule is intended to improve consistency, certainty, and transparency, which will give banks and other stakeholders more upfront clarity on how activities may qualify, prior to banks engaging in those activities. The criterion will increase consistency relative to current practice, where standards are complex and vary across geographic areas, including related to how banks can rely on a government plan to demonstrate qualification.
                        <SU>452</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The rule will also increase certainty and transparency in that this criterion sets forth a clear standard for determining whether a place-based activity qualifies as community development and a bank's community development loans, investments, or services supporting it could receive community development consideration.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>452</SU>
                             For example, under current guidance an activity in a distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income geography is presumed to revitalize or stabilize the area if the activity is consistent with a bona fide government revitalization or stabilization plan (
                            <E T="03">see</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)-3), while an activity in a low- or moderate-income census tract is presumed to revitalize or stabilize the area if the activity has been approved by the governing board of an Enterprise Community or Empowerment Zone (designated pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 1391) and is consistent with the board's strategic plan, or if the activity has received similar official designation as consistent with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government plan for the revitalization or stabilization of the low- or moderate-income census tract. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(i)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies believe that the final rule will provide additional clarity relative to current guidance by permitting consideration for activities in conjunction with a program or initiative, even if not part of a plan. The agencies believe that the adopted criterion will allow for consideration of activities related to a wide range of government plans, programs, and initiatives, including those found in all types of communities within the targeted geographic areas of the place-based community development categories. For example, a grant to support a park in a low-income census tract could qualify if undertaken in conjunction with a citywide government program or initiative to expand green space in low- or moderate-income areas, even if support for that park is not outlined in a particular plan. The final rule does not further specify the kinds of plans, programs, or initiatives that meet the criterion, nor the types of government entities, as these can vary by community and Federal, State, or local law.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Mission-driven nonprofit organization plan, program, or initiative.</E>
                         The final rule broadens the proposed criterion to include activities undertaken in conjunction with plans, programs, or initiatives of not only governments, but also mission-driven nonprofit organizations. (For a more detailed discussion of the definition of mission-driven nonprofit organization, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.12 (“mission-driven nonprofit organization”)). In reaching a determination on this final rule provision, the agencies considered commenter views that the proposed government plan, program, or initiative criterion is too narrow or limited. The agencies are persuaded by points raised by some commenters that not all communities have government plans, programs, or initiatives in place or that plans may vary in their level of application to different geographic areas. The agencies also considered comments that government plans do not always match the goals of all members of the community. Further, the agencies considered commenter views that the proposed requirement for activities to be conducted in conjunction with a government plan, program, or initiative could exclude impactful activities that are not associated with a formal government plan but that could also bring benefits to residents of a targeted geographic area.
                    </P>
                    <P>As defined in the final rule, mission-driven nonprofit organizations have knowledge of geographic areas that are the focus of place-based activities under the final rule, and a successful record of working within and with residents of these areas to meet community needs. Further, these organizations can be identified and evaluated through demonstrable and consistent standards (as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12).</P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that expanding this criterion to include mission-driven nonprofit organizations will facilitate community partnerships between banks and these organizations. Moreover, the agencies believe that this expansion is consistent with ensuring that activities remain place-based and benefit or serve residents of targeted census tracts, designated disaster areas, and Native Land Areas, as applicable. In addition, the agencies believe that many commenters' specific suggestions will be addressed through this revision, such as suggestions to broaden the rule to allow for qualifying activities in connection with community organizations or community plans, programs, or initiatives.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also recognize commenter suggestions to include activities with a range of organizations and entities, such as Black developers, community organizers, or other specific groups other than government entities, for determining qualification under the place-based categories. While not specifically included in the final rule, the agencies believe that the revised adopted criterion will both allow for and encourage partnerships with many such organizations. The final rule does not expand this criterion to include all private sector partners, as the agencies believe that these entities can have varying goals and missions that do not always align with the goals of CRA. Instead, by adding mission-driven nonprofit organizations as defined in the final rule, the agencies believe that the final rule will appropriately broaden the kinds of plans, programs, and initiatives that can count for place-based activities, while continuing to ensure a focus on activities that are aligned with the goals of CRA.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional considerations.</E>
                         The agencies have carefully considered but are not adopting further revisions related to commenter feedback regarding whether to require this criterion; the appropriate standards for this criterion; and alternative options. This includes comments suggesting additional requirements for this criterion such as demonstrations related to formal community review; advocating for a more qualitative approach emphasizing examiner judgment for assessing the value of place-based activities to the community in lieu of this criterion; or suggesting that proposed government plans, programs, or initiatives be a method for demonstrating that an activity meets community needs rather than a requirement.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding comments that any plan be included in a publicly available 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6679"/>
                        document and/or be subject to formal community review process, or requiring community inputs as an additional criterion, the agencies are concerned that specific requirements of these types could be overly burdensome and limiting, and dissuade banks from engaging in place-based activities. However, the agencies expect that many government plans, programs, and initiatives will involve a public input process.
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding comments advocating for a more qualitative approach or that a government plan, program, or initiative be considered on an evidentiary rather than a mandatory basis, the agencies believe that including the adopted criterion—expanded to allow for activities in conjunction with mission-driven nonprofit organization plans, programs, and initiatives—is important to ensuring that activities qualifying under place-based community development categories are strongly linked to relevant local community needs in the targeted geographic areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, as noted regarding other place-based criteria discussed above, the agencies recognize commenter feedback to consider activities with a race-conscious objective or to develop a ranking that favors encouraging work in conjunction with government plans, programs, and initiatives that are “racially-conscious.” While these provisions are not included in the final rule, the agencies intend that the revised adopted criterion provides standards for ensuring that a broad range of residents in targeted geographic areas benefit and are served by place-based activities. For more information and discussion regarding the agencies' consideration of comments recommending adoption of additional race- and ethnicity-related provisions in this final rule, see section III.C of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        . On balance, the agencies believe the adopted criterion achieves an appropriate balance between a flexible standard that will ensure that place-based activities are designed to benefit or serve residents of targeted geographic areas, while also promoting clarity and consistency about eligible place-based activities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">“Explicit focus” and “in conjunction with”—in relation to a plan, program, or initiative.</E>
                         Other than for plans, programs, or initiatives related to activities in Native Land Areas,
                        <SU>453</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the final rule removes the term “explicit” from the proposed regulatory text, which would have required that the “explicit focus” of the government plan, program, or initiative be on, for example, revitalizing targeted census tracts.
                        <SU>454</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies recognize that plans, programs, or initiatives may cover broader range of community development needs than those related to a specific category of place-based activities. In addition, the agencies are concerned that too narrow a focus on the specific wording in the type of plan, program, or initiative could potentially and inadvertently disqualify otherwise eligible activities that align with the community development goals of CRA. The agencies do not intend that removal of the word “explicit” has any substantive implications for the requirement that a plan, program, or initiative under this criterion include a focus on, for example, revitalizing or stabilizing a targeted census tract, or on disaster preparedness or weather resiliency activities in a targeted census tract. For further discussion of the inclusion of “explicit focus” in the final rule provisions on activities in Native Land Areas, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(j).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>453</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(j)(2)(i) and (j)(3)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>454</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies considered feedback to change the proposed requirement that an activity be “in conjunction with” a government plan, program, or initiative, to “consistent with” a plan, program, or initiative, but determined that “consistent with” would not provide sufficient clarity in determining when an activity meets the required standard. The agencies believe that finalizing a requirement for activities to be “in conjunction with” a government or mission-driven nonprofit organization plan, program, or initiative will provide greater clarity relative to current guidance by expressly connecting the eligible activity to the applicable plan, program, or initiative. Currently, as noted, standards are complex and vary across the targeted geographic areas, including guidance related to how banks can rely on a government plan to demonstrate that an activity helps to attract or retain residents. Under the final rule, a uniform standard will apply to all activities, with flexibility to cover a range of government and nonprofit entities, as well as varying types of plans, programs, and initiatives.</P>
                    <P>Regarding comments that any plan be included in a publicly available document and/or be subject to formal community review process, or requiring community inputs as an additional criterion, the agencies are concerned that a specific requirement in the regulation could be overly burdensome and limiting, and dissuade banks from engaging in place-based activities. However, the agencies expect that many government plans, programs, and initiatives will involve a public input process.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13(e) Revitalization or Stabilization Activities</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In proposed § __.13(e), the agencies proposed a category of community development for revitalization activities undertaken in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government plan, program, or initiative that includes an explicit focus on revitalizing or stabilizing targeted census tracts.
                        <SU>455</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The plan, program, or initiative would also specifically need to include the targeted census tracts, although the goals of a plan, program or initiative could include stabilization or revitalization of other geographic areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>455</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.12 (defining “targeted census tract” to mean: “(1) A low-income census tract or a moderate-income census tract; or (2) A distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tract”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In addition to the targeted geographic focus and government plan, program, or initiative common criterion, the agencies proposed that activities under this category would need to meet the two other common place-based elements: proposed § __.13(e)(1) required activities to benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income residents, in one or more of the targeted census tracts, while proposed § __.13(e)(2) required that activities not displace or exclude low- or moderate-income residents in the targeted census tracts. Proposed § __.13(e) also provided several representative examples to clarify the type of activities that could be considered under this category, including adaptive reuse of vacant or blighted buildings, brownfield redevelopment, or activities consistent with a plan for a business improvement district or main street program.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to exclude housing-related activities from the category of revitalization activities in proposed § __.13(e). Currently, pursuant to interagency guidance, activities that support housing for middle- and upper-income residents can receive community development credit if they revitalize or stabilize a distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income census tract or a designated disaster area, with greater weight given to activities that are most responsive to community needs, including needs of low- or moderate-income individuals or 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6680"/>
                        neighborhoods.
                        <SU>456</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Based in part on prior stakeholder feedback that housing that benefits middle- or upper-income individuals, particularly in a low- or moderate-income census tract, can lead to displacement of existing residents,
                        <SU>457</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies proposed that, under the “affordable housing” category of community development in § __.13(b), as discussed above, activities that promote housing exclusively for middle- or upper-income residents would not be eligible for CRA credit as affordable housing, regardless of the type of geographic area benefited.
                        <SU>458</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies considered that additional clarity could come from qualifying most housing-related community development activities under the affordable housing category. The agencies also recognized that affordable housing activities are often components of government plans, programs, and initiatives to revitalize communities, and therefore sought feedback on whether housing-related revitalization activities should be considered under the affordable housing category or the revitalization activities category, and under what circumstances.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>456</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)-2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>457</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33884, 33904 (June 3, 2022). Stakeholder feedback considered for the proposal also included that revitalization or stabilization activities do not always provide direct benefits to low- or moderate-income individuals. 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             at 33902.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>458</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Comments regarding the three common place-based criteria are discussed above. Remaining comments on proposed § __.13(e) primarily focused on the agencies' request for feedback on whether certain housing activities should be considered eligible under the revitalization category of community development. Many commenters supported including consideration for housing activities under § __.13(e), consistent with current guidance.
                        <SU>459</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Some commenters asserted that these activities are central to overall community revitalization efforts, without specifying which housing activities should be included. A commenter suggested that limiting housing activities to the affordable housing category would create uncertainty for banks considering mixed-use revitalization projects that include both affordable housing and commercial revitalization. A few commenters suggested that affordable housing should be allowed to count under categories such as revitalization and climate resiliency, but should not be double-counted, as counting twice could lead to decreases in investment. A commenter suggested that housing should be included as an eligible revitalization activity and should be counted in all geographic areas, while another commenter stated that limiting consideration of housing activities under the revitalization category to activities serving high poverty or high vacancy geographic areas may not be necessary, as pockets of distress exist in otherwise prosperous communities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>459</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR __.12(g)(4) and Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)-2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Some commenters seeking to include housing under § __.13(e) expressed support for including a variety of types of housing activities under the revitalization category as a crucial component of comprehensive, equitable neighborhood revitalization. Suggestions included, for example, eligibility for activities that support: (1) the construction or rehabilitation of owner-occupied homes (including condominiums and cooperatives), if the homes are in certain census tracts and the sales price is capped; (2) rehabilitation or reconstruction of owner-occupied homes if the owner is low-, moderate-, or middle-income; (3) the disposition, rehabilitation, or replacement of vacant and foreclosed homes, to create new opportunities for affordable homeownership for low- and moderate-income households; (4) supportive housing development, operation, and services in any geographic area, because the need for supportive housing outweighs supply (citing the impact of supportive housing due to lack of stable affordable housing with wrap-around services); and (5) home repair and mitigation activities for low- and moderate-income homeowners.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters supported including mixed-income or mixed-used housing under the revitalization category. For example, a commenter suggested that mixed-income and mixed-use housing developments should qualify: (1) if in low- and moderate-income census tracts, and (2) if in higher-cost areas, and rent is limited to 60 percent of the area median income. This commenter suggested that high-cost neighborhoods are often the least accessible to low- and moderate-income individuals, but because these neighborhoods often offer the greatest access to jobs, higher performing schools, transportation, and other necessities, increasing access to these neighborhoods should be considered a revitalization activity. A few commenters recommended including housing developments that have onsite or co-located childcare and early education programs as eligible revitalization activities.</P>
                    <P>Alternatively, several commenters stated that place-based revitalization activities and housing activities should be separately considered under the rule, or with limited exceptions. For example, a commenter suggested that considering housing activities solely as part of the affordable housing category would help clarify whether disparities in non-housing resources and investments are being adequately addressed, which this commenter asserted is particularly important because affordable and subsidized housing is often concentrated in low-resourced areas. A few commenters similarly indicated that areas targeted for revitalization activities are often areas where low-income housing is already concentrated, and housing activities undertaken as part of revitalization efforts can risk perpetuating economic and racial segregation. A commenter generally supportive of qualifying housing activities outside of the revitalization category also supported an exception for housing being removed or demolished as part of a broader community revitalization effort.</P>
                    <P>Commenters also addressed proposed § __.13(e) beyond the question of whether to include housing. For example, a commenter expressed the view that the proposed rule's definitions of revitalization and stabilization activities would help direct more of the benefits of CRA-focused investment to low- and moderate-income communities and individuals. Another commenter suggested that any community revitalization plan or activity should include assurances that low- and moderate-income households will be able to remain in the neighborhood and enjoy the benefits of revitalization (through CBAs, support of community land trusts, or inclusionary zoning).</P>
                    <P>A few commenters suggested certain activities that should be considered revitalization activities, such as broadband; sustainability projects including those related to food access, food and water source protection; renewable energy investments; and private investment in land banking activities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting proposed § __.13(e), reorganized for clarity and consistency with the structures of other place-based categories, and further modified as described below. The final rule makes a technical revision to the name of the proposed community development category from 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6681"/>
                        “revitalization” to “revitalization or stabilization” for consistency with the current regulation and to reflect the agencies' intent to retain the concept of “stabilization” in this community development category. Final § __.13(e)(1) provides the general definition of the types of activities included in this category of community development. These activities must also meet specific place-based eligibility criteria in § __.13(e)(i) through (iii). Final § __.13(e)(2) adds a new provision for mixed-use revitalization or stabilization projects.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(e)(1) In General</HD>
                    <P>Similar to the proposal, under final § __.13(e)(1), revitalization or stabilization comprises activities that support revitalization or stabilization of targeted census tracts, including adaptive reuse of vacant or blighted buildings, brownfield redevelopment, support of a plan for a business improvement district or main street program, or any other activity that supports revitalization or stabilization. Final § __.13(e)(1) incorporates the technical revision from “revitalization” to “revitalization or stabilization” and other non-substantive edits.</P>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposal, the final rule incorporates some aspects of existing guidance for revitalization and stabilization, but no longer focuses eligibility of activities on the extent to which an activity helps to attract or retain residents or businesses in targeted geographic areas. Consistent with prior stakeholder feedback and as noted in the proposal, the agencies have determined that the standard in current interagency guidance that an activity “attract new, or retain existing, businesses or residents” has proven difficult for banks, community groups, and the agencies to apply, resulting in inconsistent outcomes. Under the “attract or retain” standard, banks and other stakeholders lacked upfront clarity about which loans, services, or investments would be eligible for consideration, and the standard also sometimes allowed for development that did not align with the purpose of the CRA, such as housing for higher-income individuals, without benefits to low- or moderate-income individuals. Thus, the final rule focuses instead on revitalization and stabilization activities benefiting or serving targeted census tracts, and includes the other place-based criterion discussed in detail above. As further discussed below, the agencies believe that final § __.13(e) will provide stakeholders with a better upfront understanding of the types of activities that will qualify as revitalization and stabilization, and result in more consistency in community development consideration for loans, investments, and services supporting these activities.</P>
                    <P>The final rule adopts the proposed focus on activities in targeted census tracts, in alignment with current guidance. The agencies considered commenter suggestions to qualify revitalization or stabilization activities in all geographic areas, but believe that the geographic nexus to targeted census tracts—defined in final § __.12 to include low-income census tracts, moderate-income census tracts, or distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts—is an important standard to align the final rule with a longstanding geographic focus of CRA implementation, consistent with the CRA's emphasis on communities of need. The agencies believe that final § __.13(e) will allow activities to qualify across a range of community types with varying needs, including distressed and underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts without significant low- or moderate-income populations, as well as more densely populated metropolitan census tracts with a greater concentration of low- or moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>The examples of revitalization or stabilization in the final rule (as described above, adaptive reuse of vacant or blighted buildings, brownfield redevelopment, and support of a plan for a business improvement district or main street program) are drawn from current guidance and intended to clarify the types of activities that might be considered eligible under this category. However, these illustrative examples are intended to be non-exhaustive; the final rule clarifies that eligible activities include “any other activity that supports revitalization or stabilization.” The agencies recognize commenter suggestions to include specific activities under the revitalization or stabilization category, such as food access, renewable energy projects, or other sustainability projects, and believe that many of these types of projects could be included for consideration within this category upon meeting the required criteria. For example, a project to build a new supermarket within a low- or moderate-income census tract of a small town would qualify as a revitalization or stabilization activity if the activity met the required criteria. Similarly, the agencies recognize commenter support for including land banking and disposition of vacant or foreclosed land under revitalization, and believe that these activities would qualify provided they met other criteria in § __.13(e), as these are often central elements of neighborhood redevelopment efforts.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies note that some activities raised by commenters might qualify in other categories; for example, broadband is provided as an example under final § __.13(g) regarding essential community infrastructure. Other activities suggested by commenters might qualify under final § __.13(b) regarding affordable housing, such as financing that assists low- or moderate-income individuals to rehabilitate or reconstruct their owner-occupied homes (excluding loans by a bank directly to one or more owner-occupants of such housing),
                        <SU>460</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         or alternatively, the financing of a supportive housing development and operation that meets applicable requirements in § __.13(b).
                        <SU>461</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In response to comments suggesting co-located childcare and early education should qualify, the agencies believe this activity may, depending on the circumstances, qualify as a community supportive service (final § __.13(d)) or an essential community facility (final § __.13(f)), provided the activity meets all relevant criteria.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>460</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(b)(4) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>461</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(b)(1) and (2) and the accompanying section-by-section analyses.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(e)(1)(i) Through (iii) Place-Based Criteria</HD>
                    <P>The final rule adopts the three proposed common place-based eligibility criteria for revitalization or stabilization activities, reorganized to be in a consistent parallel order across all place-based categories, and with the revisions described in the discussion of the place-based criteria above in this section-by-section analysis. Accordingly, under the final rule, revitalization or stabilization activities are those that: are undertaken in conjunction with a plan, program, or initiative of a Federal, State, local, or tribal government or a mission-driven nonprofit organization, where the plan, program, or initiative includes a focus on revitalizing or stabilizing targeted census tracts (final § __.13(e)(1)(i)); benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income individuals, of targeted census tracts (final § __.13(e)(1)(ii)); and do not directly result in the forced or involuntary relocation of low- or moderate-income individuals in targeted census tracts (final § __.13(e)(1)(iii)).</P>
                    <P>
                        As noted, the reasons for adopting these final criteria, and for revisions to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6682"/>
                        the proposed criteria, are collectively discussed above in this section-by-section analysis. With respect to the revitalization or stabilization category in particular, the agencies note that final § __.13(e)(1)(iii) is revised from the proposal to prohibit activities that directly result in forced or involuntary relocation of low- and moderate-income individuals in targeted census tracts. Accordingly, the agencies are not incorporating into the final rule a commenter suggestion that community revitalization plans include assurances that low- and moderate-income households will not be displaced. The agencies believe that adopting the common place-based criteria, combined with the majority standard set forth in § __.13(a),
                        <SU>462</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         will adequately ensure that qualifying revitalization or stabilization activities benefit and serve the residents of targeted tracts, including low- and moderate-income individuals.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>462</SU>
                             For a detailed discussion of the majority standard in relation to when community development loans, investments, and services are eligible for full or partial credit, see the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(e)(2) Mixed Use Revitalization or Stabilization Project</HD>
                    <P>On consideration of feedback regarding whether housing-related revitalization activities should be considered under the revitalization category, the agencies are adopting a provision that brings certain mixed-used revitalization or stabilization projects under the revitalization and stabilization category of community development. Specifically, § __.13(e)(2) incorporates into this community development category projects to revitalize or stabilize targeted census tracts that include both commercial and residential components, if: (1) the project meets all other criteria in § __.13(e)(1), including all place-based criteria (final § __.13(e)(2)(i)); and (2) more than 50 percent of the project is non-residential, as measured by the percentage of total square footage or dollar amount of the project (final § __.13(e)(2)(i)).</P>
                    <P>The final rule is designed to take into account some commenters' views that mixed-use housing can be central to revitalization projects. However, the agencies do not intend to include in this category projects that are primarily comprised of housing, particularly mixed-use developments with housing that is targeted to middle- or upper-income individuals, including such projects in low- or moderate-income census tracts. The agencies have considered that this type of development might not clearly benefit existing residents of the targeted census tracts, particularly low- or moderate-income residents, and can sometimes lead to displacement of existing residents. On further consideration of comments, the agencies are adopting this revision to better allow for needed comprehensive redevelopment efforts in targeted census tracts that involve mixed-use properties comprised of some, but not primarily, housing.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered several alternative thresholds for the percentage of a mixed-use comprehensive redevelopment project that can be residential for the project to qualify as under § __.13(e), and are adopting a threshold requiring that more than 50 percent of the project must be non-residential as measured by the percentage of total square footage or dollar amount of the project (corresponding to a threshold of 50 percent or lower for the residential component of the project). The agencies believe that the adopted percentage threshold provides appropriate additional flexibility for mixed-use development under the final rule's revitalization and stabilization category. In this regard, the agencies considered that a lower residential percentage threshold would exclude several types of mixed-use projects central to overall community revitalization efforts. On the other hand, the agencies believe that activities inclusive of a higher percentage threshold of housing within a project (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         above 50 percent) are more appropriately considered under the affordable housing category in section § __.13(b), as those projects are primarily housing.
                    </P>
                    <P>An example of housing activity that could qualify under final § __.13(e)(2), as long as all criteria are met, would be a main street mixed-use project to revitalize a series of vacant buildings to include 60 percent commercial space and 40 percent apartments serving middle-income residents. An example that would not qualify under § __.13(e)(2) would include a condominium project that is 100 percent apartments that are affordable exclusively to higher-income residents in a targeted census tract. Likewise, the agencies recognize comments regarding supportive housing in any geographic area, and reconstruction or rehabilitation of owner-occupied homes in low- or moderate-income census tracts or distressed or underserved middle-income census tracts. These activities may qualify as affordable housing (final § __.13(b)) and would qualify under § __.13(e) if they meet criteria as part of a comprehensive mixed-use revitalization project. Banks subject to the rule are permitted to qualify activities under any applicable category, but those activities may count only once for the purposes of calculating the Community Development Financing Metric.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13(f) Essential Community Facilities</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach and the Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Currently, in low- or moderate-income census tracts, distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts, and designated disaster areas, bank support for community facilities and infrastructure generally can receive community development consideration to the extent that these activities help to attract or retain residents or businesses.
                        <SU>463</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, among these three geographic areas, these activities are only explicitly mentioned in current guidance for distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income areas 
                        <SU>464</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (with guidance on designated disaster areas mentioning “essential community-wide infrastructure” but not facilities 
                        <SU>465</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        ). Regarding underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts, as noted earlier, the current CRA regulation provides that activities qualify for community development consideration in these areas “if they help to meet essential community needs, including needs of low- and moderate-income individuals.” 
                        <SU>466</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To clarify this provision, the Interagency Questions and Answers states that activities such as “financing for the construction, expansion, improvement, maintenance, or operation of essential infrastructure or facilities for health services, education, public safety, public services, industrial parks, affordable housing, or communication services” in underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts will be evaluated to determine whether they meet essential community needs.
                        <SU>467</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>463</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(i)—1 (regarding low- or moderate-income census tracts), Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)—2 (regarding designated disaster areas), and Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)—3 (for distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>464</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)—3 (“Qualifying activities may include, for example, . . . activities that provide financing or other assistance for essential infrastructure or facilities necessary to attract or retain businesses or residents.”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>465</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)—2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>466</SU>
                             12 CFR __.12(g)(4)(iii)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>467</SU>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)—4. As also noted, the guidance provides several examples of projects that may be considered to meet essential community needs in underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts, such as hospitals, industrial parks, rehabilitated sewer lines, mixed-income housing, and renovated schools—as long as the 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            population served includes low- and moderate-income individuals. 
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6683"/>
                    <P>The agencies' proposal aimed to provide more clarity, certainty, and consistency regarding CRA consideration for activities that support essential community facilities and infrastructure. To this end, proposed § __.13(f) (essential community facilities) and proposed § __.13(g) (essential community infrastructure, discussed further below in this section-by-section analysis) built on the current Interagency Questions and Answers to clarify that essential community facilities and essential community infrastructure would be considered community development if they were conducted in and benefit or serve residents of targeted census tracts, defined in proposed § __.12 to mean low- or moderate-income census tracts, as well as distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts.</P>
                    <P>Specifically, the agencies proposed a category of community development for essential community facilities, defined as activities that provide financing or other support for public facilities that provide essential services generally accessible by a local community. Proposed § __.13(f) included the following non-exhaustive examples of the types of facilities that would fall into this category: schools, libraries, childcare facilities, parks, hospitals, healthcare facilities, and community centers. The proposal further defined essential community facilities as activities conducted in targeted census tracts (as defined in proposed § __.12) that also meet the other place-based criteria discussed above: that activities benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income residents (proposed § __.13(f)(1)); that activities do not displace or exclude low- or moderate-income residents in the targeted census tracts (proposed § __.13(f)(2)); and that an activity that finances or supports essential community facilities must be conducted in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government plan that includes an explicit focus on benefiting or serving the targeted census tracts (proposed § __.13(f)(3)).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Most commenters offering feedback on the agencies' proposal regarding essential community facilities were generally supportive. A few commenters supported the agencies' decision not to propose the current requirement that community facilities must also attract or retain businesses and residents.</P>
                    <P>Commenters offered different views on the examples in the proposed essential community facilities category. Some commenters expressly supported the proposed examples of essential community facilities. Others sought clarity on the types of activities that would qualify under this community development category, or advocated for including additional types of activities in the regulation. For example, a number of commenters highlighted the proposed examples of hospitals and other healthcare-related facilities, noting this may encourage new investment in healthcare access, while others noted the inclusion of childcare facilities, citing a wide variety of community benefits.</P>
                    <P>
                        Others sought clarity on the types of activities that would qualify under this community development category, or advocated for including additional types of activities in the regulation. Several commenters suggested that the agencies add supermarkets and other food-related facilities to the proposed list of examples, including because low- and moderate-income communities are disproportionately more likely to be food deserts.
                        <SU>468</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Other comments included: a suggestion to clarify that the financing of retail service businesses, including grocery stores, pharmacies, and other neighborhood-scale services, are eligible facilities, regardless of the size of the occupant business, as these facilities bring convenience, jobs, physical revitalization, and lower prices for consumers; and suggested eligibility for financing grocery stores larger than the size standards in the proposed Retail Lending Test or proposed economic development category of community development. Another commenter cautioned the agencies against defining all examples of essential community facilities and essential community infrastructure in the regulation, stating that doing so could cause banks to limit activities based on the list and limit creativity in responding to local needs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>468</SU>
                             Suggestions also included adding support for grocery stores to the illustrative list of eligible activities in proposed § __.14(a). For discussion of the proposed and final rules regarding the illustrative list of eligible community development loans, investments, and services, see the section-by-section analysis of final § __.14(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>A number of commenters also responded to the agencies' request for feedback regarding whether the proposed category should incorporate additional requirements to help ensure that essential community facilities activities include a benefit to low- or moderate-income residents in the communities served by these projects. Several commenters asserted that CRA credit should be given only to essential community facilities activities that serve critical community needs directly in low- and moderate-income areas that are otherwise unable to attract funding. One of these commenters stated that CRA credit should be limited if the market is already fully able to serve such needs. Another commenter recognized the challenges of determining the specific population of people who benefit from a public investment, but argued for identifying a set of characteristics or parameters to distinguish certain projects beneficial to low- and moderate-income residents from those where financing would be readily available at reasonable terms notwithstanding CRA eligibility.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters emphasized that the goal for qualifying activities under this category should be to provide benefits to low- and moderate-income residents. Commenter recommendations in support of this goal included, among others, that the final rule should: require banks to explain how low- and moderate-income residents benefit from an activity; include a primary purpose standard for qualifying bank support for essential community facilities under which a majority of the dollars invested by the bank would have to be directed toward supporting low- and moderate-income residents; and establish guardrails to ensure financing goes directly to low- and moderate-income communities, including metrics to measure benefits of these projects, such as jobs created for low- and moderate-income individuals and contracts with local companies, and growth in median income for census tract residents. A commenter recommended that any facility be presumed to serve low- and moderate-income residents if it is open to all residents of a targeted census tract, with fees (if any) that are affordable to low- and moderate-income persons.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters opposed adding other criteria to the essential community facilities category to ensure that low- and moderate-income communities and residents benefit. These commenters asserted that activities should qualify if they benefit the entire community, including but without a specific focus on low- and moderate-income residents. A commenter recommended that essential community facilities should qualify, at least for partial credit, if located outside of targeted census tracts, if and to the extent they benefit low- and moderate residents of the targeted geographic areas.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting proposed § __.13(f), reorganized for clarity and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6684"/>
                        consistency with the structures of other place-based categories and modified as described below. Consistent with the proposal, final § __.13(f) provides the general definition of the types of activities included in this category of community development, and requires that these activities must also meet specific place-based eligibility criteria in final § __.13(f)(1) through (3).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13(f) In General</HD>
                    <P>Under final § __.13(f), essential community facilities are public facilities that provide essential services generally accessible by a local community, including, but not limited to, schools, libraries, childcare facilities, parks, hospitals, healthcare facilities, and community centers that benefit or serve targeted census tracts. The final rule reflects technical edits for readability, but is substantively consistent with the proposal. As noted in the discussion of the revitalization or stabilization category in § __.13(e) above, the agencies believe that the final rule, with the common place-based criteria discussed throughout the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(e) through (j), will provide stakeholders with a better upfront understanding of the types of essential community facilities that will qualify as community development relative to an “attract or retain” standard, resulting in more consistency in application. Further, the agencies believe that, relative to current practice, the final rule will better ensure that loans, investments, and services support activities aligned with the purposes of CRA to meet the credit needs of entire communities, including low- or moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>
                        The proposed rule defined essential community facilities as those that are “conducted in” targeted census tracts; the final rule revises the proposal to define essential community facilities as those that “benefit or serve” residents of targeted census tracts, including low- and moderate-income individuals. The agencies proposed the “conducted in” standard to facilitate a bank's demonstration that activities are benefiting and serving the residents of a targeted census tract. Based on comments and on further consideration, however, the agencies believe that the “conducted in” standard could exclude facilities located in close proximity to a targeted census tract that nonetheless benefit and serve residents of that census tract, including low- and moderate-income individuals. For example, under the proposal, a construction loan to build a fire station located just outside but primarily serving residents of a targeted census tract would have not qualified for consideration. Under the final rule, that construction loan could be considered, provided the rule's other criteria are met. The agencies believe that the requirement as revised—to require that essential community facilities benefit or serve targeted census tracts—will ensure a strong connection between essential community facilities and community needs in targeted census tracts, and that this connection will be further bolstered by the other two place-based criteria (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         undertaken with a plan, program, or initiative that includes a focus on benefiting or serving the targeted census tract and not directly resulting in the forced or involuntary displacement of low- or moderate-income individuals in the targeted census tract). The agencies note that banks will be expected to be able to demonstrate that a project benefits the targeted census tracts in accordance with the rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies considered but are not adopting the suggestion for a presumption that any facility open to all residents of targeted census tracts with affordable fees serves low- and moderate residents, given the variety of potential facts and circumstances. The agencies believe, however, that a facility will qualify for consideration if a bank demonstrates that the facility is public and provides essential services, serves low- or moderate-income residents in the targeted census tract, and meets the rule's other required criteria. Similarly, the agencies are not adopting the commenter suggestion that activities qualify if they benefit the entire community without specific inclusion of low- and moderate-income individuals. The agencies believe that qualifying essential community facility activities should be demonstrably inclusive of low- and moderate-income individuals, in alignment with the CRA's express focus on encouraging banks to meet low- and moderate-income community needs in the communities they serve.</P>
                    <P>Final § __.13(f) adopts the proposed list of examples of essential community facilities: schools, libraries, childcare facilities, parks, hospitals, healthcare facilities, and community centers, which are generally consistent with examples found in current guidance. The agencies believe that these examples provide adequate clarity to illustrate the types of activities that may qualify under this category. The list is intended to help clarify, for instance, that a loan to help build a public school or a community center that serves residents of a targeted census tract would qualify for community development consideration, provided all other criteria of § __.13(f) are met. While the final rule does not adopt other examples raised by commenters, the agencies note that the list of examples is illustrative and non-exhaustive. The final rule does not preclude agency consideration of investments, loans, or services supporting other types of essential community facilities meeting the criteria set forth in § __.13(f). The agencies do not believe that identifying every kind of essential community facility in the regulation is practicable or possible. However, the agencies will take commenters' suggestions under advisement as the agencies develop the illustrative list contemplated by § __.14(a).</P>
                    <P>Additionally, activities mentioned by commenters that might not qualify as essential community facilities under the final rule might qualify under other categories of community development. For example, a loan to finance a public road or sewer could qualify for consideration as supportive of essential community infrastructure under § __.13(g), if all of the rule's criteria were met, while a grant to support a food bank that opens a food pantry could qualify under § __.13(d) as supportive of a community supportive service. Financing of retail service businesses such as grocery stores, retail pharmacies, and other neighborhood-scale services are generally private sector facilities, and thus are not considered essential community facilities, which are defined as public facilities. However, these retail services may qualify as revitalization or stabilization activities under § __.13(e), should they meet the criteria of that provision.</P>
                    <P>On consideration of the comments and further deliberation, the agencies are not adopting additional or alternative requirements to help ensure that essential community facilities include a benefit to low- or moderate-income residents in the communities served by these projects. For example, regarding comments that the rule should qualify only activities supporting critical community needs, the agencies believe that this approach could be overly limiting in light of communities' varying needs and different views about which needs are critical. The agencies intend the final rule to maintain sufficient flexibility for banks and communities to address a wide range of needs that communities consider important.</P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding comments that the rule should require activities to have a primary purpose of serving low- and moderate-income residents in targeted 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6685"/>
                        census tracts, the final rule seeks to maintain flexibility for activities to meet a range of community needs, while also requiring the inclusion of low- or moderate-income individuals as beneficiaries. As noted, this flexibility remains particularly important in distressed and underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts, which can have fewer low- or moderate-income residents. On the other hand, the agencies are also not adopting the suggestion to qualify facilities open to the entire community without specific inclusion of low- and moderate-income individuals. The agencies believe that the final criterion, as adopted, is tailored and consistent with the CRA statute, which focuses on benefits to communities, including to low- or moderate-income populations. The agencies believe that the rule as finalized, combined with the majority standard set forth in § __.13(a),
                        <SU>469</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         appropriately ensures inclusion of low- or moderate-income residents.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>469</SU>
                             For further discussion of the standards for receiving full credit for a loan, investment, or service supportive of essential community facilities or essential community infrastructure, and related public comments, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(a). Loans, investments, or services supporting community development under final § __.13(f) meet the “majority standard” for receiving full credit it the majority of the beneficiaries are, or the majority of dollars benefit or serve, residents of targeted census tracts. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                            <E T="03">4</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For similar reasons, the agencies are also not incorporating into final § __.13(f) metrics for measuring the benefits of essential community facility activities to low- and moderate-income individuals. The agencies are concerned that specific metrics-related requirements or methodologies for demonstrating low- or moderate-income benefits of essential community facilities could be overly burdensome and complex to apply, potentially dissuading banks from supporting essential community facilities and limiting the adaptability of the rule to accommodate a variety of activities over time. However, banks will be expected to demonstrate that essential community facilities benefit or serve residents of targeted census tracts, including low- and moderate-income individuals. Finally, as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(a), the agencies are not adopting a partial consideration option in § __.13(f). The agencies believe the primary focus of activities should be to benefit or serve residents of targeted tracts and an alternative option providing partial consideration would allow for qualification of activities that do not share this focus as an intentional goal.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(f)(1) Through (3) Place-Based Criteria</HD>
                    <P>The final rule adopts the three common place-based eligibility criteria for essential community facilities, reorganized to be in a consistent parallel order across all place-based categories, and with the revisions described in the discussion of the place-based criteria above in this section-by-section analysis. Accordingly, under the final rule, essential community facilities are public facilities that: are undertaken in conjunction with a plan, program, or initiative of a Federal, State, local, or tribal government or a mission-driven nonprofit organization, where the plan, program, or initiative includes a focus on benefiting or serving targeted census tracts (final § __.13(f)(1)); benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income individuals, of targeted census tracts (final § __.13(f)(2)); and do not directly result in the forced or involuntary relocation of low- or moderate-income individuals in targeted census tracts (final § __.13(f)(3)). As noted, the reasons for adopting these final criteria, and for revisions to the proposed criteria, are collectively discussed above in this section-by-section analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13(g) Essential Community Infrastructure</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In proposed § __.13(g), the agencies proposed a category of community development for essential community infrastructure activities, defined as activities that provide financing and other support for infrastructure, including, but not limited to broadband, telecommunications, mass transit, water supply and distribution, and sewage treatment and collection systems. The proposal further defined essential community infrastructure as activities conducted in targeted census tracts (as defined in proposed § __.12 and discussed above) that also meet the other place-based criteria discussed above: that activities benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income residents (proposed § __.13(g)(1)); that activities do not displace or exclude low- or moderate-income residents in the targeted census tracts (proposed § __.13(g)(2)); and that an activity that finances or supports essential community infrastructure must be conducted in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government plan that includes an explicit focus on benefiting or serving the targeted census tracts (proposed § __.13(g)(3)). Thus, under the proposal, support for larger infrastructure projects could be eligible for community development consideration if the project is conducted in relevant targeted census tracts, demonstrably benefits the residents of the targeted census tracts, and it is evident that, in particular, low- or moderate-income residents, of the targeted census tracts would benefit and not be excluded from the larger-scale improvements.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Many comments on proposed § __.13(g) provided feedback on the types of infrastructure that should be considered essential community infrastructure, with a number requesting clarification about specific types of infrastructure projects. Many commenters expressly supported the proposed consideration for broadband activities, emphasizing, among other things, the importance of broadband access in community resilience, closing the digital divide, and creating access to financial services, jobs, healthcare, and education, and noting the role of CRA in overcoming broadband investment costs. Additional commenter feedback included support for qualification of broadband infrastructure only if reliable, affordable, and locally controlled; and support for qualifying only the infrastructure examples included as part of the proposal. Other commenters generally highlighted the importance of investments made in functioning roadways, internet, health, and safety, with additional suggestions that the regulation specify a range of activities that qualify as essential community infrastructure, including renewable energy projects; transit-oriented infrastructure, including road and technology infrastructure; hospital construction; jail renovations; and refuse services.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also received a number of comments in response to the agencies' request for feedback regarding whether the proposed category should incorporate additional criteria to help ensure that essential community infrastructure activities include a benefit to low- or moderate-income residents in the communities served by these projects. Some commenters opposed additional criteria for community development consideration of infrastructure projects (or community facilities), indicating that activities benefiting all residents, including persons of any income level, should qualify. As discussed in more detail below, other commenters on this aspect 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6686"/>
                        of the proposal supported an emphasis on benefits to low- and moderate-income residents, with some suggesting additional criteria for ensuring that community infrastructure projects qualifying as community development under the CRA benefit low- and moderate-income residents.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters asserted that essential community infrastructure activities should be focused on benefiting low- and moderate-income residents of targeted census tracts (or other relevant geographic areas). For example, a commenter expressed concerns about certain proposed infrastructure examples such as broadband, water, and sewage, as greatly expanding the number and types of eligible activities without a clear benefit to low- and moderate-income people and places. A few commenters recommended that essential community infrastructure be limited to activities with a clear and demonstrable benefit to, or primary purpose of serving, low- and moderate-income people and geographic areas. Several commenters suggested that CRA credit for infrastructure should be limited based on a strong correlation with benefits to low- and moderate-income individuals and families because reasonable financing is already available for most essential infrastructure projects. Commenters also asserted that CRA credit should be given only to essential community infrastructure activities that serve critical community needs directly in low- and moderate-income areas and are otherwise unable to attract funding. A few commenters recommended that essential community infrastructure be limited to activities with a clear and demonstrable benefit to, or primary purpose of serving, low- and moderate-income people and geographies. Another commenter emphasized that qualifying activities in this category should have a clear objective of meeting needs in targeted communities.</P>
                    <P>Other comments on ensuring benefits for ensuring benefit for low- and moderate-income individuals and communities included support for limiting CRA consideration to those activities with a strong correlation to benefits for low- and moderate-income individuals and families, such as a project in a majority low- and moderate-income population census tract. Suggestions for measuring the benefits of infrastructure projects to low- and moderate-income communities included considering jobs created for low- and moderate-income individuals; contracts with local companies; economic growth-related metrics such as growth in median income for census tract residents; and environmental improvements, such as greenhouse gas emissions and/or pollution reductions, increases in the amount of greenspace, community health benefits, and climate adaptation strategies.</P>
                    <P>
                        Citing the impact of historical disinvestment in basic infrastructure on many low- and moderate-income communities, particularly minority communities, a commenter suggested that the CRA framework should prioritize ensuring that all communities have a minimum standard of infrastructure, including protective infrastructure, over enhancing infrastructure in areas that already have a standard level of investment. Another commenter suggestion was that the agencies consider a bank's activities supporting essential community infrastructure in light of the overall balance of activities that comprise a bank's portfolio, to ensure that a significant portion of the bank's community development activities are targeting places and populations of high need with products that are not otherwise likely to be offered by the bank. This commenter further suggested that that agencies cap the volume of essential community infrastructure that could be included in the proposed Community Development Financing Metric,
                        <SU>470</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         asserting that essential community infrastructure projects are often relatively safe investments to make but might not necessarily be directly targeted to low- and moderate-income persons or communities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>470</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             final § __.24 and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As also discussed above in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(a), a few commenters expressed support for giving partial credit for essential community infrastructure activities. Citing the large-scale nature of many infrastructure projects and concerns about the potential difficulty of applying the proposed primary purpose standard,
                        <SU>471</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         commenters recommended various approaches to a partial credit framework for essential community infrastructure. These included partial credit based on the percentage of low- and moderate-income census tracts served by the activity, or based on whether the infrastructure project meets or exceeds a minimum threshold of serving low- and moderate-income census tracts, residents, or small businesses or farms. A commenter separately suggested granting at least partial credit for infrastructure (and facilities) located outside of targeted census tracts, as long as the infrastructure benefits residents of those census tracts. In contrast, at least one commenter expressly opposed providing partial credit for bank support of essential community infrastructure, noting concerns that these activities tend to be large dollar transactions that are not necessarily targeted at low- and moderate-income residents with intentionality, and thus partial credit could allow for more projects to qualify and potentially comprise a significant portion of a bank's community development finance metric numerator at the expense of smaller, more impactful investments. However, this commenter recommended an exception for partial credit for activities in rural communities and cities with low bond ratings and thus that might not otherwise receive financing support.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>471</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(a). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             final § __.13(a) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting proposed § __.13(g), reorganized for clarity and consistency with the structures of other place-based categories and modified as described below. Consistent with the proposal, final § __.13(g) provides the general definition of the types of activities included in this category of community development, and requires that they meet specific place-based eligibility criteria in final § __.13(g)(1) through (3).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(g) In General</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under final § __.13(g), essential community infrastructure comprises activities benefiting or serving targeted census tracts, including but not limited to broadband, telecommunications, mass transit, water supply and distribution, and sewage treatment and collection systems. Thus, final § __.13(g) makes no substantive changes to the proposal other than technical edits for readability. As with other place-based categories, the agencies believe that final § __.13(g), with the common place-based criteria discussed in more detail elsewhere in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13, will provide stakeholders with a better upfront understanding of the types of essential community infrastructure that will qualify as community development relative to the current approach based on an “attract or retain” standard. Additionally, consistent with the proposal, the final rule clarifies that essential community infrastructure is a community development category that applies across all targeted census tracts (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         low-income, moderate-income, distressed or underserved middle-
                        <PRTPAGE P="6687"/>
                        income census tracts), whereas, as noted, current guidance explicitly references infrastructure only in the context of distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts. Further, the agencies believe that, relative to current practice, the final rule will better ensure that loans, investments, and services support activities that align with the purposes of CRA to meet the credit needs of entire communities, including low- or moderate-income individuals.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As noted, proposed § __.13(g) defined essential community infrastructure as those that are “conducted in” targeted census tracts; the final rule revises the proposal to define essential community infrastructure activities as those that “benefit or serve” residents of targeted census tracts, including low- or moderate-income individuals, similar to revisions made with respect to the essential community facilities category under § __.13(f). As with proposed § __.13(f), the agencies proposed the “conducted in” standard to facilitate a bank's demonstration that essential community infrastructure activities are benefiting and serving the residents of a targeted census tract. Based on comments and on further consideration, the agencies believe that the “conducted in” standard could exclude infrastructure projects located in close proximity to a targeted census tract that nonetheless benefit and serve residents of that tract, including low- and moderate-income individuals. The agencies also intend this revision to strengthen the emphasis on benefits to residents of targeted census tracts, including low- or moderate-income individuals, in the event that infrastructure projects “conducted in” a targeted census tract might have only ancillary if any benefits for the targeted census tract. For example, a project to build a sewer line that connects services to a middle- or upper-income housing development but passes through a low- or moderate-income census tract without connecting needed sewer services to that community generally would not qualify as essential community infrastructure under the final rule.
                        <SU>472</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In contrast, a project to improve water supply to residents of targeted census tracts could qualify as community development even if the water supply improvements were made outside of those census tracts, provided that the bank could demonstrate the project benefits the targeted census tracts in accordance with the rule. The agencies believe that the requirement as revised—to require that essential community infrastructure benefit or serve targeted census tracts—will ensure a strong connection between essential community infrastructure and community needs in targeted census tracts, and that this connection will be further bolstered by the other two common place-based criteria. The agencies further note that banks will be expected to be able to demonstrate that a project benefits the targeted census tracts in accordance with the rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>472</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)—4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As noted above, the final rule adopts the proposed non-exhaustive list of examples of essential community infrastructure: broadband, telecommunications, mass transit, water supply and distribution, and sewage treatment and collection systems. On consideration of the comments and further review, the agencies continue to believe that the proposed examples provide adequate clarity for the types of activities that could be considered essential community infrastructure under final § __.13(g), and also note that they generally align with current guidance, discussed above. Accordingly, examples of the types of loans, investments, and services that support essential community infrastructure under § __.13(g) could include a municipal bond to help fund a transit improvement within targeted census tracts, or financing of a project to provide residents of targeted census tracts access to broadband, subject to the other criteria being met.</P>
                    <P>Regarding other examples raised by commenters, the agencies note that the list of examples is illustrative and non-exhaustive. Thus, the final rule does not preclude agency consideration of investments, loans, or services supporting other types of essential community infrastructure that meet the criteria set forth in § __.13(g). The agencies do not believe that identifying every kind of essential community infrastructure in the regulation is practicable or possible. However, the agencies will take commenters' suggestions under advisement as the agencies develop the illustrative list contemplated by § __.14(a).</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered the suggestion to limit the provision to only those activities listed in § __.13(g), but believe that this approach would be too restrictive; communities may have differing infrastructure needs, and limitations could deter new or innovative essential community infrastructure projects. Additionally, activities that are not essential community infrastructure may qualify under other categories of community development. For example, a project to redevelop vacant brownfield lots into buildable land would not qualify as essential community infrastructure in section § __.13(g), but might qualify as a revitalization or stabilization activity pursuant to section § __.13(e).</P>
                    <P>
                        On consideration of the comments and further deliberation, the agencies believe that final § __.13(g), combined with the majority standard set forth in § __.13(a),
                        <SU>473</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         appropriately ensures a focus on low- or moderate-income residents of targeted census tracts. Accordingly, the agencies have determined not to adopt additional or alternative requirements to help ensure that essential community infrastructure activities include a benefit to low- or moderate-income residents in the communities served by these projects. Having carefully reviewed commenter suggestions, the agencies are concerned that additional criteria might be overly limiting, such as qualifying only activities supporting critical community needs, or particular activities only under specified conditions, such as limited costs or local control. The agencies recognize that community needs can vary widely across communities, and therefore intend the final rule to be sufficiently adaptable for banks and communities to address those needs. While the agencies note that infrastructure projects in higher income areas tend to be sufficiently resourced, the agencies believe that the final rule will provide recognition of bank support for a variety of needed activities in targeted census tracts, including those projects that would be less likely to be funded otherwise.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>473</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                            <E T="03">4</E>
                            ) (providing that loans, investments, or services supporting community development under final § __.13(f) and (g) meet the “majority standard” for receiving full credit it the majority of the beneficiaries are, or the majority of dollars benefit or serve, residents of targeted census tracts), discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In addition, the agencies are not adopting comments suggesting that the rule should require activities to primarily serve low- and moderate-income residents in targeted census tracts; to strongly correlate to the benefit to low- and moderate-income individuals; or to limit eligible activities to census tracts with majority low- or moderate-income populations. The final rule seeks to maintain flexibility for activities to meet a range of community needs, while also requiring the inclusion of low- or moderate-income individuals as beneficiaries. As noted in the discussion of essential community facilities (final § __.13(f)), the agencies believe that this flexibility remains particularly important in distressed or 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6688"/>
                        underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts, which can have fewer low- or moderate-income residents. Thus, the final rule is intended to balance a number of considerations by specifically requiring that essential community infrastructure under § __.13(g) benefit or serve residents of these census tracts, or low- or moderate-income census tracts, but also requiring that low- or moderate-income individuals within those census tracts benefit from the project. At the same time, the agencies are declining to expand the rule to qualify activities benefiting all residents without regard to income level, as the agencies believe it is important that there be some demonstrated benefit to low- and moderate-income individuals.
                    </P>
                    <P>For similar reasons, the agencies are also not adopting in the regulation recommended methods for measuring the benefits of these projects to low- and moderate-income individuals. The agencies are concerned that specific requirements in this regard could be overly burdensome and add a level of complexity to the rule that could run counter to facilitating partnerships between banks and communities to meet essential community infrastructure needs. The agencies further believe that there is a need to maintain flexibility in the rule, as noted above, for qualifying a range of infrastructure projects that meet varying community needs. However, banks will be expected to demonstrate that all of the criteria in § __.13(g) have been met, notably the criterion in § __.13(g)(2) that essential community infrastructure benefits or serves residents of targeted census tracts, including low- and moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have also considered comments suggesting an option to provide partial credit for activities under § __.13(g), but continue to believe that not including a partial credit option for essential community infrastructure will better facilitate clarity and consistency in the consideration of essential community infrastructure. In addition, the agencies are concerned that providing partial credit could allow for qualification of projects without a specific focus on benefiting and serving residents of targeted census tracts, and might allow for activities with only tangential benefits to the targeted census tracts. The agencies recognize commenter concerns that the criteria for essential community infrastructure could result in support for larger infrastructure projects not qualifying for CRA credit, but believe that these larger projects are likely to have financing options even if they have only ancillary benefits to residents of targeted census tracts. The place-based criteria adopted under the final rule thus are designed to help ensure that community development under the CRA includes larger infrastructure projects that provide clear and meaningful benefits to residents of targeted census tracts, and that smaller projects benefiting residents of targeted census tracts have needed financial support. Larger scale infrastructure projects will qualify if they meet all required criteria, including that there is a demonstrated majority benefit for residents of targeted census tracts.
                        <SU>474</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, a bank could purchase a bond to fund improvements for a citywide water treatment project that is consistent with a city's capital improvement plan; this bond purchase would qualify if the majority of the project benefits or serves residents in the eligible census tracts, includes low- or moderate-income residents, and meets the other criteria of § __.13(g).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>474</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(i)(B)(
                            <E T="03">4</E>
                            ) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(g)(1) Through (3) Place-Based Criteria</HD>
                    <P>The final rule adopts the three common place-based eligibility criteria for essential community infrastructure, reorganized to be in a consistent parallel order across all place-based categories, and with the revisions described in the discussion of the place-based criteria above in this section-by-section analysis. Accordingly, under the final rule, essential community infrastructure are activities that: are undertaken in conjunction with a plan, program, or initiative of a Federal, State, local, or tribal government or a mission-driven nonprofit organization, where the plan, program, or initiative includes a focus on benefiting or serving targeted census tracts (final § __.13(g)(1)); benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income individuals, of targeted census tracts (final § __.13(g)(2)); and do not directly result in the forced or involuntary relocation of low- or moderate-income individuals in targeted census tracts (final § __.13(g)(3)). As noted, the reasons for adopting these final criteria, and for revisions to the proposed criteria, are collectively discussed above in this section-by-section analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13(h) Recovery Activities in Designated Disaster Areas</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach and the Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Similar to the current CRA regulations and guidance regarding support for designated disaster areas,
                        <SU>475</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         proposed § __.13(h) would establish recovery activities in designated disaster areas as a category of community development. Specifically, proposed § __.13(h)(1) stated that these recovery activities comprised activities that revitalize or stabilize geographic areas subject to a Major Disaster Declaration administered by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). Consistent with current guidance, the proposed provision expressly excluded activities that revitalize or stabilize counties designated to receive only FEMA Public Assistance Emergency Work Category A (Debris Removal) and/or Category B (Emergency Protective Measures), but modified the exclusion by providing that the agencies may determine to grant a temporary exception for these areas.
                        <SU>476</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Also aligned with current guidance, the proposal provided that activities promoting the revitalization or stabilization of designated disaster areas would be eligible for CRA consideration for 36 months after a Major Disaster Declaration unless that period is extended by the agencies.
                        <SU>477</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>475</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR __.12(g)(4)(ii). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)-1 and -2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>476</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(h)(1); 
                            <E T="03">compare with</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>477</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The proposal further defined recovery activities in designated disaster areas as activities that also meet the other place-based criteria discussed above: that activities benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income residents (proposed § __.13(h)(2)); not displace or exclude low- or moderate-income residents, of these geographic areas (proposed § __.13(h)(2)); be conducted in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government disaster plan that includes an explicit focus on benefiting the designated disaster area (proposed § __.13(h)(3)). Under the proposal, activities in designated disaster areas that meet these eligibility standards could be considered regardless of the income level of the designated census tracts.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Comments on the proposal regarding recovery activities in designated disaster areas generally focused on the agencies' specific request for feedback on whether they should consider any additional criteria to ensure that activities in this category benefit low- or moderate-income individuals and communities. Some commenters, for example, indicated support for additional criteria for this category to focus the benefits of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6689"/>
                        recovery activities in disaster areas on low- and moderate-income individuals and communities and to avoid recovery efforts being concentrated in higher-income areas. Commenters noted that disasters disproportionately impact low-income communities, and pointed to the inequitable distribution of recovery resources following a disaster. Several of these commenters recommended metrics to help ensure low- and moderate-income community benefit of disaster recovery activities, such as: (1) requiring that a specific percentage of benefits inure to low- and moderate-income residents; (2) use of a Social Vulnerability Index to help determine and assess low- and moderate-income benefit; or (3) consideration of criteria used in the Census Bureau's Community Resilience Estimates, which focus on various factors that could impact a community's ability to survive and rebound from declared disasters.
                        <SU>478</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A few commenters further suggested that the agencies give credit for activities that serve displaced residents who were forced to migrate, as well as the census tracts that receive those displaced residents; or require that recovery activities in designated disaster areas benefit low- and moderate-income communities, minority communities, or both, in order to be eligible for CRA consideration. Another commenter similarly suggested that the focus of disaster recovery should be expanded to include minority communities, to ensure the agencies are fulfilling their obligation under the Fair Housing Act's affirmatively furthering fair housing provision.
                        <SU>479</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter suggested that minority individuals and communities are especially vulnerable to disasters and are also the least likely to have access to the resources needed to recover from disasters. Commenter feedback also included a recommendation to qualify activities that primarily benefit low- and moderate-income communities affected by a natural disaster without requiring a FEMA declaration or disaster plan for that community.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>478</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             U.S. Census Bureau, “Community Resilience Estimates” (May 30, 2023), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.census.gov/programs-surveys/community-resilience-estimates.html</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>479</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             42 U.S.C. 3608. 
                            <E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>
                             24 CFR 5.150 through 5.180, as proposed to be amended in 88 FR 8516 (Feb. 9, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In lieu of additional criteria, a few commenters advocated for using the proposed impact review to give positive treatment for bank financing activities for disaster recovery based on the extent to which low- and moderate-income individuals or neighborhoods benefit.
                        <SU>480</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For instance, a commenter suggested that CRA performance evaluations should specifically factor in the degree to which these activities benefit low- and moderate-income populations, with higher scores assigned to projects benefiting low- and moderate-income residents than other projects.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>480</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.15(b). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             final § __.15(b) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters supported qualifying recovery activities in designated disaster areas, regardless of income level, or otherwise opposed additional criteria to ensure benefits for low- and moderate-income individuals and communities in designated disaster areas. For example, a commenter supported considering disaster recovery activities as responsive to community needs and suggested that such activities in middle- and upper-income areas can benefit low- and moderate-income persons. A few commenters suggested that the agencies rely on the expertise of the bank's CRA professional to create a case for the activity and demonstrate that the activity is in direct response to a natural disaster. Another commenter referenced current guidance on disaster recovery activities under the CRA that are not income-limited,
                        <SU>481</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and asserted that, to ensure that disaster recovery efforts are effective, all members of any community who have experienced economic dislocation due to a disaster must continue to be able to benefit from the community development activities undertaken by the financial institution, regardless of income.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>481</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)-1 and -2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>Final § __.13(h) adopts proposed § __.13(h), reorganized for clarity and consistency with the structures of other place-based categories, and modified as described below. Consistent with the proposal, final § __.13(h)(1) provides the general definition of the types of activities included in this category of community development and specifies that they must also meet the common place-based eligibility criteria (final § __.13(h)(1)(i) through (iii)). Final § __.13(h)(2) contains the proposed exclusion from consideration for loans, investments, and services supporting disaster recovery in counties designated to receive only FEMA Public Assistance Emergency Work Category A (Debris Removal) and/or Category B (Emergency Protective Measures), and the timeframe for eligibility for consideration.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(h)(1) Recovery of Designated Disaster Areas</HD>
                    <P>Under final § __.13(h)(1), activities that promote recovery of a designated disaster area are those that revitalize or stabilize geographic areas subject to a Major Disaster Declaration administered by FEMA. The final rule relocates the proposed additional parameters for qualification from proposed § __.13(h)(1) to final § __.13(h)(2), described below. The final rule is intended to describe eligible disaster recovery activities more clearly, as a stand-alone community development category of community development in the regulation, rather than including disaster recovery activities as a subcategory of revitalization and stabilization. Examples of bank activities for CRA credit as supportive of disaster recovery activities under final § __.13(h) include, but are not limited to, assistance with rebuilding infrastructure; financing to retain businesses that employ local residents; and recovery-related housing or financial assistance to individuals in the designated disaster areas. As with the other place-based categories, the agencies believe that the final rule on disaster recovery activities, with the common place-based criteria discussed in more detail above, will provide stakeholders with a better upfront understanding of the types of disaster recovery activities that will qualify as community development relative to the current “attract or retain” standard.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered commenter suggestions for additional or alternative criteria to help ensure that designated disaster recovery activities include a benefit to low- or moderate-income residents in the communities served by these projects. In particular, the agencies are sensitive to commenter concerns that disasters can often more severely impact low- and moderate-income individuals. At the same time, given the disparate and widespread impacts that major disasters can involve, the agencies are concerned about unduly limiting qualification of activities under this category and possibly qualifying fewer disaster recovery activities than under the current rule. Thus, the agencies are not adopting commenter suggestions that the rule should require that a majority of, or all, of disaster recovery activity benefits go to low- or moderate-income residents and communities, or other similar limitations noted in the summary of comments above. The agencies continue to believe that activities that promote the recovery of designated disaster areas should benefit 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6690"/>
                        the entire community, including, but not limited to, low- or moderate-income individuals and communities, consistent with the purposes of CRA. Further, the agencies believe that the common place-based criteria adopted under the final rule will ensure a strong connection to community needs in designated disaster areas. Specifically, while activities in all census tract income levels may be considered, these activities must benefit or serve residents of the census tracts included in the designated disaster area, including low- or moderate-income individuals, and must not directly result in forced or involuntary relocation of individuals in designated disaster areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies are also not adopting the suggestion to include under disaster recovery those activities that are not tied to specific FEMA Major Disaster Declarations or disaster recovery plans. The agencies believe that revising the current (and proposed) rule to take a more expansive approach to designating eligibility under the disaster recovery category would be overbroad and could require supplemental eligibility criteria that would add complexity to the final rule, potentially detracting from the increased clarity and transparency for stakeholders and examiners that the final rule is designed to achieve. Incorporating State disaster declarations, for example, would pose compliance and implementation challenges due to varying standards and the large volume of such declarations.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that generally retaining current and proposed parameters related to disaster recovery activities, including the focus on federally designated disaster areas and a nexus to a plan, program, or initiative,
                        <SU>482</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         benefits stakeholders by providing consistency and predictability. The agencies also believe that the final rule's tie to geographic areas subject to a FEMA Major Disaster Area Declaration will provide recognition for a wide range of projects benefiting communities in crisis across the United States within appropriately far-reaching, yet clearly defined, geographic areas. The agencies also note that there have been a significant number of FEMA Major Disaster Declarations in recent years, further indicating that the final rule approach has an appropriate scope for considering a wide range of activities assisting many specifically impacted communities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>482</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(h); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)-1 and -2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies are declining to adopt specific methods to measure benefits as suggested by some commenters. As with similar suggestions for other place-based categories, the agencies are concerned that specific requirements could be difficult to implement and dissuade banks from engaging in these activities. The agencies further aim to support adaptability of the rule and recognize that different facts and circumstances could give rise to a wide range of appropriate ways to demonstrate that an activity meets the disaster recovery standards in final § __.13(h). As noted elsewhere, however, banks will be expected to demonstrate that they have met all of the criteria in § __.13(h) for activities in designated disaster areas, notably that the activities benefit residents, including low- or moderate-income individuals, of designated disaster areas.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(h)(1)(i) Through (iii) Place-Based Criteria</HD>
                    <P>The final rule adopts the three common place-based eligibility criteria for disaster recovery activities, reorganized to be in a consistent parallel order across all place-based categories, and with the revisions described in the discussion of the place-based criteria above in this section-by-section analysis. Under the final rule, activities that promote recovery from a designated disaster are activities that: are undertaken in conjunction with a disaster plan, program, or initiative of a Federal, State, local, or tribal government or a mission-driven nonprofit organization, where the plan, program, or initiative includes a focus on benefiting or serving the designated disaster area (final § __.13(h)(1)(i)); benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income individuals, of the designated disaster area (final § __.13(h)(1)(ii)); and do not directly result in the forced or involuntary relocation of low- or moderate-income individuals in the designated disaster area (final § __.13(h)(1)(iii)). As noted, the reasons for adopting these final criteria, and for revisions to the proposed criteria, are collectively discussed above in this section-by-section analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(h)(2) Eligibility Limitations for Loans, Investments, or Services Supporting Recovery of a Designated Disaster Area</HD>
                    <P>Final § __.13(h)(2) relocates and adopts, with non-substantive clarifications, the additional eligibility parameters in proposed § __.13(h)(1). Specifically, under § __.13(h)(2)(i), loans, investments, or services that support activities promoting recovery from a designated disaster in counties designated to receive only FEMA Public Assistance Emergency Work Category A (Debris Removal) and/or Category B (Emergency Protective Measures) are not eligible for consideration under § __.13(h), unless the agencies announce a temporary exception. Section __.13(h)(2)(ii) states that loans, investments, and services that support activities under § __.13(h) are eligible for consideration up to 36 months after a Major Disaster Declaration, unless that time period is extended by the agencies.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies continue to believe that activities covered under Categories A and B are generally short-term recovery activities that would significantly expand the number of designated disaster areas,
                        <SU>483</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and that longer-term activities are more likely to provide sustained benefits to impacted communities and thus are a more appropriate focus under the CRA. The agencies are therefore generally adopting the definition of designated disaster areas included in the Interagency Questions and Answers,
                        <SU>484</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and permitting the agencies to consider exceptions on a case-by-case basis, such as disaster declarations for the COVID-19 pandemic. Similarly, consistent with the proposal and current guidance, the agencies are adopting a time frame in § __.13(h)(2)(ii) making loans, investments, and services that support activities under § __.13(h) eligible for consideration up to 36 months after a Major Disaster Declaration. Thus, for example, providing a loan for rebuilding a commercial property 24 months after a declaration could qualify, even if the project continues to be financed past 36 months. Overall, the agencies believe that adopting these criteria will recognize comments that supported a continuance of current practice for this category and provide clarity for banks on the qualification of activities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>483</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             FEMA, “Public Assistance Fact Sheet” (Oct. 2019), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fema.gov/sites/default/files/2020-07/fema_public-assistance-fact-sheet_10-2019.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>484</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13(i) Disaster Preparedness and Weather Resiliency Activities</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies' CRA regulations have allowed CRA consideration for certain activities that help communities recover from natural disasters, including activities that help to revitalize and stabilize designated disaster areas, as discussed above. On a limited basis, activities that help designated disaster areas mitigate the impact of future disasters may be considered under CRA 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6691"/>
                        if Hazard Mitigation Assistance is included in the FEMA disaster declaration.
                        <SU>485</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Outside of activities related to disaster recovery, the Interagency Questions and Answers provide examples of “community development loans” that include loans financing “renewable energy, energy-efficient, or water conservation equipment or projects that support the development, rehabilitation, improvement, or maintenance of affordable housing or community facilities.” 
                        <SU>486</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, the current regulations and guidance do not expressly identify as eligible for CRA credit activities related to helping low- or moderate-income individuals, low- or moderate-income communities, small businesses, or small farms prepare for disasters or build resilience to future weather-related events.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>485</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)-1 and FEMA, “How a Disaster Gets Declared” (Apr. 25, 2023), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fema.gov/disaster/how-declared</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>486</SU>
                             Q&amp;A § __.13(h)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In proposed § __.13(i), the agencies proposed to establish a separate category of community development for activities that assist individuals and communities to prepare for, adapt to, and withstand natural disasters, weather-related disasters, or climate-related risks. As with other proposed place-based categories of community development, eligibility under this category would be conditioned on meeting the proposed common place-based criteria. Specifically, the proposal stated that disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities are those conducted in targeted census tracts and that: benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income residents, in one or more of the targeted census tracts (proposed § __.13(i)(1)); do not displace or exclude low- or moderate-income residents in the targeted census tracts (proposed § __.13(i)(2)); and are conducted in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government plan, program, or initiative focused on disaster preparedness or climate resiliency that includes an explicit focus on benefiting a geographic area that includes the targeted census tracts (proposed § __.13(i)(3)).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">General comments.</E>
                         Most commenters addressing proposed § __.13(i) generally supported adding this category of activities under the community development definition, as an appropriate step to encourage financial institutions to support disaster preparedness and climate resilience activities. A number of commenters asserted that these activities can mitigate risks that disproportionately impact low- and moderate-income communities, as well as indigenous communities and communities of color. For example, a commenter stated that low- and moderate-income communities are particularly vulnerable to extreme weather and other natural disasters because they are more likely to be sited in locations that have not benefited from investment in hazard mitigation. A few commenters highlighted the importance of proactive investment in communities as consistent with mission of the CRA, in addition to post-disaster funding. A few commenters asserted that climate resilience is a critical foundation for community health and economic stability and growth, while another noted that the proposed category could help communities understand what kinds of climate-related investments they can seek financing for, and help financial institutions understand which activities can receive CRA credit. In contrast, a commenter opposed the proposal to include this category of activities in the community development definition, arguing that such activities are inconsistent with the CRA.
                    </P>
                    <P>As discussed in more detail below, while most commenters expressed general support for proposed § __.13(i), many of these commenters urged the agencies to clarify or broaden the scope and types of activities that would qualify under the proposed category as a way to strengthen the rule. Commenters also offered suggestions for revising the proposed category's required elements for place-based activities under proposed § __.13(i)(1) through (3), described in more detail below. Commenters also addressed miscellaneous topics outside the scope of the proposed provisions, discussed at the end of this section-by-section analysis.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Qualifying activities: scope and examples.</E>
                         The agencies requested comment on whether the proposed disaster preparedness and climate resiliency category appropriately defined qualifying activities in proposed § __.13(i) as those that assist individuals and communities to prepare for, adapt to, and withstand natural disasters, weather-related disasters, or climate-related risks. The proposal also provided various examples of eligible activities contemplated by this proposed provision. While commenters generally supported proposed § __.13(i), many of those commenters requested the agencies provide additional clarity; provide additional, non-exhaustive examples of eligible qualifying activities; and/or broaden the types of eligible activities.
                    </P>
                    <P>For example, some commenters supported the term “climate-related risks,” but asserted that the agencies should interpret the term to include not only natural hazards or weather-related risks, but also environmental health and other risks exacerbated by climate change, such as those related to air quality, pest increases, and warming waters. A few commenters suggested State law climate mitigation frameworks as reference points. Other commenters suggested that the final rule specify, or provide as examples, a variety of activities they recommended should qualify, such as development of community solar and microgrids, battery storage, residential electrification, energy and water efficiency measures, green technology, broad environmental initiatives such as the creation and expansion of green jobs, greenhouse emission mitigation and decarbonization, and toxic waste and industrial site clean-up, among others. One commenter cautioned the agencies against being overly prescriptive, recommending that the final rule maintain definitions broadly associated with essential infrastructure, rather than list specific activities that could become obsolete.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Categorizing activities that promote energy efficiency.</E>
                         The agencies sought comment on whether activities that promote energy efficiency should be included as a component of the disaster preparedness and climate resiliency category, or whether those activities should be considered under other categories, such as affordable housing (§ __.13(b)) and essential community facilities (§ __.13(f)). The agencies also sought feedback on whether certain activities that support energy efficiency should be included as an explicit component of the definition. Most commenters addressing the question supported the agencies' inclusion of energy efficiency-promoting activities as a component of the disaster preparedness and climate resiliency category. For example, a commenter stated that energy efficiency activities can insulate low-income individuals from price inflation and fluctuations resulting from disasters and climate change impacts. Another commenter noted that in addition to decreased utility costs, many energy-efficient techniques support climate resiliency because they help maintain habitable conditions when power is disrupted. A commenter recommended that energy 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6692"/>
                        efficiency promoting activities be included as a component of the rule, but consideration for the activities should be conditioned on whether the activities benefited low- or moderate-income individuals or communities. In contrast, one commenter expressed that the agencies should not include activities that promote energy efficiency as a component of disaster preparedness and climate resiliency, asserting that these activities are outside the scope of the CRA and are more appropriate for environmental, social, and corporate governance guidance.
                    </P>
                    <P>Several commenters also suggested that the agencies should take a broad view of what constitutes an eligible energy efficiency-promoting activity, with some suggesting mitigation efforts be considered. Examples include, among others: energy-efficient upgrades (or new installation) for residential and commercial buildings, such as appliance and fixture replacements, weatherization, improved insulation, window replacements, heat pump and HVAC system purchase and installation; and electrification or decarbonization measures that would help stabilize home energy costs; and water efficiency measures.</P>
                    <P>A number of commenters suggested that energy efficiency-promoting activities should be considered a component of other proposed community development categories, such as affordable housing, community facilities, and/or community infrastructure. For example, several commenters observed that there will be circumstances where energy efficiency improvements can benefit affordable housing and community facilities and this approach would ensure such activities are targeted to the most underserved populations.</P>
                    <P>In contrast, a few commenters supported including energy efficiency-promoting activities only under the proposed disaster preparedness and resiliency category, to facilitate initiatives that co-optimize the use of energy efficiency and weatherization with other related activities, to reduce confusion, or to prevent double-counting.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Other energy-related activities.</E>
                         The agencies sought comment on whether, distinct from energy efficiency improvements, other energy-related activities should be included in the disaster preparedness and climate resiliency category. Of those that responded, many commenters supported including other energy-related activities as activities that assist individuals and communities in preparing for, adapting to, and withstanding weather, natural disasters, and climate-related risks. Commenters offered various examples of such activities including, among others: renewable energy (including financing of solar panels in low- and moderate-income census tracts or on homes for low- and moderate-income homeowners, community solar installation, or a neighborhood-wide microgrid or district energy system); flood control and water run-off measures; decarbonization activities; energy storage systems; distribution grid modernization; and electric vehicle charging infrastructure. A commenter suggested that the CRA should prioritize clean energy related lending and investment and do so in a manner akin to how LIHTCs are prioritized under the current rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Utility-scale projects.</E>
                         While the agencies noted in the proposal that proposed § __.13(i) was not intended to include utility-scale projects, the agencies also sought comment on whether to include utility-scale projects, such as certain solar projects, that would benefit residents in targeted census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters asserted that utility-scale projects could benefit low- and moderate-income areas through expanded capital investment and likely displacement of fossil fuel burning plants, which are more likely to be located in such areas; or to give clean energy options to residents who cannot install renewable energy on their homes (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         due to cost or because they are renters). A few commenters asserted that utility-scale projects such, as renewable energy plants developed outside of a targeted geography, should still be eligible for credit, if benefits accrue to residents of targeted census tracts. A commenter suggested that by definition, utility-scale clean energy should be considered to benefit residents in targeted census tracts, noting that clean energy, regardless of location, benefits the climate everywhere and that even utility-scale clean energy projects located physically outside the geographical borders of a low- and moderate-income community still benefits the environment, health, and welfare of low- and moderate-income persons and communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters supported including utility-scale projects, conditioned on criteria such as a certain percentage of benefits accruing to low- and moderate-income census tracts; physical location in low- and moderate-income communities; or if documentation showed specific benefits to targeted geographies or to low- or moderate-income individuals. A few commenters raised offering partial credit for dollars going to low- or moderate-income neighborhoods or benefiting low- or moderate-income individuals, or for projects providing demonstrable financial benefits to those communities.</P>
                    <P>
                        In contrast, some commenters responded that utility-scale projects should not be included as eligible activities. These commenters offered various reasons for this view, including that the benefits of utility-scale projects are not sufficiently directed to low- and moderate-income communities and conventional financing is more likely to be available for these projects (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         these projects would occur without a CRA incentive). Another commenter expressed the view that including utility-scale projects would dilute the intended core focus of the CRA, due to the broad application of such projects, and the large dollar amounts involved.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(i) In General</HD>
                    <P>The final rule adopts proposed § __.13(i), renamed and reorganized from the proposal for clarity, including for consistency with the structure of other place-based categories, and with other modifications discussed below. Final § __.13(i) uses the term “weather resiliency” instead of “climate resiliency” to clarify the types of activities that qualify under this category of community development. Under final § __.13(i), disaster preparedness and weather resiliency activities are defined as those that assist individuals and communities to prepare for, adapt to, and withstand natural disasters or weather-related risks or disasters. As discussed below, final § __.13(i) is revised to state that disaster preparedness and weather resiliency activities benefit or serve targeted census tracts and meet the common place-based criteria in § __.13(i)(1) through (3).</P>
                    <P>
                        As
                        <FTREF/>
                         noted by commenters and highlighted in a growing body of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6693"/>
                        literature, lower-income households and communities are especially vulnerable to the impact of natural disasters and weather-related risks and disasters.
                        <SU>487</SU>
                         Low- and moderate-income communities are more likely to be located in areas or buildings that are particularly vulnerable to disasters or weather-related risks, such as storm shocks or drought.
                        <SU>488</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Because residents of affordable housing are more likely to be low-income, and affordable housing tends to be older and of poorer quality, low- and moderate-income households are more likely to have housing that is susceptible to disaster-related damage.
                        <SU>489</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Additionally, lower-income households tend to have fewer financial resources, making them less resilient to the temporary loss of income, property damage, displacement costs, and health challenges they face from disasters.
                        <SU>490</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, low- and moderate-income communities are often disproportionately affected by the health impacts associated with natural disasters and weather-related events.
                        <SU>491</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For these reasons, the agencies believe adding a disaster preparedness and weather resiliency category furthers the purpose of the CRA.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>487</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Federal Reserve Bank of New York, “Reducing Climate Risk for Low-Income Communities” (Nov. 19, 2020), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.newyorkfed.org/newsevents/events/regional_outreach/2020/1119-2020</E>
                             (referencing, for example, low-income communities' vulnerability to weather-related events such as wildfires and hurricanes); Jesse M. Keenan and Elizabeth Mattiuzzi, “Climate Adaptation Investment and the Community Reinvestment Act,” Community Development Research Briefs (June 16, 2019), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.frbsf.org/community-development/wp-content/uploads/sites/3/climate-adaptation-investment-and-the-community-reinvestment-act.pdf</E>
                             (stating that “shocks from extreme weather . . . exacerbate existing vulnerabilities associated with,” for example, affordable housing, household wealth and savings, and economic mobility).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>488</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Eleanor Kruse and Richard V. Reeves, “Hurricanes hit the poor the hardest,” Brookings Institute (Sept. 18, 2017), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.brookings.edu/blog/social-mobility-memos/2017/09/18/hurricanes-hit-the-poor-the-hardest</E>
                            /; Bev Wilson, “Urban Heat Management and the Legacy of Redlining,” 86 J. Am. Planning Ass'n 443-57(2020), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/01944363.2020.1759127</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>489</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Maya K. Buchanan 
                            <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                             “Sea level rise and coastal flooding threaten affordable housing,” Environ. Res. Lett. 15 124020 (2020), 
                            <E T="03">https://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1748-9326/abb266/pdf</E>
                             (providing estimates of the expected number of affordable housing units that may be at risk of flooding due to exposure to extreme coastal water levels); Patrick Sisson, “In Many Cities, Climate Change Will Flood Affordable Housing” Bloomberg (Dec. 1, 2020), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2020-12-01/how-climate-change-is-targeting-affordable-housing</E>
                             (referencing significant projected losses of affordable housing in the United States due to repeated flooding and noting, for example, that “[o]lder homes tend to be poorer quality, suffer from deferred maintenance, and are more physically vulnerable to flooding damage (not to mention rising heat), all while housing a disproportionate amount of disabled, elderly and otherwise at-risk residents”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>490</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             U.S. Global Change Research Program, “Fourth National Climate Assessment, Volume II: Impacts, Risks, and Adaptation in the United States” (2018), 
                            <E T="03">https://nca2018.globalchange.gov</E>
                            /(“People who are already vulnerable, including lower-income and other marginalized communities, have lower capacity to prepare for and cope with extreme weather and climate-related events and are expected to experience greater impacts.”); and Eleanor Kruse and Richard V. Reeves, “Hurricanes hit the poor the hardest,” Brookings Institution (Sept. 18, 2017), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.brookings.edu/blog/social-mobility-memos/2017/09/18/hurricanes-hit-the-poor-the-hardest</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>491</SU>
                             Eleanor Kruse and Richard V. Reeves, “Hurricanes hit the poor the hardest,” Brookings Institution (Sept. 18, 2017), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.brookings.edu/blog/social-mobility-memos/2017/09/18/hurricanes-hit-the-poor-the-hardest</E>
                            ; U.S. Global Change Research Program, “Fourth National Climate Assessment, Volume II: Impacts, Risks, and Adaptation in the United States” (2018), 
                            <E T="03">https://nca2018.globalchange.gov</E>
                            /(referencing increasing impacts from extreme weather on “the health and well-being of the American people, particularly populations that are already vulnerable”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>While the proposed rule defined disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities as those that are “conducted in” targeted census tracts, final § __.13(i) is revised to define “disaster preparedness and weather resiliency” activities as those that “benefit or serve” targeted census tracts. The agencies recognize that while a “conducted in” standard could facilitate a bank's demonstration that activities are benefiting and serving the residents of targeted census tracts, it could exclude disaster preparedness and weather resiliency activities located in close proximity to a targeted census tract that nonetheless are demonstrably designed to benefit and serve residents of that census tract, including low- or moderate-income individuals. Thus, under the final rule, a project to finance a levee specifically intended to prevent flooding in a targeted census tract could qualify for consideration, even if the levee were not located directly within the census tract, presuming all criteria of the rule were met.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Qualifying activities under the final rule; examples; additional criteria.</E>
                         The agencies have considered commenter feedback on the scope and types of activities that might qualify under this category, and commenter responses to whether activities that promote energy-efficiency and other energy-related activities should be explicitly included in the definition. For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are finalizing the proposal's high-level, comprehensive approach regarding the scope and types of activities that qualify under this category, such as activities that assist individuals and communities to prepare for, adapt to, and withstand natural disasters or weather-related risks or disasters. The agencies believe the final rule will encompass a wide variety of activities that help low- or moderate-income individuals and communities proactively prepare for, adapt to, or withstand the effect of natural disasters or weather-related risks or disasters, such as earthquakes, severe storms, droughts, flooding, and forest fires. For example, potentially eligible activities under the final rule, include, but are not limited to, the construction of flood control systems in a flood prone low- or moderate-income or underserved or distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income census tract; and retrofitting multifamily affordable housing to withstand future disasters or weather-related events. Additional examples of potentially eligible qualifying activities include, but are not limited to: promoting green space in targeted census tracts in order to mitigate the effects of extreme heat, particularly in urban areas; weatherization upgrades to affordable housing such as more efficient heating and air-cooling systems or more energy-efficient appliances; community solar projects, microgrid and battery projects that could help ensure access to power to an affordable housing project in the event of severe storms; financing community centers that serve as cooling or warming centers in low- or moderate-income census tracts that are more vulnerable to extreme temperatures; and assistance to small farms to adapt to drought challenges.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that the final definition provides banks the flexibility needed to encourage investments in a range of activities that promote disaster preparedness and weather resiliency, particularly given that communities face different types of risks across the country. To the extent that activities meet the definition and the common place-based criteria in final § __.13(i), as well as meet the majority standard in final § __.13(a), such activities would qualify for community development consideration. For this reason, while the agencies intend that the final rule will encompass some energy-efficiency and other energy-related activities (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         those mentioned above), the agencies believe it is unnecessary to more specifically reference those activities in the final rule. With respect to these and other activities raised by commenters, the agencies are concerned that a more prescriptive rule that either designates or provides examples of precise qualifying activities could be overly limiting for this category, become obsolete, or discourage innovative activities in an evolving area of community development. However, the agencies will take commenters' suggestions under advisement as the agencies develop the illustrative list contemplated by § __.14.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        While the agencies believe the final rule provides broad flexibility, the agencies are also declining to further expand community development under this category, for example, to incorporate all environmental health threats and other risks that could be exacerbated by climate conditions, all 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6694"/>
                        activities to mitigate climate risks, such as those that promote decarbonization, or activities that facilitate the transition to clean energy generally. The agencies believe it is important that the final rule clearly link qualifying disaster preparedness and weather resiliency activities to those activities that benefit or serve residents of a targeted census tract, to ensure that these activities provide the community benefit in alignment with the CRA. The agencies are concerned that broadening the rule as suggested by some commenters would make it difficult for banks to demonstrate that nexus, as well as to meet the majority standard in § __.13(a).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Energy efficiency activities and other community development categories.</E>
                         The agencies have also considered comments on whether to include activities that promote energy efficiency in the disaster preparedness and weather resiliency category, or under other community development categories, such as affordable housing or essential community facilities. On further consideration, the agencies believe that energy efficiency-promoting activities are generally consistent with the final definition of disaster preparedness and weather resiliency, and therefore should be included within this category. However, the agencies do recognize that some energy efficiency-promoting activities could potentially be considered under other community development categories. For example, and as discussed in more detail in the proposal, certain weatherization improvements might also benefit affordable housing or essential community facilities. Banks subject to the rule are permitted to qualify activities under any applicable community development category, but those activities may count only once for the purposes of calculating the Community Development Financing Metric.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Utility-scale projects.</E>
                         Relatedly, the agencies appreciate the varying views on whether to include utility-scale projects that benefit residents of targeted census tracts within the scope of the rule. After considering the comments, the agencies reaffirm that final § __.13(i) is not intended to include utility-scale projects. Utility-scale projects tend to be large, even regional projects. In addition, given their nature and function, the agencies believe it would be difficult for utility-scale projects to meet the definition and place-based criteria described below; in particular, the agencies believe it would be difficult for banks to clearly demonstrate such projects benefit or serve specific groups of residents in targeted census tracts. The agencies further believe it would be difficult for utility-scale projects to meet the majority standard described in § __.13(a).
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered comments suggesting partial consideration be available for those utility-scale activities benefiting low- or moderate-income individuals or communities, but are not revising the rule in that regard. The agencies believe that partial consideration could allow for qualification of activities that are not primarily focused on benefiting or serving residents of targeted census tracts, and could allow for activities with only accessory benefits to targeted census tracts.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.13(i)(1) Through (3) Placed-Based Criteria</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The proposal defined disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities as those conducted in targeted census tracts and that: benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income residents, in one or more of the targeted census tracts (proposed § __.13(i)(1)); do not displace or exclude low- or moderate-income residents in the targeted census tracts (proposed § __.13(i)(2)); and are conducted in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government plan, program, or initiative focused on disaster preparedness or climate resiliency that includes an explicit focus on benefiting a geographic area that includes the targeted census tracts (proposed § __.13(i)(3)).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Comments regarding the common place-based criteria are generally discussed in the introduction to this section-by-section analysis. The agencies additionally sought comment on questions specific to this category, as noted below.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Criteria to ensure targeted benefits.</E>
                         The agencies sought feedback on other options for determining whether disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities are appropriately targeted; how qualifying activities should be tailored to directly benefit low- or moderate-income communities and distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income areas; and whether other criteria are needed to ensure those activities benefit low- or moderate-income individuals and communities. Additionally, the agencies sought feedback on whether energy efficiency standards should be used to determine if an activity provides sufficient benefit to targeted census tracts, including low- and moderate-income residents. Several commenters concurred that the proposal would appropriately require activities to be targeted to ensure benefits to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. Some commenters further recommended that qualifying activities be evaluated to ensure that they provide clear, direct, targeted, meaningful, and/or proven benefit to low- and moderate-income and historically disinvested individuals or communities. Other commenters expressed concern that the proposal was not sufficiently targeted, and urged the rule be revised to state that activities must directly benefit low- and moderate-income communities, Native communities, and minority communities to be eligible for CRA consideration, to prevent funding from going to higher-income areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters offered specific views on whether additional tailoring is needed for eligible activities that benefit or serve low- and moderate-income individuals. A commenter encouraged the agencies to consider socially and environmentally beneficial activities even if the transaction does not directly involve a low- and moderate-income party, such as investments in broad environmental initiatives, green technology, and State programs to combat climate change. The commenter asserted that this would allow for financial institutions to more holistically serve low- and moderate-income communities. Another commenter noted that, as disasters do not target low- and moderate-income communities and impact all income levels, further tailoring is unnecessary. In contrast, a commenter stated that activities that are generically responsive to climate change such as wind farms or carbon capture efforts should not be eligible for CRA consideration as they lack the targeted benefit.</P>
                    <P>
                        Commenters also suggested various criteria for the agencies to consider including in the final rule to ensure disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities benefit low- or moderate-income individuals and communities. Examples of criteria suggested included, among others, considering the mission or focus of the organization owning or controlling the project and whether they have a focus on serving residents of low- and moderate-income communities; whether a project leads to expected energy reduction for low- and moderate-income individuals and communities; or whether a project expands low- and moderate-income household access to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6695"/>
                        renewable energy. Other commenters suggested eligibility criteria, such as requiring renewable energy projects to have a certain percentage of low- and moderate-income subscribers, or prorating CRA credit for activities based on the portion of funds dedicated to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional prong for activities benefiting low- and moderate-income individuals regardless of geographic location.</E>
                         The agencies also sought comment on whether to include a separate prong of the disaster preparedness and climate resiliency category for activities that benefit low- and moderate-income individuals, regardless of whether they reside in one of the targeted census tracts; and if so, what types of activities should be included in this component. In response, commenters generally supported including a prong to qualify activities that benefit low- and moderate-income individuals, regardless of where they live, if there is a clear benefit to low- and moderate-income individuals or communities or minority communities. Various commenters noted that not all low- and moderate-income individuals live in low- and moderate-income areas and so may be subject to increased displacement risk or physical and financial impacts. Another commenter observed that poverty is not concentrated in rural regions in the same way as in metropolitan areas. In contrast, a commenter suggested that fewer and more inclusive prongs would avoid confusion.
                    </P>
                    <P>Examples of activities that might fit under such a prong submitted by commenters included, among others: activities that promote energy efficiency activities for low- or moderate-income individuals, regardless of where they live, and activities that facilitate improvements and recovery assistance for homes owned or rented by low- and moderate-income households.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Consideration of activities in designated disaster areas.</E>
                         The agencies also requested feedback on whether to qualify activities related to disaster preparedness and climate resiliency in designated disaster areas, and if so, whether additional criteria are needed to ensure benefits accrue to communities with fewest resources to address the impacts of future disasters and climate-related risks. Most commenters addressing this question opposed including designated disaster areas as targeted geographic areas for these activities. These commenters noted that Federal disaster areas often include higher-income census tracts that have access to greater resources to finance activities that promote disaster preparedness and climate resiliency, and that CRA should encourage resources to go to communities with limited resources and greater needs. A few commenters offered support, but only if low- and moderate-income individuals or targeted census tracts would be the beneficiaries, with defined constraints, such as demonstrable requirements to have low- and moderate-income census tracts comprise a high percentage of the total geography for the project financed. A few commenters offered support for specified activities in designated disaster areas (such as emergency protective measures), and one commenter suggested that credit could be pro-rated based on the portion of low- and moderate-income census tracts that benefit.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The final rule adopts the common place-based eligibility criteria, reorganized to be in a consistent parallel order across all place-based categories, and with the revisions described in the discussion of the place-based criteria above in this section-by-section analysis. Under the final rule, disaster preparedness and weather resiliency activities benefit or serve targeted census tracts and: are undertaken in conjunction with a plan, program, or initiative of a Federal, State, local, or tribal government or a mission-driven nonprofit organization, where the plan, program, or initiative includes a focus on benefiting or serving targeted census tracts (final § __.13(i)(1)); benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income individuals, of targeted census tracts (final § __.13(i)(2)); and do not directly result in the forced or involuntary relocation of low- or moderate-income individuals residing in targeted census tracts (final § __.13(i)(3)).</P>
                    <P>As discussed in more detail above, the final rule expands the government plan criterion adopted in § __.13(i)(1) to include mission-driven nonprofit organizations and deletes “explicit” from the requirement for the plan, program, or initiative to have a focus on benefiting or serving targeted census tracts. In particular, the agencies recognize that, consistent with feedback from some commenters, the Federal, State or local governments may not have disaster preparedness or weather resiliency plans or programs currently in place for some targeted census tracts. Additionally, some government plans may not be specifically focused on, or described as, disaster preparation or weather resiliency. The agencies also note that the Federal Government as well as more State and local governments are developing disaster preparedness or weather resiliency-related plans, and the agencies anticipate these plans will become more widespread over time.</P>
                    <P>The criterion adopted in § __.13(i)(2) is substantially similar to the proposed criterion, with a revision from “low- or moderate-income residents” to “low- or moderate-income individuals.” The criterion adopted in § __.13(i)(3) is revised to prohibit activities that directly result in forced or involuntary relocation of low- and moderate-income individuals residing in the targeted census tracts. The agencies believe that the common place-based criteria, combined with the majority standard set forth in § __.13(a), will adequately ensure that disaster preparedness and weather resiliency activities benefit and serve the residents of targeted census tracts, including low- and moderate-income individuals. Reasons for adopting these final criteria, and for the revisions made, are generally discussed above in this section-by-section analysis. Responses to comments on specific questions asked regarding this community development category follow below.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Criteria to ensure targeted benefits.</E>
                         The agencies appreciate commenters' thoughtful responses on potential additional eligibility criteria to ensure targeted benefits to low- or moderate-income individuals and communities of activities under this category of community development. The agencies have considered the suggestions and believe the adopted standard is adequately calibrated to provide needed flexibility for qualifying activities to support varying community development needs across different types of communities. In addition, the agencies are concerned that it may be burdensome to have to demonstrate that a project meets suggested criteria and could deter investments under this category. Therefore, the agencies are not adopting additional eligibility criteria. The agencies believe that the final rule is appropriately tailored to ensure a focus on low- and moderate-income residents in targeted census tracts and will facilitate banks' ability to find opportunities to serve targeted communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are also not adopting the suggestion to condition consideration of energy efficiency activities under the rule on specific benefits to low- or moderate-income individuals or communities, or specific energy 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6696"/>
                        efficiency standards. The agencies have considered that such standards are continuously evolving and believe it would be impracticable to incorporate and enforce such standards in the final rule over time. In addition, the agencies have considered that, given the many different types of activities that could qualify, setting energy efficiency standards could result in standards that are not calibrated to the full breadth of qualifying activities. However, banks may find information showing that activities meet energy efficiency standards to be helpful in demonstrating that a particular activity meets the relevant criteria in § __.13(i).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional prong for targeted activities, regardless of geographic location.</E>
                         Similarly, the agencies are declining to expand the proposed rule to adopt an additional prong for activities directed to low- or moderate-income individuals, regardless of geographic location. Although the agencies recognize that not all low- and moderate-income individuals live in targeted census tracts, as discussed above, the agencies believe that this category should remain place-based and thus focused on activities that benefit or serve targeted census tracts. Adopting an additional basis for qualifying activities in this category would also reduce consistency across the place-based categories and in that regard could increase the final rule's complexity.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Consideration of activities in designated disaster areas.</E>
                         The agencies are also declining to expand the criterion in final § __.13(i)(2) to include activities in designated disaster areas. In response to commenter concerns and upon further consideration, the agencies believe that the rule as finalized, combined with the majority standard in § __.13(a), will appropriately help ensure a focus on low- or moderate-income residents and targeted census tracts. The agencies also note that, to the extent a designated disaster area already encompasses one or more targeted census tracts, that area would already be eligible under final § __.13(i)(2). The agencies are concerned that expanding this category beyond targeted census tracts to include designated disaster areas would detract from ensuring that these activities continue to have a benefit for all residents, including low- and moderate-income residents, since designated disaster areas often include higher-income census tracts. The agencies also believe that many activities with long-term benefits for designated disaster areas could qualify under the separate category of community development focused on recovery for designated disaster areas.
                        <SU>492</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe the rule as finalized, combined with the majority standard set forth in § __.13(a), sufficiently and appropriately ensures a focus on low- or moderate-income residents.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>492</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(h), discussed further in the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional comments.</E>
                         Beyond the specific elements of proposed § __.13(i), commenters also offered a variety of other suggestions related to the proposed disaster preparedness and climate resiliency category of community development. For example, a few commenters suggested the final rule should indicate the kinds of public data and tools available for banks to identify and/or quantify climate vulnerable communities and risks, to assess whether proposed investments align with known demographic and environmental conditions, and to prioritize investments to maximize benefits to targeted communities. For example, some commenters suggested leveraging the U.S. EPA's Environmental Justice Screening and Mapping Tool (EJScreen) and White House Council on Environmental Quality's Climate and Economic Justice Screening Tool (CEJST). While the agencies appreciate these suggestions, the agencies are aware that public data and tools are continuously evolving, and therefore are declining to adopt or reference specific tools in the final rule. As the agencies note in the section-by-section analysis of § __.21, the agencies intend to make tools and information available to banks and the public on performance context related information and will take these comments into consideration as the agencies implement the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Commenters also addressed topics such as how the climate impacts of a bank's activities should be factored into a bank's CRA performance evaluation. For example, some commenters stated that banks should be scrutinized and/or downgraded for financing activities that increase greenhouse gas emissions, asserting that such activities disproportionately impact low- and moderate-income communities or minority communities, while at least one commenter expressed concern about such an approach. A few commenters suggested that the agencies should avoid awarding CRA credit to programs or products that may take advantage of or otherwise be unaffordable to low- and moderate-income or other underserved homeowners or consumers. In this regard, the agencies note that under the final rule, as currently, evidence of illegal credit practices can be the basis of a rating downgrade.
                        <SU>493</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For more information on the final rule's approach to rating downgrades, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.28.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>493</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current § __.28(c), proposed § __.28(d), and final § __.28(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters suggested that the final rule encourage banks to provide financial services for climate resiliency activities in low-income, indigenous, and minority communities. Specifically, one commenter suggested that the agencies develop a race and ethnicity disclosure framework for community development activities, similar to the proposed disclosure of race and ethnicity data for mortgage lending under the Retail Lending Test. Another commenter asserted that race should be explicitly used as a metric to ensure that climate vulnerable communities receive improved access to credit and services. For more information and discussion regarding the agencies' consideration of comments recommending adoption of additional race- and ethnicity-related provisions in this final rule, see section III.C of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters suggested that an impact factor for climate resiliency-related activities could be developed, to recognize, among others, activities such as energy efficiency improvements that also benefit affordable housing and essential community facilities (if not explicitly eligible under those categories); decarbonization features of otherwise qualified activities; or activities undertaken in line with community-based plans or in collaboration with public agencies. For example, a commenter suggested that the final rule offer additional CRA credit specifically for making investments in CDFIs or other institutions that directly invest in rural-based resilience and adaptation programs or projects. The commenter observed that rural communities, particularly rural coastal regions, face a greater threat from climate change than more-urbanized areas because they often lack the resources, infrastructure and adaptive capacity of city centers.</P>
                    <P>
                        While the final rule does not adopt a specific impact factor for these types of activities, as suggested above, the agencies note that certain activities associated with commenter-recommended impact factors could potentially already be counted under one of the twelve impact and responsiveness factors adopted in final § __.15(b). These could include, for example, factors for community 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6697"/>
                        development loans, investments, and services in specific geographic areas with significant community development needs (§ __.15(b)(1) through (3)), that support an MDI, WDI, LICU, or CDFI (§ __.15(b)(4)), or that serve low-income individuals or families (§ __.15(b)(5)). Impact and responsiveness factors are discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.15.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13(j) Revitalization or Stabilization, Essential Community Facilities, Essential Community Infrastructure, and Disaster Preparedness and Weather Resiliency in Native Land Areas</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current CRA regulations do not include a specific category of community development for activities in Native or tribal lands, although current guidance encompasses “revitalization and stabilization” activities consistent with a tribal government plan if the activities are located in low- or moderate-income census tracts.
                        <SU>494</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The OCC 2020 CRA Final Rule adopted definitions of both “Indian country” and “other tribal and Native lands,” and designated certain activities as qualifying for consideration in these geographic areas.
                        <SU>495</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>494</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR __.12(g)(4) and Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(i)-1 (regarding activities in low- or moderate-income census tracts designated “as consistent with a Federal, state, local, or tribal government plan for the revitalization or stabilization of the low- or moderate-income [census tract]”). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(ii)-2 (regarding activities in designated disaster areas “consistent with a bona fide government revitalization or stabilization plan”) and Q&amp;A § __.12(g)(4)(iii)-3 (regarding activities in distressed nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts “consistent with a bona fide government revitalization or stabilization plan”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>495</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             85 FR 34734, 34771, 34794-34796 (June 5, 2020).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Discussed in greater detail below, to help address challenges specific to Native lands, the agencies proposed in § __.13(l), a new category of qualifying community development activities related to revitalization, essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and climate resiliency that are specifically targeted to and conducted in Native Land Areas (as defined in § __.12, discussed in the corresponding section-by-section analysis above). The final rule renumbers proposed § __.13(l) as § __.13(j), revises and reorganizes the section for clarity, and makes other modifications described below.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under proposed § __.13(l), activities in Native Land Areas related to the following would comprise a distinct category of community development: revitalization, essential community facilities; 
                        <SU>496</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         essential community infrastructure; and disaster preparedness and climate resiliency.
                        <SU>497</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Consistent with other proposed place-based categories of community development, the agencies proposed that essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities in Native Land Areas must: benefit or serve residents of Native Land Areas, including low- or moderate-income residents of Native Land Areas; 
                        <SU>498</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         not displace or exclude low- or moderate-income residents of Native Land Areas; 
                        <SU>499</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and be conducted in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government plan, program, or initiative that benefits or serves residents of Native Land Areas.
                        <SU>500</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>496</SU>
                             The proposal's regulatory text used the term “eligible” community infrastructure, which was a typographical error. The final rule corrects the language to “essential community infrastructure.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>497</SU>
                             Under the proposal, other community development activities (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             affordable housing or economic development) could still qualify for consideration if those activities took place in Native Land Areas, provided that they otherwise meet the eligibility standards for that particular activity under another paragraph of § __.13.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>498</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(l)(2)(i) and (l)(3)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>499</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(l)(2)(i) and (l)(3)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>500</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(l)(2)(ii) and (l)(3)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Separately, the agencies proposed that revitalization activities in Native Land Areas have a more specific focus on low- and moderate-income individuals. Specifically, the agencies proposed that revitalization activities must benefit or serve residents of Native Land Areas, with substantial benefits for low- or moderate-income residents; 
                        <SU>501</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and must not displace or exclude low- or moderate-income residents.
                        <SU>502</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Revitalization activities in Native Land Areas also would need to be undertaken in conjunction with a Federal, State, local, or tribal government plan, program, or initiative with “an explicit focus on revitalizing or stabilizing Native Land Areas and a particular focus on low- or moderate-income households.” 
                        <SU>503</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>501</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(l)(1)(i)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>502</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.13(l)(1)(i)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>503</SU>
                             Proposed § __.13(1)(1)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters offered views on establishing a category of community development for activities in Native Land Areas, as well as feedback on the types of activities that would qualify for CRA consideration under the Native Land Areas category of community development and additional ways to facilitate activities in Native Land Areas. Comments on the proposed definition of Native Land Areas are discussed in the section-by-section analysis of that definition in § __.12.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">General comments.</E>
                         Overall, commenters generally expressed wide support for including a new community development category for activities in Native Land Areas, with some indicating that the proposal would facilitate addressing unmet credit needs in geographical areas that have traditionally lacked access to CRA loans and investments, as well as bank branches in those areas. Comments included that the CRA should ensure capital is deployed to Native Land Areas, given persistent lending gaps in these areas; that the proposal could be an important step toward addressing housing needs and persistent poverty in these communities; and that a strengthened and targeted provision would incentivize banks to do more to promote prosperity in rural and Native communities throughout the country.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional eligibility requirements.</E>
                         Commenters expressed a range of views in response to the agencies' request for feedback on whether the agencies should consider additional eligibility requirements for activities in Native Land Areas to ensure that community development activities benefit or serves low- or moderate-income residents of Native Land Areas. A few commenters expressed general support for additional criteria to ensure that community development benefits accrue to low- and moderate-income residents of Native Land Areas. One such commenter, however, also wanted to ensure that CRA requirements do not place more burden on Native persons than others. Another commenter expressed support for focusing activities on low- and moderate-income residents, but asserted that low- and moderate-income resident benefit should not be a requirement for qualification.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        A number of commenters more specifically objected to including income limits on beneficiaries for activities to receive CRA consideration in Native Land Areas. Reasons offered included, among others, that: (1) AMI in these areas is often very low and credit challenges are not limited to those with below 80 percent AMI; (2) middle-income Native communities often experience gaps in services and funding opportunities; (3) income limits could deter investments; and (4) revitalization across the income spectrum can have 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6698"/>
                        far-reaching positive community impacts across Native communities. Additional commenter feedback included: urging the agencies to make eligibility requirements as inclusive as possible, with various commenters noting the Federal Government's trust and treaty obligations or the historic underinvestment in tribal communities; stating that consideration of activities should focus on how an investment benefits the tribal community, and expressing concern that additional requirements would add to the complexity of determining whether a project would qualify prior to a CRA examination; and emphasizing that investments in businesses owned by higher-income Native individuals with a broader impact on tribal community and economic development can help avoid an unintended consequence of maintaining islands of poverty without amenities.
                    </P>
                    <P>Finally, on the topic of requirements for qualifying activities on Native Land Areas more generally, a commenter asserted that tribal organizations are best positioned to determine community development needs of their communities and advocated that the agencies incorporate into the CRA framework the ability for tribal nations to determine what constitutes a qualifying community development activity in tribal communities. This commenter also recommended that the rule focus on loans to individuals as well as investments in tribal nations, as individual tribal citizens residing on tribal lands have difficulty obtaining lines of credit, loans, and other financial services.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Tribal association or tribal designee plans, programs, or initiatives.</E>
                         As discussed in the proposal, tribal government designees such as tribal housing authorities, tribal associations and intertribal consortiums are central to economic development and community planning efforts in many Native Land Areas. Accordingly, the agencies sought feedback on whether to expand the government plan eligibility criteria to activities in Native Land Areas undertaken in conjunction with tribal association or tribal designee plans, programs, or initiatives. Most commenters on this topic expressed support for broadening qualification to include an option for activities in conjunction with tribal associations or designees. For example, a commenter stated that tribal associations and tribal designees offer and manage many services and programs on tribal lands and for tribal members. Another commenter noted the lack of capacity of tribal governments and indicated that full consent to these proposed activities may therefore be unreasonable; this commenter suggested that broader investment opportunities would be possible if they did not have to be undertaken in conjunction with an explicitly established tribal government initiative.
                    </P>
                    <P>Commenters also offered views on how the rule could define what tribal associations or designees would be included in an expanded government plan eligibility criterion. Some suggested requiring that a tribal designee be led by or work closely with tribal members, or requiring that tribal association and designee plans be majority Native-led and endorsed by the tribal government or at least not actively opposed by a tribal government. A few commenters asserted that consortia should be included, while other commenters suggested that tribal charters, other Native-led organizations, Native CDFIs and TDHEs could fall within this category, with a commenter noting that tribes rely on federally funded TDHEs to drive housing development. One commenter suggested that regulators should be prepared to allow banks to invest in the activities of Native organizations even though the organizations may have an unfamiliar legal structure.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Other recommendations for Native Land Area activities.</E>
                         Commenters also requested various clarifications or additions to the proposed rule. Suggestions included ensuring consideration for (1) activities that impactfully improve access to Native business loans, mortgage loans, and disaster loans; (2) investments in Native CDFIs to help make more micro loans and provide financing for larger, more complex development projects; and (3) high impact activities in Native Land Areas, such as bond and debt issuances for tribal government entities. Other recommendations included emphasizing climate resiliency or renewable energy with regard to activities in Native communities, as well as broadband and digital equity access for Native Americans.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters suggested that the agencies provide express presumptions of eligibility for activities such as those carried out by or in conjunction with a tribal government or its agencies, tribal associations or designee plans, or where the primary beneficiaries are members of a federally or State-recognized Indian tribe. Several commenters, including tribal commenters, further asserted that the agencies should consult with tribes to exchange information, build relationships, and receive guidance and recommendations on reforming and implementing the CRA framework. Other commenters addressed tribal consultations with respect to activities that potentially would qualify under proposed § __.13(l). Comments included, for example, a suggestion that the agencies explicitly state that meaningful consultation should always be undertaken with the goal of obtaining tribal informed consent when a project would have an impact on tribal lands or resources, either on or off the reservation.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">General Rule (§ __.13(j)(1))</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting proposed § __.13(l), renumbered as  § __.13(j), with revisions as follows. The final rule is reorganized for clarity and consistency with the structures of other place-based categories. Final § __.13(j)(1) sets forth the types of activities included in this category of community development: generally consistent with the proposal, this provision states that revitalization or stabilization (termed “revitalization” in the proposal), essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and weather resiliency activities in Native Land areas are activities specifically targeted to and conducted in Native Land Areas. The final rule also adopts a conforming change from “climate resiliency” to “weather resiliency” for consistency with final § __.13(i).These activities must also meet specific place-based eligibility criteria in § __.13(j)(2) or (3), as applicable: final § __.13(j)(2) describes place-based eligibility criteria for revitalization or stabilization activities in Native Land Areas, while final § __.13(j)(3) collectively describes place-based eligibility criteria for essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and weather resiliency in Native Land Areas. These place-based eligibility criteria are discussed in more detail below.</P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule also makes other technical edits. Section __.13(j)(1) and (2) now reference “revitalization or stabilization,” instead of “revitalization” as proposed, for consistency with revisions to § __.13(e). Further, for clarity and to simplify the regulatory text, § __.13(j)(3) now cross-references the definitions of essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and weather resiliency found in final § __.13(f), (g), and (i), respectively.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6699"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that adopting a community development category for specified activities in Native Land Areas will further the purpose of the CRA to encourage banks to meet the credit needs of their entire communities, including those of low- and moderate-income communities. Available data indicate that Native and tribal communities face significant and unique community development challenges. For example, the poverty rate among Native individuals on reservations is 35 percent, and exceeds 50 percent in some communities.
                        <SU>504</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Banking and credit access remains a chronic barrier for tribal economic inclusion. Seven percent of American Indian or Alaska Native households were unbanked in 2021, much higher than the 2.1 percent among White, non-Hispanic households.
                        <SU>505</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Majority-Native American counties have an average of two bank branches compared to the nine-branch average in nonmetropolitan counties and well below the 27-branch overall average for all counties.
                        <SU>506</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, basic infrastructure in tribal areas significantly lags behind that of the rest of the country, with over one-third of Native households in tribal areas affected by major physical problems with their housing, including deficiencies with plumbing, heating, or electric—a share nearly five times greater than for the United States population as a whole.
                        <SU>507</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, rates of broadband and cellular access are low in many tribal lands, with 21 percent of all tribal lands and 35 percent of rural tribal lands lacking broadband and cellular access.
                        <SU>508</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Given these challenges, and as noted in more detail in the place-based criteria discussion, the agencies believe it is particularly important that community development consideration under this category be directly linked to Native Land Areas. For this reason, the agencies are finalizing in § __.13(j)(1) the proposed requirement that all qualifying activities under § __.13(j) be “targeted to and conducted in” Native Land Areas, even where the cross-referenced community development category (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         essential community facilities in § __.13(f)) does not itself have a “targeted to and conducted in” requirement.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>504</SU>
                             The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis' Center for Indian Country Development (CICD) calculated poverty rates for the American Indian and Alaska Native population living on federally recognized reservations and off-reservation trust lands using the U.S. Census Bureau's American Community Survey 5-Year 2017-2021 data. Twenty-five of these land units had American Indian and Alaska Native poverty rates above 50 percent. Under the more expansive U.S. Census Bureau definition of Native lands, this number grows to 56 land units.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>505</SU>
                             FDIC, “National Survey of Unbanked and Underbanked Households,” Table 3.1 (2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fdic.gov/analysis/household-survey/2021report.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>506</SU>
                             Information calculated using FDIC's Summary of Deposits (2020).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>507</SU>
                             HUD, “Housing Needs of American Indians and Alaska Natives in Tribal Areas: A Report from the Assessment of American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian Housing Needs” (2017), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.huduser.gov/portal/publications/HNAIHousingNeeds.html</E>
                            . This study is based on a survey of 38 “tribal areas” that are considered Native Land Areas under the final rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>508</SU>
                             Federal Communications Commission, “Fourteenth Broadband Deployment Report” 28 (2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/FCC-21-18A1.pdf</E>
                            . As calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis' CICD using U.S. Census Bureau American Community Survey 5-Year 2017-2021 data, nearly 1 in 5 households (17%) in Native geographic areas do not have access to the internet, compared to 1 in 10 households (10%) nationally. 
                            <E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>
                             Matthew T. Gregg, Anahid Bauer, and Donn. L. Feir, “The Tribal Digital Divide: Extent and Explanations” (revised June 2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.minneapolisfed.org/-/media/assets/papers/cicdwp/2021/cicd-wp-2021-03.pdf</E>
                             (providing more detail on internet access challenges in Native geographic areas).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Based on comments received and upon further consideration, the agencies are not adopting additional eligibility requirements for activities in Native Land Areas to ensure that community development activities benefit or serve low- or moderate-income individuals residing in those areas, beyond those proposed and finalized. As discussed above, tribal communities in Native Land Areas face particular challenges related to access to credit. The agencies are concerned that additional income limitations or requirements could deter investments under this category. The agencies further believe that the rule as finalized is sufficiently tailored to ensure a focus on low- and moderate-income residents in Native Land Areas, and will accordingly encourage banks to find opportunities to serve low- and moderate-income communities in areas that can be more difficult to serve.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are also not expanding the regulation to address commenter suggestions that tribal organizations determine what constitutes qualifying community development activities in Native Land Areas. The final rule is intended in part to ensure that stakeholders have a clear upfront understanding of what constitutes a qualifying activity, in order to encourage investment and greater certainty for banks and those they serve in undertaking community development. However, the final rule incorporates as an eligibility criterion that activities must be undertaken in conjunction with plans, programs, or initiatives of governments (including tribal governments) or mission-driven nonprofit organizations, as discussed further below, and in the section-by-section analysis of the common criteria for placed-based activities, above. In this way, the final rule better incorporates recognition of the importance of tribal government and tribal nonprofit organizations in identifying, understanding, and addressing the needs of their communities, relative to the proposal.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have also considered comments recommending additions or clarifications to the rule, such as to provide additional emphasis on various specific impactful activities or to provide presumptions of eligibility as described above. The agencies have decided not to adopt these recommendations specifically, but note that activities meeting the eligibility criteria in the full range of community development categories adopted in final § __.13, and that meet the majority standard in § __.13(a), would qualify for community development consideration. For the reasons explained in this section-by-section analysis, the agencies believe that the common place-based criteria are all important to ensuring that the place-based categories provide the intended community benefit, and thus are not adopting presumptions of eligibility in final § __.13(j) for select activities on Native Land Areas that might not satisfy those criteria. The agencies also emphasize that the final rule adopts twelve impact and responsiveness factors under § __.15 that highlight key areas of concern raised by stakeholders, including an impact and responsiveness factor expressly focused on activities that benefit or serve residents of Native Land Areas (final § __.15(b)(8), discussed in the accompanying section-by-section analysis below).</P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding comments seeking consultation with tribal stakeholders, the agencies engaged in significant outreach prior to issuing the NPR and received feedback from many stakeholders that informed the proposal and final rule, including from those that would be affected by the inclusion of activities in Native Land Areas. Moreover, ongoing engagement with the wide range of stakeholders, including tribes, related to community reinvestment and community development is a central element of agency practice and will continue to be over the course of CRA implementation. Further, the agencies continue to believe that limiting qualification under § __.13(j) to only those activities where tribal governments had been consulted could be overly restrictive and impractical to implement, and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6700"/>
                        could diminish the scope of the activities that would qualify as community development, due to the time and resource constraints of tribal governments. However, as discussed in more detail below, the final rule recognizes the importance of tribal governments and other tribal organizations; in particular, and as discussed below, the agencies are adopting the proposal to require that activities in Native Land Areas must be conducted in conjunction with a government plans, programs, and initiatives, including a tribal government plan, program, or initiative, as well as by expanding the ways that this requirement can be met by allowing for activities undertaken in conjunction with a mission-based nonprofit organization.
                        <SU>509</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>509</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(j)(2)(i) and (j)(3)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Definitions and place-based criteria (§ __.13(j)(2) (revitalization or stabilization activities) and (3) (essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and weather resiliency)).</E>
                         The final rule adopts place-based eligibility criteria for the community development category focused on activities in Native Land Areas in § __.13(j)(2) (revitalization or stabilization activities) and (3) (essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and weather resiliency). These sections are reorganized from the proposal to be in a consistent parallel order with other place-based categories, with certain features specific to the Native Land Areas category that are substantially similar to those in the proposal.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Government plan, program, or initiative (§ __.13(j)(2)(i) and (j)(3)(i)).</E>
                         Consistent with other place-based community development categories, the final rule adopts a criterion in each of § __.13(j)(2)(i) and (j)(3)(i) requiring an activity to be undertaken “in conjunction with a plan, program, or initiative of a Federal, State, local, or tribal government or a mission-driven nonprofit organization.” For clarity, and as described in the section-by-section analysis for § __.12, the final rule adopts a definition of “tribal government.” The agencies believe that including a government plan criterion in each of § __.13(j)(2)(i) and (j)(3)(i) will help ensure that community development activities under § __.13(j) remain responsive to identified community needs, and that the addition of allowing activities with mission-driven nonprofit organizations will appropriately allow for and recognize the value and importance of targeted non-government-related activities that can serve communities in Native Land Areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>Final § __.13(j)(2)(i) adopts the proposed requirement that the relevant plan, program, or initiative include an “explicit focus” on revitalizing or stabilizing Native Land Areas, while final § __.13(j)(3)(i) is revised to include the requirement that the relevant plan, program, or initiative include an “explicit focus” on benefiting or serving Native Land Areas. While other final place-based categories are adopted without an “explicit focus” requirement (as described elsewhere in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13), the agencies believe this standard is important for this category of community development, to establish that plans, programs, or initiatives have an intentional link to Native Land Areas, which as discussed above are particularly underserved geographic areas. Thus, for example, this category would qualify a flood mitigation project that is specifically designed to benefit residents of a Native Land Area (presuming all other criteria are met).</P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding revitalization or stabilization activities, final § __.13(j)(2)(i) further requires that the plan, program, or initiative include “a particular focus on low- or moderate-income households.” As discussed in the proposal, the agencies are adopting a more targeted criterion for revitalization or stabilization activities, because Native Land Areas include some middle- and upper-income census tracts that are not designated as distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts. This criterion allows consideration for activities conducted in geographic areas that include middle- and upper-income census tracts, but retains the focus on low- and moderate-income households. Based on supervisory experience, the agencies believe that the types of projects that could qualify as revitalization and stabilization activities are more feasibly and likely to be developed to target specific income levels than other categories of place-based activities covered in final § __.13(j) (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         community facilities, infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and weather resiliency activities), which are more likely to be utilized by the community as a whole. Therefore, the agencies believe that it is appropriate to establish an express nexus between these activities and benefits to low- and moderate-income households in Native Land Areas, to better ensure direct benefits to low- and moderate-income components of the community.
                    </P>
                    <P>As discussed above, the final rule expands the government plan criterion in each of § __.13(j)(2)(i) and (j)(3)(i) from the proposal to include plans, programs, or initiatives of mission-driven nonprofit organizations. Regarding the Native Land Area category of community development in particular, the agencies believe that this expanded government plan criterion will generally capture plans, programs, and initiatives of qualifying Native CFDIs, Native Hawaiian organizations, TDHEs, Indian Health Centers, consortia, and other key Native designees focused on low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. For this reason, the agencies do not believe that expanding this criterion to include tribal associations or designees specifically is necessary. Further, based on the agencies' research and commenter views on the proposal, the agencies are concerned that defining qualifying tribal associations or designees appropriately for the rule would be difficult. Rather, the agencies believe that defining and adding to this criterion mission-driven nonprofit organizations will remove potential ambiguity regarding which organizations would be eligible tribal associations or designees under this criterion, increasing clarity and transparency for stakeholders.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Benefit or serve residents, including low- or moderate-income individuals (</E>
                        § __.
                        <E T="03">13(j)(2)(ii) and (j)(3)(ii)).</E>
                         Final § __.13(j)(2)(ii) and (j)(3)(ii) each contain the place-based criterion generally requiring benefits to residents in Native Land Areas. For the same reasons discussed above with respect to the government plan criterion, the agencies are adopting a more targeted criterion for revitalization or stabilization activities. Specifically, under § __.13(j)(2)(ii), revitalization or stabilization activities “must benefit or serve residents of Native Land Areas and must include substantial benefits for low- or moderate-income residents.” For example, a bank's purchase of a bond to fund a distribution center in a Native Land Area, where a substantial number of employment opportunities are expected to be filled by low- or moderate-income residents of the Native Land Area, may qualify for consideration if the activity met other required criteria.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Under final § __.13(j)(3)(ii), essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and weather resiliency activities in Native Land Areas must benefit or serve residents, including 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6701"/>
                        low- or moderate-income individuals, in Native Land Areas. The reasons for adopting this criterion and general revisions from the proposal are discussed above in this section-by-section analysis regarding the common place-based criteria.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Forced or involuntary relocation (§ __.13(j)(2)(iii) and (j)(3)(iii)).</E>
                         Final § __.13(j)(2)(iii) and (j)(3)(iii) require that revitalization or stabilization activities and essential community facilities, essential community infrastructure, and disaster preparedness and weather resiliency activities in Native Land Areas, respectively, do not directly result in the forced or involuntary relocation of low- or moderate-income individuals residing in Native Land Areas. The reasons for adopting this criterion and general revisions from the proposal are discussed above in this section-by-section analysis regarding the common place-based criteria.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13(k) Activities With MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, or CDFIs</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the CRA statute and current regulations, nonminority- and nonwomen-owned banks can receive CRA credit for “capital investment, loan participation, and other ventures” undertaken in cooperation with MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs, provided that these activities help meet the credit needs of local communities in which the MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs are chartered.
                        <SU>510</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These activities need not also benefit the bank's assessment areas or the broader statewide or regional area that includes the bank's assessment areas.
                        <SU>511</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         While CDFIs are not separately highlighted in the statute or regulations, activities with CDFIs can qualify as community development under various provisions of the current regulations pursuant to current guidance.
                        <SU>512</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>510</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(b), implemented at 12 CFR __.21(f).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>511</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR __.21(f); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.21(f)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>512</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(t)(4) and § __.21(h)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to establish a category of community development for activities with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and U.S. Treasury Department-certified CDFIs. Specifically, a community development category in proposed § __.13(j) included:</P>
                    <P>
                        • Investments, loan participations, and other ventures undertaken by any bank, including by MDIs and WDIs, in cooperation with other MDIs, other WDIs, or LICUs; 
                        <SU>513</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>513</SU>
                             Proposed § __.13(j)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Lending, investment, and service activities undertaken in connection with a U.S. Treasury Department-certified CDFI,
                        <SU>514</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         which the proposed rule expressly indicated would be presumed to qualify for favorable community development consideration.
                        <SU>515</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>514</SU>
                             Proposed § __.13(j)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>515</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As discussed above in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12, the proposal defined the term MDI to ensure consistency with the CRA statute and incorporate existing flexibility for each agency to define MDI as it determines appropriate. In this way, the agencies intended the proposal to ensure that activities conducted in cooperation with banks owned by minority individuals would receive consideration, and also provided consideration for activities conducted in cooperation with banks that the agencies have long considered to be MDIs.
                        <SU>516</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies sought comment on whether the MDI definition should include insured credit unions considered to be MDIs by the NCUA. As also discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12, the proposal defined WDI by cross-reference to the definition of the term in the CRA.
                        <SU>517</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>516</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             OCC, “Policy Statement on Minority Depository Institutions” (July 26, 2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.occ.gov/news-issuances/news-releases/2022/nr-occ-2022-92a.pdf</E>
                            ; Board, SR 21-6/CA 21-4, “Highlighting the Federal Reserve System's Partnership for Progress Program for Minority Depository Institutions and Women's Depository Institutions” (Mar. 5, 2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/supervisionreg/srletters/SR2106.htm</E>
                            ; FDIC, “Statement of Policy Regarding Minority Depository Institutions,” 86 FR 32728 (June 23, 2021).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>517</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2907(b)(2), defining the term “women's depository institution” to mean a depository institution (as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(c)) in which: (i) more than 50 percent of the ownership or control is held by one or more women; (ii) more than 50 percent of the net profit or loss of which accrues to one or more women; and (iii) a significant percentage of senior management positions are held by women. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12 (“women's depository institution”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In the proposal, the agencies noted stakeholder feedback indicating support for a stronger emphasis on community development financing and services that support these institutions, including equity investments, long-term debt financing, technical assistance, and contributions to nonprofit affiliates. Some stakeholders previously suggested the need to increase certainty surrounding the treatment of activities in partnership with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs. For example, stakeholders noted that examiners might require extensive documentation that a CDFI assists low-income populations, even though CDFI certification by the U.S. Treasury Department's Community Development Financial Institutions Fund is an indication of having a mission of community development.
                        <SU>518</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In the proposal, the agencies also noted stakeholder support for conferring automatic CRA community development consideration for community development activities with U.S. Treasury Department-certified CDFIs, to provide a stronger incentive and reduce burden.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>518</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. Dept. of Treasury, Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, “CDFI Certification,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.cdfifund.gov/programs-training/certification/cdfi.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The proposal clarified that investments, loan participations, and other ventures undertaken not only by nonminority institutions, but also by MDIs and WDIs, in cooperation with other MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs, would qualify for consideration under this category. This would expand on the current rule, which focuses on providing consideration for these activities when conducted by nonminority institutions.
                        <SU>519</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>519</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR __.21(f) (implementing 12 U.S.C. 2903(b)).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies also sought feedback on whether activities undertaken by an MDI or WDI to promote its own sustainability and profitability should qualify for consideration. The agencies considered that allowing these activities to qualify could encourage new investments to bolster the financial positions of these banks, allowing them to deploy additional resources to help meet the credit needs of their communities. The agencies further sought comment on whether additional eligibility criteria should be considered to ensure investments by MDIs or WDIs in themselves would ultimately benefit low- and moderate-income and other underserved communities.</P>
                    <P>
                        The proposal to provide a presumption of favorable CRA consideration for lending, investment, and service activities with U.S. Treasury Department-certified CDFIs was based on the agencies' recognition that these CDFIs already undergo specific certification processes and evaluations of CDFIs' ongoing outputs and outcome goals in award-making processes to demonstrate that they have a mission of promoting community development and providing financial products and services to low- or moderate-income individuals and communities.
                        <SU>520</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>520</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. Dept. of Treasury, Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, “CDFI Certification,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.cdfifund.gov/programs-training/certification/cdfi.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6702"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">General.</E>
                         The agencies received comments on proposed § __.13(j) from a wide range of commenters. Overall, most commenters addressing proposed § __.13(j) supported including this category of community development under proposed § __.13, and most commenters supported both prongs of the proposal. Commenters noted, for example, that these organizations' missions to serve (and record of serving) underserved or historically disadvantaged communities, is consistent with the goals of CRA; that the proposed category would provide clarity regarding the treatment of bank activities with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs under the CRA; and that the proposal would encourage activities that would reinforce and build the capacity of these entities. As discussed in more detail below, some commenters recommended that the agencies apply additional eligibility criteria to proposed § __.13(j), while others suggested that additional entities be included within the scope of proposed § __.13(j). As discussed in more detail below, some commenters sought additional clarity on the types of activities included in the rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments regarding MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs (proposed § __.13(j)(1)).</E>
                         Most commenters addressing proposed § __.13(j)(1) supported recognizing “investments, loan participations, and other ventures” undertaken by any bank, including by MDIs and WDIs, in cooperation with other MDIs, other WDIs, or LICUs, as community development. Similarly, several commenters noted that these entities are mission-driven and share a focus consistent with the purpose of CRA. For example, a commenter stated that MDIs have proven to advance economic mobility in Black communities, citing an FDIC study that included findings that an estimated 6 out of 10 people living in the service area of Black-owned banks are Black, and that MDIs originate a greater share of mortgage loans than non-MDIs to borrowers in low- and moderate-income census tracts and in census tracts with larger shares of minority populations.
                        <SU>521</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter stated that in many minority communities, MDIs offer safe and affordable banking services where other institutions may not, and that most MDIs provide vital deposit and credit access services in communities that large financial institutions avoid.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>521</SU>
                             FDIC, “Minority Depository Institution: Structure, Performance, and Social Impact” (May 2019), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/resources/minority/2019-mdi-study/full.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Commenters asserted that MDIs need increased capital investments to serve their communities and that the agencies should incentivize bank activities with MDIs that have a proven record of lending to minority consumers and in low- and moderate-income and minority communities. In this regard, a few commenters asserted that the agencies should specifically encourage activities with MDIs and minority-led or minority-owned CDFIs and credit unions in order to increase racial equity in historically underserved communities.</P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters suggested additional eligibility criteria for activities with MDIs and WDIs, based on concerns that MDIs and WDIs might not always serve low- or moderate-income individuals or communities. A few commenters suggested that CRA credit for activities with MDIs be connected to the MDI's record of serving borrowers in minority communities. For example, to ensure that minority communities are served, a commenter suggested that activities with MDIs or WDIs with assets over $1 billion be subject to additional data requirements for transparency, as well as other guardrails. Another commenter suggested incorporating into the CRA regulations a Federal statutory definition of “minority lending institution,” requiring that a majority of both the number and dollar volume of arm's-length, on-balance sheet financial products be directed at minorities or majority minority census tracts or equivalents.
                        <SU>522</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter asserted that activities with CDFIs are more responsive and impactful than deposits or investments into MDIs and WDIs, and that automatic consideration should not be conferred for activities with MDIs or WDIs; instead, examiners should consider what the MDI or WDI does with a deposit or investment prior to granting CRA credit.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>522</SU>
                             Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, tit. V, subtitle B, section 523(c)(4)(A), Public Law 116-260, 134 Stat. 2088-89 (Dec. 27, 2020).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Commenters separately addressed the proposed definition of MDI, including in response to the agencies' question on whether to include in the definition minority insured credit unions recognized by the NCUA. These comments and the agencies' response are addressed in the section-by-section analysis for the MDI definition in § __.12.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments regarding CDFIs (proposed § __.13(j)(2)).</E>
                         Most commenters addressing proposed § __.13(j)(2) supported qualifying “lending, investment, and service activities” undertaken in connection with a U.S. Treasury Department-certified CDFI as community development under the rule, including the proposed presumption that such activities qualify for favorable community development consideration. Commenters supporting the provision noted that CDFIs are responsible, mission-based lenders and investors. For example, a commenter stated that CDFIs are very active in the NMTC program and work closely with banks to produce the thoughtful and impactful revitalization efforts. Some commenters emphasized that CDFIs can help support small businesses, especially minority- and women-owned small businesses, and continue to partner with banks to make credit accessible in low- and moderate-income communities across the country.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters sought clarifications in the final rule related to CDFIs. Several commenters recommended that the final rule clarify that a bank's activities with CDFIs would receive equal consideration to activities with MDIs, WDIs and LICUs, with some noting that this should apply regardless of a CDFI's location relative to a bank's assessment area. As noted above, one commenter suggested CDFIs are more impactful than MDIs, WDIs, or LICUs, and, accordingly, that only activities with CDFIs should receive automatic consideration. Some commenters also suggested that the final rule ensure uniform treatment of all kinds of CDFIs (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         loan funds, banks, and credit unions). A number of commenters suggested that the final rule explicitly include “CDFI banks,” based on concerns that the proposal was not clear that CDFI banks were “banks” and that activities between CDFI banks and MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs would be covered for CRA consideration under this category. Other commenters raised concerns about the potential impact of giving similar community development consideration to all CDFIs. For example, a few commenters expressed concern that allowing CRA consideration for bank activities in conjunction with a CDFI regardless of where the CDFI exists could have the effect of encouraging bank activities with only the largest CDFIs, thus redirecting capital resources away from smaller CDFIs with a primary mission of serving local communities. Thus, a commenter recommended that regulators should incentivize substantial participation with local CDFIs, as a condition precedent to an “Outstanding” rating.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Activities undertaken by an MDI or WDI to promote its own sustainability and profitability; eligibility criteria.</E>
                          
                        <PRTPAGE P="6703"/>
                        Most commenters responding to the question of whether the agencies should consider activities undertaken by an MDI or WDI to promote its own sustainability and profitability stated that these activities should be considered. Commenters cited the importance of keeping these institutions in business so that they may better serve their communities. Commenters further suggested clear language expressly allowing CDFI banks to receive CRA consideration for activities that promote their own sustainability and profitability.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters responded to a related question posed by the agencies on whether additional eligibility criteria should be considered to ensure that investments by an MDI or WDI in itself provide benefit to low- and moderate-income and other underserved communities. A commenter stated that the investments should show an ancillary benefit to low- and moderate-income populations or low- and moderate-income areas served by the institution. Some commenters stated that no additional eligibility criteria should apply to WDI and MDI investments in themselves, but suggested that enhanced consideration should be given to investments that directly benefit low- and moderate-income and underserved communities.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters opposed giving CRA consideration to activities undertaken by an MDI or WDI to promote its own sustainability and profitability, or suggested limits on consideration of these types of investments. For example, a commenter stated that MDIs or WDIs that are small or intermediate banks should receive CRA consideration for well-defined investments in building their capacity, but that this should not extend to large banks that are MDIs or WDIs.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Other requests for clarification.</E>
                         Commenters also sought clarification on various other aspects of the rule. A commenter suggested that the proposal generally did not clearly articulate what activities would be eligible for consideration under proposed § __.13(j), and thus would not provide sufficient incentive for banks to engage in these partnerships. Some commenters sought clarity on whether specific types of activities would qualify, such as, among others, CDFI products designed to address racial inequity, or loan participations that banks sold to or purchased from MDIs and CDFIs. Some commenters suggested that all bank investments or loans, including equity investments in or to certified CDFIs be eligible to receive CRA credit, and that the final rule provide full CRA credit for loans originated to unbanked and underbanked borrowers that are originated by nonbank CDFIs (even if sold immediately to third-party investors). Commenters also recommended clarifying that investments, loans, or grants, and other support to subsidiaries or entities controlled or wholly-owned by U.S. Treasury Department-certified CDFIs be given the same CRA consideration as those supporting the CDFI.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional entities.</E>
                         Some commenters recommended that community development consideration under proposed § __.13(j) be extended to activities with other entities, such as those undertaken with chartered NeighborWorks organizations, HUD-designated Community Housing Development Organizations, HUD-approved Housing Counseling Organizations, and Certified Development Companies (CDCs). In particular, commenters highlighted the rigor required for entities to maintain these certifications. Commenters also suggested adding a wide range of other entities that offer important community supports, such as Community Action Agencies (CAAs), Housing Partnership Network partners, Mutual Self-Help Housing grantees under the USDA Rural Development section 523 program, and other community-based organizations. Some commenters expressed concern that the proposal to grant automatic consideration to CDFIs could discourage similar support to CDCs and other non-CDFI-certified community-based organizations. A commenter suggested that providing CRA consideration for activities with community development venture capital funds and formative funds or entities seeking certified CDFI status would encourage bank support of valuable CDEs prior to certification, while another expressed support for the agencies' clarification in the proposal that non-CDFI certified activities could be considered under another community development category (assuming criteria are met).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The final rule renumbers proposed § __.13(j) as § __.13(k) and revises it as discussed below. Under the final rule, activities with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, or CDFIs are “loans, investments, or services undertaken by any bank, including by an MDI, WDI, or CDFI bank evaluated under [the agencies' CRA regulations], in cooperation with an MDI, WDI, LICU, or CDFI.” Final § __.13(k) covers activities with the same types of entities as those proposed, but the language referencing eligible types of activities with those entities is revised and simplified, with no substantive change intended, to refer to “loans, investments, and services.” This change is a clarification for consistency with the activities considered under the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24, the Community Development Services Test in final § __.25, and the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks in final § __.26. Additionally, the final rule states that these activities do not include investments by an MDI, WDI, or CDFI bank in itself.</P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule is intended to build on and clarify important community development financing and services through MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs that qualify under the current CRA framework. The agencies believe that, by establishing a clear and straightforward standard that allows a bank's loans, investments, and services with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs to receive community development consideration, the final rule will increase certainty and transparency concerning treatment of activities in partnership with these entities relative to current practice. The final rule is also expected to reduce documentation burden associated with demonstrating, for example, that CDFIs serve low- and moderate-income populations or otherwise have a community development mission, as commenters noted this can create challenges in engaging in these activities. Instead, the final rule is intended to streamline banks' engagement with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs by providing automatic community development consideration for loans, investment, and services with these entities.
                        <SU>523</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>523</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             final § __.13(a)(1)(iii) regarding credit for community development activities under final § __.13(k) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that the mission of MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs in meeting the credit needs of low- and moderate-income and other underserved individuals, communities, and small businesses is highly aligned with CRA's core purpose of encouraging banks to meet the credit needs of their entire community, including low- and moderate-income populations. Emphasizing partnerships with MDIs, WDI, and LICUs in the final rule is consistent with the CRA's express provision highlighting “capital investment, loan participation, and other ventures” by banks in cooperation with MDIs, WDIs and LICUs.
                        <SU>524</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As reflected in the current CRA framework, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6704"/>
                        CDFIs have long been recognized by the agencies as financial institutions that, like MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs, are critical to the lending and capital access ecosystem of low- or moderate-income communities.
                        <SU>525</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Based on the agencies' supervisory experience, stakeholder feedback over the years of rulemaking leading to this final rule, and other relevant sources, the agencies believe that MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs often have intimate knowledge of local community development needs and opportunities, allowing them to conduct highly responsive activities.
                        <SU>526</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These entities also generally undergo rigorous and verifiable certification processes.
                        <SU>527</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>524</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>525</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(t)(4) and § __.21(h)-1. 
                            <E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>
                             81 FR 48506, 48508-48510 (July 25, 2016).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>526</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>
                             U.S. Government Accountability Office (GAO), “Paycheck Protection Program: Program Changes Increased Lending to Small Businesses and Underserved Businesses,” 13 (Mar. 16, 2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.gao.gov/assets/gao-22-105788.pdf</E>
                             (estimating, for example, that 69 percent of Paycheck Protection Loans by MDIs and CDFIs went to businesses in high-minority counties).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>527</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             OCC, “Policy Statement on Minority Depository Institutions” (July 26, 2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.occ.gov/news-issuances/news-releases/2022/nr-occ-2022-92a.pdf</E>
                            ; Board, SR 21-6/CA 21-4, “Highlighting the Federal Reserve System's Partnership for Progress Program for Minority Depository Institutions and Women's Depository Institutions” (Mar. 5, 2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/supervisionreg/srletters/SR2106.htm</E>
                            ; FDIC, “Statement of Policy Regarding Minority Depository Institutions,” 86 FR 32728 (June 23, 2021); U.S. Dept. of Treasury, Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, “CDFI Certification,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.cdfifund.gov/programs-training/certification/cdfi. See also</E>
                             12 CFR 701.34 (NCUA standards for designating a Federal credit union as a “low-income credit union”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Loans, investments, or services include, for instance, equity investments in and loan participations with MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs, and CDFIs. Consistent with current guidance, this would include, for example, loan participations that a bank purchased from a CDFI, loaning an officer or providing other technical expertise to assist an MDI in improving its lending policies and practices, or providing financial support for a WDI to partner with a local educational institution to provide financial literacy programming.
                        <SU>528</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The rule takes this broad approach in order to provide flexibility for banks to engage in a range of activities that will meet differing local needs across communities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>528</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.21(f)-1. The final rule expands on current guidance to include CDFIs. Donating a branch, selling a branch on favorable terms, or making branches available on a rent-free basis to MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs pursuant to section 801 of the CRA would also qualify for consideration under this prong, based on the final rule's definition of “community development investment,” discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of that definition in final § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Inclusion of CDFIs.</E>
                         The agencies have also considered comments regarding how CDFIs should be considered relative to MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs. The agencies believe that creating a single standard for CDFIs, MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs is not only simpler, but also serves to acknowledge the importance of CDFIs as critical providers of capital to low- or moderate-income communities. The agencies also believe that the construction of the final rule as it relates to activities with CDFIs is preferable since it more directly states that these activities are eligible under final § __.13(k), as compared to the proposed rule's approach of providing a presumption of credit for CDFIs in proposed § __.13(j)(2). The agencies determined that the presumption language raised unintended uncertainty about whether activities with CDFIs would actually count for community development consideration.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule also references CDFIs instead of U.S. Treasury Department-certified CDFIs, as the definition of CDFI in the final rule is clarified to mean U.S. Treasury Department-certified CDFIs. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         the section-by section analysis of § __.12 for discussion of the definition of “Community Development Financial Institution (CDFI)”. This definitional change affirms the agencies' intent to ensure that, beyond MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs, the entities with which a bank may engage for automatic consideration of loans, investments, and services have undergone the U.S. Treasury Department's CDFI certification process and meet requirements for maintaining that certification. The agencies consider this a critical guardrail to ensuring that community development on an inclusive community basis is the focus of bank loans, investments, and services in cooperation with these CDFIs.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Activities conducted by MDIs, WDIs, and CDFI banks with other MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs.</E>
                         Under final § __.13(k), any loans, investments, or services undertaken by any bank, including by an MDI, WDI, or CDFI bank, in cooperation with an MDI, WDI, LICU, or CDFI will qualify as community development. As noted in the proposal, in this regard the final rule expands on the current rule, which focuses on crediting these activities when conducted by nonminority institutions.
                        <SU>529</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As MDI, WDI, and CDFI banks are themselves subject to CRA evaluations, the agencies believe that this expansion is appropriate to ensure that the loans, investments, and services of these institutions receive the same treatment as nonminority institutions. 
                        <E T="03">CDFI banks.</E>
                         The final rule also clarifies that loans, investments, and services by “any bank” include not only majority institutions, but also those by an MDI, WDI, or “CDFI bank” that is evaluated under the CRA. The definition of “CDFI” in final (and proposed) § __.12 is general and thus includes both depository and non-depository CDFIs; however, the agencies intend with the reference to a “CDFI bank” in final § __.13(k) to address commenter concerns that the proposal was not clear that CDFI bank loans, investments, and services in cooperation with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and other CDFIs could qualify for consideration under this provision.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>529</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(f) (implementing 12 U.S.C. 2903(b)).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional eligibility criteria.</E>
                         The agencies have considered commenter suggestions to add additional eligibility criteria for MDIs and WDIs under the final rule, such as criteria concerning how investments in MDIs and WDIs are used, or an MDI's record of service to minority communities. On further deliberation, the agencies believe that an additional layer of criteria would be overly complex to define and apply, potentially dampening the range and quantity of activities beneficial to communities that could otherwise qualify under this provision. For similar reasons, the agencies also are using their statutory authority not to include in final § __.13(k) the reference in the statute and current regulation to activities that help meet the credit needs of “local communities in which [MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs] are chartered.” 
                        <SU>530</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As discussed above, based on the agencies' supervisory experience, stakeholder feedback over the years of rulemaking leading to this final rule, and other relevant sources, MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs have robust knowledge about the needs of their local communities and records of serving these needs. The agencies believe that the structure and orientation of these entities provide needed guardrails to ensure that activities in cooperation with them will be consistent with the CRA's community focus in the final regulation.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>530</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(b), implemented by current 12 CFR __.21(f). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901(b), 2903(a) and (b), and 2905.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Relatedly, under the final rule, activities with CDFIs are treated similarly to those with MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs, regardless of a CDFI's location or size. The agencies are mindful of concerns expressed by some commenters that this approach could direct bank investment away from smaller, local CDFIs in favor of larger 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6705"/>
                        CDFIs. On further consideration, the agencies believe that adding size or location criteria regarding CDFIs with which banks may engage for CRA credit under this provision would diminish the flexibility needed for a range of activities meeting differing local needs across communities. The agencies also note the final rule's adoption of an impact and responsiveness review under § __.15, including an impact and responsiveness factor under § __.15(b)(4) for loans, investments, and services that support an MDI, WDI, LICU, or CDFI (excluding certificates of deposit with a term of less than one year) will allow the agencies to consider the extent to which such activities are highly impactful or responsive to the needs of underserved areas and populations.
                        <SU>531</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>531</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.15 and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Activities undertaken by an MDI or WDI to promote its own sustainability and profitability.</E>
                         The agencies have considered comments responding to the question on whether an MDI or WDI should receive consideration for activities that promote an MDI's or WDI's own sustainability and profitability, and are adopting a final rule that excludes investments by MDIs, WDIs, or CDFI banks in themselves.
                        <SU>532</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies appreciate commenter views on the importance of investment support for these entities to bolster their financial position so that they can better serve their communities, as well as the need to consider ways to ensure that these investments benefit low- and moderate-income and underserved communities. On further consideration, the agencies are concerned that the linkage between such investments and benefits to low- or moderate-income communities may be attenuated and thus difficult to determine, in turn making establishment and application of clear and consistent guardrails to ensure benefits to low- and moderate-income communities unduly challenging. At the same time, the agencies believe that the final rule provides robust avenues of support for the sustainability and profitability of MDIs and WDIs through other CRA-evaluated banks, including other MDIs and WDIs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>532</SU>
                             While the agencies requested comment only on investments by MDIs and WDIs, the final rule also excludes similar investments by CDFIs for parity.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Definition of MDIs; minority credit unions.</E>
                         The agencies considered comments in response to the agencies' request for feedback regarding whether minority credit unions should be included in the definition of MDI for the final rule and conducted further research on this matter. The agencies note that there is a large overlap between minority credit unions and LICUs.
                        <SU>533</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, a bank's loans, investments, and services with a large percentage of minority credit unions will be eligible for community development consideration under final § __.13(k), based on the minority credit union's LICU status. For this and other reasons, the agencies have decided not to add minority credit unions to the proposed definition of MDI. The question of whether to include minority credit unions in the final rule's definition of MDI, as well as other aspects of the final rule's definition of MDI, is discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12 (“minority-depository institution (MDI)”).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>533</SU>
                             NCUA, “Minority Depository Institutions Annual Report to Congress,” 2 (2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://ncua.gov/files/publications/2021-mdi-congressional-report.pdf</E>
                             (indicating that 81 percent of minority credit unions are designated as LICUs).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional entities.</E>
                         The agencies have also considered comments recommending that the final rule include additional types of entities with which banks could collaborate in order to receive community development consideration, and have decided not to include additional entities in § __.13(k). The agencies have considered that entities such as NeighborWorks America's network organizations, HUD's Community Housing Development Organizations, and other community-based organizations perform important functions in communities, as do community development venture funds and formative funds, or other entities seeking certified CDFI status. However, because qualifying activities under § __.13(k) are eligible for community development consideration without additional eligibility criteria, the agencies believe that narrowly tailoring the entities considered under the final rule is especially important and, accordingly, that focusing final § __.13(k) on MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs is appropriate. As outlined above, MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs generally have missions and track records that directly align with the CRA's mandate of providing credit to entire communities, including to low- or moderate-income communities; undergo rigorous and verifiable certification processes; and are financial institutions that provide critical capital access and credit to underserved communities. The agencies further believe that emphasizing partnerships with the entities covered by final § __.13(k) is consistent with the CRA's express emphasis on cooperation with MDIs, WDIs and LICUs, as well as with the key role CDFIs play in the capital and financial ecosystem in low- or moderate-income communities. The agencies also note and expect that loans, investments, and services supporting activities performed by other entities suggested by commenters may be eligible for community development consideration under other provisions in § __.13.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have also considered comments that activities with subsidiaries or entities controlled or wholly-owned by CDFIs be eligible for community development consideration under § __.13(k). The agencies note that subsidiaries or entities controlled or wholly-owned by MDIs, WDIs, or LICUs are not referenced in current § __.21(f) or proposed § __.13(j) 
                        <SU>534</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Similarly, final § __.13(k) does not include activities with these subsidiaries or affiliates, as the agencies believe an automatic grant of community development consideration should remain narrowly tailored. However, activities with subsidiaries or affiliates could be considered under other categories of community development, to the extent they would meet the criteria of those categories.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>534</SU>
                             The relevant CRA statutory provision also does not reference subsidiaries or controlled entities of MDIs, WDIs, or LICUs. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.13(l) Financial Literacy</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Currently, activities related to financial literacy may qualify for CRA credit as “community development services.” 
                        <SU>535</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These activities must be targeted to low- or moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>536</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Examples of community development services provided in current guidance include, among others: (1) “[p]roviding credit counseling, home-buyer and home maintenance counseling, financial planning or other financial services education to promote community development and affordable housing, including credit counseling to assist low- or moderate-income borrowers in avoiding foreclosure on their homes,” as well as (2) “[e]stablishing school savings programs or developing or teaching financial education or literacy curricula for low- or moderate-income individuals.” 
                        <SU>537</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>535</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR __.12(i) (defining “community development service”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>536</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(i)-3, Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>537</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(i)-3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6706"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Proposed § __.13(k) established a separate category of community development for “[a]ctivities that promote financial literacy,” defined as activities that “assist individuals and families, including low- or moderate-income individuals and families, to make informed financial decisions regarding managing income, savings, credit, and expenses, including with respect to homeownership.” Under the proposed rule, a bank would receive consideration for these activities without requiring them to focus specifically on low- and moderate-income beneficiaries. The proposed approach was intended to encourage investments that have broad benefits across income levels and that support the economic well-being of entire communities, as well as to simplify qualification by limiting the need for banks to obtain documentation to demonstrate that the activity is targeted to low- or moderate-income individuals or families, which can be particularly difficult to obtain for non-customers. However, proposed § __.13(k) specified that the individuals and families assisted by financial literacy activities must “includ[e] low- or moderate-income individuals and families.” The agencies requested comment on whether CRA consideration of financial literacy activities should be expanded from current practice to include activities that benefit individuals and families of all income levels, or be limited to activities that have a primary purpose of benefiting low- or moderate-income individuals or families.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received many comments on the proposed financial literacy category of community development from a variety of commenters, as discussed in more detail below.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Financial literacy activities that benefit individuals and families of all income levels, including low- and moderate-income.</E>
                         Commenters generally supported creating a community development category for financial literacy activities. In response to the agencies' request for comment on whether the financial literacy category should apply to all income levels or only to low- and moderate-income individuals and families, some commenters supported applying the community development category to all income levels as proposed. Commenters asserted, for example, that financial literacy is useful and important to peoples of all income levels; that the proposed approach would ensure that other underserved populations, including seniors, veterans, and rural communities, would benefit from financial literacy activities; and that the proposed approach would allow banks to expand financial literacy activities more broadly and efficiently to schools and students, without restricting activities to only those students that are low- or moderate-income. In this regard, one commenter asserted that targeting financial literacy activities to only low- or moderate-income students can be difficult in rural areas because there are very few schools with a majority of students that meet this criterion. A few commenters also noted that expanding the provision to all income levels would allow banks to better reach low- or moderate-income populations, including by providing an incentive for bank employees to offer financial literacy sessions to mixed-income groups, and by reducing burden for banks by streamlining the process for determining whether financial literacy activities qualify.
                    </P>
                    <P>In contrast, other commenters raised a range of concerns regarding the proposed approach to consider financial literacy activities that benefit individuals and families of all income levels. Of those commenters, many asserted that there is a scarcity of resources and support for financial literacy activities, and expressed concern that expanding eligible financial literacy activities to include those for all income levels would divert resources from low- and moderate-income individuals and families that are in greater need. Commenter feedback included, for example: that the proposed approach would not be aligned with the intention and goals of the CRA to ensure that low- and moderate-income consumers are adequately served by the banking system; disagreement with assertions that income level documentation is a significant burden to financial institutions, noting that nonprofit organizations track the income level of their clientele; and that banks should be required to demonstrate that the primary purpose of the financial literacy activities it supports is benefiting low- and moderate-income individuals or families.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters suggested that financial literacy activities for other populations or in other specific areas should qualify. Suggestions included financial literacy activities serving underserved populations, first-time homebuyers, small businesses, minorities or minority-owned businesses of all income levels, Native communities, or activities in and around Native Land Areas. A commenter suggested that the agencies consider any financial literacy activity provided by a HUD-approved housing counseling agency or intermediary, as a way to address concerns about income verification burden on banks.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Financial literacy activities.</E>
                         While many commenters supported the proposal without suggested changes or revisions to the activities indicated as qualifying under this category, other commenters suggested the agencies clarify or add a range of other activities considered eligible under this category, such as financial coaching, various digital education products, and other specific financial literacy education programs, products, and services. For example, a commenter suggested that the agencies clarify that credit counseling is an eligible activity under the financial literacy category, asserting that nonprofit credit counseling and debt management counseling are critical to support low- and moderate-income consumers. A few commenters suggested that the agencies specify that grants and loans made to nonprofit organizations that support eligible activities under the proposed financial literacy category qualify for consideration.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Housing-related comments.</E>
                         A number of commenters had suggestions regarding consideration for housing and homeownership-related counseling activities. In particular, several commenters suggested that additional emphasis be given to activities that focus on housing counseling. Commenters generally noted the unique, vital, and effective role housing counseling can play in helping consumers meet their financial goals. A few commenters noted that HUD-certified housing counselors provide several critical services to renters and first-time homebuyers that help mitigate barriers related to income, race, and ethnicity, and asserted that the agencies should recognize and provide additional credit for activities that support those counselors. A group of commenters separately suggested that housing counseling should be recognized as a community development activity distinct from the financial literacy category. These commenters expressed concern that including activities related to housing counseling along with other activities in a single financial literacy category could result in banks focusing on non-housing activities in that category.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters recommended that the final rule specifically recognize 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6707"/>
                        lender fee-for-service payments for housing counseling services by HUD-approved housing counseling agencies as an eligible activity, with some commenters recommending recognition of fee-for-service payments for housing counseling services specifically assisting low- and moderate-income borrowers. For example, one commenter asserted that consideration for lender fee-for-service payments to housing counseling providers serving low- or moderate-income clientele would help ensure that those organizations would be able to continue providing housing counseling services. This commenter indicated that such organizations traditionally rely on grants to fund those activities, which can present a challenge for their long-term stability. Another commenter suggested that fee-for-service payments for housing counseling services should be recognized as an eligible activity if the bank can demonstrate that this service is being offered to low- or moderate-income borrowers.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional approaches to qualifying eligible financial literacy activities.</E>
                         Several commenters emphasized that the rule should encourage banks to partner with nonprofit organizations to ensure that financial literacy activities are relevant to the community and marketed successfully, and suggested that qualifying programs or activities should have a stated purpose of engaging low- and moderate-income residents. A few commenters suggested that banks should receive enhanced credit for supporting financial literacy activities targeted to low- and moderate-income individuals and families, including through a multiplier scoring system correlated to the percentage of low- and moderate-income beneficiaries supported by an eligible activity.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The final rule adopts the proposal on financial literacy substantially as proposed, renumbered as § __.13(l). Under the final rule, activities that promote financial literacy are those that “assist individuals, families, and households, including low- or moderate-income individuals, families, and households, to make informed financial decisions regarding managing income, savings, credit, and expenses, including with respect to homeownership.” The final rule makes technical edits from the proposal by adding “and households” as a conforming edit consistent with edits made in other community provisions in final § __.13. The agencies that believe incorporating financial literacy activities into the regulation as a separate regulatory category of community development will provide banks with certainty and clarity regarding how these activities will qualify for CRA consideration, and that this, in turn, will benefit a wide range of individuals and families in need of financial literacy services.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have carefully considered commenter views on whether the financial literacy category should be limited to activities targeted to low- and moderate-income individuals and families. On balance, for the reasons discussed below, the agencies believe that the rule as finalized, without such limitation, will ensure low- and moderate-income individuals, families, and households benefit from financial literacy activities, while further encouraging banks' involvement in such activities. The final rule will reduce barriers to offering financial literacy activities by permitting a broader range of mixed-income activities to qualify relative to current practice, and will reduce burden by limiting the need for banks to track income levels of participants (which, as noted above, can be particularly difficult with respect to non-customers). As discussed in the proposal, prior stakeholder feedback also has suggested that financial literacy activities are, in practice, primarily delivered to low- or moderate-income individuals, which may be another factor that reduces the need to obtain income documentation. The language of the final rule providing that individuals, families, and households assisted by financial literacy activities must include low- or moderate-income individuals, families, and households will also ensure that financial literacy activities will not be eligible for CRA credit if they solely benefit middle- and upper-income individuals, families, or households.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies further believe that financial literacy can build economic resilience at all income levels, particularly where there may be evidence that financial literacy is lacking, or financial instability exists. The agencies are sensitive to concerns about the scarcity of available resources for financial literacy activities, and believe that the final rule's approach will more broadly share the benefits of these activities across communities and open up greater opportunities for underserved populations, including seniors, students, veterans, and rural communities to benefit from financial literacy activities. In the agencies' experience, financial literacy activities can provide important tools for all individuals and families to maintain or improve upon their financial status, which benefit communities as a whole. As such, the agencies believe that the final rule is consistent with the intent of CRA to serve the credit needs of a bank's entire community, including low- and moderate-income communities.
                        <SU>538</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>538</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Regarding commenters' suggestions that the agencies revise the regulation to explicitly qualify specific activities, the agencies believe that the broader approach in the final rule will allow banks more flexibility, as any activities meeting the criteria in § __.13(l) will qualify. Activities that the agencies view as consistent with the language in § __.13(l) will generally include activities such as financial education, financial coaching and counseling, small business education, and housing counseling. For example, a financial planning seminar with senior citizens, including low- and moderate-income seniors, or a financial education program for children in a middle-income school district would both be activities that would qualify for consideration. Similarly, credit counseling for residents of a rural area or grants and loans to nonprofits related to financial literacy would generally qualify for consideration. The agencies will take commenters' recommended examples under advisement as the agencies develop the illustrative list anticipated by § __.14(a), discussed below.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies do not believe that direct marketing of specific bank products alone would constitute a financial literacy activity that “assist[s] individuals, families, and households, including low- or moderate-income individuals, families, and households, to make informed financial decisions,” and therefore would not meet the criteria for qualification in § __.13(l). However, a lender fee-for-service financial education program focused on savings and the benefits of savings, through which a bank provides information on its low-cost savings accounts (such as through a BankOn program 
                        <SU>539</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        ) or allows participants to prepare for and access a sustainable home mortgage, as is done in many homebuyer programs with HUD-certified housing counselors, would likely qualify for consideration under § __.13(l). The agencies note that when engaging in activities under § __.13(l), banks are expected to comply with all applicable laws, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6708"/>
                        including, among others, section 8 of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974.
                        <SU>540</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>539</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             BankOn, “Account Standards,” 
                            <E T="03">https://bankon.wpenginepowered.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Bank-On-National-Account-Standards-2023-2024.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>540</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2607.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have also considered commenter suggestions that various specific activities related to housing counseling should be recognized within a separate category of qualifying activities or that they should otherwise be given extra emphasis on examinations, including suggestions to give enhanced credit for activities targeted to low- and moderate-income individuals. The agencies understand the importance of housing-related financial literacy activities and, on further deliberation, believe that the final rule appropriately recognizes housing counseling activities by expressly identifying activities that assist individuals, families, and households to making informed financial decisions regarding “homeownership” as one key type of qualifying activity within a new, separate community development category for financial literacy overall. The agencies note that activities that assist individuals, families, and households to make informed financial decisions about homeownership are part of a wide range of available qualifying financial literacy activities that offer critical support for the economic well-being of communities. With respect to comments suggesting extra emphasis, the agencies also note that the final rule creates a non-exhaustive list of specific impact and responsiveness factors that will recognize certain activities, including factors for activities serving persistent poverty counties and higher poverty census tracts (§ __.15(b)(1) and (2)), low-income individuals, families, and households (§ __.15(b)(5)), and affordable housing in High Opportunity Areas (§ __.15(b)(7)). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         the section-by-section analysis of § __.15, below.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.14 Community Development Illustrative List; Confirmation of Eligibility</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current regulations, the agencies do not jointly maintain a standalone list of examples of loans, investments, and services that qualify for CRA community development consideration. However, the OCC maintains an illustrative list of activities as a reference for determining whether activities conducted while the OCC 2020 CRA Final Rule was in effect were eligible for consideration under that rule.
                        <SU>541</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Interagency Questions and Answers also include certain examples of eligible community development loans, investments, and services.
                        <SU>542</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>541</SU>
                             The OCC maintains an illustrative list on its website as a reference for national banks, Federal savings associations, and other interested parties to determine whether activities that they conducted while the OCC 2020 CRA Final Rule was in effect were eligible for CRA consideration. Activities on this illustrative list may not receive consideration if conducted after January 1, 2022, when the rescission of the OCC 2020 CRA Final Rule became effective. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             OCC, “CRA Illustrative List of Qualifying Activities,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.occ.treas.gov/topics/consumers-and-communities/cra/cra-illustrative-list-of-qualifying-activities.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>542</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(g)-1 through __.12(g)(4)(iii)-4, Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-1 through __.12(h)-8, and Q&amp;A § __.12(i)-1 through __.12(i)-3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Relatedly, the OCC previously established a confirmation process, not currently codified in its CRA regulation, through which national banks, Federal savings associations, and other interested parties may request confirmation that a loan, investment, or service qualifies for CRA consideration.
                        <SU>543</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Board and the FDIC do not currently have similar mechanisms for State banks or State savings associations. Currently, as part of their CRA examinations, banks submit community development activities that were undertaken without an assurance these activities are eligible. Knowing that an activity previously qualified can frequently provide banks with some confidence that the same types of activities are likely to receive consideration in the future. However, banks assessing a new, less common, more complex, or innovative activity may not know whether that activity is eligible for CRA consideration until a determination is made by an examiner as part of the bank's CRA examination—after the bank has made a decision about whether to provide a loan, investment, or service. The determination requires examiner judgment and the use of performance context, which may further complicate a bank's ability to predict what activities could qualify.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>543</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             OCC, “CRA Qualifying Activity Confirmation Request,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.occ.treas.gov/topics/consumers-and-communities/cra/qualifying-activity-confirmation-request/index-cra-qualifying-activities-confirmation-request.html</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.14(a) Illustrative List</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.14(a)(1) Issuing and Maintaining The Illustrative List</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>To provide increased certainty regarding what community development activities qualify for CRA consideration, the agencies proposed in § __.14(a) to maintain a publicly available, non-exhaustive illustrative list of examples of community development activities that qualify for CRA consideration. As noted in the proposal, prior stakeholders had indicated broad support for an illustrative list similar to the list associated with the OCC 2020 CRA Final Rule. In the proposal, the agencies indicated that stakeholders supported this approach as a way to highlight loans, investments, and services that meet the CRA community development criteria, while also noting that those criteria remain the determinative factors in qualifying community development activities (as opposed to whether a particular activity appears on the illustrative list). The agencies sought feedback on whether the benefit of greater certainty would outweigh the potential that the list might limit innovation by unintentionally leading banks to focus primarily on activities on the list. The agencies sought comment on whether, in addition to maintaining an illustrative list of qualifying activities under § __.14(a), the agencies should also maintain a non-exhaustive list of activities that do not qualify for CRA consideration as a community development activity.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">General.</E>
                         Most commenters on this aspect of the proposal expressed support for the agencies maintaining a non-exhaustive illustrative list of qualifying activities, as set forth in proposed § __.14(a). In general, commenters stated that an illustrative list would simplify compliance, and provide more regulatory certainty regarding community development activities that meet the requirements for CRA credit. Commenters also generally stated that an illustrative list would promote consistency among agencies and examiners, with at least one commenter stating that the list should be universally accepted across all agencies and deployed consistently across examiners. Other commenters highlighted the benefits of an illustrative list in connection with a timely pre-approval process. For example, a commenter indicated that a clearly-articulated illustrative list could allow transactions to be structured between banks and partner organizations with more information earlier in the process. Commenters also suggested that the agencies clarify further that the list is not exhaustive.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters expressed concerns about the potential breadth and impact of the proposed illustrative list. For instance, some commenters stated their concern that a lengthy list of qualifying activities could encourage banks to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6709"/>
                        participate in the easiest and least impactful community development activities. Accordingly, commenters emphasized that the list should be focused on those activities that are most impactful to low- and moderate-income communities or closely tied to local needs, or that a listed activity would not automatically qualify if it resulted in displacement of low- and moderate-income individuals or minorities. Several commenters raised concerns that providing an illustrative list could stifle innovation to the extent that banks default to engaging only in listed activities. Another commenter stated that examiner judgment and the use of performance context would still be warranted as new, innovative activities arise. Several other commenters proposed that the agencies instead adopt a principles-based list, with a few raising concerns that an extensive list could evolve into an overwhelming ad hoc list.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Many commenters offered a variety of suggestions regarding how the agencies should develop, issue, and maintain an illustrative list. For example, a few commenters recommended that the list be published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        . In addition, several commenters recommended that the agencies maintain an interactive database with various features, including, among others, topical organization and searchability; case studies; or guidance and examples of documentation. Several commenters suggested that any list be developed and updated in coordination with relevant stakeholders.
                    </P>
                    <P>Finally, commenters also offered a variety of suggestions on specific activities that should be included or expanded upon in an illustrative list. Several commenters recommended that the agencies adopt the list of qualifying activities found in the OCC 2020 CRA Final Rule. Other commenters offered specific suggested activities, including, among many others, various activities pertaining to environmental and climate resilience; impacting disabled persons, as relevant to the community supportive services category; and promoting digital inclusion. At least one commenter suggested that an illustrative list be expanded to include innovative and responsive retail product and service offerings in addition to community development activities.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">List of activities that do not qualify for CRA consideration.</E>
                         As noted above, the agencies sought comment on whether, in addition to maintaining an illustrative list of qualifying activities under § __.14(a), the agencies should also maintain a non-exhaustive list of activities that do not qualify for CRA consideration as a community development activity. Many commenters supported maintaining a non-exhaustive illustrative list of activities that do not qualify for CRA consideration, with several arguing, for example, that a list of non-qualifying activities would provide increased transparency and prevent banks from allocating time to non-qualifying activities. Commenters also shared suggestions on how the agencies might develop a non-qualifying illustrative list. However, other commenters opposed or expressed concerns about maintaining a non-exhaustive list of non-qualifying activities. For example, one commenter cautioned that a list of ineligible activities could be misinterpreted, causing banks to avoid partnerships with entire entities instead of certain activities. Another commenter noted that eligibility for CRA consideration can depend on specific circumstances and unique facts, detracting from the usefulness of maintaining a list of non-qualifying activities.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The final rule renumbers proposed § __.14(a) as § __.14(a)(1), and reflects the technical edits and revisions from the proposal discussed below. The final rule clarifies that the agencies not only will maintain, but will jointly issue a publicly available illustrative list of non-exhaustive examples of loans, investments, and services that qualify for community development consideration as provided in § __.13. For the reasons stated in the proposal and on consideration of comments, the agencies believe that establishing an illustrative list will promote transparency and consistency, provide banks and other stakeholders with greater certainty, and help clarify the application of criteria for community development categories. These examples are intended to help banks make more informed decisions regarding what loans, investments, and services would qualify for community development consideration.</P>
                    <P>The revision in the final rule confirming that the list will be jointly issued by the OCC, Board, and FDIC is partly intended to support commenters' interest in consistency across agencies and examinations. Whether to include (or add under final § __.14(a)(2), discussed below) an activity to the illustrative list is subject to the agencies' discretion. The final rule also makes conforming edits to replace “community development activities that qualify for CRA consideration” with “loans, investments, and services that qualify for community development consideration,” consistent with other revisions in the final rule, and edits to clarify that § __.14(a) is specifically applicable to the types of activities that are described in § __.13.</P>
                    <P>In adopting the final rule, the agencies considered feedback on whether the benefit of greater certainty would outweigh the potential that the list might limit innovation by unintentionally leading banks to focus primarily on examples on the list. The agencies believe that, on balance, the benefit of greater certainty, transparency, and clarity outweigh this potential concern. The agencies also believe that updating the illustrative list periodically pursuant to final § __.14(a)(2)(i), described below, will further mitigate concerns by allowing for new, innovative examples to be added over time.</P>
                    <P>The agencies similarly considered commenter concerns and recommendations related to the potential breadth of the illustrative list. The agencies are concerned that adopting a principles-based list as suggested would not provide sufficient clarity or specificity, which would limit the informational benefits of an illustrative list for banks regarding what kinds of loans, investments, and services would qualify as community development. In developing the illustrative list, the agencies expect to consider what steps the agencies can take to promote ease of use by banks and the public, and to provide context to complex issues as feasible. Regarding the suggestion that the agencies clarify further that the list is not exclusive, the agencies reaffirm that the illustrative list is intended to be non-exhaustive; accordingly, the final rule retains proposed language expressly stating that the illustrative examples are non-exhaustive.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also appreciate commenters' thoughtful views on how the agencies should develop and issue an illustrative list, as well as the types of activities that should populate the list. Subsequent to this rulemaking, the agencies expect to jointly develop the process for issuing, maintaining, and updating the illustrative list. The agencies will continue to take all of these comments under advisement as this process moves forward.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are not adopting suggested revisions to final § __.14(a)(1), as follows. Regarding commenter concerns that activities on the list be focused on particular community needs and not result in displacement, the agencies note that, as a threshold matter, any activity on the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6710"/>
                        illustrative list would still need to qualify under the relevant criteria of a particular community development category in § __.13, including any applicable criteria for any place-based community development activity. As discussed in the section-by-section analyses of § __.13(e) through (j), above, one placed-based criteria is that the activity “not directly result in the forced or involuntary relocation of low- or moderate-income individuals” in the relevant geographic area.
                        <SU>544</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, as needed, examiners will still exercise judgment and review performance context in evaluating an activity under the applicable facts and circumstances.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>544</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13(e)(1)(iii), (f)(3), (g)(3), (h)(1)(iii), (i)(3), (j)(2)(iii), and (j)(3)(iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies also considered the suggestion to expand the illustrative list to include innovative and responsive retail services and products offerings, in addition to community development activities. The agencies are not expanding the illustrative list in this manner, as the agencies have not observed as many questions necessitating upfront clarification regarding eligible retail services and products. In deliberating further on this matter in light of the comments, the agencies determined that, at this time, the illustrative list will best serve the purpose of clarity and transparency by being focused on community development activities as the area in which the agencies observe and hear from stakeholders there is the most need for clarity.</P>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies considered commenter feedback on whether to maintain a separate list of activities that do not qualify for community development consideration. Upon further consideration of comments received, the agencies are concerned that such a list might inadvertently deter banks from pursuing eligible loans, investments, and services, and accordingly, the agencies are not adopting a provision to maintain a list of non-qualifying activities. The agencies also believe that resources will be more effectively and efficiently deployed if focused on providing a resource for banks seeking new opportunities to serve community needs. Nonetheless, the agencies note that the confirmation process adopted in final § __.14(b), discussed below, will provide a related venue for confirming eligibility, which should help banks reduce unintended allocation of time and resources to non-qualifying loans, investments, and services.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.14(a)(2) Modifying the Illustrative List</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>To ensure flexibility and incorporation of new activities, the agencies proposed in § __.14(b)(1) to update the illustrative list periodically. The agencies also proposed in § __.14(b)(2) that, if the agencies determine that an activity on the illustrative list is no longer eligible for CRA community development consideration, the owner of the loan or investment at the time of the determination would continue to receive CRA consideration for the remaining term or period of the loan or investment. However, the loan or investment would not be eligible for consideration for any purchasers of that loan or investment post-determination.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received and Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>Commenters provided views on various aspects of proposed § __.14(b), addressing how the agencies might update and remove items from the illustrative list, and the timeline for doing so. Commenters generally suggested regular monitoring and updating, with several offering suggested timelines (for example: as new innovations arise and circumstances warrant; biannually; or triennially). Commenter feedback included that: the agencies should regularly seek public comment as the most transparent and fair way to update the illustrative list; all stakeholders should be permitted to submit suggestions for issuing and modifying the illustrative list; banks should work with their primary regulator to provide submissions to the illustrative list, and agency staff should also be allowed to submit activities to the list arising through outreach or the examination process; and banks should still receive consideration for any previous investment that remains on the bank's books even if the activity is deemed ineligible later.</P>
                    <P>The final rule adopts § __.14(b) substantially as proposed, renumbered as § __.14(a)(2), with technical edits to replace “activities” with “loans, investments, or services” and other conforming edits. Final § __.14(a)(2)(i) provides that the agencies will periodically update the illustrative list in § __.14(a)(1). Consistent with the proposal, final § __.14(a)(2)(ii) states that, in the event the agencies determine that a loan or investment on the illustrative list is no longer eligible for community development consideration, the owner of the loan or investment at the time of the determination will continue to receive community development consideration for the remaining term or period of the loan or investment. However, these loans or investments will not be considered eligible for community development consideration for any purchasers of that loan or investment after the determination.</P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that providing for periodic updates to the illustrative list under § __.14(a)(2)(i) offers the agencies flexibility and will promote innovation by allowing the agencies to add new and innovative examples over time. This provision also will allow the agencies' understanding of community development activities to evolve as banks' activities and community development needs shift. The agencies' ability to update the list periodically is also intended to help address some commenter concerns regarding § __.14(a)(1), that an illustrative list could limit innovation by leading banks to focus primarily on examples found on the list.</P>
                    <P>As noted above, subsequent to this rulemaking, the agencies expect to jointly develop the process for issuing, maintaining, and updating the illustrative list, and will consider commenter suggestions for that process, including those regarding modifying and removing items from the illustrative list, and the timeline for doing so. Regarding commenter concerns about treatment of loans and investments later removed from the list, the agencies note that final § __.14(a)(2)(ii) is intended to provide certainty that a bank (albeit not subsequent purchasers) will continue to receive consideration for their loans and investments even if those examples are later removed from the list. Accordingly, in circumstances where examples are later removed from the list, a bank's credit for those loans and investments would not be retroactively impacted.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.14(b) Confirmation of Eligibility</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed in § __.14(c) and (d) a formal mechanism for banks subject to the CRA regulations to request confirmation that an activity is eligible for CRA consideration. Under proposed § __.14(c), a bank could submit a request to its appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency for confirmation that an activity is eligible for CRA consideration. When the agencies confirmed that an activity is or is not eligible for CRA consideration, the supervisory agency would notify the requestor, and the agencies might add 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6711"/>
                        the activity to the publicly available illustrative list of activities, incorporating any conditions imposed, if applicable.
                    </P>
                    <P>Proposed § __.14(d)(1) provided that a bank could request that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency confirm that an activity is eligible for CRA consideration by submitting a request to its Federal financial supervisory, in a format prescribed by the agency. Proposed § __.14(d)(2) provided that, in responding to a confirmation request, the agencies would consider: (1) the information provided to describe and support the request; (2) whether the activity is consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank; and (3) any other information that the agencies deem relevant. The agencies further proposed in § __.14(d)(3) that the agencies may impose any conditions on that confirmation, in order to ensure consistency with the requirements of the CRA and the CRA regulations. The agencies solicited comment on the process for accepting submissions for confirming qualifying community development activities, and on establishing a timeline for review. The agencies also solicited comment on processes involving joint actions by the agencies, as well as alternative processes and actions, such as consultation among the agencies, that would be consistent with the purposes of the CRA.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters generally supported the agencies' proposal in § __.14(c) and (d) to create an established process for banks to request confirmation that an activity is eligible for CRA consideration. Commenters noted that such a process could help banks focus their community development activities, increase clarity, reduce uncertainty, improve transparency, and offer a centralized resource for vetting projects. For example, a commenter noted that an illustrative list, coupled with a confirmation process, would give banks the tools to plan community development activities and still be innovative when warranted. Some commenters stated that the agencies should expand the scope of proposed § __.14(c) and (d)(1) to permit submissions by stakeholders other than banks, so as not to deter the development of qualified, responsive, and innovative activities. Another commenter suggested that financial institutions should be allowed to request confirmation of activities that may have been presented to them by other stakeholders.</P>
                    <P>Commenters shared a variety of suggestions in response to the agencies' request for feedback on the process for accepting submissions for confirming qualifying community development activities. For example, a commenter emphasized the importance of a confirmation process that is published and public, while another recommended that the agencies adopt a clear process for frequency of updates, factors considered in adding new activities, and the process for alerting banks to any modifications. Another commenter recommended that there be a process for confirming eligibility of qualifying activities both in advance and after an activity is completed.</P>
                    <P>
                        Commenters further offered feedback on processes involving joint actions by the agencies. Several commenters offered ideas for the review process, including establishing a joint interagency review and determination process; involving stakeholders (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         through a stakeholder advisory board or through a joint agency and stakeholder committee); and/or an automated review and approval process. A few commenters suggested coordination with State agencies or consideration of State CRA frameworks in the confirmation process. Several other commenters underscored the need for consistency among regulators' approval or denial for similar opportunities. A commenter that encouraged interagency coordination also recommended that only a requestor's primary Federal regulator should make the determination, rather than the feedback being a joint undertaking of the three agencies.
                    </P>
                    <P>Commenters also addressed timelines for the review and confirmation process. Some commenters stated that the process would need to be timely to be helpful, including because competition and customer expectations require institutions to move quickly, and because slow feedback can hinder projects and investments. A few commenters cautioned that a preapproval process should not require major investments of time or effort.</P>
                    <P>Commenters suggested different review timeline ranges. Many commenters recommended a maximum 30-day timeframe for answering preapproval requests, with some noting this timeframe would allow for dialogue between the agency and financial institution, as well as time for regulators to coordinate with one another for purposes of consistency. Another group of commenters suggested that a 60-day timeframe would be appropriate. Other suggested timelines generally ranged from 24 hours to six months, with a commenter suggesting that a lack of response from the agency within a standard time should be taken as an approval of the activity.</P>
                    <P>Commenters also addressed technical aspects of the submission process, such as submission through an email system, portal, and/or template, with details regarding acknowledgment and response times. Some commenters offered ideas to increase transparency, including, for example, making requests and decisions public, and implementing technology such as an online request tracking system. Among other process-related topics, commenters encouraged training and expectation-setting for agency staff to promote expertise and consistency, and suggested documentation of the structure and flow of the confirmation process.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposal, the final rule establishes a formal mechanism for banks to submit a request for confirmation that an activity is eligible for community development consideration. Proposed § __.14(c) and (d) are renumbered as § __.14(b)(1) through (3), reflecting reorganization of the proposed regulatory text to follow a more chronological order of the confirmation process. As described more specifically below, final § __.14(b)(1) describes how banks subject to the CRA regulations may request a confirmation of eligibility from the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency. Final § __.14(b)(2) describes the process for determining eligibility of an activity, which includes the types of information the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency will consider and a statement that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency will work in close coordination with the other agencies to make eligibility determinations. Final § __.14(b)(2) also includes the proposal clarifying that the supervisory agency may impose limitations or requirements on a determination for consistency with the requirements of the CRA final rule. Final § __.14(b)(3) reflects proposed § __.14(c), stating that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency will notify the requestor and other agencies of its determination.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that establishing a confirmation process as set forth in final § __.14(b) will accomplish the desired goal of increased certainty and clarity for banks by allowing them to seek an upfront determination that a loan, investment, or service will be eligible for community development consideration (subject to limitations or 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6712"/>
                        conditions set by agencies in the confirmation process, such as the legality of the activity). Together with the illustrative list process in § __.14(a), the agencies believe that the confirmation process in § __.14(b) will assist banks with planning and will facilitate banks' support of newer, less common, more complex, or innovative activities. The agencies further believe that the confirmation process will improve a bank's transparency into its supervisory agency's views on a particular request, and will help banks focus their community development resources and engagements. The agencies have considered comments on the confirmation submission and review process, including views on joint confirmation determinations, and have adopted a revised rule taking that feedback into account, as described in more detail below.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies note that the confirmation process anticipated by § __.14(b) is an optional tool designed to provide more upfront certainty to banks. However, the final rule does not prevent banks from seeking informal, nonbinding feedback from the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency on particular activities, or prevent an examiner from affirming in the normal course of an examination that an activity does or does not qualify for community development consideration based upon review of all facts and circumstances.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Section __.14(b)(1) Request for confirmation of eligibility.</E>
                         As noted, final § __.14(b)(1) provides that a bank subject to the CRA regulations may request that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency confirm that a loan, investment, or service is eligible for community development consideration by submitting a request to, and in a format prescribed by, that agency. To streamline the regulation and reduce redundancy, the final rule combines proposed § __.14(c) and (d) in final § __.14(b)(1) through (3). Final § __.14(b) does not include the reference in proposed § __.14(c) to updating the illustrative list, as duplicative of final § __.14(a)(2). The agencies expect to consider whether to add confirmed eligible loans, investments, and services to the illustrative list as part of the periodic list update process.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are declining to expand the confirmation process to permit stakeholders beyond banks subject to the CRA regulations to submit confirmation requests to the agencies, as suggested by some commenters. The agencies appreciate the strong interest that other stakeholders such as community groups may have in confirming whether particular activities qualify for CRA consideration; at the same time, they are not subject to CRA examinations. The agencies believe that limiting the confirmation submission process to banks will ensure that agency resources are most efficiently deployed to considering eligibility for activities with confirmed interest from the banks that would be seeking CRA consideration. Additionally, the agencies emphasize that public input, including community contacts, and other tools for stakeholder involvement remain a key part of the CRA examination process.
                        <SU>545</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>545</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             final § __.46, regarding public engagement, and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Section __.14(b)(2) Determination of eligibility.</E>
                         Final § __.14(b)(2) describes the eligibility determination process, which has been revised from proposed § __.14(d)(2). Final § __.14(b)(2)(i) provides the criteria the agencies will use in determining the eligibility of a loan, investment, or service for a request submitted under § __.14(b)(1). Specifically, the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency will consider information that describes and supports the bank's request (final § __.14(b)(2)(i)(A)) and any other information that the agency deems relevant (final § __.14(b)(2)(i)(B)).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Final § __.14(b)(2)(i) clarifies proposed § __.14(d)(2) by stating that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency will consider these factors “[t]o determine the eligibility of a loan, investment, or service for which a request has been submitted under paragraph (b)(1)” (as opposed to considering these factors “[i]n response to a request for confirmation” 
                        <SU>546</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        ). In final § __.14(b)(2)(i)(A) and (B), the agencies are adopting provisions proposed regarding information that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency will consider in determining whether an activity is eligible for CRA consideration under the individualized confirmation process.
                        <SU>547</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Final § __.14(b)(2)(i) does not incorporate the proposed provision stating that the agencies will consider “[w]hether the activity is consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank.” 
                        <SU>548</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         On further consideration, the agencies believe that information in relation to the safe and sound operation of the bank is covered under the language “any other information that the [Agency] deems relevant” in final § __.14(b)(2)(i)(B), so is unnecessary. However, the agencies do not intend to substantively change the final rule in this regard, and note that the CRA emphasizes meeting community credit needs “consistent with the safe and sound operation of such institutions.” 
                        <SU>549</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>546</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.14(d)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>547</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.14(d)(2)(i) and (iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>548</SU>
                             Proposed § __.14(d)(2)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>549</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Final § __.14(b)(2)(ii) states that the agencies expect and are presumed to jointly determine eligibility of a loan, investment, or service to promote consistency across the agencies. This provision further states that, before making a determination of eligibility, the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency will consult with the other agencies regarding the eligibility of a loan, investment, or service. On further deliberation, the agencies determined that it was important to clarify the provisions regarding confirmation of eligibility to reflect each agency's authority to make decisions about its own supervised entities. At the same time, the final rule incorporates the agencies' obligation to consult with one another and work together in making eligibility determinations.</P>
                    <P>Proposed § __.14(d)(3) is finalized as § __.14(b)(2)(iii), with technical edits and revisions to clarify that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency (rather than all three agencies) may impose limitations or requirements on a determination of the eligibility of a loan, investment, or service of its regulated bank, to ensure consistency with the CRA regulations.</P>
                    <P>
                        In considering the appropriate provisions for final § __.14(b)(2), the agencies particularly noted commenters' views on the importance of an efficient, timely confirmation process, as well as commenters' interest in promoting consistency across the agencies concerning similar opportunities. The agencies also considered that confirmation requests may be highly varied by type, complexity, and scope. The final rule thus emphasizes the agencies' commitment to jointly consider and make decisions on confirmation requests in consultation with one another, while allowing the Federal financial supervisory agency to consider relevant factors and make a final determination based on its particular supervisory knowledge of the requesting bank and the agency's supervisory experience with the CRA. Based on that knowledge and experience, the agencies believe it appropriate to clarify that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency (as opposed to all 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6713"/>
                        three agencies together, as proposed) may impose limitations or requirements on any determination. The agencies believe that the final rule thus appropriately balances commenters' interests in efficiency and consistency.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies note that any determination of eligibility under final § __.14(b) is not a determination of legal permissibility or compliance with applicable laws and regulations. A bank requesting a determination remains responsible for ensuring that the loan, investment, or service is legally permissible and complies with applicable laws and regulations.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Section __.14(b)(3) Notification of eligibility.</E>
                         Final § __.14(b)(3) states that the Federal financial supervisory agency will provide a written notification to the requestor and to the other agencies of any eligibility determination, as well as the rationale for such determination. The final rule expands on the proposal (proposed § __.14(c)) to clarify that a requestor can expect to receive the rationale for an agency's determination, and to ensure that the agencies remain collectively informed of the final dispensation of requests, which will help promote interagency consistency and support future confirmation request determinations. As each confirmation request is dependent on individual facts and circumstances, and could contain confidential information from the requesting bank, the agencies do not intend to make their confirmation decisions public. However, as noted above, the agencies will consider confirmation decisions when periodically updating the illustrative list contemplated by § __.14(a).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional process issues.</E>
                         The final rule does not adopt specific timelines or other more detailed points of process at this time. The agencies appreciate commenters' additional feedback in response to questions on the confirmation submission process and timelines, including regarding process development, stakeholder engagement, and technical suggestions. As with the illustrative list in § __.14(a), subsequent to this rulemaking, the agencies expect to jointly develop the confirmation process in connection with final § __.14(b). The agencies in particular recognize commenter feedback on timelines, and intend to implement a timely and efficient process. The agencies will take these comments under advisement as that process development moves forward.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.15 Impact and Responsiveness Review of Community Development Loans, Community Development Investments, and Community Development Services</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Currently, the agencies' qualitative assessment of a bank's community development performance takes into account the responsiveness of the bank's activities to credit and community development needs and, if applicable, the innovativeness and complexity of the activities.
                        <SU>550</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As part of these considerations, examiners also consider the degree to which the activities serve as a catalyst for other community development activities.
                        <SU>551</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>550</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.21(a)-2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>551</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The terms “responsiveness” and “innovativeness” are generally described in the Interagency Questions and Answers. Regarding “responsiveness,” for example, the Interagency Questions and Answers explains that an examiner will consider both quantitative and qualitative aspects of a bank's community development activities.
                        <SU>552</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, in addition to considering the volume and type of activities, examiners may consider some activities to be more responsive than others if an activity effectively meets identified credit and community development needs.
                        <SU>553</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         “Innovativeness” takes into account, for example, whether a bank implements meaningful improvements to products, services, or delivery systems to respond to community needs.
                        <SU>554</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These qualitative aspects of the bank's community development activities can be assessed based on information provided by the bank and other sources about the performance context and information about credit and community development needs and opportunities.
                        <SU>555</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>552</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.21(a)—3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>553</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>554</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.21(a)—4. The Interagency Questions and Answers also indicate that “innovativeness” may include banks introducing existing products, services, or delivery systems to “low- or moderate-income customers or segments of consumers or markets not previously served.” 
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                             This guidance further states, “Practices that cease to be innovative may still receive qualitative consideration for being flexible, complex, or responsive.” 
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>555</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>While current guidance emphasizes the importance of a qualitative review of a bank's community development activities and recognizes that certain activities are more responsive than others, there are no clear standards for how these factors are identified or measured. As a result, the qualitative evaluation currently relies heavily on examiner judgment.</P>
                    <P>As the agencies discussed in the proposal, some stakeholders have suggested that the current approach for the qualitative evaluation of community development activities could be more transparent and consistent, and stakeholders have expressed that the qualitative assessment could have a stronger focus on the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development activities and, relatedly, that it could be more clearly linked to CRA's core purpose of serving low- and moderate-income individuals and communities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.15(a) Impact and Responsiveness Review, in General</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed § __.15(a) would incorporate into the regulation an impact review of community development activities under the Community Development Financing Test,
                        <SU>556</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the Community Development Services Test,
                        <SU>557</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale or Limited Purpose Banks.
                        <SU>558</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The impact review would qualitatively evaluate the impact and responsiveness of qualifying activities with respect to community credit needs and opportunities through the application of a series of review factors. Specifically, as proposed in § __.15(b) and discussed below, the evaluation of a community development activity's impact and responsiveness would include, but would not be limited to, a set of ten specific qualitative factors. In addition, proposed § __.15(a) stated that the agencies would consider, as applicable, performance context information set forth in proposed § __.21(e), which would include information demonstrating an activity's impact on and responsiveness to local community development needs, such as detailed information about a bank's activities, local data regarding community needs, and input from community stakeholders.
                        <SU>559</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The impact and responsiveness review would provide appropriate community development recognition for loans, investments, and services that are considered to be especially impactful and responsive to community needs, including loans and investments that 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6714"/>
                        may be relatively small in dollar amount.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>556</SU>
                             Proposed § __.24.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>557</SU>
                             Proposed § __.25.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>558</SU>
                             Proposed § __.26.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>559</SU>
                             Proposed § __.21(e) is renumbered final § __.21(d), discussed in detail in the accompanying section-by-section analysis below.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters on the proposed community development impact review generally supported adding an impact review as proposed in § __.15(a). As discussed in more detail below, commenters also generally favored adopting the proposed impact review factors in proposed § __.15(b), while expressing a range of views regarding how particular proposed impact factors should be implemented. Numerous commenters also recommended that the agencies adopt a variety of additional impact factors.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Scope of impact factor review.</E>
                         Several commenters urged the agencies to expand the scope of the impact factor review to include activities under the proposed Retail Lending Test and Retail Services and Product Test. These comments are discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final §§ __.22 and __.23.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Clarifications and impact factor review process.</E>
                        <SU>560</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Some commenters recommended that the agencies provide further clarity and processes concerning how the agencies would review, weigh, and apply impact factors in examinations and ratings determinations. A number of commenters highlighted the need for a clear and transparent impact factor review process, with commenters offering a range of suggestions, including recommending additional public engagement, such as a public comment process. Some commenters expressed concern about what they viewed as a lack of specificity, regulatory uncertainty, and the risk of examination inconsistency in the proposed impact factor review process, while others emphasized the need for examiner training to promote rigorous analysis, development of requisite expertise, and consistency. A number of commenters also offered views on whether the agencies also should permit activities with harmful features to be evaluated negatively. Other commenters suggested that the impact review also consider the impact of a bank's historical discriminatory practices. A few commenters recommended that the agencies clarify that institutions would not be penalized if they do not conduct a sufficient number of activities associated with an enumerated impact factor.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>560</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.24 for further discussion of the commenters' requested clarifications to the impact and responsiveness review component in the final rule, other than those noted herein.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Some commenters suggested that the agencies consider a quantitative, metrics-based approach to an impact review in addition to a qualitative review. Various commenters suggested that impact factor reviews include points, weighting, and ratings, such as score weighting for the most impactful investments, and a few commenters provided examples of potential metrics for consideration. A few commenters, in suggesting an analytical framework for evaluating the impact factors in proposed § __.15(b)(1) and (2) relating to persistent poverty areas and areas with low levels of community development financing (discussed below), noted that it would take several years before the agencies would have sufficient data to incorporate impact factors as a quantitative element of the examination process. Separately, another commenter cautioned that a quantitative approach could lead to unrealistic activity targets in some instances.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The final rule adopts proposed § __.15(a) with clarifying and technical revisions. The final rule states that, under the Community Development Financing Test in § __.24, the Community Development Services Test in § __.25, and the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks in § __.26, the relevant agency evaluates the extent to which a bank's community development loans, investments, and services are impactful and responsive in meeting community development needs in each facility-based assessment area and, as applicable, each State, multistate MSA, and the nationwide area. The final rule renames the review as the “impact and responsiveness review” to clarify the agencies' intent that impact should be considered in conjunction with how responsive an activity is to community needs. As discussed below, the final rule is further revised from the proposal to clarify the agencies' intent for the impact and responsiveness review and associated factors. Additionally, the final rule makes technical edits to: (1) remove the reference to “Wholesale Banks” to conform with revisions made elsewhere in the regulation; (2) replace “activities” with “loans, investments, and services,” consistent with revisions made elsewhere in the regulation (with parallel edits made in § __.15(b)); and (3) update the performance context cross-reference to § __.21(d).</P>
                    <P>As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24, the approach of identifying specific impact and responsiveness review factors as part of the qualitative evaluation is intended to promote clear and consistent criteria. As a result, the agencies believe that providing the impact and responsiveness review factors in final § __.15(b) will result in a more standardized qualitative evaluation relative to current practices, in combination with the standardized Community Development Financing Metrics and benchmarks adopted in the final rule. In addition, this approach is intended to foster transparency by providing the categories the agencies will consistently review in considering the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development loans, investments, and services. The agencies believe that this approach will advance the purpose of the CRA by ensuring a strong emphasis on the impact and responsiveness of community development loans, investments, and services in meeting community needs, including loans and investments that may be relatively small in dollar amount.</P>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with the proposal, the final rule also states that the relevant agency evaluates the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development loans, investments, or services based on § __.15(b), discussed in detail below, and may also take into account performance context information pursuant to § __.21(d).
                        <SU>561</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies recognize that assessing the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development loans, investments, and services may necessitate considering activities and factors outside of § __.15(b), and the agencies have provided for this through the reference to § __.21(d). Accordingly, the final rule's approach of considering the standardized categories in § __.15(b) in conjunction with the ability to consider broader performance context information pursuant to § __.21(d) is intended to help ensure recognition of activities with a high degree of impact on and responsiveness to the needs of low- or moderate-income communities. Consistent with the proposal, the final list of impact and responsiveness factors in § __.15(b) is non-exhaustive, which will also allow examiners to consider other highly impactful or responsive loans, investments, or services that support 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6715"/>
                        community development under § __.13.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>561</SU>
                             For further discussion of final § __.21, see the corresponding section-by-section analysis below.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies have considered comments requesting additional detail on the impact review process, various specific suggestions for the process, and how the impact review might enhance or lower the bank's performance conclusion. The final rule clarifies the agencies' intent that, for purposes of the community development tests in §§ __.24 through __.26, the relevant agency will evaluate the extent to which a bank's community development loans, investments, and services are impactful and responsive in meeting community development needs. As part of this evaluation, the agencies may consider the volume and type of activities undertaken by a bank, applying the factors in § __.15(b) and performance context considerations. However, the agencies also recognize that some community development activities that are considered especially impactful and responsive to community needs may be comparatively smaller in dollar amount. As such, the agencies may consider more than the dollar volume or percentage of activities meeting an impact and responsiveness factor category in § __.15(b) when assessing the extent to which a bank's community development activities are impactful and responsive. The agencies will provide a summary of a bank's impact and responsiveness review data, such as the volume of activities by impact and responsiveness review category, and incorporate the impact and responsiveness review into the performance conclusions and the written performance evaluation.</P>
                    <P>The agencies view the impact and responsiveness review as one component of a comprehensive evaluation in the community development tests under §§ __.24 through __.26. Under the final rule, metrics, benchmarks, and impact and responsiveness reviews are considered, as applicable, holistically in arriving at a performance conclusion for each of these community development-focused tests. As a result, the impact and responsiveness evaluation is not designed to raise or lower a conclusion that is based solely on other components of the performance tests under §§ __.24 through __.26, such as the bank's Community Development Financing Metric under § __.24. Rather, pursuant to the final rule, the impact and responsiveness evaluation is one of several components of the applicable tests, and all of these components are considered together to result in any of the five conclusion categories.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered, but decline to adopt, an approach that would assign a separate impact score. The agencies believe that developing a consistent and consistently applied method of scoring the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development activities factors could be particularly challenging without additional data, as also noted below, and given that the list of factors in § __.15(b) is non-exhaustive. When considering a bank's performance under the Community Development Financing Test in § __.24, the final rule specifies that the agency must consider the applicable Community Development Financing Metric, benchmark(s), and impact and responsiveness review. As a result, the impact and responsiveness review is directly incorporated into a Community Development Financing Test conclusion, which reflects the agencies' view that it is important to consider both quantitative data points and more qualitative considerations in assessing a bank's community development performance. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         the section-by-section analysis of § __.24 for additional discussion regarding the overall qualitative nature of the Community Development Financing Test evaluation.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered commenter suggestions to implement a quantitative, metrics-based approach to conducting an impact review. The agencies are not in this final rule adding any specific impact and responsiveness metrics, thresholds, or multipliers for community development financing or services activity due to a lack of relevant community development data. The agencies will continue to consider what additional guidance may be provided in the future regarding the impact and responsiveness review, and will take these comments under advisement.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered, but are not adopting, a commenter recommendation to include in the impact and responsiveness review an assessment of a bank's historical discriminatory practices on the communities that it serves. In making this determination, the agencies considered that, under the final rule, as currently, evidence of discrimination and other illegal credit practices can be the basis of a rating downgrade.
                        <SU>562</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>562</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current § __.28(c), proposed § __.28(d), and final § __.28(d), discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.28(d) below.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Regarding comments recommending that the impact and responsiveness review be expanded to the proposed Retail Lending Test and Retail Services and Products Test, the agencies are not revising the final rule in that regard. As is discussed in the section-by-section analyses of §§ __.22 and __.23, the Retail Lending Test and the Retail Services and Products Test, taken together, have other mechanisms in place to evaluate qualitative aspects of responsive products and programs and incorporate factors appropriate for those evaluations.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.15(b) Impact and Responsiveness Review Factors</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.15(b)(1) Benefits or Serves One or More Persistent Poverty Counties</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.15(b)(2) Benefits or Serves One or More Census Tracts With a Poverty Rate of 40 Percent or Higher</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.15(b)(3) Benefits or Serves One or More Geographic Areas With Low Levels of Community Development Financing</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In § __.15(b)(1) and (2), the agencies proposed impact factors for activities serving specific geographic areas with significant community development needs: “persistent poverty counties,” (proposed § __.15(b)(1)); and “areas with low levels of community development financing” (proposed § __.15(b)(2)). The agencies considered that serving these geographic areas would reflect a high level of responsiveness because the activities could increase economic opportunity in areas with high needs and such activities may involve a high degree of complexity and more intensive engagement on the part of the bank.</P>
                    <P>
                        Under proposed § __.15(b)(1), whether an activity serves “persistent poverty counties” would be an impact factor. The agencies proposed to define persistent poverty counties as counties or county-equivalents with a poverty rate of at least 20 percent for the past 30 years as measured by the most recent decennial censuses.
                        <SU>563</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under proposed § __.15(b)(2), whether an activity serves “areas with low levels of community development financing” would be an impact factor. By incorporating local CRA community development financing data into the designation, this approach would highlight areas where CRA capital is most limited. Because comprehensive 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6716"/>
                        CRA community development financing data is not currently available at local levels, the proposal noted that the agencies would first collect and analyze data under a revised CRA regulation and would then determine the appropriate approach for identifying areas with low levels of qualified community development activities. The agencies also sought feedback on whether to include activities in census tracts with a current poverty rate of at least 40 percent (as referenced in the proposal, a “high poverty census tract”) as an impact factor. As noted in the proposal, the agencies considered that this approach would draw attention to economically distressed geographic areas that are smaller than an entire county and not located in a persistent poverty county, such as high poverty neighborhoods in densely populated urban areas. The agencies noted that a census tract approach would offer the advantage of emphasizing activities that specifically serve communities, including individual neighborhoods, with significant community development needs, and where barriers to credit access and opportunity are often the greatest.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>563</SU>
                             The Congressional Research Service identifies 407 counties that meet the criteria for persistent poverty county using poverty rate estimates from the 1990 Census, the 2000 Census, and the 2019 Small Area Income and Poverty Estimates. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Congressional Research Service, “The 10-20-30 Provision: Defining Persistent Poverty Counties” (Apr. 2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://sgp.fas.org/crs/misc/R45100.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies sought feedback on whether the proposed impact review factors for activities serving geographic areas with high community development needs should include persistent poverty counties, high poverty census tracts, areas with low levels of community development financing, or some combination thereof. The agencies also sought feedback on what considerations should be taken in defining these categories and in updating a list of geographic areas for these categories. The agencies indicated in the proposal that expressly highlighting both persistent poverty counties and high poverty census tracts may be appropriate to capture a balance of high needs areas in both metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters on this aspect of the proposal generally supported proposed § __.15(b)(1) and (2), and offered views on whether to include high poverty census tracts as an impact factor. Several commenters argued that all three areas have significant needs and would benefit from community development activities. Other commenters emphasized the importance of including both persistent poverty counties and high poverty census tracts, asserting that persistent poverty counties are largely rural, and that focusing only on such counties would neglect many urban and suburban neighborhoods. Another commenter stated that the inclusion of an impact factor for both persistent poverty counties and high poverty census tracts might help address racial and ethnic inequities. One commenter raised concerns that a high poverty census tract approach focused on a 40 percent poverty rate might not encourage activities in less dense rural areas where poverty is diluted in census tracts.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters recommended alternative geographic impact factors to those proposed. For example, commenters suggested that income-based measures for delineating geographic areas for impact factors might be a more equitable and consistent approach than poverty-based measures. These commenters explained that focusing on “low-income” geographic areas would result in investment opportunities that are more equally spread out across the nation because income levels are set relative to the area median income of each geographic area, whereas poverty levels are based on a nationwide standard. Thus, these commenters asserted that areas with lower area median incomes would have greater shares of high-poverty census tracts than areas with higher area median incomes, and investments in high-cost areas (that nonetheless might have high community development needs) would not be incentivized. In this regard, commenters recommended that the agencies recognize activities serving low-income census tracts, which the commenters stated are more challenging to serve than moderate-income census tracts.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters proposed that the agencies expand on or add to the geographic areas included under proposed § __.15(b)(1) and (2), or select alternative definitions. Commenters recommended, for example, that the agencies include or give more emphasis to activities in particular communities, regardless of assessment area, such as activities in majority-minority geographic areas, or activities in the following areas with persistent poverty: Native communities, the Mississippi Delta, Central Appalachia, and the Texas/Mexico Border. Several other commenters recommended that “rural” communities be a separate impact category, and emphasized that “rural” is not synonymous with “nonmetropolitan areas.” These commenters noted that some experts are turning to alternative density-based measures like population per square mile to better identify communities.</P>
                    <P>Commenters also provided other suggestions related to proposed § __.15(b)(1) and (2). Comments included, for instance, that: counties in all U.S. territories, such as Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, be included on a list of persistent poverty counties; high poverty census tracts, areas of low community development financing, and persistent poverty counties should all be evaluated separately so that projects that meet multiple criteria receive more credit; and the agencies should consider giving additional consideration for grants and donations to CDCs in persistent poverty counties.</P>
                    <P>Lastly, commenter feedback regarding the inclusion of areas with low levels of community development financing in proposed § __.15(b)(2) included, for example: opposing or expressing concern, in part because these low levels may be related to extenuating factors; suggesting that a demonstration of responsiveness to unmet needs should also be required; and encouraging the agencies to provide additional credit for community development activities in especially vulnerable census tracts, such as those that are low income, highly segregated, have distressed housing stock, or have significantly lower levels of community development financing than other areas within designated areas of need.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are adopting in the final rule:</P>
                    <P>
                        • Proposed § __.15(b)(1), with revisions discussed below, providing as an impact and responsiveness factor whether a bank's qualifying community development loan, investment, or service benefits or serves one or more persistent poverty counties. The definition of persistent poverty counties has been revised and relocated to the definitions section § __.12, as discussed below; 
                        <SU>564</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>564</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             § __.12 (“persistent poverty county”) and the corresponding section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>• A new impact and responsiveness factor in § __.15(b)(2) for whether a loan, investment, or service benefits or serves one or more census tracts with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher; and</P>
                    <P>• Proposed § __.15(b)(2) substantially as proposed, renumbered as final § __.15(b)(3), providing as an impact and responsiveness factor whether a loan, investment, or service benefits or serves one or more geographic areas with low levels of community development financing.</P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule makes technical revisions from “serves” to “benefits or serves” in each of final § __.15(b)(1) 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6717"/>
                        through (3) for consistency with the language used in the community development categories under § __.13. Each of these factors is discussed in more detail below.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that these factors capture three distinct, though interrelated, aspects of unmet community development needs. The impact and responsiveness factors in final § __.15(b)(1) and (2) in the final rule cover different dimensions of poverty, as discussed in more detail in each section below. Persistent poverty counties, as covered under § __.15(b)(1), represent more dispersed, often nonmetropolitan areas where a substantial share of residents have experienced poverty over many years. Census tracts with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher, as covered under § __.15(b)(2), are disproportionately located in metropolitan areas. These census tracts also represent areas with highly concentrated poverty within a more recent timeframe that might not otherwise be captured by the persistent poverty county definition. The agencies believe that expressly adopting impact and responsiveness factors regarding both persistent poverty counties and census tracts with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher appropriately captures a balance of high need areas in both metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas, as well as a balance of more long-standing and more recent, higher levels of economic hardship.</P>
                    <P>Additionally, the impact and responsiveness factor in final § __.15(b)(3) highlights areas where there is a low level of community development financing, which could be found in both metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas. Collectively, the agencies believe the final impact and responsiveness factors in § __.15(b)(1) through (3) will recognize loans, investments, and services in communities with significant community development needs. The agencies have considered comments, but for the reasons discussed below, are not adopting additional or alternative geographic designations, such as an impact and responsiveness factor based on area median income.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Benefits or serves one or more persistent poverty counties (§ __.15(b)(1)).</E>
                         With respect to persistent poverty counties under final § __.15(b)(1), final § __.12 defines the term as meaning a county that has had poverty rates of 20 percent or more for 30 years, as publicly designated by the Board, FDIC, and OCC, compiled in a list, and published annually by the FFIEC. Under the final rule, the agencies are adopting a standard for measuring persistent poverty counties that is consistent with common practice at other Federal agencies,
                        <SU>565</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and that is designed to provide for statistical reliability while also allowing for regular data updates as conditions change. The final rule has been revised from the proposal (referencing the decennial census) to provide the agencies additional flexibility to adapt to changing or new data sources, including the ability to recognize how data on poverty rates may change over time, without having to modify the regulation. Doing so will also allow the agencies to adapt to a more standardized Federal agency definition of persistent poverty county over time, as recommended by the Government Accountability Office.
                        <SU>566</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies intend to base an initial standard on data from the U.S. Census Bureau's American Community Survey and decennial censuses. In addition, the agencies expect to use equivalent statistical products to measure persistent poverty in areas not covered by both the American Community Survey and decennial census, such as Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Marshall Islands, and American Samoa, which should address the commenter recommendation to include U.S. territories in the definition.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>565</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             USDA Economic Research Service, “Poverty Area Measures” (Aug. 8, 2023), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.ers.usda.gov/data-products/poverty-area-measures/</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>566</SU>
                             GAO, “Areas with High Poverty: Changing How the 10-20-30 Funding Formula Is Applied Could Increase Impact in Persistent Poverty Counties” (May 2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.gao.gov/assets/gao-21-470.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Currently, the agencies estimate that 5.6 percent of the U.S. population lives in persistent poverty counties.
                        <SU>567</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Persistent poverty counties are disproportionately nonmetropolitan, with an estimated 13.6 percent of the population of nonmetropolitan areas living in persistent poverty counties.
                        <SU>568</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Mapping of persistent poverty counties shows that many are in the Mississippi Delta, Appalachia, “colonias” in the Rio Grande River valley, and American Indian and Alaska Native Areas as designated by the U.S. Census Bureau.
                        <SU>569</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As noted in the proposal, Congress has directed other agencies, including the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, the USDA, the U.S. Economic Development Administration, and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, to allocate funding to persistent poverty counties.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>567</SU>
                             Statistics used to characterize persistent poverty counties and census tracts with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher are based on data in the 2015-2019 American Community Survey and classifications of persistent poverty counties from Poverty Area Measures published by the USDA Economic Research Service in November 2022.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>568</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>569</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.;</E>
                             T. M. Tonmoy Islam, Jenny Minier, and James P. Ziliak, “On Persistent Poverty in a Rich Country,” 81 S. Econ. J. 653-78 (2015).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies continue to believe that the impact and responsiveness factor for persistent poverty counties as adopted will recognize and encourage loans, investments, and services in areas that have experienced high levels of economic hardship over many years, and where community development needs can be significant. Additionally, the agencies believe that designating geographic areas at the county level offers a high degree of clarity and simplicity regarding which qualifying activities would meet the criterion.</P>
                    <P>
                        Benefits or serves one or more census tracts with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher (§ __.15(b)(2)). For the reasons noted above and upon consideration of comments received, the agencies are adopting as an additional impact and responsiveness factor in final § __.15(b)(2) to consider whether a loan, investment, or service benefits or serves one or more census tract with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher. This impact and responsiveness factor is intended to complement the impact and responsiveness factor regarding persistent poverty counties. The agencies believe that expressly including census tracts with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher captures high need areas with particularly high levels of spatially concentrated poverty. Census tracts covered by this factor might not be captured by the persistent poverty definition for various reasons. For example, these census tracts might have experienced high levels of poverty only in more recent years rather than over the past 30 years; or these census tracts might experience high poverty levels but are located in a county that is not a persistent poverty county, such as a high poverty neighborhood in a densely populated urban area. Census tracts with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher are severely disadvantaged to a degree that is reflected in several outcomes, even when compared with persistent poverty counties. The agencies estimate that employment rates are lower, a higher share of housing units are vacant, and median household incomes are lower than they are in persistent poverty counties, on average.
                        <SU>570</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies further believe 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6718"/>
                        40 percent is an appropriate benchmark for the impact and responsiveness factor, as it is double the 20 percent threshold used in the persistent poverty definition in § __.15(b)(1),
                        <SU>571</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         is consistent with readily available statistical measures,
                        <SU>572</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and has been used in research on the effects of concentrated poverty.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>570</SU>
                             Statistics on employment rates, housing vacancies, and median household incomes are from 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            the 2015-2019 American Community Survey and are reported as weighted averages across tracts. Statistics used to characterize persistent poverty counties and census tracts with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher are based on data in the 2015-2019 American Community Survey and classifications of persistent poverty counties from Poverty Area Measures published by the USDA Economic Research Service in November 2022.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>571</SU>
                             USDA Economic Research Service, “Poverty Area Measures” (Aug. 8, 2023), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.ers.usda.gov/data-products/poverty-area-measures/.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>572</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             HUD Office of Policy Development and Research, “Moving to Opportunity for Fair Housing Demonstration Program: Interim Impacts Evaluation” (Sept. 2003), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.huduser.gov/portal//Publications/pdf/MTOFullReport.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Adopting an impact and responsiveness factor for census tracts with more than 40 percent poverty is intended in part to help address commenter concerns that persistent poverty counties are disproportionately nonmetropolitan. Relative to persistent poverty counties, which as noted above are disproportionately nonmetropolitan, agency staff estimate that census tracts with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher are disproportionately metropolitan; 3.1 percent of the population of metropolitan areas lives in one of these extreme poverty census tracts, compared with 2.4 percent of the population of nonmetropolitan areas.
                        <SU>573</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Overall, 3.0 percent of the population lives in census tracts with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher.
                        <SU>574</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>573</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>574</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies acknowledge that there is some overlap between persistent poverty counties and census tracts with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher. Accounting for this overlap, 7.8 percent of the U.S. population lives in either a persistent poverty county or a census tract with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher.
                        <SU>575</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, the agencies believe that adopting both of these impact and responsiveness review factors will more comprehensively recognize activities in areas of economic distress where loans, investments, or services will be particularly impactful or responsive.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>575</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Benefits or serves one or more geographic areas with low levels of community development financing (§ __.15(b)(3)). Finally, to highlight areas where CRA community development capital is more limited, the agencies are adopting the proposed impact and responsiveness factor for areas with low levels of community development financing, renumbered from the proposal as § __.15(b)(3). As discussed in the proposal, because comprehensive CRA community development financing data is not currently available at local levels, the agencies expect first to analyze data collected pursuant to the final rule, and will then determine the appropriate approach for identifying areas with low levels of community development loans, investments, and services, and making that information available. The agencies acknowledge commenter views that extenuating circumstances may contribute to low levels of community development financing, such as limited opportunities or few organizations actively engaged in community development. Additionally, some areas could be areas with few needs. However, the agencies believe it is important to highlight these geographic areas as areas where there may be opportunities to try to develop the community development ecosystem needed to effectively deploy community development financing resources when appropriate.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional commenter suggestions on geographic designations.</E>
                         The agencies have considered comments suggesting additional or alternative geographic designations, but are not adopting alternative or expanded definitions such as those based on incomes relative to area median income, or adopting alternative impact and responsiveness factors such as a separate factor for rural communities. The agencies believe that the impact and responsiveness factors adopted in § __.15(b)(1) through (3) appropriately capture high needs areas taking into account both areas with either high and persistent or exceptionally high levels of poverty and areas with low levels of community development financing activity.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that using poverty rates appropriately captures areas where incomes are low, since poverty is itself defined based on household incomes. As census tracts with a poverty rate of 40 percent or higher contain a substantial share of households earning low incomes, the agencies believe that adopting this impact and responsiveness factor is responsive to comments emphasizing that it is more challenging to serve areas where incomes are generally low. Furthermore, area median incomes may be depressed across broad areas with high levels of need.</P>
                    <P>
                        On balance, the agencies believe that poverty measures are a useful and appropriate measure, as shown by their widespread use. At the same time, the agencies acknowledge commenter concerns about high needs areas in higher income areas. The agencies believe that the inclusion of an impact and responsiveness factor for areas with low levels of community development financing activity also should mitigate commenter concerns about a lack of incentives in high cost areas, because this impact and responsiveness factor is not tied to determinations of income or poverty levels,
                        <SU>576</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and a low level of community development financing could be a reflection of its high cost in a particular area. As relevant data will inform the identification of these areas, the agencies believe that a separate demonstration that activities in these areas meet unmet needs should not be necessary.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>576</SU>
                             Bank loans, investments, and services subject to the impact and responsiveness review would need, 
                            <E T="03">prima facie,</E>
                             to support community development under final § __.13, incorporating relevant criteria for the applicable community development category. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.13 and the corresponding section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>With respect to rural areas, the agencies believe that the approach adopted in the final rule multiple impact and responsiveness factors addressing community development needs on a geographic and demographic basis recognizes activities benefiting many rural areas. As discussed above and below, these include factors focusing on areas where there is a demonstrated high level of need, such as persistent poverty counties. The agencies recognize that there are many ways to define “rural,” and are sensitive to the diversity of experiences in rural areas. However, the agencies do not believe that an impact and responsiveness factor for activities in all rural areas would be appropriate, since a designation as rural is not necessarily synonymous with having a high level of need.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have determined not to adopt an impact factor for activities in majority-minority census tracts as suggested by commenters. For more information and discussion regarding the agencies' consideration of comments recommending adoption of additional race- and ethnicity-related provisions in this final rule, see section III.C of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, to the extent that community development loans, investments, and services in a particular geographic area do not fall under one of the adopted geographic-based impact and responsiveness factors, the agencies note that those activities could potentially be considered under other 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6719"/>
                        impact and responsiveness factors, such as those serving low-income individuals, families, or households (§ __.15(b)(5)) or supporting small businesses or small farms (§ __.15(b)(6)). Finally, as noted above, the list of impact and responsiveness factors is non-exhaustive. To the extent that an activity in a particular geographic area is not directly covered by one of the adopted impact and responsiveness factors, yet is still highly impactful or responsive, it could still be considered as such under § __.15.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.15(b)(4) Supports an MDI, WDI, LICU, or CDFI, Excluding Certificates of Deposit With a Term of Less Than One Year</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In § __.15(b)(3), the agencies proposed an impact factor for bank activities that support MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and U.S. Treasury Department-certified CDFIs.
                        <SU>577</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies highlighted in the proposal these organizations' missions of meeting the credit needs of low- and moderate-income and other underserved individuals, communities, and small businesses; the community development needs and communities served by these organizations; as well as the statute's express emphasis on cooperation with MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>577</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. Dept. of Treasury, Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, “CDFI Certification,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.cdfifund.gov/programs-training/certification/cdfi</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies solicited comment on whether proposed § __.15(b)(3) should exclude placements of short-term deposits or other activities. The agencies also solicited feedback on whether criteria for review under this proposed impact factor should specifically emphasize equity investments, long-term debt financing, donations, and services, and whether other activities should be emphasized.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters generally supported the proposed impact factor for activities supporting MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs. A number of commenters emphasized their support for including CDFIs, highlighting the critical role that these institutions play in meeting the unique credit and capital needs of underserved communities, and emphasizing the need for CDFIs to raise capital for community development projects. A few commenters stated that the rule should incentivize investments into CDFIs that are minority lending institutions.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional entities in scope.</E>
                         Some commenters suggested that additional entities be included in the proposed impact factor, given the communities and needs served by some other entities. Commenter suggestions included, for example, extending eligibility in this impact factor for activities supporting or in partnership with nonprofit organizations holding a NeighborWorks charter, land banks and land banking activities, minority credit unions, community development credit unions, cooperatives with a focus on revenue share or dividend-based equity investments, SBICs, and RBICs.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Activities in scope.</E>
                         Commenters offered varying views on whether proposed § __.15(b)(3) should exclude placements of short-term deposits or other activities. Several commenters supported including short-term deposits, asserting, for example, that short-term deposits can offer important and needed liquidity to lend, maintain asset size, and represent a commitment of capital to under-resourced institutions that can have a positive community benefit. In contrast, other commenters asserted that short-term deposits should not be considered in the impact factor, in part because underwriting community development activities often requires long-term and patient debt capital, and projects can take several years to become economically viable. Further, these commenters asserted that short-term deposits do not add as much value to communities compared to equity and equity-like investments. Many commenters stated that all types of investments should be considered as part of the proposed impact factor, although some of these commenters suggested that long-term investments, including long-term deposits, should receive greater impact consideration.
                    </P>
                    <P>A number of commenters supported an emphasis on equity investments, and long-term debt financing, donations, and services as particularly responsive, noting the greater impact of these forms of support on low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. Some commenters also suggested that particular activities within the proposed impact factor should receive more emphasis to recognize their impact and value, such as investments in smaller MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs, equity investments in MDIs and equity investments in LICUs serving low-income minority communities or communities with significant unmet community development needs.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule adopts proposed § __.15(b)(3), renumbered as § __.15(b)(4), as an impact and responsiveness factor considering whether loans, investments, and services support an MDI, WDI, LICU, or CDFI, but revised from the proposal to exclude certificates of deposit with a term of less than one year. The final rule also makes a conforming edit to eliminate the express reference to “Treasury Department-certified” CDFIs, because CDFI is now defined in final § __.12, meaning a U.S. Treasury Department-certified CDFI.
                        <SU>578</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As noted in the proposal, and as also discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(k), the agencies believe that these organizations' missions of and track record in meeting the credit needs of low- or moderate-income and other underserved individuals and communities, as well as small businesses, are highly aligned with CRA's core purpose of encouraging banks to meet the credit needs of their entire community, including low- and moderate-income populations. These organizations often also have intimate knowledge of local community development needs and opportunities, allowing them to conduct highly responsive activities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>578</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.12 (“Community Development Financial Institution (CDFI)”) and the corresponding section-by-section analysis above.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered comments but are not adding additional entities to the final impact and responsiveness factor, for reasons also discussed in the section-by-section analysis to § __.13(k). In addition to their mission and track record, noted above, MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs generally undergo rigorous and verifiable certification processes 
                        <SU>579</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and are financial institutions that provide critical capital access and credit to underserved communities. The agencies further believe that emphasizing partnerships with the entities covered by § __.15(b)(4) is consistent with the CRA's express emphasis on cooperation 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6720"/>
                        with MDIs, WDIs and LICUs,
                        <SU>580</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as well as with the key role that CDFIs—like MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs—play in the capital and financial ecosystem in low- or moderate-income communities.
                        <SU>581</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>579</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             OCC, “Policy Statement on Minority Depository Institutions” (July 26, 2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.occ.gov/news-issuances/news-releases/2022/nr-occ-2022-92a.pdf</E>
                            ; Board, SR 21-6/CA 21-4, “Highlighting the Federal Reserve System's Partnership for Progress Program for Minority Depository Institutions and Women's Depository Institutions” (Mar. 5, 2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/supervisionreg/srletters/SR2106.htm</E>
                            ; FDIC, “Statement of Policy Regarding Minority Depository Institutions,” 86 FR 32728 (June 23, 2021); U.S. Dept. of Treasury, Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, “CDFI Certification,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.cdfifund.gov/programs-training/certification/cdfi</E>
                            . 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             12 CFR 701.34 (NCUA standards for designating a Federal credit union as a “low-income credit union”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>580</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(b) (providing that the agencies may consider, in assessing a bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its community, the bank's activities in cooperation with MDIs, WDIs, and LICUs). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2907(a) (providing that CRA credit may be granted to banks for donating, selling on favorable terms, or making available on a rent-free basis to any branch that is located in a predominantly minority neighborhood of an MDI or WDI).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>581</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Anna Alvarez Boyd, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and Charlene Van Dijk, Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, “An Overview of Community Development Financial Institutions,” Consumer Compliance Outlook, Federal Reserve System (2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.consumercomplianceoutlook.org/2022/first-issue/overview-of-community-development-financial-institutions/</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered comments received that discussed whether to exclude short-term deposits from this impact and responsiveness factor. On consideration of the comments and further deliberation, the agencies are excluding certificates of deposit with terms of less than one year from this impact and responsiveness review factor in the final rule. The agencies recognize that certificates of deposit with terms of less than one year may provide less benefit for community development projects financed by CDFIs, MDIs, WDIs and LICUs than do other types of capital investment structures, as some commenters noted. Limiting consideration under the impact and responsiveness review factor in this manner is intended to recognize activities that are more impactful and responsive to community credit needs, including other types of certificates of deposit that provide more stable, longer-term funding to CDFIs, MDIs, WDIs and LICUs. In addition, the agencies believe that, as some commenters noted, certain short-term deposits can provide important needed liquidity to lend and maintain asset size, and can represent a commitment of capital to under-resourced institutions that can have a positive community benefit. Accordingly, the final rule provides the flexibility to provide recognition under the impact and responsiveness review factor for other forms of short-term deposits. The agencies also note that exclusion from this impact and responsiveness factor does not preclude certificates of deposits with a term of less than one year that support a MDI, WDI, LICU, or CDFI from qualifying for community development consideration under § __.13(k).
                        <SU>582</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>582</SU>
                             The agencies note that certificates of deposit may also qualify for community development consideration if they meet of one or more of the other community development categories in § __.13, regardless of term length.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Further, the agencies considered commenter feedback regarding adopting specific criteria within § __.15(b)(4) to further emphasize equity investments, long-term debt financing, donations, and services. The agencies appreciate that these types of activities can be important to community development efforts; on balance, however, the agencies believe that the final rule should provide flexibility to encourage a range of activities that will meet differing local needs across communities. In addition, the final rule emphasizes some of these community development loans, investments, and services in other parts of the CRA evaluation. For example, the Community Development Financing Test (§ __.24) is adopting a Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric for large banks with assets over $10 billion, which will specifically measure the dollar volume of the bank's community development investments, excluding mortgage-backed securities, that benefit or serve all or part of the nationwide area compared to the deposits located in the nationwide area for the bank.
                        <SU>583</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>583</SU>
                             For further detail regarding this provision, see final § __.24(e)(2)(iii) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis below. 
                            <E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>
                             final § __.15(b)(10) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis below, regarding the impact and responsiveness factor for investments in projects financed with LIHTCs or NMTCs.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                        Section __.
                        <E T="03">15(b)(5) Benefits or Serves Low-Income Individuals, Families, or Households</E>
                    </HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed § __.15(b)(4) established an impact factor for activities that serve low-income individuals and families, generally defined under proposed § __.12 as those with an income of less than 50 percent of the area median income in a census tract.
                        <SU>584</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies sought feedback on an alternative approach of defining this factor to include only those activities that serve individuals with an income of less than 30 percent of the area median income. The alternative would have been intended to ensure that the focus of this factor is on activities that serve the individuals that are most vulnerable to the challenges described above, such as housing instability and unemployment.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>584</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             final § __.12 (definition of “income level” and, within that definition, “low-income”) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis above.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Of those commenting on this aspect of the proposal, some supported the impact factor as proposed, including because households with incomes below 50 percent of the area median income are harder to serve and, relatedly, the 50 percent threshold fills a gap that is often unmet by the market. A few commenters expressed concern with the proposed 50 percent threshold and the 30 percent alternative as both being potentially too low, with a commenter suggesting a multiplier to recognize activities reaching individuals or families with incomes at 30 percent of the area median income or below. Relatedly, a few other commenters noted that the thresholds could exclude the share of units within a LIHTC property that are affordable at 60 percent or 80 percent of the area median income. Some commenters stated that the agencies should not lower the threshold to 30 percent of area median income because providing affordable housing opportunities to very low-income families is especially difficult in high-cost markets.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The final rule adopts proposed § __.15(b)(4), renumbered as § __.15(b)(5), and revised to state that the agencies consider whether a community development loan, investment, or service “benefits or serves low-income individuals, families, or households.” The final rule makes technical edits from the proposal from “serves” to “benefits or serves” for consistency with the language used in the community development categories under § __.13, and adds “or households” for clarity, to conform with edits made to other community development provisions in the final rule. The definition of “low-income” has been revised, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12, but still generally references an income that is less than 50 percent of the area median income.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies note that, by focusing on low-income individuals, families, and households, final § __.15(b)(5) is intended to be consistent with the Retail Lending Test approach, in that the Retail Lending Test evaluates closed-end home mortgage lending and automobile lending using borrower distribution metrics that separately consider lending to low-income individuals.
                        <SU>585</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies are also 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6721"/>
                        adopting this impact and responsiveness factor in order to take into account that low-income individuals, families, and households have high community development needs and can experience challenges obtaining basic financial products and services, securing stable employment opportunities, finding affordable housing, and accessing digital infrastructure.
                        <SU>586</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also recognize that community development loans, investments, and services supporting activities that serve low-income individuals, families, or households often entail a high level of effort and complexity on the part of the bank and community partners.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>585</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22(d) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis below, discussing the separate analyses under the Retail Lending Test of 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            retail lending to low-income individuals and to middle-income individuals.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>586</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             FDIC, “How America Banks: Household Use of Banking and Financial Services, 2019 FDIC Survey” (Oct. 2020) (hereinafter “How America Banks”), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fdic.gov/analysis/household-survey/2019report.pdf;</E>
                             Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, “Closing the Digital Divide: A Framework for Meeting CRA Obligations” (July 2016), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.dallasfed.org/~/media/documents/cd/pubs/digitaldivide.pdf;</E>
                             Joint Center for Housing Studies of Harvard University, “America's Rental Housing 2022” (2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.jchs.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/reports/files/Harvard_JCHS_Americas_Rental_Housing_2022.pdf</E>
                            ; Nicole Bateman and Martha Ross, “The Pandemic Hurt Low Wage Workers the Most and So-Far, the Recovery has Helped Them the Least” Brookings Institution (July 2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.brookings.edu/articles/the-pandemic-hurt-low-wage-workers-the-most-and-so-far-the-recovery-has-helped-them-the-least/;</E>
                             Kelly D. Edmiston, Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, “Why Aren't More People Working in Low- and Moderate-Income Areas?” (Jan. 2, 2020), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.kansascityfed.org/Economic%20Review/documents/919/2019-Why%20Aren't%20More%20People%20Working%20in%20Low-%20and%20Moderate-Income%20Areas%3F.pdf/.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies have considered comments that the 50 percent area median income threshold used for this impact and responsiveness factor in the final rule will exclude some impactful and responsive activities from consideration under this provision, including certain LIHTC activity designed for affordability at 60 percent or 80 percent of the area median income. However, the agencies continue to believe that using a 50 percent area median income standard for low-income throughout the regulation is important to reduce complexity and confusion, and that a 50 percent of area median income appropriately tailors the impact and responsiveness factor to address hard-to-serve community development needs, as discussed above. Additionally, the agencies note that such activities may be included under other impact and responsiveness factors, such as the added impact and responsiveness factor in § __.15(b)(10) regarding projects financed with LIHTCs and NMTCs.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have also considered the alternative approach of setting an income threshold of less than 30 percent of the area median income. In determining not to adopt this approach, the agencies have considered that, while a lower threshold could put more of a focus on the activities that serve the most vulnerable, there also might be comparatively fewer community development opportunities for banks that would primarily serve individuals, families, or households in this income category. The agencies have also considered that a lower threshold could exclude from consideration under this impact and responsiveness factor activities that are responsive to needs of low-income communities, such as affordable housing opportunities to low-income (30-50 percent area median income) families in high-cost markets. Similar to the discussion above, such activities may be included under other impact and responsiveness factors, such as the impact and responsiveness factor addressing High Opportunity Areas in § __.15(b)(7) and discussed further below.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.15(b)(6) Supports Small Businesses or Small Farms with Gross Annual Revenues of $250,000 or Less</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed § __.15(b)(5) set forth an impact factor for activities that support small businesses or small farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less. This factor was intended to recognize bank activities that address the unique credit needs of the smallest businesses and farms, in alignment with the Retail Lending Test approach in proposed § __.22(d)(2)(iii), which would separately evaluate a bank's distribution of loans to small businesses and small farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less.
                        <SU>587</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies sought feedback on whether this impact factor should instead be set at a higher gross annual revenue threshold, for example at $500,000; or lower, for example at $100,000. The agencies also solicited comment on how to weigh the importance of using a consistent threshold for identifying smaller businesses and smaller farms both for the Retail Lending Test and for this proposed impact factor.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>587</SU>
                             The proposed Retail Lending Test approach in § __.22(d)(2) would also separately evaluate a bank's distribution of loans to small businesses and farms with gross annual revenues of more than $250,000, but less than or equal to $1 million. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22(d) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Commenters generally supported including an impact factor for activities supporting small businesses or small farms, but commenters provided a variety of views on the proposed gross annual revenue threshold. Some commenters expressed support for the proposed standard of gross annual revenue of $250,000 or less because, for instance, the threshold would incorporate many family care and childcare businesses into this impact factor. Other commenters expressed support for the proposed standard, but urged the agencies to consider a tiered approach under which the agencies would separately evaluate activities that support businesses with revenues less than $100,000 and that support businesses with revenues between $100,000 to $250,000 in order to help ensure that the smallest businesses are served, an approach they favored as consistent with current CRA small business lending reporting requirements.
                        <SU>588</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Several commenters noted that businesses with revenues under $100,000 are more likely to be startups and owned by women or people of color.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>588</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.42(b)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        A few commenters expressed support for the lower alternative threshold of $100,000 or less, to allow the agencies to better target very small businesses and small farms. One commenter recommended the proposed standard align with SBA criteria for Small Disadvantaged Businesses 
                        <SU>589</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the USDA definition for socially disadvantaged farm or farmer.
                        <SU>590</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>589</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             SBA, “Small Disadvantaged Business” (Sept. 28, 2023), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.sba.gov/federal-contracting/contracting-assistance-programs/small-disadvantaged-business</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>590</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             USDA Economic Research Service, “Socially Disadvantaged, Beginning, Limited Resource, and Female Farmers and Ranchers” (Mar. 22, 2023), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.ers.usda.gov/topics/farm-economy/socially-disadvantaged-beginning-limited-resource-and-female-farmers-and-ranchers/.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Some commenters expressed support for higher thresholds, such as the alternative contemplated in the proposal of $500,000 gross annual revenues or less, or higher thresholds ranging from $1 million to $5 million. In this regard, one commenter stated, for example, that a higher threshold would be more appropriate from the standpoint of risk to the bank.</P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, a commenter urged consistency between the impact factor threshold and the threshold used in the Retail Lending Test, stating there would be no discernable benefit from having different thresholds, and that consistency would promote compliance. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6722"/>
                        More generally, a commenter suggested that small business-related provisions should focus on the number of small business loans made, rather than the total dollar volume.
                        <SU>591</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>591</SU>
                             For further discussion of the consideration of dollar volume under the Community Development Financing Test, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.24.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule adopts proposed § __.15(b)(5), renumbered as § __.15(b)(6), establishing an impact and responsiveness factor for loans, investments, or services that support small businesses or small farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less. In deliberating on whether to finalize this impact and responsiveness factor, the agencies considered commenter feedback regarding the appropriate threshold as well as the feedback on the threshold used in the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>592</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As is also discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22, on balance, the agencies believe that the $250,000 gross annual revenue threshold adopted under the final rule will recognize activities that are particularly responsive and impactful to smaller businesses and farms. The impact and responsiveness factor under final § __.15(b)(6) will apply to a small business loan or small farm loan that qualifies as a community development loan under § __.13 (which could include a loan that is also separately considered under the Retail Lending Test).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>592</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22(e)(2)(ii) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis below.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The adopted threshold is intended to recognize a focus on the small business and small farm borrowers with high credit needs and that can be the most difficult to serve. The agencies believe that a higher threshold might not sufficiently encourage banks to seek out activities serving smaller businesses or farms. At the same time, the agencies considered that, while a lower gross annual revenue threshold might focus on businesses and farms with the greatest unmet credit needs, the adopted threshold will encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of a larger share and greater diversity of small businesses with significant credit needs in their communities.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered commenter feedback suggesting alternative criteria or a tiered evaluation approach for this impact and responsiveness factor, but, on further deliberation, decided not to adopt these suggestions. The agencies believe that uniform thresholds across the final rule will promote clarity, align bank data requirements, and facilitate identifying opportunities and needs for CRA activity. The impact and responsiveness factor in final § __.15(b)(6) will help accomplish these objectives by aligning with the lowest tier threshold adopted under the Retail Lending Test, evaluating bank lending to smaller businesses and smaller farms, identified as those having gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less.
                        <SU>593</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also believe that the final rule's simple and straightforward impact and responsiveness factor regarding smaller businesses and farms will support greater certainty and transparency for banks and other stakeholders.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>593</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22(e)(2)(ii)(C) and (E) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis below.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.15(b)(7) Directly Facilitates the Acquisition, Construction, Development, Preservation, or Improvement of Affordable Housing in High Opportunity Areas</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also proposed an impact factor for activities that directly facilitate the acquisition, construction, development, preservation, or improvement of affordable housing in High Opportunity Areas (proposed § __.15(b)(6)). The proposal defined High Opportunity Areas to align with the FHFA definition of High Opportunity Areas, including: (1) areas designated by HUD as a “Difficult Development Area” (DDA); or (2) areas designated by a State or local Qualified Allocation Plan as High Opportunity Areas, and where the poverty rate falls below 10 percent (for metropolitan areas) or 15 percent (for nonmetropolitan areas).
                        <SU>594</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also solicited comment on whether the proposed approach to use the FHFA definition of “High Opportunity Areas” is appropriate, and whether there are other options for defining High Opportunity Areas. Responsive comments are discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12 regarding the definition of High Opportunity Area.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>594</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.12 (“High opportunity area”); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             final § __.12 (“High Opportunity Area”) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters addressing this aspect of the proposed rule generally supported it, with feedback including that High Opportunity Areas feature better schools, jobs, and opportunities, and that affordable housing in such areas represents an important step in addressing neighborhood segregation. One commenter supportive of the proposal nonetheless cautioned against designing the CRA final rule in a way that diminishes support for housing developments in areas that are not designated as high opportunity, but that are typically in dire need of investments.</P>
                    <P>Various commenters also suggested that specific activities be given increased consideration under the proposed impact factor, including, among others, homeownership opportunities for low- and moderate-income individuals in High Opportunity Areas and financing that supports units with higher percentages of low-income tenants in high-cost-burdened geographic areas and areas with low vacancy rates. Some commenters offered suggestions for additional impact factors related to affordable housing, such as projects that are especially affordable or have longer affordability terms and covenants; and housing counseling and mobility counseling designed to connect consumers with these housing opportunities, among others.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule adopts proposed § __.15(b)(6), renumbered as § __.15(b)(7), which provides an impact and responsiveness review factor that considers whether loans, investments, or services directly facilitate the acquisition, construction, development, preservation, or improvement of affordable housing in High Opportunity Areas. As explained in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12, under the final rule, a High Opportunity Area is defined as an area identified by the FHFA for purposes of the Duty to Serve Underserved Markets regulation in 12 CFR part 1282, subpart C. This definition generally includes geographic areas where the cost of residential development is high 
                        <SU>595</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and affordable housing opportunities may be limited.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>595</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             HUD, Office of Policy Development and Research, “Qualified Census Tracts and Difficult Development Areas” (2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.huduser.gov/portal/datasets/qct.html</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As noted by the agencies in the proposal, the agencies consider affordable housing in High Opportunity Areas to have a high level of impact and responsiveness. This impact and responsiveness factor is intended to recognize qualifying homeownership opportunities for low- and moderate-income individuals in High Opportunity Areas and also to include qualifying loans, investments, and services that support projects with high percentages 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6723"/>
                        of low-income tenants in high-cost-burdened geographic areas or areas with low vacancy rates in High Opportunity Areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies do not believe that inclusion of this impact and responsiveness factor diminishes support for housing developments in areas that are not designated as High Opportunity Areas, particularly in light of other aspects of the proposal. The final rule includes a separate category of community development focused more broadly on loans, investments, and services that support affordable housing, discussed in detail in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(b). In addition, the agencies believe that other impact and responsiveness factors will recognize affordable housing in other ways, such as the impact and responsiveness factor adopted in § __.15(b)(10) regarding investments in projects financed with LIHTCs or NMTCs, and the impact and responsiveness factors in § __.15(b)(1) through (3) for loans, investments, and services in specific geographic areas with significant community development needs. The agencies also believe that these aspects of the proposal may help to address suggestions by other commenters for additional impact factors related to affordable housing.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.15(b)(8) Benefits or Serves Residents of Native Land Areas</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Under § __.15(b)(7), the agencies proposed as an impact factor whether bank activities “[b]enefit Native communities, such as qualifying activities in Native Land Areas under [proposed] § __.13(l).” This factor was intended to recognize the credit and community development needs of Native and tribal communities as discussed in the proposal, which make bank activities that serve these communities especially responsive.</P>
                    <P>This proposed impact factor would include all eligible community development activities taking place in Native Land Areas. This includes activities as defined under proposed § __.13(l) (finalized as § __.13(j)), as well as other eligible community development activities that benefit or serve Native Land Areas and meet other eligibility criteria in § __.13. For example, an affordable housing project that is located in a Native Land Area or an activity in a Native Land Area undertaken with a CDFI would be included under this proposed impact factor.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies sought feedback on whether this proposed impact factor should be defined to include activities benefiting Native communities not located in Native Land Areas, and if so, how to define those activities. Such an approach would be intended to recognize that many tribal members reside in areas outside of the proposed definition of Native Land Areas, as a result of a number of factors, including past Federal policies.
                        <SU>596</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>596</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             The Indian Relocation Act of 1956, Public Law 84-959, 70 Stat. 986; National Archives, “American Indian Urban Relocation,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.archives.gov/education/lessons/indian-relocation.html</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters generally supported proposed § __.15(b)(7). Commenters noted, among other reasons, that Native communities and tribal lands are consistently underserved and have unique priorities and needs, which can make lenders more reluctant to serve those areas. Commenters also generally supported including activities benefiting Native and tribal communities that are not located in Native Land Areas. For example, a commenter stated that the proposed approach is an effective way to provide certainty to lenders in the evaluation and “scoring” process, while encouraging projects that may require investments both on and off Native Land Areas. Another commenter observed that some tribal citizens reside in areas outside of Tribal Nation jurisdictional boundaries, but still receive essential services provided by the commenter, and that tribal governments, businesses, or corporations are the main employers of those residents not living in Native Land Areas.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters suggested other ways to provide an increased emphasis for activities benefiting Native Land Areas, as defined in the proposed rule. For instance, a commenter suggested that in order to incentivize projects in Native Land Areas, activities that benefit Native Land Areas should be given greater weight than those that benefit Native communities. Other commenters suggested alternative ways to define activities that could be considered under the impact factor, such as activities that primarily benefit low- or moderate-income Native individuals; or that primarily benefit tribal members in general (in that regardless of income, activities should be considered high-impact and responsive). Other commenters suggested partial consideration be provided for activities provided to Native communities and Black Native Freemen, regardless of residence, even if less than 50 percent of beneficiaries are low- and moderate-income; or greater emphasis for activities in hard-to-reach areas, given barriers to entry due to land ownership, tax status, and other constraints.</P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters gave suggestions on how to define “Native communities.” Among suggestions, commenters suggested defining “community” to include membership in a government-recognized Native or tribal community, and/or otherwise qualifying for government resources; organizations that are recipients of Federal funds intended to enroll Natives in urban areas; or U.S. territories.
                        <SU>597</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>597</SU>
                             For a more detailed discussion of public comments on the definition of “Native Land Area,” see the section-by-section analysis of § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The final rule, renumbered as § __.15(b)(8), adopts as an impact and responsiveness factor whether loans, investments, and services benefit or serve residents of Native Land Areas. The final rule revises the proposed impact factor from “Native communities” to “residents of Native Land Areas,” (as defined in § __.12), and does not adopt the cross-reference to § __.13(j).</P>
                    <P>
                        In arriving at the final rule, the agencies considered the unique status of and credit and community development needs in Native Land Areas. As discussed in more detail elsewhere in this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        , Native Land Areas in particular have often experienced limited benefits from bank access or investments, which the agencies believe make bank loans, investments, and services in these geographic areas particularly impactful and responsive. For example, complex land ownership structures associated with Native Land Areas can make economic development in those lands particularly difficult, which the agencies believe supports incorporating a more specific focus and emphasis on those geographic areas in modernized CRA regulations. For further discussion on these challenges, see the section-by-section analysis of the Native Land Areas category of community development in § __.13(j). The final rule is thus revised to clarify and strengthen the nexus to residents of Native Land Areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12 (“Native Land Area”), the Native Land Area definition is designed to be comprehensive, to align with 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6724"/>
                        existing Federal Indian Law regarding lands and communities with unique political status, and to support application of the rule with durable, publicly available data sources. The proposed impact factor contained an undefined term (“Native communities”), which comments suggested could have different meanings. Rather than defining “Native communities” in one or a combination of several ways some commenters suggested, the agencies believe that revising the final rule with reference to Native Land Areas, a term used elsewhere in the rule consistent with existing law, will facilitate compliance and supervision and make banks' ability to engage in and track activities that might be considered under this impact and responsiveness factor more practicable.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule also no longer cross-references the Native Land Areas community development category finalized in § __.13(j), for simplicity and to ensure clarity that the impact and responsiveness review factor is available with respect to any community development loan, investment, or service that qualifies under § __.13, provided that the loan, investment, or service benefits or serves residents of Native Land Areas. Examples of activities that might be considered under this impact factor include: a project to finance a tribal health care facility 
                        <SU>598</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         that qualifies as an essential community facility under § __.13(f) and that benefits or serves residents of a Native Land Area, or a housing project financed with a Native CDFI that qualifies under § __.13(k) and that benefits or serves residents of a Native Land Area.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>598</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. Dept. of Health &amp; Human Svc, Indian Health Service, “Health Facilities Construction” (Oct. 2016), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.ihs.gov/newsroom/factsheets/healthfacilitiesconstruction/</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have carefully considered comments suggesting that the proposed impact and responsiveness factor be defined in the final rule to include loans, investments, or services benefiting or serving Native communities located outside of Native Land Areas. The agencies recognize that many Native communities live outside of Native Land Areas, and are sensitive to the many complexities and needs underlying and associated with these communities. However, for the reasons discussed above, the agencies believe that adopting an impact and responsiveness factor recognizing loans, investments, and services addressing the particular and significant community development needs in Native Land Areas is appropriate and will provide a greater degree of clarity and consistency across the rule and in its application. Relatedly, the agencies have taken into account potentially considerable practical challenges of implementing a broader impact and responsiveness factor focused on a highly dispersed population.
                        <SU>599</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>599</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12 (“Native Land Area”), regarding consideration of incorporating into the definition of Native Land Area areas outside of geographic areas enumerated in the final rule definition.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that other impact and responsiveness factors adopted under the final rule will recognize activities that benefit or serve Native communities more broadly. These include impact and responsiveness factors discussed above focused on activities in other geographic areas with high community development needs (final § __.15(b)(1) through (3)); low-income individuals, families, and households (final § __.15(b)(5)); and businesses and farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less (final § __.15(b)(6)). These also include the impact and responsiveness factor adopted in § __.15(b)(4) regarding loans, investments, and services supporting an MDI, WDI, LICU, or CDFI, a subset of which are focused on serving Native communities, such as Native MDIs or Native CDFIs as designated by the CDFI Fund.
                        <SU>600</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>600</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             CDFI Fund, “Native Initiatives,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.cdfifund.gov/programs-training/programs/native-initiatives</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies have also considered comments encouraging additional emphasis for other particular activities within this impact and responsiveness factor, but are not otherwise revising the rule. The agencies believe that the combination of the new community development category for loans, investments, and services in Native Land Areas in final § __.13(j) and the final impact and responsiveness factor in § __.15(b)(8), along with other provisions in the final rule that would recognize bank investments benefiting Native communities, such as the impact and responsiveness factors noted above, appropriately help encourage banks to meet credit needs in these harder to serve parts of banks' communities. The agencies believe that these components of the final rule facilitate flexibility to address the diverse and myriad needs of Native communities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.15(b)(9) Is a Grant or Donation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Proposed § __.15(b)(8) included qualifying grants or contributions as an impact factor. As noted in the proposal, the Community Development Financing Metric in proposed § __.24(b) would be based on the dollar amount of financing activities (including loans, investments, and grants or contributions) relative to deposits, and thus would not account for the fact that a grant has no repayment obligation, unlike a typical community development loan or qualifying investment. The impact factor was designed to account for high-impact, smaller dollar transactions to complement their inclusion in the Community Development Financing Metric, recognizing that grants or donations are often smaller dollar volumes than community development loans or investments. Additionally, the impact factor was intended to recognize banks that provide important sources of capital that help community development organizations to build capacity and maintain sustainability.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters offered varying views on the agencies' proposal to include as an impact factor activities that are a qualifying grant or donation. Some commenters supported including qualifying grant contributions as an impact factor. A few commenters noted that grants are especially impactful, while another highlighted the importance of grant capital for funding CDFIs. One commenter noted that grant interventions can be particularly effective during crises for small businesses. Other commenters, however, raised questions about the proposed impact factor. For example, one commenter expressed concern about an over-emphasis on grants, asserting that grants do not directly expand access to credit, while loans are directly related to credit.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters also offered suggested modifications or clarifications to the proposal. A few commenters remarked that the current CRA framework values loans over grants and donations and suggested additional emphasis, an outcome-based metric, or multipliers that would better account for the impact of grants to the organizations that depend on them. Commenters further suggested that to best encourage making grants, separate impact factors should be created for grants to nonprofit organizations, community-based organizations, CDFIs, and grant investments that serve low- or moderate-income households.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons described in the proposal and as noted above, the final 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6725"/>
                        rule adopts proposed § __.15(b)(8), renumbered as § __.15(b)(9), generally as proposed, to recognize whether a loan, investment, or service is a grant or donation. As noted above and consistent with comments received, this final rule impact and responsiveness factor is intended to recognize that grants or donations tend to be smaller in dollar amount relative to larger-dollar volume financing activities, but often are particularly impactful. The agencies believe that an impact and responsiveness factor is appropriate to ensure grants continue to receive appropriate recognition when considered along with all other community development financing activities. The final rule deletes the word “qualifying” from the proposal as superfluous, as the impact and responsiveness review only considers grants or donations that qualify as community development under § __.13.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies have considered comments suggesting modifications or clarifications to the proposed rule, including that the rule should give special emphasis to or create separate impact factors for various kinds of grants or donations. The agencies believe that the broader impact and responsiveness factor in the final rule is appropriate to afford flexibility needed to address the different needs of various communities. On balance, the agencies believe that the simplicity of the final impact and responsiveness factor for grants or donations will better foster clarity and certainty than alternatives suggested. The agencies have also considered that identifying for special emphasis grants or donations to specific types of organizations or that meet specific community development categories would be challenging or impracticable, noting that different stakeholders may have varying and equally valid views on which grants or donations, organizations, or community development categories are more impactful than others.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.15(b)(10) Is an Investment in Projects Financed With LIHTCs or NMTCs</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in more detail below, commenters suggested a wide variety of additional types of activities that should be included as impact factors. Among these, a number of commenters recommended adding investments in LIHTCs and NMTCs. Among other points, commenters asserted that the LIHTC program is one of the most important policy tools for creating affordable rental housing. Commenters noted that LIHTCs are distributed through a highly competitive process to the most impactful properties meeting the State or locality's affordable housing needs. One commenter raised concerns that insufficient CRA credit has deterred investors from LIHTC investments. A few commenters stated that creating a separate impact factor recognizing LIHTC investments would increase investor demand for these investments and thus increase equity yield for projects to offset rising construction costs. Other commenters noted that including an impact factor focused on LIHTC and NMTC investments could also be an important mitigating factor to counteract removal of the separate investment test or lack of a Community Development Financing Investment subtest for investments.
                        <SU>601</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>601</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24 and the accompanying section-by-section analysis below.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Several commenters stated that banks should receive extra consideration for syndicating and/or sponsoring funds supporting LIHTC and NMTC projects, consistent with the OCC 2020 CRA Final Rule. Commenters also suggested other types of investments designed to meet community needs for inclusion as impact factor categories, including Opportunity Zone investments and Historic Tax Credits.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        Upon consideration of commenter feedback, the final rule adopts a new impact and responsiveness review factor in § __.15(b)(10) for an investment in projects financed with LIHTCs or NMTCs. The agencies believe that adding an impact and responsiveness factor for these investments will mitigate commenter concerns about the final rule potentially discouraging tax credit transactions relative to the current CRA regulations, by eliminating the separate investment test in the current CRA evaluation framework for large banks, in favor of evaluating community development loans and investments together in the Community Development Financing Metric.
                        <SU>602</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24, the agencies appreciate concerns about the importance of and need for community development investments. In addition, the agencies understand that, as some commenters suggested, CRA-motivated capital is one of the primary sources of funding for LIHTC and NMTC transactions. Accordingly, the agencies are adopting an impact and responsiveness factor for these project types to recognize these investments. This impact and responsiveness factor is part of a holistic consideration of a bank's community development financing performance, which also includes, for banks with assets greater than $10 billion, a Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric and a Nationwide Community Development Benchmark.
                        <SU>603</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The investment metric and benchmark are designed to better understand the level of community development investments that banks are making, as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>602</SU>
                             For further discussion of the final rule's approach to community development investments, see final § __.24 and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>603</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(e)(2)(iii) and (iv) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered but are not adopting commenter suggestions to adopt an impact and responsiveness factor addressing tax credits and investments other than LIHTCs and NMTCs. LIHTCs and NMTCs, as defined in final § __.12, are Federal programs that the agencies believe are clearly aligned with the intent of the CRA, and have a demonstrated impact in providing affordable housing and encouraging community development and economic growth.
                        <SU>604</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         While other types of tax credits or investments, such as Historic Tax Credits or investments in Opportunity Zone funds can help finance projects that have important community benefits, these programs have varying criteria that may not always align with the intent of CRA. For example, Historic Tax Credits can be used to finance the renovation of historic properties in any community, and there is no requirement that these projects be located in low- or moderate-income tracts or benefit low- or moderate-income individuals or small businesses.
                        <SU>605</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, the agencies note that projects financed by other types of tax credits or investments might be covered by other impact and responsiveness factors, depending on 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6726"/>
                        the geographic area in which they are located and the purpose of the project or the population served. For example, a community development project financed with Historic Tax Credits located in a census tract with greater than 40 percent poverty could be covered by § __.15(b)(3) if it otherwise met the criteria in § __.13, such as if the project is done in conjunction with LIHTCs under § __.13(b)(1) or if it is a revitalization or stabilization project that meets the criteria of § __.13(e).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>604</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             OCC, “Low-Income Housing Tax Credits: Affordable Housing Investment Opportunities for Banks,” Community Development Insights (Mar. 2014), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.occ.gov/publications-and-resources/publications/community-affairs/community-developments-insights/pub-insights-mar-2014.pdf</E>
                             (2014); NYU Furman Center, “The Effects of the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC)” (May 2017) 
                            <E T="03">https://furmancenter.org/files/NYUFurmanCenter_LIHTC_May2017.pdf;</E>
                             U.S. Dept. of Treasury, Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, “The Urban Institute's New Markets Tax Credit Program Evaluation: Key Findings and Lessons for Future Evaluations,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.cdfifund.gov/sites/cdfi/files/documents/urban-institute-summary-cover-memo.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>605</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. National Park Svc., “Historic Preservation Tax Incentives,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.nps.gov/subjects/taxincentives/index.htm</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.15(b)(11) Reflects Bank Leadership Through Multi-Faceted or Instrumental Support</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to consider as an impact factor whether bank activities reflect bank leadership through multi-faceted or instrumental support (proposed § __.15(b)(9)). The agencies explained that multi-faceted support would include activities that entail multiple forms of support provided by the bank for a particular program or initiative, such as a loan to a community-based organization that serves low- or moderate-income individuals, coupled with a service supporting that organization in the form of technical assistance that leverages the bank's financial expertise. Instrumental support would include activities that involve a level of support or engagement on the part of the bank such that a program or project would not have come to fruition, or the intended outcomes would not have occurred, without the bank's involvement.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters offering views on proposed § __.15(b)(9) supported this impact factor. For example, one commenter emphasized the role that deeper technical assistance and capacity building can play for organizations that serve low- or moderate-income communities, and that these efforts cannot be adequately captured by looking solely at the associated dollar value. The commenter asserted that an impact factor is critical to ensuring that financial institutions are adequately incentivized. Another commenter stated that emphasizing multi-faceted support would help encourage financial institutions to engage in activities that can make a lasting impact on a community's development and affordable homeownership opportunities. A separate commenter stated that an impact review should recognize activities that reflect multi-faceted partnerships, leadership, and innovation, based on data relating to whether the activity involved one or more forms of financing or technical assistance, whether the bank was in a leadership position, or whether the activity was innovative for the bank or geographic area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The final rule, renumbered as § __.15(b)(11), adopts as proposed an impact and responsiveness factor for loans, investments, and services that reflect bank leadership through multi-faceted or instrumental support. In adopting this impact and responsiveness factor, the agencies intend to incorporate into the final rule considerations regarding complexity and leadership under the current CRA regulations, but with greater specificity and a more direct tie to impact and responsiveness. The agencies note that activities involving multi-faceted or instrumental support often require significant efforts by the bank, reflect a high degree of engagement with community partners, and are highly responsive to community needs. Further, as noted by a commenter, bank efforts cannot always be adequately captured by looking solely at the associated dollar value of an activity.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.15(b)(12) Is a New Community Development Financing Product or Service That Addresses Community Development Needs for Low- or Moderate-Income Individuals, Families, or Households</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under proposed § __.15(b)(10), the agencies would consider whether an activity results in a new community development financing product or service that addresses community development needs for low- or moderate-income individuals and families. This proposed impact factor built upon the emphasis on the innovativeness of activities under the current community development evaluation framework,
                        <SU>606</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and was intended to ensure that bank activities are also impactful and responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income populations. Consideration afforded under this proposed impact factor would help to encourage banks and community partners to conceive of new strategies for addressing community development needs, especially needs that existing products and services do not adequately address. The proposed emphasis on activities that support developing new products and services was intended to ensure that the CRA continually improves the landscape of product offerings for low- or moderate-income individuals and families.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>606</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(e)(2) and Q&amp;A § __.24(e)-2. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(b)(5) and Q&amp;A § __.21(a)-2 and (a)-4 and Q&amp;A § __.22(b)(5)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters that addressed proposed § __.15(b)(10) generally supported the proposal, but suggested modifications. For example, one commenter stated that the proposed impact factor would encourage innovation and solution-oriented CRA activities, and suggested that financial institutions helping to create or commit to a new fund or activity, with greater risks and benefits, should receive more favorable CRA consideration. Another commenter suggested that the agencies clarify that activities currently considered to be “innovative,” “complex,” or “flexible” under the existing CRA regulations would receive a greater impact score even though the proposal used different terminology. On the other hand, one commenter cautioned that the proposed review factor should include safeguards to ensure that predatory or usurious products are not given consideration, while another commenter stated that consideration should be explicitly granted for products that assist low- and moderate-income borrowers to reduce their reliance on predatory products.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule adopts proposed § __.15(b)(10), renumbered as § __.15(b)(12), to establish an impact and responsiveness factor for loans, investments, and services that result in a new community development financing product or service that addresses community development needs for low- or moderate-income individuals, families, or households. The final rule makes technical edits from the proposal by adding “or households” for clarity, to conform with edits made to other community development provisions in the final rule. The agencies believe that the impact and responsiveness factor as adopted will appropriately help encourage banks to meet the credit needs of their entire communities by continually improving the landscape of product offerings for low- or moderate-income individuals, families, and households that are new to the bank or to a particular market. Further, the agencies believe that this impact and responsiveness factor will facilitate bank-community partnerships to identify new strategies for addressing community development needs, especially those not adequately addressed by existing products. For 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6727"/>
                        example, a loan or investment that provides financing for the acquisition of land for a shared equity housing project that brings permanent affordable housing to a community could meet this impact and responsiveness factor, to the extent that it involves a new strategy to meet a community development need. The final rule is also consistent with the current CRA framework to provide consideration for activities that are innovative.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies intend for this particular impact and responsiveness factor to recognize innovation broadly, but are sensitive to commenter concerns regarding predatory or usurious products. Under the final rule, the agencies determine whether a loan or investment supports community development when the loan or investment is originated, made, or purchased. If the agencies later identify that the community development loan or investment involves evidence of discriminatory or other illegal credit practices pursuant to § __.28(d), the agencies will consider that information in the bank's CRA evaluation.
                        <SU>607</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, loans, investments, or services that assist low- and moderate-income borrowers in reducing reliance on predatory products could qualify under this impact and responsiveness factor if such products are new and meet community needs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>607</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current § __.28(c), proposed § __.28(d), and final § __.28(d). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.28(d) for further discussion of practices that can lead to a ratings downgrade.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Additional Comments on Proposed § __.15</HD>
                    <P>In addition to the impact and responsiveness factors discussed above, commenters recommended that the agencies adopt a wide range of additional factors. For example, a number of commenters recommended adding an impact factor for special purpose credit programs, such as those that focus on consumer or home mortgage lending, and community development special purpose credit programs. The agencies note that special purpose credit programs are largely covered under the Retail Services and Products Test in § __.23(c)(2)(v) in the evaluation of credit products and programs, as discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.23(c)(2).</P>
                    <P>Other commenter recommendations included adding an impact factor for activities benefiting low- or moderate-income individuals with disabilities, with commenters offering this idea also suggesting that specific weighting of the impact factors analysis in comparison to community development metrics would be helpful; an impact factor related to health initiatives, with the agencies encouraged to improve data collection and pursue routine partnerships with healthcare and public health entities to obtain data; and an impact factor for activities that support increasing the supply of high quality, affordable early childhood education and care facilities, which were emphasized as having compounding consequences for family stability, economic opportunity, and child health and development.</P>
                    <P>Regarding these recommendations from commenters, the agencies note that many of these activities may qualify for CRA consideration under § __.13, to the extent that they meet the relevant eligibility criteria. For instance, the above-noted activities benefiting low- or moderate-income individuals with disabilities may qualify under the community supportive services category in § __.13(d), and healthcare and childcare facilities may qualify under the essential community facilities category in § __.13(f). Additionally, depending on the particular facts and circumstances, other impact and responsiveness factors adopted under the final rule may already cover these kinds of activities, such as § __.15(b)(5) for loans, investments, and services that serve low-income individuals, families, or households, and § __.15(b)(9) for grants or donations.</P>
                    <P>Similar considerations apply to other potential impact factors recommended by commenters. These include, among others, impact factors recognizing: land bank investments; disaster preparedness and climate resiliency activities (including those in the most vulnerable low- and moderate-income minority communities); local community needs; deep impact lending; military communities and qualifying activities on military installations; collaboration with public agencies; broadband and digital inclusion projects; community engagement strategies; activities that support mission-driven nonprofit developers; loans for first generation homebuyers; and particularly responsive community development activities that fight involuntary relocation. Some commenters recommended impact factors for activities that close wealth gaps and promote economic activities, with suggestions including, among others, impact factors for engaging in activities that are particularly impactful for borrowers and minorities; for investments in historically redlined communities or that impact racial segregation; and for activities that close wealth gaps for racial, ethnic, national origin, limited English proficiency, lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ), or other underserved groups.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered these recommendations from commenters and acknowledge that there are many types of loans, investments, or services that may be responsive or impactful to a community. As suggested above, many activities associated with commenter-recommended impact factors could potentially already be recognized under one of the twelve impact and responsiveness factors adopted in final § __.15(b). In addition, the agencies believe that the impact and responsiveness factor categories specified in § __.15(b) reflect an appropriate set of categories to consider as part of evaluating a bank's community development performance, in furtherance of the purpose of the CRA. The adopted factors are ones that are supported by clear standards, tend to involve a higher degree of complexity and effort by a bank, and as noted above, tend to be particularly responsive and impactful. For more information and discussion regarding the agencies' consideration of comments recommending adoption of additional race- and ethnicity-specific provisions in this final rule, see section III.C of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>The list of impact and responsiveness factors adopted in the final rule covers a wide range of potentially impactful and responsive activities but, as noted above, is not intended to be exhaustive. The agencies do not believe that identifying every kind of impactful and responsive activity in this section of the regulation is practicable or possible. The adopted impact and responsiveness factors are intended to standardize a set of categories that will be consistently reviewed as a part of an impact and responsiveness review, but they do not preclude agency consideration of other factors and activities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Sections __.16 Through __.19 Assessment Areas and Areas for Eligible Community Development Activity</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the CRA, banks have a continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet the credit needs of the local communities in which they are chartered,
                        <SU>608</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the agencies are required to assess a bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6728"/>
                        moderate-income neighborhoods.
                        <SU>609</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Accordingly, one of the CRA regulations' core requirements is that each bank delineate areas within which its CRA performance will be assessed, referred to in the current CRA regulations as the bank's assessment areas.
                        <SU>610</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>608</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901(a)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>609</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(1). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>610</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Current CRA regulations require a bank, other than a wholesale or limited purpose bank, to delineate one or more assessment areas that include the geographies in which the bank's main office, branches, and deposit-taking ATMs are located, as well as the surrounding geographies in which the bank has originated or purchased a substantial portion of its loans.
                        <SU>611</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These assessment areas are generally required to consist of one or more MSAs or metropolitan divisions, or one or more contiguous political subdivisions, such as counties, cities, or towns.
                        <SU>612</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>611</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(c)(2). For this purpose, the agencies define geography as a census tract delineated by the U.S. Bureau of the Census in the most recent decennial census. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(k). Loans considered for determining assessment areas under this provision “includ[e] home mortgage loans, small business and small farm loans, and any other loans the bank chooses, such as those consumer loans on which the bank elects to have its performance assessed.” 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(c)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>612</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(c)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For a wholesale or limited purpose bank, the current CRA regulations require such a bank to delineate assessment areas generally consisting of one or more MSAs or metropolitan divisions or one or more contiguous political subdivisions, such as counties, cities, or towns, in which the bank has its main office, branches, and deposit-taking ATMs.
                        <SU>613</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>613</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Within certain limitations, a bank may adjust the boundaries of an assessment area to include only the portion of a political subdivision that it reasonably can be expected to serve.
                        <SU>614</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Limitations applicable to the delineation of assessment areas include that each bank assessment area: (1) must consist only of whole geographies (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         census tracts), and (2) may not extend substantially beyond an MSA boundary or beyond a State boundary unless the assessment area is located in a multistate MSA.
                        <SU>615</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, the current CRA regulations provide that each assessment area may not reflect illegal discrimination and may not arbitrarily exclude low- or moderate-income census tracts.
                        <SU>616</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These provisions work congruently with ECOA and the Fair Housing Act, to combat redlining. Consequently, it is crucial that a bank delineate assessment areas that accurately reflect the communities it serves.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>614</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>615</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(e)(1) and (4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>616</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(e)(2) and (3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As an exception to these requirements, a bank whose business model predominantly consists of serving the needs of military personnel or their dependents who are not located within a defined geographic area may delineate its entire deposit customer base as its assessment area.
                        <SU>617</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>617</SU>
                             Current 12 CFR __.41(f); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2902(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies use the assessment areas delineated by a bank in the evaluation of the bank's performance unless the agencies determine that the assessment areas do not comply with the requirements of the current regulation.
                        <SU>618</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>618</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(g).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Currently, assessment areas are used in different ways in CRA examinations. Examiners evaluate a bank's retail lending and retail services performance within assessment areas under the lending test; retail lending outside of a bank's assessment areas is not evaluated using the lending test criteria. However, under existing guidance, examiners will give consideration for loans to low- and moderate-income persons and small business and farm loans outside of a bank's assessment area(s) provided that the bank has adequately addressed the needs of borrowers within its assessment area(s). Pursuant to the guidance, such loans will not compensate for poor lending performance within the bank's assessment areas.
                        <SU>619</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         With respect to the evaluation of a bank's community development performance—including community development loans, investments, and services—examiners consider a bank's activities within its assessment area(s) or within the broader statewide or regional area that includes the bank's assessment area(s).
                        <SU>620</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Broader consideration of a bank's community development performance reflects the agencies' view that community development organizations and programs are efficient and effective ways for banks to promote community development, and that these organizations and programs often operate on a statewide or even multistate basis.
                        <SU>621</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For this reason, the bank's assessment area(s) need not receive an immediate or direct benefit from the bank's participation in the organization or activity, provided that the purpose, mandate, or function of the organization or activity includes serving geographies or individuals located within the bank's assessment area(s).
                        <SU>622</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies may consider community development activities in broader statewide or regional areas that do not benefit the assessment area if the bank has been responsive to community development needs and opportunities in its assessment area(s).
                        <SU>623</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>619</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.22(b)(2) and (3)-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>620</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(h)(2)(ii) (community development loans); __.23(a) (community development investments); __.24(b) (community development services); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.25(e)(2) (community development loans, investments, and services made by wholesale or limited purpose banks); Q&amp;A § __.26(d)-2 (community development loans, investments, and services made by intermediate small banks).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>621</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>622</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>623</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to revise the current assessment area framework by requiring all banks evaluated under the CRA to continue to delineate facility-based assessment area(s) as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.16, and requiring large banks to delineate a new type of assessment area referred to as retail lending assessment area(s), as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.17. In addition, the agencies proposed to evaluate the retail lending performance of large banks, and certain intermediate banks, in their outside retail lending areas, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.18. The agencies also proposed to consider qualifying community development loans, investments, and services outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas within the states and multistate MSAs in which the bank has a facility-based assessment area, and in the nationwide area, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.19.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.16 Facility-Based Assessment Areas</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed generally to maintain the current requirement that a bank delineate assessment areas where the bank has its main office, branches, and deposit-taking ATMs, with certain modifications.
                        <SU>624</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies intended the proposal to reflect the fact that a bank's facilities remain an essential way of defining the local communities that are part of a bank's entire community. Accordingly, the agencies referred to these assessment areas in the proposal as “facility-based assessment areas,” distinguishing them from the retail lending assessment areas in proposed § __.17.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>624</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6729"/>
                    <P>Relative to the current rule, the modifications proposed by the agencies included: (1) replacing the term “deposit-taking ATM” with “deposit-taking remote service facility;” and (2) requiring a large bank to delineate a facility-based assessment area consisting of a single MSA, one or more contiguous counties within an MSA, or one or more contiguous counties within the nonmetropolitan area of a State, but consistent with the current rule, permitting a small or intermediate bank to delineate a facility-based assessment area that includes part of, but not the entirety of, one or more counties.</P>
                    <P>The agencies received numerous comments on the facility-based assessment area proposal from many different types of commenters. As discussed in greater detail below, many commenters supported the facility-based assessment area proposal, including the modifications relative to the current rule. However, other commenters expressed concerns, especially regarding the types of bank facilities that would trigger the facility-based assessment area requirement, and the requirement for large banks to delineate facility-based assessment areas composed of whole counties.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting the facility-based assessment area proposal with certain changes, as discussed below.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.16(a) In General</HD>
                    <P>As under the current rule, proposed § __.16(a) required that a bank delineate one or more facility-based assessment areas within which the agencies evaluate the bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its community pursuant to the standards in the proposed rule. Further, proposed § __.16(a) stated that the agencies do not evaluate the bank's delineation of its facility-based assessment areas as a separate performance criterion, but the agencies review the delineation for compliance with the requirements of this section.</P>
                    <P>A number of commenters expressed general support for the agencies' facility-based assessment area proposal. However, the agencies generally did not receive comments on the specific language of § __.16(a).</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are finalizing the first sentence of § __.16(a) substantially as proposed, with some technical changes. Specifically, final § __.16(a) refers to a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community (rather than just its “community” as proposed) to better track the language of the statute.
                        <SU>625</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, final § __.16(a) states more precisely that the agencies evaluate a bank within in its facility-based assessment areas pursuant to the performance tests and strategic plan described in § __.21 (rather than pursuant to “the standards in this part” as proposed).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>625</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies determined that the second sentence of proposed § __.16(a) is not necessary because, as discussed below, final § __.16(e) specifies that the agencies use the facility-based assessment areas delineated by a bank in its evaluation of the bank's CRA performance unless the agencies determine that a facility-based assessment areas does not comply with the requirements of § __.16. For this reason, the agencies are not adopting the second sentence of proposed § __.16(a). The agencies note that this change is not intended to alter any requirement pertaining to facility-based assessment areas or how these areas are used in CRA evaluations.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.16(b)(1) Geographic Requirements for Facility-Based Assessment Areas—Facilities Triggering Delineation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Proposed § __.16(b)(1) provided that banks must delineate facility-based assessment areas that include each county in which a bank has a main office, a branch, any other staffed bank facility that accepts deposits, or a deposit-taking remote service facility, as well as the surrounding geographies in which the bank has originated or purchased a substantial portion of its loans (including home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans). In addition, the proposal specified that facilities in paragraph (b) refers to those that are open to the general public and excludes nonpublic facilities. The agencies stated that the addition of other staffed bank facilities, together with proposed changes to the “branch” definition, were intended to capture new bank business models, regardless of how the bank refers to such staffed physical locations, when those locations are open to the public and collect deposits from customers. The agencies requested comment on how to treat bank business models where staff assist customers to make deposits on their phone or mobile device while the customer is onsite.</P>
                    <P>The proposal did not require delineation of a facility-based assessment area based solely on the existence of a loan production office.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>A number of commenters provided feedback on the types of facilities that should trigger the facility-based assessment area requirement.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Main office and branches.</E>
                         Several commenters expressed support for retaining the current rule's requirement that a bank must delineate facility-based assessment areas based on the location of its main office and branches. In addition, several commenters addressed what should constitute a branch for purposes of the CRA regulations. These comments are discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Any other staffed bank facilities that accept deposits.</E>
                         In general, commenters who addressed this aspect of the proposal supported the proposal to require banks to delineate facility-based assessment areas in counties in which the bank has any other staffed bank facility that accepts deposits, other than a main office, branch, or deposit-taking remote service facility. Commenters that supported this aspect of the proposal noted that requiring banks to delineate facility-based assessment areas based on the location of other staffed bank facilities that accept deposits aligns with the premise of the CRA that a bank absorbing deposits from a community has certain obligations to serve that community.
                    </P>
                    <P>A number of commenters responded to the agencies' request for comment on the treatment of business models where bank staff assist customers with making deposits on their phones or mobile devices while customers are onsite at a staffed physical location. A few commenters noted generally that this business model represents an innovation in banking that allows bank employees to spend more time on customer services (such as financial education, consulting, and investment services) rather than engaged in transactions.</P>
                    <P>
                        Many of the commenters that addressed this issue stated that the agencies should require a bank to delineate a facility-based assessment area around locations where bank staff assist on-site customers with making deposits on the customers' phones or mobile devices. For example, a few commenters emphasized that bank staff at such locations acquire knowledge of community needs, and thus that the bank should be held accountable for serving those needs. At least one commenter went further, stating that any remote location at which bank staff offer products and services available at a branch should be considered a branch for purposes of delineating facility-
                        <PRTPAGE P="6730"/>
                        based assessment areas. On the other hand, a commenter warned against strictly construing any requirement to delineate a facility-based assessment area where bank staff assist on-site customers with making deposits on the customers' mobile devices so as not to discourage community development activities, such as mobile branches on wheels.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, many other commenters opposed requiring delineation of a facility-based assessment area where bank staff assist on-site customers with making deposits on the customers' phones or mobile devices. For example, one commenter noted that it was not aware of any instances of bank staff assisting a customer with making a deposit on a customer-owned mobile device while the customer is on-site, and thus believed that requiring the delineation of facility-based assessment areas on this basis was unnecessary. Other commenters that opposed requiring delineation of a facility-based assessment area in this situation stated that if bank staff assist customers in making deposits on their mobile devices, these deposits should be treated as originating from the customer's home or business address if the deposits are sent electronically.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Deposit-taking remote service facility.</E>
                         A number of commenters addressed the proposed requirement to delineate facility-based assessment areas based on the location of deposit-taking remote service facilities.
                        <SU>626</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Some of these commenters expressed support for the agencies' proposal to require banks to delineate facility-based assessment areas around deposit-taking remote services facilities. A few commenters recommended that, for purposes of delineating facility-based assessment areas, the definition of remote service facility should be sufficiently broad to capture innovations in banking services traditionally offered through physical branches.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>626</SU>
                             Commenters also discussed the proposed definition of “remote service facility.” These comments are discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>However, a few commenters opposed requiring a bank to delineate a facility-based assessment area based solely on the location of its deposit-taking remote service facilities. A few commenters asserted that a deposit-taking remote service facilities should not trigger the full lending, service, and community development obligations of a facility-based assessment area because, among other reasons, banks typically do not have staff physically present in those areas to be able to generate loans or carry out community development financing activities or services. A commenter noted that requiring delineation of a facility-based assessment area based solely on a remote service facility would limit a bank's ability to place a deposit-taking remote service facility in a market as part of a strategy to transition toward a broader range of services in that market, or to serve only a specific market segment, such as business customers at a loan production office.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters suggested placing certain limitations on when a remote service facility would trigger a facility-based assessment area. For example, a few commenters recommended that a deposit-taking remote service facility in a county that is immediately adjacent to a county where the bank already has a branch presence should not require the delineation of a new facility-based assessment area because the remote service facility was likely placed there in order to serve existing bank customers who work in or travel to the neighboring county. However, these commenters noted that where a bank establishes deposit-taking remote service facilities in a county that is not adjacent to the county where the bank has an existing facility-based assessment area, then the bank should be required to delineate a facility-based assessment area in that county based solely on the presence of deposit-taking remote service facilities.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters recommended that a bank should have the option, rather than be required, to delineate a facility-based assessment area based on the location of its deposit-taking remote service facilities. At least one of these commenters reasoned that requiring delineation of a facility-based assessment area provides a strong disincentive against establishing temporary remote deposit facilities, such as in the case of a natural disaster or a special event.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Non-proprietary remote service facilities.</E>
                         As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12, commenters disagreed on whether the proposed requirement to delineate facility-based assessments areas based on where a bank maintains deposit-taking remote service facilities should extend to remote service facilities not owned or operated by, or operated exclusive for, a bank, such as third-party ATM networks.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Loan production offices.</E>
                         Several commenters noted that the proposal for delineating facility-based assessment areas would generally exclude loan production offices, insofar as such facilities do not accept deposits or are not open to the general public. A majority of these commenters recommended including loan production offices as a facility for purposes of delineating facility-based assessment areas. These commenters noted that loan production offices factor into a bank's overall lending performance in low- or moderate-income communities. These commenters also noted that loan production offices are often the only lending or banking-related presence in rural areas and small towns, suggesting their presence should confer a CRA obligation. Some of these commenters argued that, alternatively, if loan production offices do not trigger the delineation of a facility-based assessment area, the presence of loan production offices should trigger the delineation of at least a retail lending assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, a few commenters supported the agencies' proposal not to include loan production offices as a facility for purposes of delineating a facility-based assessment area. At least one of these commenters noted that loan production offices are not branches and are sometimes used by a bank to help determine whether a branch should be established in a new area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting a modified version of proposed § __.16(b)(1). Final § __.16(b)(1) provides that, except as provided in paragraph (b)(3), a bank's facility-based assessment areas must include each county in which a bank has a main office, a branch, or a deposit-taking remote service facility, as well as the surrounding counties in which the bank has originated a substantial portion of its loans (including home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans). Unlike under the proposal, final § __.16(b)(1) does not require a bank to delineate a facility-based assessment area based on the location of any other staffed bank facility that accepts deposits (other than a main office, branch, or deposit-taking remote service facility).</P>
                    <P>
                        In addition to this substantive change, final § __.16(b)(1) incorporates several technical changes relative to the proposal. Specifically, final § __.16(b)(1) clarifies that paragraph (b)(3) (which, as discussed below, permits small and intermediate banks to delineate facility-based assessment areas composed of partial counties) is an exception to the “each county” requirement. Further, the final rule adds multifamily loans to the parenthetical 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6731"/>
                        list of loan types so that this list includes all of the product lines included in the retail lending volume screen portion of the Retail Lending Test; these same types of loans may also be considered under the Small Bank Lending Test.
                        <SU>627</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, the final rule refers to “surrounding counties,” rather than “surrounding geographies” as proposed, consistent with the county-based geographic requirements described below.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>627</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22(c) and final § __.29.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Any other staffed bank facilities that accept deposits.</E>
                         The final rule does not include the proposed requirement that a bank's facility-based assessment areas include each county in which the bank has any other staffed bank facility that accepts deposits (other than a main office, branch, or deposit-taking remote service facility). The agencies believe that the remaining list of bank facilities that trigger facility-based assessment area delineation requirements (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         main office, branch, deposit-taking remote service facility) is sufficiently comprehensive that it is not necessary to include other staffed bank facilities that accept deposits. In particular, the agencies are not aware of the existence of a staffed bank facility that accepts deposits that would not qualify as a main office or branch. The agencies will continue to monitor whether other types of deposit-taking facilities emerge in the future that do not qualify as a main office, branch, or deposit-taking remote service facility, and that may warrant addition to the list of facilities that trigger the facility-based assessment area delineation requirement.
                    </P>
                    <P>For similar reasons, the agencies are declining to specify whether a facility where bank staff assist customers with making a deposit on a mobile phone or other mobile device triggers the facility-based assessment area delineation requirement. The agencies believe that, depending on the facts and circumstances, such a facility may qualify as a branch pursuant to the appropriate agency's licensing policies. Further, to the extent that such a facility does not qualify as a branch, the agencies do not want to disincentive bank staff from providing incidental support to customers at non-branch facilities. The agencies will continue to monitor banking developments and provide additional guidance as appropriate.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Deposit-taking remote service facilities.</E>
                         The final rule also retains the proposed requirement that a bank's facility-based assessment areas include each county in which the bank has a deposit-taking remote service facility.
                        <SU>628</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe that requiring a bank to delineate a facility-based assessment area based on where it maintains a deposit-taking remote service facility is consistent with the statute because of the statutory definition of “domestic branch,” discussed above, which includes other deposit-taking facilities.
                        <SU>629</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>628</SU>
                             The final rule's definition of “remote service facility” is discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>629</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906(e)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered concerns raised by some commenters that a bank may need to delineate two separate facility-based assessment areas if it maintains, for example, a branch in one county and a deposit-taking remote service facility in an adjacent county. However, under the geographic requirements of the final rule discussed below, this result would be required only in cases where (1) one county is a metropolitan county (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         located within an MSA) and the other county is a nonmetropolitan county, or (2) the counties are nonmetropolitan counties in adjoining states. By contrast, if both counties are located in the same MSA, or if both counties are located in the nonmetropolitan area of the same State, then the bank could delineate a single facility-based assessment area that includes both counties. The agencies note that the CRA statute requires the agencies, in the written evaluation of a bank for each State in which it maintains one or more branches, to separately present conclusions for each metropolitan area in which the bank maintains a branch, and conclusions for the nonmetropolitan area of the State if the bank maintains a branch in such nonmetropolitan area.
                        <SU>630</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe that allowing a single facility-based assessment area to consist of both metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas, as in the case described above, would create challenges in assigning conclusions consistent with this statutory requirement because the agencies would not be able to distinguish between a bank's metropolitan area and nonmetropolitan area performance within a State.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>630</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906(d)(3)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Non-proprietary remote service facilities.</E>
                         As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12, the term “remote service facility” includes only those remote service facilities that are owned or operated by, or operated exclusively for, a bank. As such, the final rule does not require a bank to delineate a facility-based assessment area based on the location of other remote service facilities, such as a network ATM operated by third party.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Loan production offices.</E>
                         The final rule does not require banks to delineate facility-based assessment areas based solely on the location of loan production offices. The agencies considered commenter feedback that indicated a loan production office should trigger a facility-based assessment area delineation because it is a bank facility and may be part of the bank's strategy to meet the credit needs of the community it serves. However, based on the agencies' supervisory experience, the agencies believe that loan production offices vary widely in terms of service and product offerings, the number of customers served, and the capacity and resources to meet community credit needs. For example, a loan production office may not offer the types of loans evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, may not accept deposits, and may not be open to the public. For this reason, the agencies are declining to apply the facility-based assessment area requirement based solely on the location of a loan production office. However, under the final rule Retail Lending Test, the agencies will evaluate the major product lines of certain large banks in retail lending assessment areas where they have concentrations of closed-end home mortgage and small business loans.
                        <SU>631</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Similarly, the agencies will evaluate the major product lines of large and certain intermediate and small banks in the bank's outside retail lending area (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the nationwide area outside of the bank's facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas).
                        <SU>632</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, under the final rule, a geographic area in which a bank maintains loan production offices may be delineated as a retail lending assessment or included in the bank's outside retail lending area, as applicable.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>631</SU>
                             Retail lending assessment areas are discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.17.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>632</SU>
                             Outside retail lending areas are discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.18.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.16(b)(2) and (3) Geographic Requirements for Facility-Based Assessment Areas—Boundaries</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed § __.16(b)(2) required that a bank's facility-based assessment area consist of one or more MSAs or metropolitan divisions or one or more contiguous counties within an MSA, a metropolitan division, or the nonmetropolitan area of a State. In addition, consistent with current 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6732"/>
                        guidance,
                        <SU>633</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         proposed § __.16(b)(2) specified that a facility-based assessment area may not extend beyond an MSA boundary or beyond a State boundary unless the facility-based assessment area is located in a multistate MSA or combined statistical area.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>633</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(e)(4); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.41(e)(4)-1 and -2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        However, proposed § __.16(b)(3) provided an exception for an intermediate or small bank by which such a bank may adjust the boundaries of its facility-based assessment areas to include only the portion of a county that it reasonably can be expected to serve, provided that a facility-based assessment area that includes a partial county consists only of whole census tracts, and complies with the limitations discussed below in § __.16(c). As a result, under the proposal, large banks would no longer be allowed to delineate a partial county for facility-based assessment areas, as under the current rule.
                        <SU>634</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies reasoned that this change would create a more consistent delineation standard for the delineation of assessment areas for large banks; encourage these banks to serve low- or moderate-income individuals and census tracts in counties where their deposit-taking facilities are located; help safeguard and support fair lending; and support the proposed use of metrics and associated data to evaluate bank performance. The agencies requested feedback on whether both small and intermediate banks should continue to have the option of delineating partial counties or whether they should be required to delineate whole counties as facility-based assessment areas to increase consistency across banks.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>634</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Numerous commenters offered views on the proposed geographic requirements that would apply to the delineation of facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Whole-county requirement for large banks.</E>
                         Many commenters addressing the proposed geographic requirements for large banks' facility-based assessment areas supported this aspect of the proposal, including the proposed requirement that large banks' facility-based assessment areas consist of one or more MSAs, metropolitan divisions, or contiguous counties within an MSA, metropolitan division, or the nonmetropolitan area of a State. In general, these commenters expressed that partial-county delineations may result in the geographic scope of a bank's CRA evaluation not accurately reflecting the area that a large bank can reasonably be expected to serve, and that partial-county delineations could allow a large bank to reduce its lending in low- or moderate- income and majority-minority census tracts. A commenter stated that requiring large banks to delineate facility-based assessment areas composed of whole counties would facilitate peer comparison and simplify analysis from a metrics standpoint.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, most commenters that addressed the proposed geographic requirement for large banks' facility-based assessment areas opposed this aspect of the proposal, with some suggesting that some or all large banks should continue to have the option to delineate facility-based assessment areas composed of partial counties. These commenters pointed to a variety of reasons supporting the view that large banks should retain the ability to delineate a facility-based assessment area composed of partial counties. For example, some commenters noted that certain bank characteristics, including a limited capacity to serve an entire county, a limited branch network in a county, and the location of the bank's branch or branches, could make it challenging to serve an entire county. In another example, a commenter suggested that serving a facility-based assessment area composed of whole counties would be so challenging that it would require the bank to divert resources from other programs, including those that serve low- or moderate-income communities.</P>
                    <P>Commenters also noted that characteristics of a county could make it challenging to serve the entirety of that county, including the geographic size or other geographic characteristics, economic characteristics, the population and population density, and the level of competition among other banks in the county. A commenter described the proposed whole-county delineation requirement for large banks as mandating an unrealistic facility-based assessment area, which would lead to unrealistic benchmarks and conclusions. Specifically, the commenter cited the example of Los Angeles County, stating that several large banks operate three or fewer branches in the county, and that those banks would be required to delineate the whole county as a facility-based assessment area. The commenter stated that the county consists of approximately 2,500 census tracts, and questioned how these large banks can be asked to serve a whole county of this size with so few branches.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters that criticized the proposed whole-county delineation requirement for large banks suggested that the whole-county requirement could be appropriate for large banks of a higher asset threshold, but that large banks of a smaller asset size, such as those below $5 billion or $10 billion in assets, should have the flexibility to define assessment area using partial counties.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Partial-county allowance for small and intermediate banks.</E>
                         A majority of commenters that addressed the proposed geographic requirements for facility-based assessment areas of small and intermediate banks supported the proposal to continue to allow these banks to delineate facility-based assessment areas that include only the portion of a county that such a bank reasonably can be expected to serve. These commenters generally noted that small and intermediate banks are less likely to have the capacity and resources to serve an entire county.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, many other commenters recommended that small and intermediate banks be held to the same whole-county delineation standard for facility-based assessment area delineation as proposed for large banks. In general, these commenters expressed that partial-county delineations may result in the geographic scope of the bank's CRA evaluation not accurately reflecting the area the bank can reasonably be expected to serve. In addition, some commenters expressed concerns that partial-county delineations could result in redlining by allowing a bank to exclude low- or moderate-income and majority-minority census tracts. In addition, a few commenters noted that small and intermediate banks are often the only banks present in rural counties, and that partial-county delineations for these banks could result in underserved rural areas being excluded from facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting the geographic requirements for facility-based assessment areas in proposed § __.16(b)(2) and (3) with some modifications. Final § __.16(b)(2) provides that, except as provided in paragraph (b)(3), each of a bank's facility-based assessment areas must consist of a single MSA, one or more contiguous counties within an MSA, or one or more contiguous counties within the nonmetropolitan area of a State.</P>
                    <P>
                        Relative to the proposal, final § __.16(b)(2) incorporates some clarifications and non-substantive changes to streamline the drafting of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6733"/>
                        proposed § __.16(b)(2). First, the final rule specifies that the geographic requirements of this paragraph apply to each of a bank's facility-based assessment areas. Second, the final rule omits the proposed references to metropolitan divisions; the agencies believe these references are superfluous because metropolitan divisions consist of whole counties, and banks are not required to follow metropolitan division boundaries when delineating facility-based assessment areas. Third, and as discussed below, the final rule eliminates the proposed language concerning the circumstances under which a facility-based assessment area is permitted to extend beyond an MSA boundary or a State boundary. As a result, under the final rule, a facility-based assessment may not extend beyond an MSA boundary and may not extend beyond a State boundary unless the facility-based assessment area is located within a multistate MSA.
                    </P>
                    <P>Final § __.16(b)(3) provides that an intermediate or a small bank may adjust the boundaries of its facility-based assessment areas to include only the portion of a county that it reasonably can be expected to serve, subject to the limitations in paragraph (c). Final § __.16(b)(3) also provides that a facility-based assessment area that includes a partial county must consist of contiguous whole census tracts. The agencies believe that the requirement that partial-county delineations must consist of contiguous census tracts was implicit in the proposal, but that it is appropriate to make this requirement explicit in the final rule, paralleling the contiguous county requirement in final § __.16(b)(2).</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">MSA and State boundaries.</E>
                         Under the final rule, a bank may not delineate a facility-based assessment area that extends beyond an MSA boundary, and a bank may not delineate a facility-based assessment area that extends beyond a State boundary unless the facility-based assessment area is located in a multistate MSA. By contrast, the proposal would have permitted facility-based assessment areas located in combined statistical areas to extend beyond an MSA or State boundary. The agencies have reconsidered the issue and, for the reasons discussed below, are adopting a final rule that is consistent with current § __.41(e)(4), which provides that an assessment area may not extend substantially beyond an MSA boundary or beyond a State boundary unless the assessment area is located in a multistate MSA.
                        <SU>635</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>635</SU>
                             The agencies acknowledge that current guidance suggests that banks may delineate assessment areas that extend beyond MSA boundaries in a combined statistical area. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.41(e)(4)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that allowing a facility-based assessment area to consist of an entire combined statistical area would create challenges in assigning conclusions consistent with statutory requirements. Specifically, the statute requires the agencies, in the written evaluation of a bank, to present conclusions separately for each metropolitan area in which the bank maintains a branch.
                        <SU>636</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, the statute requires the agencies to present, in the written evaluation of an interstate bank's performance within a State, conclusions separately for each metropolitan area in which the bank maintains a branch, and for the remainder of the nonmetropolitan area of the State if the bank maintains one or more branches in such nonmetropolitan area.
                        <SU>637</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Because a combined statistical area may include a combination of metropolitan and nonmetropolitan counties, or may contain multiple distinct MSAs, the agencies would need to assign conclusions to one or more subparts of a facility-based assessment area consisting of a combined statistical area. For similar reasons, the agencies believe that applying the Community Development Financing Test in a facility-based assessment area consisting of a combined statistical area would be challenging because the Community Development Financing Test involves separate benchmarks for metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas.
                        <SU>638</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>636</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906(b)(1)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>637</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906(d)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>638</SU>
                             These benchmarks are discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Whole- and partial-county delineations.</E>
                         Under the final rule, large banks must delineate facility-based assessment areas composed of whole counties, but small and intermediate banks are permitted to adjust the boundaries of their facility-based assessment areas to include only those contiguous census tracts within a county that such banks can reasonably be expected to serve. The agencies' determination that large banks, but not small and intermediate banks, should be required to delineate facility-based assessment areas composed of whole counties balances multiple competing considerations.
                    </P>
                    <P>On the one hand, the agencies believe that requiring large banks to delineate facility-based assessment areas composed of whole counties helps to encourage those banks to serve low- or moderate-income individuals and census tracts in counties where the bank's deposit-taking facilities are located and helps to safeguard and support fair lending. In particular, requiring a bank to delineate facility-based assessment areas composed of whole counties could reduce the risk that a facility-based assessment area may exclude low- or moderate-income or majority-minority census tracts from the facility-based assessment area. In addition, and as discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.24, whole-county delineations facilitate the application of the Community Development Financing Test because the relevant metrics and benchmarks are calculated at the county level, and cannot be calculated at the census tract level without increasing the reporting burden on banks. Similarly, and as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.28, whole-county delineations for large banks facilitate the final rule's approach to weighting facility-based assessment area conclusions because these weights are based on a combination of a bank's retail loan and deposits data, and deposits data are reported at the county level for large banks with assets of over $10 billion, pursuant to final § __.42(b)(3). Under an alternative approach in which large banks are able to delineate partial-county facility-based assessment areas, to calculate a weight for each area, large banks with assets over $10 billion would need to report deposits data at a more granular geographic level, such as census tracts, which the agencies believe would increase burden and privacy concerns.</P>
                    <P>
                        On the other hand, the agencies have considered that requiring banks to delineate facility-based assessment areas composed of whole counties could result in facility-based assessment areas that are challenging for some large banks to serve, and may have an impact on compliance burden, such as costs associated with monitoring the bank's performance in and relevant benchmarks across the entire county, rather than a smaller geographic area. This is particularly the case with very large counties or counties with dividing geographic features (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         a large body of water that divides the county in two) in which a bank has a limited presence.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that the final rule strikes an appropriate balance between these competing considerations. In circumstances in which large banks cannot serve their whole counties due to geographic barriers, limited presence, or other factors, the agencies would take these factors into consideration as performance context when evaluating a large bank's performance in such a 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6734"/>
                        facility-based assessment area, as is generally the case under existing standards. Accordingly, the agencies believe that the application of performance context appropriately mitigates these concerns with respect to this final rule's whole-county delineation requirement for large banks, while retaining the benefits of the overall approach as described above. For these reasons, final § __.16(b)(2) requires large banks to delineate facility-based assessment areas composed of whole counties.
                    </P>
                    <P>By contrast, final § __.16(b)(3) allows small and intermediate banks to delineate partial-county facility-based assessment areas, as under the current rule, because these banks generally have less capacity than large banks to serve whole counties and to adapt to new regulatory requirements. The agencies have considered commenters' concerns that allowing partial-county delineations could result in the exclusion of low- or moderate-income, majority-minority, underserved, or rural census tracts from a facility-based assessment area. However, the agencies believe that other provisions of the final rule, including the limitations in final § __.16(c), discussed below, sufficiently address this risk.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.16(c) Other Limitations on the Delineation of a Facility-Based Assessment Area</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Proposed § __.16(c) would retain the current rule that a bank's facility-based assessment areas may not reflect illegal discrimination and may not arbitrarily exclude low- or moderate-income census tracts, taking into account the bank's size and financial condition. The agencies stated in the proposal that these prohibitions affirm a bank's CRA obligation to serve its entire community, including low- or moderate-income individuals and census tracts, and should remain a vital component of the assessment area framework.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Several commenters provided feedback regarding the proposed limitations on the delineation of facility-based assessment areas in proposed § __.16(c). These commenters generally recommended that the agencies strengthen the prohibitions that a bank's facility-based assessment areas may not reflect illegal discrimination and may not arbitrarily exclude low- or moderate-income census tracts. For example, a commenter recommended clarifying under what circumstances a bank's assessment areas would be deemed to reflect illegal discrimination and suggested that the agencies establish a rebuttable presumption that a bank's facility-based assessment area reflects illegal discrimination where its facility-based assessment area consists of a partial political subdivision that excludes contiguous neighborhoods of color. Many commenters stated that racial demographics should be considered when delineating facility-based assessment areas, emphasizing that minority communities should not be arbitrarily excluded. For example, a commenter suggested that where a small or intermediate bank delineates a facility-based assessment areas containing part of a county, examiners should review the partial-county delineation to ensure that it does not unreasonably exclude minority communities; if examiners determine the bank has unreasonably excluded minority communities, this finding should adversely impact the bank's CRA rating.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting the limitations on the delineation of facility-based assessment areas in proposed § __.16(c) substantially as proposed. Relative to the proposal, the final rule includes drafting changes to clarify that the bank's capacity and constraints, including its size and financial condition, are considerations that the agencies will take into account in determining whether a facility-based assessment area arbitrarily excludes low- or moderate-income census tracts.
                        <SU>639</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>639</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.41(e)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies acknowledge comments that recommended more specific and stringent standards to safeguard against illegal discrimination and arbitrary exclusion. Whether a facility-based assessment area reflects illegal discrimination is a fact-and-circumstances-specific determination, and for this reason, the agencies are not adopting more specific standards, such as the rebuttable presumption suggested by some commenters, within the regulatory text. The agencies note that other parts of the final rule, such as the adverse effect of discriminatory or other illegal credit practices provided in final § __.28(d), help safeguard and support fair lending, consistent with the agencies' goal of confirming that CRA and fair lending responsibilities are mutually reinforcing. Moreover, consistent with current CRA examination procedures, examiners will continue to review a bank's delineation of any facility-based assessment areas, whether composed of partial or whole counties, for compliance with the requirements of § __.16, which includes ensuring that the facility-based assessment area does not reflect illegal discrimination and does not arbitrarily exclude any low- or moderate-income areas.
                        <SU>640</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>640</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Large Institution CRA Examination Procedures (April 2014) at 4. In addition, examiners review a bank's CRA assessment areas as part of the redlining analysis in fair lending examinations. Specifically, the redlining analysis considers the following indicators of potential discriminatory redlining, among others: (1) explicit demarcation of credit product markets that excludes MSAs, political subdivisions, census tracts, or other geographic areas within the bank's lending market or CRA assessment areas and having relatively high concentrations of minority residents, and (2) the bank's CRA assessment area appears to have been drawn to exclude areas with relatively high concentrations of minority residents. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Interagency Fair Lending Examination Procedures (August 2009) at 10-11.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.16(d) Military Banks</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed § __.16(d) would retain the flexibility in the current rule afforded to a military bank whose customers are not located within a defined geographic area to delineate its entire deposit customer base as its assessment area, consistent with the CRA statute.
                        <SU>641</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>641</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2902(4). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(f). The agencies proposed to define “military bank” to mean a bank whose business predominately consists of serving the needs of military personnel who serve or have served in the Armed Forces (including the U.S. Air Force, U.S. Army, U.S. Coast Guard, U.S. Marine Corps, and U.S. Navy) or dependents of military personnel. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12, a commenter recommended expanding the proposed definition of “military bank” to include a branch located on a military installation so that such a branch could delineate its entire deposit customer base as an assessment area, as provided in proposed § __.16(d), regardless of whether the bank as a whole qualifies as a military bank. As an alternative to expanding the “military bank” definition in this way, the commenter suggested allowing a bank that operates a branch on a military installation to delineate a geographic-based facility-based assessment area defined by the boundaries of the military installation. The commenter explained that one of these alternatives is necessary because it can be challenging for a branch located on a military installation to serve a broader geographic area given 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6735"/>
                        restrictions on public access to military installations.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are finalizing a modified version of proposed § __.16(d). The final rule provides that, notwithstanding the other requirements of § __.16, a military bank whose customers are not located within a defined geographic area may delineate the entire United States and its territories as its sole facility-based assessment area. The final rule uses the defined term “facility-based assessment area,” rather than “assessment area” as proposed, to clarify that the area is not a retail lending assessment area or outside retail lending area, which would be evaluated only under the Retail Lending Test. In addition, the agencies believe that the term “sole” clarifies that a military bank that elects to delineate its facility-based assessment area pursuant to § __.16(d) would have only one facility-based assessment area, and would not delineate other geographic areas for evaluation.
                        <SU>642</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>642</SU>
                             The evaluation of military banks under the final rule is discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.21(a)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered the challenges identified by commenters regarding the operation of branches on military installations. However, the agencies have determined not to modify the facility-based assessment area delineation requirements for these branches. The agencies believe that the final rule approach is sufficiently flexible such that banks that operate branches on military installations, or in other areas where public access is restricted, would not be penalized for doing so. In particular, the agencies expect that examiners would consider the public accessibility of a branch as performance context when evaluating the bank's performance in the facility-based assessment area surrounding the branch. Other areas of the final rule also permit examiners the flexibility to consider the unique circumstances of branches on military installations. For example, pursuant to final § __.22(c), in the case of a bank that operates a branch on a military installation but that does not meet or surpass the Retail Lending Volume Screen threshold in the facility-based assessment area, examiners could consider the restrictions on public access to the branch as part of the bank's institutional capacity and constraints.
                        <SU>643</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>643</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22(c)(3)(i)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.16(e) Use of Facility-Based Assessments Areas</HD>
                    <P>As under the current rule, proposed § __.16(e) stated that the agencies use the facility-based assessment areas delineated by a bank in their evaluation of the bank's CRA performance unless the agencies determine that the facility-based assessment areas do not comply with the requirements of proposed § __.16.</P>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments on this aspect of the proposal. As such, the agencies are finalizing § __.16(e) as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.17 Retail Lending Assessment Areas</HD>
                    <P>In proposed § __.17, the agencies proposed a new requirement for large banks to delineate retail lending assessment areas where a large bank has concentrations of home mortgage or small business loans outside of its facility-based assessment areas. The agencies proposed to evaluate a large bank's performance in retail lending assessment areas under the proposed Retail Lending Test, but not under other performance tests. As stated in the proposal, the agencies intended the proposed retail lending assessment area approach, as with facility-based assessment areas, to establish local communities in which a bank is evaluated for its CRA performance, and to reflect ongoing changes in the banking industry. The agencies further stated in the proposal that evaluating large banks' retail lending performance on a local basis in retail lending assessment areas would accord with CRA's focus on a bank's local performance in helping to meet community credit needs, promote transparency by providing useful information to the public and banks regarding their performance in specific markets, and improve parity between banks that lend primarily through branches and those banks with different business models.</P>
                    <P>The agencies received a significant amount of feedback related to the retail lending assessment area proposal from a wide array of commenters. Commenters expressed a range of views regarding the overall retail lending assessment area approach, with many commenters supporting the proposal, and many other commenters opposing it, especially due to concerns about the compliance burden of the proposal. Commenters also provided feedback on specific aspects of the retail lending assessment area proposal, including which large banks should be required to delineate retail lending assessment areas, geographic requirements for retail lending assessment areas, and the number and types of retail loans that would trigger the retail lending assessment area requirement.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are including the retail lending assessment area approach in the final rule. However, in response to commenter feedback, the agencies are adopting several modifications to the retail lending assessment area proposal to better align the retail lending assessment area approach with the agencies' policy objectives. In particular, and as described below, the final rule (1) tailors the retail lending assessment area requirement by exempting large banks that conduct more than 80 percent of their retail lending in facility-based assessment areas from the retail lending assessment area requirement; (2) reduces the number of retail lending assessment areas that affected large banks will need to delineate by increasing the proposed home mortgage loan and small business loan count thresholds for triggering retail lending assessment areas; (3) reduces the number of product lines evaluated in retail lending assessment areas by modifying the evaluation of a large bank's retail lending performance in retail lending assessment areas so that only closed-end home mortgage loans and small business loans are evaluated, and only if they exceed the applicable loan count threshold; and (4) narrows the geographic scope of certain retail lending assessment areas by tailoring the proposed geographic requirements for retail lending assessment areas in the nonmetropolitan area of a State to exclude any counties in which a large bank did not originate any reported closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Overall Retail Lending Assessment Area Approach</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        To facilitate evaluation of whether and to what extent banks are meeting the credit needs of their entire communities, proposed § __.17 complemented the existing framework for evaluating large banks' retail lending in facility-based assessment areas by requiring large banks to delineate retail lending assessment areas where they have concentrations of certain retail loans (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         home mortgage loans or small business loans) outside of facility-based assessment areas. The agencies proposed to evaluate a large bank's performance in retail lending assessment areas under the proposed 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6736"/>
                        Retail Lending Test, but not under other performance tests.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Numerous commenters addressed the overall retail lending assessment area approach. Many commenters expressed support for establishing retail lending assessment areas, but many others either opposed the concept altogether or recommended changes to reduce the compliance burden associated with retail lending assessment areas. Additionally, some commenters offered views on alternative ways to evaluate retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Support for retail lending assessment areas.</E>
                         A number of commenters expressed support for the agencies' proposal to require retail lending assessment areas where large banks do not maintain deposit-taking facilities but have concentrations of home mortgage loans and/or small business loans. Many of these commenters asserted that the agencies' proposal represents an appropriate response to changes in banking over time, such as the increase in retail lending offered via non-branch-based delivery channels and would improve parity in the same geographic area between banks that operate via branches and banks that begin to make loans in the same market without establishing a branch. For example, some commenters stated that the proliferation of online lending and other non-branch-based delivery channels increasingly allows for a bank to serve a local community without the presence of a deposit-taking facility located within the community, and that the CRA evaluation framework should evolve to reflect this development. Other commenters noted that the retail lending assessment area approach would ensure that a large bank that closes its deposit-taking facilities in a geographic area but continues to conduct a significant volume of retail lending through online or other channels in that area, would continue to have that retail lending evaluated on a local basis. A few commenters also stated that evaluating banks in retail lending assessment areas would be consistent with the purpose and principles of the CRA statute.
                    </P>
                    <P>Commenters that supported the overall retail lending assessment area approach also pointed to various benefits that they believe would follow from the approach. For example, some commenters noted that the proposed retail lending assessment area approach, together with the proposed outside retail lending area approach, would result in the majority of bank retail lending being evaluated under the CRA, and would increase bank accountability for serving low- and moderate-income communities as a result. A number of commenters stated that the proposed retail lending assessment area approach would improve CRA coverage in underserved geographic areas, with various commenters suggesting that rural areas, banking deserts, impoverished communities, majority-minority communities, and Native Land areas would particularly benefit from the proposed approach. A few commenters stated that expanding assessment areas beyond facility-based assessment areas would likely result in more lending to low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities, noting that research demonstrates that banks make a higher percentage of their loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers and in low- and moderate-income census tracts in their assessment areas compared to areas not designated as assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Policy concerns with retail lending assessment areas.</E>
                         Conversely, many commenters opposed or raised significant concerns with the proposed retail lending assessment area approach.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        First, many of the commenters that opposed or expressed concerns with the proposed retail lending assessment area approach asserted that the addition of retail lending assessment areas would introduce significant complexity into CRA evaluations and impose substantial compliance burdens on banks. Several of these commenters estimated that, under the proposal, some banks would be required to delineate large numbers of new retail lending assessment areas and expressed that monitoring where a bank might trigger retail lending assessment areas, including retail lending performance metrics and performance ranges in those areas, would entail significant compliance costs. A few commenters stated that the compliance burden associated with the retail lending assessment area proposal would be particularly acute for smaller large banks (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         large banks with assets under $10 billion), which these commenters said are not currently staffed or equipped with appropriate technology to satisfy CRA requirements in retail lending assessment areas. At least one commenter stated that the compliance burden of the proposed retail lending assessment area approach was not worth the relatively low weight that retail lending assessment areas would typically receive under the proposed Retail Lending Test, based on lower levels of bank retail lending and deposit dollar volumes in these markets.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters that emphasized the compliance burdens associated with the retail lending assessment area proposal offered suggestions for how the agencies could modify the proposal to reduce the compliance impact. For example, many of these commenters supported an exemption from the retail lending assessment area requirements for primarily branch-based banks and increased loan count thresholds for triggering retail lending assessment areas, as described below. At least one commenter suggested including a cap on the number of retail lending assessment areas that a large bank must delineate to mitigate concerns that some banks would be required to delineate a large number of retail lending assessment areas. At least one other commenter suggested that the agencies should create data and mapping tools to assist banks with delineating assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>Second, some commenters that opposed or expressed concerns with the proposed retail lending assessment area approach warned of unintended consequences that they believed would result from retail lending assessment areas. For example, many commenters expressed concerns that the proposed retail lending assessment areas could result in banks limiting retail lending activity, which some of these commenters asserted would be contrary to the intent of the CRA and the agencies' proposal. In particular, commenters warned that banks might curtail their retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas, such as by closing loan production offices and reducing indirect lending, to avoid surpassing the loan count thresholds that would trigger the delineation of retail lending assessment areas. Further, commenters warned that banks that have already surpassed the loan count thresholds and would therefore be required to delineate retail lending assessment areas might withdraw from these geographic areas, particularly if it would be too challenging to meet performance standards in a retail lending assessment area without a physical presence or local community knowledge or expertise.</P>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters identified other potential unintended consequences of retail lending assessment areas. For example, several commenters asserted that the addition of retail lending assessment areas would competitively disadvantage banks relative to nonbank lenders and credit unions who are not subject to the CRA, thereby exacerbating trends of home mortgage and small business lending shifting outside the regulated banking system. A few 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6737"/>
                        commenters stated that as banks dedicate more resources to serve retail lending assessment areas, banks' capacity to be responsive to community needs within facility-based assessment areas would necessarily be reduced. A few commenters suggested that the proposed retail lending assessment area approach could cause banks to rethink their business models, including by slowing their deposit and loan growth through digital channels. Another commenter stated that expanding assessment areas would make it even harder for low-income areas that need banking services to be served, noting that many low-income individuals are disadvantaged when relying on online services.
                    </P>
                    <P>Third, some commenters expressed concerns that the retail lending assessment area proposal would not target geographic areas with the greatest needs and would not benefit low- or moderate-income and underserved communities. For example, a few commenters made the point that subjecting digital banks to retail lending assessment areas would not target underserved geographies with the greatest credit needs, with at least one such commenter recommending that the agencies focus on incentivizing digital lenders to conduct CRA activities where there is the most need. Other commenters asserted that retail lending assessment areas would be located predominantly in large cities and would not benefit underserved areas outside of these cities. At least one commenter indicated that retail lending assessment areas would not address the problem of a bank taking deposits from a market but not lending in that market, and would not prevent a bank from engaging in redlining.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Legal concerns regarding retail lending assessment area proposal.</E>
                         Some commenters opposed to the proposed retail lending assessment area approach raised legal concerns regarding this aspect of the proposal. First, some commenters questioned whether the agencies' analysis supporting the retail lending assessment area proposal was legally adequate under the Administrative Procedure Act. Several commenters suggested that the agencies' justification for the retail lending assessment area proposal did not demonstrate that the agencies engaged in reasoned decision-making, for example, stating that the agencies failed to demonstrate the potential benefits of retail lending assessment areas would exceed the significant burden they would impose on banks or otherwise did not provide an adequate rationale for specific aspects of the retail lending assessment area proposal. A few commenters stated that the proposal did not include enough information for commenters to be able to assess the impact of the retail lending assessment area proposal, such as where particular retail lending assessment areas would be located.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Second, some commenters questioned whether the agencies have the legal authority under the CRA to evaluate banks' retail lending in geographic areas where they do not maintain deposit-taking facilities. For example, these commenters pointed to certain provisions of the statute to support the proposition that a bank's community refers only to the geographic areas around deposit-taking facilities, including references to banks' local communities in the findings and purpose section of the statute,
                        <SU>644</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the provisions of the statute regarding written evaluations,
                        <SU>645</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the provision concerning banks that serve military personnel.
                        <SU>646</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>644</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901(a)(3) (referring to banks' obligation to “help meet the credit needs of the local communities in which they are chartered”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>645</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906(b)(1)(B) (requiring the agencies to present certain information related to a bank's performance “separately for each metropolitan area in which a regulated depository institution maintains one or more domestic branches”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>646</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2902(4) (permitting a bank “whose business predominately consists of serving the needs of military personnel who are not located within a defined geographic” to “define its `entire community' to include its entire deposit customer base without regard to geographic proximity”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternatives to retail lending assessment areas.</E>
                         Some commenters that opposed or expressed concerns with retail lending assessment areas suggested a variety of alternative approaches for evaluating banks' retail lending outside of facility-based assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <P>First, some commenters suggested evaluating all of a large bank's retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas at a broader geographic level, such as at the State or institution level only. In general, these commenters stated that an institution-wide evaluation would: (1) provide a more complete view of a bank's retail lending distributions; (2) maximize geographic coverage; and (3) afford neutral treatment to a bank's business model, consistent with the agencies' goals for CRA modernization. At least one of these commenters suggested that an institution-level evaluation could be supplemented by providing banks positive consideration for strong lending performance in underserved geographic areas.</P>
                    <P>Second, other commenters suggested evaluating large banks in retail lending assessment areas only at a bank's option, emphasizing the compliance burden of the retail lending assessment area proposal.</P>
                    <P>Third, some commenters suggested that banks should be required to delineate assessment areas in geographic areas with the greatest need, such as rural areas, majority-minority areas, and Native Land areas. These commenters generally expressed concerns that, under the proposed approach, retail lending assessment areas would not necessarily cover these geographic areas, and thus would not necessarily incentivize banks to increase lending in the areas of greatest need.</P>
                    <P>Finally, many commenters recommended requiring banks to delineate an assessment area where they have concentrations of deposits outside of facility-based assessment areas, either as an alternative or in addition to the agencies' proposed retail lending assessment areas. Some of these commenters provided the view that, compared to retail lending assessment areas, deposit-based assessment areas would be more consistent with the CRA's emphasis on banks' reinvesting in the communities from which they draw deposits. Some commenters added that deposit-based assessment areas would be especially important for capturing banks whose business models involve collecting deposits through non-branch channels, but that do not necessarily engage in lending in the communities from which those deposits are drawn. A few commenters suggested that the agencies could wait until the proposed deposit data collection and reporting provisions are implemented, and then revisit the issue of whether to require delineation of deposit-based assessment areas. In contrast, another commenter opposed establishing deposit-based assessment areas because it would require deposit data collection and reporting requirements for all large banks.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are including the retail lending assessment area approach in the final rule. However, in response to commenter feedback and in consideration of the agencies' policy objectives, the agencies are also adopting several modifications to the retail lending assessment area proposal. Specifically, the final rule: (1) tailors the retail lending assessment area requirement to a narrower subset of large banks by exempting large banks that conduct more than 80 percent of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6738"/>
                        their retail lending in facility-based assessment areas from the retail lending assessment area requirement; (2) reduces the number of retail lending assessment areas that affected large banks will need to delineate by increasing the proposed home mortgage loan and small business loan count thresholds for triggering retail lending assessment areas; (3) reduces the number of product lines evaluated in retail lending assessment areas by modifying the evaluation of a large bank's retail lending performance in retail lending assessment areas so that only closed-end home mortgage loans and small business loans are evaluated, and only if they exceed the applicable loan count threshold; and (4) narrows the geographic scope of certain retail lending assessment areas by tailoring the proposed geographic requirements for retail lending assessment areas in the nonmetropolitan area of a State to exclude any counties in which a large bank did not originate any reported closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans. These modifications to the proposal are discussed in detail below.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Legal authority.</E>
                         The agencies have considered all of the issues raised by commenters regarding their legal authority to require large banks to delineate retail lending assessment areas and to evaluate the retail lending performance of large banks in those areas. Consistent with the agencies' views stated in the proposal, and upon further deliberation and consideration, the agencies have concluded that the CRA authorizes the agencies to evaluate large banks' retail lending performance in geographic areas where banks have concentrations of retail loans. In particular, the CRA requires the agencies to assess a bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its 
                        <E T="03">entire community,</E>
                         without defining what constitutes a bank's entire community.
                        <SU>647</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, the references to a bank's 
                        <E T="03">local communities</E>
                         in the congressional findings and purpose section of the statute do not define what geographic areas constitute a bank's local communities.
                        <SU>648</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>647</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(1) (requiring that the agencies “assess [an] institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>648</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901(a)(3) (finding that “regulated financial institutions have continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet the credit needs of the local communities in which they are chartered”) and 12 U.S.C. 2901(b) (stating that the purpose of the CRA is “encourage such institutions to help meet the credit needs of the local communities in which they are chartered consistent with the safe and sound operation of such institutions.”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The CRA includes provisions that specifically relate to the preparation of written evaluations that support the conclusion that the geographic areas where a bank maintains deposit-taking facilities are considered part of the bank's entire community.
                        <SU>649</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, nothing in these provisions indicates that a bank's entire community consists of 
                        <E T="03">only</E>
                         these geographic areas. Similarly, the provision of the statute concerning banks that serve the needs of military personnel, also cited by some commenters, does not support the view that other types of banks' local communities or entire communities are limited to areas with geographic proximity to a deposit-taking facility.
                        <SU>650</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>649</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">E.g.,</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906 (requiring the agencies to prepare a written evaluation of a bank's CRA performance for each metropolitan area and, in the case of an interstate bank, each State and/or multistate metropolitan area in which the bank maintains a branch).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>650</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2902(4) (authorizing a bank whose business predominately consists of serving the needs of military personnel who are not located within a defined geographic area to define “its entire deposit customer base without regard to geographic proximity” as “its `entire community' ”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The CRA delegates authority to the agencies to prescribe regulations to carry out the purposes of the CRA.
                        <SU>651</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To achieve its purposes, the CRA requires the agencies to assess whether a bank is meeting the credit needs of all parts of the communities it serves, without excluding the low- and moderate-income neighborhoods in those communities.
                        <SU>652</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies have determined, based on their supervisory experience and expertise, that a large bank's “entire community” can reasonably be considered to include areas where the bank is conducting meaningful banking activity by making a substantial number of retail loans. The agencies have concluded that retail lending assessment areas fall within the requirements imposed on the agencies by the CRA to assess a bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, and properly further the purpose of the statute to encourage banks to meet the credit needs of all parts of communities in which they meaningfully operate and that they serve.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>651</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2905.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>652</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Policy objectives of retail lending assessment areas.</E>
                         In developing the overall retail lending assessment area approach in the proposed and final rules, the agencies seek to achieve several different policy objectives.
                    </P>
                    <P>First, the overall retail lending assessment area approach adapts to ongoing changes to the banking industry. The current CRA regulations generally define assessment areas in connection with a bank's main office, branches, and deposit-taking ATMs. However, the agencies recognize that changes in technology and in bank business models have resulted in banks' entire communities extending beyond the geographic footprint of the bank's main office, branches, and other deposit-taking facilities. To reflect these changes in banking, and to make the assessment area framework more durable over time, the agencies are complementing the existing facility-based assessment area framework in the final rule with a retail lending assessment area requirement tailored to certain large banks.</P>
                    <P>Second, the retail lending assessment area approach improves parity in the evaluation framework for large banks with different business models. For example, under the current approach, a bank that maintains branches in multiple States and conducts retail lending in the geographic areas served by those branches would have its retail lending evaluated in multiple assessment areas based on the location of its branches; however, an online bank that conducts a similar amount of retail lending in the same geographic areas would not be required to delineate assessment areas in these areas under current standards, and would only be evaluated in one assessment area based on the location of the bank's main office. Under the retail lending assessment area approach of the final rule, however, the online bank may be required to delineate retail lending assessment areas in the geographic areas where it makes a concentration of retail loans, or these loans may be included in the bank's outside retail lending area evaluation, resulting in more comparable CRA evaluations for both banks despite their different business models.</P>
                    <P>
                        Third, in accounting for ongoing changes to the banking industry and improving parity in the evaluation framework for large banks with different business models, the agencies also seek to retain an emphasis on a large bank's performance in meeting the credit needs of the local communities it serves, consistent with the focus of the CRA. Specifically, the agencies seek to emphasize performance in specific geographic areas by assigning conclusions that reflect the large bank's retail lending performance in those areas, rather than only assigning conclusions at an aggregate level. For example, under the retail lending assessment area approach, a bank that is not meeting the retail credit needs of a specific geographic area in which it has 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6739"/>
                        made a significant volume of retail loans will receive a conclusion of “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” in that retail lending assessment area, reflecting the bank's performance in that specific geographic area. As discussed below, the agencies considered an alternative approach in which all of a large bank's retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas would only be evaluated in the aggregate (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         assigning a single conclusion that reflects the bank's performance with respect to all of its retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas), rather than assigning conclusions that reflect the bank's performance in specific geographic areas outside of the bank's facility-based assessment areas where the bank has concentrations of retail lending. For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are not adopting this alternative approach.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Fourth, the retail lending assessment area approach, in combination with the outside retail lending area approach discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.18, increases the share of retail lending by large banks that is considered in CRA evaluations. Under the current approach, retail lending conducted outside of a bank's assessment areas is not evaluated using the Lending Test criteria; this lending is only considered if the bank has adequately addressed the needs of borrowers within its assessment areas, and does not compensate for poor lending performance within the bank's assessment areas.
                        <SU>653</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The retail lending assessment area approach in the final rule applies a metrics-based evaluation approach to retail loans in retail lending assessment areas (and outside retail lending areas) and generally increases the share of retail lending by banks that is evaluated in this manner.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>653</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.22(b)(2) and (3)-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies seek to achieve the policy objectives described above while also appropriately adjusting for the level of complexity and impact on large banks that would have new retail lending assessment area evaluations. The agencies acknowledge that the retail lending assessment area approach may result in additional compliance costs for large banks; in particular, the agencies have considered feedback from industry commenters that the compliance costs related to the retail lending assessment area approach include costs associated with identifying and delineating retail lending assessment areas, costs associated with reporting the location of retail lending assessment areas, potential costs associated with monitoring performance in retail lending assessment areas, and potential costs associated with meeting performance standards in retail lending assessment areas. The agencies believe that aggregate compliance costs related to the retail lending assessment area approach is correlated with the number of large banks that are required to delineate one or more retail lending assessment areas, the total number of retail lending assessment areas overall, and the number of product lines evaluated within retail lending assessment areas. The retail lending assessment area approach in the final rule is intended to address compliance cost concerns, while simultaneously ensuring that the agencies' other objectives, described above, are achieved.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Modifications to the proposed retail lending assessment area approach.</E>
                         In developing the final rule, the agencies have considered the proposed retail lending assessment area approach in light of the policy objectives described above and public comments on this aspect of the proposal. The agencies continue to believe that evaluating the retail lending performance of certain large banks in geographic areas where they have concentrations of retail loans accomplishes the agencies' policy objectives; accordingly, the final rule includes a retail lending assessment area approach. However, as noted above, the final rule includes several modifications to the retail lending assessment area proposal to better align the retail lending assessment area approach with the agencies' policy objectives.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        First, and as described below in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.17(a), the agencies are adopting the alternative approach discussed in the proposal of exempting from the retail lending assessment area requirement large banks that conduct more than 80 percent of their retail lending in facility-based assessment areas.
                        <SU>654</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe that this exemption appropriately narrows the scope of the retail lending assessment area requirement to large banks that conduct a significant portion (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         20 percent or more) of their retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas. This exemption further recognizes that conclusions assigned to the retail lending performance of predominantly branch-based banks in their facility-based assessment areas typically already capture a large majority of these banks' retail lending. In addition, the agencies believe this exemption aligns with the other objectives of adapting to changes in the banking landscape, improving parity in the evaluation framework for branch-based and non-branch based large banks, and minimizing the number of retail lending assessment areas and the number of affected large banks while still achieving the agencies' other policy objectives.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>654</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.17(a)(2) and final appendix A, paragraph II.a.1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Second, and as described below in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.17(c), the agencies are increasing, relative to the proposal, the respective loan count thresholds in the final rule for triggering the requirement to delineate retail lending assessment areas from the proposed levels to 150 closed-end home mortgage loans and 400 small business loans. In response to changes to the major product lines evaluated under the Retail Lending Test discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d), the agencies are also limiting the proposed home mortgage loan count threshold to closed-end home mortgage loans only. In comparison to the proposal, which would have required a large bank to delineate a retail lending assessment area if it originated at least 100 home mortgage loans (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         open-end home mortgage loans or closed-end home mortgage loans) or 250 small business loans in a geographic area, the final rule increases these loan count thresholds by 50 percent (for closed-end home mortgage loans only) and 60 percent for small business loans. The agencies believe that these revised loan count thresholds in the final rule strike an appropriate balance between, on the one hand, increasing the share of retail lending that is considered in CRA evaluations and the share of retail lending with respect to which a bank's performance is assigned a conclusion in a specific geographic area, and on the other hand, minimizing the number of retail lending assessment areas and affected large banks while still achieving the agencies' other policy objectives.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Third, and as described below in connection with the section-by-section analysis of final § __.17(d), the agencies are modifying the evaluation of a large bank's retail lending performance in retail lending assessment areas so that the only retail product lines that may evaluated as a major product line in a retail lending assessment area are closed-end home mortgage loans and small business loans. Further, closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans are major product lines in a retail lending assessment area only if the product line exceeds the applicable loan 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6740"/>
                        count threshold in the retail lending assessment area (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         150 closed-end home mortgage loans, and 400 small business loans). As a result, the number of product lines evaluated in retail lending assessment areas will decrease relative to the proposed approach. The agencies believe that this modification will appropriately focus the retail lending evaluation in retail lending assessment areas on the particular concentration of retail loans responsible for triggering the retail lending assessment area and, in so doing, will reduce the potential compliance costs associated with monitoring performance in these areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>Finally, and as described below with the section-by-section analysis of final § __.17(b), the agencies are tailoring the geographic requirements for retail lending assessment areas located in the nonmetropolitan area of a State to exclude any counties in which a large bank did not originate any reported closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans during the calendar year. As a result, the geographic scope of these retail lending assessment areas will be more focused in comparison to the proposed approach and will limit the evaluation of a large bank's performance in these retail lending assessment areas to the counties in which a bank has conducted retail lending.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Impact of modifications to the proposed retail lending assessment area approach.</E>
                         To assess the cumulative impact of the modifications to the proposed retail lending assessment area approach, the agencies conducted an analysis of the proposed retail lending assessment area approach and the final rule approach using data from the 2018, 2019, and 2020 calendar years.
                        <SU>655</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, assuming that the proposed approach and the final rule approach had been in effect during those years, the agencies calculated the number and share of large banks that would have had to delineate one or more retail lending assessment areas in any of those three years (“affected large banks”), and the number of retail lending assessment areas that would have been delineated in aggregate across all affected large banks under the proposed and final rule approaches, respectively. This analysis, shown in Table 1, showed that the modifications adopted in the final rule, relative to the proposal, would have reduced the number and percentage of affected large banks by about half, from 125 to 63 large banks, and from 33.5 percent to 16.9 percent of large banks in the sample. In addition, the modifications adopted in the final rule approach would have reduced the number of retail lending assessment areas delineated across all affected large banks by almost half, from 1,591 to 863 retail lending assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>655</SU>
                             The agencies used closed-end home mortgage and small business data from the CRA Analytics Data Tables for the years 2016-2020 to perform an analysis of the final rule retail lending assessment area approach and potential alternative approaches. The sample for the analysis included all CRA reporters, except for wholesale, limited purpose, and strategic plan banks which are excluded.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies also analyzed the distribution of the number of retail lending assessment areas across affected large banks that would have been delineated had the proposed approach and the final rule approach been in effect during the 2018, 2019, and 2020 calendar years. As shown in Table 2, among large banks that would have had been required to delineate one or more retail lending assessment areas during the period from 2018 to 2020, most affected large banks would have been required to delineate five or fewer retail lending assessment areas. Under the final rule approach, 24 affected large banks would have been required to delineate more than five retail lending assessment areas, compared to 38 affected large banks under the proposed approach.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P; 6210-01-P; 6714-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="189">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.000</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="484">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6741"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.001</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-C; 6210-01-C; 6714-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Availability of data tools.</E>
                         The agencies recognize that large banks that are not exempt from the requirement to delineate retail lending assessment areas will bear some compliance costs, such as costs associated with identifying and delineating retail lending assessment areas, and the costs associated with reporting the location of retail lending assessment areas. In addition, large banks may expend further resources to monitor their performance and meet performance standards in retail lending assessment areas. The agencies will develop and make freely available tools that would leverage reported loan data to help banks identify geographic areas where retail lending assessment areas may be required, and to calculate the retail lending distribution benchmarks that applied to those retail lending assessment areas in recent years. The agencies believe that such tools would also be responsive to some commenters' concerns that large banks may lack the technology and staffing necessary to satisfy CRA requirements in retail lending assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Impact of retail lending assessment areas on retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas.</E>
                         The agencies acknowledge that commenters disagreed on the likely impact of the proposed overall retail lending assessment area approach. In particular, some commenters stated that the approach would incentivize banks to improve their retail lending performance in retail lending assessment areas. Other commenters predicted that banks would reduce their retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas to avoid the requirement to delineate retail lending assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As further described in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22, the agencies conducted an analysis using historical data to estimate the recommended conclusions that banks would have received had the final rule Retail Lending Test been in effect in 2018-2020. Regarding large banks' 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6742"/>
                        performance in retail lending assessment areas, the agencies estimate that 77.7 percent of retail lending assessment areas delineated by large banks included in the analysis would have received either a “Low Satisfactory,” “High Satisfactory,” or “Outstanding” recommended conclusion, which the agencies believe demonstrates that a “Low Satisfactory” or higher conclusion is generally attainable for large banks in retail lending assessment areas. The agencies further note that, while an estimated 20.6 percent of retail lending assessment areas would have received recommended conclusions of “Needs to Improve,” and 1.8 percent would have received a recommended conclusion of “Substantial Noncompliance,” only approximately 7 percent of large banks included in the analysis would have received a “Needs to Improve” Retail Lending Test conclusion when overall retail lending performance is calculated at the institution level (and no large banks included in the analysis would have received a “Substantial Noncompliance” conclusion at the institution level). This analysis informs the agencies' belief that the retail lending assessment area approach is reasonable and not unduly burdensome, because the retail lending of a significant majority of affected banks in this analysis is consistent with a “Low Satisfactory,” “High Satisfactory,” or “Outstanding” estimated conclusion, both for retail lending assessment areas, and at the institution level.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternatives to retail lending assessment areas.</E>
                         In developing the overall retail lending assessment area approach in the proposed and final rules, the agencies considered alternative ways of modernizing the CRA evaluation framework to provide a more comprehensive evaluation of a large bank's retail lending, including in areas outside of facility-based assessment areas.
                        <SU>656</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>656</SU>
                             This discussion focuses on approaches to evaluating the retail lending of large banks outside of facility-based assessment areas. The final rule approach for evaluating intermediate and small banks' retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas is discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.18.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        First, as suggested by some commenters, the agencies considered an approach under which a large bank's retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas would be evaluated only at a broader geographic level, such as at the State or institution level. The agencies decided not to adopt this approach for large banks for several reasons. Under this approach, a bank would not receive a conclusion reflecting its retail lending performance in any specific geographic area outside of its facility-based assessment areas, including specific geographic areas in which it originated a significant number of loans. Compared to such an aggregate approach, the agencies believe that assigning conclusions that reflect a large bank's retail lending performance in retail lending assessments area comports with the CRA's focus on a bank meeting the credit needs of the local communities it serves. Further, assigning conclusions that reflect a large bank's performance in geographic areas where it has concentrations of retail loans provides more specific information to the bank and the public regarding the bank's performance particular geographic areas. Additionally, an institution-level only approach to evaluating a large bank's retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas would not achieve the agencies' objective of improving parity in the CRA evaluation framework for large banks with different business models. For example, under the institution-level only approach, a large branch-based bank would have much of its retail lending evaluated within its facility-based assessment areas, and would be assigned conclusions reflecting the bank's retail lending performance in those areas, with only its remaining retail lending evaluated on an aggregate basis at the institution level. By contrast, a large online bank with a similar volume and geographic dispersion of retail lending would have most of its retail lending (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         all of its retail lending outside the sole assessment area around the bank's main office) evaluated on an aggregate basis, with no conclusions that reflect performance in specific areas. Under the retail lending assessment area approach of the final rule, however, the large online bank may be required to delineate retail lending assessment areas, and the agencies would assign conclusions reflecting the large bank's retail lending performance in these retail lending assessment areas, resulting in more comparable CRA evaluations for both banks despite their different business models.
                    </P>
                    <P>Second, the agencies considered making retail lending assessment areas optional but not required, as some commenters requested. However, the agencies believe that an optional evaluation approach would not achieve the agencies' policy objectives since banks could opt out of retail lending assessment areas entirely under this alternative. The agencies are concerned that over time, an optional retail lending assessment area approach would make the assessment area framework less durable to ongoing changes in the banking industry, particularly with any expansion of digital banking. Specifically, if an increasing share of large bank retail lending occurs outside of facility-based assessment areas, and if the agencies could evaluate that lending in retail lending assessment areas only at a bank's option, the policy objectives of increasing the share of retail lending that is considered in CRA evaluations and that is evaluated in specific geographic areas would be undermined. Further, the policy objective of improving parity in the evaluation framework for banks with different business models would be undermined if, for example, non-branch-based banks could opt out of the retail lending assessment area approach.</P>
                    <P>
                        Third, as suggested by some commenters, the agencies considered requiring large banks to delineate assessment areas in geographic areas with the greatest credit needs, rather than delineating retail lending assessment areas. However, the agencies note that CRA encourages banks to help meet the credit needs of the local communities they serve, and does not require banks to begin serving communities they do not already serve.
                        <SU>657</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies believe it is appropriate to evaluate banks' retail lending performance in the communities it serves, regardless of the presence of other banks in those communities. Further, regarding the concern expressed by commenters that retail lending assessment areas would only be located in large cities, the agencies' analysis of the impact of the final rule Retail Lending Test using historical data indicates that there would have been a mixture of both metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas in which one or more retail lending assessment areas were located.
                        <SU>658</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>657</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>658</SU>
                             The agencies' analysis using historical data estimated that 18 percent of the RLAAs that would have been delineated during the 2018-2020 evaluation period would have been located in the nonmetropolitan area of a State.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Finally, the agencies considered requiring large banks to delineate deposit-based assessment areas in geographic areas outside of facility-based assessment areas where the bank draws a certain volume of deposits. The agencies have considered that there may be benefits to deposit-based assessment areas. However, the deposits data necessary to assess the potential impact of a potential deposit-based assessment area approach are not currently available because the FDIC's Summary 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6743"/>
                        of Deposits, which is the only source of information available on the geographic dispersion of bank deposits, apportions each bank's total deposits across its main office and its branches, all of which are located within its facility-based assessment areas, even when the deposits are collected from depositors outside of the bank's facility-based assessment areas. As a result, deposits collected from beyond a bank's facility-based assessment areas are assigned in the Summary of Deposits to branches within its facility-based assessment areas, making it impossible to determine how much of a bank's deposits were sourced outside of its facility-based assessment areas or from where those deposits were collected. Without such data, the agencies cannot determine, under various potential thresholds, the number of deposit-based assessment areas, the number of affected large banks, or the degree to which deposit-based assessment areas may capture retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas. In addition, due to the lack of deposits data, the agencies are not able to analyze different policy options related to deposit-based assessment areas, such as whether the threshold for requiring delineation of a deposit-based assessment area should be a certain percentage of a large bank's total deposits in a geographic area, a certain dollar volume of deposits in a geographic area, a certain number of depositors in a geographic area, or based on other factors. For these reasons, the agencies did not adopt the deposit-based assessment area approach.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.17(a) In General—Banks Subject to the Retail Lending Assessment Area Requirement</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to apply the retail lending assessment area requirement solely to large banks, including large banks that elect to be evaluated under an approved strategic plan.
                        <SU>659</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies also sought feedback on an alternative approach that would tailor the retail lending assessment area requirement by exempting large banks from the requirement to delineate retail lending assessment areas if such banks conduct a significant majority of their retail lending, such as more than 80 or 90 percent of their retail loans, inside their facility-based assessment areas. This exemption would exclude banks that are primarily branch-based from the retail lending assessment area requirement, reflecting the view that such banks' overall Retail Lending Test conclusion could be reasonably derived by focusing on the activity within their facility-based assessment areas. Under this alternative, the retail loans of an exempt bank outside of the bank's facility-based assessment areas would not be evaluated within a retail lending assessment area, but the agencies would evaluate this lending under the proposed outside retail lending area approach discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.18.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>659</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.17(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Numerous commenters addressed the types of banks that should be subject to the proposed requirement to delineate retail lending assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Tailoring of retail lending assessment area requirement by bank size.</E>
                         Some commenters supported the proposal not to apply the retail lending assessment area requirement to small and intermediate banks. As noted previously, a few commenters stated that the compliance burden associated with the retail lending assessment area proposal would be particularly acute for smaller large banks, with at least one such commenter recommending that the retail lending assessment area requirement should apply only to large banks with at least $10 billion in assets.
                    </P>
                    <P>Conversely, a few commenters suggested expanding the universe of banks subject to retail lending assessment area requirement. Some of these commenters favored requiring at least some intermediate banks to delineate retail lending assessment areas. For example, at least one commenter asserted that intermediate banks, especially those with over $1 billion in assets, have sufficient capacity and knowledge of local markets to serve retail lending assessment areas. A few other commenters suggested that intermediate banks should be required to delineate retail lending assessment areas if they are not primarily branch-based. A few commenters asserted that all banks, including small banks and intermediate banks, should be evaluated in retail lending assessment areas because banks of any size may conduct a significant amount of lending activity outside of their facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Tailoring of retail lending assessment area requirement by business model.</E>
                         Many commenters favored some form of an exemption from the requirement to delineate retail lending assessment areas for large banks that lend primarily within their facility-based assessment areas. In general, these commenters stated that it is not necessary to evaluate primarily branch-based banks in retail lending assessment areas because their retail lending is already concentrated in facility-based assessment areas. These commenters also stated that the retail lending assessment area requirement is appropriately applied to online banks but should not impose additional burden on traditional branch-based banks. These commenters offered various suggestions in terms of the percentage of retail lending that a large bank must conduct within its facility-based assessment areas to benefit from any exemption, with commenter suggestions generally ranging from 50 to 90 percent.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, several other commenters opposed providing any exemption from the retail lending assessment area requirement for large banks that primarily lend within facility-based assessment areas. These commenters generally stated that large banks should be evaluated for their retail lending performance in all areas where they conduct a meaningful amount of lending, and that an exemption could result in substantial amounts of retail lending for which a conclusion is not assigned in a specific geographic area, especially in rural areas. At least one commenter stated that it is not necessary to exempt primarily branch-based banks from the retail lending assessment area requirement because the proposed approach would appropriately account for differences in bank business models by giving more weight to those assessment areas where a bank's retail lending is concentrated, while still holding banks accountable for performance wherever they conduct retail lending business.</P>
                    <P>Beyond an exemption for primarily branch-based banks, a few commenters offered alternative approaches for tailoring the retail lending assessment area requirement based on a large bank's business model. A few commenters suggested that the agencies should qualitatively assess a large bank's business model and practices to identify and exempt those banks whose lending and account-opening activities are not conducted through a branch network. At least one commenter asserted that the agencies should exempt strategic plan banks from the retail lending assessment area requirement to preserve the flexibility of the strategic plan option.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting a modified version of proposed § __.17(a). Similar to the proposal, final § __.17(a)(1) provides that, based upon the criteria described in § __.17(b) and (c), a large bank must delineate retail lending assessment areas within which the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6744"/>
                        agencies evaluate the bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community pursuant to the Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, as discussed below, the agencies are adopting an exemption from the retail lending assessment area requirement for large banks that conduct a substantial majority of their retail lending in facility-based assessment areas. Specifically, final § __.17(a)(2) provides that a large bank is not required to delineate retail lending assessment areas for a particular calendar year if, in the prior two calendar years, the large bank originated or purchased within its facility-based assessment areas more than 80 percent of its home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans (if automobile loans are a product line for the large bank), as described in paragraph II.a.1 of final appendix A.</P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, final § __.17(a)(3) provides that if, in a retail lending assessment area delineated pursuant to § __.17(c), the large bank did not originate or purchase any reported loans in any of the product lines that formed the basis of the retail lending assessment area delineation pursuant to § __.17(c)(1) or (2) (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the closed-home mortgage loan and small business loan count thresholds), the agencies will not consider the retail lending assessment area to have been delineated for that calendar year. The agencies believe this limitation was implicit in the proposal, but that it is helpful for the final rule to explicitly state that the agencies will not evaluate a bank's retail lending performance in a retail lending assessment area in which a large bank did not originate or purchase any reported closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans, as applicable, in the calendar year.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Application to large banks.</E>
                         The agencies continue to believe that it is appropriate to apply the retail lending assessment area requirement to large banks, but not small or intermediate banks. The agencies see significant benefits to increasing the share of retail lending for which a conclusion is assigned reflecting the bank's performance in a specific geographic area. However, the agencies believe that these benefits must be weighed against the potential additional compliance burden of the approach, such as compliance costs associated with identifying and delineating retail lending assessment areas, and reporting the location of retail lending assessment areas. On balance, the agencies believe it is appropriate to tailor the retail lending assessment area requirement to large banks, recognizing that large banks generally have more resources and therefore greater capacity than small and intermediate banks to adapt to new regulatory provisions such as retail lending assessment areas. The agencies note that, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.18, under the final rule, the agencies will evaluate the retail lending performance of an intermediate bank, and a small bank that opts to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, in its outside retail lending area if the bank conducts a majority of its retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies have carefully considered comments regarding the potential burden that the retail lending assessment area approach may impose on large banks, including specific commenter suggestions for further tailoring the proposed requirement to a narrower subset of large banks. The agencies appreciate these concerns and suggestions and, as described below, are adopting an exemption to the retail lending assessment area requirements for primarily branch-based large banks.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Exemption for primarily branch-based large banks.</E>
                         To further tailor the application of the retail lending assessment area requirement, final § __.17(a)(2) sets forth an exemption from the retail lending assessment area requirement for certain large banks. Specifically, a large bank is not required to delineate retail lending assessment areas in a particular calendar year if, in the previous two calendar years, the large bank originated or purchased within its facility-based assessment areas more than 80 percent of its home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans (if automobile loans are a product line for the large bank). The 80 percent calculation is further described in paragraph II.a.1 of final appendix A.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that it is appropriate to exempt primarily branch-based large banks from the retail lending assessment area requirement for two main reasons. First, such an exemption would tailor the approach by focusing the retail lending assessment area framework on those large banks for which facility-based assessment area evaluations alone do not capture the vast majority of the bank's retail lending. For large banks conducting 80 percent or less of their retail lending within facility-based assessment areas, the agencies believe that evaluating retail lending performance in retail lending assessment areas is an appropriate way to update where large banks are locally evaluated for their retail lending performance. For large banks that conduct more than 80 percent of their retail lending within facility-based assessment areas, the agencies believe that a sufficient share of the bank's retail lending is already evaluated, and conclusions are already assigned reflecting the bank's retail lending performance, in specific geographic areas. The agencies note that, under the final rule, large banks that are exempt from the retail lending assessment area requirement will still be evaluated for their retail lending performance outside of their facility-based assessment areas through the outside retail lending area evaluation, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.18.</P>
                    <P>Second, such an exemption would have the benefit of resulting in a significant number of large banks no longer having any retail lending assessment area requirement, compared to the proposed approach. The agencies believe this will reduce the aggregate compliance burden associated with the retail lending assessment area approach, as discussed above.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">80 percent threshold.</E>
                         Under the final rule, as discussed above, large banks that conduct more than 80 percent of their retail lending, based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count as defined in § __.12, within their facility-based assessment areas are exempt from the retail lending assessment area requirement. In determining the level of the 80 percent threshold, the agencies considered a number of factors. The agencies considered commenter suggestions for lower thresholds and, as a preliminary matter, considered that a threshold below 50 percent would mean that, for up to half of a large bank's retail lending, the bank would not be assigned any conclusions that reflect the bank's retail lending performance in specific geographic areas. The agencies believe that evaluating up to half of a large bank's retail lending (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the retail lending outside of the large bank's facility-based assessment areas) only in the aggregate through the outside retail lending area evaluation could provide a misleading picture of the large bank's overall retail lending performance if, for example, strong performance in parts of the outside retail lending area obscured poor performance in other parts of the outside retail lending area. For this reason, the agencies are adopting a heightened standard rather than a simple majority standard.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, the agencies believe that the 80 percent threshold, compared to other potential threshold levels, achieves an appropriate balance of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6745"/>
                        increasing the share of a large bank's retail lending for which a conclusion is assigned reflecting the bank's performance in a specific geographic area while limiting the number of large banks required to delineate retail lending assessment areas. In making this determination, the agencies considered, for a range of potential thresholds, the number of large banks that would be required to delineate at least one retail lending assessment area, the total share of retail lending across large banks that would have been evaluated within retail lending assessment areas, and the share of closed-end home mortgage and small business lending across large banks outside of their facility-based assessment areas that would have been evaluated in retail lending assessment areas had the final rule retail lending assessment area approach been in effect in the 2018, 2019, and 2020 calendar years. The agencies noted that a 90 percent threshold, relative to an approach with no exemption, only slightly reduced the number of affected large banks, from 88 to 83 large banks, while an 80 percent threshold provided a more significant reduction to 63 large banks. The agencies further noted that the 80 percent threshold reduced the percentage of closed-end home mortgage lending outside of facility-based assessment areas that would have been evaluated within retail lending assessment areas from 35.9 to 23.0 percent, and for small business lending, a more modest reduction from 45.3 to 39.3 percent. While threshold options of 50, 60, and 70 percent would have further reduced the number of affected banks, these thresholds would also have resulted in lower percentages of closed-end home mortgage and small business lending outside of facility-based assessment areas being evaluated within retail lending assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P; 6210-01-P; 6714-01-P;</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="584">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6746"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.002</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-C; 6210-01-C; 6714-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Calculation of 80 percent threshold.</E>
                         Under the final rule, and as specified in paragraph II.a.1 of final appendix A, the 80 percent threshold is calculated based on the share of a large bank's retail loans originated or purchased in its facility-based assessment areas, out of the bank's retail loans originated and purchased overall over the prior two calendar years. The retail loans included in this calculation are the large bank's originated and purchased home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans if automobile loans are a product line for the large bank.
                        <SU>660</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6747"/>
                        retail loans included in the calculation of the 80 percent threshold are thus identical to the loans included in the numerator of the Bank Volume Metric calculated for purposes of the Retail Lending Volume Screen in final § __.22(c). The agencies believe that it is important to harmonize the measures of a bank's retail lending used for various calculations where appropriate to simplify the final rule to the extent possible. Further, the agencies believe that these retail product lines can be viewed as a reasonable reflection of a bank's overall business model for a bank that is not a limited-purpose bank, and thus, it is appropriate to look to these loans for purposes of determining whether a large bank is primarily branch-based.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>660</SU>
                             Under the final rule, and as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12 (definition of “product line”), automobile loans are a product line for a bank if the bank is a majority automobile lender or opts to have its automobile loans evaluated pursuant to the Retail Lending Test.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Under the final rule, the 80 percent threshold is calculated over the two calendar years preceding each calendar year. The agencies believe that calculating the 80 percent threshold over the two preceding calendar years will provide greater certainty to large banks regarding whether they qualify for the exemption, compared to a calculation based on a one-year lookback period.</P>
                    <P>The 80 percent threshold is calculated based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count as defined in final § __.12. Specifically, the agencies calculate the share of the large bank's retail lending within its facility-based assessment areas based on loan dollars, and the same percentage based on loan count, then take the simple average of the two percentages. Using a combination of loan dollars and loan count is consistent with various other calculations in the final rule, and is intended to reflect both the total dollars of loans originated and purchased as well as the number of borrowers served, which the agencies believe appropriately reflects the degree to which a bank is serving a geographic area.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternative methods of identifying primarily branch-based banks.</E>
                         The agencies considered the alternative methods suggested by commenters for identifying primarily branch-based large banks. In particular, the agencies considered adopting a qualitative approach to identifying large banks that rely on non-branch delivery channels. However, the agencies believe that such an approach would be inconsistent with the agencies' goal of providing greater clarity and consistency in the application of the CRA regulations.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered exempting strategic plan banks from the retail lending assessment area requirement but decline to do so in the final rule. As discussed above, the agencies intend the retail lending assessment area approach, together with facility-based assessment areas, to establish the local communities in which a large bank is evaluated for its CRA performance, and the agencies believe that inconsistency with respect to such a core aspect of the CRA evaluation framework would not be desirable. The agencies do not believe it would be appropriate to create an incentive for banks to seek approval under a strategic plan to avoid otherwise applicable requirements to delineate retail lending assessment areas. As described in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.27, the final rule includes other provisions that facilitate a customized approach to evaluating strategic plan banks; however, the retail lending performance of strategic plan banks will still be evaluated in retail lending assessment areas where applicable.
                        <SU>661</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>661</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.27(c)(3) and (g)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.17(b) Geographic Requirements for Retail Lending Assessment Areas</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under proposed § __.17(b)(1), large banks would be required to delineate retail lending assessment areas consisting of either: (1) the entirety of a single MSA, excluding counties inside their facility-based assessment areas; or (2) all of the counties in a single State that are not included in an MSA, excluding counties inside their facility-based assessment areas, aggregated into a single retail lending assessment area. Similar to the proposal for facility-based assessment areas,
                        <SU>662</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and consistent with the current regulations,
                        <SU>663</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         proposed § __.17(b)(2) specified that a retail lending assessment area may not extend beyond an MSA boundary or beyond a State boundary unless the assessment area is located in a multistate MSA or combined statistical area.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>662</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.16(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>663</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(e)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies sought feedback on what should happen if a bank's retail lending assessment area is located in the same MSA (or nonmetropolitan area of a State) where a smaller facility-based assessment area is located. Specifically, the agencies asked whether a bank in this case should be required to expand its facility-based assessment area to the whole MSA (or nonmetropolitan area of a State), or whether the bank should have the option to designate the portion of the MSA that excludes the facility-based assessment area as a new retail lending assessment area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic requirements.</E>
                         Some commenters expressed concerns that the proposed geographic requirements for retail lending assessment areas may not accurately reflect where a bank conducts retail lending business, potentially leading to unrealistic and misleading performance conclusion. For example, a few commenters recommended that only those counties within which a bank has a certain minimum number or percentage of retail loans should be included in a retail lending assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <P>Several commenters provided views specific to retail lending assessment areas located in the nonmetropolitan area of a State. For example, at least one commenter expressed support for the proposed requirement that a retail lending assessment area in the nonmetropolitan area of a State must consist of that entire area, noting that this approach would help capture underserved nonmetropolitan areas. However, a few commenters suggested that the entire nonmetropolitan area of a State would often be too large for a bank to serve, especially in states with large rural geographic areas, due to limited bank capacity. At least one commenter indicated that it would be challenging for the agencies to consider performance context for an entire nonmetropolitan area of a State because these areas may vary considerably.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail lending assessment areas and facility-based assessment areas in the same MSA or nonmetropolitan area of a State.</E>
                         Some commenters addressed what should happen if a large bank's retail lending assessment area is located in the same MSA or the nonmetropolitan area of a State where a facility-based assessment area is located. Some of these commenters supported allowing banks to designate the portion of the MSA or the nonmetropolitan area of the State that is not part of the bank's existing facility-based assessment area as a new retail lending assessment area, consistent with the proposal. Other commenters supported the alternative approach of requiring banks that maintain a facility-based assessment area in the same MSA or nonmetropolitan area of a State where a retail lending assessment area is located to expand their facility-based assessment areas to encompass the entire MSA or nonmetropolitan area of a State. Some of these commenters favorably noted that the alternative approach would mean that a large bank would be evaluated under all four 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6748"/>
                        applicable performance tests in the entire MSA or nonmetropolitan area of the State due to expansion of its facility-based assessment area, rather than only evaluating the large bank in the retail lending assessment area under the proposed Retail Lending Test. At least one commenter recommended that the agencies apply either the proposed or the alternative approach depending, in each case, on which option would increase retail lending to underserved communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Legal concerns regarding geographic requirements.</E>
                         Some commenters raised legal concerns that the geographic requirements for retail lending assessment areas may not be consistent with the CRA. For example, at least one commenter stated that the agencies did not explain in the proposal how an MSA or the nonmetropolitan area of a State would constitute a “local community.” Commenter feedback included the observation that these retail lending assessment areas often cover relatively large geographic areas. The commenter also noted that the agencies did not discuss why smaller geographic base units for retail lending assessment areas were not considered.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting, with revisions, the proposed geographic requirements for retail lending assessment areas. Specifically, final § __.17(b)(1) provides that a retail lending assessment area must consist of either:</P>
                    <P>1. The entirety of a single MSA (using the MSA boundaries that were in effect as of January 1 of the calendar year in which the delineation applies), excluding any counties inside the large bank's facility-based assessment areas, or</P>
                    <P>2. All of the counties in the nonmetropolitan area of a State (using the MSA boundaries that were in effect as of January 1 of the calendar year in which the delineation applies), excluding any counties included in the large bank's facility-based assessment areas, and excluding any counties in which the large bank did not originate any closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans that are reported loans during that calendar year.</P>
                    <P>In addition, the agencies are modifying the proposed prohibition on retail lending assessment areas extending beyond a State boundary. Specifically, final § __.17(b)(2) provides that a retail lending assessment area may not extend beyond a State boundary unless the retail lending assessment area consists of counties in a multistate MSA. Final § __.17(b)(2) does not permit a retail lending assessment area to extend beyond a State boundary on the basis that the retail lending assessment area consists of counties located in a combined statistical area.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Legal considerations.</E>
                         The agencies considered commenter feedback that requiring retail lending assessment areas to consist of an entire MSA or the entire nonmetropolitan area of a State may not be consistent with the statute. However, the agencies concluded that the geographic requirements for retail lending assessment areas in the final rule are within the scope of authority granted to the agencies under the CRA. As noted above, the CRA requires the agencies to assess a bank's record of meeting the credit need of its 
                        <E T="03">entire community,</E>
                         without defining what geographic areas constitute a bank's “entire community.” 
                        <SU>664</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The statute further does not define what geographic units the agencies should use in assessing a bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community. References to a bank's 
                        <E T="03">local communities</E>
                         in the congressional findings and purpose section of the statute, cited by some commenters, similarly do not specify what geographic area or geographic units constitute a local community.
                        <SU>665</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>664</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>665</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901(a)(3) and 2901(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Accordingly, the agencies conclude that it is reasonable to interpret “entire community” for a large bank to include retail lending assessment areas consisting of an entire MSA or the nonmetropolitan area of a State. The agencies note that the statute clearly demonstrates that Congress intended the agencies to distinguish between a bank's performance in metropolitan areas and nonmetropolitan areas.
                        <SU>666</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, Congress explicitly contemplated assigning conclusions that reflect a bank's performance in an entire MSA or in the entire nonmetropolitan area of a State, notwithstanding that the geographic scope of these areas.
                        <SU>667</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As such, the agencies believe that using MSAs and the nonmetropolitan areas of States as the geographic base units for delineating retail lending assessment areas is consistent with the statute.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>666</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906(b)(1)(B) and 2906(d)(3)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>667</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic base units.</E>
                         In addition to these legal considerations, the agencies believe that using MSAs and nonmetropolitan areas of States as the geographic base units for delineating retail lending assessment areas is appropriate for other reasons. Using MSAs and the nonmetropolitan area of a State as geographic base units avoids having multiple retail lending assessment areas in a single MSA or in the nonmetropolitan area of a single State, which the agencies believe would add complexity. Further, and particularly in the case of the nonmetropolitan area of a State, using larger geographic base units (as opposed to counties or census tracts) ensures that a larger number of retail loans, including loans across multiple counties, are captured in a retail lending assessment area and helps to ensure that credit needs and opportunities in nonmetropolitan areas are taken into account when the agencies evaluate a bank's retail lending performance. Relatedly, the agencies considered that larger geographic base units may provide banks with greater flexibility and more opportunities to originate and purchase small business loans and small farm loans, and loans made to low- and moderate-income borrowers and in low- and moderate-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Entire-MSA retail lending assessment areas.</E>
                         The agencies believe it is appropriate to require retail lending assessment areas to consist of an entire MSA, excluding any counties inside facility-based assessment areas. Although some commenters expressed concern that a retail lending assessment area consisting of an entire MSA may not accurately reflect where a bank conducts retail lending business, the agencies believe that the benchmarks used to evaluate a large bank's retail lending performance should reflect the lending opportunities and credit needs of the entire MSA. For example, if a large bank makes loans only in an upper-income portion of an MSA, then excluding other portions of the MSA from the retail lending assessment area would result in relatively low benchmarks, even if the remainder of the MSA has significant lending opportunities and credit needs. Further, the agencies note that unlike in facility-based assessment areas (which are evaluated using the Retail Lending Volume Screen), a large bank is not required to conduct a certain amount of lending in a retail lending assessment area to achieve a particular performance conclusion, and the agencies will not consider as an additional factor the dispersion of a bank's closed-end home mortgage or small business lending within the retail lending assessment area. Thus, requiring a retail lending assessment area to consist of an entire MSA should not result in a requirement for a large bank to serve an area larger than its capacity to serve. Finally, the agencies note that the entire MSA 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6749"/>
                        approach for retail lending assessment areas is analogous to the approach under the current CRA regulations that permit assessment areas to consist of an entire MSA.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail lending assessment areas in the nonmetropolitan area of a State.</E>
                         Upon consideration of the comments, the agencies have decided in the final rule to exclude from all retail lending assessment areas in the nonmetropolitan area of a State any counties in which a large bank did not originate any reported closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans during that calendar year. As a result, retail lending assessment areas in the nonmetropolitan area of a State will be more targeted, relative to the proposal, to where a large bank conducts retail lending business in nonmetropolitan areas. In making this change, the agencies have considered feedback from some commenters that the proposed requirement to delineate a retail lending assessment area consisting of the entire nonmetropolitan area of a State may result in retail lending assessment areas that are very expansive, particularly in geographically large states. The agencies have also considered commenter feedback that the proposed approach could result in benchmarks that are based on an entire nonmetropolitan area of a State that is not aligned with the actual geographies served by the bank. For example, the agencies considered that a bank might have a retail lending assessment area in the nonmetropolitan area of a State due to lending across two counties where it does not maintain deposit-taking facilities and that are adjacent to a facility-based assessment area of the bank. In this example, the agencies believe that benchmarks based on the entire nonmetropolitan area of the State would not accurately reflect the lending opportunities reasonably available to the bank, and that setting benchmarks based on only the counties in which the bank made loans is more appropriate. Further, the agencies have also considered that it could be challenging for the agencies to consider performance context in evaluating a large bank's retail lending performance in the entire nonmetropolitan area of a State. In light of these considerations, the agencies believe it may not be reasonable to evaluate a bank's retail lending performance in nonmetropolitan counties in which it did not originate any reported closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans in a retail lending assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Combined statistical area retail lending assessment areas.</E>
                         Unlike under the proposal, the final rule does not permit a large bank to delineate a retail lending assessment area consisting of a combined statistical area. As with the proposal regarding retail lending assessment areas in the nonmetropolitan area of a State, the agencies have determined that retail lending assessment areas consisting of a combined statistical area may be too expansive—both for the appropriateness of the benchmarks used to evaluate the bank, and for the agencies to appropriately consider performance context. Further, evaluating a large bank's performance at the combined statistical area level may not provide as useful information regarding the bank's performance in specific geographic areas if, for example, the combined statistical area included multiple distinct MSAs. Finally, and as described in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.16(b), allowing a retail lending assessment area to extend beyond an MSA boundary in a combined statistical area would create challenges in assigning conclusions consistent with statutory requirements.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail lending assessment areas and facility-based assessment areas in the same MSA or nonmetropolitan area of a State.</E>
                         Where a large bank's retail lending assessment area is located in the same MSA or nonmetropolitan area of a State where a smaller facility-based assessment area is located, the agencies considered requiring the large bank to expand its facility-based assessment area to include the entire MSA or entire nonmetropolitan area of the State. However, the final rule retains the proposed approach of allowing the large bank to designate the portion of the MSA or nonmetropolitan area of the State that excludes the facility-based assessment area as a retail lending assessment area. The agencies believe that this approach adequately captures the bank's retail lending performance in the MSA or nonmetropolitan area of a State. Further, in retaining the proposed approach, the agencies sought to preserve the current standard for delineating assessment areas around a bank's deposit-taking facilities, under which standard a bank must include the surrounding geographies in which the bank has originated or purchased a substantial portion of its loans. In particular, a bank might originate or purchase a substantial portion of its loans around a deposit-taking facility located in an MSA or the nonmetropolitan area of a State, and also originate or purchase a significant, but comparably smaller, portion of its loans in the remaining portion of the MSA or nonmetropolitan area of a State. Requiring such a large bank to expand its facility-based assessment area to include these remaining portions of the MSA or the nonmetropolitan area of the State would result in the large bank becoming subject to all four large bank performance tests in the entire MSA or nonmetropolitan area of the State, including in geographic areas where the large bank does not maintain deposit-taking facilities. The agencies believe this may result in additional burden, and that the final rule approach adequately captures a large share of retail lending within CRA evaluations without imposing this additional burden.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.17(c) Delineation of Retail Lending Assessment Areas</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Under proposed § __.17(c), a large bank would be required to delineate a retail lending assessment area in any MSA or in the nonmetropolitan area of any State in which it originated, as of December 31 of each of the two preceding calendar years, in that geographic area: (1) at least 100 home mortgage loans outside of its facility-based assessment areas; or (2) at least 250 small business loans outside of its facility-based assessment areas. In proposing these loan count thresholds, the agencies considered what thresholds would appropriately align with the amount of lending typically evaluated in a facility-based assessment area. The agencies also considered what loan count thresholds would result in a substantial percentage of loans that a bank makes outside of facility-based assessment areas being evaluated within a retail lending assessment area. The agencies stated that retail lending should be evaluated within a local context wherever feasible, based on a sufficient volume of loans and the size and business model of the bank.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>A number of commenters provided feedback on whether the requirement to delineate a retail lending assessment area should be triggered by loan count thresholds or an alternative type of trigger. In addition, with respect to the proposed loan count thresholds, numerous commenters discussed the number and types of loans that should trigger the retail lending assessment area.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Use of loan count thresholds.</E>
                         Several commenters supported the proposed use of loan counts thresholds to trigger the retail lending assessment area requirement. However, numerous commenters opposed using loan count 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6750"/>
                        thresholds to trigger the retail lending assessment area requirement. For example, a few commenters stated that loan count thresholds could be manipulated and that large banks would cap their lending just below these thresholds to avoid triggering a retail lending assessment area. At least one commenter recommended that, if the final rule retains the use of loan count thresholds, the agencies should penalize banks that manipulate their retail lending activity to avoid triggering retail lending assessment areas. A few commenters asserted that using loan count thresholds could make it challenging for banks to identify which markets might trigger retail lending assessment areas due to fluctuations in retail lending volume.
                    </P>
                    <P>Many commenters opposed to using loan count threshold offered alternative approaches for consideration, with some such commenters advocating for hybrid versions of the alternative approaches described below.</P>
                    <P>First, a number of commenters recommended a market share approach to triggering the retail lending assessment area requirement. These commenters suggested requiring delineation of a retail lending assessment area only when a bank's market share of retail lending surpasses a certain percentage, with some commenters suggesting 1 or 2 percent of aggregate lending. Arguments supporting this approach centered on eliminating retail lending assessment areas where a bank's lending was not material to the local market and decreasing the number of retail lending assessment areas required and the associated compliance burden for banks. Some commenters that supported the market share approach asserted that using a market share measure instead of the proposed loan count thresholds to trigger retail lending assessment area delineation would help to create retail lending assessment areas in smaller communities. At least one commenter stated that the market share approach is preferable to using loan count threshold because the latter might trigger retail lending assessment areas in areas that are already well-served by other lenders.</P>
                    <P>Second, some commenters suggested requiring a retail lending assessment area only when a bank's retail lending in the geographic area constitutes a certain minimum percentage of the bank's overall retail lending nationwide, with commenter suggestions ranging from 0.5 percent to 10 percent. In general, these commenters emphasized that such an approach would appropriately target retail lending assessment areas to those geographic areas where banks conduct material levels of lending activity. In addition, some of these commenters indicated that this approach would eliminate retail lending assessment areas where a bank's retail lending volume was not high enough to impact the bank's overall CRA retail lending performance, which would in turn reduce associated compliance burden for banks.</P>
                    <P>Finally, some commenters suggested other alternative standards for requiring delineation of retail lending assessment areas. For example, at least one commenter suggested that a threshold based on the dollar amount of retail lending, would better ensure that retail lending assessment areas were delineated in areas where banks have a material level of activity. At least one other commenter suggested that a bank should not be required to delineate a retail lending assessment area unless it draws a certain level of deposits from the geography, pointing to the CRA's focus on banks reinvesting in communities from which banks draw deposits. A few commenters suggested replacing the loan count thresholds with what they described as a clearer and more stable indicator of a bank's relevant activity, such as the presence of a loan production office. Similarly, some commenters recommended that if the agencies do not require a facility-based assessment area based on the presence of a loan production office then, at a minimum, the presence of a loan production office should trigger delineation of a retail lending assessment area.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Loan types considered in loan count thresholds.</E>
                         A number of commenters expressed views about the types of loans that should be included in or excluded from the proposed loan counts thresholds used to trigger retail lending assessment areas. For example, many commenters requested that the agencies count loans made by non-bank partners of the bank toward the proposed loan counts thresholds to hold banks more accountable for serving low- and moderate-income borrowers. A few commenters similarly recommended that loans of bank affiliates should count toward the loan count thresholds for triggering a retail lending assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <P>With respect to the proposed home mortgage loan count threshold, a few commenters recommended excluding certain types of home mortgage loans from the threshold. For example, at least one commenter stated that counting second mortgage loans toward the loan count threshold for triggering a retail lending assessment area could discourage banks from engaging in this activity, which would be detrimental because many banks offer second mortgages to cover down payment and closing costs in conjunction with affordable home mortgage programs, such as State housing finance agency programs. A few commenters noted that home mortgage refinance lending volume is highly sensitive to interest rates and cannot reasonably be controlled by a bank, making these loans unsuitable for counting toward the home mortgage loan count threshold. At least one of these commenters stated that the lower interest rates of recent years have resulted in significant refinance activity, which could result in more banks being required to delineate retail lending assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>With respect to the proposed small business loan count threshold, a few commenters suggested not counting indirect small business loans. These commenters stated that delineating a retail lending assessment area based on a loan count threshold that includes indirect small business loans would be inappropriate because a third-party dealer or seller markets and originates these loans. Further, at least one of these commenters asserted that banks do not have control over the geographic distribution of these borrowers, nor are they in a position to conduct outreach to low- or moderate-income borrowers in the areas where the dealers are located. At least one other commenter recommended that the agencies consider whether to count small business credit card loans toward the small business loan count threshold, cautioning that this type of lending can be predatory and that distinguishing small business credit card accounts from personal credit card accounts may be difficult.</P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters suggested that the loan count thresholds for triggering retail lending assessment requirement should include other types of loans beyond home mortgage and small business loans. A few commenters recommended that the agencies adopt a consumer loan count threshold for triggering retail lending assessment areas (in addition to the proposed home mortgage and small business loan count thresholds), with one such commenter stating that 100 consumer loans should trigger the retail lending assessment area requirement. In general, these commenters asserted that adopting a consumer loan count threshold would result in retail lending assessment areas that more accurately reflect where a bank conducts business. Another commenter stated that the agencies should adopt separate loan count thresholds for credit card loans and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6751"/>
                        non-credit card consumer loans. At least one commenter stated that the agencies did not provide sufficient justification in the proposal as to why home mortgage and small business loans, but not other types of retail loans, were appropriate for triggering retail lending assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Loan count threshold levels.</E>
                         A number of commenters discussed the level of home mortgage and small business lending that should trigger the retail lending assessment area requirement. A few commenters asserted that the agencies did not provide sufficient rationale for why the proposed loan count thresholds were set at 100 home mortgage loans and 250 small business loans, and requested that the agencies provide more supporting data and analysis.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters suggested that the proposed loan count thresholds of 100 home mortgage loans and 250 small business loans were too high. Some of these commenters suggested lower loan count thresholds, such as 50 home mortgage loans and 100 small business loans, stating that lower thresholds would incorporate more rural geographic areas into retail lending assessment areas. Other commenters suggested that large banks should be evaluated in every geographic area in which they conduct any volume of retail lending and that, accordingly, no loan count thresholds are necessary.</P>
                    <P>However, many commenters recommended increasing the proposed home mortgage and small business loan count thresholds to decrease the number of retail lending assessment areas required, and to ensure that retail lending assessment areas reflect those geographic areas where a bank conducts a meaningful amount of retail lending. Most of these commenters suggested alternative loan count thresholds ranging from 250 to 500 home mortgage loans, and 350 to 750 small business loans.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>Section __.17(c) of the final rule provides that, subject to the geographic requirements in § __.17(b), a large bank must delineate, for a particular calendar year, a retail lending assessment area in any MSA or the nonmetropolitan area of any State in which it originated at least 150 closed-end home mortgage loans that are reported loans in each year of the prior two calendar years, or at least 400 small business loans that are reported loans in each year of the prior two calendar years. The final rule thus differs from the proposal in that it: (1) includes only closed-end home mortgage loans in, excludes open-end home mortgage loans from, the home mortgage loan count threshold; and (2) increases the loan count thresholds from the proposed loan count thresholds of 100 home mortgage loans and 250 small business loans.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Use of loan count thresholds.</E>
                         After considering public comments, the agencies believe that it is appropriate to use loan count thresholds to trigger the retail lending assessment area requirement. The agencies believe that loan count thresholds remain the most transparent and straightforward approach to identifying geographic areas in which a large bank has concentrations of closed-end home mortgage and small business lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas. The number of loans is a reasonable proxy for a large bank's presence in a particular market, as each loan generally corresponds to one or more borrowers served by the bank.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies considered comments about the potential variability of retail lending assessment area delineations over time. However, the agencies believe that the proposed approach of requiring a large bank to delineate a retail lending assessment area only when it has met the applicable loan count threshold in each year of the two prior calendar years will generally provide greater certainty and reduce variability, relative to an approach in which a single year of lending is sufficient to trigger a retail lending assessment area. In addition, the agencies intend to explore the development of data tools to help large banks monitor those geographic areas where they may be required to delineate a retail lending assessment area and monitor the retail lending distribution benchmarks for such geographic areas.</P>
                    <P>The agencies considered several alternatives to the use of loan count thresholds suggested by commenters. First, the agencies considered, but did not adopt, a market share approach in place of or in combination with the proposed loan count thresholds. Under such an approach, a large bank would be required to delineate a retail lending assessment area only if the bank's market share of retail lending in the geographic area met a certain threshold. The agencies believe that such an approach would be more complex to administer relative to the loan count threshold approach. In addition, under a market share approach, whether a bank is required to delineate a retail lending assessment area would depend on factors outside of the bank's control, namely the activity of other lenders in the market. Further, the threshold for triggering delineation of a retail lending assessment area could vary considerably from year to year depending on the total number of loans in the market, making retail lending assessment area delineations less predictable. Finally, under the market share approach, the number of loans that would be sufficient to trigger the retail lending assessment area requirement in particular MSAs or the nonmetropolitan areas of States could differ drastically depending on the total number of loans in the market. As a result, the retail lending performance of a large bank could be assigned a conclusion in one specific geographic area, but not another geographic area, despite having a similar number of loans in both geographic areas. The agencies believe that it is more desirable to have consistency in the number of loans used to designate retail lending assessment areas. For these reasons, the agencies have decided to not adopt a market share approach to delineating retail lending assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>Second, the agencies considered, but are not adopting, a bank-specific lending share approach in place of or in combination with the proposed loan count thresholds. Under such an approach, a large bank would be required to delineate a retail lending assessment area only if the bank's loans in the geographic area represented a certain percentage of the bank's overall retail lending nationwide. The agencies believe that the lending share approach would be somewhat more complex than using loan count thresholds, and would result in inconsistent standards for different banks. For example, under the lending share approach, two large banks could make the same number of closed-end home mortgage or small business loans within the same geographic area, but only one such bank could be required to delineate a retail lending assessment area. The agencies believe that banks engaged in a similar volume of lending in the same market should generally be evaluated in a consistent manner. For these reasons, the agencies have decided not to adopt the lending share approach.</P>
                    <P>
                        Third, the agencies considered, but are not adopting, a deposit share approach in combination with the proposed loan count thresholds. Under such an approach, a large bank would be required to delineate a retail lending assessment area only if it meets an applicable loan count threshold and has a certain number of depositors in or draws a certain volume of deposits from a geographic area. However, as discussed above in connection with the potential deposit-based assessment area 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6752"/>
                        approach, the full range of deposits data needed to assess the potential impact of a deposit share approach to triggering the retail lending assessment area requirement is not currently available. However, the agencies note that, under the final rule, for large banks over $10 billion in assets and other banks that elect to report deposits data, the amount of the bank's deposits in a retail lending assessment area will affect the weighting of the retail lending assessment area in assigning conclusions at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels, pursuant to section VIII of final appendix A. As a result, the weight assigned to each retail lending assessment area will reflect the volume of deposits that the bank draws from the geographic area.
                    </P>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies considered requiring a large bank to delineate a retail lending assessment area in geographic areas where it maintains loan production offices. The final rule does not adopt this approach. The agencies believe that the products and services offered in, and the number of borrowers served by, a bank's loan production offices vary widely, and as such, it is preferable to use established loan count thresholds to delineate retail lending assessment areas. For example, the agencies note that a bank may establish a loan production office as an initial step to gain a foothold in a new market where the bank has made few or no loans. The agencies also note that, once a loan production office outside of a bank's facility-based assessment area becomes established and the office originates closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans in a particular area, the final rule loan count thresholds will ultimately capture the loans originated from the office in a retail lending assessment area if the loan count thresholds are met.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Loan types considered.</E>
                         Under the final rule, only a large bank's closed-end home mortgage and small business loans would be considered for purposes of determining whether the retail lending assessment area requirement is triggered. Regarding feedback from some commenters that additional types of loans, particularly consumer loans, should count toward the loan count thresholds, the agencies have considered this feedback and determined that adopting additional loan count thresholds would necessitate additional data collection and reporting requirements. For example, the agencies believe that individual loan data collection and reporting for consumer loans, or potentially only automobile loans, would be necessary in order to use those product lines to establish loan count thresholds for the purposes of establishing retail lending assessment areas. As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.42, the agencies have determined to only require automobile lending data collection and maintenance, but not reporting, for large banks for which automobile loans are a product line (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         majority automobile lenders, and banks that opt to have their automobile loans evaluated pursuant to the Retail Lending Test). Further, the agencies believe that the focus on closed-end home mortgage and small business lending is appropriate given the central importance of these products to meeting community credit needs and given the agencies' objective to minimize compliance costs by limiting data collection and reporting requirements. The agencies also note that consumer loans other than automobile loans will generally not be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, but rather, will be considered under the responsive credit products component of the Retail Services and Products Test, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.23(c).
                    </P>
                    <P>With respect to the home mortgage loan count threshold, the final rule would only consider a bank's closed-end home mortgage loans, and not open-end home mortgage loans as proposed. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d), under the final rule, the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's open-end home mortgage loans will not be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test. For this reason, the agencies removed open-end home mortgage loans from the home mortgage loan count threshold for purposes of triggering the retail lending assessment area requirement. For a large bank that originates open-end home mortgage loans, this change has the effect of making it less likely that the large bank's home mortgage lending meets any particular loan count threshold triggering the retail lending assessment area delineation requirement. For example, a large bank that originated 150 home mortgage loans in an MSA in each year of the prior two calendar years, 100 of which were open-end home mortgage loans and 50 of which were closed-end home mortgage loans, would have been required to delineate a retail lending assessment area under the proposed approach, but would not be required to delineate a retail lending assessment area under the final rule approach due to the exclusion of open-end home mortgage loans from the final rule loan count thresholds.</P>
                    <P>However, beyond the exclusion of open-end home mortgage loans, the agencies are not excluding other types of home mortgage or small business loans from the respective loan count thresholds, as some commenters suggested. The agencies believe that excluding certain types of loans—such as affordable housing loans, home mortgage refinance loans, indirect small business loans, or small business credit card loans—from the loan count thresholds would produce a less comprehensive picture of a large bank's lending in a particular geographic area. Finally, the agencies believe that aligning the closed-end home mortgage and small business loans considered in the loan count thresholds with reported loan data simplifies the loan count threshold calculation.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are also not adopting the suggestions by some commenters to require that loans originated by a large bank's affiliates or non-bank partners, other than a bank's operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries, count toward the loan count thresholds in final § __.17(c). However, as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.21(b), the final rule does include the activities of a bank's operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries in a bank's evaluation, including with respect to loan counts for determining a large bank's retail lending assessment area delineations.</P>
                    <P>In addition, final § __.21(b)(3)(iv) provides that if a large bank opts to have the agencies consider the closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans that are originated or purchased by any of the bank's affiliates in any Retail Lending Test Area, the agencies will consider the closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans originated by all of the bank's affiliates in the nationwide area toward the loan count thresholds in final § __.17(c). The agencies believe that this approach affords an appropriate degree of flexibility for bank business models that involve affiliates other than operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.21(b).</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Loan count threshold levels.</E>
                         Under the final rule, a large bank that is not exempt from the retail lending assessment area requirement must delineate a retail lending assessment area in an MSA or the nonmetropolitan area of a State in which it has originated at least 150 closed-end home mortgage loans that are reported loans or at least 400 small business loans that are reported loans in each year of the prior two calendar years. The loan count thresholds in the final rule represent an increase from the proposed loan count 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6753"/>
                        thresholds of 100 home mortgage loans and 250 small business loans.
                    </P>
                    <P>As discussed above, in determining the loan count thresholds in the final rule, the agencies considered commenter feedback as well as different objectives. Specifically, the agencies considered how to balance the objective of increasing the share of retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas that would be evaluated within retail lending assessment areas, with the objective of limiting the number of retail lending assessment areas and the number of affected large banks. The agencies also considered that retail lending assessment areas would help to adapt the CRA evaluation framework to changes in the banking landscape, and noted the potential challenges associated with monitoring where retail lending assessment areas are required, and monitoring performance within those areas.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also analyzed data from the 2018, 2019, and 2020 calendar years, summarized in Table 4, to assess how different loan count thresholds would have impacted (1) the number and percentage of affected large banks, (2) the number of retail lending assessment areas, (3) the percentage of lending outside of facility-based assessment areas that would have been evaluated within retail lending assessment areas, and (4) the number of large banks that would have had to delineate at least 100 retail lending assessment areas over the three calendar years. For all threshold options included in Table 4, the analysis assumed that the final rule retail lending assessment area approach had been in effect during those calendar years, including the exemption for large banks that conduct more than 80 percent of their retail lending within their facility-based assessment areas, the inclusion of only closed-end home mortgage loans (and not open-end home mortgage loans), and the final rule approach to identifying major product lines in retail lending assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>Based on this analysis, the agencies believe that the increased loan count thresholds in the final rule appropriately tailor the retail lending assessment area requirement while also ensuring that the overall retail lending assessment area approach continues to cover a meaningful percentage of retail lending taking place outside of facility-based assessment areas. Relative to an alternative approach that retained the proposed loan count threshold levels but incorporated the final rule's other modifications to the retail lending assessment area proposal, the final rule loan count thresholds would have significantly decreased the number of affected large banks, from 81 to 63, and the total number of retail lending assessment areas, from 1,301 to 863. In addition, relative to the proposed loan count threshold levels, the historical analysis shows that the final rule loan count thresholds would have decreased the percentage of retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas that is evaluated in retail lending assessment areas by about 4 percentage points for closed-end home mortgage lending, and by about 5 percentage points for small business lending. The agencies note that, under the final rule, a large bank's retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas is evaluated on an aggregate basis through the outside retail lending area evaluation, discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.18.</P>
                    <P>Table 4 also includes the loan count threshold option of 50 closed-end home mortgages and 100 small business loans, as suggested by some commenters. The agencies note that while these decreased thresholds would have increased the share of retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas that is captured in retail lending assessment areas, they also would have significantly increased the number of affected banks relative to the proposed threshold levels, from 81 to 114, and the total number of retail lending assessment areas, from 1,301 to 2,421. Based on the results of this analysis, and in light of comments regarding the compliance burden associated with retail lending assessment areas, the agencies do not believe that these lower loan count thresholds would appropriately balance the agencies' objectives.</P>
                    <P>In addition, Table 4 includes two loan threshold options higher than the ones adopted in the final rule. For the potential loan count thresholds of 250 closed-end home mortgage loans or 500 small business loans, the agencies' historical analysis found that, compared to the final rule thresholds, these thresholds would have further decreased the number of affected large banks, from 63 to 50, and the total number of retail lending assessment areas, from 863 to 629. Furthermore, these thresholds would have resulted in a decrease in the percentage of closed-end home mortgage lending outside of facility-based assessment areas that would have been evaluated within retail lending assessment areas, from 23.0 percent to 17.2 percent, relative to the proposed levels, and would have decreased to a lesser extent the percentage of small business lending outside of facility-based assessment areas that would have been evaluated within retail lending assessment areas, from 39.3 percent to 37.3 percent, relative to the proposed levels. While on the one hand, these loan count thresholds would have further reduced the number of affected large banks and the total number of retail lending assessment areas, the agencies do not believe that these thresholds would evaluate a sufficient share of large banks' retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas in specific geographic areas.</P>
                    <P>Finally, Table 4 also included loan thresholds of 500 closed-end home mortgage loans or 750 small business loans. The agencies' historical analysis indicates that these loan count thresholds would have resulted in only 10.7 percent of large banks' closed-end home mortgage lending outside of facility-based assessment areas being evaluated in retail lending assessment areas, and only 32.7 percent of small business lending. As with the higher potential loan count threshold discussed above, the agencies do not believe that these threshold levels, or any higher threshold levels, would achieve the objective of modernizing the assessment area framework to account for changes in banking.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P; 6210-01-P; 6714-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="580">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6754"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.003</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-C; 6210-01-C; 6714-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.17(d) Use of Retail Lending Assessments Areas</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed in § __.17(d) to use retail lending assessment areas delineated by a large bank in the evaluation of the bank's retail lending performance unless the agencies determine that the retail lending assessment areas do not comply with requirements of § __.17. The agencies did not propose to evaluate other aspects of a bank's performance, including its community development activities, in retail lending assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        To create parity between the evaluation of a large bank's major product lines in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, the agencies proposed to use the same approach to identify 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6755"/>
                        major product lines in both geographic areas, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d). The agencies intended for this approach to ensure that the retail loans that would be evaluated under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test in both facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas are those product lines in which the bank specialized locally.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        However, the agencies sought feedback on alternative approaches to evaluating a large bank's retail lending performance in retail lending assessment areas. Specifically, the agencies suggested an alternative approach under which the retail lending performance of large banks would be evaluated in retail lending assessment areas with respect to home mortgage lending only if the bank met the proposed 100 home mortgage loans threshold, and with respect to small business lending only if the bank met the proposed 250 small business loans threshold. This alternative approach would differ from the proposed approach in that, under the proposed approach, 
                        <E T="03">all</E>
                         of a bank's major product lines would be evaluated under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test in a retail lending assessment area if the bank surpassed at least one of the proposed loan count thresholds.
                        <SU>668</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies explained that the alternative approach would more narrowly tailor the evaluation of a large bank's retail lending performance in retail lending assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>668</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed §§ __.17(c) and __.22(a)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Product lines evaluated in retail lending assessment areas.</E>
                         Numerous commenters addressed the product lines that should be evaluated in retail lending assessment areas under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters supported the proposal to evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of all of a large bank's major product lines in retail lending assessment areas. In general, these commenters stated that a large bank that meets either of the proposed loan count thresholds would be a major lender in the particular market, and that evaluating all of the bank's major product lines would be necessary to fully assess the bank's retail lending impact. At least one commenter, noted that the proposed approach to weighting different major product lines would ensure that there is an appropriate emphasis on a bank's most relevant product lines in CRA evaluations.</P>
                    <P>However, most commenters on this topic recommended evaluating the geographic and borrower distributions a more limited set of product lines in retail lending assessment areas. Of these commenters, most recommended only evaluating home mortgage loans or small business loans in a retail lending assessment area, and only if the bank met the relevant loan count threshold, as contemplated as an alternative in the proposal.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters suggested other approaches for determining which of a large bank's product lines should be evaluated under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test in a retail lending assessment area. For example, one commenter suggested evaluating the geographic and borrower distributions of only the top two product lines in each retail lending assessment area. Many of the commenters that recommended using a market share or lending share approach for triggering the retail lending assessment area requirement also recommended applying the same standard for purposes of determining what product lines are evaluated in a retail lending assessment area.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Evaluation of activities beyond retail lending.</E>
                         A number of commenters recommended that CRA evaluations in retail lending assessment areas should go further than the proposal by including an assessment of not only retail lending activities evaluated under the proposed Retail Lending Test, but also other types of bank activities, particularly community development lending. Several of these commenters stated that evaluating a bank's community development activities in retail lending assessment areas would improve bank responsiveness to the needs of rural communities. At least one commenter stated that banks acquire knowledge of the markets and needs of their retail lending assessments by virtue of doing business there, and thus, it would be appropriate to evaluate a large bank's community development activities in these areas. At least one other commenter stated that banks should not be required to conduct community development activities in retail lending assessment areas, but should receive CRA credit if they do conduct activities in these areas.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting with revisions, the proposed use of retail lending assessment areas in final § __.17(d). As under the proposal, the final rule states that the agencies use the retail lending assessment areas delineated by a large bank, unless the agencies determine that a retail lending assessment area does not comply with the requirements of final § __.17. However, the agencies are narrowing the scope of the evaluation of a large bank's retail lending performance in retail lending assessment areas, relative to the proposal. Specifically, under the final rule approach, only a large bank's closed-end home mortgage loans and small business loans could be evaluated under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test in a retail lending assessment area. Further, under the final rule approach, the agencies will evaluate these product lines in a retail lending assessment area only to the extent that the large bank meets the applicable loan count thresholds in the retail lending assessment area.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Product lines evaluated.</E>
                         The agencies proposed to evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of all of a large bank's major product lines in retail lending assessment areas to comprehensively assess whether a bank is meeting the credit needs of the entirety of its retail lending assessment areas. As discussed above, the agencies are persuaded that the benefits of the retail lending assessment approach are outweighed by the complexity of, and compliance burden associated with, the approach as proposed. To simplify the retail lending assessment area framework and reduce the compliance burden associated with retail lending assessment areas, the final rule adopts the alternative approach contemplated in the proposal under which only a large bank's closed-end home mortgage lending and small business lending could be evaluated under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test in a retail lending assessment area, and only to the extent that the large bank meets the applicable loan count threshold for triggering the retail lending assessment area requirement. In other words, if a large bank meets the loan count thresholds for either or both closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans and thus must delineate a retail lending assessment area, the product lines responsible for triggering the retail lending assessment area are automatically considered a major product line in the retail lending assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered alternative approaches suggested by commenters. In particular, the agencies considered only evaluating the geographic and borrower distributions of a large bank's top two product lines in a retail lending assessment area, but 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6756"/>
                        determined that this approach would add complexity and could undermine predictability, particularly if a large bank has several product lines of a similar size in a retail lending assessment area. The agencies also considered using a market share or lending share threshold to determine which of a large bank's product lines to evaluate under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test in a retail lending assessment area. However, as discussed above in connection with the use of loan count thresholds, the agencies determined these approaches would add complexity and may fail to capture product lines consisting of a significant number of loans in a retail lending assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <P>In determining whether to apply the same major product line standard for facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas to retail lending assessment areas as proposed, or whether to adopt the alternative approach of evaluating the geographic and borrower distributions of only the product line or product lines that triggered the retail lending assessment area requirement, the agencies analyzed data from the 2018, 2019, and 2020 calendar years, summarized in Table 5, to assess the percentage of large banks' retail lending outside of facility-based assessment areas that would have been evaluated within retail lending assessment areas, and the average number of major product lines per retail lending assessment area, had either approach been in effect during those calendar years. In comparing the options, the agencies note that the final rule approach of evaluating only the product line or product lines that triggered the retail lending assessment area would have resulted in a small reduction in the percentage of closed-end home mortgage lending outside of facility-based assessment areas that would have been evaluated within retail lending assessment areas from 27.5 to 23.0 percent. The final rule approach would have resulted in the same percentage of small business lending outside of facility-based assessment areas that would have been evaluated in retail lending assessment areas (39.3 percent) but a decrease in the share of small farm lending that would have been evaluated, from 0.7 to 0 percent. Finally, the final rule approach would have resulted in a significant decrease in the average number of product lines that would have been evaluated in a retail lending assessment area, from 1.4 to 1.1. The agencies believe that lowering the number of product lines evaluated in retail lending assessment areas will decrease the potential complexity and burden of the retail lending assessment area approach, and that this decreased complexity and burden outweighs the potential loss of coverage for closed-end home mortgage, small business, and small farm lending evaluated within retail lending assessment areas.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P; 6210-01-P; 6714-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="530">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6757"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.004</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-C; 6210-01-C; 6714-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Performance tests applied in retail lending assessment areas.</E>
                         The agencies acknowledge comments that CRA evaluations in retail lending assessment areas should not be limited to the Retail Lending Test, and that evaluations in these areas should also consider large banks' community development activities. However, the agencies believe that retail lending assessment area evaluations should be specific to retail lending, and that the proposed Retail Services and Products Test, Community Development Financing Test, and Community Development Services Test appropriately consider other large bank activities outside of facility-based assessment areas. Under the final rule, and as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.19, a large bank will receive consideration for community development loans, community development investments, and community development services outside of the facility-based assessment areas when determining the bank's conclusion at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels. In addition, and as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § _.23, a large bank may receive consideration for applicable retail banking services outside of its facility-based assessment areas as certain components of the Retail Services and Products Test are not restricted to a bank's facility-based assessment areas. Specifically, in the case of a large bank with assets greater 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6758"/>
                        than $10 billion in both of the prior two calendar years, a large bank with assets less than or equal to $10 billion in either of the prior two calendar years and that does not operate branches, or any other large bank at the bank's option, the agencies will evaluate the large bank's digital and other delivery systems at the institution level. In addition, at the institution level, a large bank may receive positive consideration for its credit products and programs, and a large bank with assets of $10 billion or more in both of the prior two calendar years, or any other large bank at the bank's option, may receive positive consideration for its responsive deposit products. The agencies believe that it is appropriate to consider these activities at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels rather than within specific retail lending assessment areas because it provides greater flexibility for a large bank to identify areas with unmet community development and retail services needs that the bank has the capacity and expertise to address. In contrast, a large bank conducting retail lending in a retail lending assessment area has demonstrated capacity to lend in that geographic area, and therefore, the agencies believe that it is appropriate to evaluate the extent to which the bank is meeting the credit needs of the entirety of its retail lending assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.18 Outside Retail Lending Areas</HD>
                    <P>
                        In proposed § __.22(a)(2)(ii) and (a)(3), respectively, the agencies proposed to evaluate large banks and certain intermediate banks 
                        <SU>669</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         under the Retail Lending Test in “outside retail lending areas.” Under the proposal, a bank's outside retail lending area would consist of the nationwide area outside of the bank's facility-based assessment areas and, as applicable, retail lending assessment areas. In proposing the outside retail lending area approach, the agencies intended to comprehensively assess large banks' and certain intermediate banks' lending to low- and moderate-income census tracts and borrowers, and small businesses and small farms, by ensuring that retail lending that is too geographically dispersed to be evaluated within a facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area would still be considered under the Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>669</SU>
                             The proposal provided that an intermediate bank that originates and purchases more than  50 percent of its retail loans (by dollar amount) outside of its facility-based assessment areas over the relevant evaluation period would be evaluated in its outside retail lending area. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Numerous commenters provided feedback on the proposed outside retail lending area approach. Commenters expressed a variety of views regarding the outside retail lending area proposal, with some commenters supporting the proposed approach and others opposing the proposed approach. Commenters also provided feedback on specific aspects of the outside retail lending area proposal, especially views on which banks should be evaluated under the outside retail lending area approach.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed below, the final rule adopts the proposed outside retail lending area approach with some modifications. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule provides that the agencies evaluate on a mandatory basis the retail lending performance of a large bank, and certain other banks, in the bank's outside retail lending area. The final rule also provides that the outside retail lending area generally consists of the nationwide area outside of the bank's facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas. However, in a change from the proposal, and as described below, the final rule: (1) adjusts the standard used to determine when an intermediate bank's outside retail lending area is evaluated on a mandatory basis, and applies the same standard to a small bank that opts to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test; (2) permits an intermediate bank or small bank that does not meet this standard to opt to have its outside retail lending area evaluated; and (3) tailors the proposed geographic standard for outside retail lending areas to exclude those nonmetropolitan counties in which a bank did not originate or purchase any closed-end home mortgage loan, small business loan, small farm loan, or automobile loan (if automobile loans are a product line for the bank). In addition, the agencies are codifying the outside retail lending area approach is new § __.18 for better clarity and organization.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Overall Outside Retail Lending Area Approach</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>To complement the agencies' evaluation of a bank's retail lending in its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable, the agencies proposed in § __.22(a) to evaluate the retail lending performance of large banks and certain intermediate banks in the bank's outside retail lending area. As defined in proposed § __.12, the bank's outside retail lending area would be the nationwide area outside of the bank's facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Several commenters supported the agencies' proposal to evaluate the retail lending of certain banks in their outside retail lending areas as an appropriate complement to the proposed facility-based assessment area and retail lending assessment area frameworks. At least one of these commenters stated that evaluating a bank's retail lending in its outside retail lending area was necessary to develop a complete picture of the bank's retail lending performance. Another commenter favorably noted that the outside retail lending area approach would increase CRA coverage of rural lending activity outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters opposed or expressed significant concerns with the proposed outside retail lending area approach. These commenters opposed the outside retail lending area proposal for several reasons, including commenter views that: the outside retail lending area approach is not aligned with the CRA statute's purpose of encouraging reinvestment of deposits in local communities where banks are chartered to do business; evaluation of a bank's retail lending performance in its outside retail lending area could offset or distract from the bank's retail lending performance in its facility-based assessment areas; and the benefits of evaluating a bank's retail lending in its outside retail lending area would not outweigh the complexity and compliance burden associated with the outside retail lending area evaluation, particularly because the share of the bank's retail loans originated outside of facility-based assessment areas or retail lending assessment areas is small for most banks.</P>
                    <P>At least one commenter stated that the outside retail lending area evaluation should include not only a bank's retail loans made outside of its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, but also retail loans made within its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas that are not evaluated as major product lines.</P>
                    <P>
                        A few commenters recommended that the evaluation of a bank's retail lending performance in its outside retail lending area include consideration of qualitative factors and performance context, including the bank's ability and opportunities to serve the markets in this area.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6759"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are adopting the outside retail lending area approach in the final rule. However, in response to commenter feedback and in consideration of the agencies' policy objectives, the agencies are also adopting several modifications to the outside retail lending area proposal. Specifically, the final rule (1) adjusts the calculation of the 50 percent standard used to determine when an intermediate bank's outside retail lending area is evaluated on a mandatory basis, and applies the same standard to a small bank that opts to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test; (2) permits an intermediate bank or small bank that does not meet this standard to opt to have its outside retail lending area evaluated; and (3) tailors the proposed geographic standard for outside retail lending areas to exclude those nonmetropolitan counties in which a bank did not originate or purchase any closed-end home mortgage loan, small business loan, small farm loan, or automobile loan (if automobile loans are a product line for the bank). In addition, the agencies are codifying the outside retail lending area approach is new § __.18 for better clarity and organization.
                        <SU>670</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These modifications to the proposal are discussed throughout this section-by-section analysis of § __.18.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>670</SU>
                             The agencies are renumbering proposed § __.18 as final § __.19.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Legal authority.</E>
                         The agencies have considered all of the issues raised by commenters regarding their legal authority to evaluate the retail lending performance of certain banks in their outside retail lending areas. Consistent with the agencies' views stated in the proposal, and upon further deliberation and consideration, the agencies have concluded that the CRA authorizes the agencies to evaluate at least certain banks' retail lending performance in their outside retail lending areas. As discussed above in the section-by-section analysis of § __.17, the CRA requires the agencies to assess a bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its 
                        <E T="03">entire community,</E>
                         without defining what constitutes a bank's “entire community.” 
                        <SU>671</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Moreover, as described in the section-by-section analysis of § __.17, although the CRA includes provisions that specifically relate to the preparation of written evaluations that support the conclusion that the geographic areas where a bank maintains deposit-taking facilities are considered part of the bank's entire community,
                        <SU>672</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the statute does not indicate that a bank's entire community consists of 
                        <E T="03">only</E>
                         these geographic areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>671</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(1) (requiring that the agencies “assess [an] institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>672</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906 (requiring the agencies to prepare a written evaluation of a bank's CRA performance for each metropolitan area and, in the case of an interstate bank, each State and/or multistate metropolitan area in which the bank maintains a branch).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The CRA delegates authority to the agencies to prescribe regulations to carry out the purposes of the CRA.
                        <SU>673</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To achieve its purposes, the CRA requires the agencies to assess whether a bank is meeting the credit needs of all parts of the communities it serves, without excluding the low- and moderate-income neighborhoods in those communities.
                        <SU>674</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies have determined, based on their supervisory experience and expertise, that for at least certain banks, the bank's “entire community” can reasonably be considered to include those geographic areas where the bank's retail loan borrowers are located. The agencies have concluded that evaluating the retail lending performance of such banks in their outside retail lending areas falls within the requirements imposed on the agencies by the CRA to assess a bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, and properly furthers the purpose of the statute to encourage banks to meet the credit needs of all parts of the communities they serve. In addition, the agencies believe that the combination of facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending areas will allow the agencies to achieve a more comprehensive evaluation of the bank's performance across its entire community.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>673</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2905.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>674</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Policy objectives of outside retail lending areas.</E>
                         In developing the overall outside retail lending area approach in the proposed and final rules, the agencies seek to achieve several different policy objectives. First, the outside retail lending area approach adapts to ongoing changes to the banking industry. The current CRA regulations generally define assessment areas in connection with a bank's main office, branches, and deposit-taking ATMs. However, the agencies recognize that changes in technology and in bank business models have resulted in banks' entire communities extending beyond the geographic footprint of the bank's main office, branches, and other deposit-taking facilities. To reflect these changes in banking, and to make the assessment area framework more durable over time, the agencies are complementing the existing facility-based assessment area framework in the final rule with a retail lending assessment area and outside retail lending area requirements tailored to certain banks.
                    </P>
                    <P>Second, the outside retail lending area approach improves parity in the evaluation framework for banks with different business models. For example, under the current approach, a bank that maintains branches in multiple States and conducts retail lending in the geographic areas served by those branches would have its retail lending evaluated in multiple assessment areas based on the location of its branches; however, a bank that operates exclusively online would only have its retail lending performance evaluated in one assessment area based on the location of the bank's main office, which may not be representative of the bank's overall retail lending performance. Under the final rule approach, however, the online bank's retail lending performance in other areas may be evaluated as part of the retail lending assessment area evaluation or outside retail lending area evaluation, resulting in more comparable CRA evaluations for both banks despite their different business models.</P>
                    <P>
                        Third, the outside retail lending area approach, in combination with the retail lending assessment area approach for large banks discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.17, increases the share of retail lending that is considered in CRA evaluations for certain banks. Under the current approach, retail lending conducted outside of a bank's assessment areas is not evaluated using the lending test criteria; this lending is only considered if the bank has adequately addressed the needs of borrowers within its assessment areas, and does not compensate for poor lending performance within the bank's assessment areas.
                        <SU>675</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The outside retail lending area approach in the final rule applies a metrics-based evaluation approach to retail loans in certain banks' outside retail lending areas, and generally increases the share of retail lending by banks that is evaluated in this manner.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>675</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.22(b)(2) and (3)-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Finally, the agencies seek to achieve the policy objectives described above while also appropriately adjusting for the level of complexity and impact on banks that would be evaluated in new outside retail lending areas. The outside retail lending area approach in the final 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6760"/>
                        rule is intended to address compliance cost concerns, while simultaneously ensuring that the agencies' other objectives, described above, are achieved.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies have considered comments that the outside retail lending area approach will add complexity and compliance burden to CRA evaluations, as well as commenter views that the outside retail lending area approach may result in banks redirecting resources from serving their facility-based assessment areas. The agencies recognize that banks that are evaluated in outside retail lending areas under the final rule approach may bear some potential compliance costs, such as the potential costs associated with monitoring their performance and meeting performance standards in outside retail lending areas. However, the agencies believe that the final rule outside retail lending area approach is appropriately calibrated to achieve the agencies' policy objectives described above. In addition, the agencies believe that the compliance costs associated with the final rule outside retail lending area approach are reasonable because the outside retail lending area evaluation consolidates all of a bank's retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas into one evaluation area, such that there is one set of metrics and benchmarks for the entire outside retail lending area. Further, because the outside retail lending area does not assign conclusions to specific areas, the agencies believe that this approach provides flexibility by allowing a bank to compensate for relatively lower performance in one component geographic area with stronger performance in another component geographic area, without receiving a conclusion that reflects poor performance in any specific area.</P>
                    <P>As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.17, the agencies will develop and make freely available tools that would leverage reported loan data to calculate the retail lending distribution benchmarks that applied to a bank's outside retail lending area in recent years. The agencies believe that these data tools will help to address commenter concerns regarding the potential complexity and compliance burden associated with the outside retail lending area approach.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail loans included in the outside retail lending area.</E>
                         The agencies considered, but have determined not to adopt, the alternative suggested by at least one commenter of including additional retail loans in the outside retail lending area. Specifically, in addition to the retail lending conducted outside of facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, the agencies considered including in the outside retail lending area those retail loans within facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas that are not evaluated as a major product line. Although the agencies have considered that such an approach would increase the total amount of retail lending that is evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, the agencies believe the increase in coverage is likely to be minimal in comparison to the final rule approach.
                        <SU>676</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies believe that such an approach would add complexity because it would result in distinct outside retail lending areas for each product line (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans if automobile loans are a product line for the bank). Instead, the agencies believe that a single outside retail lending area for all product lines would be reduce complexity for both the agencies and affected banks and potential compliance burden for affected banks, while still achieving the agencies' policy objectives.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>676</SU>
                             The agencies performed an analysis of retail lending data using the CRA Analytics Data Tables for 2018-2020 and determined that over 98 percent of both closed-end home mortgage and small business lending would have been evaluated under the proposed final rule major product line approach had the approach been in effect during those years. The figure for small farm lending would have been considerably lower, at around 40 percent, but the agencies note that the number of small farm loans and the weight assigned to the small farm loan product line is generally small overall.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Codification in § __.18.</E>
                         The agencies determined that it is appropriate to codify the outside retail lending area approach in new § __.18 to increase clarity and improve organization of the final rule. Describing the details of the outside retail lending area approach in a separate section of regulatory text reflects that the outside retail lending area is one type of Retail Lending Test Area that is used in the Retail Lending Test evaluation, alongside facility-based assessment areas (as described in § __.16) and retail lending assessment areas (as described in § __.17).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.18(a) In General—Banks Evaluated in Outside Retail Lending Areas</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In proposed § __.22(a)(2)(ii), the agencies proposed to evaluate the retail lending performance of all large banks in their outside retail lending areas. The agencies sought feedback on whether all large banks should have their retail lending in their outside retail lending areas evaluated, or whether the agencies should exempt large banks that make more than a certain percentage, such as 80 percent, of their retail loans within facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>In proposed § __.22(a)(3), the agencies proposed to evaluate the retail lending performance of certain intermediate banks in their outside retail lending areas. Specifically, the agencies proposed to evaluate an intermediate bank's retail lending performance in its outside retail lending area if the intermediate bank originated and purchased over 50 percent of its retail loans, by dollar amount, outside of its facility-based assessment areas over the relevant evaluation period.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Application to large banks.</E>
                         Some commenters addressed the applicability of the outside retail lending area approach to large banks. For example, at least one commenter suggested only evaluating a large bank on a mandatory basis in its outside retail lending area if the large bank has at least $10 billion in assets, but that a large bank with less than $10 billion in assets should have the option to have its outside retail lending area evaluated. Another commenter stated that the outside retail lending area evaluation should be optional for all banks.
                    </P>
                    <P>Several commenters recommended exempting large banks that lend primarily or predominantly within their facility-based assessment areas, or within their facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, from evaluation in their outside retail lending areas. These commenters offered a range of suggestions regarding the percentage at which such an exemption should apply (measured in terms of the percentage of the bank's retail loans that must be within facility-based assessment areas, or within their facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas), ranging from 50 to 98 percent. Some of these commenters emphasized that if the majority or substantial majority of a bank's retail lending is within its facility-based assessment areas, the evaluation of retail lending in outside retail lending areas would have little bearing on the bank's overall evaluation, and yet would require the bank to spread its CRA resources outside of its local footprint.</P>
                    <P>
                        In contrast, several commenters opposed providing large banks that lend 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6761"/>
                        primarily within their facility-based assessment areas, or within their facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, an exemption from being evaluated on their retail lending in outside retail lending areas. Commenters opposed to exempting banks from the outside retail lending area evaluation asserted that the proposal would not be unduly burdensome because the agencies' proposed approach for weighting assessment area and outside retail lending area retail lending performance to determine institution-level performance would appropriately tailor the outside retail lending area evaluation to different business models. These commenters further noted that banks that make significant numbers of home mortgage or small business loans outside of their facility-based assessment areas and/or retail lending assessment areas should have an obligation to low- and moderate-income communities in those areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Application to intermediate banks.</E>
                         A commenter recommended that all intermediate banks should be evaluated in outside retail lending areas, rather than limiting the outside retail lending area evaluation to those intermediate banks that originate or purchase at least 50 percent of their retail loans outside of their facility-based assessment areas. Another commenter stated that the outside retail lending area evaluation should be optional for all banks.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Overview.</E>
                         With respect to large banks, the agencies are adopting the proposal to evaluate the retail lending performance of all large banks in their outside retail lending area. As such, final § __.18(a)(1) provides that the agencies evaluate a large bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community in its outside retail lending area pursuant to § __.22. Final § __.18(a)(1) clarifies that the agencies will not evaluate a large bank in its outside retail lending area if it did not originate or purchase loans in any products lines in the outside retail lending area during the evaluation period. The agencies believe that this limitation was implicit in the proposal, but believe that it is appropriate to make this limitation explicit in the final rule to promote clarity and transparency.
                    </P>
                    <P>With respect to other banks, the agencies are adjusting the standard used to determine when an intermediate bank's outside retail lending area is evaluated on a mandatory basis, and are applying this same standard to a small bank that opts to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test. In addition, the agencies are permitting an intermediate bank or small bank that does not meet this standard to opt to have its outside retail lending area evaluated. As such, final § __.18(a)(2) provides that the agencies evaluate the record of an intermediate bank, or a small bank that opts to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, of helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community in its outside retail lending area pursuant to § __.22, for a particular calendar year, if either (1) the bank opts to have its major product lines evaluated in its outside retail lending area, or (2) in the prior two calendar years, the bank originated or purchased outside the bank's facility-based assessment areas more than 50 percent of the bank's home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans if automobile loans are a product line for the bank, as described in paragraph II.a.2 of final appendix A.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Application to large banks.</E>
                         The agencies continue to believe that it is appropriate to evaluate the retail lending performance of all large banks in their outside retail lending areas. The agencies believe that evaluating large banks in their outside retail lending areas is important to achieving the agencies' policy objectives of adapting to ongoing changes to the banking industry, improving parity in the evaluation framework for banks with different business models, and increasing the share of retail lending that is considered in CRA evaluations, discussed above. Further, the agencies believe that the final rule outside retail lending area approach is appropriately calibrated to achieve the agencies' policy objectives while minimizing the additional complexity and compliance burden associated with outside retail lending areas. On balance, the agencies believe it is appropriate to tailor the outside retail lending area requirement to all large banks, but only certain other banks, recognizing that large banks generally have more resources and therefore greater capacity than small and intermediate banks to adapt to new regulatory provisions such as outside retail lending areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        To complement the facility-based assessment area approach and retail lending assessment area approach, the outside retail lending area approach would evaluate a large bank's retail lending that is too dispersed to be evaluated within a specific geographic area (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area). For example, if a large bank originated 50 closed-end home mortgages and 300 small business loans in an MSA in each year of the prior two years, the large bank would not be required to delineate a retail lending assessment area in the MSA pursuant to the loan count thresholds in final § __.17(c), but the MSA would be included in the large bank's outside retail lending area. As a result, this lending would be considered as part of the large bank's Retail Lending Test evaluation. However, a conclusion would be assigned to the entirety of the bank's outside retail lending area, rather than for the specific MSA. The agencies believe that this approach is appropriate because, the sum of the large bank's retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas may constitute a significant percentage of a bank's overall lending, and that this retail lending should be considered under the Retail Lending Test to ensure a comprehensive evaluation of a large bank's retail lending performance. The agencies emphasize that the outside retail lending area approach is especially important for comprehensively evaluating the retail lending performance of predominantly branch-based large banks that qualify for the exemption from the retail lending assessment area requirement pursuant to final § __.17(a)(2).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered, but are not adopting, the alternative approach suggested by commenters to exempt large banks that conduct at least a certain percentage, such as 50 percent, of their retail lending within their facility-based assessment areas, or within their facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, from the outside retail lending area evaluation. For the reasons stated above, the agencies believe it is appropriate to evaluate the retail lending performance of all large banks in their outside retail lending areas. The agencies note that the final rule approach accounts for cases where a bank has only a small amount of retail lending in its outside retail lending area, because the amount of retail lending in the bank's outside retail lending area is one component of the weighting that the outside retail lending area performance conclusion receives in determining the bank's overall Retail Lending Test conclusion, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22(h). Finally, the agencies note that a large bank with a relatively small share of lending in its outside retail lending area overall could still have a significant number of loans in one or more component geographic areas of its outside retail lending area; the agencies believe that it is important to evaluate 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6762"/>
                        the extent to which the bank has met the retail lending credit needs of those areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered, but are not adopting, the alternative approach suggested by commenters to make the evaluation of all or certain large banks in their outside retail lending areas optional. However, the agencies believe that an optional evaluation approach would not achieve the agencies' policy objectives since some or all large banks could opt out of outside retail lending areas entirely under this alternative. The agencies are concerned that over time, an optional outside retail lending area approach would make the assessment area framework less durable to ongoing changes in the banking industry, particularly with any expansion of digital banking. Specifically, if an increasing share of large bank retail lending occurs outside of facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, and if the agencies could evaluate that lending in outside retail lending areas only at a bank's option, the policy objectives of increasing the share of retail lending that is considered in CRA evaluations and would be undermined.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Application to intermediate banks and small banks.</E>
                         The final rule retains the proposed approach evaluating intermediate banks in their outside retail lending areas on a mandatory basis if the intermediate bank conducts a majority of its retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas. This tailored approach recognizes that intermediate banks generally have fewer resources and therefore less capacity than large banks to adapt to new regulatory provisions such as a Retail Lending Test evaluation in outside retail lending areas. At the same time, the agencies believe that evaluating certain intermediate banks in their outside retail lending areas is important to achieving the agencies' policy objectives of adapting to ongoing changes to the banking industry, improving parity in the evaluation framework for banks with different business models, and increasing the share of retail lending that is considered in CRA evaluations, discussed above.
                    </P>
                    <P>The final rule's 50 percent threshold, the calculation of which is discussed below, reflects the agencies' belief that an intermediate bank's CRA evaluation should capture at least a majority of the bank's retail lending. The agencies believe that evaluating less than a majority of an intermediate bank's retail lending could result in Retail Lending Test conclusions that are not representative of the intermediate bank's overall retail lending performance. The agencies also considered that a threshold level higher than 50 percent would result in more comprehensive evaluations for more intermediate banks; however, a higher exemption threshold level would also increase the number of affected intermediate banks, including intermediate banks that already have a majority of their retail lending evaluated within facility-based assessment areas. In addition, the agencies considered that for these intermediate banks, the outside retail lending area evaluation would generally carry less weight in determining the intermediate bank's overall Retail Lending Test conclusion.</P>
                    <P>While the proposed rule did not provide that a small bank would be evaluated in its outside retail lending area, the agencies determined that it is appropriate to treat small banks that opt into the Retail Lending Test consistently with intermediate banks under the final rule. In reaching this determination, the agencies considered that it is important that the Retail Lending Test evaluation capture at least a majority of a bank's lending. If a small bank that opts into the Retail Lending Test conducts a majority of its retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas, the agencies believe that the outside retail lending area evaluation should apply to the small bank to ensure that the Retail Lending Test conclusion for the institution is representative of the bank's overall retail lending performance. The agencies do not believe that this approach should significantly increase the compliance burden of the final rule on small banks because the Retail Lending Test evaluation remains optional for these banks.</P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, the agencies determined that intermediate banks, and small banks that opt into the Retail Lending Test, should have the option to be evaluated in their outside retail lending areas even if they do not conduct a majority of their retail lending outside their facility-based assessment areas. The agencies believe this option provides flexibility for an intermediate bank or small bank to consider the potential complexity and compliance burden associated with the outside retail lending area evaluation, and the impact on the bank's retail lending performance. The agencies also considered that without providing this option, an intermediate bank, or a small bank that opts into the Retail Lending Test, that does not conduct a majority of its retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas that prefers to have its outside retail lending area evaluated could need to seek approval of a strategic plan, which could increase the complexity of the final rule approach. In addition, the agencies considered that making the outside retail lending area evaluation optional for these banks would be consistent with current evaluation practices, whereby banks may receive consideration for retail lending outside of their assessment areas.
                        <SU>677</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>677</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.22(b)(2) and (3)-4
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Calculation of 50 percent standard.</E>
                         The final rule adopts a modified version of the proposed 50 percent standard used to determine when an intermediate bank (or a small bank that opts into the Retail Lending Test) is evaluated on a mandatory basis in its outside retail lending area. As specified in paragraph II.a.2 of final appendix A, the 50 percent threshold is calculated over the prior two calendar years, and is based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count, as defined in final § __.12. The agencies are adopting these changes to conform the calculation of the 50 percent outside retail lending area standard to the calculation approach used for the 80 percent threshold to identify those predominantly branch-based large banks that are exempt from the retail lending assessment area requirement. In addition, the agencies note that the calculation of the 50 percent standard, like the calculation of the 80 percent standard for retail lending assessment areas, includes originated or purchased home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans if automobile loans are a product line for the bank. The agencies' rationale for this calculation is further described in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.17(a).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.18(b) Geographic Requirements of Outside Retail Lending Areas</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In proposed § __.12, the agencies defined the outside retail lending area as the nationwide area outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas and, as applicable, retail lending assessment areas. To evaluate a bank's retail lending performance in its outside retail lending area, and as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22(e), the agencies proposed in § __.22(b)(2)(ii) and paragraphs III.2.c and d and IV.2.c and d of proposed appendix A, to calculate tailored retail lending distribution benchmarks for a bank's outside retail lending area, by taking a weighted average of the benchmarks calculated for each MSA and the nonmetropolitan 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6763"/>
                        area of each State included in the bank's outside retail lending area.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive comments that specifically discussed the geographic requirements for outside retail lending areas. However, as discussed above, the agencies received a number of comments on the overall outside retail lending area approach. In addition, the agencies received comments on the proposed approach to calculating tailored distribution benchmarks for a bank's outside retail lending area; these comments are discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(e).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are adopting a tailored version of the proposed geographic requirements for outside retail lending areas. Specifically, relative to the proposal, a bank's outside retail lending area no longer includes nonmetropolitan counties in which the bank did not conduct any retail lending. As such, final § __.18(b)(1) provides that a bank's outside retail lending area consists of the nationwide area, excluding (1) the bank's facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas; and (2) any county in a nonmetropolitan area in which the bank did not originate or purchase any closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, or automobile loans (if automobile loans are a product line for the bank). In addition, the agencies are specifying in final § __.18(b)(2) that the outside retail lending area is comprised of component geographic areas, and that a component geographic area is any MSA or the nonmetropolitan area of any State, or portion thereof, included within the outside retail lending area.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Exclusion of certain nonmetropolitan counties.</E>
                         Upon consideration of commenter feedback, the agencies believe it is appropriate to exclude nonmetropolitan counties in which a bank did not originate or purchase any retail loans from the bank's outside retail lending area. As a result, outside retail lending areas are more targeted, relative to the proposal, to where a bank conducts retail lending business in nonmetropolitan areas. The agencies note that the final rule adopts a similar exclusion of these counties from retail lending assessment areas located in the nonmetropolitan area of a State, and that the agencies' rationale for the retail lending assessment area exclusion, described further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.17(b), generally also applies to outside retail lending areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Component geographic areas.</E>
                         The agencies determine that specifying the component geographic areas of the outside retail lending area in regulatory text in final § __.18(b)(2) provides clarity. The agencies note that sections III and IV of final appendix A consistently use the term “component geographic areas” in describing the calculation of the retail lending distribution benchmarks for a bank's outside retail lending area. This calculation is discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(e).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.19 Areas for Eligible Community Development Loans, Community Development Investments, and Community Development Services</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current rule, in addition to considering a bank's community development loans, investments, and services conducted within the bank's assessment areas, the agencies may provide consideration for loans, investments, and services conducted in a broader statewide or regional area that includes one or more assessment areas.
                        <SU>678</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Whether an activity receives consideration and the geographic level to which the activity is allocated depends on whether the organization or activity has a purpose, mandate, or function of serving one or more assessment areas. Specifically, an activity that has a purpose, mandate, or function that includes serving one or more assessment areas is considered as part of the evaluation of: (1) one assessment area, when it benefits and is targeted to a single assessment area; (2) the State or multistate MSA, when the activity benefits or is targeted to two or more assessment areas, or the State or multistate MSA; and (3) the institution level, when the activity benefits or is targeted to a regional area of two or more States not in a multistate MSA or a regional area that includes but is larger than one multistate MSA. An activity that does not have a purpose, mandate, or function that includes serving an assessment area may enhance performance at the State, multistate MSA, or institution level if: (1) the bank has been responsive to community development needs and opportunities in its assessment areas; and (2) the activity benefits census tracts or individuals located in a State, multistate MSA, or broader regional area that includes one or more of a bank's assessment areas (even though the activity does not benefit, and is not targeted to, one or more assessment areas).
                        <SU>679</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>678</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR __.12(h); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>679</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.21(a)-3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Under proposed § __.18, a bank would receive consideration for community development loans, community development investments, and community development services (which the proposal referred to collectively as “community development activities”) conducted in its facility-based assessment areas. In addition, proposed § __.18 provided that a bank would also receive consideration for community development loans, community development investments, and community development services provided outside of its facility-based assessment areas within the States and multistate MSAs in which the bank has a facility-based assessment area and in a nationwide area, as provided in proposed §§ __.21, __.24 through __.26, and __.28 and proposed appendices C and D. The cross-references in proposed § __.18 did not include proposed § __.29; as a result, the consideration of community development activities outside of facility-based assessment areas would not have applied to small banks or intermediate banks that did not opt into the Community Development Financing Test. Under the proposal, community development loans, community development investments, and community development services conducted outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas would be considered to inform conclusions for the State, multistate MSA, and institution.</P>
                    <P>
                        Recognizing that the current approach to considering community development loans, investments, and services in broader statewide and regional areas has afforded banks flexibility but sometimes contributed to uncertainty about whether such loans, investments, or services will qualify, the agencies aimed with the proposal to retain and enhance this flexibility while also providing greater certainty. To this end, the agencies included a clear statement in proposed § __.18 that a bank will also receive consideration for community development loans, investments, and services conducted outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas—not only within the States and multistate MSAs in which the bank has a facility-
                        <PRTPAGE P="6764"/>
                        based assessment area, but also in the nationwide area.
                        <SU>680</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>680</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.18. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             proposed §§ __.21, __.24 through __.26, and __.28 and proposed appendices C and D (cross-referenced in proposed § __.18).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies sought feedback on the proposed approach, and on alternative approaches that would encourage banks that choose to conduct community development activities outside of their facility-based assessment areas, such as requiring banks to delineate specific geographic areas where they would focus their community development outside of facility-based assessment areas. The agencies also asked whether all banks, including all intermediate banks, small banks, and banks that elect to be evaluated under an approved strategic plan, should have the option to have community development activities outside of facility-based assessment areas considered.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">General feedback.</E>
                         The agencies received numerous comments on the proposal regarding the areas eligible for community development loans, investments, or services outside of facility-based assessment areas, under proposed § __.18. Many commenters supported the proposal. In general, these commenters expressed that broadening the geographic eligibility of community development activities will allow banks to target community development loans, investments, and services to areas with the greatest community development needs, regardless of whether they are in proximity to a bank branch. For example, a number of commenters stated that the proposal would increase community development activities in underserved areas such as economically distressed areas, rural areas, and Native lands where there are few banks. Similarly, some commenters supported the proposal because they noted that bank branches do not always align with the neighborhoods in need of investment and that the flexibility of the proposal can help bring community development capital to these neighborhoods. Another commenter suggested that consideration of community development activities anywhere in the United States would allow banks to conduct community development activities that best align with the bank's mission, and to seek out the most advantageous financial investments.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters supported the proposal because it provided flexibility for banks that have limited control over the availability of community development projects in their facility-based assessment areas. For example, commenters noted that in some areas, opportunities to conduct community development loans, investments, and services are subject to intense competition between lenders and investors.</P>
                    <P>Commenters also described other benefits of the proposed approach. Some commenters noted that credit for community development activities outside of facility-based assessment areas would be particularly helpful for the growing number of banks with a limited number of branches. One of these commenters also noted that smaller State and regional development organizations would also benefit from this aspect of the proposal. Other commenters indicated that the proposal provides much-needed certainty to banks because it allows banks to get credit for community development activities outside of their facility-based assessment areas without first having to demonstrate that they have been responsive to the needs of their assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters suggested additional analysis or other modifications to the approach. A commenter requested that the agencies track banks' community development activities conducted outside of its assessment area to see if banks take advantage of the proposed changes. Another commenter indicated that community development activities outside of assessment areas should be optional for positive consideration.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters expressed concerns regarding the proposal, with some suggesting alternatives that would limit or give less emphasis to community development activities outside of facility-based assessment areas relative to activities within facility-based assessment areas. These commenters generally stated that it would be important to maintain a focus on banks meeting local community needs. Commenters provided a range of specific recommendations including that: (1) community development activities should receive CRA credit only in facility-based assessment areas and anywhere the bank has a CRA obligation to serve a local community under an applicable performance test; (2) the agencies should provide only partial credit for community development activities conducted outside of a bank's assessment areas; (3) credit for outside facility-based assessment area community development activities should be weighted or emphasized less than what is provided inside facility-based assessment areas; and (4) consideration should be given only for community development activities outside of a bank's assessment areas if the bank received a certain rating, such as “Satisfactory” or “Low Satisfactory,” on its previous CRA exam. Some commenters expressed the sentiment that to receive any credit for community development activities outside of a bank's assessment areas, banks should be required to first meet the credit needs of their assessment areas. For example, a commenter suggested that banks provide evidence to the agencies that they had unsuccessfully bid on multiple community development financing activities within their facility-based assessment areas before receiving consideration for their community development activities outside of its facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Consideration of specific types of community development loans, community development investments, or community development services.</E>
                         A few commenters stated that allowing banks to receive CRA consideration for investments outside of facility-based assessment areas would support and expand affordable housing investments in underserved CRA markets. Some commenters pointed out that expanding consideration for community development financing outside of facility-based assessment areas would help smooth existing LIHTC pricing discrepancies between CRA hotspots and CRA deserts. A commenter further recommended that credit for LIHTC investments outside of assessment areas should be limited to the greater statewide or regional area in which the bank has an assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters requested that the agencies support CRA credit for investments or loans with multistate CDFIs, with CDFI loan funds, or generally with CDFIs or MDIs outside of a bank's assessment areas. However, another commenter voiced concern that full consideration of investments with CDFIs regardless of geographic location could drain capital away from local CDFIs to large national CDFIs. Other activities that commenters suggested should receive CRA community development credit include lending outside of assessment areas conducted through a fintech partnership, activities relating to digital inclusion that target or benefit underserved urban and rural communities, and bank employee volunteer activities unrelated to the provision of financial services if the services are provided in any low- or moderate-income area.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6765"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic areas in which community development loans, investments, and services are considered.</E>
                         Some commenters recommended specific geographic areas in which a bank's community development activities should be considered. Some commenters suggested limiting consideration of community development activities that are beyond facility-based assessment areas to low- and moderate-income communities where a bank conducts business, or to four categories of geographic areas where commenters stated that community development needs are greater: Native lands, the Mississippi Delta, Central Appalachia, and the Texas-Mexico border.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters also stated that consideration of a bank's community development activities should be restricted to specific geographic areas identified under the proposed community development impact and responsiveness review factors.
                        <SU>681</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One of these commenters further suggested that the agencies should apply this restriction specifically to branch-based banks when they seek to invest outside of a State where they have branches. Conversely, another commenter noted that the community development impact and responsiveness factors would incentivize banks to focus on underserved and other high-priority communities, so any geographic restriction on making community development loans, investments, and services outside of facility-based assessment areas would be unnecessary and counterproductive.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>681</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.15(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Delineation of specific geographic areas outside of facility-based assessment areas for community development loans, investments, and services.</E>
                         Some commenters addressed the agencies' request for views on whether banks should be required to delineate specific geographic areas where they will focus their outside facility-based assessment area community development loans, investments, and services. A few commenters stated that banks should not be required to delineate specific geographic areas because it would reduce flexibility for banks and it may not be feasible for banks to anticipate where there will be community development opportunities. In addition, some commenters raised concerns that requiring banks to designate areas for community development loans, investments, and services outside of facility-based assessment areas could give banks too much latitude to designate easy-to-invest areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, some commenters supported the idea of requiring banks to delineate specific geographic areas for community development activities. For example, a commenter supported the delineation of geographic areas for community development activities as an alternative to providing full consideration for activities in the entire statewide area for States in which a bank has one or more branches. This commenter further recommended that community development areas, if adopted, should be composed primarily of distressed, underserved, or low- or moderate-income census tracts. Another commenter stated generally that the approval of such community development geographic areas should be public, consistent, and transparent across banks, and that an impact review process should be developed that identifies a specific community need and requires banks to explain how they plan to meet those needs. Yet another commenter suggested that the agencies develop a way to define “credit deserts” where banks can receive extra credit even if the bank does not maintain a branch office in that community.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Credit for outside assessment area community development loans, investments, and services—small banks, intermediate banks, and strategic plan banks.</E>
                         Commenters also responded to the agencies' request for comment on whether all banks should have the option to have community development loans, investments, and services outside of facility-based assessment areas considered, including intermediate banks, small banks, and banks that elect to be evaluated under a strategic plan. All commenters addressing this question supported giving banks the option to have CRA consideration outside of facility-based assessment areas regardless of a bank's size or whether the bank elects to be evaluated under a strategic plan. Many of these commenters stated that the final rule should encourage as much community development activity as possible, indicating that there is little or no reason to limit consideration of community development activities outside of assessment areas only to large, wholesale, and limited purpose banks.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters emphasized that consideration of community development activities outside of a bank's assessment areas would be beneficial to small banks. A commenter indicated that small lenders are often in the best position to engage in loans, investments, or services in underserved areas. Another commenter stated that smaller banks may struggle to find community development opportunities, particularly when they have smaller assessment areas.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting proposed § __.18, renumbered as final § __.19, with certain revisions discussed below. Final § __.19 states that the agencies may consider a bank's community development loans, community development investments, and community development services provided outside of its facility-based assessment areas, as provided in the agencies' CRA regulations. Relative to the proposal, the final rule expands application of this provision to include small and intermediate banks that do not opt into the Community Development Financing Test. With this expanded eligibility, the final rule in § __.19 eliminates the proposed cross references to proposed §§ __.21, __.24 through __.26, and __.28 and proposed appendices C and D in proposed § __.18. This change, which is also discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.29 (regarding small bank performance evaluation) and the section-by-section analysis of § __.30 (regarding intermediate bank performance evaluation), allows any bank the ability to receive consideration for qualifying community development activities outside of its facility-based assessment areas without regard to asset size or business model.</P>
                    <P>In adopting the final rule approach, the agencies considered several potential benefits of broadening the geographic scope of community development loans, investments, and services relative to the current approach. As noted by some commenters, the agencies are aware that community development opportunities in certain areas may be limited or subject to competition among banks. Principally, the agencies believe that the final rule approach will: (1) allow appropriate flexibility for banks to conduct community development loans, investments, and services in a variety of geographic areas; (2) help banks receive consideration for community development activities in areas with significant unmet credit needs, including areas where few banks maintain deposit-taking facilities; and (3) allow banks to identify community development opportunities that align with their business model and expertise, including opportunities outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule approach builds on and provides greater certainty than the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6766"/>
                        current approach, which, as noted, considers a bank's community development activities outside of facility-based assessment areas only for activities with a purpose, mandate, or function that includes serving geographic areas or individuals in the bank's assessment areas; or if activities benefit a broader statewide or regional area and the bank has been responsive to community development needs and opportunities in its assessment areas.
                        <SU>682</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under the final rule approach, banks evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test in § __.24 or Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks in § __.26 will receive consideration for eligible community development activities, regardless of the geographic scope of the activities. These performance tests emphasize meeting the community development needs of facility-based assessment areas while also considering activities outside of these areas. Thus, the agencies do not believe that a condition of having met the needs of facility-based assessment areas is necessary because a bank's performance within facility-based assessment areas will always be separately taken into account under the Community Development Financing Test and Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks.
                        <SU>683</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In contrast, for small banks, the final rule retains conditions on the consideration of community development activities outside of facility-based assessment areas that are similar to the current approach, as discussed further below. Under the final rule, community development activities for intermediate banks will also be considered regardless of the geographic scope of the activities. However, the extent of that consideration will depend on how well the intermediate bank has met the needs of their facility-based assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>682</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>683</SU>
                             For further detail on these tests, see the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.24 and __.26. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             final § __.25 (Community Development Services Test) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies also considered the benefits of the final rule approach of considering community development activities outside of facility-based assessment areas for banks with a variety of business models. For example, the agencies believe that expanded geographic eligibility of community development activities will support banks that operate primarily or entirely without branches since these banks may have fewer community development opportunities within their facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>The final rule approach revises the proposed language from stating that a bank “will” receive consideration for activities outside of its facility-based assessment areas in proposed § __.18 to instead stating that a bank “may” receive consideration for these activities in final § __.19. This change reflects the consideration of community development activities for small banks. For these banks, consideration of community development loans, investments, and services outside of facility-based assessment areas is dependent on other factors. Under § __.29(b), the agencies may adjust the rating of a small bank evaluated under the Small Bank Lending Test from “Satisfactory” to “Outstanding” at the institution level based on making community development investments and providing community development services without regard to whether the activity is in one or more of the bank's facility-based assessment areas. Thus, in effect, the small bank would have to perform well in serving community credit needs in its facility-based assessment areas before receiving additional credit for community development activities irrespective of geographic location. Accordingly, for a small bank with an institution rating of “Needs to Improve,” community development investments and services would not be considered, including those outside of the bank's facility-based assessment areas. Moreover, as detailed in § __.30(a)(2)(ii) of the final rule for intermediate banks evaluated under the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test, the extent of the consideration of community development activities outside of the bank's facility-based assessment area(s) will depend on the adequacy of the bank's responsiveness to the needs and opportunities for community development activities within the bank's facility-based assessment areas and applicable performance context information.</P>
                    <P>Final § __.19 does not limit the geographic areas outside of facility-based assessment areas in which community development loans, investments, and services can receive consideration, as suggested by some commenters noted above. For example, final § __.19 does not restrict consideration for community development to only specific geographic areas identified under the proposed community development impact and responsiveness review factors, or to only Native lands, the Mississippi Delta, Central Appalachia, and the Texas-Mexico border, as some commenters suggested. The agencies believe that this suggested approach would limit community development opportunities, particularly for banks without access or relationships with community development providers in these areas. More generally, the agencies believe that limiting consideration of community development loans, investments, and services outside of facility-based assessment areas to any geographic areas could restrict the flow of community development financing to any area that has not been designated as eligible to receive consideration for community development.</P>
                    <P>Relatedly, under final § __.19 banks will not be required to delineate specific geographic areas outside facility-based assessment areas in which to make community development loans, investments, and services, as suggested by some commenters. The agencies believe that prescriptive delineated areas would inappropriately constrain bank flexibility to pursue community development activities where the need is greatest. In determining not to adopt this suggestion, the agencies also weighed the comments that banks may not be able to fully anticipate in advance where community development needs and opportunities may be available.</P>
                    <P>Under final § __.19, the agencies are also not establishing restrictions on the consideration of community development loans, investments, or services conducted outside of facility-based assessment areas for certain types of activities, as suggested by some commenters. For example, the final rule does not limit credit for LIHTC investments outside of facility-based assessment areas to the greater statewide or regional area in which the bank has a presence, and does not limit consideration of activities outside of facility-based assessment areas to those that expand affordable housing investments in underserved CRA markets. The agencies believe that the final rule approach allows banks to identify community development opportunities where its business model, strategy, and expertise are well aligned with a community need.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered, but are not adopting, commenter suggestions to allow consideration of activities outside of facility-based assessment areas only if the bank provides evidence to the agencies that the bank had unsuccessfully bid on multiple community development financing activities within their facility-based assessment areas. The agencies considered that this approach may help 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6767"/>
                        to encourage banks to prioritize seeking out opportunities within their facility-based assessment areas. However, the agencies determined that the approach might be difficult to enforce and increase burden as a result of additional documentation requirements, and may result in banks expending resources pursuing community development opportunities that are already being met by other banks in the area.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered suggestions to limit consideration of community development activities outside of facility-based assessment areas to instances in which a bank received a certain overall rating, or Community Development Financing Test conclusion on its previous CRA examination, such as “Satisfactory” or “Low Satisfactory.” As noted above and in the section-by-section analyses of §§ __.29 and __.30, the final rule includes similar provisions for evaluating community development performance under the small and intermediate bank performance evaluations, but applied to the bank's current, rather than prior, evaluation period. Specifically, for a small bank, community development investments and services inside or outside of a bank's facility-based assessment area are considered only for potentially enhancing the bank's overall rating from a “Satisfactory” to an “Outstanding.” For intermediate banks evaluated under the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test, community development activities outside of facility-based assessment areas are considered without regard to whether the activity is made in one or more of the bank's facility-based assessment areas; any additional consideration to adjust a bank's rating will depend on the adequacy of the bank's responsiveness to community development needs and opportunities within its facility-based assessment areas and applicable performance context information. The agencies believe that it is preferable to apply these conditions to the current evaluation period, rather than the prior evaluation period, to ensure that a bank's community development activities are evaluated in relation to the needs and opportunities that existed when the bank conducted these activities.</P>
                    <P>The final rule approach does not adopt alternative suggestions to assign only partial credit for community development activities conducted outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas, or to weight such activities less than activities inside facility-based assessment areas. However, the final rule includes specific weighting of facility-based assessment area conclusions on the Community Development Financing Test, the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks, and the Community Development Services Test, as described further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.28.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.21 Evaluation of CRA Performance in General</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA regulations, the examination process is tailored to a bank's asset size and business model.
                        <SU>684</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Large banks are evaluated under three performance tests: 
                        <SU>685</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         a lending test, which assesses retail and community development loans; 
                        <SU>686</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         an investment test,
                        <SU>687</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         which assesses community development investments; and a service test, which assesses retail services and community development services.
                        <SU>688</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Intermediate small banks are evaluated under a lending test and a community development test, which assesses community development loans, community development investments, and community development services.
                        <SU>689</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Small banks are evaluated under a single lending test.
                        <SU>690</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Both intermediate small banks and small banks may elect to be evaluated under the large bank performance tests if they collect and report the CRA data required of large banks.
                        <SU>691</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Wholesale and limited purpose banks are evaluated under a single community development test, which assesses community development loans, community development investments, and community development services.
                        <SU>692</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, any bank may seek agency approval to be evaluated under a strategic plan.
                        <SU>693</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>684</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12 and __.21 through __.27.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>685</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>686</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>687</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.23.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>688</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>689</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(a)(1) and __.26(a)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>690</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(a)(1) and __.26(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>691</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(a)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>692</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(a)(2) and __.25.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>693</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(a)(4) and __.27.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In recognition of the importance that bank size, business model, and local conditions play when evaluating a bank's CRA performance, the agencies proposed tailoring the CRA evaluation framework based on three updated bank size categories for large banks, intermediate banks, and small banks. The agencies also proposed a tailored approach to evaluations for wholesale banks, limited purpose banks, and banks operating under an approved strategic plan. Overall, proposed § __.21 described the following: performance standards for each bank category; treatment of bank subsidiaries, affiliates, consortia, and third parties; performance context information that would be considered in CRA evaluations; categories for bank conclusions and ratings; and the requirement that bank CRA activities be conducted in a safe and sound manner.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are finalizing § __.21 with non-substantive changes. Specifically, the agencies are: revising the section heading and, as necessary, paragraph headings; streamlining the regulation text, including removing proposed § __.21(a) from the final rule as duplicative; removing duplicative information from final § __21(e); adding section headings and cross-references for clarity and ease of reference; and making other clarifying and conforming changes.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.21(a) Application of Performance Tests and Strategic Plans</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Similar to the current CRA regulations, the agencies set out an evaluation framework in proposed § __.21(a) and (b) that is tailored to a bank's asset size and business model.
                        <SU>694</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As explained below, the agencies are finalizing the broader evaluation framework as proposed, with modifications to the individual performance tests and standards.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>694</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(a) and (b); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             proposed §§ __.12 and __.22 through __.29.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.21(a)(1) Large Banks</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In § __.21(b)(1), the agencies proposed to apply four performance tests to large banks: the Retail Lending Test in proposed § __.22; the Retail Services and Products Test in proposed § __.23; the Community Development Financing Test in proposed § __.24; and the Community Development Services Test in proposed § __.25. The agencies intended that each of these performance tests would measure a different aspect of how responsive a bank's retail and community development activities are to the credit needs of the bank's communities.</P>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of the Retail Lending Test in § __.22, the agencies proposed that the Retail Lending Test rely on a set of metrics and community and market benchmarks grounded in local data to measure how well a bank's retail lending meets the credit needs of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6768"/>
                        low- and moderate-income individuals, small businesses and small farms, and low- and moderate-income geographies through an analysis of lending volume and geographic and borrower lending distributions.
                        <SU>695</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         More specifically, the agencies proposed that the bank's retail lending distribution metrics, calculated using the bank's number of loans, be compared to community and market benchmarks.
                        <SU>696</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also proposed that additional factors be considered when evaluating a bank's retail lending performance.
                        <SU>697</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed that conclusions for the Retail Lending Test be assigned for each of a large bank's facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area, as well as at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels, as applicable.
                        <SU>698</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>695</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(d) and proposed appendix A.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>696</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>697</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>698</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(f)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that the Community Development Financing Test assess how well a bank meets community development financing needs, using dollar-based metrics and benchmarks to standardize the review of community development loans and community development investments, while also incorporating a qualitative impact review of community development financing activities to complement the metrics and benchmarks.
                        <SU>699</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Conclusions would reflect the agencies' qualitative assessments of a bank's community development financing metric relative to the benchmarks and the impact review. The proposed conclusions for the Community Development Financing Test would be assigned for each of a bank's facility-based assessment areas, States, and multistate MSAs, and at the institution level, as applicable.
                        <SU>700</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>699</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             proposed § __.24 and proposed appendix B.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>700</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(d)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies' proposed Retail Services and Products Test and Community Development Services Test would evaluate how well a bank's products and services, respectively, meet community credit and community development needs.
                        <SU>701</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed revised standards for these performance tests to reflect changes in banking over time and to introduce standardized metrics,
                        <SU>702</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as well as benchmarks for the Retail Services and Products Test,
                        <SU>703</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to allow a more consistent evaluation approach. For both performance tests, the proposed conclusions would be assigned for each of a bank's facility-based assessment areas, States, and multistate MSAs, and at the institution level, as applicable.
                        <SU>704</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>701</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             proposed § __.23, proposed appendix A, proposed § __.25, and proposed appendix B.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>702</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             proposed §§ __.23 and __.25.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>703</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(1)(i)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>704</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed §§ __.23(d)(1) and __.25(e)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        To reflect the increased resources and capacity of large banks that had assets greater than $10 billion, the agencies proposed additional tailoring of the Retail Services and Products Test, the Community Development Services Test, and the data collection and reporting requirements.
                        <SU>705</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For large banks that had assets greater than $10 billion, the agencies proposed requiring a full evaluation under the Retail Services and Products Test, including the bank's digital and other delivery systems 
                        <SU>706</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and deposit products responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>707</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Similarly, for the Community Development Services Test, the agencies proposed that only large banks that had assets of more than $10 billion would be required to be evaluated under a community development service hours metric.
                        <SU>708</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>705</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             proposed §§ __.23, __.25, and __.42.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>706</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>707</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>708</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.25(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In addition to requiring large banks that had assets greater than $10 billion to collect and maintain data for digital and other delivery systems and responsive deposit products,
                        <SU>709</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies also proposed that these banks collect, maintain, and report deposits,
                        <SU>710</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         community development services,
                        <SU>711</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and automobile lending data.
                        <SU>712</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>709</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.42(a)(4)(ii) and (iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>710</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.42(a)(7) and (b)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>711</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.42(a)(6) and (b)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>712</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.42(a)(2) and (b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received numerous comments on the application of the four proposed tests to large banks. Many commenters offered general support for the proposed four-test framework, with reasons for support including increased test rigor, additional quantitative standards for assessing performance, and permitting a more comprehensive evaluation of CRA activities.</P>
                    <P>Many commenters also stated that the proposed four-performance test framework for large banks offered significant improvements in performance test rigor, but that the improvements are not consistent. In particular, some commenters were concerned that the Retail Services and Products Test, the Community Development Financing Test, and the Community Development Services Test may replicate the high pass rates and ratings that banks currently receive, leading to “grade inflation,” and may not necessarily reveal significant distinctions in performance. These commenters suggested that the agencies extend the rigor of the Retail Lending Test to the other three performance tests. To guard against ratings inflation and ensure test rigor, several commenters recommended that the agencies develop guidelines for examiners on how to use the performance measures for some of the large bank performance tests such as the Community Development Financing Test and the Community Development Services Test.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters made recommendations to the agencies to revise the proposed large bank framework of performance tests by adding to, eliminating, or reconfiguring one or more of the four performance tests. A commenter expressed support for the current large bank three-performance-test evaluation regime with distinct lending, investment, and service tests, stating that this three-performance-test regime is a more equitable method to measure CRA performance; prevents bank lending, investment, and services from competing against each other for supremacy; and ensures that banks continue to have a focused incentive to meet the needs of low- and moderate-income communities.</P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters suggested that the agencies eliminate the Community Development Services Test after combining it with the Retail Lending Test, the Community Development Financing Test, the Retail Services and Products Test, or a combination of the performance tests. These commenters explained that: the proposed Community Development Services Test was not sufficiently weighted by itself to incentivize bank performance; the proposed eligible service activities are limited and had minimal impacts; and the activities that would be evaluated under the performance test would be better allocated to either the Community Development Financing Test or the Retail Services and Products Test. For large banks, a commenter suggested that the agencies should consider combining the Community Development Financing Test and the Community Development Services Test, and separately combining the Retail Lending Test and the Retail Services and Products Test, with each 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6769"/>
                        combined performance test having a 50 percent weight.
                    </P>
                    <P>Another commenter suggested that the agencies make the Community Development Services Test more of a “tie-breaker” by providing minimal credit for community development services. Another commenter suggested that the agencies eliminate the Community Development Services Test in full and instead evaluate these services as an impact review factor.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters suggested that the agencies maintain separate evaluations for community development lending and community development investments. The commenters stated that, by combining community development lending and community development investment into a single performance test, banks may retreat from investments because they can be more complex and provide a lower rate of return than community development lending. For similar reasons, a commenter recommended that the agencies create a lending subtest and an equity investment subtest within the Community Development Financing Test with equal weighting for both subtests.</P>
                    <P>Many commenters offered suggestions on additional tailoring for the large bank performance test framework. For example, a few commenters suggested that large banks that had less than $10 billion in assets should have the ability to choose an evaluation under the proposal or under the current examination framework.</P>
                    <P>Many commenters objected to the fact that, under the proposal, large banks that had assets between $2 billion and $10 billion would have different and lesser obligations compared to banks that had over $10 billion in assets. These differences existed within: (1) the Retail Services and Products Test with respect to the evaluation of digital and other delivery systems and the evaluation of deposit products responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals; (2) the Community Development Services Test with respect to the metric for community development services hours; and (3) the related data requirements for retail services and products, community development services, and deposits. These commenters stated that financial institutions classified as a large bank should have all the CRA responsibilities of a large bank with no differential treatment.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>After considering these comments, the agencies are finalizing the overall evaluation framework for large banks as proposed with the four performance tests described above. Under § __.21(a)(1) of the final rule, large banks are subject to: the Retail Lending Test in final § __.22; the Retail Services and Products Test in final § __.23; the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24; and the Community Development Services Test in final § __.25. However, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis to final § __.28, “Assigned Conclusions and Ratings,” the agencies are revising the weight of each of the four performance tests so that the two retail performance tests and the two community development performance tests collectively each have a respective weight of 50 percent.</P>
                    <P>The agencies note that, rather than three performance tests under the current rule, they proposed the four performance tests for large banks to more easily tailor examinations by bank asset size and business model. This tailoring allows the agencies to use specific data for each performance test, including data which are already available. Further, the agencies believe that each individual performance test measures a unique aspect of how responsive a bank's retail and community development activities are to the credit needs of their communities, and that collapsing one or more of the performance tests to evaluate lending, investment, and services would result in a less robust large bank evaluation framework. Retaining the Community Development Services Test and the Retail Services and Products Test as separate performance tests for large banks appropriately emphasizes large bank service performance under each respective performance test. Maintaining the Community Development Financing Test and Community Development Services Test as separate performance tests underscores the importance of community development services for fostering partnerships among different stakeholders, building capacity, and creating the conditions for effective community development, including in rural areas. Further, the Community Development Financing Test and the Community Development Services Test each evaluate different aspects of the responsiveness of a bank's community development activities to the credit needs of its local communities. Maintaining two separate community development performance tests in the final rule emphasizes the benefits and importance of community development financing activities and community development services and acknowledges that, in comparison to smaller banks, large banks have additional capacity to conduct both types of activities.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are not adopting the suggestions to make the Community Development Services Test more of a “tie-breaker” or to instead evaluate community development services as an impact review factor because these suggestions are inconsistent with the agencies' intent to emphasize the significance of community development service activities, as noted above.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are keeping the evaluation of both community development lending and community development investments activities under the Community Development Financing Test. The agencies acknowledge the importance of investments, such as the LIHTC, to help support the creation of affordable rental housing. For that reason, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24, the final rule establishes a separate community development investment metric in § __.24(e)(2)(iii) and (iv) to identify and consider these types of investment activities within the broader performance test. With this addition, the agencies believe that these activities can be evaluated in a single performance test without a diminution of either lending or investments. In addition, if the agencies observe any developments in which banks favor community lending or community investments to a point where there is an appreciable decline in one type of activity in favor of the other, the agencies will reevaluate whether any additional measures are needed, such as separate tests or distinct evaluations of each activity under the same test. However, agency experience does not indicate that the de-emphasis of community development lending or community investment under a single test is likely to be a significant concern as evidenced by the current intermediate small bank community development test which evaluates both loans and investments.</P>
                    <P>
                        Further, the agencies believe that the proposed four performance test framework for large banks, which uses objective and quantitative measures to inform bank performance conclusions and ratings and reduces potential opportunities for subjective judgment, is appropriately calibrated to evaluate the performance of large banks. Specifically, the framework uses metrics and benchmarks to evaluate community development loans and investments under the Community Development Financing Test and bank delivery systems under the Retail Services and Products Test. The Retail Lending Test 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6770"/>
                        uses distribution metrics and benchmarks to make evaluations more transparent, including by specifying quantitative standards for lending consistent with achieving, for example, a “Low Satisfactory” or “Outstanding” conclusion in a Retail Lending Test Area. Although the Community Development Services Test adopted in the final rule does not include any metrics or benchmarks, the agencies' supervisory experience will permit the use of the information and data evaluated under the performance test to make meaningful distinctions in bank performance. Further explanation of this change is discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.25.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies agree with commenters' perspective with respect to developing guidelines for examiners on how to use the performance measures for some of the large bank performance tests. As the agencies implement the final rule, they will consider what internal guidance will be helpful for agency staff to accurately evaluate bank performance.</P>
                    <P>
                        In connection with each applicable performance test, the agencies considered the possibility of fully eliminating the proposed distinctions between large banks that had assets greater than $10 billion and large banks that had assets between $2 billion and $10 billion in the final rule, as requested by some commenters. While all of these proposed distinctions are not finalized,
                        <SU>713</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies are adopting some of the proposed distinctions in the final rule because the agencies find that, although it is appropriate to apply all four performance tests to large banks that had assets less than $10 billion in assets, large banks that had assets between $2 billion and $10 billion have a more limited capacity to comply with some requirements and data provisions in comparison to their counterparts that had assets greater than $10 billion. These provisions include the consideration of digital delivery systems, other delivery systems, and deposit products responsive to the needs of low and moderate-income individuals under the Retail Services and Products Test 
                        <SU>714</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as well as the data requirements with respect to digital delivery systems, other delivery systems, and deposits.
                        <SU>715</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, the agencies believe that large banks that had assets greater than $10 billion is an appropriate threshold at which to apply the additional requirements described above. All three of the agencies have considerable experience in using $10 billion in bank assets as a demarcating boundary for heightened supervisory expectations or additional requirements.
                        <SU>716</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Furthermore, the agencies note that Federal legislation also uses $10 billion in bank assets on a frequent basis as a threshold for making certain requirements applicable to financial institutions.
                        <SU>717</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, the agencies note that, under the final rule, large banks that had assets between $2 billion and $10 billion may opt into any of the proposed requirements applicable to large banks that had assets greater than $10 billion. For example, a large bank with assets between $2 billion and $10 billion may opt to collect and maintain deposits data that is required for large banks that had assets greater than $10 billion.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>713</SU>
                             Provisions include the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric for the Community Development Services Test that the agencies did not adopt from the proposal, along with the associated data collection, maintenance, and reporting requirements. The agencies also did not adopt the proposed distinction with respect to the requirement to collect, maintain, and report automobile lending data and replaced it instead with a requirement to collect the data if automobile loans are a product line for the bank.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>714</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.23(b)(1)(iii), (b)(4), (c)(1)(ii), and (c)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>715</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.42(a)(4)(ii) and (iii), (a)(7), and (b)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>716</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Board, “Community &amp; Regional Financial Institutions” (Sept. 15, 2021), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/supervisionreg/community-and-regional-financial-institutions.htm</E>
                             (indicating that the Board “defines community banking organizations as those with less than $10 billion in assets” for general supervisory purposes); OCC, “Community Bank Supervision” (Sept. 30, 2019), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.occ.gov/publications-and-resources/publications/comptrollers-handbook/files/community-bank-supervision/pub-ch-community-bank-supervision.pdf</E>
                             (providing that “banks with assets of $10 billion or less are” typically “characterized as community banks” as a general supervision category); 12 CFR 327.8(f) and 327.16(b) (FDIC regulations generally defining a large institution as a “depository institution with assets of $10 billion or more” and using a separate methodology to calculate risk-based deposit insurance assessments for the Deposit Insurance Fund).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>717</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 1851(h)(1)(B) (making the Volcker Rule requirements applicable to banks with more $10 billion in total consolidated assets) and 12 U.S.C. 5515 (providing the CFPB with authority to examine banks with more than $10 billion to assess compliance with Federal consumer finance laws); 15 U.S.C. 1693o-2(a)(6) (exempting banks with less than $10 billion in assets from regulations on interchange transaction fees with respect to an electronic debit transaction).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered the suggestion that large banks that had assets less than $10 billion should have the ability to choose an evaluation under the proposal or under the current examination framework. However, implementing this suggestion could remove a significant number of large banks that play a significant role in fulfilling low- and moderate-income credit needs in local areas from the more comprehensive evaluation included in the final rule's large bank evaluation approach. The agencies estimate that there are approximately 372 banks that had assets between $2 billion and $10 billion, representing approximately 8.0 percent of all banks with CRA obligations and 7.3 percent of deposits.
                        <SU>718</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies continue to believe that, with appropriate tailoring incorporated in the final rule for large banks that had assets between $2 billion and $10 billion, these banks otherwise have the requisite capacity to engage in the range of activities that will be evaluated under the proposed four performance test framework.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>718</SU>
                             These numbers are based on 2021 and 2022 Call Report data.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.21(a)(2) Intermediate Banks</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In § __.21(b)(2), the agencies proposed that intermediate banks be evaluated under the following tests: (1) the Retail Lending Test applicable to all intermediate banks; and (2) either the current intermediate small bank community development test in proposed § __.29(b)(2) as a default or, at the bank's option, the Community Development Financing Test. The agencies explained in the proposal that intermediate banks would be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test to improve clarity, consistency, and transparency in the evaluation of retail lending, and provided options for community development evaluation in recognition of the fact that, in comparison to large banks, intermediate banks have a relatively more limited capacity to conduct community development activities.</P>
                    <P>Under proposed § __.21(b)(2)(ii)(A), if an intermediate bank chose to be evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test, the agencies would continue to evaluate the bank under the performance test until the bank opted out. Proposed § __.21(b)(2)(ii)(B) provided that the agencies may adjust an intermediate bank's institution rating from “Satisfactory” to “Outstanding” if the bank: (1) chose to be evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test; (2) requested additional consideration for activities that qualify under the Retail Services and Products Test or the Community Development Services Test; and (3) the bank would have received a “Satisfactory” before the additional consideration.</P>
                    <P>
                        Similar to the current CRA requirements, the proposal would not have required intermediate banks to collect or report any additional data.
                        <FTREF/>
                        <SU>719</SU>
                          
                        <PRTPAGE P="6771"/>
                        However, when an intermediate bank chose to be evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test, it would be required to collect and maintain the same data required of large banks for community development loans and community development investments, but in the format used by the bank in the normal course of business, until the completion of the bank's next CRA examination.
                        <SU>720</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>719</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.42.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>720</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.42(a)(5)(i)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received numerous comments on the application of the tests to intermediate banks. Some commenters supported the agencies' proposal for intermediate banks because it provided important flexibilities, specifically stating that the ability to opt into the Community Development Financing Test appropriately balances regulatory burden.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters suggested additional changes for the intermediate bank performance evaluation framework. A few commenters requested that the final rule give intermediate banks the ability to also opt into the Retail Lending Test. Some commenters recommended that intermediate banks should have the option to continue to be evaluated under all of the current standards applicable to intermediate small banks, including the current small bank lending test.</P>
                    <P>With respect to the evaluation of intermediate bank community development loans, investments, and services, commenters offered a variety of perspectives. A few commenters stated that community development services should be a mandatory part of the intermediate bank community development evaluation. Some commenters stated that the same community development obligations that apply to large banks should apply to all banks, an approach that would include all intermediate banks under the Community Development Financing Test and Community Development Services Test. A commenter suggested that intermediate banks should be required to be evaluated under a Community Development Financing Test and a Community Development Services Test that are customized for intermediate banks.</P>
                    <P>A commenter stated that all banks, including intermediate banks, should have essential retail service activities reviewed, including but not limited to the accessibility of their products, services, and branch network for low- and moderate-income individuals and communities.</P>
                    <P>Another commenter recommended that the agencies provide more guidance on how community development services could optionally be incorporated into the evaluations of intermediate banks.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>After considering the comments, the agencies are adopting the evaluation framework for intermediate banks as proposed. Specifically, § __.21(a)(2)(i) of the final rule provides that the agencies will evaluate intermediate banks under the Retail Lending Test in § __.22 and the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test in § __.30(a)(2) (renamed from the “intermediate bank community development evaluation” in the proposal), unless an intermediate bank chooses to have its community development loans and investments evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test in § __.24. Final § __.21(a)(2)(ii) provides that, if an intermediate bank opts to be evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test, the agencies will continue to evaluate the bank under the performance test until the bank opts out; if the intermediate bank opts out of the Community Development Financing Test, the agency reverts to evaluating the bank pursuant to the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test, starting with the evaluation period preceding the bank's next CRA examination. Furthermore, final § __.21(a)(2)(iii) provides that, pursuant to final § __.30(b), intermediate banks may request additional consideration for the services and products that qualify under the Retail Services and Products Test or the Community Development Services Test. In contrast to proposed § __.21(b)(2)(ii)(B), which provided additional consideration only to intermediate banks choosing an evaluation under the Community Development Financing Test, final § __.21(a)(2)(iii) permits additional consideration for any intermediate bank and references the substantive provisions concerning the evaluation of intermediate banks.</P>
                    <P>
                        As proposed, intermediate banks generally do not have any required data collection, maintenance, or reporting requirements under the final rule.
                        <SU>721</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>721</SU>
                             The only exception is the requirement that if an intermediate bank chooses to be evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test, it must collect and maintain community development loans and community development investments data. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.42(a)(5)(i)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies believe that applying the Retail Lending Test to intermediate banks will improve the clarity, consistency, and transparency of retail lending evaluations. Further, the agencies believe it is appropriate to apply the Retail Lending Test to intermediate banks because they generally have fewer capacity constraints than small banks, putting them in a better position to comply with Retail Lending Test requirements.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also note that various aspects of the Retail Lending Test are tailored in the final rule to accommodate intermediate banks. For example, relative to large banks, the final rule minimizes the data intermediate banks must collect and maintain for evaluation under the Retail Lending Test; 
                        <SU>722</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         limits the geographic scope in which the performance test applies; 
                        <SU>723</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and provides additional accommodations for intermediate banks on various components of the test, such as the Retail Lending Volume Screen.
                        <SU>724</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>722</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             final § __.42(a) and (b) (primarily exempting intermediate banks from the requirements to collect, maintain, or report data used to assess Retail Lending Test performance).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>723</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final §§ __.17 (making retail lending assessment applicable to large banks only) and __.18 (exempting intermediate banks and small banks that opt into the Retail Lending Test from the outside retail lending area evaluation requirements if more than 50 percent of the relevant loans were purchased or originated inside the bank's facility-based assessment areas over the previous two calendar years).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>724</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22(c)(3)(iii)(B) (intermediate banks lacking an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Screen in the facility-based assessment area receive a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Commenters noted that the proposed the Retail Lending Test would apply to some intermediate small banks that are currently evaluated under the small bank lending test. However, the agencies are finalizing the proposal to apply the Retail Lending to all intermediate banks to confer greater clarity, consistency, and transparency to evaluations of retail lending. The agencies believe this approach is appropriate considering that some aspects of the Retail Lending Test are tailored to intermediate banks. In making this decision, the agencies considered whether banks with assets of more than $600 million in assets but less than $1.503 billion could reasonably be expected to transition from the 
                        <E T="03">status quo</E>
                         small bank lending test to the Retail Lending Test and have determined that, based on supervisory experience, these banks have the capacity and resources to comply with all applicable aspects of the test.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6772"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies considered whether they should require intermediate banks to be evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test as suggested by commenters. Although the agencies concluded that requiring intermediate banks to participate in the Community Development Financing Test provided the added benefit of metrics and benchmarks for community development activities, the agencies also believe that the additional burden from requiring the transition to the Community Development Financing Test could not be justified for all intermediate banks, some of which have more limited capacity.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered whether, similar to the approach taken for the Retail Lending Test, they could tailor the Community Development Financing Test for intermediate banks so that the performance test could be applied to all intermediate banks. Although the agencies saw potential in this approach, they were unable to make modifications to the point that could simultaneously accommodate the capacity constraints of some intermediate banks and maintain a set of metrics and benchmarks that permitted a meaningful comparison amongst all banks under the test. The agencies believe that the more prudent approach in the final rule is to retain the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test as the default evaluation method for intermediate banks.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered whether the Community Development Services Test should apply to intermediate banks as a required part of their CRA performance evaluation. The agencies decided that the application was not necessary. For intermediate banks subject to the default Intermediate Bank Community Development Test, “community development services” is already one of the four criteria described in final § __.30(a)(2), making simultaneous evaluation under the Community Development Services Test redundant. The agencies also explained in the proposal that, for the default evaluation, they would retain the expectation that intermediate banks may not ignore one or more of the categories of community development activities covered by the criteria, such as community development services, and that the appropriate levels of each activity would depend on the bank's capacity and business strategy, along with community development needs and opportunities that are identified by the bank.
                        <SU>725</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This expectation also applies under the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>725</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.26(c)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For intermediate banks choosing an evaluation under the Community Development Financing Test, although community development services are not evaluated under the performance test, the final rule permits these banks to submit activities that qualify under the Community Development Services Test for additional consideration if the bank has an overall institution rating of “Satisfactory.” Although this does not make the evaluation of community development services mandatory, the agencies have decided that this tailoring is appropriate to avoid the application of an additional new performance test for intermediate banks with more pronounced capacity constraints than their large bank counterparts. The agencies agree that additional guidance on how community development services could optionally be incorporated into the evaluations of intermediate banks may be appropriate, and will consider issuing such guidance in the future.</P>
                    <P>
                        Although the agencies do not believe that the Retail Services and Products Test should be applied to all intermediate banks because of capacity constraints, the agencies have created an evaluation framework that allows the agencies to consider any retail services an intermediate bank may conduct when certain conditions are met. An intermediate bank evaluated under either the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test or the Community Development Financing Test may request additional consideration for retail banking services and retail products and programs that qualify under the Retail Services and Products Test, provided the bank achieves an overall institution rating of at least “Satisfactory.” 
                        <SU>726</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>726</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final §§ __.21(a)(2)(iii) and __.30(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.21(a)(3) Small Banks</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In § __.21(b)(3)(i), the agencies proposed to evaluate small banks under the current lending test for small banks as the default evaluation method; however, small banks could opt instead to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test. The agencies explained in the preamble to the proposed rule that this approach not only recognized that small banks have capacity constraints and a more targeted focus on retail lending than larger banks, but it also made a metrics-based approach available to small banks as an option to increase the clarity, consistency, and transparency of how their retail lending is evaluated.</P>
                    <P>
                        If a small bank chose to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, the agencies proposed in § __.21(b)(3)(ii)(A) to evaluate the small bank under all Retail Lending Test provisions applicable to an intermediate bank, with the exception that no small bank would be evaluated on its retail lending outside of its facility-based assessment areas. This exception was intended by the agencies to tailor the Retail Lending Test to small banks' more limited capacities. Proposed § __.21(b)(3)(ii)(B) provided that the agencies would continue to evaluate a small bank that chose to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test under that performance test until the bank opted out. If a small bank opted out of the Retail Lending Test, the agency would revert to evaluating the bank under the small bank performance standards as provided in proposed § __.29(a), starting with the entire evaluation period preceding the bank's next CRA examination.
                        <SU>727</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>727</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(b)(3)(ii)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In addition, proposed § __.21(b)(3)(ii)(C) provided that a small bank that chose to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test may request additional consideration for activities that qualify under the Retail Services and Products Test, the Community Development Financing Test, or the Community Development Services Test and, after considering the activities, the agencies may adjust the bank's rating from “Satisfactory” to “Outstanding” at the institution level.
                        <SU>728</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Guidance for the current regulations contains a similar provision with respect to community development activities or retail services activities.
                        <SU>729</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>728</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             proposed § __.29(a)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>729</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A §  __.26(d)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Similar to current CRA requirements, the agencies proposed that small banks would have no prescribed data collection or reporting requirements.
                        <SU>730</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>730</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.42.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies received many comments on the application of the proposed test to small banks. Although some commenters supported the proposed evaluation framework for small banks, other commenters suggested alternative or additional performance tests. A commenter suggested that the agencies apply the Retail Lending Test to all small banks and, if necessary, provide accommodations, such as a longer transition period. Another commenter 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6773"/>
                        suggested that the final rule require the evaluation of small bank retail service activities. A commenter requested that the final rule apply the same community development obligations to small banks as to large banks. Another commenter stated that the agencies should scale community development activities appropriately for small banks, which should not be totally exempt from having these activities evaluated. A commenter recommended that the agencies provide more guidance on how community development services could optionally be incorporated into the evaluations of small banks. A commenter suggested that all banks, including small banks, should have incentives to engage in community development financing. Another commenter suggested that, at a minimum, intermediate small banks under the current CRA regulations that become small banks under the proposal should continue to have their community development activities evaluated.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        After considering the comments, the agencies are adopting the performance test framework for small banks with some modifications to accommodate other changes in the final rule. Specifically, § __.21(a)(3)(i) of the final rule provides that the agencies apply the Small Bank Lending Test (renamed from the “small bank performance standards” in the proposal) in final § __.29(a)(2), unless the bank opts to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test in final § __.22. If a small bank opts to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, final § __.21(a)(3)(ii)(A) specifies that the agencies use the same provisions used to evaluate intermediate banks pursuant to the Retail Lending Test. As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.18 and, in comparison to the proposal, this provision modifies the treatment of small banks evaluated under the Retail Lending Test by extending uniform treatment to small banks and intermediate banks with respect to the bank's outside retail lending area.
                        <SU>731</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This modification ensures that small banks with significant concentrations of home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans, or automobile loans outside of their facility-based assessment areas are subject to evaluation of any product lines which meet the major product line standards, described further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>731</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.18(a)(2); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             final appendix A, paragraph II.a.2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Final § __.21(a)(3)(ii)(B) indicates that small banks that opt to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test will be evaluated under this test for the evaluation period preceding the bank's next CRA examination and will continue to be evaluated under that performance test until the bank opts out; if the small bank opts out, the bank will be evaluated under the Small Bank Lending Test, starting with the evaluation period preceding the bank's next CRA examination.</P>
                    <P>In addition, final § __.21(a)(3)(iii) provides that, pursuant to final § __.29(b), a small bank may request additional consideration for loans, investments, services, products, and other activities described in that paragraph. In contrast to proposed § __.21(b)(3)(ii)(C), which would have provided additional consideration only to small banks choosing an evaluation under the Retail Lending Test, final § __.21(a)(3)(iii) permits additional consideration for any small bank and references the substantive provisions concerning the evaluation of small banks.</P>
                    <P>
                        As proposed, and similar to the current CRA requirements, small banks have no required data collection, maintenance, or reporting requirements under the final rule.
                        <SU>732</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>732</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.42.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies decline to apply the Retail Lending Test to all small banks because the agencies believe that providing small banks the option to have their retail lending evaluated under either the Retail Lending Test or the Small Bank Lending Test better recognizes the capacity constraints of small banks. If a particular small bank prefers to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test's metrics-based approach, the final rule provides the flexibility for that bank to be evaluated under that performance test in a manner which accommodates the bank's asset size.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also decline to apply the Community Development Financing Test and the Community Development Services Test to small banks because these performance tests are specifically tailored to evaluate the community development loans, investments, and services of larger banks. The Community Development Financing Test in the final rule includes metrics and benchmarks primarily focused on the performance of large banks; and both the Community Development Financing Test and the Community Development Services Test require banks to collect, maintain, or report data to assess bank performance. The agencies do not believe that the benefit of imposing new community development investment or community development service requirements on small banks outweighs the potential burden that this change would impose on those banks. However, in recognition of their limited capacities, the agencies continue to believe that any considerations of small bank community development loans, investments, or services should be optional and that the better approach is to allow small banks the ability to request additional consideration for any community development loans, investments, or services they conduct. As described in final § __.29, the optional consideration of these community development loans, community development investments, and community development services will result in positive consideration only, so that small banks that do not engage in (or do not receive additional consideration for) these activities will not experience an adverse assessment of their CRA performance.</P>
                    <P>The agencies note that they will consider providing guidance with respect to how community development services could optionally be incorporated into the evaluations of small banks, as recommended by a commenter.</P>
                    <P>For similar reasons, the final rule does not require the evaluation of a small bank's retail banking services or retail banking products. Instead, small banks may request that the agencies consider retail banking services or retail banking products that they provide. However, given the limited capacity of small banks the agencies believe that it would not be appropriate to impose a mandatory evaluation with respect to small bank retail banking services or retail banking products performance.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.21(a)(4) Limited Purpose Banks</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed in § __.21(b)(4)(i) to evaluate wholesale and limited purpose banks under a Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale and Limited Purpose Banks.
                        <SU>733</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed in § __.21(b)(4)(ii) to give wholesale and limited purpose banks the option to have activities that qualify under the Community Development Services Test considered for a possible adjustment from “Satisfactory” to “Outstanding” for the bank's overall institution rating.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>733</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             proposed § __.26.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6774"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received many comments on the application of the proposed test to wholesale and limited purpose banks. Commenters expressed a variety of views on whether the wholesale and limited purpose bank designations should continue with an independent test. Several commenters expressed support for continued designations and evaluations under a Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale and Limited Purpose Banks because some banks have business models that do not align with the proposal's otherwise generally applicable performance tests based on asset size. These commenters also explained that they supported continuation of the wholesale and limited purpose bank category because these types of banks frequently have retail products that represent minimal amounts in comparison to the bank's loans or assets. Other commenters expressed concern that the proposed wholesale and limited purpose bank designation and proposed performance test could permit some banks to avoid evaluation of retail products, such as credit cards.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>After considering the comments, the agencies are adopting as proposed the limited purpose bank provision in § __.21(a)(4)(i) of the final rule, with technical edits. As noted in the section-by-section analysis to § __.12, the agencies have combined the “wholesale bank” definition with the “limited purpose bank” definition and eliminated the former definition. Final § __.21(a)(4)(i) provides that limited purpose banks are evaluated pursuant to the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks in § __.26. In § __.21(a)(4)(ii), the final rule provides that, pursuant to § __.26(b)(2), a limited purpose bank may request additional consideration for low-cost education loans and services described in that paragraph. In contrast to proposed § __.21(b)(4)(ii), which provided additional consideration for wholesale or limited purpose bank activities qualifying under the community development services test, final § __.21(a)(4)(ii) references the substantive provisions concerning the evaluation of limited purpose banks.</P>
                    <P>The agencies believe the limited purpose bank category and test appropriately accommodates banks with unique business models and the particular products they offer under those models by accurately measuring a bank's volume of community development loans and investments relative to its capacity. Because limited purpose banks do not typically offer the loans evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, the evaluation of the bank focused primarily on community development loans and community development investments represents an effective means to assess the bank's record of serving the credit needs of its communities.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are sensitive to commenter concerns that the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks should not become a means for banks to avoid an evaluation of their retail lending products that would otherwise be subject to an evaluation under the Retail Lending Test. For that reason, the agencies have revised the definition of “Limited purpose bank” in § __.12 to only include banks that do not offer the types of loans evaluated under the Retail Lending Test or otherwise provide the loans solely on an incidental and accommodation basis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.21(a)(5) Military Banks</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In addition to proposing a definition for the term “military bank” in § __.12, the agencies proposed in § __.16(d) that they would continue the practice of allowing a bank to delineate its entire customer deposit base as its assessment area, provided that the bank's business predominantly consists of serving the needs of military personnel or their dependents who are not located within a defined geographic area. While this aspect of the proposal preserved a flexibility available to these banks that exists in the current CRA regulations 
                        <SU>734</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and is required by CRA statute,
                        <SU>735</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies did not comprehensively explain how this option would be operationalized with respect to the applicable performance tests and standards. The agencies also did not describe how they would approach the evaluation of a military bank with a single assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>734</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.41(f).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>735</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2902(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>On the issue of military banks as they relate to the overall evaluation framework, a commenter stated that while military banks should not necessarily be given a distinct bank classification, such as was done in the proposal for wholesale and limited purpose banks, the agencies should clarify that, in comparison to other banks, the military banks' business models may be significantly more narrow in scope. The commenter also indicated that the agencies should accommodate the unique business models of military banks that are often tailored to the specific needs of military and veteran communities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        In response to this comment, and to provide additional clarity regarding the treatment of military banks in the final rule, the agencies are adopting a new paragraph (a)(5) in § __.21 of the final rule.
                        <SU>736</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         First, to clarify that military banks are not a distinct bank category with their own unique set of performance tests, final § __.21(a)(5)(i) provides that the agencies evaluate a military bank pursuant to the applicable performance tests described in § __.21(a); military banks are evaluated as a large bank, intermediate bank, small bank, or limited purpose bank, as appropriate. The agencies also note that, as with other banks, a military bank may be evaluated pursuant to an approved strategic plan. Second, if a military bank delineates the entire United States and its territories as its sole facility-based assessment area pursuant to final § __.16(d), final § __.21(a)(5)(ii) provides that the agencies evaluate the bank exclusively at the institution level based on its performance in its sole facility-based assessment area. This provision is intended by the agencies to minimize potential ambiguity regarding how the performance evaluation is conducted.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>736</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12 (discussing definition of “military bank”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies considered commenter suggestions to accommodate military bank business models. The agencies believe that by permitting military banks to continue to designate a single facility-based assessment area when their customer base is dispersed accommodates the unique business model of these banks that is primarily focused on meeting the credit needs of servicemembers, veterans, or their dependents. In addition, the agencies believe that the performance tests applicable to military banks permit a comprehensive evaluation of the military bank's record of serving its communities. The agencies' approach in the final rule also accommodates the ability of military banks to designate a single facility-based assessment area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.21(a)(6) Banks Operating Under a Strategic Plan</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed § __.21(b)(5) retained the current rule's strategic plan option by 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6775"/>
                        providing that the agencies would evaluate the CRA performance of a bank that chooses to be evaluated under a CRA strategic plan approved under § __.27 in accordance with the goals set forth in such plan.
                        <SU>737</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies explained that retaining this alternative evaluation method would give banks flexibility to meet their CRA obligations in a manner that is tailored to community needs and opportunities as well as to their own capacities, business strategies, and expertise. To ensure that banks evaluated under a strategic plan meet their CRA obligations, the agencies proposed that the plans: (1) in most circumstances, incorporate the metrics-based analysis of all of the performance tests that would otherwise apply without a plan; 
                        <SU>738</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) include the same geographic areas that would be included in the absence of a plan; 
                        <SU>739</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (3) require banks to report the same data required in § __.42 as would be required in the absence of a plan.
                        <SU>740</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>737</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed §§ __.21(b)(5) and __.27.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>738</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.27(f)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>739</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.27(f)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>740</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.27(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Many commenters provided feedback on the proposed framework for strategic plans. Almost all of these commenters expressed support for the strategic plan option and recommended that the option remain available to banks in a final rule. These commenters believed that the strategic plan could be useful for many banks, especially banks with unique business models or particular business strategies.</P>
                    <P>Another commenter, however, suggested that the agencies fully eliminate the strategic plan option because it adds complexity to the evaluation framework. This commenter questioned whether the option should be kept if banks must keep the same assessment areas and performance test requirements that would otherwise apply without a strategic plan. Another commenter suggested that the strategic plan option should only be made available to banks that persuade their regulator that they would fail the traditional examination process through no fault of their own.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>After considering comments on the proposed strategic plan framework, the agencies are retaining the option for banks to be evaluated under an approved strategic plan in § __.21(a)(6) of the final rule. The agencies believe this approach provides banks additional flexibility to meet their CRA obligations in a manner that is tailored to community credit needs and opportunities and the bank's own capacity, business strategy, and expertise. The agencies believe that retaining this flexibility outweighs any concern regarding potential complexity associated with an additional performance standard. The agencies note that they have revised the strategic plan provision in the final rule based on comments received, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis to § __.27, Strategic Plans.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have made clarifying and technical changes to final § __.21(a)(6) to conform with the strategic plan provisions in final § __.27. Specifically, the agencies are indicating that they evaluate the performance of a bank that has an approved strategic plan as provided in § __.27. The agencies have also removed references to strategic plan goals that were previously included because, under final § __.27, although a bank may include goals in its plan, goals are not required in plans.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Additional Comments on the Evaluation Framework</HD>
                    <P>A few commenters suggested that the final rule evaluation framework should be further tailored to account for other types of financial institutions.</P>
                    <P>A commenter recommended that the agencies consider the business model of CDFI banks in the CRA framework, stating that it would be appropriate to tailor evaluation aspects for CDFI banks given the complementary goals of CRA and the CDFI program. Although the agencies agree that the CRA and CDFI program have complementary goals, they also believe that the applicable performance tests and strategic plan in the final rule are drafted to apply appropriately to CDFI banks that provide financial services in low- and moderate-income communities and to persons with limited access to financing. Consequently, the agencies anticipate minimal benefits from introducing additional complexity in the form of provisions specific to CDFI banks.</P>
                    <P>Another commenter suggested that specific CRA consideration should be given for banks organized under mutual holding companies because their depositors are ultimately the members or owners of the bank, and these institutions provide unique services for their customers and communities. As with CDFI banks, the agencies do not believe that tailored evaluations are required for these banks. Instead, the final rule performance tests and standards are appropriate for evaluating whether these institutions meet the credit needs of their communities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.21(b) Loans, Investments, Services, and Products of [Operations Subsidiaries or Operating Subsidiaries] and Other Affiliates</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA regulations, the agencies define an “affiliate” as a company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company.
                        <SU>741</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In subsequent guidance, the agencies have clarified that bank subsidiaries are a type of affiliate.
                        <SU>742</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>741</SU>
                             Current 12 CFR __.12(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>742</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(a)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The current evaluation framework provides large banks the option to include affiliate lending,
                        <SU>743</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         community development investments,
                        <SU>744</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and community development services,
                        <SU>745</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as applicable, in the bank's evaluation. Similar options to include affiliate loans, investments, and services are also available for wholesale and limited purpose banks,
                        <SU>746</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         banks evaluated under an approved strategic plan,
                        <SU>747</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and small and intermediate small banks.
                        <SU>748</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         If a bank elects to include affiliate lending, investments, or services in its evaluation, the bank must collect, maintain, and report the affiliate data if the bank is subject to the data collection and reporting requirements,
                        <SU>749</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         or maintain sufficient information for examiners to evaluate the activity if it is not subject to those requirements.
                        <SU>750</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>743</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(c). A bank may elect to have only a particular category of its affiliate's lending considered. The basic categories of loans that can be considered are home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, community development loans and the five categories of consumer loans (automobile loans, credit card loans, home equity loans, other secured loans, and other unsecured loans). 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.22(c)(1)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>744</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.23(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>745</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>746</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.25(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>747</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.27(c)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>748</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.26-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>749</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.42(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>750</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.26-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed in § __.21(c) to require the inclusion of relevant activities of a State member bank's “operations subsidiaries” and the “operating subsidiaries” of a national bank, Federal savings association, State non-member bank, or State savings association in the evaluation of the relevant bank's CRA performance, unless the bank subsidiary is independently subject to its own CRA 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6776"/>
                        requirements or another bank claims, for purposes of CRA, the same qualifying activity.
                        <SU>751</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies explained that because banks exercise a high level of ownership, control, and management of their subsidiaries, the activities of those subsidiaries should reasonably be attributable to the bank.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>751</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(c) introductory text and (c)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also proposed to maintain the current flexibility for banks to choose to include the relevant activities of other bank affiliates that are not operations subsidiaries or other subsidiaries unless the affiliate is independently subject to its own CRA requirements or another bank claims, for purposes of CRA, the same qualifying activity.
                        <SU>752</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also proposed that, with respect to the activities of other bank affiliates, if a bank elected to have the agencies consider retail loans within a particular retail loan category made by one or more of the bank's affiliates in a particular facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or its outside retail lending area, the bank must elect to have the agencies consider all of the retail loans within that loan category made by all of the bank's affiliates in that particular facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or in its outside retail lending area.
                        <SU>753</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>752</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(c) introductory text and (c)(2). The terms “operating subsidiary” and “operations subsidiary” were defined in the Board's, the FDIC's, and the OCC's respective versions of proposed § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>753</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(c)(2)(iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The proposal also required banks to collect, maintain, and report data on the activities of operations subsidiaries and operating subsidiaries and pursuant to proposed § __.42.
                        <SU>754</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Pursuant to proposed § __.42, if the bank chose to include other affiliate activity in its evaluation, the proposal required banks to collect, maintain, and report data on the activities of the other affiliate.
                        <SU>755</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>754</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(c)(1); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             proposed § __.42(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>755</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(c)(2)(ii); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             proposed § __.42(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies sought feedback on what other factors, if any, the agencies should consider with respect to requiring the inclusion of activities of a bank's operations subsidiaries and operating subsidiaries as part of its CRA evaluation. The agencies also requested feedback regarding whether, when a bank chooses to have the agencies consider retail loans within a retail loan category that are made or purchased by one or more of the bank's affiliates in a particular assessment area, the agencies should consider: (1) all of the retail loans within that retail loan category made by all of the bank's affiliates only in that particular assessment area; or (2) all of the retail loans made by all of the bank's affiliates within that retail loan category in all of the bank's assessment areas.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received numerous comments addressing the proposed treatment of operations subsidiaries, operating subsidiaries, and other affiliates.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Operations Subsidiaries and Operating Subsidiaries.</E>
                         Some commenters supported the proposal's automatic inclusion of the activities of bank operations subsidiaries and operating subsidiaries in CRA examinations. A commenter stated that when the degree of separation between banks and their subsidiaries is nonexistent, the activities of the subsidiary should be considered activities of the bank. Another commenter suggested that the agencies should allow the subsidiaries sufficient time to obtain a level of operating efficiency with respect to new products and services before including them in a bank's performance evaluation. The commenter indicated that it takes a bank about two years to achieve efficient, mature operations for new products and markets. A commenter recommended that loans made or purchased via subsidiaries should automatically count towards the major product line calculations and towards the delineation of retail lending assessment areas. Another commenter recommended that, when multiple options are available, banks should retain the flexibility to elect which performance test applies to the activities of an evaluated subsidiary.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters did not support the mandatory inclusion of activities conducted by a bank's applicable subsidiaries because, from their perspective, it reduces flexibility in comparison to the current regulations. Another commenter argued that the agencies should exempt functionally regulated subsidiaries from the mandatory inclusion of operating or operations subsidiary activities in a bank's performance evaluation and data collection and reporting requirements because the mandatory inclusion of these subsidiaries within CRA examinations would exceed the agencies' statutory authority under 12 U.S.C. 1831v(a). A commenter suggested that the final rule should not expand data collection and reporting requirements to operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries that are required by other regulations. Another commenter stated that it was not clear in the proposal how community development financing would be considered in the context of subsidiaries.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Other Affiliates.</E>
                         A few commenters expressed support for the agencies' proposal to continue the current practice of providing banks with the option to have the CRA activities of other affiliates (that are not operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries) considered because it provides banks with flexibility and accommodates different bank business models. However, other commenters stated that the agencies should require all bank affiliates to be subject to CRA evaluations, with no optionality, because the affiliates are engaging in particular types of activities on behalf of the bank and banks should not be able to choose which affiliate activities they include or exclude from an evaluation.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters stated that, when a bank chooses to have the agencies consider qualifying retail loans by one or more of a bank's affiliates, loans purchased by the affiliate should not be able to compensate for the absence of bank loan origination activity. The commenters suggested that these loans purchased by an affiliate should have less relevance in evaluating a bank's CRA performance than loans that were actually made by its affiliates. A commenter suggested that a bank's affiliate's loans should be given a lower qualitative weight in the CRA evaluation. Some commenters noted that because the agencies did not propose evaluating limited purpose credit card banks on the distribution or impact of their credit card loans, these banks should not be allowed to exclude those activities by affiliate lenders. Another commenter stated that it is not clear in the proposal how community development financing would be considered in the context of affiliates and recommended that any community development financing activity engaged in by an affiliate should be included at the bank's request.</P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters supported the alternative suggested by the agencies that would consider all of the retail loans within a particular retail loan category made by all bank affiliates within all of the bank's assessment areas, if a bank elects to have an affiliate's retail lending considered. Commenters stated that this alternative would include a more comprehensive evaluation of retail lending activity and would limit opportunities for banks to conceal poor performance. Another commenter stated that it preferred the agencies' proposal to consider all of an 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6777"/>
                        affiliate's retail loans within a particular retail loan category made in specific assessment areas. Another commenter recommended that loans made or purchased via subsidiaries and affiliates should automatically count towards the major product line calculations and towards the delineation of retail lending assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters addressed third-party activities with respect to affiliates. A commenter suggested that the agencies clarify that their proposal does not prohibit consideration for a loan that an affiliate originates and a third party purchases, or 
                        <E T="03">vice versa,</E>
                         consistent with the treatment of activities conducted directly by the bank. A number of commenters stated that the agencies should extend CRA requirements to third-party partnerships, such as those between banks and non-bank entities to make loans and offer other services. Other commenters similarly stated that CRA requirements should extend to any retail lending that uses the bank's underwriting or benefits from use of the bank's charter. Other commenters stated that considering third-party bank lending relationships could help to address “rent-a-bank” schemes or situations where a lender collaborates with a bank to offer products or services in order to avoid State interest rate limits.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Operations Subsidiaries and Operating Subsidiaries.</E>
                         The agencies are adopting the proposal's approach to operations subsidiaries and operating subsidiaries in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of § __.21 of the final rule with technical and conforming changes.
                        <SU>756</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For example, the agencies are referring to the loans, investments, services, and products of subsidiaries to conform to paragraphs (c) and (d) of final § __.42 and more precisely describe the “qualifying activities” the agencies indicated that they would consider under the proposal. The agencies are also adding an “as applicable” indicator after the first reference to operations subsidiaries, operating subsidiaries, and other affiliates in final § __.21(b)(1) to indicate that the substantive provisions apply to either subsidiaries or other affiliates that are not subsidiaries. Furthermore, the agencies are integrating the definition of “depository institution” in final § __.21(b)(1) so that a bank does not receive consideration for loans, investments, services, or products if they are already claimed by another depository institution. Additional discussion of “depository institution” is included in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>756</SU>
                             See 
                            <E T="03">supra</E>
                             note 145.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In final § __.21(b)(2), the agencies provide that they will consider the loans, investments, services, and products of a bank's operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries unless the bank's subsidiary is independently subject to the CRA.
                        <SU>757</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To prevent the simultaneous allocation of a particular loan, investment, service, or product across multiple bank charters, the agencies specify in final § __.21(b)(1) that this consideration does not apply if a different bank, operations subsidiary, operating subsidiary, or other affiliate already claims the loan, investment, service, or product in a CRA performance evaluation. In final § __.21(b)(2), the bank must collect, maintain, and report data on the loans, investments, services, and products of its operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries, as provided in final § __.42(c) so that relevant loans, investments, services, and products of the subsidiaries are included in the CRA evaluation.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>757</SU>
                             If an operations subsidiary or operating subsidiary is independently subject to the CRA because it is a financial institution, the agencies are required by CRA statute to assess the subsidiaries' record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In a technical edit to final § __.21(b)(2), the agencies are correcting the second reference to operations subsidiaries and operating subsidiaries to read as “[operations subsidiary or operating subsidiary].” The proposed regulation text in § __.21(c)(1) errantly referred to “operations subsidiary” twice.</P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that their final rule approach appropriately captures the activities of bank operations subsidiaries and operating subsidiaries over which the bank exerts a significant degree of ownership, control, and management. The agencies acknowledge that evaluating the loans, investments, services, and products of an operations subsidiary or an operating subsidiary in a bank's performance evaluation reduces some flexibilities available to banks relative to the current CRA regulations, which permit banks to optionally include the activities under the affiliate activities provisions. However, the agencies believe that this concern is outweighed by the benefits of including these subsidiaries as part of a more comprehensive review of a bank's record of serving the credit needs of its communities through both activities conducted by the bank and activities that are appropriately ascribed to the bank.</P>
                    <P>The agencies disagree with commenter suggestions to provide subsidiaries more time to become operationally familiar with new products and services before including them in a bank's CRA evaluation. The agencies believe that this would be inconsistent with the final rule's approach to evaluating loans, investments, services, and products conducted during an evaluation period and would delay a more holistic consideration of a bank's activities. The agencies also believe that, as appropriate, they may consider through performance context the concerns identified by the commenter, such as information that a subsidiary has recently entered a market or is offering a new product or service.</P>
                    <P>The agencies agree with commenter recommendations that, for banks subject to the Retail Lending Test, loans made or purchased by an operations subsidiary or operating subsidiary should count towards the thresholds for delineation of retail lending assessment areas and identifying major product lines. Subject to the requirements of the regulation text in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) in final § __.21, as well as § __.17 and appendix A, the closed-end home mortgage loans and small business loans of a bank's operations subsidiary or operating subsidiary are considered in the delineation of Retail Lending Assessment Areas. And subject to the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) in final § __.21, as well as the § __.12 definition of “product line”, § __.22, and appendix A, the closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans of a bank's operations subsidiary or operating subsidiary are considered in determining a bank's major product lines in a Retail Lending Test Area.</P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding commenter input that the agencies lack statutory authority under 12 U.S.C. 1831v(a) to include the CRA activities of functionally regulated subsidiaries in a bank's evaluation, the agencies note that as written, 12 U.S.C. 1831v(a) makes the provisions of 12 U.S.C. 1844(c) applicable to the Board, the FDIC, and the OCC with respect to functionally regulated subsidiaries.
                        <FTREF/>
                        <SU>758</SU>
                          
                        <PRTPAGE P="6778"/>
                        While 12 U.S.C. 1844(c) limits the authority of the Board “to require reports, make examinations, impose capital requirements, or take any other direct or indirect action with respect to any functionally regulated affiliate of a depository institution, subject to the same standards and requirements as are applicable to the Board under those provisions,” section 1844(c) itself does not prohibit the Board from examining functionally regulated subsidiaries. Instead, the statute requires the Board to, whenever possible, minimize the duplication of efforts with other relevant State and Federal regulators by using existing reports and other supervisory information.
                        <SU>759</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 1844(c) also provides that the Board must coordinate with the appropriate State and Federal regulators by providing notice to, and consulting with, them before beginning an examination of an entity that is a functionally regulated subsidiary.
                        <SU>760</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Because the requirements applicable to the Board in section 1844(c) also apply to the FDIC and the OCC due to the requirements of section 1831v(a), all three agencies will comply with these statutory requirements when considering the loans, investments, services, and products provided by operations subsidiaries and operating subsidiaries that are functionally regulated subsidiaries.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>758</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 1831v(a) (providing that the provisions of 12 U.S.C. 1844(c) that limit the authority of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to require reports from, to make examinations of, or to impose capital requirements on holding companies and their functionally regulated subsidiaries or that require deference to other regulators shall also limit whatever authority 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            that a Federal banking agency might otherwise have under any statute or regulation to require reports, make examinations, impose capital requirements, or take any other direct or indirect action with respect to any functionally regulated affiliate of a depository institution, subject to the same standards and requirements as are applicable to the Board under those provisions.); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 1813(z) (defining “Federal banking agency” to mean “the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>759</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 1844(c)(1) and (c)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>760</SU>
                             12 U.S.C. 1844(c)(2)(C).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies note that final § __.21(b) does not expand the data collection, maintenance, or reporting requirements for operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries by imposing requirements that are required by other regulations. The final rule only imposes parallel data requirements in § __.42(c) that align with the data requirements applicable to banks under § __.42(a) and (b).</P>
                    <P>With respect to commenter uncertainty regarding how community development financing will be considered in the context of operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries, the agencies' position is that because all of their relevant activities are attributed to the bank itself, they will be considered in the bank's performance evaluation, pursuant to final § __.21(b)(2). Specifically, community development loans and community development investments made by a bank's operations subsidiary or operating subsidiary would be combined and collectively evaluated with the bank's loans and investments pursuant to the community development performance test applicable to the bank.</P>
                    <P>With respect to commenter concerns regarding the need for flexibility in the application of performances tests to a bank's operations subsidiary or operating subsidiary, the agencies believe that the final rule approach that applies the same performance tests which apply to the bank is the better approach. The significant degree of ownership, control, and management a bank exerts over an operations subsidiary or operating subsidiary makes the inclusion of the subsidiary's loans, investments, services or products under the bank's applicable performance tests a reasonable requirement. For that reason, the agencies do not believe the usage of alternative performance tests is warranted to evaluate the loans, investments, services, or products conducted in the subsidiary.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Other Affiliates.</E>
                         The agencies are finalizing the proposed provisions regarding the optional evaluation of a bank's other affiliates that are not operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries in the bank's evaluation, with some technical and conforming changes noted below. As with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of final § __.21, the agencies are referring to the loans, investments, services, and products of affiliates in final § __.21(b)(3) to conform with final § __.42(d) and more precisely describe the “qualifying activities” the agencies indicated that they would consider under the proposal.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to final § __.21(b)(3), the agencies will consider the loans investments, services, and products of affiliates of a bank that are not operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries, at the bank's option. This optional consideration is subject to three primary requirements applicable to the loans, investments, services, and products. First, as required by final § __.21(b)(1), a different depository institution may not claim the loan, investment, service, or product in a CRA evaluation. This requirement prevents the simultaneous allocation of a particular loan, investment, service, or product across multiple bank charters. Second, as required by final § __.21(b)(3)(i), the affiliate may not be independently subject to the CRA.
                        <SU>761</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Third, as required by final § __.21(b)(3)(ii), the bank must collect, maintain, and report data on the loans, investments, services, and products of its affiliate, as provided in § __.42(d).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>761</SU>
                             This requirement is informed by the consideration that if a bank's affiliate is independently subject to the CRA because it is a financial institution, the agencies are required by CRA statute to assess the affiliates' record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For banks that opt to have affiliate loans that are closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, or automobile loans considered under the Retail Lending Test, the agencies are adopting final § __.21(b)(3)(iii) with conforming changes to maintain consistency with the Retail Lending Test. Final § __.21(b)(3)(iii) provides that, under the Retail Lending Test, a bank may opt to have an agency consider closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, or automobile loans that the bank's affiliate originated or purchased.
                        <SU>762</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         When a bank opts for this consideration, the particular loans are included in all aspects of the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>763</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>762</SU>
                             To conform with the Retail Lending Test, the agencies revised “retail loans within a retail lending category” in proposed § __.21(c)(2)(iii) to specify the particular types of loans evaluated under the Retail Lending Test in final § __.21(b)(3)(iii): closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, or automobile loans. The agencies also revised proposed § __.21(c)(2)(iii) to indicate that the loans can be “originated or purchased” as opposed to “made or purchased,” another change intended to conform to the applicable test.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>763</SU>
                             This approach is the same as in proposed § __.21(c)(2)(iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        More specifically, final § __.21(b)(3)(iii) provides that the agencies consider the loans in the bank's particular Retail Lending Test Area, as defined in final § __.12, that potentially includes a bank's facility-based assessment areas, and, as applicable, retail lending assessment areas and outside retail lending area.
                        <SU>764</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Furthermore, as proposed, final § __.21(b)(3)(iii) specifies that for a given bank product line (closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, or automobile loans) in a particular Retail Lending Test Area, the agencies will consider all of the loans made by all of the bank's 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6779"/>
                        affiliates in that product line and in that particular Retail Lending Test Area.
                        <SU>765</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>764</SU>
                             The agencies revised the two references to “facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, outside retail lending area, state, or multistate MSA, or nationwide” in proposed § __.21(c)(2)(iii) to refer instead to “Retail Lending Test Area” in final § __.21(b)(3)(iii). This change covers the same geographic areas that contribute to the bank's ratings at the state, multistate MSA, and for the institution.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>765</SU>
                             This requirement substantively adopts the same requirement contained in proposed § __.21(c)(2)(iii). The requirement also reflects agency practice in the current CRA regulations requiring agency consideration of all affiliate loans from all affiliates with respect to a particular lending category in a particular assessment area. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(c)(2)(ii); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A §  __.22(c)(2)(ii)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Based on commenter input, the agencies are making an additional substantive and clarifying change by adding final § __.21(b)(3)(iv). The agencies are specifying that, if a large bank opts to have an affiliate's closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans considered in any Retail Lending Test Area, the agencies will consider all of the closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans originated by all of the bank's affiliates in the nationwide area when delineating retail lending assessment areas pursuant to final § __.17(c). This change ensures that, if a bank opts to have an affiliate's closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans considered, then the closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans of all of its affiliates are also attributed to the bank and are used to determine the bank's obligations to delineate retail lending assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered the commenter suggestion that affiliate loans considered by the agencies should be used to determine the bank's major product lines in the geographic area evaluated. The agencies note that because major product line determinations are part of the Retail Lending Test, § __.21(b)(3)(iii) of the final rule incorporates affiliate loans in those determinations.</P>
                    <P>Further, in response to commenter input requesting additional clarity regarding consideration of affiliate community development financing activity, the agencies are adding § __.21(b)(3)(v) to the final rule, which specifies that, at the bank's option, the agencies will consider community development loans or investments that are originated, purchased, refinanced, or renewed by one or more of the bank's affiliates in the bank's evaluation pursuant to the community development performance test or strategic plan applicable to the bank. This provision also indicates that the consideration only applies if the affiliate is not independently subject to the CRA and the bank collects, maintains, and reports the data as provided in § __.42(d).</P>
                    <P>The agencies believe the final rule approach regarding affiliates preserves important flexibility for banks that is available under the current CRA rule. The agencies do not believe a mandatory approach to considering affiliate loans, investments, services, and products is appropriate because, relative to operations subsidiaries and operating subsidiaries, a bank may have a lesser degree of ownership, control, and management over a non-subsidiary affiliate. Requiring mandatory evaluation of every affiliate loan, investment, service, or product could also potentially include activities that cannot reasonably be attributed to the bank in every circumstance. The agencies believe that, as under the current CRA regulations, banks should continue to have the ability to determine whether affiliate loans, investments, services, and products are evaluated, in order to accommodate diverse bank corporate structures and business models.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered, but are not adopting, the more stringent alternative described in the proposal that would consider all affiliate retail loans for a select product line within all of the bank's Retail Lending Test Areas if a bank elects to have an affiliate's retail lending considered. The agencies believe the proposed approach to include all affiliate loans for a select product line within a selected facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area provides banks with appropriate flexibility while safeguarding against a bank “cherry-picking” affiliate loans for consideration.
                        <SU>766</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>766</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A §  __.22(c)(2)(ii)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies also decline to alter the weight attributed to loans evaluated under the Retail Lending Test on the basis of whether they were originated or purchased by a bank or an affiliate. The agencies believe that such an approach would introduce unnecessary complexity into the evaluation process. Further, the agencies do not agree with altering the weight of an otherwise identical loan, investment, service, or product solely on the basis that it was conducted by the bank itself or by an affiliate; the agencies do not believe alteration of the weights is warranted in the situation described because the loan, investment, service, or product has an equivalent impact, regardless which entity originated or purchased the loan or investment or performed the service. Likewise, the agencies do not agree with commenter input that loans purchased by an affiliate are less relevant to evaluating a bank's CRA performance than loans that were originated by that or another bank affiliate. An affiliate's purchased loans, like any institution's purchased loans, can provide liquidity to banks and other lenders and increase their ability to originate additional retail loans. In addition, the agencies believe that they have established adequate safeguards in the final rule to discourage “loan churning” and similar practices that could manipulate Retail Lending Test conclusions. The final rule allows for consideration of retail loans purchased by a bank affiliate.</P>
                    <P>Further, while the agencies understand commenter suggestions that it would be preferable to evaluate all or most of the loans, investments, services, and products in a bank's affiliates to the fullest extent possible (such as the consideration of affiliate credit card loans in the context of a limited purpose bank), the final rule does not except affiliates' relevant loans, investments, services, or products from consideration under any applicable performance tests or otherwise treat the activity differently than it would be considered if the bank had performed the same activity. The agencies believe that a simplified approach where all relevant affiliate loans, investment, services, or products may be considered at a bank's option is preferable to a more complex approach where some affiliate activities receive differential treatment based on a particular bank type, applicable performance test or standard, or affiliate activity.</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to commenter input, the agencies are confirming that the final rule does not prohibit consideration for a loan that an affiliate originates and a third party purchases, or 
                        <E T="03">vice versa,</E>
                         provided that no other bank claims that loan for CRA consideration. Additionally, with respect to comment sentiment regarding third-party relationships, the agencies note that although third-party risk management is outside the scope of this rulemaking, they do expect banks to have an appropriate third-party risk management compliance framework and controls.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.21(c) Community Development Lending and Community Development Investment by a Consortium or a Third Party</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA regulations, community development loans originated or purchased by a consortium in which the bank participates or by a third party in which the bank has invested are considered at the bank's 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6780"/>
                        option.
                        <SU>767</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         If the bank requests consideration for these activities, the bank must report the data pertaining to these loans.
                        <SU>768</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>767</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(d) and __.25(d)(2); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A §  __.26(b)-3 (indicating that small and intermediate small banks may also receive consideration of community development loans originated or purchased by a consortium or third party).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>768</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.42(e); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A §  __.26(b)—3 (indicating that, to receive consideration, small and intermediate small banks must maintain sufficient information for examiners to evaluate community development loans originated or purchased by a consortium or third party).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to retain the current flexibility regarding consideration for community development loans and investments by a consortium in which the bank participates or by a third party in which the bank has invested. Consistent with current regulations, the agencies proposed that a bank's community development loans or community development investments as part of a consortium or by a third party in which the bank invests may be considered, at a bank's option,
                        <SU>769</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         subject to the following requirements: (1) the activity may not be claimed by another participant or investor; 
                        <SU>770</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) the bank may claim only its percentage share of the total activity made by the consortium or third party; 
                        <SU>771</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (3) the bank must collect, maintain, and report the lending and investments data.
                        <SU>772</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>769</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>770</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(d)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>771</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(d)(iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>772</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed §§ __.21(d)(i) and __.42(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies received several comments on the treatment of community development loans and community development investments by a consortium or a third party. A number of commenters supported the agencies' proposed approach to community development financing by a consortium or a third party. A commenter specifically stated that it supported the aspect of the proposal that provides banks the option to choose to take 
                        <E T="03">pro rata</E>
                         credit for the investments or loans of a fund into underlying portfolio companies or projects. Another commenter stated that it supported retaining CRA consideration on a 
                        <E T="03">pro rata</E>
                         basis according to a bank's percentage share of community development loans and investments made by third-party entities.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters suggested that the agencies clarify certain issues surrounding community development financing by a consortium or a third party. A few commenters recommended that the agencies permit the bank or recipient to identify a reasonable geographic allocation for the loan or investment such as location of the recipient, where the recipient has historically worked, or where the recipient intends to work. Some commenters recommended that, for community development financing by a consortium or third party, the agencies preserve the practice of allowing banks to rely on the use of side letters from the CDFI, consortium, or fund sponsor to provide additional detail on the geographic distribution of activities allocated to the bank.</P>
                    <P>A commenter suggested that, when banks provide working capital to CDFIs through a consortium or third party, the working capital provided to the CDFI should count at the point in time when the commitment of funds to the recipient is made, irrespective of when the funds are deployed. The commenter explained that their suggested approach would give banks certainty that they will receive CRA consideration and provide CDFIs with flexibility to use funds consistent with business needs and avoid pressure to draw on specific lines by specific dates.</P>
                    <P>Another commenter suggested that the agencies clarify that, in relation to consortia and third parties, the agencies are not restricting two financial institutions from receiving CRA consideration for the same loan or investment if the loan or investment is sold from one institution to the other.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are finalizing as proposed the provisions on the consideration of community development loans and investments by a consortium in which the bank participates or by a third party in which the bank has invested, with technical and conforming changes. In final § __.21(c), the agencies are adding “invests in” to the regulation text in recognition that a bank may invest in a consortium that engages in community development loans or community development investments. Similarly, the agencies are revising “makes” in § __.21(c) to “originates, purchases, refinances, or renews” to conform with the applicable community development financing performance tests and more precisely indicate that a consortium or a third party that a bank invests in or participates in may originate, purchase, refinance, or renew community development loans or community development investments.</P>
                    <P>
                        Accordingly, final § __.21(c) provides that if a bank invests in or participates in a consortium that originates, purchases, refinances, or renews community development loans or community development investments, or if a bank invests in a third party that originates, purchases, refinances, or renews such loans or investments, either those loans or investments may be considered, at the bank's option. The consideration is subject to certain limitations: (1) the bank must collect, maintain, and report the data pertaining to these community development loans and community development investments pursuant to § __.42(e), as applicable; 
                        <SU>773</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) if the participants or investors choose to allocate the community development loans or community development investments among themselves for consideration under this section, no participant or investor may claim a loan origination, loan purchase, or investment for community development consideration if another participant or investor claims the same loan origination, loan purchase, or investment; and (3) the bank may not claim community development loans or community development investments accounting for more than its percentage share, based on the level of its participation or investment, of the total loans or investments made by the consortium or third party.
                        <SU>774</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under final § __.21(c), the agencies do not intend to provide CRA consideration for particular community development loans or community development investments in a manner that would consider the same loan or investment more than once or provide consideration in excess of the bank's share or level of participation in the consortium or third party.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>773</SU>
                             In final § __.21(c)(1), the agencies are making a conforming edit to state that a bank must “collect, maintain, and report” data as required in final § __.42(e). Furthermore, in recognition that final § __.42(e) only requires the bank to collect, maintain, and report data on community development financing by a consortium or a third party if the data must be collected, maintained or reported pursuant to paragraph (a)(5) or (b)(2) of final § __.42, the agencies are adding an “as applicable” indicator.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>774</SU>
                             In paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of final § __.21, the agencies are removing the word “qualifying” from the proposed regulation text that preceded “loans or investments.” The agencies are making this change because community development loans and community development investments are defined terms that have a fixed meaning under the final rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that this approach, as with the current regulations, provides banks with flexibility to make community development loans and community 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6781"/>
                        development investments while maintaining the safeguards against more than one institution claiming CRA consideration for the same loan or investment at the same time.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies are not adding specific provisions regarding the allocation of community development financing activities in § __.21(c) of the final rule, as requested by a commenter, because the allocation of these loans and investments is already addressed in appendix B of the final rule. Further, the agencies do not believe that it is appropriate to make alternative provisions that depart from the uniform rules of allocation for community development loans or investments. The agencies believe that the methodology described in appendix B provides a reasonable methodology for the geographic allocation of community development loans or investments by a consortium or a third party.</P>
                    <P>With respect to commenter input regarding side letters, the agencies are maintaining their current practice with respect to side letters, which are not required but remain a permissible means through which to facilitate receiving CRA consideration for a loan or investment. The agencies also note that allocations made via side letters must conform with the allocation requirements for community development loans or investments described in appendix B of this final rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding input on timing considerations around commitment of funds to a recipient, the agencies agree with commenter sentiment that working capital provided to a CDFI by a bank through a consortium or third party should count at the point in time when the commitment of funds to the recipient is made, irrespective of when the funds are deployed. This is why final appendix B includes a reference to legally binding commitments to extend credit or to invest.
                        <SU>775</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The definitions of “community development investment” and “community development loan” in the final rule also leverage the concept of a legally binding commitment to determine whether a particular loan or investment qualifies for CRA consideration.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>775</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final paragraph of appendix B, paragraph I.a.1.i.A.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Regarding commenter concerns about the agencies restricting two or more financial institutions from receiving CRA consideration for the same community development loan or community development investment if the loan or investment is sold from one institution to the other, the agencies' intent in the proposal was to prevent banks from simultaneously claiming and receiving credit for the same loan or investment. The agencies did not intend to eliminate CRA credit for sequential transactions in such a way that one bank could not receive any CRA credit for a loan or investment if the loan or investment was purchased from another bank. Final § __.21(c)(2) provides that, if participants or investors choose to allocate loans or investments among themselves for consideration, no participant or investor may claim a loan origination, loan purchase, or investment for community development consideration if another participant or investor claims the same loan or investment. However, if one participant or investor transfers the loan or investment to another participant or investor and relinquishes any ongoing claim to the loan or investment for CRA purposes, the participant to which the loan or investment is transferred may then receive agency consideration of the loan or investment. As with other types of loans or investments, the agencies may consider whether loans and investments are purchased or sold a number of times for purposes of artificially inflating CRA performance.
                        <SU>776</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>776</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.21(d)(7).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.21(d) Performance Context Information Considered</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA regulations, the agencies consider specific performance context factors in the application of relevant performance tests and standards and in the decision to approve a bank's strategic plan.
                        <SU>777</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The factors encompass a broad range of economic, demographic, and institution- and community-specific information that an examiner reviews to understand the context in which a bank's record of performance should be evaluated.
                        <SU>778</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>777</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>778</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.21(b)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In proposed § __.21(e), the agencies identified the performance context information that they would consider in applying performance tests and standards, as well as in determining whether to approve a strategic plan.
                        <SU>779</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Consistent with performance context information considered under the current CRA framework, the agencies proposed that consideration may be given to: (1) a bank's institutional capacity and constraints; (2) a bank's past performance; (3) demographic data pertaining to the geographic areas in which the bank is evaluated; (4) retail banking and community development needs in the geographic area in which the bank is evaluated; (5) the bank's business strategy and product offerings; (6) information in the bank's public file, including oral and written comments submitted to the bank or the agency; and (7) any other information deemed relevant by the agency.
                        <SU>780</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Given that the proposed performance tests, including relevant metrics and benchmarks, were designed to incorporate certain key performance context considerations, the agencies expressly proposed to consider performance context information to the extent that it is not otherwise considered as part of a proposed performance test.
                        <SU>781</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For example, the proposed community benchmarks for the Retail Lending Test metrics, as described in section IX of the preamble to the proposed rule, would reflect information about an assessment area, such as the percentage of owner-occupied housing units, the percentage of low-income families, and the percentage of small businesses or small farms. Similarly, the proposed market benchmarks for the Retail Lending Test would reflect the aggregate lending to targeted geographic areas or targeted borrowers by all lenders operating in the same assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>779</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>780</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(e)(1) through (7).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>781</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies requested feedback on the performance context factors in proposed § __.21(e), including ways to bring greater clarity to the use of performance context factors as applied to different performance tests.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received many comments with respect to the agencies' proposal to consider performance context information. Many of these commenters expressed general support for the agencies' proposal to apply performance context information in performance tests, standards, and strategic plan approval determinations.</P>
                    <P>
                        A commenter stated that the agencies should not direct examiners to consider performance context information only to the extent that it is not otherwise considered as part of a proposed performance test. The commenter indicated that this approach appears to deemphasize performance context by implying that a broad range of information and circumstances are already covered by the applicable performance tests and standards; to address this issue, the commenter 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6782"/>
                        recommended removing this language from the proposal and clarifying that performance context factors are considered in addition to the proposed performance tests and standards, consistent with the current regulations. Other commenters made related suggestions, stating that the proposal's emphasis on quantitative factors such as metrics and thresholds deemphasized performance context in potentially undesirable ways.
                    </P>
                    <P>A commenter suggested that the agencies should fully integrate performance context into all bank conclusions and ratings.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters offered suggestions on additional performance context factors that the agencies could potentially add to proposed § __.21(d). For example, a commenter requested that the agencies allow examiners to consider innovative and responsive credit products and programs as beneficial performance context across any of the performance tests to which they are relevant. Another commenter requested that the agencies incorporate a measure of the availability and affordability of childcare facilities as performance context. A commenter stated that a final rule should explicitly document that CDFI certification must be considered as a fundamental and essential element of CRA performance context for a CDFI bank and the factor should be considered before and after the application of performance tests. Another commenter suggested that the agencies use performance context to determine whether an activity qualifies for CRA purposes, especially for newer, less common, more complex, or innovative activities. The commenter also suggested that examiner judgment and performance context could be helpful when a bank engages in an activity that is not already on the agencies' proposed illustrative list of activities eligible for CRA consideration.</P>
                    <P>A commenter recommended that the agencies apply the following performance context factors: whether a substantial majority or a significant portion of the bank's retail activities are loan products and services not defined as major product lines for purposes of the Retail Lending Test and, therefore, not included in the quantitative metrics and benchmarks; the bank's business strategy; geographic dispersion of retail loan products and services; data anomalies; and institutional capacity and constraints.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters requested that the agencies leverage performance context data that succinctly summarizes conditions in localities and suggested these could include measures such as: housing vacancy rates; housing cost burden ratios; unemployment levels; poverty rates; levels of segregation; and measures of health and environmental quality standards. Similarly, to clarify the use of performance context factors, a commenter suggested that the agencies implement models that measure a community's capacity and demand for investment, financial services, and financial products and publish the results in banks' performance evaluations.</P>
                    <P>A number of commenters suggested that performance context should be used by the agencies as an additional means to encourage stakeholder participation in CRA examinations and that the agencies could solicit comment from local stakeholders, including historically underserved groups, on local community needs and whether banks are meeting those needs. The commenters noted that responses to those questions could then be considered by the agencies as additional performance context information that enables examiners to conduct additional analysis if significant concerns are raised that impact a bank's ratings.</P>
                    <P>A commenter stated that performance context should be defined and updated in real time in conjunction with banks, with a particular emphasis on research-based understanding of the credit and community development needs and opportunities. The commenter stated this could help banks evaluate their own performance and tailor their services.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters noted that the agencies will need dedicated staff with specific training to correctly apply performance context. A few commenters stated that trained experienced staff would be able to consider performance context and evaluate CRA performance relative to a bank's size, business strategy, and other relevant information. Another of these commenters asked the agencies to centralize performance context with a comprehensive community needs assessment; the commenter also suggested that the agencies could have dedicated staff to analyze public input, local data, and local studies.</P>
                    <P>A commenter requested that the agencies limit examiner discretion to adjust scores downward based on performance context factors, such as by requiring the agencies to provide a bank with prior notice and the opportunity to respond if such downward adjustments would adversely affect the bank's institution rating.</P>
                    <P>A commenter expressed concern that the proposed performance context factors do not offer assurances that banks with unique business models will be able to pass their CRA examinations under the proposed framework.</P>
                    <P>A commenter indicated that it supported the creation of a data-driven performance context dashboard.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule  </HD>
                    <P>After considering the comments, the agencies are adopting the proposed performance context factors in the final rule, with technical and conforming changes. In final § __.21(d), the agencies are clarifying that performance context may be considered when applying the performance tests or strategic plans pursuant to final § __.21(a) and when determining whether to approve a strategic plan pursuant to final § __.27(h). In final § __.21(d)(1), the agencies are also clarifying that the “retail banking or community development activities” described in the proposal include “retail lending, retail banking services and retail banking products, community development loans, community development investments, or community development services.”</P>
                    <P>In final § __.21(d)(1), the agencies are removing the reference to “facility-based assessment areas” that was included in the proposal. Similarly, in paragraphs (d)(3) and (4) of final § __.21, the agencies are removing the references to “the geographic areas in which the bank is evaluated.” By removing all three of these references to specific geographic areas, the agencies' intention is to permit the consideration of all of the performance factors in any relevant geographic area. Similar to the current CRA regulations, this approach allows the consideration of performance context factors where a bank's actual performance is evaluated. The agencies believe that this approach preserves important flexibility for the agencies to consider relevant performance context as needed.</P>
                    <P>
                        In final § __.21(d)(6), with respect to performance context related to the bank's public file, the agencies are removing the reference to “oral” comments that was included in the proposal. After further consideration, the agencies have decided that, consistent with the current CRA regulations, it is preferable to only accept written comments submitted to the bank or the agency for the bank's public file. The agencies believe that use of written comments in relation to the public file better ensures the accuracy of the comments and eliminates additional processing steps associated with oral comments. The agencies note that this change from the proposal does not affect the use of community contacts and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6783"/>
                        other oral sources of public feedback used in CRA examinations.
                    </P>
                    <P>With these changes, final § __.21(d) provides that, when applying performance tests and strategic plans pursuant to final § __.21(a), and when determining whether to approve a strategic plan pursuant to final § __.27(h), the agencies may consider the following performance context information to the extent that it is not considered as part of the tests and standards: (1) a bank's institutional capacity and constraints, including the size and financial condition of the bank, safety and soundness limitations, or any other bank-specific factors that significantly affect the bank's ability to provide retail lending, retail banking services and retail banking products, community development loans, community development investments, or community development services; (2) the bank's past performance; (3) demographic data on income levels and income distribution, nature of housing stock, housing costs, economic climate, or other relevant data; (4) any information about retail banking and community development needs and opportunities provided by the bank or other relevant sources, including but not limited to members of the community, community organizations, State, local, and tribal governments, and economic development agencies; (5) the bank's business strategy and product offerings; (6) the bank's public file, including any written comments about the bank's CRA performance submitted to the bank or appropriate agency and the bank's responses to those comments; and (7) any other information deemed relevant by the agency.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have considered commenter suggestions to remove proposed language stating that the agencies will consider performance context factors to the extent they are not already considered as part of performance tests or standards. The agencies are retaining this language in the final rule because certain performance context information is now incorporated in the tests and standards, and the agencies believe that this practice places an appropriate emphasis on performance context information. For example, the Retail Lending Test metrics and benchmarks incorporate data on income levels and income distribution, as is also noted in § __.21(d)(3). The agencies emphasize, however, that performance context will continue to be considered by the agencies in evaluating all banks, as the agencies recognize that diverse banks operate in a wide variety of circumstances that quantitative measures alone might not capture. Similarly, while data about an economic downturn or economic conditions precipitating a decline in lending would fall within the scope of § __.21(d)(3), the agencies anticipate that this information would usually not be used to adjust a Retail Lending Test conclusion because it generally would already be reflected in the relevant Retail Lending Test market benchmarks; however, the agencies also believe there might be some unique circumstances in which data about economic conditions are not fully reflected in the relevant Retail Lending Test market benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>The agencies acknowledge that the current CRA regulations consider performance context in addition to the applicable performance tests and standards. However, to accommodate new aspects of the final rule framework, such as the quantitative approach implemented through standardized metrics and benchmarks, the agencies believe that performance context should fully yield to an applicable performance test when a performance context factor considers the same information that is incorporated in the performance test or standard. This approach ensures that performance context and the applicable tests function in a complementary and consistent manner. The agencies believe that this approach better maintains the integrity of the performance tests and standards and prevents similar or even redundant information from obfuscating analysis included in the performance tests or standards.</P>
                    <P>Regarding commenter sentiment that performance context should be fully integrated into conclusions and ratings, the agencies agree with this suggestion and have integrated the consideration of final § __.21(d) performance context factors in each applicable performance test. To accomplish this, the agencies have expressly described the role that the final § __.21(d) performance context factors play in the “conclusions and ratings” paragraph of each respective performance test adopted under the final rule framework.</P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding commenter suggestions that innovative and responsive credit products should be considered under performance context considerations, the agencies note that the final rule incorporates assessments of responsiveness in the Retail Services and Products Test, the Community Development Financing Test, the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks and the Community Development Services Test. Specifically, the final Retail Services and Products Test considers the responsiveness of a bank's credit products and programs. For this reason, the final Retail Lending Test does not also consider the responsiveness of a bank's credit products. Similarly, an impact and responsiveness review pursuant to final § __.15 is captured in the evaluations of the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24, the Community Development Services Test in final § __.25, and the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks in final § __.26. As discussed elsewhere in this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        , the final rule does not adopt the term “innovative” or otherwise use the term.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies have considered commenter feedback with respect to including the availability and affordability of childcare facilities as performance context, and the agencies have determined not to adopt this suggestion because bank activities that support childcare or childcare facilities qualify as community development activities, as described in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13. Similarly, the agencies believe that it is not necessary to make CDFI certification a performance context factor because final § __.21(d)(5) considers the business strategy and product offerings of a bank.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also decline to adopt commenter suggestions to use performance context to determine whether an activity qualifies for CRA purposes, especially for newer, less common, more complex, or innovative activities that may not be already on the agencies' proposed illustrative list of activities eligible for CRA consideration. The agencies note that other final rule provisions specify the particular retail and community development activities that qualify for CRA consideration. The agencies believe that the use of performance context to create exceptions to these requirements for qualifying activities would compromise the clarity and transparency of the framework, introduce additional complexity, and potentially minimize the incentive for banks to meet the requirements of the regulations.</P>
                    <P>However, the agencies agree with commenter sentiment that if a significant portion of a bank's retail lending activities are loan products that are potentially evaluated under the Retail Lending Test but that do not qualify as major product lines, the loan products could be considered as part of performance context information under § __.21(d)(5) of the final rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        With respect to commenter suggestions that the agencies consider a bank's business strategy and a bank's institutional capacity and constraints as performance context, the agencies note 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6784"/>
                        that these considerations are included as performance context factors under paragraphs (d)(1) and (5) of final § __.21.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies considered whether they should add performance context factors for the geographic dispersion of retail loan products and data anomalies. The agencies are not adding a performance context factor for the geographic dispersion of retail loans and products because the Retail Lending Test and Small Bank Lending Test already evaluate the distribution of the loan products under each respective test. With respect to data anomalies, the Retail Lending Test already considers missing or faulty data as an additional factor under § __.22(g)(4). With respect to other applicable tests, data anomalies may be considered as other potentially relevant information under § __.21(d)(7) of the final rule.</P>
                    <P>In response to commenter suggestions that the agencies should consider localized data focused on particular community needs, the agencies note that under final § __.21(d)(4), State, local, and tribal governments, and economic development agencies may submit any information regarding retail banking and community development needs and opportunities. Under this approach, the agencies would consider this variety of information to the extent that it is not already considered in relevant performance tests.</P>
                    <P>After considering comments on the importance of stakeholder feedback, the agencies have decided to preserve feedback from stakeholders as part of a bank's relevant performance context as proposed. To achieve this, paragraphs (d)(4) and (6) of final § __.21 permit the agencies to consider relevant stakeholder feedback submitted: directly to the agencies on retail banking and community development needs and opportunities; directly to the agencies via written comments on the bank's CRA performance; indirectly via comments included in the bank's public file; or indirectly via bank response to a written comment.</P>
                    <P>With respect to commenter suggestions that the performance context should be updated with the most recent information possible, the agencies note that they intend to apply the most recent performance context information that is available at the time of the examination.</P>
                    <P>In relation to suggestions that the agencies should have dedicated staff with specific training on applying performance context, the agencies plan to provide dedicated training to supervisory staff on all aspects of the final rule, including performance context. As the final rule is implemented, the agencies will make determinations as to which particular staff are best situated to consider and apply performance context information and what specific, additional training would be helpful to achieve agency objectives.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also expect that their quantitative approach to assessing bank performance will provide additional transparency and consistency in the examination process. To provide further predictability and transparency, the agencies will consider the possibility of additional interagency guidance with respect to their discretion to adjust a bank's conclusions or ratings through performance context consistent with § __.21(d). However, at this time, the agencies do not find it appropriate to limit examiner discretion in the final rule to adjust scores downward. In relation to a comment that the proposed performance context factors do not offer assurances that banks with unique business models will be able to pass their CRA examinations under the proposed framework, the agencies note that the proposed performance context factors were not intended to provide assurances of how a bank will perform in a CRA examination. In addition, the final rule also provides banks with the option to seek approval to be evaluated under a strategic plan, and the option to seek limited purpose bank designations, both of which are a means of accommodating banks with unique business models that might otherwise experience challenges with being evaluated under otherwise applicable performance tests or standards.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies will work together to provide greater performance context information to the public, including to banks. This will include tools to provide information on factors that may impact community credit needs. As noted in the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         of the agencies' proposal, the agencies believe that this information will help provide greater consistency and transparency, while also enhancing public participation. In addition, as noted elsewhere, the agencies will provide online tools that will leverage reported data and provide information related to metrics and benchmarks.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.21(e) Conclusions and Ratings</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to the CRA statute,
                        <SU>782</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the current CRA regulations provide that a bank is assigned a rating of “Outstanding,” “Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve,” or “Substantial Noncompliance” at the institution level.
                        <SU>783</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The assigned rating reflects the bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>782</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>783</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In proposed § __.21(f), the agencies proposed to assign banks conclusions, ratings, and performance scores. Specifically, pursuant to § __.21(f)(1), the agencies would assign conclusions to banks for the bank's performance on applicable performance tests and standards. For large banks, intermediate banks, and wholesale and limited purpose banks, these conclusions would be “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” “Low Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve,” or “Substantial Noncompliance.” For small banks, these conclusions would be “Outstanding,” “Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve,” or “Substantial Noncompliance.”</P>
                    <P>Pursuant to proposed § __.21(f)(2), the agencies would assign a bank a rating of “Outstanding,” “Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve,” or “Substantial Noncompliance” regarding its overall CRA performance, as applicable, in each State, in each multistate MSA, and for the institution that reflected the bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank. This paragraph retained existing language from the current CRA rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        Proposed § __.21(f)(3) provided that the agencies would develop performance scores in connection with assigning conclusions and ratings for a bank, other than a small bank evaluated under the small bank performance standards, a wholesale or limited purpose bank evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale or Limited Purpose Banks, or a bank evaluated based on an approved strategic plan. As described further in appendices C and D of the proposal, the agencies proposed a scoring system based on the following 10-point scale: “Outstanding” (10 points); “High Satisfactory” (7 points); “Low Satisfactory” (6 points); “Needs to Improve” (3 points); or “Substantial Noncompliance” (0 points). The agencies intended for the performance scores to provide greater transparency regarding a bank's overall performance.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6785"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received many comments on the agencies' proposal with respect to conclusions, ratings, and performance scores. Some commenters supported the conclusions, ratings, and performance score approach in the proposed rule. A few commenters stated that they appreciated the additional transparency and precision that the agencies proposed regarding ratings by assigning both a conclusion and a score for each performance test at the assessment area level, with one of these commenters noting that the change will provide additional clarity as to how well banks are performing. A commenter supported the proposal's increased rigor in the form of assigning points to the ratings in the CRA's subtests, as detailed in the proposed appendices C and D. Another commenter stated that it would welcome clearer expectations for each of the four proposed ratings.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters expressed support for the proposed 10-point performance scoring system but also suggested changes to point values corresponding to various ratings. For example, a few commenters suggested that, to provide more distinction between the conclusions, the agencies could adopt an alternative scale where an “Outstanding” receives 10 points, a “High Satisfactory” receives 8 points, a “Low Satisfactory” receives 5 points, and a “Needs to Improve” receives 2 points. Similarly, some commenters encouraged the agencies to otherwise make a greater distinction between the “Low Satisfactory” and “High Satisfactory” conclusions to incentivize better bank performance and to ensure poor bank performance does not result in a rating above “Needs to Improve.” Some commenters requested that the agencies adopt a point system that better reveals distinctions in performance and minimizes the potential for CRA grade inflation. For example, a commenter suggested an approach where the agencies would assign a numeric score between 1 and 100 and assign ratings relative to the scale.</P>
                    <P>Another commenter recommended that the agencies separate banks into one of the following three equally weighted categories for CRA scores: “below average,” “average,” and “above average.” From there, the commenter suggested that the agencies could identify a subset of banks from the below average category for “Needs to Improve” results and a subset of banks from the above average category for “Outstanding” results. A few commenters recommended a scoring system that makes receiving an “Outstanding” rating more easily achievable under the applicable performance tests.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>After reviewing and considering the comments, the agencies are adopting the proposed approach to conclusions and ratings. As described in further detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.28 (“Assigned conclusions and ratings”) the agencies believe that the final rule approach creates a consistent and quantifiable framework for assigning conclusions for bank performance and State, multistate MSA, and institution ratings. The agencies believe that their adopted approach will increase transparency and provide clarity regarding a bank's CRA performance.</P>
                    <P>To streamline the regulation text of the final rule, the agencies are making a series of technical edits to § __.21(e). With respect to conclusions in final § __.21(e)(1), the agencies are specifying that, for all banks, conclusions are assigned pursuant to final § __.28. The agencies are also indicating in final § __.21(e)(1) that: for large banks and limited purpose banks, conclusions are assigned pursuant to final appendix C; for intermediate banks and small banks, conclusions are assigned pursuant to final appendices C and E; and for banks with a strategic plan, conclusions are assigned pursuant to paragraph g of final appendix C. Furthermore, because the information is also covered in final § __.28(a)(1), the agencies are not including references to specific conclusions such as “Outstanding” and “Needs to Improve.”</P>
                    <P>In final § __.21(e)(2), the agencies are indicating that, as provided in final § __.28 and final appendices D and E, they assign an overall CRA institution performance rating to a bank. As applicable, overall CRA performance ratings are also assigned for each State and each multistate MSA. Because the information is already included in final § __.28, the agencies have removed the reference to the specific ratings that may be assigned to a bank, as well as the statement that the ratings reflect the bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of the bank's entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are not adopting proposed § __.21(f)(3) in final § __.21 pertaining to performance scores. The agencies believe that the performance scores are appropriately described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of final § __.28 and additional discussion in final § __.21 would be duplicative.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have considered the performance scoring system alternatives suggested by commenters involving more granular scoring systems or systems that would lend themselves to more distinct gradations. However, the agencies are adopting the proposed 10-point scale in the final rule because the agencies believe it provides appropriate transparency and facilitates a greater understanding of bank performance in comparison to other alternatives. With specific reference to commenter input suggesting the need for a more detailed performance scoring approach, such as a 100-point scale, the agencies believe that doing so would provide at best a limited benefit because both the proposal and final rule approach involve translating performance scores into an “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” “Low Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve,” or “Substantial Noncompliance” conclusion or rating. In addition, the agencies believe that the potential for CRA grade inflation with respect to performance scores is minimized with established performance thresholds in the Retail Lending Test and by the direct roll-up of assessment area performance scores to conclusions at the State level, multistate MSA level, and for the institution in all large bank performance tests. To the extent examiner judgment is involved in assigning a performance score, the agencies also believe that examiner training and guidance will minimize potential “grade inflation” risks.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have also considered alternatives suggested by commenters to assign different point values within the 10-point performance scoring system to correspond with a particular conclusion or rating. However, the agencies believe that finalizing the point value as proposed is preferable because it produces a more accurate overall score when there are variations in subcomponent performance. Additionally, these point values result in appropriate aggregation of geographic area conclusions into State, multistate MSA, and institution conclusions and ratings. Regarding comments to develop a scale with a greater difference in the number of points assigned to “Low Satisfactory” and “High Satisfactory,” the agencies believe that the proposed approach is appropriate. Specifically, the agencies consider “Low Satisfactory” and “High Satisfactory” performance to be less distinct from one another than other neighboring categories, such as “Needs to Improve” 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6786"/>
                        and “Low Satisfactory.” Further, the agencies do not agree with commenter input that the 10-point system inhibits strong performance by banks. Instead, the agencies believe that the 10-point scoring methodology appropriately identifies distinctions in bank performance and assists the agencies in assigning corresponding conclusions and ratings.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.21(f) Safe and Sound Operations</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to the CRA statute and the current CRA regulations, a bank is not required to make loans or investments or to provide services that are inconsistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank.
                        <SU>784</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Instead, current CRA regulations specify that banks are expected by the agencies to provide safe and sound loans, investments, and services on which they expect to make a profit.
                        <SU>785</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Furthermore, banks may only develop and apply flexible underwriting standards for loans that benefit low- or moderate-income geographies or individuals if the standards are consistent with safe and sound operations.
                        <SU>786</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>784</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901(b) and 2903(a); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.11(b) and __.21(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>785</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>786</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In proposed § __.21(g), the agencies retained the current regulatory provision that provides that neither the CRA statute nor the CRA regulations require a bank to make loans or investments or to provide services that are inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices, with the proposed clarification that this includes the bank's underwriting standards.
                        <SU>787</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Similarly, the agencies also proposed to retain the language in that provision indicating that, although banks may employ flexible underwriting standards for lending that benefits low- or moderate-income individuals and low- or moderate- income census tracts, they must also be consistent with safe and sound operations.
                        <SU>788</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed certain revisions to the language in this section for clarity, including an express statement that banks may employ flexible underwriting standards for not only loans that benefit low- or moderate-income individuals and low- or moderate-income census tracts, but also for loans that benefit small businesses or small farms, if consistent with safe and sound operations.
                        <SU>789</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed to eliminate the statement that they anticipate that banks will provide safe and sound loans, investments, and services on which they expect to make a profit because they deemed this to be redundant to include.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>787</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(g).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>788</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(d) and proposed § __.21(g).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>789</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(g).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received a few comments that offered general support for the agencies' proposed safety and soundness requirements. A commenter stated that because operating in a safe and sound manner is a prudent business practice and a regulatory requirement, a final CRA rule should not lose sight of, or compromise, the ability of banks to operate in such a manner. Another commenter stated that the agencies should not abandon safe and sound safeguards against systemic risk.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting the safe and sound operations requirement in § __.21(f) of the final rule with a single technical change. The agencies are revising “make” in the first sentence to “originate or purchase” in order to more precisely indicate that banks originate or purchase loans or investments. The requirements in final § __.21(f) reinforces the statutory requirement that banks meet the credit needs of their communities in a manner that is consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank. This requirement has general applicability to the entire CRA framework.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22 Retail Lending Test</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22 Overview of the Retail Lending Test Approach</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA regulations, the large bank lending test includes both quantitative and qualitative criteria. The agencies consider originations and purchases of loans in the following categories of retail lending: home mortgage loans; small business loans; and small farm loans.
                        <SU>790</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These categories of retail lending are generally evaluated if the bank has originated or purchased loans in the category. In addition, consumer loans, which include motor vehicle loans, credit card loans, other secured consumer loans, or other unsecured consumer loans, are considered at the bank's option, or if these loans constitute a substantial majority of the bank's business.
                        <SU>791</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>790</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(a)(1) and (2). For this purpose, home mortgage loans include home purchase loans, home improvement loans, home refinance loans, multifamily loans, and loans for the purchase of manufactured homes. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(l)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>791</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(a)(1); current 12 CFR __.12(j) (definition of “consumer loan”). The agencies interpret “substantial majority” to be so significant a portion of the institution's lending activity by number and dollar volume of loans that the lending test evaluation would not meaningfully reflect its lending performance if consumer loans were excluded. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.22(a)(1)-2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies evaluate large banks' retail lending based on three primary criteria: lending activity; geographic distribution; and borrower characteristics. The lending activity criterion considers the volume of retail lending, in terms of the number and dollar amount of home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and consumer loans, as applicable, within a bank's assessment areas.
                        <SU>792</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies identify the number and dollar amount of loans in assessment areas and evaluate the bank's lending volume considering the bank's resources, business strategy, and other performance context information.
                        <SU>793</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>792</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(b)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>793</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Interagency Large Institution CRA Examination Procedures (April 2014) at 6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In addition, to consider whether the bank is helping to meet the credit needs of low- and moderate-income census tracts, and of low- and moderate- income individuals, small businesses, and small farms, the agencies review the geographic distribution and borrower distribution of those loans.
                        <SU>794</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>794</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(b)(2) and (3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For the geographic distribution criterion, the agencies evaluate the proportion of the bank's lending in the bank's assessment areas, the dispersion of lending in the bank's assessment areas, and the number and amount of a bank's retail loans in low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income geographies in the bank's assessment areas.
                        <SU>795</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies review the geographic distribution of home mortgage loans by income category and compare the percentage distribution of lending to the percentage of owner-occupied housing units in the census tracts. Similarly, in each geographic income category, the agencies compare: small business lending to the percentage distribution of businesses; small farm lending to the percentage distribution of farms; and consumer lending to the percentage distribution of households in each geographic income category, as applicable. The agencies supplement these distribution analyses by also reviewing the dispersion of a bank's loans throughout geographies of different income levels in its assessment areas to determine if there are 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6787"/>
                        unexplained conspicuous lending gaps.
                        <SU>796</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>795</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>796</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Interagency Large Institution CRA Examination Procedures (April 2014) at 7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For the borrower distribution criterion, the agencies evaluate the distribution of a bank's retail loans across borrower incomes or gross annual revenues of small businesses and small farms.
                        <SU>797</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies use the following demographic comparators to inform the borrower distribution analysis: for home mortgage lending, families by income level; for small business lending, businesses with gross annual revenues of $1 million or less; for small farm lending, farms with gross annual revenues of $1 million or less; and for consumer lending, households by income level.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>797</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(b)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies evaluate small banks and intermediate small banks using similar, but simplified, standards that do not rely on required data collection or reporting.
                        <SU>798</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, a small bank or an intermediate small bank is evaluated on: the bank's loan-to-deposit ratio (based on the balance sheet dollar values at the institution level); the percentage of its loans and lending-related activities within the bank's assessment areas; the bank's record of lending to and, as appropriate, engaging in other lending-related activities for borrowers of different income levels and businesses and farms of different sizes; the geographic distribution of the bank's loans; and the bank's record of taking action in response to written complaints about its performance in helping to meet credit needs in its assessment areas.
                        <SU>799</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The geographic and borrower distribution evaluation for small banks and intermediate small banks is similar to that of large banks, but may use bank data collected in the ordinary course of business or information obtained through loan samples.
                        <SU>800</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For small banks, the agencies evaluate the same categories of retail lending as for other banks, except that only those consumer loan categories that are considered primary products are evaluated.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>798</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.26.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>799</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.26(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>800</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Interagency Small Institution CRA Examination Procedures (July 2007) at 5; Interagency Intermediate Small Institution CRA Examination Procedures (July 2007) at 6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The purpose of evaluating lending activity for small banks, intermediate small banks, and large banks is the same—to determine whether a bank has a sufficient volume and distribution of lending in its assessment areas in light of a bank's performance context, including its capacity and the lending opportunities in its assessment areas.
                        <SU>801</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The current approach, however, does not specify what level, or percentage, of lending is sufficient to achieve “Outstanding” or “Satisfactory” performance, for example, and relies on examiner discretion to draw a conclusion about a bank's level of lending using the descriptions of performance under each of the criteria and ratings categories.
                        <SU>802</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>801</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(b), __.22(a)(1), and__.26(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>802</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             current appendix A to part __(Ratings).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Retail lending conducted outside of assessment areas is not evaluated using the lending test criteria. However, the Interagency Questions and Answers allow for consideration of loans to low- and moderate-income individuals, small business loans, and small farm loans outside of a bank's assessment areas.
                        <SU>803</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>803</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.22(b)(2) and Q&amp;A § __.22(b)(3)-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal—Overview</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed a Retail Lending Test in § __.22 to measure how well a bank's retail lending meets the credit needs of its facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area, as applicable, through an analysis of the bank's retail lending volume and retail lending distribution.
                        <SU>804</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposed Retail Lending Test used a metrics-based approach that incorporated specific quantitative standards in order to increase consistency in evaluations and provide improved transparency and predictability regarding the retail lending performance needed to achieve a particular conclusion, ranging from “Outstanding” to “Substantial Noncompliance.”
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>804</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             proposed § __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Under the proposed Retail Lending Test, the agencies would apply two sets of metrics. First, in facility-based assessment areas, the agencies proposed to apply a retail lending volume screen to assess a bank's retail lending volume, calculated as a bank volume metric, relative to peer banks in the facility-based assessment area, calculated as a market volume benchmark. Specifically, the agencies proposed a bank volume metric calculated as the ratio of a bank's total dollars of closed-end home mortgage loans, open-end home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans compared to the bank's dollars of deposits in the facility-based assessment area. The proposed market volume benchmark was the aggregate ratio of retail lending compared to deposits among all large banks that operated a branch in the facility-based assessment area.</P>
                    <P>Under the proposal, a bank with a bank volume metric that met or surpassed the Retail Lending Volume Threshold—30 percent of the market volume benchmark—would be assigned a recommended conclusion for the facility-based assessment area based on the proposed distribution analysis described below. For a bank with a bank volume metric that did not meet or surpass the threshold, the agencies proposed to consider a set of factors to determine whether the bank had an acceptable basis for not meeting or surpassing the threshold. Under the proposed approach, a large bank that lacked an acceptable basis for not meeting or surpassing the threshold would be limited to receiving a Retail Lending Test conclusion of “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” for that facility-based assessment area.</P>
                    <P>Second, the agencies proposed to evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's major product lines in its facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area, as applicable. Under the proposal, a bank's originated and purchased closed-end home mortgage loans, open-end home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, and small farm loans would qualify as a major product line in a particular area if the loans in the product line comprised 15 percent or more, by dollar amount, of the bank's retail lending in the area. In addition, a bank's originated and purchased automobile loans would qualify as a major product line in a particular area if the bank's automobile loans comprised 15 percent or more of the bank's retail lending in the area, based on a combination of the dollar amount and number of loans.</P>
                    <P>
                        For a large bank, the agencies proposed to evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of the bank's major product lines in its facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area. For an intermediate bank, or a small bank that opted to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, the agencies proposed to evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of the intermediate bank's or small bank's major product lines in its facility-based assessment areas. In addition, if an intermediate bank conducted a majority of its retail lending, by dollar amount, outside of its facility-based assessment areas, the agencies would evaluate the intermediate bank's 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6788"/>
                        geographic and borrower distributions in its outside retail lending area.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        To evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's major product lines, the agencies proposed a series of bank metrics and benchmarks covering a total of four categories of lending for each major product line: low-income census tracts; moderate-income census tracts; low-income borrowers (or small businesses or small farms with gross annual revenues of less than $250,000); and moderate-income borrowers (or small businesses or small farms with gross annual revenues of greater than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million).
                        <SU>805</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For the geographic distribution analysis, the proposed bank metrics would measure the level of the bank's lending in low- and moderate-income census tracts in the facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area, as applicable. For the borrower distribution analysis, the proposed bank metrics would measure the level of the bank's lending to low- and moderate-income borrowers, respectively, and to lower-revenue small businesses and small farms, respectively, in the area. The proposed geographic and borrower bank metrics would be compared to:
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>805</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(f) for additional detail.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>• Market benchmarks that reflect the aggregate lending to low- and moderate-income census tracts or low- and moderate-income borrowers and lower-revenue small businesses and small farms in the area by reporting lenders; and</P>
                    <P>• Community benchmarks that reflect local demographic data.</P>
                    <P>Under the proposal, a bank's geographic and borrower distribution analyses (evaluating the four categories of lending described above for each major product line) would be translated into a performance conclusion using multipliers and performance ranges. Specifically, for each distribution with respect to each major product line evaluated in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area, the agencies proposed to assign the performance conclusion that corresponds to:</P>
                    <P>• The relevant market benchmark, multiplied by a specified multiplier; or</P>
                    <P>• The relevant community benchmark, multiplied by a specified multiplier, whichever is lower.</P>
                    <P>For example, under the proposal, if the geographic bank metric for closed-end home mortgage loans in low-income census tracts in a particular facility-based assessment area just exceeded (1) 110 percent of the corresponding geographic market benchmark or (2) 90 percent of the corresponding geographic community benchmark, whichever is lower, then the agencies would assign a “High Satisfactory” conclusion to the bank's performance on the particular geographic distribution in the facility-based assessment area.</P>
                    <P>The agencies proposed a transparent approach for combining the four performance conclusions assigned to each of a bank's major product lines in an area pursuant to the geographic and borrower distribution analyses. Under the proposed approach, for a particular major product line, the two geographic distribution performance conclusions would be combined using a weighted average calculation to determine a geographic performance score and the two borrower distribution performance conclusions would be combined using a weighted average calculation to determine a borrower performance score. Then, these geographic and borrower performance scores would be averaged to develop a product line average for each major product line.</P>
                    <P>Next, the agencies would develop a recommended conclusion for the Retail Lending Test for each facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, and outside retail lending area. This recommended conclusion would be developed by combining the product line averages for all of a bank's major product lines in the facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area. For purposes of combining the product line averages, the agencies proposed to weight each of a bank's major product lines by the dollar volume of lending the bank engaged in for the product line in the area. The resulting recommended conclusion would serve as the basis for the performance conclusion on the Retail Lending Test in the particular facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area under the proposed approach.</P>
                    <P>Recognizing that the proposed distribution metrics and benchmarks may not capture all factors that should be considered when evaluating a bank's retail lending performance, the agencies proposed a set of additional factors that examiners may consider with respect to a bank's retail lending performance in a particular area. Based on the Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion, the additional factors, and the bank's performance on the retail lending volume screen (in the case of a facility-based assessment area), examiners would assign a Retail Lending Test conclusion to each of a bank's facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and its outside retail lending area, as applicable, under the proposed approach. The agencies would also consider applicable performance context factors not included in the metrics-based framework.</P>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies proposed a transparent and standardized approach for combining Retail Lending Test conclusions assigned to a bank's facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending areas, as applicable, to calculate Retail Lending Test conclusions for the bank at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels. For example, to calculate a large bank's Retail Lending Test conclusion for a particular State, the agencies proposed to combine the Retail Lending Test conclusions for each of the large bank's facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas in the State, weighting each assessment area conclusion based on a combination of the percentage of the large bank's retail loans made in the particular facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area and the percentage of the bank's deposits sourced from the particular facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Summary of Final Rule Retail Lending Test</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Overview.</E>
                         The agencies are finalizing the proposed Retail Lending Test, with substantive modifications, clarifications, and technical revisions, as described throughout the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22. The final rule retains the overall structure and key features of the proposed Retail Lending Test, including:
                    </P>
                    <P>• A Retail Lending Volume Screen applied to facility-based assessment areas, pursuant to final § __.22(c);</P>
                    <P>• A major product line standard to identify a bank's most significant retail product lines in its facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area—individually and collectively referred to as “Retail Lending Test Areas” in the final rule—pursuant to final § __.22(d);</P>
                    <P>• Metrics and benchmarks, drawn from the current approach, used to evaluate the following four categories of lending for each of a bank's major product lines in each Retail Lending Test Area, pursuant to final § __.22(e):</P>
                    <P>○ Loans in low-income census tracts;</P>
                    <P>
                        ○ Loans in moderate-income census tracts;
                        <PRTPAGE P="6789"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        ○ Loans to low-income borrowers (or to businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less); 
                        <SU>806</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>806</SU>
                             For purposes of evaluating a bank's small business lending performance under the Retail Lending Test, the agencies consider the bank's loans to non-farm businesses only, and do not consider the bank's loans to farms. A bank's loans to farms are considered in the evaluation of the bank's small farm lending performance.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        ○ Loans to moderate-income borrowers (or to businesses or farms with gross annual revenues greater than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million).
                        <SU>807</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>807</SU>
                             The transition amendments included in this final rule will, once effective, amend the definitions of “small business” and “small farm” to instead cross-reference to the definition of “small business” in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule. This will allow the CRA regulatory definitions to adjust if the CFPB increases the threshold in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule definition of “small business.” This is consistent with the agencies' intent articulated in the preamble to the proposal and elsewhere in this final rule to conform these definitions with the definition in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule. The agencies will provide the effective date of these transition amendments in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             after section 1071 data is available.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>• Multipliers and performance ranges, based on the benchmarks described above, that determine a bank's supporting conclusion for each of the four categories of lending for certain major product lines, pursuant to final § __.22(f);</P>
                    <P>• Product line scores for a bank's performance on each major product line—by averaging together the supporting conclusions for each of the four categories of lending for a major product line—in a Retail Lending Test Area;</P>
                    <P>• A recommended conclusion for each Retail Lending Test Area based on the bank's product line scores on all major product lines in that area, pursuant to final § __.22(f);</P>
                    <P>• Additional factors that the agencies consider to supplement the geographic and borrower distribution analyses, pursuant to final § __.22(g); and</P>
                    <P>• Conclusions assigned to each Retail Lending Test Area, and a weighted average approach to determine Retail Lending Test conclusions at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels, pursuant to final § __.22(h).</P>
                    <P>The final rule also includes key modifications from the proposed Retail Lending Test, discussed in further detail below, including:</P>
                    <P>• A reduction in the number of major product lines by removing multifamily loans and open-end home mortgage loans from the distribution analysis and by narrowing the standard for when automobile loans are evaluated;</P>
                    <P>• Changes to the methodology for determining a bank's major product lines in its facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending area, namely by considering a combination of loan dollars and loan count, as defined in final § __.12;</P>
                    <P>• Changes to the methodology for determining a large bank's major product lines in retail lending assessment areas, based on whether the large bank made a sufficient number of closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans to trigger the retail lending assessment area delineation requirement, as described further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.17;</P>
                    <P>• For automobile lending, limiting the evaluation to majority automobile lenders, as described below, and to banks that opt to have their automobile lending evaluated, and eliminating the proposed data reporting requirements, market benchmarks, and performance ranges;</P>
                    <P>
                        • A reduction in several of the multiplier values used to calculate performance ranges, to ensure that the performance ranges are generally attainable and appropriately aligned with the conclusion categories; 
                        <SU>808</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>808</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(f) and the below discussion of the analysis of the final rule using historical data.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>• Changes to the methodology for combining performance in each major product line to determine the recommended conclusion in each Retail Lending Test Area, namely by considering a combination of loan dollars and loan count;</P>
                    <P>• Additions and revisions to the proposed additional factors to account for more circumstances in which adjustments to the recommended conclusion for a Retail Lending Test Area may be warranted; and</P>
                    <P>• Changes to the approach for calculating a weighted average of Retail Lending Test Area conclusions to determine conclusions at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels.</P>
                    <P>In addition to these substantive changes, the final rule adopts non-substantive clarifications and technical revisions to the regulatory text, including final appendix A, to improve readability and enhance clarity.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail lending volume screen.</E>
                         As under the proposal, the final rule Retail Lending Test applies two sets of metrics. First, in facility-based assessment areas only, the agencies will apply the Retail Lending Volume Screen to assess a bank's retail lending volume relative to its volume of deposits compared to peer lenders in the area. Specifically, under the final rule, a bank's Bank Volume Metric is the ratio of the bank's total dollars of lending in specified categories (closed-end home mortgage loans, open-end home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans, as applicable), compared to the bank's dollars of deposits in the facility-based assessment area. The Bank Volume Metric is compared to the aggregate ratio of retail lending to deposits among all banks that operated a branch in the area, as measured by a Market Volume Benchmark. The Bank Volume Metric and Market Volume Benchmark under the final rule are substantially similar to the proposal, except that: (1) a bank's automobile loans are only included in the Bank Volume Metric if the bank is a majority automobile lender or opts to have its automobile loans evaluated under the Retail Lending Test; and (2) automobile lending is not included in the Market Volume Benchmark.
                    </P>
                    <P>As under the proposal, the final rule provides that a bank with a Bank Volume Metric that meets or surpasses a Retail Lending Volume Threshold of 30 percent of the Market Volume Benchmark will be assigned a recommended conclusion for the facility-based assessment area based on the distribution analysis described below. With respect to a bank with a Bank Volume Metric that does not meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a facility-based assessment area, the agencies will consider a set of factors to determine whether the bank has an acceptable basis for not meeting the threshold. As under the proposal, under the final rule a large bank that lacks an acceptable basis for not meeting the threshold is limited to receiving a Retail Lending Test conclusion of “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” for the facility-based assessment area. An intermediate bank, or a small bank that opted into being evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, that lacks an acceptable basis for not meeting the threshold would remain eligible for all possible conclusion categories.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic and borrower distribution analysis.</E>
                         Consistent with the proposal, the agencies will next evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's major product lines in its Retail Lending Test Areas. The final rule adopts a revised approach to determine what is a major product line for facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas. In a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area, a bank's originated and purchased closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans, as applicable, would qualify as a major product line if the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6790"/>
                        loans in the product line comprise 15 percent or more, based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count, of the bank's lending across all these product lines in the area. The final rule also adopts a revised approach for determining what is a major product line for retail lending assessment areas. In a retail lending assessment area, a large bank's originated and purchased closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans, respectively, would qualify as a major product line if the large bank originated a sufficient number of closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans to require delineation of a retail lending assessment area pursuant to final § __.17 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         at least 150 reported closed-end home mortgage loans or at least 400 reported small business loans in each year of the prior two calendar years). As noted above, unlike in the proposal, the distribution of a bank's open-end home mortgage loans and multifamily loans are not evaluated under the final Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <P>As under the proposal, the agencies will evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of a large bank's major product lines in its facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area. For an intermediate bank, or a small bank that opts to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, the agencies evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of the bank's major product lines in its facility-based assessment areas. Furthermore, an intermediate bank or a small bank is evaluated in its outside retail lending area if the bank conducts a majority of its retail lending, by a combination of loan dollars and loan count outside of its facility-based assessment areas, or at the bank's option. For a small bank that opts to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, the final rule treats these small banks the same as intermediate banks with respect to the Retail Lending Test Areas in which the small bank's major product lines are evaluated.</P>
                    <P>As under the proposal, the agencies will calculate a series of bank metrics and benchmarks to evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's major product lines. The final rule generally adopts the geographic and borrower distribution metrics and benchmarks as proposed, evaluating four separate categories of lending for each major product line in each Retail Lending Test Area:</P>
                    <P>• Low-income census tracts;</P>
                    <P>• Moderate-income census tracts;</P>
                    <P>• Low-income borrowers or businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of less than $250,000; and</P>
                    <P>• Moderate-income borrowers or businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of greater than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million.</P>
                    <P>The bank's metrics are compared to:</P>
                    <P>• Market benchmarks that reflect the aggregate lending to low- and moderate-income census tracts or low- and moderate-income borrowers or lower-revenue small businesses or small farms in the Retail Lending Test Area by reporting lenders; and</P>
                    <P>• Community benchmarks that reflect local demographic data.</P>
                    <P>As in the proposal, the final rule evaluates a bank's performance on the geographic and borrower distribution analyses for closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans using performance ranges calculated with benchmarks and multipliers. Specifically, for each category of lending that is evaluated as part of a major product line in a Retail Lending Test Area, the agencies assign a supporting conclusion that corresponds to a performance range determined by: (1) the relevant market benchmark, multiplied by a specified multiplier; and (2) the relevant community benchmark, multiplied by a specified multiplier, whichever is lower.</P>
                    <P>Relative to the proposal, the final rule adjusts several of the proposed multiplier values downward; the agencies believe that the final rule multipliers are appropriately aligned with supporting conclusions, and that supporting conclusions of “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” and “Low Satisfactory” are generally attainable. For example, the market multiplier for a “High Satisfactory” was adjusted from the proposed value of 110 percent to 105 percent, and the community multiplier for a “High Satisfactory” was adjusted from the proposed value of 90 percent to 80 percent. As a result, under the final rule, if the Geographic Bank Metric for closed-end home mortgage loans in low-income census tracts in a particular facility-based assessment area just exceeded (1) 105 percent of the corresponding Geographic Market Benchmark or (2) 80 percent of the corresponding Geographic Community Benchmark, whichever is lower, then the agencies would assign a “High Satisfactory” supporting conclusion to the bank's performance on closed-end home mortgage lending to low-income census tracts in the facility-based assessment area.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Product line score.</E>
                         The final rule generally adopts the proposed approach to combining the four supporting conclusions assigned to each of a bank's major product lines in a Retail Lending Test Area pursuant to the geographic and borrower distribution analyses. For each major product line, the agencies will combine these four supporting conclusions as follows. First, the agencies will determine a geographic distribution average using a weighted average calculation of the performance scores associated with the two geographic distribution supporting conclusions. For example, the agencies would combine a bank's closed-end home mortgage lending performance in low-income census tracts and moderate-income census tracts. Second, the agencies will determine a borrower distribution average using a weighted average of performance scores associated with the two borrower distribution supporting conclusions. For example, the agencies would combine a bank's closed-end home mortgage lending performance to low-income borrowers and moderate-income borrowers. Lastly, the agencies will average together the geographic and borrower distribution averages to arrive at a product line score (renamed from the proposed term “product line average”).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Recommended conclusion for a Retail Lending Test Area.</E>
                         Next, the product line scores for all of a bank's major product lines in a Retail Lending Test Area are combined to produce a recommended conclusion for the Retail Lending Test Area. For purposes of combining product line scores, under the final rule, a bank's major product lines are weighted based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count in the product line, rather than by the volume of loan dollars alone, as under the proposal. The resulting Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion serves as the basis for the conclusion on the Retail Lending Test in the particular Retail Lending Test Area.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional factors and performance context.</E>
                         As in the proposal, the final rule recognizes that the distribution metrics and benchmarks may not capture all factors that should be considered when evaluating a bank's retail lending performance. For this reason, the final rule adopts an expanded set of additional factors in final § __.22(g) relative to the proposal that the agencies may consider with respect to a bank's retail lending performance in a particular Retail Lending Test Area. The agencies will assign a Retail Lending Test conclusion to each of a bank's Retail Lending Test Areas based on the bank's performance on the Retail Lending Volume Screen (in the case of a facility-based assessment area), the Retail Lending 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6791"/>
                        Test recommended conclusion, performance context factors provided in final § __.21(d), and these additional factors.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail Lending Test conclusions for a State, multistate MSA, and institution.</E>
                         Lastly, the final rule generally adopts the proposed approach for combining Retail Lending Test conclusions assigned to a bank's Retail Lending Test Areas using a weighted average calculation to develop conclusions for the bank at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels. For example, to calculate a large bank's Retail Lending Test conclusion for a particular State, the agencies will combine the Retail Lending Test conclusions for each of the large bank's facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas in the State. Each Retail Lending Test Area's conclusion will be weighted using a combination of the percentage of the large bank's product line loans (using a combination of loan dollars and loan count) in the area and deposits in the area. Under this example for a conclusion in a State, the percentages of the bank's product line loans and deposits in each area are calculated relative to the bank's total product line loans and deposits sourced from facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas in the State.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Retail Lending Test—General Topics</HD>
                    <P>This section discusses topics that relate to the Retail Lending Test as a whole or to multiple aspects of the Retail Lending Test. Topics specific to a particular aspect of the Retail Lending Test are discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis below.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Overall Metrics-Based Approach</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Metrics-Based Approach Generally.</E>
                         The agencies received numerous comments supportive of the proposed metrics-based approach to evaluating banks' retail lending performance. Many of these commenters indicated that the retail lending metrics would provide rigor on the proposed Retail Lending Test, address what some commenters referred to as CRA grade inflation, and incentivize banks to increase lending to underserved communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>Conversely, many other commenters raised concerns about the proposed metrics-based approach to evaluating retail lending. As described below, these commenters stated that the Retail Lending Test was overly complex, did not sufficiently account for differences in bank business models, was overly stringent, and did not incorporate qualitative factors that should be considered in connection with a bank's retail lending performance.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Complexity of the metrics-based approach.</E>
                         Some commenters stated that the metrics-based Retail Lending Test approach was overly complex, with feedback including the recommendation that the agencies instead consider a less complicated approach with thresholds that can be modified by examiners based on performance context. Some commenters noted that the complexity of the proposed Retail Lending Test necessitated a more extended comment period to allow commenters time to fully understand the approach and its potential impact.
                    </P>
                    <P>In addition to comments concerning the complexity of the Retail Lending Test as a whole, the agencies received numerous comments concerning the complexity of particular aspects of the performance test, such as the retail lending distribution metrics and benchmarks. These comments are discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(e) below.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Application of metrics-based approach to different bank business models.</E>
                         Other commenters stated that the Retail Lending Test did not sufficiently account for differences in banks' business models. For example, a commenter asserted that a bank primarily focused on commercial lending and with little retail lending would be unable to perform well on the Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail Lending Test stringency.</E>
                         Many commenters stated that banks would have difficulty achieving an “Outstanding” conclusion on the Retail Lending Test due to the performance test's stringency. In addition to comments concerning the stringency of the Retail Lending Test as a whole, the agencies received numerous comments concerning the stringency of particular aspects of the performance test, such as the multipliers used to establish performance ranges. These comments are discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(f) below.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Inclusion of qualitative factors.</E>
                         Some commenters suggested that the proposed Retail Lending Test lacked sufficient consideration of qualitative factors, including performance context, that should be considered in connection with a bank's retail lending performance. In this regard, a commenter asserted that the agencies' proposed metrics-based approach was too heavy on quantitative metrics and left little room for necessary qualitative analysis. Relatedly, other commenters conveyed that the proposed metrics-based approach would overshadow the qualitative aspects of retail lending that are beneficial to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. Likewise, a commenter warned against overly standardizing the evaluation process with quantitative measurements at the expense of capturing more qualitative impacts, which could stifle creativity and diversity in the CRA market.
                    </P>
                    <P>Several commenters recommended that the agencies incorporate impact factor reviews proposed for use with the Community Development Financing Test and the Community Development Services Test into the Retail Lending Test (as well as the Retail Services and Products Test). Relatedly, a commenter suggested that, to increase the incentive for banks to engage in community development financing activities, the agencies should provide banks with the option of receiving qualitative consideration for community development lending under the Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        Numerous commenters asserted that the agencies' evaluation of home mortgage loans should not be a purely quantitative evaluation, and should consider qualitative factors related to the responsiveness of a bank's lending. Some commenters advocated for an impact review of home mortgage lending, with some of these commenters expressing the view that home purchase loans should receive more credit than other types of home mortgage lending. A few commenters urged the agencies to continue to evaluate a bank's use of innovative or flexible lending practices to address credit needs of low- and moderate-income individuals and geographic areas. Several commenters opined on the importance of home mortgage loans, particularly to minority, low-, moderate-, and middle-income individuals, and first-generation homebuyers, with a few commenters asserting that loans to these borrowers should receive extra consideration. A commenter stated that the agencies should award “extra credit” to banks for originating home mortgages involving community land trusts because such programs are designed to preserve affordable housing and prevent displacement. Another commenter suggested that banks should receive consideration for home mortgage products that address barriers to homeownership for underserved communities, such as appraisal bias and lack of down payment assistance. A commenter suggested that certain income-restricted mortgage assistance loans, including those made to middle-income borrowers, should receive positive consideration to incentivize 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6792"/>
                        banks to continue participating in these programs.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters asserted that the agencies should employ analysis of loan pricing and product terms to ensure that products are meeting local needs instead of extracting wealth. These commenters further recommended that the agencies evaluate how well loan products match local needs. Some commenters also suggested that the agencies should review the affordability and quality of loan terms in Retail Lending Test evaluations. Several of these commenters noted that banks should be penalized for offering high-cost loans that exceed State usury caps and borrowers' abilities to repay. A commenter emphasized that the agencies should review banks' small business lending and small farm lending qualitatively for predatory characteristics such as exorbitant interest rates or prepayment penalties.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are finalizing the proposed Retail Lending Test, with substantive modifications, clarifications, and technical revisions as described throughout the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22. As in the proposal, the Retail Lending Test adopted in the final rule generally incorporates metrics, but also includes qualitative aspects. Under the final rule, this metrics-based approach is supplemented with consideration of qualitative factors that are relevant to evaluating a bank's lending performance or lending opportunities, but that are not captured in the metrics, including the performance context factors in final § __.21(d) and the additional factors in final § __.22(g). In addition, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.23, the agencies note that the responsiveness of a bank's credit products and programs is considered under the Retail Services and Products Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Metrics-based Approach Generally.</E>
                         The agencies believe that it is appropriate to adopt a Retail Lending Test that leverages metrics. In particular, the agencies believe that the approach adopted in the final rule will facilitate robust examinations and positively increase transparency and consistency in retail lending evaluations compared to the current regulations. For example, the final rule sets clearer retail lending performance expectations by incorporating performance ranges for evaluating the distribution of a bank's closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans. These performance ranges incorporate market and community benchmarks to set thresholds for conclusion categories. Although this approach to use performance ranges represents a change from the current regulations, the agencies note that the final rule distribution metrics and benchmarks closely resemble the metrics and benchmarks used in CRA evaluations today.
                        <SU>809</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>809</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Interagency Large Institution CRA Examinations Procedures (April 2014) at 6-8; Interagency Intermediate Small Institution CRA Examination Procedures (July 2007) at 4-6; Interagency Small Institution CRA Examination Procedures (July 2007) at 4-6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Complexity of the metrics-based approach.</E>
                         The agencies have considered concerns expressed by a number of commenters regarding the complexity of the proposed Retail Lending Test. The agencies believe that the final rule Retail Lending Test appropriately balances the agencies' objectives of ensuring that CRA evaluations of retail lending performance are robust and comprehensive, providing greater consistency and transparency, and limiting overall complexity. As discussed throughout the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22, the final rule includes various changes, relative to the proposal, to simplify the Retail Lending Test while still achieving the agencies' objectives. For example, the final rule reduces the number of product lines considered under the Retail Lending Test and, for large banks, the number of product lines that would be evaluated in any retail lending assessment area. However, the agencies believe that certain aspects of the Retail Lending Test that were viewed by some commenters as complex are necessary to advance the agencies' objectives of increasing the consistency and transparency of CRA evaluations and maintaining robust evaluation standards that take into account the performance context of an area, including the local credit needs and opportunities. In particular, these aspects include the evaluation of the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's major product lines, the use of performance ranges to translate the bank's performance with respect to certain major product lines into supporting conclusions, and a standardized approach to developing Retail Lending Test conclusions for each Retail Lending Test Area and at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels.
                    </P>
                    <P>To further address concerns regarding the complexity of the Retail Lending Test, the agencies intend to develop data tools that will provide banks and the public with CRA information on specific Retail Lending Test Areas, including Retail Lending Test metrics, benchmarks, and performance ranges based on recent data. The agencies believe that these data tools will help banks monitor their retail lending performance relative to benchmarks and increase their familiarity with operation of the Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Application of metrics-based approach to different bank business models.</E>
                         The agencies have also considered feedback from some commenters that the proposed Retail Lending Test does not sufficiently account for differences in banks' business models. The agencies believe that the final rule Retail Lending Test approach appropriately accounts for differences in bank business models while also affirming the statute's focus on banks helping to meet the credit needs of their entire communities. In particular, the agencies believe that multiple elements of the final rule Retail Lending Test help to account for differences in bank business models, such as the following:
                    </P>
                    <P>• Tailored approaches to delineating retail lending assessment areas for large banks and to evaluating small banks and intermediate banks in their outside retail lending areas, depending on a bank's asset size and percentage of lending within its facility-based assessment areas, as discussed in the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.16 through __.18;</P>
                    <P>• Tailored evaluation of automobile loans for banks that are majority automobile lenders or that opt to have their automobile loans evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, as discussed below;</P>
                    <P>• Consideration of all of a bank's home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farms loans, and automobile loans, as applicable, under the Retail Lending Volume Screen, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(c);</P>
                    <P>• For a bank that does not meet or surpass the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a facility-based assessment area, consideration of the bank's business strategy as one of several “acceptable basis” factors, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(c)(3);</P>
                    <P>• Major product line standards that identify a bank's most significant product lines in a Retail Lending Test Area for evaluation under the distribution analysis, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d);</P>
                    <P>
                        • Calculation of bank distribution metrics based on the percentage, rather than the absolute number, of the bank's loans in a major product line in 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6793"/>
                        categories of designated census tracts and to categories of designated borrowers, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(e);
                    </P>
                    <P>• Weighting a bank's performance on each of its major product lines based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(f);</P>
                    <P>• Consideration of performance context and additional factors in assigning Retail Lending Test conclusions, as discussed in the section-by-section analyses of final § __.22(g) and (h); and</P>
                    <P>• Retention of the strategic plan option, which could result in appropriate modifications to the Retail Lending Test, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.27.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail Lending Test stringency.</E>
                         The agencies have considered commenters' concerns that the proposed Retail Lending Test as a whole was overly stringent and that achieving Retail Lending Test conclusions of “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” or “Low Satisfactory” would be overly difficult. The agencies analyzed historical CRA data to estimate the distribution of institution-level Retail Lending Test conclusions across banks, as well as recommended conclusions for different Retail Lending Test areas. A large majority of banks included in the historical analysis are estimated to have performed at a level consistent with an institution-level conclusion of “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” or “Low Satisfactory” based on the final rule provisions. The analysis informed the agencies' determination that the performance ranges for a “Low Satisfactory” or higher conclusion are generally attainable across a variety of circumstances, such as different Retail Lending Test Areas, bank asset-size categories, metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas, and time periods. This analysis and results are discussed further in the historical analysis subsection of this section of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        . In addition, the agencies have considered the stringency of particular aspects of the Retail Lending Test, such as the Retail Lending Volume Screen, discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(c), and the multipliers used to establish performance ranges, discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(f).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Inclusion of qualitative factors.</E>
                         Although the agencies believe the Retail Lending Test should generally be informed by metrics, they also believe that a purely metrics-based approach to evaluating a bank's retail lending performance could be inflexible and provide an incomplete picture of a bank's retail lending performance. For this reason, the final rule supplements the use of metrics with consideration of qualitative additional factors that are relevant to evaluating a bank's lending performance or lending opportunities, but that are not captured in the metrics or benchmarks, as discussed in the section-by-section analyses of final § __.22(c)(3) and (g). Additionally, the final rule specifies that the agencies will consider applicable performance context factors included in final § __.21(d) when assigning Retail Lending Test conclusions, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(h). Together, the agencies believe that these qualitative aspects of the Retail Lending Test will enhance examiners' evaluation of a bank's performance as captured by the Retail Lending Test's metrics and provide a more accurate picture of the bank's overall retail lending performance.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered commenter suggestions that specific qualitative factors, such as impact factors, should be incorporated into the Retail Lending Test, such as consideration of retail loan pricing and product terms and accounting for retail loans with predatory lending characteristics. The agencies believe that these considerations are appropriately addressed in other parts of the final rule. For example, the final rule includes a qualitative evaluation of a bank's responsive credit products and programs under the Retail Services and Products Test.
                        <SU>810</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, examiners may consider the affordability and quality of retail loan terms in consumer compliance examinations, and discriminatory or other illegal credit practices identified in these examinations would be taken into consideration in assigning a bank's CRA ratings, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.28(d).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>810</SU>
                             As discussed in the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.21, __.23, __.29, and __.30, large banks are subject to the Retail Services and Products Test, with banks of other sizes optionally subject to evaluation of credit and deposit products.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In addition, the agencies considered commenter feedback to provide banks with the option of receiving qualitative consideration for community development lending under the Retail Lending Test. However, the agencies believe that community development lending is appropriately, and comprehensively, considered under the Community Development Financing Test, the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks, the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test, and the Small Bank Lending Test, as applicable. For this reason, the final rule does not include qualitative consideration of community development loans under the Retail Lending Test. However, under the final rule, certain home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans considered under the distribution analysis of the Retail Lending Test may also be considered under the Community Development Financing Test or the Intermediate Bank Community Development Financing Test, as discussed in the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.24 and __.30.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Banks Evaluated for Automobile Lending</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to evaluate automobile lending for banks evaluated under the proposed Retail Lending Test. Specifically, under the proposed Retail Lending Volume Screen, discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(c), a bank's originated and purchased automobile loans in a facility-based assessment area would have been included in the Bank Volume Metric, which would be compared to a Market Volume Benchmark that would have included all originated automobile loans in counties wholly or partially within the facility-based assessment area reported by large banks that operated a branch in those counties.
                        <SU>811</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, under the proposed retail lending distribution analysis, discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d) through (f), the agencies would have evaluated the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's automobile loans in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area in which the bank's automobile loans constituted a major product line.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>811</SU>
                             The agencies proposed to require large banks with assets greater than $10 billion to collect, maintain, and report to the agencies certain automobile lending data, as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.42.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d), the agencies received numerous comments concerning the proposed evaluation approach for automobile lending under the Retail Lending Test, with some commenters supporting the evaluation of automobile loans using the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6794"/>
                        proposed metrics-based approach but with most commenters opposing or expressing significant concerns with the proposed approach.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters specifically addressed the applicability of the proposed Retail Lending Test evaluation approach for automobile loans to different types of banks. These commenters stated that the metrics-based approach should only apply to automobile loans at a bank's option or, according to one commenter, if automobile loans constituted a majority of a bank's retail lending.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are finalizing the proposal to evaluate banks' automobile lending under the Retail Lending Test, with substantive modifications including a narrower standard for when a bank is required to be evaluated for automobile lending relative to the proposed approach. Specifically, under the final rule, the agencies will evaluate automobile loans under the Retail Lending Test only if the bank is a majority automobile lender, or the bank opts to have its automobile loans evaluated.
                        <SU>812</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For banks that meet these criteria, automobile loans are included in their Bank Volume Metric in a facility-based assessment area, as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(c). In addition, the agencies will evaluate the distribution of these banks' automobile loans in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area in which automobile loans are a major product line, as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>812</SU>
                             As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12 (definition of “product line”), automobile loans are a Retail Lending Test product line for a majority automobile lender or a bank that opts to have its automobile loans evaluated.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Majority automobile lenders.</E>
                         As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12, the agencies have decided that the Retail Lending Test evaluation of automobile lending will be mandatory for banks that are majority automobile lenders. In incorporating the majority automobile lending standard, the agencies considered that the “substantial majority” standard in the current regulations applies to all consumer loans for large banks 
                        <SU>813</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and that a majority standard is, therefore, appropriate for evaluating automobile loans, which are a component of consumer loans. In addition, in deciding on a majority standard for when an evaluation of a bank's automobile lending is required, the agencies sought to balance the benefits of achieving a more comprehensive evaluation of a bank's retail lending, recognizing that adding automobile lending as a major product line would require an affected bank to collect and maintain automobile lending data, and considering that evaluations of consumer lending are currently only required for banks that meet a substantial majority standard. As a result of employing a majority standard, relative to a lower standard and to the proposed approach, the agencies believe that the final rule approach will reduce complexity because the automobile lending evaluation and related data requirements will apply to a smaller number of banks. Furthermore, the agencies further believe that the final rule provision to allow banks that are not a majority automobile lender to opt into the evaluation automobile loans appropriately increases flexibility for banks.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>813</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered, but are not adopting, an alternative approach to remove automobile lending entirely from the Retail Lending Test, or to make evaluation of automobile lending optional for all banks. The agencies believe that while this alternative approach would even further reduce complexity and data requirements for certain banks compared to the final rule approach, it could also result in evaluating a majority automobile lender under the Retail Lending Test without considering the bank's automobile loans. The agencies determined that evaluating the automobile lending of a majority automobile lender is important for an accurate and comprehensive evaluation of these banks, and that this approach appropriately takes into consideration the different tradeoffs discussed above.
                        <SU>814</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>814</SU>
                             Similarly, the agencies consider a bank's consumer loans under the current lending test if consumer lending constitutes a substantial majority of a bank's business. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.22(a)(1)-2 (interpreting the “substantial majority” standard in current 12 CFR __.22(a)(1)).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Based on supervisory experience and analysis of available data, the agencies anticipate that only a small number of banks are majority automobile lenders that would be required to have this product line evaluated under the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>815</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>815</SU>
                             For example, the agencies estimate that five banks with assets greater than $2 billion would currently meet the majority automobile lender standard based on Call Report automobile loan data, loans secured by residential properties, loans to small businesses, and loans to small farms from 2021-2022. Because of a lack of publicly available data on automobile loan originations and purchases, this analysis estimates the number of majority automobile lenders using Call Report data on the dollar value of outstanding loans on bank balance sheets, instead of the data on loans originated or purchased during the two years preceding the start of the evaluation period as described in final appendix A, paragraph II.b.3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12, the agencies will consider a bank to be a majority automobile lender if the following ratio, calculated at the institution level, exceeds 50 percent, based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count:</P>
                    <P>• The sum, over the two calendar years preceding the first year of the evaluation period, of the bank's automobile loans originated or purchased overall; divided by</P>
                    <P>• The sum, over the two calendar years preceding the first year of the evaluation period, of the bank's automobile loans, home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, and small farm loans originated or purchased overall.</P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that this approach should promote consistency and predictability by ensuring that a bank with an anomalously high volume of automobile loans in a single year is not automatically considered a majority automobile lender.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Banks that opt to have their automobile lending evaluated.</E>
                         The agencies believe it is appropriate to provide banks that are not majority automobile lenders the flexibility to opt to have their automobile loans evaluated because this product line can meaningfully serve low- and moderate-income individuals and communities and may be an important part of a bank's strategy for meeting community credit needs. Further, the agencies believe that providing this option will help tailor examinations to account for differences in bank business models, consistent with the agencies' objectives for CRA modernization.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Exclusion of Consumer Loans Other Than Automobile Loans</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies did not include consumer loans other than automobile loans as a major product line on the Retail Lending Test in proposed § __.22(a)(4)(i). Specifically, consumer credit card loans and other types of consumer loans that are not automobile loans would not be evaluated under the proposed Retail Lending Test, neither as part of the Retail Lending Volume Screen in facility-based assessment areas, nor within the distribution analysis of each of a bank's major product lines in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6795"/>
                        lending area. The agencies explained in the preamble to the proposed rule that consumer loans other than automobile loans span several product categories that are heterogeneous in meeting low- or moderate-income credit needs and are difficult to evaluate on a consistent quantitative basis under the Retail Lending Test. Further, the agencies stated that credit card lending is concentrated among a relatively small number of lenders (with many currently designated as limited purpose banks), and that evaluating consumer credit card loans using a metrics-based approach under the Retail Lending Test may require new data collection and reporting requirements because banks may not currently retain or have the capability to capture borrower income (at origination or subsequently as cardholders maintain their accounts), location, or other data fields relevant to constructing appropriate benchmarks for credit card lending. For these reasons, the agencies proposed to consider consumer loans other than automobile loans only under the responsive credit products and programs evaluation of the Retail Services and Products Test; this evaluation would assess whether a bank's credit products and programs are, in a safe and sound manner, responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, and would not include a distribution analysis.
                        <SU>816</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>816</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.23.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies requested feedback on whether consumer credit card loans should be included in CRA evaluations, whether those credit card loans should be evaluated quantitatively under the proposed Retail Lending Test or only qualitatively under the proposed Retail Services and Products Test, and whether data collection and reporting challenges for consumer credit card loans could adversely affect the accuracy of metrics. The agencies also sought feedback on whether they should adopt a qualitative approach to evaluate consumer loans and whether the qualitative evaluation should be limited to certain consumer loan categories or types.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">General comments on the evaluation of consumer loans other than automobile loans.</E>
                         Many commenters opined generally on the importance of consumer loans to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities, with several commenters suggesting that responsible consumer lending by banks can be a valuable alternative to predatory lending (such as payday loans, pawn shop loans, and high-cost credit card loans) and can help borrowers build credit. For example, a commenter stated that consumer loans can provide a record of payment-reporting to credit bureaus and can be an introduction to the banking system for the unbanked, benefitting low- and moderate-income borrowers. A commenter recommended consideration for consumer loan products that help low- and moderate-income borrowers refinance high-cost or predatory consumer loans. Another commenter stated that consumer loan products that banks develop collaboratively with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs should receive full consideration, whereas consumer loan products developed in collaboration with fintechs should receive credit only if the borrower is low- or moderate-income or is located in a low- or moderate-income or underserved geographic area.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters expressed general concerns with consumer loan programs offered by banks in cooperation with third parties. For example, several commenters stated that the agencies should scrutinize consumer loans that banks offer through partnerships with fintechs, especially so-called “rent-a-bank” partnerships, which commenters said could be used to evade interest rate caps and consumer protections established under State laws. Some of these commenters stated that such partnerships should be banned, while another commenter characterized these partnerships as wealth-stripping. A commenter also recommended that intermediate bank consumer lending should be evaluated, because many banks that partner with non-banks to engage in indirect consumer lending would fall into the new intermediate bank asset-size category.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Support for a quantitative evaluation of consumer loans.</E>
                         Some commenters supported consideration of consumer loans under the Retail Lending Test, and addressed how one or more of these loan categories should be evaluated as a major product line under the Retail Lending Test. For example, recommendations included: evaluating consumer loans and a category for small-dollar loans; combining automobile loans, credit card loans, and other consumer loans into a single major product line; evaluating automobile loans, credit card loans, and small-dollar loans each as a separate product line; evaluating direct and indirect consumer loans as a major product line under the Retail Lending Test; and including only direct consumer loans as a major product line. In addition, a commenter stated that, to incentivize banks to provide small-dollar loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers, the agencies should allow a bank to elect which subset of its consumer loans in any category are evaluated, without requiring the bank to have all loans in that category evaluated. A commenter stated that the agencies should ensure that small-dollar loans with interest rates above 36 percent are included in CRA evaluations and offered the view that examiners exclude these loans under the current rule, thus discouraging banks from offering these products. Conversely, another commenter recommended adding unsecured personal loans as a distinct major product line on the Retail Lending Test (separate from automobile loans, credit card loans, and other secured or unsecured loans), but defining this category to exclude “covered loans” under the CFPB's Payday Lending Rule to avoid incentivizing high-cost personal loans with annual percentage rates above 36 percent. This commenter also offered the perspective that automobile loans and personal loans have similarities, and that both should be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test using a distribution analysis; the commenter further stated that the proposal represented a step backward compared to the current rule under which consumer loans are evaluated under the lending test if consumer lending constitutes a substantial majority of a bank's business or at the bank's option.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        With respect to factors that should trigger an evaluation of consumer loan products as a major product line under the Retail Lending Test, commenters generally recommended a number of options. First, some commenters suggested that consumer loans should be evaluated only at the bank's option. For example, a commenter stated that making the evaluation of consumer loans optional would keep the focus of the Retail Lending Test on products that have been historically underrepresented in low- and moderate-income communities (namely, home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans). Second, some commenters stated that consumer loans should be automatically evaluated if they constitute a substantial portion or a majority of a bank's business, with a few commenters recommending retaining the current practice of evaluating consumer loans when they constitute a substantial majority or if a bank elects to have consumer loans considered and has collected and maintained the data. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6796"/>
                        Third, some commenters recommended applying a version of the proposed approach for other product lines tailored specifically to consumer loans. For example, a commenter recommended that consumer loans should trigger a major product line if they represent at least 30 percent of a bank's retail loans by number and 15 percent by dollar volume within an assessment area. A group of commenters suggested that the major product line standard for consumer loans should be the lesser of 15 percent by lending dollars or 50 loans. Another commenter recommended using an average of loan count and lending dollars in light of the fact that consumer loans tend to be smaller in loan amount.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Support for a qualitative evaluation of consumer loans other than automobile loans.</E>
                         Some commenters supported the proposal to qualitatively evaluate consumer loans other than automobile loans only under the Retail Services and Products Test, rather than also evaluating these loans quantitatively under the Retail Lending Test. For example, a commenter specified that consumer loans should be evaluated under the Retail Services and Products Test because that performance test allows for greater consideration of performance context, such as whether a bank ensures that a student loan borrower has exhausted any available Federal funds before taking out private loans. A few commenters also stated that evaluating consumer loans qualitatively allows the agencies to ascertain the purpose of consumer loans, emphasizing that minority business owners are more likely to request personal lines of credit and consumer loans for small business purposes and more likely to own businesses without employees.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Support for an evaluation of consumer loans under both the Retail Lending Test and the Retail Services and Products Test.</E>
                         Some commenters supported the evaluation of consumer loans other than automobile loans under both the Retail Lending Test and the Retail Services and Products Test. These commenters recommended a quantitative evaluation for consumer loans under the Retail Lending Test in combination with a qualitative evaluation under the proposed Retail Services and Products Test. These commenters offered a variety of rationales in support of this approach. For example, a few commenters stated that evaluating consumer loans under both performance tests would increase competition in the market for consumer loans to low- and moderate-income consumers and communities. Another commenter stated that the number and volume of consumer loans is considerable and that the importance of well-designed consumer loans to low- and moderate-income communities is substantial, making a qualitative-only evaluation of these loans inappropriate. A commenter expressed concern that evaluating consumer loans only under the Retail Services and Products Test, and not also under the Retail Lending Test, would result in insufficient consideration of these loans, particularly given the low proposed weighting assigned to that performance test. Another commenter reasoned that a quantitative analysis would help determine whether a bank is making consumer loans equitably in terms of geography and borrower income level, whereas a qualitative analysis would reveal whether the bank offers consumer loans that are accessible and affordable to low- and moderate-income borrowers and responsive to their credit needs.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Most commenters responding to the agencies' request for feedback specifically on how to evaluate consumer credit card loans also recommended that the agencies evaluate consumer credit card loans under both the Retail Services and Products Tests and, when credit card loans constitute a major product line, under the proposed Retail Lending Test. In general, these commenters stated that a purely quantitative evaluation of consumer credit card loans would be insufficient and could encourage unaffordable and abusive high-interest credit card lending. As such, some commenters that supported the hybrid evaluation of consumer credit card loans identified specific factors that should be included in the qualitative evaluation, including repayment rates, the affordability of terms (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         interest rates, fees, and penalties), and safeguards or features that minimize adverse credit outcomes. Another commenter identified difficulties in obtaining information that the commenter viewed as necessary for evaluating the responsiveness of a consumer credit card loan, such as how and why a consumer is using a credit card loan (as opposed to another loan product), whether the credit card loan terms are responsive to the consumer's needs, and how equitable the terms are for low- and moderate-income and minority consumers compared to other consumers.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters that supported evaluation of consumer credit card loans under the Retail Lending Test and Retail Services and Product Test addressed the agencies' request for feedback on what data collection and reporting challenges, if any, might exist for credit cards that could adversely affect the accuracy of metrics and benchmarks. These commenters disputed the proposal's suggestion that banks may not currently retain or have the capability to capture credit card borrower income, at origination or subsequently, as the reason not to evaluate this product line under the Retail Lending Test. These commenters asserted that banks generally collect borrower income information on consumer credit card applications or at the time a credit card is issued, and suggested that the benefits of a metrics-based approach to evaluating consumer credit card lending (including more competition and better rates for low- and moderate-income consumers) would outweigh the modest cost of requiring banks to report this data. However, a commenter, opposing credit card lending in CRA evaluations altogether, expressed a different view that banks make underwriting decisions primarily based on an applicant's creditworthiness as revealed through credit bureaus, and borrower income information is not usually validated by banks; this commenter further stated that the operational nature of credit card lending would not easily support the need for data collection and reporting.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Opposition to CRA evaluation of consumer lending.</E>
                         There were also commenters that expressed opposition to the consideration of consumer loans under either the Retail Lending Test or the Retail Services and Products Test. For example, a few commenters opposed the proposal to qualitatively evaluate consumer loans and suggested that consumer loans should not be evaluated in CRA examinations. These commenters emphasized that a bank's consumer loans are already subject to examination under consumer lending laws, and asserted that evaluating these same loans under the CRA would be duplicative and cause inefficiencies for both bank staff and the agencies. Additionally, a few commenters specifically advocated for the exclusion of consumer credit card lending from CRA evaluations. These commenters argued that including consumer credit card loans in CRA evaluations could incentivize banks to provide this high-cost form of financing to consumers. One of these commenters additionally stated that including consumer credit card loans would distract from more important wealth-building credit products, such as home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans. Relatedly, a commenter advised that the agencies should carefully assess 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6797"/>
                        whether to include consumer credit card loans in CRA evaluations, weighing the desire for a comprehensive evaluation of a bank's lending performance against the risk of supporting lending that may be harmful to households.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed below, final § __.22(d)(1) retains the proposed approach of not including consumer loans other than automobile loans as a major product line for evaluation using distribution metrics in the Retail Lending Test. Under the final rule, as under the proposal, consumer loans other than automobile loans by large banks will be evaluated under the Retail Services and Products Test (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         the section-by-section analysis of final § __.23(c)(2)). Also, as proposed, intermediate banks, and small banks that opt into the Retail Lending Test, may seek additional consideration for consumer lending products and programs that qualify for evaluation under the Retail Services and Products Test.
                        <SU>817</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Additionally, these loans are not quantitatively considered in the Retail Lending Volume Screen, although they may be considered as an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold pursuant to final § __.22(c)(3)(i)(A).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>817</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.21.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies have considered, but decline to adopt, commenter feedback either to evaluate consumer loans other than automobile loans only under the Retail Lending Test or to evaluate these loans under both the Retail Lending Test and the Retail Services and Products Test. In determining that consumer loans other than automobile loans should be evaluated only under the Retail Services and Products Test, the agencies considered challenges and downsides of a quantitative distribution analysis of these loans under the Retail Lending Test. The agencies continue to believe that the heterogeneity of consumer loan products other than automobile loans would make these products challenging to evaluate appropriately under a distribution analysis. In particular, to evaluate consumer loans other than automobile loans under the Retail Lending Test, the agencies would need to define one or more categories of consumer loan products that may be reasonably compared across banks, so that bank metrics and corresponding benchmarks are sufficiently comparable. The agencies believe that the diversity of consumer product line delineations suggested by commenters illustrates the challenge of this approach. In addition, even if consumer loan products other than automobile loans could be reasonably disaggregated into discrete categories, doing so may introduce multiple new product lines into the Retail Lending Test, with the possibility that the bank has too few loans of any specific category to evaluate as a major product line. The additional product lines would involve additional metrics, benchmarks, and weights, thereby increasing the complexity of the evaluation. The agencies considered that including consumer loans other than automobile loans as a major product line under the Retail Lending Test would impose additional data collection and maintenance requirements on banks. Specifically, for the agencies to evaluate these loans using a distribution analysis, banks would need to collect and maintain data including borrower income and census tract, among other indicators, for each loan. The agencies also considered the potential unintended effects of a distribution analysis if these loans were evaluated under the Retail Lending Test—for example, evaluation under a distribution analysis could inadvertently encourage a bank to issue credit cards to customers who already have access to a consumer credit card, which may not be responsive to community credit needs. In addition, the agencies considered that a distribution analysis would not account for any fees or interest rates associated with these products, which the agencies believe is important to determining whether the products are serving the credit needs of the community.</P>
                    <P>
                        In determining to evaluate consumer loans other than automobile loans under the Retail Services and Products Test, rather than excluding these loans entirely from the CRA evaluation, the agencies have considered the importance of these loans to consumers. Specifically, the agencies have considered feedback from some commenters noting the importance of credit card and personal loans, including that these loans can represent a foundational credit product that serves as a point of access to the banking system, by which consumers can build a positive credit history and that these loans can further serve as an alternative to higher-priced financing options provided by non-banks. Conversely, the agencies have also considered that some commenters disagreed with evaluating these loans under the Retail Services and Products Test, with a few suggesting that other consumer lending laws are sufficient and that an evaluation would be duplicative, that providing small-dollar and personal loans would not be incentivized, and that evaluating credit cards would distract from more wealth-building products (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans). However, the agencies believe that a qualitative evaluation of consumer lending, including consumer loans other than automobile loans, would contribute to an evaluation of whether a bank is meeting the credit needs of its entire community.
                    </P>
                    <P>In adopting the final rule approach, the agencies have also determined that the responsive credit product evaluation in the Retail Services and Products Test is well suited to consider the different aspects of a bank's consumer loans other than automobile loans, including aspects of these loans raised by commenters. The final rule approach in the Retail Service and Products Test includes a responsive credit products and programs evaluation that qualitatively reviews a bank's responsiveness to community credit needs, including low- and moderate-income individuals and communities; this provision is discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.23(c)(2). For example, under the Retail Services and Products Test, the agencies will review the responsiveness of a bank's consumer loans, which may include the type of consumer product offered, the number of low- and moderate-income customers served, and whether the loan product has any accommodative features such as alternative credit scoring or underwriting. The responsive credit products evaluation could also consider other factors, such as whether the bank offers small-dollar loans with reasonable terms, offers credit-building opportunities via secured credit cards or secured personal loans, or engages in responsible cash flow-based underwriting for customers with thin or no credit files. The agencies have considered commenter feedback that there will not be adequate information to assess the responsiveness of a consumer credit product or program. However, the agencies expect that examiners will have the necessary information for this evaluation, including by obtaining information from banks at the time of their examination, as is the case in examinations today, as well as considering public feedback and other available information.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have also considered commenter feedback that the final rule approach for consumer loans that are not automobile loans is a step backward, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6798"/>
                        as well as commenter feedback that there will be insufficient consideration of consumer loans with a 15 percent weight assigned to the proposed Retail Services and Products Test. The agencies believe that the final rule takes an appropriate approach to evaluating consumer loans that are not automobile loans, as discussed above. In addition to the points raised above, the agencies have also considered that banks with a sizeable consumer lending portfolio that would meet the agencies' substantial majority standard under current guidance may elect an alternative evaluation under the final rule. For example, a bank that does a significant amount of consumer lending could seek approval under the strategic plan option.
                        <SU>818</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under an approved strategic plan, a bank may add additional product lines outside those that are considered under the Retail Lending Test, in its plan, such as consumer lending products other than automobile loans. Alternatively, a bank, such as a credit card lender may request designation as a limited purpose bank as provided in final § __.26(a), the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks. If approved, the bank would only be evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks and consumer lending would not be considered in evaluating the bank's performance. For further discussion of this aspect of the final rule, see the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.12 (definition of “limited purpose bank”) and __.26.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>818</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.27(g)(1) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered commenter concerns about requiring the evaluation of an intermediate bank's consumer lending, citing that many banks that partner with non-banks to engage in indirect consumer lending would fall into the new intermediate bank asset-size category. The agencies note that, under final § __.21(a)(2)(i), intermediate banks will be evaluated under Retail Lending Test and the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test, unless an intermediate bank chooses to have its community development loans and investments evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test. Therefore, consumer lending other than automobile lending will only be evaluated if an intermediate bank opts for additional consideration 
                        <SU>819</SU>
                         under the Retail Services and Products Test as this test does not apply to intermediate banks. The agencies believe that the final rule approach for intermediate banks balances the agencies' objectives of tailoring performance standards for banks of different sizes while still allowing appropriate consideration of consumer loans, other than automobile loans, under the Retail Services and Products Test.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies have also considered commenter sentiment to limit consideration provided for consumer loan programs offered in cooperation with third parties, specifically with fintechs, when there is not an explicit purpose to serve low- and moderate-income census tracts and borrowers or if the third party provides loans at rates higher than State laws allow. The agencies note that, as part of evaluating credit product and programs as responsive under the Retail Services and Products Test, examiners would consider whether loan terms are affordable for low-and moderate-income consumers. The agencies also note that evaluation of banks' third-party risk management is outside the scope of this rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Inclusion of Purchased Loans</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to include a bank's purchased loans in a bank's metrics for purposes of the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>820</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, under the proposal, a bank's purchased loans would be included in the bank volume metric used in the retail lending volume screen and the retail lending distribution metrics used to evaluate a bank's major product lines.
                        <SU>821</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>820</SU>
                             The agencies consider a bank's origination and purchase of loans under the current lending test. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(a)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>821</SU>
                             However, as discussed in the section-by-section analyses of final § __.22(c) and (e), the agencies proposed to exclude purchased loans from the market benchmarks against which a bank's metrics would be compared.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In proposing to include purchased loans in a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics, the agencies explained that purchased loans can provide liquidity to banks and other lenders, such as CDFIs, and extend their capacity to originate loans to low- and moderate-income individuals and in low- and moderate-income areas. The agencies noted that banks may also purchase loans to develop business opportunities in markets where they otherwise lack the physical presence to originate loans.</P>
                    <P>
                        At the same time, the agencies acknowledged stakeholder concerns that purchased loans should not receive the same consideration as originated loans under the Retail Lending Test, because purchases require fewer business development and borrower outreach resources than originations. In addition, the agencies noted that despite their potential value in increasing secondary market liquidity, loan purchases may do less to extend the availability of credit than new originations, especially where loan purchases do not directly provide liquidity to the originator.
                        <SU>822</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>822</SU>
                             Further, the agencies specifically acknowledged the possibility that loans made to low- or moderate-income borrowers or in low- or moderate-income census tracts could be purchased and sold repeatedly by different banks, with each bank receiving credit under the Retail Lending Test equivalent to the bank that originated the loans. In such cases, the agencies noted that the repurchase of loans would not provide additional liquidity to the originating bank nor additional benefit for low- and moderate-income borrowers and areas. For this reason, the agencies proposed to consider as an additional factor in assigning Retail Lending Test conclusions whether a bank purchased retail loans for the sole or primary purpose of influencing its retail lending performance evaluation. This proposed additional factor is discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(g).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies sought feedback on whether retail loan purchases should be treated as equivalent to loan originations in a bank's metrics for purposes of the Retail Lending Test. If so, the agencies asked whether only certain loan purchases should be included, such as loans purchased from a CDFI or directly purchased from the originator, and whether other restrictions should be placed on the inclusion of purchased loans in a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received feedback on the proposed inclusion of purchased loans in a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics from a variety of commenters, summarized below.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Support for including purchased loans in a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics.</E>
                         Many commenters generally supported including purchased loans in a bank's metrics for purposes of the retail lending volume screen and the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test. These commenters pointed to various reasons why purchased loans should be included in a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics, including that: purchased loans provide essential liquidity to the affordable housing finance ecosystem and extend the capacity of mission-driven lenders; including purchased loans encourages banks to serve as correspondent lenders and allows banks to test and learn about business opportunities in markets where they lack on-the-ground resources to originate loans, ultimately increasing credit availability; and banks purchasing seasoned delinquent loans from other lenders and acting as loan servicers can help borrowers maintain homeownership. A few commenters 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6799"/>
                        suggested that excluding purchased loans from a bank's metrics would force some banks to alter their safe and sound business plans because they have few options other than to purchase loans to obtain CRA credit. Commenters also indicated that originating CRA-qualifying loans (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         loans to low-income borrowers) in certain high-cost areas can be difficult for some banks due to significant market competition for those loans.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters stressed the importance of including particular types of purchased loans in a bank's metrics for purposes of the Retail Lending Test, especially home mortgage loans. For example, a commenter warned that banks would exit the home mortgage market if purchased home mortgage loans do not receive positive CRA credit. A commenter noted that excluding purchased small business loans from a bank's metrics would punish certain banks that provide indirect commercial automobile loans, which are categorized as purchased loans.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Limitations on the inclusion of purchased loans in a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics.</E>
                         Many commenters stated that the inclusion of purchased loans in a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics should be subject to limitations. In general, these commenters stated that only certain purchased loans should be included in a bank's metrics, depending on characteristics of the purchased loan, including its impact, or the originating lender.
                    </P>
                    <P>Several commenters stated generally that the Retail Lending Test should prioritize loan originations over loan purchases. A few commenters recommended weighting purchased loans less than originations in a bank's metrics for purposes of the Retail Lending Test, with some of these commenters emphasizing that originating a loan requires more time and effort than purchasing a loan, particularly in the case of low-income borrowers and minority borrowers. Additionally, one of these commenters pointed out that purchased loans have lower upfront investment costs. A few commenters recommended evaluating purchased loans separately from originations under the Retail Lending Test, with one of these commenters stating that purchased loans should be a separate major product line under the distribution analysis component and receive less weight than originations in determining a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusions.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters stated that any evaluation of purchased loans under the Retail Lending Test should focus on their impact on communities, including how purchased loans facilitate wealth-building and increase access to credit for low- and moderate-income and minority borrowers. Some commenters expressed the view that most purchased loans should be excluded from a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics, but that an exception should be made for purchased loans that result in a demonstrable benefit to low- and moderate-income borrowers, such as more favorable loan terms or a reduction in loan principal.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters suggested different treatment of purchased loans based on the extent of secondary market access of the originating lender. For example, a commenter suggested that loans purchased from an originator with limited access to the secondary market should be weighted equally to a bank's originations for purposes of a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics, while loans purchased from an originator with access to the secondary markets should be weighted less than loans originated by the bank.</P>
                    <P>A number of commenters recommended that only retail loans purchased from mission-driven lenders, such as CDFIs, MDIs, and WDIs, should be included in a bank's metrics for purposes of the Retail Lending Test. One of these commenters stated that mission-driven lenders face liquidity challenges that inhibit their ability to make non-housing loans, given the lack of maturity and smaller scale of these markets, and that giving banks CRA credit for the purchase of such loans would free up balance sheet space for mission-driven lenders to make additional housing loans. A commenter explained that including loans purchased from CDFIs in a bank's metrics would be appropriate because CDFIs are certified for their ability to reach underserved borrowers, while another commenter suggested that including such purchased loans in a bank's metrics would encourage banks to enter into broader partnerships with mission-driven lenders that support small businesses where they operate.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters recommended that only retail loans purchased from the originator, but not subsequent purchases, should be included in a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics, with a commenter noting that this treatment would ensure a sufficient level of liquidity without inappropriately promoting loan purchases. A few commenters stated that including the initial purchase of a retail loan in a bank's metrics would benefit banks that serve as master servicer to state housing finance programs, which commenters indicated is a vital service for low- and moderate-income areas. In a similar vein, a few commenters suggested that initial loan purchases should be included in a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics as equivalent to loan originations, but subsequent purchases should receive less credit in order to eliminate the incentive to continually resell the same loans. For example, a commenter stated that retail loans should not be included in a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics beyond the second purchase (excluding any initial, contractually required purchase by the bank from a vendor-originator), stating that this limit would accommodate intermediaries that frequently purchase loans to enhance the liquidity of the originator. Another commenter stated that the agencies should establish a reasonable limit on the number of times a loan could be sold before the loan would cease to be included in a purchasing bank's Retail Lending Test metrics.</P>
                    <P>Finally, other commenters suggested different parameters regarding the inclusion of purchased loans in a bank's metrics for purposes of the Retail Lending Test, including a recommendation to exclude loans purchased from nonbank originators. For example, a commenter noted that including purchased loans with excessively high interest rates in a bank's metrics would undermine the goals of the CRA, citing as an example small business loans with extremely high annual percentage rates purchased by banks from fintech companies. The same commenter also suggested excluding purchased loans for which the risk of loss is effectively maintained at the originating lender, such as when the purchasing bank has the right to request a substitution of the loan if the borrower defaults without providing any additional capital to the originating lender.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Opposition to including purchased loans in a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics.</E>
                         A few commenters opposed including any purchased loans in a bank's metrics for purposes of the Retail Lending Test, with some of these commenters stating that a bank should not be allowed to buy its way to a passing CRA rating, and that by including both loan originations and loan purchases in the Retail Lending Test metrics, the agencies would be double counting the same loans. Commenters also indicated that purchased loans are generally less responsive to the credit needs of low- and moderate-income areas than originations. For example, a commenter pointed to a research paper indicating that the inclusion of purchased loans in 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6800"/>
                        CRA examinations did not increase access to credit for low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities.
                        <SU>823</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter similarly stated that purchased loans originated by another bank are low-impact activities that should be ineligible for CRA credit.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>823</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Kenneth P. Brevoort, Bd. of Governors of the Fed. Rsrv. Sys., “Does Giving CRA Credit for Loan Purchases Increase Mortgage Credit in Low-to-Moderate Income Communities?” Finance and Economics Discussion Series 2022-047 (June 7, 2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/econres/feds/files/2022047pap.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Treatment of purchased small business loans.</E>
                         Several commenters requested clarification regarding whether purchased small business loans would be included in a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics following the transition to using section 1071 data because the CFPB Section 1071 Proposed Rule stated that purchased loans would not be reported.
                        <SU>824</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A few of these commenters suggested that the agencies should give banks the option to report purchased small business loans for inclusion in the bank's Retail Lending Test metrics if the CFPB's final rule does not include purchased loans.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>824</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             86 FR 56356, 56413 (Oct. 8, 2021).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are finalizing the proposal to include purchased loans in a bank's metrics for purposes of the Retail Lending Test. Specifically, under the final rule, a bank's purchased loans are included in the Bank Volume Metric used in the Retail Lending Volume Screen as well as in the bank's metrics used in the distribution analysis of the bank's major product lines.
                        <SU>825</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>825</SU>
                             As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(e), purchased loans are excluded from the market benchmarks against which the bank's metrics are compared, consistent with the proposal. In addition, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(g), in assigning Retail Lending Test conclusions to a bank, the agencies consider information indicating that the bank purchased closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, or automobile loans for the sole or primary purpose of inappropriately enhancing its retail lending performance.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Including purchased loans in a bank's metrics for purposes of the Retail Lending Test reflects the agencies' belief that purchased loans can support originations of loans to low- and moderate-income individuals and in low- and moderate-income census tracts. Specifically, loan purchases can enhance the liquidity of originated loans and thereby make capital available for lenders that are actively originating loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers and in low- and moderate-income census tracts, when their capacity to originate additional loans might otherwise be constrained. The agencies believe that excluding purchased loans from a bank's metrics could potentially disadvantage originating lenders that have limited access to the secondary market, such as a lender that is not an approved seller or servicer with Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. In addition, the agencies considered that including purchased loans in evaluating retail lending performance is consistent with the current lending test evaluation approach.</P>
                    <P>As in the proposal, the final rule includes both originated loans and purchased loans in a bank's metrics without assigning greater weight to loan originations. In reaching this determination, the agencies considered commenter sentiment that purchased loans should receive a lower weight than originations because of the viewpoint that they require less effort and upfront investment costs compared to originations and that they may be less impactful than originated loans. However, the agencies also considered that weighting loan originations and purchases differently would make the Retail Lending Test metrics more complex and may have unintended consequences of reducing liquidity for loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities, as noted above. The agencies also considered that it would be challenging to determine a fixed weight to assign to purchased loans that appropriately reflects the impact of those purchases relative to originated loans because the impact of a bank's originations and purchases of loans could vary based on a number of factors, including the credit needs and opportunities of the community. Furthermore, to address the potential downsides of including purchased loans in the Retail Lending Test metrics used to evaluate a bank, the agencies have included an additional factor in final § __.22(g)(1), which is discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(g).</P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, the agencies have also considered the impact of including purchased loans in a bank's metrics for purposes of the Retail Lending Test (and weighting loan purchases equal to loan originations) using historical data from 2018-2020. In this analysis, the agencies compared the distribution of estimated Retail Lending Test conclusions across facility-based assessment areas that would have resulted had the final rule approach been in effect during those years to the distribution of estimated conclusions that would have resulted from including only loan originations in a bank's distribution metrics. Based on the agencies' estimates, roughly similar percentages of facility-based assessment areas for banks included in the analysis would have received higher recommended conclusions (6.5 percent) or lower recommended conclusions (8.2 percent) if loan purchases were not included in the bank's metrics.
                        <SU>826</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Given these results, the agencies have concluded that the impact of removing purchased loans from the Retail Lending Test bank metrics could have different impacts on different banks. As discussed above, the agencies have determined to include purchased loans in bank metrics, coupled with the additional factor in final § __.22(g)(1). The agencies believe that this approach strikes an appropriate balance of avoiding unintended consequences of reducing liquidity for loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities while also putting in place provisions to help ensure that loan purchases are not used for the purpose of inappropriately enhancing a bank's retail lending performance.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>826</SU>
                             This analysis was calculated over the 2018-2020 period for a set of intermediate banks and large banks that are both CRA and HMDA reporters. Bank asset size was determined using 2019 and 2020 year-end assets data. Wholesale banks, limited purpose banks, strategic plan banks, and banks that did not have at least one facility-based assessment area in a U.S. State or the District of Columbia were excluded from the analysis. Facility-based assessment areas that were not delineated in 2020 were also excluded. The analysis used home mortgage lending, small business lending, small farm lending, and deposits data from the CRA Analytics Data Tables. This analysis did not incorporate the Retail Lending Volume Screen.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies considered, but are not adopting, a commenter suggestion to disaggregate loan originations from loan purchases by evaluating purchased loans as a separate major product line under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test. The agencies believe that disaggregating originations from purchases is contrary to the intent discussed above in deciding to evaluate a bank's originations and purchased loans as part of the same analysis. In addition, the agencies believe that evaluating purchased loans as a separate product line would add to the complexity of the distribution analysis without sufficiently compensating benefits. The agencies also considered that there may not be sufficient data to construct robust market benchmarks based on only purchased small business and small farm loans once the agencies transition to using section 1071 data, which will not include purchased loans.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered, but are not adopting, alternative approaches suggested by commenters of including only certain purchased loans in a bank's 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6801"/>
                        Retail Lending Test metrics, or excluding certain purchased loans from a bank's Retail Lending Test metrics. The agencies believe that identifying particular types of purchased loans and either including or excluding these loan purchases from the banks' metrics adds a level of complexity to the Retail Lending Test and the reporting of purchased loans, and presents implementation challenges due to data availability. For example, loans originated or purchased by a financial institution that is not a HMDA reporter are not captured in HMDA data, and as a result, it is not possible to consistently identify how many times a purchased loan has been purchased since its origination, or identify the initial originator of the loan. Similarly, HMDA data do not identify the extent of access to the secondary market for all originating lenders that banks may be purchasing loans from. CRA small business and small farm data are even more limited in that these data do not identify the originating lender of a small business loan that is purchased by a bank, and do not indicate the number of times a loan has been sold.
                    </P>
                    <P>With respect to comments suggesting that any evaluation of purchased loans should focus on community impact, such as increasing access to credit for low- and moderate-income and minority borrowers, or increasing loans purchased from mission-driven lenders, the agencies recognize the importance of supporting such institutions in their efforts to provide access to credit and other financial services in traditionally underserved communities. The agencies note that the final rule includes as part of the Retail Services and Products Test an evaluation of whether a bank's credit products and programs—including loans purchased from MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs—are, in a safe and sound manner, responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, residents of low- and moderate-income census tracts, small businesses, and small farms. This provision is discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.23(c). In addition to considering the responsiveness of a bank's purchased loans qualitatively under the Retail Services and Products Test, the agencies believe that it is also important to evaluate a bank's purchased loans quantitatively under the Retail Lending Test because loan purchases may help to meet the credit needs of low- and moderate-income borrowers, small businesses and small farms, and low- and moderate-income census tracts.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Treatment of purchased small business loans and small farm loans.</E>
                         As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.42, the final rule provides that once section 1071 data is used in CRA evaluations, a bank may, at its option, have purchased small business loans included in its Retail Lending Test metrics if the bank collects and maintains data on these loans. The agencies have considered that the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule does not require the reporting of purchased loans.
                        <SU>827</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, the agencies determined that it is appropriate to provide banks with the option to collect and maintain data on their purchased small business loans and small farm loans for consideration in Retail Lending Test metrics once the agencies transition to using section 1071 data for CRA evaluations. The agencies believe that the optional inclusion of purchased small business loans and small farm loans in a bank's metrics appropriately tailors the evaluation approach to different bank business models, including those that involve purchases of these loan types as part of the bank's strategy for meeting the credit needs of the community. In addition, the agencies believe the final rule approach of allowing banks to continue to include purchased small business and small farm loans in the bank's metrics once the agencies transition to using section 1071 data will provide continuity with the current approach, which includes purchased small business loans in a bank's distribution metrics.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>827</SU>
                             A covered entity under the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule will not be required to report small business lending data on purchased loans because purchased loans are not considered “covered credit transactions.” 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1002.104(b) and associated Official Interpretation.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(a) and (b) Retail Lending Test—In General and Methodology Overview</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Proposed § __.22(a) addressed the scope of the Retail Lending Test. Proposed § __.22(a)(1) provided that the Retail Lending Test would evaluate a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its facility-based assessment areas through a bank's origination and purchase of retail loans in each facility-based assessment area. In addition, proposed § __.22(a) set forth the geographic areas in which large banks and intermediate banks would be evaluated under the proposed Retail Lending Test and the major product lines that would have been evaluated under the distribution analysis. The proposed major product line standard is discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d).</P>
                    <P>Proposed § __.22(b) described the methodology of the proposed Retail Lending Test. Specifically, proposed § __.22(b)(1) provided that the agencies would first review numerical metrics, developed under proposed § __.22(c), regarding a bank's retail lending volume in each facility-based assessment area. Proposed § __.22(b)(2) provided that the agencies would also employ numerical metrics, developed under proposed § __.22(d), to evaluate the geographic and borrower distribution of a bank's major product lines in each facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, and outside retail lending area, as applicable. Proposed § __.22(b)(3) provided that the agencies would also use the additional factors described in proposed § __.22(e) to evaluate a bank's retail lending performance in its facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Although the agencies received numerous comments, discussed above, on the overall Retail Lending Test framework, including the use of a metrics-based approach in general, the agencies did not receive comments on the specific language of proposed § __.22(a) and(b).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are finalizing a modified version of proposed § __.22(a) and (b). Similar to the proposal, final § __.22(a) and (b) address the general scope and methodology of the Retail Lending Test. However, the agencies have modified final § __.22(a) and (b) from the proposal to reflect changes to the Retail Lending Test framework discussed throughout the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22.</P>
                    <P>
                        • Final § __.22(a)—
                        <E T="03">Retail Lending Test</E>
                        —clarifies which product lines will be evaluated pursuant to the Retail Lending Test and further clarifies when automobile loans will be evaluated. Specifically, final § __.22(a)(1)—
                        <E T="03">In general</E>
                        —provides generally that the Retail Lending Test evaluates a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community through the bank's origination and purchase of home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, and small farm loans.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Final § __.22(a)(2)—
                        <E T="03">Automobile loans</E>
                        —provides that the Retail Lending Test also evaluates a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community through the bank's origination and purchase of automobile 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6802"/>
                        loans if the bank is a majority automobile lender or if the bank opts to have it automobile loans evaluated under the Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Final § __.22(b)—
                        <E T="03">Methodology overview—</E>
                        describes the Retail Lending Test's methodology with additional detail than provided in proposed § __.22(b) in order to increase clarity.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Final § __.22(b)(1)—
                        <E T="03">Retail Lending Volume Screen</E>
                        —provides that the agencies consider whether a bank meets or surpasses the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in each facility-based assessment area pursuant to the Retail Lending Volume Screen in final § __.22(c).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Final § __.22(b)(2)—
                        <E T="03">Retail lending distribution analysis</E>
                        —provides that except as provided in final § __.22(b)(5), the agencies evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of each of a bank's major product lines in each Retail Lending Test Area, as provided in final § __.22(d) and (e).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Final § __.22(b)(3)—
                        <E T="03">Retail Lending Test recommended conclusions</E>
                        —provides that except as provided in final § __.22(b)(5), the agencies develop a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion pursuant to final § __.22(f) for each Retail Lending Test Area.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Final § __.22(b)(4)—
                        <E T="03">Retail Lending Test conclusions</E>
                        —provides that the agencies' determination of a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusion for a Retail Lending Test Area is informed by the bank's Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion for the Retail Lending Test Area, performance context factors as provided in final § __.21(d), and the additional factors provided in final § __.22(g).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Final § __.22(b)(5)—
                        <E T="03">Exceptions</E>
                        —describes two exceptions to the general four-step methodology discussed above.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Final § __.22(b)(5)(i)—
                        <E T="03">No major product line</E>
                        — provides that if a bank has no major product line in a facility-based assessment area, the agencies assign the bank a Retail Lending Test conclusion for that facility-based assessment area based upon the bank's performance on the Retail Lending Volume Screen pursuant to final § __.22(c), the performance context factors provided in final § __.21(d), and the additional factors provided in final § __.22(g). This final rule provision specifies that the distribution analysis in final § __.22(d) through (f) does not apply to a facility-based assessment area in which there are no major product lines. There may not be a major product line, for example, where a bank maintains a deposit-taking facility and only conducts consumer lending other than automobile lending. The agencies determined that this provision adds clarity regarding evaluation procedures in cases where the proposed distribution analysis does not apply to a bank's business model in a facility-based assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Final § __.22(b)(5)(ii)—
                        <E T="03">Banks that lack an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold</E>
                        —provides how the agencies assign a Retail Lending Test conclusion for a facility-based assessment area in which a bank lacks an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Volume Threshold. Consistent with the proposed approach, these facility-based assessment areas do not receive a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion based on a distribution analysis. The agencies have revised the final's rule regulatory text relative to the proposal to make more clear that, as described in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(c)(3)(iii), the agencies will instead consider such a bank's performance on the Retail Lending Volume Screen, the distribution analysis, the performance context factors in final § __.21(d), and the additional factors in final § __.22(g) in assigning a conclusion. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22(c), and consistent with the proposed approach, a large bank that lacks an acceptable basis for not meeting the screen is limited to a Retail Lending Test conclusion of either “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” in that facility-based assessment area. An intermediate bank, or a small bank that opts to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, that lacks an acceptable basis for not meeting the screen is eligible for any Retail Lending Test conclusion in that facility-based assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(c) Retail Lending Volume Screen</HD>
                    <P>
                        In final § __.22(c) and section I of final appendix A, the agencies are adopting the proposal to incorporate in the evaluation of a bank's retail lending performance a Retail Lending Volume Screen, which will measure the total dollar amount of a bank's retail lending relative to its presence and capacity to lend, based on deposits, in a facility-based assessment area compared to other lenders.
                        <SU>828</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies developed the Retail Lending Volume Screen to provide more rigor, clarity, consistency, and transparency in the evaluation of retail lending for banks evaluated under the final Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>828</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22(c) and final appendix A, section I; 
                            <E T="03">see also supra</E>
                             note 145.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The final rule's Retail Lending Volume Screen reflects certain substantive, technical, and clarifying revisions to the proposed Retail Lending Volume Screen, as discussed below. The agencies have also reorganized the proposed regulatory text to provide additional clarity and consistency by: (1) in final § __.22(c)(1), defining the volume screen components; (2) in final § __.22(c)(2), outlining the agencies' approach regarding banks that meet or surpass the volume screen's threshold; and (3) in final § __.22(c)(3), outlining the agencies' approach regarding banks that do not meet the screen's threshold.</P>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposal, final § __.22(c)(1) provides that, for a bank evaluated under to the Retail Lending Test, the Retail Lending Volume Screen will measure the bank's lending volume relative to its deposits in a facility-based assessment area, calculated as a Bank Volume Metric, and compare the Bank Volume Metric to a Market Volume Metric, which measures the lending of all banks in the facility-based assessment area relative to their deposits. The bank will meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in that facility-based assessment area if the bank has a Bank Volume Metric of 30 percent or greater of the Market Volume Benchmark.</P>
                    <P>
                        Final § __.22(c)(2) and (c)(3)(ii) provide that, for a bank that meets or surpasses the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a facility-based assessment area, or that has an acceptable basis for not meeting or surpassing the threshold—as provided in final § __.22(c)(3)(i) and discussed further below— the agencies will develop a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion for the facility-based assessment area, which could range from “Outstanding” to “Substantial Noncompliance.” 
                        <SU>829</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>829</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22(d) and (f) and the accompanying section-by-section analyses.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, final § __.22(c)(3)(iii)(A) provides that large banks that lack an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold will be limited to receiving a “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” Retail Lending Test conclusion in a facility-based assessment area, determined based upon: the large bank's retail lending volume and the extent by which it did not meet the threshold; the distribution analysis in final § __.22(d) and (f); the performance context factors in final § __.21(d); and consideration of the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6803"/>
                        additional factors in final § __.22(g).
                        <SU>830</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>830</SU>
                             For detailed information about the referenced final rule provisions, see the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.21(d) and __.22(d), (f), and (g).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Final § __.22(c)(3)(iii)(B) provides that for intermediate banks, and small banks that opt to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, which lack an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold, the agencies will consider a bank's performance under the lending distribution analysis in final § __.22(d) and (f) before assigning a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion—which could range from “Outstanding” to “Substantial Noncompliance.” The agencies will also consider a bank's retail lending volume and the extent by which it did not meet the threshold, along with performance context factors and the additional factors, before assigning a Retail Lending Test conclusion.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Overall Retail Lending Volume Screen Approach</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In proposed § __.22(c), the agencies provided for a retail lending volume screen that would measure the total dollar volume of a bank's retail lending relative to its presence and capacity to lend in a facility-based assessment area compared to peer banks.
                        <SU>831</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies indicated that the screen would serve to ensure that a bank's performance evaluation reflects the amount of a bank's retail lending relative to its presence and lending capacity in an assessment area. They also indicated that a bank would fail to meet the credit needs of its entire community if it makes too few loans relative to its community presence, capacity, and local opportunities, even if those loans happened to be concentrated among, for example, low- and moderate-income borrowers and low- and moderate-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>831</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received many comments on the proposed “retail lending volume screen” from a variety of stakeholders.</P>
                    <P>Many commenters that addressed the proposed retail lending volume screen supported its inclusion in the proposed Retail Lending Test, with a number of these commenters recommending a more stringent Retail Lending Volume Threshold than proposed by the agencies, as discussed below. Many of these commenters asserted that a retail lending volume screen would help to reduce perceived ratings inflation in CRA evaluations.</P>
                    <P>However, many other commenters that addressed the proposed retail lending volume screen opposed it or raised concerns about the screen, with some suggesting modifications to the proposed screen and its incorporation into the CRA framework. For example, some commenters expressed concerns that the proposed retail lending volume screen would not account for all bank business strategies and that certain types of banks could have difficulty passing the screen. Points made by these commenters included, for example, that: a bank that operates without branches could have trouble meeting the screen in the facility-based assessment area delineated around its home office; the screen would disadvantage depository CDFIs that maintain branches in economically distressed areas where there is less demand for large loans; the screen would penalize and disadvantage banks with business models that do not focus on retail lending; and (banks that specialize in consumer lending might fail the screen because they did not engage in sufficient home mortgage lending, small business lending, and small farm lending.</P>
                    <P>A commenter suggested that the agencies apply a materiality standard such that the retail lending volume screen would not apply if a bank did not have a sufficient volume of both retail lending and deposits in a facility-based assessment area. Another commenter suggested that banks should be exempt from the retail lending volume screen if they demonstrate that their business structure is incompatible with originating a meaningful number of loans as a percentage of their deposits in facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>Various commenters expressed concerns that applying the retail lending volume screen might discourage banks from maintaining branches with low deposits even though those branches provide services to low-deposit customers. Commenters suggested that this could discourage banks from maintaining facilities in rural markets or markets that are incidental to the banks' business strategies or lead to consolidation or branch closures among banks, including depository CDFIs, serving rural or underserved areas. Concerns were also raised that the retail lending volume screen represented a pass/fail approach that would lead to banks prioritizing retail lending dollar volume at the expense of developing innovative products and services responsive to unbanked or underbanked consumers and microbusinesses.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters raised concerns that some lenders in certain markets could face challenges in meeting the threshold due to local lending conditions. For example, a commenter stated that in some rural and economically challenged assessment areas, loan demand is low, which could cause a bank to fail the proposed retail lending screen even if the bank is committed to providing a range of banking services to these communities. A commenter indicated that the screen would not account for a variety of scenarios that are common in suburban, exurban, and urban areas where large banks have high concentrations of deposits.</P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters also raised legal arguments with respect to the retail lending volume screen. A commenter suggested that the retail lending volume screen exceeds the agencies' statutory authority because it is not explicitly authorized by the CRA statute. Other commenters stated that the retail lending volume screen would conflict with congressional intent because section 109 of the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (section 109) instructs the agencies to use a loan-to-deposit ratio to determine whether a bank engaged in interstate branching meets the credit needs of the communities it serves.
                        <SU>832</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, a commenter suggested that if the retail lending volume screen prompts banks to close any branches to avoid adverse consequences under the Retail Lending Test the outcome would be contrary to the statutory purposes of the CRA.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>832</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Public Law 103-328, sec. 109, 12 U.S.C. 1835a, as amended (section 109), implemented by subpart E to 12 CFR part 25 (OCC), 12 CFR 208.7 (Board), and 12 CFR part 369 (FDIC). Section 109(c)(1) specifies a threshold of “half the average of total loans in the host State relative to total deposits from the host State.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        As noted above, final § __.22(c) and section I of final appendix A adopt the proposed Retail Lending Volume Screen, with certain clarifying, technical, and substantive edits described in more detail below. Based on the agencies' consideration of the comments and further analysis and deliberation, the agencies continue to believe that the Retail Lending Volume Screen is an appropriate baseline measure of the amount of a bank's retail lending relative to its presence and lending capacity in a facility-based assessment area, as indicated by the volume of deposits received from the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6804"/>
                        area surrounding the bank's deposit-taking facilities. The agencies also believe that a holistic evaluation of whether a bank is meeting the credit needs of its facility-based assessment areas necessarily includes consideration of not only a bank's loan distribution, but also the bank's lending volume relative to its presence and capacity.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule reflects the agencies' view that the Retail Lending Volume Screen and the distribution metrics are both important to ensuring a complete and accurate evaluation of whether a bank has met the credit needs of its community. Specifically, the agencies generally do not believe that a bank with lending levels well below its community presence and capacity is meeting the credit needs of its entire community, regardless of the bank's distribution of loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers and low- and moderate-income census tracts. In this regard, the agencies considered that removing the screen from the Retail Lending Test approach for evaluating facility-based assessment areas would mean that a bank could achieve “Outstanding” performance by making only a very small number of loans relative to the bank's capacity, if a high percentage of those loans are to designated borrowers (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         low-income borrowers, moderate-income borrowers, businesses with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less, businesses with gross annual revenues of more than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million, farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less, or farms with gross annual revenues of more than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million) and designated census tracts (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         low-income census tracts or moderate-income census tracts).
                    </P>
                    <P>The Retail Lending Volume Screen is based on standardized metrics and will apply across banks evaluated in facility-based assessment areas under the Retail Lending Test, to ensure clarity, consistency, and transparency in this important volume-based assessment of a bank's retail lending. The agencies considered that the final rule approach builds upon the current evaluation approach, under which the agencies consider a bank's volume of retail lending in an assessment area without quantitative benchmarks or thresholds indicating what level of lending is adequate.</P>
                    <P>The agencies considered comments that it could be challenging for a bank to meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in markets with low levels of retail lending demand. However, the agencies determined that the final rule approach accounts for this concern both through the Market Volume Benchmark and the acceptable basis factors for not meeting the threshold, finalized in final § __.22(c)(3)(i) and discussed in more detail further below. Specifically, the Market Volume Benchmark is based on retail loans and deposits from all banks with a branch in a geographic area, which will reflect the level of credit demand in that area. In addition, the acceptable basis factors include performance context information that could explain a bank's low level of lending in an area, such as the bank's business strategy and any other circumstances unique to a facility-based assessment area. These factors are designed to help address scenarios raised by commenters such as that of an internet bank not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a headquarters facility-based assessment area and of a CDFI bank serving an area with lower loan demand.</P>
                    <P>The agencies understand that banks operate in variable conditions, and that they have different characteristics, business strategies, and customer bases. For this reason, the Retail Lending Volume Screen—both as proposed and as finalized—does not operate on a “pass/fail” basis. Rather, the Retail Lending Volume Screen is one aspect of the agencies' evaluation of a bank's retail lending performance; it functions as a key piece of the framework under which the agencies determine the appropriate approach for evaluating the retail lending performance of a particular bank in its facility-based assessment areas. For example, for a bank with a Bank Volume Metric above the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a facility-based assessment area, the agencies believe it is appropriate to determine a recommended conclusion based on a distribution analysis of the bank's retail lending. In contrast, for a bank with a Bank Volume Metric below the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a facility-based assessment area, the agencies believe it is important to first assess whether the bank had an acceptable basis for exhibiting a very low level of retail lending prior to applying the distribution analysis. The acceptable basis factors will address a variety of circumstances that could limit a bank's ability to lend in a facility-based assessment area. Accordingly, the agencies have not included any references in final § __.22(c) to a bank “failing” to meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold, as the agencies acknowledge that a bank may have a relatively low Bank Volume Metric due to the bank's business model or other acceptable basis factors that are not indicative of “failing” performance.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered, but are not adopting, a commenter suggestion to apply a materiality standard such that the Retail Lending Volume Screen would not apply if a bank did not have a sufficient volume of both retail lending and deposits in a facility-based assessment area. The agencies determined that it is beneficial to have consistent standards that apply to all facility-based assessment areas such that, for each bank evaluated in its facility-based assessment areas under the Retail Lending Test, a volume-based assessment of a bank's lending is a component of evaluating whether a bank is meeting the retail lending needs of these communities. In addition, the agencies believe that applying a materiality standard could result in less robust evaluation standards in smaller markets, rural areas, and low-income areas where banks may tend to conduct less lending and source lower volumes of deposits.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered, but are not adopting, a commenter suggestion that banks should be exempt from the Retail Lending Volume Screen if they demonstrate that their business structure is incompatible with originating a meaningful number of loans as a percentage of their deposits in facility-based assessment areas. Based on further consideration of this suggestion, the agencies determined that the variety of bank business strategies and structures presents significant challenges to establishing an appropriate exemption. Thus, the agencies believe that it is preferable to apply the Retail Lending Volume Screen and, if warranted, determine whether a bank has an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold. As discussed elsewhere in this section-by-section analysis, the acceptable basis factors in final § __.22(c)(3)(i) include consideration of a bank's business strategy and other aspects of the performance context of the area.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have also carefully reviewed and considered comments presenting legal considerations. The CRA statute's grant of rulemaking authority to the agencies empowers them to carry out the purpose of the statute.
                        <SU>833</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As discussed in section I of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6805"/>
                        this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        , in enacting the CRA, Congress was focused on the relationship between a bank's deposit-taking activity in an area and its lending activity, and on ensuring that banks meet not only the deposit needs but also the credit needs of their communities.
                        <SU>834</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, the agencies view consideration of a bank's loan-to-deposit ratios as within the appropriate purview of the agencies' approach to CRA examinations. The agencies also note that this reflects a longstanding position of the agencies; for example, since 1995, the agencies have used loan-to-deposit ratios as a criterion to evaluate small bank performance.
                        <SU>835</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, based on supervisory experience, the agencies believe that the loan-to-deposit ratios of other banks in a facility-based assessment area are informative of credit needs in a community, and thus a useful point of comparison as part of a larger framework for determining whether a bank is meeting the credit needs of its community.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>833</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2905. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901(b) (“It is the purpose of this title to require each appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency to use its authority when examining financial institutions, to encourage such institutions to help meet the credit needs of the local communities in which they are chartered consistent with the safe and sound operation of such institutions.”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>834</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901(a). 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             123 Cong. Rec. 17630 (1977) (statement of Sen. Proxmire) (discussing enactment of the CRA as a response to banks taking their deposits from a community without reinvesting them in that community).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>835</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.26(b)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Regarding commenters' mention of provisions of section 109, the agencies have considered the distinct policy objectives, calculation methodologies, and applications of section 109 and of the CRA, and do not believe that section 109 precludes the agencies from implementing the Retail Lending Volume Screen in the final rule. First, section 109 was enacted 17 years after the CRA statute, but did not change or displace the agencies' CRA rulemaking authority. Second, although the section 109 loan-to-deposit ratios used by the agencies may have some conceptual similarities with the Retail Lending Volume Screen, their distinct policy objectives, calculation methodologies, and applications require separate metrics to achieve their respective purposes, as discussed in more detail further below. Congress enacted section 109 to ensure that a bank's interstate branches would not take deposits from a host state (or other host jurisdiction) without the bank reasonably helping to meet the credit needs of that host state. The application of section 109 requirements involves a loan-to-deposit ratio test that measures the lending and deposit activities of a bank's interstate branches and then compares the bank's statewide loan-to-deposit ratio with the relevant host state's loan-to-deposit ratio, which is based on host state banks' lending and deposits volumes.
                        <SU>836</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         If the bank's statewide loan-to-deposit ratio is at least one-half of the relevant host state loan-to-deposit ratio, the bank passes the section 109 evaluation and no further review is required.
                        <SU>837</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         If the bank fails the loan-to-deposit ratio test (or the loan-to-deposit ratio cannot be calculated because data are not sufficient or are not reasonably available), the agencies will determine whether the bank is reasonably helping to meet the credit needs of the communities served by the bank in the host state—this step requires examiners to review the activities of the bank, such as its performance under the CRA.
                        <SU>838</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Retail Lending Volume Screen is therefore a complement to, and not a substitute for, the section 109 evaluation of whether a bank with interstate branches impermissibly uses those branches to primarily engage in deposit production rather than serving the credits needs of its communities. Accordingly, the agencies do not believe that the Retail Lending Volume Screen intrudes on or otherwise conflicts with prior congressional decisions on interstate banking prescribed in statute.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>836</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 25.63 (OCC), 208.7(c) (Board), and 369.3 (FDIC).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>837</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>838</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 25.64 (OCC), 208.7(d) (Board), and 369.4 (FDIC).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies have also considered commenter sentiment that the Retail Lending Volume Screen is onerous and would therefore result in banks closing branches in markets where their Bank Volume Metric may not meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold. However, in considering these comments and additional agency analysis, the agencies believe that the Retail Lending Volume Screen is appropriately calibrated and that the Retail Lending Volume Threshold is generally attainable. In reaching this determination, the agencies considered a number of factors. First, the agencies considered that the current evaluation framework includes assessing a bank's volume of retail lending, and for small banks includes a loan-to-deposit ratio. The agencies believe that the Retail Lending Volume Screen is therefore grounded in the current approach and will not introduce significant new burden or complexity for banks. Second, the agencies considered that based on estimates using available data from 2018-2020, and as discussed more fully below, the Bank Volume Metric exceeds the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in approximately 96 percent of banks' facility-based assessment areas. The agencies also considered that this analysis was applied to years when the screen was not in effect. In future years when the screen is in effect, banks will have access to information such as recent estimates of relevant metrics and benchmarks in different geographic areas, which could be used to help monitor performance. Third, the agencies considered that the acceptable basis factors in final § __.22(c)(3)(i) cover circumstances in which a bank's Bank Volume Metric does not meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold due to performance context factors or other legitimate business reasons, such as a bank's business model. Taking into account these considerations, the agencies anticipate that the screen will appropriately evaluate whether a bank has conducted retail lending that is commensurate with peer lending in facility-based assessment areas, and is not unduly complex or burdensome.</P>
                    <P>Specific components of the Retail Lending Volume Screen are discussed below in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(c)(1). The section-by-section analyses of final § __.22(c)(2) and (3) address the ways in which a bank's performance on the Retail Lending Volume Screen informs the blend of quantitative and qualitative factors considered by the agencies in determining a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusion in a facility-based assessment area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(c)(1) Retail Lending Volume Threshold</HD>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposal, final § __.22(c)(1) and section I of final appendix A provide that, for a bank evaluated under to the Retail Lending Test, the Retail Lending Volume Screen will compare its Bank Volume Metric against a Market Volume Benchmark in a facility-based assessment area. The bank will meet or surpass the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in that facility-based assessment area with a Bank Volume Metric of 30 percent or greater of the Market Volume Benchmark. The Bank Volume Metric, the Market Volume Benchmark, and the 30 percent threshold are discussed in turn below.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Bank Volume Metric</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        To provide a consistent measure of how much of a bank's local capacity has been oriented toward retail lending, the agencies proposed that the retail lending volume screen would consist, in part, of a “bank volume metric.” 
                        <SU>839</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6806"/>
                        proposed bank volume metric would be calculated as a ratio comparing bank lending against bank deposits. The numerator would have included the annual average of the year-end dollar amount of a bank's originated and purchased automobile loans, closed-end home mortgage loans, open-end home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, and small farm loans in a facility-based assessment area.
                        <SU>840</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>839</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(c)(3) and proposed appendix A, section I.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>840</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix A, section I.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The denominator would include the annual average amount of the bank's deposits in that facility-based assessment area over the evaluation period, if the bank collected and maintained this data.
                        <SU>841</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the agencies proposed that collecting and maintaining deposits data would be required for large banks with assets of over $10 billion and would be optional for large banks with assets of $10 billion or less, intermediate banks, and small banks that opted to be evaluated under to the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>842</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For any bank evaluated under to the Retail Lending Test that did not collect and maintain deposits data, the agencies proposed to use the deposits assigned to the banks' branches in each assessment area as reported in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data to calculate the local deposit base, in the denominator.
                        <SU>843</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies requested feedback on using alternative sets of deposits data than proposed, based on bank asset size, to construct the bank volume metric.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>841</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>842</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.42(a)(7) and (b)(5); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             proposed § __.12 (defining “small bank,” “intermediate bank,” and “large bank”). For further discussion of the final rule on deposits and deposits data collection, maintenance, and reporting, see the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.12 (“deposits” and “deposit location”) and __.42(a)(7) (deposits data collection and maintenance) and (b)(3) (deposits data reporting).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>843</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix A, section I.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Numerator.</E>
                         Some commenters offered suggestions and requested clarification regarding the numerator of the proposed bank volume metric. A commenter indicated that the numerator should include personal loans, credit card loans, and other non-automobile consumer loans, while another commenter similarly expressed the view that the bank volume metric numerator should include personal loans, because some small business owners, particularly self-employed individuals, often use personal loans for commercial purposes.
                    </P>
                    <P>Another commenter indicated that the agencies needed to clarify whether loan renewals would be considered in the bank volume metric numerator, asserting that the exclusion of loan renewals could adversely affect banks' performance under the Retail Lending Test (as well as under the Community Development Financing Test). Other commenters asserted that the proposal was unclear as to whether loans originated and sold before year-end would be included in the numerator, with a commenter specifically emphasizing a lack of clarity in the proposed numerator's description (“the annual average of the year-end total dollar amount of the bank's originated and purchased . . . loans”).</P>
                    <P>
                        A commenter expressed concern that banks whose core retail lending businesses are excluded from the numerator of the bank volume metric may not meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold as proposed.
                        <SU>844</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Another commenter asserted that calculating the bank volume metric using dollar amounts would negatively affect small business lending, which the commenter stated represents only a small portion of overall retail lending, on a dollar amount basis, for some banks.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>844</SU>
                             As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d), the agencies proposed to consider home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans under the proposed Retail Lending Test.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Denominator.</E>
                         Regarding the denominator for the proposed bank volume metric, a few commenters indicated that a bank's deposit base was not an appropriate measure of a bank's capacity and obligation to conduct retail lending.
                        <SU>845</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>845</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.12 (“deposits”) and __.42(a)(7) and (b)(3), for an overview of deposits considerations in general and deposits data collection, maintenance, and reporting considerations in particular.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Some other commenters supported requiring large banks of all sizes to collect and maintain deposits data, including for calculating the bank volume metric, with one commenter expressly supporting this requirement for intermediate banks as well. Another commenter asserted that applying the deposits data collection and reporting requirements to all large banks would improve the accuracy of the bank volume metric because, as proposed, the metric mixed bank-collected data with the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data that is less accurate in capturing depositor location.</P>
                    <P>A commenter expressed concern that the proposal to give large banks with assets of $10 billion or less the option of separately collecting and maintaining deposits data would result in banks in predominantly rural communities feeling compelled to collect and maintain deposits data despite relatively limited resources. This commenter believed that collecting and maintaining deposits data might represent the only way that these banks might be able to pass the retail lending volume screen, as otherwise they might be adversely impacted by their relatively low retail lending volume when compared to their deposit volume in a facility-based assessment area based on the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters suggested alternative ways to compute bank deposits (for large banks reporting deposits, as opposed to banks for which the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data would be used). A number of these commenters argued for removing corporate deposits from the bank volume metric based on their view that including corporate deposits could unfavorably skew a bank's performance on the retail lending volume screen, making it more difficult for a bank to pass the screen in the corresponding facility-based assessment area. These commenters pointed to various reasons to exclude corporate deposits, including that they can be large and fluctuate unpredictably and are typically centralized in a single branch location, as well as that commercial lending to larger entities would not be included in the numerator. Other commenters also suggested that including corporate deposits could lead to additional CRA hot spots in, or banks otherwise diverting lending to, urban areas at the expense of rural and suburban areas, because banks would endeavor to increase retail lending in these urban areas (where they have more deposits) to avoid failing the screen.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters made similar arguments for excluding government deposits from the proposed bank volume metric denominator. A commenter recommended that the agencies include bank deposits from domestic limited liability companies and trusts in a bank's bank volume metrics, noting that these are domestic deposits in substance and thus appropriately considered as part of a CRA metrics framework. A commenter noted that health savings account deposits that lack depositor location should be excluded from the bank volume metric and other relevant metrics.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        Final § __.22(c)(1) and paragraph I.a of final appendix A adopt the proposal to employ a Bank Volume Metric as the measure of how much of a bank's local capacity has been oriented toward retail lending. In light of comments received 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6807"/>
                        and based on further deliberations, the agencies are making substantive, technical, conforming, and clarifying edits in the final rule to increase clarity and consistency when calculating the Bank Volume Metric.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Numerator.</E>
                         As provided in paragraph I.a.1 of final appendix A, the numerator of the Bank Volume Metric will be the sum of the annual dollar volume of a bank's originations and purchases of all volume metric loans for the facility-based assessment area over the years in the evaluation period. The bank's annual dollar volume of volume metric loans is the total dollar volume of all home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans,
                        <SU>846</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and automobile loans (for banks for which automobile lending is a product line) originated or purchased by the bank in the facility-based assessment area in that year. The agencies are finalizing a calculation based on the sum of the annual dollar volume of lending over the years in the evaluation period, rather than an annual average of the year-end dollar total amount as proposed, to reduce complexity in the calculation of the Bank Volume Metric by reducing the number of steps required without affecting the result of the calculations. The use of the term volume metric loans is intended to increase clarity.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>846</SU>
                             The transition amendments included in this final rule will, once effective, amend the definitions of “small business” and “small farm” to instead cross-reference to the definition of “small business” in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule. This will allow the CRA regulatory definitions to adjust if the CFPB increases the threshold in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule definition of “small business.” This is consistent with the agencies' intent articulated in the preamble to the proposal and elsewhere in this final rule to conform these definitions with the definition in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule. The agencies will provide the effective date of these transition amendments in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             after section 1071 data is available.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The numerator of the Bank Volume Metric is based on the dollar volume of a bank's lending instead of the number of loans (as is the numerator of the Market Volume Benchmark). The agencies understand commenter concerns about the potential for a bank that makes a high volume of small-dollar loans and few or no larger dollar loans to have a relatively low Bank Volume Metric. For this reason, as discussed in further detail below, the agencies selected a Retail Lending Volume Threshold level that is significantly below the Market Volume Benchmark (specifically, 30 percent of the Market Volume Benchmark). In addition, the agencies note that the acceptable basis factors would include consideration of a bank's business model, such as a bank's specialization in small-dollar lending. In light of these considerations, the agencies believe that lending volume metrics comparing both loans and deposits in terms of dollars is an effective and appropriate measure of how fully a bank has utilized its lending capacity, and is also consistent with the CRA's emphasis on banks reinvesting their deposits back into their communities.</P>
                    <P>With respect to commenter sentiment indicating that the proposal was unclear as to whether loans originated and sold before year-end would be included in the numerator, the agencies are clarifying that the dollar volume of a bank's originations and purchases of all volume metric loans for the facility-based assessment area in any year of the evaluation period may be included in the Bank Volume Metric, even those loans that are subsequently sold. The agencies believe that this approach will appropriately give positive consideration to loan originations made through a variety of bank business models, including banks that sell originated loans on the secondary market to increase liquidity, which can increase a bank's capacity to lend and further meet the credit needs of the community.</P>
                    <P>Once the agencies have transitioned to using section 1071 data, as discussed in the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.12 and __.51, the numerator will include purchased small business loans and small farm loans only at the bank's option (because section 1071 data does not include loan purchases). Specifically, a bank may opt to have the agencies include in its Bank Volume Metric numerator purchases of loans that meet the definition of a “covered credit transaction” under the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule. The agencies believe that the inclusion of purchased small business loans and small farm loans reflects the different ways in which banks may meet the credit needs of communities. Once the agencies transition to using section 1071 data, the agencies have determined that the inclusion of these loan purchases should be optional to reduce data collection and maintenance requirements.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are also clarifying that, consistent with the treatment of reportable business loans pursuant to the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule, once that data is used by the agencies, small business loan renewals and small farm loan renewals will be counted in the Bank Volume Metric only if the renewal increases the credit amount or credit line amount.
                        <SU>847</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Generally, home mortgage loan renewals are not reportable pursuant to HMDA; 
                        <SU>848</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         consistent with this standard, the agencies will not include home mortgage loan renewals in the Bank Volume Metric.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>847</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1002.103(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>848</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1003.2 and supplement I to part 1003, comment 2(o)-2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In the final rule, automobile loans are included in the bank's annual dollar amount of volume metric loans only if automobile loans are a product line for the bank (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         if the bank is a majority automobile lender or opts to have its automobile loans evaluated). For those banks that collect and maintain automobile lending data pursuant to final § __.42(a)(2), the numerator will include the annual dollar amount of the bank's originated and purchased automobile loans. The agencies determined that automobile loans should only be included in a bank's Bank Volume Metric for banks that have their automobile lending evaluated as a product line, in order to ensure a comprehensive evaluation. As a result, a bank that has automobile lending considered as part of the Bank Volume Metric would also have its automobile lending evaluated under the distribution analysis pursuant to final § __.22(e) and (f) if its automobile lending is a major product line in one or more facility-based assessment areas or its outside retail lending area. The agencies determined that an alternative approach of considering automobile loans as part of the Bank Volume Metric for a bank that does not have automobile lending as a product line would result in a less comprehensive evaluation because the bank would receive favorable consideration for these loans in the Bank Volume Metric without any evaluation of the distribution of those loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers or in low- and moderate-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As in the proposal, the numerator of the Bank Volume Metric does not include non-automobile consumer loans. This decision reflects the lack of non-automobile consumer lending data and is also intended to align the Bank Volume Metric's numerator with the final rule's treatment of non-automobile consumer loans—namely, that they will not be evaluated as a product line under the Retail Lending Test, but will be considered pursuant to the Retail Services and Products Test. This aspect of the final rule is discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.22(d) and __.23. To the extent that commenters expressed concerns that not including non-automobile consumer lending in the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6808"/>
                        numerator of the Bank Volume Metric would disadvantage banks, the agencies note that they will apply the acceptable basis factors in final § __.22(c)(3)(i), as discussed below, as part of the operation of the Retail Lending Volume Screen for banks that do not meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold. Specifically, pursuant to final § __.22(c)(3)(i)(A), the agencies will take into account a bank's dollar volume of non-automobile consumer loans.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Denominator.</E>
                         The agencies are also making substantive, technical, and clarifying edits in the final rule regarding calculating the denominator of the Bank Volume Metric. As provided in paragraph I.a.2 of final appendix A, the denominator of the Bank Volume Metric will be the sum of a bank's annual dollar volume of deposits from that facility-based assessment area over the years in the evaluation period. The agencies are making revisions that clarify that a bank's annual dollar volume of deposits is: for a bank that reports deposits data pursuant to final § __.42(b)(3), the total of annual average daily balances of deposits reported by the bank in counties in the facility-based assessment area in that year; and, for all other banks, the total of deposits assigned to branches reported by the bank in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data in counties in the facility-based assessment area in that year. The agencies are finalizing a calculation based on the sum of the annual dollar volume of deposits over the years in the evaluation period, rather than an annual average as proposed, to reduce complexity in the calculation of the Bank Volume Metric by reducing the number of steps required without affecting the result of the calculations.
                    </P>
                    <P>Pursuant to final § __.42(a)(7) and (b)(3), collecting, maintaining, and reporting deposits data will be required for large banks with assets greater than $10 billion. Deposits data collection and maintenance will be optional for large banks with assets less than or equal to $10 billion, intermediate banks, and small banks that opt into the Retail Lending Test. Should a bank with assets less than or equal to $10 billion elect to collect and maintain deposits data pursuant to final § __.42(a)(7), the bank will be required to report deposits data pursuant to final § __.42(b)(3). The agencies have considered comments recommending that they modify their proposal to require large banks with assets greater than $10 billion to collect, maintain, and report deposits data and to allow large banks with assets less than or equal to $10 billion the option to collect and maintain this data. The agencies are finalizing this element of the Retail Lending Volume Screen as proposed, to appropriately balance the trade-off between maximizing the accuracy of the screen and corresponding data burden.</P>
                    <P>Deposits data that are collected and reported pursuant to final § __.42(b)(3) will facilitate metrics that accurately reflect a bank's deposits inside and outside of its facility-based assessment areas. By contrast, the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data necessarily assigns all deposits to bank branch locations and does not identify the amount or percentage of deposits sourced from outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas. As a result, a bank with assets less than or equal to $10 billion that sources deposits from outside of its facility-based assessment areas that elects to collect, maintain, and report deposits data could meaningfully increase its Bank Volume Metric in a facility-based assessment area by decreasing the dollar amount of deposits included in the denominator of the metric. Conversely, electing not to collect and maintain deposits for such a bank may result in a lower Bank Volume Metric, because deposits sourced from outside of the facility-based assessment area would then be included in the denominator of the metric.</P>
                    <P>Regarding comments that requiring all intermediate banks, and large banks with assets less than or equal to $10 billion, to report deposits data would improve the accuracy and consistency of the Bank Volume Metric, to balance data collection burden the agencies decline to require these banks to all collect, maintain, and report deposits data. The agencies again note, however, that if a large bank with assets less than or equal to $10 billion, intermediate bank, or small bank that opts into the Retail Lending Test wishes to use more specific deposits data in the Retail Lending Test, then the bank must collect, maintain, and report this data.</P>
                    <P>
                        With respect to comments recommending using the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data across all large banks to inform the Bank Volume Metric, the agencies decline to adopt this approach. The agencies considered that although this alternative approach would reduce data burden, the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data alone would be less accurate in capturing the location of depositors than the final rule's combination of bank-collected deposits and the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data. As discussed below, using the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data for all large banks would also result in the inclusion of U.S. Government deposits, state and local government deposits, domestically held deposits of foreign governments or official institutions, or domestically held deposits of foreign banks or other foreign financial institutions in deposit calculations for these banks. The combination of these two factors, in conjunction with the fact that large banks with assets greater than $10 billion hold over 80 percent of all deposits,
                        <SU>849</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         would have a disruptive impact on the functioning of the Retail Lending Volume Screen, both with regard to their own metrics and the impact of their deposits on construction of Market Volume Benchmarks.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>849</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             FDIC, “Summary of Deposits” (June 2020), 
                            <E T="03">https://www7.fdic.gov/sod/sodMarketBank.asp?barItem=2</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered comments recommending that, when possible, government and foreign deposits should be excluded from the Bank Volume Metric. The agencies note that the definition of “deposits” in proposed § __.12 specifically excluded: U.S. Government deposits; state and local government deposits; domestically held deposits of foreign governments or official institutions; or domestically held deposits of foreign banks or other foreign financial institutions. Accordingly, under the proposal, the denominator of the bank volume metric did not include government or foreign deposits for banks with assets of greater than $10 billion. As described further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12, the final rule's definition of “deposits” continues to exclude these types of deposits. However, the agencies are not excluding government and foreign deposits from the Bank Volume Metric for banks that do not collect and report deposits data (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         banks that use deposits reported under the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data). This is because these government and foreign deposits are included in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data at the aggregate (institution) level, without any information regarding how government and foreign deposits are distributed across a bank's individual branches or across the counties where these branches are located. This information about how these deposits are distributed would be necessary to accurately remove the deposits from the facility-based assessment areas for which Bank Volume Metrics are calculated. The agencies note that any bank that takes the position that it might be materially disadvantaged by the inclusion of these government and foreign deposits may choose to collect and report the more 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6809"/>
                        limited set of deposits data for use in the Retail Lending Volume Screen and elsewhere in the CRA regulations.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies are not excluding corporate deposits, health savings account deposits, and trust deposits from the Bank Volume Metric. The agencies find that in cases where large corporate or health savings account deposits or government or foreign deposits unfavorably skew a bank's performance on the Retail Lending Volume Screen, examiners could consider this factor as an acceptable basis pursuant to final § __.22(c)(3)(i)(E) and (F) for a bank not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a facility-based assessment area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Market Volume Benchmark</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        To assess the level of a bank's retail lending volume relative to local opportunities in a facility-based assessment area, the agencies proposed to compare the bank volume metric to a “market volume benchmark.” 
                        <SU>850</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As provided in paragraph I.2 of proposed appendix A, the market volume benchmark would have been comprised of the annual average of the year-end total dollar amount of automobile loan, closed-end home mortgage loan, open-end home mortgage loan, multifamily loan, small business loan, and small farm loan originations in the facility-based assessment area by all large banks that operated a branch in counties wholly or partially within the facility-based assessment area, in the numerator, divided by the annual average amount of deposits collected by those same banks from that facility-based assessment area, in the denominator.
                        <SU>851</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The dollars of deposits in the denominator would have been based on: the annual average of deposits in counties in the facility-based assessment area reported by all large banks with assets greater than $10 billion that operate a branch in the assessment area in the years of the evaluation period during which they operated a branch at the end of the year; and the annual average of deposits assigned to branches in the facility-based assessment area by all large banks with assets less than or equal to $10 billion, according to the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data, over the evaluation period.
                        <SU>852</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>850</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(c)(3) and proposed appendix A, paragraphs I.2 and I.3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>851</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix A, paragraph I.2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>852</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies requested feedback on using alternative sets of deposits data than proposed, based on bank asset size, to construct the market volume benchmark.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters expressed concerns that the market volume benchmark would be based on the lending and deposits of a limited subset of banks—large banks with branches in the relevant facility-based assessment area—rather than the total number of banks active in a facility-based assessment area.
                        <SU>853</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In this regard, one commenter asserted that setting the market volume benchmark based on a subset of market participants would make the market volume benchmark susceptible to collusion, and indicated that the agencies would need to guard against such market manipulation.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>853</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analyses of §§ __.12 (“deposits”) and __.42(a)(7) and (b)(3) for an overview of deposits considerations in general and deposits data collection, maintenance, and reporting considerations in particular.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Other commenters contended that the market volume benchmark, as proposed, would fail to provide banks or other stakeholders with appropriate notice regarding performance expectations. Some of these commenters expressed concerns that banks would not have the ability to adjust performance during an evaluation period, because the benchmark would be unknown until their evaluation periods have ended and their CRA examinations have started.</P>
                    <P>Commenters also raised concerns that the market volume benchmark would not sufficiently capture unique characteristics of a given market. For example, some commenters asserted that, in areas with one or a few dominant lenders, other lenders would be disadvantaged in meeting the proposed Retail Lending Volume Threshold, while another commenter suggested that the market volume benchmark should account for market loan demand.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>In final § __.22(c)(1) and section I.b of final appendix A, the agencies are making clarifying, technical, and substantive edits to the proposal to use a Market Volume Benchmark, to increase clarity, consistency, and readability.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Numerator.</E>
                         As provided in paragraph I.b.1 of final appendix A, the numerator of the Market Volume Benchmark will be the annual dollar volume of volume benchmark loans originated in the facility-based assessment area and reported by benchmark banks, over the years in the evaluation period.
                        <SU>854</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Volume benchmark loans are the total dollar volume of all closed-end home mortgage loans, open-end home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, and small farm loans originated in the facility-based assessment area in that calendar year that are reported loans originated by benchmark banks. A benchmark bank for a particular year is a bank that, in that year, was subject to reporting pursuant to final § __.42(b)(1), 12 CFR part 1003, or both, and operated a facility included in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data in the facility-based assessment area. In contrast to the proposed approach, benchmark banks under the final rule will include small banks, intermediate banks, and large banks that report loan data.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>854</SU>
                             For a discussion of the exclusion of purchased loans from market benchmarks, see the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies believe that this approach will increase the amount of data included in the Market Volume Benchmark and will result in a more robust and representative benchmark, without any increase in data burden or complexity, since there are no additional data requirements associated with this change. The use of the sum of the dollar volume rather than annual average of the year-end total dollar amount, as provided in the proposal, and the focus on banks that operated a facility included in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data during a calendar year, rather than banks that operated a branch at year-end of a calendar year, represent changes from the proposal intended to increase clarity and reduce complexity in the calculation of the Market Volume Benchmark. The use of the terms benchmark bank and volume benchmark loans is intended to increase clarity.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are also specifying that the numerator of the Market Volume Benchmark is comprised of reported loan originations, and not all originations as proposed. The agencies are making this change to ensure the operability of the metrics-based approach, because data on loan originations that are not reported would not be available to include in the calculation of the benchmark. Accordingly, automobile loan originations would not be included. The agencies have determined that this approach appropriately balances the trade-off between, on the one hand, including automobile loans in this benchmark to support a more comprehensive analysis that accounts for different bank business models and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6810"/>
                        strategies and, on the other hand, limiting the data collection, maintenance, and reporting requirements for automobile lending data.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies have determined that including the activity of reporting small banks and intermediate banks, and not just large banks as proposed, in the Market Volume Benchmark numerator will make the Market Volume Benchmark more reflective of the aggregate lending activity of the facility-based assessment area. As noted earlier, this only applies to small banks and intermediate banks that already reported data pursuant to CRA small business loan or small farm loan reporting requirements (or section 1071 data once the transition provisions discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.51 take effect) or HMDA reporting requirements, and as a result this approach does not add any new data reporting requirements to these institutions.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Denominator.</E>
                         As described in paragraph I.b.2 of final appendix A, the denominator of the Market Volume Benchmark will be the sum over the years in the evaluation period of the annual dollar volume of deposits for benchmark banks. The annual dollar volume of deposits for benchmark banks is the sum across benchmark banks of: (1) the total of annual average daily balances of deposits reported by banks that report deposits data pursuant to final § __.42(b)(3) in counties in the facility-based assessment area in that year; and (2) the total of deposits assigned to branches reported by banks in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data in counties in the facility-based assessment area in that year for benchmark banks that do not report deposits data pursuant to final § __.42(b)(3). As above, the agencies are finalizing a calculation based on the sum of the annual dollar volume of deposits over the years in the evaluation period, rather than an annual average as proposed, and with a focus on banks that operated a facility included in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data during a calendar year, rather than banks that operated a branch at year-end of a calendar year as proposed, to increase clarity and to reduce complexity in the calculation of the Market Volume Benchmark, including because it would be difficult to determine based upon available data whether a branch was in operation at year-end. Furthermore, as noted above, the agencies have considered the comments that the proposed benchmark was limited by only including large bank data and that they should consider the lending and deposits data of a larger universe of banks.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies acknowledge trade-offs in this adopted approach for establishing the denominator of the Market Volume Benchmark using both reported deposits data and the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data instead of requiring deposits data to be reported by all banks. The agencies believe, however, that the approach incorporated in the final rule strikes an appropriate balance between the additional precision provided by deposits data reporting relative to the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data and data reporting burden. The combination of reported deposits data and the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data will provide for the construction of more comprehensive and beneficial aggregate deposits data against which to measure bank performance.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have also considered comments that the Market Volume Benchmark, as proposed, would not provide banks with adequate notice regarding performance expectations, and that banks would not know the precise Market Volume Benchmark in advance of an evaluation period. The agencies believe that it is important that the Market Volume Benchmark reflect the level of retail credit needs and opportunities in the facility-based assessment area during the bank's evaluation period. Employing benchmarks that reflect the performance context of a facility-based assessment area further decreases the need to rely on examiner discretion to interpret bank retail lending performance. The agencies determined that the final rule approach will therefore result in greater consistency and standardization compared to an alternative approach in which the Market Volume Benchmark is calculated using years of data prior to the bank's evaluation period. Conversely, the agencies considered that under such an alternative, the benchmarks may not reflect the needs and opportunities of the facility-based assessment area and would not align with the years of data used to calculate the bank's Bank Volume Metric. The agencies note that Market Volume Benchmarks for facility-based assessment areas will be published in performance evaluations or through other means, such as data tools, to provide a historical guideline for retail lending activity.</P>
                    <P>In addition, the agencies note that under the final rule approach, the agencies would not automatically assign a “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” conclusion for a bank with a Bank Volume Metric below the Retail Lending Volume Threshold; instead, the final rule provides for an evaluation of whether a bank has an acceptable basis for not meeting the threshold. The agencies note that the acceptable basis factors, discussed below, may address certain circumstances that result in relatively sudden changes in the Market Volume Benchmark, which the agencies believe may help to address the advance notice concerns described by commenters. For example, if a large competitor lender enters into, or exits from, a bank's facility-based assessment area, resulting in a significant change in the bank's lending opportunities or in the Market Volume Benchmark, the agencies may consider this circumstance as an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Screen pursuant to final § __.22(c)(3)(i)(C).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Retail Lending Volume Threshold</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that banks would meet or surpass the retail lending volume screen in a facility-based assessment area with a bank volume metric of 30 percent or more of the market volume benchmark.
                        <SU>855</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies provided that, in the absence of an acceptable basis for failing to meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold pursuant to proposed § __.22(c)(2)(iii), banks that do not meet at least 30 percent of the market volume benchmark are substantially underperforming their peers in terms of meeting the credit needs of their communities.
                        <SU>856</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed to set the threshold at a level that is well below local averages so that banks with various business strategies could meet the threshold, including banks that generally hold loans on their balance sheet rather than selling loans on the secondary market. This threshold was also informed by agency analysis of historical lending data. The agencies also requested feedback on whether it would be appropriate for banks with retail lending volume performance that falls below a threshold lower than the proposed 30 percent threshold—such as a 15 percent threshold—to receive a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion of “Substantial Noncompliance” in that facility-based assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>855</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(c)(3) and paragraph proposed appendix A, paragraph I.3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>856</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33884, 33935 (June 3, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Many commenters supported a Retail Lending Volume Threshold of at least 30 percent, with several advocating for 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6811"/>
                        certain adjustments. Some recommended that the agencies should adjust the threshold upward from 30 percent for underserved communities identified through statistical or other methods, with several commenters recommending that the proposed 30 percent threshold should be raised to at least 50 percent to more effectively ensure that banks are deploying their deposits. One of these commenters indicated that a threshold of 60 percent or 70 percent would be feasible and would help to prevent deposit harvesting and redlining. A number of commenters jointly stated their view that the 30 percent threshold would be too low based on their comparison of this threshold to the much higher threshold for lending activity provided in section 109, which requires interstate banks to meet certain statewide (or other jurisdiction) loan-to-deposit ratios with respect to their operations outside of their home states. Some commenters stated that if the agencies establish a retail lending volume screen, they should incorporate the section 109 standards into CRA.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters generally opposed the 30 percent threshold, indicating that it was set too high. A few commenters indicated that a 30 percent threshold was unreasonable, particularly for banks with substantial personal loan originations. Another commenter noted that it would be difficult for banks to meet the 30 percent threshold in facility-based assessment areas with high market penetration and dominant lenders. Relatedly, a commenter recommended that the 30 percent threshold be lowered in rural or economically distressed assessment areas with low loan demand.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters suggested alternative threshold levels. For example, a commenter suggested that the agencies set two thresholds—30 percent and 15 percent—and provide that no bank that surpassed the 15 percent threshold would receive a “Substantial Noncompliance” conclusion, with another commenter suggesting somewhat more stringent corresponding thresholds of 34 percent and 17 percent of the market volume benchmark. Another commenter proposed that the agencies set ranges for performance conclusions—for example, 30 percent would reflect “Low Satisfactory” performance and 35 percent would reflect “Satisfactory” performance—with examiners having the ability to adjust these results based upon performance context. A commenter also argued for separate Retail Lending Volume Thresholds based on bank size, with different thresholds for large banks with $10 billion or less in assets and large banks with over $10 billion in assets; this commenter indicated that the largest banks could unfavorably impact the results of the retail lending volume screen for other banks in urban areas where they have high concentrations of retail lending. Another commenter expressed the view that a bank that passes the screen in a facility-based assessment area should receive a presumption of at least “Satisfactory” Retail Lending Test performance in that assessment area. A commenter indicated that the proposed retail lending volume screen was insufficient because it was based on a bank's loan-to-deposit ratio benchmarked against other banks in the same geographic area. The commenter indicated that, consequently, banks would all pass the screen if they collectively reduced their lending volume. Instead, this commenter indicated, the agencies should base a screen on the “loan price” of deposits—for example, that a bank's annual loan origination value in a geography should exceed 10 percent of its annual average deposits.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters questioned whether the proposed 30 percent threshold was based on quantitative analysis, and expressed concern that neither banks nor other stakeholders currently have access to market volume benchmarks in order to self-assess how they would perform pursuant to the retail lending volume screen.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>As provided in final § __.22(c)(1) and section I.c of final appendix A, the agencies are finalizing their proposal that banks will meet or surpass the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a facility-based assessment area with a Bank Volume Metric of 30 percent or greater of the Market Volume Benchmark. Pursuant to final § __.22(c)(2), if a bank meets or surpasses the applicable threshold the agencies will develop a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion pursuant to the distribution analysis in final § __.22(d) through (f).</P>
                    <P>The agencies have considered commenter suggestions for both a higher or lower Retail Lending Volume Threshold, as well as alternative approaches for setting a threshold such as basing it on the loan price of deposits, and the reasons offered for these suggestions. On balance, the agencies believe that the final rule's threshold, set at 30 percent of the Market Volume Benchmark, provides a meaningful baseline measure of whether a bank is meeting the credit needs of its community, while necessarily accounting for the wide variety of bank business strategies that exist today and that will evolve in the future. The agencies note that the 30 percent threshold is set well below the Market Volume Benchmark, which is the local marketwide average loan-to-deposit ratio. The agencies determined that by setting a 30 percent threshold rather than a threshold closer to the Market Volume Benchmark, such as 50 percent or 70 percent, banks with various business strategies could reasonably be expected to meet or surpass the threshold.</P>
                    <P>
                        In further considering an appropriate threshold, the agencies conducted a quantitative analysis of historical lending data on approximately 6,600 intermediate bank and large bank facility-based assessment areas from 2018-2020, summarized in Table 6. The analysis showed that bank performance in 96.4 percent of these facility-based assessment areas would have met or surpassed a 30 percent Retail Lending Volume Threshold during this period. Moreover, the same analysis showed that the share of these banks' facility-based assessment areas that would meet or surpass the threshold declines materially as the threshold is increased from 30 percent. For example, applying a 50 percent threshold to this same data results in 89.2 percent of these banks' facility-based assessment areas meeting or surpassing the threshold, and applying a threshold of 70 percent of the Market Volume Benchmark results in 79.8 percent of these banks' facility-based assessment areas meeting or surpassing the threshold. The agencies intend the Retail Lending Volume Screen to identify only those situations in which banks are far below average in terms of their lending relative to deposits in a facility-based assessment area. The agencies believe that applying a relatively narrow standard for identifying such banks is more consistent with current practice under the lending test, which primarily bases conclusions on the retail lending distribution analysis. As discussed earlier, the agencies believe that the screen helps to supplement the distribution analysis, and should not itself be the primary basis for assigning conclusions for the Retail Lending Test for a substantial segment of banks evaluated under this performance test. Accordingly, the agencies believe that the higher threshold alternatives recommended by some commenters would potentially overemphasize the screen relative to the distribution analysis.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6812"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>By contrast, based on the same quantitative analysis, the agencies determined that decreasing the Retail Lending Volume Threshold below 30 percent would further increase the numbers of these banks' facility-based assessment areas that meet or surpass the threshold. More specifically regarding comments suggesting that the threshold be set at or near 15 percent (either as a stand-alone threshold or as one threshold of a tiered threshold approach), the agencies found that the rate at which facility-based assessment areas for banks included in the analysis met or surpassed a threshold of least 15 percent was 98.8 percent (versus 96.4 percent for a 30 percent threshold, as noted above).</P>
                    <P>The agencies' analysis of historical data also suggests that facility-based assessment areas of large banks included in the analysis with assets less than or equal to $10 billion are slightly more likely to fall below the Retail Lending Volume Threshold than those of large banks included in the analysis with assets greater than $10 billion. The same analysis reflected that the facility-based assessment areas of intermediate banks included in the analysis were the least likely to fall below the Retail Lending Volume Threshold. At the final rule threshold of 30 percent, historical data suggests that approximately 2.4 percent of facility-based assessment areas of intermediate banks included in the analysis and 4.2 percent of facility-based assessment areas of large banks included in the analysis with assets less than or equal to $10 billion would not meet or surpass the Retail Lending Volume Threshold. In contrast, approximately 4.1 percent of facility-based assessment areas of large banks included in the analysis with assets of $10 billion to $50 billion and 3.3 percent of facility-based assessment areas of large banks included in the analysis with assets greater than $50 billion would not meet or surpass the Retail Lending Volume Threshold. The agencies therefore believe that the 30 percent threshold is appropriate, and is generally attainable, including for intermediate banks and large banks of all asset sizes.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P;6714-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="519">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6813"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.005</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-C;6714-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>In considering commenter feedback, the agencies have also reevaluated whether a 30 percent Retail Lending Volume Threshold accomplishes the policy objective of identifying banks for which retail lending is extraordinarily low, such that additional qualitative analysis of these banks' loans is warranted. In this regard, the agencies' quantitative analysis supports a conclusion that the 30 percent threshold establishes a material distinction between banks that meet or surpass this threshold and banks that do not. Specifically, the agencies' analysis showed that the median Bank Volume Metric of 15 percent for facility-based assessment areas of banks included in the analysis meeting or surpassing a 30 percent threshold was more than seven times greater than the median Bank Volume Metric of 2 percent for facility-based assessment areas of banks included in the analysis that would not have met the threshold, as a result indicating that banks that do not meet the threshold generally exhibit very low levels of retail lending relative to deposits. Barring information considered pursuant to the final rule in determining whether the bank has an acceptable basis in not meeting the threshold, banks that do not meet a Retail Lending Volume Threshold set at 30 percent or greater of the Market Volume Benchmark are substantially underperforming their peers in terms of meeting the credit needs of their communities.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have also reevaluated the analysis included in the proposal 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6814"/>
                        that used historical data to compare the actual assessment area conclusions received by banks on the current lending test with how those banks would have performed if they were evaluated under the Retail Lending Volume Screen at different threshold levels, including the proposed level of 30 percent of the Market Volume Benchmark. This updated analysis includes additional historical performance evaluation data compiled by the agencies. The agencies' updated analysis found that a 30 percent threshold is associated with a significant distinction between bank assessment areas that received “Satisfactory” conclusions and bank assessment areas that received “Needs to Improve” conclusions on prior evaluations under the current lending test.
                        <SU>857</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Some threshold levels greater than 30 percent were associated with an even greater distinction between bank conclusion categories on past examinations under the current Lending Test. However, for the reasons described above, the agencies have concluded that it is appropriate to retain the proposed level of 30 percent, rather than increase the threshold level. Additionally, the agencies believe that retaining the proposed level of 30 percent will account for banks that are adequately meeting the credit needs of their communities but that have a business model or strategy that results in a lower-than-average loan-to-deposit ratio. The agencies continue to believe that setting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold at 30 percent is both appropriate and provides a meaningful baseline measure for identifying banks whose retail lending volume in a facility-based assessment area is extraordinarily low.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>857</SU>
                             The agencies found that, when replicating the analysis included in the proposal using the same historical performance evaluation data that was available at the time of the original analysis, the distinction at the 30 percent threshold level was slightly lower than the distinction at other, higher threshold levels. Nevertheless, the distinction in passing rates at the 30 percent threshold level was significant.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies will apply the Retail Lending Volume Screen to all banks evaluated in facility-based assessment areas under the Retail Lending Test, including banks with different business strategies; as a result, as commenters noted, some banks may perform differently on the screen relative to others. However, as discussed above, the Retail Lending Volume Threshold is set so as to ensure that meeting the threshold will be reasonably achievable for banks with a range of business strategies. The screen is intended to identify those facility-based assessment areas where a bank may be lending significantly below, rather than moderately or slightly below, its presence and capacity.</P>
                    <P>Although the 30 percent Retail Lending Volume Threshold is designed to account for a wide range of bank business strategies, the agencies are sensitive to concerns raised by commenters that some banks might have difficulty meeting the 30 percent threshold, particularly in facility-based assessment areas with high market penetration and dominant lenders. The agencies have considered commenter feedback that market circumstances particular to rural or economically distressed assessment areas with low retail loan demand could affect a bank's ability to meet the 30 percent threshold. For these reasons, the agencies are finalizing an approach whereby examiners will determine whether a bank has an acceptable basis for not meeting the threshold, by considering specified acceptable basis factors as provided in final § __.22(c)(3)(i). This aspect of the Retail Lending Volume Screen is discussed in greater detail below.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered, but decline to adopt, suggestions that large banks should receive a Retail Lending Test conclusion of “Substantial Noncompliance” for performance below the 30 percent threshold in a facility-based assessment area as well as, conversely, suggestions that a large bank with performance above the 30 percent threshold should receive a presumption of a “Satisfactory” conclusion or should never receive a “Substantial Noncompliance” conclusion, in a facility-based assessment area. The agencies have determined that it is preferable to retain discretion to assign a conclusion based on a range of factors relevant to a bank's retail lending performance. As discussed above, the agencies expect banks to demonstrate a baseline level of lending relative to their presence and capacity, which the agencies believe is reasonably demonstrated by meeting or surpassing the 30 percent threshold. Additionally, as explained earlier, the agencies believe that a holistic evaluation of whether a bank is meeting the credit needs of its facility-based assessment areas should generally include consideration of a bank's lending volume relative to presence and capacity 
                        <E T="03">and</E>
                         the distribution of its loans. For example, the agencies believe that a “Substantial Noncompliance” conclusion could be warranted for a bank that meets or surpasses the Retail Lending Volume Threshold, but has substantial deficiencies in its loan distribution performance in the facility-based assessment area pursuant to final § __.22(d) through (f).
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that large banks that do not meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold and lack an acceptable basis for this should receive a final Retail Lending Test conclusion not exceeding “Needs to Improve” in a facility-based assessment area. However, the agencies believe that either a “Substantial Noncompliance” or “Needs to Improve” conclusion could be appropriate. Specifically, which of these two conclusions a large bank receives for a facility-based assessment area will be determined as provided in final § __.22(c)(3)(iii)(A), as discussed below.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered comments that the Retail Lending Volume Screen would allow all banks to pass if they collectively reduced their lending volume because of the use of the market benchmark and an alternative approach, suggested by a commenter, to set a threshold based on a fixed number rather than a market benchmark. The agencies believe that the Market Volume Benchmark coupled with the applicable threshold reflects the credit needs and opportunities of an area, in contrast to a fixed performance standard, such as an expectation that the Bank Volume Metric always exceed 10 percent in every facility-based assessment area, as suggested by the commenter. However, the agencies acknowledge that the Market Volume Benchmark and Retail Lending Volume Threshold would both adjust downward in the event that all banks in a facility-based assessment area reduced their lending volume relative to deposits. The agencies note that the additional factor provided in final § __.22(g)(7) allows the agencies to take into account “information indicating that the credit needs of the facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area are not being met by lenders in the aggregate, such that the relevant benchmarks do not adequately reflect community credit needs.” This could include circumstances in which all banks in a facility-based assessment area have significantly reduced their lending levels such that the Market Volume Benchmark does not reflect community credit needs. In addition, the agencies intend to continue to monitor this issue and would consider appropriate steps to take if this emerged as an issue warranting further consideration.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered comments that neither banks nor other stakeholders currently have access to benchmarks in order to self-assess how they would perform pursuant to the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6815"/>
                        Retail Lending Volume Screen. The agencies intend to create data tools that would provide information such as estimates of the Market Volume Benchmark in different geographic areas based on recent data. Initially, prior to the availability of reported deposits data, the agencies would estimate these benchmarks using the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data.
                    </P>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies have considered comments that section 109 standards be used in lieu of the Retail Lending Volume Screen or that the threshold for the screen should be based on loan-to-deposit ratios used under section 109. Upon consideration of the comments, the agencies have determined that importation of, or reliance on, section 109 standards would not effectuate the same evaluation that the screen is designed to further as part of the Retail Lending Test. As discussed above, Congress enacted section 109 to serve a specific purpose—namely, to prohibit interstate banks from acquiring or establishing a branch outside of their home state (or other jurisdiction) primarily for the purpose of deposit production, which is distinct from the agencies' CRA evaluations to assess whether a bank is meeting the credit needs of its entire community. In addition, as discussed earlier, the specified calculations used to derive the loan-to-deposit ratios pursuant to section 109 do not align with the specific approach adopted in the final rule for measuring a bank's volume of retail lending in a facility-based assessment area against its capacity to lend in that facility-based assessment area. For example, section 109 standards do not apply to a bank in its home state, are geographically limited in how they are calculated to the host state level, and do not incorporate non-host state banks in their benchmark calculations. As discussed above, section 109 has a specific focus on ensuring that a bank's interstate branches do not take deposits from a host state (or other host jurisdiction) without the bank reasonably helping to meet the credit needs of that host state.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(c)(2) Banks That Meet or Surpass the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a Facility-Based Assessment Area</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to evaluate a bank's major product lines pursuant to the distribution metrics approach, if the bank met or surpassed the Retail Lending Volume Threshold.
                        <SU>858</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The bank would then be eligible for any Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion in that facility-based assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>858</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(c)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments that were directly responsive to this component of the proposal.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>As provided in final § __.22(c)(2), the agencies are finalizing the proposal that, for a bank that meets or surpasses the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a facility-based assessment area, the agencies will develop a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion for the facility-based assessment area pursuant to final § __.22(d) through (f). The bank will be eligible for any Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion in that facility-based assessment area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(c)(3) Banks That Do Not Meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a Facility-Based Assessment Area</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(c)(3)(i) Acceptable Basis Factors</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that if the bank volume metric for a particular bank was less than 30 percent of the market volume benchmark in a facility-based assessment area the agencies would determine whether the bank had an acceptable basis for not meeting the 30 percent threshold 
                        <SU>859</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         by reviewing qualitative factors that might have affected the bank's ability to lend in the facility-based assessment area.
                        <SU>860</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposal recognized that not all performance context factors are captured in the metrics and, as a result, the agencies proposed specified additional factors that might serve as an acceptable basis for why a bank did not meet the threshold. Specifically, examiners would consider institutional capacity and constraints—including the financial condition of a bank, the presence or lack thereof of other lenders in the geographic area, safety and soundness limitations, the bank's business strategy, and other factors that limit the bank's ability to lend in the facility-based assessment area.
                        <SU>861</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         If the qualitative assessment concluded that the bank had an acceptable basis for not meeting the threshold, the agencies would then evaluate the retail loan distribution for each of the bank's major product lines.
                        <SU>862</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>859</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(c)(2)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>860</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22 (c)(2)(iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>861</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>862</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(c)(2)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>If these qualitative factors did not account for the bank's insufficient volume of bank retail lending in the facility-based assessment area, the agencies proposed to consider the bank to not have an acceptable basis for failing to meet the threshold.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received a few comments on this component of the proposal. Those commenters raised concerns that the proposal lacked clarity regarding how examiners would consider the qualitative factors that the agencies had proposed when determining whether a bank had an acceptable basis for failing the screen.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>As provided in final § __.22(c)(3)(i), the agencies are adopting their proposal that if a bank does not meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a facility-based assessment area, the agencies will determine whether the bank has an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold by considering specific qualitative factors. Specifically, final § __.22(c)(3)(i) provides that the agency will consider: the bank's dollar volume of non-automobile consumer loans; the bank's institutional capacity and constraints, including the financial condition of the bank; the presence or lack of other lenders in the facility-based assessment area; safety and soundness limitations; the bank's business strategy; and other factors that limit the bank's ability to lend in the facility-based assessment area.</P>
                    <P>Recognizing that not all relevant performance context factors are captured in the Retail Lending Volume Screen, the agencies believe that this qualitative review will allow examiners to consider a bank's performance on the screen within the larger context of a bank's overall circumstances, which in turn may reveal appropriate grounds for why a bank's retail lending volume was otherwise insufficient relative to the Retail Lending Volume Threshold.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have added to the final rule's list of acceptable basis factors consideration of a bank's dollar volume of non-automobile consumer loans in the facility-based assessment area. This aspect of the final rule will allow the agencies to account for instances in which a bank has engaged in a substantial amount of such unreported lending (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         personal loans) that is not otherwise considered under the Retail Lending Test, but has very few, if any, closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, or automobile loans.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6816"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>With respect to commenter concerns regarding clarity about application of the acceptable basis factors, the agencies intend to routinely consider these qualitative factors in all instances where a bank does not meet the threshold in a facility-based assessment area. The agencies' consideration of acceptable basis factors will necessarily be situation-specific, with the objective in each instance being that of determining whether there were sufficient grounds to explain the bank's lack of lending volume relative to the threshold.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(c)(3)(ii) Banks That Have an Acceptable Basis for Not Meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a Facility-Based Assessment Area</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        That agencies proposed that if they determined that a bank had an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold they would then consider the distribution metrics pursuant to proposed § __.22(d) in order to assign a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion and consider the additional factors provided in proposed § __.22(e) to determine whether to adjust that recommended conclusion.
                        <SU>863</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A bank with an acceptable basis for not meeting the threshold would be eligible for all possible recommended conclusions: “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” “Low Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve,” and “Substantial Noncompliance.” As discussed above, this approach would allow examiners to consider performance context factors that may not necessarily be captured in the metrics, such as institutional capacity and constraints.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>863</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(c)(2)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive any comments that were directly responsive to this component of the proposal.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are finalizing this provision in final § __.22(c)(3)(ii). The final rule provision does not include specific references to assignment and adjustment of Retail Lending Test recommended conclusions because this is provided for in final § __.22(f) and (g).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(c)(3)(iii)(A) Banks That Lack an Acceptable Basis for Not Meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a Facility-Based Assessment Area—Large Banks</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(c)(3)(iii)(B) Banks That Lack an Acceptable Basis for Not Meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a Facility-Based Assessment Area—Intermediate Banks or Small Banks</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that if an agency determined that a large bank did not have an acceptable basis for failing to meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold, the agency would assign the bank a Retail Lending Test conclusion in that facility-based assessment area of either “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” based on three factors: (1) the bank's retail lending volume and the extent by which it failed to meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold; (2) the bank's retail loan distribution for each major product line pursuant to proposed § __.22(d); and (3) the additional factors provided in proposed § __.22(e).
                        <SU>864</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>864</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(c)(2)(ii)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed for intermediate banks, or small banks that opt to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, that failed to pass the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a facility-based assessment area with no acceptable basis for doing so that the agency would review the bank's performance relative to the Retail Lending Volume Threshold as an additional indicator of lending performance when determining the bank's Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion in the facility-based assessment area.
                        <SU>865</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Unlike a large bank without an acceptable basis for failing to meet the threshold, the agencies proposed that if an intermediate bank, or a small bank that opted into the Retail Lending Test, did not have an acceptable basis, the bank would not be limited to receiving only a conclusion of “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” in that facility-based assessment area. The agencies explained that the proposed approach resulting in differential treatment of large banks compared with intermediate banks and small banks was justified because: the agencies recognized that intermediate banks and small banks have less capacity to ensure that their lending is commensurate with their deposits in comparison to large banks; and the agencies recognized that the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data used as the default in the bank volume metric calculations for intermediate banks and small banks may not always accurately reflect the location of depositors.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>865</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(c)(2)(ii)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Some commenters supported the agencies' proposal that an intermediate bank or a small bank that did not pass the retail lending volume screen would have the outcome reviewed as an additional indicator of lending performance when determining the bank's Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion in the facility-based assessment area. A few other commenters asserted that the agencies should extend this same treatment to large banks that did not pass the screen.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Large banks that lack an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold.</E>
                         Final § __.22(c)(3)(iii)(A) provides that if, after reviewing the factors in final § __.22(c)(3)(i), the agencies determine that a large bank lacks an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a facility-based assessment area, the agencies will assign the bank a Retail Lending Test conclusion of “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” for the facility-based assessment area. In determining whether “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” is the appropriate conclusion, the agency considers: the bank's retail lending volume and the extent by which it fell short of the threshold; the bank's distribution analysis pursuant to final § __.22(d) through (f); the performance context factors in § __.21(d); and the additional factors in final § __.22(g).
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies' reason for the different treatment of large banks that lack an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Screen remains that large banks have greater capacity than intermediate banks and small banks to ensure that their lending is commensurate with their deposits and to voluntarily collect and maintain deposits data in cases where the bank's FDIC's Summary of Deposits data do not accurately reflect the location of their depositors.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered commenter feedback that the Retail Lending Volume Screen should be employed solely as performance context, including for large banks. For intermediate banks and small banks that opt into the Retail Lending Test, the screen already serves as an additional indicator of lending performance when 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6817"/>
                        determining the bank's Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion in a facility-based assessment area. The agencies believe that adopting that approach would not be desirable for large banks that significantly underperform relative to their presence and capacity to lend and lack an acceptable basis for doing so. The agencies find it unnecessary to provide additional examiner discretion for large banks with respect to assigning facility-based assessment area conclusions. The agencies note that the fact that a large bank does not meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold does not automatically lead to assignment of any conclusion in any facility-based assessment area. Rather, as provided in final § __.22(c)(3)(i), the agencies will also consider whether a bank meets any of the acceptable basis factors.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Intermediate and small banks that lack an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold.</E>
                         Final § __.22(c)(3)(iii)(B) provides that if, after reviewing the factors in final § __.22(c)(3)(i), the agencies determine that an intermediate bank, or a small bank that opts to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, lacks an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a facility-based assessment area, the agencies will develop a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion for the facility-based assessment area pursuant to final § __.22(d) through (f). In turn, the agencies' determination of the bank's Retail Lending Test conclusion for the facility-based assessment area is informed by: the bank's Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion for the facility-based assessment area; the bank's retail lending volume and the extent by which it did not meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold; performance context factors provided in final § __.21(d); and the additional factors in final § __.22(g). Consistent with the proposal, unlike large banks, these banks will not be limited to receiving a conclusion of “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” in the facility-based assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that this approach accounts for the lower capacity of intermediate banks and small banks that opt into the Retail Lending Test to ensure that their lending is commensurate with their deposits. In addition, this approach would account for the proposed use of the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data to calculate the Bank Volume Metric for intermediate banks and for small banks (if these banks do not voluntarily collect and maintain deposits data pursuant to final § __.42(a)(7) and, in turn, report that data pursuant to final § __.42(b)(3)).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section § __.22(d) Scope of Retail Lending Distribution Analysis</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section § __.22(d)(1) Product Lines Evaluated in a Retail Lending Test Area</HD>
                    <P>To evaluate a bank's retail lending performance in its facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area, as applicable, under the Retail Lending Test, the agencies proposed in § __.22(a)(4) to identify a bank's major product lines in a geographic area from among six retail lending categories: closed-end home mortgage loans, open-end home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans. For purposes of identifying a bank's major product lines in a geographic area, the agencies proposed to use a 15 percent standard based on loan dollars for closed-end home mortgage loans, open-end home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, and small farm loans; the agencies proposed to use a 15 percent standard based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count for automobile loans. The agencies would evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's major product lines under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test described in proposed § __.22(d).</P>
                    <P>The agencies received numerous comments regarding each of the proposed retail lending product lines, and the proposed standards for identifying a bank's major product lines. Comments regarding each of the six proposed retail lending products are discussed in turn below. Comments regarding the proposed major product line standards as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d)(2), below.</P>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are modifying, relative to the proposal, the scope of the distribution analysis component of the final rule Retail Lending Test. Under the final rule, only four retail product lines—closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans 
                        <SU>866</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        —may be evaluated under the distribution analysis in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area. The agencies will not evaluate open-end home mortgage loans and multifamily loans under the distribution analysis in final § __.22(e).
                        <SU>867</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, only closed-end home mortgage loans and small business loans may be evaluated as a major product line in a large bank's retail lending assessment areas.
                        <SU>868</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>866</SU>
                             As discussed in introduction to the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22, automobile loans are only evaluated under the Retail Lending Test if the bank is a majority automobile lender or the bank opts to have its automobile loans evaluated under the Retail Lending Test.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>867</SU>
                             However, open-end home mortgage loans and multifamily loans are included in the bank's metrics for purposes of the Retail Lending Volume Screen, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>868</SU>
                             For further discussion of the product lines that may be evaluated in a retail lending assessment area, see the section-by-section analysis of final § __.17(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As such, final § __.22(d)(1) provides that in each applicable Retail Lending Test Area, the agencies evaluate originated and purchased loans in each of the following product lines that is a major product line, as described in § __.22(d)(2): 
                        <SU>869</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>869</SU>
                             The agencies have determined that it is appropriate to relocate the provisions describing the scope of the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test from proposed § __.22(a) to final § __.22(d), so that these scoping provisions immediately precede the regulatory text regarding the distribution analysis itself in final § __.22(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>• Closed-end home mortgage loans in a bank's facility-based assessment areas and, as applicable, retail lending assessment areas and outside retail lending area;</P>
                    <P>• Small business loans in a bank's facility-based assessment areas and, as applicable, retail lending assessment areas and outside retail lending area;</P>
                    <P>• Small farm loans in a bank's facility-based assessment areas and, as applicable, outside retail lending area; and</P>
                    <P>• Automobile loans in a bank's facility-based assessment areas and, as applicable, outside retail lending area.</P>
                    <P>Each of the four product lines included in the final rule Retail Lending Test distribution analysis is discussed in turn below. Following this discussion, the two product lines excluded from the final rule Retail Lending Test distribution analysis are discussed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Product Lines Included in the Retail Lending Test Distribution Analysis</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(d)(1)(i) Closed-End Home Mortgage Loans</HD>
                    <P>
                        In final § __.22(d)(1)(i), the agencies are adopting with certain substantive, clarifying, and technical revisions their proposed approach of evaluating closed-end home purchase, home refinance, home improvement, and other purpose home mortgage loans as a single major product line under the Retail Lending Test's distribution analysis. The 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6818"/>
                        agencies have decided that open-end home mortgage loans will not be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, but rather, responsive open-end home mortgage loans will be considered under the Retail Services and Products Test, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.23.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed above, the agencies currently evaluate a bank's “home mortgage” lending under the lending test, which includes both closed-end home mortgage loans and open-end home mortgage loans.
                        <SU>870</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed to evaluate closed-end home mortgage loans secured by a one-to-four family dwelling as a single major product line under the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>871</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As proposed, this category would include one-to-four family closed-end home mortgage loans of all purposes, including home purchase loans, home refinance loans, home improvement loans, and other purpose closed-end home mortgage loans, but not including multifamily loans.
                        <SU>872</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies noted that, in comparison to a potential alternative in which closed-end home mortgage loans with different purposes are evaluated separately, the proposed rule would consolidate closed-end home mortgage loans in a single major product line, thereby streamlining the evaluation process and reducing complexity. As a major product line, the proposal contemplated that closed-end home mortgage loans would be evaluated using the distribution metrics included in the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>873</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>870</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(l) and __.22(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>871</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a)(4)(i)(A). The agencies proposed in proposed § __.12 to define “closed-end home mortgage loan” to have “the same meaning given to the term `closed-end mortgage loan' in 12 CFR 1003.2(d)” (the CFPB's Regulation C, implementing HMDA), but excluding multifamily loans. For further discussion of the definition of “closed-end home mortgage loan” under the final rule, see the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12 (“closed-end home mortgage loan”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>872</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a)(4)(i)(A). As under the CFPB's Regulation C, “other purpose” refers to any loan purpose other than home purchase, refinance, or home improvement. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             12 CFR 1003.4(a)(3) and associated Official Interpretations.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>873</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(b) through (d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies sought feedback on whether to evaluate closed-end home mortgage loans of different purposes individually or collectively given that the factors driving demand for home purchase loans, home refinance loans, home improvement loans, and other purpose home mortgage loans can vary over time. In addition, the agencies noted that these closed-end home mortgage products can meet different credit needs for low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities. The agencies also requested feedback on whether aggregation could lead to less transparency in the reported metrics when one loan purpose category takes prominence over another. For example, a bank's home purchase lending performance could be obscured during periods of high home mortgage refinance lending, and a bank's home mortgage refinance lending performance could be similarly obscured during periods of high home purchase lending activity. The agencies sought feedback on the magnitude of this risk, and whether it outweighs the efficiency gained from more streamlined closed-end home mortgage lending evaluations.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also sought feedback on whether to evaluate home improvement loans and other purpose closed-end home mortgage loans reported under HMDA under both the Retail Lending Test and the Retail Services and Products Test or only under the Retail Services and Products Test. In addition, the agencies sought commenter views on the proposal to continue the current practice of evaluating closed-end home mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family owner-occupied properties and non-owner-occupied properties together.
                        <SU>874</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>874</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a)(4)(i)(A). This treatment would have obtained for the proposed separately evaluated open-end home mortgage lending product line as well. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a)(4)(i)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received many comments on evaluating closed-end home mortgage lending and open-end home mortgage lending pursuant to a CRA final rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Aggregation of closed-end home mortgage loans regardless of loan purpose.</E>
                         A number of commenters supported the proposed evaluation of all closed-end home mortgage loans on a combined basis, regardless of loan purpose. Some commenters expressed concerns that evaluating closed-end home mortgage loans separately by different loan purposes would introduce additional complexity into the proposed Retail Lending Test. A few commenters questioned whether, on balance, separating home purchase loans and refinance loans would affect a bank's performance sufficiently to offset added complexity. Other commenters preferred evaluating closed-end home mortgage loans as a single category because demand for closed-end home mortgage loans of different purposes varies over time for reasons beyond a bank's control.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, other commenters expressed a preference for separately evaluating closed-end home mortgage loans of different purposes. In general, these commenters emphasized that different home mortgage products meet different credit needs and demand for such products can vary based on market conditions over time, with some highlighting the differences between home purchase loans and home refinance loans. These commenters favored separate evaluation of these products as a way to allow for more precise measurement of whether banks are meeting the needs of low- and moderate-income borrowers. For example, a commenter suggested that the agencies separately evaluate different types of closed-end home mortgage loans to avoid obscuring important differences among loan types; however, this commenter acknowledged that such disaggregation might not be possible in all assessment areas, especially rural areas with insufficient loan activity for separate evaluation. Another commenter recommended separately evaluating four categories of closed-end home mortgage loans—home purchase loans, home refinance loans, home improvement loans, and other purpose home mortgage loans—without distinguishing between closed-end home mortgage loans and open-end home mortgage loans, stating that this approach would promote a more standard comparison between like transactions. In addition, a commenter that supported disaggregating home purchase and home refinance loans suggested that the agencies should also separate cash-out refinances from rate-term refinances or remove cash-out refinances entirely from the Retail Lending Test because such loans could be used for equity stripping.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Home improvement and other purpose closed-end home mortgage loans.</E>
                         Many commenters supported the agencies' proposal to include home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans as part of the closed-end home mortgage loan major product line. A number of commenters emphasized the ways in which home improvement loans can benefit low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities, such as by increasing the value of homes owned by low- and moderate-income borrowers and meeting significant credit needs. For example, a commenter emphasized the critical updating and maintenance needs of aging affordable housing stock and asserted that products such as combined purchase-rehabilitation loans 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6819"/>
                        are important for supporting sustainable homeownership. Another commenter stated that considering home improvement and other purpose loans only under the Retail Services and Products Test would reduce the level of quantitative rigor applied to their evaluation. In addition, a number of commenters noted that evaluating home improvement loans and other purpose loans under the Retail Lending Test would create greater incentives for banks to offer these products to low- and moderate-income borrowers and to develop innovative products. However, another commenter suggested that home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans should only be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test if the bank can demonstrate that the loans were made to increase home value, improve livability and accessibility, generate income through business space, allow for services in the home, or make the home more energy efficient. In addition, a number of commenters recommended that home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgages should be evaluated both quantitatively under the Retail Lending Test and qualitatively under the Retail Services and Products Test, which one commenter noted could consider the innovativeness of a bank's lending products.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters addressed whether the agencies should establish a separate product line under the Retail Lending Test for home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans, noting that these loans are distinct from home purchase loans and refinancing loans. A commenter recommended that home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans lending should be considered separately in a third category if the agencies determined to consider home purchase loans and refinance loans separately. Another commenter suggested that home improvement loans be evaluated either separately or together with other retail loans under the Retail Lending Test, if there is a sufficient volume of these loans.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters opposed the evaluation of home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans under the Retail Lending Test. Some of these commenters stated that the Retail Lending Test should focus on home purchase loans and refinance loans. Other commenters stated that home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans should be evaluated solely under the Retail Services and Products Test, with a commenter noting that these loans would rarely trigger a major product line. Another commenter supported evaluating these loans only qualitatively, but recommended the agencies consider implementing a quantitative evaluation if demand for this type of loan increases.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Non-owner-occupied home mortgage loans.</E>
                         A few commenters supported the proposal to include loans secured by one-to-four family non-owner-occupied housing in the closed-end home mortgage loan product line, noting that these loans represent an investment in low- and moderate-income communities and play an important role in ensuring access to naturally occurring affordable housing.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, many other commenters opposed including non-owner-occupied housing loans in the evaluation of closed-end home mortgage loans. Some commenters stated that non-owner-occupied housing loans should be excluded altogether because such loans do not represent access to credit for low- and moderate-income individuals and can fuel gentrification and displacement. Another commenter similarly raised concerns that granting credit for non-owner-occupied housing loans to investors would not address inequities in credit access for minority individuals and communities.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters provided other suggestions related to the evaluation of non-owner-occupied housing loans. A few commenters recommended that non-owner-occupied home loans should be evaluated under the Retail Services and Products Test. Some commenters stated generally that owner-occupied home loans should be prioritized over loans secured by investor-owned properties. For example, a commenter suggested that the agencies include non-owner-occupied housing loans in the Retail Lending Test, but assign them less weight than loans secured by owner-occupied homes; this commenter also supported non-owner-occupied housing loans being considered under the Community Development Financing Test. Some commenters also advocated for an impact review of non-owner-occupied home loans to ensure that these loans build wealth and do not displace or harm low- and moderate-income or minority individuals. Relatedly, a number of commenters recommended that only certain non-owner-occupied housing loans be included in the bank's evaluation, such as loans made to low- and moderate-income, minority, or mission-driven nonprofit organization borrowers, or loans originated by mission-driven nonprofit organizations.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Other closed-end home mortgage loan products.</E>
                         Several commenters provided feedback related to evaluating other specific closed-end home mortgage loan products. For example, a commenter encouraged the agencies to evaluate manufactured housing loans as a separate category under the Retail Lending Test to incentivize more manufactured home lending. This commenter stated that manufactured homes tend to be affordable options for low- and moderate-income individuals and suggested that the agencies separately track home mortgage loans titled as personal property.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters submitted feedback regarding construction loans. A commenter stated that the agencies should include construction loans to home builders and borrowers for the construction of one-to-four family residential properties under the Retail Lending Test to incentivize banks to make more construction loans and increase the housing supply. A few commenters suggested that construction loans be eligible for CRA consideration even if the occupant is not a low- or moderate-income individual, as long as the home sale price does not exceed four times the area median family income. These commenters indicated that this would help address the lack of supply of affordable starter homes and encourage community stabilization and revitalization.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters offered views on the treatment of reverse mortgage loans. For example, a commenter asserted that reverse mortgage loans are essential to aging borrowers and stated that banks should consider the needs of their aging deposit customers with reverse mortgages to avoid foreclosure and displacement. In contrast, another commenter suggested that reverse mortgage loans should not be encouraged and should be excluded from the Retail Lending Test because they have the potential to impact the borrower negatively.</P>
                    <P>A commenter suggested that certain income-restricted home mortgage assistance loans and programs, such as downpayment assistance, should be counted as closed-end home mortgage loans under the Retail Lending Test to incentivize banks to continue participating in these special programs. Another commenter stated that the agencies should award “extra credit” to banks for originating home mortgages involving community land trusts because such programs are designed to preserve affordable housing and prevent displacement.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        Final § __.22(d)(1)(i) adopts the proposed approach of evaluating closed-
                        <PRTPAGE P="6820"/>
                        end home purchase, home refinance, home improvement, and other purpose home mortgage loans as a single major product line pursuant to the Retail Lending Test's distribution analysis.
                        <SU>875</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>875</SU>
                             As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12, the final rule defines “closed-end home mortgage loan” as follows: “
                            <E T="03">Closed-end home mortgage loan</E>
                             has the same meaning given to the term `closed-end mortgage loan' in 12 CFR 1003.2, excluding loan transactions set forth in 12 CFR 1003.3(c)(1) through (10) and (13) and multifamily loans as defined in [§ __.12].”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Aggregation of closed-end home mortgage loans regardless of loan purpose.</E>
                         The agencies' decision to adopt the proposal is based on a number of factors. First, the agencies believe that a combined evaluation of closed-end home purchase loans, home refinance loans, home improvement loans, and other purpose home mortgage loans allows for an appropriate degree of flexibility for a bank to meet the closed-end home mortgage credit needs of its community, accounting for diverse bank business models and strategies. Under this approach, a bank may achieve strong performance in the closed-end home mortgage product line by serving low- and moderate-income borrowers and low- and moderate-income census tracts through any combination of home purchase loans, home refinance loans, home improvement loans, or other purpose closed-end home mortgage loans.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also believe that a combined evaluation of closed-end home mortgage loans will result in greater stability and consistency of associated metrics and benchmarks over time. The agencies determined that, as some commenters noted, a combined market benchmark may be less volatile than separate market benchmarks for home purchase loans and home refinance loans.</P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, the agencies believe that a combined evaluation of closed-end home mortgage loans is more consistent with the current regulations and introduces fewer complexities than separately evaluating home mortgage loans of different purposes. For example, agency analysis of lending data from 2018-2020 demonstrated that evaluating home purchase loans and refinance loans as separate product lines would likely result in an increase in the number of major product lines for approximately 4,040 facility-based assessment areas, which is approximately 58 percent of all large bank and intermediate bank facility-based assessment areas.
                        <SU>876</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>876</SU>
                             This analysis is based on a set of intermediate and large banks that are both CRA and HMDA reporters. Wholesale banks, limited purpose banks, strategic plan banks, and banks that do not have at least one facility-based assessment area in a U.S. State or District of Columbia are excluded from the analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies considered that establishing separate product lines for closed-end home purchase, home refinance, home improvement, and other purpose home mortgage loans could result in instances where a bank does not have a sufficient number of loans in one or more of these individual categories to conduct a robust distribution analysis. For example, the agencies believe that in evaluation years in which home mortgage refinance activity is relatively low, some banks might have too little activity to count as a separate product line. However, a combined approach will ensure that these loans are subject to a distribution analysis as part of a larger aggregate category for closed-end home mortgage loans. The agencies also note that if separate product lines were created for home purchase loans and home refinance loans, a similar potential loss of coverage from a distribution analysis might occur for home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans, because these loans too would by default then need to be evaluated separately.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered the potential benefits of an alternative approach of separately evaluating closed-end home mortgage loans based on loan purpose. In particular, as some commenters noted, home purchase, home refinance, home improvement, and other purpose home mortgage loans fulfill different purposes. For example, home purchase loans facilitate access to homeownership, while home refinance loans can help borrowers to obtain a lower monthly payment when interest rates fall. A separate evaluation of these categories could provide more specific visibility into a bank's record of meeting important yet distinct closed-end home mortgage credit needs, clarifying instances in which a bank had lower relative performance for either home purchase lending or home refinance lending. The agencies also considered that different benchmarks, thresholds, and performance ranges for these categories might reflect differences in the credit needs and opportunities in an area more specifically than a combined product line category for all closed-end home mortgage lending, thus informing the efforts of the agencies, banks, and other stakeholders to identify and address community credit needs.</P>
                    <P>However, on balance, the agencies have determined that these potential benefits of separately evaluating home purchase, home refinance, home improvement, and other purpose home mortgage loans are outweighed by the considerations discussed above. These include the agencies' determination that designating a combined closed-end home mortgage loan category is more adaptive to a diversity of both bank business models and community credit needs. At the same time, the agencies appreciate the potential benefits of greater precision in understanding the ways that banks meet community credit needs, and note that they will consider ways to provide information to the public about the breakdown of home purchase and home refinance loans within the combined closed-end home mortgage loan category.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Home improvement and “other purpose” closed-end home mortgage loans.</E>
                         The final rule also adopts the proposed approach of including closed-end home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans as part of the overall closed-end home mortgage loan product line under the Retail Lending Test's distribution analysis. The agencies believe that this approach is appropriate because low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities have needs for closed-end home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans. Furthermore, the agencies have considered commenter feedback that evaluating these loans under the Retail Lending Test will help to emphasize bank activities that address these needs. Evaluating home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans as part of a combined closed-end home mortgage loan product line will ensure that these tools for meeting community credit needs are accounted for under the Retail Lending Test distribution metrics and benchmarks.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered an alternative approach of creating separate product line categories for home improvement and other purpose home mortgage loans, or a product line category combining home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans. However, the agencies believe that the number of home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans for many banks and Retail Lending Test Areas could often be insufficient for robust evaluation as a separate product line. For example, a separate evaluation would include constructing market benchmarks based solely on home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans, which the agencies note are significantly less prevalent than home purchase and home refinance loans. Furthermore, the agencies considered that these alternative approaches would 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6821"/>
                        increase the complexity of the distribution analysis due to the additional product lines and associated metrics, benchmarks, performance ranges, weighting, and other quantitative components of the evaluation. In light of these considerations, the agencies determined that the increased complexity resulting from creating a separate product line category for home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans is not warranted.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered commenter sentiment that home improvement loans and other purpose home mortgage loans be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test only if a bank can demonstrate that these loans were made to increase home value, improve livability and accessibility, generate income through business space, allow for services in the home, or make the home more energy efficient. The agencies believe that the Retail Lending Test is appropriately focused upon evaluating a bank's distribution of loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers and low- and moderate-income census tracts, and that the credit products component of the Retail Services and Products Test will effectively evaluate whether a bank's credit products and programs are, consistent with safe and sound operations, responsive to the credit needs of the bank's entire community, including the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, residents of low- and moderate-income census tracts, small businesses, and small farms.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Non-owner-occupied home mortgage loans.</E>
                         The agencies considered, but are not adopting, commenter sentiment that non-owner-occupied home mortgage loans should either be excluded from evaluation under the Retail Lending Test or afforded less weight than owner-occupied home mortgage loans. In making this determination, the agencies considered a number of factors.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies considered that including loans secured by non-owner-occupied properties in a bank's borrower and geographic distribution analyses provides a more complete picture of the bank's closed-end home mortgage lending activity and capacity in light of opportunities in the area. For example, where a bank has made a large number of non-owner-occupied closed-end home mortgage loans, including these loans in the distribution analyses would better demonstrate the extent to which a lender is meeting the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals and low- and moderate-income census tracts relative to its capacity to lend. In contrast, excluding the bank's non-owner-occupied loans from the Retail Lending Test evaluation would result in metrics that would not as accurately reflect the bank's capacity to lend to low- or moderate-income individuals and in low- or moderate-income census tracts.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered that loans secured by non-owner-occupied properties can support access to credit and fulfill a credit need in low- and moderate-income census tracts. The agencies considered that lower credit availability in these geographic areas might negatively affect local housing markets due to the difficulty of obtaining home-secured financing in these areas to buy, sell, refinance, or improve a home. Furthermore, home mortgage loans secured by non-owner-occupied properties may support expanded affordable housing options.</P>
                    <P>In addition, the agencies are concerned that separately evaluating or differentially weighting one-to-four family closed-end home mortgage loans secured by non-owner-occupied properties to reflect the impact of these loans would introduce undue compliance and examination complexity. Differential weighting would be challenging to calibrate and implement, because a range of factors could affect the level of impact that loans for non-owner-occupied and owner-occupied properties have on a community. The agencies considered that an alternative approach of assigning lower weighting to loans for non-owner-occupied properties could inadvertently discourage a bank from meeting credit needs for such loans in a community. Furthermore, the agencies considered that there may be insufficient data to support a separate distribution analysis of these loans in many Retail Lending Test Areas.</P>
                    <P>The agencies considered commenter concerns regarding the responsiveness and affordability of home mortgage loans secured by non-owner-occupied properties. The agencies note that the final rule also evaluates home mortgage loans secured by non-owner-occupied properties under final § __.23(c)(2) of the Retail Services and Products Test for responsiveness to community credit needs, including the needs of low- and moderate-income borrowers and low- and moderate-income census tracts. Also, as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(b)(3), the final rule provides that certain one-to-four family rental housing with affordable rents in nonmetropolitan census tracts qualifies as a community development activity for which a bank could receive CRA consideration.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered, but are not adopting, an alternative approach to only include non-owner-occupied home mortgage loans made to low- and moderate-income, minority, or mission-driven nonprofit organization borrowers, or loans originated by mission-driven nonprofit organizations. As discussed above, the agencies determined that non-owner-occupied closed-end home mortgage loans reflect a bank's capacity to conduct retail lending and are a way that a bank can meet the credit needs of a community. In addition, the agencies believe that applying additional exclusions to certain categories of non-owner-occupied home mortgage loans would add complexity to the evaluation of this product line. For more information and discussion regarding the agencies' consideration of comments recommending adoption of additional race- and ethnicity-related provisions in this final rule, see section III.C of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Other closed-end home mortgage loan products.</E>
                         The final rule retains the proposal's approach to include product lines that would be reportable as closed-end home mortgage loans in HMDA data. In making this determination, the agencies considered comments regarding including other specific types of loan products in the closed-end home mortgage loan product line evaluation. As a general matter, the agencies believe that including closed-end home mortgage loans that are reportable in HMDA data in CRA evaluations promotes consistency across regulations, which in turn facilitates compliance and consistent information within a cohesive banking regulatory framework.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered, but are not adopting in the final rule, commenter sentiment to include rate-term refinances, and to exclude cash-out refinances, in the Retail Lending Test evaluation of closed-end home mortgage lending. The agencies believe that all refinance types can be an important credit source for individuals and that there could be unintended consequences to limiting the refinance mortgages that are determined to meet community credit needs. For example, the agencies have considered that excluding specific categories of home mortgage refinance loans from the closed-end home mortgage product line could reduce the flexibility of banks to serve the community in a way that accords with the bank's business model and strategy. Accordingly, the final rule maintains the proposed approach of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6822"/>
                        including all closed-end home mortgage loans, including all closed-end home refinance loans, in the closed-end home mortgage product line.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As proposed, the final rule includes closed-end manufactured housing loans in the closed-end home mortgage loan product line. As noted above and discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12, the final rule defines “closed-end home mortgage loan” as equivalent to the term “closed-end mortgage loan” in Regulation C. A closed-end mortgage loan under Regulation C is an extension of credit that is secured by a lien on a “dwelling” and that is not an open-end line of credit.
                        <SU>877</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Regulation C defines a “dwelling” as “a residential structure, whether or not attached to real property” that “includes but is not limited to . . . a manufactured home or other factory-built home.” 
                        <SU>878</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies note that loans for manufactured housing may be titled as real estate (generally secured by a manufactured home and the land on which it is sited) or as personal property (generally secured by the manufactured home only). Manufactured home loans titled as real estate and those titled as personal property are both secured by a dwelling and thus both closed-end mortgage loans included in the HMDA data; as such, both of these manufactured loan types will be used for evaluating the closed-end home mortgage product line under the Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>877</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1003.2(d) (defining “closed-end mortgage loan”) and (o) (defining “open-end line of credit”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>878</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1003.2(f).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies believe that including manufactured housing loans in the closed-end home mortgage product line is appropriate for several reasons. The agencies believe that these loans may help meet community credit needs, especially in certain areas where affordable housing is limited and where manufactured housing may be relatively common. Further, the agencies considered that in markets where a significant share of low- and moderate-income households own manufactured housing, excluding loans made to these households could result in market benchmarks that do not appropriately reflect the credit needs and opportunities of the area. The agencies also considered that the responsive credit products component of the Retail Services and Products Test will enable the agencies to make informed determinations about the responsiveness of a bank's manufactured housing lending.</P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, the agencies considered that it may not be feasible for Retail Lending Test evaluations to exclude, or separately consider, manufactured housing that is titled as personal property because the HMDA data field identifying these loans may not be complete for banks that are partially exempt from HMDA reporting. In addition, the agencies considered that the number of these loans may be too low to conduct a robust separate analysis, including developing market benchmarks in Retail Lending Test Areas.
                        <SU>879</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>879</SU>
                             Certain data points reported in HMDA, including the manufactured housing secured property type, are exempt if the transaction is covered by a partial exemption. 
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             12 CFR 1003.3(d) and associated Official Interpretations.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Regarding construction loans, under the final rule, the agencies will evaluate only closed-end construction loans that are reported under HMDA, consistent with the agencies' proposal. The agencies considered, but decline to adopt, an alternative suggested by some commenters to evaluate all construction-only loans, including those not reported under HMDA, for one-to-four family residential properties in the closed-end home mortgage loan product line under the Retail Lending Test. A construction-only loan that is designed to be replaced by permanent financing is considered temporary financing and excluded from HMDA reporting.
                        <SU>880</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies have determined that this temporary financing should not be included in the closed-end home mortgage product line of the Retail Lending Test, because the borrower of a construction-only loan may be a commercial entity, and it is not clear how the borrower distribution analysis would apply to these loans. Including these loans in the distribution analysis could impact the evaluation of closed-end home mortgage loans because the metrics and benchmarks would reflect lending in multiple substantially different loan product types. Thus, construction-only loans considered temporary financing under the HMDA reporting requirements will not be evaluated in the closed-end home mortgage product line. In contrast, a combined construction-to-permanent loan based on a single legal obligation is reportable pursuant to HMDA, and the agencies believe that they should be included with other HMDA-reportable closed-end home mortgage loans to avoid increasing the complexity of the Retail Lending Test evaluation. In addition, the agencies note that certain construction loans and other temporary financing could be considered as community development loans, if the loan meets a community development definition pursuant to § __.13.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>880</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1003.3(c)(3) and associated Official Interpretations.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Regarding reverse mortgage loans, the agencies have also considered commenter sentiment that these loans should not be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test because of commenter views that these loans may vary considerably in their responsiveness to low- and moderate- income borrowers and low- and moderate-income communities in ways are not contemplated by the proposed distribution analysis. In considering how best to evaluate reverse mortgage loans, the agencies note that a large majority of these loans are open-end home mortgage loans.
                        <SU>881</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe that the final rule approach, discussed below, of evaluating open-end home mortgages only under the Retail Services and Products Test's responsive credit products and programs component in final § __.23(c)(2), and not also under the Retail Lending Test, appropriately focuses the evaluation of the significant majority of reverse mortgage loans on their responsiveness to low- and moderate-income individuals and low- and moderate-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>881</SU>
                             Board analysis of HMDA Loan/Application Register (LAR) data from 2018-2020 showed that approximately 80 percent of all reverse mortgages were open-end; among depository institutions only, 84 percent of reverse mortgages were open-end.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that including the relatively small share of reverse mortgage loans that are closed-end home mortgages within the closed-end home mortgage loan product line on the Retail Lending Test is appropriate for a number of reasons. The agencies note that closed-end reverse mortgage loans typically provide borrowers with a specified amount of money upfront that cannot be subsequently increased over time and generally feature a fixed interest rate.
                        <SU>882</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe that these features make closed-end reverse mortgage loans more like the forward closed-end home mortgage loans with which they are aggregated under the final rule's closed-end home mortgage loan product line, compared to open-end reverse mortgage loans, which the final rule would not evaluate as a major product line. The agencies also note that they have issued detailed guidance to the banks they supervise regarding the consumer financial protection laws and regulations that 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6823"/>
                        apply to reverse mortgage lending, and setting forth supervisory expectations related to ensuring the protection of reverse mortgage loan consumers.
                        <SU>883</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>882</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             CFPB, “Reverse Mortgages: Report to Congress” 98 (June 28, 2012), 
                            <E T="03">https://files.consumerfinance.gov/a/assets/documents/201206_cfpb_Reverse_Mortgage_Report.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>883</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             OCC, Board, FDIC, NCUA, U.S. Dept. of Treasury Office of Thrift Supervision, “Reverse Mortgage Products: Guidance for Managing Compliance and Reputation Risks,” 75 FR 50801 (Aug. 17, 2010).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, the agencies note that, due to HMDA partial exemptions available to certain banks,
                        <SU>884</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         reverse mortgages are not consistently identifiable under HMDA, which would make it challenging to identify and remove reverse mortgages from a bank's reported closed-end home mortgages. Finally, the agencies believe that the inclusion of closed-end reverse mortgages allows for an appropriate degree of flexibility for a bank to meet the closed-end home mortgage credit needs of its community, accounting for diverse bank business models and strategies. Permitting banks to receive consideration for these loans preserves an additional means for banks to meet community credit needs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>884</SU>
                             A transaction may be partially exempt if a bank is eligible for partial exemptions. A bank eligible for partial exemptions does not need to collect and report certain data on HMDA reportable transactions. 
                            <E T="03">See generally</E>
                             12 CFR 1003.3(d) and associated Official Interpretations.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies considered commenter sentiment that certain income-restricted home mortgage assistance loans and programs, such as downpayment assistance, should be counted as closed-end home mortgage loans under the Retail Lending Test. Under the final rule, the agencies note that income-restricted home mortgage assistance programs could receive consideration under the Retail Services and Products Test as a responsive credit product and program. Under the final rule, the agencies also note that if such programs involve originating or purchasing closed-end home mortgage loans, those loans would be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test. For example, a program focused on originating home mortgages involving community land trusts could receive qualitative consideration under the Retail Services and Products Test and any closed-end home mortgages originated under this program would also be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test's distribution analysis, provided that closed-end home mortgage loans are a major product line for the bank. The agencies believe this approach appropriately evaluates a range of bank activities that serve community credit needs while maintaining a metrics-based approach for evaluating retail lending.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(d)(1)(ii) and (iii) Small Business Loans and Small Farm Loans</HD>
                    <P>In final § __.22(d)(1)(ii) and (iii) and (d)(2) and in paragraphs II.b.1 and II.b.2 of final appendix A, the agencies are adopting their proposal to evaluate the distribution of a bank's originated and purchased small business loans and small farm loans as separate major product lines under the Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In proposed § __.22(a)(4)(i), the agencies provided that they would evaluate the distribution of small business loans and small farm loans as separate major product lines under the Retail Lending Test,
                        <SU>885</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and sought feedback on the corresponding evaluation framework. As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12, the agencies sought feedback on definitions and size standards for “small business,” “small business loan,” “small farm,” and “small farm loan.” The agencies also sought comments on sunsetting the current small business loan and small farm loan definitions when transitioning to using section 1071 data for CRA evaluations (discussed in the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.12 and __.22(e)).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>885</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a)(4)(i)(D) and (E).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies received many comments on different aspects of evaluating small business lending and small farm lending as major product lines under the proposed Retail Lending Test, including the aspects of the proposal related to the section 1071 rulemaking.
                        <SU>886</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The section-by-section analysis of final § __.12 discusses feedback on the proposed definitions of small business, small business loan, small farm, and small farm loan.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>886</SU>
                             The agencies also received comments on evaluating small business lending as a community development activity, which, along with the agencies' proposed and final rules on the economic development category of community development, are discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.13(c). In addition, the section-by-section analysis in of final § __.12 discusses comments on the proposed definitions of small business, small business loan, small farm, and small farm loan.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">In general.</E>
                         A few commenters specifically addressed the designation of small business loans and small farm loans as major product lines, evaluated under the Retail Lending Test's distribution analysis, with most generally favoring continuing to evaluate these loans. Some commenters noted that such an evaluation of a bank's small business loans and small farm loans, along with home mortgage loans, is consistent with longstanding interpretation of the core focus of the CRA and regulatory practice. Some commenters suggested that the agencies consolidate the six proposed major product lines into a smaller number—between two and four product line types—including some sentiment that small business loans and small farm loans could be considered as a combined product line category. As discussed above in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d)(2), commenters advocating for evaluation of fewer product lines under the Retail Lending Test generally indicated that this would simplify the Retail Lending Test evaluation and lessen regulatory burden. Some commenters stated that small farm loans are functionally considered a type of business loan, such that a combined evaluation would be appropriate.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Evaluation of small business credit card loans.</E>
                         A few commenters offered views on evaluating small business credit card loans as part of a bank's small business lending under the distribution analysis of the Retail Lending Test. A commenter stated generally that the agencies should carefully consider whether business credit cards are a good form of small business lending or are near-predatory. This commenter also expressed concerns that, although some banks market credit cards to small businesses, these credit card loans might not be easily distinguished from consumer credit card loans if data collection requirements are not revised.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        A few commenters suggested that small business credit card loans should not be evaluated as small business loans. A commenter suggested that credit cards in general, including small business credit cards, should not be in CRA evaluations. This commenter more specifically objected to small business credit card renewals counting as new originations, indicating in support of this objection that small business credit card loans are typically renewed on an annual basis. Another commenter recommended that small business credit card loans should generally not be evaluated as small business loans, but also suggested that larger banks engaging in direct small business credit card lending should retain an option to have these credit card loans evaluated as small business loans. This commenter raised concerns about treating small business credit card loans the same for larger banks as for smaller community banks, due to the different business models these banks may have with respect to this product line. In 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6824"/>
                        particular, the commenter thought that evaluating small business credit card loans as small business loans in a uniform manner across banks would disadvantage smaller banks that engage in indirect credit card lending with affiliates or partner lenders, compared with larger banks that have small business credit card direct lending programs.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters supported qualitative evaluation of small business credit card lending. A commenter stated that the agencies should analyze the pricing and terms of all loans, including small business credit card loans, to ensure that these products are meeting local needs and not extracting wealth. A few commenters indicated similar interest in ensuring that small business credit card loans be subject to a qualitative evaluation, expressing support for evaluating small business credit card loans under both the proposed Retail Lending Test and the proposed Retail Services and Products Test. One of these commenters specifically stated that the agencies should consider factors such as repayment rates and the affordability of credit card terms in evaluating small business credit card loans.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">In general.</E>
                        <SU>887</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In final § __.22(d)(1)(ii) and (iii), the agencies have provided that they will evaluate the distribution of a bank's originated and purchased small business loans and small farm loans as separate major product lines under the Retail Lending Test. Specifically, the agencies will evaluate the distribution of a bank's small business loans and small farm loans in facility-based assessment areas and in an outside retail lending area in which small business loans and small farm loans constitute major product lines. Additionally, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.17, the agencies will evaluate the distribution of a bank's small business lending as a major product line in retail lending assessment areas if small business loans meet or exceed the delineation threshold provided in final § __.17(c)(2).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>887</SU>
                             The transition amendments included in this final rule will, once effective, amend the definitions of “small business” and “small farm” to instead cross-reference to the definition of “small business” in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule. This will allow the CRA regulatory definitions to adjust if the CFPB increases the threshold in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule definition of “small business.” This is consistent with the agencies' intent articulated in the preamble to the proposal and elsewhere in this final rule to conform these definitions with the definition in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule. The agencies will provide the effective date of these transition amendments in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             after section 1071 data is available.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Separate evaluation of small business loans and small farm loans.</E>
                         In determining to evaluate small business loans and small farm loans as separate major product lines under the Retail Lending Test, the agencies considered that this approach is consistent with the current large bank lending test 
                        <SU>888</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and ensures continuity in the evaluation of these two product lines. Additionally, the agencies believe that small business loans and small farm loans should be evaluated separately because these products can serve distinct borrower groups with different challenges and credit needs.
                        <SU>889</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe that the additional visibility provided by separate evaluations of a bank's small business loans and small farm loans better facilitates determining whether a bank is helping to serve the credit needs of small businesses and small farm as part of the bank's entire community. The agencies expect that the final rule's distribution analysis for small business loans to small businesses and small farm loans to small farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less and for small business loans to small businesses and to small farm loans to small farms with gross annual revenues of greater than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(e)(2)(ii)(C) and (D), will provide additional clarity regarding how banks are serving the needs of these different types of borrowers.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>888</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>889</SU>
                             Data analysis conducted by the agencies of market benchmarks in facility-based assessment areas where small business and/or small farm were a major product line indicated that the median benchmarks for small business lending and small farm lending differed significantly, reinforcing the agencies' view that the credit needs and opportunities associated with the two lending product lines are distinct and should be evaluated separately.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies considered, but are not adopting, an alternative approach of combining small business loans and small farm loans into a single major product line category, and evaluating the distribution of these loans on a combined basis. The agencies considered that this alternative approach would reduce complexity for banks that would otherwise have both a small business and small farm product line, by reducing the total number of product lines and associated metrics, benchmarks, and performance ranges. However, as discussed above, the agencies determined that defining small business loans and small farm loans as separate categories would bring the important benefits discussed above of consistency with the current approach, and provide greater visibility into how a bank has served the credit needs of its community. In light of these considerations, the final rule maintains the current and proposed approach of evaluating small business loans and small farm loans as separate major product lines.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Evaluation of small business credit card loans.</E>
                         The final rule retains the current and proposed approaches of including small business credit card loans as small business loans when evaluating a bank's retail lending. The agencies believe that evaluating small business credit card loans is important due to the role these loans can play in providing short-term financing for small businesses and small farms. Based on supervisory experience, the agencies believe that small business credit card loans can provide liquidity to small businesses and small farms that addresses key short-term credit needs, such as providing working capital, facilitating cash flow, and meeting unexpected expenses. As a result, the agencies believe that considering small business and small farm financing comprehensively is important for a broader understanding of how banks are meeting the credit needs of their communities. In addition, the agencies considered that including small business credit card loans in the distribution analysis of a bank's small business lending allows appropriate flexibility for a bank to meet community credit needs in a way that accords with the bank's business model and strategy. For these reasons, as well as for simplicity, clarity, and consistency with the current framework, the agencies will continue to consider small business credit card loans as part of the small business product line.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding treatment of small business credit card renewals in particular, the agencies note that the final rule is consistent with current guidance, which provides that a bank should collect and report its refinanced or renewed small business loans and small farm loans as loan originations, but that a bank may only report one origination per loan per year, unless an increase in the loan amount is granted.
                        <SU>890</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         When the agencies transition to using section 1071 data for CRA evaluations (as discussed 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6825"/>
                        in the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.12 and __.22(e)), renewals will be considered to the extent that they are reported under section 1071.
                        <SU>891</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>890</SU>
                             Renewals of lines of credit for small businesses and small farms are treated in the same manner as renewals of small business loans and small farm loans. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.42(a)—5. The treatment of renewals and refinancings pursuant to the Community Development Financing Test (and the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks and Intermediate Bank Community Development Evaluations) is discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.24.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>891</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1002.104.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered, but are not adopting, a commenter suggestion to separately evaluate direct and indirect small business credit card loans. The agencies believe that evaluating small business loans and small farm loans conducted through both direct and indirect channels contributes to a more comprehensive and consistent review of the ways in which a bank is meeting its community's credit needs. As similarly discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22(d)(1)(iv), regarding automobile lending, not distinguishing between direct and indirect small business loans is intended to ensure consistency across product lines, facilitating certainty, predictability, and transparency regarding distribution analysis. At the same time, the agencies recognize that performance context, including a bank's business strategy and product offerings, is a key factor to consider in assessing a bank's CRA performance. For this reason, the agencies may consider performance context factors that are not accounted for in the Retail Lending Test's metrics and benchmarks, including consideration of whether a bank's lending in a major product line was primarily through direct or indirect channels, when assigning Retail Lending Test conclusions.
                        <SU>892</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>892</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final §§ __.21(d) and __.22(e) and (g).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In determining to evaluate small business credit card loans within the small business product line as part of the Retail Lending Test distribution analysis, the agencies also considered that the Retail Services and Products Test will evaluate other aspects of a bank's small business credit card lending. Specifically, as explained in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.23, the agencies will qualitatively evaluate whether a bank's credit products and programs, which may include small business credit card lending, are responsive to the needs of the bank's community, consistent with safe and sound operations.
                        <SU>893</SU>
                    </P>
                    <P>In addition, the agencies considered commenter sentiment that small business credit card lending may not in all cases appropriately serve the credit needs of a bank's community. The agencies note that these considerations are part of the agencies' consumer compliance examinations and, where applicable, pursuant to final § __.28(d), the agencies' evaluation of a bank's CRA performance would take into consideration evidence of discriminatory or other illegal credit practices.</P>
                    <P>In determining to include small business credit card loans within the small business product line, the agencies have also considered how the mixture of different product types included in the small business product line could impact the Retail Lending Test distribution analysis for different banks. For example, the agencies considered that when evaluating the small business lending of a bank that primarily offers one small business loan product and does not offer small business credit cards, the market benchmarks used in the bank's distribution analysis may not reflect the bank's product offerings. In such circumstances, the agencies may consider the bank's business strategy and product offerings, pursuant to § __.21(d)(5), when assigning Retail Lending Test conclusions for this bank, which the agencies believe will address cases in which additional considerations are necessary to inform the distribution analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(d)(1)(iv) Automobile Loans</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to evaluate the distribution of a bank's automobile loans using a metrics-based approach under the Retail Lending Test. Under the proposed approach, automobile loans would be evaluated in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area if the bank's originated and purchased automobile loans are a major product line in such facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area.</P>
                    <P>The agencies received feedback on the proposal to evaluate the distribution of a bank's automobile loans under the Retail Lending Test from a variety of commenters expressing a range of views regarding whether the agencies should evaluate automobile loans under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test when automobile loans constitute a major product line, with some commenters supporting the proposed approach, and other commenters recommending an alternative approach for evaluating automobile loans, such as a qualitative evaluation approach. Some commenters also disagreed about the types of automobile loans that the agencies should be considered in the distribution analysis, especially indirect automobile loans.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting the proposal to evaluate the distribution of a bank's automobile loans under the Retail Lending Test, with certain changes. Specifically, under the final rule, the agencies only evaluate automobile loans under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test if (1) automobile lending constitutes a majority of the bank's retail lending, or (2) the bank opts to have its automobile loans evaluated. In these cases, the agencies evaluate the distribution of a bank's originated and purchased automobile loans, including indirect automobile loans, in facility-based assessment areas or outside retail lending area in which automobile loans constitute a major product line.
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>894</SU>
                             Under the proposal, automobile loans and other types of consumer loans could also be considered under the responsive retail lending products and programs prong of the Retail Services and Products Test. The proposed treatment of automobile loans and other consumer loans would thus depart from the practice of the current CRA regulations, under which the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's motor vehicle, credit card, other secured, and unsecured loans are evaluated as separate consumer loan categories under the lending test if consumer lending constitutes a substantial majority of a bank's business. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(a)(1). Current interagency guidance on when to consider large banks' consumer lending states, `“[t]he Agencies interpret `substantial majority' to be so significant a portion of the institution's lending activity by number and dollar volume of loans that the lending test evaluation would not meaningfully reflect its lending performance if consumer loans were excluded.” 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.22(a)(1)-2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed in § __.22(a)(4)(i)(F) to include a bank's automobile lending in the distribution analysis under the Retail Lending Test if automobile loans constitute a major product line in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area. Under the proposal, automobile loans would be the sole consumer loan type evaluated under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>894</SU>
                         The agencies explained in the preamble to the proposed rule that automobile loans should be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test because automobile loans can be important in areas where jobs are located a significant distance away from an individual's residence, particularly where public transportation is not readily available. The agencies also explained that automobile loans can serve as a means for consumers to build a credit history.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies requested feedback on whether the benefits of evaluating automobile lending under the distribution analysis component of the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6826"/>
                        Retail Lending Test would outweigh other considerations such as the impact of data collection and reporting requirements on banks. The agencies also asked whether they should instead adopt a qualitative approach to evaluating automobile lending for all banks.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Evaluation of automobile loans under the Retail Lending Test distribution analysis.</E>
                         A few commenters expressed support for evaluating the distribution of a bank's automobile loans under the Retail Lending Test as proposed. In general, these commenters stated that including automobile lending in the distribution analysis would make the evaluation of a bank's retail lending more comprehensive and would encourage this type of lending to low- or moderate-income borrowers.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters recommended that the agencies pair the metrics-based evaluation of automobile lending with a qualitative assessment that considers whether a bank's automobile lending program is, for example, conducted in a safe and sound manner, compliant with consumer lending laws, meeting consumer needs, and promoting climate resiliency.</P>
                    <P>However, most commenters that addressed the evaluation approach for automobile loans opposed or expressed significant concerns with evaluating automobile loans under the distribution analysis of the Retail Lending Test as proposed. Many of these commenters explicitly stated that the agencies should evaluate automobile lending purely qualitatively, with several commenters specifying that the evaluation should take place only under the Retail Services and Products Test. Another commenter observed that banks lack a historical foundation to estimate expected performance for new retail product lines that the agencies proposed to evaluate under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test, such as automobile lending and multifamily lending.</P>
                    <P>Commenters that opposed or expressed concerns with evaluating the distribution of a bank's automobile loans under the Retail Lending Test discussed a number of issues, including the nature and composition of the automobile finance market; potential data issues associated with a metrics-based approach; the objectives of the CRA; and possible unintended consequences with the proposed quantitative approach.</P>
                    <P>First, a number of these commenters asserted that the banking industry represents a relatively small percentage of the overall automobile lending market and described the market as being heavily composed of nonbanks, credit unions, and captive finance companies, none of which are subject to CRA. Further, these commenters stated that most banks conduct automobile lending primarily through indirect channels via partnerships with third parties that remain primarily responsible for marketing, originating sales, and financing for customers. For these reasons, these commenters asserted that banks have limited control over the geographic and borrower distributions of automobile loans. Thus, these commenters stated that automobile loans are unsuitable for a metrics-based evaluation under the proposed Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>Second, some commenters stated that the agencies' proposal to limit data collection and reporting requirements for automobile lending to banks with assets of over $10 billion would create a universe of reporters that would capture only a small segment of total bank automobile lending. These commenters stated that this incomplete dataset would lead to inaccurate market benchmarks under the proposed Retail Lending Test for this product line. To address this issue at least one commenter recommended expanding the automobile lending data requirements to all large banks, and to wholesale and limited purpose banks with assets over $10 billion.</P>
                    <P>Third, some commenters asserted that the proposed approach for evaluating a bank's automobile lending performance would be inconsistent with their view of the CRA's historic focus and mission, and with the evaluation of consumer loans under the current rule. Specifically, these commenters expressed that the CRA focuses on home mortgage and small business loans for low- or moderate-income individuals, communities, and small businesses, and not on depreciable assets such as automobiles. These commenters further maintained that adding automobile lending as a major product line would deemphasize other wealth-building products. For this reason, a few commenters recommended that, if the metrics-based approach to evaluating automobile loans is retained, the agencies should cap the weight and impact of automobile loans in each assessment area so as not to dilute the impact of more important loan products, especially home mortgage and small business loans. Relatedly, a few commenters stated that the agencies did not provide supporting data or analysis demonstrating that automobile loans facilitate job access and credit building, or otherwise justifying the special treatment of automobile loans compared to other types of consumer loan products.</P>
                    <P>Finally, a few commenters shared viewpoints on potential unintended consequences that could result from the evaluation of the distribution of a bank's automobile loans under the proposed Retail Lending Test. For example, some of these commenters warned that banks may elect to scale back their automobile lending, may exit the automobile lending market entirely, or may become less attractive to automobile dealers than nonbank providers if banks require dealers to take certain actions to comply with CRA. As a result, these commenters stated that the proposal would lead to a reduction in the availability of safe, responsible automobile loans, and ultimately leave the automobile lending market to nonbank lenders not subject to the CRA.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Types of automobile loans considered.</E>
                         A number of commenters addressed the types of automobile loans that the agencies should include or exclude from consideration if automobile loans are evaluated under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test. For example, a commenter encouraged the agencies to define automobile lending as all automobile lending, including automobile purchase loans, loans to consumers for household purposes that are secured by automobiles, and automobile refinance lending, stating that all of these loan products are important means of establishing and building credit for low- or moderate-income individuals.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters recommended excluding, or otherwise expressed concerns with, indirect automobile loans due to the limited role that banks play in indirect automobile lending. At least one such commenter recommended that if the agencies do not exclude indirect automobile loans from evaluation, then the agencies should evaluate direct and indirect automobile loans as separate product lines under the distribution analysis. At least one other commenter recommended that the agencies consider performance context and qualitative factors to a greater extent when evaluating indirect automobile loans. A different commenter similarly stated that it would be unfair to compare a direct to an indirect automobile lender, and recommended that the agencies consider a bank's automobile lending volume and business model in determining whether and how to evaluate the bank's automobile lending, including what 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6827"/>
                        automobile lending data requirements apply to the bank.
                    </P>
                    <P>By contrast, a few commenters stated that the agencies should consider and scrutinize a bank's indirect automobile lending, emphasizing that indirect automobile loans may be predatory.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are adopting the proposal, with substantive modifications, to evaluate the distribution of a bank's automobile loans under the Retail Lending Test pursuant to final § __.22(d)(1)(iv). As discussed above in the introduction to the section-by-section analysis of § __.22, under the final rule, automobile loans are only evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, including the distribution analysis, if the bank is a majority automobile lender, as defined in § __.12, or if the bank opts to have its automobile loans evaluated. In these cases, under the final rule the agencies will evaluate the distribution of a bank's originated and purchased automobile loans, including indirect automobile loans, in the bank's facility-based assessment areas and, as applicable, outside retail lending area.
                        <SU>895</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>895</SU>
                             The agencies proposed to also evaluate the distribution of a large bank's automobile loans in retail lending assessment areas if such loans constitute a major product line. However, as discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis related to § __.17(d), under the final rule, only closed-end home mortgage loans and small business loans are evaluated in retail lending assessment areas.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Evaluation of automobile loans under the Retail Lending Test distribution analysis.</E>
                         The agencies believe it is appropriate to evaluate the distribution of a bank's automobile loans for certain banks using an approach that leverages metrics under the Retail Lending Test. While some commenters expressed that automobile loans are not a wealth-building credit product, the agencies believe that access to automobile loans may increase the incomes and economic mobility of low- and moderate-income individuals through improved access to education, vocational training, and employment opportunities in geographic areas where public transportation is not readily available. Furthermore, automobile loans represent the second largest category of household debt in terms of total debt outstanding, after home mortgages, and slightly greater than student loans.
                        <SU>896</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Inclusion of automobile loans in the retail lending distribution analysis thus reflects the importance of this product line to low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>896</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Center for Microeconomic Data, “Total Household Debt Reaches $17.06 Trillion in Q2 2023; Credit Card Debt Exceeds $1 Trillion” (Aug. 8, 2023), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.newyorkfed.org/newsevents/news/research/2023/20230808</E>
                            ; 
                            <E T="03">see also Household Debt and Credit Report (Q2 2023), https://www.newyorkfed.org/microeconomics/hhdc</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies considered adopting a purely qualitative approach, without a distribution analysis, to evaluating automobile loans, as some commenters suggested. However, the agencies believe that a qualitative approach would be less transparent and less predictable than a distribution analysis, and thus, would not be consistent with the agencies' objectives. In addition, and as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.23(c), automobile loans may also be qualitatively evaluated under the Retail Services and Products Test, which considers whether a bank's credit products and programs are, consistent with safe and sound operations, responsive to the credit needs of the bank's entire community, including the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals and residents of low- and moderate-income census tracts. The Retail Services and Products Test would therefore allow the agencies to assess qualitative aspects of a bank's automobile lending (such as affordability), as many commenters recommended.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have considered other commenter concerns regarding the significant role that nonbank lenders represent in the automobile lending market, and regarding the banking industry's relatively small percentage of the automobile lending market. However, based on supervisory experience and agency analysis, the agencies are aware that, for a particular bank, automobile lending may be a significant share of its retail lending. Therefore, the agencies believe it is appropriate to evaluate the distribution of certain banks' automobile loans to ensure these banks are meeting the automobile financing credit needs of their entire communities.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have also considered some commenters' concerns that the market benchmarks that the agencies proposed to use in evaluating the distribution of a bank's automobile loans could be incomplete or skewed due to the limited applicability of the proposed automobile lending data requirements or the differences between the business models of banks that make automobile loans. As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22(e), the agencies have determined that there would be insufficient bank automobile lending data necessary to construct suitable market benchmarks and corresponding performance ranges. In light of this determination, under the final rule, a bank's geographic and borrower distributions with respect to automobile lending are compared only to community benchmarks, and not to market benchmarks. Thus, the agencies will develop supporting conclusions regarding the distribution of a bank's automobile lending without the use of performance ranges, similar to how the agencies evaluate consumer loans in CRA examinations under the current regulation. The agencies believe the changes in the final rule, relative to the proposal, resolve the potential issues noted by commenters regarding the reliability of the market benchmarks for automobile lending, because market benchmarks will not be used under the final rule approach for automobile lending.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered the range of views expressed by commenters about the potential impact of evaluating the distribution of a bank's automobile loans under the Retail Lending Test, with some commenters predicting that such an evaluation approach would encourage more automobile lending, and other commenters warning that banks would withdraw from the automobile loan market. As discussed above, however, under the final rule, evaluation of automobile loans under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test is optional for the vast majority of banks. For this reason and based on the other changes to the evaluation approach to automobile lending discussed above, the agencies believe that the final rule approach to evaluating automobile lending is reasonable and appropriately tailored.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Treatment of indirect automobile loans.</E>
                         Under the final rule approach, the agencies evaluate the distribution of a bank's automobile loans without regard to whether the loans are originated or purchased through direct or indirect channels. In making this determination, the agencies have considered commenter concerns regarding indirect automobile loans, including commenters recommending that indirect automobile loans be excluded from the distribution analysis. However, based on supervisory experience, the agencies are aware that indirect automobile loans may represent a significant majority of automobile loans for certain banks, and that excluding indirect automobile loans from evaluation may therefore provide an incomplete picture of a bank's 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6828"/>
                        automobile lending.
                        <SU>897</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, excluding indirect loans from the automobile loan product line would be inconsistent with other major product lines evaluated under the distribution analysis of the Retail Lending Test, which do not exclude indirect loans.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>897</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Andreas Grunwald, Jonathan Lanning, David Low, and Tobias Salz, “Auto Dealer Loan Intermediation: Consumer Behavior and Competitive Effects,” National Bureau of Economic Research Working Paper 28136 (Nov. 2020), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.nber.org/system/files/working_papers/w28136/w28136.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies have also determined that an alternative approach of separately evaluating the distribution of a bank's direct and indirect automobile loans would increase complexity in the Retail Lending Test evaluation and could require setting separate major product line thresholds for these two types of automobile lending. Furthermore, the agencies note that aggregating direct and indirect automobile loans is consistent with how a bank reports its automobile loans on its Call Report, which does not distinguish direct and indirect lending.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Product Lines Excluded From Retail Lending Distribution Analysis</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Open-End Home Mortgage Loans</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to evaluate all open-end home mortgage loans secured by a one- to four-unit dwelling as a separate product line under the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>898</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed that this product line would include home equity lines of credit and other open-end lines of credit secured by a dwelling, excluding multifamily loans.
                        <SU>899</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies explained that they recognized that closed-end home mortgage loans and open-end home mortgage loans serve distinct purposes for low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities and are sufficiently different to warrant separate evaluation.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>898</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a)(4)(i)(B). The agencies proposed in proposed § __.12 to define “open-end home mortgage loan” to have “the same meaning as given to the term `open-end line of credit' in 12 CFR 1003.2(o), excluding multifamily loans as defined in [§ __.12].”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>899</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a)(4)(i)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to use a distribution analysis to evaluate all open-end home mortgage loans under the approach described in the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>900</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, the agencies also sought feedback on whether to instead solely evaluate open-end home mortgage loans qualitatively under the proposed Retail Services and Products Test. The agencies noted that a qualitative review under the Retail Services and Products Test would focus on the responsiveness of open-end home mortgage loans, which might be appropriate given the range of potential uses for an open-end home mortgage loan. Similarly, the agencies noted that lower lending volumes for open-end home mortgage loans might limit the usefulness of market benchmarks under the Retail Lending Test for an open-end home mortgage product line, particularly in assessment areas with limited open-end home mortgage lending.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>900</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(b) through (d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>A few commenters supported the proposal to evaluate open-end home mortgage loans quantitatively under the proposed Retail Lending Test. A commenter stated that evaluating open-end mortgage loans only under the Retail Services and Products Test would be too subjective. Another commenter emphasized the importance of open-end home mortgage loans for providing ready access to capital for home improvement or emergency repairs.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters expressed support for the proposed approach of evaluating open-end home mortgage loans under both the Retail Lending Test and the Retail Services and Products Test. A commenter favored evaluating the distribution of a bank's open-end home mortgage lending under the proposed Retail Lending Test and whether these products have features responsive to low- and moderate-income community needs under the proposed Retail Services and Products Test. Another commenter suggested that the agencies evaluate open-end home mortgage loans qualitatively under the Retail Services and Products Test due to lower volumes, but also include open-end home mortgage loans in the retail lending volume screen and ensure a quantitative evaluation of the distribution of these loans if demand for these loans increases. Another commenter supported evaluating the distribution of a bank's open-end home mortgage loans and also recommended evaluating pricing and terms of home equity loans, suggesting that home equity lines of credit can be wealth-extracting.</P>
                    <P>In contrast, several commenters suggested that open-end home mortgage loans should not be evaluated quantitatively under the proposed Retail Lending Test and should be evaluated solely under the proposed Retail Services and Products Test. Some of these commenters reasoned that evaluating the distribution of open-end home mortgage loans is not appropriate because many banks are not required to report these loans under HMDA, which would limit the usefulness of Retail Lending Test market benchmarks. A commenter asserted that open-end home mortgage loans would be unlikely to qualify as a Retail Lending Test major product line. Another commenter reasoned that market conditions can vary significantly among local geographic areas and that market uncertainty can be accounted for under a qualitative approach but not under a quantitative approach. This commenter also warned that some lenders use risk-based pricing and high loan-to-value ratios to underwrite home equity loans, raising safety and soundness concerns.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters suggested that the agencies should conduct more research to analyze the extent to which open-end home mortgage lending is critical for low- and moderate-income households in meeting needs and whether such lending is affordable and sustainable before determining whether open-end home mortgage loans should be evaluated under the proposed Retail Lending Test or the proposed Retail Services and Products Test.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the final rule, the agencies will not evaluate a bank's open-end home mortgage lending using the Retail Lending Test's distribution analysis.
                        <SU>901</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies will evaluate all of a large bank's retail lending, including its open-end and closed-end home mortgage lending, for responsiveness to the credit needs of its community under the Retail Services and Products Test in final § __.23 (discussed in detail in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.23). Closed-end home mortgage lending would also be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test distribution analysis, as discussed above, while open-end home mortgage lending would not be included in this analysis. Additionally, intermediate banks and small banks may request additional consideration for responsive retail products and programs, including open- and closed-end home mortgage products and programs.
                        <SU>902</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Consistent with the proposal, the final rule also provides that originations and purchases of open-end home mortgage loans will continue to be quantitatively considered as part of the Bank Volume Metric of the Retail 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6829"/>
                        Volume Lending Screen applied in facility-based assessment areas for all banks subject to the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>903</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>901</SU>
                             As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12, the final rule defines “open-end home mortgage loan” as follows: “
                            <E T="03">Open-end home mortgage loan</E>
                             has the same meaning given to the term “open-end line of credit” in 12 CFR 1003.2, excluding loan transactions set forth in 12 CFR 1003.3(c)(1) through (10) and (13) and multifamily loans as defined in [§ __.12].”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>902</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.21.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>903</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(c); final appendix A, paragraph I.a.1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In determining to evaluate open-end home mortgage lending under the Retail Services and Products Test and not also as a major product line under the distribution analysis of the Retail Lending Test, the agencies considered a number of factors. First, the agencies considered that, although open-end home mortgage loans can help to meet important community credit needs, these products may involve unique risks, in part because they are designed to allow borrowers to reduce equity in their homes at irregular intervals and often involve variable interest rates. These risks are not considered under the Retail Lending Test distribution analyses. In addition, the agencies also considered that open-end home mortgage loans include a heterogeneous mixture of unique product types that are designed to serve a wide variety of consumer credit needs. As a result, evaluating all open-end home mortgage loans as a single product line would include a mixture of product types within a single product line, such as open-end home equity lines of credit and open-end reverse mortgage loans. Evaluating these products on a combined basis may result in market benchmarks that are not an appropriate point of comparison for a bank that specializes in only one specific open-end home mortgage loan product type. Alternatively, further separating open-end home mortgage loans into additional product lines would increase the complexity of the Retail Lending Test approach and may result in instances where a bank has too few loans in any specific open-end home mortgage loan product line to evaluate as a major product line.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also believe that excluding open-end home mortgage loans from the distribution analysis in the final rule appropriately reduces complexity associated with the Retail Lending Test, and is responsive to commenter concerns in that regard.
                        <SU>904</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, the agencies acknowledge commenter feedback that evaluating open-end home mortgages solely under a qualitative approach in the Retail Services and Products Test would result in additional subjectivity relative to a quantitative approach. While a distribution analysis of open-end home mortgage lending may support a more consistent and standardized evaluation compared to a fully qualitative approach, for the reasons discussed above, the agencies believe it is preferable not to designate open-end home mortgage loans as a product line subject to a distribution analysis. At the same time, the agencies believe that retaining some measure of a quantitative evaluation of open-end home mortgage loans is appropriate. The final rule achieves this balance by evaluating these loans qualitatively under the Retail Services and Products Test and quantitatively under the Retail Lending Test, by incorporating them into the Retail Lending Volume Screen for all banks subject to the Retail Lending Test in their facility-based assessment areas. The agencies believe that considering a bank's open-end mortgage lending under the credit products and programs component of the Retail Services and Products Test will best focus evaluations on whether these products are responsive to the credit needs of communities, including low- and moderate-income individuals and census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>904</SU>
                             Analysis of historical lending data showed that excluding open-end home mortgage loans reduced the number of major product lines for approximately 1,500 facility-based assessment areas (approximately 20 percent of facility-based assessment areas for large banks and intermediate banks included in the analysis), in which open-end home mortgage lending would have been a major product line under the proposal. This analysis used 2018-2020 data for facility-based assessment areas from the CRA Analytics Data Tables. The number of facility-based assessment areas with fewer product lines is calculated as the number of facility-based assessment areas that would have fewer product lines when removing open-end mortgages from the major product line calculation, compared to an approach with four product lines (closed-end home mortgage loans, open-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans). Major product lines were determined in this analysis using the final rule major product line threshold of at least 15 percent of a bank's retail lending based on the average of loan count and loan amount.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Exclusion of Multifamily Loans</HD>
                    <P>In the final rule, the agencies have decided that they will not evaluate multifamily lending under the distribution analysis of the Retail Lending Test. Rather, as discussed in the section-by-section analyses of §§ __.13, __.23, and __.24, multifamily lending may be evaluated under the Retail Services and Products Test, the Community Development Financing Test, the Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale and Limited Purpose Banks, the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test, and the Small Bank Lending Test, as applicable.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed in § __.22(a)(4)(i)(C) to evaluate multifamily loans as a major product line using the distribution metrics under the proposed Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>905</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies noted that this approach would recognize the role of multifamily loans in helping to meet community credit needs, such as financing housing in different geographies and for tenants of different income levels. In addition, the agencies sought feedback on standards for determining when to evaluate multifamily loans under the Retail Lending Test, if included as a major product line in the final rule approach. As discussed further in the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.13 and __.22, and consistent with the approach under the current CRA regulations,
                        <SU>906</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies also proposed: (1) consideration of multifamily loans that provide affordable housing to low- or moderate-income individuals under the proposed Community Development Financing Test, the Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale or Limited Purpose Banks, or the intermediate bank community development evaluation; and (2) that an intermediate bank that is not required to report a home mortgage loan, a small business loan, or a small farm loan may opt to have the loan considered under the Retail Lending Test, or, if the loan is a qualifying activity pursuant to proposed § __.13, under the Community Development Financing Test or the intermediate bank community development performance standards.
                        <SU>907</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>905</SU>
                             The agencies proposed in proposed § __.12 to define “multifamily loan” to mean “a loan for a `multifamily dwelling' as defined in 12 CFR 1003.2(n).”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>906</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(g)(1) and (h) and __.22(b)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>907</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.12 (definition of “community development loan”); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that a bank's multifamily lending performance under the Retail Lending Test would be evaluated using loan count, as was the case under the proposal for other major product lines evaluated using the Retail Lending Test's distribution analysis.
                        <SU>908</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed to evaluate multifamily loans using only geographic distribution analysis and not borrower distribution analysis. As a result, under the proposal, borrower income, tenant income, and housing affordability would not factor into the evaluation of multifamily loans under the Retail 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6830"/>
                        Lending Test.
                        <SU>909</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Given the general lack of available borrower income data with respect to multifamily loans, and that many are made to entities that do not report personal income, the agencies explained that distribution analysis based on borrower income would not meaningfully measure whether multifamily loans met community credit needs. The agencies sought feedback on whether an alternative measure of geographic loan distribution for multifamily lending would be preferable, such as the number of units a bank's multifamily lending financed in low- and moderate-income census tracts. The agencies suggested that this measure may better accord with the benefit the bank's lending brought to its community.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>908</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix A, paragraph III.1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>909</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(d)(2)(ii) and (iii) (including multifamily lending in the geographic distribution analysis and excluding multifamily lending from the borrower distribution analysis).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Alternatively, the agencies sought feedback on whether to evaluate multifamily loans only under the Community Development Financing Test. In raising this alternative, the agencies identified potential concerns with evaluating multifamily loans under the Retail Lending Test. Specifically, the agencies noted that the Retail Lending Test distribution analysis of multifamily loans, which would include a geographic distribution and not a borrower distribution, may not effectively measure a bank's record of serving the credit needs of its community. For example, the geographic distribution of a bank's multifamily loans would not indicate whether low- and moderate-income individuals benefit from those loans. Relatedly, the proposal noted that the number of multifamily loans made in low- and moderate-income census tracts may not adequately reflect their value to the community. Unlike home mortgage loans, one multifamily loan could represent housing for anywhere from five households to hundreds of households, which could make loan count an inadequate measure for how multifamily loans benefit local communities. The agencies noted that, under the Community Development Financing Test, examiners could evaluate affordability and the degree to which multifamily loans serve low-or moderate-income tenants. The agencies stated that this approach would also avoid double-counting of multifamily lending under the Retail Lending Test and applicable community development financing performance tests. The agencies sought feedback on whether an alternative Retail Lending Test measure of geographic loan distribution for multifamily lending under the Retail Lending Test would be preferable. For example, the agencies could evaluate the number of units a bank's multifamily lending financed in low- and moderate-income census tracts. The agencies suggested that this measure may better accord with the benefit the bank's lending brought to its community.</P>
                    <P>The agencies requested additional feedback on whether banks that are primarily multifamily lenders should be designated as limited purpose banks and have their multifamily lending evaluated only under the Community Development Financing Test.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received a number of comments regarding evaluating multifamily lending under the proposed Retail Lending Test and/or under other performance tests.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Community Development Financing.</E>
                         Most commenters addressing how multifamily loans should be evaluated supported evaluating multifamily loans under the Community Development Financing Test and not under the distribution analysis of the Retail Lending Test, with some of these commenters stating that multifamily loans are largely commercial loans and not retail loans. A number of commenters indicated that the Community Development Financing Test would more appropriately place focus on the affordability of multifamily units to low- and moderate-income residents, rather than on their geographic distribution as would be required under the Retail Lending Test. A few commenters asserted that banks typically have little control over where multifamily loans are located, and that uneven market demand in low- and moderate-income and other areas alike is driven by market trends and governmental incentives. A commenter also emphasized that the geographic distribution analysis would not exclude upscale housing targeted to middle- and upper-income residents.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters also raised other concerns with evaluating multifamily loans under the Retail Lending Test distribution analysis. For example, a commenter stated that evaluating multifamily loans under the Retail Lending Test would produce a distorted picture of a bank's retail lending performance because multifamily loans have much larger dollar amounts. Another commenter stated that because most banks consider multifamily loans to be commercial loans, there could be logistical challenges in how banks manage the impact of CRA Retail Lending Test distribution requirements on multifamily product lines, such as subjecting a commercial lending business to CRA evaluations for the first time. This same commenter stated that the evaluation of multifamily loans under the Retail Lending Test would be a departure from the agencies' previous focus on home mortgage loans and small business loans, and asserted that, unlike multifamily loans, home mortgage loans and small business loans have been proven to help borrowers and their communities create and sustain wealth. Another commenter raised a concern that evaluating multifamily loans under the Retail Lending Test would cause banks to favor financing multifamily rental properties before making retail loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers or to borrowers in historically low-income geographic areas. In addition, a few commenters stated that HMDA data are too limited to support a reliable Retail Lending Test distribution analysis for evaluating multifamily loans. Some commenters asserted that using loan counts for evaluating multifamily loans under the Retail Lending Test would not allow for sound analysis of loans for different properties. Another commenter stated that a Retail Lending Test geographic distribution analysis of multifamily loans would inappropriately focus on the location of the corporate borrower and not the location of the actual property benefitting and moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters expressed concerns regarding the proposed major product line thresholds and the inclusion of multifamily loans as a major product line. Several commenters stated that multifamily lending for most banks would not exceed the proposed Retail Lending Test's 15 percent major product line threshold, underscoring the importance of evaluating multifamily loans under the Community Development Financing Test. In contrast, a different commenter stated that the large dollar size of multifamily loans may account for a significant percentage of a bank's loan volume, potentially making it less likely for other product lines of the bank to surpass the major product line standard.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Dual Consideration.</E>
                         Some commenters supported multifamily loans being evaluated under both the Retail Lending Test and the Community Development Financing Test. These commenters generally suggested that evaluating multifamily loans under both proposed performance tests would appropriately reflect the importance of this product line to low- and moderate-
                        <PRTPAGE P="6831"/>
                        income communities and would not be duplicative because each performance test would evaluate different aspects of a bank's multifamily lending. A commenter urged the agencies to evaluate both the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's multifamily lending, noting that there is evidence that minority developers are less likely to receive financing from traditional banks. Another commenter suggested that the agencies consider additional Retail Lending Test evaluation criteria for multifamily lending that would generally focus on the affordability, stability, and quality of the housing (by considering, for example, whether the housing is subsidized, unsubsidized, rent-regulated, or market rate, as well as housing conditions and eviction rates). A commenter recommended that the agencies evaluate multifamily loans financing unsubsidized properties under the Retail Lending Test and multifamily loans financing subsidized properties under the Community Development Financing Test. This commenter noted that unsubsidized properties are not part of a concerted government preservation or revitalization strategy and do not have long-term affordability restrictions.
                    </P>
                    <P>In contrast, several commenters suggested that evaluating multifamily loans under both the Retail Lending Test and the Community Development Financing Test would create undesirable incentives for banks. For example, a commenter warned that consideration under both performance tests could incentivize banks to finance multifamily housing in low- and moderate-income census tracts regardless of affordability and whether it would help or hurt low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. A few other commenters expressed the view that considering multifamily loans under both performance tests would incentivize banks to make affordable housing loans over equity investments. These commenters noted that equity investments in affordable housing are generally more responsive to low- and moderate-income community needs compared to affordable housing loans and involve more complex bank involvement.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Evaluation of multifamily loans under either the Retail Lending Test or the Community Development Financing Test.</E>
                         A few commenters stated that it would be appropriate to evaluate multifamily loans under either the Retail Lending Test or the Community Development Financing Test, but not both. For example, a commenter recommended that multifamily loans that qualify for consideration under the Community Development Financing Test should be evaluated only under that performance test so as not to reduce banks' incentives to finance specific types of housing, such as naturally occurring affordable rental housing. Another commenter recommended evaluating multifamily loans solely under the Community Development Financing Test for most banks, but suggested that banks that specialize in multifamily lending should be given the option to classify multifamily loans as either retail loans or community development loans due to the proposed heavy weighting of the Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Multifamily lenders evaluated as limited purpose banks.</E>
                         Some commenters addressed whether banks that are primarily multifamily lenders should be evaluated as limited purpose banks and should have their multifamily lending evaluated only under the Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale or Limited Purpose Banks. A few commenters supporting this approach suggested that banks that are engaged in 60 percent or more of a certain activity, such as multifamily lending, should be measured against other limited purpose banks so as not to dilute peer group data, which would allow for a more appropriate comparison to peer data. A commenter stated that banks that are primarily multifamily lenders should be designated as limited purpose banks, except that such banks should also be evaluated under the Retail Services and Products Test to the extent that they operate branches and take deposits from, or otherwise serve, the general public. Commenters opposed to evaluating banks that are primarily multifamily lenders as limited purpose banks stated that such banks should be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test to ensure that the geographic distribution of their multifamily lending does not exclude low- and moderate-income communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Qualitative factors.</E>
                         Several commenters provided general feedback about multifamily housing, and noted certain considerations that should factor into the CRA evaluation of multifamily lending. In general, these commenters advocated for a more holistic review of a bank's multifamily lending to ensure that it serves low- and moderate-income communities and minority communities. A few of these commenters highlighted that high-cost multifamily housing located in low- and moderate-income areas should not result in displacement of low- and moderate-income individuals. Several of these commenters stated that banks should not finance multifamily housing that displaces or otherwise harms low- and moderate-income and minority tenants (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         multifamily housing that does not comply with local housing and civil rights codes, and other applicable laws).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        Based on consideration of commenter input and further deliberation, the agencies have decided that they will not evaluate multifamily lending under the distribution analysis of the Retail Lending Test.
                        <SU>910</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies have determined that the proposed geographic distribution analysis would not sufficiently evaluate the responsiveness of multifamily lending to community credit needs, including low- and moderate-income credit needs. In particular, the evaluation of a bank's geographic distribution of multifamily loans would not account for housing affordability or whether low- and moderate-income families benefit from these loans, which the agencies believe are essential factors for determining whether a bank's multifamily lending is responsive to local credit needs. In order to consider affordability and benefits to low- and moderate-income communities of multifamily lending within the framework of the Retail Lending Test, the agencies believe it would be necessary to construct market and community benchmarks for these evaluation factors, which the agencies believe would add complexity to the evaluation. In addition, such an approach may be constrained by data limitations, as the agencies are not aware of comprehensive market data on multifamily loan originations and purchases that includes information on the rents charged and income levels of the tenants of the properties financed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>910</SU>
                             Accordingly, the agencies are not including the referenced exclusions included in proposed § __.22(a)(5) that would have allowed multifamily loans to qualify for both retail lending and community development consideration in certain circumstances.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In the absence of benchmarks for housing affordability and benefits to low- and moderate-income families, the agencies believe that a Retail Lending Test evaluation based on a geographic distribution analysis alone would not accurately reflect the responsiveness of a bank's multifamily lending. For example, originating multifamily loans for affordable housing in middle- and upper-income census tracts might be highly responsive to community needs, but a geographic distribution analysis alone would not identify these loans as 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6832"/>
                        serving low- and moderate-income individuals and communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>In addition, the agencies recognize that there are other challenges associated with evaluating multifamily lending under the Retail Lending Test using a distribution analysis. These challenges include that: a limited number of multifamily loan originations in smaller facility-based assessment areas may not support a robust geographic distribution benchmark; the use of loan counts may not reflect the number of housing units supported by multifamily loans; and that multifamily lending may not meet the major product line standard for evaluation for many banks.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered comments that the proposed rule's inclusion of six product lines on the Retail Lending Test could create significant challenges for banks due to the potential complexity of monitoring numerous metrics and benchmarks for each potential major product line. To consider how excluding multifamily lending as a product line on the Retail Lending Test might address these concerns, the agencies analyzed historical lending data. The analysis showed that, applying the final rule's major product line standard to intermediate bank and large bank retail lending during the 2018-2020 period, for banks included in the analysis, approximately 400 facility-based assessment areas would have fewer product lines when multifamily lending is excluded.
                        <SU>911</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Consequently, excluding multifamily lending from evaluation under the Retail Lending Test would reduce the number of major product lines evaluated in these bank facility-based assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>911</SU>
                             The agencies calculated the number of facility-based assessment areas in the 2018-2020 retail lending test sample that would have fewer major product lines when moving from a product line calculation with four major products (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             including multifamily lending) to a product line calculation with only three major products (only closed-end home mortgage, small business, and small farm).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For the reasons described above, the agencies believe that the Retail Lending Test framework is not sufficiently suited to evaluating multifamily lending, neither in combination with the community development performance tests, nor as the sole performance test that evaluates these loans. Instead, the agencies determined that multifamily lending is more appropriately and effectively evaluated solely as community development lending. Accordingly, the final rule provides that if a multifamily loan is a community development loan, the agencies will: (1) for large banks, evaluate the multifamily loan under the Community Development Financing Test; (2) for intermediate banks, evaluate the loan under the Intermediate Bank Community Development Test, or alternatively, under the Community Development Financing Test; (3) for small banks, evaluate the loan under the renamed Small Bank Lending Test; and (4) for limited purpose banks, evaluate the loan under the renamed Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks.</P>
                    <P>The agencies considered, but are not adopting, an approach whereunder banks specializing in multifamily lending would be given the option to classify multifamily loans as either retail loans or community development loans. As discussed above, based on analysis and supervisory experience, the agencies have determined that multifamily lending is not conducive to a distribution analysis under the Retail Lending Test. In addition, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.28 the Community Development Financing Test and Retail Lending Test will be equally weighted at 40 percent each under the final rule, which the agencies believe helps to ensure that a bank's multifamily lending meeting the standards in § __.13(b) is appropriately factored into its overall ratings.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have also determined to not evaluate banks that are primarily multifamily lenders as limited purpose banks. As discussed in the section-by-section analyses of final §§ __.12 and __.26, a bank, such as a primary multifamily lender, may request designation as a limited purpose bank and, if the relevant agency approves the designation, will be evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks. The agencies believe that multifamily lenders designated as limited purpose banks will be appropriately evaluated because a community development financing framework provides a more robust assessment of a bank's overall multifamily lending performance and its responsiveness to serving its communities, including low-and moderate-income communities, than would the Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, with respect to qualitative evaluation of multifamily loans, the agencies will evaluate a large bank's multifamily lending for responsiveness to the credit needs of its community under the Retail Services and Products Test in final § __.23(c)(2). Additionally, intermediate banks and small banks may request additional consideration for their responsive retail products and programs.
                        <SU>912</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>912</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.21.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(d)(2) Major Product Line Standards</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed in § __.22(d) to evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's major product lines in its facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area as applicable, under the Retail Lending Test. To focus the distribution analysis of a bank's retail lending on those products with a greater importance to the bank and its community, the proposal provided that closed-end home mortgage loans, open-end home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, or small farm loans are a major product line in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area if the product line comprised 15 percent or more of a bank's retail lending in the particular area, by dollar amount, over the relevant evaluation period. For automobile loans, the agencies proposed to calculate the 15 percent standard using a combination of the dollar amount and number of loans, recognizing that automobile loans are generally lower in dollar amount compared to other products. The agencies sought feedback on the proposed major product line standards, including whether an alternative standard should apply to multifamily loans in particular.</P>
                    <P>Commenters submitted a range of feedback on the proposed major product line standards, with a few commenters supporting the proposed major product line approach, but most commenters expressing concerns with or offering alternatives to the proposed approach. In general, these commenters warned that the proposed major product line standards would not necessarily ensure that a bank's major product lines reflect the bank's business model and core product offerings. Some of these commenters recommended alternative major product line standards, such as a standard based on loan counts, a standard based on both loan dollars and loan counts, a market share approach, or an institution-level approach. Commenters also expressed a range of views on the proposed major product line standard for multifamily loans, including for monoline multifamily lenders.</P>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed below, the final rule adopts a modified version of the proposed major product line 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6833"/>
                        approach. Under the final rule, closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, or automobile loans (if automobile loans are a product line for the bank) are major product lines in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area if the bank's loans in the product line comprise 15 percent or more of the bank's loans across all of the bank's product lines in the area.
                        <SU>913</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This 15 percent standard is calculated based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count, as described further in the section-by-section analysis related to § __.12 (definition of “combination of loan dollars and loan count”). In addition, under the final rule, closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans are a major product line in a retail lending assessment area in any year of the evaluation period in which the bank delineates a retail lending assessment area based on its closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans as determined by the standard in final § __.17(c) (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         at least 150 reported closed-end home mortgage loans, or at least 400 reported small business loans in each of the two preceding calendar years).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>913</SU>
                             Under the final rule, automobile loans are a product line for the bank if the bank is a majority automobile lender as defined in final § __.12, or if the bank opts to have its automobile loans evaluated pursuant to final § __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In proposed § __.22(d), the agencies proposed to evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's major product lines in its facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area as applicable, under the Retail Lending Test. Proposed § __.22(a)(4)(i) defined major product line as retail lending in each of the following six categories: closed-end home mortgage loans, open-end home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans. Proposed § __.22(a)(4)(ii) specified that closed-end home mortgage loans, open-end home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, and small farm loans are considered a major product line if such loans comprise 15 percent or more of a bank's retail lending in a particular facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area, by dollar amount, over the relevant evaluation period. By contrast, proposed § __.22(a)(4)(iii) specified that automobile loans are considered a major product line if such loans comprise 15 percent or more of a bank's retail lending in a particular facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area, based on a combination of the dollar amount and number of loans, over the relevant evaluation period.
                        <SU>914</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>914</SU>
                             Specifically, the agencies proposed that automobile loans would be considered a major product line if the average of the percentage of automobile lending dollars out of total retail lending dollars and the percentage of automobile loans by loan count out of all total retail lending by loan count is 15 percent or greater in a particular facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a)(4)(iii)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies proposed these major product line standards to focus the evaluation of a bank's retail lending products on those products with a greater importance to the bank in a specific community. The agencies further reasoned that the proposed major product line standards would offer increased predictability.</P>
                    <P>Under the proposal, the major product line standards would apply at the level of a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area, as applicable. For example, a large bank that primarily extends home mortgage loans and small business loans but also specializes in small farm loans in a handful of rural facility-based assessment areas would, under the proposal, have the geographic and borrower distributions of its small farm loans evaluated in those rural facility-based assessment areas (assuming the small farm lending exceeds 15 percent of the bank's retail lending in those facility-based assessment areas by dollar volume), but not in facility-based assessment areas or retail lending assessment areas where the large bank makes few or no small farm loans. The agencies stated in the proposal that applying the major product line standard at the level of a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area would capture lending that affects local communities, even if such lending might not meet a 15 percent standard at the institution level.</P>
                    <P>Because the proposed Retail Lending Test divided retail lending into six distinct categories, every facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area in which a bank conducts retail lending would have at least one product that represents at least 16.6 percent (or one-sixth) of the dollar volume of its total retail lending in that geographic area. For this reason, the agencies proposed setting the major product line standards at 15 percent—below the 16.6 percent mark—to preclude the possibility of a bank having no major product lines.</P>
                    <P>In the preamble to the proposed rule, the agencies sought feedback about whether they should use a different standard for determining when to evaluate a bank's closed-end home mortgage loans, open-end home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, and small farm loans under the distribution analysis of the Retail Lending Test, and if so, what should that standard be and why. Additionally, the agencies asked whether they should use a different standard for determining when to evaluate multifamily loans under the distribution analysis of the Retail Lending Test. For example, the agencies suggested that multifamily lending could be considered a major product line only where the bank is a monoline multifamily lender or where the bank is predominantly a multifamily lender within the applicable facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside of facility-based assessment area, as applicable, or at the institution level. The agencies further suggested that “predominantly” could mean that multifamily lending ranks first in the dollar amount of a bank's retail lending in a geographic area or that it accounts for a significant percentage of the dollar volume of a bank's retail lending, for example 50 percent. The agencies noted that using a different standard for determining whether multifamily lending is a major product line would help ensure that the agencies assess a bank's relevant multifamily lending performance under the Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        With respect to automobile loans, the agencies proposed to apply the 15 percent standard using a combination of dollar amount and number of loans, rather than using dollar amount alone. For example, if a bank's automobile lending accounted for 10 percent of its total retail lending dollars and 22 percent of its total retail loans by loan count in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area, as applicable, its combined percentage would be 16 percent, and automobile lending would be evaluated as a major product line under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test. The agencies proposed this modified major product line standard for automobile loans in recognition of the fact that automobile loans are generally lower in dollar amount compared to other products. As such, the agencies were concerned that a threshold of 15 percent of a bank's retail lending calculated based on dollar 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6834"/>
                        amount alone may rarely result in automobile loans being identified as a major product line. By considering both the average of dollar amount and loan count, the agencies' proposal would treat automobile loans as a major product line for banks that would not otherwise meet a standard that considers only dollar volume. The agencies stated in the proposal that this approach recognized that automobile loans can fulfill unique and important credit needs for low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities. The agencies sought feedback in the proposal on whether they should use a different standard for determining when to evaluate automobile loans.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Support for proposed major product line standards.</E>
                         A few commenters supported the proposed major product line standards without modification. For example, at least one commenter stated that the proposed major product line standards would ensure more consistent Retail Lending Test evaluations, provide clarity to banks, reduce reliance on examiner judgment, and ensure that the agencies evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of all significant areas of a bank's retail lending portfolio.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Concerns with proposed major product line standards.</E>
                         Most commenters that addressed the proposed major product line standards expressed concerns with the proposed approach. While some of these commenters opposed having a major product line standard at all, others supported a major product line standard in concept, but expressed concerns with different aspects of the proposed approach. Many of these commenters suggested alternative approaches to determining whether a product line is a major product line, as discussed below.
                    </P>
                    <P>In general, commenters that expressed concerns with the proposed major product line standards stated that the proposed standards would not necessarily ensure that a bank's major product lines reflect the bank's business model and core product offerings. For example, a number of commenters stated that the proposed threshold of 15 percent could inadvertently capture products that a bank offers to customers as an accommodation, but that do not represent a core offering of the bank.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters warned that the proposed major product line standards would result in the agencies evaluating a relatively low percentage of small business lending under the distribution analysis of the Retail Lending Test. For example, a commenter cited an analysis showing that the small business lending of some of the most significant small business lenders in a particular assessment area would not constitute a major product line under the proposed approach. Another commenter estimated that, under the proposed approach, the number of its assessment areas in which the agencies would evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of its small business lending would decrease from nearly all assessment areas to less than 20 percent of assessment areas. The same commenter noted that the loan amounts associated with a bank's home mortgage lending may be much larger than a bank's small business lending, and, as such, the bank's small business lending might not trigger a major product line, even if the bank has relatively large small business lending market share in its assessment area.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters emphasized a different concern with the proposed major product line standards, stating that the proposed approach would create uncertainty because banks would not know which products constituted major product lines until examination time, and, as a result, banks' ability to implement credit programs responsive to community needs would be impeded. At least one of these commenters stated that increasing the proposed major product line threshold from 15 percent to a higher threshold would reduce volatility in the application of the distribution analysis component of the proposed Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternative major product line approaches suggested by commenters.</E>
                         Commenters that opposed or expressed concerns with the proposed major product line standards generally suggested one of four alternative approaches (with some commenters suggesting combinations of these approaches) for determining whether a particular loan product constitutes a major product line in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area: (1) using loan counts; (2) using both loan dollars and loan counts; (3) using a market share approach; or (4) using an institution-level approach.
                    </P>
                    <P>First, some commenters recommended that the agencies use loan counts, rather than a loan dollar standard as proposed for certain product lines, to determine whether a bank has a major product line in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area. Many of these commenters suggested that a major product line should be triggered where a bank makes more than a threshold number of loans of a particular type in a geographic area, with suggestions ranging from a de minimis number of loans (to capture any bank that routinely makes loans in the product line) to 150 loans per evaluation period. Other commenters that supported using loan counts suggested other alternate approaches. For example, a commenter suggested a major product line standard based on whether: (1) the bank makes more than 30 loans (for small banks) or 50 loans (for large banks) in the product line in the geographic area; or (2) loans in the product line represent at least 15 percent of the bank's retail loans by loan count in the relevant geographic area.</P>
                    <P>Second, some commenters supported using both loan dollars and loan counts to determine all of a bank's major product lines, instead of only using this approach for automobile lending as proposed. At least one commenter recommended that the agencies apply the proposed major product line standard for automobile loans to all other product types. Several other commenters suggested a major product line standard based on whether: (1) the bank made more than 50 loans in the product line in the geographic area (without specifying whether this threshold would apply annually or over the evaluation period); or (2) loans in the product line represent at least 15 percent of the bank's retail loans by loan dollars in the geographic area. A commenter recommended using a 15 percent threshold by loan dollars in geographic areas where home mortgage loans are similar in size to small business and small farm loans, but using a 15 percent threshold by loan count in other geographic areas.</P>
                    <P>Third, at least one commenter suggested that the major product line standard should be based on the bank's market share in the facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area. Specifically, the commenter stated that a major product line should be triggered if a bank's loans in a geographic area account for more than 20 percent of the loans in the product line in the geographic area across all banks. The commenter asserted that, absent such an approach, an important segment of a local credit market would not be evaluated, particularly in geographic areas with low retail lending volumes overall.</P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, a number of commenters suggested that a bank's major product lines should be determined at the institution level. These commenters generally believed that this approach would ensure consistent evaluations across a bank's facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6835"/>
                        and outside retail lending areas and enable a bank to know at the beginning of an exam cycle which product lines the agencies will evaluate under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test. Commenters suggested various approaches for the institution-level determination, with some commenters favoring an institution-level determination based on loan count, and other commenters favoring an institution-level determination based on loan dollars. In addition, at least one commenter suggested that banks should designate the product lines that will be evaluated as a major product line, so long as there is sufficient volume.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Major product line standard for multifamily loans.</E>
                         Several commenters addressed the agencies' request for feedback regarding the proposed standard for determining when to evaluate multifamily loans as a major product line, particularly in relation to monoline multifamily lenders and lenders predominantly engaged in multifamily lending. A few commenters stated that the agencies should finalize the proposal to use the same major product line standard for multifamily loans as for other product lines. A commenter stated that the agencies should adopt the proposed standard for most multifamily lenders but develop a different standard for monoline multifamily lenders to ensure that the predominant multifamily lender in a geographic area, and particularly in rural markets, is not overlooked.
                    </P>
                    <P>Several other commenters expressed concerns with the proposed major product line standard for multifamily loans and suggested a different major product line standard for multifamily loans than for other product lines. In general, these commenters warned that very few multifamily loans would be evaluated under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test using the proposed standard, despite the ongoing affordable housing shortage. To address this issue, a commenter suggested a qualitative approach to determining when to evaluate multifamily lending as a major product line, stating that most banks cannot compete with the very large lenders that dominate the multifamily loan market. Another commenter stated that the agencies should evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's multifamily loans under the proposed Retail Lending Test regardless of the predominance of this product type.</P>
                    <P>Many other commenters did not support evaluating the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's multifamily lending under the Retail Lending Test, which would eliminate the need to designate a major product line standard for this product line. This feedback is discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d) above.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are adopting a modified version of the proposed major product line approach. Under final § __.22(d)(2)(i), closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, or automobile loans (if automobile loans are a product line for the bank) are a major product line in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area if the bank's loans in the product line comprise 15 percent or more of the bank's loans across all of the bank's product lines in the facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area over the years of the evaluation period.
                        <SU>915</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As specified in paragraph II.b.1 of final appendix A, this 15 percent standard is calculated based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count, as described further in the section-by-section analysis related to § __.12 (definition of “combination of loan dollars and loan count”). In addition, under final § __.22(d)(2)(ii), closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans are a major product line in a retail lending assessment area in any year in the evaluation period in which the bank delineates a retail lending assessment area based on its closed-end home mortgage or small business loans, respectively, as determined by the standard in final § __.17(c) (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         closed-end home mortgage loans are a major product line in a retail lending assessment area with at least 150 reported closed-end home mortgage loans in each of the two preceding calendar years, and small business loans are a major product line in a retail lending assessment area with at least 400 reported small business loans in each of the two preceding calendar years).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>915</SU>
                             Under the final rule, automobile loans are a product line for the bank if the bank is a majority automobile lender as defined in final § __.12, or if the bank opts to have its automobile loans evaluated pursuant to final § __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Exclusion of open-end home mortgage loans and multifamily loans.</E>
                         As discussed in the section-by-section analysis related to final § __.22(d) above, under the final rule, the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's open-end home mortgage loans and multifamily loans are not evaluated under the Retail Lending Test. For this reason, the agencies are not adopting a major product line standard for multifamily loans, or an alternative standard for monoline multifamily lenders, as raised in the proposal and recommended by some commenters.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Major product line standard in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas—single standard.</E>
                         Under the final rule, in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area, a bank's closed-end home mortgage, small business, small farm, or automobile loans (if automobile loans are a product line for the bank) are a major product line if the bank's loans in the product line comprise 15 percent or more of the bank's loans across all of the bank's product lines in the geographic area over the years in the evaluation period. In developing this aspect of the final rule, the agencies determined that it was appropriate to establish a major product line threshold, and that the same threshold should apply to all product lines evaluated under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        First, the agencies believe that a major product line threshold is appropriate. Although under the current rule a large bank is generally evaluated on all home mortgage, small business, and small farm loans, the agencies believe that it is appropriate to focus the evaluation on product lines in a geographic area that meet a materiality standard. In addition, product lines that represent a relatively low percentage of a bank's retail lending in an area and would receive less weight than the bank's more significant product lines when determining the bank's Retail Lending Test conclusion. Specifically, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis related to final § __.22(f) and section VII of final appendix A, in developing a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion for a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area, the agencies combine the product line scores for the major product lines evaluated in the area. For this purpose, each product line score is weighted by the ratio of the bank's loans in the major product line to its loans in all major product lines in the area, based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count. Because each major product line is weighted based on this share, a major product line that represents only a small percentage of the bank's retail lending relative to other major product lines in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area would have relatively little impact on the bank's Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion in the area. For this reason, the agencies believe 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6836"/>
                        that, rather than evaluating every product line in every facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area, only those product lines that cross a threshold of materiality (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the major product line threshold) in a particular area should be evaluated under the distribution analysis of the Retail Lending Test in that area. The agencies also considered that a major product line threshold will help to limit complexity because product lines that do not meet the major product line standard would not be subject to a distribution analysis and associated metrics, benchmarks, and performance ranges. In addition, based on the agencies' supervisory experience, the agencies believe that some major product line standard is appropriate because not all product lines have a sufficient amount of lending to conduct a meaningful distribution analysis.
                    </P>
                    <P>Second, the agencies believe that a single major product line threshold should apply to all product lines evaluated in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas. The agencies believe that this approach limits additional complexity associated with monitoring which of a bank's product lines may exceed the major product line standard, because a uniform standard is applied to all product lines. The agencies considered, but are not adopting, an alternative approach of adopting different major product line standards for different product lines. As shown in Table 7, the agencies note that adopting different major product line standards for different product lines could increase the percentage of loans evaluated under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test in certain product lines, such as small farm loans. However, the agencies believe that, on balance, the benefits of a single approach to the major product line standard in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas outweigh the increased Retail Lending Test coverage that could result from adopting different major product line standards for different product lines. Regarding small farm lending in particular, the agencies also considered that while the percentage of small farm loans evaluated under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test is estimated to be lower than other product lines, small farm lending is a relatively small percentage of all retail lending.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Major product line standard in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas—15 percent threshold.</E>
                         In considering which major product line threshold should apply, the agencies note that the major product line threshold should not exceed 30 percent (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         just under one-third or 33 percent) to eliminate the possibility that no product line would be evaluated in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area. For example, a bank (other than a majority automobile lender or a bank that opts to have its automobile lending evaluated) with an equal share of closed-end home mortgage, small business, and small farm lending in a facility-based assessment area, based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count, would have no major product line if the agencies selected a major product line threshold greater than 33 percent.
                    </P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="561">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6837"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.006</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>
                        As shown in Table 7, the agencies considered a range of potential major product line thresholds, and the effect that each such threshold would have on (1) the coverage of the Retail Lending Test distribution analysis, measured as the share of the closed-end home mortgage lending, small business lending, and small farm lending across banks that would have been evaluated as a major product line in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area, and (2) the number of facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas in which each product line would have been evaluated as a major product line. Based on the agencies' review of this data, for banks included in the analysis, the agencies determined that adopting a higher major product line threshold (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         25 percent or 30 percent, based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count), would have resulted in a lower share of small farm lending being evaluated as a major product line in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas. On the other hand, the agencies took into 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6838"/>
                        consideration that adopting a lower major product line threshold (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         10 percent, based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count) would result in a larger number of facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas in which each product line would have been evaluated as a major product line.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that, on balance, the final rule major product line threshold of 15 percent captures an adequate share of closed-end home mortgage, small business, and small farm lending, while also limiting the number of product lines evaluated in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas relative to options with a lower threshold. Specifically, based on historical data, for banks included in the analysis, the 15 percent threshold captured almost all closed-end home mortgage and small business lending, and nearly half of small farm lending in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Major product line standard in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas—combination of loan dollars and loan count.</E>
                         Under the final rule, whether a product line meets the 15 percent major product line standard in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area is determined based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count. Specifically, a bank's closed-end home mortgage, small business, small farm, or automobile loans (if automobile loans are a product line for the bank) are a major product line in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area if the average of the following two figures is 15 percent or more for the product line:
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Loan dollars:</E>
                         The share of lending that the product line represents across all these product lines in the facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area, by loan dollars; and
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Loan count:</E>
                         The share of lending that the product line represents across all these product lines in the facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area, by loan count.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies determined that using a combination of loan dollars and loan count to determine whether a product line is designated as a major product in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area is appropriate for all product lines, rather than only automobile loans as proposed, for two reasons. First, using a combination of loan dollars and loan count reflects two different measures of impact—the dollar amount of credit provided in a particular facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area, and the number of borrowers benefitted in the facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area—both of which the agencies view as important, and both of which the agencies believe should be accounted for in determining whether a product line is a major product line. Second, the agencies believe that using a combination of loan dollars and loan count better facilitates comparison between product lines with significant differences in the average loan amount, and thus does not overly diminish the importance of small-dollar loans. In particular, several commenters noted that using loan dollars alone would diminish the importance of small business loans due to the generally smaller size of small business loans relative to other product lines, especially closed-end home mortgage. As shown in Table 8, analysis based on historical data shows that, for banks included in the analysis, using a combination of loan dollars and loan count would have resulted in substantially greater coverage of small business loans evaluated as a major product line within facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas in 2018-2020 relative to using loan dollars alone. In this way, the agencies believe that using a combination of loan dollars and loan count accommodates banks with different bank business models (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         different mixes of small business and closed-end home mortgage lending), consistent with one of the agencies' goals for CRA modernization.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="430">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6839"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.007</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Major product line standard in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas—absence of collected, maintained, or reported loan data.</E>
                         Pursuant to paragraph II.b.1.iii of final appendix A, if a bank has not collected, maintained, or reported loan data on a product line in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area for one or more years of an evaluation period, the product line is a major product line if the agencies determine that the product line is material to the bank's business in the facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area. The agencies believe this provision is necessary to appropriately evaluate a bank that has conducted lending in a product line but for which, due to a lack of collected, maintained, or reported loan data, the agencies cannot calculate whether the product line meets or exceeds the 15 percent threshold discussed above. In such cases, the agencies would consider any information indicating that the bank's lending in the particular product line is significant enough to be considered a major product line. For example, the agencies may consider estimates provided by the bank of the number and dollar amount of loans in the product line originated and purchased in the area, and could determine based on these estimates whether the product line represents approximately 15 percent of the bank's retail loans in the area. The agencies believe that this approach helps address situations where a bank is not required to collect, maintain or report this data without adding new data collection or reporting requirements.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Uncertainty regarding major product line delineations.</E>
                         The agencies considered comments that the proposed major product line standard would create uncertainty for banks regarding which product lines would be evaluated under the distribution analysis of the Retail Lending Test. The agencies believe that the final rule approach reduces this uncertainty by reducing the maximum number of potential major product lines from six to four, and by establishing a narrower standard for when automobile lending is evaluated on the Retail Lending Test. The final rule approach also narrows the potential major product lines in retail lending assessment areas to closed-end home mortgage loans and small business loans. In addition, the agencies considered that a bank may use its own lending data to estimate which product lines are likely to meet a 15 percent standard in the bank's facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending area, or to meet the thresholds 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6840"/>
                        for delineating a retail lending assessment area. In light of these considerations, the agencies believe that the final major product line standard is appropriate, and reduces potential uncertainty relative to the proposed approach.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Major product line standard in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas—other alternatives considered.</E>
                         The agencies considered, but are not adopting, several alternatives to the proposed major product line standards in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas suggested by commenters. These alternatives, and the agencies reasons for not adopting them, are described below.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        First, the agencies considered using numerical loan count thresholds to determine whether a product line constitutes a major product line. Under this approach, a product line would be considered a major product line if the number of loans in the product line in the facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area exceeded a specified number of loans. However, the agencies believe that using a 15 percent standard, based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count, is preferable to using numerical loan counts for the purposes of designating those product lines that are material to the bank's business in a particular geographic area. For example, if the agencies were to adopt a numerical loan count threshold of 50 loans over the evaluation period, then a bank with 51 small business loans in the geographic area during that time period would have its small business loans evaluated as a major product line regardless of how much lending it undertook in other product lines. Under this example, the 51 small business loans could constitute all of a bank's lending in a geographic area, or a small fraction of its overall lending if the bank also originated, for example, over 600 closed-end home mortgage loans over the same time period in the same geographic area. Further, as discussed above, the agencies believe that a major product line standard that uses a combination of loan dollars and loan count is more appropriate than a standard that uses loan count alone because using a combination of loan dollars and loan count reflects two different measures of impact. By contrast, using loan count alone would reflect only the number of borrowers benefitted, without regard for the dollar amount of credit provided. Finally, the agencies believe that using numerical loan count thresholds alone could result in a greater number of major product lines evaluated in specific geographic areas, many of which could have minimal influence on a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusion given the final rule's weighting approach. This is particularly the case if the agencies were to adopt a de minimis loan count threshold, as some commenters suggested. On the other hand, the agencies acknowledge that using loan counts alone could increase the share of small farm lending across banks that would be evaluated as a majority product line.
                        <SU>916</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         On balance, however, the agencies believe that using a 15 percent standard, based on combination of loan dollars and loan count, is a more appropriate method of determining whether a product line constitutes a major product line than using loan count alone for the reasons stated above.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>916</SU>
                             The agencies analyzed the percentage of closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans that would have been evaluated as a major product line in a facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area under various numerical loan count thresholds, using historical data from CRA and HMDA reporter banks for 2018-2020. For example, using a 50-loan count threshold would have resulted in higher coverage of small farm loans for these banks, almost 90 percent, compared to only around 45 percent under the final rule approach.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Relatedly, the agencies have considered that the major product line standard for facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas in the final rule could result in major product lines consisting of a small number of loans. The agencies have addressed this issue in a different part of the final rule. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis related to § __.22(g)(5), the final rule provides that the agencies would consider as an additional factor whether the Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion does not accurately reflect the bank's performance in a Retail Lending Test Area in which one or more of the bank's major product lines consists of fewer than 30 loans.</P>
                    <P>Second, the agencies considered, but did not adopt, a market share approach to determining whether a product line constitutes a major product line, as at least one commenter suggested. Under this approach, a product line would be considered a major product line if the bank's loans in the product line in the facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area represented a certain share of the lending market for the product line in the geographic area. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis related to § __.17(c), the agencies also considered a market share approach for triggering the retail lending assessment area requirement, at the suggestion of some commenters. However, as in the case of retail lending assessment areas, the agencies believe that using a market share approach to determine whether a product line is a major product line would be complex to administer and would make it more challenging for a bank to determine which of the bank's product lines the agencies will consider a major product line in a particular facility-based assessment area or outside retail lending area. In addition, this alternative approach could result in designating a major product line that constitutes a very small share of the bank's retail lending in an area; in such a case, the agencies considered that the evaluation would not focus on a bank's most significant product lines, and would include a major product line that receives very little weight when determining the bank's Retail Lending Test conclusion in an area. The agencies therefore considered that this alternative would add complexity without a corresponding improvement in the robustness of the bank's evaluation. For these reasons, the agencies declined to adopt a market share approach.</P>
                    <P>
                        Third, the agencies considered, but did not adopt, an institution-level approach, as suggested by some commenters. Under this approach, a bank's major product lines would be determined at the institution level (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         the bank's top two product lines, based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count), and those major product lines would be evaluated in every facility-based assessment and outside retail lending area with a non-zero number of such loans. However, the agencies believe that an institution-level approach to determining a bank's major product lines in a facility-based assessment area could overlook products that do not meet a threshold nationwide but are nonetheless significant in particular markets. For example, a bank for which small farm lending is determined not to be a major product line at the institution level would never have its small farm lending evaluated in specific geographic areas, even in facility-based assessment areas where the bank has made a significant number of small business loans. The agencies believe that the final rule's major product line standard for facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas will capture those product lines that are material to the bank's business in the geographic areas in which the bank is evaluated. For these reasons, the agencies declined to adopt a market share approach.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Major product line standard in retail lending assessment areas.</E>
                         Under the final rule, the 15 percent major product 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6841"/>
                        line standard applicable in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas does not apply in retail lending assessment areas. Rather, under the final rule, a large bank's closed-end home mortgage and small business lending in a retail lending assessment area is evaluated under the distribution analysis component of the Retail Lending Test only if such lending surpasses the applicable loan count threshold for triggering the retail lending assessment area requirement in final § __.17(c). As discussed in the section-by-section related to final § __.17(d), the agencies determined that applying a separate major product line standard in addition to the loan count thresholds for triggering the retail lending assessment area would be overly complex and may impose additional compliance burden by making it more difficult for large banks to monitor their retail lending performance in retail lending assessment areas. For example, a large bank could have a sufficient number of small business loans in a geographic area to trigger a retail lending assessment area in a particular calendar year, but the large bank's small business lending could represent less than 15 percent of the large bank's retail lending in the retail lending assessment area, in which case, the small business loans that triggered the retail lending assessment area would not be evaluated as a major product line. Conversely, a large bank's small business loans in an MSA or the nonmetropolitan area of a State could represent more than 15 percent of the large bank's retail lending in that geographic area, but the number of small business loans could be insufficient to trigger a retail lending assessment area. The agencies believe that the final rule's retail lending assessment area approach accomplishes the agencies' policy objectives (discussed in the section-by-section analysis related to final § __.17) without adding this unnecessary complexity.
                    </P>
                    <P>In addition, the agencies believe that the loan count thresholds for triggering the retail lending assessment area requirement in the final rule are sufficiently high such that, if a large bank makes enough closed-end home mortgage loans or small business loans in an MSA or the nonmetropolitan area of a State to exceed the applicable loan count threshold triggering the retail lending assessment area requirement, the product line is more likely to be material to the bank and to the retail lending assessment area. As such, the agencies believe that it is appropriate to always evaluate the product line as a major product line.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(e) Retail Lending Distribution Analysis</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(e)(1) Distribution analysis in general</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Overall Retail Lending Distribution Analysis Approach</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In proposed §  __.22(d), the agencies proposed to use a set of retail lending distribution metrics to measure a bank's performance with respect to each of its major product lines in each of its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, and in its outside retail lending area, as applicable. The proposed geographic distribution metrics would measure the level of bank lending in low-income and moderate-income census tracts in an area. The proposed borrower distribution metrics would measure the level of bank lending to borrowers of different income levels and to small businesses or small farms of varying sizes, measured in gross annual revenues. As a result, each major product line would be evaluated in four categories of lending. For example, for a bank's closed-end home mortgage lending major product line in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area, the agencies would evaluate the following categories, similar to the current evaluation approach: for the geographic distribution analysis, (1) loans in low-income census tracts and (2) loans in moderate-income census tracts; and for the borrower distribution analysis, (3) loans to low-income borrowers and (4) loans to moderate-income borrowers.</P>
                    <P>
                        After calculating the relevant metrics for each of a bank's major product lines in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area, the agencies proposed to compare these metrics to a set of benchmarks intended to reflect the extent of local lending opportunities. The proposed benchmarks included both community benchmarks and market benchmarks. The proposed community benchmarks reflect the demographics of an area, such as the percentage of owner-occupied housing units that are in census tracts of different income levels, the percentage of families that are low-income, and the percentage of small businesses or small farms of different revenue levels in an area, which are similar to benchmarks used in current practice. The proposed market benchmarks reflect the aggregate lending to targeted areas or targeted borrowers in an area by all reporting lenders, also similar to benchmarks used in current practice. Under the proposal, a bank's performance (as measured by relevant metrics) relative to relevant benchmarks forms the basis of its Retail Lending Test conclusion in the area.
                        <SU>917</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>917</SU>
                             The development of Retail Lending Test conclusions is discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(f).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received a number of comments regarding the overall retail lending distribution analysis approach proposed by the agencies, with many commenters supporting the proposed approach, and other commenters raising concerns with the proposed approach. Some commenters recommended incorporating consideration of race and ethnicity into the retail lending distribution analysis. Other commenters offered alternatives to the proposed retail lending distribution benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Support for overall retail lending distribution analysis approach.</E>
                         Many commenters supported the agencies' proposed metrics-based approach to evaluating the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's major product lines. Many of these commenters indicated that the retail lending distribution metrics would provide rigor on the proposed Retail Lending Test, address what some commenters referred to as “grade inflation” in CRA performance conclusions, and incentivize banks to increase lending to underserved communities. A few commenters also specifically supported the agencies' proposal to evaluate a bank's lending to small businesses and farms under the proposed Retail Lending Test using metrics and benchmarks.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Concerns regarding overall retail lending distribution analysis approach.</E>
                         Conversely, many commenters raised concerns about the proposed metrics-based approach to evaluating the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's major product lines.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters raised concerns regarding the complexity of the overall retail lending distribution analysis approach. For example, at least one commenter stated that the agencies' proposed combination of metrics, benchmarks, and the proposed use of performance ranges to develop Retail Lending Test conclusions, was too complex, and perhaps too finely calibrated and sensitive. Some commenters expressed concern 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6842"/>
                        regarding the large number of calculations that banks would have to make to monitor performance on the Retail Lending Test across many areas, and the complexity of meeting performance expectations under the proposed approach. For example, a commenter noted that the proposed rule's distribution metrics would require banks to collect, maintain, analyze, and report voluminous amounts of data on deposits, loans, peer data, and market demographic data, much of which is not collected today, greatly adding to the regulatory burden and requiring a substantial increase in staffing. Another commenter indicated that, given the complexity of the proposed distribution analysis, banks will need to conduct pre-examination analysis to support incremental adjustments to ensure they are meeting the credit needs of their communities and within the regulatory thresholds in advance of the finality of an examination. Another commenter stated that the real-life experience of attempting the proposed calculations with real data and real examiners will likely prove daunting, and that the complexity of the proposed distribution metrics and benchmarks would produce no benefit to local communities. The commenter suggested that the agencies conduct a beta test of the proposed Retail Lending Test approach using data from banks across the country, and publish a detailed comparison of the time, costs, new software or tools, and final results of the beta test and existing examination method.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters raised concerns that the proposed retail lending distribution analysis approach is inflexible and would not give sufficient consideration to performance context. For example, at least one commenter recommended that the agencies allow examiners to modify applicable thresholds based on performance context. A commenter also expressed concern that while the conditions, opportunities, and circumstances vary in assessment areas, the performance thresholds under the proposal would remain largely constant.</P>
                    <P>Another commenter stated that the proposed retail lending distribution benchmarks rely on a number of assumptions—for example, that the demand for credit between low- and moderate-income and other income areas is substantially similar, or that the potential for wealth building between low- and moderate-income and other income areas is substantially similar—that the agencies should monitor and verify in the long term.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Consideration of race and ethnicity.</E>
                         Many commenters that supported explicit consideration of race and ethnicity in CRA evaluations asserted that the agencies should develop race-based lending metrics and then compare a bank's metrics with demographic benchmarks and peer banks' aggregate performance in the bank's assessment areas. For example, several commenters suggested that the agencies could measure the share of a bank's total loans in an area that are located in census tracts with a relatively high minority share of the population, such as majority-minority census tracts. Under this alternative, if the bank extended a lower share of its retail loans to such census tracts, the bank's evaluation would be adversely impacted. Likewise, a bank's performance evaluation would be positively impacted if the bank extended a higher share of its retail loans to such census tracts. In addition, a commenter suggested that CRA evaluations should take race and ethnicity into consideration by measuring the percentage of a bank's home mortgage loans made to minority families, the percentage of a bank's small business loans made to minority businesses, as well as the percentage of a bank's retail loans made in majority-minority census tracts, and that the agencies should assign performance scores on this basis. This commenter added that the bank's retail lending performance conclusion should be based on a combination of these performance scores and the low- and moderate-income performance scores or, alternatively, that a high performance score on the racial distribution analysis could be evaluated as a factor that improves the performance conclusion for the institution's rating overall. A different commenter similarly suggested that race- and ethnicity-based retail lending metrics could be used only to potentially enhance a bank's retail lending performance conclusion, alongside evaluation of low- and moderate-income retail lending metrics. Another commenter stated generally that there should be a focus on publicly available section 1071 data, which will include information concerning the race and ethnicity of small business loan applicants and borrowers, to ensure equal access to credit for businesses with less than $1 million in revenue and women and minority-owned businesses.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternative approaches to retail lending distribution benchmarks.</E>
                         Some commenters recommended alternative approaches to the proposed retail lending distribution benchmarks. For example, a commenter recommended that the agencies develop a complementary benchmark to the proposed benchmarks that would be based on a bank's contributions to the financial health of a community. Other commenters opposed use of community benchmarks to evaluate a bank's retail lending distributions, indicating that only market benchmarks appropriately reflect local demand because they measure the actual loan distribution that results from the aggregate lending in an assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are adopting the general approach of using retail lending distribution metrics and benchmarks to evaluate a bank's performance with respect to its major product lines. As such, final § __.22(e) provides that the agencies evaluate a bank's Retail Lending Test performance in each of its Retail Lending Test Areas (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area) by considering the geographic and borrower distributions of the bank's loans in its major product lines. Final § __.22(e)(1)(i) more specifically provides that for closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans, respectively, the agencies compare a bank's geographic and borrower distributions to performance ranges based on the applicable market and community benchmarks, as provided in final § __.22(f) and section VI of final appendix A. Final § __.22(e)(1)(ii) (regarding the distribution analysis for automobile loans) is discussed further below.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Use of distribution metrics and benchmarks in general.</E>
                         The agencies believe that the final rule approach to geographic and borrower distribution analysis of a bank's retail lending will further the agencies' objectives of evaluating whether a bank has met the retail credit needs of a community in a consistent and transparent manner. Specifically, the distribution analyses examine a bank's percentage of loans to different categories of borrowers and census tracts relative to benchmarks that are based on local data. For example, a bank would be evaluated for its closed-end home mortgage lending to (1) low-income census tracts; (2) moderate-income census tracts; (3) low-income borrowers; and (4) moderate-income borrowers, respectively. The categories of lending that would be evaluated for each major product line are shown in Table 9 below.
                    </P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P; 6210-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="497">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6843"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.008</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-C; 6210-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>The agencies determined that a distribution analysis is necessary to evaluate a bank's efforts to meet the retail credit needs of a community. Specifically, the metrics in the distribution analysis reflect the extent to which a bank is lending to different categories of borrowers and census tracts, taking into account the bank's overall level of lending in each major product line. The benchmarks for each category of borrowers and census tracts reflect the credit needs and opportunities of those borrowers and census tracts by incorporating demographic data, such as the percentage of low- or moderate-income households in an area, as well as data on the level of lending in the area among all reporting lenders. As discussed further in this section, the distribution benchmarks therefore reflect differences in the credit needs and opportunities across different areas, as well as differences over time in response to changing economic conditions or changes in the local population. As a result, the agencies believe that the use of quantitative benchmarks will account for local performance context and increase the consistency in evaluating performance.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered that analyzing distributions of bank retail lending is consistent with current practice under the lending test.
                        <SU>918</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22(f), the final rule builds upon current practice by establishing performance ranges to increase the clarity and transparency of the distribution analysis. The agencies considered that alternative approaches to a distribution analysis, such as evaluating retail lending qualitatively without the use of metrics, or without 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6844"/>
                        benchmarks, would result in a less robust analysis and inconsistent application of the performance standards.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>918</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(b)(2) and (3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Section __.22(e) of the final rule retains the proposed approach of evaluating both the geographic and borrower distribution of a bank's lending. As discussed in the agencies' proposal, the approach of evaluating both lending to different categories of census tracts, and lending to different categories of borrowers, is consistent with current practice. The agencies believe that a bank's record of providing credit both to borrowers of different income and revenue levels as well as neighborhoods of different income levels are important aspects of its overall record of helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community. For the geographic distribution analysis, this approach recognizes the importance of lending that benefits low-income and moderate-income communities, regardless of the income or revenue size of the particular borrower. For the borrower distribution analysis, the final rule approach similarly recognizes the importance of lending that benefits low-income and moderate-income individuals and smaller farms and businesses, regardless of where they are located.</P>
                    <P>Section __.22(e)(3)(ii) and (iii) and (e)(4)(ii) and (iii) of the final rule also retain the proposed approach of establishing both a community benchmark and a market benchmark for each metric for closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans, which is also consistent with current practice. The community benchmarks approximately reflect the potential lending opportunities in the area for each corresponding metric. For example, the community benchmark for evaluating a bank's closed-end home mortgage lending to moderate-income borrowers is the percentage of families in the area that are moderate-income. The agencies believe that the community benchmark can provide important information for evaluating a bank's metric. For example, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22(f), if a bank's metric equals the community benchmark, that indicates that the bank's lending to the relevant category of borrowers or census tracts is proportionate to that group's share of the population of the area. Under current practice, as well as under the proposed and final rule, the agencies would consider this a strong indicator that the bank has met the credit needs of the entire community.</P>
                    <P>The market benchmarks, which are also used in current evaluations, are the aggregate share of originations made to the category of borrowers or census tracts for each metric. For example, the market benchmark for evaluating a bank's closed-end home mortgage lending in an area to moderate-income borrowers is the percentage of all originations of closed-end home mortgage loans in the area made to moderate-income borrowers. The agencies believe that the market benchmark provides important information about the level of credit needs and opportunities in an area that complements the information provided by the community benchmark. For example, in an area that has a very low homeownership rate among moderate-income families due to a shortage of affordable properties available for purchase, the market benchmark may indicate a relatively small percentage of loans made to moderate-income families, even though the community benchmark indicates that these families make up a substantial percentage of the families in the area. In addition, the agencies believe that the market benchmarks are particularly important for taking into account changes in economic conditions. For example, the market benchmark could reflect an increased share of loans made to moderate-income borrowers due to a change in interest rates.</P>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposed approach, the market benchmarks would include only loan originations, and not loan purchases, as detailed in paragraphs III.b and IV.b of appendix A of the final rule. The agencies believe that excluding loan purchases results in benchmarks that more accurately represent the credit needs and opportunities of an area. Specifically, the agencies considered that including purchased loans would allow a single loan to be counted multiple times in the market benchmark, even though the loan reflects a single borrower.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Objectives in establishing distribution metrics and benchmarks.</E>
                         In response to comments stating that the proposed Retail Lending Test was too complex, the agencies believe that the final rule balances ensuring that CRA evaluations of retail lending are appropriately robust and comprehensive, providing greater consistency and transparency, and reducing overall complexity relative to the proposed approach. The agencies have considered that a metrics-based evaluation approach that captures the multitude of ways that a bank may serve the credit needs of an area necessarily entails a degree of complexity. Specifically, complexity arises from the number of quantitative components of the approach and the detail needed to define and explain each component; data collection, maintenance, and reporting requirements that are necessary to produce the metrics and benchmarks; and the potential need to monitor performance on these metrics over time. However, the agencies believe that each of these aspects offers significant benefits, including accurate measurement of bank metrics; directly incorporating the performance context of an area into the performance standards through the use of thresholds based on local benchmark data; eliminating the use of limited scope assessment areas and comprehensively evaluating a bank's major product lines; appropriately tailoring for different bank business models, geographic footprints, and market conditions; increased standardization and consistency in performance standards and examination procedures; greater transparency regarding how conclusions and ratings are determined; and the ability to monitor performance over time relative to specific performance standards.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Furthermore, as discussed throughout the section-by-section analysis of § __.22, the agencies have sought to limit the overall complexity of the Retail Lending Test. Relative to the proposed approach, the agencies have reduced the number of product lines evaluated under the Retail Lending Test from six to four, have created a more tailored, higher standard for when an evaluation of automobile lending is required (discussed in more detail in the introduction to the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22, above), and more narrowly targeted retail lending assessment area delineations, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.17, which reduces the overall number of Retail Lending Test Areas relative to the proposed approach. In addition, the agencies have tailored the approach for small and intermediate banks, including by making the Retail Lending Test optional for small banks, as was proposed; making the outside retail lending area component of the evaluation under the Retail Lending Test optional for small and intermediate banks that have less than 50 percent of their retail lending outside of their facility-based assessment areas; and not applying retail lending assessment areas to intermediate banks, or to small banks that opt into the Retail Lending Test. Also, the agencies believe that the metrics and benchmarks finalized in the Retail Lending Test limit complexity by mirroring those used under the current approach, with the addition of specific 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6845"/>
                        thresholds corresponding to each conclusion category, such as “High Satisfactory.” As a result, the agencies believe that banks and other stakeholders are already familiar with many of the components of the final rule approach. In addition, the agencies will develop data tools that provide banks and the public with recent historical data concerning the retail lending distribution benchmarks. The agencies believe that all of these aspects of the final approach help to limit the overall complexity and burden.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Consideration of race and ethnicity.</E>
                         The agencies are not incorporating race-based lending metrics and benchmarks in the geographic and borrower distribution analysis and are not adopting other commenter suggestions regarding incorporating race and ethnicity into the final rule Retail Lending Test. For more information and discussion regarding the agencies' consideration of comments recommending adoption of additional race- and ethnicity-related provisions in this final rule, see section III.C of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternatives considered.</E>
                         The agencies considered, but are not adopting, an alternative approach to eliminate the community benchmark, and rely only on the market benchmark. The agencies have considered the commenter sentiment that the community benchmark may not reflect the credit needs and opportunities of an area, because a category of borrowers may have relatively low or relatively high credit demand regardless of their share of the population. However, the agencies determined that the combination of a community benchmark and market benchmark is preferable to relying solely on a market benchmark. In particular, the agencies considered that in an area where the market benchmark is higher than the community benchmark, a bank whose metric is above the community benchmark has achieved strong performance even if its metric is below the market benchmark, because the bank's lending to the category of borrowers or census tracts is proportionate with the population. Using only a market benchmark in this scenario could effectively require a bank to lend disproportionately to the category of borrowers or census tracts relative to other borrowers and census tracts in order to earn a strong conclusion, which the agencies do not believe is consistent with the purpose of CRA.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered, but are not adopting, an alternative approach to create separate market benchmarks for banks of different asset sizes, such as large banks with assets greater than $10 billion. In reaching this determination, the agencies considered that this approach could allow for additional tailoring to different size banks, but that it would result in benchmarks that may not fully reflect the overall credit needs and opportunities in the area, because only a subset of lenders would be included. Relatedly, the agencies also considered that this alternative could lead to more instances in which there is insufficient data to compute a robust market benchmark due to a small number of banks in each asset category.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are also not adopting a commenter suggestion to develop a benchmark based on a bank's contributions to the financial health of a community. The agencies do not believe that comprehensive data is available to create such a benchmark. The agencies believe that the final performance tests will effectively consider the various ways that a bank may contribute to the financial health of a community, including through retail lending, retail services and products, community development financing, and community development services. In addition, the agencies considered that developing a benchmark based on a bank's contributions to the financial health of a community would increase the complexity of the Retail Lending Test approach.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Construction of Retail Lending Distribution Metrics and Benchmarks</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In proposed § __.22(d) and sections III and IV of proposed appendix A, the agencies proposed to calculate bank distribution metrics based on the number of the bank's originated and purchased loans in a major product line in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area. For example, the Borrower Bank Metric to closed-end home mortgage loans would be calculated by dividing the total number of the bank's originated and purchased closed-end home mortgage loans to low-income borrowers or moderate-income borrowers, respectively, in the geographic area by the total number of the bank's originated and purchased closed-end home mortgage loans in that geographic area overall. The agencies stated in the proposal that using the number of loans, rather than the dollar amount of loans, to construct the retail lending distribution metrics would emphasize that smaller-value loans can help meet the credit needs of low- and moderate-income communities.</P>
                    <P>To evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's major product lines, the bank's retail lending distribution metrics would be compared against two types of distribution benchmarks: market benchmarks that reflect the aggregate lending of reporting lenders in the area, and community benchmarks that reflect demographic data. The agencies proposed to calculate the retail lending distribution benchmarks in the same manner for all banks, regardless of the bank's business model or asset size.</P>
                    <P>In calculating the geographic market benchmarks and borrower market benchmarks, the agencies proposed to include all loan originations in a particular geographic area, including loans made by banks with or without a branch presence, as well as loans made by nonbank lenders. However, the agencies did not propose to include purchased loans in the market benchmarks, stating that the agencies do not consider the aggregate level of loan purchases to reflect the extent of local lending opportunities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received a number of comments related to the construction of the retail lending distribution metrics and benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Treatment of purchased loans.</E>
                         Commenters provided a range of feedback regarding the proposed inclusion of purchased loans in a bank's retail lending distribution metrics. These comments are discussed further in the introduction to the section-by-section analysis of § __.22.
                    </P>
                    <P>At least one commenter supported the agencies' proposal to exclude purchased loans from the retail lending distribution benchmarks, reasoning that the purchases of peer lenders are not reflective on the loan market in which banks are competing and seeking opportunities to serve low- and moderate-income borrowers.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Same market benchmarks for all banks.</E>
                         Some commenters addressed the agencies' proposal to calculate the retail lending market benchmarks in the same manner for all banks. For example, at least one commenter recommended using different market benchmarks for banks of different asset sizes so that banks are assessed relative to similarly sized peers. Alternatively, the commenter suggested that banks should be compared to a benchmark based on the performance of “near-peer” banks, for example those within 15 percent of the bank's asset size.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters stated that banks that are primarily branch-based and those that primarily lend through non-
                        <PRTPAGE P="6846"/>
                        branch channels should not be evaluated using the same market benchmarks. These commenters asserted that it would be inappropriate to evaluate a non-branch-based bank in a retail lending assessment area by comparing its performance to that of banks with a branch presence in the same market. A number of commenters similarly expressed that such comparison would be inappropriate in the case of the market benchmarks used to evaluate the distribution of a bank's lending in its outside retail lending area. In both cases, commenters emphasized that the proposed approach would not appropriately account for a bank's lack of branches in an area where competitors may maintain branches, and that it would be challenging for banks to alter their balance of retail lending in areas where they have no physical presence.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Inclusion of nonbank lenders.</E>
                         Another commenter specifically recommended removing loans made by nonbank lenders from the home mortgage lending distribution benchmarks to ensure that banks are measured against achievable thresholds, noting that nonbank home mortgage lenders outperformed banks in lending to low- and moderate-income borrowers in some geographic areas.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are adopting generally the same approach to constructing the retail lending distribution metrics and benchmarks as was proposed. In addition, substantive changes to the approach for evaluating the distribution of a bank's automobile loans are discussed in a subsequent part of this section.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Use of number of loans.</E>
                         The agencies are finalizing their proposal regarding calculating distribution metrics and benchmarks using the number of loans. For example, the numerator of the metric for closed-end home mortgage lending to low-income borrowers in a facility-based assessment area would include the bank's number of purchased and originated closed-end home mortgage loans to low-income borrowers in the area. The denominator would include the bank's total number of purchased and originated closed-end home mortgage loans to all borrowers in the area. For this metric, a closed-end home mortgage loan with a balance of $150,000 made to a low-income borrower and a closed-end home mortgage loan with a balance of $75,000 made to a low-income borrower would each count as one loan, with no differential weighting based on the different loan amounts.
                    </P>
                    <P>This approach ensures appropriate emphasis in the distribution analysis on relatively small dollar loans, which the agencies believe can play an important role in fulfilling community credit needs in low- and moderate-income census tracts and for low- and moderate-income borrowers. For example, access to relatively small dollar mortgage loans can be particularly important for first-time homebuyers, low-income borrowers, and borrowers in areas where home prices are relatively low. In addition, the agencies considered that this approach is consistent with how retail lending distribution metrics and benchmarks are calculated under the current evaluation approach. In addition, under an alternative approach in which the distribution analysis were based on loan amount, rather than loan count, the agencies believe that a bank may be able to achieve strong performance in the distribution analyses through serving a relatively small number of borrowers with large loan amounts. This may be especially likely on the geographic distribution analysis, which includes loans to borrowers of all income levels, or to all small businesses, in a low- or moderate-income census tract. For example, under the alternative of using loan amount for the distribution metrics, a $500,000 closed-end home mortgage loan made to an upper-income borrower in a moderate-income census tract would count equally as five $100,000 closed-end home mortgage loans made in a moderate-income census tract for the geographic distribution analysis. For these reasons, the agencies believe that the final rule approach appropriately accounts for a bank's retail lending to all borrowers, including those with a need for relatively small loans, rather than giving greater emphasis to borrowers receiving relatively larger loans.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Lending included in market benchmarks.</E>
                         Pursuant to final § __.22(e)(3)(ii) and (e)(4)(ii) and the corresponding calculations set forth in paragraphs III.b and IV.b of final appendix A, to calculate market benchmarks for the borrower and geographic distribution analysis in a Retail Lending Test Area, the agencies are adopting the proposed approach of using loan originations, but not loan purchases. Further, the agencies use loan originations from all reporting lenders, including nonbank lenders, regardless of whether the reporting lender has a deposit-taking facility in the area. This approach would not be applicable to automobile lending given that there are no data reporting requirements or market benchmarks associated with automobile loans.
                    </P>
                    <P>The final rule approach applies to the market benchmarks used in all Retail Lending Test Areas, and includes loan originations in the relevant product line from banks with and without deposit-taking facilities in the area and from nonbank lenders. The agencies believe that using loan originations from all reporting lenders in a Retail Lending Test Area when constructing market benchmarks provides a more comprehensive view of local credit needs and opportunities. In addition, regarding the exclusion of purchased loans from these benchmarks, the agencies determined that this approach avoids the possibility of double-counting the same loan in the market benchmark.</P>
                    <P>
                        In determining that the market benchmarks for the distribution metrics should include all reported loan originations in an area, the agencies considered a number of factors. Specifically, the agencies believe that the total number of reported loan originations in an area reflect the extent of local credit needs, regardless of whether those needs are being met by banks with branches in the area, banks with other business models, or by nonbank lenders, as discussed below. Furthermore, the local credit needs do not depend on the delivery channels that lenders employ in helping to meet those needs. As a result, using an alternative approach in which the market benchmarks for Retail Lending Test Areas are calculated based only on originations by banks that have no branches in the local market would provide a less comprehensive and possibly inaccurate picture of the extent of local credit needs because it would exclude information about credit needs that were satisfied by other lenders. In addition, the agencies believe that excluding certain reporting lenders from the market benchmarks would result in more instances in which the number of lenders included in the market benchmarks in an area is insufficient for a robust distribution analysis, in which case the agencies would rely more heavily on qualitative adjustments to the distribution analysis, pursuant to final § __.22(g)(3). While the agencies recognize that a bank's business model may influence its opportunities to lend, the agencies have determined that it is preferable, on balance, for the market benchmarks to remain neutral in terms of bank business model and to use all available loan origination data. As part of this determination, the agencies considered that the presence or absence of a branch in a community is just one 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6847"/>
                        way that business models may differ between banks, and that establishing separate benchmarks for different bank business models would be complex and would result in inconsistent performance standards. For example, the agencies also considered that this alternative would result in multiple different market benchmarks applying to different banks in the same geographic area for the same category of lending.
                    </P>
                    <P>As noted above, the final rule also retains the proposed inclusion of both bank and nonbank reported loan originations in the market benchmarks in all Retail Lending Test Areas. As a result, whether nonbank loan originations are included in the market benchmarks is dependent on whether those loan originations are reported. For closed-end home mortgage loans, nonbank loan originations are currently reported and included in HMDA data. By contrast, small business and small farm lending data is currently reported only by banks, which would continue under the final rule, pursuant to § __.42, until the transition to using section 1071 data. Because the section 1071 data will include small business loans and small farm loans originated by both banks and nonbanks, once the agencies transition to using section 1071 data, the market benchmarks will include nonbank loan originations.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Data Used for Distribution Analysis of Small Business and Small Farm Loans</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        To evaluate the geographic and borrower distributions of a bank's small business loans or small farm loans, the agencies proposed to compare a bank's small business or small farm lending distribution metrics against market benchmarks that reflect the aggregate lending of reporting lenders in the area, and community benchmarks that reflect demographic data. To calculate the small business loan and small farm loan distribution metrics, the agencies proposed to use the small business loan and small farm loan data that is used under the current approach (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         small business loan and small farm loan data collected, maintained, and reported by a large bank pursuant to § __.42, or the bank's own data). To calculate the small business and small farm lending market benchmarks, the agencies proposed to initially use small business loan and small farm loan data that would be collected, maintained, and reported pursuant to § __.42. During this initial period, “small business loan” and “small farm loan” would be defined by reference to Call Report instructions. Specifically, “small business loan” would include a loan to a business in an amount of $1 million or less that is secured by nonfarm nonresidential properties or categorized as a commercial or industrial loan. “Small farm loan” would include a loan to a farm in amount of $500,000 or less that is secured by farmland or categorized as a loan to finance agricultural production or other loan to farmers.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final §§ __.12, __.42(a)(1) and (b)(1), and __.51, the agencies also proposed to transition to using section 1071 data to calculate the small business and small farm lending distribution metrics for banks that are section 1071 reporters, and to calculate the small business and small farm lending market benchmarks. Following this transition, “small business loan” would be defined as a loan to a small business (defined by reference to section 1071 definitions), and “small farm loan” would be defined as a loan to a small farm (defined by reference to section 1071 definitions).</P>
                    <P>To calculate the small business and small farm lending community benchmarks—which are based on the number of businesses or farms in a geographic area—the agencies proposed to use data sources comparable to those used in evaluations today.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Use of CRA data and section 1071 data.</E>
                         A number of comments addressed the agencies' proposal to initially use the small business loan and small farm loan data that is used under the current approach to calculate the small business and small farm lending distribution metrics and market benchmarks until as the agencies transition to using section 1071 data. These comments, including input regarding the impact on Retail Lending Test evaluations of transitioning to using section 1071 data, are summarized in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.42(a)(1) and (b)(1).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Data source for community benchmarks.</E>
                         At least one commenter noted that the proposal did not identify a third-party data provider that would provide the demographic data on small businesses and small farms that the agencies would use to calculate the small business and small farm lending community benchmarks.
                        <SU>919</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This commenter stated that disclosing the data provider used is important. Additionally, the commenter noted that in the data collected by one third-party provider, approximately 30 percent of businesses report gross annual revenues as “not applicable” or “not known.”
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>919</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33884, 33941, Table 6 (June 3, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting the proposed approach to evaluating the distribution of a bank's small business and small farm lending, including the proposed data sources used to calculate the small business and small farm lending distribution metrics, market benchmarks, and community benchmarks, and corresponding changes to the definitions of “small business loan” and “small farm loan.” As such, and as described further in the section-by-section analysis of final §§ __.12 and __.42(a)(1) and (b)(1), the agencies will initially use the small business and small farm lending data used under the current approach (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         small business loan and small farm loan data collected, maintained, and reported by a large bank pursuant to § __.42, or the bank's own data) to calculate the small business and small farm lending distribution metrics, and will use the small business loan and small farm loan data collected, maintained, and reported pursuant to § __.42 to calculate the small business and small farm lending market benchmarks. During this period, the Call Report definitions of “small business loan” and “small farm loan” will apply. As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.42(a)(1), the agencies are also adding indicators for: loans to businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less; loans to businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of greater than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million; loans to businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of greater than $1 million; and loans to businesses or farms for which gross annual revenues are not known by the bank.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        However, after section 1071 data becomes available, the agencies will publish a notice in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         announcing the effective date of the section 1071-related transition amendments. These transition amendments are included in the final rule but are indefinitely delayed. Once effective, these transition amendments will modify various provisions of the final rule to implement the agencies' transition to using section 1071 data in CRA evaluations.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Following this transition, the agencies will use section 1071 data to calculate the small business and small farm lending distribution metrics for section 1071 reporters, and will use section 1071 data to calculate the market benchmarks. As a result of the section 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6848"/>
                        1071-related transition amendments, “small business loan” will be defined as a loan to a small business (defined by reference to section 1071 definitions), and “small farm loan” will be defined as a loan to a small farm (defined by reference to section 1071 definitions).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies emphasize that the transition from using the small business and small farm lending data that is currently used in CRA evaluations (and associated definitions based on the Call Report) to using section 1071 data and associated definitions will impact the calculations of metrics and benchmarks in numerous ways due to differences in the parameters used to define which small business loans and small farm loans are subject to CRA data requirements and required to be reported under section 1071. In particular, small business loans and small farm loans subject to CRA data requirements differ from the small business loans and small farm loans reported under section 1071 in two respects: (1) small business loans and small farm loans subject to CRA data requirements are limited to loans in an amount of $1 million or less and $500,000 or less, respectively, but small business loans and small farm loans reported under section 1071 are not subject to any limitation on loan amount; and (2) small business loans and small farm loans subject to CRA data requirements are not subject to any limitation on the size of the business or farm, but small business loans and small farm loans reported under section 1071 are limited to loans to businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of $5 million or less in the preceding fiscal year.
                        <SU>920</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, whereas only banks subject to CRA report small business loans and small farm loans pursuant to § __.42(b), any entity engaged in any financial activity (including nonbank lenders) must report section 1071 data if the entity exceeds the reporting threshold.
                        <SU>921</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The differences will impact the loans included in the small business lending and small farm lending distribution metrics and market benchmarks.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>920</SU>
                             As described further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12, following the transition to using section 1071 data, “small business loan” will be defined as a loan to a small business, and “small farm loan” will be defined as a loan to a small farm, with “small business” and “small farm” being defined by reference to the “small business” definition in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule. The CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule currently defines “small business” as a small business concern (as defined by the Small Business Act as implemented by the SBA) with gross annual revenues of $5 million or less in its preceding fiscal year. The $5 million gross annual revenue threshold will be adjusted for inflation every five years after January 1, 2025. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1002.106(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>921</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 CFR 1002.105 (defining “covered financial institution”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that transitioning to using section 1071 data will offer a number of benefits. First, in contrast to using small business and small farm lending data collected, maintained, and reported pursuant to § __.42, section 1071 data will allow for consideration of large loans to small businesses or small farms (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         those in an amount greater than $1 million or $500,000, respectively), which the agencies believe can help meet the credit needs of a community. Second, the agencies note that because small business loans and small farm loans subject to CRA data requirements are not limited to firms under a certain gross annual revenue threshold, small business loans and small farm loans to large businesses or large farms in low- or moderate-income census tracts initially (and under the current approach) receive positive consideration under the geographic distribution analysis; however, following the transition to using section 1071 data, only loans to small businesses and small farms will be included in the geographic distribution metrics and benchmarks, and loans to businesses with gross annual revenue of greater than $5 million will not be included. Third, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.42(a)(1) and (b)(1), the agencies believe that transitioning to section 1071 data will reduce data collection, maintenance, and reporting requirements, because the agencies will be able to phase out the existing data requirements once the agencies transition to using section 1071 data. Finally, section 1071 data will include data reported by banks as well as nonbank institutions, which will allow for market benchmarks that more comprehensively reflect the small business and small farm credit needs and opportunities of an area.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Data source for community benchmarks.</E>
                         For purposes of calculating the community benchmarks for small business and small farm lending, the agencies intend to continue using the data sources that are used in current evaluations for these calculations. Although the agencies believe that the data used in current evaluations are sufficiently comprehensive and reliable, the agencies are mindful that the availability of this data could change over time, and that more robust data sources could emerge in the future. For this reason, the agencies decline to establish a requirement to continue using a particular data source for the small business and small farm lending community benchmarks.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies have considered that not all businesses or farms make their gross annual revenues known. As such, the community benchmarks for small business and small farm lending—which are based on the number of businesses or farms in a geographic area—could be impacted by incomplete data. However, pursuant to final § __.22(g)(4), the agencies may consider missing or faulty data as an additional factor when assigning a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusion in a Retail Lending Test Area. For example, if a bank made a significant number of loans to businesses for which gross annual revenue information was unavailable, the agencies might determine, based on information presented by the bank, that some number of those loans were likely made to small businesses. The agencies could then consider whether the number of small business loans with missing gross annual revenue information was sufficient to warrant adjusting the bank's conclusion relative to the recommended conclusion.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(e)(1)(ii) Distribution Analysis for Automobile Loans</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to use generally the same approach for evaluating the geographic and borrower distributions of all of a bank's major product lines, including automobile loans. Specifically, the agencies proposed to compare a bank's automobile lending distribution metrics against two types of distribution benchmarks: market benchmarks that reflect the aggregate lending of reporting lenders in the area, and community benchmarks that reflect demographic data. The agencies proposed to develop automobile lending market benchmarks using data collected pursuant to the proposed new automobile lending data requirements applicable to large banks with assets over $10 billion.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Commenters expressed different views about the appropriateness of using market benchmarks to evaluate automobile loans, given that these market benchmarks would be based on data collected only from banks with assets of over $10 billion. A commenter supported the agencies' proposal to evaluate automobile lending for all banks using the proposed market benchmarks and asserted that it was important to establish automobile lending market benchmarks, even if based only on partial market data. However, other commenters opposed 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6849"/>
                        the agencies' proposal to evaluate all banks' automobile lending using market benchmarks developed using data collected only from banks with assets over $10 billion on the grounds that these benchmarks would not be reliable given the amount of automobile market lending data that would not be captured, including due to the prevalence of nonbank automobile lending.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting a modified approach to evaluating the distribution of a bank's automobile loans when automobile loans are a major product line for a bank. Under the final rule, the agencies compare a bank's automobile lending distribution metrics to community benchmarks, as under the proposal. Unlike under the proposal, however, the final rule does not include comparison of a bank's automobile lending distribution metrics to market benchmarks. Further, and as described further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22(f), performance ranges are not used to develop supporting conclusions regarding a bank's automobile lending under the final rule. As such, final § __.22(e)(1)(ii) provides that for automobile loans, the agencies compare a bank's geographic and borrower distributions to the applicable community benchmarks, as provided in § __.22(f) and section VI of final appendix A.</P>
                    <P>Upon consideration of commenter feedback, the agencies believe that using market benchmarks to evaluate a bank's automobile lending geographic and borrower distributions is not feasible given the final rule's automobile lending data requirements, discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.42, which apply only to large banks that are majority automobile lenders or that opt to have their automobile loans evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, and do not require the reporting of automobile loan data. Further, even if automobile lending data were reported to the agencies under the final rule, the agencies have considered that such data would reflect only the portion of the automobile lending market represented by banks, and would exclude nonbank lenders. For these reasons, the agencies determined that market benchmarks for automobile lending would not be fully reflective of the potential credit needs and opportunities for automobile lending in a facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area. In addition to these potential challenges with establishing market benchmarks for automobile loans, the agencies also considered that the final rule approach reduces complexity and data requirements relative to the proposed approach because it does not require reporting of automobile data for any banks. As such, under the final rule, community benchmarks are used to qualitatively evaluate a bank's automobile lending distributions.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(e)(2) Categories of Lending Evaluated</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>As specified in proposed § __.22(d)(2)(ii), the agencies proposed to evaluate the geographic distribution of a bank's major product lines by separately evaluating the distribution of the bank's loans in (1) low-income census tracts and (2) moderate-income census tracts within the facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area.</P>
                    <P>As specified in § __.22(d)(2)(iii), the agencies proposed to evaluate the borrower distribution of a bank's major product lines by separately evaluating the distribution of the bank's loans to different categories of borrowers in the facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area. Specifically, to evaluate the borrower distribution of a bank's closed-end home mortgage loans, open-end home mortgage loans, or automobile loans, the agencies would separately evaluate the distribution of the bank's loans to (1) low-income borrowers and (2) moderate-income borrowers in the area. To evaluate the borrower distribution of a bank's small business loans, the agencies would separately evaluate the distribution of the bank's loans to (1) small businesses with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less and (2) small businesses with gross annual revenues of more than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million. To evaluate the borrower distribution of a bank's small farm loans, the agencies would separately evaluate the distribution of the bank's loans to (1) small farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less and (2) small farms with gross annual revenues of more than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received numerous comments related to the proposal to separately evaluate the distribution of a bank's major product lines to low- and moderate-income census tracts and to various categories of borrowers.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Separate evaluation of different income and revenue categories.</E>
                         A number of commenters shared views on the proposal to evaluate low-income and moderate-income retail lending separately when calculating the bank geographic distribution metrics and bank borrower distribution metrics, with some supporting the proposed approach. For example, a commenter conducted empirical analysis showing that separating these income categories would better enable banks, regulators, and communities to understand how banks fulfill their CRA obligations. This commenter asserted that separating these income categories would acknowledge the fundamental differences between low-income and moderate-income consumers and low-income and moderate-income communities in relation to how much they are underserved and their racial composition.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, other commenters supported combining one or both of the following approaches to reduce the complexity of the proposed Retail Lending Test: (1) combine the distribution metrics for the low- and moderate-income census tracts; or (2) combine the distribution metrics for low- and moderate-income borrowers, and for small businesses and small farms in different gross annual revenue categories, respectively. One commenter stated that combining the low- and moderate-income categories would allow banks to tailor their approach to retail lending in particular assessment areas so as to ensure the overall safety and soundness of their portfolios and to better address needs in each community. Another commenter explained that combining the low- and moderate-income categories could make the retail lending benchmarks more meaningful, particularly in places where the low-income benchmarks lack robustness. Another commenter stated that combining the income and revenue categories would reduce the number of measures that banks must track and seek to achieve, which would reduce overall complexity. Furthermore, the commenter noted that the income and revenue categories are ultimately combined when calculating product line averages and recommended conclusions, making separate categories unnecessary.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters noted that retail lending to low-income borrowers or in low-income census tracts should be considered as beneficial performance context or the basis for a performance conclusion qualitative upgrade.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic distribution analysis—underserved census tracts.</E>
                         Some 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6850"/>
                        commenters recommended that CRA retail lending evaluations should include analysis of a bank's retail lending distributions in underserved neighborhoods, as an alternative or addition to analysis of a bank's retail lending distributions in low- and moderate-income census tracts, respectively. These commenters asserted that underserved neighborhoods could be defined as census tracts with low levels of retail lending based on loans per capita. The commenters stated that such an approach would incentivize retail lending and other banking activities in majority-minority communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Borrower distribution analysis—small business and small farm revenue thresholds.</E>
                         Some commenters supported the proposal to separately evaluate a bank's record of lending to small businesses or small farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less and those with gross annual revenues of between $250,000 and $1 million under the Retail Lending Test. For example, a commenter stated that the thresholds would help examiners understand the extent of small business credit needs being served by banks. Another commenter indicated that the gross annual revenue threshold of $250,000 is appropriate.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, many commenters recommended that the agencies separately calculate a bank's record of lending to small businesses or small farms based on varying revenue categories other than those included in the agencies' proposal. A number of commenters recommended three gross annual revenue categories, specifically: $100,000 or less, between $100,000 and $250,000, and above $250,000. In general, these commenters asserted that small businesses and small farms with gross annual revenues under $100,000 are particularly likely to have unmet credit needs, and that adding a third revenue category would not introduce substantial incremental burden. For example, a commenter recommended evaluation criteria for small businesses with revenues of $100,000 or less and suggested that the agencies share borrower demographic data. This commenter also stated that small business owners and entrepreneurs with disabilities continue to face challenges accessing credit. Another commenter suggested that the threshold should be revised down to $100,000 and that the same figure should be used for the impact review factor relating to community development activities that support smaller businesses and farms. At least one commenter supported an analysis of loans to businesses with gross annual revenues under $250,000 and a category for businesses with gross annual revenues under $100,000 to encourage lending to the smallest businesses and minority-owned businesses.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters recommended increasing the gross annual revenue thresholds for categorizing different sizes of small businesses relative to the proposed levels. A few commenters recommended raising the proposed $250,000 gross annual revenues threshold to $500,000, with one such commenter suggesting that this revenue threshold would be more representative of main street businesses. A commenter stated that, if the agencies adopt two categories, those categories should be loans to businesses with less than $1 million in gross annual revenue and loans to businesses with between $1 million and $2.5 million in gross annual revenue. This commenter reasoned that although banks understand the importance of helping the smallest category of small businesses, for most banks, that is not often done through traditional small business loans. At least one commenter asked that the threshold for identifying smaller businesses and farms be increased to gross annual revenue of $2 million or less to reflect current market conditions and to adjust for inflation since 1995. Another commenter suggested the agencies combine the two proposed revenue categories—loans to businesses with gross annual revenues less than $250,000 and loans to businesses with gross annual revenues between $250,000 and $1 million—into a single revenue category and consider loans to business with gross annual revenues of less than $250,000 as a positive qualitative factor.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters recommended that the agencies conduct additional analyses to inform the small business and small farm revenue thresholds. For example, one commenter encouraged the agencies to gather data for businesses at different revenue thresholds before setting a specific threshold. Another commenter stated it was not clear on what criteria the agencies based the proposed $250,000 gross annual revenues threshold. This commenter urged the agencies to determine how to use the same criteria or algorithms used by banks to identify unmet credit needs for purposes of marketing loans, such as credit scores, financial analysis, and other factors that support identifying which consumers would be candidates for a bank's loan products. Another commenter stated that, because section 1071 data has not yet become available, neither the public nor researchers know whether larger small businesses with gross annual revenues closer to $5 million are significantly more successful in accessing loans than their smaller counterparts; therefore, at least in the first few years of having the finalized section 1071 data, the commenter recommended more rather than fewer performance measures to more accurately measure credit availability to different-sized businesses in low- or moderate-income census tracts and to encourage banks to serve businesses with different revenue sizes.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters suggested alternative ways of evaluating a bank's small business and small farm lending borrower distributions beyond fixed gross annual revenue thresholds. One commenter encouraged examiner discretion and an assessment of qualitative factors to determine appropriate gross annual revenue thresholds given that credit needs vary from market to market, rather than fixed thresholds that apply to all Retail Lending Test Areas. Another commenter suggested that businesses owned by women or historically disadvantaged minorities should be exempt from the gross annual revenue thresholds so that banks could receive positive consideration for loans to these businesses regardless of the size of these businesses.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are finalizing the proposal to separately evaluate the distribution of a bank's major product lines to low- and moderate-income census tracts and to various categories of borrowers. As such, final § __.22(e)(2)(i) provides that for each major product line in each Retail Lending Test Area, the agencies evaluate the geographic distributions separately for low-income census tracts and moderate-income census tracts. Final § __.22(e)(2)(ii) provides that for each major product line in each Retail Lending Test Area, the agencies evaluate the borrower distributions separately for, as applicable; low-income borrowers, moderate-income borrowers, businesses with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less, businesses with gross annual revenues greater than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million, farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less, and farms with gross annual revenues greater than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Separate evaluation of retail lending to different income categories.</E>
                         The final rule maintains the proposed approach of separately evaluating retail lending in 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6851"/>
                        low-income and moderate-income categories. The agencies considered that establishing separate metrics for these categories would appropriately evaluate and emphasize bank performance in meeting the credit needs of the entire community, including low-income borrowers and low-income census tracts. For example, the use of separate income categories of metrics would help to identify whether a bank engaged in lending to moderate-income borrowers and census tracts but did not lend to low-income borrowers and census tracts. The agencies believe that even though performance on these separate metrics will ultimately be combined to reach an overall product line score and conclusion for each Retail Lending Test Area, the separate metrics will provide important visibility into and emphasis on meeting the credit needs of the bank's entire community. In addition, in making this determination, the agencies considered comments that low-income borrowers and low-income communities in particular may have significant unmet credit needs and opportunities.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered, but are not adopting, an alternative approach of using a single set of distribution metrics that combine performance for low-income and moderate-income borrowers, respectively. The agencies considered, as some commenters noted, that such an alternative could simplify the Retail Lending Test by reducing the number of metrics, benchmarks, and performance ranges associated with each product line. However, on balance, the agencies believe that the separate distribution analyses for different income categories, while adding additional metrics and steps to the small business and small farm evaluation, leads to a more robust evaluation that provides transparency about lending performance to a bank's entire community.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Separate evaluation of retail lending to different small business and small farm revenue categories.</E>
                         As noted above, under the final rule, the agencies will analyze a bank's borrower distribution of lending to small businesses and to small farms in two separate gross annual revenue categories: businesses and farms with gross annual revenue of $250,000 or less, and businesses and farms with gross annual revenue greater than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million. This is in contrast to the current approach, which analyzes a bank's distribution of lending to a single gross annual revenue category of $1 million or less. As discussed in the agencies' proposal, the agencies believe that firms with gross annual revenue of $250,000 or less have significant unmet credit needs and challenges securing financing.
                        <SU>922</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Consistent with suggestions by some commenters, the agencies have determined that this additional category will better enable the agencies to understand the extent of small business and small farm credit needs served by banks. Conversely, the agencies believe that an approach with a single revenue category would allow a bank to achieve strong performance through serving only businesses and farms with gross annual revenues of between $250,000 and $1 million, and not meeting the needs of relatively smaller small businesses. Similar to the determination to separate low- and moderate-income categories discussed above, the agencies believe that the additional complexity of separate distribution analyses for different gross annual revenue categories is worth the benefits of a more robust evaluation that provides needed transparency about lending performance to a bank's entire community. Further, the agencies note that the final rule approach of separately evaluating a bank's small business and small farm lending to small businesses and small farms of different revenue categories is no more complex than separately evaluating a bank's closed-end home mortgage and automobile lending to borrowers of different incomes. The section-by-section analysis of final § __.42(a)(1) discusses the data collection, maintenance, and reporting provisions that will enable the agencies to analyze small business and small farm lending borrower distributions for both of the gross annual revenue categories described above.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>922</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33938 (discussing the Federal Reserve's 2022 Small Business Credit Survey).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Regarding comments that separately evaluating loans to businesses with gross annual revenue of $250,000 or less could raise safety and soundness concerns, the agencies note that CRA does not require a bank to originate or purchase loans that are inconsistent with its safe and sound operation, and consideration of the constraints of safe and sound banking practices will be considered as part of a bank's performance context, pursuant to § __.21(d)(1), as warranted. As a result, in the event that a bank for which small business lending is a major product line is unable to serve businesses with gross annual revenue of under $250,000 due to safety and soundness considerations, the agencies would take these circumstances into account when evaluating the bank's Retail Lending Test performance. In addition, the agencies believe that the design of the Borrower Market Benchmark helps to ensure that the Retail Lending Test does not encourage lending that is inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices. Specifically, the Borrower Market Benchmark is based on the share of loans made to businesses or farms by other lenders. As a result, a bank's performance expectations in a particular Retail Lending Test Area reflect the credit needs and opportunities associated with firms in that area that received a loan. In addition, the agencies also note that, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22(f), the multiplier for “Low Satisfactory” performance based on the market benchmarks would be 80 percent. As a result, banks that are below the Borrower Market Benchmark by as much as 20 percentage points would receive at least a “Low Satisfactory” supporting conclusion for their lending to firms with revenue of under $250,000.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Small business and small farm revenue thresholds—alternative thresholds considered.</E>
                         In finalizing the proposed approach of creating separate revenue categories based on gross annual revenue thresholds of $250,000 and $1 million, the agencies also considered, but declined to adopt, alternative gross annual revenue threshold levels suggested by commenters, such as a threshold of $100,000 or $500,000 instead of $250,000, and a threshold of $2 million instead of $1 million.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding the final rule gross annual revenue threshold of $250,000, the agencies considered the potential benefits and tradeoffs of selecting an alternative threshold either higher or lower than the proposed level and believe that the proposed level appropriately balances the agencies' policy objectives. The agencies determined that a lower threshold could emphasize lending to the businesses and farms with the greatest unmet credit needs. According to the 
                        <E T="03">2023 Report on Employer Firms: Findings from the 2022 Small Business Credit Survey,</E>
                         employer firms with total annual revenues less than $100,000 were substantially more likely to experience difficulties obtaining financing than larger employer firms. However, based on the set of businesses included in the survey data, these businesses are less likely to be employers, which may indicate that a lower threshold could detract focus from small businesses that are employers and that have unmet credit needs. Furthermore, employer firms with total annual revenues less than 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6852"/>
                        $250,000 also reported a greater likelihood of experiencing difficulties obtaining financing than larger employer firms, suggesting unmet credit needs among this group as well.
                        <SU>923</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>923</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Federal Reserve Banks, “2023 Report on Employer Firms: Findings from the 2022 Small Business Credit Survey” (Mar. 2023), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fedsmallbusiness.org/survey/2023/report-on-employer-firms</E>
                            . The cited data points were drawn from the data appendix of the report, available here: 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fedsmallbusiness.org/survey.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Additionally, the agencies have considered that lending to businesses and farms with revenue of less than $100,000 may not align with some bank business models. For example, as noted by at least one commenter, some banks may serve firms with revenues of less than $100,000 primarily through products that do not qualify as small business loans, such as home equity lines of credit and consumer credit cards. Furthermore, the agencies considered that a gross annual revenue threshold of $100,000 may not be suitable for analysis in higher cost markets where small business revenues are generally higher.</P>
                    <P>On the other hand, regarding a higher alternative gross annual revenue threshold level, such as $500,000, the agencies considered that this category would reduce the emphasis of the Retail Lending Test on smaller firms, which may be more likely to have unmet credit needs that CRA is intended to help address, as discussed above. On balance, the agencies believe that the $250,000 threshold will emphasize small business credit needs and opportunities while broadly comporting with bank business models and Retail Lending Test Areas.</P>
                    <P>Regarding commenter suggestions to consider a gross annual revenue threshold of $2 million or $2.5 million rather than $1 million, the agencies believe that the proposed threshold level is appropriate, and that increasing this threshold would reduce the emphasis of evaluations on smaller firms, which the agencies believe may have greater unmet credit needs than relatively larger small businesses and farms, as discussed above. In addition, the agencies considered that the proposed gross annual revenue threshold of $1 million is consistent with current examination procedures, which evaluate a bank's share of loans to businesses and farms with gross annual revenue of less than $1 million.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternative approaches to evaluating small business and small farm lending borrower distributions.</E>
                         The agencies considered several alternative approaches, suggested by commenters, to evaluating the borrower distributions of a bank's small business and small farm lending. First, the agencies considered, but decline to adopt, suggestions to make the gross annual revenue threshold levels subject to agency discretion, or to incorporate other factors into the distribution analysis beyond the gross annual revenue of the firms served by a bank. For example, regarding commenter feedback on an option that would allow gross annual revenue threshold levels to vary across Retail Lending Test Areas, subject to agency discretion, the agencies believe this would introduce considerable uncertainty and inconsistency into the evaluation process, and that it is preferable to use consistent categories of small businesses and small farms for all CRA examinations. Consistent gross annual revenue categories also have the benefit of providing a bank with clarity and transparency into how its small business and small farm lending will be evaluated.
                    </P>
                    <P>Second, the agencies also considered comments suggesting that the agencies establish thresholds based on the same criteria or algorithms used by banks to identify unmet credit needs, such as credit scores, financial analysis, and other factors. However, the agencies believe that gross annual revenue is an appropriate way of categorizing small businesses and small farms, and is consistently available. Furthermore, the agencies note that gross annual revenue is used in CRA evaluations currently, and that use of other criteria such as credit scores or other financial characteristics could require additional data reporting and could result in additional burden of adjusting to a new evaluation approach. In addition, the agencies considered that gross annual revenue information will be included in section 1071 data, and that loans will be reported under section 1071 based on a gross annual revenue threshold.</P>
                    <P>
                        Third, the agencies considered giving positive consideration in the borrower distribution analysis to business loans or farm loans made to women-owned or minority-owned businesses or farms, regardless of the size of the business or farm (as measured in gross annual revenues). However, the agencies believe that such an approach would be complex to administer, and would be a departure from the current approach. In addition, the agencies note that the statute requires the agencies to assess a bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, expressly including low- and moderate-income communities.
                        <SU>924</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>924</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(1); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies considered, but decline to adopt, a third revenue category of businesses and farms with gross annual revenues less than $100,000. In reaching this determination, the agencies considered the additional complexity that this approach would entail, including metrics, benchmarks, performance ranges, and weights that would apply to the third category. In addition, the agencies believe that a two-category approach affords appropriate flexibility to banks to meet small business and small farm credit needs, while a three-category approach would create more granular and specific performance expectations, including having performance evaluated in a third “middle” revenue category. The agencies believe that a two-category approach appropriately balances limiting complexity while ensuring a robust evaluation of a bank's small business and small farm lending.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic distribution analysis—underserved census tracts.</E>
                         Under the final rule, the agencies evaluate the geographic distribution of a bank's major product lines to low- and moderate-income census tracts, respectively. The agencies considered the alternative or additional approach, suggested by some commenters, of evaluating the geographic distribution of a bank's retail lending in underserved census tracts. However, the agencies determined that evaluating a bank's geographic distributions with respect to low- and moderate-income census tracts leverages the metrics and benchmarks utilized under the current approach. In addition, the agencies note that evaluating a bank's retail lending performance in low- and moderate-income census tracts comports with the statutory requirement that the agencies assess a bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, 
                        <E T="03">including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods.</E>
                        <SU>925</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In contrast, the agencies believe that for purposes of evaluating lending distributions under § __.22(e), identifying underserved neighborhoods based on criteria other than income would be a departure from the current approach and would add complexity.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>925</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(1); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2906(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6853"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(e)(3) Geographic Distribution Measures</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>As discussed above, the agencies proposed to evaluate the geographic distributions of a bank's major product lines by using certain metrics and benchmarks. Specifically, the proposed Geographic Bank Metrics compare the number of a bank's loans in a particular major product line that are located in low-income and moderate-income census tracts, respectively, to the total number of the bank's originated and purchased loans in the major product line in the facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area. As discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(f), the agencies proposed to compare the Geographic Bank Metric for each distribution for each major product line to performance ranges calculated based on two benchmarks: a Geographic Market Benchmark that reflects the aggregate loan originations in low- and moderate-income census tracts across reporting lenders within a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area; and a Geographic Community Benchmark that reflects the potential lending opportunities in low- or moderate-income census tracts within a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received numerous comments, discussed above, on the use of distribution metrics and benchmarks generally. In addition, the agencies received several comments that specifically addressed the proposed geographic distribution metrics and benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Treatment of loans to middle- and upper-income borrowers.</E>
                         The agencies received comments related to the types of loans included in the Geographic Bank Metrics. Some commenters expressed concerns that the geographic distribution analysis as proposed would give positive consideration to home mortgage loans to middle- and upper-income borrowers located in low- and moderate-income census tracts. Commenter recommendations included excluding such loans from consideration to avoid contributing to displacement and gentrification. At least one commenter suggested excluding from consideration retail loans made to non-minority, middle-, and upper-income borrowers to better address displacement and gentrification in low- and moderate-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Use of census tracts.</E>
                         Another commenter stated that, for the home mortgage loan geographic distribution metrics and benchmarks, the agencies should use census block groups instead of census tracts, to avoid overlooking rural census tracts that may include areas of concentrated poverty apparent only at the census block group level.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are adopting the geographic distribution metrics and benchmarks generally as proposed.</P>
                    <P>• Final § __.22(e)(3)(i) provides that for each major product line, a Geographic Bank Metric is calculated pursuant to paragraph III.a of final appendix A.</P>
                    <P>• Final § __.22(e)(3)(ii) provides that for each major product line except automobile loans, a Geographic Market Benchmark is calculated pursuant to, as applicable, paragraph III.b of final appendix A for facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, and paragraph III.d of final appendix A for outside retail lending areas.</P>
                    <P>• Final § __.22(e)(3)(iii) provides that for each major product line, a Geographic Community Benchmark is calculated pursuant to, as applicable, paragraph III.c of final appendix A for facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, and paragraph III.e of final appendix A for outside retail lending areas.</P>
                    <P>A summary of these calculations for facility-based assessment area and retail lending assessment areas can be found in the following table for each product line. Following a discussion of some preliminary issues, each of these metrics and benchmarks is discussed in more detail below.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6714-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="589">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6854"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.009</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="346">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6855"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.010</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-C</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6714-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Treatment of loans to middle- and upper-income borrowers.</E>
                         The final rule adopts the proposed approach under which the geographic distribution metrics and benchmarks include all originated loans (and, for the geographic distribution metrics, purchased loans) in the major product line, including loans to middle- and upper-income borrowers located in low- and moderate-income census tracts. For example, the numerator of the Geographic Bank Metric for closed-end home mortgage loans in low-income census tracts would include all of a bank's closed-end home mortgages to borrowers of any income level in low-income census tracts in the Retail Lending Test Area, including loans to middle- and upper-income borrowers. Similarly, the denominator would include all of the bank's closed-end home mortgage loans in all census tracts in the Retail Lending Test Area, including loans to middle- and upper-income borrowers.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies considered commenter feedback that by including all loans located in low- and moderate-income census tract regardless of borrower income, the proposed approach would give undue consideration to loans made to middle- and upper-income borrowers and may encourage displacement and gentrification. However, the agencies believe that there are potential benefits to including these loans in the geographic distribution metrics and benchmarks, and that the combination of the geographic distribution and borrower distribution analyses appropriately balances consideration for loans made to low- and moderate-income borrowers with consideration for loans made in low- and moderate-income census tracts. Specifically, the agencies considered that while a loan made to a middle- or upper-income borrower located in a low-income census tract would count in both the numerator and denominator of the Geographic Bank Metric, such a loan would count in only the denominator of the Borrower Bank Metric. In this way, the agencies believe the combination of the geographic distribution analysis with the borrower distribution analysis helps to address commenter concerns that the approach would encourage gentrification and displacement.</P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, the agencies considered that loans made to borrowers of any income level located in low- and moderate-income census tracts help to meet a credit need in a low- or moderate-income community. The agencies believe that positively considering such loans is consistent with the CRA statute's requirement that the agencies assess the institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. Relatedly, the agencies have considered that a low- or moderate-income census tract where borrowers of all income levels had difficulty obtaining a closed-end home mortgage to purchase or refinance an existing home would indicate that community credit needs are not being met. For example, the agencies have considered that the ability of prospective homebuyers of any income level to obtain a closed-end home mortgage to purchase a home, renovate an existing property, or refinance an existing home mortgage in a low-income census tract can promote home values, help revitalize the existing housing stock, and forestall disinvestment in low-income communities. The agencies have considered commenter feedback that loans to middle- or upper-income 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6856"/>
                        households in some low- and moderate-income census tracts could result in gentrification that leads to displacement and significantly decreases affordability over time. While the agencies are sensitive to the potential for gentrification and the accompanying challenges it presents for low- and moderate-income communities, the agencies believe that in conducting evaluations of lending in low- and moderate-income census tracts, the potential risks of gentrification need to be balanced against the potential harms that may come from unmet credit needs in low- and moderate-income communities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Use of census tracts.</E>
                         The agencies are finalizing the use of census tracts, rather than census blocks or block groups, to construct geographic distribution metrics and benchmarks. Although the agencies considered that using census blocks or block groups could provide greater precision, the agencies believe that the operational challenges and privacy concerns created by this alternative approach outweigh the potential benefits. Specifically, the agencies believe it would not be possible to construct market and community benchmarks for census blocks or block groups, given that certain public data sources necessary to compute these benchmarks are not available at the census block group level. For example, section 1071 data will include census tract information, but will not include address, census block, or census block groups. In addition, the agencies believe that it would be more difficult for banks to target lending to specific census blocks or block groups, which are geographically smaller areas than census tracts, and may consist of a portion of a neighborhood. Furthermore, the agencies considered that this alternative may introduce privacy concerns regarding specific loan recipients as the loan-level data collected for closed-end home mortgages, small business, and small farm loans would have to be reported and collected at the census block or block group level, which would increase the re-identification risk for these data.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic Bank Metrics.</E>
                         As set forth in paragraph III.a of final appendix A, the Geographic Bank Metrics are calculated as the percentage of a bank's loans in a particular major product line that are located in low- and moderate-income census tracts, respectively. This calculation is based on originated and purchased loans in a specific Retail Lending Test Area over the years in the evaluation period. For example, if a bank originated or purchased 25 total closed-end home mortgage loans in a facility-based assessment area over the years in the evaluation period and 5 of those loans were in low-income census tracts, its Geographic Bank Metric for closed-end home mortgage loans in low-income census tracts would be 0.2, or 20 percent.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="28">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.011</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>Under the final rule, for each major product line, the agencies separately calculate a Geographic Bank Metric for low-income census tracts and for moderate-income census tracts, as discussed above. The agencies note that calculating the Geographic Bank Metrics in this way is consistent with current practice for evaluating a bank's lending in low- and moderate-income census tracts.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic Market Benchmarks—closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans.</E>
                         As set forth in paragraph III.b of final appendix A, the Geographic Market Benchmarks for facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas is calculated as the percentage of closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, or small farm loans that are located in low-income census tracts or moderate-income census tracts, respectively. This calculation is based on originated loans in the facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area over the years in the evaluation period reported by all lenders.
                    </P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6714-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="71">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.012</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6857"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.013</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="167">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6858"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.014</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-C</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6714-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>For the outside retail lending area, the Geographic Market Benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans are determined by first calculating the benchmark for each individual MSA and for the nonmetropolitan area of a State that is part of the outside retail lending area (known as the “component geographic areas,” pursuant to final § __.18(b)(2)), and then calculating a weighted average of the benchmarks for those areas. Specifically, as set forth in paragraph III.d of final appendix A, the Geographic Market Benchmarks for outside retail lending areas are established by calculating, for each major product line—other than automobile loans—in each component geographic area of the outside retail lending area, a benchmark in low- or moderate-income census tracts, respectively. Calculation of these benchmarks for each component geographic area follows the method described above for calculating Geographic Market Benchmarks for facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable. The benchmarks calculated for each component geographic area are then averaged, weighting each component geographic area by the number of the bank's loans in the major product line originated and purchased in the component geographic area, relative to the number of the bank's loans in the major product line originated and purchased in the outside retail lending area. More discussion of the process for creating benchmarks used in the outside retail lending area analysis follows later in this section.</P>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposed approach, the Geographic Market Benchmarks are intended to show the overall level of lending for each product line taking place in the Retail Lending Test Area in low- and moderate-income census tracts by all reporting lenders. The agencies note that calculating Geographic Market Benchmarks in this way is consistent with current practice for evaluating a bank's lending in low- and moderate-income census tracts.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic Community Benchmarks—closed-end home mortgage loans.</E>
                         As set forth in paragraphs III.c.1 and III.c.2 of final appendix A, the Geographic Community Benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage loans in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas are calculated as the percentage of owned-occupied housing units in low- and moderate-income census tracts, respectively. This calculation is based on owner-occupied housing units in the facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area over the years in the evaluation period. Additional details regarding the calculations of community benchmarks, and an example, are provided below in this section.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="290">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6859"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.015</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>For the outside retail lending area, the Geographic Community Benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage loans are determined by first calculating the benchmark for each component geographic area and then calculating a weighted average of the benchmarks for those areas. Specifically, as set forth in paragraph III.e of final appendix A, the Geographic Community Benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage loans in outside retail lending areas are established by calculating, in each component geographic area of the outside retail lending area, a benchmark for closed-end home mortgage loans in low- or moderate-income census tracts, respectively. Calculation of these benchmarks for each component geographic area follows the method described above for calculating Geographic Community Benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage loans in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas. The benchmarks calculated for each component geographic area are then averaged, weighting each component geographic area by the number of the bank's closed-end home mortgage loans originated and purchased in the component geographic area, relative to the number of the bank's closed-end home mortgage loans originated and purchased in the outside retail lending area. More discussion of the process for creating benchmarks used in the outside retail lending area analysis follows later in this section.</P>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposal, the Geographic Community Benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage loans are based on the share of owner-occupied housing units in the Retail Lending Test Area that are in low- or moderate-income census tracts. Similar to the other Geographic Community Benchmarks, the agencies believe that the share of owner-occupied housing units in low- or moderate-income census tracts is an indicator of the potential lending opportunities for closed-end home mortgage loans in low- or moderate-income census tracts. Further, the agencies note that using the share of owner-occupied housing units in low- or moderate-income census tracts is consistent with current practice for evaluating a bank's closed-end home mortgage lending in low- or moderate-income census tracts.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic Community Benchmarks—small business loans and small farm loans.</E>
                         As set forth in paragraphs III.c.3 through III.c.6 of final appendix A, the Geographic Community Benchmarks for small business loans or small farm loans in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable, are calculated as the percentage of businesses or farms in low- or moderate-income census tracts, respectively.
                        <SU>926</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This calculation is based on businesses or farms in the facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area over the years in the evaluation period. Additional details regarding the calculations of community benchmarks, and an example, are provided below in this section.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>926</SU>
                             For purposes of the Geographic Community Benchmarks for small business loans, the agencies exclude farms from the calculation of the percentage of businesses in low- or moderate-income census tracts, respectively.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6714-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="403">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6860"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.016</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="423">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6861"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.017</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-C</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6714-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>For the outside retail lending area, the Geographic Community Benchmarks for small business loans and small farm loans are determined by first calculating the benchmark for each component geographic area, and then calculating a weighted average of the benchmarks for those areas. Specifically, as set forth in paragraph III.e of final appendix A, the Geographic Community Benchmarks for small business loans or small farm loans in outside retail lending areas are established by calculating, in each component geographic area of the outside retail lending area, a benchmark for small business loans or small farm loans in low- or moderate-income census tracts, respectively. Calculation of these benchmarks for each component geographic area follows the method described above for calculating Geographic Community Benchmarks for small business loans or small farm loans in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable. The benchmarks calculated for each component geographic area are then averaged, weighting each component geographic area by the number of the bank's small business loans or small farm loans originated and purchased in the component geographic area, relative to the number of the bank's small business loans or small farm loans originated and purchased in the outside retail lending area. More discussion of the process for creating benchmarks used in the outside retail lending area analysis follows later in this section.</P>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with the proposal, the Geographic Community Benchmarks for small business loans or small farm loans are based on the share of small businesses or small farms in the Retail Lending Test Area that are in low- or moderate-income census tracts. For example, the Geographic Community Benchmark for small business loans in low-income census tracts in a facility-based assessment area would be the percentage of all businesses in the area that are located in a low-income census tract, based on available data that the agencies intend to disclose in aggregated form on a regular basis. Similar to the other Geographic Community Benchmarks, the agencies believe that the share of small businesses or small farms in low- or moderate-income census tracts is an indicator of the potential lending opportunities for small business loans or small farm loans in low- or moderate-income census tracts. Further, the agencies note that using the share of small businesses or small farms in low- or moderate-income census tracts is consistent with current practice for evaluating a bank's small 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6862"/>
                        business or small farm lending in low- or moderate-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Following the transition to using section 1071 data,
                        <SU>927</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies would then adjust the methodology used to calculate the Geographic Community Benchmark to reflect changes in what businesses and farms are included in the section 1071 data relative to the existing CRA small business and small farm data. Specifically, prior to the use of section 1071 data, this benchmark would be based on the share of all businesses and farms that are located in each category of designated census tracts. Once section 1071 data is used in CRA evaluations, this benchmark would be the share of small businesses and small farms with gross annual revenue of $5 million or less that are located in each category of designated census tracts. This change reflects that section 1071 data include only loans made to businesses and farms with gross annual revenue of $5 million or less, and ensures that the bank metrics and benchmarks are calculated in a consistent fashion.
                        <SU>928</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>927</SU>
                             The transition amendments included in this final rule will, once effective, amend the definitions of “small business” and “small farm” to instead cross-reference to the definition of “small business” in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule. This will allow the CRA regulatory definitions to adjust if the CFPB increases the threshold in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule definition of “small business.” This is consistent with the agencies' intent articulated in the preamble to the proposal and elsewhere in this final rule to conform these definitions with the definition in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule. The agencies will provide the effective date of these transition amendments in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             after section 1071 data is available.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>928</SU>
                             The agencies acknowledge that proposed appendix A, paragraph III.2.b specified that the Geographic Community Benchmarks for small business loans and small farm loans, prior to the transition to using section 1071 data, would be based on the share of 
                            <E T="03">small</E>
                             businesses or 
                            <E T="03">small</E>
                             farms in an area that are located in low- or moderate-income census tracts. However, the final rule specifies that these Geographic Community Benchmarks, prior to the transition to using section 1071 data, are based on the share of businesses or farms in an area that are located in low- or moderate-income census tracts, regardless of the size of these businesses and farms. The final rule approach is intended to ensure that the bank metrics and benchmarks are calculated in a consistent fashion.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Geographic Community Benchmarks—automobile loans.</E>
                         As set forth in paragraphs III.c.7 and III.c.8 of final appendix A, the Geographic Community Benchmarks for automobile loans in facility-based assessment areas are calculated as the percentage of households in low- and moderate-income census tracts, respectively. This calculation is based on households in the facility-based assessment area over the years in the evaluation period. Additional details regarding the calculations of community benchmarks, and an example, are provided below in this section.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="248">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.018</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>For the outside retail lending area, the Geographic Community Benchmarks for automobile loans (and all other retail lending benchmarks) are determined by first calculating the benchmark for each component geographic area, and then calculating a weighted average of the benchmarks for those areas. Specifically, as set forth in paragraph III.e of appendix A, the Geographic Community Benchmarks for automobile loans in an outside retail lending areas are established by calculating, in each component geographic area of the outside retail lending area, a benchmark for automobile loans in low- or moderate-income census tracts, respectively. Calculation of these benchmarks for each component geographic area follows the method described above for calculating Geographic Community Benchmarks for automobile loans in facility-based assessment areas. The benchmarks calculated for each component geographic area are then averaged, weighting each component geographic area by the number of the bank's automobile loans originated and purchased in the component geographic area, relative to the number of the bank's automobile loans originated and purchased in the outside retail lending area. More discussion of the process for creating benchmarks used in the outside retail lending area analysis follows later in this section.</P>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with the proposal, the Geographic Community Benchmarks for automobile loans are based upon the share of households the Retail Lending Test Area that are in in low- or moderate-income census tracts. Similar to the other Geographic Community Benchmarks, the agencies believe that 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6863"/>
                        the share of households in low- or moderate-income census tracts is an indicator of the potential lending opportunities for automobile loans in low- or moderate-income census tracts. The agencies considered using the share of families in low- or moderate-income census tracts as the Borrower Community Benchmark, but determined that of the two options, the share of households has the benefit of carrying forward the current approach.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(e)(4) Borrower Distribution Measures</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>As discussed above, the agencies proposed to evaluate the borrower distributions of a bank's major product lines by using certain metrics and benchmarks. Specifically, the proposed Borrower Bank Metrics are calculated as the percentage of a bank's loans to borrowers at varying income levels or gross annual revenue thresholds, relative to the total number of the bank's loans in the facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area. As discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(f), the agencies proposed to compare the Borrower Bank Metric for each distribution for each major product line to performance ranges calculated based on two benchmarks: a Borrower Market Benchmark that reflects the aggregate lending to borrowers at varying income levels or gross annual revenue thresholds across lenders within a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area; and a Borrower Community Benchmark that reflects the potential lending opportunities at varying income levels or gross annual revenue thresholds within a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received numerous comments, discussed above, on the use of distribution metrics and benchmarks generally. In addition, the agencies received several comments that specifically addressed the proposed borrower distribution metrics and benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Treatment of purchased loans.</E>
                         A few commenters sought clarity on the treatment of purchased loans with respect to the borrower distribution metrics and benchmarks when income and revenue information is not reported or not available, such as for certain seasoned government mortgage loans. For example, some commenters recommended including purchased loans in the numerator of the Borrower Bank Metric when the bank has information demonstrating that the borrower is low- or moderate-income or has gross annual revenues of less than $1 million, and excluding purchased loans from the numerator and denominator of the Borrower Bank Metric if the bank does not have borrower income or revenue information.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Borrower Community Benchmark for home mortgage loans.</E>
                         A number of commenters raised concerns about the agencies' proposal to use low- and moderate-income family counts to establish community benchmarks for analyzing the borrower distribution of home mortgage lending. For example, a few commenters suggested that the Borrower Community Benchmark for home mortgage loans should be based on the share of owner-occupied housing units in an area that are occupied by low- and moderate-income households, instead of the share of low- and moderate-income families. These commenters explained that using low- and moderate-income households that are owner-occupants, rather than low- and moderate-income families, would better account for differences in home prices and homeownership opportunities across the country. In addition, at least one commenter stated that the agencies may want to consider a Borrower Community Benchmark for home mortgage loans that is based on the low- and moderate-income share of households, including households that are not owner-occupants, as this would capture unrelated people sharing rental housing units who could become homeowners.
                    </P>
                    <P>Another commenter generally regarded the proposed borrower distribution analysis favorably, but expressed concern that the Borrower Community Benchmark for closed-end home mortgage lending to low-income borrowers would greatly overestimate credit demand among these borrowers because incomes are too low relative to home prices in many parts of the country. The commenter conducted an analysis indicating that the proposed Borrower Community Benchmark for closed-end home mortgage loans to low-income borrowers was consistently higher than the corresponding Borrower Market Benchmark across 354 MSAs, such that the performance ranges calculated for closed-end home mortgage loans to low-income borrowers would always be based on the market benchmarks in these markets. Accordingly, the commenter suggested that the agencies consider alternative community benchmarks and alternative calibrations of the benchmarks to potentially create a better incentive for banks to improve performance. The commenter also suggested that because the proposed Borrower Community Benchmark for closed-end home mortgage loans overestimates credit demand among low-income borrowers, it also underestimates credit demand among moderate-income borrowers.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are adopting the proposed borrower distribution metrics and benchmarks generally as proposed.</P>
                    <P>• Final § __.22(e)(4)(i) provides that for each major product line, a Borrower Bank Metric is calculated pursuant to paragraph IV.a of final appendix A.</P>
                    <P>• Final § __.22(e)(4)(ii) provides that for each major product line except automobile loans, a Borrower Market Benchmark is calculated pursuant to, as applicable, paragraph IV.b of final appendix A for facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, and paragraph IV.d of final appendix A for outside retail lending areas.</P>
                    <P>• Final § __.22(e)(4)(iii) provides that for each major product line, a Borrower Community Benchmark is calculated pursuant to, as applicable, paragraph IV.c of appendix A for facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, and paragraph IV.e of appendix A for outside retail lending areas.</P>
                    <P>A summary of these calculations for facility-based assessment area and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable, can be found in the following table for each product line. Following a discussion of some preliminary issues, each of these metrics and benchmarks is discussed in more detail below.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="295">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6864"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.019</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="567">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6865"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.020</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Treatment of purchased loans.</E>
                         Consistent with the agencies' proposal, under the final rule approach, purchased loans for which borrower income or revenue data are unavailable are counted in the denominator of the borrower distribution metrics and benchmarks, and not in the numerator of the borrower distribution metrics and benchmarks. If a bank provides the agencies with information indicating that purchased loans for which borrower income or revenue data are unavailable were in fact made to low- or moderate-income borrowers or borrowers with gross annual revenues below $1 million, the agencies may adjust the bank's recommended conclusion, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22(g)(4). The agencies considered comments suggesting that if borrower income data are unavailable for purchased loans, then the loans should be excluded from the numerator and denominator of the borrower distribution metrics. However, the final rule does not adopt this 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6866"/>
                        approach because the agencies believe that such an approach could allow a bank to purchase middle- and upper-income loans for which income information is not available without factoring into the bank's distribution metrics. In addition, the agencies believe that it is preferable to include all of a bank's loans in its distribution metrics, and to consider potential adjustments to the bank's Retail Lending Test conclusions pursuant to §§ __.22(g)(4) and __.21(d) as needed, to ensure that the distribution metrics comprehensively account for a bank's retail lending.
                    </P>
                    <P>The final rule continues the current practice of using borrower income or revenue information at the time of the credit decision for purchased loans. As a result, a loan originated to a low- or moderate-income borrower, if sold to a third-party bank, would receive consideration as a low- or moderate-income loan for the purchasing bank regardless of the borrower's income at the time of purchase. The agencies believe that this approach will help to support liquidity for lenders that lend to low- or moderate-income borrowers and census tracts, in accord with the CRA's objective of encouraging banks to meet the credit needs of their entire communities. Furthermore, the agencies understand that it may not be feasible to obtain updated borrower income information for purchased loans.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Borrower Bank Metrics.</E>
                         As set forth in paragraph IV.a of appendix A, the Borrower Bank Metrics are calculated as the percentage of a bank's loans in a particular major product line to borrowers in each applicable income or revenue category, respectively. This calculation is based on originated and purchased loans in a specific Retail Lending Test Area over the years in the evaluation period. For example, if a bank originated or purchased 100 total closed-end home mortgage loans in a facility-based assessment area over the years in an evaluation period, and 20 of those loans were to low-income borrowers, then its Borrower Bank Metric for closed-end home mortgage loans to low-income borrowers would be 0.2, or 20 percent.
                    </P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6714-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="28">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.021</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>For closed-end home mortgage loans and automobile loans, the agencies separately calculate the Borrower Bank Metric for low-income borrowers and moderate-income borrowers. For small business loans and small farm loans, the agencies separately calculate the Borrower Bank Metric for businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of: (1) $250,000 or less; and (2) greater than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million. The agencies note that calculating the Borrower Bank Metrics in this way is generally consistent with the current practice for measuring a bank's lending to borrowers of various income and revenue categories.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Borrower Market Benchmarks—closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans.</E>
                         As set forth in paragraph IV.b of final appendix A, the Borrower Market Benchmarks for facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas are calculated as the percentage of closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, or small farm loans to borrowers in each income or revenue category, as applicable. This calculation is based on originated loans in the facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area over the years in the evaluation period reported by all lenders.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="71">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.022</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6867"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.023</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="266">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6868"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.024</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-C</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6714-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>For the outside retail lending area, the Borrower Market Benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans are determined by first calculating the benchmark for each component geographic area, and then calculating a weighted average of the benchmarks for those areas. Specifically, as set forth in paragraph IV.d of final appendix A, the Borrower Market Benchmarks for outside retail lending areas are established by calculating, for each major product line—other than automobile loans—in each component geographic area of the outside retail lending area, a benchmark for each applicable income and revenue category, respectively. Calculation of these benchmarks for each component geographic area follows the method described above for calculating Borrower Market Benchmarks for facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable. The benchmarks for each component geographic area are then averaged, weighting each component geographic area by the number of the bank's loans in the major product line originated and purchased in the component geographic area, relative to the number of the bank's loans in the major product line originated and purchased in the outside retail lending area. More discussion of the process for creating benchmarks used in the outside retail lending area analysis follows later in this section.</P>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposed approach, the Borrower Market Benchmarks are intended to show the overall level of lending for each product line taking place in the Retail Lending Test Area to borrowers of each applicable income and revenue category by all reporting lenders. The agencies note that calculating Borrower Market Benchmarks in this way is consistent with current practice for evaluating a bank's lending to borrowers of various income and revenue categories.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Borrower Community Benchmarks—closed-end home mortgage loans.</E>
                         As set forth in paragraphs IV.c.1 and IV.c.2 of final appendix A, the Borrower Community Benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers, respectively, in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas are calculated as the percentage of all families that are low- and moderate-income families, respectively. This calculation is based on families in the facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area over the years in the evaluation period. Additional details regarding the calculations of community benchmarks, and an example, are provided below in this section.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="234">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6869"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.025</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>For the outside retail lending area, the Borrower Community Benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage loans (and all other retail lending benchmarks) are determined by first calculating the benchmark for each component geographic area, and then calculating a weighted average of the benchmarks for those areas. Specifically, as set forth in paragraph IV.e of final appendix A, the Borrower Community Benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage loans in outside retail lending areas are established by calculating, in each component geographic area of the outside retail lending area, a benchmark for closed-end home mortgage loans to low- or moderate-income borrowers, respectively. Calculation of these benchmarks for each component geographic area follows the method described above for calculating Borrower Community Benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage loans to low- or moderate-income borrowers in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas. The benchmarks calculated for each component geographic area are then averaged together, weighting each component geographic area by the share of the bank's closed-end home mortgage loans originated and purchased in the component geographic area, relative to the bank's closed-end home mortgage loans originated and purchased in the outside retail lending area, calculated using loan count. More discussion of the process for creating benchmarks used in the outside retail lending area analysis follows later in this section.</P>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with the proposal, the Borrower Community Benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage loans are based on the share of families in the Retail Lending Test Area that are low- or moderate-income. Similar to the other Borrower Community Benchmarks, the agencies believe that the share of low- or moderate-income families is an indicator of the potential lending opportunities for closed-end home mortgage loans to low- or moderate-income borrowers. In deciding to define the benchmark as comprising low- or moderate-income families, as opposed to households, the agencies have placed significant weight on the fact that this is consistent with current practice for evaluating a bank's closed-end home mortgage lending to low- or moderate-income borrowers. The agencies believe this will aid in implementation and familiarity with the final rule approach. However, the agencies recognize that this benchmark would, therefore, not include individuals that the American Community Survey defines as comprising households but are not included in its definition of families, such as adults living alone, unmarried couples, and unrelated adults living as roommates.
                        <SU>929</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As a result, this benchmark would not capture some households that are mortgage borrowers or will become mortgage borrowers in the future. The agencies considered using the share of low- or moderate-income households as the Borrower Community Benchmark, but determined that of the two options, the share of low- or moderate-income families has the benefit of carrying forward the current approach. The agencies note that there is no distinction or consideration in the distribution analysis of whether a bank's home mortgage loans were made to borrowers that are family households or to borrowers that are non-family households; rather, the bank metrics reflect the bank's percentages of all loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers. Moreover, the agencies note that the decision to use family households to construct these community benchmarks is not intended to convey a preference for lending to family households rather than to non-family households. During and following implementation of the final rule, the agencies will continue to monitor this and other benchmarks to determine whether other indicators would better estimate the potential lending opportunities for each product line.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>929</SU>
                             According to the Census Glossary, a household includes “the related family members and all the unrelated people, if any, such as lodgers, foster children, wards, or employees who share the housing unit. A person living alone in a housing unit, or a group of unrelated people sharing a housing unit such as partners or roomers, is also counted as a household.” Further information related to how households and families are defined in the American Community Survey can be found in the Census Glossary at 
                            <E T="03">https://www.census.gov/glossary/?term=Household</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered comments that the Borrower Community Benchmark for closed-end home mortgage loans to low-income borrowers—proposed as being low-income families as noted above—may overestimate potential demand for closed-end home mortgage loans among low-income families. However, the agencies believe that the benchmark adopted in the final rule accords with 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6870"/>
                        the CRA's emphasis on meeting the credit needs of the bank's entire community, which includes low-income families. For this reason, the agencies determined not to modify the Borrower Community Benchmark for closed-end home mortgage loans to low-income borrowers in a way that universally assumes significantly lower credit needs for these borrowers. In addition, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis for __.22(f), the agencies determined that the combination of the market and community benchmarks, and final rule multiplier values, result in appropriately calibrated performance ranges, and that Retail Lending Test conclusions of “Low Satisfactory” or higher are generally attainable.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Borrower Community Benchmarks—small business loans and small farm loans.</E>
                         As set forth in paragraphs IV.c.3 through IV.c.6 of final appendix A, the Borrower Community Benchmarks for small business loans or small farm loans in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable, are calculated as the percentage of businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of more than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million, and with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less, respectively.
                        <SU>930</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This calculation is based on businesses or farms in the facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area over the years in the evaluation period. Additional details regarding the calculations of community benchmarks, and an example, are provided below in this section.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>930</SU>
                             For purposes of the Borrower Community Benchmarks for small business loans, the agencies exclude farms from the calculation of the percentage of businesses in each gross annual revenues category.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6714-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="113">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.026</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6871"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.027</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-C</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6714-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6872"/>
                    <P>For the outside retail lending area, the Borrower Community Benchmarks for small business loans and small farm loans (and all other retail lending benchmarks) are determined by first calculating the benchmark for each component geographic area, and then calculating a weighted average of the benchmarks for those areas. Specifically, as set forth in paragraph IV.e of final appendix A, the Borrower Community Benchmarks for small business loans or small farm loans in outside retail lending areas are established by calculating, in each component geographic area of the outside retail lending area, a benchmark for small business loans or small farm loans to small businesses or small farms of each applicable revenue category, respectively. Calculation of these benchmarks for each component geographic area follows the method described above for calculating Borrower Community Benchmarks in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable. The benchmarks calculated for each component geographic area are then averaged, weighting each component geographic area by the number of the bank's small business loans or small farm loans originated and purchased in the component geographic area, relative to the number of the bank's small business loans or small farms originated and purchased in the outside retail lending area. More discussion of the process for creating benchmarks used in the outside retail lending area analysis follows later in this section.</P>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposal, the Borrower Community Benchmarks for small business loans or small farm loans are based on the share of businesses and farms in the Retail Lending Test area in different revenue categories. For example, the Borrower Community Benchmark for small business loans with gross annual revenue of less than $250,000 in a facility-based assessment area is the share of all businesses in the area with gross annual revenue of less than $250,000. Similar to the other Borrower Community Benchmarks, the agencies believe that the share of businesses or farms of different sizes is an indicator of the potential lending opportunities for small business loans or small farm loans in the Retail Lending Test Area. Further, the agencies note that using the share of businesses or farms of different sizes is generally consistent with current practice for evaluating a bank's small business and small farm lending.</P>
                    <P>
                        As described above with respect to the Geographic Community Benchmarks, following the transition to using section 1071 data,
                        <SU>931</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies will adjust the methodology used to calculate the Borrower Community Benchmark to reflect changes in what businesses and farms are included in the section 1071 data relative to the existing CRA small business and small farm data. Specifically, prior to the use of section 1071 data, this benchmark would be based on the share of all businesses and farms that are designated borrowers. Once section 1071 data is used in CRA evaluations, this benchmark would be the share of small businesses and small farms (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         those with gross annual revenue of $5 million or less) that are designated borrowers. This change reflects that section 1071 data include only loans made to small businesses and small farms, and ensures that the bank metrics and benchmarks are calculated in a consistent manner.
                        <SU>932</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>931</SU>
                             The transition amendments included in this final rule will, once effective, amend the definitions of “small business” and “small farm” to instead cross-reference to the definition of “small business” in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule. This will allow the CRA regulatory definitions to adjust if the CFPB increases the threshold in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule definition of “small business.” This is consistent with the agencies' intent articulated in the preamble to the proposal and elsewhere in this final rule to conform these definitions with the definition in the CFPB Section 1071 Final Rule. The agencies will provide the effective date of these transition amendments in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             after section 1071 data is available.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>932</SU>
                             The agencies acknowledge that proposed appendix A, paragraph IV.2.b, specified that the Borrower Community Benchmarks for small business loans and small farm loans, prior to the transition to using section 1071 data, would be based on the share of businesses or farms of different sizes out of all 
                            <E T="03">small</E>
                             businesses or 
                            <E T="03">small</E>
                             farms in an area. However, the final rule specifies that these Borrower Community Benchmarks, prior to the transition to using section 1071 data, are based on the share of businesses or farms of different sizes out of all businesses or farms in an area, regardless of the size of these businesses and farms.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Borrower Community Benchmarks—automobile loans.</E>
                         As set forth in paragraphs IV.c.7 and IV.c.8 of final appendix A, the Borrower Community Benchmarks for automobile loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers, respectively, in facility-based assessment areas are calculated as the percentage of low- or moderate-income households, respectively. This calculation is based on households in the facility-based assessment area over the years in the evaluation period. Additional details regarding the calculations of community benchmarks, and an example, are provided below in this section.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="205">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.028</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6873"/>
                    <P>For the outside retail lending area, the Borrower Community Benchmarks for automobile loans (and all other retail lending benchmarks) are determined by first calculating the benchmark for each component geographic area, and then calculating a weighted average of the benchmarks for those areas. Specifically, as set forth in paragraph IV.e of final appendix A, the Borrower Community Benchmarks for automobile loans in outside retail lending areas are established by calculating, in each component geographic area of the outside retail lending area, a benchmark for automobile loans to low- or moderate-income borrowers, respectively. Calculation of these benchmarks for each component geographic area follows the method described above for calculating Borrower Community Benchmarks for automobile loans to low- or moderate-income borrowers in facility-based assessment areas. The benchmarks calculated for each component geographic area are then averaged together, weighting each component geographic area by the share of the bank's automobile loans originated and purchased in the component geographic area, relative to the bank's automobile loans originated and purchased in the outside retail lending area, calculated using loan count. More discussion of the process for creating benchmarks used in the outside retail lending area analysis follows later in this section.</P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that the share of low- or moderate-income households is an indicator of the potential lending opportunities for automobile loans in low- or moderate-income census tracts. The agencies considered using the share of families, rather than households, but determined that of the two options, the share of households has the benefit of carrying forward the current approach.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(e)(3)(ii) and (iii) and (e)(4)(ii) and (iii) Benchmark Timing</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In the proposal, the agencies addressed the issues of when the market and community benchmarks should be set for the evaluation period and which years of data to use to calculate the benchmarks. The agencies indicated that they were considering whether to calculate the community benchmarks using the most recent data available as of the first day of a bank's CRA examination. However, the agencies noted that these data may not become available until during or after the evaluation period, and as a result, under this approach, the values of the community benchmarks may not be known at the outset of the evaluation period. The agencies requested feedback on alternative approaches to the timing of when the community benchmarks would be set for a bank's evaluation.</P>
                    <P>Furthermore, the agencies indicated that they were considering whether to calculate the market benchmarks using all available reported data from the years of a bank's evaluation period, recognizing that some evaluation periods could include a year for which reported data is not yet available at the time of the bank's examination. The agencies also indicated that they were considering an alternative approach, under which the bank distribution metrics would be based on data only from the same years over which the market distribution benchmarks are able to be measured. The agencies noted that this approach would have the advantage of setting performance standards for banks that correspond to the period, and the economic conditions during that period, over which an agency is evaluating a bank's performance. However, this approach would have the disadvantage of, in some circumstances, not fully covering a bank's recent lending.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>A number of commenters provided specific feedback on timing issues related to the data used to calculate the proposed retail lending metrics and benchmarks. Some commenters raised concerns about the delayed availability, incompleteness, lack of transparency, or sources of the proposed benchmark data against which bank borrower distribution and geographic distribution metrics would be measured under the agencies' proposal.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Bank metrics and market benchmarks.</E>
                         Several commenters supported the agencies' proposal to base the bank distribution metrics on all of the data from the bank's evaluation period, while the market distribution benchmarks would be based on reported data that is available at the time of the examination. For example, a commenter asserted that all of a bank's reported data for the evaluation period should be used, even if all corresponding market data was not available at the time of the examination. Likewise, another commenter stated that, generally, bank volume and bank distribution metrics should be based on an average of a bank's annual performance over the evaluation period. Another commenter that supported the agencies' proposal stressed the importance of leveraging examiner discretion and performance context to evaluate lending where any bank volume or bank distribution data is unavailable. A commenter suggested that all data should be representative of the community at the time that the loan, investment, or service was originated or provided.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Community benchmarks.</E>
                         Some commenters did not support the option the agencies stated was under consideration to set community benchmarks using the most recent data available as of the first day of a bank's CRA examination. A commenter noted that setting community benchmarks with the most recent data at the time of the bank's examination may contribute to banks clustering CRA qualifying activities around examination time rather than throughout the evaluation period. This commenter and several others instead recommended that benchmarks be set with data from throughout the evaluation period. A commenter suggested that using a five-year average of available data could avoid the effects of sudden, sometimes unpredictable swings in demographic data on community benchmarks. Another commenter stated that the agencies should calculate the community benchmarks based on data that pertains to the years of the evaluation period, and did not support setting the community benchmarks based on data available prior to the evaluation period, or at the time of the bank's examination. Other commenters suggested that the benchmarks could instead be set annually. These commenters suggested that this approach would provide banks with appropriate notice about retail lending performance expectations.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters recommended making community benchmark data available in advance of evaluation periods. For example, a commenter recommended that a bank's community benchmarks be established at the beginning of each examination cycle and remain consistent throughout the evaluation period. Another commenter stated that as a matter of fairness and due process, banks should know the benchmarks prior to being evaluated, so that they can plan and structure their CRA programs accordingly. A commenter similarly recommended that benchmarks be established based on the year prior to the start of an examination to allow for more consistency and alignment with the bank's metrics. Additionally, this commenter noted that in the event that circumstances have dramatically changed, such as in a global pandemic, an examiner could request more recent data.</P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters also suggested that, after being established at the beginning of an evaluation period, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6874"/>
                        community benchmarks should decrease (“float down”) if demographic data collected during the evaluation period would lead to lower benchmarks. These commenters variously noted that economic recessions, natural disasters, pandemics, significant variances in real estate prices, and other events could warrant a downward adjustment to the community benchmarks.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters expressed concern that certain community benchmark data, including FFIEC data, would not be available at the start of an examination. One of the commenters noted that this lag would result in banks being measured against inaccurate community benchmarks, and that the agencies should clearly explain how they would account for this. Another commenter suggested a transition period during which banks could opt in to being evaluated using the community benchmarks in order to allow the agencies to assess whether the benchmarks adequately reflected economic conditions. Another commenter recommended that the agencies retain the current CRA practices for flexibly establishing and considering community benchmarks (based on data from the time of a bank's evaluation period, but which are not published in advance of the evaluation period) in evaluations given their familiarity to bankers and examiners.
                        <SU>933</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>933</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Interagency Large Institution CRA Examination Procedures (April 2014) at 6-8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Timing issues affecting both the market and community benchmarks.</E>
                         Several commenters expressed concerns regarding the availability of benchmark information, or lack thereof, prior to a bank's evaluation period. A commenter argued that not having benchmark data upon implementation of the final rule would be contrary to the agencies' stated objectives of clarity and certainty. This commenter and another commenter raised concerns about the ability of banks to collect, track, and analyze CRA performance using the proposed metrics, given the delayed availability of benchmark information, both currently and after the final rule is implemented. Likewise, other commenters stated that not knowing the benchmarks against which a bank's performance would be assessed before the bank's CRA evaluation periods would prevent the bank from engaging in appropriate, necessary planning. A commenter described the benchmarks as moving targets based on dated peer performance that could obscure the full story of a bank's performance. Another commenter expressed concern regarding the number of calculations used to arrive at the metrics and benchmarks, noting the many different data sources used to construct the metrics and benchmarks, and the varying timing of when these data are available. As a result, the commenter stated, the benchmarks will be subjective, as the bank will not know what data sources the examiners will use to establish them.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters addressed the proposal to establish benchmarks that would cover an entire evaluation period. For example, a commenter warned against aggregating data from a bank's entire evaluation period because a bank's major product lines or MSA delineations could change from one year to the next. This commenter stated that conducting examinations using annual data for metrics and benchmarks, without combining and averaging that annual data, would better ensure that a bank's retail lending performance is measured against appropriate demographic and market data. Another commenter stated that banks can have evaluation periods that are shorter or longer than three years, and that it would be problematic to always set benchmarks only for three-year periods. This commenter also indicated that the agencies' proposed approach was further complicated by the fact that, during an evaluation period, low- and moderate-income census tracts can become middle- and upper-income census tracts, and 
                        <E T="03">vice versa.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies have considered commenter feedback on this issue and have included provisions in sections V and VI of final appendix A that address the approach to setting, and the data used to calculate, community and market benchmarks. Specifically, the agencies intend to disclose the data used to calculate community benchmarks on an annual basis, in advance of each calendar year of an evaluation period. The agencies will calculate the market benchmarks at the time of the bank's examination using data that corresponds to the years of a bank's evaluation period. For purposes of a bank's evaluation over a full evaluation period, each benchmark would be calculated for the entire evaluation period, rather than calculating separate benchmarks for each individual calendar year of the evaluation period. For both sets of benchmarks, the agencies intend to annually disclose the annual component of the benchmark that corresponds to each calendar year, and that would be used to calculate the benchmark for the entire evaluation period. For the community benchmarks, this disclosure would occur in advance of each calendar year, and for the market benchmarks, the disclosure would occur after a calendar year once reported data for that year is available.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Community benchmarks.</E>
                         Under the final rule approach, the agencies intend to disclose the annual components of the data used to calculate the community benchmarks in advance of each calendar year. At the time of a bank's examination, the agencies will calculate the community benchmarks for the evaluation period, pursuant to the methodology in sections III and IV of final appendix A. For example, for a three-year evaluation period, for each community benchmark, the agencies intend to disclose available annual data in advance of each of the three calendar years of the evaluation period, and at the time of the bank's examination, the agencies would calculate the community benchmarks based on three years of data.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="277">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6875"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.029</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>In determining that community benchmark data would be set in advance of each calendar year of the evaluation period, the agencies have considered how to balance the objective of providing certainty to banks regarding performance standards with incorporating the most up-to-date performance context information into the metrics-based approach. The agencies believe this approach will provide appropriate advance notice of benchmarks and performance expectations to banks; each year a bank would have advance notice of the annual component of the community benchmark for that specific year, which a bank can use to monitor performance. As described above, the agencies would use an average of these annual data points to determine each community benchmark for the entire evaluation period. Under this approach, the agencies note that a bank would have access to all of the annual components of the community benchmark by the beginning of the final calendar year of each evaluation period, when the annual component of the benchmark for the final calendar year would be disclosed. Furthermore, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(f), applicable performance ranges are based on the lower of the calibrated market benchmark and the calibrated community benchmark. As a result of disclosing the annual components of the community benchmarks, banks would have insight into the maximum level of retail lending to designated borrowers and in designated census tracts necessary to meet the performance ranges for each conclusion category. While the performance ranges used in an examination could be lower than those calculated by the community benchmark, they cannot exceed those based on the community benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>In addition, as a result of this approach, the agencies have considered that the data used for the community benchmarks approximately reflect the characteristics of the community during the bank's evaluation period. Prior to the beginning of each calendar year, the agencies intend to disclose annual components of the community benchmarks for the coming year of an evaluation period based on data sources that the agencies determine best reflect local conditions at the time, consistent with current practice of calculating community benchmarks based on data provided annually by the FFIEC.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered that the final rule approach will account for potential changes in the delineation of a Retail Lending Test Area during an evaluation period, because the community benchmark data for each calendar year would reflect the geographic composition of the Retail Lending Test Area in that year. For example, the agencies considered an example of a bank whose facility-based assessment area expands from a single county in the first calendar year of the evaluation period to a total of two counties in the second and third calendar years. The community benchmark data for the first calendar year would reflect the single county delineation, and the community benchmark data for the second and third calendar years would reflect the two-county designation. The agencies determined that calculating a multiyear ratio reflecting all years in a bank's performance evaluation will result in a community benchmark that accounts for the changes in the bank's facility-based assessment area delineation without requiring any additional adjustments or weighting. The agencies considered this to be an important benefit of the proposed approach, since the delineations of facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending areas may change on an annual basis due to a variety of factors, such as changes in MSA definitions, or expansion of a bank's service area in a particular MSA.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered, but decline to adopt, an alternative approach of designating the final community benchmark levels in advance of the first year of the evaluation period. Under this alternative, a final community benchmark would be published prior to the bank's evaluation period based on data available at that time. As a result, this alternative approach would not involve calculating a multiyear ratio of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6876"/>
                        annual community benchmark data released over the course of the evaluation period. The agencies considered that this alternative approach could provide additional certainty regarding the level of this benchmark. However, the agencies also considered that such an approach would necessitate using older data to construct the community benchmarks for each year in the bank's evaluation period, as noted by some commenters, which could result in certain performance context information not being incorporated into the community benchmarks. For example, the community benchmark data available at the beginning of the first year of a bank's evaluation period may reflect the composition of the population from two or more calendar years prior. By the beginning of the third calendar year of the bank's evaluation period, the community benchmark data could reflect the composition of the population from four or more calendar years prior. As a result, changes to, for example, the population or to the number of businesses or farms in those intervening years would not be accounted for in the older community benchmark data. In addition, the agencies considered that designating the final community benchmark in advance of a bank's evaluation period would not be possible in instances where MSA definitions change during an evaluation period, a Retail Lending Test Area expands or contracts during the evaluation period, or in which new census tract delineations are published and go into effect during the evaluation period. Consequently, the agencies determined that there would be significant operational challenges with an alternative approach of setting and fixing community benchmarks entirely in advance of the evaluation period.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered, but decline to adopt, an alternative approach of calculating benchmarks at the time of a bank's examination using data available at that time, and not setting the benchmark or providing data used to calculate the benchmark at any point in advance of the bank's examination. The agencies considered that, while this alternative approach would allow the community benchmarks to more closely reflect the composition of the population during the evaluation period, it would also significantly limit the information available to banks and the public regarding Retail Lending Test performance expectations in advance. In contrast, the agencies determined that the final rule approach of providing the annual components of the community benchmarks in advance of each calendar year of the evaluation period will more effectively provide advance notice of benchmark levels.</P>
                    <P>The agencies considered comments expressing timing concerns about the availability of the data used to compute community benchmarks and the timing of the bank's evaluation period. In adopting their final rule approach, the agencies intend to explore ways of streamlining data availability (such as updating data on a more frequent basis than is currently done) to ensure that timely data is used to construct community benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Market benchmarks.</E>
                         Pursuant to the final rule, the agencies will calculate the market benchmarks using the retail lending data from the years of the bank's evaluation period, and not from years prior to the evaluation period. This approach has the advantage of setting performance standards for banks based on contemporaneous data that reflect economic conditions during the period over which an agency is evaluating a bank's performance. The agencies have considered that this approach is consistent with existing practices, under which benchmarks are generally calculated based on data from the time of a bank's evaluation period and are not published in advance of the evaluation period. The agencies further believe that this approach is especially important to maintain in the final rule for the market benchmarks, which are intended to capture aspects of the performance context of an area that may emerge during the evaluation period, such as changes in economic conditions that may affect the demand for credit among low- and moderate-income households. The agencies determined that basing the market benchmarks on data from the evaluation period will appropriately contribute to standardization and transparency regarding evaluations of retail lending performance, because examiners generally would not need to qualitatively consider economic conditions that are already accounted for in the market benchmarks.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies considered, but are not adopting, approaches recommended by some commenters to set the market benchmarks in advance of the evaluation period, or in advance of each calendar year of the evaluation period. The agencies considered that such alternative approaches would provide greater certainty to banks and the public regarding quantitative performance standards. However, the agencies have also considered that these alternative approaches would result in benchmarks that may not account for the performance context of an area in a specific year, because the data used to compute the market benchmarks would precede the bank's evaluation period and would not correspond to the overall lending in a community during a specific time period. As a result, under these alternative approaches, the agencies have considered that the market benchmarks would not provide the same function of incorporating performance context data into the metrics approach and could necessitate more often using qualitative considerations and agency discretion to account for changes in economic conditions or other changes in the market that occur during an evaluation period. The agencies have also considered that greater use of qualitative factors would counteract any potential increase in certainty derived from providing the benchmarks in advance. In addition, consistent with current practice, the agencies note that banks could consider recent market benchmarks for their Retail Lending Test Areas, in concert with census data and their own lending data, as part of their planning prior to and during a CRA evaluation period.</P>
                    <P>While the agencies' proposal also discussed alternative approaches for specifying in the regulation which years of data would be used to calculate a bank's metrics and market benchmarks in a given examination, the final rule does not specify such alternatives. However, in implementing the final rule, the agencies intend to take the approach described in the proposal of basing the metrics and market benchmarks on the same years of data, rather than allowing the market benchmarks to be based on data from a subset of the years of the evaluation period if data for the last year of an evaluation period is not yet available. In practice, for each major product line, the scope of the Retail Lending Test evaluation would be limited to those years in which the necessary data is available to calculate the relevant metrics and benchmarks. The agencies considered that this approach ensures that the benchmarks reflect the performance context of the evaluation period. The agencies determined that this timing issue is more appropriately resolved in implementation, because a degree of flexibility is warranted to account for future changes in underlying data sources used to construct metrics and benchmarks, such as changes to the timing of when certain data is published.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">
                            Alternative to set benchmarks in advance and adjust at time of 
                            <PRTPAGE P="6877"/>
                            examination.
                        </E>
                         For both the community benchmarks and the market benchmarks, the agencies considered, but are not adopting, an alternative “float-down” approach of setting each benchmark. This alternative would entail establishing each benchmark in advance of the evaluation period, recalculating that benchmark at the time of the bank's examination using more current data, and selecting the lower of the two benchmarks for use in the evaluation. The agencies determined that this approach could result in a misalignment between the data used to calculate the metrics and corresponding benchmarks (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         if a bank made a loan in a moderate-income census tract that was then reclassified to middle-income during an evaluation period) and would increase uncertainty regarding the ultimate level of the benchmarks. In addition, the agencies considered that this approach would introduce significant operational complexity for banks and the agencies due to the large number of data points that are necessary to construct multiple sets of benchmarks at different points in time for a single examination, and the varied timing of when the data sources are updated. The agencies also considered that under any approach of adjusting the benchmarks at the time of a bank's examination, two banks with the same evaluation period whose examinations occur at different times could potentially have different benchmarks calculated for the same Retail Lending Test Area and evaluation period due to differences in the data available at the time of the two examinations. The agencies believe that these considerations outweigh any potential benefits of advance notice of benchmark levels achieved through this alternative.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies considered, but are not adopting, the alternative approach suggested by some commenters to construct metrics and benchmarks that would apply to each calendar year of an evaluation period, rather than one set of metrics and benchmarks that apply to the entire evaluation period. The agencies determined that this alternative, on balance, would increase complexity. For example, for a three-year evaluation period, this alternative would require approximately three times as many metrics and benchmarks and associated calculations as the final rule approach. Furthermore, the agencies determined that the alternative approach would require an additional weighted average calculation for combining the performance of each individual calendar year into a conclusion for the overall evaluation period. The agencies determined that this alternative approach would therefore be inconsistent with commenter feedback suggesting reducing the complexity of the proposed Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have considered comments that under the proposed approach, the exact data sources used to designate the benchmarks would be unknown prior to a bank's evaluation period. In implementing the final rule, the agencies intend to provide regular updates to banks and the public regarding the data applicable to CRA evaluations, as well as historical data regarding benchmarks in different areas. The agencies decided not to include specific data sources for community benchmarks in the final rule, or specific requirements for which years of data will be used to calculate community benchmarks, because exact data sources and timing may change over time. The agencies believe it is preferable to assess data sources and availability on an ongoing basis, and to regularly update CRA stakeholders, signaling any potential changes with as much advance notice as possible. The agencies believe this approach is consistent with current practice, in that the exact data sources and timing of the various inputs for metrics and benchmarks under the current approach are subject to change.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Distribution Benchmarks in Outside Retail Lending Areas</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to evaluate the distribution of a bank's major product lines in its facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area, as applicable. The agencies further proposed to use generally the same approach to calculating the proposed distribution metrics and benchmarks in all three types of Retail Lending Test Areas.</P>
                    <P>However, in evaluating the distribution of a bank's major product lines in its outside retail lending area, the agencies proposed to tailor performance expectations for outside retail lending areas to match the opportunities in the geographic regions in which the bank lends, which may vary considerably across the country. In particular, the agencies proposed to tailor performance expectations by setting bank-specific tailored benchmarks, which would then be used to establish thresholds and performance ranges. These tailored benchmarks would be calculated as the average of local market and community benchmarks across the country, weighted by the respective percentage of the bank's total retail lending, by dollar amount, in each MSA and in the nonmetropolitan portion of each State outside of assessment areas in which the bank engages in each region.</P>
                    <P>The agencies sought feedback on whether the proposed tailored benchmarks appropriately set performance standards for outside retail lending areas, and on potential alternatives. The agencies discussed an alternative proposal to create nationwide market and community benchmarks that would apply to all banks, regardless of where their lending is concentrated. These nationwide benchmarks could be calculated using all census tracts in the nation as the geographic base. Another alternative on which the agencies invited commenter views was to tailor benchmarks using weights that would be individualized by the dollar amount of lending specific to each major product line, rather than the sum of all of a bank's outside-assessment area retail lending. Under this alternative, if a bank did a majority of its outside-assessment area closed-end home mortgage lending in MSA A, and a majority of its outside-assessment area small business lending in MSA B, the closed-end home mortgage tailored benchmarks would be weighted towards the benchmarks from MSA A, while the small business tailored benchmarks would be weighted toward MSA B.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Several commenters addressed the agencies' proposal to establish tailored benchmarks for outside retail lending areas that would be based on a bank's level of retail lending in different markets. Some commenters supported the proposed tailored benchmark approach. One of these commenters also indicated that the benchmarks could be more precisely tailored by calculating unique weights for each specific product line rather than calculating one set of weights for all product lines based on a bank's overall dollar volume of retail lending in each market as proposed.</P>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters expressed a preference for uniform, nationwide benchmarks instead of the proposed tailored benchmarks, noting that tailored benchmarks would be overly complex and could be burdensome for smaller banks evaluated in these areas. Another commenter recommended the agencies consider a separate approach of a nationwide analysis while also designating underserved communities that banks must demonstrate they are serving through their lending. A commenter suggested the agencies 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6878"/>
                        provide a separate approach to evaluating outside retail lending areas for internet-based banks akin to the evaluation for limited purpose banks. Several other commenters suggested the agencies permit examiners more discretion to apply performance context when evaluating outside retail lending areas and particularly when developing Retail Lending Test conclusions at the state level.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting certain technical and substantive changes to the proposed benchmarks for outside retail lending areas.</P>
                    <P>For clarifying purposes in describing the calculations of metrics and benchmarks, the agencies use the term “component geographic area” in final § __.18 and appendix A to refer to any MSA or the nonmetropolitan area of any State, or portion thereof included within the outside retail lending area. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.18, component geographic areas of a bank's outside retail lending area are the MSAs or the nonmetropolitan areas of any State, excluding: (1) the bank's facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas; and (2) in a nonmetropolitan area, any county in which the bank did not originate or purchase any closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, or automobile loans if automobile loans are a product line for the bank.</P>
                    <P>Pursuant to paragraphs III.d and e and IV.d and e of appendix A, under the final rule, the agencies determine each benchmark for the outside retail lending area by calculating a weighted average of the benchmarks for each component geographic area. The weights for this calculation are based on the bank's number of loans in each component geographic area in the relevant major product line.</P>
                    <P>• Following this approach, the agencies calculate benchmarks for the outside retail lending area as follows: The agencies first calculate a benchmark in each component geographic area for the relevant major product line, distribution analysis, and income category following the same method to calculate benchmarks in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas. For example, for a bank that has closed-end home mortgage loans as a major product line in its outside retail lending area, a community and a market benchmark would be calculated for closed-end home mortgage loans to low-income borrowers in each component geographic area of the outside retail lending area, and for closed-end home mortgage loans to moderate-income borrowers in each component geographic area of the outside retail lending area.</P>
                    <P>• The agencies then calculate the percentage of the bank's originated and purchased loans in the outside retail lending area for the relevant major product line, such as closed-end home mortgage loans, that are within each component geographic area by loan count. These percentages serve as the weights applied to the component geographic area.</P>
                    <P>• Finally, the agencies use these percentages to calculate a weighted average of the component geographic area benchmarks to produce a benchmark applicable to the outside retail lending area for the specific major product line, distribution analysis, and income category, such as the community and market benchmarks for evaluating a bank's closed-end home mortgage loans to moderate-income borrowers.</P>
                    <P>For example, if a bank engaged in closed-end home mortgage lending in two different MSAs outside of its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, these MSAs are component geographic areas for purposes of constructing benchmarks for the outside retail lending area. In this example, the market benchmark for the closed-end home mortgage moderate-income borrower distribution is 10 percent in the first area, and 8 percent in the second area. Of the bank's closed-end home mortgage loan originations and purchases in the outside retail lending area, 75 percent by loan count are in the first area, and 25 percent are in the second area. The bank's outside retail lending area benchmark is calculated using a weighted average of the component area benchmarks with the weighting based on the bank's percentage of closed-end home mortgage lending in each area by loan count. The bank's outside retail lending area benchmark for closed-end home mortgage lending to moderate-income borrowers is (0.10 × 0.75) + (0.08 × 0.25) = 0.095, or 9.5 percent. This example is also reflected in Table 21:</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="290">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6879"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.030</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>The agencies determined that weighting by loan count, rather than by loan dollar volume, is appropriate for calculating outside retail lending area benchmarks because this approach would result in better alignment between the metrics and benchmarks than the proposed approach. Specifically, the agencies considered that distribution metrics for the outside retail lending area—as well as for facility-based assessment area and retail lending assessment areas—are calculated based on loan count, as discussed above in this section. The distribution metrics for the outside retail lending area do not incorporate the concept of weighting by loan dollars, or by deposit dollars; because the metrics are based on loan count, the outside retail lending area metrics effectively give greater weight to those component geographic areas in which the bank made a larger number of loans. To ensure consistency between the distribution metrics and benchmarks, the agencies therefore determined that it is preferable to use loan count when weighting the benchmarks of the component geographic areas.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered how to weight each component geographic area when calculating the benchmarks for the outside retail lending area and decided to adopt an alternative approach described in the proposal. Specifically, the agencies will calculate weights for the component geographic areas separately for each of a bank's major product lines in the outside retail lending area, rather than calculating one set of weights that would apply to the benchmarks for all major product lines. As noted by one commenter, the agencies determined that this alternative allows for the benchmarks to be more precise and more tailored for banks with multiple product lines in an outside retail lending area. The agencies believe that constructing the market and community benchmarks by weighting at the individual product line level will more accurately reflect the market conditions the bank actually faces in the geographic areas beyond its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas than would benchmarks based on a combination of all of a bank's retail lending. For example, a bank might extend closed-end home mortgage loans nationwide by originating loans through brokers, while its small business and small farm originations might be more closely tied to branch-based delivery channels and thus only extend to geographic areas just beyond the periphery of its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas. In this example, constructing benchmarks by weighting at the individual product level allows the benchmarks for small business and small farm lending to reflect market conditions in the geographic areas around the bank's assessment areas, while the benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage lending reflect conditions in a broader national footprint. This distinction more accurately tailors the benchmarks to reflect the opportunities available to the bank than would a benchmark based on a combination of all of its small business, small farm, and closed-end home mortgage lending would.</P>
                    <P>
                        While this alternative introduces some additional complexity due to the need to calculate a separate set of weights for each major product line, the agencies determined that the added accuracy and tailoring of this alternative outweighs the additional complexity. In addition, the agencies also considered that, for a bank with a single major product line in its outside retail lending area, the alternative approach is generally less complex than the proposed approach. Specifically, under the final rule approach, the agencies would calculate one set of weights for the component geographic areas per product line, based on only the loans in that product line. In contrast, under the proposed approach, the weights for the component geographic areas would be based on all of the bank's product lines. For banks with two major product lines in the outside retail lending area, the agencies considered that the alternative approach would be moderately more complex, because the bank would have 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6880"/>
                        two sets of weights for the geographic component areas of its outside retail lending area. For banks with three or four major product lines in the outside retail lending area, the agencies considered that the alternative approach would add to this complexity. However, based on available data for closed-end home mortgage, small business, and small farm lending (automobile lending data is not available to include in this analysis), the agencies believe that a small percentage, approximately 7 percent, of banks would have all three of these product lines that meet the major product line standard in outside retail lending areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies considered, but are not adopting, the alternative approach of setting uniform benchmarks for the outside retail lending area for all banks, without tailoring to the specific geographies in which a bank originated or purchased loans within its outside retail lending area. For example, this could include an alternative in which the benchmarks for the outside retail lending area would be calculated at the nationwide level, without averaging together the benchmarks for a bank's specific component geographic areas. The agencies determined that, while this approach would reduce the complexity of the outside retail lending area evaluation, the benchmarks under this alternative would not reflect a bank's actual markets, which may vary substantially in retail credit needs and opportunities. For example, if a large bank's lending in its outside retail lending area is primarily in one component geographic area, the market and community benchmarks for that component geographic area may be substantially different from benchmarks calculated at the nationwide level. In contrast, the tailored benchmark approach adopted by the agencies is intended to set expectations for a bank's outside-assessment area retail lending to match the opportunities in the markets in which it lends. Under this approach, the agencies determined that component geographic areas with more of a bank's lending would appropriately carry greater weight in calculating the agencies' performance expectations for the outside retail lending area as a whole. In addition, markets in which the bank did zero lending would receive zero weight when calculating the outside retail lending area benchmarks, and hence have no influence on the bank's Retail Lending Test evaluation.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also acknowledge comments that performance context information may be relevant to assessing lending in outside retail lending areas, to the extent it is not already considered as part of the Retail Lending Test. Pursuant to final § __.21(d), the agencies would consider performance context information when applying the performance tests, including the Retail Lending Test. In addition, pursuant to final § __.22(g), the agencies would consider the specified additional factors when determining Retail Lending Test conclusions.</P>
                    <P>The agencies considered, but are not adopting, an alternative of creating a separate approach to the outside retail lending area evaluation for internet banks. The agencies also believe that constructing benchmarks by weighting lending in each individual product line provides sufficient flexibility in representing the market conditions in the geographic areas outside of a bank's assessment areas that a separate and unique approach to constructing benchmarks for internet banks is unnecessary. To the extent that the geographic areas covered by an internet bank's closed-end home mortgage, small business, or small farm lending differs from those of branch-based banks, the product-specific weighting approach used to construct benchmarks for outside retail lending areas will reflect those differences.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(f) Retail Lending Test Recommended Conclusions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(f)(1) In general</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(f)(2)(i) Geographic distribution supporting conclusions—geographic distribution supporting conclusions for closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(f)(3)(i) Borrower distribution supporting conclusions—borrower distribution supporting conclusions for closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        For each of a bank's distribution metrics for each major product line, the agencies proposed to compare a bank's level of lending to specific quantitative standards.
                        <SU>934</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These standards would be set by a methodology that uses data for the geographic area matching the relevant distribution metric and maintains some key parts of how examiners currently conduct examinations. In addition, the agencies proposed to standardize and make performance expectations more transparent relative to current CRA examinations. The agencies noted that current CRA guidance and examination procedures do not specify how much lending is necessary to achieve each conclusion.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>934</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(d)(2)(ii) and (iii) and proposed appendix A, sections II through IV.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that each bank geographic and borrower distribution metric would be compared to a set of performance ranges that correspond to different conclusion categories: “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” “Low Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve,” and “Substantial Noncompliance.” 
                        <SU>935</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As provided in the proposal, separate performance ranges would apply to geographic and borrower distribution metrics for each proposed major product line, with the exception of multifamily lending, and for each income level or revenue level, as applicable.
                        <SU>936</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>935</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix A, section V.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>936</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(d)(2)(ii)(D)(
                            <E T="03">2</E>
                            ) and proposed appendix A, paragraphs V.2.b and V.2.c (geographic distribution metrics) and proposed § __.22(d)(2)(iii)(D)(
                            <E T="03">2</E>
                            ) and proposed appendix A, paragraphs V.2.d and V.2.e (borrower distribution metrics).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that the thresholds for these performance range categories would be calculated using community benchmarks and market benchmarks. Specifically, the agencies proposed to use the benchmarks to establish thresholds separating the conclusion categories.
                        <SU>937</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed that the benchmarks would be calibrated using multipliers, which are defined percentages for aligning the benchmarks with the agencies' performance expectations for specific supporting conclusions.
                        <SU>938</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For each major product line and income category, the agencies proposed the process for determining thresholds illustrated in Table 22:
                        <SU>939</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>937</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix A, paragraphs V.2.b (geographic distribution performance) and V.2.d (borrower distribution performance).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>938</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.; see also</E>
                             Table 8 to proposed § __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>939</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                             The agencies explained their justifications for the thresholds. After considering alternatives of 25 percent and 50 percent for the “Needs to Improve” threshold, the agencies arrived at the conclusion that performance serving less than 33 percent of the market or community benchmark was an appropriate threshold to distinguish performance low enough to warrant the lowest conclusion category and performance that is not satisfactory but is more appropriately recognized as needing improvement. After considering alternative market benchmark thresholds of 75 percent and 70 percent and an alternative community threshold of 55 percent, the agencies arrived at a market benchmark threshold of 80 percent and the community benchmark threshold of 65 percent for the “Low Satisfactory” threshold in the proposal, reflecting performance that is adequate relative to opportunities. The agencies proposed the “High Satisfactory” threshold at 110 percent for the market benchmark in order to reserve the conclusion for banks that are not just average, but a meaningful increment above the average of local lenders. Similarly, a community benchmark threshold of 90 percent in the proposal established 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            a “High Satisfactory” conclusion if a bank achieved close to per capita parity in its lending across different income groups. The agencies selected a market benchmark threshold of 125 percent for an “Outstanding” conclusion, setting a threshold well in excess of the average of local lenders, while simultaneously maintaining an attainable target for better bank performance. The agencies explained further that a market benchmark threshold of 125 percent ensures that an “Outstanding” conclusion is awarded only to banks that have demonstrated an exceptional level of performance. Finally, the agencies explained that setting the community benchmark threshold at 100 percent would be an appropriate aspirational goal for an “Outstanding” conclusion because bank metrics and market benchmarks are usually below the community benchmark and this benchmark threshold would represent equal per capita lending to communities of different income levels.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="347">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6881"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.031</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>The agencies analyzed historical bank lending data based on the proposed multipliers and estimated the recommended conclusions banks would have received. The agencies asked for feedback on alternatives to the proposed market and community multipliers for each conclusion category.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also noted in the proposal that the Board developed a search tool, which includes illustrative examples of the thresholds and performance ranges in a given geographic area, using historical lending data.
                        <SU>940</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This tool provides illustrative examples of the thresholds for the relevant performance ranges in each MSA, metropolitan division, and county based on historical lending from 2017-2019.
                        <SU>941</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>940</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Board, Community Reinvestment Act (CRA), “Proposed Retail Lending Test Thresholds Search Tool,” 
                            <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/consumerscommunities/performance-thresholds-search-tool.htm</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>941</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to use the lesser of the two calibrated benchmarks (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the calibrated market benchmark and the calibrated community benchmark) to determine the applicable conclusion.
                        <SU>942</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, for the “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” and “Low Satisfactory” thresholds, the proposed multiplier for the market benchmark would be higher than the multiplier for the community benchmark. The agencies explained that using the lesser of the two calibrated benchmarks would prevent the thresholds from becoming too stringent in markets with fewer opportunities to lend to lower-income communities or smaller establishments. The agencies also believed that this approach would tend to assign more favorable recommended conclusions in geographic areas where more banks were meeting the credit needs of the community. The agencies requested feedback on whether the proposed approach would set performance expectations too low in places where all lenders, or a significant share of lenders, are underserving the market and failing to meet community credit needs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>942</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix A, paragraphs V.2.b (proposed geographic distribution performance) and V.2.d (proposed borrower distribution performance).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Approach to using the market and community benchmarks.</E>
                         The agencies received a range of comments regarding the proposal to use the lower of the calibrated benchmarks (the calibrated benchmark calculated using the market benchmark and the calibrated benchmark calculated using the community benchmark) when determining performance ranges—with a number of commenters supporting the proposed approach.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In contrast, a commenter indicated that using the lower of the calibrated 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6882"/>
                        benchmarks may fail to incentivize banks to provide small-dollar home mortgage loans that would better meet the credit needs of homebuyers in relatively low-cost low- and moderate-income communities. Another commenter indicated that the approach of using the lower of the two calibrated benchmarks would result in performance ranges that do not reflect credit demand in an area, and that it would be preferable to base the performance ranges on only the market benchmark.
                    </P>
                    <P>A number of commenters offered alternative suggestions for developing the performance ranges, based upon using a weighted average of the calibrated market benchmark and the calibrated community benchmark, instead of using the lower of the two. For example, a commenter suggested that the agencies aggregate all calibrated benchmarks for a total CRA score or use a weighted average and consider all calibrated benchmarks to provide a range of comparators to evaluate how banks are meeting the needs of low- and moderate-income consumers. Another commenter suggested that selecting the lower calibrated benchmark, as proposed, could result in lower thresholds that inflate CRA ratings; for example, in an assessment area where the calibrated market benchmark is considerably lower than the calibrated community benchmark, all banks could be underperforming in making retail loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities. To address this concern, this commenter also recommended that, in cases where the calibrated market benchmark is considerably lower than the calibrated community benchmark and where that gap is not explained by performance context, the agencies should calculate a weighted average of the two benchmarks and reduce the weight of the market benchmark, taking into account how much the benchmarks diverge and whether performance context factors explain part of the discrepancy. Another commenter similarly recommended that when the calibrated market benchmark is lower than the calibrated community benchmark, the threshold should be a weighted average of the two calibrated benchmarks, with 30 percent weight on the market benchmark and 70 percent weight on the community benchmark.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Stringency of performance ranges.</E>
                         The agencies received a number of comments regarding the multipliers and performance ranges in evaluating a bank's retail lending performance. Several commenters generally supported the agencies' proposed multipliers to align the market and community benchmarks with the agencies' performance expectations. For example, one commenter indicated that the agencies' proposed approach would result in conclusions that would meaningfully reflect distinctions in performance and avoid contributing to ratings inflation.
                    </P>
                    <P>On the other hand, many other commenters stated that the proposed multipliers would set the thresholds for favorable conclusions overly stringently such that they would be unachievable. For example, a commenter opposed the performance ranges on the grounds that there has been no indication that banks' CRA activities and performance have declined in recent years and pointed out that Congress has not authorized the agencies to increase the stringency of CRA performance standards. This commenter suggested that the agencies should ensure that the final rule does not lead to a dramatic downward shift in the proportion of banks that receive “Outstanding” or “Satisfactory” conclusions and ratings, assuming that banks' underlying CRA retail lending performance remains on par with current levels. The commenter also stated it would be arbitrary and capricious to downgrade the ratings for a broad portion of the industry. Relatedly, another commenter indicated that the agencies should better recognize the amount of effort that banks with favorable CRA conclusions and ratings put in pursuant to the requirements of the current CRA regulations. Another commenter asserted that the performance ranges should be set so as to roughly match the current distribution of retail lending performance conclusions. A number of commenters asserted that the proposed approach would depress banks' overall Retail Lending Test conclusions, and that banks would routinely have to surpass their prior favorable retail lending performance levels, pursuant to the current regulations, to ensure that they would not receive “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” conclusions pursuant to the proposed approach. A commenter questioned whether the agencies intentionally proposed multipliers to cause a sharp increase in “Low Satisfactory” and “Needs to Improve” conclusions, as the commenter asserted was reflected in the analysis presented in appendix A of the proposal.</P>
                    <P>A number of commenters asserted that the proposed performance ranges would make it mathematically impossible for all banks in a given assessment area to achieve favorable conclusions. A commenter expressed concern that the proposed benchmarks, although based on a consistent formula and set of data points, could create an unachievable target for many banks. This commenter indicated that it would be mathematically impossible for all of the banks in an assessment area to meet the proposed thresholds for “Outstanding” and “High Satisfactory” conclusions, and the proposal would instead result in a ratings distribution where more than one-third of banks failed. Another commenter stated that the proposal would make it increasingly challenging for banks to meet high thresholds year-over-year as they focus on increasing their retail lending in the same markets. A commenter expressed concern that it would be difficult for a financial institution with a small geographic footprint and no low-income or moderate-income census tracts within its assessment areas to achieve better than “Low Satisfactory” conclusions.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters stated that the performance ranges approach was inappropriate because a bank's metric could be compared to the performance of other banks based on the market benchmark, which these commenters described as equivalent to grading banks on a curve. A commenter noted that banks should be evaluated without regard to how other banks performed, and that all banks should be able to achieve an “Outstanding” or a “Satisfactory” conclusion.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters added that, in turn, the proposed performance ranges could incentivize unsafe and unsound risk-taking as banks competed more intensely against competitors in pursuit of favorable performance conclusions. For example, a commenter stated that the agencies should recalibrate the proposed performance ranges to be ratings-neutral for large banks, so that banks would not be incentivized to lower their standards of creditworthiness and potentially experience credit quality issues.</P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters suggested alternative multiplier formulations for establishing performance ranges. For example, commenters proposed that the community benchmark multipliers be calibrated differently by product line to reflect how different loan types serve low- and moderate-income consumers and communities differently. A commenter supported the agencies' proposed multipliers but also recommended using the multipliers as a threshold compared to a “parity ratio” with the objective of reducing complexity. Under this suggestion, a bank's metric would be calculated as a ratio of the bank's percentage of loans to certain borrowers or census tracts 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6883"/>
                        relative to the corresponding benchmark. For example, if 11 percent of the bank's closed-end home mortgage loans were to low-income borrowers, and the corresponding benchmark for this category is 10 percent, the bank's ratio under this approach would be 110 percent. This ratio could be compared directly to the multipliers to determine the bank's conclusion.
                    </P>
                    <P>Another commenter suggested replacing the market and community benchmarks altogether with an evaluation system based on statistical confidence levels. Rather than evaluate a bank's performance based on the difference between a bank's metric and the market or community benchmark, this commenter suggested that the evaluation be based on the likelihood that the difference between the bank's metric and the market benchmark was the result of random chance. In effect, this would replace the uniform thresholds that the proposed rule would apply to all banks in the same assessment area with ones that vary based upon the number of loans each bank originates or purchases in that assessment area and on the number of loans originated by the market as a whole.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments on specific conclusion thresholds and performance ranges.</E>
                         Other commenters expressed that the proposed performance ranges essentially put achieving “Outstanding” retail lending performance out of reach and would reduce banks' incentives to increase retail lending to improve their retail lending performance. For example, a commenter noted that the high bar for an “Outstanding” conclusion would, contrary to the agencies' goals, discourage banks from striving for “Outstanding” performance because they would have little incentive to develop or initiate responsive credit programs beyond those that will produce a “Satisfactory” conclusion. Another commenter noted that the benchmark for an “Outstanding” conclusion disadvantages banks with substantial market share compared to banks with smaller market share, which could more easily improve their lending distributions. A commenter stated that fewer than two percent of current banking system assets would currently meet or exceed the market benchmark threshold for an “Outstanding” conclusion, so most banks would be motivated to seek only a “Satisfactory.” Another commenter noted that the proposed Retail Lending Test would account for 75 percent of retail performance, yet the performance ranges for Retail Lending Test are prohibitively high such that lowering them may encourage banks to strive for “Outstanding” performance. Another commenter stated that banks would not have a reasonable chance of attaining an “Outstanding” conclusion and also asserted that, based on the agencies' own analysis, no bank with assets exceeding $50 billion would achieve an “Outstanding.”
                    </P>
                    <P>A number of commenters recommended specific alternative multiplier values for certain performance ranges or suggested adjustments to how the agencies would apply the performance ranges. A commenter suggested lowering multiplier values and, in turn, the thresholds for the performance ranges so that the “Outstanding” performance range would correspond to between 90 percent and 100 percent of the market benchmark and the “High Satisfactory” performance range would correspond to between 80 percent and 90 percent of the market benchmark. Another commenter recommended adjusting the performance ranges to more reasonably allow for a bank to achieve an “Outstanding” rating (and also to ensure that banks that achieve 100 percent of the market benchmark receive more than a “Low Satisfactory” conclusion). Another commenter suggested lowering some of the proposed multipliers for the market and community benchmarks. This commenter suggested that, for example, an “Outstanding” conclusion should correspond to the lesser of 110 percent or higher of the market benchmark or 100 percent or higher of the community benchmark. Conversely, another commenter suggested raising the “Needs to Improve” multiplier for the market benchmarks from 33 percent to 48 percent, so the community benchmark, unchanged at 33 percent, would be binding more often. This commenter also proposed to set the community benchmark for “Outstanding” higher than 100 percent to maintain a meaningful distinction between the benchmarks. Another commenter proposed alternative multiplier values to measure, and terminology to describe, retail lending performance. This commenter proposed to use the term “Adequate” to correspond to performance between 70 percent to 89 percent of market and community benchmarks, the term “Good” to correspond to performance between 90 percent and 109 percent of the two benchmarks, and the term “Excellent” to correspond to performance at 110 percent or more of the benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters expressed that the distribution analysis should involve qualitative considerations and not be based solely on the performance ranges. For example, a commenter stated that the agencies should consider calculations with simpler thresholds that can be modified by examiners as informed by performance context. Another commenter further recommended that the agencies issue guidance stating that market benchmarks are not absolute criteria for conclusions.</P>
                    <P>One commenter stated that the agencies should develop guidance and a new appendix to replace proposed appendix A with more detailed descriptions of how ratings would correlate to how a bank's performance compares against the benchmarks.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(f) Retail Lending Test Recommended Conclusions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(f)(1) In General</HD>
                    <P>Final § __.22(f)(1) indicates that, with two exceptions, the agencies develop a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion for each of a bank's Retail Lending Test Areas based on the distribution analysis described in final § __.22(e) and using performance ranges, supporting conclusions, and product line scores. Consistent with the proposed approach, the agencies will develop a separate supporting conclusion for each category of designated census tracts and designated borrowers described in paragraphs V.a and VI.a of final appendix A. However, as specified in final § __.22(b)(5)(i) and (c)(3)(iii)(A), the agencies do not develop a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion if a bank has no major product lines in a Retail Lending Test Area or if a large bank lacks an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold in a facility-based assessment area.</P>
                    <P>
                        The term “supporting conclusion” represents a technical revision from the proposal intended to provide additional clarity regarding the agencies' approach for developing Retail Lending Test recommended conclusions. The agencies believe this term helps to distinguish between: supporting conclusions that are assigned to each product line for each category of designated census tracts and designated borrowers; recommended conclusions that are assigned to each Retail Lending Test Area; and conclusions that are assigned to each Retail Lending Test Area, State, multistate MSA, and to the institution. Additionally, the agencies have employed the terms “designated census tract” (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         low-income census tracts or moderate-income census tracts, as applicable) and “designated 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6884"/>
                        borrower” (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         low-income borrowers; moderate-income borrowers; businesses with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less; businesses with gross annual revenues of more than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million; farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less; and farms with gross annual revenues of more than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million, as applicable) to streamline the regulatory text and increase clarity.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(f)(2)(i) Geographic distribution supporting conclusions for closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(f)(3)(i) Borrower distribution supporting conclusions for closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Overview</HD>
                    <P>
                        As provided in final § __.22(f)(2)(i) and (f)(3)(i) and section V of final appendix A, the agencies are finalizing the core methodology of their proposal to translate the proposed benchmarks into the four supporting conclusion performance thresholds for three product lines: closed-end home mortgage loans; small business loans; and small farm loans. Upon consideration of commenter input and additional analysis, the final rule includes modifications to several of the proposed multiplier values, and as a result, “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” and “Low Satisfactory” Retail Lending Test conclusions are generally more attainable relative to the proposed approach.
                        <SU>943</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>943</SU>
                             In addition, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d), unlike in the proposal, the agencies will not evaluate open-end home mortgage lending and multifamily lending as major product lines; consequently, the agencies will not employ multipliers and performance ranges with respect to evaluating these loans. As discussed below, although the agencies will evaluate automobile lending as a product line, as applicable, the agencies will not evaluate automobile lending using same methodology as proposed or as applied to other product lines pursuant to final § __.22(f).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Table 23 compares the proposed multipliers to those adopted in the final rule.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="299">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.032</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Approach to using the market and community benchmarks.</E>
                         Consistent with the agencies' proposal, under the final rule, the performance ranges are set by establishing thresholds for each conclusion category. Each threshold is determined by selecting the lesser of the following:
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • The result of multiplying the market benchmark by the market multiplier (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the calibrated market benchmark); and
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • The result of multiplying the community benchmark by the community multiplier (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the calibrated community benchmark).
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies would compare each metric to the performance ranges, and assign the corresponding supporting conclusion based on the lesser of calibrated community benchmark and the calibrated market benchmark. This approach is reflected in Table 24.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="278">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6885"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.033</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>The agencies believe that as a result of the approach of using the lesser of the two calibrated benchmarks, coupled with the comparatively higher market multipliers relative to the community multipliers, “Low Satisfactory” and higher conclusions are generally attainable. Furthermore, the agencies believe this approach effectively distinguishes between “Outstanding, “High Satisfactory,” and “Low Satisfactory” performance. For example, as discussed below, the agencies believe that a bank metric equal to 100 percent of the community benchmark represents “Outstanding” performance because it reflects a level of lending that is proportionate with the potential borrowers in the area. However, the agencies determined that a bank metric equal to 100 percent of the market benchmark does not represent “Outstanding” performance if the community benchmark is higher than the market benchmark. In this scenario, the bank's performance is exactly average among lenders in the area, and the bank's lending is not proportionate with the potential borrowers in the area because the relevant metric is lower than the community benchmark. Setting the market multipliers for an “Outstanding” supporting conclusion comparatively higher than the corresponding community multipliers therefore recognizes banks that are significantly exceeding, rather than only equaling, the market average in areas where the market benchmark is lower than the community benchmark. Likewise, for other supporting conclusion categories, setting the market multipliers higher than corresponding community multipliers reflects that, depending on market conditions and the performance context of an area, meeting or surpassing market benchmarks may generally be more attainable for a bank than meeting or surpassing community benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>
                        In finalizing the proposed approach of selecting the lesser of the threshold based on the calibrated market benchmark and the threshold based on the calibrated community benchmark, the agencies also considered alternatives raised by commenters, including the suggestion to calculate an average of the two calibrated benchmarks rather than selecting the lesser of the two. The agencies have considered that calculating the average of the calibrated benchmarks could potentially address a scenario in which the calibrated market benchmark is significantly lower than the calibrated community benchmark due to lenders in the area not meeting the credit needs of the community, which could result in performance ranges that are unduly low. However, the agencies believe that averaging the two calibrated benchmarks could also result in performance ranges that are too stringent, especially in areas where the calibrated market benchmark is lower than the calibrated community benchmark. For example, in an area that lacks housing that is affordable for low-income families, the calibrated market benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage lending may be considerably lower than the corresponding calibrated community benchmarks, and the agencies believe that averaging the two calibrated benchmarks together could result in performance expectations that are set too high. The agencies also recognize that an approach suggested by commenters to average the two benchmarks only when the calibrated market benchmark is significantly lower than the calibrated community benchmark could partially address this concern, but would present other challenges. Specifically, the agencies believe that averaging the two benchmarks only under certain conditions would increase the complexity of the Retail Lending Test and would be counter to the agencies' objectives of increasing the transparency and predictability of evaluations. Moreover, the agencies believe that the scenario of a Retail Lending Test Area in which lenders in the aggregate are not meeting community credit needs can be addressed through the application of the additional factor in final § __.22(g)(7). As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(g)(7), this additional factor provides that when determining Retail Lending Test conclusions, the agencies may consider “information indicating that the credit 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6886"/>
                        needs of the facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area are not being met by lenders in the aggregate, such that the relevant benchmarks do not adequately reflect community credit needs.” As suggested by commenters, the application of this additional factor may take into account the performance context of a Retail Lending Test Area.
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding the commenter view that this additional factor could be applied based on the difference between the actual and predicted market benchmarks, the agencies are not adopting this approach in the final rule because further analysis is necessary to develop statistical models that calculate a predicted market benchmark, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(g)(7).</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Multiplier Values.</E>
                         In the final rule, as provided in section V of final appendix A, the agencies are adjusting downward certain proposed market multipliers and community multipliers applicable to closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans. As a result of these changes, the agencies believe that the final rule performance ranges are appropriately aligned with the conclusion categories and that the “Low Satisfactory” and higher conclusion categories on the Retail Lending Test are generally attainable. In making these adjustments, the agencies considered the comments discussed above that offered different perspectives on the stringency of the proposed Retail Lending Test. The agencies believe that the adjustments to multiplier values are responsive to comments that “Outstanding” and “High Satisfactory” conclusions would not be attainable under the proposed approach and that the proposed multiplier values would deter retail lending and raise safety and soundness risk.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Specifically, as informed by additional agency analysis described in the historical analysis section, below, the agencies have determined that “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” and “Low Satisfactory” Retail Lending Test conclusions are generally attainable under the final rule approach. When applying the final rule approach to the 2018-2020 period, the agencies estimated that approximately 90 percent of banks included in the analysis would have achieved an “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” or “Low Satisfactory” Retail Lending Test conclusion for the institution, and that a “High Satisfactory” conclusion would have been the most frequently assigned conclusion. Similarly, when calculating Retail Lending Test recommended conclusions for facility-based assessment areas based on the performance ranges approach, approximately 87 percent of facility-based assessment areas for banks included in the analysis would have received an “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” or “Low Satisfactory” recommended conclusion, and a “High Satisfactory” would have been the most frequently assigned recommended conclusion.
                        <SU>944</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Retail Lending Test recommended conclusions assigned in retail lending assessment areas and outside retail lending areas would have been somewhat lower than in facility-based assessment areas, based on the agencies' estimates; approximately 78 percent of retail lending assessment areas, and 71 percent of outside retail lending areas, for banks included in the analysis, would have received an “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” or “Low Satisfactory” recommended conclusion. The agencies considered a number of data limitations and other factors when interpreting the results of the analysis of Retail Lending Test performance based on historical data, as discussed in the historical analysis section.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>944</SU>
                             The agencies did not estimate recommended conclusions for facility-based assessment areas in which the Bank Volume Metric did not surpass the Retail Lending Volume Threshold, which was approximately 3 percent of facility-based assessment areas in this analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies also considered comments that suggested that Retail Lending Test conclusions under the proposed approach would be significantly lower than those under the current approach, as well as those comments that the agencies should set multiplier values that result in a similar distribution of conclusions to the current approach. The agencies believe that the final rule multiplier values are appropriately aligned with the conclusion categories and that “Low Satisfactory” or higher Retail Lending Test conclusions are generally attainable. As also noted by some commenters, the agencies also believe that the performance ranges approach will more effectively distinguish between different levels of performance than the current approach, which lacks specific defined thresholds corresponding to each supporting conclusion category. Additionally, as noted above, the agencies intend to disclose data on the benchmarks and performance ranges that would assist banks in identifying Retail Lending Test Areas in which the bank may be underperforming, such that a bank may improve its performance accordingly.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered comments stating that it would be mathematically impossible for banks to meet the proposed thresholds or to achieve “Outstanding” or “High Satisfactory” conclusions. The agencies believe that the historical analysis indicates that “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” and “Low Satisfactory” conclusions are generally attainable. Furthermore, the agencies considered that, as a result of the approach of using the lower of the two calibrated benchmarks to set the performance threshold for a given supporting conclusion, a bank surpassing the calibrated community benchmark for a given supporting conclusion will always receive at least that supporting conclusion. For example, a bank whose metric exceeds the calibrated community benchmark for “High Satisfactory” will receive a supporting conclusion of either “Outstanding” or “High Satisfactory” for the associated distribution test, even if the bank metric does not exceed the calibrated market benchmark for a “High Satisfactory” supporting conclusion. In addition, the agencies note that the final rule market multiplier for “Low Satisfactory” is 80 percent, consistent with the proposal. As a result, banks are never required to exceed the average of all lenders in a Retail Lending Test Area to achieve a “Low Satisfactory” supporting conclusion, and it is possible for all banks in a Retail Lending Test Area to exceed the “Low Satisfactory” threshold for any distribution. The agencies also determined that the level of the “Low Satisfactory” market multiplier reduces the possibility that the market benchmarks will increase over time in a manner that makes the performance ranges unattainable, because banks are not required to exceed the market average to attain a “Low Satisfactory” supporting conclusion.</P>
                    <P>
                        Relatedly, the agencies believe that the final rule approach addresses concerns from some commenters that a bank with significant market share in an area would be unable to exceed the threshold for an “Outstanding” or “High Satisfactory” supporting conclusion that is based on the calibrated market benchmark. First, the agencies have adjusted the market multiplier for an “Outstanding” supporting conclusion from 125 percent to 115 percent. As a result, in a Retail Lending Test Area in which the “Outstanding” supporting conclusion performance range is based upon the calibrated market benchmark, a bank must exceed the market benchmark by 15 percent, rather than the proposed margin of 25 percent, to achieve an “Outstanding” supporting conclusion. The agencies believe that 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6887"/>
                        this change helps to make the “Outstanding” supporting conclusion more attainable relative to the proposal, particularly in areas where barriers to serving low- and moderate-income borrowers and low- and moderate census tracts make it challenging to surpass the calibrated community benchmark. Second, the agencies believe that the additional factor in final § __.22(g)(3)—the number of lenders whose reported home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, and small farm loans and deposits data are used to establish the applicable Retail Lending Volume Threshold, geographic distribution market benchmarks, and borrower distribution market benchmarks—would allow the agencies to consider the scenario identified by commenters in which, due to a limited number of lenders included in the market benchmark for the area, the bank's own lending comprises a significant share of the loans included in the market benchmark.
                        <SU>945</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, as noted above, the agencies determined that the market multipliers do not mathematically limit a bank with a large market share in an area to any particular conclusion level, because surpassing the calibrated community benchmark for a given supporting conclusion ensures that a bank receives a supporting conclusion of at least that level.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>945</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(g).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Use of thresholds over time.</E>
                         The agencies also considered comments suggesting that the final rule's performance ranges will increase and become unattainable over time as a result of banks attempting to exceed the market benchmarks. However, the agencies determined that the approach of using the lower of the calibrated market benchmark and the calibrated community benchmark addresses this concern. For example, in the event that the market benchmark increases over time, such that 115 percent times the market benchmark (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the calibrated market benchmark) exceeds 100 percent times the community benchmark (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the calibrated community benchmark), then the “Outstanding” supporting conclusion threshold would be based on the calibrated community benchmark. Any further increase in the market benchmark would not affect the performance range for an “Outstanding” supporting conclusion, since the calibrated market benchmark exceeds the calibrated community benchmark. In addition, as noted above, the market multiplier for a “Low Satisfactory” supporting conclusion under the final rule approach is 80 percent. As a result, a bank is never required to exceed the market benchmark in order to earn at least a “Low Satisfactory” supporting conclusion, and it is mathematically possible for all banks in a Retail Lending Test Area to earn a “Low Satisfactory” or higher supporting conclusion.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Peer comparisons.</E>
                         The final rule retains the proposed approach of using both market benchmarks and community benchmarks to develop performance ranges, and does not adopt suggestions from commenters to remove peer comparisons from the Retail Lending Test evaluation approach to avoid what some commenters described as “grading on a curve.” The agencies note that the market and community benchmarks leverage current practice. The agencies' proposal incorporates specific threshold calculations for each supporting conclusion category in order to reduce the potential for inconsistency that can occur without clear performance expectations when comparing a bank's metrics and benchmarks, as well as to increase the transparency of evaluations. In addition, the agencies believe that the market benchmark is an essential component of the Retail Lending Test because it incorporates certain performance context information into the performance ranges in a manner that is consistent and transparent. Specifically, the agencies determined that the market benchmark reflects the credit needs and opportunities of an area, and can adjust to changes in those credit needs and opportunities over time in response to economic circumstances and other factors.
                    </P>
                    <P>Furthermore, the agencies find that the final rule's use of the lesser of the calibrated market benchmark and the calibrated community benchmark to set performance ranges does not constrain a bank's Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion and does not require a certain percentage of banks to receive any particular recommended conclusion in a Retail Lending Test Area. For example, because the performance threshold for each performance range is based on the lower of the calibrated market benchmark and the calibrated community benchmark, surpassing the calibrated community benchmark for an “Outstanding” supporting conclusion always results in an “Outstanding” supporting conclusion, regardless of the value of the calibrated market benchmark. In addition, the agencies find that even when all performance ranges are based on the calibrated market benchmarks it is possible for all banks in a Retail Lending Test Area to exceed the “Low Satisfactory” supporting conclusion threshold.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Safe and sound lending.</E>
                         The agencies considered comments that the proposed multipliers and performance ranges would potentially encourage banks to lend in an unsafe and unsound manner. However, as discussed above, the agencies believe that “Low Satisfactory” and higher conclusions are generally attainable under the final rule approach, and that banks can meet the credit needs of the community without resorting to unsafe and unsound lending. Specifically, the agencies' analysis indicates that applying the final rule approach to historical lending data from 2018-2020 approximately 90 percent of banks included in the analysis would have received an overall Retail Lending Test conclusion of “Low Satisfactory” or higher at the institution level, with “High Satisfactory” the most frequent conclusion. In addition, final § __.21(d)(1) provides that the agencies will consider performance context reflecting whether a bank's Retail Lending Test performance was constrained by safety and soundness limitations when assigning conclusions.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Lack of low- and moderate-income census tracts.</E>
                         The agencies considered a comment that in a facility-based assessment area with no low- or moderate-income census tracts a bank would not be able to achieve higher than a “Low Satisfactory” conclusion. The agencies note that under the proposed and final rule alike there would be no geographic distribution analysis in a Retail Lending Test Area with no low- and moderate- income census tracts, and the recommended conclusion would be based solely on the borrower distribution analysis. As a result, a lack of low- and moderate- income census tracts does not limit a bank's recommended conclusion to a “Low Satisfactory.” In addition, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(g), final § __.22(g)(6) provides that the agencies would consider whether there were very few or no low- and moderate-income census tracts when determining a bank's conclusion in a nonmetropolitan facility-based assessment area or nonmetropolitan retail lending assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Separate multipliers for each product line.</E>
                         As proposed, the final rule incorporates one community multiplier and one market multiplier in determining each performance range threshold, applicable to all product lines (although market benchmarks and multipliers would not apply in automobile lending evaluations). The agencies considered, but are not 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6888"/>
                        adopting, a commenter suggestion that the agencies develop a separate set of multipliers for each product line. The agencies considered that separate multipliers for each product line might help to account for differences in low- and moderate-income credit needs and opportunities across different types of products. However, the agencies determined that the approach of using a single set of multipliers for all product lines appropriately calibrates performance expectations and that the potential advantages of separate multipliers for each product line would be outweighed by the additional complexity of this approach. Specifically, the agencies considered that the proposed and final rule approaches include a single set of eight multipliers (four community multipliers and four market multipliers) while the alternative approach could include as many as 24 multipliers (eight multipliers each for closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans), and that the larger number of multipliers would increase the complexity of the Retail Lending Test.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">“Parity ratio” and “statistical confidence” alternatives.</E>
                         The agencies are finalizing the proposed approach of comparing a bank's metric to the performance ranges, and are not adopting the “parity ratio” or “statistical confidence” alternatives suggested by commenters. The agencies believe that it is more transparent and less complex to use bank metrics that reflect the bank's percentage of loans to designated borrowers—rather than to use alternative bank metrics that are: (1) based on the bank's percentage of loans to designated borrowers divided by the market benchmark or the community benchmark; or (2) based on the likelihood that the difference between the bank's metric and the market benchmark was the result of random chance.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies determined that the “parity ratio” alternative approach would reduce the transparency of the performance standards of the Retail Lending Test. The agencies believe that it is more transparent to calculate the metrics, benchmarks, and performance ranges in terms of the percentage of loans to designated census tracts and to designated borrowers. The parity ratio alternative would employ ratios that would need to be recalculated in order to assess what percentage of loans to designated census tracts and to designated borrowers, respectively, is needed in order to meet or surpass each performance range threshold.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered, but are not adopting, the “statistical confidence” approach, in which the performance ranges would be based on the likelihood that the difference between a bank's metric and the market benchmark was the result of random chance. The agencies determined that, in addition to adding complexity, this approach would result in inconsistent performance standards for different banks. For example, in an MSA like the Baltimore-Columbia-Towson MSA, where 8.5 percent of closed-end home mortgage loans were to low-income borrowers, a bank whose metric of 7.0 percent was based on 100 loans would be estimated to receive a “Low Satisfactory” supporting conclusion because the probability that the difference between its metric and the market benchmark is the result of random chance exceeds 10 percent. But other banks with the same metrics that originate or purchase 1,000 or 10,000 closed-end home mortgage loans would receive supporting conclusions of “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance,” respectively, because their metrics are less likely to have been caused by random chance on account of their larger loan counts.
                        <SU>946</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies instead determined that it is preferable to apply the same benchmarks and performance ranges to all banks in the same Retail Lending Test Area.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>946</SU>
                             This example is based on data from the CRA Analytics Tables for the Baltimore-Columbia-Towson MSA. During the 2018-2020 evaluation period, there were 263,261 closed-end mortgages originated of which 22,281 were to low-income borrowers. The probabilities were calculated for the banks using a hypergeometric distribution, as suggested by the commenter. Supporting conclusions were assigned using the suggested thresholds of 1 percent for a “Needs to Improve” supporting conclusion and 10 percent for a “Low Satisfactory” supporting conclusion.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Multipliers for “Outstanding” Supporting Conclusion.</E>
                         The agencies' multipliers for the calibrated benchmarks used to determine the “Outstanding” supporting conclusion threshold are shown in Table 25.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="162">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.034</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        As indicated in section V of final appendix A, the agencies are setting the market multiplier at 115 percent for the calibrated market benchmark for an “Outstanding” supporting conclusion, which is 10 percentage points lower than the proposed level of 125 percent. In deciding to decrease the market multiplier for “Outstanding” performance, the agencies considered comments that the proposed level of 125 percent represents performance that is so significantly above average in an area that some banks may determine that it is not attainable, inadvertently discouraging such banks from pursuing an “Outstanding” conclusion. The agencies also considered comments that in a Retail Lending Test Area in which a bank holds significant market share, and in which the bank's own lending is 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6889"/>
                        therefore a significant component of the market benchmark, it would be difficult to surpass the proposed level of 125 percent of the market benchmark.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In determining the appropriate level of the final rule's “Outstanding” market multiplier, the agencies considered options suggested by commenters that performance greater than or equal to the average of all lenders in the area should receive an “Outstanding” supporting conclusion, including in an area in which the market benchmark is less than the community benchmark. However, the agencies generally do not believe that the “Outstanding” supporting conclusion should correspond to performance that is merely average among all lenders, unless the bank's metric also surpasses the community benchmark (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         unless the market benchmark is close to or greater than the community benchmark, and therefore the threshold for an “Outstanding” supporting conclusion is based on the community benchmark). Rather, in cases where the “Outstanding” threshold is based on the market benchmark, the agencies believe that an “Outstanding” supporting conclusion should correspond to performance that is meaningfully above average. In reaching this determination, the agencies also considered comments that supported the proposed multiplier values as appropriately rigorous. Consequently, the agencies believe that the final rule multiplier value of 115 percent represents an appropriate reduction from the proposed levels that would address the concerns expressed by commenters, while also ensuring the “Outstanding” performance range corresponds to performance that is meaningfully above average in an area.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with the proposed approach, as indicated in section V of final appendix A the agencies are setting community multiplier for an “Outstanding” supporting conclusion at 100 percent. The agencies believe that setting this multiplier at 100 percent is appropriate because it represents lending to borrowers and census tracts of different income levels in equal proportion to community benchmarks reflecting the potential lending opportunities for designated borrowers and designated tracts of the same income (or gross annual revenue) levels, which aligns with CRA's emphasis on serving the credit needs of the entire community. For example, if a bank's metric for the moderate-income closed-end home mortgage borrower distribution in a Retail Lending Test Area is 20 percent and the community benchmark (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the percentage of families in the Retail Lending Test Area that are moderate-income families) is also 20 percent, then the bank's share of lending to moderate-income families was proportionate to the share of moderate-income families in the area. A community multiplier greater than 100 percent would represent that a bank's share of lending to designated borrowers and designated census tracts in a Retail Lending Test Area must be disproportionately high relative to the presence of those borrowers and census tracts in the area in order to merit an “Outstanding” supporting conclusion, which the agencies do not believe is an appropriate standard.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Multipliers for “High Satisfactory” Supporting Conclusion.</E>
                         The agencies' multipliers for the calibrated benchmarks used to determine the “High Satisfactory” supporting conclusion threshold are shown in Table 26.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="181">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.035</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        As indicated in section V of final appendix A, the agencies are setting the market multiplier for the calibrated market benchmark used to determine a “High Satisfactory” supporting conclusion at 105 percent, five percentage points lower than the proposed level of 110 percent. The agencies decided to decrease this multiplier from the proposed level is based on similar reasons as those discussed above with regard to the “Outstanding” market multiplier. In addition, the agencies believe that a “High Satisfactory” market multiplier at the proposed level of 110 percent would result in a “High Satisfactory” performance range that is overly narrow, ranging from 110 percent to 115 percent. The agencies also considered setting this multiplier at 100 percent so that the difference between the “Outstanding” and “High Satisfactory” market multipliers would be similar to the difference between the “High Satisfactory” and “Low Satisfactory” market multipliers. However, the agencies determined that the “High Satisfactory” market multiplier should result in a calibrated market benchmark that is at least slightly above the market benchmark, rather than equal to the market benchmark. In making this determination, the agencies decided that in an area where the performance ranges are based on the market benchmark, bank performance that is exactly equal to the market average, or only marginally above the market average, should correspond to a “Low Satisfactory.” The agencies believe that defining the “High Satisfactory” supporting conclusion category in this way will appropriately distinguish 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6890"/>
                        higher performance from performance that is average.
                    </P>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposal, as indicated in section V of final appendix A, the agencies are setting the “High Satisfactory” community multiplier at 80 percent. Based on supervisory experience, the agencies believe that this multiplier appropriately represents a level of lending that is somewhat less than proportionate to the share of designated borrowers or designated census tracts in the Retail Lending Test Area, and sufficiently distinguishes a “High Satisfactory” supporting conclusion from an “Outstanding” supporting conclusion. This determination takes into consideration that opportunities to lend to designated borrowers or designated census tracts may be constrained to a level below the community benchmark. For example, the agencies note that some share of low-income families may not be in the marketplace for closed-end home mortgage loans for reasons beyond any ability of banks or other home mortgage lenders to market or structure loans that might meet their financial situations; accordingly, if 10 percent of families in a Retail Lending Test Area are low-income, for example, then a calibrated community benchmark of 8 percent is appropriate to set the threshold for a “High Satisfactory” supporting conclusion. Additionally, the agencies believe that lowering this multiplier below 80 percent would result in an overly broad performance range for a “High Satisfactory” supporting conclusion.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Multipliers for “Low Satisfactory” Supporting Conclusion.</E>
                         The agencies' multipliers for the calibrated benchmarks used to determine the “Low Satisfactory” supporting conclusion threshold are shown in Table 27.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="153">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.036</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposed approach, as indicated in section V of final appendix A the agencies are setting the market multiplier for the calibrated market benchmark used to determine a “Low Satisfactory” supporting conclusion at 80 percent. The agencies believe that this multiplier value appropriately represents lending to designated borrowers or designated census tracts that is adequate, but that is also below average. The agencies considered alternative market multipliers of 75 percent and 70 percent, but decided that these levels would be too far below average to demonstrate adequately meeting community credit needs. In addition, the agencies considered that decreasing the multiplier would result in a “Low Satisfactory” performance range that is overly broad compared to the “High Satisfactory” performance range. The agencies also considered thresholds higher than 80 percent, such that “Low Satisfactory” supporting conclusions would be reserved for performance that is at least close to average. However, as discussed above, the agencies considered that setting the “Low Satisfactory” threshold at or close to the market average might impede the ability of all banks to obtain a “Low Satisfactory” or higher supporting conclusion in an area where the performance ranges are based on the market benchmark. Instead, at the final rule market multiplier value of 80 percent, the agencies believe that “Low Satisfactory” or higher performance is generally attainable for all banks.</P>
                    <P>As indicated in section V of final appendix A, the agencies are setting the community multiplier for “Low Satisfactory” at 60 percent, five percentage points lower than the proposed level of 65 percent. The agencies believe that a downward adjustment from the proposed level of this multiplier is appropriate to address commenter concerns regarding the stringency of the Retail Lending Test. The agencies also considered a community multiplier of 55 percent for a “Low Satisfactory” supporting conclusion, but determined that the multiplier should be meaningfully greater than 50 percent to reflect a bank adequately meeting community credit needs.</P>
                    <P>As noted above, in determining the market and community multiplier values for “Low Satisfactory” performance, the agencies considered that the “Low Satisfactory” conclusion reflects that a bank is adequately meeting the credit needs of its community. This is distinct from the “Needs to Improve” and “Substantial Noncompliance” conclusion categories, both of which reflect that a bank is not adequately meeting the credit needs of its community. The agencies note that both “High Satisfactory” and “Low Satisfactory” performance correspond to the overall “Satisfactory” rating category.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Multipliers for “Needs to Improve” Supporting Conclusion.</E>
                         The agencies' multipliers for the calibrated benchmarks used to determine the “Needs to Improve” supporting conclusion threshold are shown in Table 28.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="185">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6891"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.037</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposed approach, as indicated in section V of final appendix A, the agencies are setting the market multiplier for the calibrated market benchmark used to determine a “Needs to Improve” supporting conclusion at 33 percent. The agencies believe that a “Substantial Noncompliance” supporting conclusion should be reserved for performance that is extremely inadequate, and determined that approximately one-third of the market benchmark is an appropriate standard. The agencies considered, but are not adopting, a suggested multiplier of 48 percent because the agencies believe that would result in assigning a “Substantial Noncompliance” supporting conclusion in cases where a bank's performance is lacking, but is not extremely inadequate.</P>
                    <P>As indicated in section V of final appendix A, the agencies are setting the community multiplier for a “Needs to Improve” supporting conclusion at 30 percent, three percentage points lower than the proposed level of 33 percent. The agencies believe that this adjustment is appropriate because for all of the other supporting conclusion categories the community multiplier is a lower value than the market multiplier, which reflects that the community benchmark is often greater than the market benchmark.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Examples of Performance Ranges Methodology</HD>
                    <P>The following outlines how the performance ranges would be calculated and applied to a geographic distribution for closed-end home mortgage loans in moderate-income census tracts:</P>
                    <P>Geographic Bank Metric: A bank that originated or purchased 16 closed-end home mortgage loans in moderate-income census tracts out of 100 total closed-end home mortgage loans that the bank originated or purchased overall in the Retail Lending Test Area would have a Geographic Bank Metric of 16 percent.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="134">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.038</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>Benchmarks: In a Retail Lending Test Area where 30 percent of owner-occupied housing units and 25 percent of all originated closed-end home mortgage loans were in moderate-income census tracts, the moderate-income Geographic Community Benchmark and Geographic Market Benchmarks for closed-end home mortgage loans would be 30 percent and 25 percent, respectively.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="139">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6892"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.039</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>Performance ranges: The agencies calculate the thresholds for the relevant performance ranges using the corresponding benchmarks and multipliers below:</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="211">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.040</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="211">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.041</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="234">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6893"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.042</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>In this example, the bank would receive a “Needs to Improve” supporting conclusion for closed-end home mortgage lending in moderate-income census tracts because the Geographic Bank Metric (16 percent) falls between the “Needs to Improve” supporting conclusion performance range threshold (8.25 percent) and the “Low Satisfactory” supporting conclusion performance range threshold (18 percent).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(f)(2)(ii) Geographic Distribution Supporting Conclusions for Automobile Loans</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(f)(3)(ii) Borrower Distribution Supporting Conclusions for Automobile Loans</HD>
                    <P>Final § __.22(f)(2)(ii) and (f)(3)(ii) provide that the agencies will develop supporting conclusions for a bank's automobile lending based on a comparison of its bank metrics to geographic distribution and borrower distribution community benchmarks, as provided in final § __.22(e)(1)(ii) and section VI of final appendix A. The agencies are not establishing performance ranges for automobile lending in the final rule. The agencies believe that there would not be sufficient bank automobile lending data to construct robust market benchmarks and also that requiring data reporting to facilitate construction of market benchmarks would increase data reporting burden without a corresponding significant increase in the consistency and rigor of CRA evaluations, as is discussed further in the section-by-section analysis for final §§ __.22 and __.42. The agencies further believe that it would not be appropriate to develop automobile lending performance ranges based solely on community benchmarks, which do not account for changes in credit needs and opportunities in a Retail Lending Test Area over time in the same way as an approach that also uses market benchmarks. Consequently, under the final rule, the agencies will assign supporting conclusions for automobile lending performance by comparing bank metrics to community benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>Supporting conclusions for automobile lending will be assigned separately for: (1) lending in low-income census tracts; (2) lending in moderate-income census tracts; (3) lending to low-income borrowers; and (4) lending to moderate-income borrowers. However, unlike for other major product lines, the agencies are not setting specific thresholds distinguishing each supporting conclusion category for automobile lending.</P>
                    <P>Specifically, the agencies will identify appropriate supporting conclusions based on a comparison of the Geographic Bank Metric for automobile lending in each category of designated census tracts to the corresponding Geographic Community Benchmark. Similarly, the agencies will identify the appropriate supporting conclusion based on a comparison of the Borrower Bank Metric for automobile lending in each category of designated borrowers to the corresponding Borrower Community Benchmark.</P>
                    <P>
                        This agencies' approach to evaluating automobile lending necessarily involves a greater degree of agency discretion than an approach that uses performance ranges, as is the case for other major product lines. The agencies believe that such discretion is appropriate given the relatively limited data available regarding automobile lending and the importance of performance context to evaluating a bank's automobile lending, such as whether the bank's loans were originated through direct or indirect channels. In addition, this approach is generally consistent with the current evaluation methods when consumer lending is evaluated, in which the agencies analyze the borrower and geographic distributions of a bank's consumer lending using a community benchmark without specific thresholds or performance ranges.
                        <SU>947</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>947</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Interagency Large Institution CRA Examination Procedures (April 2014) at 6-8.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Developing Product Line Scores in Each Retail Lending Test Area</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(f)(4) Development of Retail Lending Test Recommended Conclusions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(f)(4)(i) Assignment of Performance Scores</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to use a product line average to combine lending performance in the geographic and borrower distribution metrics for each major product line in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area, as applicable.
                        <SU>948</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6894"/>
                        example, a bank's closed-end home mortgage product line average in a facility-based assessment area would reflect its lending within four categories: (1) in low-income census tracts; (2) in moderate-income census tracts; (3) to low-income borrowers; and (4) to moderate-income borrowers.
                        <SU>949</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Similarly, if a bank had two major product lines in the facility-based assessment area—closed-end home mortgage loans and small business loans—the bank would receive a product line average for its closed-end home mortgage lending and a separate product line average for its small business lending.
                        <SU>950</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         By calculating lending performance for each major product line in the same facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area, as applicable, the agencies intended to provide greater transparency and enable stakeholders to better understand a bank's performance for each separate product line. The product line averages would also serve as the basis for determining a bank's recommended conclusion in each such area.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>948</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix A, paragraphs V.2.c (geographic distribution performance) and V.2.e (borrower distribution performance).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>949</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>950</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix A, paragraph V.3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>To calculate the product line average, the agencies proposed to first assign a performance score to each supporting conclusion, using a 10-point scale that associates each conclusion level with a score: “Outstanding” (10 points); “High Satisfactory” (7 points); “Low Satisfactory” (6 points); “Needs to Improve” (3 points); “Substantial Noncompliance” (0 points). The agencies would then compute a borrower income average and a geographic income average.</P>
                    <P>
                        The proposal provided that the geographic income average would be a weighted average of the performance scores for the two geographic distribution supporting conclusions (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         for low-income census tracts and moderate-income census tracts). The weights for this calculation would be the applicable community benchmark for the product line and income or revenue category to make the weight of the scores proportional to the population of potential borrowers in the assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <P>• For example, for closed-end home mortgage lending, the weight for the low-income geographic distribution performance score would be:</P>
                    <P>
                        ○ The percentage of owner-occupied housing units in low-income census tracts in the area (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the Geographic Community Benchmark for low-income census tracts) as a percentage of;
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        ○ The sum of the percentage of owner-occupied housing units in low-income census tracts (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the Geographic Community Benchmark for low-income census tracts) and the percentage of owner-occupied housing units in moderate-income census tracts (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the Geographic Community Benchmark for moderate-income census tracts).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • Likewise, for example, for closed-end home mortgage lending the weight for the moderate-income geographic distribution performance score (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the Geographic Community Benchmark for moderate-income census tracts) would be:
                    </P>
                    <P>• The percentage of owner-occupied housing units in moderate-income census tracts in the area as a percentage of;</P>
                    <P>
                        • The sum of the percentage of owner-occupied housing units in low-income census tracts (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the Geographic Community Benchmark for low-income census tracts) and the percentage of owner-occupied housing units in moderate-income census tracts (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the Geographic Community Benchmark for moderate-income census tracts).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The proposal provided that the borrower income average would be calculated in the same way, weighting the two income categories included in the borrower distribution analysis (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         for closed-end home mortgages, the agencies would weight low-income borrowers and moderate-income borrowers) by the corresponding community benchmarks for each category (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         for closed-end home mortgages, these are low-income families and moderate-income families).
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies would then calculate the average of the borrower income average and geographic income average to produce the product line average for each major product line in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area, as applicable. In calculating each product line average, the agencies requested feedback on whether the borrower and geographic distributions for a specific product line should be weighted equally, or whether borrower distributions should be weighted more heavily than the geographic distributions, either in general or depending on the performance context of the area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Many commenters offered views on the agencies' Retail Lending Test proposal to develop product line averages based on borrower and geographic distribution conclusions for each of a bank's major product lines in its facility-based assessment areas, retail lending areas, and its outside retail lending area, as applicable. These commenters generally addressed whether the borrower income average and geographic income average for a specific product line should be weighted equally, or whether more weight should be assigned to the borrower income average compared to the geographic income average.</P>
                    <P>Comments regarding the approach to assigning a score to each supporting conclusion based on the proposed 10-point scale are summarized in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.21(e).</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments on calculating borrower income average and geographic income average.</E>
                         A few commenters addressed the proposed approach for weighting the different income or revenue categories when calculating the borrower income average and the geographic income average. One commenter expressed support for the proposed approach of weighting the low- and moderate-income categories based on the community benchmarks, stating that these weights would reflect the demographics of the community. Another commenter instead stated that the agencies should prioritize low-income borrowers and census tracts over moderate-income borrowers and census tracts. Another commenter stated that it is not appropriate to strictly weight based on the percentage of low-income individuals. This commenter noted that many community banks will be more successful targeting activity to low- and moderate-income geographies rather than individuals, as individuals are not pre-screened by income level. Another commenter suggested that the agencies allow excellent performance in one distribution to compensate for less impressive performance in another.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments on calculating product line averages.</E>
                         A number of comments addressed the agencies' proposal to calculate each product line average by weighting borrower and geographic distribution scores equally, with some expressing support for the proposed approach.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters supported the proposed equal weighting generally, but recommended greater emphasis on the borrower distributions in certain circumstances, such as in rural areas and nonmetropolitan areas with few low- and moderate-income census tracts, or based on other performance context information. For example, one commenter suggested that in rural areas, the agencies should weight borrower distributions more heavily than 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6895"/>
                        geographic distributions. Another commenter suggested that, in determining the weighting approach, the agencies should consider that many low- and moderate-income individuals cannot afford to purchase homes or automobiles in poor states with very low median incomes, and that in high-cost and high-density urban areas many low- and moderate-income individuals live in rental housing and use public transportation instead of their own automobiles.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters stated that borrower distributions should generally be given more weight than geographic distributions in determining product line averages. One commenter stated that the borrower distributions should be weighted more heavily than the geographic distributions if the intended outcome is increased access to lending opportunities for low- and moderate-income borrowers regardless of geographic boundaries. Other commenters recommended that the agencies weight the borrower distributions at 60 percent and the geographic distributions at 40 percent. One of these commenters asserted that employing this approach would better reflect the importance of lending to low- and moderate-income consumers as well as to low- and moderate-income communities. Some commenters stated that greater weighting on the borrower distribution would help to limit potential unintended consequences of gentrification and displacement. These commenters expressed that weighting the geographic distributions too heavily would create incentives for lending to higher-income borrowers in low- and moderate-income census tracts, which over time could result in displacement of low- and moderate-income residents. Another commenter noted that applying a greater weight to the borrower distributions would promote integration by emphasizing lending to low- and moderate-income individuals regardless of their location.</P>
                    <P>Although many commenters supported weighting borrower distributions more heavily, one commenter indicated that the agencies should weight geographic distributions more heavily in rural areas and areas with few low- and moderate-income census tracts, citing the lower demand for credit and other financial services in these areas.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>Final § __.22(f)(4)(i) and sections V, VI, and VII of final appendix A provide that the agencies will calculate a product line score for each major product line in a Retail Lending Test Area in order to combine lending performance based on geographic and borrower distribution supporting conclusions and corresponding performance scores. The use of term “product line score” represents a clarifying change from the term in the proposal—“product line average”—in order to provide a more accurate description of what is being calculated, without any change in meaning from the proposal. This approach will serve to differentiate lending performance for each major product line in the same Retail Lending Test Area, providing transparency regarding why a bank received a particular Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Scoring Approach.</E>
                         The agencies are finalizing the proposal that each supporting conclusion will be associated with a performance score with the following point values: “Outstanding” (10 points); “High Satisfactory” (7 points); “Low Satisfactory” (6 points); “Needs to Improve” (3 points); “Substantial Noncompliance” (0 points). This scoring approach is discussed in detail in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.21(e).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Calculating the geographic distribution average and borrower distribution average.</E>
                         The final rule retains the proposed approach for calculating a geographic distribution average and a borrower distribution average. The use of the terms “geographic distribution average” and “borrower distribution average” represent clarifying changes from the respective terms in the proposal—“geographic income average” and “borrower income average”—in order to provide a more accurate description of what is being averaged without any change in meaning. Each distribution average reflects the result of the geographic distribution analysis and borrower distribution analysis, respectively, and the agencies also note that the borrower distribution analysis does not involve “income” for small business loans and small farm loans. Accordingly, the agencies believe it is preferable not to use “income” in these terms.
                    </P>
                    <P>For the geographic distribution average for all product lines, the agencies will calculate a weighted average of the performance scores corresponding to the supporting conclusion for lending in designated census tracts: (1) the supporting conclusion for lending in low-income census tracts; and (2) the supporting conclusion for lending in moderate-income census tracts. This is illustrated in Table 29.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="162">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.043</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        For the borrower distribution average for closed-end home mortgage loan and automobile loan product lines, the agencies will calculate a weighted average of the performance scores corresponding to lending to relevant 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6896"/>
                        categories of designated borrowers: (1) the supporting conclusion for lending to low-income borrowers; and (2) the supporting conclusion for lending to moderate-income borrowers.
                    </P>
                    <P>For the borrower distribution average for small business loans and small farm loans, the agencies will likewise calculate a weighted average of the performance scores corresponding to lending to relevant categories of designated borrowers: (1) the supporting conclusion for lending to businesses with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less; (2) the supporting conclusion for lending to businesses with gross annual revenues of greater than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million; (3) the supporting conclusion for lending to farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less; and (4) the supporting conclusion for lending to farms with gross annual revenues of greater than $250,000 but less than or equal to $1 million. This is illustrated in Table 30.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="266">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.044</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>When calculating a weighted average of these two components, the weights for each component would be based on Retail Lending Test Area demographics, a clarifying change in terminology from the proposal's use of “community benchmarks” in order to more precisely describe the relevant calculations, as illustrated in Examples A-11 and A-12 in section VII of final appendix A. The agencies believe that the weighted average approach appropriately tailors the weighting approach to the characteristics of the Retail Lending Test Area in determining the weight to assign to each income or revenue category, as one commenter noted. Regarding the suggestion to assign greater weight to the low-income categories rather than the moderate-income categories, the agencies believe this could result in a weighting approach that does not reflect the relative level of credit needs and opportunities among low-income and moderate-income borrowers and census tracts. Regarding the suggestion not to strictly weight in the proposed method, the agencies believe that it is preferable to employ a consistent, quantitative approach to developing product line scores, to increase the predictability and transparency of evaluations and to limit agency discretion where possible. As described below, the agencies have made several non-substantive technical changes to section VII of final appendix A to clarify and add further detail to how the weights are calculated for purposes of computing the geographic distribution average and borrower distribution average.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Combining the geographic distribution average and borrower distribution average to develop a product line score.</E>
                         The final rule retains the proposed approach of combining the geographic distribution average and the borrower distribution average to calculate an overall score for each major product line. The agencies considered comments suggesting that they assign greater weight to the borrower income average than the geographic income average, but continue to believe that both the geographic and borrower distributions are important measures of how a bank is meeting its community's credit needs and that equal weighting ensures that both distributions are important to overall conclusions.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered comments that the weight assigned to the geographic income average and borrower income average should vary depending on the performance context of an area. The agencies determined that the final rule weights for geographic distributions and borrower distributions will provide greater consistency and standardization, and that allowing the weights to vary depending on performance context would necessitate greater agency discretion that could increase complexity and increase uncertainty in evaluations. In addition, the agencies believe the approach of using weighted averages of a bank's performance in different categories of lending to calculate each product line score will appropriately allow somewhat stronger performance in certain categories of lending to compensate for somewhat less strong performance in other categories. The agencies believe this affords appropriate 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6897"/>
                        flexibility to banks in meeting the credit needs of their community.
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding comments that some nonmetropolitan areas may not have low- or moderate-income census tracts, the agencies note that the additional factor in final § __.22(g)(6) may be considered when determining the bank's conclusion, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(g). In addition, consistent with the agencies' proposal, in Retail Lending Test Areas with no low- and moderate-income census tracts, and hence no geographic distribution scores, the agencies will set the product line score equal to the borrower distribution average.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Using Weighted Average of Product Line Scores for Retail Lending Test Recommended Conclusions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(f)(4)(ii) Combination of Performance Scores</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(f)(4)(iii) Retail Lending Test Recommended Conclusions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that the Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion for a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area, as applicable, would be derived by taking a weighted average of all of the product line averages. The weight for each product line average would be the percentage of the dollar volume of originations and purchases of that product line for the bank in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area. This percentage would be calculated out of the total dollar volume of originations and purchases from all product lines for the bank in that facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area.
                        <SU>951</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believed that this approach would give proportionate weight to a bank's product offerings, with more prominent product lines, as measured in dollars, having more weight on the bank's overall conclusion in an assessment area.
                        <SU>952</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>951</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix A, paragraphs V.c and V.d.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>952</SU>
                             87 FR 33884, 33947 (June 3, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies believed that pursuant to this approach, the Retail Lending Test would be tailored to individual bank business models, as evaluations would be based on the lending a bank specializes in locally. Moreover, the agencies believed that weighting product lines by the dollar volume of lending recognizes the continued importance of home mortgage lending and small business lending to low- and moderate-income communities, which has been a focus of the CRA, while also accounting for the importance of consumer loans to low- and moderate-income individuals. The agencies requested feedback on whether loan count should be used in conjunction with, or in place of, dollar volume in weighting product line conclusions to determine the Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion, and corresponding performance score, in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>A number of commenters addressed the agencies' proposal for combining a bank's product line averages for each major product line to determine its Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion for each facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area. Commenters on this topic responded to the agencies' request for feedback on whether the weight assigned to each product line average should be based on the dollar volume of loans in each product line, the number of loans in each product line, or a combination of the two. Nearly all commenters on this topic favored some form of consideration for retail loan counts in weighting product line averages to determine the Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Concerns with proposed approach.</E>
                         A number of commenters expressed concerns regarding the proposed approach of weighting product line averages solely based on the dollar volume of loans within each product line, with some expressing support for weighting based on the number of loans. One commenter indicated that using dollar volume alone would give less impact to lending activity in rural areas where home values are lower. Other commenters stated that the agencies' proposal would disadvantage banks that are meeting low- and moderate-income credit needs by originating more small-dollar loans. For example, one commenter asserted that the agencies' proposed weighting approach contradicted the CRA's purpose of focusing on low- and moderate-income lending by overemphasizing large- dollar closed-end home mortgage loans. Other commenters expressed a related concern that the proposed approach would underweight small business lending and consumer lending, given that small business loans and consumer loans are generally smaller in dollar value than home mortgage loans.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternative of weighting by combination of loan dollars and loan count.</E>
                         A number of commenters recommended basing the weight assigned to each product line average on a combination of the dollar amount and number of loans in each product line. A few commenters suggested that, under such an approach, smaller transactions could receive more weight in the distribution analysis, including small- dollar home mortgage loans. Another commenter stated that this approach would better account for the differences in the impact of a bank's lending across communities. For example, this commenter noted that even a relatively small number of loans could have substantial impact in communities with unmet credit needs. Other commenters emphasized that this approach would recognize bank lending that serves more consumers and businesses, as well as variations across different lending products. Another commenter tentatively supported (citing lack of visibility into the issue) using a combination of dollar volume and loan count because the approach would otherwise assign too much weight to home mortgage lending.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternative of weighting solely by loan count.</E>
                         A number of commenters cautioned against an alternative approach of weighting product lines scores solely based on the number of loans in each product line, without considering dollar volume. One commenter stated that this alternative could result in overemphasizing small business loans and credit card loans in the Retail Lending Test evaluation. Another commenter asserted that weighting product line averages by loan counts only would incorrectly discount the potential contribution of larger dollar loans made in areas with few opportunities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Other alternative weighting approaches.</E>
                         A few commenters offered other alternative weighting methodologies. For example, one commenter indicated that if the agencies retained the proposed dollar volume weighting approach, they should also apply a multiplier to lower dollar value categories, such as automobile lending and other consumer lending, to increase parity among different types of retail lending products. Additionally, a commenter suggested the weighting should provide approximately a 40 percent-40 percent-20 percent weighting to home mortgage lending, small business lending, and consumer lending 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6898"/>
                        respectively, and suggested that the agencies use data to determine if this type of result is best achieved by dollar volume alone or dollar volume in combination with loan count. Further, this commenter expressed that weighting by loan count would equalize loans made to low- and moderate-income borrowers and more affluent borrowers that often have larger dollar home mortgage loans. However, in cases in which a bank has a very high volume of small-dollar consumer loans in combination with sizable numbers of home mortgage loans and small business loans, the commenter suggested that a combination of dollar amount and loan counts may better prioritize home mortgage lending and small business lending.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        As provided in final § __.22(f)(4)(ii) and (iii) and in section VII of final appendix A, with the exception of a facility-based assessment area of a large bank in which it lacked an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold,
                        <SU>953</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies will develop a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion for each Retail Lending Test Area by calculating an average of the product line scores that the bank received on each of its major product lines in that Retail Lending Test Area. These product line scores are based on combining the performance scores for each supporting conclusion for each major product line. As noted above, the use of the term “product line score” rather than the term used in the proposal—“product line average”—is a clarifying change intended to provide a more accurate description of what is being calculated without any change in meaning.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>953</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22(c)(3)(iii)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Based on agency consideration of related comments, the final rule weights each product line score based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count associated with the product line, in contrast to the proposed approach of weighting each product line score solely by dollar amount. For example, if a major product line contained 50 percent of a bank's loans in a Retail Lending Test Area in dollar amount and 30 percent of a bank's loans in that area in loan count then the weight assigned to the product line score would be 40 percent. In reaching this determination, the agencies believe that the final rule approach would appropriately consider both the dollar amount of credit extended as well as the number of borrowers served. The agencies recognize that both dollar amount and loan count are important aspects of how a bank meets the credit needs of a community. The agencies considered comments that such an approach would assign relatively greater weight to product lines with large loan counts and small loan amounts, compared to the proposed approach. Some commenters suggested that this may be especially important for small business lending because small business loans could have smaller loan amounts than closed-end home mortgage loans, on average, depending on a bank's strategy and product offerings. Although use of the combination of loan dollars and loan count involves somewhat more complex calculations than the proposed approach, the agencies believe that the benefits of the final rule, in terms of additional equity among major product lines, merit incorporating that additional complexity.</P>
                    <P>The weighted average of all product line scores is converted into a Retail Lending Test Area Score. The use of the term “Retail Lending Test Area Score” rather than the term in the proposal—“geographic product average”—is both intended to more accurately describe what is being calculated and also to reduce potential confusion with the term “product line score.”</P>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with the proposed approach, the agencies will then develop a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion corresponding with the conclusion category that is nearest to the Retail Lending Test Area Score, as follows: “Outstanding” (8.5 or more); “High Satisfactory” (6.5 or more but less than 8.5); “Low Satisfactory” (4.5 or more but less than 6.5); “Needs to Improve” (1.5 or more but less than 4.5); “Substantial Noncompliance” (less than 1.5).
                        <SU>954</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>954</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             also the section-by-section analysis of final § __.28.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(g) Additional Factors Considered When Evaluating Retail Lending Performance</HD>
                    <P>
                        As provided in final § __.22(g), the agencies are finalizing their proposal, with certain clarifying, substantive, and technical changes, regarding consideration of additional factors when assigning a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusions.
                        <SU>955</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The seven additional factors in the final rule account for circumstances in which the prescribed metrics may not accurately or fully reflect a bank's lending distributions or in which the benchmarks may not appropriately represent the credit needs and opportunities in an area. The agencies will consider these additional factors in determining a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusions, in addition to the bank's recommended conclusion and performance context information in final § __.21(d), as described in final § __.22(h)(1)(ii) and in paragraph VII.d of final appendix A.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>955</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 145.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As described further below, final § __.22(g) adopts the four proposed additional factors, with certain clarifying and technical changes, as well as three other additional factors.</P>
                    <P>Furthermore, pursuant to final § __.22(g), certain additional factors will be considered when evaluating a bank's performance in, as applicable, its retail lending assessment areas and its outside retail lending area —and not solely, as proposed, when evaluating the bank's performance in its facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to consider certain additional factors that are indicative of a bank's lending performance or lending opportunities, but which are not captured in the metrics and benchmarks, when reaching Retail Lending Test conclusions for facility-based assessment areas.
                        <SU>956</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, in proposed § __.22(e), the agencies provided that in addition to considering how a bank performs relative to the Retail Lending Volume Threshold described in proposed § __.22(c) and the performance ranges described in proposed § __.22(d), the agencies would evaluate the retail lending performance of a bank in each facility-based assessment area by considering four additional factors. These factors could inform the agencies adjusting upward or downward a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion in a facility-based assessment area:
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>956</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Information indicating that a bank has purchased retail loans for the sole or primary purpose of inappropriately influencing its retail lending performance evaluation, including but not limited to subsequent resale of some or all of those retail loans or any indication that some or all of the loans have been considered in multiple banks' CRA evaluations; 
                        <SU>957</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>957</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(e)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • The dispersion of retail lending within the facility-based assessment area to determine whether there are gaps in lending not explained by performance context; 
                        <SU>958</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>958</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(e)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • The number of banks whose reported retail lending and deposits data is used to establish the applicable Retail Lending Volume Threshold, geographic 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6899"/>
                        distribution thresholds, and borrower distribution thresholds; 
                        <SU>959</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>959</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(e)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Missing or faulty data that would be necessary to calculate the relevant metrics and benchmarks or any other factors that prevent the agencies from calculating a recommended conclusion.
                        <SU>960</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>960</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(e)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies sought feedback on whether to consider a different or broader set of additional factors than those reflected in proposed § __.22(e), including oral or written comments about a bank's retail lending performance, as well as the bank's responses to those comments, in developing Retail Lending Test conclusions.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also sought feedback on whether to engage in ongoing analysis of HMDA data to identify banks that appear to engage in significant churning of home mortgage loans. Additionally, the agencies sought feedback regarding whether evidence of loan churning should be considered as an additional factor in evaluating a bank's retail lending performance.</P>
                    <P>Additionally, the agencies sought feedback on whether the distribution of retail lending in distressed and underserved census tracts should be considered qualitatively.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also requested feedback on whether to identify assessment areas where lenders may be underperforming in the aggregate and the credit needs of substantial parts of the community are not being met. The agencies would consider additional information to account for the possibility that the market benchmarks for the area may underestimate the credit needs and opportunities of the area. The agencies suggested that one manner in which they could identify such assessment areas would be by developing statistical models that estimate the level of the market benchmark that would be expected in each assessment area based on its demographics, such as income distributions or household compositions, as well as housing market conditions and economic activity. In seeking feedback on this approach, the agencies also suggested that a model could be constructed using data at the census tract or county level that are collected nationwide, and that an assessment area in which market benchmarks fell significantly below their expected levels could be considered underperforming for the relevant product line, distribution test, and income level.</P>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies sought feedback on whether to consider other factors, such as oral or written comments about a bank's retail lending performance, as well as the bank's responses to those comments, in developing Retail Lending Test conclusions. Additionally, the agencies suggested that they could identify underperforming markets using a relative standard or an absolute standard. Finally, the agencies suggested that, rather than designating a specific set of underperforming markets, they could use the difference between the actual and expected market benchmarks as an additional factor to consider in every assessment area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Comments on proposed § __.22(e) generally addressed: whether to consider information indicating that a bank has purchased retail loans for the sole or primary purpose of inappropriately influencing its retail lending performance; whether and how markets in which lenders overall are underperforming in meeting community credit needs should be factored into the evaluation of bank performance; and whether the agencies should consider other factors regarding a bank's retail lending performance that were not proposed, such as oral or written comments about the bank's performance and the bank's responses to those comments.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Purchased retail loans for the sole or primary purpose of inappropriately enhancing retail lending performance.</E>
                         The agencies received numerous comments regarding the proposed additional factor allowing for adjustment of a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion based on “information indicating that a bank has purchased retail loans for the sole or primary purpose of inappropriately influencing its retail lending performance evaluation, including but not limited to subsequent resale of some or all of those retail loans or any indication that some or all of the loans have been considered in multiple banks' CRA evaluations.”
                    </P>
                    <P>As described in the introduction to the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22, numerous commenters opposed consideration of purchased loans in the retail lending distribution analysis under the Retail Lending Test or recommended limiting consideration of purchased loans to specific types or purchased loans or specific circumstances.</P>
                    <P>In addition, several commenters expressed that the proposed additional factor was vague and would leave examiners with too much discretion to determine when retail loans were purchased solely or primarily for the purpose of inappropriately influencing the bank's retail lending performance evaluation. A few commenters recommended that the agencies establish a series of presumptions that would enable a bank to establish that its retail loan purchases do not meet the proposed additional factor. For example, a commenter suggested that a bank that sells loans extended to low- and moderate-income borrowers at the same rate that it sells loans extended to middle- and upper-income borrowers, should be presumed to not be engaged in activity that meets the proposed additional factor. Another commenter suggested that the agencies should impose a more stringent standard on large banks to prevent them from repeatedly purchasing and selling retail loans amongst one another to meet their CRA obligations; however, this commenter further stated that the agencies should balance the need for liquidity with the potential for repeated loan purchases by banks.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters suggested the agencies impose seasoning requirements where a bank must hold a particular loan for a certain time period to receive CRA consideration. Commenters varied on the suggested length of a seasoning period, ranging from 30 days to one year. In contrast, another commenter opposed any seasoning requirements because of the added liquidity and interest rate risk.</P>
                    <P>Alternatively, some commenters recommended that certain purchased retail loans should not be deemed to be inappropriately influencing a bank's Retail Lending Test performance evaluation. For example, a few commenters stated that the purchase of retail loans from a community organization should never reflect poorly on a bank because these loan purchases effectively double such organizations' lending capacity. Another commenter stated that loans originated then sold to a housing finance agency or similar organization in connection with affordable housing programs should not be considered as inappropriately influencing a bank's Retail Lending Test performance evaluation, as these programs rely on correspondent lenders.</P>
                    <P>
                        A few commenters opposed inclusion of this proposed additional factor in § __.22(e)(1), asserting that it would be difficult to discern a bank's motive for purchasing loans, and that, regardless of a bank's purpose, purchased loans can create liquidity and have a positive impact on low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities. A few other commenters recommended that, if 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6900"/>
                        this proposed additional factor is retained in the final rule, the agencies include in the regulatory text an explicit statement that purchased loans would not result in any penalty for banks under the Retail Lending Test absent clear evidence that the purchases met the additional factor.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Lenders overall underperforming in meeting community credit needs of facility-based assessment areas.</E>
                         A few commenters supported the identification of facility-based assessment areas in which lenders in the aggregate are underperforming such that the market benchmarks are too low. These commenters supported the agencies creating a statistical model to identify those underperforming facility-based assessment areas or to calculate the predicted market benchmark.
                    </P>
                    <P>These commenters also raised points related to how to adopt or implement an additional factor that identifies facility-based assessment areas in which lenders in the aggregate are underperforming in meeting community credit needs. Another commenter suggested that after identifying such facility-based assessment areas with market benchmarks that are significantly lower than predicted by statistical models, the agencies could adjust impact factors to incentivize bank lending in these assessment areas. Another commenter stated that the agencies should consider this information as a factor in favor of adjusting banks' Retail Lending Test conclusions downwards in such facility-based assessment areas. This commenter suggested this approach would incentivize banks to improve their retail lending performance there. A commenter encouraged the agencies to implement a methodology to identify areas in which lenders in the aggregate are underperforming in meeting community credit needs, and recommended adjusting the borrower and geographic performance thresholds upwards in those areas. A different commenter raised concerns about how the agencies would determine that lenders in the aggregate are underperforming in an area. A commenter asserted that it would be difficult to identify these areas by comparing peer lenders alone; instead, the commenter recommended identifying facility-based assessment areas where market benchmarks are significantly lower than the predicted market benchmarks based on statistical models. Relatedly, a commenter encouraged the agencies to conduct further empirical research to identify underperforming markets based on the divergence between actual and predicted market benchmarks. This commenter recommended that, to motivate banks to better meet communities' retail lending needs, the agencies should use the predicted market benchmarks for evaluating banks' retail lending performance in the worst quartile of underperforming markets, and in the second worst quartile they should use a weighted average of the actual market benchmarks and the predicted market benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters recommended specific information that the agencies should consider when identifying underperforming markets. For example, a commenter recommended that the agencies consider similarly sized markets based on population, gross domestic product, and total number of businesses, and other variables that would allow facility-based assessment area comparisons in order to identify underperforming markets. This commenter supported defining an underperforming market as those markets measured at 65 percent or less of the expected value of the market benchmark—the same threshold as the proposed Retail Lending Test community benchmark for “Low Satisfactory” performance. Another commenter asserted that when identifying facility-based assessment areas in which lenders may be underperforming in the aggregate the agencies should employ factors not captured in the Retail Lending Test metrics and benchmarks; this commenter indicated that such factors could include consideration of the prevalence of alternative financing in a market, such as land contracts and rent-to-own arrangements, and low levels of small-dollar home mortgage lending in a market. In addition, a commenter asserted that the agencies should work with relevant stakeholders to develop data points to identify and model underperforming markets. This commenter also noted that some underperformance may be driven by a lack of demand for home mortgage lending and small business lending, noting that, for example, low- and moderate-income consumers might elect to rent housing in markets with high home prices.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters that agreed there is a potential for the market benchmarks to be artificially low as a result of collective underperformance also acknowledged the challenges associated with identifying these markets and developing a solution. For example, a commenter sought clarification on how appropriately identifying underperforming markets could counter the possibility that the market benchmarks might be set too low in some facility-based assessment areas, and others suggested the agencies should propose a solution for public comment.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Oral and written comments about a bank's retail lending performance.</E>
                         Most commenters addressing this issue expressed support for the agencies considering other factors, such as oral and written comments submitted about a bank's retail lending performance and the bank's responses to those comments, in developing Retail Lending Test conclusions. A commenter noted that the agencies currently consider written comments in a bank's public file regarding its retail lending and other CRA performance. In addition to submitted oral and written comments, other commenters suggested that the agencies consider any comments or complaints housed in other Federal repositories, and bank responses to stakeholder questions and comments, into their Retail Lending Test conclusions.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters addressed the effect that should be given to oral and written comments regarding a bank's retail lending performance. A commenter suggested the agencies should issue draft CRA performance evaluations that identify the weight and consideration given to certain comments versus others. This commenter also said banks should be given the opportunity to review and rebut comments considered by the agencies. Similarly, other commenters emphasized that disclosing whether a Retail Lending Test conclusion was adjusted up or down based on feedback would incentivize stakeholder input and encourage banks' accountability to the public. A commenter suggested that the agencies' community affairs teams should combine any submitted oral and written comments with data, news articles, and other research for examiners to develop Retail Lending Test conclusions. This commenter added that it was imperative that the agencies clearly explain how Retail Lending Test adjustments might be made based upon community affairs teams' input.</P>
                    <P>
                        On the other hand, a commenter stated that the agencies should only consider written comments required to be included in a bank's CRA public file in developing Retail Lending Test conclusions to limit the potential effect of social media posts and other potentially spurious claims. Although acknowledging the value of community input, the commenter suggested this value must be balanced with the subjectivity of comments and the risk of creating an inaccurate representation of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6901"/>
                        a bank's performance. This commenter highlighted the need for examiner training and suggested that examiners should only consider written comments where a bank has been given a reasonable opportunity to respond.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Evaluation of performance in distressed and underserved middle-income census tracts for banks with few or no low- and moderate-income census tracts.</E>
                         Commenters on this topic generally supported including a quantitative evaluation of the geographic distribution of retail lending in distressed and underserved middle-income census tracts for banks with few or no low- and moderate-income census tracts in their assessment areas. For example, commenters noted the importance of this approach to rural areas and nonmetropolitan areas, where poverty may exist outside of low- and moderate-income census tracts. A commenter noted that, primarily in rural areas, treating distressed and underserved census tracts like low- or moderate-income tracts would be preferable to conducting a qualitative review of these tracts. Another commenter suggested that evaluating bank activities in distressed and underserved middle-income census tracts would better help address gentrification relative to the current CRA regulations. A commenter indicated that the agencies should assess whether in rural areas with few low- and moderate-income census tracts including distressed and underserved middle-income census tracts, would truly increase the number of census tracts in which a bank could receive credit for lending within the geographic distribution analysis. This commenter added that the agencies' proposal regarding delineation of retail lending assessment areas in the nonmetropolitan areas of States might result in an overall sufficient number of low- and moderate-income census tracts in those assessment areas for a geographic distribution analysis. Relatedly, another commenter suggested that in assessment areas containing few or no low- and moderate-income census tracts, examiners could compare the median income in a given census tract to the state median income to determine whether a census tract was distressed or underserved during the evaluation period.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Additional factors, in general.</E>
                         The agencies continue to believe that the Retail Lending Test evaluation should include additional factors for consideration when determining Retail Lending Test conclusions for Retail Lending Test Areas. These additional factors and their application to the Retail Lending Test are provided in final § __.22(g) and (h)(1)(ii), and in paragraph VII.d of final appendix A.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies have made substantive and technical changes in final § __.22(g). First, to clarify the role of the additional factors in the Retail Lending Test, the introductory text to final § __.22(g) states that the additional factors, as appropriate, inform the agencies' determination of a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusion for each Retail Lending Test Area. The agencies intend the included language “inform the [Agency]'s determination of a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusion” to be a clarifying change from the proposal that more explicitly links the additional factors to the determination of Retail Lending Test conclusions. In contrast, proposed § __.22(e) did not specifically refer to the determination of conclusions in the introductory text. Additionally, although the proposed introductory text stated that the additional factors may apply in evaluating a bank's performance in facility-based assessment areas, the final rule does not maintain this limitation. Instead, certain additional factors may apply in, as applicable, a bank's facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area, as discussed below.</P>
                    <P>The additional factors included in final § __.22(g) allow the agencies to account for circumstances in which the prescribed metrics in final § __.22(e) may not accurately or fully reflect a bank's lending distributions or in which the benchmarks may not appropriately represent the credit needs and opportunities in the area. The agencies believe that it is preferable to state as specifically as possible the circumstances in which the agencies may assign a Retail Lending Test conclusion that is different from the Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion. Specifying these circumstances is intended to increase the consistency and certainty of Retail Lending Test evaluations, compared to an alternative in which such circumstances are unspecified and are left entirely to examiner discretion.</P>
                    <P>As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final §§ __.21(d) and __.22(h), the agencies will also consider performance context factors when assigning Retail Lending Test conclusions. As in the proposal, pursuant to final § __.21(d), performance context related to a bank's retail lending performance that is not reflected in the distribution analysis can inform Retail Lending Test conclusions. For example, the agencies could consider a bank's past performance and safety and soundness limitations.</P>
                    <P>The final rule maintains, with certain clarifying and substantive changes discussed below, the four proposed additional factors. In consideration of comments received and additional agency analysis, the agencies have also added three new additional factors to final § __.22(g), relating to consideration of: (1) major product lines in retail lending assessment areas and outside retail lending areas with fewer than 30 loans; (2) lending in distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts where a bank's facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area includes very few or no low- and moderate-income census tracts; and (3) retail lending assessment areas and facility-based assessment areas where lenders in the aggregate are underperforming.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(g)(1)</HD>
                    <P>Pursuant to final § __.22(g)(1), the agencies may consider information indicating that a bank purchased closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, or automobile loans for the sole or primary purpose of inappropriately enhancing its retail lending performance, including, but not limited to, information indicating subsequent resale of such loans or any indication that such loans have been considered in multiple banks' CRA evaluations, in which case the agencies do not consider such loans in the bank's performance evaluation.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have incorporated clarifying changes into this additional factor. For clarity, the final rule specifies that this factor applies to the distribution analyses of closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans—rather than simply “retail loans,” as stated in the proposal. For additional clarity and specificity regarding the concept of a bank seeking to purchase loans in order to inappropriately improve its conclusions and ratings, the agencies have also changed the standard from a bank “inappropriately influencing,” as provided in the proposal, to a bank “inappropriately enhancing” its retail lending performance.</P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule provides that if the agencies have determined that certain lending meets this additional factor, then the agencies will not consider those loans in a bank's performance evaluation. The agencies believe this provision gives appropriate additional 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6902"/>
                        detail regarding how this additional factor will be applied, and is consistent with the discussion in the agencies' proposal that the additional factor would be used to adjust conclusions when there is evidence of inappropriate loan purchasing activity. The agencies believe that exclusion of such loans from the distribution analysis is appropriate because loans that a bank purchases and quickly resells for the sole or primary purpose of inappropriately enhancing the bank's evaluation may distort the distribution analysis and are not responsive to community credit needs.
                    </P>
                    <P>In determining whether inappropriate purchasing activity has occurred, the agencies may consider a number of factors, including: (1) the bank's business strategy; (2) the timing of the purchases; (3) the timing of the resale of these loans relative to the purchases; and (4) the materiality of the purchases to the bank's Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion.</P>
                    <P>Additionally, the final rule does not limit application of this additional factor to a bank's facility-based assessment areas, as was proposed. Rather, the additional factor may also be considered in, as applicable, a bank's retail lending assessment areas and its outside retail lending area. The agencies believe that this flexibility is appropriate because inappropriate purchasing activity is not necessarily restricted to a bank's facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>In determining to include an additional factor addressing certain purchased loans that may inappropriately enhance a bank's recommended conclusion, the agencies considered commenter feedback regarding the potential benefits and tradeoffs of such a factor, including concerns from some commenters about the potential for multiple banks to receive CRA consideration for the same loans. The agencies believe that the additional factor in final § __.22(g)(1) will help to account for certain loan purchase activity that is not responsive to community credit needs, and will support a robust distribution analysis without removing purchased loans from the distribution analysis.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered comments that this additional factor may create uncertainty due to a lack of clear standards regarding when purchased loans would be deemed to be inappropriately enhancing a bank's evaluation. The agencies believe that it is appropriate to define this factor with sufficient flexibility to apply to different ways that a bank could potentially purchase loans to inappropriately enhance its evaluation. However, as discussed above, the agencies expect that this factor will be applied rarely. At the same time, the agencies believe that this factor is important for ensuring a robust distribution analysis in the rare instances in which it would be applied.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also believe that inclusion of this factor will not deter banks from purchasing loans for other reasons. The agencies will not apply this additional factor in instances where a bank has a business strategy of purchasing loans, for example, as a way of providing liquidity to originating lenders that lack secondary market access or purchasing distressed closed-end home mortgage loans from Ginnie Mae servicers. However, the agencies may, for example, consider this factor in the case of a bank that purchases 100 small business loans that it sells immediately or shortly after the close of the evaluation period, if the bank otherwise routinely purchases one or two small business loans each month during an evaluation period.</P>
                    <P>Regarding whether to analyze HMDA data to identify banks and Retail Lending Test Areas that have suspicious purchase activity, the agencies believe that such an analysis could facilitate targeted consideration in support of the additional factor in final § __.22(g)(1). If this analysis identified any bank Retail Lending Test Areas with suspicious purchase activity, the agencies would review those purchases more closely.</P>
                    <P>Regarding the suggestion that the agencies establish a series of presumptions that would enable a bank to establish that its retail loan purchases do not reflect inappropriate loan purchasing activity, the agencies believe that the evaluation of retail loan purchases and whether they reflect inappropriate loan purchasing activity are best handled on a case-by-case basis, given the flexibility of final § __.22(g)(1) as a qualitative additional factor.</P>
                    <P>
                        Relatedly, the agencies decline to adopt in the final rule a minimum holding period after which a purchased loan would no longer be considered an inappropriately purchased loan. The agencies are sensitive to the possibility that imposing a minimum holding period (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         from 30 days to one year, as suggested by commenters) may increase liquidity and interest rate risk. In addition, the agencies believe that not satisfying a minimum holding period does not necessarily indicate that a loan was purchased to inappropriately enhance a bank's performance evaluation. For example, a bank may purchase a loan from an originating lender that lacks secondary market access and then relatively shortly thereafter sell that loan to a government-sponsored enterprise, providing liquidity for the originating lender to make further loans, which would not constitute inappropriate loan purchasing activity. Finally, the agencies note that they face data limitations that would prevent consistent application of a minimum holding period, since this information is not consistently available to the agencies.
                    </P>
                    <P>For the reasons stated above, the agencies believe that final § __.22(g)(1) appropriately addresses concerns about inappropriate loan purchasing activity in a manner that will serve to discourage intentional manipulation of a bank's CRA evaluation through loan purchases while more generally including loan purchases in the Retail Lending Test analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(g)(2)</HD>
                    <P>Final § __.22(g)(2) includes a provision that the agencies may consider the dispersion of a bank's closed-end home mortgage, small business, small farm, or automobile lending within a facility-based assessment area to determine whether there are gaps in lending that are not explained by performance context. For example, under this additional factor, a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion may be lowered where geographic lending patterns exhibit gaps in low- or moderate-income census tracts that cannot be explained by performance context.</P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that this factor is necessary because the geographic distribution analysis in facility-based assessment areas is conducted on an aggregate basis across an entire facility-based assessment area, and does not consider whether there are gaps in a bank's lending in certain census tracts. For example, this factor may be considered if a bank has a substantial number of loans in all census tracts within a facility-based assessment area except for several contiguous low- and moderate-income census tracts in the center of the facility-based assessment area in which the bank made zero loans, despite there being credit needs and opportunities in those census tracts as demonstrated by loans made by other lenders.</P>
                    <P>
                        This additional factor is consistent with the current CRA regulations,
                        <SU>961</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in which the agencies may evaluate the extent to which a bank is serving geographies in each income category 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6903"/>
                        and whether there are conspicuous gaps unexplained by performance context. Consistent with current practice, the agencies note that banks are not required to lend in every census tract in a facility-based assessment area, and that performance context may explain why a bank was not able to serve one or more census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>961</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposal, the agencies will apply this factor only in facility-based assessment areas. The agencies have determined that this additional factor is best applied to facility-based assessment areas because the dispersion analysis can take into account where the bank's deposit-taking facilities are located.</P>
                    <P>The final rule includes a conforming change to precisely reference applicable loan categories, specifying that this additional factor applies to reviews of closed-end home mortgage, small business, small farm, and automobile lending—rather than simply to reviews of “retail loans,” as provided in the proposal. The agencies note that these products are the potential Retail Lending Test major product lines that may be included in a distribution analysis, and that open-end home mortgage loans and multifamily loans will not be evaluated using a distribution analysis pursuant to the Retail Lending Test, as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(d).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(g)(3)</HD>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposal, final § __.22(g)(3) provides, with some technical edits, that the agencies may consider the number of lenders whose reported home mortgage loans, multifamily loans, small business loans, and small farm loans and deposits data are used to establish the applicable Retail Lending Volume Threshold, geographic distribution market benchmarks, and borrower distribution market benchmarks. Specifically, the agencies believe that where there are very few banks reporting lending and deposits data, or where one bank has an outsized market share, the benchmarks may not provide an accurate measure of local opportunities. For example, in a facility-based assessment area where a bank's closed-end home mortgage loans are a major product line and no other lenders have a meaningful number of closed-end home mortgage loans it may be nearly impossible for the bank to meaningfully exceed the market benchmark, because the market benchmark in this instance would be almost entirely based on the bank's own lending. In such a scenario, the agencies may consider, for example, the bank's performance relative to the community benchmark as well as performance context factors to determine the bank's conclusion.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies made a conforming change to replace “retail lending” with the more specific lending that would be included: home mortgage lending (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         closed-end home mortgage lending and open-end home mortgage lending), multifamily lending, small business lending, and small farm lending—rather than simply “retail lending,” as provided in the proposal.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies are also clarifying that this additional factor relates to geographic distribution benchmarks and borrower distribution benchmarks—rather than “geographic distribution, and borrower distribution thresholds,” as provided in the proposal. The agencies made this change because both the proposed and final rule Retail Lending Test approach includes geographic and borrower distribution “benchmarks,” and does not use the term “thresholds” to refer to these evaluation criteria.</P>
                    <P>Additionally, the final rule provides that this additional factor is based on the number of “lenders” rather than the number of “banks” whose data is used in the Retail Lending Test calculations. The geographic distribution and borrower distribution market benchmarks include all lenders in an area, and may not be limited to banks, depending on the specific data sources used for these analyses. The agencies believe that considering all reporting lenders as part of this additional factor is appropriate because it is possible that an area may have a sufficient number of lenders to calculate reliable market benchmarks even if only one or two of those lenders are banks.</P>
                    <P>Final § __.22(g)(3) expands the application of this additional factor from solely a bank's facility-based assessment areas, as proposed, to also include, as applicable, its retail lending assessment areas and its outside retail lending area. This change accounts for potential circumstances in which a bank has a retail lending assessment area or outside retail lending area in which there are few or no other lenders, which may make the geographic and borrower distribution benchmarks less robust. For example, the hypothetical provided above for a facility-based assessment area could also occur in a retail lending assessment area in which a bank is the only lender that originated loans in a certain product line during the evaluation period.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(g)(4)</HD>
                    <P>Consistent with the proposal, final § __.22(g)(4) provides that the agencies may consider missing or faulty data that would be necessary to calculate the relevant metrics and benchmarks or any other factors that prevent the agencies from calculating a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion. In such a case, the final rule provides that if unable to calculate a Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion, the agencies assign a Retail Lending Test conclusion based on consideration of the relevant available data. For example, a Retail Lending Test Area with a small number of owner-occupied housing units in low-income census tracts could be reported in the American Community Survey as having zero such units if none of those owner-occupied housing units were randomly selected to be part of the sample that received a survey. In such cases, it will not be possible to conduct a geographic distribution analysis using the otherwise prescribed approach for low-income census tracts even when the bank originated or purchased closed-end home mortgage loans in those low-income census tracts.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that this additional factor addresses commenter concerns regarding the evaluation of closed-end home mortgage loans in which borrower income is missing or unavailable. The agencies have considered commenter feedback that a bank may have a large volume of such loans, depending on the bank's business model and strategy. For example, banks that specialize in non-owner-occupied closed-end home mortgage loans, or that originate a large number of streamlined closed-end home mortgage refinancings, may have many loans for which borrower income is not available. As noted by some commenters, the borrower distribution metrics would count loans with missing or unavailable income information in the denominator, and not in the numerator, of the metric, which may result in the bank receiving a lower recommended conclusion than if these loans were excluded from the analysis or were, in fact, made to low- or moderate-income borrowers and had the requisite income information. For this additional factor, if the agencies have reason to believe that certain loans with missing or unavailable borrower income information were made to low- or moderate-income borrowers, then the agencies may consider this fact pattern when determining the Retail Lending Test conclusion. For example, this may include the situation raised by some commenters where a bank has 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6904"/>
                        purchased a portfolio of distressed Ginnie Mae closed-end home mortgage loans from a loan servicer. In this situation, based on available information, the agencies may determine that because a significant number of the loans for which borrower income was unavailable were likely made to low- or moderate-income borrowers, it is therefore appropriate to assign a higher conclusion than the bank's recommended conclusion. The use of this additional factor may also include a bank that purchased a large number of non-owner-occupied closed-end home mortgage loans with missing or unavailable income information, if the bank is able to provide information to the agencies that some of the loans in question were made to low- or moderate-income borrowers.
                    </P>
                    <P>Additionally, pursuant to the final rule, the agencies will apply this factor in a bank's facility-based assessment areas, as proposed—and, as applicable, its retail lending assessment areas and its outside retail lending area. The agencies believe that it is appropriate and necessary to account for any missing and faulty data that could impact the calculation of the Retail Lending Test metrics and benchmarks in any Retail Lending Test Area to ensure a robust evaluation.</P>
                    <P>For additional clarity, the agencies have changed two proposed references from “recommended conclusion” to “Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion.”</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(g)(5)</HD>
                    <P>Newly added final § __.22(g)(5) provides that the agencies may consider whether the Retail Lending Test recommended conclusion does not accurately reflect the bank's performance in a Retail Lending Test Area in which one or more of the bank's major product lines consists of fewer than 30 loans.</P>
                    <P>Inclusion of this additional factor provides flexibility for instances in which a small number of loans constitutes a major product line. Because the major product line threshold approach in facility-based assessment areas and outside retail lending areas is based on the percentage of a bank's loans in a certain product line, a bank may have a small number of loans that constitute a major product line. For example, if a bank originated 20 small business loans in a facility-based assessment area, and had no other retail loans there, then small business loans would constitute a major product line in that facility-based assessment area and would be evaluated pursuant to the distribution analysis.</P>
                    <P>Based on supervisory experience and statistical analysis, the agencies believe that it is appropriate to consider additional information when interpreting and drawing conclusions from a distribution analysis of a very small number of loans. The agencies note that it is conceivable that a single loan origination or purchase could change a bank's recommended conclusion by multiple levels if the bank's total number of loans is very small, depending on the applicable performance ranges. For instance, the agencies considered the example of a bank with 20 loans in its small business loan major product line, in which one loan represents 5 percent of the bank's lending by loan count. As part of this example, the agencies assumed that the borrower distribution performance ranges for lending to businesses with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less include a “Low Satisfactory” threshold of 11 percent and a “High Satisfactory” threshold of 14 percent. In this example, the bank would fall into the “Needs to Improve” recommended conclusion category if two of its small business loans were to businesses with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less and into the “High Satisfactory” recommended conclusion category if three of its loans were to businesses with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less. The agencies believe that the change in the example bank's recommended conclusion based on only a single loan warrants consideration of other available information and potentially assigning a different conclusion than the recommended conclusion.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered supervisory experience and simulated examples such as the hypothetical described above in determining that 30 loans is an appropriate threshold for when this additional factor should apply. The agencies note that 30 units is a common minimum guideline for a sample to be considered “large” for statistical testing purposes.
                        <SU>962</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies emphasize that application of this additional factor does not mean that distribution results for major product lines consisting of fewer than 30 loans would be disregarded; rather, for Retail Lending Test Areas with major product lines consisting of fewer than 30 loans, the additional factor in final § __.22(g)(5) allows for additional discretion in determining the Retail Lending Test conclusion.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>962</SU>
                             Although the number of observations necessary for a statistical analysis can vary with the context and the statistical method being used, a common rule of thumb is that 30 observations is necessary for a large sample because the mean of 30 randomly drawn values will have a distribution that is approximately normal. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Sheldon M. Ross, 
                            <E T="03">Introductory Statistics, Fourth Edition</E>
                             398 (Academic Press, 2017) and Robert V. Hogg, Elliot A. Tanis, and Dale L. Zimmerman, 
                            <E T="03">Probability and Statistical Inference, Ninth Edition</E>
                             303 (Pearson Education, 2015).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(g)(6)</HD>
                    <P>Newly added final § __.22(g)(6) specifies that the agencies may consider a bank's closed-end home mortgage, small business, small farm, or automobile lending in distressed and underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts where a bank's nonmetropolitan facility-based assessment area or nonmetropolitan retail lending assessment area includes very few or no low- and moderate-income census tracts.</P>
                    <P>In deciding to include this additional factor in the final rule, the agencies considered that certain facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, particularly in nonmetropolitan areas, may have very few or no low- and moderate-income census tracts within their boundaries. In such circumstances, the agencies believe that considering lending in distressed and underserved nonmetropolitan census tracts may provide for a more fulsome evaluation of the bank's retail lending. The agencies narrowly tailored this additional factor to instances in which there are very few or no low- and moderate-income census tracts to ensure that the geographic distribution analysis emphasizes low- and moderate-income census tracts and so that banks do not lend in distressed and underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts at the expense of lending in low- and moderate-income census tracts. The agencies considered specifying an exact number of low- and moderate-income census tracts at which this additional factor may be considered, but determined that a standard of “very few or no” will more appropriately allow for consideration of the performance context of an area, such as the percentage of census tracts in the area that are low- and moderate-income census tracts, the presence of lending opportunities in those census tracts, and the proximity of those census tracts to the bank's facilities, if any. The agencies therefore believe that the “very few or no” standard provides appropriate flexibility while also narrowly tailoring application of this standard.</P>
                    <P>
                        Final § __.22(g)(6) considers closed-end home mortgage lending, small business lending, small farm lending, and automobile lending in distressed and underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts as an 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6905"/>
                        additional factor rather than as a quantitative component of the geographic distribution analysis. The agencies believe that qualitative consideration is appropriate because the amount of emphasis given to a bank's lending in distressed and underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts will depend on the performance context of the facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area, such as the lending needs and opportunities in any low- and moderate-income census tracts and the capacity of the bank to serve borrowers in any low- and moderate-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <P>Final § __.22(g)(6) applies in nonmetropolitan facility-based assessment areas and nonmetropolitan retail lending assessment areas in which there are very few or no low- and moderate-income census tracts. The agencies do not believe that this additional factor should be considered in an outside retail lending area because outside retail lending areas are defined as the entire nationwide area outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, and as a result will generally contain multiple low- and moderate-income census tracts.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(g)(7)</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Overall.</E>
                         Final § __.22(g)(7) provides that the agencies will consider information indicating that the credit needs of the facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area are not being met by lenders in the aggregate, such that the relevant benchmarks do not adequately reflect community credit needs. The agencies believe that information indicating that the credit needs of a particular facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area are not being met by lenders in the aggregate could be sourced from, for example, research publications, other data sources accessible to the agencies, community contacts, and other performance context information pertaining to a facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area. In such facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, the agencies may determine that the market benchmark is not an accurate measure of the credit needs and opportunities of low- and moderate-income borrowers, small businesses, or small farms, because lenders as a whole are not meeting their obligations to meet the credit needs of the entire community. Under this additional factor, the agencies will apply additional qualitative review of retail lending in areas where credit needs are identified as not being met by lenders in the aggregate, and the results of this additional qualitative review could inform Retail Lending Test conclusions.
                    </P>
                    <P>In deciding to include this additional factor, the agencies considered the design of the retail lending distribution analysis and the results of such distribution analysis in a market where lenders may be underperforming in the aggregate and the credit needs of substantial parts of the community are not being met. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(f), the agencies note that the performance ranges used to develop recommended conclusions under the final rule are based on the lower of the calibrated market benchmark and calibrated community benchmark. Moreover, the market benchmark is calculated from originated or purchased closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans in a facility-based assessment area that are reported by all lenders. As a result, in an area that is broadly underserved and where the calibrated market benchmark is lower than the calibrated community benchmark, the market benchmark may significantly underestimate the credit needs and opportunities in the area but would nonetheless be the basis for the performance ranges. This additional factor reflects that, in such an instance, the distribution analysis may not appropriately assess whether a bank has met the credit needs of the community, and the recommended conclusion may warrant adjustment based on consideration of performance context and other available information that speaks to credit needs and opportunities in the facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area.</P>
                    <P>The final rule provides that this additional factor may apply in facility-based assessment areas and in retail lending assessment areas, but not in an outside retail lending area. The agencies do not believe that it is necessary, or feasible, to consider this factor in an outside retail lending area because the lending in these areas is generally dispersed across multiple metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Statistical model.</E>
                         The final rule does not include a statistical model to identify underperforming areas in the final rule. However, the agencies intend to develop statistical models that would be designed to predict the level of the market benchmarks that would be expected in each facility-based assessment area and retail lending assessment area if it had adequately been served by lenders in general. The agencies acknowledge commenter feedback about the potential benefits and challenges of developing such a model. A statistical model could be used to determine whether the market benchmarks for a facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area were significantly below levels that would otherwise be expected based on its demographics (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         income distributions, household compositions), housing market conditions 
                        <E T="03">(e.g.,</E>
                         housing affordability, the share of housing units that are rentals), and economic activity (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         employment growth, cost of living). Market benchmarks that were found to be significantly lower than their expected levels would indicate that those market benchmarks could be underestimating the credit needs in that facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area. The agencies could use this information to help determine whether lenders as a whole were underperforming in a specific assessment area, which could inform the agencies' determination of a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusion. The agencies are considering how to develop an appropriate statistical model and would solicit additional feedback from the public in developing such a model.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Oral and written comments.</E>
                         The agencies have considered, but decline to adopt, commenter suggestions supporting inclusion of oral or written comments about a bank's retail lending performance as an additional factor as part of final § __.22(g) to inform Retail Lending Test conclusions. The agencies determined that oral or written comments about a bank's performance are appropriately accounted for under final § __.21(d). Specifically, final § __.21(d)(6) maintains the proposed performance context factor for “[t]he bank's public file, as provided in § __.43, including any written comments about the bank's CRA performance submitted to the bank or the [Agency] and the bank's responses to those comments.” Including written public comments as a consideration in final § __.21(d)(6) allows the agencies the ability to consider public comments in light of a bank's overall performance context and to apply consideration of those comments to the appropriate performance test or tests—including the Retail Lending Test—and to the appropriate geographic level or levels. Additionally, final § __.21(d)(4) indicates that the agencies may consider oral and written comments about retail banking and community development needs and opportunities provided by the bank or other relevant sources, including, but not limited to, members of the community and community 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6906"/>
                        organizations. The agencies believe that it is preferable to consider public comments as part of a bank's overall performance context rather than specifically within final § __.22(g), which applies only to Retail Lending Test recommended conclusions for, as applicable, facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending areas, because public comments could relate to one or more performance tests as well as to a state, multistate MSA, or institution-level conclusion.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies considered comments that the agencies should draft CRA performance evaluations that identify the weight and consideration given to certain comments versus others. Pursuant to final § __.21(d), the agencies will consider public comments as part of a bank's overall performance context in applying the performance tests and determining conclusions. In addition, the agencies note that CRA performance evaluations must include the facts and data informing a bank's conclusions and ratings; therefore, if information gleaned from public comments is part of the basis of a bank's conclusions, the agencies would include that information in performance evaluations.</P>
                    <P>Regarding the commenter suggestion that banks should be given the opportunity to review and rebut comments considered by the agencies, the final rule does not adopt this as part of the regulatory text for the applicable provision. However, the agencies believe that, at the time of a bank's examination, banks have the opportunity to provide the agencies with additional data and information related to any aspect of the bank's evaluation, including topics raised in public comments.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered the commenter suggestion that the agencies' community affairs teams should combine any submitted oral and written comments with data, news articles, and other research for examiners to develop Retail Lending Test conclusions. The agencies believe that final § __.21(d)(6) will allow the agencies to consider oral and written comments in conjunction with other data, news articles, and research as part of a bank's performance context.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered a commenter suggestion that the agencies should only consider written comments required to be included in a bank's CRA public file in developing Retail Lending Test conclusions, to limit the potential effect of social media posts and other potentially spurious claims. Pursuant to the public file requirements in final § __.43, submitted written comments, whether submitted directly to a bank or to an agency, will be available both for consideration and response by a bank and for public review. The agencies note that it may often not be feasible or appropriate to consider social media posts as information included as part of a bank's performance context; in additional to practical challenges, the agencies believe it could be challenging to determine whether remarks made by members of the public on social media were intended or appropriate for the agencies to consider in the bank's CRA evaluation. However, the agencies have discretion pursuant to final § __.21(d)(4) and (7) to consider oral and written comments, including those made to the agencies as part of the community contacts process; data made available through social media posts, if relevant to a bank's evaluation, could also be considered as performance context information as determined to be appropriate. As discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.46, the agencies note that they encourage the public to submit comments on bank performance either to the agency or to the bank so it can be included in the bank's public file as noted above.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(h) Retail Lending Test Performance Conclusions and Ratings</HD>
                    <P>In final § __.22(h) and section VIII of final appendix A, the agencies are adopting, with certain substantive, clarifying, and technical edits: the proposed approach for assigning performance scores to a bank's facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area, as applicable, based on the bank's retail lending performance in those Retail Lending Test Areas; and calculating a weighted average of those performance scores to determine Retail Lending Test conclusions at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.22(h)(1) Conclusions</HD>
                    <P>
                        With reference to proposed § __.28 and proposed appendix C, proposed § __.22(f)(1) provided that the agencies would assign Retail Lending Test conclusions for a bank's performance in its facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area, as applicable. As described in section VI of proposed appendix A and proposed appendix C, conclusions assigned for a bank's performance in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable, would form the basis for State, multistate MSA, and institution Retail Lending Test conclusions. Conclusions in a bank's outside retail lending area would also factor into the institution Retail Lending Test conclusion.
                        <SU>963</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>963</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.22(a) and proposed appendix C.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As also described in section VI of proposed appendix A, the agencies intended to combine the performance scores for a bank's facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and its outside retail lending area, as applicable, using a standardized weighted average approach, to develop State, multistate MSA, and institution conclusions. The proposed approach aimed to ensure that the bank's retail lending performance in every one of its markets would influence conclusions at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels, as appropriate.</P>
                    <P>In addition, the agencies proposed that the weights for State and multistate MSA conclusions would be calculated by averaging together the performance in each facility-based assessment area and retail lending assessment area, as applicable. In doing so, the bank's performance in each assessment area (facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area, as applicable) would be weighted by calculating the simple average of:</P>
                    <P>• The dollars of deposits that the bank sourced from a facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area, as a percentage of all of the bank's deposits sourced from facility-based assessment areas or retail lending assessment areas, as applicable, in the State or multistate MSA; and</P>
                    <P>
                        • The dollars of the bank's retail lending in a facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area, as a percentage of all of the bank's retail loans in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable, in the State or multistate MSA.
                        <SU>964</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>964</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix A, section VI.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        When evaluating retail lending performance for the institution, the agencies proposed considering performance in a bank's outside retail lending area, as applicable, in addition to performance in a bank's facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable. Specifically, the agencies proposed that the weights assigned to each geographic area for purposes of calculating institution conclusions would be the simple average of:
                        <PRTPAGE P="6907"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>• The percentage reflecting the dollars of deposits that the bank sourced from each area (a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area) relative to all of the bank's deposits; and</P>
                    <P>
                        • The percentage reflecting the dollars of the bank's retail lending in each area (a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or its outside retail lending area) relative to all of a bank's retail lending.
                        <SU>965</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>965</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For Retail Lending Test conclusions in a State and multistate MSA, as applicable, and for the institution, the agencies proposed to tailor the approach for deposits data used for these weights, as discussed further in the section-by-section analyses of §§ __.12 and __.42(a)(7) and (b)(3). For deposits data, the agencies proposed to use the annual average amount of a bank's deposits collected from each area averaged over the years of the relevant evaluation period, if the bank collected and maintained this data.
                        <SU>966</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For any banks evaluated under the Retail Lending Test that did not collect deposits data, the agencies proposed to use the deposits assigned to the banks' branches in each area, as reported in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data, averaged over the years of the relevant evaluation period.
                        <SU>967</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>966</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>967</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(h)(2) Ratings</HD>
                    <P>With reference to proposed § __.28 and proposed appendix D, proposed § __.22(f)(2) provided that the agencies would incorporate a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusions into a bank's State, multistate MSA, and institution ratings.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters that addressed proposed § __.22(f) and section VI of proposed appendix A generally focused on the proposed weights assigned to facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, and outside retail lending area conclusions, as applicable.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters supported the proposal to calculate weights for a bank's facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, and outside retail lending area conclusions, as applicable, based on the average of a bank's combined share of deposits and retail loans within each area. For example, a commenter representing rural areas indicated that the weighting approach is reasonable as it reflects a bank's service area as measured by deposits and loans, notwithstanding that rural areas might not often receive a large weight. Another commenter expressed support for the agencies' approach, including displaying a bank's Retail Lending Test performance score as it would add transparency and reveal further distinction into a bank's performance.</P>
                    <P>However, other commenters expressed concerns with the agencies' proposed approach, including that it would result in outside retail lending areas receiving too much weight or that it was overly complex. Some commenters recommended that the agencies consider emphasizing facility-based assessment areas by assigning them greater weight than retail lending assessment areas. In addition, a commenter indicated that the agencies' proposed approach involving “rounding” of raw performance scores as part of developing State, multistate MSA, and institution conclusions could cause a bank's institution Retail Lending Test conclusion to deviate significantly from the bank's actual performance. This commenter noted a hypothetical scenario in which a bank's Retail Lending Test Area performance score of 4.49 would be rounded to 4.5 and, in turn, rounded up to a 6 (“Low Satisfactory” conclusion) whereas a similar Retail Lending Test Area performance score of 4.44 would be rounded down to 4.4 and, in turn, rounded down to a 3 (“Needs to Improve” conclusion)—and indicated that if the second rounding dynamic occurred across multiple Retail Lending Test Areas (or even in a single heavily-weighted Retail Lending Test Area) the effect on the bank's Retail Lending Test conclusions and overall rating could potentially be significant.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters suggested alternatives, including: simplifying the calculations to allow banks to better understand their performance and course correct as needed; weighting facility-based assessment area performance based upon the relative share of bank deposits or the amount of retail lending, by loan count, and separately evaluating non-facility-based assessment area lending at the institution level; and basing weighting of different areas on examiners' assessment of banks' retail lending patterns and their judgment regarding how much weight to assign outside retail lending area lending.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Overview of § __.22(h) and Section VIII of Appendix A</HD>
                    <P>In final § __.22(h)(1), the agencies are adopting the proposed approach to assigning conclusions for a bank's Retail Lending Test performance, with edits to reflect final rule revisions to other Retail Lending Test sections. Final § __.22(h)(1) includes references to final § __.28, section VIII of final appendix A, and final appendix C. In final § __.22(h) and section VIII of final appendix A, the agencies modified the final rule approach for calculating a bank's percentage of retail lending in each Retail Lending Test Area for purposes of determining these weights and also made minor wording changes to improve readability and increase consistency with other performance test conclusions and ratings provisions throughout the final rule.</P>
                    <P>The final rule provides, in section VIII of final appendix A, the following:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Performance scores for Retail Lending Test Areas.</E>
                         The agencies translate the Retail Lending Test conclusion for each Retail Lending Test Area (facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and an outside retail lending area, as applicable) into a numerical performance score.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Performance scores for States and multistate MSAs.</E>
                         The agencies take a weighted average of performance scores across facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable, to calculate a performance score for each state and multistate MSA.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Performance score for the institution.</E>
                         The agencies take a weighted average of performance scores across all applicable Retail Lending Test Areas to calculate a performance score for the institution.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Conclusions for states, multistate MSAs, and the institution:</E>
                         The agencies develop a conclusion corresponding with the conclusion category that is nearest to the Retail Lending Test performance score for each state, multistate MSA, and for the institution. As discussed further below, the weighted average of each Retail Lending Test Area is calculated using the following: (1) percentage of deposits in the specific geographic area out of all the deposits in Retail Lending Test Areas in the State, Multistate MSA, or institution, as applicable; and (2) percentage of lending in the specific geographic area out of all the lending in product lines in Retail Lending Test 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6908"/>
                        Areas in the State, Multistate MSA, or institution.
                        <SU>968</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>968</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix A, section VIII.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Use of performance scores.</E>
                         As noted, the final rule approach retains a system of assigning performance scores to a bank's facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area, as applicable, based on the bank's retail lending performance in those Retail Lending Test Areas. Under the final rule, the agencies then calculate a weighted average of those performance scores to determine Retail Lending Test conclusions at the State and multistate MSA levels and for the institution.
                    </P>
                    <P>With respect to commenter perspectives that the agencies' proposed approach required an excessive number of calculations and was overly complex, the agencies believe that the methodology adopted in the final rule is appropriate for transparently, comprehensively, and consistently assessing a bank's retail lending performance when assigning conclusions. In particular, the agencies believe that the use of a standardized quantitative approach to weighting Retail Lending Test Areas is preferable to the current evaluation approach, which does not assign a specific weight to assessment area conclusions in a standardized manner, including in limited-scope assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule retains the proposed approach of assigning a performance score to each Retail Lending Test Area based on the conclusion assigned for the bank's retail lending performance in that area, as follows: “Outstanding” (10 points); “High Satisfactory” (7 points); “Low Satisfactory” (6 points); “Needs to Improve” (3 points); “Substantial Noncompliance” (0 points).
                        <SU>969</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies have considered concerns from some commenters regarding the use of these five performance score values corresponding to each conclusion category. However, the agencies believe that it is appropriate to use these performance scores when determining a bank's conclusions at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels, rather than to use the Retail Lending Test Area Score (which could be, for example, 6.5 or 8) that is calculated pursuant to final § __.22(f) (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         after combining all of a bank's product line scores in a Retail Lending Test Area for purposes of determining Retail Lending Test recommended conclusions). The agencies note that the Retail Lending Test Area Score does not take into account the additional factors provided in final § __.22(g), which would be considered when assigning the Retail Lending Test Area conclusion. In addition, pursuant to final § __.21(d), the agencies may consider performance context information before assigning a conclusion. As a result, the agencies believe that it is appropriate to use the performance score associated with the bank's conclusion, rather than the bank's Retail Lending Test Area Score, to determine State, multistate MSA, and institution conclusions. Consequently, although Retail Lending Test Area Scores will play a significant role when the agencies assign conclusions, the agencies will also take qualitative considerations into account, and these considerations may, where appropriate, lead to adjustments of the conclusions that the agencies would otherwise have assigned.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>969</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.21(f) for a more detailed discussion of the specific scoring for each conclusion category.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Using both deposits and retail lending to weight Retail Lending Test performance in different Retail Lending Test Areas.</E>
                         The final rule retains the proposed approach of weighting each Retail Lending Test Area in a standardized, quantitative manner, and does not adopt alternatives suggested by commenters to qualitatively adjust these weights or to assign greater weights to certain areas based on factors other than the bank's deposits and retail lending. As discussed further below, the agencies modified the final rule approach for calculating a bank's percentage of retail lending in each Retail Lending Test Area for purposes of determining these weights.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that the final rule approach reflects that a bank's presence in a particular Retail Lending Test Area—and hence the importance of its performance in that Retail Lending Test Area in an overall evaluation of its retail lending—is grounded in its customer bases for both deposits and retail loans. Accordingly, the agencies have determined that both a bank's deposit customer base and its retail lending customer base in a particular Retail Lending Test Area should inform the weight assigned to the performance score for that area when determining conclusions at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels.</P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that the final rule approach provides greater consistency, predictability, and transparency than some suggested alternatives, which would introduce a certain amount of inconsistency due to the increased role of agency discretion in assigning weights to Retail Lending Test Area conclusions. The agencies also considered, but decline to adopt, an alternative to base Retail Lending Test Area weights purely on deposits, rather than on a combination of deposits and retail lending. In making this determination, the agencies considered that basing Retail Lending Test Area weights purely on deposits would mean that, if a bank did a very large amount of its retail lending in a market from which it drew few deposits, its lending performance there would only have a small influence on its overall Retail Lending Test conclusion. Alternatively, basing weights purely on retail lending could result in a bank's record of serving the credit needs of the communities from which it draws only a small amount of deposits having little bearing on its overall conclusion. For example, under a retail lending-only weighting alternative, if a bank performed poorly in a facility-based assessment area due to making fewer retail loans than necessary to meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold that low level of lending would mean that the resulting facility-based assessment area conclusion would carry little weight in the corresponding State, multistate MSA, or institution conclusions, even if the bank draws a significant proportion of its deposits from that facility-based assessment area.</P>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to the section VIII of final appendix A, the agencies will determine the percentage of a bank's deposits in a specific Retail Lending Test Area as follows: (1) for a bank that collects, maintains, and reports deposits data as provided in final § __.42, the calculation is determined using the bank's annual average daily balance of deposits reported by the bank in counties in the Retail Lending Test Area; and (2) for a bank that does not collect, maintain, and report deposits data as provided in final § __.42, this calculation is determined using the deposits assigned to facilities reported by the bank in the Retail Lending Test Area in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data.
                        <SU>970</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>970</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix A, paragraphs VIII.a.1 and VIII.b.1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Because the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data assigns all deposits to facility locations, and all facilities will be located in a facility-based assessment area, the deposits assigned to retail lending assessment area and outside retail lending area performance scores for banks that do not collect and maintain deposits data will always be zero. The weight of the retail lending assessment area and outside retail lending area performance score for such a bank will, therefore, be one-half of the percentage of retail lending the bank conducted in a given retail lending 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6909"/>
                        assessment area. As a result, for a bank not required to collect deposits data that obtains deposits from outside of its facility-based assessment areas, electing to collect deposits data for use in the bank's evaluation may increase the weight placed on the bank's performance in its retail lending assessment areas and outside retail lending area and decrease the weight placed on its facility-based assessment areas, as the concentration of deposits attributed there may be reduced to some degree. The agencies determined that this approach allows appropriate flexibility to banks with assets less than or equal to $10 billion to decide whether to collect deposits data for the purposes of CRA evaluations. Such a bank may take into consideration the areas from which the bank sources deposits, and the potential burden and complexity associated with additional data collection, maintenance, and reporting for the bank. Such a bank may also take into consideration the broader definition of deposits (including U.S., State, and local government deposits and deposits from foreign entities) that are included in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data, as compared to the narrower definition of deposits data used for banks that collect, maintain, and report deposits data.
                    </P>
                    <P>Pursuant to section VIII of final appendix A, the agencies will determine the percentage of a bank's retail lending in a specific Retail Lending Test Area using not only a bank's dollar amount of retail lending but, rather—as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12—a combination of loan dollars and loan count. Specifically, the agencies will use the average of: (1) the ratio calculated using loans measured in dollar amount; and (2) the ratio calculated using loans measured in number of loans, to determine the percentage of a bank's originated and purchased closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans (if automobile loans are a product line for the bank) in a facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, or outside retail lending area, as applicable.</P>
                    <P>As explained in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.12, adopting a combination of loan dollars and loan count-based approach for weighting conclusions better tailors the Retail Lending Test to accommodate individual bank business models, insofar as the agencies have determined that use of this combination helps to account for differences across product lines, bank strategies, and geographic areas, relative to an approach that uses only loan dollars or only loan count. Additionally, the agencies believe that both loan dollars and loan count reflect different aspects of how a bank has served the credit needs of a community, with loan dollars representing the total amount of credit provided and loan count representing the number of borrowers served.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(h)(1)(i) In General</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(h)(1)(ii) Retail Lending Test Area Conclusions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Retail Lending Test Conclusions for States and Multistate MSAs</HD>
                    <P>With some modifications relative to the proposal, section VIII of final appendix A describes the agencies' methodology for assigning a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusions for the State and multistate MSA levels. Specifically, the agencies will develop a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusions for States and multistate MSAs based on Retail Lending Test conclusions for its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable, in those States and multistate MSAs. In addition to incorporating the combination of loan dollars and loan count definition, the agencies have made certain clarifying and technical changes to the proposal to streamline the description of the methodology and improve readability.</P>
                    <P>As provided in paragraph VIII.b of final appendix A, the agencies will calculate a bank's Retail Lending Test performance score based on a weighted average of performance scores from facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, as applicable, within each respective State or multistate MSA. Specifically, the weights for each facility-based assessment area and retail lending assessment area in this calculation will be the simple average of the following two percentages, calculated over the years in the evaluation period:</P>
                    <P>• The percentage of deposits that the bank draws from the area, out of all of the dollars of deposits in the bank drawn from facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas in the respective State or multistate MSA, pursuant to final § __.28(c); and</P>
                    <P>• Based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count, the percentage of the bank's loans in the area, as a percentage of all of the bank's loans in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas in the respective State or multistate MSA, pursuant to final § __.28(c). The loans included in this calculation will be originations and purchases of closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans (if automobile loans are a product line for the bank).</P>
                    <P>As proposed and as provided in paragraph VIII.c of final appendix A, based on this performance score, the agencies will develop a Retail Lending Test conclusion corresponding with the conclusion category that is nearest to the Retail Lending Test performance score for each State or multistate MSA, as illustrated in Table 31 below. The agencies will then consider relevant performance context factors provided in final § __.21(d) before assigning a Retail Lending Test conclusion for the State or multistate MSA.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="200">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6910"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.045</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Institution Retail Lending Test Conclusions</HD>
                    <P>With some modifications relative to the proposal, paragraphs VIII.b through VIII.d of final appendix A describes the agencies' methodology for assigning a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusions for the institution. Paragraphs VIII.b and VIII.c of final appendix A provide that the agencies will develop a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusion for the institution based on its Retail Lending Test conclusions for its facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending area, as applicable. The agencies made certain changes to the proposal to incorporate the combination of loan dollars and loan count definition and streamline the description of the methodology and improve readability.</P>
                    <P>As provided in paragraph VIII.c of final appendix A, the agencies will calculate a bank's Retail Lending Test performance score for the institution based on a weighted average of performance scores from all applicable Retail Lending Test Areas. Specifically, the weights for each Retail Lending Test Area in this calculation will be the simple average of the following two percentages, calculated over the years in the evaluation period:</P>
                    <P>• The percentage of deposits the bank draws from each Retail Lending Test Area out of all of the dollars of deposits in all of the bank's Retail Lending Test Areas; and</P>
                    <P>• Based on a combination of loan dollars and loan count, the percentage of the bank's loans in each Retail Lending Test Area, as a percentage of all of the bank's loans in all of the bank's Retail Lending Test Areas. The loans included in this calculation will be originations and purchases of closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and automobile loans (if automobile loans are a product line for the bank).</P>
                    <P>As proposed and as provided in paragraphs VIII.c and VIII.d of final appendix A, based on this performance score, the agencies will develop a Retail Lending Test conclusion corresponding with the conclusion category that is nearest to the Retail Lending Test performance score for the institution, as illustrated in Table 31 above. The agencies will then consider relevant performance context factors provided in final § __.21(d) before assigning a Retail Lending Test conclusion for the institution.</P>
                    <P>Examples A-16 and A-17 in section VIII of appendix A illustrates how facility-based assessment area, retail lending assessment area, and outside retail lending area conclusions, as applicable, will be weighted in order to develop institution conclusions.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(h)(1)(ii)(A) and (B) Exceptions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(h)(1)(ii)(A) Facility-based Assessment Areas With no Major Product Line</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(h)(1)(ii)(B) Facility-based Assessment Areas in Which a Bank Lacks an Acceptable Basis for not Meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold</HD>
                    <P>Final § __.22(h)(1)(ii)(A) and (B) provide for two exceptions to the general Retail Lending Test conclusions methodology described in final § __.22(h)(1)(i).</P>
                    <P>First, final § __.22(h)(1)(ii)(A) provides that the agencies will assign a bank a Retail Lending Test conclusion for a facility-based assessment area in which it has no major product line—and, consequently, the agencies are not able to apply the distribution analysis in final § __.22(d) through (f)—based upon its performance on the Retail Lending Volume Screen, the performance context factors information in final § __.21(d), and the additional factors in § __.22(g).</P>
                    <P>
                        Second, final § __.22(h)(1)(ii)(B) provides that the agencies will assign a bank a Retail Lending Test conclusion for a facility-based assessment area in which the bank lacks an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold pursuant to final § __.22(c)(3)(iii).
                        <SU>971</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>971</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(c) for additional information regarding how the agencies assign facility-based assessment area conclusions for large banks and, separately, for intermediate banks and small banks that opt to be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test where these banks lack an acceptable basis for not meeting the Retail Lending Volume Threshold.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.22(h)(2) Ratings</HD>
                    <P>With reference to final § __.28 and final appendix D, final § __.22(h)(2) adopts the agencies' proposal to incorporate a bank's Retail Lending Test conclusions for, as applicable, the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels into, as applicable, its State, multistate MSA, and institution ratings.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Analysis of the Final Rule Using Historical Data</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies analyzed historical bank lending performance under the final rule Retail Lending Test approach, including final rule provisions for the Retail Lending Volume Screen and the performance ranges as applied to the distribution metrics, using historical data on bank retail lending and other information in the CRA Analytics Data Tables. The analysis used data from 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6911"/>
                        2018-2020 to calculate bank metrics, benchmarks, and weights, except where otherwise noted. Using this historic data, the agencies:
                    </P>
                    <P>• Estimated recommended conclusions for Retail Lending Test Areas;</P>
                    <P>• Estimated Retail Lending Test conclusions at the institution level;</P>
                    <P>• Compared bank performance based on the proposed multiplier values to performance based on the final rule multiplier values; and</P>
                    <P>• Compared performance across different bank asset size categories, metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas, and time periods.</P>
                    <P>The analysis informed the agencies' decisions regarding the Retail Lending Test approach in various ways. Specifically, the analysis informed the agencies' determination that the final rule multiplier values produce performance ranges that are generally attainable for “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” or “Low Satisfactory” performance. As described further below, a large majority of banks included in this historical analysis are estimated to have performed at a level consistent with an institution-level conclusion of “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” or “Low Satisfactory” based on the final rule provisions. In addition, the analysis informed the agencies' determination that the performance ranges for a “Low Satisfactory” or higher conclusion are generally attainable across a variety of circumstances, such as different Retail Lending Test Areas, bank asset-size categories, metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas, and time periods.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Description of analysis.</E>
                         The agencies considered a number of factors in interpreting the results of this analysis, including certain data limitations that result in the analysis diverging from the final rule approach to calculating metrics and benchmarks.
                    </P>
                    <P>First, the agencies considered that the analysis is retrospective and, therefore, not a prediction of future evaluation results. In this regard, the agencies believe that the analysis estimates how banks would have performed in recent years under the final rule but does not necessarily describe how banks will perform in future years. For example, the agencies considered that, once the final rule is implemented, the increased consistency and transparency of the CRA examination process under the final rule may result in banks altering their behavior in ways that cause their metrics and the market benchmarks to deviate from the patterns observed historically. In addition, the agencies considered that macroeconomic conditions and banking practices in the future may differ from those in the historical periods that are examined here.</P>
                    <P>
                        Second, the agencies considered that the set of banks included in this analysis differ from the full group of banks that will be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test. Specifically, the analysis is limited to intermediate and large banks (based on the asset-size categories in the final rule) that reported both CRA small business and small farm loan data and HMDA data and does not include unreported loans in any bank metrics calculated in the analysis. The agencies do not have data to evaluate unreported loans, and therefore determined not to estimate the recommended conclusions and overall conclusions of banks that may have unreported closed-end home mortgage, small business, or small farm lending. Most large banks are reporters for both CRA small business and small farm loan data and HMDA data, but most intermediate banks are non-reporters of either CRA small business and small farm loan data, HMDA data, or both.
                        <SU>972</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As a result, the set of banks included in the analysis is not necessarily representative of all banks that will be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test, in particular intermediate banks that may be underrepresented because they are less likely to report both CRA and HMDA data. The set of banks analyzed also does not include banks that were, during the timeframe of the analysis, designated as wholesale or limited purpose banks—because these banks will generally not be evaluated under the Retail Lending Test—or banks evaluated under an approved strategic plan.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>972</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.42(b)(1). 
                            <E T="03">See also, e.g.,</E>
                             12 CFR 1003.3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Third, the agencies could not analyze loans to businesses and farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less, because existing data does not include an indicator identifying loans to small businesses and small farms at this gross annual revenue level. Instead, the analysis estimates performance using a single designated borrower category for loans made to businesses or farms with gross annual revenues of $1 million or less. Furthermore, the agencies note that the analysis does not take into account the potential impact of transitioning to section 1071 data, which, as described in the section-by-section analysis of final §§ __.22(e) and __.51, would result in changes to the population of small business and small farm loans considered in the metric and benchmark calculations.</P>
                    <P>Fourth, because the deposits data that will be collected for large banks with assets greater than $10 billion is not yet available, this analysis used the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data as the sole source of deposits data for all banks, since this data is available both for each bank as a whole and also reflects bank deposits assigned to branch locations. As a result, the analysis likely overestimates the deposits of the largest banks because the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data uses a broader definition of deposits, in that it includes deposits from governments and foreign entities, than the data collected under the final rule for large banks with assets greater than $10 billion. In addition, because the FDIC's Summary of Deposits does not report deposits data based on a depositor's location, the analysis assigned all bank deposits to facility-based assessment areas, even when the deposits might have been collected from depositors in retail lending assessment areas or outside retail lending areas. As a result, because deposits data is used as part of the final rule approach to weighting different Retail Lending Test Area performance, the analysis likely assigns less weight to performance in retail lending assessment areas and outside retail lending areas than will be assigned under the final rule for banks that are required to report deposits data pursuant to final § __.42(b)(3) or that opt to report this data.</P>
                    <P>
                        Fifth, because the HMDA data collected prior to the 2018 calendar year do not distinguish originated or purchased home mortgage loans that were closed-end from those that were open-end, all home mortgage loans reported in HMDA for years prior to 2018 were assumed to be closed-end home mortgage loans.
                        <SU>973</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>973</SU>
                             While home mortgage lenders were not required to report open-end home mortgage loans in HMDA prior to 2018, they had the option of doing so. Consequently, some of the reported loans may have been open-end home mortgage loans, though it is not possible to ascertain for certain how many of the reported loans were open-end home mortgage loans.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Sixth, the analysis does not incorporate the final rule's requirement that large banks delineate facility-based assessment areas that consist of at least one or more whole counties, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.16. In contrast, the current regulations allow large banks to delineate partial-county assessment areas. Rather than make assumptions regarding how facility-based assessment area delineations might change under the final rule 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6912"/>
                        relative to current practice, the analysis uses the actual assessment areas designated by both large and intermediate banks at the time to delineate each bank's facility-based assessment areas, including when a large bank's assessment area delineation includes a partial county.
                    </P>
                    <P>Seventh, the analysis does not incorporate any evaluation of automobile lending, due to the unavailability of automobile lending data necessary to include in the analysis. This limitation impacts any bank that would have been designated as a majority automobile lender during the analysis period pursuant to the final rule standard and any bank that might have opted to have its automobile lending evaluated during the analysis period.</P>
                    <P>Finally, this analysis does not take into account aspects of the final rule that would involve agency discretion, such as the Retail Lending Volume Screen acceptable basis factors provided in final § __.22(c)(3)(i), the additional factors provided in final § __.22(g), and performance context information provided in final § __.21(d).</P>
                    <P>As a result of the factors, including data limitations, discussed above, the agencies consider the results of this analysis to be estimates, and the results described here should be understood to only approximate how banks included in these analyses would have performed under the final rule Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Final Rule Multipliers.</E>
                         As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(f), the final rule uses lower values for some of the Retail Lending Test multipliers relative to those proposed in the NPR. The analysis of the changes to the multipliers are provided in Table 32, which shows a higher estimated distribution of institution-level conclusions on the Retail Lending Test during the 2018-2020 time period using the multipliers for the final rule compared to those proposed in the NPR. Specifically, using the final rule multipliers, more banks included in the analysis received “Outstanding” or “High Satisfactory” estimated conclusions and fewer banks received “Low Satisfactory” or “Needs to Improve” estimated conclusions. As noted in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(f), the agencies consider “Low Satisfactory” performance to represent that a bank is adequately meeting the credit needs of its community and consider “High Satisfactory” and “Low Satisfactory” conclusions to both correspond to the overall rating category of “Satisfactory.” Aside from the different multiplier values, the Retail Lending Test approach was applied as described in the final rule—both as applied to the NPR multipliers and the final rule multipliers—subject to the limitations listed above. To better focus on the impact of changing the multipliers on the estimated recommended conclusions assigned for each bank's loan distributions, the Retail Lending Volume Screen was not applied in this part of the analysis.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="415">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6913"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.046</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>Table 33 shows the results of the same analysis when the Retail Lending Volume Screen was applied to facility-based assessment areas of large banks included in the analysis; under this analysis, a “Needs to Improve” conclusion was assigned to those banks' facility-based assessment areas that do not meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold and that would have otherwise received a conclusion of “Low Satisfactory” or higher based on the distribution analysis. Specifically, this part of the analysis shows that fewer banks would have received conclusions of “Outstanding” or “High Satisfactory,” and more banks would have received “Needs to Improve” conclusions, compared to the analysis that did not incorporate the Retail Lending Volume Screen, regardless of whether the multipliers used are from the NPR or the final rule. Table 33 also shows that the multipliers from the final rule resulted in more banks receiving conclusions of “High Satisfactory” or “Outstanding” and fewer receiving conclusions of “Needs to Improve” than using the NPR multipliers, even when the Retail Lending Volume Screen was applied.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies note that this part of the analysis does not take into account the acceptable basis factors in final § __.22(c)(3)(i), and therefore may overestimate the frequency at which a bank would have been assigned a “Needs to Improve” conclusion in facility-based assessment areas where the Bank Volume Metric was lower than the Retail Lending Volume Threshold.
                        <SU>974</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The analysis does not incorporate the Retail Lending Volume Screen for intermediate banks, because, under the final rule, facility-based assessment areas of intermediate banks in which the Bank Volume Metric is below the Retail Lending Volume Threshold are assigned a recommended conclusion that more directly includes consideration of the lending distribution analysis.
                        <SU>975</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>974</SU>
                             The agencies also note that if a bank would have received a “Substantial Noncompliance” conclusion based on the distribution analysis then the agencies have assigned it a “Substantial Noncompliance” conclusion for purposes of this analysis. Otherwise, for purposes of this analysis as noted above, a bank that did not meet the Retail Lending Volume Threshold was assigned a “Needs to Improve” conclusion.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>975</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.22(c)(3)(iii)(B) and the accompanying section-by-section analysis.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="477">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6914"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.047</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Bank Asset Size.</E>
                         Consistent with the agencies' proposal, in the final rule, the Retail Lending Test will apply to large and intermediate banks, and to small banks that elect to be evaluated under this performance test. Accordingly, the agencies' have considered estimates for the Retail Lending Test conclusions at the institution level for banks of different asset sizes.
                    </P>
                    <P>Specifically, Table 34 shows the results of an analysis of performance under the Retail Lending Test approach in the final rule for banks included in the analysis in three different asset-size categories: intermediate banks; large banks with assets less than or equal to $10 billion; and large banks with assets greater than $10 billion. As with Tables 32 and 33, the results in Table 34 reflect performance on the Retail Lending Test at the institution level. The Retail Lending Volume Screen is not applied in this institution-level analysis.</P>
                    <P>
                        As shown in Table 34, estimated performance was similar across the asset-size groups, with the majority of banks in each group receiving either a “High Satisfactory” or “Low Satisfactory” estimated conclusion, with “High Satisfactory” being somewhat more common than “Low Satisfactory.” Intermediate banks more frequently received estimated conclusions of “Outstanding” or “Needs to Improve” than large banks, and one intermediate bank was the only bank in the set of banks analyzed to receive an estimated conclusion of “Substantial Noncompliance.” The share of intermediate banks included in the analysis receiving a “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” estimated conclusion is somewhat higher than for large banks. Approximately 88 percent of intermediate banks, 92 percent of large banks with assets less than or equal to $10 billion, and 95 percent of large banks with assets greater than $10 billion received an estimated conclusion “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” or “Low Satisfactory.” Over 60 percent of intermediate banks, 51 percent of large 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6915"/>
                        banks with assets less than or equal to $10 billion, and 67 percent of large banks with assets greater than $10 billion received an estimated conclusion of “Outstanding” or “High Satisfactory.” The agencies have determined, based on this data, that the final rule performance ranges for estimated conclusions of “Low Satisfactory” or higher are generally attainable for intermediate and large banks. In addition, as noted above, this analysis does not reflect the performance context considerations in final § __.21(d) or the additional factors in final § __.22(g), which will inform conclusions under the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="479">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.048</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>Table 35 shows the same analysis broken out by different bank asset-size categories—intermediate banks, large banks with assets less than or equal to $10 billion, and large banks with greater than $10 billion in assets—using the NPR multipliers. The impact of the change to the multipliers in the final rule relative to the proposed multipliers was generally consistent across bank sizes. As demonstrated by comparing Tables 34 and 35, across all three asset-size groups, the final rule multipliers increased the estimated share of banks receiving an “Outstanding” conclusion between 2.5 to 4 percentage points and reduced the estimated share of banks receiving a “Needs to Improve” conclusion by 1 to 3 percentage points.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="461">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6916"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.049</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail Lending Assessment Areas and Outside Retail Lending Areas.</E>
                         As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.17 and throughout the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22, under the final rule the agencies will evaluate the retail lending performance of certain large banks in retail lending assessment areas. The agencies will also evaluate the retail lending of large banks (as well as that of certain intermediate and small banks) in their outside retail lending area. To understand how banks may have performed in 2018-2020 in these areas under the final rule approach, Table 34 shows the estimated distribution of Retail Lending Test recommended conclusions that banks included in the analysis would have received in facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending areas. Specifically, the analysis shows that at least two-thirds of these banks are estimated to receive an “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” or “Low Satisfactory” recommended conclusion, with banks receiving a higher proportion of “Needs to Improve” conclusions in outside retail lending areas (28 percent) and in retail lending assessment areas 20.6 percent) when compared to facility-based assessment areas (8.8 percent).
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies considered several aspects of these results. First, the agencies considered that, while performance under the final rule provisions are lower in retail lending assessment areas and outside retail lending areas, a significant majority of banks included in the analysis received conclusions of “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” or “Low Satisfactory in these areas. The agencies believe that this is an indication that the final rule performance ranges are generally attainable, because historical bank performance is relatively strong when applying the final rule evaluation standards.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered that estimated bank conclusions at the institution level reflect strong overall performance, with approximately 90 percent of banks in the data set receiving an ” “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” or “Low Satisfactory” estimated conclusion at the institution 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6917"/>
                        level as shown above in Table 32. This reflects the final rule Retail Lending Test approach that allows for stronger performance in some geographic areas to potentially compensate for weaker performance in other geographic areas. This can take place because the institution-level Retail Lending Test conclusion is based on a weighted average of a bank's performance in each facility-based assessment area, each retail lending assessment area, and the outside retail lending area, as applicable. As a result, for a bank with multiple Retail Lending Test Areas, receiving a “Needs to Improve” conclusion in one or more areas may, depending on the weight of each area, be compensated for by strong performance in other geographic areas. The agencies also note that the requirement that a large bank receive at least a “Low Satisfactory” conclusion in 60 percent of its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas in order to receive a “Satisfactory” institution-level rating can impact whether stronger performance in some areas may compensate for weaker performance in other areas. As shown in Table 36, the agencies note that at an aggregate level for all banks included in this analysis, 74 percent of bank lending by dollar volume was in facility-based assessment areas, 18 percent was in outside retail lending areas, and 8 percent was in retail lending assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also note that, under the current approach, banks are generally not evaluated for retail lending performance outside of areas where they maintain deposit-taking facilities. As a result, the analysis does not include any changes that could have resulted in bank performance under this approach.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6918"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.050</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        Table 37 shows the same analysis broken out by different Retail Lending Test Areas—facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, and outside retail lending areas—using the NPR multipliers. Similar patterns 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6919"/>
                        are observed when the analysis is conducted using the multipliers proposed in the NPR (Table 37). The analysis shown in Table 37, as with the other analyses described above, indicates that the multipliers included in the final rule produce a higher estimated distribution of recommended conclusions than the multipliers proposed in the NPR.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="578">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.051</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Facility-Based Assessment Area Location.</E>
                         Under the final rule, the agencies will apply the Retail Lending Test metrics, benchmarks, and performance ranges across different metropolitan and nonmetropolitan 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6920"/>
                        geographic areas, and the approach is intended to adjust for differences in credit needs and opportunities in different areas. Table 38 compares the estimated distribution of recommended Retail Lending Test conclusions for facility-based assessment areas located in MSAs and those located in the nonmetropolitan portion of States for banks included in the analysis. Specifically, the analysis shows that the distributions in MSAs and nonmetropolitan areas are similar overall. This analysis informed the agencies' determination that the performance ranges are generally attainable in both metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="518">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.052</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time Period.</E>
                         Table 39 shows the distribution of estimated institution-level conclusions on the Retail Lending Test for banks included in the analysis for five three-year time periods: 2006-2008; 2009-2011; 2012-2014; 2015-2017; and 2018-2020. For this analysis, the agencies applied the final rule approach for calculating the metrics, performance ranges, and weights to all five periods, to gain further insight into historical bank performance over different time periods under this approach. Because the benchmarks are based on community and market data from each evaluation period, the resulting performance ranges applied to a specific Retail Lending Test Area vary 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6921"/>
                        across evaluation periods. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.22(e), the agencies believe that this approach to setting benchmarks allows the performance ranges to reflect changes in credit needs and opportunities over time.
                    </P>
                    <P>As shown in Table 39, the share of banks included in the analysis that would have received institution-level conclusions of “High Satisfactory” is estimated to have remained relatively stable over time at around 48 percent on average (ranging from 42.6 percent to 53.2 percent). In addition, the analysis shows a trend of declining “Outstanding” estimated conclusions and increasing “Low Satisfactory” and “Needs to Improve” estimated conclusions at the institution level over this time period.</P>
                    <P>
                        Supplementary analyses conducted by the agencies suggest that the decline in “Outstanding” estimated conclusions over time is associated with changing small business lending patterns. As shown in Table 40, between the 2006-2008 and 2018-2020 time periods, the share of Retail Lending Test Areas where the estimated product line score for small business lending was consistent with an “Outstanding” conclusion (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the product line score is 8.5 or higher) declined by 22 percentage points from 56.9 percent to 33.9 percent. In contrast, as shown in Table 41, for closed-end home mortgage loans, the estimated product line scores consistent with an “Outstanding” conclusion were comparatively flat (increasing slightly from 22.3 percent in 2006-2008 to 24.4 percent in 2018-2020.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="463">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.053</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="303">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6922"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.054</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="485">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6923"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.055</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.23 Retail Services and Products Test</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(a)(1) Retail Services and Products Test—In General</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(a)(2) Main Offices</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(a)(3) Exclusion</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under current CRA regulations, the service test, which only applies to large banks, establishes four criteria for evaluating retail services: (1) the current distribution of branches among low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts; 
                        <SU>976</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) a bank's record of opening and closing branches, particularly branches in low- or moderate-income geographies or that primarily serve low- or moderate-income individuals; 
                        <SU>977</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (3) the availability and effectiveness of alternative systems for delivering retail banking services (or non-branch delivery systems) in low- and moderate-income geographies and to low- and moderate-income individuals; 
                        <SU>978</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (4) the range of services provided in low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income geographies and the degree to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6924"/>
                        which the services are tailored to meet the needs of those geographies.
                        <SU>979</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>976</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(d)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>977</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(d)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>978</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(d)(3). Under the OCC's CRA regulation, current 12 CFR 25.24(d)(3) provides that alternative delivery systems include “ATMs, ATMs not owned or operated exclusively for the bank or savings association, banking by telephone or computer, loan production offices, and bank-at-work or bank-by-mail programs.” Under the Board's CRA regulation, current 12 CFR 228.24(d)(3) provides that alternative delivery systems include “ATMs, ATMs not owned or operated by or exclusively for the bank, banking by telephone or computer, loan production offices, and bank-at-work or bank-by-mail programs.” Under the FDIC's CRA regulation, current 12 CFR 345.24(d)(3) describes alternative delivery systems as “RSFs [remote service facilities], RSFs not owned or operated by or exclusively for the bank, banking by telephone or computer, loan production offices, and bank-at-work or bank-by-mail programs.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>979</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(d)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In § __.23(a)(1), the agencies proposed a new Retail Services and Products Test that would evaluate the following for large banks: (1) delivery systems and (2) credit and deposit products responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals and census tracts.
                        <SU>980</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under this test, the agencies proposed to use a predominately qualitative approach while incorporating quantitative measures as guidelines. For the first part of the test, in § __.23(b), the proposal sought to achieve a balanced evaluation framework that, depending on bank asset size, considered the following bank delivery systems: (1) branch availability and services; (2) remote service facility availability; and (3) digital and other delivery systems.
                        <SU>981</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For the second part of the test, in § __.23(c), the proposal aimed to evaluate a bank's efforts to offer credit and deposit products responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, small businesses, and small farms depending on bank asset size.
                        <SU>982</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also proposed in § __.23(a)(2) that activities considered for a bank under the Community Development Services Test may not also be considered under the Retail Services and Products Test. (For a discussion of the evaluation of community development services, see the section-by-section analysis for the Community Development Services Test in § __.25.)
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>980</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>981</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>982</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies proposed a tailored approach to the Retail Services and Products Test based on a large bank's asset size. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.23(b) and (c), for large banks with assets of $10 billion or less in both of the prior two calendar years, based on the assets reported on its four quarterly Call Reports for each of those calendar years, the agencies proposed making certain components optional to reduce the data burden of new data collection requirements for banks within this asset category. For large banks with assets of over $10 billion, the agencies proposed requiring the full evaluation under the proposed Retail Services and Products Test.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Many of the commenters addressing the Retail Services and Products Test generally supported the agencies' proposal, although there were differences among commenters on how to apply the test, with several of these commenters making recommendations on how the test could be improved. A few commenters argued that the test's quantitative guidelines do not add value in measuring bank performance, but supported the use of both qualitative and quantitative approaches if banks are given the opportunity to explain performance that falls short of the targets. Other commenters recommended that the test include a more rigorous assessment of retail banking and services, with two commenters noting that, while there are improvements to the service test, the test needs further developing to guide examiners against ratings inflation. Two commenters believed the test should be applied to small and intermediate banks to determine the effectiveness and impact of retail services and products, with one of these commenters believing application to these banks would be critical to ensuring branches are present in low-income communities and communities of color. One other commenter suggested that some activities included under the proposed Community Development Services Test—financial literacy and technical assistance to small businesses—should instead be included under the Retail Services and Products Test. A few other commenters recommended that direct and indirect consumer lending be evaluated quantitatively in the Retail Lending Test, but also qualitatively in the Retail Services and Products Test.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters recommended that aspects of the test be more flexible to address different business models and account for recent and future changes in digital banking. One of these commenters expressed concern that the proposed Retail Services and Products Test could be interpreted as requiring a bank to provide particular products and services deemed to be beneficial to low- and moderate-income people and requested clarification that this was not intended. This commenter also believed that the test would be inconsistent with both the agencies' stated goal of tailoring the framework to different business models and the safe and sound statutory requirement. A few commenters also suggested that the agencies avoid making peer-based comparisons under the final rule in which one particular bank is penalized for not offering a particular product or service that is offered by another bank.</P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters provided recommendations for incorporating race and ethnicity into the proposed Retail Services and Products Test. One commenter asserted that all elements of the agencies' proposed Retail Services and Products Test applicable to low- and moderate-income consumers and communities could also be applied to minority consumers and communities. This commenter indicated, for example, that in addition to evaluating branching in low- and moderate-income communities the agencies could evaluate branching in minority communities. Another commenter asserted that the banking industry increasingly resorts to providing digital access to financial services and products and services to reduce costs, but in doing so risks further excluding minority consumers and communities given that they then have both less access to branches and more limited digital capabilities than white consumers and communities. A commenter expressed the view that the agencies should expand qualitative reviews in the Retail Services and Products Test to provide consideration for activities that close the racial wealth gap by affirmatively serving racial minority consumers and communities. This commenter provided examples such as special purpose credit programs targeted to minority consumers, affirmative marketing and offering of affordable products to minority consumers, and responsible lending practices to prevent displacement. Another commenter proposed that positive consideration be given for special purpose credit programs, small-dollar home mortgage programs, limited English proficiency products, and products for first-generation homebuyers, indicating that they all contributed to racial equity in housing. This commenter added that incentivizing bank activities with first-time, socially disadvantaged homebuyers would meaningfully address the racial minority home ownership gap. One commenter stated that the agencies, when evaluating the distribution of services and products to low- and moderate-income consumers and communities, should assess a bank's strategies and initiatives to serve, and the responsiveness of the bank's services and products to, the needs of minority consumers and communities. Another commenter asserted that the CRA regulations should incentivize banks to meet the credit needs of minority communities in a variety of ways, including by creating products and services specifically responsive to minority community needs, placing branches in majority-minority neighborhoods, and investing in 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6925"/>
                        community development projects that serve minority communities. A commenter asserted that banks that only offer expensive products that do not serve community needs should be adversely rated. Another commenter stated that agencies should evaluate the qualitative impact of all bank lending, and prohibit predatory practices like negative amortization, interest-only loans, and adjustable-rate mortgages. A number of commenters asserted that whether a bank maintains branches in minority communities should be a performance factor. For example, a commenter stated that the agencies should consider a bank's branch distribution across tracts with different racial demographics, including majority-minority census tracts, in comparison to the aggregate distribution. The agencies have considered these comments and are addressed in section III.C of this 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed below, the agencies are adopting, with certain revisions, the proposed scope and framework of the Retail Services and Products Test in § __.23(a)(1). More specifically, the agencies are revising the description of the scope of final § __.23(a)(1) by clarifying that the test evaluates the availability and accessibility of a bank's retail banking services and products and the responsiveness of those services and products to the needs of the bank's entire community, including but not limited to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households and low- and moderate-income census tracts, as well as the needs of small businesses and small farms. In response to comments, the agencies are also removing the word “targeted” from the regulatory text in this paragraph to make clear that this evaluation does not mandate that banks make available certain products or services or target certain populations. In addition, as explained in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.23(b) (retail banking services) and (c) (retail banking products), the agencies are making certain revisions to the components of the Retail Services and Products Test upon consideration of the comments received.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are also adding clarity in final § __.23(a)(2) that branches, for the purposes of the Retail Services and Products Test, also include a main office of a bank, if the main office is open to, and accepts deposits from, the general public. It was the intent of the agencies to consider a main office that offers deposits and is open to the general public as part of the test. No change in meaning is intended and this addition is meant to provide clarity to the evaluation.</P>
                    <P>Finally, to ensure that bank activities that are considered under the Retail Services and Products Test are not also considered under the Community Development Services Test, the agencies are retaining the exclusion as proposed in final § __.23(a)(3), with a technical edit to change the word “activities” to “services.” The agencies believe the use of the word “services” rather than “activities” more clearly represents the types of activities evaluated under both the Community Development Services Test and the Retail Services and Products Test.</P>
                    <P>As explained in the proposal, the agencies are drawing on the existing approach used to evaluate a bank's retail services, while also updating and standardizing the evaluation criteria to reflect the now widespread use of mobile and online banking. Although some commenters expressed concern with how benchmarks are applied, the agencies believe that utilizing both a quantitative and qualitative approach to the test achieves the goals of maintaining the current approach to retail services while better standardizing the evaluation criteria. The agencies are sensitive to concerns about examiner judgment and understand the need to provide examiners guidance on applying the test. The agencies note that, while examiner judgment is an important part of the CRA evaluation process, the agencies will endeavor to minimize unnecessary subjectivity and increase consistency among examiners by providing updated guidance, training, and standards applicable to evaluations under this test while also attempting to guard against ratings inflation. The agencies believe that measured examiner judgment is necessary to account for the unique characteristics of a bank, including its constraints, business model, and the needs of its community. The agencies are also clarifying that the intent of the Retail Services and Products Test is not to mandate that a bank offer particular products or programs or to evaluate or penalize a bank based on the types of products or services its peers offer. Rather, the agencies intend to measure the availability and responsiveness of a bank's retail services to the needs of its communities.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also considered commenters' recommendation to require the evaluation of the Retail Services and Products Test for small and intermediate banks. As explained in the section-by-section analysis of §§ __.21 (performance tests), __.29 (small banks), and __.30 (intermediate banks), these banks have more limited capacities and are less able to offer as wide a range of retail services and products as their larger counterparts. Requiring this test would increase the burden on these banks without sufficient compensating benefits. The agencies believe that additional consideration for activities under the Retail Services and Products Test for small and intermediate banks without a requirement to collect additional data is appropriate, as it may encourage additional activities in low- and moderate-income communities, without imposing additional burden. The agencies also considered commenters' recommendations with respect to the evaluation of other activities, such as financial literacy and technical assistance to small businesses. The agencies, however, believe that services such as these are best evaluated under the Community Development Services Test. Evaluating community development services separately from the Retail Services and Products Test underscores the importance of these services for fostering partnerships among different stakeholders, building capacity, and creating the conditions for effective community development.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.23(b) Retail Banking Services</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(b)(1) Scope of Evaluation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        For large banks with assets of over $10 billion, the agencies proposed in § __.23(b), to evaluate the full breadth of a bank's delivery systems by both maintaining an emphasis on branches and increasing the focus on digital and other delivery channels. Specifically, the agencies proposed to evaluate three components of the bank's performance: (1) branch availability and services in proposed § __.23(b)(1); (2) remote service facility availability in proposed § __.23(b)(2); and (3) digital and other delivery systems in proposed § __.23(b)(3). The proposal required large banks with assets of $10 billion or less to be evaluated only under the first two components of delivery systems, unless the bank requested additional consideration of its digital and other delivery systems and collected the requisite data.
                        <SU>983</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies asked for feedback on whether the evaluation of digital and other delivery systems 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6926"/>
                        should be optional or required for banks with assets of $10 billion or less as proposed, or alternatively, whether the agencies should maintain current evaluation standards for alternative delivery systems for banks within this tier. The current evaluation standards include, for example, the ease of access and use, reliability of the system, range of services delivered, cost to consumers as compared with the bank's other delivery systems, and rate of adoption and use.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>983</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed §§ __.23(b) and __.42(a)(4)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Most commenters that addressed branch availability and services, and remote service facility availability agreed that branches remain an important component in the evaluation of a bank's delivery systems, with some of these commenters noting that availability of branches curtails the proliferation and use of predatory lenders in those areas. Other commenters questioned the application of the evaluation to digital banks with relatively few or no branches or remote service facilities.</P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters suggested that banks deemed to be performing at a “High Satisfactory” or “Outstanding” level on the proposed Retail Lending Test should receive a presumption that their distribution channels are sufficiently serving low- and moderate-income communities, or at least receive a relatively perfunctory evaluation of their channels of distribution. One commenter asked for clarity on how the evaluation criteria will be used to assess branch availability and services, remote service facility availability, digital alternatives, and other delivery systems in practice. Another commenter expressed concern that banks maintaining branches in underserved areas with little commercial or lending activity would be unable to pass the Retail Lending Volume Screen forcing these banks to close branches in these underserved areas and disincentivizing potential new market entrants from growing into rural markets. Two other commenters asked that the agencies consider the following: clarify that delivery services would be evaluated holistically to consider whether all delivery channels together effectively meet the needs of a bank's customers and communities; mitigate business-related factors behind branch closures; determine the weight of each type of delivery system, including branches, based on the bank business model and in proportion to the bank's use of such systems; provide favorable consideration for branch openings in low- and moderate-income communities and other areas of need; and apply a totality of the circumstances approach that includes, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         the availability and responsiveness of the bank's branches and services in low- or moderate-income census tracts and to low- or moderate-income individuals, customer complaints or testimonials, and the bank's own policies and procedures.
                    </P>
                    <P>One commenter argued that the proposal over-emphasizes delivery systems without acknowledging that banks are effectively meeting the needs of low- and moderate-income consumers through existing delivery channels. This commenter further stated that the emphasis on physical branches makes it likely that the rule would need to be updated again, as digital banking becomes more common. Another commenter asserted that the proposed framework to evaluate the distribution of a bank's branches and remote service facilities penalizes banks that primarily operate through their branch and ATM network and appears to favor a business model with few or no branches. This commenter urged the agencies to consider, instead, an evaluation of branches and ATMs that can only be favorably considered in a bank's Retail Services and Products Test conclusion.</P>
                    <P>
                        Most commenters that addressed the agencies' request for comment on whether large banks with assets of $10 billion or less should be subject to an evaluation of their digital and other delivery systems recommended that all large banks, including those with assets of $10 billion or less, should be subject to this evaluation. A few of these commenters suggested that, at minimum, the agencies should consider evaluating large banks with assets of $10 billion or less under this component, if a certain amount of their deposit activity (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         one third) is generated from digital channels. One commenter recommended that the evaluation should be optional for banks in the intermediate bank category and above. Another commenter recommended that military banks or banks serving military and veteran customers that have assets of $10 billion or less have the ability to request additional consideration of its digital delivery systems and other delivery systems. Another commenter suggested that CRA modernization should be used to encourage small and intermediate banks to incorporate digital channels and capabilities, including through partnerships with fintechs, to better reach low- and moderate-income consumers and small businesses. By contrast, some commenters recommended that evaluation of digital and other delivery systems should remain optional for all large banks. One other commenter stated that the asset threshold for optional evaluation of this component of $10 billion or less was too low and recommended that it be increased to $100 billion or less.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule adopts § __.23(b) with technical edits related to the organization of the retail banking services evaluation. Specifically, final § __.23(b) renames the section header from “delivery systems” to “retail banking services” and adds the same terminology throughout the regulatory text where appropriate. No change in meaning is intended and this revision is meant to provide clarity that the evaluation measures the availability and accessibility of a bank's retail banking services, including through delivery systems such as branches. The final rule also includes a revision related to the consideration of digital delivery systems and other delivery systems for large banks with assets of $10 billion or less as of December 31 in either of the prior two calendar years that do not operate branches or remote service facilities. The agencies are also making the clarification that the respective evaluations of bank branches or remote service facilities only apply to a particular bank if the bank has one or more branches or remote service facilities. Specifically, the final rule requires large banks with assets of over $10 billion to be evaluated for their delivery systems under: final § __.23(b)(2) (branch availability and services), if the bank operates one or more branches, final § __.23(b)(3) (remote service facility availability), if the bank operates one or remote service facilities, and final § __.23(b)(4) (digital delivery systems and other delivery systems) (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         the section-by-section analysis of § __.23(b)(2) through (4) for additional details). Large banks, including military banks,
                        <SU>984</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         with assets of $10 billion or less that have 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6927"/>
                        branches will be evaluated only under the first two components unless they opt for consideration of digital delivery systems and other delivery systems. Further, military banks that are small and intermediate banks may also request consideration for digital and other delivery systems pursuant to § __.29(b) or § __.30(b), as applicable.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>984</SU>
                             As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.21(a)(5), the agencies are adopting a new paragraph in the final rule to clarify the evaluation of military banks. Under the final rule, the agencies will evaluate a military bank that chooses to delineate the entire United States and its territories as its sole facility-based assessment area because its customers are not located within a defined geographic area, as specified in final § __.16(d), exclusively at the institution level based on the bank's performance in its sole facility-based assessment area. For purposes of the final Retail Services and Products Test, the agencies will evaluate these banks at the facility-based assessment area level pursuant to the provisions of final § __.16 for retail banking services, and, as with other large banks with assets of $10 billion or less, military banks can request the evaluation of digital delivery systems and other delivery systems at the institution level.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In response to comments, the final rule clarifies that a large bank that had assets of $10 billion or less as of December 31 in either of the prior two calendar years and that does not operate branches will be evaluated only for its digital delivery systems and other delivery systems under § __.23(b)(4). This is a change from the proposal, which required the evaluation of this component only for large banks with assets of over $10 billion. The agencies believe requiring the evaluation of digital delivery systems and other delivery channels for branchless large banks with assets of $10 billion or less is appropriate, recognizing that such banks do not deliver retail services to their customers through branches.</P>
                    <P>However, the agencies decline to require in the final rule an evaluation of digital delivery systems and other delivery systems for all large banks as suggested by some commenters. The agencies remain sensitive to the impact of new data collection requirements for large banks with assets of $10 billion or less, and believe it is preferable to only require this evaluation component for such banks with no branches as described above. The agencies believe requiring evaluation of the digital delivery systems and other delivery systems of branchless banks with assets of $10 billion or less ensures that the delivery systems of such banks are evaluated, while appropriately tailoring the approach for banks with assets of $10 billion or less, which may have less capacity to meet new data collection requirements.</P>
                    <P>The agencies note that the approach used in the final rule for evaluating a large bank's retail banking services would leverage quantitative benchmarks to inform the branch and remote service facility availability analysis and provide favorable qualitative consideration for branch locations in certain geographic areas. In comparison to the current CRA regulations, the final rule also more fully evaluates digital and other delivery systems, as applicable, in recognition of the trend toward greater use of online and mobile banking.</P>
                    <P>The agencies decline to adopt the recommendation from some commenters that a large bank receiving a “High Satisfactory” or “Outstanding” level of performance on the Retail Lending Test should be exempted in some way from a Retail Services and Products Test evaluation or be awarded a presumptive conclusion under the Retail Services and Products Test. The agencies believe that a high level of performance in the Retail Lending Test does not obviate the importance of evaluating how well the bank serves its community through branches and other delivery systems. The agencies believe that the branch distribution and availability, remote services availability, and digital delivery systems and other delivery systems evaluations are important components in evaluating how well a bank is meeting the credit needs of its communities, including low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households and low- and moderate-income census tracts. The agencies note that in determining how well the bank serves its communities through retail services and products, as explained in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.23(d), the final rule considers the bank's business model and other performance context factors when evaluating the bank's retail banking services. Examiners will account for, among other things, mitigating factors for closing branches and whether the bank's delivery channels are meeting the needs of the bank's communities and customers.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(b)(2) Branch Availability and Services</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(b)(2)(i) Branch Distribution</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(b)(2)(i)(A) Branch Distribution Metrics</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(b)(2)(i)(B) Benchmarks</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA regulations, the service test performance criteria for retail banking services place primary emphasis on full service branches while still considering alternative delivery systems.
                        <SU>985</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Interagency guidance explains that the principal focus is on an institution's current distribution of branches and its record of opening and closing branches, particularly branches located in low- or moderate-income geographies or that primarily serve low- or moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>986</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         An evaluation of a large bank's branch locations involves a review primarily of information gathered from a bank's public file.
                        <SU>987</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Using various methods, the agencies evaluate the distribution of branches across census tracts of different income levels relative to the percentage of census tracts by income level, households (or families), businesses, and population in the census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>985</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>986</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(d)—1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>987</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Interagency Large Institution CRA Examination Procedures (Apr. 2014).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to evaluate a large bank's distribution of branches among low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts, compared to a series of quantitative benchmarks 
                        <SU>988</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         that reflect community and market characteristics as the first component of the delivery systems evaluation. Specifically, the agencies proposed, in § __.23(b)(1)(i)(A), to consider the number and percentage of the bank's branches within low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts, referred to as branch distribution metrics, using the data in proposed § __.23(b)(1)(i)(B), referred to as benchmarks, to evaluate a bank's branch distribution among low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts.
                        <SU>989</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies further proposed that consideration of the branch distribution metrics in a facility-based assessment area would be informed by benchmarks for the distribution of census tracts, households, total businesses, and all full-service bank branches by census tract income level.
                        <SU>990</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Each income level and data point (census tracts, households, businesses, and branches) would have a benchmark, specific to each assessment area.
                        <SU>991</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies asked for feedback on whether the agencies should use the percentage of families and total population in an assessment area by census tract income level in addition to the other comparators listed (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         census tracts, households, and businesses) for the assessment of branches and remote service facilities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>988</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(1)(i)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>989</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(1)(i)(A) and (B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>990</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(1)(i)(B)(
                            <E T="03">1</E>
                            ) through (
                            <E T="03">4</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>991</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As explained more fully below, in the section-by-section analysis of § __.23(b)(1)(i)(C), the agencies also proposed to consider the availability of branches in low or very low branch access census tracts, middle- and upper-income census tracts in which branches deliver services to low- and moderate-income individuals, distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts, and Native Land Areas.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6928"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Several commenters supported the application of branch distribution metrics and benchmarks, and recommended removal of examiner judgment by providing examiners with enough guidance on how to apply the metrics and weigh the distribution of benchmarks to guard against ratings inflation. Commenters also expressed a range of views in response to the agencies' request for feedback on whether the percentage of families and total population should be used as additional comparators to those in the proposal to assess branches and remote service facilities. A vast majority of commenters that responded to this request stated that introducing these additional data points would be unnecessary and redundant given the comparators proposed in the rule such as census tracts, households, and businesses. One commenter believed the use of total population in an assessment area by census tract would be an unreliable indicator due to population income shifts over time. Another commenter recommended instead that the agencies consider external factors, such as commuting patterns, which may impact branch access. One commenter suggested broadening the criteria for evaluating a bank's branch distribution so that the agencies consider the population density and amount of economic activity in a particular census tract. Another commenter suggested information such as public transportation and accessibility should also be considered. One commenter requested clarification on how the agencies arrived at the benchmarks for branch distribution as they appeared to be arbitrary.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting proposed § __.23(b)(1)(i)(A) (branch distribution metrics) and (B) (benchmarks), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(b)(2)(i)(A) and (B), respectively, with minor word changes for clarity and with no change in meaning intended.
                        <SU>992</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe that the analysis of a bank's branch distribution through the use of metrics and benchmarks is appropriate to promote more transparency and consistency in the evaluation process and are incorporating and building upon on current practices. Examiners will be able to compare a bank's branch distribution to local data to help determine whether branches are accessible in low- or moderate-income communities, to households of different income levels, and to businesses in the assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>992</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 145.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In light of the comments received, the agencies have determined that the benchmarks sufficiently measure branch distribution. As a result, the agencies believe that other external data factors such as commuting patterns, public transportation, population density, and other factors are not necessary for this analysis. The agencies plan to provide guidance to examiners on how to consider market and demographic benchmarks when comparing to branch distribution. However, the agencies note that examiners will continue to have the ability to consider qualitative factors to inform the analysis of a bank's branch distribution.</P>
                    <P>In response to the commenter that requested the agencies provide clarification on how they arrived at the benchmarks, as explained in the proposal, the agencies believe that the three community benchmarks are important to provide additional context for each assessment area. The percentage of census tracts in a facility-based assessment area by income level enables the agencies to compare a bank's distribution of branches in census tracts of each income level to the overall percentage of those census tracts in the assessment area. For example, if 20 percent of a bank's branches are located in low-income census tracts in an assessment area, and 10 percent of census tracts in the assessment area are low-income, the agencies may consider the bank to have a relatively high concentration of branches in low-income census tracts. The percentage of households and the percentage of total businesses in the facility-based assessment area by census tract income level are important complements to the percentage of census tracts in a facility-based assessment area by income level, because households, businesses, and farms reflect a bank's potential customer base, and may not be distributed evenly across census tracts. Therefore, the agencies would consider all benchmark levels to inform a judgment about the bank's branch distribution in the market.</P>
                    <P>
                        As further explained in the proposal, the agencies also believe that using a new aggregate measurement of branch distribution—referred to as a market benchmark 
                        <SU>993</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        —that would measure the distribution of all full-service bank 
                        <SU>994</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         branches in the same facility-based assessment area by census tract income, would improve the branch distribution analysis in several ways. First, having such data would give examiners more information for determining the extent that branch services are provided in census tracts of different income levels. Second, examiners would have market data on branches within facility-based assessment areas to identify the extent that census tracts of various income levels are served by other banks' branches relative to community benchmarks. For example, if few other banks have branches in low-income or moderate-income census tracts within a given area, then a bank's higher share would indicate responsive or meaningful branch activity relative to their peers.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>993</SU>
                             The aggregate number of branches in an assessment area figure in a market benchmark is comprised of full-service and limited-service branch types as defined in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>994</SU>
                             The agencies intend to issue guidance to explain the term “full-service bank” and how the agencies will apply the term.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(b)(2)(i)(C) Geographic Considerations Access</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In addition to the consideration of branch metrics in § __.23(b)(1)(i)(A) and benchmarks in § __.23(b)(1)(i)(B) for the evaluation of a bank's branch distribution analysis, the agencies also proposed to consider the availability of branches in the following geographic areas: (1) low or very low branch access census tracts; (2) middle- and upper-income census tracts in which branches deliver services to low- and moderate-income individuals; (3) distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts; and (4) Native Land Areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        In § __.23(b)(1)(i)(C)(
                        <E T="03">1</E>
                        ), the agencies proposed providing favorable consideration for banks that operate branches in “low branch access census tracts” or “very low branch access census tracts.” 
                        <SU>995</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed definitions for these two types of census tracts.
                        <SU>996</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A census tract would qualify as low branch access or very low branch access based on the number of bank branches, including branches of commercial banks, savings and loan associations, and credit unions found within a certain distance of the census tract's center of population.
                        <SU>997</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Low branch access census tracts would have been those in which there is only one branch within this distance or within the census tract itself, and very low branch access census tracts would have been those in which there are no 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6929"/>
                        branches within this distance or within the census tract itself.
                        <SU>998</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>995</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(1)(i)(C)(
                            <E T="03">1</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>996</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>997</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>998</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies indicated in the proposal that they were considering two distance-based approaches: (1) the proposed “fixed distance approach;” and (2) the alternative “local approach,” to determine the relevant distance threshold for each census tract. The agencies also considered a second, more qualitative alternative, which did not set specific geographic distances in the identification of areas that may experience limited access to branches.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Proposed approach to low and very low branch access (fixed distance approach).</E>
                         In the proposed approach, a fixed distance threshold would be established based on whether the census tract is in an urban, suburban, or rural area.
                        <SU>999</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Urban areas would have a distance threshold of two miles, suburban areas would have a distance threshold of five miles, and rural areas would have a distance threshold of 10 miles.
                        <SU>1000</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed providing the following scenarios with favorable consideration: (1) a bank opens a branch that alleviates one or more census tracts' very low branch access status; or (2) a bank maintains a branch in one or more census tracts' low branch access status. In addition, the agencies proposed assessing whether a bank provides effective alternatives for reaching low- and moderate-income individuals, communities, and businesses when closing a branch that would lead to one or more census tracts being designated low or very low branch access. The agencies sought feedback on how narrowly designations of low branch access and very low branch access should be tailored so that banks may target additional retail services appropriately.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>999</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1000</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Alternative approach to low and very low branch access (local alternative approach).</E>
                         In the alternative approach described by the agencies in the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         of the proposal, a separate local area would be identified for each set of central counties of a metropolitan area and metropolitan division, the outlying counties of each metropolitan area and metropolitan division, and the nonmetropolitan counties of each State, as defined by the Office of Management and Budget. This alternative approach would determine the distance thresholds for defining low and very low branch access census tracts relative to local variation in population density and land-use patterns, and would adjust over time as branches open and close. The agencies sought feedback on how geographies should be divided to appropriately identify different distance thresholds and whether a fixed distance standard, such as that in the proposed approach, or a locally determined distance threshold, such as in the alternative approach, would be most appropriate when identifying areas with limited branch access.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Qualitative alternative approach to evaluating areas with few or no branches (qualitative alternative approach).</E>
                         Under a qualitative alternative approach described by the agencies in the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         of the proposal, the agencies would not define a “low branch access census tract,” a “very low branch access census tract,” or any similar term. Instead, in addition to considering the bank's branch distribution metrics compared to benchmarks and record of opening and closing branches for each facility-based assessment area, the agencies would undertake a qualitative consideration of certain factors related to low- and moderate-income census tracts with few or no branches. These factors may include considering the availability of a bank's branches; the bank's actions to maintain branches; the bank's actions to otherwise deliver banking services; and specific and concrete actions by a bank to open branches in these areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>Under the proposed and alternative approaches, the agencies proposed providing the following scenarios with favorable consideration: (1) a bank opens a branch that alleviates one or more census tracts' very low branch access status; or (2) a bank maintains a branch in one or more census tracts' low branch access status. In addition, the agencies proposed assessing whether a bank provides effective alternatives for reaching low- and moderate-income individuals, communities, and businesses when closing a branch that would lead to one or more census tracts being designated low or very low branch access. The agencies sought feedback on how narrowly designations of low branch access and very low branch access should be tailored so that banks may target additional retail services appropriately.</P>
                    <P>Lastly, the agencies sought feedback on whether the presence of credit unions should be considered under any of the proposed approaches, and on other alternative approaches or definitions that should be considered in designating places with limited branch access.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>In response to the agencies' proposed fixed distance approach and the alternative local distance approach, commenters were divided in their views on which of the two approaches would be most appropriate to use in determining the relevant distance threshold for census tracts proposed to be defined as low or very low branch access. Several commenters supported the fixed distance approach, with one commenter stating it would create a more consistent framework. This commenter argued that the local approach may disincentivize banks from adding branches in low branch access areas as it would result in the distance threshold decreasing in the next evaluation. By contrast, other commenters argued that the local approach would be preferable, with one of these commenters stating that the local approach has a broader reach and is a more precise measure due to the local context. A few other commenters asked for clarification on how low and very low branch access would be considered in the examination, with one of these commenters further noting that the concept lacked clarity with respect to the impact opening or closing of branches would have on these geographies. One commenter suggested that a smaller distance, such as a quarter mile, should be used in densely populated areas. Another commenter suggested that the definitions of “low” and “very low” branch access should connect to branches per population and rates of unbanked and underbanked populations, and that the agencies should consider community input in making a final determination.</P>
                    <P>Commenters' views on how geographies should be divided were generally in line with the proposed approach. However, one commenter recommended that the agencies use existing data tools to delineate or divide geographies for each distance threshold. For example, the agencies could use a combination of the FFIEC's guidance on census tracts to delineate or divide geographies for each distance threshold and the USDA's Economic Research Service, which provides rural-urban codes to classify how commutable certain rural and urban census tracts are based on urbanization, population density, and daily commuting patterns.</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to how often local distances for the alternative local distance approach, if adopted, should be updated, some commenters recommended different frequencies including: updating in real-time using geographic mapping applications; 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6930"/>
                        annually; over a period of under three years; and no more frequently than every five years so as not to exacerbate issues regarding distance thresholds decreasing, and the resulting increase in areas being designated as low branch access.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters expressed a range of views with respect to whether credit union branches should be considered in the geographic considerations. Most of these commenters believed that credit union locations should not be considered for several reasons, including that credit unions are not subject to CRA, have limitations in their membership that could disqualify members of the community from utilizing their services, and pursue very different models from banks. Two commenters believed credit union locations should be included, with one commenter stating that credit union product offerings are very similar to those of banks. One commenter noted that if activities evaluated under the CRA are offered by credit unions, then their locations should be considered.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are not finalizing proposed § __.23(b)(1)(i)(C)(
                        <E T="03">1</E>
                        ) to provide consideration for the availability of branches in low or very low branch access census tracts in the evaluation of a bank's branch distribution analysis. In making this determination, the agencies considered several points. As noted by some commenters, the agencies considered that while each of the approaches identified by the agencies had benefits, there were also downsides to each approach. The decision to remove these criteria is responsive to comments received regarding limitations of each of the methodologies proposed in terms of including local context, minimizing unnecessary complexity in the final rule, and avoiding unintended effects. Furthermore, the agencies believe that, without direct consideration of low and very low branch access areas, the final rule already includes sufficient consideration for branches in additional geographic areas which supplement the benchmarks based on tract-level median incomes. The final rule includes additional geographic considerations for areas that include: middle- and upper-income census tracts with branches delivering services used by low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households; distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts that are defined, in part, based on being remote and lacking population density; and Native Land Areas. These additional geographic considerations are discussed below.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(b)(2)(i)(C)(1) Middle- and Upper-Income Census Tracts</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(b)(2)(i)(C)(2) Distressed or Underserved Nonmetropolitan Middle-Income Census Tracts</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(b)(2)(i)(C)(3) Native Land Areas</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In addition to the agencies' proposal to designate low and very low branch access census tracts, the agencies proposed providing qualitative consideration for banks operating branches in other geographic areas.
                        <SU>1001</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These areas would be favorably considered when evaluating overall accessibility of delivery systems, including to low- and moderate-income populations.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1001</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(1)(i)(C)(
                            <E T="03">2</E>
                            ) through (
                            <E T="03">4</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Specifically, in § __.23(b)(1)(i)(C)(
                        <E T="03">2</E>
                        ), the agencies proposed providing qualitative consideration for retail branching in middle- and upper-income census tracts if a bank can demonstrate that branch locations in these geographies deliver services to low- or moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>1002</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies sought feedback on what information banks should be required to provide to demonstrate the delivery of such services to low- or moderate-income individuals.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1002</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(1)(i)(C)(
                            <E T="03">2</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In addition, in § __.23(b)(1)(i)(C)(
                        <E T="03">3</E>
                        ), the agencies proposed providing qualitative consideration for banks that operate branches in a “distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tract” as defined in proposed § __.12. The agencies sought feedback on whether branches in distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts should receive qualitative consideration without additional bank documentation that the branch provides services to low- or moderate-income individuals. Finally, in § __.23(b)(1)(i)(C)(
                        <E T="03">4</E>
                        ), the agencies proposed providing qualitative consideration if banks operate branches in “Native Land Areas” as defined in proposed § __.12.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>With respect to providing consideration for retail branching in middle- and upper-income census tracts, several commenters supported favorable qualitative consideration based on proximity to low- or moderate-income census tracts or if a bank can demonstrate with data that these locations deliver services to low- and moderate-income individuals. However, a few commenters opposed giving qualitative consideration for retail branching in higher-income census tracts, with one commenter stating that it could be used to avoid opening branches in low- or moderate-income census tracts. A few other commenters also opposed giving qualitative credit for branches in middle- and upper-income census tracts on the basis that it would be redundant, with one commenter explaining that if the agencies adopt the proposal to consider deposit products used by customers residing in low- or moderate-income census tracts, regardless of the location of the branch providing the product, that performance measures would already capture branches in non-low- or moderate-income census tracts that effectively offer deposit products to customers residing in low- or moderate-income census tracts.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters generally supported favorable qualitative consideration for branches located in distressed and underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts. A few commenters supported consideration only if documentation is provided that demonstrates these branches serve low- or moderate-income individuals. Two of these commenters noted that deposits data could be utilized to support usage by low- or moderate-income individuals. Other commenters supported the addition of positive consideration for banks that operated branches in Native Land Areas. One commenter requested that U.S. military installations be added to the list of geographies where banks could receive additional consideration if they have branches placed in these geographies.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        After considering the comments received, the agencies are adopting proposed § __.23(b)(1)(i)(C)(
                        <E T="03">2</E>
                        ) through (
                        <E T="03">4</E>
                        ), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(b)(2)(i)(C)(
                        <E T="03">1</E>
                        ) through (
                        <E T="03">3</E>
                        ), largely as proposed with clarifying edits. In evaluating the overall accessibility of retail banking services, including to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households and low- and moderate-income census tracts, the agencies believe it appropriate to provide qualitative consideration for operating branches in: (1) middle- and upper-income census tracts in which branches deliver services to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6931"/>
                        the extent that low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households use the services offered; (2) distressed and underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts; and (3) Native Land Areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that it is appropriate to extend qualitative consideration to bank branches providing retail banking services to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households because access to those services is integral to the financial well-being of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households wherever they reside. Furthermore, the agencies agree with the commenters' recommendation that, to ensure that the services provided confer an actual benefit to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households, the consideration of branches in middle- and upper-income census tracts should include a requirement that banks demonstrate the extent to which low- and moderate- income individuals, families, or households utilize the services at these branch locations. Accordingly, the final rule provides that if a bank seeks consideration for a branch located in a middle- or upper-income census tract, the bank should be prepared to provide documentation that indicates the extent to which low- or moderate-income individuals, families, or households use the services offered. To the extent helpful, the agencies will consider providing additional guidance to banks or examiners regarding how banks could demonstrate both that their branches in middle- or upper-income tracts deliver services to low- or moderate-income individuals, families, or households, and the extent to which low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households use the services offered.</P>
                    <P>The agencies expect banks to use available information to demonstrate the degree to which bank branch services in middle- and upper-income census tracts are used by low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households. However, in response to commenters who suggested the use of deposits data for these purposes, the agencies note that the deposits data reported to the agencies at the county level under final § __.42(b)(3) does not have the necessary information for the agencies to use that data in making a determination whether branches are used by low- or moderate-income individuals, families, or households. In addition, deposits data reported to the agencies under final § __.42(b)(3) will be reported only by large banks with assets over $10 billion, as well as other banks that may opt in to reporting these data. As a result, these data will not be useful for determining the income level of the census tracts where depositors live or the depositors' income level. However, despite the limitations of deposits data, the agencies encourage banks to use information available to the bank to demonstrate that branches outside of low- and moderate-income census tracts are serving low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also believe that qualitative consideration should be given to the availability of branches in distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tract because, given the economic characteristics of these areas, residents, businesses, and farms may have limited access to financial services. Additionally, in facility-based assessment areas where there are few or no low- and moderate-income census tracts, the consideration of bank branch availability in distressed or underserved census tracts could provide examiners with additional insight into the bank's overall branch availability.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also recognize that branch access is limited for many Native communities and consider it appropriate to emphasize bank placement of branches in Native Land Areas.
                        <SU>1003</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As previously discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.13(j), majority-Native American counties have an average of two bank branches compared to the nine-branch average in nonmetropolitan counties and well below the 27-branch overall average for all counties.
                        <SU>1004</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For that reason, the final rule provides additional qualitative consideration for bank branches located in Native Land Areas. In response to one commenter who suggested additional consideration of branches on military installations the agencies note that statistics from the 2015 to 2019 American Community Survey show that current active-duty and reserve members of the military, as well as veterans live in households with higher incomes than households that do not contain veterans and decline the inclusion of this addition to the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1003</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Miriam Jorgensen and Randall K.Q. Akee, “Access to Capital and Credit in Native Communities: A Data Review, Native Nations Institute” (Feb. 2017), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.novoco.com/sites/default/files/atoms/files/nni_find_access_to_capital_and_credit_in_native_communities_020117.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1004</SU>
                             Information calculated using the FDIC's Summary of Deposits (2020).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies believe that other changes to the final rule regarding the positive consideration of deposits products address concerns raised by some commenters regarding the redundancies of considering deposits products used by customers in low- and moderate-income census tracts, regardless of branch location.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(b)(2)(ii) Branch Openings and Closings</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(b)(2)(iii) Branch Hours of Operation and Services</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under current CRA regulations, the agencies evaluate a bank's branch openings and closings during the evaluation period relative to the bank's branch distribution and consider if any changes impacted low- or moderate-income census tracts and accessibility for low- or moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>1005</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1005</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(d)(2); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(d)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In reviewing a bank's branch availability and services, in proposed § __.23(b)(1)(ii), the agencies proposed to evaluate a bank's record of opening and closing branch offices in facility-based assessment areas since the previous examination to inform the degree of accessibility of banking services to low- and moderate-income individuals and in low- and moderate-income census tracts. Specifically, the agencies proposed to include an assessment of whether branch openings and closings improved or adversely affected the accessibility of its delivery systems, particularly in low- and moderate-income census tracts and to low- and moderate-income individuals.</P>
                    <P>In proposed § __.23(b)(1)(iii)(A), the agencies proposed to evaluate the reasonableness of branch hours in low- and moderate-income census tracts compared to middle- and upper-income census tracts, including but not limited to whether branches offer extended and weekend hours. The agencies also proposed in § __.23(b)(1)(iii)(B) to evaluate the range of services provided at branch locations that improve access to financial services or decrease costs for low- or moderate-income individuals. The agencies proposed further that examples of such services could include, but are not limited to:</P>
                    <P>
                        • Providing bilingual/translation services; 
                        <SU>1006</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1006</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(1)(iii)(B)(
                            <E T="03">1</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Free or low-cost check cashing services, including government and payroll check cashing services; 
                        <SU>1007</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1007</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(1)(iii)(B)(
                            <E T="03">2</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6932"/>
                    <P>
                        • Reasonably priced international remittance services; 
                        <SU>1008</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1008</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(1)(iii)(B)(
                            <E T="03">3</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        • Electronic benefit transfer accounts.
                        <SU>1009</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1009</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(1)(iii)(B)(
                            <E T="03">4</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies sought feedback on whether there are other branch-based services that could be considered as responsive to low- and moderate-income needs. The agencies also proposed in § __.23(b)(1)(iii)(C) to evaluate the degree to which branch services are responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals in a bank's facility assessment area.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Several commenters emphasized the importance of branches, with some recommending additional consideration as an incentive for banks that operate and maintain branches in low- or moderate-income, rural, minority, or Native communities. Other commenters recommended stronger consequences, including negative consideration, such as penalties, for banks closing branches in low- and moderate-income and majority- minority communities, including Native American communities. Some commenters recommended that the agencies analyze branch closures over a period of time that is longer than the examination period and implement related quantitative performance metrics. Another commenter believed that qualitative factors should be used, as it would be unreasonable to draw conclusions about branch accessibility by relying only on quantitative calculations of physical branch distribution. Two commenters requested guidance related to how a disproportionate number of closings or openings in a low- or moderate-income census tract would impact the service test score.</P>
                    <P>
                        Commenters provided a variety of examples of other branch-based services that could be considered responsive to low- and moderate-income needs. Examples of such services included language services geared to individuals with limited English proficiency, including at ATM and other remote facilities; other culturally appropriate services and resources; individual tax identification number (ITIN) accounts; credit-builder loans; other products and services targeting low- and moderate-income consumers, including but not limited to low- and moderate-income consumers with disabilities; free notary services; free or low-cost money orders; access for people with prior banking issues, such as those flagged in ChexSystems; and activities that address potential fraud. One commenter suggested the ability to come into a branch while also being able to meet with a loan officer virtually as an example of a branch-based service that should receive consideration. Other commenters suggested that deposit-taking automated services and ATMs/interactive teller machines could be considered responsive branch-based services, with one of these commenters particularly noting those in banking deserts could be considered responsive to low branch access areas. A few commenters expressed support for, and noted the importance of, banking services including hours of operation and services responsive to low- and moderate-income individuals and in low- and moderate-income communities. Other commenters requested that when evaluating banking services such as extended hours and ATM placement, the agencies should consider different business models (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         a grocery store in middle- or upper-income areas) and clarify that a bank would not be expected to offer such hours at branches located in low- or moderate-income census tracts if the bank does not do so at similarly-situated branches located in middle- or upper-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are finalizing § __.23(b)(1)(ii) (branch openings and closings) and (iii) (branch hours of operation and services) as proposed, renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(b)(2)(ii) and (iii), respectively, with technical edits not intended to have a change in meaning, including revisions of the language with respect to “check cashing services” and “electronic benefit transfer accounts.”</P>
                    <P>Regarding branch openings and closings, the final rule builds on the agencies' current practice in which the evaluation includes an assessment of whether branch openings and closings improved or adversely affected the accessibility of the bank's retail banking services, particularly to low- and moderate-income census tracts and low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households. In response to commenters who recommended using incentives for banks opening or penalties for closing branches in communities of need, the agencies note that the quantitative measures of final § __.23(b)(1)(ii) are a single aspect of the branch availability evaluation that, similar to the current CRA regulations, extends positive consideration for branch openings increasing accessibility of banking services to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households and census tracts. Similarly, branch closings that limit or otherwise restrict the availability of retail banking for the same individuals and geographies are also considered in evaluating bank performance. Under the final rule, examiners will also use qualitative factors, such as performance context, to draw conclusions regarding a bank's openings and closings of branches, which may impact a bank's performance for this evaluation. Importantly, although not considered for purposes of the CRA evaluation, the agencies do consider opening and closing branches in minority areas for purposes of fair lending reviews.</P>
                    <P>Also in response to comments, the agencies further note that evaluating branch opening and closings over a different time period than the time period during which other activities are evaluated with respect to the Retail Services and Products Test and other tests would make it difficult to measure the bank's overall CRA performance within the set evaluation period. The agencies believe that accounting for branch openings and closings within the same evaluation period as all other bank activities gives a clear overall picture of how well the bank is serving its community within a set time period.</P>
                    <P>With respect to the bank's hours of operation and services in low- and moderate-income census tracts, the agencies considered comments regarding the consideration of different business models and branch hours expectations in the final rule. The agencies believe the evaluation should remain qualitative and that it is not appropriate to require that branches offer extended or weekend hours. For that reason, final § __.23(b)(1)(iii)(A) considers the reasonableness of bank branch hours in low- and moderate-income census tracts in comparison to middle-and upper-income census tracts as the primary qualitative consideration. Whether a branch offers extended or weekend hours is only one means through which the bank can demonstrate the reasonableness of its hours in low- and moderate-income census tracts. During their review, examiners will consider a range of qualitative factors, including the bank's business model.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies received a variety of suggestions from commenters as to additional responsive branch-based services and considered whether these suggested services should be added to the agencies' proposed list of services considering the range of services in final § __.23(b)(1)(iii)(B). However, the agencies do not believe that it is 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6933"/>
                        necessary to add the additional examples suggested by commenters to the list provided in the final rule because it is not an exhaustive list. The agencies note that examiners may consider additional services provided at bank branches in low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts. Moreover, with respect to some recommendations made by commenters, such as providing CRA consideration for language services for individuals with limited English proficiency and other culturally appropriate services and resources, the agencies agree that this type of activity should be eligible for CRA credit; therefore, the Retail Services and Products Test includes bilingual and translation services in the evaluation of branch services. Other recommendations, such as placement of ATMs and extended hours are also already considered in the Retail Services and Products Test. The agencies are adopting § __.23(b)(1)(iii)(C) as proposed with minor edits as commenters supported responsive retail banking services.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(b)(3) Remote Service Facility Availability</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Currently, examiners determine whether a large bank's non-branch or alternative delivery systems,
                        <SU>1010</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         such as ATMs, are available and effective in providing retail banking services in low- and moderate-income areas and to low- and moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>1011</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         With respect to alternative delivery systems, examiners consider factors such as: the ease of access and use; reliability of the system; range of services delivered; cost to consumers as compared with the bank's other delivery systems; and the rate of adoption and use.
                        <SU>1012</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Examiners also consider any information a bank maintains and provides to examiners to demonstrate that the bank's alternative delivery systems are available to, and used by, low- or moderate-income individuals, such as data on customer usage or transactions.
                        <SU>1013</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Although examiners may consider several factors, evaluations of non-branch delivery systems generally focus on the distribution of the bank's ATMs across low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts, and a comparison of that distribution to the percentage of census tracts by income level, households (or families), businesses, or populations across these census tracts, particularly low- and moderate-income census tracts. Examiners also review the types of services offered by a bank's ATMs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         deposit-taking and cash-only) and consider other qualitative factors that improve access to ATMs in low- and moderate-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1010</SU>
                             The Board's and OCC's current CRA regulations provide a non-exhaustive list of alternative systems for delivering retail banking services which include: “ATMs, ATMs not owned or operated by or exclusively for the bank, banking by telephone or computer, loan production offices, and bank-at-work or bank-by-mail programs.” 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(d)(3). Under the FDIC's CRA regulations, current 12 CFR 345.24(d)(3) describes alternative delivery systems as “RSFs, RSFs not owned or operated by or exclusively for the bank, banking by telephone or computer, loan production offices, and bank-at-work or bank-by-mail programs.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1011</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Interagency Large Institution CRA Examination Procedures; 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(d)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1012</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(d)(3)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1013</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to separately evaluate a large bank's remote service facility availability 
                        <SU>1014</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         from the bank's digital and other delivery systems in order to focus on the availability of these facilities and leverage community benchmarks in the evaluation. In comparison to the current CRA regulations, the agencies proposed an independent evaluation of remote service facilities to underscore the effects these facilities have on low- and moderate- income individuals and communities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1014</SU>
                             The agencies define “remote service facility” to mean an automated, virtually staffed, or unstaffed banking facility owned or operated by, or operated exclusively for, the bank, such as an ATM, interactive teller machine, cash dispensing machine, or other remote electronic facility at which deposits are received, cash dispersed, or money lent. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As with the branch distribution analysis, the agencies proposed to evaluate the bank's distribution of remote service facilities among low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts in § __.23(b)(2)(i), referred to as metrics, compared to the three data points in § __.23(b)(2)(ii), referred to as benchmarks, which would complement a qualitative evaluation. The agencies proposed that an evaluation of a bank's remote service facilities distribution metrics would be informed by comparing those metrics to the following benchmarks, which are specific to each facility-based assessment area: (1) the percentage of census tracts in the facility-based assessment area that are low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts; 
                        <SU>1015</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) the percentage of households in the facility-based assessment area that are in low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts; 
                        <SU>1016</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (3) the percentage of total businesses in the facility-based assessment area that are in low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts.
                        <SU>1017</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The evaluation would also include an assessment of remote service facilities in low- and moderate-income census tracts and changes to the placement of remote service facilities since the previous examination.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1015</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(2)(ii)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1016</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(2)(ii)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1017</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(2)(ii)(C).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In addition to using the community benchmarks, in § __.23(b)(2)(iii), the agencies proposed to consider whether the bank offers customers fee-free access to out-of-network ATMs in low- and moderate-income census tracts.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>There was no consensus among commenters regarding the evaluation of remote service facilities such as ATMs. A few commenters did not support the consideration of ATMs when evaluating a bank's presence in low- or moderate-income communities, with one of these commenters noting that ATMs are not the same as full-service branches. A few other commenters made specific recommendations for CRA consideration, which included considering ATM placement in low- and moderate-income geographies on an optional basis or providing favorable consideration in the Retail Services and Products Test conclusion but not downgrading a bank if it does not place a certain number of ATMs in low- and moderate-income census tracts, and favorably considering a bank's policy to reimburse fees when customers access out-of-network ATMs or partner with third-party ATM networks that have robust coverage of low- and moderate-income areas. One commenter asked for clarification on how seasonal ATMs would be considered in the evaluation.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting proposed § __.23(b)(2)(i) and (ii), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(b)(3)(i) and (ii), pertaining to the remote service facilities distribution metrics and benchmarks, respectively, with a revision to add the availability of remote service facilities in other geographies and other technical edits, as explained below. The agencies believe that the use of metrics and benchmarks will allow for the comparison of a bank's remote service facilities availability to local data (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         percentage of census tracts, households, and total businesses) to help determine whether remote service facilities are accessible in low- or moderate-income communities, to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6934"/>
                        individuals of different income levels, and to businesses in the assessment area and are incorporating and building on current practice. The agencies believe this type of comparison requires robust data that would not be generated with an optional evaluation. Accordingly, the agencies decline to follow commenters' suggestion to make this an optional evaluation for large banks.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies agree with commenter suggestions that both branches and remote service facilities remain an important component in the evaluation of a bank's delivery systems as a means to obtain credit and banking services. For that reason, the agencies are further adopting final § __.23(b)(3)(i)(C) with respect to additional geographic considerations to mirror the other geographic areas considered for branches in final § __.23(b)(2)(i)(C). The agencies also agree that while both are important, remote service facilities are not the same as branches and retained the remote service facility evaluation independent from the branch evaluation. The agencies believe that commenters' concerns that bank performance on the Retail Services and Products Test may be downgraded if it does not have ATMs in low- or moderate-income census tracts will also be addressed by the additional consideration of remote service facilities in: (1) middle- and upper-income census tracts in which a remote service facility delivers services to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households, to the extent that low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households use the services offered; (2) distressed or underserved nonmetropolitan middle-income census tracts; and (3) Native Land Areas.</P>
                    <P>Finally, the agencies are adopting § __.23(b)(2)(iii), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(b)(3)(ii), as proposed. As explained in the proposal, the agencies believe that bank partnerships with out-of-network ATM providers may contribute to expanded access to financial services and may assist with lowering access costs, which can be particularly important in low- and moderate-income census tracts. The agencies changed the heading to the paragraph to conform to the regulatory text which referenced ATMs. A commenter's suggestion to consider seasonal ATMs may be considered in future guidance.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(b)(4) Digital Delivery Systems and Other Delivery Systems</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach and the Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Currently, examiners determine whether a large bank's non-branch or alternative delivery systems, such as mobile and online banking services, and telephone banking are available and effective in providing retail banking services in low- and moderate-income areas and to low- and moderate-income individuals. Examiners consider factors such as the ease of access and use, reliability of the system, range of services delivered, cost to consumers as compared with the bank's other delivery systems, and rate of adoption and use. Examiners also consider any information a bank maintains to demonstrate that the bank's alternative delivery systems are available to, and used by, low- or moderate-income individuals, such as data on customer usage or transactions.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to evaluate the availability and responsiveness of a bank's digital delivery systems (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         mobile and online banking services) and other delivery systems (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         telephone banking, bank-by-mail, and bank-at-work programs), including to low- and moderate-income individuals, as the third component of the delivery systems evaluation in proposed § __.23(b)(3). The agencies proposed to require this evaluation for large banks with assets over $10 billion, and to permit large banks with assets of $10 billion or less to opt to have this component of delivery systems evaluated under the Retail Services and Products Test.
                        <SU>1018</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1018</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies explained in the proposal that they believe that it is important to evaluate a bank's retail banking services and products comprehensively and recognize that banks deliver services beyond branch and remote service facilities. Because usage of online and mobile banking delivery systems by households is pervasive and is expected to continue to grow, the agencies further explained that these trends support a renewed focus on the evaluation of digital and other delivery systems while also recognizing that many consumers continue to rely on branches.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed using three factors to evaluate the availability and responsiveness of a bank's digital and other delivery systems: (1) digital activity by individuals in low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts; 
                        <SU>1019</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) the range of digital and other delivery systems; 
                        <SU>1020</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (3) the bank's strategy and initiatives to serve low- and moderate-income individuals with digital and other delivery systems.
                        <SU>1021</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Regarding the first factor, the agencies proposed to measure digital activity by individuals in low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts and provided examples of information that could be used to inform this analysis.
                        <SU>1022</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposal included examples such as the number of checking and savings accounts opened digitally, and accountholder usage data by type of digital and other delivery system.
                        <SU>1023</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed evaluating this data using census tract income level since banks have stated that they do not routinely collect customer income data at account opening.
                        <SU>1024</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         With respect to the second factor, the agencies proposed to qualitatively consider the range of a bank's digital and other delivery systems, including but not limited to: online banking; mobile banking; and telephone banking.
                        <SU>1025</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies proposed to consider a bank's strategies and initiatives to meet low- and moderate-income consumer needs through digital and other delivery systems.
                        <SU>1026</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies explained that these strategies and initiatives could include, for example, marketing and outreach activities to increase uptake of these channels by low- and moderate-income individuals or partnerships with community-based organizations serving targeted populations.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1019</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(3)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1020</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(3)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1021</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(3)(iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1022</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(3)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1023</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(3)(i)(A) and (B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1024</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(3)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1025</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(3)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1026</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(b)(3)(iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies sought feedback on additional ways to evaluate the digital activity of individuals in low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts, as part of a bank's digital and other delivery systems evaluation. Additionally, the agencies sought feedback on whether affordability should be one of the factors used in evaluating digital and other delivery systems and, if so, what data the agencies should consider. Finally, the agencies sought feedback on comparators that could be considered to assess the degree to which a bank is reaching individuals in low- or moderate-income census tracts through digital and other delivery systems.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6935"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Some commenters expressed concern that the data and methodology for reviewing a bank's digital and other delivery systems would be too rigid when considering the quantitative metrics and the use of proxies (such as the number of checking accounts opened digitally in low- or moderated-income areas). These commenters further raised concerns that these metrics do not assess whether a bank's delivery systems are accessible to low- or moderate-income consumers. One commenter supported the evaluation of mobile and online banking. One commenter, while supportive of the agencies' proposal, noted that there are limitations in evaluating a number of the proposed activities at a census-tract level, particularly in nonmetropolitan areas, and urged the agencies to provide, instead, full qualitative consideration for this component. A few commenters generally stated that accessibility and responsiveness of a bank's digital and other delivery systems are not accurately measured by account opening and usage rates. One of these commenters suggested the final rule should focus on evaluation of the accessibility of a bank's digital and other delivery systems and the bank's approaches for serving low- or moderate-income individuals with these systems, rather than focusing on account opening and usage rates associated with these systems. Other commenters recommended comparative data such as customer location, click rates on promotional emails, broadband access, and Federal Communications Commission data to assess the degree to which a bank is reaching low- or moderate-income consumers through digital and other delivery systems.</P>
                    <P>A number of commenters responded to the agencies' request for feedback on ways to further evaluate the digital activity by individuals in low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts as part of the agencies' evaluation of a bank's digital and other delivery systems. Some commenters suggested the agencies should consider product design, marketing, and product uptake via delivery systems on a qualitative basis. Another commenter recommended assessing how active digital accounts are across income levels, comparing a bank to its peers with a market benchmark, displaying data on digital activity in the CRA performance evaluation tables, and verifying representations that modes of access to digital services are available to low- or moderate-income census tracts.</P>
                    <P>A majority of commenters responding to the agencies' request for feedback agreed that affordability should be a factor in evaluating digital and other delivery systems. Most of these commenters recommended that data on costs and fees, such as overdraft, monthly account maintenance, minimum balance, and dormant account fees, among others, should be collected to determine affordability, with one commenter suggesting low- and moderate-income individuals should be charged lower or no fees for digital services. One commenter recommended considering the difference in fees between in-person application and digital applications to determine if these fees allow for a different level of digital access. One commenter indicated that the agencies should develop specific standards to require banks engaged in digital banking to avoid discriminatory or predatory practices.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        Throughout final § __.23(b)(4), the agencies are adopting new definitions of “digital delivery system” and “other delivery system” (based on the substantive provision of proposed § __.23(b)(3)) in order to distinguish and make clear the types of systems encompassed in each delivery channel. The final rule defines “digital delivery system” to mean a “channel through which banks offer retail banking services electronically, such as online banking or mobile banking.” 
                        <SU>1027</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under the final rule “other delivery system” is defined to mean a “channel, other than branches, remote services facilities, or digital delivery systems, through which banks offer retail banking services.” 
                        <SU>1028</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This may include telephone banking, bank-by-mail, or bank-at-work.
                        <SU>1029</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies are clarifying in final § __.23(b)(4) that the evaluation of digital delivery systems and other delivery systems is conducted at the institution level. This change is also consistent with the proposed and final rule approaches described in appendix C.
                        <SU>1030</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1027</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1028</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1029</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1030</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix C, paragraph c.3.i.A.
                            <E T="03">2; see also</E>
                             final appendix C, paragraph c.2.iv.A.
                            <E T="03">2.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Specifically, the agencies are finalizing as proposed § __.23(b)(3)(ii), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(b)(4)(i), regarding the agencies' evaluation of the range of services and products offered by a large bank. Final § __.23(b)(4)(i) provides that, when evaluating the availability and responsiveness of a bank's digital delivery systems and other delivery systems, the agencies consider the range of retail banking services and retail banking products offered through digital delivery systems and other delivery systems. By considering the range of digital delivery systems and other delivery systems, the agencies may then consider additional detail related to those systems, such as the bank's strategy and initiatives to serve low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households and activity by individuals, families, or households related to those systems.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are revising proposed § __.23(b)(3)(iii), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(b)(4)(ii), with additional language in response to commenter feedback that the bank's strategy and initiatives to serve low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households with digital delivery systems and other delivery systems should be evaluated by considering factors such as cost, features, and marketing. This list of non-exhaustive factors adopted by the agencies were some of the factors recommended by commenters to measure the affordability of digital delivery systems or other delivery systems or otherwise measure the effectiveness of the bank's strategy or initiatives related to those systems. The agencies believe this modification is appropriate and enables consideration of affordability and effectiveness of digital and delivery systems without increasing the data collection burden.</P>
                    <P>
                        Further, the agencies are revising proposed § __.23(b)(3)(i)(A), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(b)(4)(iii)(A), to clarify that the number of checking and savings accounts opened during each calendar year of the evaluation period digitally and through other delivery systems are considered by the agencies as evidence of digital delivery systems and other delivery systems. The agencies are also revising proposed § __.23(b)(3)(i)(B) in response to comments, renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(b)(4)(iii)(B), to provide that the agencies will consider the number of checking and savings accounts opened digitally and through other delivery systems that are 
                        <E T="03">active</E>
                         at the end of each calendar year during the evaluation period as evidence of digital delivery systems and other delivery systems, rather than require banks to provide accountholder usage data, by type, of digital delivery systems and other delivery systems. The agencies believe this revision will reduce the burden for banks providing these data and will build on other data elements in the rule. To provide further clarity, certainty, and consistency in the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6936"/>
                        required information for this evaluation, the agencies removed the “such as” language in proposed § __.23(b)(3)(i), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(b)(4)(iii), because the agencies consider the checking and savings account information described in paragraphs (b)(3)(i)(A) and (B) of final § __.23. In final § __.23(b)(4)(iii)(C), the agencies indicate that they will consider any other bank data that indicates that bank digital delivery systems and other delivery systems are available to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households and low- and moderate-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <P>In response to the commenter that suggested the agencies should provide a fully qualitative consideration for digital and other delivery systems, the agencies decline to implement this recommendation because a strictly qualitative review, without standardized data, limits the evaluation of this component across banks by not providing certainty and consistency in elements reviewed under this component. In addition, without specific data elements, the data banks provide may not support the accessibility and usage of digital delivery systems and other delivery systems. The agencies believe that the quantitative consideration of digital delivery systems and other delivery systems activity, informed by specific data points, combined with the qualitative consideration of the bank's range of services and products and their strategies and initiatives strikes the right balance to evaluate this component fully. The agencies believe this evaluation is especially important for banks that will not be evaluated under the other components of retail banking services such as branches and remote service facilities.</P>
                    <P>Although commenters expressed concerns about the rigidity of the data and methodology for reviewing a bank's digital delivery systems and other delivery systems, and that the measures do not adequately represent accessibility or usage of digital delivery systems and other delivery systems by low- or moderate-income individuals, families, or households, the agencies believe these measures are sufficient without additional data collection requirements other than the data collection requirements in the final rule. Moreover, given that banks have stated that they do not typically collect customer income data at account opening for deposit customers, the agencies believe using census tract income level is an appropriate approach.</P>
                    <P>In response to these concerns and commenters' feedback for other data that may be used to measure availability of digital delivery systems and other delivery systems, the agencies are adopting new § __.23(b)(4)(iii)(C) to allow banks to provide any other data, other than the data required in final paragraphs (b)(4)(iii)(A) and (B) of the section, to demonstrate that their digital delivery systems and other delivery systems are available to individuals and in census tracts of different income levels, including low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households, and low- and moderate-income census tracts. The agencies believe this addition will allow banks the flexibility to provide additional information along with the data proposed.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have carefully considered other recommendations made by commenters, including click rates on promotional emails, broadband access, and others, but have determined, in their supervisory experience, that the data points as finalized will achieve the agencies' goal to provide clarity, consistency, and transparency in the evaluation of a bank's digital delivery systems and other delivery systems without significantly increasing burden to banks.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.23(c) Retail Banking Products Evaluation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(c)(1) Scope of Evaluation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current CRA regulations, retail credit products and programs are qualitatively evaluated under the large bank lending test. A bank's lending performance is evaluated by, among other things, its “use of innovative or flexible lending practices in a safe and sound manner to address the credit needs of low- and moderate-income individuals or geographies.” 
                        <SU>1031</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Current interagency guidance provides examples that illustrate the range of practices that examiners may consider when evaluating the innovativeness or flexibility of a bank's lending practices and notes that when evaluating such practices, examiners will not be limited to reviewing the overall variety and specific terms and conditions of the credit product themselves.
                        <SU>1032</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Examiners also consider whether, and the extent to which, innovative or flexible terms or products augment the success and effectiveness of the bank's loan programs that are intended to address the credit needs of low- or moderate-income geographies or individuals.
                        <SU>1033</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1031</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(b)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1032</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.22(b)(5)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1033</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        A bank's retail deposit products and services are evaluated under the current service test for large banks, which as explained in the section-by-section analysis of § __.23(a)(1), establishes four criteria for evaluating retail services.
                        <SU>1034</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The fourth criterion of the service test—the range of services provided in low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income geographies and the degree to which the services are tailored to meet the needs of those geographies 
                        <SU>1035</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        —is the primary consideration given to deposit products in the current test. Examiners consider information from the bank's public file and other information provided by the bank that are related to the range of services generally offered at their branches, such as loan and deposit products, and the degree to which services are tailored to meet the needs of particular geographies.
                        <SU>1036</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Current interagency guidance also explains that examiners will consider retail banking services that improve access to financial services or decrease costs for low- or moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>1037</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         More specifically, interagency guidance identifies low-cost deposit accounts among the examples of retail banking services that improve access to financial services, or decrease costs, for low- or moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>1038</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Examiners also review data regarding the costs and features of deposit products, account usage and retention, geographic location of accountholders, and any other relevant information available, which demonstrates that a bank's services are tailored to meet the convenience and needs of its assessment areas, particularly in low- and moderate-income geographies or to low- and moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>1039</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1034</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1035</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(d)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1036</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Interagency Large Institution CRA Examination Procedures; 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(d)(4)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1037</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(a)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1038</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1039</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(d)(4)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the second part of the Retail Services and Products Test, the agencies proposed in § __.23(c), an evaluation that focused on large bank: (1) credit products and programs responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, small businesses, and small farms; and (2) deposit products responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals. When 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6937"/>
                        applicable to a particular bank, bank performance on both the credit products and programs and the deposit products components of the Retail Services and Products Test would be assessed at the institution level.
                        <SU>1040</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Evaluation of both these components would be required for large banks with assets over $10 billion in both of the prior two calendar years, based on the assets reported on its four quarterly Call Reports for each of those calendar years.
                        <SU>1041</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposal required evaluation of only the first component—the responsiveness of credit products and programs—for banks with assets of $10 billion or less,
                        <SU>1042</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         while all large banks with assets of $10 billion or less could request additional consideration for their responsive deposit products.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1040</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix C, paragraph c.3.i.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1041</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.; see also</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1042</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>A variety of commenters commented on the proposal to evaluate the responsiveness of credit products and programs and deposit products. Overall, most of these commenters supported the general concepts of the proposal and provided a variety of suggestions for how best to evaluate a bank's credit and deposit products. A few commenters urged the agencies to provide both a quantitative and qualitative review of responsive credit and deposit products, with a few commenters stating that all features of credit and deposit products should be evaluated including, for example, terms, rates, fees, defaults, and collections. A few other commenters also recommended that the agencies: review the quality of all bank credit and deposit products; evaluate not only the bank's offering of products, but also how effectively banks connect consumers to these products; consider programs that measure the financial health of consumers; and evaluate all products and programs offered by bank affiliates, subsidiaries, and partnerships for potential evasion of usury caps and other abusive practices. One commenter stated that accessibility and affordability of responsive products and services in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods should be compared against responsive products and services in middle- and upper-income neighborhoods at the assessment area level. Another commenter suggested that the agencies make the focus of the examination not on whether a bank has responsive products “on the shelf,” but the extent to which such products are marketed to, and used by, low- and moderate-income and underserved individuals and communities.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>In the final rule, the agencies are adopting § __.23(c) largely as proposed, to evaluate the responsiveness of a bank's credit products and programs and deposit products, with technical edits related to the overall organization of the scope of the evaluation of retail banking products and revisions to conform to changes made throughout the final rule to provide clarity regarding how the agencies will consider these retail banking products in the evaluation of the Retail Services and Products Test.</P>
                    <P>Specifically, final § __.23(c) renames the section header from “credit products and programs and deposit products” to “retail banking products evaluation” for conciseness and added the same terminology in the regulatory text where appropriate. No change in meaning is intended with this revision since the evaluation of retail banking products includes credit products and programs and deposit products. The agencies note, however, that the evaluation of retail banking products does not include an evaluation of other products and programs that are not credit products or programs and deposit products such as insurance and financial investment products. In addition, new final § __.23(c)(1) reorganizes and clarifies the scope of the evaluation of credit products and programs in final § __.23(c)(2) and deposit products in final § __.23(c)(3) to conform to organizational changes made to the evaluation of delivery systems in § __.23(b) and to other tests in the final rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        Specifically, final § __.23(c)(1) provides that the agencies evaluate a bank's retail banking products under paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of the section at the institution level. Final § __.23(c)(1)(i) provides that the agencies will evaluate the credit products and programs of all large banks. Final § __.23(c)(1)(ii) provides that the agencies will evaluate the deposit products of large banks that had assets over $10 billion as of December 31 in both of the prior two calendar years.
                        <SU>1043</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Moreover, consistent with the proposal, under the final rule, the agencies will evaluate the deposit products of large banks that had assets of $10 billion or less as of December 31 in either of the prior two calendar years only at the bank's option.
                        <SU>1044</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1043</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.23(c)(1)(ii)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1044</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.23(c)(1)(ii)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As explained in the proposal, evaluating credit products and programs and deposit products together in the same test, which as explained above is a change from the current practice, is intended to provide a more holistic evaluation of credit products and program and deposit products that work in tandem to facilitate credit access for low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households. The agencies believe this change will facilitate a more robust evaluation of a bank's performance with respect to meeting the credit needs of its community, as this evaluation also incorporates important qualitative factors that capture a bank's commitment to serving low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households, residents of low- and moderate-income census tracts, small businesses, and small farms.</P>
                    <P>While the agencies agree with commenters perspective that quantitative factors can play a role in determining whether a product or service is responsive, the agencies also believe that a qualitative evaluation should be the predominate method of measuring the responsiveness of retail banking products because it allows for a well-rounded review of the bank's retail banking products, as well as the consideration of the impact such products and programs have on low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households, and low- and moderate-income census tracts. Although the agencies intend to address many of commenters' suggestions for how to best evaluate a bank's retail banking products through examination procedures and interagency guidance, the agencies also note that examiners may qualitatively consider aspects of retail banking products, such as the features, accessibility, and affordability of such products and programs, to determine whether they are responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, and households. The agencies believe that, as finalized, § __.23(c) is consistent with the agencies' goal of encouraging the availability of responsive products to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are also making additional revisions to § __.23(c)(2) (credit products and programs) and (3) (deposit products) that are described below in the respective section-by-section analysis.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6938"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(c)(2) Credit Products and Programs</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed above, the current CRA regulations provide consideration for a bank's use of innovative or flexible lending practices in a safe and sound manner to address the credit needs of low- and moderate-income individuals or geographies.
                        <SU>1045</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1045</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(b)(5)
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed in § __.23(c)(1), to qualitatively evaluate the responsiveness of a large bank's credit products and programs to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals (including through low-cost education loans), small businesses, and small farms.
                        <SU>1046</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also proposed in § __.23(c)(1) that they would evaluate whether the bank's credit products and programs are conducted in a safe and sound manner. To qualify for consideration, the agencies proposed to consider relevant information about a bank's credit products and programs, including information provided by the bank and from the bank's public file.
                        <SU>1047</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1046</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1047</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed §§ __.23(c)(1) and __.43(a)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The proposal did not provide a specific list of retail lending products and programs that qualified under this provision.
                        <SU>1048</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Instead, in proposed § __.23(c)(1)(i) through (iii), the agencies proposed an illustrative list of broader categories of responsive credit products and programs that may be responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, small businesses, and small farms. Consistent with safe and sound operations, responsive credit may include, but is not limited to, credit products and programs that, in a safe and sound manner: (1) facilitate home mortgage and consumer lending for low- or moderate-income borrowers; 
                        <SU>1049</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) meet the needs of small businesses and small farms, including to the smallest businesses and smallest farms; 
                        <SU>1050</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (3) are conducted in cooperation with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, or Treasury Department-certified CDFIs.
                        <SU>1051</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1048</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1049</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(1)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1050</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(1)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1051</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(1)(iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies requested feedback regarding whether the CRA regulations should list special purpose credit programs as an example of a responsive credit product or program that facilitates home mortgage and consumer lending targeted to low- or moderate-income borrowers. The agencies also requested feedback on whether there are other categories of responsive credit products and programs, offered in a safe and sound manner, that should be taken into consideration when deciding whether to give qualitative consideration to credit products and programs, and whether the agencies should provide specific or general guidance regarding what credit products and programs may be considered especially responsive.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments regarding how to evaluate credit products and programs.</E>
                         Several commenters supported the agencies' proposal to evaluate credit products and programs under the Retail Services and Products Test. Some commenters identified what they viewed as shortcomings in the proposal and requested clarification or offered suggestions for improvement. For instance, a few commenters asserted that a final rule needs to define, and include an analysis of, affordability based on interest rate caps and/or fees, or establish standards for both consumer and mortgage loans to determine the appropriate level of CRA consideration to grant a financial institution.
                    </P>
                    <P>Commenters also urged the agencies to develop an ability-to-repay standard, with some noting that the agencies need to regulate third party out-of-state bank partnerships with entities such as payday loan dealers to address what was characterized as evasion of usury limits. A few commenters suggested evaluating credit products, including mortgage and home equity loans that address existing barriers to homeownership, such as stringent underwriting criteria, appraisal bias, and other factors. One of these commenters also suggested that credit products must be offered responsibly and sustainably to small business owners, such as by examining the product's annual percentage rate.</P>
                    <P>In addition, several commenters urged the agencies to expand the scope of the impact factor review to also include the proposed Retail Services and Product Test. These commenters suggested that the agencies incorporate an analysis of loan pricing and consumer product terms to ensure that retail products are meeting local needs instead of extracting wealth, and further recommended that the agencies evaluate how well loan products match local needs and give credit to activities that close the racial wealth gap by affirmatively serving communities of color. A few commenters stated that CRA rules should clearly penalize branch closures and poor coverage in low- and moderate-income, BIPOC and rural communities. Other commenters stated that the agencies should include in impact scoring branch openings in low- and moderate-income communities, communities of color, and rural communities. These comments are also discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.15.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters objected to the inclusion of credit products, particularly consumer loans, in the evaluation, with one commenter stating that the agencies did not provide implementation guidelines, while the other commenters expressed concern that the public did not have a meaningful opportunity to understand and comment on the requirement to evaluate consumer loans within this test. One commenter suggested that the agencies' proposed analysis of consumer loans as a type of credit product or program would be a departure from the CRA's historical focus on home mortgage and small business loans because consumer loans do not provide the type of foundational, wealth-building credit that the CRA has traditionally focused on promoting and incentivizing; the commenter also indicated that consumer loans may be a poor fit for meeting the needs of low-and moderate-income communities. One commenter recommended that the agencies provide further clarity on how banks will be evaluated for responsiveness under this test.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments regarding consumer loans other than automobile loans.</E>
                         Several commenters recommended a qualitative evaluation of consumer loans and made suggestions about the nature and scope of the qualitative evaluation. In general, these commenters expressed that examiners should perform a qualitative analysis to ensure that a bank's consumer lending is responsible and sustainable, such as loan marketing, language access, repayment rates, loan terms, loan pricing (including interest and fees), delinquency and default rates, and collection practices. A commenter suggested that the agencies conduct an analysis of the annual percentage rate (APR) that a bank charges on its consumer loans and compare the bank's APR to the average APR for the relevant market. Another commenter recommended that the agencies harmonize their CRA regulations as much as possible with the Interagency Lending Principles for Offering Responsible Small-Dollar Loans to further signal regulatory stability and encourage banks to offer more small-dollar loan products, which the commenter characterized as a net 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6939"/>
                        benefit to consumers.
                        <SU>1052</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In contrast, another commenter encouraged the agencies to consider expanded metrics under the Retail Services and Products Test for evaluating the impact of unsecured consumer debt, including loan modifications directly negotiated between the bank and the borrower (without the involvement of a for-profit debt settlement company), as well as a bank's repayment policies regarding concessions to borrowers experiencing financial hardships.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1052</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             OCC, FDIC, Board, NCUA, “Interagency Lending Principles for Offering Responsible Small-Dollar Loans” (May 2020), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fdic.gov/news/press-releases/2020/pr20061a.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments regarding other categories of responsive credit products.</E>
                         The agencies received a number of comments and suggestions regarding additional categories and examples of responsive credit products and programs for consideration. Beyond the proposed products and programs to be considered, the categories suggested by commenters included: affordable products geared to borrowers with limited English proficiency; programs that use alternative data such as rent, utilities, and telecom payments to assist in loan decisioning for applicants who would not otherwise be eligible for mortgage loans based on traditional credit scores; and small dollar mortgages and small loan alternatives to payday lending. Commenters also suggested: credit products offering lower rates after a borrower establishes a payment history; mortgage and home improvement loans with low down payment requirements for first generation homebuyers; mortgage products that are equivalent to the loan products of the Federal Housing Administration, Veteran Affairs, Federal Home Loan Banks, and Housing Financing Agencies; auto and other consumer lending that reduce reliance on high-cost predatory debt; other lending programs and underwriting that do not discriminate against individuals with criminal records; microfinance products and small business lending products that incorporate an evaluation of loan quality and pricing; affordable small installment loan programs; responsive loan products offered by NeighborWorks affiliates; debt repayment and modification programs and policies; negative consideration for predatory activities; responsive loan products that finance equitable media; and personal loans for manufactured housing. Other commenters stated that purchased loans from institutions that do not have the ability to sell loans to the GSEs, or other access to secondary markets, should receive favorable consideration under the Retail Services and Products Test to encourage banks to set up purchasing programs for these loans. One commenter discouraged the agencies from including additional regulatory requirements that have not been specifically vetted in the proposal. Instead, this commenter encouraged the agencies to adopt a final regulation that will allow future guidance to address new approaches as they are developed.
                    </P>
                    <P>Comments regarding whether the agencies should provide specific or general guidance regarding categories of credit products and programs considered most responsive. Commenters addressing this request for feedback expressed mixed views. Some commenters noted that it was preferable to provide general criteria so as not to discourage a bank from pursuing impactful and responsive activities that may deviate from the specific examples. One commenter stated that guidance should be left general and institutions should be allowed to self-certify responsive products and then justify their choices.</P>
                    <P>In contrast, other commenters expressed support for specific guidance. For instance, one commenter supported specific guidance on types of credit products and programs considered especially responsive, with the stipulation that the bank may pursue other impactful or responsive activities that may not be included in the guidance. Commenters urged the agencies to incorporate into the rule: a local qualitative analysis of credit products (and usage) to assure banks meet local needs; reviews of bank lending that include an affordability analysis; penalties such as downgrades for abusive products and practices; and an evaluation of retail credit products that emphasizes the extent to which responsive products are marketed to and used by low- and moderate-income and underserved individuals and communities. Another commenter stated that banks should not be able to pass their CRA examination if they only offer expensive products that do not actually serve the needs of the community. Two commenters suggested that banks should be downgraded for harm such as discrimination, displacement, and fee gouging. A few commenters also suggested that the agencies consider the environmental and climate impact of bank credit products. Some commenters recommended that the CRA framework include scrutiny of bank financing of polluting activities and the associated disparate impact on access to credit in low- and moderate-income communities and communities of color. These comments also suggested the agencies should impose penalties for financing industries that contribute to climate change, particularly in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, while not financing renewable or clean energy. Other commenters recommended that the agencies provide an illustrative and non-exhaustive list of what the agencies deem to be products and programs that are especially responsive and, when possible, include products that specifically will not qualify as responsive. Commenters suggested the agencies include a submission process, similar to the agencies' proposed confirmation process for community development activities, with one commenter recommending that there be a clear process for banks and strategic partners to seek pre-approval on a given program before fully implementing new ideas. Another commenter suggested that the agencies recommend specific credit products if they have research or studies that support their recommendation.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments regarding special purpose credit products.</E>
                         Commenters universally supported the final rule listing special purpose credit programs as an example of a responsive credit product or program that facilitates mortgage and consumer lending targeted to low- or moderate-income borrowers. Some commenters requested that the final rule specify that special purpose credit programs can include programs that focus on either people or communities of color. These commenters supported favorable consideration for special purpose credit programs in CRA examinations and asserted that the agencies should more explicitly recognize the importance of special purpose credit programs as a critical way for banks to serve minority communities. A commenter recommended that the agencies clarify that special purpose credit programs targeted to the needs of minority consumers and communities, and not solely to low- and moderate-income consumers and communities, are highly responsive programs for CRA purposes. Another commenter suggested that the agencies confer “impact points” across all CRA performance tests for banks with special purpose credit programs targeted to racial, ethnic, and other underserved groups. This commenter also suggested that each bank should be required to offer at least one special purpose credit program. Another commenter indicated that special purpose credit programs should be targeted to Black low- and moderate-
                        <PRTPAGE P="6940"/>
                        income consumers and communities and not to other low- and moderate-income consumers and communities that have historically benefited more from CRA. Some of these commenters noted that special purpose credit programs are an important part of the remedy for targeting formerly redlined neighborhoods and people of color. Other commenters recommended that the final rule specify that special purpose credit products can include home mortgage lending, small business lending, consumer lending, or deposit products. One commenter believed that an explicit provision in the final rule that banks will receive CRA credit for qualified special purpose credit programs at both the bank level, and when targeted geographically to specific areas, at the assessment area level, would encourage more banks to utilize special purpose credit programs as a tool to help disadvantaged individuals. Another commenter addressed the significant uncertainty that exists with special purpose credit programs, noting that the rules could change in the future, leaving them exposed to risk of fair lending violations, and asked for clearer guidance from regulators and examiners. However, two commenters noted that the inclusion of special purpose credit programs would be consistent with recent HUD guidance that the use of such programs in accordance with ECOA and 12 CFR part 202 (Regulation B) is lawful under the Fair Housing Act.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting § __.23(c)(1), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(c)(2), largely as proposed pertaining to the evaluation of a bank's credit products and programs, with clarifying edits. Moreover, and as discussed in more detail below, the agencies are also finalizing as proposed the categories of responsive credit products and programs in final § __.23(c)(2)(i) through (iii). The agencies are also adopting new paragraphs (c)(2)(iv) and (v) to include low-cost education loans and special purpose credit programs, respectively, as separate categories of responsive credit products and programs.</P>
                    <P>In final § __.23(c)(2), the agencies are retaining the expectation that the bank's credit products and programs are conducted in a safe and sound manner. The agencies are also adding regulatory text that provides they evaluate whether a bank's credit products and programs are responsive to the credit needs of the bank's entire community as well as the residents of low- and moderate-income census tracts. Consequently, final § __.23(c)(2) provides that the agencies evaluate whether a bank's credit products and programs are, consistent with safe and sound operations, responsive to the credit needs of the bank's entire community, including the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households, residents of low- and moderate-income census tracts, small businesses, or small farms. Final § __.23(c)(2) then provides a non-exhaustive list of credit products and programs that the agencies consider responsive.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Qualitative evaluation of responsive credit products and programs.</E>
                         The final rule in § __.23(c)(2) retains a qualitative evaluation of responsive credit products and programs in the Retail Services and Products Test. As explained in the proposal, the agencies believe that using 
                        <E T="03">responsiveness</E>
                         as part of the evaluation standard instead of the current 
                        <E T="03">innovative and flexible</E>
                         standard better captures the focus on community credit needs. The agencies also believe that using the term 
                        <E T="03">responsiveness</E>
                         helps improve consistency of terminology throughout the final rule. The agencies further believe this approach is preferable to including it as part of the more metrics-based Retail Lending Test because it pairs a qualitative evaluation of the responsiveness of a bank's lending products and programs with other qualitative criteria under the Retail Services and Products Test. The agencies believe that the qualitative consideration of credit products and programs is consistent with the intent to emphasize the impact of the product or program in helping to meet the credit needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households, residents of low- and moderate-income census tracts, small businesses, and small farms.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered the comments asserting that the agencies need to define, and include an analysis of, affordability based on interest rate caps and/or fees, or establish standards for both consumer and mortgage loans to determine the appropriate level of CRA consideration to grant a financial institution, and the comments urging the agencies to develop an ability-to-repay standard. The agencies also considered a commenter's recommendation to harmonize the CRA regulations as much as possible with the existing principles for offering responsible small-dollar loans. As an initial matter, the agencies note that the CRA statute does not give the agencies the authority to impose substantive requirements on the types of credit products and programs a bank offers as recommended by commenters. Instead, the agencies' focus under the CRA is on the bank's record of meeting community credit needs consistent with safe and sound operations, which includes sound underwriting practices for all lending. For example, in May 2020, the agencies, together with the NCUA, issued a set of principles to encourage supervised banks, savings associations, and credit unions to offer responsible small-dollar loans to customers for both consumer and small business purposes to meet customers' short-term credit needs.
                        <SU>1053</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Banks are assessed for compliance with numerous consumer laws, including section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act 
                        <SU>1054</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and others. Banks that make loans in violation of laws, rules, or regulations, either directly or as a result of failing to properly manage relationships with third parties, may be subject to enforcement action. As a result of any such violations, banks may also be subject to a downgrade of their CRA rating pursuant to final § __.28, if they engage in discriminatory or other illegal credit practices with respect to their credit products and programs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1053</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1054</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             15 U.S.C. 45.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In response to commenter suggestions to expand metrics for evaluating the impact of unsecured consumer debt under the Retail Services and Products Test, the agencies note that to the extent that certain loan products and services are responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, households, or families, small businesses, and small farms, they may be given consideration. In addition, the agencies believe that the qualitative approach to evaluation under final § __.23(c)(2) is a better measure of the responsiveness of credit products.</P>
                    <P>After considering the comments, the agencies determined that a separate category to evaluate barriers to homeownership was unnecessary. The final rule provides that credit products that overcome barriers to homeownership for low- and moderate-income first-time homebuyers are responsive credit products falling within the category of “credit products and programs that facilitate home mortgage lending for low- and moderate-income borrowers.”</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the commenter that asked for additional clarity on how the agencies will evaluate banks for responsiveness under this test, the agencies intend to evaluate responsiveness consistent with current interagency guidance. More specifically, when evaluating responsiveness, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6941"/>
                        examiners will consider three important factors: quantity, quality, and performance context. Examiners will evaluate the volume and type of an institution's activities, for example, loans and services, as a first step in evaluating the institution's responsiveness the needs of the bank's communities, including the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households, residents of low- and moderate-income census tracts, small businesses, and small farms. In addition, an assessment of “responsiveness” will encompass the qualitative aspects of performance, including the effectiveness of the activities. For example, some activities require specialized expertise or effort on the part of the institution or provide a benefit to the community that would not otherwise be made available. In some cases, a smaller loan may have more benefit to a community than a larger loan. In other words, when evaluated qualitatively, some activities are more responsive than others. Activities are more responsive if they are successful in meeting identified credit and community development needs. Examiners also evaluate the responsiveness of an institution's activities to credit and community development needs in light of the institution's performance context, as explained in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.21(d). That is, examiners consider the institution's capacity, its business strategy, the needs of the community, and the opportunities for lending and services in the community.
                    </P>
                    <P>In response to the comments that suggested that the public did not have a meaningful opportunity to understand and comment on the requirement to evaluate consumer loans within this test, the agencies note that they explicitly indicated in the proposal their intent to potentially consider consumer loans as a type of credit product and provided opportunity to comment on this approach. The 90-day comment period is consistent with the requirements of the Administrative Procedures Act and, in the agencies' supervisory experience, provided sufficient time for public consideration and comment. Indeed, the agencies received many detailed and thoughtful comments on the issue of whether consumer loans should be considered as credit products.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have considered concerns described by commenters that considering the responsiveness of consumer loans under credit products and programs departs from prior agency practice that traditionally focuses on wealth-building products such as home mortgages and small business loans. The agencies conclude that they are authorized by the CRA to evaluate a bank's consumer loans in assessing a bank's record of meeting the credit needs of their entire community, including low- and moderate-income census tracts. The agencies also do not agree with the commenter's suggestion that reviewing the responsiveness of consumer loans should be limited because they have a limited usefulness for low-and moderate-income communities.</P>
                    <P>The agencies considered commenter suggestions to expand the scope of the impact and responsiveness factors to include such review in the Retail Services and Product Test. The agencies believe that the test in the final rule sufficiently considers qualitative factors, including the responsiveness and availability of products and services to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households; residents of low- and moderate-income census tracts; small businesses; and small farms. To the extent retail banking products and retail banking services are responsive to the needs of these groups, the agencies may provide CRA consideration.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Categories of responsive credit products and programs.</E>
                         With respect to the categories of responsive credit products and programs, as noted above, the agencies are adopting, with technical edits, proposed § __.23(c)(1)(i), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(c)(2)(i) (credit products and programs that facilitate home mortgage and consumer lending); proposed § __.23(c)(1)(ii), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(c)(2)(ii) (credit products and programs that meet the credit needs of small businesses and small farms); and proposed § __.23(c)(1)(iii), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(c)(2)(iii) (credit products and programs that are conducted in cooperation with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, or CDFIs). Specifically, final § __.23(c)(2)(i) through (iii) removes “in a safe and sound manner” from each of the categories of responsive credit products and programs. The agencies determined the references were unnecessary and repetitive of the reference to “in a safe and sound manner” in final § __.23(c)(2). In addition, the agencies are making a clarifying revision to § __.23(c)(2)(ii) changing “smallest businesses” and smallest farms” to those “with gross annual revenue of $250,000 or less.”
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that inclusion of these categories of credit products and programs is important because they outline broader categories of non-exhaustive examples of credit products and programs that are responsive to community credit needs. The final rule recognizes the unique needs of low- and moderate-income borrowers, small businesses, and small farms, and attempts to encourage the provision of credit to these groups. Under the final rule, the agencies are retaining § __.23(c)(2)(i), credit products and programs that “facilitate mortgage and consumer lending targeted to low- or moderate-income borrowers,” as one category of responsive credit products and programs. Small-dollar mortgages and consumer lending programs that utilize alternative credit histories in a manner that would benefit low- or moderate-income individuals could be examples of a responsive credit product or program in this category. The agencies are revising final § __.23(c)(2)(ii), to encompass credit products and programs that “meet the needs of small businesses and small farms, including small businesses and small farms with gross annual revenues of $250,000 or less,” as another category of responsive credit products or programs. Examples in this category include microloans (such as loans of $50,000 or less) and patient capital to entrepreneurs through longer-term loans. Finally, the agencies are also retaining § __.23(c)(2)(iii), credit products and programs that are conducted in cooperation with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, or CDFIs, as a category of responsive credit products and programs. Examples include home mortgage loans and small business loans that banks purchase from MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs. The agencies acknowledge the importance of supporting institutions such as CDFIs, MDIs, CDFIs, and LICUs in their efforts to provide access to credit and other financial services in traditionally underserved communities. Bank purchases of MDI, WDI, LICU, and CDFI loans can provide necessary liquidity to these lenders and extend their capability to originate loans to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households, in low- and moderate-income census tracts, and to small businesses and small farms.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies have considered the recommendations made by commenters regarding other categories of responsive credit products and programs. As discussed above, the agencies are finalizing § __.23(c)(2) without a more detailed list of categories of responsive credit products or programs. The agencies agree with commenters who do not believe that a more detailed list of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6942"/>
                        products and programs is warranted in the regulation. The agencies believe that the approach taken is appropriate because the proposed list is broad and recognizes that bank credit products and programs may vary to meet the needs of different communities and may be dependent on a bank's business model and focus. Moreover, given that the list of categories of responsive credit products and programs is not exhaustive, the list permits examiners to consider additional products and programs and allows sufficient flexibility for the agencies to consider new approaches as they are developed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies appreciate other recommendations, such as programs to provide affordable credit products to individuals with limited English proficiency, and note that some suggestions may also qualify as a responsive credit product or program. For instance, in the proposal, the agencies listed examples of credit products that can be challenging for consumers to obtain because they generate less revenue for a bank than larger loans, because borrowers do not have sufficient down payments, or because consumers have limited conventional credit histories.
                        <SU>1055</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Some of the suggested products also contain these characteristics. Other suggestions, such as responsive loan products that finance equitable media, fall outside of the scope of this regulation.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1055</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             87 FR 33884, 33966 (June 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies note that commenter suggestion to consider purchased loans under the Retail Services and Products Test is unnecessary given that these loans are already considered under the Retail Lending Test (which addresses liquidity support for institutions raised by this comment). However, purchased loans could potentially be considered under this component of the Retail Services and Products Test if a bank purchased a responsive credit product identified in § __.23(c)(2); for example, a loan that was purchased from an MDI or CDFI would be considered.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are sensitive to concerns from some commenters who believe that a detailed list or specific guidance is needed to provide banks with certainty, which is often needed before implementing new ideas. However, as explained in the proposal, the agencies believe that a specific list of retail lending products and programs within the regulation could have the unintended consequence of constraining bank efforts to meet the credit needs of its communities and pursuing more impactful activities that may deviate from the specific examples. Nevertheless, the agencies acknowledge that a more detailed list of examples of responsive credit products and programs could be provided outside of the regulation and will continue exploring the feasibility of whether such a list would be helpful to provide banks and partners with additional certainty regarding qualifying activities under the Retail Services and Products Test. Similarly, in reference to suggestions from commenters that the agencies develop and provide a non-exhaustive illustrative list of qualifying activities, the agencies have committed to assessing whether to provide additional guidance regarding qualifying responsive credit products outside of the regulation.</P>
                    <P>Regarding recommendations from commenters on evaluating credit products that impact the environment or lead to displacement, the agencies have developed a criterion under final § __.13(i) that will qualify loans and investments that help improve the disaster preparedness and weather resiliency of such communities. The agencies did not find it appropriate to restrict the types of consumer products and programs because the agencies did not find persuasive evidence that consumer products and programs had environmental or displacement impacts.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Low-Cost Education Loans.</E>
                         To clarify that low-cost education loans, as defined in final § __.12, are an example of responsive credit products and programs under the Retail Services and Products Test, the agencies are adopting new final § __.23(c)(2)(iv) as a fourth category of responsive credit products and programs. Although the agencies proposed “evaluating the responsiveness of a large bank's credit products and programs to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals (including through low-cost education loans),” the agencies believe it is appropriate to separately enumerate low-cost education loans given the explicit CRA statutory requirement that the agencies consider low-cost education loans provided by banks to low-income borrowers as a factor when evaluating the bank's record of meeting community credit needs.
                        <SU>1056</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1056</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Special Purpose Credit Products.</E>
                         In response to comments received, the agencies are also adopting new final § __.23(c)(2)(v), which adds special purpose credit programs under 12 CFR 1002.8 as a fifth category of responsive credit programs, regardless of whether the special purpose credit programs includes income limitations. In response to comments and the agencies' internal considerations, the agencies decided to add this category rather than to include special purpose credit program as an example of a program that facilitates mortgage and consumer lending targeted to low- or moderate-income borrowers. This decision is based on the fact that not all special purpose credit programs have income limitations, and some do not necessarily target low- and moderate-income borrowers, which means that these programs may be ineligible under final § __.23(c)(2)(i). Moreover, as banks consider how they may expand access to credit to better address specific social needs, the agencies believe including special purpose credit programs as a category of responsive credit products and programs eligible for CRA consideration will encourage creditors to explore opportunities to develop these programs consistent with applicable law, including, but not limited to, ECOA and Regulation B, as well as applicable safe and sound lending principles. The inclusion of special purpose credit programs is particularly important given that in February 2022, several Federal agencies issued an interagency statement to remind creditors of the ability under ECOA and Regulation B to establish special purpose credit programs to meet the credit needs of specified classes of persons.
                        <SU>1057</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Importantly, the agencies do not determine whether a program qualifies for special purpose credit program status, banks with questions about any aspect of ECOA and Regulation B's special purpose credit program provisions may consult their appropriate regulatory agencies.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1057</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Board, FDIC, NCUA, OCC, CFPB, HUD, U.S. Dept. of Justice, Federal Housing Finance Agency, “Interagency Statement on Special Purpose Credit Programs Under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B” (Feb. 22, 2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fdic.gov/news/financial-institution-letters/2022/fil22008a.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(c)(3) Deposit Products</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed above, a bank's retail deposit products and services are evaluated under the current service test for large banks, primarily as part of the range of services provided in low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income geographies and the degree to which the services are tailored to meet the needs of those geographies.
                        <SU>1058</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1058</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(d)(4); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(d)(4)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In proposed § __.23(c)(2) the agencies proposed modernizing the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6943"/>
                        existing evaluation of a bank's deposit products and services by adding a more explicit focus on the financial inclusion of deposit products and by adding specific measures for evaluation, such as availability and usage.
                        <SU>1059</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, for large banks with assets of over $10 billion in both of the prior two calendar years, based on the assets reported on its four quarterly Call Reports for each of those calendar years, the agencies proposed to evaluate the availability and usage of a bank's deposit products that are responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>1060</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This evaluation would be optional for large banks with assets of $10 billion or less, though the agencies requested feedback on whether the evaluation should be required for these banks.
                        <SU>1061</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1059</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1060</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c) introductory text (application to large banks with assets of over $10 billion) and (c)(2)(i) (availability) and (ii) (usage).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1061</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received a number of comments addressing the proposed evaluation of deposit products responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals. The commenters were generally supportive of the proposal, although some provided recommendations for improvement. For instance, one commenter urged the agencies to also evaluate the responsiveness of deposit products for small businesses and claimed that their exclusion from the test would disadvantage banks with a small business lending model. A few commenters suggested that the agencies consider the quality of the products offered as measured, for example, by the deposit account revenue derived from overdraft or insufficient fund fees. One commenter urged the agencies to require the collection of the income of the consumers receiving responsive deposit accounts; however, two commenters opposed such a requirement stating that large banks do not collect income information related to the opening of accounts, and even if they did, the data collected would have to be updated regularly. Another commenter recommended that the agencies mirror the 1995 CRA rules' performance standards by evaluating the responsiveness of deposit products using qualitative factors, while allowing banks to support their evaluation of performance. Another commenter recommended expanding consideration of deposit products to the needs of military personnel, veterans, and their families.</P>
                    <P>In contrast, a few commenters opposed the inclusion of a bank's deposit products in the evaluation of the test altogether. These commenters asserted that: there is no statutory basis in the CRA for evaluating the features of bank deposit products; there is no statutory basis for regulating these products under the CRA; the CRA is not the appropriate vehicle through which to regulate a bank's product offerings and associated fees; and the proposed approach contains no apparent limiting principle and leaves unanswered key questions regarding the scope of agency authority to evaluate deposit products. One of these commenters suggested the evaluation of deposit products should serve only as performance context, but not as a mandatory element or minimum requirement.</P>
                    <P>In response to the agencies' request for feedback on whether, in addition to deposit accounts, there are other products or services that encourage retail banking activities that may increase credit access, the agencies received several comments which provided suggestions on other retail services or products that may increase access to credit in addition to deposit accounts. The most common recommendation across the variety of commenters was financial counseling. Other commenters suggested products or services such as: credit-building loans; small dollar loans for homeowners and small businesses; GSE pilot programs; community land trusts; direct deposit advances; secured credit cards; and refund transfers.</P>
                    <P>The agencies received several comments in response to the request for feedback on whether large banks with assets of $10 billion or less should be subject to a responsive deposit products evaluation with mixed views. Two commenters argued that this component should be required for large banks with assets of $10 billion or less as it is for large banks with assets of over $10 billion, with one suggesting that intermediate banks should be provided with a formal option for electing to be considered under the proposed Retail Services and Products Test. A few commenters went further and suggested that this component should be required for banks of all asset sizes, as they all should be responsive to the deposit needs of people in the bank's delineated assessment areas in order to ensure that low- and moderate-income families have easy access to banking products. In contrast, other commenters favored the proposal's optionality for large banks with assets of $10 billion or less stating it is an important factor that should be maintained. One commenter noted that while larger banks can have a disproportionate impact because of their ability to scale products more effectively, requiring this additional evaluation could hinder scaling innovative products. Another commenter suggested that banks with assets $10 billion or less have the option of a qualitative review with the focus on product design and demonstration of products being openly available.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>As explained below, the agencies are finalizing § __.23(c)(2), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(c)(3), largely as proposed to provide for the evaluation of the availability of deposit products responsive to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households, renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(c)(3)(i), and the usage of deposit products, renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(c)(3)(ii). The agencies also made clarifying changes, including but not limited to a change to the heading.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies conclude that they have statutory authority to evaluate responsive large bank deposit products under the final rule. While the operational provisions of the CRA instructs the agencies to evaluate a bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its communities,
                        <SU>1062</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies have found that there is a sufficient nexus between deposit products and the provision of credit such that, to comprehensively assess large bank performance for banks with more than $10 billion in assets, it is appropriate to evaluate deposit accounts responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households. For the reasons described below, the availability of bank deposit products that meet the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households frequently assume a foundational role in the ability for individuals to access credit responsive to their particular needs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1062</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(a)(1) and 2906(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        First, the agencies believe that deposit products are important for supporting the credit needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households because they increase credit access by helping individuals improve their financial stability and build wealth through deposit accounts.
                        <SU>1063</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A greater 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6944"/>
                        focus on responsive deposit products could strengthen a bank's ability to serve the credit needs of its communities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1063</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Ryan M. Goodstein, Alicia Lloro, Sherrie L. Rhine, &amp; Jeffrey M. Weinstein, “What accounts for racial and ethnic differences in credit use?”, 55 J. of Consumer Affairs 389-416 (2021); FDIC, “2017 FDIC National Survey of Unbanked 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            and Underbanked Households” (October 2018), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fdic.gov/analysis/household-survey/2017/index.html</E>
                            ; Michael Barr, Jane K. Dokko, &amp; Benjamin J. Keys, “And Banking for All?” Board Finance and Economics Discussion Series Working Paper No. 2009-34 (Aug, 2009), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/pubs/feds/2009/200934/200934pap.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Second, deposit products can help consumers qualify for loans by facilitating consumers' savings so that they can post collateral and to pay transactions costs. Consumers frequently rely on deposit accounts to save for and then fund the down payment for a house, the money down on a car, or the initial capital for a small business. Deposit products may also assist consumers in improving their credit scores. Features like scheduled recurring or automatic bill payments, check writing privileges, and quick availability of funds make it much easier for consumers to make payments on time and build their credit scores. Data from consumers' use of deposit accounts are also sometimes included in credit evaluations as “alternative data.” While the use of these data is not currently widespread, the agencies have encouraged the responsible use of alternative data and noted that it could expand the availability of credit.</P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, deposit products are a pathway for a bank customer to establish an ongoing relationship with a bank. Customers who hold deposit products have contact with a bank—either physically or electronically—every time they perform a transaction. Banks can use various touch points to market credit products, explain how credit products can help consumers meet financial needs, and provide services to improve consumers' financial literacy. The bank also obtains valuable information from interactions with their customers. Some banks rely on “relationship lending,” or using this “soft” data based on an ongoing relationship with a customer to make underwriting decisions.
                        <SU>1064</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1064</SU>
                             Elyas Elyasiani &amp; Lawrence G. Goldberg, 
                            <E T="03">Relationship lending: a survey of the literature,</E>
                             56 J. Econ. &amp; Bus. 315-330 (2004).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Data and empirical studies support the idea that deposit accounts facilitate lending and improved financial outcomes. A 2019 study provides some causal evidence that increases in consumers' access to deposit accounts led to increased savings, increased net worth, and increased holdings of various types of credit.
                        <SU>1065</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The effects could be more important for low-income consumers, since the increases in bank access they study were larger in places where incomes were lower. There also is a strong correlation between deposit accounts and mainstream credit, though this correlation could be for several other reasons as well.
                        <SU>1066</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1065</SU>
                             Claire Celerier &amp; Adrien Matray, 
                            <E T="03">Bank-Branch Supply Financial Inclusion and Wealth Accumulation,</E>
                             32 Rev. of Fin. Stud. 4767-4809 (Dec. 2019); A related study uses a different design to provide evidence that exposure to banking as a child leads to higher credit scores and lower delinquency rates as an adult: James R. Brown, J. Anthony Cookson &amp; Rawley Z. Heimer, 
                            <E T="03">Growing up without finance,</E>
                             134 J. Fin. Econ. 591-616 (Dec. 2019).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1066</SU>
                             One reason why there could be a correlation without causation is omitted variable bias. Consumers who have bank accounts could also be more likely to have credit because of some other characteristic that would lead to both. For example, consumers with higher incomes are more likely to own bank accounts and higher incomes also make it easier for consumers to borrow. For the statistic, see FDIC, Table 10.1, “Use of Credit by Bank Account Ownership, 2017-2021,” of the “2021 FDIC National Survey of Unbanked and Underbanked Households” (Oct. 2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fdic.gov/analysis/household-survey/2021report.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies note that deposit products are considered under the existing CRA framework.
                        <SU>1067</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies retain discretion under the final rule to consider other factors and features in determining if a deposit product is responsive to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households. Examples of products that meet the responsiveness standard include accounts certified by the Cities for Financial Empowerment as meeting the Bank On National Account standard, which precludes overdraft and insufficient funds fees, and “second-chance accounts.” Savings accounts targeted toward low- or moderate-income individuals, families, or households such as Family Self-Sufficiency Accounts are another example of a product that would be considered responsive. These are not exclusive examples, and the agencies will be able to consider other factors. The agencies decided not to require the collection of income for consumers opening accounts to help determine responsiveness because the burden could present a barrier to bank participation in offering such products.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1067</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See e.g.,</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(d)(4); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(a)-1 and Q&amp;A § __.24(d)(4)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In response to the recommendation that the agencies mirror the 1995 CRA rules' performance standards, the agencies believe that the approach taken in the final rule modernizes the existing evaluation of a bank's products and services by adding a more explicit focus on the financial inclusion potential of these products and by adding specific measures for evaluation, such as availability and usage.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are sensitive to concerns raised by some commenters that the final rule should not operate in a way that regulates or otherwise requires banks to provide certain deposit products. The agencies note that evaluation of deposit product in final § __.23(c)(3) does not regulate or set the prices of a bank's product offerings and associated fees. Furthermore, as described below in § __.23(d)(1), the evaluation of a banks deposit products only contributes positively to a bank's Retail Services and Products Test conclusion.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have considered the comments, and after further analysis, the agencies have decided against requiring a responsive deposit product assessment for banks with assets of $10 billion or less, but instead retain it as an option for such banks. The agencies are sensitive to concerns that institutions with assets of $10 billion or less may not have sufficient resources for the data collection contemplated by this assessment. Additionally, the required data collection for this evaluation could be burdensome.</P>
                    <P>The agencies decline commenter suggestions to make the consideration of deposit accounts a type of performance context or otherwise make it a type of evaluation in the Retail Services or Products Test an optional requirement for all large banks. As discussed above, because the agencies believe that deposit accounts responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals play a vital role in the access to credit products, it is appropriate to require the consideration for banks with assets greater than $10 billion and provide banks with assets of $10 billion or less an option to have their responsive deposit accounts considered.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered the comments on whether, in addition to deposit accounts, there are other products or services that encourage retail banking activities that may increase credit access. While the agencies believe that most suggestions provided by commenters in response to the question may actually increase access to credit, these recommendations are generally captured in other parts of the rule. For example, a bank may receive consideration for financial counseling as a type of community development service under final §§ __.13(1) and __.25.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6945"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.23(c)(3)(i) Availability of Deposit Products Responsive to the Needs of Low- and Moderate-Income Individuals, Families, or Households</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to evaluate in § __.23(c)(2)(i) whether a bank offers deposit products that have features and cost characteristics that, consistent with safe and sound operations, include, but are not limited to: (1) low-cost features; 
                        <SU>1068</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) features facilitating broad functionality and accessibility; 
                        <SU>1069</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (3) features facilitating inclusivity of access.
                        <SU>1070</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed taking these three types of features into consideration when evaluating whether a particular deposit product has met the “responsiveness to low- and moderate-income needs” standard.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1068</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(2)(i)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1069</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(2)(i)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1070</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(2)(i)(C).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies requested comment on whether the features of cost, functionality, and inclusion of access are appropriate for establishing whether a deposit product is responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals or whether other features or characteristic should be considered. The agencies also requested comment on whether a minimum number of features should be met in order to be considered “responsive.”</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received several comments in response to their request for feedback on whether there are other features or characteristics that the agencies should consider. These commenters were generally supportive of the proposed features to determine if a deposit product is responsive. Most commenters generally agreed that considering the features of cost, functionality, and accessibility to determine if a deposit product is responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals is appropriate. Some commenters made additional recommendations. For example, one commenter agreed with the list of features, but urged the agencies to clarify that a responsive product needs to be both low-cost and accessible. Another commenter supported the approach but recommended that the agencies include a fourth feature—wealth enabling opportunities, such as financial wellness coaching, wealth building advice, credit repair, money management assistance, and bank career training opportunities. A few commenters suggested that banks should be evaluated not only for offering, for example, Bank On accounts, which preclude the assessment of overdraft and insufficient funds fees, but for actually connecting consumers with such accounts. Other commenters recommended expanding the features to consider whether the deposit product: is inclusive of immigrant communities or is part of the Veterans Benefits Banking Program; provides noncustodial accounts for foster youth; ensures that people with disabilities and older adults have equal access to the products; if the deposit product is a checking account, is free, with no overdraft fees, and with features such as bill pay and debit cards; or is a second chance account that requires no ChexSystems approval and has no, or low, fees.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters expressed concern about the proposed cost features. Some of these commenters urged the agencies to ensure that the evaluation of a bank's deposit products would not depend on a comparison to peer banks, while a few other commenters warned the agencies against regulating costs and fees, asserting that the statute does not authorize the agencies to do so. Two commenters encouraged the agencies to omit the evaluation of deposit products or at least clarify that the enumerated factors will be reviewed holistically and will not serve as a checklist. Similarly, another commenter noted that the analysis of low-cost features could force banks to offer certain products at particular prices and fees and urged the agencies to implement safeguards to prevent the evaluation from causing such a result.</P>
                    <P>Only a few commenters addressed whether a certain number of features should be met. These commenters stated that setting a minimum threshold for consideration of responsiveness was not necessary, with one of these commenters explaining that product design offsets may be required to ensure a product is viable in a marketplace and that, in the course of an examination, a bank should be able to explain how the product is responsive to the needs of its particular community. However, one of the commenters urged the agencies to also compare a bank's products to their peers' offerings. A few commenters expressed concern that the proposed list of relevant features implies that any one feature would make a product responsive, and therefore requested that the agencies clarify that in order to be responsive to the needs of underserved consumers, deposit products must be both low-cost and accessible, and that low-cost refers both to front-end fees and back-end fees.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are finalizing § __.23(c)(2)(i), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(c)(3)(i), as proposed, to evaluate whether a bank offers deposit products that have features and characteristics responsive to the needs of low- and moderated-income individuals, families, or households, including low-cost features, features facilitating broad functionality and accessibility, and features facilitating inclusivity of access.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe the proposed features are appropriate and sufficient. For instance, consideration of deposit products with low-cost features is consistent with current guidance, and cost issues remain a prevalent reason cited by unbanked individuals as to why they do not have a bank account.
                        <SU>1071</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As such, the agencies believe that low-cost should remain a feature of responsive deposit product despite concerns expressed by some commenters.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1071</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             FDIC, “2021 FDIC National Survey of Unbanked and Underbanked Households” (Oct. 2022), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fdic.gov/analysis/household-survey/2021report.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Similarly, the agencies are retaining in the final rule features facilitating broad functionality and accessibility and facilitating inclusivity of access, which are also consistent with current guidance.
                        <SU>1072</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe that the ability to conduct transactions and access funds in a timely manner is highly relevant for lower-income individuals or unbanked and underserved individuals, who otherwise might acquire financial services at a higher cost from predatory sources, and that research indicates that prior bank account problems remain barriers for consumers who are unbanked.
                        <SU>1073</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1072</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(a)-1; Q&amp;A § __.24(d)(4)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1073</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             FDIC, “How America Banks: Household Use of Banking and Financial Services,” 2019 FDIC Survey (Oct. 2020), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fdic.gov/analysis/household-survey/2019report.pdf</E>
                            ; Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, “Closing the Digital Divide: A Framework for Meeting CRA Obligations” (July 2016), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.dallasfed.org/~/media/documents/cd/pubs/digitaldivide.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        While some of the recommended additional features suggested by commenters may be helpful in establishing responsiveness, the agencies believe that the features in the final rule are sufficient without adding burden. The proposed standards for responsiveness, in addition to being consistent with current guidance, also align with the national account standards issued by the Cities for 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6946"/>
                        Financial Empowerment Fund's Bank On program, which are regarded with favorable CRA consideration today.
                        <SU>1074</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Bank On national account standards were informed by the FDIC's Model Safe Accounts Template, a set of guidelines for offering cost-effective transactional and savings accounts that are safe and affordable, and meet the needs of underserved consumers.
                        <SU>1075</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1074</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(a)-1; Cities for Financial Empowerment Fund, “Bank On National Account Standards (2023-2024),” 
                            <E T="03">https://bankon.wpenginepowered.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Bank-On-National-Account-Standards-2023-2024.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1075</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             FDIC, “FDIC Model Safe Accounts Pilot” (Apr. 5, 2012), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fdic.gov/consumers/template/</E>
                            ; FDIC, “FDIC Model Safe Accounts Template” (Apr. 2012), 
                            <E T="03">https://www.fdic.gov/consumers/template/template.pdf</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies note that, in response to the commenter that recommended adding wealth-enabling opportunities as a fourth feature, this section focuses on deposit products that are responsive to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households. The agencies believe that the features listed in the regulation, which are not exclusive, do create opportunities to build wealth. In addition, a number of the commenter suggested additions would be considered under the Community Development Services Test. Lastly, the list in the regulation is broad and not exhaustive; therefore, it allows examiners the flexibility to consider some of the additional features recommended by commenters that are not explicitly listed.</P>
                    <P>With respect to commenter suggestions that the agencies set a minimum number of features for consideration of responsiveness, the agencies do not believe it is necessary. In reaching this decision, the agencies balanced concerns about being overly prescriptive in establishing standards, while recognizing that categories, including cost and broad functionality and accessibility, are important considerations in determining responsiveness. However, the agencies are noting that in order to be responsive to the needs of underserved consumers, deposit products should have both low-cost and accessible characteristics, and that low-cost features should refer both to front-end fees and back-end fees.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.23(c)(3)(ii) Usage of Deposit Products Responsive to the Needs of Low- and Moderate-Income Individuals, Families, or Households</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also proposed in § __.23(c)(2)(ii), to evaluate usage of responsive deposit products in § __.23(c)(2)(ii)(A) through (C), by considering, for example: (1) the number of responsive accounts opened and closed during each year of the evaluation period in low-, moderate-, middle-, and upper-income census tracts, respectively; 
                        <SU>1076</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) the percentage of total responsive deposit accounts compared to total deposit accounts for each year of the evaluation period; 
                        <SU>1077</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (3) marketing, partnerships, and other activities that the bank has undertaken to promote awareness and use of responsive deposit accounts by low- and moderate-income individuals.
                        <SU>1078</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also proposed considering outreach activity undertaken to promote awareness and use of responsive deposit accounts by low- and moderate-income individuals. In particular, the agencies proposed giving qualitative consideration to marketing, partnerships, and other activities to attract low- and moderate-income individuals.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1076</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(2)(ii)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1077</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(2)(ii)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1078</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.23(c)(2)(ii)(C).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies requested feedback regarding whether the proposed usage factors are appropriate for an evaluation of responsive deposit products and whether the agencies should consider the total number of active deposit products relative to all active consumer deposit accounts offered by the bank, which was proposed in § __.23(c)(2)(ii)(B) as an example of a usage feature. The agencies also requested feedback on whether the agencies should take other information into consideration when evaluating the responsiveness of a bank's deposit products under proposed § __.23(c)(2)(ii), such as the location where the responsive deposit products are made available.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments related to the appropriateness of usage factors.</E>
                         The agencies received several comments expressing differing opinions in response to whether the proposed usage factors are appropriate for an evaluation of responsive deposit products and whether the agencies should consider the total number of active deposit products relative to all active consumer deposit accounts offered by the bank. Commenters were overwhelmingly in support of the general usage factors even though many also suggested additions to, and clarifications of, the factors. Another commenter urged the agencies to create a market benchmark to compare a bank's percentage of accounts in low- and moderate-income census tracts to peer data and also suggested that openings and closings are a useful indicator that should be paired with evaluation of transaction activity, marketing, and partnerships. Another commenter suggested the agencies should add analysis of higher-cost products and fees, including overdraft, ATM, and maintenance fees by geography.
                    </P>
                    <P>By contrast, some commenters believed the proposed usage factors were not appropriate and requested that the agencies measure deposit products qualitatively and only require an optional, if any, evaluation of the usage factors. One of these commenters asserted that quantitative factors such as usage are not appropriate for a qualitative assessment of deposit products nor are they an accurate measure to assess the responsiveness of deposit products. Other commenters urged the agencies to provide optional evaluation of usage rates and account openings by people in low- and moderate-income census tracts as a means for banks to show that they are reaching low- and moderate-income individuals given that these rates are an imperfect proxy for actual rates of usage by low- and moderate-income individuals. A few of these commenters also noted that it may be extremely burdensome to try to accurately evaluate or monitor these factors quantitatively. For instance, two commenters suggested that usage of deposit products in low- and moderate-income areas cannot accurately reflect the overall “responsiveness” and “availability” of a bank's deposit products to low- and moderate-income individuals, with one of these commenters stating that there is no data that suggests low- and moderate-income individuals live only, or primarily, in low- and moderate-income census tracts, and the other commenter noting there is data that suggests there are significantly more low- and moderate-income individuals living in middle- and upper-income tracts combined, than low- and moderate-income people living in low- and moderate-income tracts combined.</P>
                    <P>
                        Comments related to the consideration of total number of active responsive deposit products relative to all active consumer deposit accounts offered by the bank. There was similar disagreement with respect to whether the agencies should consider the total number of active responsive deposit products relative to all active consumer deposit accounts offered by the bank as proposed in § __.23(c)(2)(ii)(B). A few commenters opposed this approach for several reasons, including that the approach lacks accuracy, since low- and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6947"/>
                        moderate-income individuals do not necessarily have the resources to open multiple accounts compared to middle- and upper-income individuals, which: skews comparison; would be too complex and challenging for most non-CDFI institutions; is not probative of whether a bank is adequately serving low- and moderate-income individuals because there may be valid reasons for closing accounts; and is more qualitative than it is quantitative. Another commenter expressed concern about whether the total number of active responsive deposit products relative to all active consumer deposit accounts offered by the bank would be an indicator of responsiveness because, if a bank offers an account opening reward, there could be a surge in account openings and a drop after the reward is no longer offered. Instead, this commenter recommended that the agencies consider deposit account closures in the same manner as deposit account openings are evaluated in terms of responsiveness. Conversely, two other commenters generally supported the proposal and agreed that the ratio of active responsive deposit products relative to all active deposit accounts would be an appropriate metric for evaluation, with one of these commenters also noting that this metric must also be compared to the performance of peers. Another group supported considering the number of responsive accounts opened and closed during each year of the evaluation period in low-, moderate-, middle- and upper-income census tracts.
                    </P>
                    <P>Comments related to the review of marketing, partnerships, and other activities to promote awareness and use of responsive deposit accounts. Various commenters supported the review of marketing materials. One commenter agreed with assessing whether products are marketed to and used by low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. Another commenter recommended that examiners engage community stakeholders in this assessment to better assess the extent and rigor of the bank's activities.</P>
                    <P>Comments related to whether other information, such as location, should be taken into consideration in the evaluation of responsive deposit accounts. A variety of commenters discussed whether other information, such as location, should be taken into consideration when evaluating the responsiveness of a bank's deposit products under proposed § __.23(c)(2)(ii). A few commenters were supportive of including a review of the location where the responsive deposit product is made available. For instance, a commenter noted that location of a product's availability is reflective of its responsiveness, but cautioned that a product offered in-branch in a low-income census tract is unlikely to be responsive if the product is not marketed or staff are not trained in its design and purpose. Another commenter encouraged the agencies to also consider how a customer's inability to access a location, and perceived safety near a location, influences how and when they make deposits. Another commenter recommended that the agencies assess whether responsive deposit products are offered in branches and at remote service facilities in low- and moderate-income census tracts. Two other commenters suggested the agencies look to the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis' Bank On National Data Hub for workable metrics for account engagement and whether a deposit product is responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income communities.</P>
                    <P>However, a commenter cautioned the agencies against using geography as a primary factor in determining whether a bank's deposit products and delivery channels are serving low- and moderate-income individuals, because some low- and moderate-income individuals reside outside low- and moderate-income areas and there is a lower concentration of low- and moderate-income individuals in census tracts outside metropolitan areas. Instead, this commenter urged the agencies to focus the evaluation on qualitative factors, such as a bank's strategies and initiatives for reaching low- and moderate-income individuals as well as an assessment of whether the bank's deposit offerings are responsive to their needs, and consider performance context when evaluating products and services. A commenter expressed the view that the agencies should always consider additional information, but cautioned against stipulating a requirement because it could have the unintended consequence of limiting innovation. This commenter further noted that full impact of a responsive product should be subject to examiner judgement based on location and other limiting factors in order to encourage credit for particularly impactful products without adding to reporting burden. Other commenters provided recommendations on useful information to review including affordability of deposit accounts for low- and moderate-income communities by comparing and refining, if necessary, fee information collected in Call Report data.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are finalizing proposed § __.23(c)(2)(ii), renumbered in the final rule as § __.23(c)(3)(ii), by retaining the usage factors in renumbered § __.23(c)(3)(ii)(A) through (C). The usage factors include the consideration of the percentage of 
                        <E T="03">responsive</E>
                         deposit accounts compared to total deposit accounts for each year in final § __.23(c)(3)(ii)(B). The agencies are adopting new § __.23(c)(3)(ii)(D) in the final rule. This provision is intended to offer banks the flexibility to provide any other information not captured by paragraphs (c)(3)(ii)(A) through (C) of final § __.23 that demonstrates usage of deposit products responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households. The agencies are also making clarifying edits.
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding the usage factors and in response to commenters' concerns about burden, the agencies will require examiners to rely on data provided by banks and will not include depositor income levels. The agencies agree with commenters who assert that the usage factors are appropriate.</P>
                    <P>For instance, the information about deposit account openings and closings could be an approximate indicator of the extent to which the needs in low- and moderate-income areas are being met. The comparison of responsive deposit accounts to total deposit accounts is intended to give a sense of the magnitude of the commitment to broadening the customer base to include low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households. Also, bank outreach and marketing may contribute to the successful take-up of deposit products targeted to low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households. These factors are important criteria to help facilitate evaluating whether a bank's deposit products are responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households.</P>
                    <P>
                        Although the agencies considered the commenters' recommendations, such as the creation of a market benchmark, comparison of performance to peers, and concerns that the usage features of account opening by people in low- and moderate-income geographies is not a perfect measure of actual usage by low- and moderate-income individuals, the agencies believe that the approach taken in the final rule balances the needs for flexibility against the increased burden that may result from enhanced data collection and monitoring of low- and moderate-income individual's, family's, or household's usage of the accounts.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6948"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also decided not to adopt commenter suggestions to only measure deposit products qualitatively. Quantitative data such as information on account openings could be used to measure the penetration or usage of the responsive product in low- and moderate-income areas. Lastly, the agencies believe that focusing on the income level of census tracts (even with its limitations), rather than depositor income, reflects stakeholder feedback that banks do not collect depositor income levels for deposit accounts.</P>
                    <P>As noted above, the agencies are also adopting new § __.23(c)(3)(ii)(D) as a catchall provision that offers banks the flexibility to provide any additional information that “demonstrates usage of the bank's deposit products that have features and cost characteristics responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households and low- and moderate-income census tracts.” The agencies carefully considered the contrasting comments that responded to the agencies' request for feedback on the consideration of other information and were persuaded by commenter statements regarding the value of reviewing all information, including location, to determine whether a bank's deposit products are serving low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are sensitive to concerns regarding the use of geography as a primary factor in determining whether a bank's deposit products serve low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households and agree that many low- and moderate-income individuals reside outside of low- and moderate-income areas and there is less concentration of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households by census tracts outside metropolitan areas. However, on balance, the agencies believe that using geography as a proxy is the best measure of responsiveness of a bank's products in reaching and serving low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households given available data and the need to minimize burden.</P>
                    <P>The agencies recognize that some of the additional recommended information suggested by commenters could be helpful in determining responsiveness, and believe that the approach taken in the final regulation provides flexibility for agency consideration without adding burden. The agencies will continue the practice of reviewing public file information for the locations of available services and products. The information needed to make a determination is in the public file, and examiners can use bank management interviews to confirm findings and inquire as to any discrepancy in offerings or terms, without adding burden. Additionally, the review of responsive deposit products will consider performance context.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.23(d) Retail Services and Products Test Performance Conclusions and Ratings</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(d)(1) Conclusions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Currently, § __.24(d) of the CRA regulation requires the agencies to evaluate the availability and effectiveness of a bank's systems for delivering retail banking services and the extent and innovativeness of its community development services.
                        <SU>1079</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The conclusions assigned by the agencies are informed by a qualitative evaluation, are determined at the assessment area level, and are descriptive of the bank's performance relating to: (1) accessibility of delivery systems, (2) its record of opening and closing branches, (3) business hours and services, and (4) its community development services. Based on a bank's performance in these four areas, examiners reach an overall assessment area conclusion for the service test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1079</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(d)(1) through (4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In proposed § __.23(d)(1), the agencies proposed to assign conclusions for a bank's Retail Services and Products Test performance in each facility-based assessment area, State, multistate MSA, and at the institution level in accordance with proposed § __.28 and proposed appendix C of the CRA regulations. The agencies proposed, in appendix C, that a bank's conclusions for its performance in the bank's facility-based assessment areas would form the basis for conclusions at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels. As applicable, a bank's performance conclusion at the institution level would have also been informed by the bank's performance regarding digital and other delivery systems under proposed § __.23(b)(3) and credit products and programs and deposit products under proposed § __.23(c).
                        <SU>1080</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1080</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix C, paragraph c.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Facility-based Assessment Area Retail Services and Products Test Conclusion.</E>
                         The agencies proposed, in paragraph c.1.i of proposed appendix C, to reach a single conclusion for a bank's performance under the Retail Services and Products Test in each of the bank's facility-based assessment areas based on two of the 
                        <E T="03">delivery systems</E>
                         components: (1) branch availability and services, and (2) remote service facility availability. The agencies would evaluate these two components qualitatively using community and market benchmarks (as described above in the section-by-section analysis of § __.23(b)(1) and (2)) to inform the conclusions along with performance context for each facility-based assessment area. Based on an assessment of the evaluation criteria associated with branch availability, branch-based services, and remote service facility availability, the bank would be assigned a conclusion corresponding with the conclusion category nearest to the performance score as follows: “Outstanding” (10 points); “High Satisfactory” (7 points); “Low Satisfactory” (6 points); “Needs to Improve” (3 points); or “Substantial Noncompliance” (0 points).
                        <SU>1081</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1081</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix C, paragraph c.1.ii.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">State and Multistate MSA Retail Services and Products Test Conclusions.</E>
                         The agencies proposed, in paragraph c.2 of appendix C, to develop State and multistate MSA level conclusions for the Retail Services and Products Test based exclusively on the bank's performance in its facility-based assessment areas. The agencies would then calculate the simple weighted average of a bank's conclusions across its facility-based assessment areas in each relevant State and multistate MSA. The point value assigned to each assessment area conclusion would be weighted by its average share of loans and share of deposits of the bank within the assessment area, out of all the bank's dollars of retail loans and dollars of deposits in facility-based assessment areas in the State or multistate MSA area, as applicable, to derive a State-level score.
                        <SU>1082</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Similar to the proposed weighting approach for assigning Retail Lending Test conclusions, pursuant to proposed § __.42(a)(7), deposits would be based on collected and maintained deposits data for banks that collect deposits data, and on the FDIC's Summary of Deposits for banks that do not collect deposits data.
                        <SU>1083</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The State level score would then be rounded to the nearest conclusion category point value to determine the Retail Services and Products Test conclusion for the State or multistate MSA.
                        <SU>1084</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1082</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix C, paragraph c.2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1083</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.; see also</E>
                             proposed appendix A, section VII.1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1084</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix C, paragraph c.2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Institution Retail Services and Products Test Conclusion.</E>
                         The agencies proposed to assign a Retail Services and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6949"/>
                        Products Test conclusion for the institution based on the combined assessment of both parts of the test: 
                        <E T="03">delivery systems</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">credit and deposit products.</E>
                        <SU>1085</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1085</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix C, paragraph c.3.i.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Delivery systems evaluation.</E>
                         The agencies proposed in paragraphs c.3.i.A.
                        <E T="03">1</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">2</E>
                         of proposed appendix C that a bank's 
                        <E T="03">delivery systems</E>
                         evaluation would be based on the three proposed parts of the delivery systems evaluation, as applicable: (1) branch availability and services; (2) remote service facility availability; and (3) digital and other delivery systems. The first two parts of the evaluation would apply for all large banks at the facility-based assessment area and aggregated to form a branch and remote service facilities subcomponent conclusion at the institution level. For large banks with assets of over $10 billion and large banks with assets of $10 billion or less that elect to have digital and other delivery systems considered, the agencies proposed evaluating digital and other delivery systems at the institution level. For large banks with assets of $10 billion or less that do not elect to have their digital and other delivery systems considered, the institution-level delivery systems evaluation would be based exclusively on the bank's branch availability and services and remote service facility availability.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies proposed that examiners would derive the institution delivery systems evaluation by considering the bank's performance for each of the three parts of the delivery system evaluation and allowing for examiner discretion to determine the appropriate weight that should be given to each part. The agencies also indicated that examiners would take into account a bank's business model and strategies when determining the appropriate weighting.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Credit products and programs and deposit products evaluation.</E>
                         The agencies proposed in paragraph c.3.i.B of proposed appendix C, that a bank's credit and deposit products evaluation would be based on the performance for the applicable parts of the credit and deposit products evaluation, which are: (1) the responsiveness of credit products and programs to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, small businesses, and small farms; and (2) deposit products responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals. The agencies proposed to apply the first part of the evaluation to all large banks at the institution level. The agencies also proposed evaluating the bank's deposit products at the institution level for large banks with assets of over $10 billion and for large banks with assets of $10 billion or less electing to have their responsive deposit products considered. For large banks with assets of $10 billion or less that do not elect to have their responsive deposit products considered, the institution-level credit products and programs and deposit products evaluation would be based exclusively on the responsiveness of a bank's credit products and programs to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, small businesses, and small farms.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As with the delivery systems evaluation, the agencies proposed that examiners, considering performance context, would reach a determination at the institution level for the 
                        <E T="03">credit and deposit products</E>
                         evaluation of: “Outstanding” (10 points); “High Satisfactory” (7 points); “Low Satisfactory” (6 points); “Needs to Improve” (3 points); or “Substantial Noncompliance” (0 points).
                        <SU>1086</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1086</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix C, paragraph c.3.ii.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail Services and Products Test conclusion for the institution.</E>
                         The agencies proposed to assign a Retail Services and Products Test conclusion based on a combined assessment of the bank's delivery systems evaluation and the credit and deposit products evaluation, as applicable. The agencies proposed that examiner judgment would be relied upon to determine the appropriate weighting between these two parts of the Retail Services and Products Test for purposes of assigning the institution conclusion, in recognition of the importance of local community credit needs and bank business model and strategy in determining the amount of emphasis to give delivery systems and credit and deposit products, respectively. Based on this consideration, the agencies would assign an institution-level conclusion on the Retail Services and Products Test. This conclusion would be translated into a performance score using the following mapping: “Outstanding” (10 points); “High Satisfactory” (7 points); “Low Satisfactory” (6 points); “Needs to Improve” (3 points); or “Substantial Noncompliance” (0 points).
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies requested feedback on a series of questions regarding the proposed approach. With respect to the evaluation of delivery systems, the agencies asked whether branches and remote services facilities should be evaluated at the assessment area level and digital and other delivery systems at the institution level, as proposed. The agencies also asked whether the proposed weighting of the digital and other delivery systems component relative to the physical delivery systems according to bank business model, as demonstrated by the share of consumer accounts opened digitally, was appropriate; whether weighting should be based on performance context; or whether a different approach was appropriate. With respect to the evaluation of credit and deposit products, the agencies requested feedback on whether the two subcomponents (credit and deposit products) should receive equal weight, or should be based on examiner judgement and performance context. The agencies also asked whether each subcomponent should receive its own conclusion that would be combined with the delivery systems evaluation for an overall institution conclusion, or whether favorable performance in the credit and deposit products evaluation should be used solely to upgrade the delivery systems conclusion. The agencies further asked how test conclusions should be determined for banks with assets of $10 billion or less that opt to be evaluated on their digital delivery systems and deposit products. Finally, the agencies requested feedback on whether each part of the Retail Services and Products Test should receive equal weighting.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Delivery systems evaluation.</E>
                         There was no consensus among the commenters responding to the agencies' request for feedback regarding the appropriateness of the proposed approach to evaluate the bank's delivery systems (branches and remote service facilities) at the assessment area level, and their digital and other delivery systems at the institution level. A few commenters supported evaluating each subcomponent as proposed by the agencies. One of these commenters noted that this approach would be appropriate, particularly given that digital delivery systems are consistent across the institution and that the institution-level assessment provides the best allocation of a limited regulatory burden budget given the cost of developing, promoting, and maintaining high quality systems. Some commenters supported evaluating both subcomponents at the same level, and at both the assessment area and institution levels, with another commenter stating local responsiveness to needs is best evaluated at the assessment area level.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        With respect to the agencies' proposal to weight the digital and other delivery systems component relative to the physical delivery systems and according to the bank's business model (as 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6950"/>
                        demonstrated by the share of consumer accounts opened digitally), commenters were also divided. One commenter was supportive of the agencies' approach and found the proposal appropriate, while commenters preferred that weighting be determined based on performance context, stating that it is key to understanding the position of a bank. A few other commenters asserted that the weighting should be determined based on both business model and performance context, while another commenter recommended that weighting should be appropriate to the bank's business model. Two commenters were of the view that, because low- and moderate-income customers rely more heavily on branches, the physical delivery component should weigh more (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         a bank that gathers 50 percent or more of its deposits from branches should have a weight for their physical delivery systems and their digital delivery systems of two-thirds and one-third, respectively). One commenter recommended that the agencies offer flexible weighting based on a bank's business model for the three types of delivery systems (branches, remote service facilities, and digital and other). Several other commenters recommended that banks with few or no physical branches or remote service facilities should be evaluated on their primary delivery channels, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         their digital delivery systems. Another commenter stated that the share of consumer accounts opened digitally should be the metric and that it is not clear why physical delivery systems are relevant and how much a bank's business model should be factored into the evaluation unless the bank offers no digital banking services.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Credit and deposit products evaluation.</E>
                         In response to how the agencies should weight the two subcomponents of the credit and deposit products evaluation, commenters provided a variety of recommendations. Two commenters recommended that the two subcomponents generally receive equal weighting, with one commenter recommending that if a bank is mostly a lender, credit products should be weighted more heavily, and conversely, if the bank mostly offers deposit services, deposit products should be weighted more heavily. This commenter also recommended that examiners should not determine weights since it would be too subjective, and that the agencies should develop a table of weights based on business models. Another commenter similarly recommended that examiners should not determine the weights, but recommended that credit products receive greater weight, expressing the view that providing credit has a more significant beneficial impact on the community. Two commenters expressed a different view, stating that examiner judgment and performance context should be used to determine the relative weight of the two subcomponents, with one of these commenters stating that doing so would impart flexibility with regard to a bank's business model, assessment area characteristics, and product demand. Two other commenters believed weighting should be determined based on the business model and performance context, and another commenter asserted that weighting should also depend on the importance of each product to the communities in the assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters addressed the agencies' request for feedback concerning how the credit and deposit products evaluation should be considered when developing a bank's overall Retail Services and Products Test conclusion. Most of these commenters recommended that the evaluation should have its own conclusion rather than use the evaluation to upgrade the delivery systems conclusion, with one commenter stating that the credit and deposit products evaluation should be considered a qualitative factor in the Retail Lending Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Weighting the components to derive the institution conclusion.</E>
                         A small number of commenters responded to the agencies' request for comment on whether each part of the Retail Services and Products Test should receive equal weighting to derive the institution's conclusion or vary the weight based on business model and performance context. A few commenters supported weighting each part of the test based on business model and performance context, with one of these commenters stating it would encourage responsiveness and innovation. Another one of these commenters also stated that weighting should be treated much like the current innovative and flexible lending test to supplement the rating. Another commenter supported an overall institution conclusion with the appropriate weighting of each composite evaluation and recommended that the agencies weight delivery systems conclusions less than the other systems conclusions if they are deemed less critical. Two other commenters generally supported equal weight for each part of the test, with one of these commenters also recommending consideration of business model but not relying on examiner judgment to establish the weight. Some commenters expressed concern that digital banks may not have data or products to be evaluated under this test and, given the great deal of examiner judgment provided under the proposal, that it is unknown whether examiners would disregard those tests, adding significant uncertainty for the assessed institution. Other commenter recommendations included the following: the delivery systems portion of the test should be given more weight, and if the agencies provide additional guidance on the impact and responsiveness of an activity, then each part of the test should be weighted according to the specific guidance; a clearly-defined grading system should be created that emphasizes lending, branches, fair lending performance, and responsible loan products for working class families; and banks should not be permitted to pass if they fail to serve communities with branches and affordable and accessible products, and provide banking and deposit products equitably, as can happen with strict numerical weighting systems.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting § __.23(d)(1) largely as proposed, assigning conclusions for a bank's Retail Services and Products Test in each facility-based assessment area, State, multistate MSA, and at the institution level in accordance with final § __.28 and final appendix C of the CRA regulations. As explained in more detail below, the agencies are also revising proposed appendix C to provide that the agencies will consider the bank's performance regarding its retail banking products, as applicable, to determine whether the bank's performance contributes positively to the bank's overall Retail Services and Products Test conclusion. The agencies are also clarifying in appendix C that consideration of a bank's retail banking products evaluated at the institution level may include retail banking products offered in facility-based assessment areas and nationwide. As a result of the revisions made in the final rule to the proposed conclusions for retail banking products, the agencies are also revising proposed appendix C with respect to a bank's overall institution Retail Services and Products Test conclusion. Specifically, paragraph c.2.iv.B.
                        <E T="03">3</E>
                         of final appendix C clarifies that “[t]he bank's lack of responsive retail products does not adversely affect the bank's Retail Services and Products Test performance conclusion.” Final 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6951"/>
                        § __.23(d)(1) is also revised to add that “[i]n assigning conclusions under this performance test, the [Agency] may consider performance context information as provided in § __.21(d). The evaluation of a bank's retail banking products under paragraph (c) of this section may only contribute positively to the bank's Retail Services and Products Test conclusion.”
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Delivery systems conclusion.</E>
                         Conclusions in the final rule with respect to the delivery systems, component of the test are based on the conclusions for each of the three parts of the delivery systems evaluation: branch availability and services, remote service facility availability, and digital and other delivery systems. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule evaluates branches and remote service facilities for all large banks at the facility-based assessment area level and then aggregates those conclusions to form a branch availability and services and remote service facility availability subcomponent conclusion at the institution level, as provided in paragraph c.1 of final appendix C.
                    </P>
                    <P>The final rule evaluates digital and other delivery systems for large banks with assets of over $10 billion, large banks with assets of $10 billion or less that have no branches, and large banks with assets of $10 billion or less that elect to have digital and other delivery systems considered. The agencies will develop an institution-level conclusion for these banks' digital and other delivery systems subcomponent. The agencies believe it is appropriate to evaluate digital and other delivery systems at the institution level because the features of this subcomponent are generally not place-based and may extend beyond facility-based assessment areas. Digital and other delivery systems are also generally consistent across the institution.</P>
                    <P>In the final rule, the institution-level delivery systems conclusion for large banks with assets of $10 billion or less that have branches and do not elect to have their digital and other delivery systems considered will be based exclusively on the evaluation of such bank's branch availability and services and remote service facility availability.</P>
                    <P>The final rule also contemplates that examiner judgment will be relied upon to determine the appropriate weight that should be given to each subcomponent of delivery systems at the institution level based on the bank's business model and performance context. As noted in the proposal, this approach for developing delivery systems conclusions is intended to provide the agencies with the flexibility to take into account the unique business models and strategies of different banks. For example, if a majority of the bank's new deposit accounts are opened via digital channels during the evaluation period, then the agencies may give more weight to the digital and other delivery systems conclusion.</P>
                    <P>The agencies considered and appreciate commenters' suggestions regarding how weighting of the subcomponents of delivery systems should be determined. The agencies note that the final rule will not require weighting as demonstrated by the share of consumer accounts opened digitally. As noted above, the final rule adds consideration of performance context, which is important to understanding the bank's business model and strategy. The agencies believe that dictating the specific measures in the regulation for how to derive conclusions for delivery systems could also be limiting. On balance, the agencies believe that the approach in the final rule will provide flexibility to banks and examiners to consider other factors, while minimizing burden.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail banking products conclusion.</E>
                         In response to comments, and to conform to changes made in the test, the agencies will evaluate the bank's performance regarding its retail banking products and determine whether the bank's performance contributes positively to the bank's Retail Services and Products Test. Under the final rule, examiner judgment and performance context will be considered in determining the responsiveness of a bank's retail banking products.
                    </P>
                    <P>The lack of responsive retail banking products will not adversely affect the evaluation of the bank's Retail Services and Products Test performance. If the bank presents and has the data to support that its credit products and programs are responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households, residents of low- and moderate-income census tracts, small businesses and small farms, and are offered and used, such data will be presented in the CRA performance evaluation. However, if a bank does not offer or originate, or does not provide for consideration, any credit products and programs responsive to the credit needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households, residents of low- and moderate-income census tracts, small businesses, or small farms, the CRA performance evaluation will state as such.</P>
                    <P>If the bank presents and has the data to support that its deposit products are responsive to the needs of low- and moderate-income individuals, families, or households, and are offered and used, the agencies will evaluate such data for positive consideration under this test. If the agencies provide positive consideration of deposit products, such consideration will be presented in the CRA performance evaluation. If the bank does not offer any deposit products responsive to the needs of low- or moderate-income individuals, families, or households, such information will not be reflected in the CRA performance evaluation.</P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that permitting agency discretion and performance context to be used to determine the impact of any positive consideration of retail banking products is appropriate because it would impart flexibility to consider a bank's business model and strategy. The agencies determined that evaluating the retail banking products solely for positive consideration rather than weighting was appropriate given the nature of the review. The agencies also acknowledge concerns about examiner subjectivity, but on balance, the agencies believe that the approach in the final rule will allow banks more flexibility and will take into consideration bank sizes, business models, and the retail banking product needs of the local communities served by the bank. The agencies also disagree with comments that recommended that credit or deposit products should receive greater weight in the final rule. The agencies believe that both credit products and programs and deposit products have a beneficial impact on the community and that the agencies should not be constrained in evaluating banks with varying business models.</P>
                    <P>In response to commenters that suggested including retail banking products as a qualitative factor in the Retail Lending Test, the agencies disagree and believe that the Retail Lending Test should maintain its primarily quantitative approach to evaluating retail lending. The agencies believe further that the Retail Services and Products Test is the appropriate place to evaluate these products and programs qualitatively. The quantitative approach to the Retail Lending Test is discussed more in-depth in that section of the preamble.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Retail Services and Products Test Conclusion.</E>
                         For the reasons stated above, the agencies are not finalizing an institution-level conclusion based on conclusions derived for delivery systems and credit and deposit products as proposed. Instead, the delivery systems evaluation will receive a conclusion, and the agencies will determine whether the retail banking products evaluation contributes 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6952"/>
                        positively to the bank's Retail Services and Products Test conclusion. The agencies will consider a bank's retail banking products offered in facility-based assessment areas and nationwide in determining whether the evaluation of retail banking products contributes positively to the bank's Retail Services and Products Test. The agencies believe that this consideration supports the agencies' objectives to adapt to changes in the banking industry as banks offer products and programs beyond their branch locations.
                    </P>
                    <P>The final rule also provides for agency discretion, considering a bank's business model and other performance context factors, to determine the appropriate weight to give each subcomponent of the retail banking services evaluation and to assess the responsiveness of a bank's retail banking products. The agencies agree with commenters who supported weighting each part of the test based on business model and performance context because the flexibility could encourage responsiveness and innovation. The agencies disagree, however, with the recommendations to establish definitive weighting for each part of the test or a strict numerical grading system. While the agencies are sensitive to concerns that relying on agency discretion, bank business model, and performance context may run counter to the stated objective of more certainty, the agencies believe that this approach is appropriate because it allows for flexibility without increased burden on banks.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.23(d)(2) Ratings</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach and the Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Current § __.24(f) of the CRA regulations provides that the agencies rate each large bank's service test performance pursuant to current appendix A. Under current appendix A, each bank's performance is assigned of the following five ratings: “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” “Low Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve,” or “Substantial Noncompliance.” As noted above, retail services are part of the overall service test rating along with community development services. Therefore, retail services do not get their own rating in the current regulations. Instead, the ratings for retail services are determined pursuant to paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (v) of current appendix A. The ratings are determined at the State, multistate MSA, and institution levels.</P>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to incorporate a bank's Retail Services and Products Test conclusions into its State, multistate MSA, and its institution ratings as provided in § __.28 and appendices C and D.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received no comments related to the specific language in § __.23(d)(2) about the agencies' proposal to assign ratings and are finalizing § __.23(d)(2) as proposed, with technical edits not intended to have a change in meaning. The final rule incorporates the changes in conclusions noted above into the ratings for the Retail Services and Products Test pursuant to final § __.28 and final appendices C and D. The agencies are clarifying that business model and performance context are considered when assigning conclusions as well as the ratings for the bank's performance under the Retail Services and Products Test. Also, included specifically for the evaluation of a bank's retail banking products, the agencies will determine whether the bank's performance contributes positively to the bank's Retail Services and Products Test conclusion and rating.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24 Community Development Financing Test</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24 In General</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under current CRA regulations and interagency examination procedures, the agencies assess community development loans and community development investments (community development financing activities) differently based on the asset size and business model of a bank.
                        <SU>1087</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For small banks, the agencies consider community development investments only at a bank's option for consideration of an “Outstanding” rating for the institution overall.
                        <SU>1088</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies may consider a small bank's community development loans as part of lending-related activities under the lending test applicable to small banks as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.29. For intermediate small banks and wholesale and limited purpose banks, the agencies consider community development loans, community development investments, and community development services together under the applicable community development test.
                        <SU>1089</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1087</SU>
                             The current performance tests and standards are included in subpart B of the current rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1088</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current appendix A (Ratings); Q&amp;A § __.26(d)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1089</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.25(c) and __.26(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For large banks, the agencies consider community development loans together with retail loans as part of the lending test, while the agencies consider community development investments separately in the investment test.
                        <SU>1090</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A large bank receives consideration for both the number and dollar amount of community development loans originated and community development investments made during the evaluation period, as well as the remaining book value of community development investments the bank made during prior evaluation periods that remain on the bank's balance sheet. Under the current evaluation framework, banks do not receive consideration for community development loans that remain on a bank's balance sheet from prior evaluation periods.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1090</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22 and __.23.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For banks that are not small banks, the current rule also includes consideration of qualitative factors, including the innovativeness and complexity of community development financing activities, the responsiveness of the bank to credit needs in its assessment areas, and the degree of leadership the bank exhibits through its activities. The agencies assign conclusions at the assessment area level based on both the number and dollar amount of community development financing activities, as well as the qualitative factors.</P>
                    <P>
                        The current approach emphasizes community development financing activities that serve one or more of a bank's assessment areas but also allows for flexibility in the geographic scope and focus of activities, subject to certain conditions. A community development financing activity that specifically serves an assessment area receives consideration, as does a community development financing activity that serves a broader statewide or regional area containing one or more of a bank's assessment areas.
                        <SU>1091</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For a bank with a nationwide footprint, this could include community development loans and investments that are nationwide in scope.
                        <SU>1092</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, if a bank has met the community development needs of its assessment areas, it may also receive consideration for community development financing activities within a broader statewide or regional area that includes an assessment area that do not benefit its assessment area.
                        <SU>1093</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1091</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.12(h)(2)(ii); 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)—6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1092</SU>
                             Q&amp;A § __.23(a)-2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1093</SU>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In § __.24 of the NPR, the agencies proposed a new Community 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6953"/>
                        Development Financing Test applicable to large banks and any intermediate bank that opted to be evaluated under this test.
                        <SU>1094</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposed Community Development Financing Test consisted of community development financing metrics, applicable benchmarks, and an impact review. The agencies proposed using these components to evaluate banks' community development loans and investments in facility-based assessment areas, States and multistate MSAs where banks have facility-based assessment areas, and in the nationwide area. These metrics, as compared to benchmarks and the impact reviews, would inform conclusions at those levels.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1094</SU>
                             The agencies also proposed evaluating wholesale and limited purpose banks under the Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale and Limited Purpose Banks, as discussed in proposed § __.26.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed using the bank community development financing metrics to measure the dollar value of a bank's community development loans 
                        <SU>1095</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and community development investments 
                        <SU>1096</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         together, relative to the bank's capacity, as reflected by the dollar value of deposits. The proposed benchmarks would reflect local context, including the amount of community development financing activities in the applicable area by other banks, as well as national context that would provide additional information for the evaluation of facility-based assessment areas. The agencies would use the benchmarks in conjunction with the metrics to assess a bank's performance. The proposed metrics and benchmarks would provide additional consistency and clarity in evaluating a bank's community development financing activities under the otherwise qualitative evaluation under the proposed Community Development Financing Test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1095</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1096</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The impact review, in proposed § __.15, would evaluate the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development loans and investments through the application of a series of specific qualitative factors described in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.15. The impact review would provide appropriate recognition under the Community Development Financing Test of community development loans and investments that are considered to be particularly impactful and responsive to community needs, including loans and investments that may be relatively small in dollar amount.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received many comments on the proposed Community Development Financing Test in § __.24 from a variety of commenters. Although some commenters supported parts of the proposed Community Development Financing Test, other commenters objected to certain aspects of the proposed performance test, including some commenters that opined that the proposed performance test was too complicated, would weaken the CRA rule, or would water down community development investments. Some of these commenters offered alternative options for the agencies to consider. The proposed rule, comments received, and final rule are described in more detail below.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered the comments on proposed § __.24 and are finalizing the Community Development Financing Test with the substantive, conforming, clarifying, and technical revisions discussed below.
                        <SU>1097</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As with the proposal, the final Community Development Financing Test applies to large banks, and to intermediate banks that opt into the test. Consistent with the current rule and the proposal, the Community Development Financing Test is a qualitative evaluation; however, the final rule builds on the current rule by introducing standardized metrics and benchmarks that examiners will use to inform their evaluation of bank's capacity to engage in community development financing activity. The metrics and benchmarks included in the final Community Development Financing Test increase consistency by providing examiners with standardized information to evaluate bank community development financing performance. Nonetheless, the final Community Development Financing Test is a qualitative evaluation of banks' community development loans and investments in facility-based assessment areas, States, and multistate MSAs (as applicable pursuant to § __.28(c)),
                        <SU>1098</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the nationwide area because the final rule does not include thresholds for determining conclusions.
                        <SU>1099</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1097</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 145.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1098</SU>
                             Final § __.28(c) explains when the agencies evaluate and conclude on a bank's performance in a State or multistate MSA. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.28(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1099</SU>
                             As discussed below, the agencies could consider adding thresholds to the Community Development Financing Test in the future after reviewing and analyzing data on community development loans and investments and once they have experience applying the new metrics and benchmarks.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In addition to the proposed metrics and benchmarks that the agencies are adopting in the final rule, in response to comments, the agencies included an additional investment metric and benchmark for evaluating community development investments in the nationwide area for large banks that had assets greater than $10 billion. The final rule also includes consideration of the impact and responsiveness of banks' community development loans and investments. The final rule does not prescribe weighting for community development loans or investments within the Community Development Financing Test, nor does it prescribe weighting for the metrics and benchmarks or impact and responsiveness review components.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Banks Subject to the Community Development Financing Test</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>Under the current rule, the agencies evaluate community development loans and investments for both large banks and intermediate small banks under the tests applicable to those banks. As discussed above, the agencies evaluate large banks' community development lending and investments under the lending test in current § __.22 and the investment test in current § __.23. The agencies evaluate intermediate small banks' community development loans, community development investments, and community development services under the community development test in current § __.26(c).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The proposed Community Development Financing Test, in § __.24, applicable to large banks and to intermediate banks that opted into the test, combined the evaluation of community development loans and investments into a single test. As proposed, the agencies would continue to evaluate intermediate banks' community development loans, community development investments, and community development services using a community development test modeled on the community development test in current § __.26(c). The proposal provided, however, that intermediate banks could elect evaluation under proposed § __.24.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed above in the section-by-section analysis of § __.21, the agencies received comments on the applicability of the performance tests 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6954"/>
                        and standards to different sizes and types of banks. For example, a commenter suggested that the proposal to eliminate the community development test for certain banks would eliminate those banks' accountability for providing community development financing activities and branches in underserved communities and lacks justification. Another commenter stated that the agencies should require intermediate banks to be evaluated under the proposed Community Development Financing Test, as opposed to making it optional. The commenter suggested that subjecting both large and intermediate banks to the new test would create consistency among banks and examiners and provide others in the community development industry with a common understanding of how the agencies evaluate banks.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are finalizing these provisions of the rule as proposed; the final Community Development Financing Test will apply to all large banks and to intermediate banks that opt into the performance test. The agencies included clarifying edits in § __.24 of the final rule to reference intermediate banks that opt into the test. Although the agencies understand the concerns raised by the commenters, as discussed in greater detail above in the section-by-section analysis of § __.21, the agencies believe that the additional burden of requiring the Community Development Financing Test for intermediate banks was not justified after accounting for these banks' more limited capacity to engage in community development loans and investments. Further, for the reasons discussed above, the agencies also believe that the changes to the asset size thresholds for banks appropriately balance the burden of meeting the requirements of the Community Development Financing Test with the need to assess a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its community.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Combined Consideration of Community Development Loans and Investments</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>Under the current rule, as discussed above, the agencies separately evaluate large banks' community development loans and investments. The agencies evaluate a large bank's community development loans under the lending test in current § __.22 along with its retail lending. The agencies evaluate a large bank's community development investments under the investment test in current § __.23. For intermediate small banks, as noted above, the agencies evaluate community development loans, community development investments, and community development services under a single community development test in current § __.26(c) of the current rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In § __.24 of the NPR, the agencies proposed to evaluate community development loans and investments together under the Community Development Financing Test to allow banks to make the community development loans or investments that are best suited to their expertise and most needed for the community development projects the banks are financing. The agencies intended for the proposed approach to simplify the evaluation of community development loans and investments while addressing concerns expressed by some stakeholders that the current approach favors one form of financing over another. The agencies believed that the proposed metrics would appropriately measure both community development loans and investments. As discussed, the agencies would also consider the impact and responsiveness of community development loans and investments as part of the proposed impact review.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received many comments on the proposal to combine the evaluation of community development lending and investments into a single Community Development Financing Test in proposed § __.24. The majority of commenters objected to the combined evaluation of community development loans and investments under a single test or urged the agencies to retain separate evaluations for these activities within the Community Development Financing Test.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters supported combining the evaluation of community development loans and investments into a single Community Development Financing Test. Reasons provided by these commenters for supporting a single Community Development Financing Test include that it: (1) can be challenging for smaller banks to make community development investments; (2) would eliminate the unintended consequences of a mismatch in the type of funds a project needs and the funding banks will receive credit for providing; (3) would allow banks to have the flexibility to create and implement a broader variety of business plans, while serving low- and moderate-income individuals and communities in a more efficient manner; (4) can be difficult to distinguish between whether a financing activity is equity or debt, such as with investment structures that are credit-enhanced loans; (5) would avoid privileging one type of funding over the other, allowing the needs of the project to dictate the financing vehicle; (6) would provide banks with greater flexibility in determining the most effective financing structures for developments; and (7) would allow banks to meet community development needs in local communities through lending if 12 CFR part 24 requirements restrict a bank's ability to make investments. Even amongst the commenters that supported the combined evaluation of community development loans and investments, however, certain commenters noted sensitivity to concerns about banks overlooking community development investments.</P>
                    <P>In contrast, most commenters on this issue objected to the combined evaluation of community development loans and investments and predominantly focused on the potential disruptive or negative impact that the proposed test could have on community development investment markets. Commenters expressed concern that the proposal would allow banks to meet their CRA obligations through community development lending, instead of through community development investments, the latter of which are often harder to make. For example, commenters stated that banks may engage in fewer community development investments because equity investments generally require more costly capital, have a longer term and higher origination costs, are more illiquid, and carry greater risk. Other commenters expressed concern that banks may make fewer grants and donations because these activities, even with consideration as an impactful and responsive factor pursuant to final § __.15, are smaller dollar activities that will not factor significantly in the proposed metrics and benchmarks. One of these commenters suggested the agencies consider grants under the Community Development Services Test with a metric specific to grants and contributions to nonprofit organizations.</P>
                    <P>
                        Commenters also noted that combining the evaluation of community development loans and investments may not result in the best financing for a particular community or project. A commenter expressed concern that the proposed Community Development Financing Test may incentivize 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6955"/>
                        financial institutions to select one financing option over the other, without considering which option would be more beneficial for the project. The commenter noted that capital stacks required for community development initiatives vary from one project to another, and impactful projects may be delayed if the proper capital cannot be obtained.
                    </P>
                    <P>Many of the commenters that objected to the combined evaluation of community development loans and investments expressed concern that eliminating the current, separate tests could have a particularly negative impact on the equity tax credit markets. Certain commenters expressed concern that the proposed approach could disincentivize or result in banks making fewer LIHTC or NMTC investments because these investments are often more complex and may have lower returns than community development loans. Other commenters noted that the current investment test has served as an incentive for banks to engage in these types of loans and investments and banks make up a large portion of the LIHTC and NMTC markets. Further, a few commenters asserted that any decrease in the appetite for LIHTC will likely result in fewer affordable housing deals, as well as higher costs, which will translate into decreased affordability for projects that do get built.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters focused on the potential impact that eliminating the current investment test could have on CDFI investments, with some stating that eliminating the current investment test could cause a shift in banks' CRA activity away from making equity investments in, or providing grants to, CDFIs, which are labor and time intensive but impactful. A commenter also stated that eliminating the current investment test could discourage bank investment in community development venture capital funds and other CDFIs that provide flexible risk capital to businesses and projects in low-income communities, noting that these funds cannot be prudently capitalized with debt.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters said that focusing primarily on the dollar volume of lending and investment transactions, without also evaluating the number of transactions and originations, favors larger loans that are easier to make instead of more impactful, and generally smaller, investments and loans. Further, at least one individual and a community development organization stated that combining consideration of community development loans and investments into a single test would remove longstanding precedent where the agencies base a portion of banks' CRA performance on community development investments.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Suggestions for Addressing Concerns With Combined Evaluation of Community Development Loans and Investments.</E>
                         To address their concerns about combined evaluation of community development loans and investments, commenters provided several suggestions for revisions or alternatives to the proposed Community Development Financing Test. As discussed below, commenter suggestions included retaining the current performance evaluation tests, adding subtests to the proposed Community Development Financing Test, and implementing other methods of ensuring banks continue to make community development investments, such as specifying weightings and minimums. Certain commenters also focused their suggestions on particular aspects of the community development investment markets, including the tax credit markets, grants, and mortgage-backed securities.
                    </P>
                    <P>Certain commenters suggested retaining versions of the current performance tests, which evaluate community development loans and investments separately. Specifically, a commenter supported retaining the current large bank three-test evaluation, where the agencies evaluate the relative merits of lending, investments, and services separately. A few commenters, suggested that the agencies should consider all lending under the Retail Lending Test and all investments under the Community Development Financing Test.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters suggested that the agencies incorporate separate community development lending and community development investment subtests into the Community Development Financing Test. Some of these commenters suggested that including separate subtests would encourage banks to make LIHTC investments, grants, and equity equivalent investments. These commenters also suggested weighting for the tests ranging from 15 percent to greater than 50 percent for the investment. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.21(a), other commenters recommended a single community development test and certain of these commenters recommended weighting for the subtests as follows, community development lending (weighted 25 percent), community development investments (weighted 20 percent), and community development services (weighted 5 percent).</P>
                    <P>Commenters also provided other suggestions for ensuring that community development investments receive appropriate emphasis under the final rule. Some commenters suggested that, to ensure that banks still make community development investments, the agencies should require a minimum amount of community development financing activities to be in the form of equity investments. One of these commenters stated that a portion of this investment minimum should not be tied to tax credits. Another commenter suggested as an alternative that the agencies should not assign a bank an “Outstanding” rating without an adequate level of equity investments.</P>
                    <P>Instead of including an investment minimum in the Community Development Financing Test, certain commenters suggested that the agencies include investment-based metrics and benchmarks in the performance test. Commenters stated the Community Development Financing Test should include some or all of the following: (1) an institution-level equity metric and benchmark; (2) a measurement of the new institution-level equity investments over time to identify reductions; or (3) a high-impact metric and benchmark. Some of these commenters believe that banks should not receive a higher score on the Community Development Financing Test than on this recommended equity investment metric. Certain commenters suggested structuring the investment metric like the proposed institution-level Community Development Financing Metric, to measure community development equity investments in the numerator and deposits in the bank in the denominator. A few of these commenters recommended excluding mortgage-backed securities from the metric or benchmark.</P>
                    <P>
                        Commenters also offered suggestions for how the agencies could incorporate the metrics or benchmarks into the Community Development Financing Test. Certain commenters recommended the agencies use an equity benchmark based on a comparison of investments to deposits as a peer comparator and assign higher Community Development Financing Test ratings to banks that devote a larger portion of their community development financing activities to equity investments. One of these commenters also suggested the agencies use a benchmark that measures total equity investments—exclusive of mortgage-backed securities—as a percentage of a bank's total community development loans and investments as a peer comparator. A commenter further suggested that a high equity metric 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6956"/>
                        could be considered as a factor for an “Outstanding” rating.
                    </P>
                    <P>Some commenters also suggested that the agencies monitor levels of equity investments compared to the current baseline level, both for individual banks and nationwide, and take action to prevent reductions in equity investments, with certain commenters focusing specifically on reductions in tax credit investments. One of these commenters also encouraged examiners to potentially downgrade banks that have significantly cut back their investments without a reasonable explanation. Relatedly, a commenter suggested that, in lieu of a separate investment test, the agencies could require data collection on community development loans and investments to identify imbalances between the categories.</P>
                    <P>Commenters also made other recommendations for how the agencies could continue to ensure that banks participate in the affordable housing and tax credit markets. In the absence of a separate investment test, commenters strongly urged the agencies to: (1) put mitigating factors in place to protect LIHTC investments; (2) establish another robust mechanism to motivate both intermediate and large banks to participate in the equity markets for NMTCs and other effective community development tax credit investments; or (3) otherwise implement strong mechanisms to preserve impactful equity investments in affordable housing and community development. For example, a commenter requested that the agencies ensure that the rule reviews separately and helps increase affordable housing tax credits investments and lending.</P>
                    <P>Other commenters recommended that the agencies limit credit for investments in mortgage-backed securities so that the mortgage-backed securities investment option does not overwhelm the Community Development Financing Test. Commenter recommendations included: (1) limiting credit for mortgage-backed securities to 20-25 percent of the institution-level Community Development Financing Test conclusions and ratings; (2) requiring a two-year holding period for mortgage-backed securities, with a retrospective review of the holding period applied to the next bank examination; (3) counting only the first or second purchase of mortgage-backed securities; or (4) counting only the value of affordable loans in a qualifying mortgage-backed security, rather than the full value of the security.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting the Community Development Financing Test as proposed with the combined evaluation of community development loans and investments. To address commenter concerns, however, the final rule includes a Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric 
                        <SU>1100</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and a Nationwide Community Development Investment Benchmark,
                        <SU>1101</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         for large banks that have assets greater than $10 billion, discussed in greater detail below in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(e).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1100</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(e)(2)(iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1101</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(e)(2)(iv).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies carefully considered commenters' concerns about the potential negative or disruptive impact that combining the evaluation of community development loans and investments could have on banks' provision of community development investments, including tax credit investments, CDFI investments, affordable housing investments, and grants and other small dollar investments and loans. The agencies also considered the reasons for combining consideration of community development loans and investments, both those articulated in the proposal and provided by commenters.</P>
                    <P>After weighing the potential benefits and consequences of adopting the Community Development Financing Test as proposed, the agencies continue to believe that the combined evaluation of community development loans and investments will best serve the interests of banks and communities by providing flexibility for banks to focus on the community development financing methods most consistent with their expertise. The combined evaluation of community development loans and investments also will enable banks to identify the financing most needed for a community development project without regard to how that loan or investment would affect the bank's CRA evaluation. Further, the agencies considered that there are circumstances in which banks are not competitive for certain types of community development loans or investments or there are limited opportunities in particular markets for one or the other type of financing. Combining the evaluation of community development loans and investments into a single Community Development Financing Test will reduce the consequences of these supply and demand issues on banks' CRA evaluations.</P>
                    <P>Nonetheless, the agencies understand that certain community development investments involve significant time and effort, are complex, and play an important role in supporting much-needed community development, including affordable rental housing and economic development in low- and moderate-income communities and other underserved communities. The agencies did not intend for the proposed Community Development Financing Test to incentivize banks to make fewer impactful investments. To mitigate the potential risk that banks may put less emphasis on community development investments, the final rule includes both a Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric and a Nationwide Community Development Investment Benchmark for banks with assets greater than $10 billion. Under the final rule, the new investment metric and benchmark may only contribute positively to a bank's performance under the Community Development Financing Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters suggested that if the agencies retained a single Community Development Financing Test, the test should incorporate an investment metric and benchmark. The agencies agree that including these components in the Community Development Financing Test would allow the agencies to better understand the level of community development investments that banks are making, both individually and collectively. The agencies considered the other more specific suggestions provided by commenters for addressing the potential negative impact of eliminating the current investment test and determined that the addition of the Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric and the Nationwide Community Development Investment Benchmark will provide sufficient additional information within the otherwise qualitative evaluation envisaged under the Community Development Financing Test. These metrics and benchmarks are part of a holistic consideration of a bank's community development financing performance; some of the more specific recommendations are better addressed through the impact and responsiveness review in § __.15 (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         implementing a mechanism to recognize tax credit investments) or could inappropriately emphasize a particular type of community development investment that may not—in an examiner's view—be appropriate or necessary for a particular bank or community (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         recognizing a particular type of equity 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6957"/>
                        investment for a bank that does not have the expertise to engage in that activity). The structure and applicability of the Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric and the Nationwide Community Development Investment Benchmark are discussed below.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Community Development Loan and Investment Evaluation Methodology, in General Inclusion of Metrics and Benchmarks in the Community Development Financing Test</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>As noted above, the agencies currently evaluate large bank community development loans and investments in their assessment areas under the lending test in § __.22 and the investment test in § __.23. In contrast, the agencies consider intermediate small bank community development activities under a single community development test in current § __.26 that assesses loans, investments, and services. The applicable tests include performance criteria for evaluating the number and amount of a bank's community development loans and community development investments.</P>
                    <P>
                        For banks that are not small banks, the current approach also includes the evaluation of certain qualitative factors, such as the innovativeness and complexity of the bank's community development loans and investments. The current approach relies on examiner judgment to conclude on bank performance. Examiners apply the performance criteria in accordance with the CRA regulations, interagency examination procedures, and the agencies' guidance (including the Interagency Questions and Answers).
                        <SU>1102</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1102</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.21(a)—1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Under the current rule, the agencies do not use standard metrics or benchmarks for evaluating community development loans and investments. Rather, the agencies weight community development financing activities based on how responsive the loans and investments are to community needs.
                        <SU>1103</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Banks with a smaller dollar volume of highly responsive community development loans or investments may receive similar conclusions and ratings as banks with a larger dollar volume of less responsive loans and investments. In the absence of standard metrics and benchmarks, however, stakeholders have noted that there is substantial variability between agencies and between examiners within the same agency in how much weight a particular community development loans or investment receives.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1103</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.21(a)—2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies sought to address some of the criticism of the current performance tests and standards by introducing standardized metrics and benchmarks in proposed § __.24(b) and (c) of the Community Development Financing Test, which applied to facility-based assessment areas, States and multistate MSAs, as applicable, and the nationwide area.
                        <SU>1104</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Although the agencies included metrics and benchmarks to the Community Development Financing Test, due to the currently limited data on community development lending and lack of data on community development investments, the agencies did not include thresholds in the test. As a result, the proposed Community Development Financing Test remained a qualitative evaluation informed by the proposed metrics and benchmarks that would continue to rely on examiner judgment to assess the dollar volume of community development loans and investments and conclude on bank performance. The agencies believed the use of uniform metrics and benchmarks would improve the consistency and clarity of evaluations as compared to the current approach. Further, the agencies introduced a more formalized impact review in the proposal for assessing performance under the Community Development Financing Test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1104</SU>
                             The Community Development Financing Test metrics and benchmarks as they apply to specific geographic areas are discussed in greater detail below.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Some commenters that addressed the Community Development Financing Test stated that the proposed test included improvements compared to the current approach. Specifically, a few of these commenters identified the inclusion of metrics and benchmarks in the Community Development Financing Test as an improvement on the current framework. A commenter stated that using consistent metrics and benchmarks would provide greater uniformity and clarity under this test.</P>
                    <P>However, a few commenters, including some commenters that supported the proposed revisions, expressed concern that the Community Development Financing Test did not contain sufficient rigor, structure, or standards to guide examiner judgment in assigning performance scores and ratings. A few commenters stated that the Community Development Financing Test needed to be further developed to prevent ratings inflation and to make CRA evaluations more consistent and less subjective. Commenters also recommended that the agencies issue guidance illustrating how performance under the Community Development Financing Metric would correspond to a performance score.</P>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters urged the agencies to extend the rigor of the proposed large bank lending test 
                        <SU>1105</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to the other tests or suggested how the agencies could evaluate performance under the Community Development Financing Test. For example, a commenter stated that the Community Development Financing Test should incorporate thresholds tied directly to conclusions in the quantitative portion of the evaluation—similar to the Retail Lending Test—and stated that the agencies should add structure to the qualitative portion of the evaluation, including how the Community Development Financing Test maps to facility-based assessment area conclusions. The commenter provided, as an example, that if a bank had a much higher score than other banks on either the local or national benchmarks, it would likely score an “Outstanding.” At least one local government commenter recommended the agencies base the Community Development Financing Test on the lower of a bank's nationwide area or facility-based assessment area performance. Further, a commenter stated that an appendix could more clearly explain how performance under the Community Development Financing Test relates to ratings.
                        <SU>1106</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1105</SU>
                             The commenters referenced the “large bank lending test;” however, the agencies understand these commenters to be referring to the Retail Lending Test in proposed § __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1106</SU>
                             For a discussion of how performance test scores are aggregated to develop ratings under the final rule, see the section-by-section analysis of final § __.28.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters emphasized the importance of flexibility or tailoring in evaluating a bank's community development loans and investments. Specifically, a financial institution expressed concern that many MSAs and counties do not have sufficient community development lending and investment opportunities, particularly in rural areas; therefore, the commenter stated, any metrics or measurements included in the final rule must be flexible. A commenter also recommended that the agencies consider community needs in determining the relevance of a bank's performance using the proposed 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6958"/>
                        Community Development Financing Metric.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        After considering the comments on the structure and rigor of the Community Development Financing Test, the agencies have decided to finalize the test as proposed without adding thresholds for measuring banks' performance under the metrics and the applicable benchmarks. The agencies continue to believe the use of uniform metrics and benchmarks will improve the consistency and clarity of CRA evaluations relative to the current approach because they provide standard data that examiners can use to inform conclusions. While the agencies also believe that consistency could be improved using thresholds in the Community Development Financing Test, current data limitations 
                        <SU>1107</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         preclude the agencies' ability to explore including thresholds in the test at this time. The agencies note that they could consider thresholds in a future rulemaking once they have accumulated data and have experience applying the metrics and benchmarks. For now, the agencies intend to issue guidance to further clarify how they will apply the Community Development Financing Test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1107</SU>
                             Currently, the CRA rule requires data collection on the aggregate number and aggregate amount of community development loans originated or purchased. The current rule does not require data collection for community development investments. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.42(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also note the importance of flexibility in evaluating bank performance under the Community Development Financing Test, including the importance of considering the particular circumstances of individual banks and the needs and opportunities of the communities where banks operate. The Community Development Financing Test generally remains qualitative in nature with standardized metrics and benchmarks to promote consistency. The agencies considered that the dollar volume of a loan or investment does not always provide a complete picture of the impact that a loan or investment has on a community. In consideration of comments received, and based on supervisory experience, the agencies believe that in some instances, a small dollar loan or investment that is targeted to a specific community need can have a greater impact than a larger dollar loan or investment that is less targeted, such as a mortgage-backed security. Therefore, regardless of whether the agencies consider adding thresholds to the Community Development Financing Test after they have analyzed data collected under § __.42 of the final rule, qualitative consideration of community development loans and investments will remain an integral part of the Community Development Financing Test.
                        <SU>1108</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In particular, the Community Development Financing Test includes the impact and responsiveness review discussed in the section-by-section analyses of §§ __.15 and __.24(b), which provides enhanced qualitative consideration for certain community development loans and investments. In addition, performance context remains a part of an examiner's evaluation of a bank's performance under the Community Development Financing Test. Therefore, the agencies are adopting the proposed framework for the evaluation of community development financing performance as proposed for facility-based assessment areas, States and multistate MSAs, and the nationwide area with the substantive and clarifying edits discussed in this section-by-section analysis along with other conforming and technical edits.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1108</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.21 for discussion of performance context consideration, and the section-by-section analysis of final § __.15 for a discussion of the impact and responsiveness review.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24(a)(1) In General</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach and Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current rule generally provides that retail loans, except multifamily affordable housing loans (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         multifamily loans that meet the definition of community development in 12 CFR __.12(g)), may not be considered as community development loans.
                        <SU>1109</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, for current intermediate small banks that are not subject to HMDA reporting, a home mortgage loan, small business loan, and a small farm loan may be considered, at the bank's option, as a community development loan, provided it meets the definition of “community development.” 
                        <SU>1110</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Consistent with the current approach, the agencies proposed to exclude retail loans receiving consideration under the proposed Retail Lending Test from receiving consideration under the proposed Community Development Financing Test as a general principle.
                        <SU>1111</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Also consistent with the current approach, the proposal provided an exception in which a multifamily loan described in proposed § __.13(b) may be considered under both the Retail Lending Test and the Community Development Financing Test.
                        <SU>1112</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the proposed rule allowed that an intermediate bank that is not required to report a home mortgage loan, a small business loan, or a small farm loan may opt to have the home mortgage loan, small business loan, or small farm loan considered either under the Retail Lending Test in § __.22 or, if the loan is a qualifying activity pursuant to § __.13, under the Community Development Financing Test or the intermediate bank community development evaluation in § __.29, as applicable. The agencies aimed to reduce the potential for double counting a loan, thereby potentially skewing results.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1109</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.23(b) and Q&amp;A § __.42(b)(2)—1. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)—2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1110</SU>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)—3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1111</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(a)(2)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1112</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(a)(2)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>A few commenters suggested that the agencies eliminate the exclusion set forth in proposed § __.24(a)(2)(i) for considering retail loans with a community development purpose under the Community Development Financing Test. Reasons provided for eliminating the exclusion included that the proposed exclusion of retail loans could produce unintended results once the agencies replace the CRA definition of “small business loan” with a definition based on the CFPB's Section 1071 Final Rule. One of the commenters explained that many community development loans are made to special purpose, startup, or nonprofit entities that do not have gross annual revenues of more than $5 million. The commenter suggested that the proposed Retail Lending Test would incentivize banks to distribute their small business loans in a particular way but would not provide incentives for banks to make small business loans that satisfy the community development definition, which can be especially impactful loans. The commenter further explained that there would be no “double counting” of small business loans if the Community Development Financing Test allowed for certain small business loans to qualify as community development loans because the Retail Lending Test and the Community Development Financing Test would evaluate different aspects of the same qualifying small business loan.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the final rule, the agencies eliminated the exclusion for considering certain types of retail loans under the Community Development Financing Test consistent with the changes to the community development loan and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6959"/>
                        community development investment definitions and the Retail Lending Test in final § __.22, discussed above.
                        <SU>1113</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Retail Lending Test and the Community Development Financing Test generally considers different aspects of a bank's lending. For example, in the agencies' view, considering loans that meet the definition of “small business loan” for purposes of the Retail Lending Test under the Community Development Financing Test if those loans support community development would not result in double counting. The Retail Lending Test focuses on the distribution of the number of loans while the Community Development Financing Test considers the dollar volume of loans.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1113</SU>
                             Along with eliminating the exclusion, the agencies eliminated the exceptions (in proposed § __.24(a)(2)(ii) and (iii)) to the exclusions as they are no longer necessary.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered commenters' suggestions that the Community Development Financing Test consider the number of community development loans and investments in addition to the dollars to ensure that smaller loans and investment are not ignored. The agencies did not modify the Community Development Financing Test to include this suggestion. As is discussed elsewhere, the agencies also believe that smaller, more impactful loans and investments are an important way of helping to meet community credit needs. However, the mechanism in the final rule for incentivizing those types of loans and investments is the impact and responsiveness review. Further, under performance context, examiners can consider any information about retail banking and community development needs and opportunities provided by the bank or other relevant sources, including, but not limited to, members of the community, community organizations, State, local, and tribal governments, and economic development agencies.
                        <SU>1114</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         If a bank fails to meet identified community needs and only engages in large dollar, low-impact community development loans and investments, the agencies could consider that information when concluding on a bank's performance. Finally, as discussed above, the agencies determined that they would remove the exclusion under the Community Development Financing Test for certain retail loans with a community development purpose because the tests evaluate different aspects of a bank's lending. If the agencies incorporated consideration of the number of community development loans and investments into the Community Development Financing Test, it would eliminate this distinction and the rationale for the agencies supporting the removal of the exclusion.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1114</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.21(d)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24(a)(2) and Section I of Appendix B</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Inclusion of Prior Period Loans and Valuation of Community Development Financing Activities </HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Valuation and Allocation of Community Development Loans and Investments</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies currently consider the dollar value of community development loans based on their origination or purchase value. Because the agencies do not consider community development loans originated or purchased during a prior evaluation period that remain on a bank's balance sheet (prior period community development loans) under the current framework, a renewed or refinanced loan is valued as an origination based on the value of the loan in the year it was renewed or refinanced. Under the current rule, the agencies consider community development investments based on (1) the value of the investment in the year it was made for investments made during the current evaluation period and (2) the outstanding book value of the investment at the end of the evaluation period for investments made during a prior evaluation period. The agencies also consider the total value of legally binding commitments to extend credit or invest. As explained in the Interagency Questions and Answers, the agencies currently provide guidance on the valuation of equity type or equity equivalent investments, which allows banks to consider a portion of these investments under the current lending 
                        <SU>1115</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and investment tests.
                        <SU>1116</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The current rule does not include metrics and benchmarks that are calculated on an annual basis; therefore, the agencies consider the dollar value of each community development loan or investment qualitatively for the evaluation period.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1115</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1116</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.23; 
                            <E T="03">see also</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.22(d)—1 and Q&amp;A § __.23(b)—1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that the Community Development Financing Test would consider the dollar value of community development loans and investments originated or made during the evaluation period, as well as prior period loans and investments that remain on a bank's balance sheet.
                        <SU>1117</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposal included consideration of prior period community development loans, in addition to investments, to incentivize banks to provide patient capital and to disincentivize unnecessary short-term lending and churning loans by refinancing, renewing, or modifying a loan each evaluation period to receive ongoing credit for the activity. Further, the proposed change would improve internal consistency in the rule by treating prior period loans the same as prior period investments, which receive consideration under the current rule. In appendix B, the proposal described the numerator for the metrics and benchmarks used in §§ __.24 and __.26, which includes: (1) community development loans originated and community development investments made; (2) the increase in an existing community development loan that is renewed or modified; and (3) the outstanding value of community development loans originated or purchased and community development investments made in previous years that remain on the bank's balance sheet.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1117</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, section 1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Inclusion of new and prior period community development loans and investments.</E>
                         Several commenters provided feedback on the inclusion of both new community development loans and investments and prior period community development loans and investments in the proposed Community Development Financing Test metrics and benchmarks. Commenters' views on this issue varied. Certain commenters supported the proposal to consider both new and prior period community development loans and investments on a bank's balance sheet in the metrics and benchmarks. These commenters noted that the proposal would reduce artificial inflation of banks' balance sheets, lessen the incentive for CRA-motivated loan churn, and remove the incentive to provide artificially short terms for community development loans and investments, which can impede community groups' ability to project capital availability.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters suggested that the agencies should be careful in how they implement the inclusion of new and prior period lending in the community development ratio.
                        <SU>1118</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Some of these 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6960"/>
                        commenters acknowledged the importance of providing credit for prior period loans to incentivize long-term patient capital but asserted that the agencies should not allow banks to substantially reduce originations of impactful loans. A few commenters stated that banks should be incentivized to make new community development loans and investments in each evaluation period, noting that a significant drop in new financing should be a cause for concern. A few other commenters suggested limiting the inclusion of prior period community development lending to loans from the previous examination cycle. A commenter also asserted that the agencies should not give repeated credit for loans with low impact or harmful features (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         a loan for a property where the landlord maintains the building in poor condition).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1118</SU>
                             The agencies understand the commenter's reference to “community development ratio” to be a reference to the proposed community development financing metrics.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters opposed consideration of prior period community development loans. One of these commenters stated that allowing banks to carry prior period community development loans and investments into their current review period will disincentivize new investment,
                        <SU>1119</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         cutting down overall CRA investment in historically disinvested communities. At least one commenter recommended the agencies limit credit for prior period loans to nonprofits and use the impact and responsiveness review to incentivize meeting unmet longer-term credit needs elsewhere.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1119</SU>
                             The agencies understand the commenter's reference to “investment” to be a reference to the flow of new money into the community; not to the defined term “community development investment.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Lastly, a commenter requested that the agencies develop a streamlined process for inclusion of prior period activities during subsequent CRA examinations. The commenter believed that redundancies in “re-proving” a loan or investment in each examination cycle, after it has already been qualified by an examiner, is inefficient and the elimination of the need to “re-prove” could aid both the bank and its regulator.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Community development loan and investment valuation.</E>
                         The agencies received a few comments on how to value community development loans and investments. These commenters identified certain forms of community development lending and investment that they believed should be valued in certain ways. A few commenters recommended that the full value of legally binding commitments to lend or invest, rather than the amount drawn, receive CRA consideration in the final rule. One of these commenters explained that if banks do not receive CRA consideration for commitments to fund future affordable housing projects, such commitments would evaporate and cause a decrease in new affordable housing units.
                    </P>
                    <P>Commenters also provided feedback on the valuation of equity equivalent investments, particularly in CDFIs. Specifically, a commenter supported the creation of a mechanism for recognizing banks' equity equivalent investments in CDFIs. The commenter noted that the proposed quantitative measures in the Community Development Financing Test would treat equity equivalent investments in CDFIs the same as standard debt products.</P>
                    <P>A commenter stated that the agencies should grant extra credit to banks that syndicate or sponsor funds supporting LIHTC or NMTC projects, consistent with the now-rescinded OCC 2020 CRA Final Rule. Commenters also requested that the agencies clarify how they would consider different loans and investments under a new CRA rule.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters expressed that the rule needs to be clear about the treatment of purchased and renewed community development loans. A commenter suggested that: (1) “purchased” community development loans and investments should be treated the same as “originated” community development loans and investments; and (2) renewals (with full underwriting) of lines of credit should receive consideration as “originated” loans.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Inclusion of new and prior period community development loans and investments.</E>
                         Under the final rule, banks will receive consideration for new community development loans and investments and community development loans and investments that remain on a bank's balance sheet.
                        <SU>1120</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies considered the comments about including prior period community development loans and investments in the Community Development Financing Test metrics and benchmarks and determined to finalize the rule as proposed. The agencies believe that providing consideration for both new originations and purchases and community development loans and investments that remain on a bank's balance sheet is a more accurate reflection of a bank's financing efforts and strikes the appropriate balance between incentivizing new community development loans and patient capital for community development projects. As discussed below, under the current framework, to receive credit for community development loans in each evaluation period, banks would need to renew or refinance the loans. In contrast, the agencies currently consider community development investments that remained on a bank's balance sheet in an evaluation period.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1120</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph I.a.1. The method for valuing community development loans and investments is discussed below.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies understand that the practice of renewal and refinancing of community development loans for the purpose of getting additional CRA consideration presented practical planning challenges for organizations engaged in community development projects because the financing was unpredictable. By providing consideration for both community development loans or investments that remain on a bank's balance sheet, the agencies believe the final rule will incentivize banks to engage in new loans and provide the length and type of financing that is most appropriate for the community development project and the bank's business model and expertise.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies determined not to limit consideration for community development loans and investments that remain on a bank's balance sheet to loans and investments originated or purchased during the prior evaluation cycle or to loans and investments with nonprofit organizations because these limitations would not further the goal of incentivizing banks to provide patient capital matched to the needs of the organization engaging in the community development project. With respect to limiting the length of consideration to community development loans and investments made in the prior evaluation period, the agencies note that CRA evaluation periods are typically about three years in length.
                        <SU>1121</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Based on the agencies' experience, it can take much longer than three years for an organization to raise capital and bring a community development project to completion. Limiting consideration for prior period community development loans and investments to the evaluation period following the one in which the loans or investments were originated, purchased, or made would perpetuate the mismatch between the needs of the community development project and the financing provided by banks. In addition, the length of evaluation 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6961"/>
                        periods, rather than the length of time the activity had an impact on the community benefited or served, may impact the consideration that banks receive for community development loans and investments.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1121</SU>
                             There is some variation in the length of evaluation periods between agencies and due to bank size or specific bank circumstances; however, in general, CRA evaluation periods are at least two years and not longer than five years in length.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>With respect to community development financing activities involving nonprofit organizations, the agencies also do not believe that there is a reason to treat community development loans and investments involving nonprofit organizations differently than other types of community development loans and investments. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis for § __.13, the agencies gave considerable thought to the types of loans and investments that support community development. In § __.13 of the final rule, the agencies specify whether an activity must involve a nonprofit organization for the agencies to consider it to support community development. If a loan or investment meets the requirements of § __.13, the agencies do not believe it is appropriate to impose further limitations on the amount of credit a bank receives for that loan or investment. The agencies believe that all community development loans and investments are designed to help meet community needs; to the extent that a community development loan or investments is particularly impactful or responsive, the mechanism for addressing that in a CRA evaluation is the impact and responsiveness review in § __.15, not limitations on the length of time that the bank can get credit for the community development loan or investment that remains on the bank's balance sheet.</P>
                    <P>In response to commenters concerns about providing repeated credit for lower impact or harmful community development loans and investments, the agencies do not believe this is a reason for limiting credit for prior period community development loans or investments. Under the final rule, the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency determines whether a loan or investment supports community development when the loan or investment is originated, made, or purchased. If the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency later identifies that there is evidence of discriminatory or other illegal credit practices pursuant to § __.28(d), it will consider that information in the bank's CRA evaluation.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Community development loan and investment valuation.</E>
                         After considering the comments regarding valuing community development loans and investments, the agencies are finalizing an annual valuation methodology; however, the agencies are clarifying this aspect of the proposal to explain how the final rule values different forms of community development loans and investments.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies believe that annual valuation of community development loans and investments is appropriate because banks receive consideration for the full dollar volume of the loan or investment in the year that it is originated, purchased, or made and the remaining value on a bank's balance sheet in other years. This valuation methodology helps to incentivize new loans and investments by both giving full credit for new loans and investments and diminishing the value as the loan or investment is paid off or changes value. Annual valuation also allows the agencies to calculate the metrics and benchmarks for banks with different evaluation periods because they can include the annual value in the appropriate calculations, which enhances consistency in the consideration of community development loans and investments.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies added further detail to paragraph I.a of appendix B in two areas. First, the agencies clarified the general description of the inputs for the numerator 
                        <SU>1122</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and added a description for the inputs for the denominator for the metrics and benchmark calculations in §§ __.24 and __.26. These descriptions provide the annual building blocks for the metrics and benchmark calculations in the Community Development Financing Test (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the annual dollar volume 
                        <SU>1123</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         of community development loans and community development investments and the annual dollar volume of deposits).
                        <SU>1124</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1122</SU>
                             Final § __.24 provides that the Community Development Financing Test evaluates a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community through community development loans and community development investments. As provided in final § __.21, under certain circumstances this evaluation will include community development loans and investments of operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries, as applicable, other affiliates, consortiums, and third parties. To ensure that the rule clearly provides that the agencies will consider community development loans and investments from all of these entities when appropriate, not just those of a bank or its operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries, as applicable, final appendix B, paragraph I.a, clarifies that the agencies include community development loans and community development investments “attributed to the bank pursuant to § __.21(b) and (c)” in the numerator of the metrics and benchmarks in the Community Development Financing Test. This is a clarifying revision that is not intended to have a substantive effect.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1123</SU>
                             As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.24(b)(1), for purposes of consistency in the final rule, the agencies changed the description in the final rule to use only the word “volume” instead “value” in final § __.24 and final appendix B. The agencies do not intend this to be a substantive change.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1124</SU>
                             For use in the metrics and benchmarks calculations in final § __.26, final appendix B, paragraph I.a.2.ii, also includes a description of the “annual dollar volume of assets.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Second, the agencies clarified how to value different forms of community development loans and investments for purposes of calculating the metrics and benchmarks, including by adding additional detail and explaining that the calculations are determined annually. The proposal described determining the value of community development loans originated and community development investments made, the increase in an existing community development loan that is renewed or modified, and the outstanding value of community development loans originated or purchased and community development investments made in previous years that remain on the bank's balance sheet.
                        <SU>1125</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As was clear from the comments, this description did not sufficiently explain how the agencies would value all forms of community development loans and investments or for what period the agencies would value the loans and investments. Under the final rule, and consistent with the proposal, banks value community development loans and investments annually as of December 31 of each calendar year. The annual dollar volume of a community development loan or investment will depend on whether the loan or investment is new to the bank that year or is a loan or investment from a prior year.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1125</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, section 1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also clarified in paragraph I.a of appendix B of the final rule that they will treat purchased loans the same as loans originated and investments made in a year. In proposed appendix B, the agencies explained how they would value purchased community development loans that remain on a bank's balance sheet. Commenters noted that the agencies should also explain how to value a community development loan purchased by a bank in the year of purchase. Consistent with current practice, under the final rule, appendix B explains that the agencies will value a purchased community development loan the same way as an origination in the year the bank originated the loan. In the agencies' experience, a secondary market for community development loans ensures that banks can manage their balance sheets based on their business models and capacity and are not disincentivized from seeking out new opportunities because they cannot 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6962"/>
                        free up capital to pursue those opportunities. The final rule also provides additional detail on the valuation of legally binding commitments to lend and invest. The agencies determined that banks should receive credit for the full dollar volume committed for all legally binding commitments to extend credit and legally binding commitments to invest. However, the agencies also determined that after the commitment is made the valuation depends on whether the commitment has been drawn upon.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered that valuing a commitment to extend credit or invest only on the drawn portion of the commitment would put banks that entered into commitments at a disadvantage because these banks would have committed resources and may not have capacity to originate, purchase, or make other community development loans and investments. Further, the agencies consider legally binding commitments to extend credit or invest a necessary tool in financing certain community development projects, and, for that reason, included commitments in the definition of community development loan and community development investment. If the agencies limited credit for commitments to extend credit or invest to the drawn portion of the commitment, the disadvantage created could disincentivize banks from making commitments, which could impact the viability of certain community development projects. However, the agencies also recognize that once a commitment has been drawn upon, the drawn portion of a commitment to extend credit or invest is no longer a “commitment” but is an outstanding loan or investment. Therefore, to give appropriate value to commitments, non-drawn commitments are valued based on the full dollar volume committed, but commitments that have been drawn upon are valued based on a combination of both the outstanding dollar volume of the commitment and the drawn portion of the commitment. Specifically, final appendix B includes a footnote that the dollar volume of a legally binding commitment to extend credit or legally binding commitment to invest in any given calendar year is (1) the full dollar volume committed; or (2) if drawn upon, the combined dollar volume of the outstanding commitment and any drawn portion of the commitment.
                        <SU>1126</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1126</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             footnote 1 to final appendix B, paragraph I.a.1.i.A.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The final rule also clarifies how the agencies will value refinances and renewals in the year of the refinance or renewal and in subsequent years.
                        <SU>1127</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies' clarifications to the valuation of refinances and renewals are to ensure that banks receive consideration for these loans or investments without incentivizing banks to churn loans solely for the purpose of receiving credit in each evaluation period. Under the final rule, the agencies will provide banks with credit for the dollar volume of any increase in the calendar year to an existing community development loan that is refinanced or renewed and in an existing community development investment that is renewed.
                        <SU>1128</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1127</SU>
                             The agencies note that refinances and renewals are treated differently under the Retail Lending Test in final § __.22 and the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24 because of differences between the performance tests. Specifically, because the Community Development Financing Test considers the dollar volume of community development loans and investments, it was necessary that the rule provide a method for valuing refinances and renewals that balanced the incentives for new originations and patient capital. Therefore, for purposes of the Community Development Financing Test, refinances and renewals are addressed and valued separately from originations and purchases.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1128</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph I.a.1.i.B.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Banks will receive credit for the outstanding dollar volume of community development loans originated or purchased in previous calendar years and community development investments made in previous calendar years, as of December 31 of each calendar year that the loan or investment remains on the bank's balance sheet.
                        <SU>1129</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Banks will also receive credit for the outstanding dollar volume, less any increase in the same calendar year, of a community development loan a bank refinanced or renewed in a calendar year subsequent to the calendar year of origination or purchase, as of December 31 for each calendar year that the loan remains on the bank's balance sheet, and an existing community development investment renewed in a calendar year subsequent to the calendar year of the investment, as of December 31 for each calendar year that the investment remains on the bank's balance sheet.
                        <SU>1130</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As discussed above, the agencies believe that these valuation methods strike the appropriate balance between incentivizing new community development loans and investments and encouraging patient capital.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1129</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph I.a.1.i.C.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1130</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph I.a.1.i.D.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies proposed to value the outstanding value of community development loans originated or purchased and community development investments made in previous years based on the value that remained on the bank's balance sheet on the last day of each quarter of the year, averaged across the four quarters of the year. The final rule instead values these community development loans and investments based on the value as of December 31 of each calendar year that the loan or investment remains on the bank's balance sheet. The agencies made this revision in response to overall comments received about the complexity and burden of the proposed rule. The agencies believe this change simplifies the rule and appropriately balances burden associated with data collection under the final rule with the need for data to calculate the metrics and benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies determined not to treat equity equivalent investments and syndications differently than other community development loans and investments. Under the final rule, community development loans and investments are considered in the single Community Development Financing Test. This contrasts with the current rule where large banks are separately evaluated under different tests for community development loans and investments. Therefore, the final rule eliminates the motivation for accounting for a portion of an equity equivalent investment as a loan and a portion as an investment to receive consideration under each of the current lending and investment tests.
                        <SU>1131</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under the final rule, if an equity equivalent investment supports community development pursuant to § __.13, the agencies will provide consideration for the full value of the investment under the Community Development Financing Test. Further, if the equity equivalent investment or syndication is consistent with one of the impact and responsiveness factors, banks will receive additional qualitative consideration for the investment. The agencies believe that this combined quantitative and qualitative consideration of equity equivalent investments and syndications under the Community Development Financing Test appropriately accounts for the value of these investments and further enhanced valuations are not necessary.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1131</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22 and __.23.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        With respect to the comments regarding “re-proving” in a later evaluation period that a loan or investment that remains on a bank's balance sheet supports community development, the agencies expect that they will engage in data integrity assessments under the final rule consistent with their current practices. In general, the agencies take a measured approach to data integrity to reduce 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6963"/>
                        burden. Under the final rule, community development loans and investments generally remain qualifying for a bank as long as the loan or investment remains on the bank's balance sheet, even if the agency has determined that the loan or investment no longer meets the requirements of § __.13.
                        <SU>1132</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For this reason, in most circumstances banks need only maintain the information used to substantiate that the loan or investment supported community development at the time it was originated, purchased, or made.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1132</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.14(a)(2)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Denominator for the Community Development Financing Test, Paragraph I.a of Appendix B</HD>
                    <P>In considering the comments on the valuation of community development loans and investments, as well as other comments about the metric and benchmark calculations, the agencies determined that additional information regarding the inputs to the calculations would help clarify the rule. Therefore, in addition to the revisions and clarifications that the agencies made to the numerator of the metrics and benchmarks in final paragraph I.a of appendix B, the agencies also provided additional clarifications to the denominator for the metrics and benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule provides in paragraph I.a.2.i of appendix B that for purposes of the metrics and benchmarks in § __.24, the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency calculates an annual dollar volume of deposits in a bank that is specific to each metric or benchmark for each calendar year in the evaluation period. The final rule describes this as the annual dollar volume of deposits and that term is used in the calculations for the Community Development Financing Test. The final rule goes on to reference the source of deposits for banks based on the definition of deposit in § __.12. Specifically, the final rule states that for a bank that (1) collects, maintains, and reports deposits data as provided in § __.42, the annual dollar volume of deposits is determined using the annual average daily balance of deposits in the bank as provided in bank statements (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         monthly, or quarterly) based on the deposit location and (2) does not collect, maintain, and report deposits data as provided in § __.42, the annual dollar volume of deposits is determined using the deposits assigned to each branch pursuant to the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24(a)(2) Allocation of Community Development Financing Activities (and Paragraph I.b of Appendix B)</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current rule, community development loans and investments must benefit a bank's assessment areas or a broader statewide or regional area that includes at least one of a bank's assessment areas.
                        <SU>1133</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The current rule does not include specific provisions for the allocation of the dollar value of community development loans and investments in circumstances where a bank cannot clearly attribute the loan or investment to one or more of its assessment areas.
                        <SU>1134</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1133</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)—6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1134</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Interagency Large Institution CRA Examination Procedures (April 2014) at appendix.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In § __.24 and section 14 of appendix B of the NPR, the agencies proposed an approach to consistently allocate the dollar value of community development loans and investments for the purpose of calculating the metrics and benchmarks used in the Community Development Financing Test. The agencies intended that the proposed approach would attribute the dollar value of community development loans and investments to the geographic areas benefited or served by the loan or investment and provide certainty that community development loans and investments benefiting geographic areas outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas would receive consideration, as provided for in the proposed rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that banks would allocate the dollar amount of community development loans and investments to one or more counties,
                        <SU>1135</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         States, or the nationwide area, depending on specific documentation or the geographic scope of the activity. As proposed, at the facility-based assessment area level, the agencies would sum the dollar value of community development loans and investments assigned to the counties within the facility-based assessment area in calculating the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric and the benchmarks applicable to facility-based assessment areas, which would inform the facility-based assessment area conclusions. In States in which a bank has at least one facility-based assessment area, the agencies would sum the dollar value of community development loans and investments allocated to the State and to any counties within the State to calculate the Bank State Community Development Financing Metric and the benchmark applicable to the State. In multistate MSAs in which a bank has at least one facility-based assessment area, the agencies would sum the dollar value of community development loans and investments allocated to the multistate MSA and to any counties within the multistate MSA to calculate the Bank Multistate MSA Community Development Financing Metric and the benchmark applicable to the multistate MSA. In the nationwide area, the agencies would sum the dollar value of all of a bank's community development loans and investments—those allocated to counties, States, multistate MSAs, and the nationwide area—to calculate the Bank Nationwide Community Development Financing Metric and the proposed benchmark applicable to the nationwide area.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1135</SU>
                             Under the proposal and the final rule, “county” means “any county or statistically equivalent entity as defined by the U.S. Census Bureau.” 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.12 and final § __.12.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believed this approach would allow for metrics that consistently measure performance at the different levels and was intended to support a balance between emphasizing facility-based assessment area performance and considering community development loans and investments that benefit geographic areas outside of those assessment areas. The agencies intended that the proposed approach would emphasize facility-based assessment area performance because it would allow the agencies to measure the dollar value of community development loans and investments that specifically serve a facility-based assessment area, distinct from community development loans and investments that serve a broader geographic area or that primarily serve other areas. At the same time, the proposal also would have considered all community development loans and investments in the nationwide metric.
                        <SU>1136</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believed this would provide additional certainty and flexibility relative to the current approach and allow banks the opportunity to conduct impactful and responsive community development loans and investments in areas that may have few assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1136</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(c)(4)(ii)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to determine the geographic scope of a community loan or investment based on information provided by the bank, and as needed, publicly available information and information provided by government or community sources that demonstrates 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6964"/>
                        that the activity serves individuals or census tracts located within the area. Proposed § __.24 also cross-referenced proposed section 14 of appendix B, where the agencies proposed to allocate a community development loan or investment that benefited a single county to that county. For an activity that benefited multiple counties, the agencies proposed two options for allocating the dollar value of the activity. Under the first proposed option, if a bank produced documentation for an activity specifying the appropriate dollar amount to assign to the counties benefited by the activity, then the bank would allocate the dollar value of the activity accordingly at the county level. In the alternative, if a bank did not produce documentation specifying how to allocate the loan or investment to the geographic area benefited or served by the particular activity, the bank would allocate the dollar amount based on the proportion of low- and moderate-income families in the applicable areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Under the second proposed option, for a community development loan or investment that served multiple counties but not an entire statewide area, the agencies proposed that banks would allocate the dollar amount of the loan or investment across the counties served, in proportion to the percentage distribution of low- and moderate-income families across those counties.
                        <SU>1137</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed that community development loans or investments that served one or more States, but not the entire nation, would be allocated at the State level, and not to specific counties within the State, based on the proportion of low- and moderate-income families in each State.
                        <SU>1138</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Lastly, the agencies proposed that for a community development loan or investment with a nationwide scope, for which the bank did not provide documentation, the bank would allocate loan or investment to the institution level and not to specific States or counties.
                        <SU>1139</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believed the use of demographic data for allocating the dollar value of community development loans and investments without documentation of locations served would provide certainty and consistency compared to the current approach and would reflect the population served by community development financing activities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1137</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, section 14.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1138</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1139</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies sought feedback on other data points that the agencies could use for allocating community development loans and investments and may more appropriately reflect the population served, such as total population or number of small businesses. The agencies also sought feedback regarding whether community development loans and investments that cannot be allocated to a specific county or State should be considered at the highest geographic level benefited or served by a loan or investment instead of being allocated to multiple counties or counties within States based upon the distribution of all low- and moderate-income families. In addition, the agencies sought feedback on what methodology should be used to allocate the dollar value of activities to specific counties for activities that serve multiple counties (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         allocate based on the distribution of low- and moderate-income families or some other method).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>In general, commenters that provided feedback on the allocation of community development loans and investments did not object to including an allocation method in the rule. Commenters' opinions varied, however, on how to allocate these community development loans and investments. A commenter generally supported the proposed geographic flexibility for allocating the dollar value of community development loans and investments under the Community Development Financing Test, which the commenter stated could help bring community development capital to more neighborhoods away from areas where banks have branches—especially Native and rural communities.</P>
                    <P>Commenters expressed differing views on whether to allocate community development loans and investments based on the percentage of low- and moderate-income families when banks did not provide specific documentation for allocating a loan or investment. A few commenters supported the agencies proposed approach of allocating community development loans or investments in proportion to the percentage of low- and moderate-income families. Other commenters instead recommended that the agencies allocate community development financing activities based on the distribution of low- and moderate-income households. One of these commenters supported its position by explaining that this allocation method reflects the intended beneficiaries of CRA. As an alternative, a commenter suggested that the agencies could use a simpler approach of allocating community development loans and investments based on the distribution of all families. Another commenter recommended the agencies use an allocation approach based on the proportion of low- and moderate-income families, small businesses, and small farms. The commenter also recommended the agencies conduct targeted impact assessments using surveys and other research tools that gauge how much and which residents or businesses benefit the most from banks' community development loans and investments in each assessment area.</P>
                    <P>Commenters also provided opposing views on whether, in the absence of specific documentation, the agencies should allocate community development loans and investments at the highest geographic level. A few commenters objected to allocating community development financing activities at the highest geographic level. For example, a state government commenter stated that the Community Development Financing Test is intended to measure banks' loans and investments against benchmarks that reflect local context, which the commenter asserted is incongruous with the idea that a bank with a nationwide footprint could include community development loans and investments that are nationwide in scope. The commenter believes that banks should have the burden of demonstrating local-, county-, or State-level impact. Another commenter requested that banks receive credit at the assessment area level for housing credit investments made anywhere in the State where a bank has more than one assessment area.</P>
                    <P>
                        Commenters offered several alternatives to allocating at the highest geographic level including that the agencies should: (1) make best efforts to ensure that they assign community development loans and investments in a manner that is consistent with the bank's preferences, as well as with standard industry practices; (2) permit geographic allocation based on allocation or side letters; (3) base allocations on the capital committed for an investment, even if the fund has not identified all of its specific development sites or other projects; (4) allocate loans and investments to each assessment area as the loan or investment indicates or equally to each applicable assessment area served; (5) allocate based on the purpose, mandate, or function of the organization or activity, including which geographic areas are served; or (6) permit the bank and the recipient of the loan or investment to identify a reasonable geographic allocation (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         allow banks to rely on geographic 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6965"/>
                        allocations provided by the recipient or consortium).
                    </P>
                    <P>In contrast, a few commenters supported allocating community development loans and investments that cannot be allocated to a certain area at the highest geographic level, whether that be the State, multistate MSA, or institution level. One of these commenters noted that, if the community development loans and investments are broad reaching, the State, county, or regional planning commission may have accompanying metrics the agencies could use in assessing the impact on a State or county. Another commenter expressed that allocating a community development loan or investment across multiple counties would create an impossible burden for many of the local (and often nonprofit) bank partners that help banks serve their communities. Some commenters recommended allocating community development loans and investments at the institution level.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are finalizing the allocation provisions included in the proposed rule with certain revisions to clarify how banks will allocate community development loans and investments. Section __.24(a)(2) of the final rule provides that the agencies consider community development loans and investments allocated pursuant to paragraph I.b of appendix B. Final paragraph I.b of appendix B includes the specific allocation provisions that were included in proposed section 14 of appendix B, with clarifying revisions.
                        <SU>1140</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1140</SU>
                             The Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks includes a similar provision for allocation in final § __.26(c)(2), which also cross-references final appendix B, paragraph I.b.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies determined that permitting banks to choose between allocating community development loans and investments based on specific documentation or the geographic scope of an activity provided the appropriate level of flexibility. As such, the final rule retains both options. The agencies considered feedback from certain commenters noting that banks should have flexibility in allocating community development loans and investments. Further, the agencies considered the options provided by commenters for allocating community development loans and investments, including permitting the use of side letters, considering allocation information from the recipient, or basing allocations on the purpose, mandate, or function of the recipient of the loan or investment.</P>
                    <P>The agencies continue to believe it is important that banks can receive consideration in specific geographic areas if they are able to demonstrate that a community development loan or investment, or a portion of a loan or investment, benefited or served a particular area. Allowing for allocation based on specific documentation enhances the accuracy of the metrics and benchmarks in the Community Development Financing Test. Further, it provides an incentive for banks to serve particular communities by including a method for the bank to get consideration for the whole or a specific portion of a community loan or investment in the area benefited or served.</P>
                    <P>Under the final rule, the agencies would consider any documentation provided by the bank that specifies the appropriate dollar volume of a community development loan or investment to assign to each county, such as the specific addresses and dollar volume associated with each address, or other information that indicates the specific dollar volume of the loan or investment that benefited or served each county. Consistent with commenters' suggestions, specific documentation could include, but would not be limited to, side or allocation letters; information on the purpose, mandate, or function of the organization that received the community development loan or investment; or any other information that reasonably demonstrates the specific dollar volume of the activity that benefited or served a county. The agencies removed the word “accounting” before “information” to clarify that they did not intend to limit the type of information considered strictly to information related to accounting; information could also include, for example, a mission statement for the organization that received the community development loan or investment.</P>
                    <P>
                        If a bank does not provide specific documentation, the agencies determined it is appropriate to allocate a community development loan or investment to the highest geographic level that the activity benefits or serves (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         county, State, multistate MSA,
                        <SU>1141</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         or nationwide area) based on the geographic scope 
                        <SU>1142</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         of the loan or investment and in proportion to the percentage of low- and moderate-income families in the area benefited or served by the loan or investment. Following consideration of the comments, the agencies determined that allocating at the highest geographic level benefited or served appropriately balances the burden of allocating community development loans and investments at a more granular level with the desire for accuracy of the metrics and benchmarks. If a community development loan or investment has a geographic scope of benefiting or serving one or more entire States, multistate MSAs, or the nationwide area and the bank cannot attribute the loan or investment to any particular county, then the loan or investment will be allocated to the State(s) or multistate MSA(s) that the activity benefits or serves or, if the activity benefits or serves the nationwide area, to the nationwide area. Consequently, a bank will not receive consideration for community development loans or investments allocated to a State, multistate MSA, or the nationwide area in its lower geographic-level evaluations. For the purposes of allocating community development loans and investments, the agencies consider low- or moderate-income families to be located in a State or multistate MSA, as applicable, consistent with final § __.28(c). The agencies determined that this was appropriate because allocating community development financing activities to the county, State, or multistate MSA level in the absence of specific documentation that the loan or investment benefited or served that area could result in an artificial inflation of the metrics and benchmarks because the loan or investment may not have benefited or served one of the geographic areas where the agencies are allocating a portion of the dollar value. Further, allocating part of a community development loan or investment to a county, State, or multistate MSA that did not actually benefit from that loan or investment may disincentivize banks from engaging in more targeted loans and investments that do benefit or serve those areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1141</SU>
                             The NPR discussed allocating at the multistate MSA level. The agencies did not include this level of allocation in proposed appendix B. The final rule includes allocation at the multistate MSA level because allocation at this level is necessary based on the structure of the proposal and the final rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1142</SU>
                             The agencies determine the highest geographic level for allocating a community development financing activity based on the geographic scope of the activity. For example, the agencies would allocate an investment in a statewide economic development fund for which the bank does not have specific documentation identifying projects financed at the county level to the State—not the nationwide area.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered the comments suggesting alternatives to the proposed approach of allocating community development loans and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6966"/>
                        investments in proportion to the percentage of low- and moderate-income families in the geographic area benefited or served. The agencies are finalizing allocation based on the percentage of low- and moderate-income families because they believe this: (1) is consistent with the CRA statute's and CRA regulations' focus on helping to meet the credit needs of a bank's entire community, including low- and moderate-income communities; and (2) it does not introduce additional complexity that would result from allocating based on a combination of low- and moderate-income families, small businesses, and small farms. The agencies determined that other options for allocating community development loans or investments, such as allocation based on all families or dividing between facility-based assessment areas, lacked the connection to low- and moderate-income communities that the agencies believe is at the core of the CRA. Further, the agencies considered commenter feedback and determined that it was not appropriate to allocate one type of activity, such as housing tax credit investments, differently than other types of activities because the mechanism for recognizing particularly impactful activities under the final rule is the impact and responsiveness review. The final rule includes the following table outlining how community development loans and investments will be allocated:
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="437">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.103</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        Final paragraph I.b.2.ii.B of appendix B also includes a footnote explaining that for purposes of allocating community development loans and investments, the agencies consider low- or moderate-income families to be located in a State or multistate MSA, as applicable, consistent with final § __.28(c). As noted above, the agencies also made several clarifying edits to proposed § __.24(a) and paragraph I.b of appendix B. The agencies divided proposed § __.24(a) into two paragraphs, so that the allocation paragraph 
                        <SU>1143</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         is independent of the general paragraph describing the performance test.
                        <SU>1144</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies removed the portion of proposed § __.24(a) referencing the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6967"/>
                        documentation that banks can provide, or the agencies will use, to support the allocation of community development loans and investments because this concept is adequately addressed in paragraph I.b of appendix B of the final rule. Under the final rule, paragraph I.b.1 of appendix B provides that, as appropriate, the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency may also consider publicly available information and information provided by government or community sources that demonstrates that a community development loan or community development investment benefits or serves a facility-based assessment area, State, or multistate MSA, or the nationwide area. The agencies intend that these changes will clarify, but not substantively alter, the proposal.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1143</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(a)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1144</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Further, the agencies reorganized paragraph I.b of appendix B and added additional detail to explain the allocation process for community development loans and investments. First, following the paragraphs on valuation in paragraph I.a.i of appendix B, paragraph I.a.ii explains that to calculate the metrics and benchmarks provided in §§ __.24 and __.26, the agency includes all community development loans and community development investments that are allocated to the specific facility-based assessment area, State, multistate MSA, or nationwide area, respectively, in the numerator for the metric and benchmarks applicable to that geographic area and then cross references paragraph I.b of appendix B, which includes the allocation provisions. Second, the agencies included in paragraph I.b.1 of appendix B cross references to § __.42(a)(5)(ii)(D) and (E), which explain the data a bank must provide to support the allocation of a community development loan or investment. The agencies also made other conforming revisions.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24(b) Facility-Based Assessment Area Evaluation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Rule and the Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>As discussed above, the agencies currently evaluate banks' community development performance in banks' assessment areas. The agencies proposed to continue evaluation of community development financing activities in facility-based assessment areas consistent with the current rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Commenters generally supported the continued evaluation of community development financing performance in facility-based assessment areas. The comments regarding specific aspects of the proposed facility-based assessment area evaluation, including the applicable metrics, benchmarks, impact review, and conclusions are discussed below in the relevant section-by-section analyses.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                        Final Rule 
                        <SU>1145</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </HD>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1145</SU>
                             As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.21(a)(5), the agencies are adopting a new paragraph in the final rule to clarify the evaluation of military banks. Under the final rule, the agencies will evaluate a military bank that chooses to delineate the entire United States and its territories as its sole facility-based assessment area because its customers are not located within a defined geographic area, as specified in final § __.16(d), exclusively at the institution level based on the bank's performance in its sole facility-based assessment area. For purposes of the final Community Development Financing Test, the agencies will evaluate these banks pursuant to the facility-based assessment area provisions in final § __.24(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Under the final rule, the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency evaluates a bank's community development financing performance in a facility-based assessment areas using (1) the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric in § __.24(b)(1); (2) the applicable benchmarks, which include the Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark and the MSA and Nonmetropolitan Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmarks (referred to as the local and national benchmarks in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(b)(2)); and (3) the impact and responsiveness review in § __.24(b)(3). The final rule also provides that the agency assigns conclusions for a bank's facility-based assessment areas pursuant to paragraph d.1 of appendix C. This section includes conforming and technical edits to update the numbering in the rule and other wording for purposes of consistency and clarity that are not intended to have a substantive effect.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.24(b)(1) Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed in § __.24(b)(1) to use a Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric to measure the dollar value of a bank's community development loans and investments compared to deposits from the bank's deposit accounts 
                        <SU>1146</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in the facility-based assessment area. As discussed below, the agencies also proposed comparing this metric to certain benchmarks for the purpose of informing the evaluation of bank performance.
                        <SU>1147</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1146</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.12 (defining “deposits”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1147</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric</E>
                        —
                        <E T="03">Numerator.</E>
                         The agencies proposed in § __.24(b)(1) and section 2 of appendix B that the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric would be the ratio of a bank's community development financing dollars (the numerator) that serve the facility-based assessment area, averaged over the years of the evaluation period, relative to the dollar value of the deposits from the bank's deposit accounts (the denominator) in a bank's facility-based assessment area, averaged over the evaluation period.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that the numerator of the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric would be a bank's annual average of dollars of community development loans and investments that serve a facility-based assessment area.
                        <SU>1148</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As discussed above, for each year in an evaluation period this calculation would include the dollar amount of all community development loans originated and community development investments made in that year. The agencies also proposed to include the dollar amount of any increase in an existing community development loan that is renewed or modified in that year.
                        <SU>1149</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposed numerator would also include the quarterly average value of community development loans and community development investments originated or purchased in a prior year that remained on a bank's balance sheet on the last day of each quarter during the evaluation period.
                        <SU>1150</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Considering the outstanding balance of a loan or investment in bank's metric on an annual basis would make long-term financing beneficial to a bank's metric.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1148</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(b)(1) and proposed appendix B, section 1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1149</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, section 1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1150</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric—Denominator.</E>
                         The proposed denominator of the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric would be a bank's annual average dollar amount of deposits from the bank's deposit accounts sourced from a facility-based assessment area during the evaluation period.
                        <SU>1151</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As proposed in § __.42, collecting and maintaining deposits data would be required for banks with assets 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6968"/>
                        greater than $10 billion as of December 31 in both of the prior two calendar years and optional for banks with assets of $10 billion or less as of December 31 of either of the prior two calendar years.
                        <SU>1152</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under the proposal, banks that collected and maintained deposits data under proposed § __.42 would compute the average deposits (calculated based on average daily balances as provided in statements such as monthly or quarterly statements, as applicable) for depositors located in the assessment area.
                        <SU>1153</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         An annual average would then be computed across the years of the evaluation period. The agencies proposed that, for banks that do not collect and maintain deposits data under proposed § __.42, CRA evaluations would use the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data in order to tailor data requirements for these banks.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1151</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1152</SU>
                             The proposed rule was silent as to whether intermediate banks that opted into the Community Development Financing Test could opt to collect and maintain deposits data for purposes of calculating the Community Development Financing Test metrics.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1153</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.42(b)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        This denominator was an indicator of a bank's financial capacity to conduct community development loans and investments because deposits are a major source of bank funding for loans and investments. The agencies considered that, in their view, the greater a bank's volume of deposits, the greater its capacity and CRA obligation to lend and invest would become.
                        <SU>1154</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Therefore, the proposed approach for the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric would establish a proportionately greater obligation to serve facility-based assessment areas for banks with a greater presence in that market.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1154</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2901.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As an alternative, the agencies considered basing the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric denominator on the share of a bank's depositors residing in a facility-based assessment area. Using this alternative, the agencies would calculate the denominator by multiplying the bank's institution level deposits by the percentage of the bank's depositors that reside in a facility-based assessment area. For example, if the bank had a total of $100,000,000 in deposits and one percent of the bank's depositors resided in a given facility-based assessment area, then the denominator for that assessment area's metric would be $100,000,000 × .01 = $1,000,000. The objective of this alternative approach would be to more evenly allocate a bank's CRA obligations across markets, including less affluent markets in which a bank's depositors hold relatively small amounts of deposits, because deposits would be allocated to facility-based assessment areas in proportion to the number of depositors. However, the agencies considered that this option would require all large banks and any intermediate banks that opt into the Community Development Financing Test to collect and maintain the number of depositors residing in each of their facility-based assessment areas and in other geographic areas because this information is not available from existing data such as the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies received several comments on the proposed Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric.
                        <SU>1155</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Commenters generally supported the proposed metric; however, at least one commenter objected and recommended the agencies use only the number of loans and investments and consider their overall impact in assessing banks' CRA performance. Further, some comments on the proposed metric may reflect a misunderstanding of the proposed calculations.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1155</SU>
                             The agencies note that comments on the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric related to the calculation of the metric apply equally to the other metrics in the Community Development Financing Test. These comments will not be separately discussed when considering the other metrics in this performance test.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric</E>
                        —
                        <E T="03">numerator.</E>
                         With respect to the proposed calculation of the numerator of the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric, the agencies received several comments expressing differing views on the proposal for averaging banks' on balance sheet community development loans and investments for purposes of the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Test Metric numerator. A commenter objected to using a three-year average of community development loans and investments because the loan values would likely decrease over that time, which the commenter stated would devalue community development loans. The commenter urged the agencies to consider an approach where the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Test Metric numerator is the sum of: (1) the annual average of community development loans and investments originated or purchased in a prior evaluation period that remain on a bank's balance sheet; and (2) the total of all of community development loans and investments originated or purchased during the current evaluation period, without annual averaging.
                        <SU>1156</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter stated this approach would promote the provision of long-term capital since banks would still receive credit for remaining balances in the next evaluation period while encouraging community development financing generally by allowing banks to realize the full value of their community development loans and investments in the current evaluation period.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1156</SU>
                             The agencies note that the commenter's suggestion is generally consistent with the proposal.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Another commenter stated that the proposed methodology of the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric would artificially inflate the numerator by giving consideration during the current review period for activities in each year. The commenter suggested that a better way of encouraging patient capital would be to consider “past” loans and investments to refer only to prior evaluation period activities. Notwithstanding these concerns, the commenter suggested that if the agencies proceed with finalizing the current proposal, the final rule should include three additional ratios: (1) current community development financing activity divided by deposits; (2) past community development financing activity divided by deposits; and (3) total community development financing activity divided by deposits. Another commenter also expressed concern that providing consideration for current review period activities each year would limit the number of new loan originations.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric</E>
                        —
                        <E T="03">denominator.</E>
                         Commenters that provided feedback on the denominator for the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric and other metrics in the Community Development Financing Test generally expressed a preference for using the dollar value of deposits as proposed. Commenters generally did not support the alternative of using the share of bank depositors residing in a facility-based assessment area as the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric denominator.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Commenters provided several reasons for their objection to the alternative denominator. One commenter noted that obtaining accurate data on the actual share of bank depositors residing 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6969"/>
                        in an assessment area would be difficult. Another commenter stated that the agencies' proposed approach of using deposits as the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric denominator was simpler and offered a more realistic chance for obtaining accurate data. Another commenter stated that it understood the agencies' desire to account for population and resource differences across assessment areas but that it was not clear the alternative approach would accomplish this goal. Lastly, a commenter noted that the spirit of the CRA includes how well banks are lending compared to where they are taking deposits.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also sought feedback regarding whether the source of deposits data for the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric denominator should be collected deposits data or the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data for banks with assets less than or equal to $10 billion. Some commenters supported the proposed use of Summary of Deposits data for the denominator for banks with assets of $10 billion or less. A commenter also recommended that all banks, not just banks with assets less than or equal to $10 billion, use Summary of Deposits data for the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric denominator. This commenter suggested that banks may voluntarily collect and maintain deposits data for the sake of ensuring accurate metrics and weights.</P>
                    <P>Alternatively, some commenters preferred using collected deposits data for the denominator. Specifically, certain commenters recommended that the agencies should require deposits data collection for all large banks for use in determining the denominator. One of these commenters stated that collected deposits data more accurately reflect bank performance under the Community Development Financing Test. Another commenter recommended allowing banks to rely on the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data to mitigate compliance burden but suggested that banks may opt to collect and report deposits data to offset the risk of inaccuracy associated with the use of Summary of Deposits data.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>After considering the comments, the agencies are finalizing the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric as proposed with certain revisions, including clarifying and conforming revisions, to final § __.24(b)(1) and paragraph II.a of final appendix B (proposed as section 2 of appendix B).</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric—numerator.</E>
                         With respect to the numerator of the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric, the commenters focused on: (1) the types of loans and investments included in the numerator; (2) when banks originated, purchased, or made those loans and investments; and (3) whether they were averaged annually over the evaluation period. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(a), the agencies considered how to value community development loans and investments to encourage patient capital while still giving appropriate consideration for new community development loans and investments and believe that the final rule strikes the right balance.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies considered the alternatives suggested by commenters, including averaging only the annual value of prior period community development loans and investments and adding additional metrics if the rule is finalized as proposed. The agencies determined not to adopt these or other alternatives. Because the same metrics and benchmarks apply to all banks evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test, banks that want to differentiate themselves will need to increase their community development lending and investments in comparison to their peers. Banks that substantially reduce the amount of new community development lending and investments will likely perform poorly in comparison to peers that maintain or increase their level of community development lending and investment. For this reason, the introduction of standard metrics and benchmarks will encourage banks to increase their community development lending and investment.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also note that the Community Development Financing Test includes consideration of the performance context information provided in § __.21(d), as further discussed in that section-by-section analysis. Performance context that the agencies may consider under the final rule includes: (1) information regarding a bank's past performance; (2) any information about community development needs and opportunities; and (3) any other information the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency deems relevant. Given that the agencies will use the metrics and benchmarks to inform a qualitative assessment of a bank's community development financing performance, an examiner could consider these performance context factors in concluding on a bank's performance in circumstances where the bank has substantially reduced the amount of new community development loans and investments during an evaluation period.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric—denominator.</E>
                         The agencies considered commenter feedback on the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric denominator and for this purpose, deposits are an indicator of a bank's financial capacity to conduct community development loans and investments because deposits are a major source of bank funding for loans and investments. Although the alternative described in the proposal of using the share of a bank's depositors residing in an facility-based assessment area for the denominator may have allowed the agencies to more evenly allocate a bank's CRA obligations across markets—including less affluent markets in which the bank's depositors hold relatively small amounts of deposits—the burden associated with this option outweighs the benefit of using depositors as the denominator because it would require data collection for all banks evaluated under the Community Development Financing Test. Using deposits as the denominator is consistent with the spirit of the CRA because it enables the agencies to assess the extent to which banks are reinvesting in the communities where they take deposits.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered the comments regarding the use of deposits data collected pursuant to § __.42 as opposed to the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data in the denominator for the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric. The split in commenters' views on this issue reflects the inherent tradeoffs associated with each option. While use of collected deposits data would make the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric more accurate, collecting data on deposits would be a new data collection requirement that imposes burden on banks. In contrast, although using Summary of Deposits data in the denominator eliminates the burden on banks to collect data, it may not accurately reflect the dollar volume of deposits drawn from a particular geographic area. The agencies are adopting the final rule as proposed because it balances the tradeoff between increased burden associated with collecting, maintaining, and reporting 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6970"/>
                        deposits data and the accuracy of the deposits data.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule requires banks that had assets greater than $10 billion to collect, maintain, and report deposits data. It is important to tailor the requirement to collect, maintain, and report deposits data in order to only apply to banks with greater resources. The agencies determined that, due to the greater resources of banks that had assets greater than $10 billion, these banks have the capacity to collect, maintain, and report more accurate data and the benefit of more accurate deposits data outweighs the burden of collecting, maintaining, and reporting that data. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         the section-by-section analysis of § __.42. For banks that had assets less than or equal to $10 billion, the final rule uses the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data in the denominator, thereby limiting the burden for these banks. Nonetheless, because certain banks that had assets of less than or equal to $10 billion may have dispersed deposits or the assignment of the banks' deposits under the Summary of Deposits data may not reflect the actual location of the deposits, the final rule provides these banks with the option to collect, maintain, and report deposits data. Providing this option mitigates the potential negative consequences of using Summary of Deposits data in the denominator because banks that would not perform well compared to their peers using Summary of Deposits data will be able to choose to collect, maintain, and report deposits data pursuant to final § __.42 to provide a fuller and more accurate picture of their community development lending and investment.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Section</E>
                         __.
                        <E T="03">24(b)—clarifying, conforming, and technical revisions to the facility-based assessment area evaluation.</E>
                         Although the agencies are finalizing the facility-based assessment area evaluation, including the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric, substantively as proposed, as noted by commenters, the structure of proposed § __.24 and appendix B may be confusing. To address that concern, the agencies revised aspects of the final rule for clarity and consistency. With respect to the facility-based assessment area evaluation, the agencies included technical revisions to cross reference the sections of the final rule that include the metrics, benchmarks, and the impact and responsiveness review as well as how the agencies assign conclusions.
                        <SU>1157</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also enhanced the descriptions of the metrics and benchmarks in final § __.24 and clarified the calculations in appendix B by segmenting the descriptions into steps and adding sample formulas to the examples. These edits are intended to eliminate unintended inconsistencies and inaccuracies in the calculations in the final rule and improve the ability to understand and apply the metrics and benchmarks in the final Community Development Financing Test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1157</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             final § __.24(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Under the final rule, § __.24(b)(1) provides that the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric measures the dollar volume of a bank's community development loans and community development investments 
                        <SU>1158</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         that benefit or serve a facility-based assessment area compared to those deposits in the bank that are located in the facility-based assessment area, calculated pursuant to paragraph II.a of appendix B.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1158</SU>
                             The agencies consider a bank's community development loans and investments to include those community development loans and investments that the bank is required or elects to have the agencies consider under final § __.21(b) and (c) (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             community development loans and investments conducted by operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries, as applicable, other affiliates, third parties, or consortiums).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Paragraph I.a.1 of appendix B of the final rule provides that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency calculates an annual dollar volume of community development loans and community development investments based on the annual dollar volume of these loans and investments. Paragraph I.a.2.i of appendix B of the final rule provides that the agency also determines the annual dollar volume of deposits. The agencies use the annual dollar volume of community development loans and investments and the annual dollar volume of deposits to calculate the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric pursuant to paragraph II.a of appendix B. Paragraph II.a of appendix B includes the three steps for calculating the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric. Specifically, the agency calculates the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric by: (1) summing the bank's annual dollar volume of community development loans and community development investments that benefit or serve the facility-based assessment area for each year in the evaluation period (sum of community development loans and investments); (2) summing the annual dollar volume of deposits located in the facility-based assessment area (sum of deposits); and (3) dividing the result of the sum of community development loans and investments by the sum of deposits.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies made a technical change to consistently use the term “dollar volume” when describing community development loans and investments and deposits in the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric. The agencies also revised the phrase used to describe deposits in the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric. In the proposal, community development loans were compared to “deposits from the bank's deposit accounts.” The agencies determined that this description could be misinterpreted to mean the bank's own accounts (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         accounts containing the bank's money). To clarify the denominator, the final rule uses the phrase “deposits in the bank.”
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies made conforming revisions to the remainder of final § __.24 and final appendix B to reflect these clarifying, conforming, and technical revisions.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24(b)(2) Benchmarks</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed establishing local 
                        <SU>1159</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and national 
                        <SU>1160</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         benchmarks for each facility-based assessment area. To help develop facility-based assessment area conclusions, the agencies would compare the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric to both (1) an Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark (local benchmark) and, as applicable, (2) a Metropolitan or a Nonmetropolitan Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmark (national benchmarks).
                        <SU>1161</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These benchmarks would enable the agencies to compare an individual bank's community development financing performance to other banks in a clear and consistent manner. The agencies based the proposed benchmarks on the aggregate amount of community development loans and investments and the total dollar value of deposits in the bank's facility-based assessment area or nationwide area, among all large banks.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1159</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(b)(2)(i) and proposed appendix B, section 3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1160</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(b)(2)(ii) and proposed appendix B, section 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1161</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(b)(2)(i) and (ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As proposed, the aggregate amounts of deposits for these benchmarks would be based on reported deposits data for banks that had assets greater than $10 billion and the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data for banks that had assets less than or equal to $10 billion, using 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6971"/>
                        the deposits assigned to branches located in each assessment area for which the benchmark is calculated.
                        <SU>1162</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies sought feedback on the proposed approach to using the Summary of Deposits data for calculating community development financing benchmarks, the tradeoffs of the proposed approach, and potential alternatives to the proposed approach.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1162</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.12 (defining “deposits”) and proposed appendix B, sections 3 and 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The proposed approach of using both local and national benchmarks would provide the agencies, banks, and the public with additional context about the local level of community development lending and investment that could help to interpret and set goals for performance. For example, a bank whose metric fell short of the local benchmark, in a facility-based assessment area where the local benchmark is much lower than the national benchmark, could be considered to have conducted a relatively low volume of loans and investments. The agencies also intended the national benchmarks to provide a baseline for evaluating the level of a particular bank's community development loans and investments in a facility-based assessment area with few or no other large banks from which to calculate a local benchmark. In the preamble to the proposed rule, the agencies suggested the benchmarks would be made publicly available, for example, in dashboards.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark.</E>
                        <SU>1163</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies provided in section 3 of proposed appendix B that the numerator for the Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark would be the annual average dollar amount of all large banks' community development financing activities in the facility-based assessment area during the evaluation period. Under this proposed section, the denominator for the Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark would be the annual average of the total dollar amount of all deposits held in the assessment area by large banks. The agencies proposed that the deposits in the facility-based assessment area would be the sum of: (1) the annual average of deposits in counties in the facility-based assessment area by all banks that had assets greater than $10 billion over the evaluation period, as reported under proposed § __.42; and (2) the annual average of deposits assigned to branches in the facility-based assessment area by all large banks that had assets less than or equal to $10 billion, according to the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data, over the evaluation period.
                        <SU>1164</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1163</SU>
                             The agencies note that many of the comments on the Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark apply equally to the other benchmarks in the Community Development Financing Test. This 
                            <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                             does not separately discuss these comments when considering the other benchmarks in this performance test.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1164</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, section 2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="100">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.105</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>The Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark would reflect local conditions that vary across assessment areas, such as the level of competition from other banks and the availability of community development opportunities, which may contribute to differences in the level of community development lending and investment across communities and within a community across time. The agencies considered that using a standard local benchmark would improve the consistency of the current evaluation approach, which does not include consistent data points that reflect local levels of community development lending and investment.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Metropolitan and Nonmetropolitan Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmarks.</E>
                         In § __.24(b)(2)(ii), the agencies proposed to develop separate nationwide community development financing benchmarks for all metropolitan areas and all nonmetropolitan areas (the national benchmarks), respectively. The agencies would apply one of these national benchmarks to each facility-based assessment area, depending on whether the facility-based assessment area was located in a metropolitan area or nonmetropolitan area.
                        <SU>1165</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Based on the agencies' analysis, the ratio of banks' community development loans and investments to deposits is higher in metropolitan facility-based assessment areas than in nonmetropolitan assessment areas.
                        <SU>1166</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed setting the national benchmark separately for metropolitan and nonmetropolitan areas to help account for differences in the level of community development opportunities in these areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1165</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(b)(2)(ii) and proposed appendix B, section 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1166</SU>
                             The analysis used a sample of 5,735 assessment areas from large retail bank performance evaluation records from 2005 to 2017 in the Board's CRA Analytics Data Tables, which note the dollar volume of current period community development loan originations, as well as current period and prior period community development investments in each assessment area. The total dollar volume of community development loans and investments was divided by the length in years of each examination evaluation period, to produce an annual average for each assessment area evaluation. The FDIC's Summary of Deposits data was used to identify the dollar volume of deposits associated with the corresponding bank's branches in the assessment area, which is the best available approach for estimating the dollar volume of deposits associated with each of a bank's assessment areas. The aggregate ratio of annualized dollars of community development loans and investments to dollar volume of deposits was computed separately for all metropolitan assessment areas and all nonmetropolitan assessment areas in the sample, respectively. Under this analysis, the metropolitan ratio was 1.4 percent, and the nonmetropolitan ratio was 0.9 percent, based on exams from 2014 to 2017. The metropolitan ratio remained significantly larger than the nonmetropolitan ratio when limiting the sample to only full-scope examinations, across different periods of the sample, and when computing the median ratio of all examinations, rather than a mean.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that the numerator for the national benchmarks would be the annual average of the total dollar amount of all large banks' community development loans and investments (in either metropolitan or nonmetropolitan areas, depending on the facility-based assessment area) during the evaluation period. The 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6972"/>
                        proposed denominator was the annual average of the total dollar amount of deposits (again, either in metropolitan or nonmetropolitan areas) during the evaluation period. Under the proposal, the deposits in the metropolitan or nonmetropolitan areas would be the sum of: (1) the annual average of deposits in counties in the metropolitan or nonmetropolitan areas reported by all banks that had assets greater than $10 billion over the evaluation period (as reported under proposed § __.42); and (2) the annual average of deposits assigned to branches in the metropolitan or nonmetropolitan areas by all banks that had assets less than or equal to $10 billion, according to the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data, over the evaluation period.
                        <SU>1167</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1167</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(b)(2)(ii) and proposed appendix B, section 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="164">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.106</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Timing of benchmark data.</E>
                         The agencies also considered whether they should calculate and fix the benchmarks based on community development lending, community development investment, and deposits data that are available at least one year in advance of the end of the evaluation period. For example, for a three-year evaluation period ending in December 2024, the agencies could determine the benchmarks for that evaluation period using data over the three-year timeframe spanning from 2021 to 2023. This alternative would have provided additional certainty that the benchmarks that a bank would be compared to would not change in the final year of an evaluation period. However, the agencies did not propose this alternative because they believed the benchmarks to which a bank is compared under this alternative may not reflect the credit needs and opportunities in the assessment area to the same degree as the proposed approach, which calculated the benchmarks based on the years in the evaluation period, especially if there were significant changes in community development opportunities during the final year of the evaluation period.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Local and national benchmarks.</E>
                         Commenters that addressed the agencies' proposal to compare the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric to both local and national benchmarks expressed varying views regarding the use of the proposed benchmarks. Certain commenters supported the use of local and national benchmarks stating that the benchmarks would create more transparency and consistency across performance evaluations and more certainty as to whether banks will receive credit for community development loans and investments outside of facility-based assessment areas. For example, a commenter expressed the view that the local and national benchmarks would encourage more investments in underserved communities, as well as in statewide and national funds.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        A few other commenters expressed support for the inclusion of the local benchmarks in the Community Development Financing Test but opposed or expressed reservations about the national benchmarks. These commenters provided several reasons for objecting to the use of national benchmarks, including that: (1) they would compare a regional bank's performance against that of much larger, nationwide banks, thereby requiring regional banks to attempt to make up for quantitative deficiencies in the comparison of the bank's metric to the benchmarks through qualitative considerations; (2) the availability of community development loans and investments varies considerably from region to region; and (3) they fail to account for peculiarities or limitations in an assessment area or factors beyond a bank's control. One of these commenters requested that if the agencies retain the nationwide area benchmarks,
                        <SU>1168</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the final rule should allow banks the option of a nationwide area review. A few commenters expressed concern that a formulaic approach for the use of benchmarks may have unintended consequences due to its lack of nuance. One of these commenters stated that a national benchmark is not appropriate in facility-based assessment areas with low levels of community development lending and investments because opportunities in these areas tend to be limited and a national benchmark could be unduly demanding. The commenter noted that, on the other hand, use of a national benchmark in facility-based assessment areas with high levels of community development lending and investment opportunities could be unduly lenient.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1168</SU>
                             The agencies understand the commenter to be referring to the proposed national benchmarks.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also asked for feedback on the appropriate method for using the local and national benchmarks. Commenters generally supported allowing examiner judgement regarding the use of benchmarks. However, consistent with the comments on enhancing the rigor of the Community Development Financing Test, discussed above, other commenters preferred that the agencies standardize the use of benchmarks, with one commenter stating that the agencies should only use 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6973"/>
                        examiner judgement until they collect community development lending and investment data and identify patterns.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters requested that the agencies provide examiners with guidelines for using the local and national benchmarks. For example, a few commenters expressed concern that the proposal failed to provide enough guidelines for comparing the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric to either the local or national benchmarks making it possible for an examiner to inflate a rating by choosing the lowest comparator benchmark.</P>
                    <P>Certain comments suggested additional guidelines for the local and national benchmarks. A few commenters suggested the agencies establish the following guidelines: (1) weight the national benchmark at 60 percent and local benchmark at 40 percent in facility-based assessment areas where the local benchmark is lower than the national benchmark to motivate banks to exceed the local benchmark; and (2) weight the local benchmark at 60 percent and the national benchmark at 40 percent in facility-based assessment areas where the local benchmark is higher than the national benchmark. These commenters further suggested that the agencies could refine these weights by determining the distribution of local benchmarks as measured by percentiles or other distances from the median or mean benchmarks. A commenter suggested that examiners could tailor the weighting of the local and national benchmarks to emphasize the stronger of the two ratios for a bank's facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Timing of benchmark data.</E>
                         The agencies also sought feedback on what other considerations they could undertake to ensure clarity and consistency in the benchmark calculations. Specifically, the agencies sought feedback on whether they should calculate the benchmarks based on data available prior to the end of the evaluation period or align calculation of the benchmarks with data available at the beginning and end of the evaluation period.
                    </P>
                    <P>In response, a few commenters supported aligning data with the evaluation period while others noted that the agencies should set benchmarks based on data that are available prior to a bank's evaluation period. One of the commenters that supported aligning the benchmark calculations with the beginning and end of the evaluation period specified that the agencies should do so in the initial year implementing the new CRA regulations to determine changes in performance levels. The commenter suggested, however, that the agencies may not need this process in subsequent periods.</P>
                    <P>In contrast to the commenters that supported using data from the evaluation period to establish the benchmarks, other commenters requested that the agencies make the benchmarks known to banks in advance of evaluation periods. One of these commenters stated that this approach would ensure that banks know the target to which they are being held, and the community would have a clear standard to which they can hold banks accountable. Another commenter stated that it is a fundamental matter of fairness and due process that banks know the benchmarks the agencies will use to evaluate banks' performance prior to the evaluation period.</P>
                    <P>Certain commenters offered alternatives to using data as of the end of the evaluation period. A few of these commenters recommended that the benchmarks be set annually, based on the most recent year that data are available, which would align with the proposed annual assessment. For example, data from year one would be available in year two, and the agencies could use that data to set the benchmarks for year three. These commenters stated that this approach would provide banks more transparency and predictability and avoid applying different benchmarks to comparable banks depending on the timing of their evaluation periods. To offer greater clarity, another commenter suggested the agencies use data available by the start of every year, even if it means the agencies use lagging data. To calculate the benchmarks, a commenter recommended that the agencies average data for the examination period to best reflect any market shifts or changing circumstances. The commenter also recommended that the agencies should use the maximum amount of data available for the CRA examination even if the available market data do not match up perfectly in terms of availability at the time of the examination.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        After considering the comments on the local and national benchmarks, the agencies are finalizing the benchmarks as proposed with certain clarifying revisions. The final rule provides in § __.24(b)(2) that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency compares the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric 
                        <SU>1169</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to (1) the Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark 
                        <SU>1170</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (2) either the MSA or Nonmetropolitan Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmark, depending on whether the facility-based assessment area is within an MSA or a nonmetropolitan area.
                        <SU>1171</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1169</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(b)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1170</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(b)(2)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1171</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(b)(2)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies considered commenters' concerns with applying the national benchmark to evaluate community development lending and investments in facility-based assessment areas. However, the local and national benchmarks are both useful tools for examiners and will help to improve consistency in CRA performance evaluations. As explained in the proposal, the local and national benchmarks provide useful information for understanding how a bank's community development lending and investment compares to other banks in their local markets and nationwide. In particular, the local benchmark is based on community development lending and investment in a facility-based assessment area for large banks, and, therefore, provides insight into the performance of other banks operating in the same community, while the national benchmark provides a baseline comparator for the nationwide performance of all large banks in MSAs or nonmetropolitan areas, as applicable.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are sensitive to the concerns raised by commenters about variations in lending and investment between regions, economic cycles, and types of banks. For this reason, the agencies emphasize that the benchmarks provide standardized data points that the agencies will consider in evaluating banks' community development lending and investment, but performance context remains an important part of CRA performance evaluations. Through performance context, examiners can consider any variations in lending and investment among banks and the reasons for those variations, such as those noted by commenters, and account for a bank's particular circumstances in concluding on performance in a facility-based assessment area. In those circumstances where the local benchmarks may lack robust data due to limited market participants, the agencies may rely more heavily on the national benchmark because the local benchmark may provide less meaningful information against which to compare a bank's performance. The agencies may also rely more heavily on supervisory experience 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6974"/>
                        and performance context, particularly market opportunities and bank capacity and constraints, in considering a bank's performance under the Community Development Financing Test in these circumstances.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also determined that, under the final rule, they will calculate the local and national benchmarks using data from the evaluation period, as proposed with clarifying revisions. The agencies understand commenters' concerns that using community development lending and investment and deposits data that correspond to the years in the evaluation period would mean that banks would not know the benchmarks in advance of conducting the community development lending and investments that the agencies will compare to those benchmarks. However, lagging benchmarks (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         benchmarks based on data from before the evaluation period) would be an inappropriate measure given that they would not reflect lending and investment conducted contemporaneous to the community development loans and investments considered in a bank's CRA performance evaluation. Based on our supervisory experience, the agencies have observed that changes in economic cycles and other external factors influence the level of community development lending and investment that banks engage in during a given year. For that reason, using more timely data for comparison, coupled with consideration of performance context, will result in the most useful information for evaluating bank performance under the Community Development Financing Test.
                    </P>
                    <P>Consistent with the revisions to the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric, the agencies made conforming revisions to streamline the discussion of the benchmarks in final § __.24(b)(2) and clarify the calculation of the benchmarks in paragraphs II.b and II.c of final appendix B. The agencies intend for these revisions to clarify the final rule and eliminate inconsistencies that were present in the proposal.</P>
                    <P>The local benchmark is provided in final § __.24(b)(2)(i), which applies in each facility-based assessment area. Under the final rule, the Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark measures the dollar volume of community development loans and investments that benefit or serve the facility-based assessment area for all large banks compared to deposits located in the facility-based assessment area for all large banks. The appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency calculates the local benchmark pursuant to paragraph II.b of final appendix B, which provides that the agency calculates the Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark for each facility-based assessment area by: (1) summing all large banks' annual dollar volume of community development loans and investments that benefit or serve the facility-based assessment area for each year in the evaluation period (sum of community development loans and investments); (2) summing all large banks' annual dollar volume of deposits located in the facility-based assessment area for each year in the evaluation period (sum of deposits); and (3) dividing the result of the sum of community development loans and investments by the result of the sum of deposits.</P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule includes the national benchmarks in final § __.24(b)(2)(ii). The MSA Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmark 
                        <SU>1172</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         applies to a bank's facility-based assessment areas within an MSA. The MSA Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmark measures the dollar volume of community development loans and investments that benefit or serve MSAs in the nationwide area for large banks compared to deposits located in the MSAs in the nationwide area for all large banks. The Nonmetropolitan Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmark 
                        <SU>1173</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         applies to a bank's facility-based assessment areas within a nonmetropolitan area. The Nonmetropolitan Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmark measures the dollar volume of community development loans and investments that benefit or serve nonmetropolitan areas in the nationwide area for large banks compared to deposits located in nonmetropolitan areas in the nationwide area for all large banks. The appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency calculates the MSA and Nonmetropolitan Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmarks pursuant to paragraph II.c of final appendix B.
                        <SU>1174</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1172</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(b)(2)(ii)(A). In the proposal, this benchmark was described as the Metropolitan Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmark. In the final rule, the agencies retitled this benchmark the MSA Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmark to more accurately reflect the geographic areas included in the calculation.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1173</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(b)(2)(ii)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1174</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(b)(2)(ii)(C).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agency calculates the MSA and Nonmetropolitan Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmarks by: (1) summing all large banks' annual dollar volume of community development loans and investments that benefit or serve MSAs or nonmetropolitan areas in the nationwide area for each year in the evaluation period (sum of community development loans and investments); (2) summing all large banks' annual dollar volume of deposits located in MSAs or nonmetropolitan areas in the nationwide area for each year in the evaluation period (sum of deposits); and (3) dividing the result of the sum of community development loans and investments by the result of the sum of deposits.
                        <SU>1175</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1175</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph II.c.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24(b)(3), (c)(2)(iii), (d)(2)(iii), and (e)(2)(v) Impact and Responsiveness Review</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current rule, the performance criteria in the large bank lending test and investment test and the community development test applicable to intermediate small banks include several qualitative components. The lending test includes consideration of a bank's use of innovative or flexible lending practices in a safe and sound manner to address the credit needs of low- or moderate-income individuals or census tracts.
                        <SU>1176</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies consider, under the investment test: (1) the innovativeness or complexity of community development investments; and (2) the responsiveness of community development investments to credit and community development needs.
                        <SU>1177</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For intermediate small banks, the community development test includes consideration of a bank's responsiveness to community development lending, investment, and service needs through community development loans, investments, and services.
                        <SU>1178</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These qualitative performance criteria are components of the current performance tests and standards and the agencies consider these components in conjunction with the bank's performance context in evaluating a bank's community development lending and investment.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1176</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.22(b)(5). The current rule uses the defined term “geographies,” which means census tracts.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1177</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.23(e)(2) and (3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1178</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.26(c)(4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The interagency examination procedures reference these performance criteria without elaborating on how to identify whether certain community development loans or investments are particularly innovative, flexible, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6975"/>
                        complex, or responsive, as applicable. Over time, stakeholders indicated that these concepts were not well understood, and the agencies endeavored to provide additional clarity through the Interagency Questions and Answers.
                        <SU>1179</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Although these Interagency Questions and Answers provided some additional guidance, questions remained as to what types of community development loans, investments, or services were considered most responsive or impactful to a community because of the extent or manner in which they helped to meet community needs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1179</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.21(a)—3 and Q&amp;A § __.21(a)-4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        To complement the community development financing metrics and benchmarks, the agencies proposed evaluating the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development loans and investments in facility-based assessment areas, States and multistate MSAs, as applicable, and the nationwide area.
                        <SU>1180</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The qualitative evaluation in proposed § __.24 would draw on the impact factors defined in proposed § __.15, and on any other performance context information, as provided in proposed § __.21(e), considered by the agencies to determine how the bank's community development loans and investments were responsive to the geographic area's community development needs and opportunities. This approach would advance the CRA's purpose by ensuring a strong emphasis on the impact and responsiveness of community development loans and investments in meeting community credit needs; increase consistency in the evaluation of qualitative factors relative to the current approach by creating clear factors to consider; and foster transparency for banks and the public by providing information about the type and purpose of community development loans and investments considered to be particularly impactful or responsive.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1180</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(b) and (c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Consideration of qualitative factors as a supplement to the dollar-based metrics and benchmarks was aligned with the CRA's purpose of strengthening low- and moderate-income communities by more fully accounting for factors that may reflect the overall impact or responsiveness of a community development loan or investment. First, a qualitative review could consider the responsiveness of community development loans and investments to local context, including community development needs and opportunities that vary from one community to another. Banks and their community partners may make great effort to design a community development loan or investment to reflect this context and address specific credit needs of the community, which can further the loan's or investment's impact or responsiveness.</P>
                    <P>Second, a qualitative evaluation was important for emphasizing relatively small loans or investments that nonetheless have a significant positive impact on the communities served. For example, grants and other monetary or in-kind donations that support organizations providing assistance to small businesses tend to have small dollar balances relative to loans to larger businesses, but they are critically important for addressing small business credit needs. Third, the qualitative evaluation could emphasize community development loans and investments that serve low- and moderate-income populations and census tracts that have especially high community development needs, which often entail greater complexity and effort on the part of the bank. This emphasis helps to encourage community development loans and investments that reach a broad range of low- and moderate-income communities, including those that are more challenging to serve. Finally, the qualitative review could emphasize specific categories of community development loans and investments aligned with the CRA's purpose of strengthening credit access for a bank's communities, including low- and moderate-income communities, such as loans and investments that support specified mission-driven financial institutions.</P>
                    <P>
                        To promote greater consistency and transparency in the evaluation approach, the agencies noted in the NPR that they would consider whether a bank's community development loans and investments met the impact factors defined in proposed § __.15,
                        <SU>1181</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         based on information provided by the bank, local community data, community feedback, and other performance context information.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1181</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Given the current lack of data to set thresholds, the agencies proposed that this process initially would be qualitative in nature. Specifically, the agencies explained in the proposed rule that they would consider a bank's community development loans and investments that meet each impact factor but would not use multipliers or specific thresholds to directly tie the impact review factors to specific conclusions. Under the proposed rule, a more significant volume of community development loans and investments that align with the impact review factors would positively affect conclusions. In the proposed rule, the agencies indicated that after banks report and the agencies analyze additional community development lending and investment data, the agencies could consider whether the agencies should implement additional approaches, such as quantitative measures, to evaluate impact and responsiveness.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Impact and responsiveness review, in general.</E>
                         The agencies received several comments on the inclusion of an impact review in the Community Development Financing Test. Certain commenters supported this aspect of the proposed rule; however, other commenters expressed concerns, in particular with the lack of clarity regarding its application as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.15.
                    </P>
                    <P>Specifically, a few commenters stated that the proposal's incorporation of an impact and responsiveness review in the Community Development Financing Test would encourage high-quality community development loans and investments. A commenter stated that the impact review should expressly incorporate the actual quality of a community development loan or investment, rather than a simple categorical assessment. This commenter, as well as another, stated that the agencies should use the impact review to uplift impactful or innovative small-dollar activities that banks might otherwise perceive as too risky, complex, or small to pursue.</P>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters expressed concerns with the lack of clarity on how the impact review would affect conclusions. For example, certain commenters stated that it was unclear how the agencies would apply the impact review and whether the impact and responsiveness factors would have enough of an effect on banks' actions to mitigate disincentives created by the proposed Community Development Financing Test. Another commenter supported greater transparency in the impact review and generally more transparency in the methodologies and considerations used by examiners in forming performance context, as well as some of the justifications banks provide to support the inclusion of community development loans and investments in their Community Development Financing Test evaluation.
                        <PRTPAGE P="6976"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Weighting of the Metrics and Benchmarks and the Impact and Responsiveness Review Components.</E>
                         The proposal asked what approaches would enhance the clarity and consistency for assigning conclusions under the Community Development Financing Test, such as assigning separate conclusions for the metric and benchmarks component and the impact review component. The agencies also sought feedback from commenters regarding the appropriate weighting for each of these components. The agencies asked, for example, if they should weight both components equally or weight the metric and benchmarks component more than the impact review component.
                    </P>
                    <P>In response to these questions, commenters provided varying views on the appropriate weighting of the metrics and benchmarks and the impact review components of the Community Development Financing Test. A few commenters advocated for weighting one component more than the other. Certain commenters stated that the agencies should give significant weight to the impact review component. One of these commenters stated that, in general, the impact review component should carry the most weight because smaller investments have an outsized impact and should carry more weight than higher dollar investments that have materially less impact. In contrast, certain commenters favored weighting the metrics and benchmarks component more, with a commenter stating that a higher weight for the metrics and benchmarks component would ensure banks conduct reasonable amounts of community development lending and investments while still providing qualitative consideration.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters suggested specific weighting for the metrics and benchmarks and the impact review components of the Community Development Financing Test. A few commenters supported a weight of 60 percent for the metrics and benchmarks component and 40 percent for the impact review component, explaining that assigning more weight to the metrics and benchmarks ensures a minimal level of community development financing activity in each assessment area. At least one of these commenters, however, stated that the agencies should also consider the provision of small dollar, high impact financing that can be more responsive to community needs. Another commenter stated that it would support a slightly heavier weight for the metrics and benchmarks component, of between 55 to 75 percent, and a lower weight for the impact review component, of between 25 to 45 percent.</P>
                    <P>Alternatively, certain commenters supported a more flexible approach, with one commenter recommending that the agencies, rather than assigning separate conclusions for the metric and benchmarks and the impact review components, consider using them to assess performance trends or patterns across banks. Nonetheless, the commenter stated that, if the agencies derive separate conclusions for these components, they could weight each component and then reduce or increase the overall bank performance score based on the outcome.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Impact review metrics.</E>
                         The agencies also sought feedback on whether they should consider publishing standard metrics in performance evaluations, such as the percentage of a bank's activities that meet one or more impact criteria. Commenters expressed different views on incorporating performance standards into the impact review.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Certain commenters supported developing standards or metrics for the impact review. For example, a commenter suggested that developing metrics for the impact review would provide greater consistency and transparency. Another commenter stated that the agencies should consider both the dollar volume and number of activities in an impact review metric to give credit to small-scale loans and investments. Other commenters agreed with adding metrics to the impact review, noting that, as currently constructed, the impact review could lead to the inconsistent or careless application of examiner discretion. At least one of the commenters that supported the inclusion of impact metrics expressed concern about how these metrics would be designed.
                        <SU>1182</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The commenter believes that without additional data, it is infeasible to develop an effective model to measure the responsiveness of impactful activities or to incorporate the impact factors into the quantitative Community Development Financing Test. Once additional data are collected, the commenter supports ultimately publishing standard metrics outlining the percentage of a bank's activity that meet an impact factor, as well as additional relevant qualitative data.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1182</SU>
                             Another commenter strongly encouraged the agencies to commit to additional public engagement around the impact and responsiveness factors as community development lending and investment data are collected over the coming years.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        A few commenters provided suggestions for an impact review metric. Specifically, commenters suggested that the agencies could improve the impact review by: (1) including a metric based on the percentage of a bank's community development loans and investments that meet one or more of the specific impact factors; 
                        <SU>1183</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (2) adding a score, rating, and weight to the review as part of the Community Development Financing Test; or (3) adding a quantitative measure of community development financing in persistent poverty counties and counties with low levels of finance and including the percentage of activities that involved collaboration and partnerships with public agencies and community-based organizations.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1183</SU>
                             The commenter also stated that a system for weighting specific impact and responsiveness review factors and assigning points could be developed over time as more data become available to add more rigor and clarity to the impact and responsiveness review component.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        A few commenters shared views on how the agencies should count activities with MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and CDFIs as part of a bank's CRA evaluation. For example, although not phrased as a metric for the impact review, a few commenters recommended that a “multiplier” be applied to activities with CDFIs and MDIs, with an additional commenter recommending that additional multiplier consideration be considered for MDIs that are CDFIs.
                        <SU>1184</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Certain commenters also recommended that the final rule tie activities with CDFIs, MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, and variations of these entities to banks receiving an “Outstanding” rating.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1184</SU>
                             Certain commenters also recommended that the final rule tie activities with CDFIs, MDIs, WDIs, LICUs, or variations of these entities to banks receiving an “Outstanding” rating. The agencies note that community development activities with these entities are included as impact and responsiveness review factors under final § __.15. See the section-by-section analysis of § __.15 for additional information.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>On the other hand, certain commenters expressed reservations with adding metrics to the impact review. A commenter suggested that metrics alone do not tell the complete story of a bank's CRA efforts and recommended that the agencies retain performance context in some capacity in evaluating a bank's performance. Another commenter noted that the need for greater clarity and consistency should be balanced with examiner discretion and formal metrics could lead to unintentional credit allocation. The commenter noted that the risk of government credit allocation was a central concern of the CRA authors and plays a prominent role in the legislative history of the statute.</P>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters offered additional suggestions for how to encourage greater consistency and clarity in the impact 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6977"/>
                        review. A commenter suggested that the agencies consider how the CDFI Fund and CDFIs conduct impact reviews and determine if they should replicate these reviews for CRA examinations. The commenter also recommended that the agencies conduct a review of examiners to determine how equitable and consistent they are at reviewing for community development impact.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies considered the comments on the proposed impact review as it applies to the Community Development Financing Test and are finalizing the test to include this component as proposed with technical revisions, including renaming the component “the impact and responsiveness review” as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.15. As such, under the final rule, the impact and responsiveness review component will be a qualitative assessment applied by examiners and considered in conjunction with the metric and benchmarks component. Further, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.15, the agencies determined it was not appropriate to add a score, or to establish metrics or a weighting framework for this component of the Community Development Financing Test at this time. However, as noted in the NPR, a more significant volume of community development loans and investments that align with the impact and responsiveness review factors will positively affect conclusions.</P>
                    <P>Under the final rule, the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency will review the impact and responsiveness of the bank's community development loans and community development investments that benefit or serve a facility-based assessment area, as provided in final § __.15. The final rule includes the impact and responsiveness component as a separate paragraph to make clear that this component is distinct from the metrics and benchmarks component. Further, the agencies consider the impact and responsiveness review to be one component of a comprehensive evaluation, with metrics, benchmarks, and impact and responsiveness reviews considered holistically in developing a performance conclusion.</P>
                    <P>As discussed above, one of the agencies' objectives in issuing the NPR was to provide greater clarity and consistency in the application of the regulations. The agencies believe that providing a list of impact and responsiveness factors in final § __.15 is a strong first step in that direction. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.15, the approach of identifying specific factors in § __.15(b) will result in a more standardized qualitative evaluation relative to current practice. In addition, this approach is intended to foster transparency by providing the categories the agencies will consistently review in considering the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development activities. The final rule's impact and responsiveness review draws on decades of supervisory experience in applying the qualitative performance criteria in the current rule. Based on that experience, the agencies identified the factors that, in general, indicate that a particular loan or investment not only has a community development purpose as required under final § __.13, but is likely to be especially effective in helping to meet community needs associated with that community development purpose.</P>
                    <P>
                        Although the agencies considered commenters' concerns about, and recommendations for, clarifying the application of the impact and responsiveness review, the current data limitations preclude introducing a score, additional standards, metrics, or weights into the rule at this time. In the absence of data, the agencies cannot assess the overall extent to which banks are engaging in impactful or responsive community development loans and investments. Further, given the lack of available data, the agencies do not have insight into: whether it is reasonable for banks to engage in limited impactful or responsive community development loans or investments; whether it is the dollar volume or number of impactful or responsive loans and investments that is most relevant; or whether there are other criteria that the agencies should consider in evaluating the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development loans and investments, as an assessment of the level of impact or responsiveness of a community development loan or investment. Under final § __.42, large banks will be required to collect, maintain, and report information related to the impact and responsiveness factors, which will provide the agencies with useful data going forward.
                        <SU>1185</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1185</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.42(a)(5)(ii)(C) and (b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Nonetheless, the agencies believe that some of the suggestions provided by commenters would be useful to examiners in their consideration of the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development loans and investments. To that end, the agencies will consider issuing guidance for examiners to help improve clarity regarding the application of the impact and responsiveness review component in the near term. The agencies anticipate that guidance might include examples of criteria that examiners could consider in evaluating the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development loans and investments, including: (1) the percentage of a bank's community development loans and investments that meet one or more impact and responsiveness factors; (2) the dollar volume and number of community development loans that meet one or more impact and responsiveness factors; and (3) reasons for providing more or less weight to the impact and responsiveness component of the Community Development Financing Test. Further, the agencies note that adding metrics, weighting for the metrics and benchmarks and impact and responsiveness components, points for conclusions, or other mechanisms to improve clarity could be considered in a future rulemaking once data are collected and analyzed, which would provide an opportunity for additional public engagement on this topic.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24(b) and (f) Facility-Based Assessment Area Conclusions</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under the current rule, and as discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.28, the agencies conclude on banks' performance for each performance test or standard in each MSA and nonmetropolitan portion of each State with an assessment area.
                        <SU>1186</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1186</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See e.g.,</E>
                             Interagency Large Institution CRA Examination Procedures (April 2014).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to assign a Community Development Financing Test conclusion in a facility-based assessment area by considering the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric relative to the local and national benchmarks, in conjunction with the impact review of the bank's activities.
                        <SU>1187</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Based on an assessment of these factors, the bank would receive a conclusion of “Outstanding,” “High Satisfactory,” “Low Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve,” or “Substantial Noncompliance” in each facility-based assessment area.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1187</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed §§ __.24(d) and __.28 and proposed appendix C, paragraph d.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered approaches that would automatically combine the metric, benchmarks, and impact review to assign conclusions in a standardized way. However, as 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6978"/>
                        discussed above in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(a), the community development financing data that are currently available are not sufficient to determine an approach that includes specific thresholds and weights for different components. Instead, the agencies explained in the proposed rule that the approach for combining these standardized factors would initially rely on examiners' judgment. The agencies further explained that analysis of community development data collected under a new rule eventually may allow for developing additional quantitative procedures for developing conclusions.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        As explained above, the agencies received numerous comments suggesting that they include additional standards, thresholds, or other mechanisms in the Community Development Financing Test that would allow for greater standardization in concluding on performance under the Community Development Financing Test. Several commenters also provided feedback on the agencies' proposal to include quantitative and qualitative components in the proposed Community Development Financing Test. Certain commenters supported inclusion of both quantitative and qualitative components. Further, a commenter stated that it hopes that a metrics-based approach will not overshadow qualitative aspects of bank community development lending and investments.
                        <SU>1188</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1188</SU>
                             Other comments related to the assignment of conclusions under the applicable performance tests are addressed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.28.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are finalizing the conclusion provision for facility-based assessment area performance under the Community Development Financing Test as proposed with technical and clarifying revisions. The agencies addressed the comments related to the rigor of the Community Development Financing Test, including the extent to which it should be quantitative or qualitative in design above in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(a). Further, as discussed above, the agencies determined that the Community Development Financing Test should remain a qualitative evaluation informed by standardized metrics and benchmarks, as well as an impact and responsiveness review with standardized factors, to improve consistency across banks and the agencies.</P>
                    <P>Final § __.24(f)(1), therefore, provides that, pursuant to § __.28 and appendix C, the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency assigns conclusions for a bank's Community Development Financing Test performance in each facility-based assessment area. Consistent with the other performance tests in the final rule, final § __.24(f) clarifies that in assigning conclusions under the Community Development Financing Test, the agency may consider performance context information as provided in § __.21(d) to make clear that performance context remains an important part of examiners' evaluation of community development financing performance.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24(c) State Community Development Financing Evaluation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed above, the current rule considers community development loans and investments that serve a bank's assessment areas or the broader statewide or regional areas that include a bank's assessment areas. The agencies base statewide community development performance, in part, on consideration of community development loans and investments in: (1) the bank's assessment areas in the State; and (2) a broader statewide or regional area that includes the bank's assessment areas in the State and that support organizations or activities with a purpose, mandate, or function that includes serving individuals or geographies in the bank's assessment areas. For banks that have been responsive to the needs of their assessment areas, the agencies will also consider any community development loans and community development investments in the broader statewide or regional area that includes the institution's assessment areas in the State but that do not: (1) directly benefit an assessment area in the state; or (2) support organizations or activities with a purpose, mandate, or function that includes serving geographies or individuals located within the bank's assessment area.
                        <SU>1189</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1189</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)-6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>To evaluate a bank's State community development financing performance, the agencies proposed in § __.24(c)(2) and section 15 of appendix B to consider a weighted average of the bank's performance in facility-based assessment areas within a State, as well as the bank's performance on a statewide basis, via a statewide score. The statewide score would account for the totality of the bank's community development loans and investments in the State—combining community development loans and investments that are inside and outside of facility-based assessment areas—relative to the bank's total deposits across the State. The agencies believed the combination of these two components would emphasize facility-based assessment area performance, while still allowing banks the option to conduct and receive consideration for community development loans and investments outside of facility-based assessment areas in the State.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Weighted average of facility-based assessment area performance.</E>
                         The agencies proposed averaging a bank's Community Development Financing Test conclusions across its facility-based assessment areas in each State, as one component of the bank's Community Development Financing Test conclusion at the State level.
                        <SU>1190</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The conclusion assigned to each facility-based assessment area would be mapped to a point value, consistent with the approach explained for assigning Retail Lending Test conclusions: “Outstanding” (10 points); “High Satisfactory” (7 points); “Low Satisfactory” (6 points); “Needs to Improve” (3 points); “Substantial Noncompliance” (0 points).
                        <SU>1191</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposed resulting score for each facility-based assessment area would be assigned a weight, calculated as the average of the percentage of retail loans, and the percentage of deposits associated with the facility-based assessment area (both measured in dollars), out of all of the bank's retail loans, as defined in the proposal, and deposits in facility-based assessment areas in the State.
                        <SU>1192</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Similar to the proposed weighting approach for assigning Retail Lending Test conclusions, the agencies would base deposits on collected and maintained deposits data for banks that collect this data, and on the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data for banks that do not collect deposits data pursuant to this rule.
                        <SU>1193</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Using these weights and scores, the agencies would calculate the weighted average of the facility-based assessment area scores as one 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6979"/>
                        component to determine the State conclusion.
                        <SU>1194</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1190</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(c)(2)(i) and proposed appendix B, sections 15 and 16.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1191</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.22(h) for discussion of the point scale.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1192</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, section 7.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1193</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, section 5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1194</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(c)(2)(i) and proposed appendix B, sections 15 and 16.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies believed the proposed approach would ensure that they incorporated performance in all facility-based assessment areas into the State conclusion, proportionate to the bank's amount of business activity in each facility-based assessment area. The agencies further believed that incorporating conclusions for all facility-based assessment areas into the State conclusion would create a clear emphasis on facility-based assessment area performance, including smaller markets.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that examiners would also assign a statewide score for each State in which a bank delineates a facility-based assessment area that the agencies did not consider as part of a multistate MSA score.
                        <SU>1195</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under the proposal, the statewide score would be assigned after considering the bank's Bank State Community Development Financing Metric, the State Community Development Financing Benchmark, and a statewide impact review.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1195</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(c)(2)(ii) and proposed appendix B, section 15.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Bank State Community Development Financing Metric.</E>
                         The agencies proposed in § __.24(c)(2)(ii)(A) and section 5 of appendix B that they would calculate the Bank State Community Development Financing Metric using the same formula as the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Financing Metric and would include all of a bank's community development loans and investments and deposits in the State without distinguishing between those inside or outside of the bank's facility-based assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>For example, the agencies proposed that if a bank conducted an annual average of $200,000 in qualifying community development loans and investments and had an annual average of $10 million in deposits associated with a State during an evaluation period, the Bank State Community Development Financing Metric for that evaluation period would be 2.0 percent.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="62">
                        <GID>ER01FE24.104</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>The inclusion of all community development loans and investments and deposits in the State evaluation reflected the agencies' expectation that a bank should conduct a volume of community development loans and investments commensurate with its total capacity in a State. Therefore, the agencies explained in the proposed rule that the proposed metric would provide the option for, but would not require, banks to conduct and receive consideration for community development loans and investments outside of facility-based assessment areas, but within the States that include those facility-based assessment areas. The proposed metric did not distinguish between community development loans and investments conducted inside and outside a facility-based assessment area. However, if a bank was unable to conduct sufficient community development loans and investments within facility-based assessment areas due to lack of opportunity or high competition, the proposed metric permitted the bank to receive consideration for community development loans and investments conducted within the State but outside of facility-based assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">State Community Development Financing Benchmarks.</E>
                         Similar to the facility-based assessment area approach described above, the agencies proposed establishing benchmarks that would allow examiners to compare a bank's performance to other banks in comparable areas. The proposed benchmarks included: (1) a statewide benchmark called the State Community Development Financing Benchmark; 
                        <SU>1196</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (2) a benchmark that the proposed rule tailored to each bank's facility-based assessment areas called the State Weighted Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark.
                        <SU>1197</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies intended the use of two benchmarks to provide examiners with additional context and points of comparison on which to base the statewide score. For example, for a bank that primarily collects deposits or conducts community development loans and investments outside of its facility-based assessment areas in a State, the agencies may rely primarily on the State Community Development Financing Benchmark. In contrast, for a bank that collects deposits and conducts community development loans and investments primarily within its facility-based assessment areas, the agencies may rely more heavily on the State Weighted Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark, which is tailored to the bank's facility-based assessment areas to account for the level of competition and available opportunities in those areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1196</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, section 6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1197</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, sections 7 and 17.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that the first benchmark, the State Community Development Financing Benchmark,
                        <SU>1198</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         would be defined similarly to the local benchmark used for the facility-based assessment area evaluation and it would include all community development loans and investments and deposits across the entire State. Under the proposal, the numerator would include the dollars of community development loans and investments by all large banks across the State, and the denominator would include the dollars of deposits held by all large banks across the State. The proposal provided that deposits in the State would be the sum of: (1) the annual average of deposits in counties in the State reported by all large banks that had assets greater than $10 billion over the evaluation period (as reported under proposed § __.42); and (2) the annual average of deposits assigned to branches in the State by all large banks that had assets less than or equal to $10 billion, according to the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data, over the evaluation period.
                        <SU>1199</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1198</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(c)(2)(ii)(B)(
                            <E T="03">1</E>
                            ) and proposed appendix B, section 6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1199</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(c)(2)(ii)(B)(
                            <E T="03">1</E>
                            ) and proposed appendix B, section 6.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that the rule would define the second benchmark, the State Weighted Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark, as the weighted average of Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmarks across all of the bank's facility-based 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6980"/>
                        assessment areas in the State.
                        <SU>1200</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposal weighted each local benchmark based on the facility-based assessment area's percentage of retail loans, as defined in the proposal, and the percentage of deposits (both measured in dollars) within the facility-based assessment areas of the State, the same weighting approach as described for the weighted average of the bank's facility-based assessment area conclusions.
                        <SU>1201</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1200</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(c)(2)(ii)(B)(
                            <E T="03">2</E>
                            ) and proposed appendix B, sections 7 and 17.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1201</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(c)(2)(ii)(B)(
                            <E T="03">2</E>
                            ) and proposed appendix B, sections 7 and 17.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to evaluate the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development loans and investments for each State at a statewide level, using the same impact review approach as described previously for facility-based assessment areas.
                        <SU>1202</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed that the impact review would encompass all community development loans and investments in a State, including those inside and outside of facility-based assessment areas. Pursuant to the proposed impact review, examiners would consider the extent to which the bank's community development loans and investments met the impact factors, based on information provided by the bank, local community data, community feedback, and other performance context information.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1202</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(c)(1)(ii) and proposed appendix B, section 15.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                        Comments Received 
                        <E T="51">1203</E>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </HD>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1203</SU>
                             As discussed above, commenters generally did not distinguish between geographic areas when discussing their views on the metrics, benchmarks, and impact and responsiveness review in the proposed Community Development Financing Test. With noted exceptions, these aspects of the performance test are similarly structured regardless of geographic area. Therefore, in considering the State, multistate MSA, and nationwide area evaluation, the agencies considered the comments on the metrics, benchmarks, and impact and responsiveness review discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.16 and made conforming revisions to other aspects of the final rule as appropriate. This section and the sections that follow, therefore, address additional comments specific to the relevant provision of the proposed and final rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies sought feedback on the proposal to weight a bank's facility-based assessment area Community Development Financing Test performance in States, multistate MSAs, and the nationwide area by the average share of loans and deposits. Most commenters that provided feedback supported the proposed approach. However, a commenter stated that weighting Community Development Financing Test performance by the share of loans and deposits in a facility-based assessment area may result in larger areas disproportionately contributing to the overall rating. The commenter also requested that the agencies provide clearer guidance on how to weight performance in large metropolitan areas, smaller metropolitan areas, and rural counties. Another commenter suggested that the agencies should encourage, rather than allow, community development lending and investment outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas by ensuring those activities receive equal weight in the upper-level considerations.
                        <SU>1204</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A commenter strongly encouraged the agencies to integrate an impact and responsiveness review into each level of the Community Development Financing Test.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1204</SU>
                             By “upper-level considerations” the agencies understand the commenter to be referring to the State, multistate MSA, and nationwide area conclusions and ratings.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies considered the commenters' feedback and determined to finalize the State Community Development Financing Test evaluation as proposed, including with respect to weighting facility-based assessment area performance, with clarifying revisions and certain conforming edits. Under the final rule, § __.24(c) includes the provisions related to the evaluation of community development loans and investments in a State.</P>
                    <P>
                        After considering the comments, the agencies are adopting a methodology to calculate the weighted average of facility-based assessment area performance, which retains consistency in the weighting of facility-based assessment areas across the four performance tests.
                        <SU>1205</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies based the approach in the final rule on the proposed approach but included conforming revisions consistent with the revisions discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.22(h) and appendix A. The agencies considered the comments that expressed concerns related to the proposed weighting methodology, particularly as those comments relate to the revised weighting methodology in the final rule. The agencies continue to believe that promoting internal consistency with respect to the Retail Lending Test is appropriate and that limiting variation in weighting methodologies limits unnecessary complexity and ensures that the agencies consider community development loans and investments in the geographic areas where banks are operating.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1205</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.22(h) for a discussion of the weighting methodology based on deposits and a combination of loan count and loan amount. The weighting methodology applies to the weighted average of facility-based assessment area performance conclusions in a State (final § __.24(c)(1)), and the State Weighted Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark (final § __.24(c)(2)(ii)(B)).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Under § __.24(c) of the final rule, the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency will evaluate a bank's community development financing performance in a State, pursuant to final §§ __.19 and __.28(c), using two components. Final § __.24(c) also provides that the agency will assign a conclusion for each State based on a weighted combination of those components. The agencies added a cross reference to § __.19 for clarity and to improve consistency with final § __.25. Under the final rule, the agencies clarified in final § __.28(c) the scope of State and multistate MSA evaluations based on where the agencies conclude on performance.
                        <SU>1206</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1206</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.28.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Component one is the weighted average of facility-based assessment area performance conclusions in a State.
                        <SU>1207</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Under this component, the appropriate agency considers the weighted average of a bank's Community Development Financing Test conclusions for its facility-based assessment areas within a State, pursuant to section IV of appendix B. This section of appendix B provides that the agency calculates component one of the combined performance score, as set forth in paragraph II.p.2.i of final appendix B, for the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24 
                        <SU>1208</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in each State by translating the Community Development Financing Test conclusions for facility-based assessment areas into numerical performance scores consistent with the table below.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1207</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(c)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1208</SU>
                             Final appendix B, section IV, also applies to the Community Development Services Test in final § __.25.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="270">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6981"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.056</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>Section IV of final appendix B provides that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency calculates the weighted average of facility-based assessment area performance scores for a State. To determine the weighted average for a State, the agency considers facility-based assessment areas in the State pursuant to final § __.28(c).</P>
                    <P>Under the final rule, each facility-based assessment area performance score is weighted by the average the following two ratios:</P>
                    <P>(1) The ratio measuring the share of the bank's deposits in the facility-based assessment area, calculated by:</P>
                    <P>
                        (a) summing, over the years in the evaluation period, the bank's annual dollar volume of deposits 
                        <SU>1209</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in the facility-based assessment area;
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1209</SU>
                             Under the final rule, for a bank that reports deposits data pursuant to final § __.42(b)(3), the bank's annual dollar volume of deposits in a facility-based assessment area is the total of annual average daily balances of deposits reported by the bank in counties in the facility-based assessment area for that year. Further, for a bank that does not report deposits data pursuant to final § __.42(b)(3), the bank's annual dollar volume of deposits in a facility-based assessment area is the total of deposits assigned to facilities reported by the bank in the facility-based assessment area in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits for that year.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>(b) summing, over the years in the evaluation period, the bank's annual dollar volume of deposits in all facility-based assessment areas in the State; and</P>
                    <P>(c) dividing the result of the first calculation by the result of the second calculation; and</P>
                    <P>(2) The ratio measuring the share of the bank's loans in a facility-based assessment area, based on the combination of loan dollars and loan count, as defined in § __.12, calculated by dividing:</P>
                    <P>(a) the bank's closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and, if a product line for the bank, automobile loans in the facility-based assessment area originated or purchased during the evaluation period; by</P>
                    <P>
                        (b) the bank's closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and, if a product line for the bank, automobile loans in all facility-based assessment areas in the State originated or purchased during the evaluation period.
                        <SU>1210</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1210</SU>
                             Final appendix B, section IV, also applies to the multistate MSA and nationwide area evaluations as provided in final § __.24(d) and (e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Component two of the final rule's State evaluation is State performance. Under component two, the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency considers a bank's community development financing performance in a State using the State metric and benchmarks and a review of the impact and responsiveness of the bank's community development loans and investments.
                        <SU>1211</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the agency will consider the Bank State Community Development Financing Metric, calculated pursuant to paragraph II.d of appendix B,
                        <SU>1212</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         compared to the (1) State Community Development Financing Benchmark, calculated pursuant to paragraph II.e of appendix B 
                        <SU>1213</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (2) State Weighted Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark, calculated pursuant to paragraph II.f of appendix B. In addition, the agency will consider the impact and responsiveness review of the bank's community development loans and investments within the State as part of component two.
                        <SU>1214</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1211</SU>
                             For a discussion of the final impact and responsiveness review in the Community Development Financing Test, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(b)(3), (c)(2)(iii), (d)(2)(iii), (e)(2)(v).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1212</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(c)(2)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1213</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(c)(2)(ii)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1214</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(c)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies made conforming edits to the Bank State Community Development Financing Metric and State Community Development Financing Benchmark and related sections of final appendix B consistent with the changes made to the similar metric and benchmarks applicable in facility-based assessment areas. The agencies also clarified, for purposes of calculating the State metrics and benchmarks, when community development loans, community development investments, and deposits in a bank are included in the State-level metric and benchmark calculations by cross referencing final § __.28(c).
                        <SU>1215</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1215</SU>
                             Whether the agencies include community development loans and investments in the State 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            evaluation depends on whether the bank has a facility-based assessment area in the State and whether the State is located in a multistate MSA. For additional discussion, see the section-by-section analysis of § __.28(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6982"/>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also made clarifying and conforming edits to the State Weighted Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark to simplify the description, to make it easier to understand, and to promote consistency in the weighting methodology across performance tests. Under the final rule, the State Weighted Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark is the weighted average of the bank's Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmarks for each facility-based assessment area within the State, calculated pursuant to paragraph II.f of final appendix B. The appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency calculates the final State Weighted Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark by averaging all of the bank's Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmarks 
                        <SU>1216</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in a State for the evaluation period, after weighting each pursuant to paragraph II.o of final appendix B.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1216</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph II.b.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Under final paragraph II.o of final appendix B, for State evaluations, the appropriate agency calculates the weighted average of Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmarks for a bank's facility-based assessment areas in each State by considering the facility-based assessment areas in a State pursuant to final § __.28(c).</P>
                    <P>The agencies weight the Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmarks in the final rule by the average of the following two ratios:</P>
                    <P>(1) The ratio measuring the share of the bank's deposits in the facility-based assessment area, calculated by:</P>
                    <P>
                        (a) summing, over the years in the evaluation period, the bank's annual dollar volume of deposits 
                        <SU>1217</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in the facility-based assessment area;
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1217</SU>
                             As provided above in the discussion of final appendix B, section IV, for a bank that reports deposits data pursuant to final § __.42(b)(3), the bank's annual dollar volume of deposits in a facility-based assessment area is the total of annual average daily balances of deposits reported by the bank in counties in the facility-based assessment area for that year. For a bank that does not report deposits data pursuant to final § __.42(b)(3), the bank's annual dollar volume of deposits in a facility-based assessment area is the total of deposits assigned to facilities reported by the bank in the facility-based assessment area in the FDIC's Summary of Deposits for that year.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>(b) summing, over the years in the evaluation period, the bank's annual dollar volume of deposits in all facility-based assessment areas in the State; and</P>
                    <P>(c) dividing the result of the calculation in (a) by the result of the calculation in (b); and</P>
                    <P>(2) The ratio measuring the share of the bank's loans in a facility-based assessment area, based on the combination of loan dollars and loan count, as defined in § __.12, calculated by dividing:</P>
                    <P>(a) the bank's closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and, if a product line for the bank, automobile loans in the facility-based assessment area originated or purchased during the evaluation period; by</P>
                    <P>(b) the bank's closed-end home mortgage loans, small business loans, small farm loans, and, if a product line for the bank, automobile loans in all facility-based assessment areas in the State originated or purchased during the evaluation period.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are also adopting the impact and responsiveness review as part of component two of the State evaluation as proposed with clarifying and conforming revisions discussed in the section-by-section analysis of §§ __.15 and __.24(b)(3). In response to the commenters' questions, the agencies note that, under the proposed and final Community Development Financing Test, the agencies would apply the impact and responsiveness review to the evaluation of community development loans and investment for all geographic levels.
                        <SU>1218</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe that it is appropriate to consider the impact and responsiveness at all geographic levels because it ensures that impactful or responsive community development loans and investments conducted outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas are considered. Further, given the weighting methodology for the State, multistate MSA, and nationwide area performance scores, the agencies consider a portion of the impact and responsiveness of a community development loan or investment conducted in a facility-based assessment area in the weighted average of facility-based assessment area performance and a portion is considered in the State.
                        <SU>1219</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1218</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(c)(2)(iii), (d)(2)(iii), and (e)(2)(v).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1219</SU>
                             Under the final rule, the same is true for the consideration of the impact and responsiveness review under the multistate evaluation in final § __.24(d) and nationwide area evaluation in final § __.24(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24(c) and (f) State Performance Score and Conclusion Assignment (and Paragraph II.p of Appendix B)</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to assign statewide Community Development Financing Test conclusions, as applicable.
                        <SU>1220</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section 15 of proposed appendix B provided that statewide conclusions would reflect two components, with weights on both components tailored to reflect the bank's business model, which would result in a state performance score for the applicable State. Pursuant to the proposal, the two components were: (1) the bank's weighted average assessment area performance score; and (2) the bank's statewide score. The agencies proposed in section 15 of appendix B that they would assign a statewide score corresponding to the conclusion categories described above: “Outstanding” (10 points); “High Satisfactory” (7 points); “Low Satisfactory” (6 points); “Needs to Improve” (3 points); “Substantial Noncompliance” (0 points). The statewide score would reflect a comparison of the Bank State Community Development Financing Metric to the state community development financing benchmark and the state weighted average community development financing benchmark, as well as the impact review of the bank's activities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1220</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed §§ __.24(d) and __.28, proposed appendix B, section 15, and proposed appendix C, paragraph d.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Under the proposal, the amount of weight that the agencies would apply to the facility-based assessment area performance and to the statewide performance would depend on the bank's percentage of deposits (based on collected deposits data and on the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data, as applicable) and retail loans, as defined in the proposal.
                        <SU>1221</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1221</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, section 15.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to tailor the weighting of the average assessment area performance and the statewide score to the individual bank's business model, while still preserving the option for every bank to be meaningfully credited for activities outside of its facility-based assessment areas.
                        <SU>1222</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For a bank that does most of its retail lending and deposit collection within its facility-based assessment areas, for example, the agencies viewed those facility-based assessment areas as the primary community a bank serves. The 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6983"/>
                        agencies therefore believed the average facility-based assessment area performance deserved a larger portion of the weight in the combined state performance score.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1222</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        To ensure that the agencies also meaningfully credited any community development loans and investments a bank undertakes outside of its facility-based assessment areas, the agencies proposed to give equal weight to the average assessment area performance and statewide score for banks whose business model is strongly branch-based.
                        <SU>1223</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Because community development loans and investments that serve facility-based assessment areas would contribute both to the statewide score as well as in the weighted average of facility-based assessment area conclusions, equally weighting these two components effectively would give greater weight to assessment area performance while still meaningfully considering those community development loans and investments that banks conduct outside of their facility-based assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1223</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        On the other end, for banks with retail lending and deposit collection that occurs almost entirely outside of the bank's facility-based assessment areas (such as primarily online lenders), the agencies believed those assessment areas largely do not represent the entire community the bank serves. The agencies, therefore, proposed to weight the statewide score more heavily than the weighted average assessment area performance score for such a bank.
                        <SU>1224</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also proposed that banks with business models in between these two ends would use weights that are correspondingly in between.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1224</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Specifically, to determine the relative weighting as described in Table 45, the agencies proposed to use the simple average of: (1) the percentage of a bank's retail loans in a State, by dollar volume, that the bank made in its facility-based assessment areas in that State, and (2) the percentage of a bank's deposits from a State, by dollar volume, that the bank sourced from its facility-based assessment areas in that State.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies further proposed that banks that have a low percentage of deposits and retail loans within their facility-based assessment areas would have a greater emphasis placed on their statewide performance compared to the weighted average of their facility-based assessment area performance.
                        <SU>1225</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Conversely, the agencies would place more equal weight on statewide performance and the weighted average of facility-based assessment area performance for banks that have a high percentage of deposits and retail loans within their facility-based assessment areas. Thus, to develop the State Community Development Financing Test conclusion, the agencies proposed the State performance score to be the score that would result from averaging: (1) the bank's weighted average facility-based assessment area performance score; and (2) the bank's statewide score. The agencies would then round the State performance score to the nearest point value corresponding to a conclusion category: “Outstanding” (10 points); “High Satisfactory” (7 points); “Low Satisfactory” (6 points); “Needs to Improve” (3 points); “Substantial Noncompliance” (0 points).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1225</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies believed that taking into account both the bank's facility-based assessment area performance and its statewide performance would build off of the current approach to considering community development loans and investments in broader statewide and regional areas that include a banks' assessment areas and aimed to achieve a balance of objectives. First, considering assessment area performance encourages banks to serve the communities where they have a physical presence and where their knowledge of local community development needs and opportunities is often strongest. Second, considering statewide performance provides banks the option to pursue impactful community development opportunities that may be located partially or entirely outside of their facility-based assessment areas, without requiring them to do so. Third, because facility-based assessment area activities are considered in the State evaluation as well, the proposed approach would give greater emphasis to activities within facility-based assessment areas than to activities outside of assessment areas, but the amount of weight would be tailored to each bank's business model in the state. As a result, the agencies believed the proposal would encourage banks that are primarily branch-based to focus on serving their facility-based assessment areas, while banks that have few loans and deposits in facility-based assessment areas, such as banks that operate primarily through online delivery channels, would be evaluated mostly on a statewide basis.</P>
                    <P>Under the proposal, the percentage of deposits assigned to facility-based assessment areas for banks that do not collect and maintain deposits data would always be 100 percent because the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data attributes all deposits to bank branches. The average of the percentage of home mortgage loans, small business loans, and small farm loans and deposits in facility-based assessment areas for such a bank would, therefore, not account for the bank's depositors that are located outside of its facility-based assessment areas. In the proposal, the agencies recognized that this would generally result in a higher weight on the bank's assessment area performance score unless the bank chooses to collect and maintain these data.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Certain commenters offered suggestions for determining Community Development Financing Test performance scores and conclusions. A commenter suggested that in addition to weighting facility-based assessment area performance, the agencies should: (1) set a threshold for smaller facility-based assessment areas that requires that they have a low satisfactory or higher rating to ensure those facility-based assessment areas receive sufficient attention; and (2) require banks with 60 percent or more of their community development loans and investments in facility-based assessment areas to also have a 50 percent weight for facility-based assessment area performance. Another commenter similarly stated that the agencies should place more than the proposed weight on facility-based assessment area performance. Lastly, a commenter stated that if a bank fails in any of its assessment areas, it should receive a rating of “Needs to Improve” or below.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies
                        <FTREF/>
                         are finalizing the provisions for determining the State performance score and corresponding conclusion as proposed with certain clarifying and conforming revisions.
                        <SU>1226</SU>
                         In considering the importance of facility-based assessment area performance within a State, the agencies determined that it was not appropriate to place additional weight on performance in facility-based assessment areas relative to performance outside of facility-based assessment areas because, as discussed above: (1) the agencies evaluate facility-based assessment areas separately under final § __.24(b); (2) the agencies consider facility-based assessment area community development financing performance under component one of the State evaluation of the Community 
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1226</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(c) and (f), and final appendix B, paragraph II.p.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6984"/>
                    <FP>
                        Development Financing Test; 
                        <SU>1227</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (3) community development loans and investments in facility-based assessment areas are included in the Bank State Community Development Financing Metric. In the agencies' view, these three levels of consideration for community development loans and investments in facility-based assessment areas provide appropriate emphasis while still allowing banks to receive consideration for loans and investments outside of these areas. Further, the agencies believe that this flexibility will incentivize banks to engage in community development lending and investments in underserved areas that may not be proximate to many bank branches. For a bank that focuses its community development lending and investments on its facility-based assessment areas, performance in facility-based assessment areas and in the State will be equivalent. The agencies believe that the proposed weighting of facility-based assessment area performance 
                        <SU>1228</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and statewide performance 
                        <SU>1229</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in determining State performance scores and assigning conclusions emphasizes the importance of banks helping to meet the credit needs of their facility-based assessment areas while still permitting consideration of community development loans and investments outside of those areas. As discussed in the proposal, the agencies believe this approach builds off the current approach to considering community development loans and investments in the broader statewide and regional areas that include a banks' assessment areas and aims to achieve a balance of objectives. Further, this approach creates more certainty for banks regarding whether they will receive consideration for community development loans and investments outside of facility-based assessment areas.
                    </FP>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1227</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(c)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1228</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1229</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(c)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The final rule balances the objectives of encouraging banks to serve the communities where they have a physical presence and where their knowledge of local community development needs and opportunities is often strongest with the ability to pursue impactful community development opportunities that may be located partially or entirely outside of their facility-based assessment areas.
                        <SU>1230</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As such, the final rule gives greater emphasis to community development loans and investments within facility-based assessment areas because those loans and investments are included in the State performance score and tailors the amount of weight to each bank's business model in the State. The agencies believe this approach will encourage banks that are primarily branch-based to focus on serving their facility-based assessment areas, while banks that have few loans and deposits in facility-based assessment areas, such as banks that operate primarily through online delivery channels, will have greater emphasis on their statewide community development loans and investments.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1230</SU>
                             As with the proposal, under the final rule, banks may, but are not required to, engage in community development lending and investment outside of facility-based assessment areas because loans and investments in those areas are included in the statewide evaluation.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also considered the comments about ensuring that smaller facility-based assessment areas receive sufficient attention. The agencies addressed this issue in the final rule through a requirement that large banks with a combined total of 10 or more facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas in any State may not receive a rating of “Satisfactory” or “Outstanding” in the respective State unless the bank received an overall facility-based assessment area or retail lending assessment area conclusion of at least “Low Satisfactory” in 60 percent or more of the total number of its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas in that State.
                        <SU>1231</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1231</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.28(b)(4)(ii) and final appendix D, paragraph g.2.ii. As discussed in final appendix D, these requirements also apply to conclusions for multistate MSAs and for the institution. 
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.51 (this requirement only applies to facility-based assessment areas for purposes of the first evaluation under this final rule).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Under the final rule, the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency calculates a performance score for the State Community Development Financing Test based on the weighted combination of the two components, pursuant to paragraph II.p of final appendix B.
                        <SU>1232</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agency then assigns a conclusion corresponding with the conclusion category that is nearest to the performance score for a bank's performance under the Community Development Financing Test in each State pursuant to final § __.28(c) as shown in the table below.
                        <SU>1233</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1232</SU>
                             As provided in final appendix B, paragraph II.p, the combined score also applies to the multistate MSA evaluation and the nationwide evaluation, with certain differences for the nationwide area discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.24(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1233</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph II.p.1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="211">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6985"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.057</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        Specifically, under paragraph II.p.2 of final appendix B, the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency bases the Community Development Financing Test combined performance score for a State on: (1) component one—the weighted average of the bank's performance scores corresponding to facility-based assessment area conclusions in that State; 
                        <SU>1234</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (2) component two—the bank score for metric and benchmark analyses and the impact and responsiveness review.
                        <SU>1235</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For component one, the final rule provides that the agency derives performance scores based on a weighted average of the performance scores corresponding to conclusions for facility-based assessment areas in each State, calculated pursuant to section IV of final appendix B. For component two, the final rule provides that for each State, the agency determines a statewide performance score corresponding to a conclusion category (shown in the table below) by considering the relevant metric and benchmarks and a review of the impact and responsiveness of the bank's community development loans and community development investments.
                        <SU>1236</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1234</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph II.p.2.i.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1235</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph II.p.2.ii.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1236</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Using the results of components one and two, the appropriate agency determines a combined performance score corresponding to a conclusion category by taking the weighted average of two components.
                        <SU>1237</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The two components the agencies use to determine weighting are: (1) the percentage, calculated using the combination of loan dollars and loan count, of the bank's total originated and purchases closed-end home mortgage lending, small business lending, small farm lending, and automobile lending, as applicable, in its facility-based assessment areas out of all of the bank's originated and purchased closed-end home mortgage lending, small business lending, small farm lending, and automobile lending, as applicable, in the State during the evaluation period; 
                        <SU>1238</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (2) the percentage of the total dollar volume of deposits in its facility-based assessment areas out of all of the deposits in the bank in the State during the evaluation period.
                        <SU>1239</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The weighting is calculated as provided in the table below (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         paragraph II.p.2.iii.B of final appendix B).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1237</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph II.p.2.iii.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1238</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph II.p.2.iii.A.
                            <E T="03">1.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1239</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph II.p.2.iii.A.
                            <E T="03">2.</E>
                             For purposes of this paragraph, “deposits” excludes deposits reported under final § __.42(b)(3)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="258">
                        <PRTPAGE P="6986"/>
                        <GID>ER01FE24.058</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>The agencies believe that a weighting of 50 percent on the average facility-based assessment area performance score and 50 percent on the statewide score is appropriate for banks whose deposits and retail lending occurs predominantly or entirely within their facility-based assessment areas. As described above, community development loans and investments that benefit the bank's facility-based assessment areas would also contribute to the statewide score, so the agencies believe any weighting on the statewide score of less than 50 percent would not provide meaningful credit for activities that occur outside the bank's facility-based assessment areas. For a branch-based bank that conducts most of its community development financing activity within its facility-based assessment areas, the statewide score would largely, or entirely, reflect the performance inside its facility-based assessment areas. Relatedly, the agencies also believe that a bank whose deposits and retail lending occurs predominantly or entirely within their facility-based assessment areas have the capacity to engage in community development financing activity there, and so a weight of less than 50 percent on the average facility-based assessment area performance score would also be inappropriate.</P>
                    <P>Starting from that baseline of 50 percent weighting of the statewide score for banks that are predominantly or entirely focused on serving its facility-based assessment areas, the agencies believe that increasing the weight on the statewide score proportionately with the extent of the bank's retail lending and deposit taking outside of its facility-based assessment areas appropriately tailors the weights to individual banks' business models. This proportionate increase in the weight on the statewide score is reflected in the increasing percentages in the weight on component 2 column of Table 45 as the percentage of the bank's loans and deposits from facility-based assessment areas falls. To reduce the complexity of the rule, the agencies are categorizing the weights into five segments as shown in Table 45. The weight on the statewide score grows steadily as the percentage of the bank's retail loans and deposits inside its facility-based assessment areas falls, until banks whose retail lending and deposit taking is predominantly or entirely outside its facility-based assessment areas receive a Community Development Financing Test State performance score based almost entirely on their statewide score. The agencies again note that the statewide score also reflects performance within a bank's facility-based assessment areas, in addition to community development financing activities in other parts of the applicable State.</P>
                    <P>The State performance score and conclusion provisions include conforming revisions to improve consistency across the final rule, including the use of the combination of loan dollars and loan count in the weighting methodology, conforming revisions to final § __.24(f)(1) consistent with the revisions to the facility-based assessment area conclusion discussion above, and other formatting and technical changes.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are also finalizing the State ratings provisions in final § __.24(f)(2) as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24(d) Multistate MSA Community Development Financing Test Evaluation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>The agencies currently evaluate a bank's performance in a multistate MSA when the bank has a main office, branch, or deposit-taking ATM in two or more States in the multistate MSA. The current approach to evaluating community development activities in a multistate MSA is consistent with the process for evaluating performance in a State, discussed above.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        In § __.24(c)(3) of the NPR, the agencies proposed evaluating performance under the Community Development Financing Test in a multistate MSA consistent with the approach to evaluating performance in a State. The agencies proposed to assign Community Development Financing Test conclusions for multistate MSAs in which a bank has branches in two or more states of the multistate MSA.
                        <FTREF/>
                        <SU>1240</SU>
                         The agencies proposed to employ the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6987"/>
                        same approach for assigning conclusions for States to multistate MSAs, with the same components as the State evaluation.
                        <SU>1241</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposed multistate MSA conclusion would reflect a weighted average of facility-based assessment area conclusions within the multistate MSA, and would also reflect: (1) a Bank Multistate MSA Community Development Financing Metric; (2) a Multistate MSA Community Development Financing Benchmark; (3) a Multistate MSA Weighted Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark; and (4) an impact review.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1240</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed §§ __.24(d) and __.28, proposed appendix B, section 15, and proposed appendix C, paragraph d.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1241</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, section 16.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive comments that were specific to the proposed evaluation of community development loans and investments in multistate MSAs.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are finalizing the proposed multistate MSA Community Development Financing Test evaluation with clarifying and conforming revisions consistent with the State evaluation. The agencies renumbered proposed § __.24(c)(3) to final § __.24(d) consistent with the other formatting revisions to final § __.24. Under final § __.24(d), the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency will evaluate banks' community development lending and investments in multistate MSAs, pursuant to final §§ __.19 and __.28(c), using the same two components as the State evaluation. Specifically, the agency will evaluate a bank's community development financing performance in a multistate MSA based on the: (1) weighted average of facility-based assessment area performance in the multistate MSA; 
                        <SU>1242</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and (2) multistate MSA performance.
                        <SU>1243</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1242</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(d)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1243</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(d)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Under the final rule, the appropriate agency assigns a conclusion for a bank's performance in each multistate MSA, as applicable, based on a weighted combination of these two components pursuant to final paragraph II.p of final appendix B and the weighting in section IV of appendix B of the final rule. As noted in the proposal, the multistate MSA Community Development Financing Test provisions are consistent with the State Community Development Financing Test provisions and the agencies made additional conforming revisions throughout final § __.24(d) and paragraphs II.g, II.h, and II.i of final appendix B.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24(e) Nationwide Area Community Development Financing Test Evaluation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Currently, the agencies assign institution-level ratings for the applicable performance tests based on a bank's performance in the States and multistate MSAs where the bank has assessment areas. Banks' community development loans and investments are considered at the assessment area-, State-, multistate MSA-, or institution-level depending on whether the loan or investment has a purpose, mandate, or function of serving an assessment area or the broader statewide or regional areas that include a bank's assessment areas.
                        <SU>1244</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies also determine the relative significance of performance in the different States and multistate MSAs and factor that performance into the institution-level ratings based on: (1) the significance of the institution's community development loans, investments, and services compared to (a) the institution's overall activities; (b) the number of other institutions and the extent of their lending, investments, and services in the relevant areas; and (c) the lending, investment, and service opportunities in the relevant areas; and (2) demographic and economic conditions in the relevant areas.
                        <SU>1245</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1244</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Interagency Large Institution CRA Examination Procedures (April 2014) at appendix.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1245</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             Interagency Large Institution CRA Examination Procedures (April 2014).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>In proposed §§ __.24(c) and __.28, section 15 of proposed appendix B, and section d of proposed appendix C, the agencies proposed to evaluate a bank's community development lending and investments in the nationwide area and assign Community Development Financing Test conclusions for the institution-level using a similar approach to that for evaluating performance and assigning conclusions at the State level. The proposed approach would use a combination of a weighted average of facility-based assessment area conclusions in the nationwide area and a nationwide area score that reflects: (1) a Bank Nationwide Community Development Financing Metric; (2) a Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmark; (3) a Nationwide Weighted Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark; and (4) an impact and responsiveness review.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Weighted average of facility-based assessment area performance.</E>
                         The agencies proposed, in § __.24(c)(4)(i), considering a weighted average of a bank's Community Development Financing Test conclusions across all of its facility-based assessment areas as one component of the bank's Community Development Financing Test institution-level conclusion.
                        <SU>1246</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As with the State evaluation approach, the agencies intended that this approach would emphasize facility-based assessment area performance by directly linking a bank's facility-based assessment area conclusions to the institution conclusion. Under the proposal, the conclusion assigned to each assessment area would be mapped to a point value as follows: “Outstanding” (10 points); “High Satisfactory” (7 points); “Low Satisfactory” (6 points); “Needs to Improve” (3 points); “Substantial Noncompliance” (0 points). The agencies proposed that this resulting score for each facility-based assessment area would be assigned a weight, calculated as the average of the percentage of retail loans and the percentage of deposits of the bank within the facility-based assessment area (both measured in dollars), out of all of the bank's retail loans and deposits in facility-based assessment areas (based on collected deposits data and on the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data, as applicable).
                        <SU>1247</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Using these weights and scores, the agencies would calculate the weighted average of the facility-based assessment area scores to determine the institution-level performance score. The weighted average approach would ensure that performance in each facility-based assessment area is incorporated into the institution conclusion, with greater emphasis given to the areas where a bank has a greater business presence.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1246</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(c)(4)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1247</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, section 16.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Nationwide area score.</E>
                         The agencies proposed in § __.24(c)(4)(ii) that examiners would assign a nationwide area score for the institution based on a Bank Nationwide Community Development Financing Metric, the nationwide benchmarks, and a nationwide impact review.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Bank Nationwide Community Development Financing Metric.</E>
                         The agencies proposed that examiners would calculate the Bank Nationwide Community Development Financing Metric 
                        <SU>1248</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         using the same formula for the State metric, including all of a bank's community development loans 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6988"/>
                        and investments, and deposits in the bank in the numerator and denominator, respectively.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1248</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(c)(4)(ii)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmarks.</E>
                         In proposed § __.24(c)(4)(ii)(B), the agencies proposed establishing benchmarks that would allow examiners to compare a bank's performance to other banks in similar areas. The proposed benchmarks included a single nationwide benchmark applied to all banks called the Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmark and a benchmark that was tailored to each bank's facility-based assessment areas called the Nationwide Weighted Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark. The agencies intended the use of two benchmarks to provide additional context and points of comparison in order to develop the nationwide area score.
                        <SU>1249</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1249</SU>
                             The agencies note that the proposal included Metropolitan and Nonmetropolitan Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmarks applicable to the evaluation of community development lending and investments in facility-based assessment areas, described as “national benchmarks.” The proposed nationwide area Community Development Financing Test evaluation would not use these national benchmarks because it evaluates a bank's community development financing performance in all geographic areas in the nationwide area, irrespective of whether the banks' community development loans or investments are in MSAs or nonmetropolitan areas, and factors in facility-based assessment area performance through the weighted assessment area benchmarks.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Under the proposal, the agencies would develop the proposed nationwide benchmarks in the same way as the proposed statewide benchmarks. The proposed Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmark included all community development loans and investments reported by large banks in the numerator, and all deposits in those banks in the denominator. Under the proposal, the deposits in the nationwide area would be the sum of: (1) the annual average of deposits in counties in the nationwide area reported by all large banks with assets of over $10 billion over the evaluation period (as reported under proposed § __.42); and (2) the annual average of deposits assigned to branches in the nationwide area by all large banks with assets of $10 billion or less, according to the FDIC's Summary of Deposits data, over the evaluation period.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to define the Nationwide Weighted Assessment Area Community Development Financing Benchmark as the weighted average of the facility-based assessment area community development financing benchmarks across all of the bank's facility-based assessment areas and the agencies would weight the benchmark based on the facility-based assessment area's percentage of retail loans and percentage of deposits (both measured in dollars) within the facility-based assessment areas of the State using the same weighting approach as described for the weighted average of the bank's facility-based assessment area conclusions.
                        <SU>1250</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1250</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.24(c)(4)(ii)(B)(
                            <E T="03">2</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Impact review.</E>
                         Similar to the proposed State evaluation approach, the agencies proposed in § __.24(c)(4)(ii) and section 15 of appendix B to evaluate the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development loans and investments at the institution level, using the same impact review approach as described above for facility-based assessment areas and States. The agencies proposed to conduct an institution-level impact review in order to assess the impact and responsiveness of 
                        <E T="03">all</E>
                         of an institution's community development loans and investments, including those inside and outside of facility-based assessment areas. The agencies considered this to be especially important for the evaluation of a bank that elects to conduct community development loans and investments that serve areas outside of its facility-based assessment areas, so that the impact and responsiveness of those activities is considered. As described above, the agencies would consider the impact and responsiveness of the bank's community development loans and investments to community needs, and would consider the impact review factors, among other information.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Nationwide area score assignment.</E>
                         As provided in section 15 of proposed appendix B, the agencies proposed to assign a nationwide area score that reflected the bank's overall dollar volume of community development loans and community development investments and overall impact and responsiveness of those loans and investments, corresponding to the conclusion categories as follows: “Outstanding” (10 points); “High Satisfactory” (7 points); “Low Satisfactory” (6 points); “Needs to Improve” (3 points); “Substantial Noncompliance” (0 points). This nationwide area score would reflect a comparison of the Bank Nationwide Community Development Financing Metric to the nationwide and weighted assessment area benchmarks, as well as the impact review of the bank's community development financing activities.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Other than the comments discussed above, the agencies did not receive comments specific to the evaluation of a bank's community development loans and investments in the nationwide area or conclusions at the institution level. However, certain comments discussed above are relevant to these evaluations and conclusions. Specifically, some commenters objected to consideration of community development lending and investment outside of facility-based assessment areas because they believe that consideration of lending and investments in broader geographic areas is not consistent with the CRA statute's focus on local communities. Further, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(a), many commenters expressed concern with the absence of an investment test as a separate test or a component of the Community Development Financing Test overall.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>In final § __.24(e) (renumbered proposed section § __.24(c)(4)), the agencies are finalizing the proposed nationwide area evaluation of the Community Development Financing Test with certain revisions. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule includes two components for the nationwide area evaluation. The first component consists of the weighted average of facility-based assessment area performance in the nationwide area. The second component consists of an evaluation of all of the bank's community development lending and investments in the nationwide area—both inside and outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas. As with the proposal, and discussed in greater detail below, the agencies will base consideration of a bank's nationwide area performance under the second component on a Bank Nationwide Community Development Financing Metric, the two nationwide community development financing benchmarks, and an impact and responsiveness review with conforming revisions consistent with the changes discussed above related to the State and multistate MSA Community Development Financing Test evaluations.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies continue to believe, as discussed above, that it is appropriate to consider community development loans and investments outside of banks' facility-based assessment areas. The agencies believe that the construction of the nationwide area evaluation puts appropriate emphasis on banks' lending and investment in banks' facility-based 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6989"/>
                        assessment areas while also permitting banks to help meet the credit needs of their entire communities, particularly underserved areas with limited bank presence. This framework is aimed at ensuring that banks reinvest in the communities from which they draw deposits while also eliminating barriers in the current framework that have resulted in a mismatch in the supply and demand of community development financing activities in certain geographic areas.
                    </P>
                    <P>As discussed above in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(a), to respond to commenters concerns about the potential that banks may shift away from conducting community development investments in favor of community development loans, the final rule also includes a Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric and a Nationwide Community Development Investment Benchmark as part of the nationwide area performance considerations for large banks that have assets greater than $10 billion. In the agencies' view, including an investment metric and benchmark for the nationwide area is appropriate because it serves as a check on the level of banks' overall community development investments. The agencies determined that including an investment metric in the evaluation of facility-based assessment areas, States, or multistate MSAs may impose an incentive on banks to make a community development investment instead of a community development loan solely to perform well against the metric as compared to the benchmark, even if that investment was not in the best interest of the particular community or project. By limiting consideration of the Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric and Nationwide Community Development Investment Benchmark to the nationwide area evaluation, banks have the flexibility to engage in the most appropriate type of financing for each community development project while still giving the agencies a view into how a bank's overall community development investment activity compares to its peers.</P>
                    <P>After considering commenter feedback, the agencies determined that the Bank Community Development Investment Metric and the Nationwide Community Development Investment Benchmark should exclude mortgage-backed securities. Although mortgage-backed securities serve a purpose in creating liquidity and helping banks to meet the credit needs of their communities, these types of community development investments do not involve the complexities associated with certain other community development investments. Further, given the existing markets for mortgage-backed securities, banks may readily engage in these types of investments if appropriate for their business model. For these reasons, the agencies believe that the consideration of community development investments within the nationwide area evaluation should focus on the extent to which banks are making community development investments other than mortgage-backed securities, which may involve competitive challenges, significant lead times, or otherwise be more complex for a bank to make.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies also determined that the Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric as compared to the Nationwide Community Development Investment Benchmark may only contribute positively to a bank's Community Development Financing Test conclusion for the institution.
                        <SU>1251</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies considered that there may be circumstances in which banks are not competitive for, or have limited opportunities to make, community development investments in particular geographic areas; however, provided that the agencies determine that banks are helping to meet community development needs overall based on the application of the Community Development Financing Test (exclusive of the investment metric and benchmark comparison), banks should be able to receive the conclusion and rating that the agency determines is appropriate. Nonetheless, the agencies believe the Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric will incentivize banks to meet community needs and opportunities through community development investments because it: (1) adds transparency regarding a bank's level of community development investments; and (2) provides additional information that the agencies can consider positively in assessing a bank's performance under the Community Development Financing Test that may provide a more nuanced perspective on the bank's performance.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1251</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(e)(2)(iv) and final appendix B, paragraph II.p.2.ii.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.24(e)(1) Nationwide Area Evaluation—component One</HD>
                    <P>Under final § __.24(e)(1)—the weighted average of facility-based assessment area performance in the nationwide area—the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency consider the weighted average of the performance scores corresponding to a bank's conclusions for the Community Development Financing Test for its facility-based assessment areas within the nationwide area, calculated pursuant to section IV of final appendix B.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Section __.24(e)(2) Nationwide Area Evaluation—Component Two</HD>
                    <P>Under final § __.24(e)(2)—nationwide area performance—the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency considers a bank's community development financing performance in the nationwide area using a community development financing metric and benchmarks that consider all community development loans and investments in the nationwide area and, in the case of banks with over $10 billion in assets, a metric and benchmark focused on community development investments in the nationwide area. Component two also includes consideration of the impact and responsiveness of the bank's community development loans and investments.</P>
                    <P>Specifically, under the final rule, component two includes a Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric in § __.24(e)(2)(iii). The appropriate agency applies this metric to large banks that had assets greater than $10 billion. The Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric measures the dollar volume of the bank's community development investments that benefit or serve all or part of the nationwide area, excluding mortgage-backed securities, compared to the deposits located in the nationwide area for the bank. The agency calculates this metric pursuant to paragraph II.m of final appendix B. The formula for calculating the Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric is consistent with the other metrics included in the Community Development Financing Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        Under final § __.24(e)(2)(iv), the appropriate agency compares the Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric to the Nationwide Community Development Investment Benchmark that measures the dollar volume of community development investments that benefit or serve all or part of the nationwide area, excluding mortgage-backed securities, of all large banks that had assets greater than $10 billion compared to deposits located in the nationwide area for all such banks. The agency calculates this benchmark pursuant to paragraph II.n of final appendix B. The formula for calculating the Nationwide Community 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6990"/>
                        Development Investment Benchmark is consistent with the other benchmarks included in the Community Development Financing Test. As noted above, final § __.24(e)(2)(iv) provides that this comparison may only contribute positively to the bank's Community Development Financing Test conclusion for the institution.
                    </P>
                    <P>As noted above, in the final rule, paragraph II.p.2.ii of appendix B also provides that in the nationwide area, for large banks with assets greater than $10 billion, the agency considers whether the bank's performance under the Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric, compared to the Community Development Investment Benchmark, contributes positively to the bank's Community Development Financing Test conclusion.</P>
                    <P>Lastly, the agencies are finalizing the impact and responsiveness review in final § __.24(e)(2)(v) in the nationwide area as proposed with conforming edits. As noted in the proposal and above, the nationwide area Community Development Financing Test provisions are generally consistent with the State and multistate MSA Community Development Financing Test provisions. The agencies made additional conforming revisions throughout final § __.24(e) and paragraphs II.j, II.k, II.l of final appendix B.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.24(e) and (f) Nationwide Area Evaluation and Community Development Financing Test Performance Conclusions and Ratings</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed that a bank's weighted average assessment area performance score would be averaged with its nationwide area score to produce an institution performance score, with weights on both components tailored to reflect the bank's business model.
                        <SU>1252</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As proposed for the calculation of the State score, the amount of weight applied to the facility-based assessment area performance and to the nationwide area performance would depend on the bank's percentage of deposits and retail loans that are within its facility-based assessment areas. Under the proposal, the agencies used weights equivalent to those proposed for calculating the combined State performance score, to tailor the weighting to the bank's business model while still allowing all banks to receive meaningful credit for activities outside their facility-based assessment areas.
                        <SU>1253</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies intended the proposed weighting approach for the nationwide area evaluation to achieve the same balance as the State weighting approach by emphasizing facility-based assessment area performance, allowing flexibility to receive consideration for activities outside of facility-based assessment areas, and tailoring the amount of weight on facility-based assessment area performance to bank business model. Banks that have a low percentage of deposits and retail loans within their facility-based assessment areas would have a stronger emphasis on their nationwide area score than on their weighted average of facility-based assessment area conclusions. Conversely, banks that have a high percentage of deposits and retail loans within their facility-based assessment areas would have approximately equal weight on their nationwide area score and on their weighted average of facility-based assessment area conclusions. The agencies proposed that they would then round the institution performance score to the nearest point value corresponding to a conclusion category: “Outstanding” (10 points); “High Satisfactory” (7 points); “Low Satisfactory” (6 points); “Needs to Improve” (3 points); “Substantial Noncompliance” (0 points), to develop the Institution Community Development Financing Test conclusion.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1252</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, section 15.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1253</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Other than the comments discussed above regarding the evaluation of community development loans and investments outside of banks' facility-based assessment areas, the agencies did not receive specific comments on the calculation of the institution conclusion.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are finalizing the institution conclusion provisions for the Community Development Financing Test as proposed with conforming revisions. Final § __.24(e) provides that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency evaluates a bank's community development financing performance in the nationwide area, pursuant to final § __.19,
                        <SU>1254</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         using the two components discussed above and assign a conclusion for the institution based on the weighted combination of the two components discussed above and as provided in paragraph II.p of final appendix B and the weighting of conclusions as provided in section IV of final appendix B. As noted in the proposal, the nationwide area Community Development Financing Test provisions are consistent with the State and multistate MSA Community Development Financing Test provisions and the agencies made conforming revisions throughout final § __.24(e) and paragraphs II.j, II.k, II.l of final appendix B.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1254</SU>
                             The cross-references to final § __.19 are consistent with similar revisions to the State evaluation in final § __.24(c) and the multistate MSA evaluation in final § __.24(d). Unlike those paragraphs, final § __.24(e) does not cross-reference final § __.28(c) because those provisions are not applicable to the institution conclusions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Under the final rule, § __.24(f)(1) provides that the agency assigns performance conclusions for the Community Development Financing Test for the institution pursuant to final § __.28 and final appendix C. Further, final § __.24(f)(2) provides that pursuant to final § __.28 and appendix D, the agency incorporates a bank's Community Development Financing Test conclusions into its institution ratings.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Miscellaneous Comments and Technical and Conforming Changes</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received several comments on miscellaneous portions of the Community Development Financing Test. The agencies also discuss various conforming changes to the Community Development Financing Test below.</P>
                    <P>A commenter recommended that the agencies not only consider the dollar volume of community development transactions, but also the units or number of transactions undertaken by the bank during any given year or examination cycle. The commenter explained that counting the number of units or transactions closed by the institution in any given cycle can be compared year-to-year and cycle-to-cycle to inform the picture of a bank's community development financing performance. Similarly, a commenter suggested that if the Community Development Financing Test is retained, the agencies should require that a reasonable number of transactions and originations be maintained and considered under the performance test to limit the moral hazard of banks pursuing the largest loans and avoiding rural America.</P>
                    <P>
                        A commenter also suggested the following modifications to the Community Development Financing Test: (1) calculating the percentage of community development loans and investments that were committed to persistent poverty counties and counties with low levels of financing; and (2) reporting the percentage of community development loans and investments that involved collaboration and partnerships 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6991"/>
                        with public agencies and community-based organizations.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies did not add to the final rule a metric measuring the percentage of community development loans and investments that were committed to persistent poverty counties and counties with low levels of financing. The agencies structured the Community Development Test to have different components that serve distinct purposes. Under the final Community Development Financing Test, the impact and responsiveness review is the mechanism for considering community development loans and investments in persistent poverty counties and other underserved geographic areas. The agencies believe that the impact and responsiveness review is the appropriate means of considering these types of loans and investments because it provides an incentive through enhanced consideration as opposed to a comparison across banks. Banks operate in different markets with different business strategies and community needs and opportunities. A such, where some banks may be positioned to engage in community development lending and investment in persistent poverty counties, other banks may not have similar opportunities. Therefore, the suggested metric likely would not provide useful information for the agencies' evaluation of performance under the Community Development Financing Test.
                        <SU>1255</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1255</SU>
                             For the agencies to determine if such a metric could usefully inform evaluation of bank performance under the Community Development Financing Test, the agencies would need to analyze data on lending and investments in these areas, which are unavailable at this time.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies similarly did not add a requirement for reporting the percentage of community development loans and investments that involved collaboration and partnerships with public agencies and community-based organizations. The agencies do not believe that this information is necessary for assessing bank performance under the Community Development Financing Test. Further, as discussed above, the agencies determined not to consider the number of transactions under the Community Development Financing Test.
                        <SU>1256</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1256</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Other Technical and Conforming Changes</HD>
                    <P>In addition to the changes discussed above, the agencies made several non-substantive technical and conforming changes to the final Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24 and final appendix B. The agencies' intent in making these changes, along with the other technical, clarifying, or conforming revisions discussed through this section-by-section analysis, was to be responsive to the overarching comments that the proposal was too complex and difficult to understand. First, the agencies reformatted final § __.24(a) to delineate the different components of the paragraph. The agencies also revised the terminology to be more consistent both within final § __.24 and throughout the rule. For example, the final rule uses the phrase “benefits or serves” in all places where the proposal had used one of those terms or the combined phrase. These and similar types of changes are not intended to have a substantive effect; rather, the agencies intend for these changes to clarify the rule by eliminating unnecessary variation that could introduce ambiguity.</P>
                    <P>
                        Second, the agencies revised the format of the Community Development Financing Test by restructuring proposed § __.24(c) to separate the State, multistate MSA, and nationwide area evaluations into distinct paragraphs in final § __.24.
                        <SU>1257</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As discussed above, the agencies also streamlined the description of the metrics and benchmarks throughout final § __.24 and clarified the calculation of the metrics and benchmarks in final appendix B by describing each step in the calculation separately and adding sample formulas for clarity. The agencies made additional clarifying revisions to final appendix B, including: (1) reformatting and reorganizing the appendix to include sections with subparagraphs; and (2) adding summary paragraphs describing the inputs for the numerators and denominators of the metrics and benchmarks included in final §§ __.24 and __.26.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1257</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(c) (State), (d) (multistate MSA), and (e) (nationwide area).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Third, similar to the revisions made to final appendix A to improve clarity and readability, the agencies reorganized final appendix B into four separate sections. These sections are organized by topic and the sections of the final rule to which they relate. The substantive aspects of these sections are discussed above. The sections of final appendix B are as follows:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Section I—Community Development Financing Tests—Calculation Components and Allocation of Community Development Loans and Community Development Investments.</E>
                         This section includes the inputs for the metrics and benchmarks numerators and denominators in final §§ __.24 and __.26 and the methods for valuing and allocating community development loans and investments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Section II—Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24—Calculations for Metrics, Benchmarks, and Combining Performance Scores.</E>
                         This section includes all the calculations for the metrics and benchmarks in the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24. The section also includes methodology for calculating the combined score for facility-based assessment area conclusions, the metrics and benchmarks analyses, and the impact and responsiveness reviews.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Section III—Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks in final § __.26—Calculations for Metrics and Benchmarks.</E>
                         This section of final appendix B relates to the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks and is discussed in the section-by-section analysis of final § __.26.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Section IV—Weighting of Conclusions.</E>
                         This section applies to the development of conclusions for a bank's performance under the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24 and the Community Development Services Test in final § __.25. The section provides the methodology for weighting the performance scores corresponding to conclusions in each State or multistate MSA, as applicable, pursuant to final § __.28(c), and the nationwide area.
                    </P>
                    <P>In summary, the agencies are adopting final § __.24 and final appendix B with the revisions discussed above.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.25 Community Development Services Test</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies currently evaluate a large bank's provision of community development services, along with retail banking services, as part of the service test.
                        <SU>1258</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For intermediate small banks and wholesale and limited purpose banks, the agencies evaluate community development services, community development loans, and community development investments under a single community development test.
                        <SU>1259</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Generally, the agencies do not evaluate 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6992"/>
                        community development services for small banks.
                        <SU>1260</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1258</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1259</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.26(c) (intermediate small banks) and __.25 (wholesale and limited purpose banks).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1260</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.26.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The current service test is largely qualitative and evaluates the extent to which a bank provides community development services and the extent to which those services are innovative or responsive to community needs.
                        <SU>1261</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Examiners may consider measures including the number of: (1) low- and moderate-income participants; (2) organizations served; (3) sessions sponsored; and (4) bank staff hours dedicated.
                        <SU>1262</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies assess innovation and responsiveness by considering whether a community development service requires special expertise and effort by the bank, the impact of a particular activity on community needs, and the benefits received by a community.
                        <SU>1263</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1261</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.24(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1262</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(e)—2.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1263</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Under the current rule, the agencies consider services performed by a third party on the bank's behalf under the service test if the community development services provided enable the bank to help meet the credit needs of its communities.
                        <SU>1264</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Indirect community development services that enhance a bank's ability to deliver credit products or deposit services within its community and that can be quantified may be considered under the current service test if those services have not been considered already under the lending or investment test.
                        <SU>1265</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1264</SU>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(e)—1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1265</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed in § __.25 to separately evaluate a large bank's performance of community development services under the Community Development Services Test. For all large banks, the agencies proposed to evaluate each facility-based assessment area based on (1) the extent to which a bank provides community development services and (2) the impact and responsiveness of those services pursuant to proposed § __.15.
                        <SU>1266</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies proposed a quantitative metric (the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric), described further below, for large banks with average assets of more than $10 billion.
                        <SU>1267</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1266</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.25(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1267</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Under the proposal, the facility-based assessment area conclusions would form the basis of conclusions for each State, multistate MSA, and the nationwide area.
                        <SU>1268</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For each of these areas, conclusions would be based on two components: (1) a bank's weighted average of its community development services performance in its facility-based assessment areas within a State, multistate MSA, and nationwide area; and (2) an evaluation of its community development services outside its facility-based assessment areas but within the State, multistate MSA, and nationwide area.
                        <SU>1269</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1268</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.25(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1269</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.25(c) and proposed appendix B, section 16.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Unlike the current approach,
                        <SU>1270</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the proposal did not provide for community development services consideration where a third party (other than an affiliate) performs those services pursuant to an agreement in which the bank pays for those services.
                        <SU>1271</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The proposal also included a definition of community development services in proposed § __.25(d), which is discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1270</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.24(e)—1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1271</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.21(c) (outlining when community development services performed by an affiliate may be considered).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received many comments on proposed § __.25. A few commenters generally supported the proposed Community Development Services Test. However, many commenters believed the proposed test would facilitate misplaced examiner discretion and urged the agencies to develop guidelines to ensure consistency. Several commenters stated that the proposed Community Development Services Test is insufficiently robust, with at least one of these commenters asserting the scope of activities is too narrow. In addition, a few commenters expressed concern that the test was inappropriately focused on the number of volunteer hours and not the type or quality of the volunteer activities, and advocated for a qualitative consideration of community development services.</P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters suggested that if the agencies do not establish a consolidated community development test (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         one performance test that considers community development financing and community development services),
                        <SU>1272</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies should strengthen the Community Development Services Test by making the test more closely resemble the “responsiveness” consideration proposed in the Retail Services and Products Test. At least one commenter reasoned that the proposed Community Development Services Test has a disproportionately high weight for a limited number of eligible or impactful activities.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1272</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.21(a) for discussion on creating a single consolidated community development performance test that evaluates community development loans, investments, and services.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting the Community Development Services Test with substantive, technical, clarifying, and conforming edits discussed below. In addition, the agencies made revisions to the proposed definition of “community development services” and moved the definition to final § __.12, which is discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12.</P>
                    <P>
                        As adopted, the Community Development Services Test remains largely qualitative and does not include the proposed Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric. The performance test also maintains the proposed consideration of the impact and responsiveness of a bank's community development services. The agencies believe the final rule provides greater consistency compared to the current rule and is responsive to commenter concerns about the potential for inconsistent application of the tests. For example, final § __.25(b) and (c) formalize agency considerations in determining the extent to which a bank provides community development services (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         the total hours of community development services performed by the bank; the capacities in which bank employees or board members served) and creates a standard set of data points to facilitate the review in final § __.42(a)(6). In contrast to the current rule, the agencies added clarity by outlining types of community development services deemed impactful and responsive in final § __.15.
                        <SU>1273</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1273</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of final § __.15 for additional discussion specific to the impact and responsiveness consideration.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Further, the agencies believe, based on supervisory experience, that a qualitative evaluation of community development services is appropriate and consistent with how the agencies currently evaluate community development services. Community development services do not lend themselves easily to a metrics-based approach because, as described further below, the evaluation includes consideration of the needs and opportunities available in a particular area, as well as a bank's resources and business model. To limit potentially misplaced discretion and rating 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6993"/>
                        inflation, the agencies intend to provide guidance and training to examiners on the Community Development Services Test, such as how to apply the impact and responsiveness review, and when to apply the upward adjustment in final § __.25(c)(2). In response to commenter feedback regarding responsiveness, the final rule requires community development services evaluated under the Community Development Services Test to support community development, as described in final § __.13, and to be related to the provision of financial services.
                        <SU>1274</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1274</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.12 for discussion of the definition of community development services.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies did not receive comments on the proposal's exclusion of CRA consideration for community development services performed by a non-affiliate third party. The agencies believe paying such a party to perform service hours does not qualify as “the performance of volunteer services by a bank's or affiliate's board members or employees.” However, this sort of activity may qualify as a community development investment as a “monetary or in-kind donation.” 
                        <SU>1275</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, the final rule maintains this exclusion.
                        <SU>1276</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1275</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.12 for discussion on whether community development services performed by a third party may qualify as a “monetary or in-kind donation” within the definition of “community development investment.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1276</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.21(b) for discussion on treatment of services performed by affiliates.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.25(a) Community Development Services Test</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed in § __.25(a) to evaluate a bank's record of helping to meet the community development services needs of the bank's facility-based assessment areas, States, multistate MSA, and nationwide area. The agencies defined community development services in proposed § __.25(d) and explained that the agencies would consider publicly available information and information provided by the bank, government, or community sources that demonstrates that the activity includes serving individuals or census tracts located within the facility-based assessment area, State, multistate MSA, or nationwide area, as applicable.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received and Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies received one comment specific to this proposed paragraph. This commenter suggested that the scope of community development services in proposed § __.25(a) should specifically include that “[f]or military banks and banks serving military and veteran communities, these community development services may occur on or near military installations and worldwide.” The agencies do not believe these proposed edits are warranted. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.16(d), military banks whose customers are not located within a defined geographic area may delineate a single facility-based assessment area consisting of the entire United States and its territories. For banks that elect this delineation pursuant to final § __.16(d) and are also subject to the Community Development Services Test, the agencies will evaluate community development services in its facility-based assessment area, which would include military installations within the United States and its territories. The agencies do not include military installations worldwide, consistent with the other parts of the final rule where the agencies only consider activities within the United States and its territories.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting proposed § __.25(a) with conforming, clarifying, and technical edits. Specifically, the agencies conformed the language in each introductory paragraph across the performance tests so that the language mirrors the statute by replacing the proposed references to the bank's facility-based assessment areas, States, multistate MSAs, and the nationwide area with “the entire community.” 
                        <SU>1277</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the agencies eliminated the reference to where to find the definition of community development services within proposed § __.25 because all definitions are now in final § __.12.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1277</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.25(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Similar to the proposed approach in § __.25(a), the final rule, renumbered as § __.25(a)(2), provides that the agencies consider information provided by the bank and may consider publicly available information and information provided by government or community sources that demonstrates that a community development service benefits or serves a facility-based assessment area, State, multistate MSA, or the nationwide area. The agencies made clarifying edits to the proposed provision to specify that while the agencies will consider information provided by the bank to determine whether a particular community development service benefits or serves a particular area, the agencies may, at their option, consider publicly available information or information from government or community sources.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.25(b) Facility-Based Assessment Area Evaluation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The agencies proposed in § __.25(b)(1) to review a bank's provision of community development services by considering one or more of the following types of information: (1) the total number of community development services hours performed by the bank; (2) the number and type of community development services activities offered; (3) for nonmetropolitan areas, the number of activities related to the provision of financial services; (4) the number and proportion of community development services hours completed by, respectively, executives and other employees of the bank; (5) the extent to which community development services are used, as demonstrated by information such as the number of low- or moderate-income participants, organizations served, and sessions sponsored; or (6) other evidence that the bank's community development services benefit low- or moderate-income individuals or are otherwise responsive to community development needs.</P>
                    <P>For large banks with average assets greater than $10 billion, the agencies proposed in § __.25(b)(2) a quantitative metric—the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric—to measure the average number of community development service hours per full-time equivalent employee. The agencies proposed calculating the metric by dividing a bank's aggregate hours of community development services activity during the evaluation period in a facility-based assessment area by the number of full-time equivalent employees in a facility-based assessment area. The proposal did not include a peer benchmark in which to compare the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric. However, the agencies stated in the proposed rule that the collection and analysis of community development service hours data under the proposed rule might allow for future development of peer benchmarks.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also proposed to evaluate the impact and responsiveness of the bank's community development services in a facility-based assessment area pursuant to proposed § __.15.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Commenters offered varying feedback on the proposed evaluation of community development services in facility-based assessment areas, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6994"/>
                        including, but not limited to, the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric and whether the benefit associated with using the metric exceeded the burden of collecting and reporting this data point. A few commenters supported the proposed metric, noting, generally, that the metric's value would exceed any burden to the bank, or that the metric imposed limited burden to the bank. A commenter highlighted the metric's ability to provide meaningful comparison at the local level but suggested further refinement to the calculation so that the metric would consider the number of months in the evaluation period. At least a few commenters supporting the metric said that reporting the data would not be burdensome to banks because they already collect these data. Another commenter stressed that the collection of community development services data is fundamental to evaluating performance under the performance test.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters opposed the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric. These commenters generally believed the metric's benefit did not outweigh the burden of reporting the additional data. A commenter questioned the utility of the metric where the proposed community development services evaluation would include other non-quantitative bases and examiner discretion. Further, the commenter found the metric duplicative of other parts of the proposed Community Development Services Test, such as the consideration of the number of hours for all community development services performed by a bank as well as the proportion of community development service hours completed by bank executives and other bank employees. Another commenter believed the proposed test without the metric would be sufficient.</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the agencies' question in the proposed rule on whether to apply the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric to all large banks, including those with average assets of $10 billion or less, a few commenters endorsed requiring all large banks to report this metric, with a couple of these commenters also endorsing the application of the metric to intermediate small banks.
                        <SU>1278</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         One commenter opposed requiring banks with assets $10 billion or less to report the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric, though it expressed general support for recording volunteer hours.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1278</SU>
                             The proposed rule did not include the term “intermediate small bank.”
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>A few commenters raised concerns about operationalizing the metric, such as challenges related to employees self-reporting and tracking hours, recording the location of a community development services provided virtually, and defining a full-time equivalent employee. A few commenters supported the inclusion of executives in the definition of full-time equivalent employee. Other commenters suggested that the agencies should not discount service hours for part-time employees, or that the metric should exclude “non-exempt staff” from the definition of full-time equivalent employment if the final rule requires community development services be related to the provision of financial services. A couple of commenters cautioned that the increasing prevalence of remote working arrangements and back-office locations would make allocating full-time equivalent bank employees to a particular geographic area challenging and could lead to anomalous results.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters responded specifically on whether the agencies should develop benchmarks and thresholds to compare the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric once such data are available. In general, some commenters opposed the development of such benchmarks and thresholds because they would be too burdensome, whereas other commenters tended to support developing benchmarks to facilitate comparison across banks. One commenter believed the metric's comparison to a peer benchmark should greatly influence the conclusions.</P>
                    <P>The agencies also sought feedback on whether to include an additional executive-only metric in which the agencies would assess community development service hours per executive for large banks with assets of over $10 billion. The agencies received only a few comments about this metric, each of which noted that a separate metric for executive service hours would not add any rigor to the performance test.</P>
                    <P>A couple of commenters suggested prescribed weighting within the facility-based assessment area to promote consistency and rigor. For example, a commenter suggested assigning a 50 percent weight for the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric and a 50 percent weight for the qualitative factors in proposed § __.25(b)(1). Another commenter suggested that hours spent volunteering as a board member or in other leadership roles for a community development organization should be weighted more heavily than other community development services because the former requires a greater commitment.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        Final § __.25(b) adopts the proposed qualitative approach to evaluate a large bank's community development services in a facility-based assessment area with substantive, clarifying, and technical changes. As mentioned previously, the final rule does not include the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric in the Community Development Services Test. Upon consideration of the comments, the agencies believe the metric would have increased the rule's complexity and burden with limited benefit to assessing community development services, particularly since the agencies do not have sufficient data to establish a peer benchmark for comparison with the Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric. The agencies recognize the challenges identified by commenters in defining a full-time equivalent employee and recognize that a bank's full-time equivalent employees may not be an appropriate measure or proxy for the expectation of the amount of community development services a bank should provide. A bank's decision on the number and types of employees (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         full-time, part-time, contract, seasonal) could be driven by many factors other than community development services capacity. Relatedly, the agencies asked whether the final rule should include a definition of “full-time employee.” This definition is no longer necessary because the final rule does not include the proposed Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric, which used this term.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule does not include an executive-only metric in response to commenter feedback that the metric would not add rigor to the test. Correspondingly, the agencies removed a related consideration—the number and proportion of community development services hours performed by executives and other bank employees—from the list of considerations when evaluating a bank's provision of community development services in a facility-based assessment area.
                        <SU>1279</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1279</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.25(b)(1)(iv). Final § __.12 requires that all community development services be related to the provision of financial 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            services. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.12 for discussion of the definition of community development services.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="6995"/>
                    <P>
                        The agencies streamlined and reorganized the list of considerations in proposed § __.25(b)(1). The final rule does not include the proposed consideration—the number of activities related to the provision of financial services in nonmetropolitan areas—because this concept is inherent in the definition of community development services in final § __.12.
                        <SU>1280</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, the agencies condensed the proposed considerations in § __.25(b)(1)(v) and (vi) into final § __.25(b)(4). Proposed § __.25(b)(1)(v)—the extent to which community development services are used, as demonstrated by information such as the number of low- and moderate-income participants, organizations served, and sessions sponsored, as applicable—provided examples of the catch-all provision in proposed § __.25(b)(1)(vi). Thus, final § __.25(b)(4) incorporates both concepts without an intended change in meaning. Final § __.25(b)(4) provides that the review of community development services in a facility-based assessment area may include “[a]ny other evidence demonstrating that the bank's community development services are responsive to community development needs, such as the number of low- and moderate-income individuals that are participants, or number of organizations served.”
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1280</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.25(b)(1)(iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies made other conforming edits to track the data collection and maintenance requirements in final § __.42(a)(6), which requires the collection and maintenance of community development services data regarding the capacity in which a bank employee or board member served.
                        <SU>1281</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The final rule explicitly identifies this consideration in § __.25(b)(2). The aligning of this provision to the data collection and maintenance requirements in the final rule results in replacing “executive” with “board member.” Bank executives remain included in the term “employee,” and the agencies clarified that consideration of the capacity served also applies to board members. In addition, proposed § __.25(b)(1)(ii) would have included the number and type of community development services offered. Consistent with the terminology in data collection and maintenance in the final rule,
                        <SU>1282</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the agencies clarified in final § __.25(b)(1) that the agencies may consider, as appropriate, the number of community development services attributable to each type of community development described in § __.13(b) through (l). Finally, the agencies changed the outline levels to clarify that the impact and responsiveness review in final § __.15 may be among the considerations in assigning a conclusion for a facility-based assessment area.
                        <SU>1283</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1281</SU>
                             Final § __.42(a)(6)(i)(E).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1282</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.42(a)(6).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1283</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.25(b)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The final rule does not prescribe a specific weighting for the Community Development Services Test evaluation of each facility-based assessment area. Without the proposed Bank Assessment Area Community Development Service Hours Metric, the commenter suggestions for weighting the metric compared to other considerations in the facility-based assessment area are no longer necessary. The agencies considered establishing weighting within the performance test or otherwise reducing examiner discretion but determined that examiner discretion is appropriate. For example, it is difficult to conclude, as suggested by a commenter, that hours volunteering as a board member for an organization that supports community development is always more impactful and responsive than hours volunteering in a non-leadership capacity. Instead, the agencies believe that they should base the impact and responsiveness of a community development service on the needs of a particular community. Examiner discretion in this test is also consistent with current practice and consistent with the final Community Development Financing Test and the Retail Services and Product Test.
                        <SU>1284</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1284</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             discussion above under Community Development Services Test—In General.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.25(c) State, Multistate MSA, or Nationwide Area Evaluation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.25(d) Community Development Services Test Performance Conclusions and Ratings</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The proposal provided that the facility-based assessment area conclusions would form the basis of conclusions at the State, multistate MSA, and nationwide area.
                        <SU>1285</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Pursuant to proposed § __.25(c) and paragraph 16 of proposed appendix B, for each of these areas, the agencies would develop conclusions based on two components: (1) a bank's weighted average of its community development services performance conclusions in its facility-based assessment areas within a State, multistate MSA, or the nationwide area, as applicable under § __.18; and (2) an evaluation of a bank's community development services outside its facility-based assessment areas but within the State, multistate MSA, and nationwide area. The agencies recognized that the current rule includes beneficial flexibility that can also result in uncertainty about which community development services will qualify for CRA consideration. For example, under the current approach, if examiners determine that a bank conducted a community development service in a broader statewide or regional area that does not benefit an assessment area and that the bank has not been responsive to the needs of its assessment areas, the bank will not receive consideration for that activity.
                        <SU>1286</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This aspect of the current approach caused uncertainty for banks because they would not know if examiners had determined they were responsive to the needs of their assessment areas until the point of their CRA examination, after the bank had engaged in the activities considered in the examination. With the proposed rule, the agencies intended to achieve a balance between prioritizing facility-based assessment area performance, and providing certainty that the agencies would consider community development services in other areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1285</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.25(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1286</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.12(h)—(6).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Under proposed § __.25(c), the agencies would base weighting under the first component on the average of two numbers: the bank's share of retail loans within the facility-based assessment area compared to the applicable geographic area (State, multistate MSA, or nationwide area); and a bank's share of deposits within the facility-based assessment area compared to the applicable geographic area.
                        <SU>1287</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Paragraph 16 of proposed appendix B provided the calculations for weighting conclusions in a State, for a multistate MSA, and for the institution, respectively. In a State, the agencies would weight a bank's performance test conclusion in each facility-based assessment area using the simple average of the percentages of, respectively, statewide bank deposits associated with the facility-based assessment area and statewide retail loans that the bank originated or purchased in the facility-based assessment area. The statewide percentages of deposits and retail loans associated with each facility-based assessment area would be based upon, respectively, the dollar volumes of deposits and loans in each facility-based assessment area compared with, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6996"/>
                        respectively, the statewide dollar totals of deposits and loans within facility-based assessment areas of that State. Put another way, the proposal provided that the agencies would weight conclusions at the State-level by averaging: (1) the dollar volume of deposits in a facility-based assessment area within the State divided by the dollar volume of deposits in the bank in that State; and (2) a bank's dollar volume of retail loans in a facility-based assessment area within the State divided by the dollar volume of retail loans in that State. The agencies would use the same approach for weighting conclusions for the multistate MSA and institution.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1287</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See also</E>
                             proposed appendix B, section 16.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The second component in proposed § __.25(c)(2) provided that any upward adjustment of the performance score derived from the weighted average of the facility-based assessment area performance (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         component one) would be based on an evaluation of community development services performed outside the facility-based assessment area. That evaluation could include: the number, hours, and type of community development service activities; the proportion of activities related to the provision of financial services, as described in proposed § __.25(d)(3); and the impact and responsiveness of these activities.
                        <SU>1288</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1288</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.25(c)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Finally, proposed § __.25(e)(1) provided that the agencies assign community development services conclusions at the facility-based assessment area, the State, multistate MSA, and institution level, as provided in proposed § __.28 and appendix C. Proposed § __.25(e)(2) provided that the agencies incorporate those conclusions into its State, multistate MSA, and institution ratings.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>A commenter expressed concern with the lack of guidelines for potential upward adjustments based on community development services performed outside of facility-based assessment areas. This commenter recommended establishing a minimal level of service that must be performed outside a facility-based assessment area to be eligible for an upward adjustment, and recommended prohibiting banks with a “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance” in its facility-based assessment areas from receiving this upward adjustment. In addition, this commenter said the performance of community development services outside of facility-based assessment areas should clearly exceed the performance within facility-based assessment areas as measured by hours per employee or impact.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies adopt final § __.25(c) as proposed with technical and conforming edits. To ensure consistency with final § __.25(b), the agencies replaced the considerations list in proposed § __.25(c)(2) with a reference to the similar factors in final § __.25(b)(1) through (5). This change adds a catch-all provision (described further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.25(b)) to ensure the agencies may consider other evidence demonstrating that the bank's community development services outside facility-based assessment areas are responsive to community development needs. In addition, the replacement of the consideration list in proposed § __.25(c)(2) with final § __.25(c)(2) removes consideration of the proportion of community development services related to the provision of financial services 
                        <SU>1289</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         because the final rule requires all community development services to be related to the provision of financial services (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         the section-by-section analysis of § __.12).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1289</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">Compare</E>
                             proposed § __.25(c)(2)(ii), 
                            <E T="03">with</E>
                             final § __.25(c)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with the proposal, the final rule permits an upward adjustment based on the consideration of community development services outside of a bank's facility-based assessment area; however, banks subject to final § __.25 are not required to provide such services outside their facility-based assessment areas.
                        <SU>1290</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Consideration of community development services in areas outside of the facility-based assessment area recognizes impactful community development opportunities that serve areas with high unmet community development needs, including those areas in which few banks have a facility-based assessment area or a concentration of loans subject to final § __.22.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1290</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.25(c)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The final rule does not impose additional limitations or restrictions on when the upward adjustment may be applied, as suggested by a few commenters. In general, banks perform community development services in areas where employees or board members are located (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         main office and branches), which is also generally where a facility-based assessment area must be delineated. Thus, the agencies do not believe additional limitations or restrictions are necessary.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies also made conforming edits to clarify that the agencies evaluate performance in the nationwide area but conclude at the institution level. The final rule removes two errant references to proposed § __.18, the consideration of community development services outside of a bank's facility-based assessment areas, in proposed § __.25(c) introductory text and (c)(1). The reference to this consideration, renumbered as final § __.19, should be limited to component two in final § __.25(c)(2). The weighting of the conclusions remains substantively comparable to the proposed weighting in paragraph 16 of proposed appendix B but includes clarifying edits in final appendix B. See the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(c) and (d) for additional discussion on the Weighting of Conclusions in section IV of final appendix B, which also applies to the final Community Development Financing Test.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies adopt the proposed conclusions and ratings provision as final § __.25(d) with technical and conforming edits. Final § __.25(d)(1) provides that the agencies will assign conclusions under this test in each facility-based assessment area, State, or multistate MSA, and institution, pursuant to final § __.28 and paragraph e of final appendix C. In addition, final § __.25(d)(1) includes conforming edits to clarify that the agencies may consider performance context as provided in final § __.21(d) when assigning conclusions.
                        <SU>1291</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Final § __.25(d)(2) provides that the agencies incorporate conclusions under this performance test into the State or multistate MSA ratings, as applicable, and its institution rating pursuant to final § __.28 and appendix D.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1291</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.21(d) for additional discussion.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.26 Limited Purpose Banks</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under current § __.25, the agencies evaluate a wholesale or limited purpose bank's community development loans, community development investments, and community development services under one community development test.
                        <SU>1292</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies give consideration to the number and dollar amount of community development loans, community development investments, and community development services,
                        <SU>1293</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         both inside a bank's assessment areas or in a broader statewide or regional area that includes the bank's assessment areas, and outside 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6997"/>
                        of its assessment areas if the needs of the bank's assessment areas are adequately addressed.
                        <SU>1294</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The qualitative factors include the innovativeness or complexity of these activities, the bank's responsiveness to credit and community development needs, and the extent to which investments are not routinely provided by private investors.
                        <SU>1295</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the evaluation under the current test considers performance context, including, but not limited to, a bank's capacity and constraints and the performance of similarly situated lenders.
                        <SU>1296</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A wholesale or limited purpose bank may provide examiners with any information it deems relevant to the evaluation of its community development lending, investment, and service opportunities in its assessment areas.
                        <SU>1297</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1292</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.25(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1293</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.25(c)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1294</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.25(e)(1) and (2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1295</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.25(c)(2) and (3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1296</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1297</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.21(b)(2)-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed in § __.26 to maintain a wholesale or limited purpose bank designation and that these banks would be evaluated under the proposed Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale or Limited Purpose Banks.
                        <SU>1298</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1298</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.26.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § __.12, the final rule eliminates the proposed definition of “wholesale bank” and revises the proposed definition of “limited purpose bank” to encompass banks generally considered either “limited purpose banks” or “wholesale banks” under the current or proposed regulations. The final rule replaces references to wholesale banks in the proposal with limited purpose banks. The final rule maintains the option for a bank to request designation as a limited purpose bank with evaluation pursuant to the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks in final § __.26. This test employs qualitative and quantitative factors similar to current examination procedures. In addition, the institution-level conclusion will consider a community development financing metric and certain benchmarks, as well as a community development investment metric and benchmark.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies received several comments on various aspects of proposed § __.26 from a diverse group of commenters.
                        <SU>1299</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These comments, and the final rule, are discussed in detail below.
                        <SU>1300</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1299</SU>
                             A few commenters supported maintaining existing guidance for wholesale and limited purpose banks from the Interagency Questions and Answers. The agencies plan to review the applicability of existing Interagency Questions and Answers during the transition period.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1300</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 145.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.26(a) Bank Request for Designation as a Limited Purpose Bank</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        To receive a designation as a wholesale or limited purpose bank under the current rule, current § __.25(b) provides that a bank shall file a request in writing to the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency at least three months prior to its desired designation. If approved, the designation remains in effect until the bank requests revocation of the designation or until one year after the appropriate agency notifies the bank that its designation has been revoked.
                        <SU>1301</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1301</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.25(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed in § __.26(a) to maintain the current designation provision with technical edits. The proposal maintained the option to file a written request to be designated as a wholesale or limited purpose bank.
                        <SU>1302</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         An approved designation would remain in effect until the bank requests revocation or until one year after the bank was notified that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency has revoked the designation on its own initiative.
                        <SU>1303</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1302</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.26(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1303</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received and Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        A few commenters asked that the agencies clarify that those banks designated as wholesale or limited purpose banks under the current rule do not need to reapply to receive such a designation under the new framework. The agencies confirm that banks currently designated as wholesale or limited purpose banks do not need to reapply under the final rule. As is the case under the current rule, the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency may notify a bank that the designation has been revoked pursuant to final § __.26(a) if the agency determines the bank no longer qualifies for the limited purpose bank designation, or the bank may request revocation.
                        <SU>1304</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies did not receive other comments specific to proposed § __.26(a), and therefore adopt § __.26(a) as proposed with technical and conforming edits, including a nomenclature change from “wholesale or limited purpose banks” to “limited purpose banks.” 
                        <SU>1305</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1304</SU>
                             Banks designated as wholesale banks under the current regulation will automatically be considered limited purpose banks under the final rule unless the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency notifies the bank that the designation has been revoked pursuant to final § __.26(a) or the bank requests revocation.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1305</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.12 for additional discussion on the nomenclature change.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.26(b) Performance Evaluation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        The current community development test for wholesale or limited purpose banks in § __.25 evaluates community development loans, community development investments, and community development services under one performance test. Wholesale or limited purpose banks have flexibility to satisfy their CRA obligation by engaging in any combination of community development lending, investments, or services, but are not required to engage in each activity.
                        <SU>1306</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Consequently, in theory, a wholesale or limited purpose bank could receive a “Satisfactory” rating by performing only community development services. In practice, under the current rule, the agencies' supervisory experience suggests it would be unusual for a bank to receive a “Satisfactory” rating based solely or even primarily on community development services. Based on the agencies' supervisory experience, more commonly, community development loans and community development investments are the predominant activities that determine community development ratings for wholesale or limited purpose banks.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1306</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Q&amp;A § __.25(f)—1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed to evaluate a wholesale or limited purpose bank's community development loans and community development investments under the Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale or Limited Purpose Banks in proposed § __.26.
                        <SU>1307</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Wholesale or limited purpose banks could request additional consideration for community development services that would qualify under the proposed Community Development Services Test, which the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency could consider to adjust the bank's institution rating from 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6998"/>
                        “Satisfactory” to “Outstanding.” 
                        <SU>1308</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Thus, under the proposal, wholesale or limited purpose banks would not be able to rely solely on community development services to obtain a “Satisfactory” rating.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1307</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.26(c).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1308</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.26(b)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>A few commenters raised concerns related to the elimination of the ability of wholesale banks to rely on community development services to achieve a baseline “Satisfactory” rating. These commenters opined that this change may require wholesale banks to make significant changes to their business models or seek a costly strategic plan. One of these commenters stated that the agencies neglected to consider the safety and soundness implications of eliminating the ability of wholesale banks to rely on community development services to achieve a “Satisfactory” rating. Further, this commenter argued that the agencies failed to provide a reasoned analysis for the policy change and failed to weigh wholesale banks' reliance interests on the ability to use community development services to achieve a “Satisfactory” rating compared to the agencies' policy objectives. In particular, this commenter questioned why wholesale banks would not be afforded the same ability as large banks to rely on community development services to achieve a baseline “Satisfactory” rating.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters responded directly to the question in the proposed rule on whether wholesale or limited purpose banks should have the option to submit services to be reviewed on a qualitative basis at the institution level without having to opt into the Community Development Services Test, as proposed, or whether wholesale or limited purpose banks that wish to receive consideration for community development services should be required to opt into the proposed Community Development Services Test. A few commenters supported consideration of community development services without having to opt into the Community Development Services Test. One of these commenters supported the consideration of community development services for wholesale or limited purpose banks regardless of a bank's institution rating under the modified Community Development Financing Test. Another of these commenters suggested the agencies should clarify that the performance of community development services is not required for wholesale or limited purpose banks to receive an overall rating of “Outstanding” if that bank otherwise demonstrates outstanding community development financing performance.</P>
                    <P>In contrast, a few commenters disagreed with the proposed approach to consider community development services if a wholesale or limited purpose bank requests consideration. These commenters believed that the agencies should evaluate community development services for all banks and eliminate the provision that allows requesting additional consideration. One of these commenters warned that the proposal would increase subjectivity and could reduce nationwide community development services.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies adopt in final § __.26(b)(2)(i) the proposed treatment of community development services for limited purpose banks. Under this approach, limited purpose banks have the option to submit community development services for consideration; however, these banks will not be able to rely solely or primarily on community development services to obtain a “Satisfactory” rating under the final Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks. The agencies acknowledge commenter concerns that final § __.26 may restrict some flexibility available to limited purpose banks under the current rule; however, the agencies' supervisory experience indicates it would be unusual for a wholesale or limited purpose bank under the current rule to achieve a “Satisfactory” rating by relying solely or primarily on community development services, as opposed to community development lending or investments. Moreover, the treatment of community development services in final § __.26(b)(2)(i) achieves the agencies' longstanding goal of emphasizing community development loans and investments. Understanding that limited purpose banks are not subject to the Retail Lending Test, the agencies place greater emphasis on community development loans and investments to ensure equity across business models. The agencies do not believe that there is a safety and soundness implication related to the inability of a limited purpose bank to rely on community development services to achieve a “Satisfactory” rating. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule in § __.21(f) does not require a bank to originate or purchase loans or investments or to provide services that are inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
                    <P>The agencies acknowledge the final rule's different treatment of community development services between limited purpose banks and large banks. The final rule provides that the agencies evaluate a large bank's community development services regardless of performance under the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24, whereas the agencies consider a limited purpose bank's community development services if that bank requests consideration and only where the institution rating would otherwise be “Satisfactory.” The agencies do not believe limited purpose banks are disadvantaged by this distinction. The consideration of community development services for limited purpose banks can only positively affect the institution rating, but in order to prioritize community development loans and investments, the agencies limited the application of this consideration to banks that would otherwise have a “Satisfactory” institution rating. In contrast, the rule does not apply an expectation that limited purpose banks conduct community development services. For large banks, which generally have business models better structured to perform community development services due to larger branch networks and more employees, there is an expectation that they perform community development services, and therefore the evaluation can negatively affect a large bank's institution rating.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered the comments related to whether a bank should be required to opt into the Community Development Services Test to receive consideration for community development services. Under such a scenario, the agencies would evaluate a limited purpose bank pursuant to the Community Development Services Test, which could negatively affect the bank's conclusions and ratings. The agencies decline to require limited purpose banks seeking consideration for community development services to opt into the Community Development Services Test because the agencies want to encourage performance of community development services without creating the expectation that these banks must perform community development services. Because limited purpose banks generally have a smaller branch network and limited branch staff to perform community development services compared to large banks, the agencies adopt the proposed approach for community development services—a limited purpose bank need not opt into the Community Development Services 
                        <PRTPAGE P="6999"/>
                        Test, but it may request, at its option, additional consideration for community development services if it would otherwise receive a “Satisfactory” rating at the institution level.
                        <SU>1309</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies limit the consideration to banks that would otherwise receive a “Satisfactory” rating to prioritize community development loans and investments.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1309</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.26(b)(2)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies confirm that submitting community development services for consideration is not necessary for a limited purpose bank to receive an “Outstanding” rating where that bank's community development financing performance under final § __.26 by itself is otherwise “Outstanding.”</P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, the agencies clarified that a limited purpose bank may receive additional consideration at the institution level for providing low-cost education loans to low-income borrowers, regardless of the limited purpose's bank's overall institution rating.
                        <SU>1310</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies made this revision to ensure consistency with the CRA statute, which provides that for all banks, regardless of bank type, the agencies shall consider, as a factor, such low-cost education loans.
                        <SU>1311</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1310</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.26(b)(2)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1311</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             12 U.S.C. 2903(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.26(c) Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks—In General</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Proposed § __.26(c) provided for the evaluation of wholesale and limited purpose banks based on the banks' record of helping to meet the community development financing needs in facility-based assessment areas, States, multistate MSAs, and the nationwide area through the banks' provision of community development loans and community development investments. Further, the agencies would consider information provided by the bank and could consider, as needed, publicly available information and information provided by government or community sources. The agencies proposed that community development loans and investments should be allocated pursuant to section 14 of proposed appendix B, which would be consistent with the allocation provisions under the Community Development Financing Test in proposed § __.24.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received and Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive comments specific to the proposed scope provision in § __.26(c). The agencies, therefore, adopt this provision with technical and conforming edits. Specifically, as with final §§ __.24 and __.25, the final rule removes the proposed references to the bank's facility-based assessment areas, States, and multistate MSAs in which the bank has facility-based assessment areas, as applicable, and the nationwide area, including consideration of performance context to conform the language to the statute and across the introductory paragraphs in the final performance tests. The final rule moves the proposed language on what documentation the agencies will or may consider to paragraph I.b of appendix B of the final rule, where the allocation discussion is more fully described. Final § __.26(c)(2) updates the cross-reference to the allocation method in paragraph I.b of appendix B, which is the same allocation method as the Community Development Financing Test in final § __.24. See the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(a) for additional discussion of comments and the final rule related to the allocation method. Finally, the final rule updates headings and terminology for clarity and consistency.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.26(d) Facility-Based Assessment Area Evaluation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.26(e) State or Multistate MSA Evaluation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        For each facility-based assessment area, the agencies proposed to evaluate a wholesale or limited purpose bank based on the total dollar value of a bank's community development loans and community development investments (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         community development financing activity) that serve the facility-based assessment area for each year and a review of the impact of those activities in the facility-based assessment area under proposed § __.15.
                        <SU>1312</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As discussed in more detail below, the facility-based assessment area conclusions would form the basis of the conclusion at the State, multistate MSA, and nationwide area level, along with review of the bank's community development financing activity that serves the State or multistate MSA during the evaluation period.
                        <SU>1313</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1312</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.26(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1313</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.26(e)(1) and (f)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For each State or multistate MSA conclusion, the agencies proposed to assign a conclusion based on a combination of two components: (1) a wholesale or limited purpose bank's community development financing performance in its facility-based assessment areas in the State or multistate MSA area; and (2) the dollar value of community development financing performance that serves the State or multistate MSA during the evaluation period, and a review of the impact of these activities in the State or multistate MSA under § __.15.
                        <SU>1314</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Unlike the Community Development Financing Test in proposed § __.24, the proposed Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale or Limited Purpose Banks did not include prescribed weighting for considering these two components, and the proposed evaluation in a facility-based assessment area, State, or multistate MSA did not include a metric. The agencies proposed the Wholesale or Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric for the nationwide area only (as opposed to the facility-based assessment area, State, or multistate MSA) because of the difficulties associated with apportioning bank assets to specific facility-based assessment areas, States, or multistate MSAs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1314</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.26(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies sought feedback on how to increase certainty in the evaluation of a wholesale or limited purpose bank's community development financing performance for a facility-based assessment area, including whether to apply a metric and what the denominator should be.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>In response to the agencies' request for feedback on whether to apply a metric and what the denominator should be, a few commenters supported establishing a metric for facility-based assessment areas. One of these commenters suggested the agencies use a variation of the OCC's procedure for allocating Tier 1 Capital across assessment areas. Similarly, another commenter stated that a model currently exists within CRA whereby a percentage of a bank's Tier 1 Capital that is dedicated to community development investment activity is used as a benchmark for performance. The commenter believed this approach would not be complicated. A few commenters advocated for using deposits in the denominator in response to this question.</P>
                    <P>
                        One commenter that supported including a metric for facility-based assessment areas also supported establishing a benchmark. This commenter suggested that for banks with over $10 billion in assets, the benchmark could be based on the share 
                        <PRTPAGE P="7000"/>
                        of the bank's deposits it collects from a facility-based assessment area multiplied by the bank's institution community development financing benchmark. For banks with assets of $10 billion or less, the commenter suggested that the benchmark should be based upon the share of the U.S. population (or alternatively, the share of the U.S. low- and moderate-income population) residing in the facility-based assessment area, multiplied by the bank's community development financing benchmark.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule adopts § __.26(d) and (e) as proposed with certain technical and conforming edits, including reorganizing text, adding paragraph headers, and clarifying the text. The agencies evaluate in each facility-based assessment area a bank's dollar volume of community development loans and investments that benefit or serve the facility-based assessment area and the impact and responsiveness review of these loans and investments.
                        <SU>1315</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In each State or multistate MSA, the agencies evaluate and assign a conclusion based on the facility-based assessment area conclusion and the dollar volume of the limited purpose bank's community development loans and investments that serve the State or multistate MSA and the impact and responsiveness review of these loans and investments.
                        <SU>1316</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Also, consistent with the proposal, the final rule does not include a metric for the evaluation of the facility-based assessment area, State, or multistate MSA because a limited purpose bank's total assets cannot be easily apportioned to those areas.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1315</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.26(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1316</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.26(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies considered alternatives suggested by commenters to establish a metric with another denominator, such as capital or deposits, which would allow for the application of a metric at a level other than the nationwide area. However, the agencies determined that these alternatives were not appropriate for several reasons. First, the agencies do not believe capital would be an appropriate denominator to evaluate limited purpose banks in any area.
                        <SU>1317</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A bank's capital levels are driven by several factors that do not relate to CRA, such as lower risk tolerance or higher risk exposure. In this way, capital would not be an accurate or consistent measure of a bank's capacity to meet its community's needs. Second, the agencies concluded that a denominator of deposits is not an appropriate or useful measure because at least some limited purpose banks accept deposits on a limited basis or not at all, as discussed in detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.26(f) below. Without a metric for facility-based assessment areas, States, or multistate MSAs, there is limited benefit to establishing a corresponding benchmark. Thus, the agencies are not establishing a metric or benchmark to evaluate community development financing performance in an area other than the nationwide area for limited purpose banks.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1317</SU>
                             The agencies acknowledge that examiners, in some cases, may have considered capital as an informal measure of a wholesale or limited purpose bank's community development financing capacity, as was asserted by a few commenters. However, such practice was neither consistently applied across agencies, nor was it consistently applied within any agency.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.26(f) Nationwide Area Evaluation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Nationwide Area Evaluation—In General</HD>
                    <P>Proposed § __.26(f) provided for the evaluation of community development financing performance of a wholesale and limited purpose bank in a nationwide area based on that bank's community development financing performance in all of its facility-based assessments areas, the Wholesale or Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric, and a review of the impact of the bank's nationwide community development activities. Section 18 of proposed appendix B provided additional detail on how the agencies would calculate the Wholesale or Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric. The agencies did not propose a benchmark in which to compare the Wholesale or Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric. The agencies received numerous comments on various aspects of this proposed provision, which are discussed below along with the final provision.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric—Numerator</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal and Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        Proposed § __.26(f) provided that the numerator of the Wholesale or Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric measured the average total dollar value of a bank's community development loans and community development investments over the evaluation period as specified in section 18 of proposed appendix B.
                        <SU>1318</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A commenter requested clarification that the numerator would be measured consistent with how non-wholesale and limited purpose banks are measured, as set forth in paragraph 1 of proposed appendix B.
                        <SU>1319</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1318</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed appendix B, paragraph 8.i.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1319</SU>
                             Proposed appendix B, section 1, provided, in relevant part, that the annual community development financing activity for purposes of proposed § __.24 included: (1) the dollar amount of all community development loans originated and community development investments made in that year; (2) the dollar amount of any increase in an existing community development loan that is renewed or modified in that year; and (3) the outstanding value of community development loans originated or purchased and community development investments made in previous years that remain on the bank's balance sheet on the last day of each quarter of the year, averaged across the four quarters of the year.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The final rule provides that the metric's numerator measures the dollar volume of a limited purpose bank's community development loans and community development investments that benefit or serve all or part of the nationwide area, and updates the cross-reference to paragraph III.a of final appendix B.
                        <SU>1320</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As described more fully in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(a)(3) and section I of appendix B, the final rule more clearly describes how the agencies will value different forms of community development loans and community development investments.
                        <SU>1321</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the final rule confirms the inputs to the numerator are the same for the metrics in final §§ __.24 and __.26.
                        <SU>1322</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1320</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.26(f)(2)(i).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1321</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph I.a.1.i.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1322</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric—Denominator</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal and Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        The denominator of the Wholesale or Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric in proposed § __.26(f) consisted of the bank's quarterly average total assets.
                        <SU>1323</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies reasoned that the unique business models of wholesale and limited purpose banks, particularly the fact that at least some wholesale and limited purpose banks accept deposits only on a limited basis or not at all, necessitate a different denominator from large banks.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1323</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.26(f)(2) and proposed appendix B, section 18.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        A majority of those commenting on the denominator supported using total assets, rather than deposits, in the denominator. One of these commenters 
                        <PRTPAGE P="7001"/>
                        agreed that total assets is a better measure of the capacity of wholesale and limited purpose banks to perform community development financing activities. Another commenter stated that if assets are not used, the absolute dollar amount of community development financing activity loses meaning since wholesale and limited purpose banks will have differing amounts of assets and thus differing capacities to engage in community development financing activities. A few other commenters stated that deposits as the denominator may not work well for all wholesale and limited purpose banks, particularly those that do not collect deposits on a large scale. Another commenter identified a potential discrepancy related to the denominator of the proposed Wholesale or Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric where there is a reference to weighting by deposits in proposed appendix B.
                        <SU>1324</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1324</SU>
                             Specifically, this commenter noted that proposed appendix B, paragraph 18.iii references proposed appendix B, paragraph 16.iii, which provides weighting by total assets. However, proposed appendix B, paragraph 18.iii otherwise indicates weighting by deposits.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>A few commenters recommended the denominator be based on “CRA-eligible assets.” One of these commenters explained that although they supported the elimination of the use of a deposits-based metric for wholesale and limited purpose banks, a denominator of total assets may result in a metric that fails to account for broad differences in business models. The commenters supporting use of CRA-eligible assets suggested excluding foreign assets, central bank placements, and short-term extensions of credit from total assets. These commenters conveyed that these particular assets do not increase a bank's capacity to provide community development financing. One of these commenters remarked that it has been the agencies' supervisory practice to exclude certain assets like central bank placements from the denominator used to determine some wholesale or limited purpose banks' CRA obligations under the current community development test. This commenter also identified the exclusion of foreign deposits from the denominator of the Community Development Financing Metric for large banks in proposed § __.24 as evidence that the agencies recognize that CRA obligations should not be tied to a bank's foreign business activity.</P>
                    <P>A few commenters supported deposits as the denominator for the metric. One of these commenters believed that deposits—in particular, domestic deposits—would be a more accurate measure of the capacity of wholesale banks, given their limited retail lending business, and that using deposits would be consistent with the Community Development Financing Metric for large retail banks.</P>
                    <P>Without providing details, a few commenters also stated that the complex method proposed to calculate balances quarterly to achieve additional credit could be simplified and still materially represent CRA performance of these banks.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        After considering the comments, the agencies determined that assets, rather than deposits or another measure, represent a more appropriate and consistent measure of community development financing capacity for limited purpose banks. The agencies have determined that a denominator based on either deposits or “CRA-eligible assets” would not represent a useful measure of the expectation of community development financing volume for a limited purpose bank. Some limited purpose banks accept deposits on a limited basis or not at all, which would result in an artificially low community development financing expectation. Further, limiting the denominator to CRA-eligible assets would defeat the goals of the Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric. Although the agencies recognize that not all bank assets would or could be used for community development (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         fixed assets or reserve requirements), the goal of the metric is to create a standard measure of what percentage of the bank's assets were loaned or invested in community development. To the extent the metric is not representative of a particular bank's performance, the final rule provides examiners with discretion in drawing conclusions from the metric and the metric's comparison to the benchmarks, as described below.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Moreover, the agencies do not believe that foreign assets and short-term credit should reduce a bank's capacity to engage in community development loans or investments, or reduce a bank's expectation of the amount of such lending or investing. The agencies also do not believe that the exclusion of foreign deposits from the Community Development Financing Metric's denominator in final § __.24 suggests that the agencies recognize that CRA obligations should not be tied to a bank's foreign business activity. The exclusion of foreign deposits from the definition of deposits in final § __.12 should not be compared to the inclusion of foreign assets in the denominator of the Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric. First, the metrics in final § __.24 have a denominator of “deposits,” which, for the majority of banks subject to those metrics, has an exclusion narrower than all foreign deposits.
                        <SU>1325</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Second, the exclusion from the definition of deposits is tied to a category in the Call Report definition of deposits. The commenter did not specify what category “foreign assets” would represent, nor do the agencies believe there is an asset category in the Call Report comparable to foreign government deposits that would warrant a similar exclusion.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1325</SU>
                             The denominator excludes domestically held deposits of foreign governments or official institutions, or domestically held deposits of foreign banks or other foreign financial institutions. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.12 (defining “deposits”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In regard to the assertion from a commenter that current supervisory practice excludes certain assets like central bank placements from determining wholesale or limited purpose banks' community development lending and investment capacity, the agencies acknowledge that in some cases examiners may have considered assets as an informal measure of a wholesale or limited purpose bank's community development capacity and may have excluded certain assets from the informal measure; however, such practice was not consistently applied across or within agencies. The selection of assets for the denominator of Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric aims to provide that missing consistency across and within the agencies.</P>
                    <P>
                        Therefore, the agencies adopt a denominator for the Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric in final § __.26(f)(2) based on assets, as proposed, with conforming and non-substantive changes. Specifically, the final rule references “assets,” as opposed to the proposal's “total assets,” which conforms to the new definition of assets in final § __.12. In addition, final § __.26(f)(2) updates the reference for calculating the metric to the applicable appendix provision to paragraph III.a of final appendix B. As provided in the final rule, the denominator continues to be a bank's annual dollar volume of assets for each year in the evaluation period.
                        <SU>1326</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Annual dollar volume of assets continues to be calculated by 
                        <PRTPAGE P="7002"/>
                        averaging the assets for each quarter in the calendar year.
                        <SU>1327</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1326</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.26(f)(2) and final appendix B, paragraph III.a.3.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1327</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph I.a.2.ii.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In summary, the final rule includes clarifying edits to the numerator and denominator of the Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric in final § __.26(f) as well as technical and conforming edits consistent with above discussions.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Benchmarks</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>The proposal did not include benchmarks associated with the proposed Wholesale or Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric; however, the agencies asked in the proposed rule whether a benchmark should be established to measure a wholesale or limited purpose bank's community development financing performance at the institution level. If so, the agencies also asked whether the proposed Wholesale or Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric should be compared to the Nationwide Community Development Financing Benchmark applicable to all large banks or whether the agencies should establish a benchmark tailored to wholesale and limited purpose banks. The agencies explained that a tailored benchmark would be based on the community development financing activity of all wholesale and limited purpose banks compared to assets of all wholesale and limited purpose banks.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>A few commenters supported a tailored benchmark, as described by the agencies, in which wholesale and limited purpose banks would be grouped to establish a benchmark. This group of commenters believed the approach would ensure a more representative peer comparison and a more accurate evaluation of a wholesale and limited purpose bank's CRA performance.</P>
                    <P>Most commenters on this topic opposed applying the nationwide community development financing benchmark to wholesale and limited purpose banks and instead favored a benchmark tailored by business model if the agencies include a benchmark in the final rule. Many of these commenters highlighted the significant differences of business models compared to large banks and the significant differences in business models among those banks approved as wholesale and limited purpose banks. For example, a commenter said it would be inappropriate to implement a benchmark that would compare community development financing activities of a custody bank with those of a credit card bank. Another commenter stated that using the nationwide metric applicable to all large banks would undermine the intention of the agencies to create a framework that recognizes differences in business models.</P>
                    <P>A small number of commenters opposed the establishment of a benchmark of any kind in § __.26. One such commenter opined that it would be difficult to establish a meaningful and fair benchmark for wholesale or limited purpose banks because the population of these banks is relatively small and their business models varied.</P>
                    <P>Prior to establishing any benchmark for wholesale and limited purpose banks, a couple of commenters urged the agencies to collect and evaluate appropriate data. In this way, these commenters suggested that the data would allow agencies to determine whether peer comparisons should be confined to other wholesale and limited purpose banks or whether a comparator can include all large banks.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting a final rule that compares the Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric to two benchmarks—the Nationwide Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Benchmark and the Nationwide Asset-Based Community Development Financing Benchmark.
                        <SU>1328</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The Nationwide Limited Purpose Community Development Financing Benchmark measures the dollar volume of limited purpose banks' community development loans and community development investments reported pursuant to final § __.42(b) that benefit and serve all or part of the nationwide area compared to assets for those limited purpose banks, calculated pursuant to paragraph III.b of final appendix B.
                        <SU>1329</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the agencies will divide: (1) the sum of limited purpose banks' annual dollar volume of community development loans and community development investments reported pursuant to final § __.42(b) that benefit or serve all or part of the nationwide area for each year in the evaluation period; by (2) the sum of the annual dollar volume of assets of limited purpose banks that reported community development loans and community development investments pursuant to final § __.42(b) for each year in the evaluation period.
                        <SU>1330</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1328</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.26(f)(2)(ii)(A) and (B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1329</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.26(f)(2)(ii)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1330</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph III.b.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Nationwide Asset-Based Community Development Financing Benchmark measures the dollar volume of community development loans and community development investments that benefit or serve all or part of the nationwide area of all banks that reported pursuant to final § __.42(b) compared to assets of those banks, calculated pursuant to paragraph III.c of final appendix B.
                        <SU>1331</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the agencies will divide: (1) the sum of the annual dollar volume of community development loans and community development investments of all banks that reported pursuant to final § __.42(b) that benefit or serve all or part of the nationwide area for each year in the evaluation period; by (2) the sum of the annual dollar volume of assets of all banks that reported community development loans and community development investments pursuant to final § __.42(b) for each year in the evaluation period.
                        <SU>1332</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1331</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.26(f)(2)(ii)(B).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1332</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph III.c.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies believe that benchmarks would be a useful tool to evaluate performance. The agencies also recognize the varied business models among limited purpose banks and agree that a single benchmark may not be a strong comparator or accurate representation of the amount of community development financing activity that should be performed by each bank. Thus, the agencies adopt two benchmarks, both of which will serve as comparators or reference tools and will be considered along with performance context and the impact and responsiveness review. These benchmarks are not intended to be thresholds that a bank must meet or exceed to obtain a “Satisfactory” or higher rating. For this same reason, the agencies do not believe it is necessary to postpone implementation of the benchmark to collect additional data.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies decline to establish a benchmark for each business model. Currently, the population of limited purpose banks and wholesale banks is limited. A further subdivision of those banks by business model would create categories with very few banks from which to construct the benchmarks, which would not create a robust comparison.
                        <PRTPAGE P="7003"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Investment Metric and Benchmark</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal, Comments Received, and Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The proposed Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale Banks and Limited Purpose Banks did not include an investment-related metric or benchmark; however, a number of commenters that addressed the proposed Community Development Financing Test in § __.24 were concerned that the structure of that performance test provided insufficient incentive to make community development investments.
                        <SU>1333</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In response to those comments, and as described further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(e), the final rule includes an investment metric and benchmark—the Bank Nationwide Community Development Investment Metric and Nationwide Community Development Investment Benchmark—in the final Community Development Financing Test.
                        <SU>1334</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To maintain consistency with the Community Development Financing Test applicable to large banks, the agencies adopt a similar investment metric and benchmark in the Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks that is applicable to limited purpose banks with assets greater than $10 billion.
                        <SU>1335</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For limited purpose banks with assets greater than $10 billion as of December 31 in both of the prior two calendar years, the final rule provides that the agencies will consider the Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Investment Metric and the Nationwide Asset-Based Community Development Investment Benchmark in evaluating the nationwide area.
                        <SU>1336</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further, the comparison of the Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Investment Metric to the Nationwide Asset-Based Community Development Investment Benchmark may only contribute positively to the bank's Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks conclusion for the institution.
                        <SU>1337</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         See the section-by-section analysis of final § __.24(e) for a discussion of why the agencies limited this comparison to a positive contribution.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1333</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.24(e).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1334</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.24(e)(2)(iii) and (iv).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1335</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.26(f)(2)(iii) and (iv).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1336</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.26(f)(2)(iii) and (iv).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1337</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.26(f)(2)(iv)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Investment Metric measures the dollar volume of the bank's community development investments that benefit or serve all or part of the nationwide area, excluding mortgage-backed securities, compared to the bank's assets, calculated pursuant to paragraph III.d of final appendix B.
                        <SU>1338</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the agencies calculate the Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Investment Metric by dividing: (1) the sum of the bank's annual dollar volume of community development investments, excluding mortgage-backed securities, that benefit or serve the nationwide area for each year in the evaluation period; by (2) the sum of the bank's annual dollar volume of assets for each year in the evaluation period.
                        <SU>1339</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1338</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.26(f)(2)(iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1339</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final appendix B, paragraph III.d.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The agencies compare the Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Investment Metric to the Nationwide Asset-Based Community Development Investment Benchmark, which measures the dollar volume of community development investments that benefit or serve all or part of the nationwide area, excluding mortgage-backed securities, of all banks that had assets greater than $10 billion, compared to assets for those banks, calculated pursuant to paragraph III.e of final appendix B.
                        <SU>1340</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Specifically, the agencies calculate the Nationwide Asset-Based Community Development Investment Benchmark by dividing: (1) the sum of the annual dollar volume of community development investments, excluding mortgage-backed securities, of all banks that had assets greater than $10 billion, as of December 31 in both of the prior two calendar years, that benefit or serve all or part of the nationwide area for each year in the evaluation period; by (2) the sum of the annual dollar volume of assets of all banks that had assets greater than $10 billion, as of December 31 in both of the prior two calendar years, for each year in the evaluation period.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1340</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Nationwide Asset-Based Community Development Investment Benchmark includes all banks, including limited purpose banks and banks subject to an approved strategic plan, with assets greater than $10 billion. Because there is a limited number of limited purpose banks with assets greater than $10 billion, the agencies determined it is necessary to include all banks with assets greater than $10 billion to ensure a robust benchmark.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.26(g) Community Development Financing Test for Limited Purpose Banks Performance Conclusions and Ratings</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Proposed § __.26(g) provided that the agencies assign conclusions for a wholesale or limited purpose bank's community development financing performance in each facility-based assessment area, State, multistate MSA, and the nationwide area, as provided in proposed § __.28 and appendix C. Further, the agencies proposed that these conclusions would be incorporated into the State, multistate MSA, and institution ratings. Although the proposed Community Development Financing Test for Wholesale or Limited Purpose Banks did not include a specific reference to performance context, proposed § __.21(d) provided that the agencies may consider performance context information in applying the performance tests to the extent that performance context is not considered as part of the tests.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received and Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>A few commenters addressing the performance test, in general, underscored the importance of performance context. These commenters specified that the agencies should ensure that the final rule does not rely solely on the proposed Wholesale or Limited Purpose Bank Community Development Financing Metric, but rather should apply a broader view that considers the unique and varying circumstances under which wholesale and limited purpose banks operate.</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to commenter requests for additional clarity on performance context, the agencies clarified in final § __.26(g)(1) that the agencies may consider the performance context as provided in final § __.21(d) when assigning conclusions.
                        <SU>1341</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Other than the comments on performance context, the agencies did not receive comments on this paragraph. Therefore, the agencies adopt § __.26(g) as proposed with the additional clarifying edit that the agencies may consider performance context in assigning conclusions as well as technical and conforming edits.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1341</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             the section-by-section analysis of § __.21(d) for additional discussion.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="7004"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.27 Strategic Plan</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.27(a) Alternative Election</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Currently, the strategic plan option is available to all types of banks,
                        <FTREF/>
                        <SU>1342</SU>
                         although it has been used mainly by nontraditional banks 
                        <SU>1343</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and banks that make a substantial portion of their loans beyond their branch-based assessment areas. The strategic plan option is intended to provide banks flexibility in meeting their CRA obligations in a manner that is responsive to community needs and opportunities and appropriate considering their capacities, business strategies, and expertise. The current CRA regulations require the agencies to assess a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its assessment areas under a strategic plan if: the bank has submitted the plan for regulatory approval; the plan has been approved; the plan is in effect; and the bank has been operating under an approved plan for at least one year.
                        <SU>1344</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1342</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.21(a)(4) and __.27(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1343</SU>
                             Non-traditional banks are those that do not extend retail loans (small business, small farm, home mortgage loans, and consumer loans) as major product lines or deliver banking services principally from branches.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1344</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.27(a)(1) through (4).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed retaining the strategic plan option as an alternative method for evaluation under the CRA,
                        <SU>1345</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and requested feedback on whether the option should continue to be available to all banks. The agencies proposed that banks electing to be evaluated under a plan would continue to be required to request approval for the plan from the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency.
                        <SU>1346</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies proposed to add clarity to the existing rule by including that the agencies will assess a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its facility-based assessment areas and, as applicable, its retail lending assessment areas and other geographic areas served by the bank at the institution level under a plan.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1345</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.27(a).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1346</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Most commenters addressing the strategic plan option agreed that a strategic plan option should remain available to all banks, particularly for branchless banks and banks with unique business models. A few commenters did not support the proposed strategic plan option. One of the commenters stated that the option should only be available to those banks that provide evidence that they would fail the “traditional” CRA examination process through no fault of their own. Another commenter objected to the strategic plan option and recommended phasing it out entirely. This commenter argued that the strategic plan option adds a level of complexity to the CRA framework and noted that it is unclear why the option should be made available when the proposed plan requirements have the same assessment area requirements and performance test standards that would apply to any other bank. One other commenter recommended that the agencies either eliminate or significantly improve the strategic plan option in the proposal.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are adopting in the final rule the proposed strategic plan option as an alternative method of evaluation in § __.27(a) with one technical change. Specifically, the final rule removes the requirement in proposed § __.27(a)(1) that a bank submit “the plan to the [Agency] as provided for in this section,” as duplicative.
                        <SU>1347</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies believe it is unnecessary to include a separate requirement in final § __.27(a), given that “Submission of a draft plan” is a required element of § __.27(f) and must be performed prior to plan approval (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         the section-by-section analysis of § __.27(f)). As a result of this change, proposed § __.27(a)(2) through (4) is renumbered in the final rule as § __.27(a)(1) through (3).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1347</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.27(a)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies believe that the strategic plan option should continue to be available to any bank if the bank sufficiently justifies that the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency should evaluate it under a plan rather than the performance tests that would apply in the absence of an approved plan. The agencies believe that it is appropriate to use strategic plans to evaluate banks with business models that are not conducive to evaluation under the performance tests that would apply in the absence of an approved plan. These may include, for example, banks that do not offer—or only nominally offer—product lines as defined in the rule, do not maintain traditional delivery systems, or only offer niche products to a targeted market.</P>
                    <P>The agencies have considered the recommendation from a few commenters to eliminate the strategic plan as an option for evaluating a bank's performance under the CRA and have decided to retain the option. Even though banks that elect evaluation under a plan would be subject to the same performance tests that would apply in the absence of an approved plan, the agencies believe the strategic plan option is appropriate because it can afford a bank the opportunity to offer modifications or additions that would more meaningfully reflect a bank's record of helping meet the credit needs of its community, so long as the bank also justifies why its business model is outside the scope of, or is inconsistent with, one or more aspects of the otherwise applicable performance tests, as discussed further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.27(d). In response to the commenter that believed the strategic plan option needed to be improved in order for it to continue to be offered, the agencies note that they made significant revisions to this option in the final rule to ensure that it is clear when the performance tests that would apply in the absence of an approved plan are appropriately applied and represent a meaningful measure of the bank's CRA performance, while allowing tailored modifications and additions for those few banks that maintain a business model that is outside the scope of, or is inconsistent with, one or more aspects of the performance tests.</P>
                    <P>
                        Lastly, the agencies do not believe a bank should need to fail or provide evidence that it would fail the performance tests before submitting a request for evaluation under an approved strategic plan. The agencies have been careful to adopt a set of performance tests that the agencies believe are tailored to provide a meaningful evaluation of the vast majority of banks under the CRA. However, the agencies also recognize that there is a population of banks that maintain unique business models and whose record of serving their communities would be more appropriately evaluated under a plan. Although it has been the agencies' experience that banks that do not perform satisfactorily under the current performance tests and standards are more likely to choose the strategic plan option, the agencies believe it would be inappropriate to establish this as a criterion for a bank to elect the option. The agencies believe that the incorporation of the performance tests in a plan pursuant to § __.27(c)(2), clearer justification requirements pursuant to § __.27(d)(1), and clearer justification elements pursuant to § __.27(d)(2), will prevent widespread adoption of the strategic plan option as 
                        <PRTPAGE P="7005"/>
                        a way for banks to avoid a metrics-based evaluation approach.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.27(b) Data Requirements</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach and the Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Currently, the agencies' approval of a plan does not affect the bank's obligation, if any, to report data as required by current § __.42.
                        <SU>1348</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The agencies did not propose any substantive changes to current § __.27(b) pertaining to the data reporting requirements of a bank evaluated under an approved plan.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1348</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.27(b).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>A few commenters addressed the agencies' proposed data requirements for banks evaluated under an approved plan. One commenter stated that the agencies' proposal effectively eliminates the strategic plan option by defaulting to a rigid one-size-fits-all by requiring, among other things, the same data collection and reporting requirements that would otherwise apply to the bank. Another commenter recommended adding language to the proposed data reporting requirements that would allow banks to request exemptions for data requirements through the plan submission process.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>The agencies are adopting § __.27(b) as proposed with a retitling to reflect a technical change. While proposed as “data reporting,” the agencies are retitling this paragraph as “data requirements” to reflect that banks that do not operate under a plan not only have data reporting obligations, but requirements to collect and maintain the data as well.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies believe that the benefits of capturing consistent data (regardless of whether a bank is under a strategic plan) outweigh the burden to banks electing the strategic plan option of collecting, maintaining, and reporting the data. Also, as banks under a plan are generally subject to the same performance tests that would apply in the absence of an approved plan, the availability of data remains a critical element of the plan evaluation process. As not all data in final § __.42 are required to be reported, the agencies are making a technical change in final § __.27(b) to add that the obligation to 
                        <E T="03">collect and maintain</E>
                         data required by final § __.42, in addition to obligation to report data, is not affected by the agency's approval of a plan.
                    </P>
                    <P>Similarly, the agencies have determined not to allow exemptions from the data requirements for banks evaluated pursuant to a strategic plan. The agencies have considered commenter feedback that the maintenance of data under the plan limits the flexibility of the strategic plan option; however, the agencies believe the data provide them with the necessary tools to effectively evaluate the bank's performance under the applicable performance tests incorporated into the strategic plan, as it does with respect to the performance tests generally. Further, the agencies do not believe there is a scenario under which the data under final § __.42 would not provide value to the plan evaluation process. Finally, the required data collection, maintenance, and reporting preserves the bank's ability to revert to evaluation under the performance tests in final §§ __.22 through __.26, __.29, and __.30, as appropriate, in the event the bank desires to terminate the plan during the term due to a change in circumstances.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.27(c) Plans in General</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Currently, plans may have a term of no more than five years and any multi-year plan must include annual interim measurable goals under which the agencies would evaluate the bank's performance.
                        <SU>1349</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         A bank with more than one assessment area may prepare either a single plan for all of its assessment areas or multiple plans for one or more of its assessment areas.
                        <SU>1350</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Affiliated institutions may prepare a joint plan if the plan provides measurable goals for each institution, and activities may be allocated among institutions at the institutions' option, provided that the same activities are not considered for more than one institution.
                        <SU>1351</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1349</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.27(c)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1350</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.27(c)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1351</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.27(c)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with the current rule, the agencies proposed in § __.27(c)(1) that plans have a term of no more than five years and any multi-year plan must include annual interim measurable goals under which the agencies would evaluate the bank's performance. The agencies also proposed in § __.27(c)(2) that a bank with more than one assessment area could prepare: (1) a single plan for all of its facility-based assessment areas and, as applicable, retail lending assessment areas and geographic areas outside of its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas at the institution level, with goals for each geographic area; or (2) separate plans for one or more of its facility-based assessment areas and, as applicable, retail lending assessment areas, and geographic areas outside of its facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas at the institution level.
                        <SU>1352</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1352</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             proposed § __.27(c)(2)(i) and (ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Lastly, in proposed § __.27(c)(3), the agencies specified the requirements for the treatment of activities of a bank's operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries, as applicable, and other affiliates. First, proposed § __.27(c)(3)(i) clarified that the activities of the bank's operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries must be included in its plan or be evaluated under the performance tests that would apply in the absence of an approved plan, unless the subsidiary is already subject to CRA requirements. Second, proposed § __.27(c)(3)(ii) provided that at the bank's option: activities of other affiliates may be included in a plan as long as those activities are not claimed by another institution subject to the CRA; affiliated banks could prepare a joint plan if the plan provides measurable goals for each institution; and banks may allocate affiliate activity among institutions, as long as the activities are not claimed by more than one institution subject to the CRA. Finally, proposed § __.27(c)(3)(iii) stated that the allocation methodology among affiliate institutions must reflect a reasonable basis and must not be designed solely to artificially enhance any bank's performance.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>The agencies did not receive specific comments on the term of a strategic plan or the requirement for interim measurable goals for multi-year plans. Commenters also did not provide specific feedback on whether banks should prepare single plans or separate plans for different assessment areas or include affiliate activities in their strategic plans.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies did, however, receive several comments on their proposal to require that a bank evaluated under an approved plan delineate retail lending assessment areas. One commenter opposed being required to delineate retail lending assessment areas under the strategic plan option altogether. Several other commenters supported banks having the ability to negotiate and justify whether to delineate retail lending assessment areas with the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency. A commenter 
                        <PRTPAGE P="7006"/>
                        supported retail lending assessment area delineations for a bank under a strategic plan based on concentrations of lending without a particular numerical threshold. Another commenter indicated that intermediate banks pursuing the strategic plan option should have the same requirement for delineating retail lending assessment areas as large banks. Another commenter agreed that, while there may be situations where it is appropriate for a strategic plan bank to be evaluated in facility-based assessment areas and retail lending assessment areas, a more flexible approach should be encouraged. Similarly, a commenter also requested that, to increase flexibility, strategic plan banks should be allowed to choose the geographies they serve beyond facility-based assessment areas.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are finalizing proposed § __.27(c) with several modifications in each of the four areas covered in this paragraph, including substantial reorganization to provide additional clarity.
                        <SU>1353</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1353</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See supra</E>
                             note 145.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The agencies received no comments regarding the term of plans in proposed § __.27(c)(1) and are finalizing this provision as proposed with respect to the requirement to limit the length of a plan term to no more than five years; however, the requirement in proposed § __.27(c)(1) that a multi-year plan must include annual interim measurable goals has been removed to reflect the fact that goals are not expected with respect to every evaluation component of the performance test, as plans may also include performance criteria and other measurements that correspond to unmodified performance tests and are not tied to specific goals. Nevertheless, the agencies continue to expect annual measurable goals with respect to any components that are established in conjunction with eligible modifications and additions to the performance tests as explained further in the section-by-section analysis of § __.27(g).</P>
                    <P>Although no comments were directed specifically at this area, the agencies are also finalizing proposed § __.27(f)(1), renumbered in the final rule as § __.27(c)(2), pertaining to the requirement that a bank include the same performance tests in a plan, as required in § __.27(g)(1), with certain technical changes and restructuring for additional clarity. While originally proposed in the plan content section under § __.27(f), the principle that a bank's plan must include the same performance tests that would apply in the absence of an approved plan, subject to certain eligible modifications and additions, was moved to final § __.27(c), which discusses plans in general, given that it serves as a foundational tenet of the strategic plan option. This provision references the plan content provision as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.27(g), where the requirement to include a performance test, any adjustments, optional evaluation components, modifications, and additions to the performance tests allowed by the agencies are memorialized.</P>
                    <P>Under the current regulation, many banks that have chosen to utilize the strategic plan option have done so as their banks conduct a significant volume of activities outside of their assessment area(s). As the performance tests adopted in the final rule expand the consideration of loans, investments, services, and products outside of the facility-based assessment areas, the agencies believe that many of the banks that are currently operating under plans may no longer need to utilize the strategic plan option. Even for banks that will continue to pursue the strategic plan option because they possess a business model that is outside the scope of, or is inconsistent with, one or more aspects of the performance tests that would apply in the absence of an approved plan, the agencies believe those banks should continue to be evaluated under the aspects of the performance tests that the agencies would otherwise apply to the bank.</P>
                    <P>Importantly, proposed § __.27(f)(1) also included a requirement that the plan specify how many of the bank's activities were outside the scope of otherwise applicable performance tests and why being evaluated pursuant to a plan would be a more appropriate means to assess its record of helping to meet the credit needs of its community than if it were evaluated pursuant to the otherwise applicable performance tests. This aspect of the proposal was adopted in the final rule as § __.27(d) with clarifying revisions and conforming changes, and is explained in more detail below in the section-by-section analysis of that section.</P>
                    <P>The agencies are finalizing proposed § __.27(c)(2), renumbered in the final rule as § __.27(c)(3), pertaining to the preparation of a plan for banks with multiple assessment areas, with revisions to clarify and streamline the language in the final rule. More specifically, final § __.27(c)(3)(i) continues to permit banks to prepare a single plan or develop separate plans for its facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, outside retail lending area, or other geographic areas (such as the State, multistate MSA, or the institution level overall) that would be evaluated in the absence of an approved plan.</P>
                    <P>The final rule also adopts new § __.27(c)(3)(ii) to clarify that any of these geographic areas that are not included in the approved plan but would be evaluated in the absence of a plan, will be evaluated pursuant to the performance tests that would apply in the absence of an approved plan. For example, a large bank that maintains one facility-based assessment area and two retail lending assessment areas could seek and obtain approval for a strategic plan that covers only the facility-based assessment area. In this case, the two retail lending assessment areas would be evaluated pursuant to the Retail Lending Test without any modifications or additions. The agencies believe adding this provision to the final rule will provide a bank with multiple assessment areas clarity on how the agencies will apply the applicable performance tests in areas outside of the plan. This also addresses commenters' sentiment that the agencies adopt a more flexible approach by allowing a strategic plan to cover some but not all bank assessment areas.</P>
                    <P>Further, in response to commenter feedback suggesting that banks should be able to justify the exclusion or elimination of retail lending assessment areas altogether, the agencies believe that banks that opt to be evaluated under an approved plan must be evaluated under the same geographic areas (facility-based assessment areas, retail lending assessment areas, outside retail lending area, States, and multistate MSAs, if applicable) the bank would be evaluated if it had not chosen to operate under an approved plan.</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to commenters' feedback that the threshold for establishing retail lending assessment areas should be adjusted for banks under a plan, the agencies believe it is more equitable to maintain parity in the treatment of banks, whether operating under a plan or not. The agencies do not believe there is a reason for treating banks operating under a strategic plan differently than other banks if they meet the requirements for delineating a retail lending assessment area. Retail lending assessment areas are already limited to large banks that meet minimum loan reporting thresholds in these areas; therefore, the agencies believe that in these circumstances the evaluation of banks' performance for these geographies would be valuable. It should also be noted that the threshold 
                        <PRTPAGE P="7007"/>
                        for establishing retail lending assessment areas in general was modified upon consideration of commenter feedback as explained in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § __.17.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agencies received no comments regarding proposed § __.27(c)(3), renumbered in the final rule as § __.27(c)(4), pertaining to the treatment of activities of a bank's operations subsidiaries or operating subsidiaries and other affiliates for a bank evaluated under a plan, and are finalizing as proposed with several technical changes. Specifically, consistent with the proposal, final § __.27(c)(4)(i) requires activities of an operations subsidiary or operating subsidiary to be included in the bank's plan (unless the subsidiary is a bank that is independently subject to CRA). However, final § __.27(c)(4)(ii) provides separate provisions for other affiliate activities: final § __.27(c)(4)(ii)(A) clarifies that a bank may include loans, investments, services, and products of any affiliate in their plan (as long as they are not included in the CRA performance of any other bank); and final § __.27(c)(4)(ii)(B) addresses joint plans for affiliated banks. Affiliated banks may develop joint plans provided they specify how the applicable performance tests and eligible modifications and additions apply to each bank. The final rule also clarifies that the consideration of affiliate activities under a plan must be consistent with the general restrictions in final § __.21(b)(3), such as the bank's need to collect, maintain, and report data on affiliate activities, as applicable. Finally, the agencies are finalizing, with technical changes, proposed § __.27(c)(3)(iii), renumbered in the final rule as § __.27(c)(4)(ii)(C), pertaining to the methodology for allocating affiliate loans, investments, services, and products for a bank evaluated under a plan. The final rule requires that, with respect to a bank affiliate's loans, investments, services, and products included in a bank's plan, or a joint plan of affiliated banks: (1) the loans, investments, services, and products may not be included in the CRA performance evaluation of another bank; and (2) the allocation of affiliates' loans, investments, services, and products to a bank, or among affiliated banks, must reflect a reasonable basis for the allocation and may not be for the sole or primary purpose of inappropriately enhancing any bank's CRA evaluation.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.27(d) Justification and Appropriateness of Plan Election</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>Proposed § __.27(f)(1), required banks that elect to be evaluated under a strategic plan to include the same performance tests and standards that would otherwise be applied under the proposed rule, unless the bank is substantially engaged in activities outside the scope of these tests. The agencies also proposed to require banks to specify in their draft plan why being evaluated pursuant to a plan would be a more appropriate means to assess its record of helping to meet the credit needs of its community than if it were evaluated pursuant to the otherwise applicable performance tests and standards.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>A few commenters addressed this aspect of the agencies' proposal. A commenter stated that the agencies' proposal effectively eliminates the strategic plan option by defaulting to rigid one-size-fits-all assessment area delineation requirements (including retail lending assessment areas), data collection and reporting requirements, and performance standards that would otherwise apply to the bank unless it provides an acceptable rationale for alternative consideration (such as being substantially engaged in activities outside the scope of these performance tests). Relatedly, a few commenters indicated that the agencies should provide additional information on the justification that would be required to pursue the strategic plan option.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        In response to commenters requesting that the agencies provide clarity on the justification required to pursue a strategic plan option, the agencies are adopting new § __.27(d), which addresses the requirement that the draft plan provide a justification regarding how the bank's activities are outside the scope of, or are inconsistent with, the performance tests that would apply in the absence of an approved plan, and why being evaluated pursuant to a plan would more meaningfully reflect its record of helping to meet the credit needs of its community than if it were evaluated in the absence of a plan. In the final rule, § __.27(d) more comprehensively explains how a bank can justify its use of the strategic plan option. More specifically, § __.27(d)(1) requires that the plan must include justifications for each of the following aspects of the plan due to the bank's business model if included in the bank's plan: optional evaluation components; eligible modifications or additions to the applicable performance tests; additional geographic areas; and the ratings and conclusions methodology (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         the section-by-section analysis of § __.27(g)).
                        <SU>1354</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1354</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.27(d)(1)(i) through (iv).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Further, § __.27(d)(2) in the final rule clarifies that each justification must specify the following elements:</P>
                    <P>• Why the bank's business model is outside the scope of, or inconsistent with, one or more aspects of the performance tests that would apply in the absence of a plan. In order for a bank to eliminate or modify any aspect of the otherwise applicable performance tests and be evaluated under different standards than those banks that are not operating under a plan, the agencies believe it is important that the bank supports how their business model is inconsistent with the performance tests;</P>
                    <P>• Why evaluating the bank pursuant to any aspect of a plan in § __.27(d)(1) would be more meaningful than if it was evaluated in the absence of an approved plan. Beyond demonstrating how one or more aspects of the otherwise applicable performance tests are inconsistent with their business model, the agencies believe it is also critical to support how any optional evaluation components, eligible modifications or additions, additional geographic areas, and rating and conclusions methodologies that are laid out in the plan offer a superior evaluation than the performance tests that would apply in the absence of a plan; and</P>
                    <P>
                        • Why the optional performance components and eligible modifications or additions in the plan meet the standards of § __.27(g)(1) and (2) as applicable. This aspect of the justification makes it clear that the bank must provide a justification for each optional performance component and eligible modification or addition that is made part of the plan.
                        <SU>1355</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1355</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.27(d)(2)(i) through (iii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For example, with respect to the last element, if a plan consisted of modifications and additions in the form of (1) adjusted performance test weightings, (2) the addition of a review of open-end home mortgage lending under the Retail Lending Test, and (3) established goals related to the bank's community development financing metric under the Community Development Financing Test, the draft plan must include justifications for each of these three modifications and additions.</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to commenter feedback regarding the rigidity of the performance 
                        <PRTPAGE P="7008"/>
                        standards and other aspects of the proposed rule in the absence of an acceptable rationale for alternative consideration, the agencies believe that the final rule benefits from a more consistent approach to evaluating banks with multiple performance tests that correspond to the size and business model of the large variety of banks found throughout the nation. While the strategic plan option was designed to offer flexibility for banks with unique business models, the agencies believe that a robust justification provision fosters parity and consistency in the CRA evaluation of banks of all sizes. Further, the agencies believe this provision provides greater clarity for banks and agency supervisory staff, and ensures that strategic plan banks are held to the same standards as non-strategic plan banks.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section __.27(e) Public Participation in Initial Draft Plan Development</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Currently, the regulation has three public participation requirements for a bank to complete during the development of a plan. First, the bank must informally seek suggestions from the public in the assessment area(s) covered by the plan while developing the plan.
                        <SU>1356</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Second, once the plan is initially developed, the bank must formally solicit public comment on the plan for at least 30 days by publishing notice in at least one newspaper of general circulation in each assessment area covered by the plan.
                        <SU>1357</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Finally, during the formal public comment period, the bank must make copies of the plan available for review by the public at no cost in all bank offices in any assessment area covered by the plan, as well as provide copies upon request for a reasonable fee to cover copying and mailing, if applicable.
                        <SU>1358</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1356</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.27(d)(1).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1357</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.27(d)(2).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1358</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             current 12 CFR __.27(d)(3).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Agencies' Proposal</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies proposed in § __.27(d)(1) to continue to require a bank to informally seek input from members of the public in its facility-based assessment areas covered by the plan while developing the plan. The agencies also proposed in § __.27(d)(2) that, once a bank had developed a draft plan, the bank would be required to submit the initial draft plan for publication on its appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency's website, as well as publish the draft plan on their own website if the bank has a website (or if the bank does not maintain a website by publishing notice in at least one print newspaper or digital publication of general circulation in each facility-based assessment area covered by the plan, or for military banks in at least one print newspaper or digital publication of general circulation targeted to members of the military) for a period of at least 30 days. The proposal also clarified that the draft plan should include instructions to the public on how they could submit comments both electronically and at a postal address.
                        <SU>1359</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Proposed § __.27(d)(3) continued to require banks to make copies of the plan available during the formal comment period at all offices in areas covered by the plan and upon request for a reasonable copying and mailing fee.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1359</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See id.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Lastly, the agencies sought feedback regarding whether the agencies should announce pending plans in the same manner as they announce upcoming CRA examination schedules and completed CRA examinations and ratings.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>Most commenters were generally supportive of the agencies' proposal, with some commenters offering modifications or alternatives. A commenter expressed the view that a bank should be given the option of whether to post its plan notice and draft plan on its website or to publish the notice in at least one print newspaper or digital publication of general circulation. Other recommendations concerning publishing plans included suggestions that the agencies circulate plans over email to ensure a high level of community engagement and avoid incorporating any more restrictive announcements, postings, or requirements into the final rule for strategic plans.</P>
                    <P>One commenter stated that banks should make an affirmative effort to engage community-based organizations led by people of color and women as well as a range of advocacy organizations working on behalf of communities and should document how many and which of these organizations they engaged. Several other commenters indicated that a bank should be able to give greater weight to input received on a draft plan from organizations serving or located in regions represented within the plan.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are finalizing proposed § __.27(d), renumbered in the final rule as § __.27(e), pertaining to the public participation requirements, with a revision to expand the timeframe for formally soliciting public comment and several technical and clarifying changes. While the current and proposed rule allowed for a 30-day period for the bank to formally solicit public comments on the initial draft plan, the agencies believe that the public participation component of the plan development process is critical and that additional time is appropriate to ensure that members of the public have the time to review the initial draft plan and provide informed input to a bank. Consistent with the desire to increase public participation in the plan development process, the agencies are expanding the formal public comment period to 60 days.
                        <SU>1360</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1360</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             final § __.27(e)(1)(ii).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>While a few commenters advocated for more flexibility or for the agencies to limit any new announcement or posting requirements, the agencies believe the proposed modifications that add requirements to post initial draft plans on the appropriate Federal financial supervisory agency's website and bank's website, if the bank maintains one, are necessary as this is the most convenient and efficient way for most members of the public to become aware of and access initial draft plans. As discussed in the proposal, the expansion of the availability of initial draft plans online is important, as it has been the agencies' experience that plans rarely garner public comments when distributed solely through notifications in the local newspaper.</P>
                    <P>
                        The agencies are also adopting in the final rule a new requirement in § __.27(e)(1)(ii)(A) and (B), which requires banks with websites to publish their initial draft plans on their website and for all banks (including those with websites) to publish notice in at least one newspaper of general circulation in each facility-based assessment area. Although the agencies did not propose requiring banks with a website to also provide notice in a print newspaper, the agencies believe this change is consistent with the agencies' objective to promote transparency and enhance public participation with respect to draft plans and to ack